-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
22 December 1987                                                      
-DOC-
                                                      22 December 1987


MEMORANDUM

TO:       Dean J. R. Fisher
          Dean B. K. Webb

FROM:     Jerry R. Lambert
          Computer Coordinator

SUBJECT:  Computer Aided Agricultural Decision Support Systems

I serve on the ECOP Task Force on National Databases, chaired by Dr. 
Basil Eastwood, USDA-ES, and on the ESCOP Special Initiatives 
Subcommittee on Computer-Aided Decision Support Systems in 
Agriculture, chaired by Dr. Don Holt, Illinois Experiment Station 
Director.  As the only member common between those two teams, I am 
struck by their mutual thoughts. 

The ECOP Task Force has met thrice, beginning in June, and decided 
early to encourage integration of individual databases, each organized 
around a particular subject and "mothered" by a specified state and 
specialist, to effect a national database.  A major effort is underway 
to evaluate methods of organization and delivery of those distributed 
databases throughout the nation. 

The ESCOP Subcommittee is thinking broader, as indicated in the draft 
document dated 16 October, "Creating the Computer-Aided Agricultural 
Decision-Support System:  A Research and Development Proposal," which 
you have.  The thrust is that information to support agricultural 
decision making is a major contribution of research and extension 
toward improving the competitiveness of American agriculture.  Of the 
four components of the proposed "CAADSS" on page 2 of the draft, the 
latter three include the topics discussed by the ECOP Task Force.  The 
applied (adaptive) research to form and complete the database is 
included in the ESCOP preliminary proposal.  Parameterization of 
enterprise analyses and software to deliver the decision support 
information, including expert systems, are two major components of the 
database.

At Clemson and throughout South Carolina, we have in place pieces of 
all four of the essential components.  I see several advantages to 
organizing, thinking of and operating our total agricultural research 
(excluding basic research) and extension activities around the CAADSS 
model.  Most predominant is the advantage of making the agriculture of 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APRIL 24 - APRIL 30, 1988	                             
-DOC-
                             APRIL 24 - APRIL 30, 1988	
            
APR 26-27            Ext Specialist Assn Annual Meeting, Hickory Knob State	
                     Park, McCormick, SC (Ent)	
APR 28               Evaluations for Marlboro, Dillon & Horry, TBA (Pee Dee	
                     Dist)	
APR 29               Evaluations for Sumter & Lee, TBA (Pee Dee Dist)	
APR 30-MAY 4         Ext Tech Conf, Clemson House (Staff & Comp Res Dev)	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
22 December 1987                                                      
-DOC-
                                                      22 December 1987


MEMORANDUM

TO:       Dean J. R. Fisher
          Dean B. K. Webb

FROM:     Jerry R. Lambert
          Computer Coordinator

SUBJECT:  Computer Aided Agricultural Decision Support Systems

I serve on the ECOP Task Force on National Databases, chaired by Dr. 
Basil Eastwood, USDA-ES, and on the ESCOP Special Initiatives 
Subcommittee on Computer-Aided Decision Support Systems in 
Agriculture, chaired by Dr. Don Holt, Illinois Experiment Station 
Director.  As the only member common between those two teams, I am 
struck by their mutual thoughts. 

The ECOP Task Force has met thrice, beginning in June, and decided 
early to encourage integration of individual databases, each organized 
around a particular subject and "mothered" by a specified state and 
specialist, to effect a national database.  A major effort is underway 
to evaluate methods of organization and delivery of those distributed 
databases throughout the nation. 

The ESCOP Subcommittee is thinking broader, as indicated in the draft 
document dated 16 October, "Creating the Computer-Aided Agricultural 
Decision-Support System:  A Research and Development Proposal," which 
you have.  The thrust is that information to support agricultural 
decision making is a major contribution of research and extension 
toward improving the competitiveness of American agriculture.  Of the 
four components of the proposed "CAADSS" on page 2 of the draft, the 
latter three include the topics discussed by the ECOP Task Force.  The 
applied (adaptive) research to form and complete the database is 
included in the ESCOP preliminary proposal.  Parameterization of 
enterprise analyses and software to deliver the decision support 
information, including expert systems, are two major components of the 
database.

At Clemson and throughout South Carolina, we have in place pieces of 
all four of the essential components.  I see several advantages to 
organizing, thinking of and operating our total agricultural research 
(excluding basic research) and extension activities around the CAADSS 
model.  Most predominant is the advantage of making the agriculture of 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY PHONE NUMBERS                             
-DOC-
                             COUNTY PHONE NUMBERS
                   Jerry R. Lambert, Computer Coordinator       
 
Listed below are the phone numbers of dial-in modems located in the county 
Clemson University Cooperative Extension Service office.  Each will communi-
cate at 300, 1200 or 2400 baud using 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit. 

If you have problems, call Mike Roberts or Tommy Sluder (8:00 AM - 4:30 PM
M - F) at 803-656-3466.
  
              County            #1       #2       #3       #4
             ---------------------------------------------------
             Abbeville       459-9655 459-9656
             Aiken           642-5226 642-5227 642-5228
             Allendale       584-4283 584-4284 584-4285
             Anderson        226-6182 226-7817 226-8913
             Bamberg         245-5193 245-5194 245-5195
             Barnwell        259-7438 259-7665
             Beaufort        524-4584 524-4806 524-4855 524-5010
             Berkeley        761-1433 761-1428
             Calhoun         655-7444 655-7445
             Charleston      577-9422 577-9423 577-9911 577-9912
             Cherokee        489-4622 489-5349
             Chester         581-0409 581-0509
             Chesterfield    623-2102 623-2103
             Clarendon       435-4471 435-4472 435-4473 435-4474
             Colleton        549-1525 549-1526 549-1527
             Darlington      395-1351 395-1352 395-1353
             Dillon          774-9011 774-9012
             Dorchester      563-2943 563-2949 563-2962
             Edgefield       637-5351 637-5352
             Fairfield       635-6448 635-6449
             Florence        662-7001 662-7084 662-7482 662-7754
             Georgetown      527-1318 527-1319 527-1310 546-7072
             Greenville      235-3060 235-4267 235-6654 235-8550
             Greenwood       229-7299 229-4687 229-0290
             Hampton         943-4637 943-4650
             Horry           248-6362 248-3544 248-4385 248-6415
             Jasper          726-6859 726-6959
             Kershaw         425-4532 425-4533
             Lancaster       286-5495 286-5496
             Laurens         984-6514 984-6515 984-6516
             Lee             484-9466 484-9467
             Lexington       957-3280 957-3293 957-3302 957-3305
             Mccormick       465-3221 465-3222
             Marion          423-4011 423-4012
             Marlboro        479-7123 479-7124
             Newberry        276-7701 276-7702 276-7703
             Oconee          638-5858 638-5859
             Orangeburg      531-1627 531-1635 531-1642 531-1647
             Pickens         878-7971 878-7976
             Richland        252-3820 252-3821 252-3822 252-3823
             Saluda          445-8195 445-8196
             Spartanburg     573-5068 573-9384 573-9440 573-9529
             Sumter          773-1526 773-1527 773-1528 773-1529
             Union           427-0341 427-0342
             Williamsburg    354-6155 354-6156
             York            684-7402 684-7428 684-7481

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
**********  COMPUTER TRAINING CALENDAR  **********              
-DOC-
              **********  COMPUTER TRAINING CALENDAR  **********
                          ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
                       Judy B. Pilgrim, Data Coordinator

The next series of computer training classes is currently being developed.  
Please watch for announcement via EMAIL to departmental usernames.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COSY HELP	                                   
-DOC-
                                   COSY HELP	
                    Jerry R. Lambert, Computer Coordinator	
	
What is COSY?  COSY is a conferencing program which allows participants to 
read comments that others have made about the topic(s) of the conference, at
other points in time and space, and to make their own comments.

HELP is available from any point in COSY.  Simply enter HELP or ??.	
	
$ COSY - Calls the COSY program, from the $ prompt.  You must have permission 
     to use COSY, which may be requested through the Computer Coordinator if 
     you are a CUFAN subscriber.	
	
Password:  Request for your COSY password, which may be different from your 
     CUFAN password, will be 'cosy' (lower case only) initially and may be 
     reset by the command :PASSWORD.	
	
: - Main prompt from COSY.  Some options are Help, Join, Show, Bye.	
	
: SHOW - Shows a list of the conferences of which you are a member.	
	
: SHOW ALL - Shows a list of all conferences in COSY.	
                  
: JOIN <conference name> - Allows you to "walk in" to a conference.  The first 
     time that you join a conference, you may register as a member and will 
     remain a member until you resign.  As a member you will be notified of 
     new comments.  When you join you will be placed in the READ mode.	 
	
: BYE - Leave COSY and return to VMS.	
	
READ: - Indicates that you are in a conference.  You have the following 
     options:	

     <null line>...........................see next message          
     <number>..............................see message <number>         
     <number> [ to <number> ]..............see messages in that range   
     all...................................see all new messages    
     backward [ <number> [ to <number> ]]..see previous messages      
     comment...............................make a comment on message being read 
     copy..................................copy a message or messages to another
                                            conference                
     date <date> [ to <date> ].............read messages added within time frame
     first [ to last ].....................read every (not just unseen) message
     forward [ <number> [ to <number> ]]...re-set "backward" (& see that range)
     header................................see creator, time, and 1st line only
     quit..................................exit 'read' mode, return to CoSy.
     reference.............................see comments on the message last read
     skip <number>.........................do not see the next <number> messages
     skip to <number>......................skip all messages up to <number>   
     say...................................make a (non-associated) contribution
     search <word>.........................search topic text for <word>      
     withdraw <number>.....................withdraw message <number> if you 	
                                            originated the message	
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - WALL HANGINGS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY               
-DOC-
               ACCESSORIES - WALL HANGINGS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
News You Can Use                               
-DOC-
                               News You Can Use
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

New hot line for Asthma and Allergy sponsored by the American Academy of
Allergy and Immunology. 1-8005581035 Monday through Friday 8-5 pm. Some topics
available are asthma, hives, insect sting allergies, and insulin allergy.

Aids hot line 1-800322aids. Confidential.


Video tapes about AIDS are available at resonable costs from the following
sources: 

    AIDS and the American Family. $39.95. Medical Action Group at 1800522AIDS.
    
    AIDS Our Worst Fears. $29.95. Films for Humanities Inc. at 18002575126.
    
    AIDS- Profile of an Epidemic. Video Takes, 18005267002 will refer you to a
    nearby video store which can order the video.



Booklets Available free of charge from AIDS, Suite 700, 1555 Wilson Boulevard,
Rosslyn, VA 22209 are:

    Surgeon General's Report
    AIDS, Sex and You
    AIDS and Children
    AIDS and Your Job-Are There Risks?


Families in an Infromation Age. National Council on Family Relations(NCFR)
Conference in Atlanta, GA. Contact NCFR, 1910 West Country Road. B. Suite 147,
St. Paul, MN 55113. 612-633-6933.

The Capsule is a newsletter published by Children of Aging Parents,  2761
Trenton Road, Levittown, PA  19056.  You subscribe by joining the organization
for $15.  215-945-6900.

Society for the Right to Die will send you a formal declaration of a desire for
a natural death.  Free.  250 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10107.  212-246-
6973.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
New Materials                                 
-DOC-
                                 New Materials
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

Daddy. Video Tape and study guide.  TV special about unmarried teen fathers.

You Your Children and TV. A new Extension leaflet by Patricia Ziegler,
Department of Family Studies, Cornell.  Copy available from Emily Wiggins.

Celebrate Your Family Across Generations
    At Birth and Death
    At Special Times
    In Hard Times
    Men In the Family
    When You Disagree
    When You Live at a Distance
Pennsylvania Cooperative Extension Service. Copy Available from Emily Wiggins.

Health Care for the Adolescent and Preparing to Remarry. Public Affairs
pamphlets numbers 463A and 647 respectively. Public Affairs Committee, Inc. 
381 Park Avenue South, New York, NY 10016. $1.00 for 3 copies.  Allow 4-6 weeks
for delivery.

Prisons and Kids.  Program Ideas for Inmates.  Available on loan from Emily
Wiggins.

Ten Ridiculous Ideas That will Make a Father Out of You.  Pamphlet-$.20. 
Poster -$3.00. Available from Education Department, Planned Parenthood Assn.,
619 NW 23rd Street, Oklahoma City, OK 73103.  Add $2.20 for postage and
handling.
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
For Your Newsletters                             
-DOC-
                             For Your Newsletters
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

About Births

More birthdays in July, August, and September than in any other months.  Fewest
in Feb. Demographers have no scientific explanation for this.

Births are concentrated Monday through Friday, peaking on Tuesdays.  Reason,
cesarean births, 205 of total, hardly ever scheduled on weekends.

Births to single women will stay high, about 20% of all babies. Roughly 55% of
teenagers are unmarried.

Teenage births will decline in the next 10 years because there will be fewer
teenagers.

    Source: The Kiplinger Newsletter, Dec. 26, 1986.




Its a Matter of "Point of View"

Their children are rowdy...Ours are outgoing.
Their children are rude....Ours are assertive.
Their children are showoffs...Ours are personable.
Their children are loud....Ours are expressive.
Their children talk too much...Ours are friendly.
Their children are undisciplined....Ours are uninhibited.
Their children are peculiar...Ours are individuals.
    
    Source: Michaelle Gabriel, High Families


Kissing Lowers Car Accidents

A west German medical magazine reports that on the basis of life insurance
actuarial studies, the husband who kisses his wife every morning before leaving
for work can expect to live a median of five years longer, hold a job that pays
20 percent to 35 percent more, lose up to 50 percent less time from illness,
and be involved in significantly fewer car accidents than the husband who
doesn't.



Love

Time flies. Flowers die. New Days. New Ways. Love Stays.





Weddings

    "A wedding does not a marriage make."  This saying expresses an underlying
principle of marriage enrichment.  David and Vera Mace,say "What you have on
your wedding day is just a heap of raw materials.  Your task is then to work on
the relationship, and through the natural processes of change adaptation, and
growth, to shape the marriage of your dreams."  The Maces often share the poem
on the next page with couples.




Epithalamion

The raw materials of love are yours-
Fond hearts, and lusty blood, and minds in tune:
And so, dear innocents, you think yourselves
Lovers full-blown.

Am I, because I own
Chisel, mallet, and stone,
A sculptor?  And must he
Who hears a skylark and can hold a pen
A poet be?
If neither's so, why then
You're not yet lovers.  But in time to come
(If senses grow not dulled nor spirit dumb)
By constant exercise of skill and wit
By patient toil and judgement exquisite
Of body, mind and heart,
You may, my innocents, fashion
This tenderness, this liking, and this passion
Into a work of art.
    Source: Jan Struther  Marriage Enrichment, June 1986
Propositions About The Family

1. Family is the only institution that teaches how to change.  All other
institutions teach beliefs, ideas which resist change.

2. Family can adapt faster than any other social institution.

3. Family is the largest economic entity--most productive economic entity.

4. Family is the underlying source of individuals continuing commitment to 
productive participation in the larger social enterprise.

5. Family teaches effective behavioral styles--interpersonal skills, problem-
solving skills and self concept skills.

6. Family is the principle promoter of mental/physical health.

7. Family is the principle determiner of happiness/unhappiness in life.

8. Family is the greatest determiner of educational performance.

9. FAmily is the most important determiner of career achievement.
10. Family is the principle determiner of one's longevity, absenteeism or
productivity.

    Source: Ron Daly's News Packet from the Federal Extension Service.



I'm Fine

There's nothing whatever the matter with me.  I'm just as healthy as I can be,
I have arthritis in both my knees and when I walk, I walk with a wheeze.  My
pulse is weak and my blood is thin, but I'm awfully of the shape I'm in.  I
think my liver is out of whack and a terrible pain is in my back.  My hearing
is poor, my sight is dim.  Most everything seems to be out of trim.  But I'm
awfully well for the shape I'm in.

I have arch supports for both my feet.  Or I wouldn't be able to go on the
street.  Sleeplessness I have night after night, and  in the morning I'm just a
sight.  My memory is failing, my head's in a spin.  I'm peacefully living on
aspirin.  But I'm awfully well for the shape I'm in.  


The moral is, as this tale we unfold, that for you and me who are growing old,
It's better to say, "I'm fine" with a grin than to let them know the shape
we're in.


    Source: (Author unknown-The Capsule. Vol 3, No.1, 1987.



To contribute to your mental health here are two chuckles contributed by my
Aunt Edna who used to be an Extension Home Economist.  Incidentally, did you
know that there is a whole body of research now on the importance of humor in
facing terminal illness?
  
It wasn't the apple in the tree that got the world into trouble.  It was the
"pear" on the ground.  

Did you hear about the widow who married four more times?  She married a
banker, an actor, a lawyer, and then an undertaker.  one for the money, two for
the show, three to get ready, and four to go.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Ideas                        
-DOC-
                        Ideas
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

    More Manpower- Perhaps the people who suggest that you give a certain new
program in your county would come into your office for a day and help you
design it.  They have some idea about what they want or they would not have
suggested it.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Radio Spots                                  
-DOC-
                                  Radio Spots
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

Marriage Reality Check                                     30 Seconds
    List your own goals in life and the goals you believe are held by your
spouse.  Ask your spouse to do the same thing.  Then compare the lists and
discuss them.  Do this often.  Long- range aim is to build commitment towards
common goals.

Source: Lauer, R. H. and Lauer, J. C. Til Death Do Us Part. In Bottom Line, May
15,1987.


The following radio spots are courtesy of Chuck Smith in Kansas.  He developed
them to go along with a lesson on friendship.  I'm sure you will agree they are
too good not to use in South Carolina.






THE ART OF PAYING ATTENTION                      3.5 Minutes
One of the most important parts of effectively listening to  
others, is genuinely paying attention to what they're saying.  If 
a friend is having problems and opens up to you, paying close 
attention to what he/she says relays the message of caring and 
security.  With only a few thought-out procedures in mind, this 
can easily be accomplished.  
Relaxing physically, initiating and maintaining eye contact and 
taking cues for response and action from what the person is 
saying, are effective responses to someone who needs to talk to 
you.  
By relaxing physically, you let your posture be comfortable and 
your movements will be more natural, in turn making your friend 
more comfortable.  
Once you initiate eye contact, maintaining and varying it will 
continue its effectiveness.  If you stare long and hard at them, 
without varying your eye contact, you might make them feel uneasy.  
Eye contact can be an excellent tool when used properly, but can 
be self-defeating when it's not.  
Make a strong effort not to interrupt your friend or jump from 
subject to subject.  Be alert and recognize the cues for your 

response or action from your friend.  If the conversation comes 
to a halt, go back and question something said earlier or ask 
your friend what he/she is thinking about now.  This might help open some 
new doors.  
Try not to bring yourself and your opinions into the conversation.  
Being judgmental or conveying a superior attitude, will tend to 
make a friend close up.  Lend a shoulder as an equal, instead of 
reassuring like a "parent."  
As you can see, helping a friend isn't hard at all.  With a little 
forethought, and a lot of love, compassion and sensitivity, you 
can make a friend smile again!   

Source: Chuck Smith, Kansas Extension









BEING A GOOD LISTENER                            2 Minutes
To be a good listener, the first thing you must do is...stop 
talking.  It's difficult, if not impossible, to help someone when 
you're doing all the talking.  This does not mean, however, that 
you sit lifeless, not muttering a single word.  Often your friend 
will not know where to start, so a few brief open-ended questions 
can be useful. Some "door openers" are: "Tell me about it."  "Would
you like to talk about it?"  "Let's discuss it."  "I'm listening."
and "This seems really important to you."  you are also encouraged
when asking these questions to--listen to the answers.  "Especially
try to find out how the person feels." 
Once you get the person talking, try to encourage consistently, and 
keep the flow of conversation going. Some suggested ways of doing
just that are nodding, saying "Oh?"  "So."  "And."  "How did you feel
 about that?"  and the repetition of one or two key words. 
At this point in your friend's "crisis," he or she needs to let 
their feelings out--both positive and negative.  This is not easy 
for most people as they may fear your disapproval.  Being 
non-judgmental toward those feelings can encourage a friend to open 
up.  Your listening will give a better understanding of their problem and
themselves. 
Source:  Ron Pitzer, Minnesota Extension Service 
CHARACTERISTICS OF HELPING                       2 Minutes
When someone we know is going through a tough time we may want to 
reach out to show we care.  When we do respond we should keep 
four qualities foremost in our minds:  Accurate empathy, 
genuineness, respect and clarity. 
To be accurately empathetic, you must accomplish two things.  The 
first is to discriminate or see the world as your friend does.  
Try to get a feeling of what that world means to your friend.  
Second, communicate your understanding of those feelings and 
perspectives, to make your friend feel you really do understand. 
Genuineness is a vital part of making your friend feel 
comfortable with you.  If you are sincerely sympathetic to their 
situation, they'll sense it and know you really care. 
By listening attentively and not being judgmental of their 
feelings and attitudes, you are relaying a feeling of respect 
toward them.  Focusing on their positive qualities and that they 
are a valued person in yours, and others' lives, also shows 
respect. 
Sometimes a friend has a hard time recognizing what the real 
problem is.  During a conversation your friend may start with a 
concern and then retreat to a "safe," neutral topic.  At this 
point you might gently help them get back on track.  Asking open 
ended questions starting with "when," "what" and "how" may help 
your friend gain a clearer understanding of what is happening. 

Source: Chuck Smith, Kansas Extension


















CHILDREN NEED TO KNOW                            2 Minutes
It's common when families are going through a difficult time, 
for parents not to keep their children informed about the problem 
that is affecting the family. Even though the problem isn't acknowledged,
children can feel the tension and are affected by the stress that is
experienced by others in the family.  If the problem is ignored children will 
draw their own conclusions--which usually involves a lot of self- 
blame.  For example, children may feel guilty because they believe 
they contribute to their family's financial woes. 
If the problem touches a child's life in some way, directly or 
indirectly, parents might take some time to try to explain what 
is happening in words children can understand.  They don't need 
to know everything, but the parent should give enough information 
so the child can put the situation into perspective and feel a 
part of the family's response to the adversity, instead of feeling 
left out and bewildered. 
Age is a consideration when deciding how much a child needs to 
know about a situation to understand it.  But at all ages, 
preschool through high school, children have a desperate need to 
make sense and understand the tension that affects their 
families. 
    Children who are kept appropriately informed at the right time 

can support their parents and siblings because they know what is 
going on and they feel they are a part of the family's effort to
hang together as a team and overcome adversity. 

Source: Kansas Extension Service
















COMMUNICATING WITHOUT TALKING               1 Minute and 45 Sec.
Even in today's era of mass communication, body language often 
can be very powerful.  Non-verbal communication--a shrug, a
 raised eyebrow, a smile, tears, a clenched fist--can be 
a highly effective method of communication. 
    The use of the body to convey a message actually begins with the 
newborn.  The baby knows how to get attention and fill his needs
by using a smile, a cry, a gurgle, a move, a tightened muscle,
even by banging a toy against the side of the crib or tossing it
to the floor. Adults continue to use body language.  Frequently,
adults use the same means of expression the infant uses. 
Between husbands and wives especially, the tone of voice, speed 
of walking or talking, drumming fingers, and facial expressions
reveal much more of a person's true feelings than words do. 
The eyes especially give away a person's true feelings. Even 
young children can recognize emotions in their parents' eyes. 
Using body language when stress could cause a verbal conflict.
Also, pay close attention to the use of body language by family
the use of body language by family members to achieve more 
effective family communication. 

Source: Chuck Smith, Kansas Extension Service
CREATE A CARING RELATIONSHIP WITH A YOUTH DEALING WITH STRESS (2 1/4 Minutes)
The first step to helping kids deal with stress is to create an 
atmosphere of caring and safety.  Knowing you are interested and 
are taking the time to listen and be concerned will convey 
security and encourage them to express how they feel.  There are 
two main ways to communicate your sincerity and concern for 
children:  show sensitivity and communicate acceptance. 
Sensitivity and warmth can be expressed in several different 
ways.  We can maintain reasonable eye contact at the child's eye 
level.  As we talk we express our warmth by being attentive and 
remaining in a relaxed position, leaning forward a little.  We 
also convey our respect by choosing a time when we are not likely 
to be interrupted.   
Communicating our acceptance of the child as a person is a second 
important aspect of communicating sincerity and concern.  As 
children talk about their experiences, we communicate acceptance 
by showing them we understand in such a way that they do not wish 
they had kept their ideas or feelings private.  Keep in mind that 
a young person's perception of the situation is going to be 
different than yours is as an adult.  Sometimes it's difficult to 
remain non-judgmental when you're talking with children.  The 
tendency is to feel that it's our job to correct a child's "bad" 
feelings. 
Keep in mind that acceptance does not mean approval.  Approval 
conveys that you admire or agree with how the other person feels 
or thinks.  Acceptance, on the other hand, means that we recognize 
the right of the other person to feel a certain way or to have 
certain beliefs.  We can convey acceptance of what a person feels 
or believes even if we disapprove of what that person does. 
Kids who experience stress need a caring, sincere adult to walk 
with them through their problems.   

Source: Chuck Smith, Kansas Extension Service











ESTABLISHING RAPPORT                   3 Minutes
Rapport, or harmony as Webster's New World Dictionary defines it, 
is important to establish in a helping situation.  With some 
basic guidelines, you can easily work toward it and help a friend 
effectively. 
Friends might not want to "burden" you with their problems by 
making a direct appeal so it's important to be receptive to their 
more subtle, indirect signals for help.  Pleas for understanding 
and support can be conveyed by the look on a person's face, a 
head down, shoulders hunched posture, or even an unexpected phone 
call for no apparent reason. 
When you find out a friend has a problem it's important to 
evaluate yourself and see if you are ready and able to listen.  
Insincerity will only deepen your friend's problems. 
If you decide you are willing and ready to help your friend, the 
next step is to offer him or her a sort of sanctuary.  This could 
be done by taking a walk with him or her or by making 
arrangements so you won't be disturbed while you're talking.  
Being receptive to their needs relays the message that you are 
really interested in providing support. 
Your posture can tell your friends a lot about your interest in 
them.  Try to avoid a "closed" posture--such as crossing your 
arms and legs.  Relaxing and maintaining good eye contact will 
show you are involved and paying attention. 
Try to feel their pain, sorrow, and happiness instead of 
remaining aloof and distant.  Show that you are sincerely "in 
sync" with their feelings.  You might, for example, find yourself 
smiling when they are happy, frowning when they are angry, or 
having tears in your eyes when they cry.  This demonstration of an 
emotional bond swiftly creates rapport.  
Once rapport has been established, your friend will realize that 
you care and are truly interested in him or her.  The realization that 
someone is concerned and is willing to get involved creates a 
relationship of trust. 

Source: Chuck Smith, Kansas Extension Service








THE FAMILY UNIT:  A GOOD SOURCE OF SUPPORT       2 Minutes
Your best source of support when problems arise, is closer than 
you think.  Whether it's the birth of a baby and help is needed, 
a major setback in a project, or the death of a loved one, your 
family is there to support and help you. 
One thing unique to the family group is that there are usually 
relatives who can support and help each other cope with a 
crisis.
Most people feel more comfortable discussing their problems with 
relatives and friends, rather than professionals.  Often, though, 
they avoid doing this because they don't want to "bother" or 
worry them.  When, in reality, those nearest you are the ones who 
are apt to realize something is wrong, and are possibly effected 
by the same problem. 
Family and friends may not always have the answers, but they're 
ready to help you if they can or help you find those answers 
elsewhere.  While families may encounter more changes than 
individuals, they also offer a support net work that is often 
unavailable to individuals. 

Source: Kansas Extension Service

HEED YOUR CHILD'S DISTRESS SIGNALS          5 Minutes
Children may respond to stress in different ways, but they are as 
vulnerable to it as adults are--maybe even more so.  Not 
recognizing stress in a child's life can lead to problems. 
Stress is what we experience when we interact with our 
environment.  It is always there, but stress can become distress. 
Parents should be alert to the fact that their child may 
encounter situations he or she cannot cope with.  What is
distressful depends on personal perception, and varies from child
to child.  For instance, one child may not feel any stress if kept
up a little late.  Another child may find that to be very
stressful--and distressing. 
To determine what could be distressful to a child, you have to 
first consider that individual child's perceptions, needs, and 
resources. 
Does a child perceive the dark to be frightening?  If so, what 
does the child need to help overcome that fear?  If it is a night 
light or a bedtime story from a parent, are those resources 
available to the child?  If not, that stress may lead to a 
distressing situation that the child may not be able to deal with. 
Young children are egocentric, thinking only from their own point
of view.  They tend to think they cause the events that cause them
stress or distress.   Children may think, for instance, that when
parents argue they are somehow to blame, and the guilt adds to 
their distress.   
In addition to their inexperience, children are dependent on 
adults for their safety and well-being, and can't operate 
independently.  They need adults to guide them through the rough 
spots. 
When children are in distress and do not receive the assistance 
they need from adults, their attempts to cope are often expressed 
through their behavior.  Their reactions can be physical, such as 
stomachaches, sleeping and eating disturbances, nightmares, and 
an inability to relax or concentrate.  The reactions can be 
behavioral and include immature behavior, tantrums, aggression, 
withdrawal, clinging, mood swings, or excessive risk-taking. 
Abrupt changes or excesses in behavior indicate distress.  There
are ways of coping, of asking for protection and attention and
comfort.  Many children have stomachaches; but if a child has one
every day, that may be a sign of distress.  An occasional tantrum 
is understandable, but if a formerly well-behaved child starts
having too much stress and distress in his or the tantrums may 
come more frequently.
Children often can't pinpoint what is bothering them. They don't
have the language to explain.  But parents should be observant of
their child's behavior.  If it seems out of the norm, that child
may be suffering from an overload of distress and need help.  We
must learn to be sensitive detectives, keeping our eyes and ears 
open, being attentive to signs of stress that signal a plea for
help. 

Source: Chuck Smith, Kansas Extension Service














GOALSEARCHING                          2 Minutes
Goalsearching can be a powerful form of support.  When a friend 
is struggling to make sense of a loss you can help give some 
direction to his or her life.  By working through the following 
steps, your friend begins to rethink the problem and identify 
effective responses to reach personal goals. 
There are three parts to a goalsearch:  the touchstone, talent 
and a target.
The touchstone is what your friend wants to gain from the target.  
For example, if your friend wants to go back to college and finish 
a degree, his or her touchstone would be the feeling of 
accomplishment that accompanies learning.  The touchstone is that 
part of us that experiences some activity as deeply satisfying. 
Talents are the skills and personal assets a friend has that 
would help them reach his or her target.  It's often hard for 
people to recognize their own talents, so it's an important part 
of your role as a helper to help them realize their abilities, 
and to let them know they are important. 
The target is your friend's specific goal.  This goal may take 
time to develop, because your friend must spend time deciding 
what he or she wants to have as an end product.  Another thing to 
watch for as you are helping your friend set up his or her goals, 
is to keep them realistic.  Goals that are unrealistic only lead 
to disappointment and feelings of failure. 

Source: Chuck Smith, Kansas Extension Service
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Suggested Reading                               
-DOC-
                               Suggested Reading
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist
Listed below are some books to take along on vacation for self improvement. 
They have recent copyright dates and will help you stay up-to-date with human
relations theory. Most are easy to read.

Viorst, Judith. Necessary Losses. Fawcett Gold Metal: New York, 1986. 
Judith handles the subject of "grief" in a different and enlightening manner.  
She writes about the things or people we have to give up in order to grow up.
Available in paperback. Excellent book for your own growth.

Burns, David. Feeling Good- The Mood Theory. Signet: New York, 1980. This book
relates a new way to help friends and family members who are depressed. Also
includes how to help ourselves.  Starts out in a rather complicated manner,but
hang in there, the book gets better and better.

Quick,T.L. Managing People at Work. Desk Guide. Executive Enterprises:New
York,1984. Topics include: How to avoid being manipulated by employees, working
with a negative person, what to do about the chronic complainer, and getting
your boss to delegate. Contains about 145 chapters.

Tannen, Deborah. That's Not What I Mean. First Ballentine Books: New York, \$ 
1987. This paperback shows how conversational styles make or break
relationships.

Newman, George. 101 Ways to be a Super Dad. Don't Divorce Your Kids. Blossom
Valley Press: Mountain View California, 1981. I have this one checked out from
the library and will loan it to the first agent to request it.  You may order a
copy from Blossom Valley Press, P.O. Box 4044, Blossom Valley Station, 
Mountain View, CA 94040. (415)941-7525. $6.95. This book is applicable to
separated mothers as well as fathers.

If your family has a video recorder consider purchasing the Video Movie Guide. 
Ballentine Books: New York, 1986.  Videos are rated with stars and turkeys.  A
brief overview of each movie is given. Paper back. Under ten dollars.

Sobel, David. Aids: What you Should Know! What You Should Tell Your Children! 
Good Housekeeping, June 1987. pp. 71-75.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - CLOCKS AND MIRRORS - GEORGETOWN COUNTY             
-DOC-
             ACCESSORIES - CLOCKS AND MIRRORS - GEORGETOWN COUNTY
             Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource:       Contact Person:  Bill & Cele Leslie, Susan Stauffer
Name:Clocks and Crafts, One Wesley Rd., Murrells Inlet, SC  29576 Ph:651-6200
Comment:  Antique clocks restored, fine crafts, accessories, restoration

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource:       Contact Person:
Name:  Winans Clock Menders, 914 Highmarket, Georgetown, SC  Phone:  546-6560
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - LAMPS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY                   
-DOC-
                   ACCESSORIES - LAMPS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person: Selena Calliham   Phone:637-5642
Name: Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - CLOCKS AND MIRRORS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY             
-DOC-
             ACCESSORIES - CLOCKS AND MIRRORS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - CRAFT SUPPLIES - EDGEFIELD COUNTY               
-DOC-
               ACCESSORIES - CRAFT SUPPLIES - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource: Accessories
Type of Resource: Retail     Contact Person:              Phone: 637-5438
Name: Carolyn's House of Fabrics, 302 Main Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment: Craft supplies
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEDDING - LINENS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY                     
-DOC-
                     BEDDING - LINENS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Bed Linens
Type of Resource: Retail    Contact Person:            Phone:  637-6604
Name:  Riegel Textile Outlet Store, 304-A Buncombe Street, Edgefield, SC 29824
Comment:  Sells only sheets for baby cribs

Resource:  Bedding -linens
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEDDING - COMFORTERS AND BEDSPREADS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY           
-DOC-
           BEDDING - COMFORTERS AND BEDSPREADS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Bedding
Type of Resource: Outlet Store  Contact Person:        Phone:  637-6604
Name: Riegel Textile Outlet Store, 304-A Buncombe Street, Edgefield, SC 29824
Comment:

Resource:  Bedding
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEDDING - ELECTRIC BLANKETS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY               
-DOC-
               BEDDING - ELECTRIC BLANKETS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Bedding
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone:  637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - FABRICS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY                   
-DOC-
                   INTERIORS - FABRICS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource:Retail Store  Contact Person: Selena Calliham Phone: 637-5642
Name: Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC 29824
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - DECORATING SERVICES - EDGEFIELD COUNTY             
-DOC-
             INTERIORS - DECORATING SERVICES - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - FLOORS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY                    
-DOC-
                    INTERIORS - FLOORS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person: Lee Bleadsoe  Phone: 637-5571
Name: Lee's Carpet and Vinyl, 705 Augusta Road, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:  Vinyl floors, carpet, hard wood flooring

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - LIGHT FIXTURES AND FANS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY           
-DOC-
           INTERIORS - LIGHT FIXTURES AND FANS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - WALL TREATMENTS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY               
-DOC-
               INTERIORS - WALL TREATMENTS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail    Contact Person: Lee Bleadsoe   Phone: 637-5571
Name: Lee's Carpet and Vinyl, 705 Augusta Road, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - BLINDS, MINI-BLINDS, AND VERTICALS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY      
-DOC-
      INTERIORS - BLINDS, MINI-BLINDS, AND VERTICALS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Lee Bleadsoe     Phone:  637-5571
Name:  Lee's Carpet and Vinyl, 705 Augusta Road, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - SHUTTERS, SHADES, AND WOVEN-WOOD BLINDS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY   
-DOC-
   INTERIORS - SHUTTERS, SHADES, AND WOVEN-WOOD BLINDS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Lee Bleadsoe     Phone:  637-5571
Name:  Lee's Carpet and Vinyl, 705 Augusta Road, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - SOLAR SCREENS AND FILM AND STAINED GLASS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY   
-DOC-
   INTERIORS - SOLAR SCREENS AND FILM AND STAINED GLASS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - DRAPERIES AND CURTAINS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY            
-DOC-
            INTERIORS - DRAPERIES AND CURTAINS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TABLE APPOINTMENTS - CHINA, CRYSTAL, AND SILVER - EDGEFIELD COUNTY     
-DOC-
     TABLE APPOINTMENTS - CHINA, CRYSTAL, AND SILVER - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Table Appointments
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:

Resource:  Table Appointments
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person:                  Phone:  637-3538
Name:  Tidwell Jewelers, 207 Main Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TABLE APPOINTMENTS - LINENS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY               
-DOC-
               TABLE APPOINTMENTS - LINENS - EDGEFIELD COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Table Appointments
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Selena Calliham  Phone: 637-5642
Name:  Gallery on the Hill, 202 Penn Street, Edgefield, SC  29824
Comment:

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
REHABILITATIVE SERVICES IN COUNTIES                      
-DOC-
                      REHABILITATIVE SERVICES IN COUNTIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

   Types Of Clinics                               Service Components

Endocrine Clinic                                   Nursing Assessment
Pediatric Cardiology Clinic                        Pediatric Evaluation
Cystic Fibrosis Clinic                             Psycho-Social Assessment
Sickle Cell Clinic                                 Nutrition Assessment
Orthopedic Clinic                                  Health Education
Myelodysplasia Clinic
Scoliosis Clinic
Cleft Lip/Palate Clinic
Pediatric Clinic


     CLINIC                                             PHONE

Aiken C.R.S. Clinic                                    803-642-1651
Aiken County Health Department
P. O. Box 2269
Aiken, S.C.  29801

Catawba C.R.S. Clinic                                  803-285-7628
Lancaster County Health Department
P. O. Box 817
Lancaster, S.C.  29720

Charleston C.R.S. Clinic                               803-792-3561
Medical University of South Carolina
171 Ashley Avenue
Charleston, S.C.  29403

Columbia C.R.S. Clinic                                 803-253-6391
1221 Gregg Street
Columbia, S.C.  29201
Florence C.R.S. Clinic                                 803-667-2008
555 E. Cheves Street                                        or 2001
Florence, S.C.  29503

Greenville C.R.S. Clinic                               803-240-8855
Greenville County Health Department
P. O. Box 2507
Greenville, S.C.  29602

Greenwood C.R.S. Clinic                                803-229-5292
Greenwood County Health Department
1118 Phoenix Street
Greenwood, S.C.  29646

Low Country C.R.S. Clinic                              803-525-7221
Low Country Health District
P. O. Box 1479
Beaufort, S.C.  29901
Orangeburg C.R.S. Clinic                               803-536-9060
Edisto Health District
P. O. Box 940
Orangeburg, S.C.  29115

Spartanburg C.R.S. Clinic                              803-596-3307
Spartanburg County Health Department
P. O. Box 4217
Spartanburg, S.C.  29303

Waccamaw C.R.S. Clinic                                 803-248-6381
Horry County Health Department
P. O. Box 1206
Conway, S.C.  29526

Wateree C.R.S. Clinic                                  803-773-5511
Sumter County Health Department
P. O. Box 1628
Sumter, S.C.  29150
Pediatric Heart Clinic                                 803-792-3291
Medical University of South Carolina
171 Ashley Avenue
Charleston, S.C.  29403

Camp Burnt Gin                                         Lane Pellett
S.C. DHEC                                              Director
2600 Bull Street                                       803-734-4610
Columbia, S.C.  29201

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
     Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specilist

                               Mrs. Elaine Hall
                         Director of Special Education
                       Abbeville County School District
                                 P. O. Box 520
                             Abbeville, SC  29620

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
     Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specilist

                               Ms. Joanne Greer
                         Aiken County School District
                                P. O. Box 1137
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                               Phone:  649-6085

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
     Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specilist

                                Mr. David Lewis
                       Allendale County School District
                                 P. O. Box 458
                             Allendale, SC  29810
                               Phone:  584-4603
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
     Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specilist

Mr. David M. Adams                           Ms. Shelby Kay
Anderson School District One                 Anderson School District Two
P. O. Box 98                                 P. O. Box 98
Williamston, SC  29697                       Williamston, SC  29697
Phone:  847-7344                             Phone:  369-7364

Mr. J. D. Blanding                           Ms. Sarah Powell
Anderson School District Three               Anderson School District Four
P. O. Box 116                                P. O. Box 545
Starr, SC  29684                             Pendleton, SC  29670
Phone:  352-6155                             Phone:  646-7597

Mr. J. Jonathan Jennings
Anderson School District Five
Drawer 439
Anderson, SC  29622
Phone:  260-5000
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
     Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specilist

Mrs. Betty Bagley                             Mrs. Sidney Wait
Bamberg School District One                   Bamberg School District Two
Box 949                                       Box 345
Bamberg, SC  29003                            Denmark, SC  29042
Phone:  245-2260                              Phone:  793-3340

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Ms. Anne Atkins                             Ms. Mary Smith
Barnwell School District #19                Barnwell School District #29
P. O. Box 185                               P. O. Box 508
Blackville, SC  29817                       Williston, SC  29853
Phone:  284-2234                            Phone:  266-3071

Mr. Tim Britt
Barnwell School District #45
Sewell Developmental Center
Allen Street
Barnwell, SC  29812
Phone:  259-5880
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                             Mrs. Janice L. Karesh
                        Beaufort County School District
                                  Drawer 309
                              Beaufort, SC  29902
                               Phone:  524-2660
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                                Ms. Carol Myers
                        Berkeley County School District
                                 P. O. Box 847
                           Moncks Corner, SC  29461
                               Phone:  761-8600
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                             Ms. Myrtis M. Salley
                        Calhoun County School District
                                 P. O. Box 215
                            St. Matthews, SC  29135
                            Phone:  (803) 655-7310
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Dr. Kathryn E. Altman, Director
                           Pupil Personnel Services
                       Charleston County School District
                               3 Chisolm Street
                             Charleston, SC  29401
                           Phone:  722-8461 Ext. 228
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                               Mrs. Nell Ramsey
                        Cherokee County School District
                                 P. O. Box 460
                              Gaffney, SC  29342
                               Phone:  489-0261
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                                Mrs. Nell Jones
                        Chester County School District
                               103 Foote Street
                              Chester, SC  29706
                               Phone:  385-6122

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                               Mr. Warren Burch
                      Chesterfield County School District
                                141 Main Street
                            Chesterfield, SC  29709
                               Phone:  623-2175                       

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                             Ms. Dorothy P. Choice
                         Clarendon School District One
                                 P. O. Box 38
                             Summerton, SC  29148

                             Mrs. Barbara Johnson
                         Clarendon School District Two
                                P. O. Box 1252
                              Manning, SC  29102
                               Phone:  435-8489

                            Mrs. Elizabeth L. Coker
                        Clarendon School District Three
                               P. O. Drawer 270
                             Turbeville, SC  29162
                               Phone:  659-2188

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                                Mr. Robert Bell
                        Colleton County School District
                                 P. O. Box 290
                             Walterboro, SC  29488
                               Phone:  549-2822

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                               Mrs. Ronna Askins
                       Darlington County School District
                                102 Park Street
                             Darlington, SC  29532
                               Phone:  393-8551
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                        
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                               Mr. Stephen Laird
                          Dillon School District One
                                    Box 644
                           Lake View, SC  29563-0644
                               Phone:  759-2882

                              Ms. Judith Huggins
                          Dillon School District Two
                            West Washington Street
                               Dillon, SC  29536
                               Phone:  774-4671

                               Mrs. Jane Martin
                         Dillon School District Three
                          Office of Special Services
                                 P. O. Box 458
                               Latta, SC  29565
                               Phone:  752-7101
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                             Mrs. Margie Weathers 
                        Dorchester School District One 
                             500 Ridge Street St. 
                               George, SC  29477 
                               Phone:  563-4535 

                                Mr. Webb Daniel 
                        Dorchester School District Two 
                            102 Greenwave Boulevard 
                            Summerville, SC  29483 
                         Phone:  873-6217, 6219, 2901 

                                Mr. Maxcy Gregg 
                       Dorchester School District Three 
                               Route 1, Box 810 
                             Dorchester, SC  29437 
                               Phone:  462-7642 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                             Mrs. Iris H. Pickett
                       Edgefield County School District
                                 P. O. Box 608
                             Edgefield, SC  29824
                               Phone:  275-4601


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                              Mr. A. Clark Batten
                       Fairfield County School District
                               P. O. Drawer 622
                             Winnsboro, SC  29180
                               Phone:  635-2120
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                           Mr. James F. Reames, Jr.
                         Florence School District One
                             319 S. Dargan Street
                              Florence, SC  29501
                               Phone:  669-4141

                                 Mr. Terry Orr
                         Florence School District Two
                               Route 1, Box 36-B
                              Pamplico, SC  29583
                               Phone:  493-2502

                             Ms. Cheryl H. Warren
                        Florence School District Three
                                 P. O. Box 128
                             Lake City, SC  29560
                               Phone:  394-3353
                               Ms. Gloria Nelson
                         Florence School District Four
                              612 S. Hill Street
                            Timmonsville, SC  29161

                               Mr. Jerry Powell
                         Florence School District Five
                                P. O. Drawer 98
                            Johnsonville, SC  29555
                               Phone:  386-2341


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                            Mrs. Violet R. Farrell
                       Georgetown County School District
                              1131 Church Street
                             Georgetown, SC  29440

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                                Mrs. Polly Sten
                       Greenville County School District
                                P. O. Box 2848
                              301 Camperdown Way
                             Greenville, SC  29602
                            Phone:  (803) 242-6450
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                            Mrs. Johnnie W. Bailey
                         Greenwood School District #50
                                 P. O. Box 248
                             Greenwood, SC  29646
                               Phone:  223-4348

                                 Mr. John Bone
                         Greenwood School District #51
                               42 Sparks Avenue
                            Ware Shoals, SC  29692
                               Phone:  456-7496

                              Ms. Sandra Calliham
                         Greenwood School District #52
                               119 S. Cambridge
                             Ninety Six, SC  29666
                               Phone:  543-4054
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                            Mrs. Johnnie W. Bailey
                         Greenwood School District #50
                                 P. O. Box 248
                             Greenwood, SC  29646
                               Phone:  223-4348

                                 Mr. John Bone
                         Greenwood School District #51
                               42 Sparks Avenue
                            Ware Shoals, SC  29692
                               Phone:  456-7496

                              Ms. Sandra Calliham
                         Greenwood School District #52
                               119 S. Cambridge
                             Ninety Six, SC  29666
                               Phone:  543-4054
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                              Mr. Philip Youmans
                          Hampton School District One
                             11-A Oak Street East
                              Hampton, SC  29924
                               Phone:  943-3400

                               Mr. Mikell Miller
                          Hampton School District Two
                                   Box 1028
                               Estill, SC  29918
                               Phone:  625-2875

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                                Dr. Bill Latham
                        Asst. Supt. for Pupil Services
                         Horry County School District
                               1701 Horry Street
                               Conway, SC  29526
                               Phone:  248-2206
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                                Mr. Ed Iovanna
                         Jasper County School District
                                 P. O. Box 848
                             Ridgeland, SC  29936
                               Phone:  726-3071
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                             Mrs. Susan D. DuRant
                        Kershaw County School District
                                 DuBose Court
                               Camden, SC  29020
                     Phone:  432-8416 (or 254-5967 WATTS)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                            Dr. Jacqueline S. Adams
                       Lancaster County School District
                               P. O. Drawer 130
                              100 E. Arch Street
                             Lancaster, SC  29720
                               Phone:  286-6975
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                               Mr. H. D. Taylor
                          Laurens School District #55
                                 P. O. Box 388
                              Laurens, SC  29360
                               Phone:  984-5814

                               Ms. Kay Cleveland
                          Laurens School District #56
                                  Drawer 484
                              Clinton, SC  29325
                               Phone:  833-4130
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                               Mr. Randall Burns
                          Lee County School District
                                 P. O. Box 507
                                 Dennis Avenue
                            Bishopville, SC  29010
                               Phone:  484-5391
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                              Dr. Kay Wright Rush
                         Lexington School District One
                                    Box 219
                             Lexington, SC  29072
                           Phone:  359-4178 Ext. 215

                               Mrs. Bess Vaughn
                         Lexington School District Two
                               715 Ninth Street
                           West Columbia, SC  29169
                               Phone:  796-4708

                             Mr. William E. Black
                        Lexington School District Three
                           707 East Columbia AVenue
                             Batesburg, SC  29006
                               Phone:  532-9289
                              Mrs. Debbie Gunter
                        Lexington School District Four
                                 P. O. Box 569
                              Swansea, SC  29160
                               Phone:  568-3886

                            Dr. Robert K. Hatchette
                        Lexington School District Five
                                    Box 938
                             Ballentine, SC  29002
                               Phone:  781-0457

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                               Ms. Ann Quillian
                       McCormick County School District
                                 P. O. Box 326
                             McCormick, SC  29835
                               Phone:  465-2322
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                             Mr. Charles J. Bethea
                          Marion School District One
                             616 Northside Avenue
                               Marion, SC  29571
                               Phone:  423-1811

                            Mrs. Suzanne C. Dawsey
                          Marion School District One
                        Southside Annex, Liberty Street
                               Marion, SC  29571
                               Phone:  423-0961

                             Ms. Sherry Strickland
                          Marion School District Two
                                 P. O. Box 689
                              Mullins, SC  29574
                               Phone:  526-2181
                             Mrs. Rachel J. Mason
                         Marion School District Three
                               Rains, SC  29589
                               Phone:  423-2891

                              Mrs. Robin Williams
                          Marion School District Four
                                Route 1, Box 22
                              Gresham, SC  29546
                               Phone:  362-0331

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                             Mrs. Minnie W. Smith
                        Marlboro County School District
                                 P. O. Box 947
                           Bennettsville, SC  29512
                               Phone:  479-4016


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                              Mr. Robert Thompson
                        Newberry County School District
                                 P. O. Box 718
                              Newberry, SC  29108
                               Phone:  276-3216


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                          Mr. Buddy Herring, Director
                               Special Education
                         Oconee County School District
                                 P. O. Box 220
                              Walhalla, SC  29691
                               Phone:  638-5486
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                           Mrs. Elizabeth B. McClain
                        Orangeburg School District One
                                    Box 337
                            Springfield, SC  29146
                               Phone:  258-3387

                              Ms. Mabel S. Sowell
                        Orangeburg School District Two
                                    Box 36
                               Bowman, SC  29018
                               Phone:  829-2538

                           Mrs. Suzanne de Treville
                       Orangeburg School District Three
                                 P. O. Box 98
                             Holly Hill, SC  29059
                               Phone:  496-3288
                            Ms. Tonya-Lee Infinger
                        Orangeburg School District Four
                                P. O. Drawer A
                            Cordova, SC  29039-0099
                               Phone:  534-7420

                                Ms. Nancy Nance
                        Orangeburg School District Five
                               578 Ellis Avenue
                             Orangeburg, SC  29115
                               Phone:  534-5454

                               Ms. Verneta Guess
                        Orangeburg School District Six
                                    Box 640
                               North, SC  29112
                               Phone:  247-2162
  \$
                         Ms. Frances Bowers, Director
                               Special Services
                       Orangeburg School District Seven
                                   Drawer L
                              Elloree, SC  29047
                               Phone:  897-2671

                         Ms. Angela Wimberly, Director
                               Special Services
                       Orangeburg School District Eight
                                 P. O. Box 218
                            Branchville, SC  29432
                               Phone:  274-8588

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                            Ms. Jeanette Winchester
                        Pickens County School District
                               Route 8, Box 375
                               Easley, SC  29640
                               Phone:  859-1405

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                             Mrs. Barbara Bradford
                         Richland School District One
                              C & S Bank Building
                                919 Bluff Road
                              Columbia, SC  29201
                               Phone:  733-6130

                              Dr. Emmala Barnett
                         Richland School District Two
                             6831 Brookfield Road
                              Columbia, SC  29206
                               Phone:  787-1910

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                               Mr. Tommy Burbage
                         Saluda County School District
                               404 N. Wise Road
                               Saluda, SC  29138
                               Phone:  445-8714


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                                Mr. Randy Bell
                        Spartanburg School District One
                                 P. O. Box 218
                             Campobello, SC  29322
                               Phone:  468-4542

                                 Dr. Mike Yehl
                        Spartanburg School District Two
                                    Route 6
                            Administrative Building
                            Spartanburg, SC  29303
                               Phone:  578-0128

                             Ms. Philippa Sellers
                       Spartanburg School District Three
                                 P. O. Box 267
                              Glendale, SC  29346
                               Phone:  579-3330
                              Mr. J. Lynn Harrill
                       Spartanburg School District Four
                                    Box 669
                              Woodruff, SC  29388
                               Phone:  476-3187

                             Dr. Douglas H. Ervin
                       Spartanburg School District Five
                                 P. O. Box 307
                               Duncan, SC  29334
                               Phone:  439-6326

                                Mr. John Reeves
                        Spartanburg School District Six
                          1493 W. O. Ezell Boulevard
                            Spartanburg, SC  29301
                               Phone:  576-4212
  $
                               Mr. Charles Ragin
                       Spartanburg School District Seven
                                    Box 970
                            Spartanburg, SC  29304
                               Phone:  585-2231


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                             Ms. Allidease Pollard
                          Sumter School District Two
                             492 N. Guignard Drive
                               Sumter, SC  29150
                               Phone:  469-6900

                                Mr. Dave Evans
                          Sumter School District #17
                                  Drawer 1180
                               Sumter, SC  29150
                               Phone:  469-8536


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                                Mr. Dean Walker
                         Union County School District
                                    Box 907
                               Union, SC  29379
                               Phone:  427-5624
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                            Mrs. Stiney O. Gardner
                      Williamsburg County School District
                               417 School Street
                             Kingstree, SC  29556
                               Phone:  354-5533
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS                         
-DOC-
                        SPECIAL EDUCATION COORDINATORS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

                              Mrs. Lillian Nance
                           Education Service Center
                           York School District One
                                 P. O. Box 770
                                York, SC  29745
                               Phone:  684-9326

                               Mr. Joe L. Gordon
                           York School District Two
                                 P. O. Box 99
                                402 Knox Street
                               Clover, SC  29710
                               Phone:  222-7191
                            Dr. Gwen Johnson Kodad
                          York School District Three
                              P. O. Drawer 10072
                             Rock Hill, SC  29730
                               Phone:  328-1809

                               Mr. Dan H. Jones
                           York School District Four
                                    Box 369
                             Fort Mill, SC  29715
                               Phone:  548-2527

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Mr. John J. Fontana, Director
             Abbeville County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                 P.O. Box 921
                              111 South Main St.
                             Abbeville, SC  29620
                                   459-9661
                                   459-9662

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Mr. Terrance D. Brown, Director
               Aiken County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                             214 Newberry St., SW
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                                   648-5409
                                   649-1900

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist
        
                          Mr. Dave N. Heirs, Director
                Lowcountry Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                    Box 549
                                Memorial Avenue
                             Allendale, SC  29924
                                   584-4238

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                          Mr. Doyle W. Kay, Director
               Anderson/Oconee Alcohol and Drug Abuse Commission
                              212 S. Main Street
                              Anderson, SC  29624
                                   225-1468 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Mr. Richard S. Fowler, Director
                Tri-County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                             Mid Town Office Plaza
                              Bamberg, SC  29003
                                   245-4360

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Ms. Cheryl A. Perry, Director
             Barnwell County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                 P.O. Box 1042
                              Barnwell, SC  29812
                                   259-3511

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                         
-DOC-
                         ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                   Mr. Douglas H. Boyne, Executive Director
             Beaufort County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                  P.O. Box 311
                                1215 Prince St.
                              Beaufort, SC  29901
                                   525-7407

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                    Mr. Ernest Kennedy, Executive Director
             Berkeley County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                 P. O. Box 758
                               109 West Main St.
                           Moncks Corner, SC  29461
                                   761-8272

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Mr. Richard S. Fowler, Director
                Tri-County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                              111 West Bridge St.
                            St. Matthews, SC  29135
                                   874-2307

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Mr. Franklin L. Johnson, Director
                 Charleston County Substance Abuse Commission
                                P. O.  Box 2635
                              25 Courtenay Drive
                             Charleston, SC  29403
                                   723-7212

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Mr. David L. Forrester, Director
             Cherokee County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                            200 West Montgomery St.
                              Gaffney, SC  29340
                                   489-0247

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Ms. Deborah D. Graham, Director
              Chester County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                P. O.  Box 636
                                120 Saluda St.
                              Chester, SC  29706
                                   377-8111

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Ms. Janice Rozier, Acting Director
                   Tri-County Mental Health CenterPO Box 471
                             2000 Highway 15 North
                            Chesterfield, SC  29709
                                   623-2229

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                           Ms. Ann Kirven, Director
             Clarendon County Commission onAlcohol and Drug Abuse
                                 P. O. Box 361
                              14 North Church St.
                              Manning, SC  29102
                                   435-2121

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Mr. J. Scott Bagnal, Director
              Colleton County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                P. O. Box 1037
                                   Black St.
                             Walterboro, SC  29488
                                   549-9565

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Mr. Winston H. McElveen, Director
             Darlington County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                           510 East Carolina Avenue
                             Hartsville, SC  29550
                                   332-4156

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Mr. W. T. O'Connor, Director
           Marion/Dillon County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                             104 East Harrison St.
                               Dillon, SC  29536
                                   774-6591

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Mr. Samuel J. Miller, Director
             Dorchester County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                              535 North Cedar St.
                            Summerville, SC  29483
                                   871-4790

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Mr. David Matthews, Director
       Greenwood/Edgefield/McCormick Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                           400 Church St., Room 112
                             Edgefield, SC  29824
                                   637-5388

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Mr. Marion C. Smith, Director
                  Fairfield County Substance Abuse Commission
                                 P. O. Box 388
                           107 North Vanderhorst St.
                             Winnsboro, SC  29180
                                   635-2335

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Mr. Charles Lee Young, Director
              Florence County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                P. O. Box 4881
                               604 Gregg Avenue
                              Florence, SC  29502
                                   665-9349

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Mr. William J. Walker, Director
              Georgetown County Alcohol and Drug Abuse Commission
                                123 Winyah St.
                             Georgetown, SC  29440
                                   546-6081
                                   527-1697

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                   Mr. Claude T. Wilson, Executive Director
            Greenville County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                            3336 Old Buncombe Road
                             Greenville, SC  29609
                                   242-1781

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Mr. David D. Matthews, Director
      Greenwood/Edgefield/McCormick Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                1132 Spring St.
                             Greenwood, SC  29646
                                   227-1001

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                          Mr. Dave N. Hiers, Director
                Lowcountry Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                 P. O. Box 885
                               Courthouse Annex
                              Hampton, SC  29924
                                   943-2800

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Mr. C. Lyle Mishoe, Director
               Horry County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                 P. O. Box 136
                                 1004 Bell St.
                               Conway, SC  29526
                                   248-6291
                                   448-1474

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                          Mr. Dave N. Hiers, Director
                Lowcountry Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                P. O. Box 1362
                                  Wilson St.
                             Ridgeland, SC  29936
                                   726-5996

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Mr. Paul W. Napper, Director
              Kershaw County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                  P. O. Box 416
                                1104 Church St.
                               Camden, SC  29020
                                   432-6902
                                   432-6281

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Mr. Walter J. Quinn, Director
            Lancaster County Commission on  Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                P. O. Box 1627
                                 114 Main St.
                             Lancaster, SC  29720
                                   285-6911

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Dr. Luther M. Mundy, Director
              Laurens County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                 P. O. Box 843
                             216 West Laurens St.
                              Laurens, SC  29360
                                   984-0574

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Mr. H. Daly Alexander, Director
                Lee County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                 P. O. Box 302
                       Lee County Court House, Room 300
                            Bishopville, SC  29010
                            484-5341 Ext. 51 or 58

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist
 
                        Mr. David R. Jameson, Director
               Lexington/Richland Alcohol and Drug Abuse Council
                           134 North Hospital Drive
                           West Columbia, SC  29169
                                   796-6460

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Mr. W. T. O'Connor, Director
           Marion/Dillon County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                               103 Court Street
                               Marion, SC  29571
                                   423-5310

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Mr. William M. Harrington, Director
             Marlboro County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                               100 West Main St.
                           Bennettsville, SC  29512
                                   479-8328

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Mr. David D. Matthews, Director
       Greenwood/Edgefield/McCormick Commission on Alcohol & Drug Abuse
                                P. O.  Box 337
                             Hammond St. Extension
                             McCormick, SC  29835
                                   465-2631

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHY CAN FOODS?                                
-DOC-
                                WHY CAN FOODS?
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Canning can be a safe and economical way to preserve quality food at home. 
Disregarding the value of your labor, canning homegrown food may save you half
the cost of buying commercially canned food.  Canning favorite and special
products to be enjoyed by family and friends is a fulfilling experience and a
source of pride for many people.

Many vegetables begin losing some of their vitamins when harvested.  Nearly
half the vitamins may be lost within a few days unless the fresh produce is
cooled or preserved.  Within 1 to 2 weeks, even refrigerated produce loses half
or more of its vitamins.  The heating process during canning destroys from one-
third to one-half of vitamins A and C, thiamin, and riboflavin.  Once canned,
additional losses of these sensitive vitamins are from 5 to 20 percent each
year.  The amounts of other vitamins, however, are only slightly lower in 
canned compared with fresh food.  If vegetables are handled properly and canned
promptly after harvest they can be more nutritious than fresh produce sold in
local stores.  

The advantages of home canning are lost when you start with poor quality fresh
foods; when jars fail to seal properly; when food spoils; and when flavors,
texture, color, and nutrients deteriorate during prolonged storage.  The
information  that follows explains many of these problems and recommends ways
to minimize them.

                                 Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOW CANNING PRESERVES FOODS                          
-DOC-
                          HOW CANNING PRESERVES FOODS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

The high percentage of water in most fresh foods makes them very perishable. 
They spoil or lose their quality for several reasons:
     - growth of undesirable microorganisms--bacteria, mold, and yeast
     - activity of food enzymes
     - reactions with oxygen
     - moisture loss

Microorganisms live and multiply quickly on the surfaces of fresh food and on
the inside of bruised, insect-damaged, and diseased food.  Oxygen and enzymes
are present throughout fresh food tissues.  Proper canning practices include:
     - carefully selecting and washing fresh food
     - peeling some fresh foods
     - hot packing many foods
     - adding acids (vinegar or lemon juice) to some foods
     - using acceptable jars and self-sealing lids
     - processing jars in boiling-water canner or pressure canner for the      
       correct period of time

Collectively, these practices remove oxygen; destroy enzymes; prevent the
growth of undesirable bacteria, yeasts, and molds; and help form a high vacuum
in jars.  Good vacuums form tight seals which keep liquid in and air and
microorganisms out.

                                 Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning" 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BACTERIA AND FOOD PRESERVATION                        
-DOC-
                        BACTERIA AND FOOD PRESERVATION
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Growth of the bacterium Clostridium botulinum in canned food may cause
botulism--a deadly form of food poisoning.  These bacteria exist either as
spores or as vegetative cells.  The spores, which are comparable to plant
seeds, can survive harmlessly in soil and water for many years.  When ideal
conditions exist for growth, the spores produce vegetative cells which multiply
rapidly and may produce deadly toxin within 3 to 4 days of growth in an
environment consisting of:
     - a moist, low-acid food
     - a temperature between 40 degrees and 120 degrees Fahrenheit
     - less than two percent oxygen

Botulinum spores are on most fresh food surfaces.  Because they grow only in
the absence of air, they are harmless on fresh foods.

Most bacteria, yeasts, and molds are difficult to remove from food surfaces. 
Washing fresh food reduces their numbers only slightly.  Peeling root crops,
underground stem crops, and tomatoes reduces their numbers greatly.  Blanching 
also helps, but the vital controls are the method of canning and making sure
the recommended research-based process times are used.

The processing times in these guides ensure destruction of the largest expected
number of heat-resistant microorganisms in home-canned foods.  Properly
sterilized canned food will be free of spoilage if lids seal and jars are
stored below 95 degrees Fahrenheit.  Storing jars at 50 degrees to 70 degrees
Fahrenheit enhances retention of quality.

                                 Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning" 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FOOD ACIDITY AND PROCESSING METHODS                      
-DOC-
                      FOOD ACIDITY AND PROCESSING METHODS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Whether food should be processed in a pressure canner or boiling-water canner
to control botulinum bacteria depends on the acidity in the food.  Acidity may
be natural, as in most fruits, or added, as in pickled food.  Low-acid canned
foods contain too little acidity to prevent the growth of these bacteria.  Acid
foods contain enough acidity to block their growth, or destroy them more
rapidly when heated.  The term "pH" is a measure of acidity; the lower its
value, the more acid the food.  The acidity level in foods can be increased by
adding lemon juice, citric acid, or vinegar.

Low acid foods have pH values higher than 4.6.  They include red meats,
seafood, poultry, milk, and all fresh vegetables except for most tomatoes. 
Most mixtures of low-acid and acid foods also have pH values above 4.6 unless
their recipes include enough lemon juice, cirtic acid, or vinegar to make them
acid foods.  Acid foods have a pH of 4.6 or lower.  They include fruits,
pickles, sauerkraut, jams, jellies, marmalades, and fruit butters.

Although tomatoes usually are considered an acid food, some are now known to
have pH values slightly above 4.6.  Figs also have pH values slightly above 
4.6.  Therefore, if they are to be canned as acid foods, these products must be
acidified to a pH of 4.6 or lower with lemon juice or citric acid.  Properly
acidified tomatoes and figs are acid foods and can safely be processed in a
boiling water canner.

Botulinum spores are very hard to destroy at boiling-water temperatures; the
higher the canner temperature, the more easily they are destroyed.  Therefore,
all low-acid foods should be sterilized at temperatures of 240 degrees to 250
degrees, attainable with pressure canners operated at 10 to 15 PSIG.  PSIG
means pounds per square inch of pressure as measured by gauge.  At these
temperatures, the time needed to destroy bacteria in low-acid canned food
ranges from 20 to 100 minutes.  The exact time depends on the kind of food
being canned, the way it is packed into jars, and the size of jars.  The time
needed to safely process low-acid foods in a boiling water canner ranges from 7
to ll hours; the time needed to process acid foods in boiling water varies from
5 to 85 minutes.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ADJUSTING PROCESSING FOR HIGH ALTITUDES                    
-DOC-
                    ADJUSTING PROCESSING FOR HIGH ALTITUDES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Using the process time for canning food at sea level may result in spoilage if
you live at altitudes of 2,000 feet or more.  Water boils at lower temperatures
as altitude increases.  Lower boiling temperatures are less effective for
killing bacteria.  Increasing the process time or canner pressure compensates
for lower boiling temperatures.  Therefore, when you use these guidelines,
select the proper processing time or canner pressure for the altitude where you
live.  If you do not know the altitude, contact your local county Extension
agent.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EQUIPMENT AND METHODS NOT RECOMMENDED                     
-DOC-
                     EQUIPMENT AND METHODS NOT RECOMMENDED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Open-kettle canning and the processing of freshly filled jars in conventional
ovens, microwave ovens, and dishwashers are not recommended, because these
practices do not prevent all risks of spoilage.  Steam canners are not
recommended, because processing times for use with current models have not been
adequately researched.  Because steam canners may not heat foods in the same
manner as boiling-water canners, their use with boiling-water process times may
result in spoilage.  So-called canning powders are useless as preservatives and
do not replace the need for proper heat processing.  Jars with wire bails and
glass caps make attractive antiques or storage containers for dry food
ingredients, but are not recommended for use in canning.  One-piece zinc
porcelain-lined caps are also no longer recommended.  Both glass and zinc caps
use flat rubber rings for sealing jars, but too often fail to seal properly.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SELECTING FOOD FOR CANNING                          
-DOC-
                          SELECTING FOOD FOR CANNING
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Begin with good-quality fresh foods suitable for canning.  Quality varies among
varieties of fruits and vegetables.  Many county Extension offices can
recommend varieties best suited for canning.  Examine food carefully for
freshness and wholesomeness.  Discard diseased and moldy food.  Trim small
diseased lesions or spots from food.

Can fruits and vegetables picked from your garden or purchased from nearby
producers when the products are at their peak of quality--within 6 to 12 hours
after harvest for most vegetables.  For best quality, apricots, nectarines,
peaches, pears, and plums should be ripened one or more days between harvest
and canning.  If you must delay the canning of other fresh produce, keep it in
a shady, cool place.

Fresh home-slaughtered red meats and poultry should be chilled and canned
without delay.  Do not can meat from sickly or diseased animals.  Ice fish and
seafood after harvest, eviscerate immediately, and can them within 2 days.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MAINTAINING COLOR AND FLAVOR IN CANNED FOODS                 
-DOC-
                 MAINTAINING COLOR AND FLAVOR IN CANNED FOODS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

To maintain good natural color and flavor in stored canned food, you must:
     - Remove oxygen from food tissues and jars
     - Quickly destroy the food enzymes
     - Obtain high jar vacuums and airtight jar seals

Follow these guidelines to ensure that your canned foods retain optimum colors
and flavors during processing and storage:
     - Use only high-quality foods which are at the proper maturity and which  
       are free of diseases and bruises.
     - Use the hot-pack method, especially with acid foods to be processed in  
       boiling water. 
     - Don't unnecessarily expose prepared foods to air.  Can them as soon as  
       possible.
     - While preparing a canner load of jars, keep peeled, halved, quartered,  
       sliced, or diced apples, apricots, nectarines, peaches, and pears in a  
       solution of 3 grams (3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of cold 
       water.  This procedure is also useful in maintaining the natural color  
       of mushrooms and potatoes, and for preventing stem-end discoloration in
       cherries and grapes.  You can get ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in      
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,      
         follow the manufacturer's directions.
     - Fill hot foods into jars and adjust headspace as specified in recipes.
     - Tighten screw bands securely, but if you are especially strong, not as  
       tight as possible.    
     - Process and cool jars.
     - Store the jars in a relatively cool, dark place, preferably between 50  
       degrees and 70 degrees Fahrenheit.
     - Can no more food than you will use within a year.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ADVANTAGES OF HOT PACKING                           
-DOC-
                           ADVANTAGES OF HOT PACKING
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Many fresh foods contain from 10 percent to more than 30 percent air.  How long
canned food retains high quality depends on how much air is removed from food
before jars are sealed.  

Raw packing is the practice of filling jars tightly with freshly prepared, but
unheated food.  Such foods, especially fruit, will float in the jars.  The
entrapped air in and around the food may cause discoloration within 2 to 3
months of storage.  Raw packing is more suitable for vegetables processed in a
pressure canner.

Hot packing is the practice of heating freshly prepared food to boiling,
simmering it 3 to 5 minutes, and promptly filling jars loosely with the boiled
food.  Whether food has been hot packed or raw packed, the juice, syrup, or
water to be added to the foods should also be heated to boiling before adding
it to the jars.  This practice helps to remove air from food tissues, shrinks
food, helps keep the food from floating in the jars, increases vacuum in sealed
jars, and improves shelf life.  Preshrinking food permits filling more food
into each jar.
Hot packing is the best way to remove air and is the preferred pack style for
foods processed in a boiling-water canner.  At first, the color of hot-packed
foods may appear no better than that of raw-packed foods, but within a short
storage period, both color and flavor of hot-packed foods will be superior.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CONTROLLING HEADSPACE                             
-DOC-
                             CONTROLLING HEADSPACE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

The unfilled space above the food in a jar and below its lid is termed
HEADSPACE.  Directions for canning specify leaving 1/4-inch for jams and
jellies, 1/2-inch for fruits and tomatoes to be processed in boiling water, and
from 1- to 1-1/4-inches in low-acid foods to be processed in a pressure canner. 
This space is needed for expansion of food as jars are processed, and for
forming vacuums in cooled jars.  The extent of expansion is determined by the
air content in the food and by the processing temperature.  Air expands greatly
when heated to high temperatures; the higher the temperature, the greater the
expansion.  Foods expand less than air when heated. 

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALL ABOUT JARS                                
-DOC-
                                ALL ABOUT JARS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Food may be canned in glass jars or metal containers.  Metal containers can be
used only once.  They require special sealing equipment and are much more
costly than jars.

Regular and wide-mouth Mason-type, threaded, home-canning jars with self-
sealing lids are the best choice.  They are available in 1/2 pint, pint, 1-1/2
pint, quart, and 1/2 gallon sizes.  The standard jar mouth opening is 2-3/8
inches.  Wide-mouth jars have openings of about 3 inches, making them more
easily filled and emptied.  Half-gallon jars may be used for canning very acid
juices.  With careful use and handling, Mason jars may be reused many times,
requiring only new lids each time.  When lids are used properly, jar seals and
vacuums are excellent.

Most commercial mayonnaise jars may be used for canning acid foods in a
boiling-water canner, with only occasional seal failure or jar breakage.  A
Mason jar, however, has a wider and more uniform sealing surface and its glass
can withstand greater temperature and pressure changes without breaking.  You
should, therefore, use Mason jars for all pressure-canned foods.  All jars must
be free of cracks and chips, especially on the sealing surface, to prevent seal
failure and breakage.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JAR CLEANING                                 
-DOC-
                                 JAR CLEANING
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Before reuse, wash empty jars in hot water with detergent and rinse well by
hand, or wash in a dishwasher.  Unrinsed detergent may cause unnatural flavors
and colors.  These washing methods do not sterilize jars.  Scale or hard-water
films on jars are easily removed by soaking jars several hours in a solution
containing 1 cup of vinegar (5 percent) per gallon of water.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STERILIZATION OF EMPTY JARS                          
-DOC-
                          STERILIZATION OF EMPTY JARS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

All jams, jellies, and pickled products processed 10 minutes or less should be
filled into sterile empty jars.  To sterilize empty jars, put them right side
up on the rack in a boiling-water canner.  Fill the canner and jars with hot
(not boiling) water to 1 inch above the tops of the jars.  Boil 10 minutes at
altitudes of less than 1000 feet.  At higher elevations, boil 1 additional
minute for each additional 1000 feet elevation.  Remove and drain hot
sterilized jars one at a time.  Save the hot water for processing filled jars. 
Fill jars with food, add lids, and tighten screw bands.

Empty jars used for vegetables, meats, and fruits to be processed in a pressure
canner need not be presterilized.  It is also unnecessary to presterilize jars
for fruits, tomatoes, and pickled or fermented foods that will be processed 10
minutes or longer in a boiling-water canner.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LID SELECTION, PREPARATION, AND USE                      
-DOC-
                      LID SELECTION, PREPARATION, AND USE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

The common self-sealing lid consists of a flat metal lid held in place by a
metal screw band during processing.  The flat lid is crimped around its bottom
edge to form a trough, which is filled with a colored gasket compound.  When
jars are processed, the lid gasket softens and flows slightly to cover the jar
sealing surface, yet air is allowed to escape from the jar.  The gasket then
forms an airtight seal as the jar cools.  Gaskets in unused lids work well for
at least 3 years from the date of manufacture.  The gasket compound in older
unused lids may fail to seal on jars.

Buy only the quantity of lids you will use in a year.  To ensure a good seal,
carefully follow the manufacturer's directions in preparing lids for use. 
Examine all metal lids carefully.  Do not use old, dented, or deformed lids, or
lids with gaps or other defects in the sealing gasket.

After filling jars with food, release air bubbles by inserting a flat plastic
(not metal) spatula between the food and the jar.  Slowly turn the jar and move
the spatula up and down to allow air bubbles to escape.  Adjust the headspace
and then clean the jar rim (sealing surface) with a dampened paper towel. 
Place the lid, gasket down, onto the cleaned jar-sealing surface.  Uncleaned
jar-sealing surfaces may cause seal failures.

Fit the metal screw band over the flat lid.  Use your thumb and two fingertips
to turn the screw band very gently until you feel the slightest resistance. 
Then reposition your hand and tighten the screw band another 1 1/2-inches.

Practice the following procedure until you recognize the proper lid tightness:
     1. Add the screw band with you finger tips until you feel the slightest   
        resistance.
     2. Draw a continuous vertical line from the band to the jar.
     3. Measure and make another vertical line 1 1/2-inches to the left on the 
        jar.
     4. Tighten again until the line on the band meets the new mark on the jar.

DO NOT RETIGHTEN LIDS AFTER PROCESSING JARS.  As jars cool, the contents in the
jar contract, pulling the self-sealing lid firmly against the jar to form a
high vacuum.
     - If rings are too loose, liquid may escape from jars during processing,  
       and seals may fail.
     - If rings are too tight, air cannot vent during processing, and food will
       discolor during storage.  Overtightening also may cause lids to buckle  
       and jars to break, especially with raw-packed, pressure-processed food.

Screw bands are not needed on stored jars.  They can be removed easily after
jars are cooled.  When removed, washed, dried, and stored in a dry area, screw
bands may be used many times.  If left on stored jars, they become difficult to
remove, often rust, and may not work properly again.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COOLING JARS                                 
-DOC-
                                 COOLING JARS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

When you remove hot jars from a canner, DO NOT RETIGHTEN THEIR JAR LIDS. 
Retightening of hot lids may cut through the gasket and cause seal failures. 
Cool the jars at room temperature for 12 to 24 hours.  Jars may be cooled on
racks or towels to minimize heat damage to counters.  The food level and liquid
volume of raw-packed jars will be noticeably lower after cooling.  Air is
exhausted during processing and food shrinks.  If a jar loses excessive liquid
during processing, do not open it to add more liquid.  Check jars to be sure
they have sealed.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SELECTING THE CORRECT PROCESSING TIME                     
-DOC-
                     SELECTING THE CORRECT PROCESSING TIME
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

When canning in boiling water, more processing time is needed for most raw-
packed foods and for quart jars than is needed for hot-packed foods and pint
jars.  

To destroy microorganisms in acid foods processed in a boiling-water canner,
you must:
     - Process jars for the correct number of minutes in boiling water
     - Cool the jars at room temperature

     THE FOOD MAY SPOIL IF you fail to add process time for lower boiling-water
     temperatures at altitudes above 2,000 feet, process for fewer minutes than
     specified, or cool jars in cold water.

To destroy microorganisms in low-acid foods processed with a pressure canner,
you must:
     - Process the jars for the correct number of minutes at 240 degrees       
       Fahrenheit (10 PSIG - pounds per square inch of pressure as measured by
       gauge)or 250 degrees Fahrenheit (15 PSIG).
     - Allow canner to cool at room temperature until it is completely         
       depressurized.

     THE FOOD MAY SPOIL IF you fail to select the proper process times for     
     altitudes above 2,000 feet, fail to exhaust canners properly, process at  
     lower pressure than specified, process for fewer minutes than specified or 
     cool the canner with water.

It is important to know your approximate elevation or altitude above sea level
in order to determine a safe processing time for canned foods.  Since the
boiling temperature of liquid is lower at higher elevations, it is critical
that additional time be given for the safe processing of foods at altitudes
above sea level.  If you are unsure about the altitude where you will be
canning foods, consult your county Extension agent.

This set of directions includes processing times with altitude adjustments for
each product in up to three different canners.  Choose the times for the canner
you will be using.  Process times for half-pint and pint jars are the same, as
are times for 1 1/2 pint and quart jars.  For some products, you have a choice
of processing at 5, 10, 15 PSIG.  In these cases, choose the canner pressure
(PSIG) you wish to use and match it with your pack style (raw or hot) and jar
size to find the correct process time.  To help you find the type of canner you
are using all processing times for boiling-water canners are marked with a
border ///////////, weighted-gauge canners @@@@@@@@@@@, and dial-gauge canners
###########.   An example of how to select the proper process time follows.

EXAMPLE OF USING TABLES FOR LOCATING PROPER PROCESS TIMES

Suppose you are canning peaches as a hot pack in quarts at 2,500 feet above sea
level.  Since specific process times may vary with (1) the type of canner used, 
(2) the style of pack, (3) the jar size, and (4) altitude where you live,
follow these steps to find the recommended process time from one of the three
following tables:

     1.  Locate the correct table for your type of canner.  
     2.  Look down the column labeled "Style of Pack" on the left side of the  
         table and locate the correct line for hot-pack and quart jars.
     3.  Look across the top to find your altitude.  To determine the correct  
         time for you, look down the altitude column until you meet the row
         you selected in Step 2.  If using a boiling-water canner, you would   
         process 30 minutes.

     4.  If using a dial-gauge pressure canner, you would process 10 minutes at
         7 PSIG.
     5.  However, if you have a weighted-gauge pressure canner, process 10     
         minutes at 10 PSIG.


//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      PEACHES                                /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ___________________________________________________    /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1000-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
/           Quarts     25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints      25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
/           Quarts     30 min.      35 min.        40 min.        45 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION  
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      PEACHES                                #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2000-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  10 min.    6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.          9 lb.    #
#  and    or                                                                 #
#  Raw   Quarts                                                              #
##############################################################################








                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      PEACHES                                @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          10 min.          5 lb.               10 lb.       @
@  and       or                                                              @
@  Raw      Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DIFFERENCES IN CANNERS                             
-DOC-
                            DIFFERENCES IN CANNERS 
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist 
 
Equipment for heat-processing home-canned food is of two main types--boiling 
water canners and pressure canners.  Most are designed to hold seven quart jars
or eight to nine pints.  Small pressure canners hold four quarts; some large 
pressure canners hold 18 pints in two layers, but hold only seven quarts. 
 
Low-acid foods must be processed in a pressure canner to be free of botulism 
risks.  Although pressure canners may also be used for processing acid foods, 
boiling-water canners are recommended for this purpose because they are faster. 

A pressure canner would require from 55 to 100 minutes to can a load of jars; 
the total time for canning most acid foods in boiling water varies from 25 to 
60 minutes.  A boiling-water canner loaded with filled jars requires about 20 
to 30 minutes of heating before its water begins to boil.  A loaded pressure 
canner requires about 12 to 15 minutes of heating before it begins to vent; 
another 10 minutes to vent the canner; another 5 minutes to pressurize the 
canner; another 8 to 10 minutes to process the acid food; and finally another 
20 to 60 minutes to cool the canner before removing jars. 
 
                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BOILING WATER CANNERS                             
-DOC-
                             BOILING WATER CANNERS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

These canners are made of aluminum or porcelain-covered steel.  They have
removable perforated racks and fitted lids.  The canner must be deep enough so
that at least 1 inch of briskly boiling water will be over the tops of jars
during processing.  Some boiling-water canners do not have flat bottoms.  A
flat bottom must be used on an electric range.  Either a flat or ridged bottom
can be used on a gas burner.  To ensure uniform processing of all jars with an
electric range, the canner should be no more than 4 inches wider in diameter
than the element on which it is heated. 

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
USING BOILING WATER CANNERS                          
-DOC-
                          USING BOILING WATER CANNERS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Follow these steps for successful boiling-water canning:
     1.  Fill the canner halfway with water.
     2.  Preheat water to about 140 degrees for raw-packed foods and to 180    
         degrees for hot-packed foods.
     3.  Load filled jars, fitted with lids, into the canner rack and use the  
         handles to lower the rack into the water; or fill the canner, one jar 
         at a time, with a jar lifter.
     4.  Add more boiling water, if needed, so the water level is at least 1   
         inch above jar tops.
     5.  Turn heat to its highest position until water boils vigorously.
     6.  Set a timer for the minutes required for processing the food.
     7.  Cover with the canner lid and lower the heat setting to maintain a    
         gentle boil throughout the process schedule.
     8.  Add more boiling water, if needed, to keep the water level above the
         jars.
     9.  When jars have been boiled for the recommended time, turn off the heat
         and remove the canner lid.

    10.  Using a jar lifter, remove the jars and place them on a towel, leaving
         at least 1-inch spaces between the jars during cooling. 

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRESSURE CANNERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRESSURE CANNERS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Pressure canners for use in the home have been extensively redesigned in recent
years.  Models made before 1970's were heavy-walled kettles with clamp-on or
turn-on lids.  They were fitted with a dial gauge, a vent port in the form of a
petcock or counterweight, and a safety fuse.  Modern pressure canners are
lightweight, thin-walled kettles; most have turn-on lids.  They have a jar
rack, gasket, dial or weighted gauge, automatic vent/cover lock, vent port
(steam vent) to be closed with a counterweight or weighted gauge, and safety
fuse.

Pressure does not destroy microorganisms, but high temperatures applied for a
certain period of time will kill microorganisms.  The success of destroying all
microorganisms capable of growing in canned food is based on the temperature
obtained in pure steam, free of air, at sea level.  At sea level, a canner
operated at 10 PSIG (pounds per square inch of pressure as measured by gauge)
provides an internal temperature of 240 degrees Fahrenheit.  



Two serious errors in temperatures obtained in pressure canners occur because:
     1.  INTERNAL CANNER TEMPERATURES ARE LOWER AT HIGHER ALTITUDES.  To       
         correct this error, canners must be operated at the increased         
         pressures specified for appropriate altitude ranges.
     2.  AIR TRAPPED IN A CANNER LOWERS THE TEMPERATURE OBTAINED AT 5, 10, OR  
         15 POUNDS OF PRESSURE AND RESULTS IN UNDERPROCESSING.  The highest    
         volume of air trapped in a canner occurs in processing raw-packed     
         foods in dial-gauge canners.  These canners do not vent air during
         processing.  To be safe, all types of pressure canners must be vented
         10 minutes before they are pressurized.

To vent a canner, leave the vent port uncovered on newer models or manually
open petcocks on some older models.  Heating the filled canner with its lid
locked into place boils water and generates steam that escapes through the
petcock or vent port.  When steam first escapes, set a timer for 10 minutes. 
After venting 10 minutes, close the petcock or place the counterweight or
weighted gauge over the vent port to pressurize the canner.

Weighted-gauge models exhaust tiny amounts of air and steam each time their
gauge rocks or jiggles during processing.  They control pressure precisely and
need neither watching during processing nor checking for accuracy.  The sound
of the weight rocking or jiggling indicates that the canner is maintaining the
recommended pressure and needs no further attention until the load has been 
processed for the set time.  The single disadvantage of weighted-gauge canners
is that they cannot correct precisely for higher altitudes.  At altitudes above
1,000 feet, they must be operated at canner pressures of 10 instead of 5, or 15
instead of 10 PSIG.

Check dial gauges for accuracy before use each year and replace if they read
high by more than 1 pound at 5, 10, or 15 pounds of pressure.  Low readings
cause overprocessing and may indicate that the accuracy of the gauge is
unpredictable.  Gauges may be checked at most county Extension offices.

Handle canner lid gaskets carefully and clean them according to the
manufacturer's directions.  Nicked or dried gaskets will allow steam leaks
during pressurization of canners.  Keep gaskets clean between uses and lightly
coat with vegetable oil each year.

Lid safety fuses are thin metal inserts or rubber plugs designed to relieve
excessive pressure (above 30 PSIG) from the canner.  Do not pick at or scratch
fuses while cleaning lids.

Replacement gauges and other parts for canners are often available at stores
offering canner equipment or from canner manufacturers.  When ordering parts,
give your canner model number and describe the parts needed.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
USING PRESSURE CANNERS                            
-DOC-
                            USING PRESSURE CANNERS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Follow these steps for successful pressure canning:
     1.  Put 2 to 3 inches of hot water in the canner.  Place filled jars on   
         the rack, using a jar lifter.  Fasten canner lid securely.
     2.  Leave weight off vent port or open petcock.  Heat at the highest      
         setting until steam flows from the petcock or vent port.
     3.  Maintain high heat setting, exhaust steam 10 minutes, and then place  
         weight on vent port or close petcock.  The canner will pressurize   
         during the next 3 to 5 minutes.
     4.  Start timing the process when the pressure reading on the dial gauge  
         indicates that the recommended pressure has been reached, or when     
         weighted gauges begin to jiggle or rock.
     5.  Regulate heat under the canner to maintain a steady pressure at or    
         slightly above the correct gauge pressure.  Quick and large pressure  
         variations during processing may cause unnecessary liquid losses from 
         jars.  Weighted gauges on Mirro canners should jiggle about 2 or 3    
         times per minute.  On Presto canners, they should rock slowly         
         throughout the process.
     6.  When the timed process is completed, turn off the heat, remove the    
         canner from heat if possible, and let the canner depressurize.  DO NOT
         FORCE-COOL THE CANNER.  If you cool it with cold running water in a   
         sink, or open the vent port before the canner depressurizes by itself 
         liquid will spurt from jars, causing low liquid levels and jar seal   
         failures.  Force-cooling may also warp the canner lid, causing steam  
         leaks.  Depressurization of older models should be timed.  Standard   
         size heavy-walled canners require about 30 minutes when loaded with   
         pints and 45 minutes with quarts.  Newer thin-walled canners cool more 
         rapidly and are equipped with vent locks.  These canners are          
         depressurized when their vent lock piston drops to a normal position.
     7.  After the vent port or petcock has been open for 2 minutes, unfasten  
         the lid and remove it carefully.  Lift the lid away from you so that  
         the steam does not burn your face.
     8.  Remove jars with a lifter, and place on a towel or cooling rack, if   
         desired.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TESTING JAR SEALS                               
-DOC-
                               TESTING JAR SEALS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

After cooling jars for 12 to 24 hours, remove the screw bands and test seals
with one of the following options:

     Option 1  Press the middle of the lid with a finger or thumb.  If the lid
               springs up when you release your finger, the lid is unsealed.

     Option 2  Tap the lid with the bottom of a teaspoon.  If it makes a dull  
               sound, the lid is not sealed.  If food is in contact with the   
               underside of the lid, it will also cause a dull sound.

     Option 3  Hold the jar at eye level and look across the lid.  The lid     
               should be concave (curved down slightly in the center).  If the
               center of the lid is either flat or bulging, it may not be
               sealed.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
REPROCESSING UNSEALED JARS                          
-DOC-
                          REPROCESSING UNSEALED JARS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

If a jar fails to seal, remove the lid and check the jar-sealing surface for
tiny nicks.  If necessary, change the jar, add a new, properly prepared lid,
and reprocess within 24 hours using the same processing time.  Headspace in
unsealed jars may be adjusted to 1-1/2-inch and jars could be frozen instead of
reprocessed.  Foods in single unsealed jars could be stored in the refrigerator
and consumed within several days.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STORING CANNED FOODS                             
-DOC-
                             STORING CANNED FOODS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

If lids are tightly vacuum sealed on cooled jars, remove screw bands, wash the
outside of the lid and jar to remove food residue; then rinse and dry jars. 
Label and date the jars and store them in a clean, cool, dark, dry place.  Do
not store jars above 95 degrees Fahrenheit or near hot pipes, a range, a
furnace, in an uninsulated attic, or in direct sunlight.  Under these
conditions, food will lose quality in a few weeks or months and may spoil.  
Dampness may corrode metal lids, break seals, and allow recontamination and
spoilage.

Accidental freezing of canned foods will not cause spoilage unless jars become
unsealed and recontaminated.  However, freezing and thawing may soften food. 
If jars must be stored where they may freeze, wrap them in newspapers, place
them in heavy cartons, and cover with more newspapers and blankets.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
IDENTIFYING AND HANDLING SPOILED CANNED FOOD                 
-DOC-
                 IDENTIFYING AND HANDLING SPOILED CANNED FOOD
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Do not taste food from a jar with an unsealed lid or food which shows signs of
spoilage.  You can more easily detect some types of spoilage in jars stored
without screw bands.  Growth of spoilage bacteria and yeast produces gas which
pressurizes the food, swells lids, and breaks jar seals.  As each stored jar is
selected for use, examine its lid for tightness and vacuum.  Lids with concave
centers have good seals.

Next, while holding the jar upright at eye level, rotate the jar and examine
its outside surface for streaks of dried food originating at the top of the
jar.  Look at the contents for rising air bubbles and unnatural color.

While opening the jar, smell for unnatural odors and look for spurting liquid
and cottonlike mold growth (white, blue, black, or green) on the top surface
and the underside of lid.

Carefully discard any jar of spoiled food to prevent possible illness to you,
your family, and pets.  Before discarding, detoxify spoiled low-acid food. 
Remove the jar lid; then place the jar, its contents, and the loose lid in hot
water and add enough water to cover the jar.  Boil all items in the water for
30 minutes.  Cool and discard jar contents in garbage or bury in soil.  This
will prevent accidental poisoning.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREPARING PICKLED AND FERMENTED FOODS                     
-DOC-
                     PREPARING PICKLED AND FERMENTED FOODS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

The many varieties of pickled and fermented foods are classified by types of
ingredients and methods of preparation.  

Regular dill pickles and sauerkraut are fermented and cured for about 3 weeks. 
Refrigerator dills are fermented for about 1 week.  During curing, colors and
flavors change and acidity increases.  Fresh-pack or quick-process pickles are
not fermented; some are brined several hours or overnight, then drained and
covered with vinegar and seasonings.  Fruit pickles usually are prepared by
heating fruit in a seasoned syrup acidified with either lemon juice or vinegar. 
Relishes are made from chopped fruits and vegetables that are cooked with
seasonings and vinegar.

Be sure to remove and discard a 1/16 inch slice from the blossom end of fresh
cucumbers. Blossoms may contain an enzyme which causes excessive softening of
pickles.

CAUTION:  THE LEVEL OF ACIDITY IN A PICKLED PRODUCT IS AS IMPORTANT TO ITS     
          SAFETY AS IT IS TO TASTE AND TEXTURE.
          - DO NOT ALTER VINEGAR, FOOD, OR WATER PROPORTIONS IN A RECIPE 
            OR USE A VINEGAR WITH UNKNOWN ACIDITY.

          - USE ONLY RECIPES WITH TESTED PROPORTIONS OF INGREDIENTS. 

          - THERE MUST BE A MINIMUM, UNIFORM LEVEL OF ACID THROUGHOUT A
            MIXED PRODUCT TO PREVENT THE GROWTH OF BOTULINUM BACTERIA.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INGREDIENTS FOR PICKLED AND FERMENTED FOODS                  
-DOC-
                  INGREDIENTS FOR PICKLED AND FERMENTED FOODS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Select fresh, firm fruits or vegetables free of spoilage.  Measure or weigh
amounts carefully, because the proportion of fresh food to other ingredients
will affect flavor and, in many instances, safety.

Use canning or pickling salt.  Noncaking material added to other salts may make
the brine cloudy.  Since flake salt varies in density, it is not recommended
for making pickled and fermented foods.  White granulated and brown sugars are
most often used.  Corn syrup and honey, unless called for in reliable recipes,
may produce undesirable flavors.  White distilled and cider vinegars of 5
percent acidity (50 grain) are recommended.  White vinegar is usually preferred
when light color is desirable, as is the case with fruits and cauliflower. 
                                
                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PICKLES WITH REDUCED SALT CONTENT                       
-DOC-
                       PICKLES WITH REDUCED SALT CONTENT
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Recipes for pickles with reduced sodium content may be accessed through the
menus: DIRECTIONS FOR CANNING SPECIFIC FOODS and then PICKLES.

In the making of fresh-pack pickles, cucumbers are acidified quickly with
vinegar.  Use only tested recipes formulated to produce the proper acidity. 
While these pickles may be prepared safely with reduced or no salt, their
quality may be noticeably lower.  You may wish to make small quantities first
to determine if you like them.

However, the salt used in making fermented sauerkraut and brined pickles not
only provides characteristic flavor but also is vital to safety and texture. 
In fermented foods, salt favors the growth of desirable bacteria while
inhibiting the growth of others.  CAUTION:  DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MAKE SAUERKRAUT
OR FERMENTED PICKLES BY CUTTING BACK ON THE SALT REQUIRED.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FIRMING AGENTS                                 
-DOC-
                                 FIRMING AGENTS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Alum may be safely used to firm fermented cucumbers.  However, it is
unnecessary and is not included in these recipes.  The calcium in lime
definitely improves pickle firmness.  Food-grade lime may be used as a lime-
water solution for soaking fresh cucumbers 12 to 24 hours before pickling them. 
Excess lime absorbed by the cucumbers must be removed to make safe pickles.  To
remove excess lime, drain the lime-water solution, rinse, and then resoak the
cucumbers in fresh water 1 hour.  Repeat the rinsing and soaking steps two more
times.  To further improve pickle firmness, you may process cucumber pickles
for 30 minutes in water at 180 degrees Fahrenheit.  This process also prevents
spoilage, but the water temperature should not fall below 180 degrees
Fahrenheit.  Use a candy or jelly thermometer to check the water temperature.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREVENTING SPOILAGE IN PICKLED OR FERMENTED FOOD               
-DOC-
               PREVENTING SPOILAGE IN PICKLED OR FERMENTED FOOD
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Pickle products are subject to spoilage from microorganisms, particularly
yeasts and molds, as well as enzymes that may affect flavor, color, and
texture.  Processing the pickles in a boiling-water canner will prevent both of
these problems.  Standard canning jars and self-sealing lids are recommended. 
Processing times and procedures will vary according to food acidity and the
size of food pieces. 

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREPARING BUTTERS, JAMS, JELLIES, AND MARMALADES               
-DOC-
               PREPARING BUTTERS, JAMS, JELLIES, AND MARMALADES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Sweet spreads are a class of foods with many textures, flavors, and colors. 
They all consist of fruits preserved mostly my means of sugar and they are
thickened or jellied to some extent.  Fruit jelly is a semi-solid mixture of
fruit juice and sugar that is clear and firm enough to hold its shape.  Other
spreads are made from crushed or ground fruit.

Jam also will hold its shape, but it is less firm than jelly.  Jam is made from
crushed or chopped fruits and sugar.  Jams made from a mixture of fruits are
usually called conserves, especially when they include citrus fruits, nuts,
raisins, or coconut.  Preserves are made of small, whole fruits or uniform-size
pieces of fruits in a clear, thick, slightly jellied syrup.  Marmalades are
soft fruit jellies with small pieces of fruit or citrus peel evenly suspended
in a transparent jelly.  Fruit butters are made from fruit pulp cooked with
sugar until thickened to a spreadable consistency.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INGREDIENTS FOR JAMS, JELLIES, AND MARMALADES                 
-DOC-
                 INGREDIENTS FOR JAMS, JELLIES, AND MARMALADES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

For proper texture, jellied fruit products require the correct combination of
fruit, pectin, acid, and sugar.  The fruit gives each spread its unique flavor
and color.  It also supplies the water to dissolve the rest of the necessary
ingredients and furnishes some or all of the pectin and acid.  Good-quality,
flavorful fruits make the best jellied products.

Pectins are substances in fruits that form a gel if they are in the right
combination with acid and sugar.  All fruits contain some pectin.  Apples,
crabapples, gooseberries, and some plums and grapes usually contain enough
natural pectin to form a gel.  Other fruits, such as strawberries, cherries,
and blueberries, contain little pectin and must be combined with other fruits
high in pectin or with commercial pectin products to obtain gels.  Because
fully ripened fruit has less pectin, one-fourth of the fruit used in making
jellies without added pectin should be underripe.

The proper level of acidity is critical to gel formation.  If there is too
little acid, the gel will never set; if there is too much acid, the gel will
lose liquid (weep).  For fruits low in acid, add lemon juice or other acid
ingredients as directed.  Commercial pectin products contain acids which help
ensure gelling.

Sugar serves as a preserving agent, contributes flavor, and aids in gelling. 
Cane and beet sugar are the usual sources of sugar for jelly or jam.  Corn
syrup and honey may be used to replace part of the sugar in recipes, but too
much will mask the fruit flavor and alter the gel structure.  Use tested
recipes for replacing sugar with honey and corn syrup.  Do not try to reduce
the amount of sugar in traditional recipes.  Too little sugar prevents gelling
and may allow yeasts and molds to grow. 

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JAMS AND JELLIES WITH REDUCED SUGAR                      
-DOC-
                      JAMS AND JELLIES WITH REDUCED SUGAR
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Jellies and jams that contain modified pectin, gelatin, or gums may be made
with noncaloric sweeteners.  Jams with less sugar than usual also may be made
with concentrated fruit pulp, which contains less liquid and less sugar. 
Recipes for jams and jellies with reduced sugar content may be accessed through
the menus:  DIRECTIONS FOR CANNING SPECIFIC FOODS and then JAMS AND JELLIES.

Two types of modified pectin are available for home use.  One gels with one-
third less sugar.  The other is a low-methoxyl pectin which requires a source
of calcium for gelling.  To prevent spoilage, jars of these products must be
processed longer in a boiling-water canner.  Recipes and processing times
provided with each modified pectin product must be followed carefully.  The
proportions of acids and fruits should not be altered, as spoilage may result.

Acceptably gelled refrigerator fruit spreads also may be made with gelatin and
sugar substitutes.  Such products spoil at room temperature, must be
refrigerated and eaten within one month.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREVENTING SPOILAGE OF JAMS AND JELLIES                    
-DOC-
                    PREVENTING SPOILAGE OF JAMS AND JELLIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Even though sugar helps preserve jellies and jams, molds can grow on the
surface of these products.  Research now indicates that the mold which people
usually scrape off the surface of jellies may not be as harmless as it seems. 
Mycotoxins have been found in some jars of jelly having surface mold growth. 
Mycotoxins are known to cause cancer in animals; their effects on humans are
still being researched.

Because of possible mold contamination, paraffin or wax seals are no longer
recommended for any sweet spread, including jellies.  To prevent growth of
molds and loss of good flavor or color, fill products hot, in sterile half-pint
Mason jars, leaving 1/4-inch headspace, seal with self-sealing lids, and
process 5 minutes in a boiling-water canner.  Correct process time at higher
elevations by adding 1 additional minute per 1000 ft. above sea level.  If
unsterile jars are used, the jars should be processed 10 minutes.  Use of
sterile jars is preferred, especially when fruits are low in pectin, since the
added 5-minute process time may cause weak gels.  

To sterilize empty jars, put them right side up on the rack in a boiling-water
canner.  Fill the canner and jars with hot (not boiling) water to 1 inch above
the tops of the jars.  Boil 10 minutes.  At higher elevations, boil 1
additional minute for each additional 1000 ft. elevation.  Remove and drain hot
sterilized jars one at a time.  Save the hot water for processing filled jars. 
Fill jars with hot jelly or jam, add lids, and tighten screw bands.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
METHODS OF MAKING JAMS AND JELLIES                      
-DOC-
                      METHODS OF MAKING JAMS AND JELLIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

The two basic methods of making jams and jellies are accessed through the
BUTTERS, JAMS, JELLIES AND MARMALADES menu by using the choices: MAKING JAM AND
JELLY WITHOUT PECTIN and MAKING JAM AND JELLY WITH PECTIN.

The standard method, which does not require added pectin, works best with
fruits naturally high in pectin.  The other method, which requires the use of
commercial liquid or powdered pectin, is much quicker.  The gelling ability of
various pectins differ.  To make uniformly gelled products, be sure to add the
quantities of commercial pectins to specific fruits as instructed on each
package.  Overcooking may break down pectin and prevent proper gelling.  When
using either method, make one batch at a time according to the recipe. 
Increasing the quantities often results in soft gels.  Stir constantly while
cooking to prevent burning.  Recipes are developed for specific jar sizes.  If
jellies are filled into larger jars, excessively soft products may result.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CANNING FOODS WITHOUT SUGAR                          
-DOC-
                          CANNING FOODS WITHOUT SUGAR
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

The cost of commercially canned special diet food often prompts interest in
preparing these products at home.  Some low-sugar and low-salt foods may be
easily and safely canned at home.  However, the color, flavor, and texture of
these foods may be different than expected and be less acceptable.

In canning regular fruits without sugar, it is very important to select fully
ripe but firm fruits of the best quality.  Prepare these as described for hot
packs, but use water or regular unsweetened fruit juices instead of sugar
syrup.  Juice made from the fruit being canned is best.  Blends of unsweetened
apple, pineapple, and white grape juice are also good for filling over solid
fruit pieces.  Adjust headspace and lids and use the processing recommendations
given for regular fruits.  Add sugar substitutes, if desired, when serving.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CANNING FOODS WITHOUT SALT                           
-DOC-
                          CANNING FOODS WITHOUT SALT 
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

The cost of commercially canned special diet food often prompts interest in
preparing these products at home.  Some low-sugar and low-salt foods may be
easily and safely canned at home.  However, the color, flavor, and texture of
these foods may be different than expected and be less acceptable.

To can tomatoes, vegetables, meats, poultry, and seafood, use the procedures
given in recipes for these items, but omit the salt.  In these products, salt
seasons the food, but is not necessary to ensure its safety.  Add salt
substitutes, if desired, when serving.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CANNING BABY FOOD                               
-DOC-
                               CANNING BABY FOOD
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

You may prepare any chunk-style or pureed fruit with or without sugar, using
the procedure for preparing and processing contained in the fruit recipes. 
Pack in half-pint, preferably, or pint jars and use the following processing
times:

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      BABY FOOD-FRUIT                        /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-2000 ft.      2001-6001 ft.      6001-8000 ft.   /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half Pints     20 min.          25 min.            30 min.       /
/              or                                                            /
/             Pints                                                          /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

CAUTION:  DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CAN PUREED VEGETABLES, RED MEATS, OR POULTRY MEATS,
          BECAUSE PROPER PROCESSING TIMES FOR THESE PUREED FOODS HAVE NOT BEEN 
          DETERMINED FOR HOME USE.  

Instead, can and store these foods using the standard processing procedures;
puree or blend them at serving time.  Heat the blended foods to boiling, simmer
for 10 minutes, cool, and serve.  Store unused portions in the refrigerator and
use within 2 days for best quality.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOW MUCH SHOULD YOU CAN?                           
-DOC-
                           HOW MUCH SHOULD YOU CAN?
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

The amount of food to preserve for your family, either by canning or freezing,
should be based on individual choices.  The following table can serve as a
worksheet to plan how much food you should can for use within a year.

                 SUGGESTED PRESERVATION PLAN FOR CANNED FOODS
                           
                           Servings/week                My family needs
                             per person
               Recommended                 my      quarts/    weeks    Quarts/
Kind of Food   serving size   suggested  family     week    served/yr.  Year
_____________________________________________________________________________

FRUITS            1/2 cup        12             |
                                                |
JUICES             1 cup          7             |
                                                |
VEGETABLES        1/2 cup        16             |


MEATS & SEAFOOD   1/2 cup        14             |
                                                |
SOUPS              1 cup          2             |
                                                |
PICKLES & RELISH    --        1/2 cup           |
                                                |
FRUIT SPREADS       --        1/2 cup           |
                                                |
SAUCES            1/2 cup         2             |

Your family should make these decisions based on your preferences.
Mine = servings for the week per person multiplied by number in family who will 
       eat those foods.
Quarts/week = take the number of servings of CANNED FOOD needed by your family 
       and figure out how many cups will be needed for the week and divide by  
       four to determine how may quarts of that food you will need for the     
       week.
Total quarts = multiply the number of quarts you will need per week times the  
      number of weeks you will be using preserved foods (as opposed to fresh).

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT                           
-DOC-
                           SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Adding syrup to canned fruit helps to retain its flavor, color, and shape.  It
does not prevent spoilage of these foods.  The following guidelines for
preparing and using syrups offer a new "very light" syrup, which approximates
the natural sugar content of many fruits.  The sugar content in each of the
five syrups is increased by about 10 percent.  Quantities of water and sugar to
make enough syrup for a canner load of pints or quarts are provided in the
chart that follows.  You may wish to try a small amount of fruit packed in the
light syrups or the very heavy syrup to see if your family likes it.









                                         CONTINUE FOR SYRUP PROPORTIONS
PROPORTIONS FOR SYRUPS
                      Measures of Water and Sugar

                     For 9 Pt. Load*   For 7 Qt. Load 
Syrup       Approx.   Cups     Cups     Cups    Cups    Fruits commonly packed
Type        % Sugar   Water    Sugar    Water   Sugar          in syrup
______________________________________________________________________________
Very Light    10      6-1/2     3/4     10-1/2  1-1/4   Approximates natural
                                                        sugar level in most
                                                        fruits and adds    
                                                        fewest calories.
Light         20      5-3/4    1-1/2      9     2-1/4   Very sweet fruit.  
Medium        30      5-1/4    2-1/4     8-1/4  3-3/4   Sweet apples, sweet 
                                                        cherries, berries,
                                                        grapes.
Heavy         40        5      3-1/4     7-3/4  5-1/4   Tart apples, apricots,
                                                        sour cherries, goose-
                                                        berries, nectarines,
                                                        peaches, pears, plums.
Very Heavy    50      4-1/4    4-1/4     6-1/2  6-3/4   Very sour fruit.  
*This amount is also adequate for a 4-quart load.
PROCEDURE:  Heat water and sugar together.  Bring to a boil and pour over raw
fruits in jars.  For hot packs, bring water and sugar to boil, add fruit,
reheat to boil, and fill into jars immediately.

Other Sweeteners:  Light corn syrups or mild-flavored honey may be used to
replace up to half the table sugar called for in syrups.  Another alternative
for reduced sugar in canned fruits is accessed by selecting the BASIC CANNING
PROCEDURES menu and then the CANNED FOODS--SPECIAL DIETS AND BABY FOOD menu.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
   
                                                        
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE BUTTER                                 
-DOC-
                                 APPLE BUTTER
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

USE JONATHAN, WINESAP, STAYMAN, GOLDEN DELICIOUS, MACINTOSH, OR OTHER TASTY
APPLE VARIETIES FOR GOOD RESULTS.

8 pounds apples                        2-1/4 cups packed brown sugar
2 cups cider                           2 tablespoons ground cinnamon
2 cups vinegar                         1 tablespoons ground cloves
2-1/4 cups white sugar

Yield:  About 8 to 9 pints

PROCEDURE:  Wash, remove stems, quarter, and core fruit.  Cook slowly in cider
and vinegar until soft.  Press fruit through a colander, food mill, or
strainer.  Cook fruit pulp with sugar and spices, stirring frequently.  To test
for doneness, remove a spoonful and hold it away from steam for 2 minutes.  It
is done if the butter remains mounded on the spoon.  Another way to determine
when the butter is cooked adequately is to spoon a small quantity onto a plate. 
When a rim of hot liquid does not separate around the edge of the butter, it is
ready for canning.  Fill hot into sterile half-pint or pint jars, leaving 
1/4-inch headspace.  Quart jars need not be presterilized.  

TO STERILIZE JARS:  Put empty jars, right side up on the rack in a boiling-
water canner.  Fill the canner and jars with hot (not boiling) water to 1 inch
above the tops of the jars.  Boil 10 minutes at altitudes of less than 1000
feet.  At higher elevations, boil 1 additional minute for each additional 1000
feet elevation.  Remove and drain hot sterilized jars one at a time.  Save the
water for processing filled jars.  

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      APPLE BUTTER                           /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size     0-1000 ft.      1001-5000 ft.     5001-8000 ft.     /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half-Pints    5 min.           10 min.           15 min.         / 
/           or Pints                                                         /
/                                                                            /
/           Quarts       10 min.           15 min.           20 min.         /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE JUICE                                  
-DOC-
                                  APPLE JUICE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUALITY:  Good quality apple juice is made from a blend of varieties.  For best
results, buy fresh juice from a local cider maker within 24 hours after it has
been pressed.

PROCEDURE:  Refrigerate juice for 24 to 48 hours.  Without mixing, carefully
pour off clear liquid and discard sediment.  Strain clear liquid through a
paper coffee filter or double layer of damp cheesecloth.  Heat quickly,
stirring occasionally, until juice begins to boil.  Fill immediately into
sterile pint or quart jars, or fill into clean half-gallon jars, leaving 1/4
inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.

TO STERILIZE JARS:  Put empty jars, right side up on the rack in a boiling-
water canner.  Fill the canner and jars with hot (not boiling) water to 1 inch
above the tops of the jars.  Boil 10 minutes at altitudes of less than 1000
feet.  At higher elevations, boil 1 additional minute for each additional 1000
feet elevation.  Remove and drain hot sterilized jars one at a time.  Save the
water for processing filled jars.  
                                            CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      APPLE JUICE                            /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size     0-1000 ft.      1001-5000 ft.     5001-8000 ft.     /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints          5 min.          10 min.           15 min.         / 
/           or Quarts                                                        /
/                                                                            /
/           Half-Gallons 10 min.           15 min.           20 min.         /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLES-SLICED                                 
-DOC-
                                 APPLES-SLICED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 19 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 12 1/4 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel weighs
48 pounds and yields 16 to 19 quarts--an average of 2-3/4 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select apples that are juicy, crispy, and preferably both sweet and
tart.

PROCEDURE:  Wash, peel, and core apples.  To prevent discoloration, slice into
water containing ascorbic acid.  See below.  Raw packs make poor quality
products.  Place drained apple slices in large saucepan and add 1 pint of water
or very light syrup per 5 pounds of sliced apples.  Boil 5 minutes, stirring
occasionally to prevent burning.  Access syrup preparation by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.  Fill jars with hot slices and
hot syrup or water, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.
 
TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep peeled, sliced apples in a solution of 3 grams
(3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of cold water.  You can get
ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermakets, but it is less effective in       
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,      
         follow the manufacturer's directions.









                                                CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for        APPLES, SLICED                       /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
/             or                                                             /
/           Quarts                                                           /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////









                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for        APPLES, SLICED                       #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  8 min.    6 lb.        7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
##############################################################################








                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for        APPLES, SLICED                       @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          8 min.          5 lb.               10 lb.        @
@           or                                                               @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLESAUCE                                  
-DOC-
                                  APPLESAUCE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 21 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 13-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel weighs
48 pounds and yields 14 to 19 quarts of sauce--an average of 3 pounds per
quart.  

QUALITY:  Select apples that are sweet, juicy, and crisp.  For a tart flavor,
add 1 to 2 pounds of tart apples to each 3 pounds of sweeter fruit.

PROCEDURE:  Wash, peel, and core apples.  If desired, slice apples into water
containing ascorbic acid.  See below.  Place drained apple slices in an 8 to 10
quart pot.  Add 1/2 cup water.  Stirring occasionally to prevent burning, heat
quickly until tender (5 to 20 minutes, depending on maturity and variety). 
Press through a sieve or food mill, or skip the pressing step if you prefer
chunk-style sauce.  Sauce may be packed without sugar.  If desired, add 1/8 cup
sugar per quart of sauce.  Taste and add more if preferred.  Reheat sauce to
boiling.  Fill jars with hot sauce, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids
and process.

TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep peeled apples in a solution of 3 grams (3000
milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of cold water.  You can get ascorbic acid
in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in      
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,      
         follow the manufacturer's directions.






                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES     
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for        APPLESAUCE                           /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      15 min.      20 min.        20 min.        25 min.    /
/           Quarts     20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////










                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for        APPLESAUCE                           #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints   8 min.    6 lb.        7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.    #
#        Quarts 10 min.    6 lb.        7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.    #
##############################################################################








                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for        APPLESAUCE                           @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          8 min.           5 lb.                10 lb.      @
@           Quarts        10 min.           5 lb.                10 lb.      @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPICED APPLE RINGS                              
-DOC-
                              SPICED APPLE RINGS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

12 pounds firm tart apples (maximum diameter, 2-1/2 inches)
12 cups sugar
6 cups water
1-1/4 cups white vinegar (5%)
3 tablespoons whole cloves
3/4 cup red hot cinnamon candies or 8 cinnamon sticks and 1 teaspoon red
    food coloring

Yield:  About 8 to 9 pints

PROCEDURE:  Wash apples.  To prevent discoloration, peel and slice one apple at
a time.  Immediately cut crosswise into 1/2-inch slices, remove core area with
a melon baller, and immerse in ascorbic acid solution.  See below.  To make
flavored syrup, combine sugar, water, vinegar, cloves, cinnamon candies, or
cinnamon sticks and food coloring in a 6-qt. saucepan.  Stir, heat to boil, and
simmer 3 minutes.  Drain apples, add to hot syrup, and cook 5 minutes.  Fill
jars (preferably wide-mouth) with apple rings and hot flavored syrup, leaving
1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.
TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep sliced apples in a solution of 3 grams (3000
milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of cold water.  You can get ascorbic acid
in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,
         follow the manufacturer's directions.






                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIME
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      SPICED APPLE RINGS                     /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size     0-1000 ft.      1001-5000 ft.     5001-8000 ft.     /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half-Pints   10 min.           15 min.           20 min.         / 
/           or Pints                                                         /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPICED CRAB APPLES                              
-DOC-
                              SPICED CRAB APPLES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

5 pounds crab apples                   4 teaspoons whole cloves
4-1/2 cups apple vinegar (5%)          4 sticks cinnamon
3-3/4 cups water                       Six 1/2 inch cubes fresh ginger root
7-1/2 cups sugar

Yield:  About 9 pints

PROCEDURE:  Remove blossom petals and wash apples, but leave stems attached. 
Puncture the skin of each apple four times with an ice pick or toothpick.  Mix
vinegar, water, and sugar and bring to a boil.  Add spices tied in a spice bag
or cheesecloth.  Using a blancher basket or sieve, immerse 1/3 of the apples at
a time in the boiling vinegar/syrup solution for 2 minutes.  Place cooked
apples and spice bag in a clean 1- or 2-gallon crock and add hot syrup.  Cover
and let stand overnight.  Remove spice bag, drain syrup into a large saucepan,
and reheat to boiling.  Fill pint jars with apples and hot syrup, leaving 1/2-
inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.

                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIME
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for        SPICED CRAB APPLES                   /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APRICOTS--HALVED OR SLICED                          
-DOC-
                          APRICOTS--HALVED OR SLICED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 16 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 10 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel weighs 50
pounds and yields 20 to 25 quarts--an average of 2-1/4 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select firm, well-colored mature fruit of ideal quality for eating
fresh.

PROCEDURE: Dip apricots in boiling water for 30 to 60 seconds until skins
loosen.  Dip quickly in cold water and slip off skins.  Cut in half, remove
pits and slice if desired.  To prevent darkening, keep peeled fruit in ascorbic
acid solution.  See below.  Prepare and boil a very light, light, or medium
syrup or pack apricots in water, apple juice, or white grape juice.  Access
syrup preparations by choosing the FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING
FRUIT.  Raw packs make poor quality apricots.
       HOT PACK--In a large saucepan place drained fruit in syrup, water or    
       juice and bring to boil.  Fill jars with hot fruit and cooking liquid,  
       leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Place halves in layers, cut side down.

       RAW PACK--Fill jars with raw fruit, cut side down, and add hot water,
       juice, or syrup, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  
Adjust lids and process.
 
TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep peeled, halved or sliced nectarines in a
solution of 3 grams (3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of cold water. 
You can get ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in      
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,      
         follow the manufacturer's directions.


                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      APRICOTS                               /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ___________________________________________________    /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
/           Quarts     25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints      25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
/           Quarts     30 min.      35 min.        40 min.        45 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////






                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION  
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      APRICOTS                               #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  10 min.    6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.          9 lb.    #
#  and    or                                                                 #
#  Raw   Quarts                                                              #
##############################################################################








                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      APRICOTS                               @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          10 min.          5 lb.               10 lb.       @
@  and       or                                                              @
@  Raw      Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE BLACKBERRIES                              
-DOC-
                              WHOLE BLACKBERRIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 12 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 8 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A 24-quart crate
weighs 36 pounds and yields 18 to 24 quarts--an average of 1-3/4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, sweet berries with uniform color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash 1 or 2 quarts of berries at a time.  Drain, cap, and stem if
necessary.  Prepare and boil preferred syrup, if desired.  Add 1/2 cup syrup,
juice, or water to each clean jar.  Access syrup selections by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with the raw berries, shaking down gently while 
    filling.  Cover with hot syrup, juice, or water, leaving 1/2-inch 
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.


                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      BLACKBERRIES                           /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-6000 ft.       6001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Raw      Pints           15 min.           20 min.             25 min.    /
/           Quarts          20 min.           30 min.             35 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////




  





                                     CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      BLACKBERRIES                           #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################









                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      BLACKBERRIES                           @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE BLUEBERRIES                               
-DOC-
                               WHOLE BLUEBERRIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 12 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 8 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A 24-quart crate
weighs 36 pounds and yields 18 to 24 quarts--an average of 1-3/4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, sweet berries with uniform color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash 1 or 2 quarts of berries at a time.  Drain and stem if
necessary.  Prepare and boil preferred syrup, if desired.  Add 1/2 cup syrup,
juice, or water to each clean jar.  Access syrup selections by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    HOT PACK--Heat berries in boiling water for 30 seconds and drain.  Fill
    jars and cover with hot juice, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with the raw berries, shaking down gently while
    filling.  Cover with hot syrup, juice, or water, leaving 1/2-inch
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.
                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      BLUEBERRIES                            /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-6000 ft.       6001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or        15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts                                                           /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints           15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts          20 min.          30 min.             35 min.     /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////







                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      BLUEBERRIES                            #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              #
#                                                                            #
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################





                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for       BLUEBERRIES                           @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints or         8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@                                                                            @
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE CURRANTS                                
-DOC-
                                WHOLE CURRANTS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 12 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 8 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A 24-quart crate
weighs 36 pounds and yields 18 to 24 quarts--an average of 1-3/4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, sweet berries with uniform color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash 1 or 2 quarts of berries at a time.  Drain, cap, and stem if
necessary.  Prepare and boil preferred syrup, if desired.  Add 1/2 cup syrup,
juice, or water to each clean jar.  Access syrup selections by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    HOT PACK--Heat berries in boiling water for 30 seconds and drain.  Fill
    jars and cover with hot juice, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with the raw berries, shaking down gently while
    filling.  Cover with hot syrup, juice, or water, leaving 1/2-inch 
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.
                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      CURRANTS                               /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-6000 ft.       6001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or        15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts                                                           /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints           15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts          20 min.          30 min.             35 min.     /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////







                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      CURRANTS                               #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              #
#                                                                            #
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################





                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      CURRANTS                               @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints or         8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@                                                                            @
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE DEWBERRIES                               
-DOC-
                               WHOLE DEWBERRIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 12 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 8 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A 24-quart crate
weighs 36 pounds and yields 18 to 24 quarts--an average of 1-3/4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, sweet berries with uniform color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash 1 or 2 quarts of berries at a time.  Drain, cap, and stem if
necessary.  Prepare and boil preferred syrup, if desired.  Add 1/2 cup syrup,
juice, or water to each clean jar.  Access syrup selections by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with the raw berries, shaking down gently while
    filling.  Cover with hot syrup, juice, or water, leaving 1/2-inch
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.


                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      DEWBERRIES                             /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-6000 ft.       6001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Raw      Pints           15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts          20 min.          30 min.             35 min.     /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////










                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      DEWBERRIES                             #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################









                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      DEWBERRIES                             @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE ELDERBERRIES                              
-DOC-
                              WHOLE ELDERBERRIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 12 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 8 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A 24-quart crate
weighs 36 pounds and yields 18 to 24 quarts--an average of 1-3/4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, sweet berries with uniform color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash 1 or 2 quarts of berries at a time.  Drain, cap, and stem if
necessary.  Prepare and boil preferred syrup, if desired.  Add 1/2 cup syrup,
juice, or water to each clean jar.  Access syrup selections by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    HOT PACK--Heat berries in boiling water for 30 seconds and drain.  Fill
    jars and cover with hot juice, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with the raw berries, shaking down gently while
    filling.  Cover with hot syrup, juice, or water, leaving 1/2-inch
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.
                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      ELDERBERRIES                           /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-6000 ft.       6001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or        15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts                                                           /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints           15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts          20 min.          30 min.             35 min.     /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////







                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      ELDERBERRIES                           #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              #
#                                                                            #
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################





                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      ELDERBERRIES                           @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints or         8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@                                                                            @
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE GOOSEBERRIES                              
-DOC-
                              WHOLE GOOSEBERRIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 12 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 8 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A 24-quart crate
weighs 36 pounds and yields 18 to 24 quarts--an average of 1-3/4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, sweet berries with uniform color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash 1 or 2 quarts of berries at a time.  Drain, cap, and stem if
necessary.  For gooseberries, snip off heads and tails with scissors.  Prepare
and boil preferred syrup, if desired.  Add 1/2 cup syrup, juice, or water to
each clean jar.  Access syrup selections by choosing the FRUIT menu and then
SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    HOT PACK--Heat berries in boiling water for 30 seconds and drain.  Fill
    jars and cover with hot juice, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with the raw berries, shaking down gently while
    filling.  Cover with hot syrup, juice, or water, leaving 1/2-inch
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.                     CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      GOOSEBERRIES                           /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-6000 ft.       6001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or        15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts                                                           /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints           15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts          20 min.          30 min.             35 min.     /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////







                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      GOOSEBERRIES                           #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              #
#                                                                            #
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################





                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      GOOSEBERRIES                           @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints or         8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@                                                                            @
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE HACKLEBERRIES                              
-DOC-
                              WHOLE HACKLEBERRIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 12 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 8 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A 24-quart crate
weighs 36 pounds and yields 18 to 24 quarts--an average of 1-3/4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, sweet berries with uniform color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash 1 or 2 quarts of berries at a time.  Drain, cap, and stem if
necessary.  Prepare and boil preferred syrup, if desired.  Add 1/2 cup syrup,
juice, or water to each clean jar.  Access syrup selections by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    HOT PACK--Heat berries in boiling water for 30 seconds and drain.  Fill
    jars and cover with hot juice, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with the raw berries, shaking down gently while
    filling.  Cover with hot syrup, juice, or water, leaving 1/2-inch
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.
                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      HACKLEBERRIES                          /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-6000 ft.       6001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or        15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts                                                           /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints           15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts          20 min.          30 min.             35 min.     /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////







                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      HACKLEBERRIES                          #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              #
#                                                                            #
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################





                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for       HACKLEBERRIES                         @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints or         8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@                                                                            @
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE LOGANBERRIES                              
-DOC-
                              WHOLE LOGANBERRIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 12 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 8 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A 24-quart crate
weighs 36 pounds and yields 18 to 24 quarts--an average of 1-3/4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, sweet berries with uniform color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash 1 or 2 quarts of berries at a time.  Drain, cap, and stem if
necessary.  Prepare and boil preferred syrup, if desired.  Add 1/2 cup syrup,
juice, or water to each clean jar.  Access syrup selections by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with the raw berries, shaking down gently while
    filling.  Cover with hot syrup, juice, or water, leaving 1/2-inch
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.


                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      LOGANBERRIES                           /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-6000 ft.       6001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Raw      Pints           15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts          20 min.          30 min.             35 min.     /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////










                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      LOGANBERRIES                           #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################









                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      LOGANBERRIES                           @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE MULBERRIES                               
-DOC-
                               WHOLE MULBERRIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 12 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 8 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A 24-quart crate
weighs 36 pounds and yields 18 to 24 quarts--an average of 1-3/4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, sweet berries with uniform color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash 1 or 2 quarts of berries at a time.  Drain, cap, and stem if
necessary.  Prepare and boil preferred syrup, if desired.  Add 1/2 cup syrup,
juice, or water to each clean jar.  Access syrup selections by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with the raw berries, shaking down gently while
    filling.  Cover with hot syrup, juice, or water, leaving 1/2-inch
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.


                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      MULBERRIES                             /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-6000 ft.       6001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Raw      Pints           15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts          20 min.          30 min.             35 min.     /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////










                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      MULBERRIES                             #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################









                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      MULBERRIES                             @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE RASPBERRIES                               
-DOC-
                               WHOLE RASPBERRIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 12 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 8 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A 24-quart crate
weighs 36 pounds and yields 18 to 24 quarts--an average of 1-3/4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, sweet berries with uniform color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash 1 or 2 quarts of berries at a time.  Drain, cap, and stem if
necessary.  Prepare and boil preferred syrup, if desired.  Add 1/2 cup syrup,
juice, or water to each clean jar.  Access syrup selections by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with the raw berries, shaking down gently while
    filling.  Cover with hot syrup, juice, or water, leaving 1/2-inch
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.


                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      RASPBERRIES                            /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-6000 ft.       6001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Raw      Pints           15 min.          20 min.             25 min.     /
/           Quarts          20 min.          30 min.             35 min.     /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////










                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      RASPBERRIES                            #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################









                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      RASPBERRIES                            @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.     @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BLUEBERRY SYRUP                                
-DOC-
                                BLUEBERRY SYRUP
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Juice from fresh or frozen blueberries is easily made into topping for use on
ice cream and pastries.

Yield:  About 9 half-pints

PROCEDURE:  Select 6-1/2 cups of fresh or frozen blueberries.  Wash and stem
fresh fruit and crush in a saucepan.  Heat to boiling and simmer until soft (5
to 10 minutes).  Strain hot through a colander and drain until cool enough to
handle.  Strain the collected juice through a double layer of cheesecloth or
jelly bag.  Discard the dry pulp.  The yield of the pressed juice should be
about 4-1/2 to 5 cups.  Combine the juice with 6-3/4 cups of sugar in a large
saucepan, bring to boil, and simmer 1 minute.  To make a syrup with whole fruit
pieces, save 1 or 2 cups of the fresh or frozen fruit, combine these with the
sugar, and simmer as in making regular syrup.  Remove from heat, skim off foam,
and fill into clean half-pint or pint jars, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust
lids and process.

                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      BLUEBERRY SYRUP                        /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-5000 ft.       5001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half-pints      10 min.          15 min.             20 min.     /
/           or pints                                                         /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHERRY SYRUP                                 
-DOC-
                                 CHERRY SYRUP
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Juice from fresh or frozen cherries is easily made into topping for use on ice
cream and pastries.

Yield:  About 9 half-pints

PROCEDURE:  Select 6-1/2 cups of fresh or frozen cherries.  Wash and stem fresh
fruit and crush in a saucepan.  Heat to boiling and simmer until soft (5 to 10
minutes).  Strain hot through a colander and drain until cool enough to handle. 
Strain the collected juice through a double layer of cheesecloth or jelly bag. 
Discard the dry pulp.  The yield of the pressed juice should be about 4-1/2 to
5 cups.  Combine the juice with 6-3/4 cups of sugar in a large saucepan, bring
to boil, and simmer 1 minute.  To make a syrup with whole fruit pieces, save 1
or 2 cups of the fresh or frozen fruit, combine these with the sugar, and
simmer as in making regular syrup.  Remove from heat, skim off foam, and fill
into clean half-pint or pint jars, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and
process.

                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      CHERRY SYRUP                           /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-5000 ft.       5001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half-pints      10 min.          15 min.             20 min.     /
/           or pints                                                         /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GRAPE SYRUP                                  
-DOC-
                                  GRAPE SYRUP
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Juice from fresh or frozen grapes is easily made into topping for use on ice
cream and pastries.

Yield:  About 9 half-pints

PROCEDURE:  Select 6-1/2 cups of fresh or frozen grapes.  Wash and stem fresh
fruit and crush in a saucepan.  Heat to boiling and simmer until soft (5 to 10
minutes).  Strain hot through a colander and drain until cool enough to handle. 
Strain the collected juice through a double layer of cheesecloth or jelly bag. 
Discard the dry pulp.  The yield of the pressed juice should be about 4-1/2 to
5 cups.  Combine the juice with 6-3/4 cups of sugar in a large saucepan, bring
to boil, and simmer 1 minute.  To make a syrup with whole fruit pieces, save 1
or 2 cups of the fresh or frozen fruit, combine these with the sugar, and
simmer as in making regular syrup.  Remove from heat, skim off foam, and fill
into clean half-pint or pint jars, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and
process.

                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      GRAPE SYRUP                            /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-5000 ft.       5001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half-pints      10 min.          15 min.             20 min.     /
/           or pints                                                         /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RASPBERRY SYRUP                                
-DOC-
                                RASPBERRY SYRUP
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Juice from fresh or frozen raspberries (red or black) is easily made into
topping for use on ice cream and pastries.

Yield:  About 9 half-pints

PROCEDURE:  Select 6-1/2 cups of fresh or frozen raspberries.  Wash, cap, and
stem fresh fruit and crush in a saucepan.  Heat to boiling and simmer until
soft (5 to 10 minutes).  Strain hot through a colander and drain until cool
enough to handle.  Strain the collected juice through a double layer of
cheesecloth or jelly bag.  Discard the dry pulp.  The yield of the pressed
juice should be about 4-1/2 to 5 cups.  Combine the juice with 6-3/4 cups of
sugar in a large saucepan, bring to boil, and simmer 1 minute.  To make a syrup
with whole fruit pieces, save 1 or 2 cups of the fresh or frozen fruit, combine
these with the sugar, and simmer as in making regular syrup.  Remove from heat,
skim off foam, and fill into clean half-pint or pint jars, leaving 1/2-inch
headspace.  Adjust lids and process.

                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      RASPBERRY SYRUP                        /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-5000 ft.       5001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half-pints      10 min.          15 min.             20 min.     /
/           or pints                                                         /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STRAWBERRY SYRUP                                
-DOC-
                                STRAWBERRY SYRUP
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Juice from fresh or frozen strawberries is easily made into topping for use on
ice cream and pastries.

Yield:  About 9 half-pints

PROCEDURE:  Select 6-1/2 cups of fresh or frozen strawberries.  Wash, cap, and
stem fresh fruit and crush in a saucepan.  Heat to boiling and simmer until
soft (5 to 10 minutes).  Strain hot through a colander and drain until cool
enough to handle.  Strain the collected juice through a double layer of
cheesecloth or jelly bag.  Discard the dry pulp.  The yield of the pressed
juice should be about 4-1/2 to 5 cups.  Combine the juice with 6-3/4 cups of
sugar in a large saucepan, bring to boil, and simmer 1 minute.  To make a syrup
with whole fruit pieces, save 1 or 2 cups of the fresh or frozen fruit, combine
these with the sugar, and simmer as in making regular syrup.  Remove from heat,
skim off foam, and fill into clean half-pint or pint jars, leaving 1/2-inch
headspace.  Adjust lids and process.

                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      STRAWBERRY SYRUP                       /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-5000 ft.       5001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half-pints      10 min.          15 min.             20 min.     /
/           or pints                                                         /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SWEET OR SOUR WHOLE CHERRIES                         
-DOC-
                         SWEET OR SOUR WHOLE CHERRIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 17-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts;
an average of 11 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A lug weighs 25
pounds and yields 8 to 12 quarts--an average of 2-1/2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select bright, uniformly colored cherries that are mature (of ideal
quality for eating fresh or cooking).

PROCEDURE:  Stem and wash cherries.  Remove pits if desired.  If pitted, place
cherries in water containing ascorbic acid to prevent stem-end discoloration.
See below.  If canned unpitted, prick skins on opposite sides with a clean
needle to prevent splitting.  Cherries may be canned in water, apple juice,
white grape juice or syrup.  Access syrup preparation by choosing the FRUIT
menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.
    HOT PACK--In a large saucepan add 1/2 cup water, juice, or syrup for each
    quart of drained fruit and bring to boil.  Fill jars with cherries and
    cooking liquid, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Add 1/2 cup hot water, juice, or syrup to each jar.  Fill jars
    with drained cherries, shaking down gently as you fill.  Add more hot    
    liquid, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.

Adjust lids and process.
 
TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep peeled, halved, quartered, sliced, or diced
fruit in a solution of 3 grams (3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of
cold water.  You can get ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in      
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,      
         follow the manufacturer's directions.


                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES     
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      WHOLE CHERRIES                         /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      15 min.      20 min.        20 min.        25 min.    /
/           Quarts     20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints or   25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
/           Quarts                                                           /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////







                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      WHOLE CHERRIES                         #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints   8 min.    6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.    6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#                                                                            #
#  Raw   Pints  10 min.    6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              #
##############################################################################





                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      WHOLE CHERRIES                         @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints           8 min.          5 lb.              10 lb.        @
@           Quarts         10 min.          5 lb.              10 lb.        @
@                                                                            @
@  Raw      Pints or       10 min.          5 lb.              10 lb.        @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FIGS                                     
-DOC-
                                     FIGS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 16 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 11 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints--an average of 2-1/2
pounds yields 1 quart.

QUALITY:  Select firm, ripe, uncracked figs.  The mature color depends on the
variety.  Avoid overripe figs with very soft flesh.

PROCEDURE:  Wash figs thoroughly in clean water.  Drain.  Do not peel or remove
stems.  Cover figs with water and boil 2 minutes.  Drain.  Gently boil figs in
light syrup for 5 minutes.  Access syrup preparation by choosing the FRUIT menu
and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.  ADD 2 TABLESPOONS BOTTLED LEMON JUICE PER
QUART OR 1 TABLESPOON PER PINT; OR ADD 1/2 TEASPOON CITRIC ACID PER QUART OR
1/4 TEASPOON PER PINT.  Fill jars with hot figs and cooking syrup, leaving 1/2-
inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.



                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES     
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      FIGS                                   /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      45 min.      50 min.        55 min.        60 min.    /
/           Quarts     50 min.      55 min.        60 min.        65 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FRUIT PUREES                                 
-DOC-
                                 FRUIT PUREES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

PROCEDURE:  Stem, wash, drain, peel, and remove pits if necessary.  Measure
fruit into large saucepan, crushing slightly if desired.  Add 1 cup hot water
for each quart of fruit.  Cook slowly until fruit is soft, stirring frequently. 
Press through sieve or food mill.  If desired for flavor, add sugar to taste. 
Reheat pulp to boil, or until sugar dissolves if added.  Fill hot into clean
jars, leaving 1/4-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      FRUIT PUREES                           /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size    0-1000 ft.      1001-5000 ft.        5001-8000 ft.   /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or     15 min.           20 min.              25 min.      /
/           Quarts                                                           / 
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      FRUIT PUREES                           #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints   8 min.    6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.          9 lb.    #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              # 
##############################################################################








                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      FRUIT PUREES                           @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints or       8 min.           5 lb.               10 lb.       @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GRAPEFRUIT SECTIONS                              
-DOC-
                              GRAPEFRUIT SECTIONS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 15 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 13 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints--an average of about
2 pounds yields 1 quart.

QUALITY:  Select firm, mature, sweet fruit of ideal quality for eating fresh.

PROCEDURE:  Wash and peel fruit and remove white tissue to prevent a bitter
taste.  Prepare a very light, light, or medium syrup and bring to boil.  Access
syrup preparation by choosing the FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT. 
Fill jars with sections and hot syrup, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids
and process.






                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      GRAPEFRUIT SECTIONS                    /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.       1001-5000 ft.      5001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Raw      Pints or       10 min.            15 min.            20 min.     /
/           Quarts                                                           /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////










                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      GRAPEFRUIT SECTIONS                    #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              #
#                                                                            #
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################





                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      GRAPEFRUIT                             @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints or         8 min.          5 lb.              10 lb.       @ 
@           Quarts                                                           @
@                                                                            @
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.              10 lb.       @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.              10 lb.       @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ORANGE SECTIONS                                
-DOC-
                                ORANGE SECTIONS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 15 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 13 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints--an average of about
2 pounds yields 1 quart.

QUALITY:  Select firm, mature, sweet fruit of ideal quality for eating fresh.

PROCEDURE:  Wash and peel fruit and remove white tissue to prevent a bitter
taste.  Prepare a very light, light, or medium syrup and bring to boil.  Access
syrup preparation by choosing the FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT. 
Fill jars with sections and hot syrup, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids
and process.






                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      ORANGE SECTIONS                        /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.       1001-5000 ft.      5001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Raw      Pints or       10 min.            15 min.            20 min.     /
/           Quarts                                                           /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////









                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      ORANGE SECTIONS                        #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              #
#                                                                            #
#  Raw   Pints   8 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        Quarts 10 min.     6 lb.      7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
##############################################################################





                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      ORANGE SECTIONS                        @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints or         8 min.          5 lb.              10 lb.       @ 
@           Quarts                                                           @
@                                                                            @
@  Raw      Pints            8 min.          5 lb.              10 lb.       @
@           Quarts          10 min.          5 lb.              10 lb.       @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GRAPE JUICE                                  
-DOC-
                                  GRAPE JUICE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 24-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; 
an average of 16 pounds per canner load of 9 pints.  A lug weighs 26 pounds and
yields 7 to 9 quarts of juice--an average of 3-1/2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select sweet, well-colored, firm, mature fruit of ideal quality for
eating fresh or cooking.

PROCEDURE:  Wash and stem grapes.  Place grapes in a saucepan and add boiling
water to cover grapes.  Heat and simmer slowly until skin is soft.  Strain
through a damp jelly bag or double layers of cheesecloth.  Refrigerate juice
for 24 to 48 hours.  Without mixing, carefully pour off clear liquid and save;
discard sediment.  If desired, strain through a paper coffee filter for a
clearer juice.  Add juice to a saucepan and sweeten to taste.  Heat and stir
until sugar is dissolved.  Continue heating with occasional stirring until
juice begins to boil.  Fill into sterile jars immediately, leaving 1/4-inch
headspace.  Adjust lids and process.

TO STERILIZE JARS:  Put empty jars, right side up on the rack in a boiling-
water canner.  Fill the canner and jars with hot (not boiling) water to 1 inch
above the tops of the jars.  Boil 10 minutes at altitudes of less than 1000
feet.  At higher elevations, boil 1 additional minute for each additional 1000
feet elevation.  Remove and drain hot sterilized jars one at a time.  Save the
water for processing filled jars.  

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      GRAPE JUICE                            /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.      1001-5000 ft.      5001-8000 ft.   /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or        5 min.           10 min.            15 min.      /
/           Quarts                                                           /
/                                                                            /
/           Half-gallons   10 min.           15 min.            20 min.      /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE GRAPES                                 
-DOC-
                                 WHOLE GRAPES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 14 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 9 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A lug weighs 26
pounds and yields 12 to 14 quarts of whole grapes--an average of 2 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Choose unripe, tight-skinned, preferably green seedless grapes
harvested two weeks before they reach optimum eating quality.

PROCEDURE:  Stem, wash and drain grapes.  Prepare very light or light syrup. 
Access syrup preparation by choosing the FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING
FRUIT.  
    HOT PACK--Blanch grapes in boiling water for 30 seconds.  Drain, and
    proceed as for raw pack.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with grapes and hot syrup, leaving 1-inch headspace.

Adjust lids and process.

                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      WHOLE GRAPES                           /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or   10 min.      15 min.        15 min.        20 min.    /
/           Quarts                                                           /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints      15 min.      20 min.        20 min.        25 min.    /
/           Quarts     20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MIXED FRUIT COCKTAIL                             
-DOC-
                             MIXED FRUIT COCKTAIL
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

3 pounds peaches                     
3 pounds pears                       
1-1/2 pounds underripe, seedless green grapes
10-oz. jar maraschino cherries
3 cups sugar
4 cups water

Yield:  About 6 pints

PROCEDURE:  Stem and wash grapes, and keep in ascorbic acid solution.  See
below.  Dip ripe but firm peaches, a few at a time, in boiling water for 1 to
1-1/2 minutes to loosen skins.  Dip in cold water and slip off skins.  Cut in
half, remove pits, cut into 1/2-inch cubes and keep in solution with grapes. 
Peel, halve, and core pears.  Cut into 1/2-inch cubes and keep in solution with
grapes and peaches.  Combine sugar and water in a saucepan and bring to boil. 
Drain mixed fruit.  Add 1/2 cup of hot syrup to each jar.  Then add a few
cherries and gently fill the jar with mixed fruit and more hot syrup, leaving
1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.
TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep peeled, halved, quartered, sliced, or diced
fruit in a solution of 3 grams (3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of
cold water.  You can get ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,
         follow the manufacturer's directions.






                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      MIXED FRUIT COCKTAIL                   /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Raw     Half-pints  20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
/          or pints                                                          /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NECTARINES--HALVED OR SLICED                         
-DOC-
                         NECTARINES--HALVED OR SLICED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 17-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts;
an average of 11 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel weighs
48 pounds and yields 16 to 24 quarts--an average of 2-1/2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, mature fruit of ideal quality for eating fresh or
cooking.

PROCEDURE: Dip nectarines in boiling water for 30 to 60 seconds until skins
loosen.  Dip quickly in cold water and slip off skins.  Cut in half, remove
pits and slice if desired.  To prevent darkening, keep peeled fruit in ascorbic
acid solution.  See below.  Prepare and boil a very light, light, or medium
syrup or pack nectarines in water, apple juice, or white grape juice.  Access
syrup preparation by choosing the FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT. 
Raw packs make poor quality nectarines.
       HOT PACK--In a large saucepan place drained fruit in syrup, water or    
       juice and bring to boil.  Fill jars with hot fruit and cooking liquid,  
       leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Place halves in layers, cut side down.

       RAW PACK--Fill jars with raw fruit, cut side down, and add hot water    
       juice, or syrup, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  
Adjust lids and process.
 
TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep peeled or sliced nectarines in a solution of 3
grams (3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of cold water.  You can get
ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in      
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,      
         follow the manufacturer's directions.


                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES     
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      NECTARINES                             /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ___________________________________________________    /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
/           Quarts     25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints      25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
/           Quarts     30 min.      35 min.        40 min.        45 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////







                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION  
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      NECTARINES                             #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  10 min.    6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.          9 lb.    #
#  and    or                                                                 #
#  Raw   Quarts                                                              #
##############################################################################








                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      NECTARINES                             @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          10 min.          5 lb.               10 lb.       @
@  and       or                                                              @
@  Raw      Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEACHES--HALVED OR SLICED                          
-DOC-
                          PEACHES--HALVED OR SLICED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 17-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts;
an average of 11 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel weighs
48 pounds and yields 16 to 24 quarts--an average of 2-1/2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, mature fruit of ideal quality for eating fresh or
cooking.

PROCEDURE: Dip peaches in boiling water for 30 to 60 seconds until skins
loosen.  Dip quickly in cold water and slip off skins.  Cut in half, remove
pits and slice if desired.  To prevent darkening, keep peeled fruit in ascorbic
acid solution.  See below.  Prepare and boil a very light, light, or medium
syrup or pack apricots in water, apple juice, or white grape juice.  Access
syrup preparation by choosing the FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT. 
Raw packs make poor quality peaches.
       HOT PACK--In a large saucepan place drained fruit in syrup, water or    
       juice and bring to boil.  Fill jars with hot fruit and cooking liquid,  
       leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Place halves in layers, cut side down.

       RAW PACK--Fill jars with raw fruit, cut side down, and add hot water    
       juice, or syrup, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  
Adjust lids and process.
 
TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep peeled, halved or sliced peaches in a solution
of 3 grams (3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of cold water.  You can
get ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in      
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,      
         follow the manufacturer's directions.


                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      PEACHES                                /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ___________________________________________________    /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
/           Quarts     25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
/                                                                            /
/  Raw      Pints      25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
/           Quarts     30 min.      35 min.        40 min.        45 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////







                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION  
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      PEACHES                                #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  10 min.    6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.          9 lb.    #
#  and    or                                                                 #
#  Raw   Quarts                                                              #
##############################################################################








                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      PEACHES                                @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          10 min.          5 lb.               10 lb.       @
@  and       or                                                              @
@  Raw      Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEARS--HALVED                                 
-DOC-
                                 PEARS--HALVED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 17-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts;
an average of 11 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel weighs
50 pounds and yields 16 to 25 quarts--an average of 2-1/2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Choose ripe, mature fruit of ideal quality for eating fresh or
cooking. 

PROCEDURE:  Wash and peel pears.  Cut lengthwise in halves and remove core.  A
melon baller or metal measuring spoon is suitable for coring pears.  To prevent
discoloration, keep pears in an ascorbic acid solution.  See below.  Pack pears
in apple juice, white grape juice, water or prepare a very light, light, or
medium syrup.  Access syrup preparation by choosing the FRUIT menu and then
SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.  Raw packs make poor quality pears.  Boil drained
pears 5 minutes in syrup, juice, or water.  Fill jars with hot fruit and
cooking liquid, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.



TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep peeled, halved, quartered, sliced, or diced
fruit in a solution of 3 grams (3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of
cold water.  You can get ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,
         follow the manufacturer's directions.






                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      PEARS-HALVED                           /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
/           Quarts     25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////










                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      PEARS-HALVED                           #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  10 min.    6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              # 
##############################################################################








                                        CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      PEARS-HALVED                           @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints or         10 min.          5 lb.               10 lb.     @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE PIE FILLING                               
-DOC-
                               APPLE PIE FILLING
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

SPECIAL NOTE:  Fruit pie fillings are excellent and safe products.  Each canned
quart makes one 8-inch to 9-inch pie.  The filling may be used as toppings on
dessert or pastries.  Clear Jel A is a starch modified to produce excellent
sauce consistency even after fillings are canned and baked.  Other available
starches break down when used in these pie fillings, causing a runny sauce
consistency.  Clear Jel A is increasingly available among canning and freezing
supplies in some stores.  If you cannot find it, ask your county Extension home
economist about its availability in your region.

Because the variety of fruit may alter the flavor of the fruit pie, it is
suggested that you first make a single quart, make a pie with it, and serve. 
Then adjust the sugar and spices in the recipe to suit your personal
preferences.  The amount of lemon juice should not be altered, as it aids in
controlling the safety and storage stability of the fillings.  

QUALITY:  Use firm, crisp apples.  Stayman, Golden Delicious, Rome, and other
varieties of similar quality are suitable.  If apples lack tartness, use an
additional 1/4 cup of lemon juice for each 6 quarts of slices.
                                        Quantities of Ingredients Needed 
                                      1 Quart                      7 Quarts
                                    __________________________________________

Blanched sliced apples              3-1/2 cups                   6 quarts
Granulated sugar                    3/4 cup + 2 tablespoons      6 cups
Clear Jel A                         1/4                          1-3/4 cups
Cinnamon                            1/2 teaspoon                 1 tablespoon
Cold Water                          1/2 cup                      4 cups
Apple juice                         3/4 cup                      5 cups
Bottled lemon juice                 2 tablespoons                3/4 cup
Nutmeg (optional)                   1/8 teaspoon                 1 teaspoon
Yellow food coloring (optional)     1 drop                       7 drops

Yield: 1 quart or 7 quarts

PROCEDURE:  Wash, peel, and core apples.  Prepare slices 1/2-inch wide and
place in water containing ascorbic acid to prevent browning.  See below. 
Blanch 2 quarts of sliced apples at a time for 1 minute in boiling water. 
While blanching other batches of apples, keep blanched apples in a covered pot
so they will stay warm.  Combine sugar, Clear Jel A, cinnamon, and nutmeg in a
large kettle with water, apple juice, and food color.  Stir and cook on medium
high heat until mixture thickens and begins to bubble.  Drain apple slices. 
Add lemon juice and boil 1 minute stirring constantly.  Fold in apple slices
immediately and fill jars with mixture without delay, leaving 1/2-inch
headspace.  Adjust lids and process immediately.
 
TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep peeled, halved, quartered, sliced, or diced
fruit in a solution of 3 grams (3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of
cold water.  You can get ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,
         follow the manufacturer's directions.
                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      APPLE PIE FILLING                      /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or   25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
/           Quarts                                                           /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BLUEBERRY PIE FILLING                             
-DOC-
                             BLUEBERRY PIE FILLING
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

SPECIAL NOTE:  Fruit pie fillings are excellent and safe products.  Each canned
quart makes one 8-inch to 9-inch pie.  The filling may be used as toppings on
dessert or pastries.  Clear Jel A is a starch modified to produce excellent
sauce consistency even after fillings are canned and baked.  Other available
starches break down when used in these pie fillings, causing a runny sauce
consistency.  Clear Jel A is increasingly available among canning and freezing
supplies in some stores.  If you cannot find it, ask your county Extension home
economist about its availability in your region.

Because the variety of fruit may alter the flavor of the fruit pie, it is
suggested that you first make a single quart, make a pie with it, and serve. 
Then adjust the sugar and spices in the recipe to suit your personal
preferences.  The amount of lemon juice should not be altered, as it aids in
controlling the safety and storage stability of the fillings.  

When using frozen blueberries, select unsweetened fruit.  If sugar has been
added, rinse it off while fruit is frozen.  Collect, measure, and use juice
from thawing fruit to partially replace the water specified in the recipe.  Use
only 1/4 cup Clear Jel per quart, or 1-3/4 cups for 7 quarts.  Use fresh fruit
in the following recipe.

                                        Quantities of Ingredients Needed 
                                      1 Quart                      7 Quarts
                                    __________________________________________

Fresh Blueberries                   3-1/2 cups                   6 quarts
Granulated sugar                    3/4 cup + 2 tablespoons      6 cups
Clear Jel A                         1/4 + 1 tablespoon           2 cups
Cold Water                          1 cup                        7 cups
Bottled lemon juice                 3-1/2 teaspoons              1/2 cup
Blue food coloring (optional)       3 drops                      20 drops
Red food coloring (optional)        1 drop                       7 drops

Yield: 1 quart or 7 quarts

PROCEDURE:  Wash and drain blueberries.  Combine sugar and Clear Jel A in a
large kettle.  Stir.  Add water, and if desired, food coloring.  Cook on medium
high heat until mixture thickens and begins to bubble.  Add lemon juice and
boil 1 minute, stirring constantly.  Fold in berries immediately and fill jars
with mixture without delay, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and
process immediately.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      BLUEBERRY PIE FILLING                  /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or    30 min.      35 min.        40 min.        45 min.   /
/           Quarts                                                           /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHERRY PIE FILLING                              
-DOC-
                              CHERRY PIE FILLING
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

SPECIAL NOTE:  Fruit pie fillings are excellent and safe products.  Each canned
quart makes one 8-inch to 9-inch pie.  The filling may be used as toppings on
dessert or pastries.  Clear Jel A is a starch modified to produce excellent
sauce consistency even after fillings are canned and baked.  Other available
starches break down when used in these pie fillings, causing a runny sauce
consistency.  Clear Jel A is increasingly available among canning and freezing
supplies in some stores.  If you cannot find it, ask your county Extension home
economist about its availability in your region.

Because the variety of fruit may alter the flavor of the fruit pie, it is
suggested that you first make a single quart, make a pie with it, and serve. 
Then adjust the sugar and spices in the recipe to suit your personal
preferences.  The amount of lemon juice should not be altered, as it aids in
controlling the safety and storage stability of the fillings.  

When using frozen cherries, select unsweetened fruit.  If sugar has been added,
rinse it off while fruit is frozen.  Collect, measure, and use juice from
thawing fruit to partially replace the water specified in the recipe.  Use only
1/4 cup Clear Jel per quart, or 1-3/4 cups for 7 quarts.  In the following
recipe, use fresh fruit only.
                                        Quantities of Ingredients Needed 
                                      1 Quart                      7 Quarts
                                    __________________________________________

Fresh sour cherries                 3-1/3 cups                   6 quarts
Granulated sugar                    1 cup                        7 cups
Clear Jel A                         1/4 + 1 tablespoon           1-3/4 cups
Cold Water                          1-1/3 cups                   9-1/3 cups
Cinnamon (optional)                 1/8  teaspoon                1 teaspoon
Bottled lemon juice                 1 tablespoon + 1 teaspoon    1/2 cup
Almond extract (optional)           1/4 teaspoon                 2 teaspoon
Red food coloring (optional)        6 drops                      1/4 teaspoon

QUALITY:  Select very ripe, firm cherries.

YIELD:  1 quart or 7 quarts

PROCEDURE:  Rinse and pit cherries, and hold in cold water.  To prevent stem
end browning, use ascorbic acid solution.  See below.
Combine sugar, Clear Jel A, and cinnamon in a large saucepan.  Add water, food
coloring, and almond extract, if desired.  Stir mixture and cook over medium
high heat until mixture thickens and begins to bubble.  Add lemon juice and
boil 1 minute, stirring constantly.  Fold in cherries immediately and fill jars
without delay, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process
immediately.
 
TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep peeled, halved, quartered, sliced, or diced
fruit in a solution of 3 grams (3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of
cold water.  You can get ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in      
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,      
         follow the manufacturer's directions.
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      CHERRY PIE FILLING                     /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or   30 min.      35 min.        40 min.        45 min.    /
/           Quarts                                                           /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FESTIVE MINCEMEAT PIE FILLING                         
-DOC-
                         FESTIVE MINCEMEAT PIE FILLING
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

2 cups finely chopped suet                   2 quart apple cider
5 pounds ground beef                         2 tablespoons ground cinnamon 
   OR 4 lbs. ground venison + 1 lb. sausage  2 teaspoons ground cloves
5 quarts chopped apples                      2 teaspoons ground nutmeg
2 pounds dark seedless raisins               5 cups sugar
1 pound white raisins                        2 tablespoons

Yield:  About 7 quarts

PROCEDURE:  Cook meat and suet in water to avoid browning.  Peel, core, and
quarter apples.  Put meat, suet, and apples through food grinder using a medium
blade.  Combine all ingredients in a large saucepan, and simmer 1 hour or until
slightly thickened.  Stir often.  Fill jars with mixture without delay, leaving
1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.



                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      FESTIVE MINCEMEAT PIE FILLING          #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      FESTIVE MINCEMEAT PIE FILLING          @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@           Quarts         90 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREEN-TOMATO PIE FILLING                           
-DOC-
                           GREEN-TOMATO PIE FILLING
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

4 quarts chopped green tomatoes         2-1/2 cups brown sugar
3 quarts peeled, chopped tart apples    2-1/2 cups white sugar
1 pound dark seedless raisins           1/2 cup vinegar (5%)
1 pound white raisins                   1 cup bottled lemon juice
1/4 cup minced citron, lemon, or        2 tablespoons ground cinnamon
    orange peel                         1 teaspoon ground nutmeg
2 cups water                            1 teaspoon ground cloves

Yield: About 7 quarts

PROCEDURE:  Combine all ingredients in a large saucepan.  Cook slowly, stirring
often, until tender and slightly thickened (about 35 to 40 minutes).  Fill jars
with hot mixture, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.




                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES     
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      GREEN-TOMATO PIE FILLING               /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size     0-1000 ft.       1001-5000 ft.       5001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Quarts        15 min.            20 min.             25 min.     /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PINEAPPLE                                   
-DOC-
                                   PINEAPPLE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 21 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 13 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints; an average of 3
pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select firm, ripe pineapples.

PROCEDURE:  Wash pineapple.  Peel and remove eyes and tough fiber.  Slice or
cube.  Pineapple may be packed in water, apple juice, white grape juice, or in
very light, light, or medium syrup.  Access syrup preparation by choosing the
FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.  In a large saucepan, add
pineapple to syrup, water, or juice, and simmer 10 minutes.  Fill jars with hot
pieces and cooking liquid, leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and
process.




                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for       PINEAPPLE                             /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      15 min.      20 min.        20 min.        25 min.    /
/           Quarts     20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PLUMS--HALVED OR WHOLE                            
-DOC-
                            PLUMS--HALVED OR WHOLE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 14 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 9 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel weighs 56
pounds and yields 22 to 36 quarts--an average of 2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select deep-colored, mature fruit of ideal quality for eating fresh
or cooking.

PROCEDURE:  Stem and wash plums.  To can whole, prick skins on two sides of
plums with fork to prevent splitting.  Freestone varieties may be halved and
pitted.  Prepare very light, light, or medium syrup.  Access syrup preparation
by choosing the FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.  
    HOT PACK--Add plums to hot syrup and boil 2 minutes.  Cover saucepan and
    let stand 20 to 30 minutes.  Fill jars with hot plums and cooking syrup,
    leaving 1/2-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with raw plums, packing firmly.  Add hot syrup,
    leaving 1/2-inch headspace.
Adjust lids and process.
                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      PLUMS--HALVED OR WHOLE                /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ___________________________________________________    /
/  of Pack  Jar size  0-1000 ft.  1001-3000 ft.  3001-5000 ft.  5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints      20 min.      25 min.        30 min.        35 min.    /
/  and                                                                       /
/  Raw      Quarts     25 min.      30 min.        35 min.        40 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////









                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION  
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      PLUMS--HALVED OR WHOLE                 #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  10 min.    6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.          9 lb.    #
#  and    or                                                                 #
#  Raw   Quarts                                                              #
##############################################################################








                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      PLUMS--HALVED OR WHOLE                 @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          10 min.          5 lb.               10 lb.       @
@  and       or                                                              @
@  Raw      Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RHUBARB--STEWED                                
-DOC-
                                RHUBARB--STEWED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 10-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts;
an average of 7 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A lug weighs 28
pounds and yields 14 to 28 quarts--an average of 1-1/2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select young, tender, well-colored stalks from the spring or late
fall crop.

PROCEDURE:  Trim off leaves.  Wash stalks and cut into 1/2-inch to 1-inch
pieces.  In a large saucepan add 1/2 cup sugar for each quart of fruit.  Let
stand until juice appears.  Heat gently to boiling.  Fill jars without delay,
leaving 1/2-inch headspace.  Adjust and process.






                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      RHUBARB--STEWED                        /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size      0-1000 ft.       1001-5000 ft.      5001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or        15 min.           20 min.            25 min.     /
/           Quarts                                                           /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////










                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      RHUBARB                                #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  8 min.     6 lb.       7 lb.         8 lb.         9 lb.     #
#        or                                                                  #
#        Quarts                                                              #
##############################################################################








                                       CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      RHUBARB--STEWED                        @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints or        8 min.          5 lb.                10 lb.      @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ZUCCHINI-PINEAPPLE                              
-DOC-
                              ZUCCHINI-PINEAPPLE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

4 qt. cubed or shredded zucchini             1-1/2 cups bottled lemon juice
46 oz. canned unsweetened pineapple juice    3 cups sugar

Yield:  About 8 to 9 pints

PROCEDURE:  Peel zucchini and either cut into 1/2-inch cubes or shred.  Mix
zucchini with other ingredients in a large saucepan and bring to a boil. 
Simmer 20 minutes.  Fill jars with hot mixture and cooking liquid, leaving 1/2-
inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.








                                         CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES     
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      ZUCCHINI-PINEAPPLE                     /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style              ______________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size    0-1000 ft.       1000-5000 ft.        5001-8000 ft.  /
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Pints or     15 min.           20 min.               25 min.     /
/           Quarts                                                           /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ASPARAGUS--SPEARS OR PIECES                          
-DOC-
                          ASPARAGUS--SPEARS OR PIECES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 24-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; 
an average of 16 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A crate weighs
31 pounds and yields 7 to 12 quarts--an average of 3-1/2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Use tender, tight-tipped spears, 4 to 6 inches long.  

PROCEDURE:  Wash asparagus and trim off tough scales.  Break off tough stems
and wash again.  Cut into 1-inch pieces or can whole.
    HOT PACK--Cover asparagus with boiling water.  Boil 2 or 3 minutes.
    Loosely fill jars with hot asparagus, leaving 1-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with raw asparagus, packing as tightly as possible
    without crushing, leaving 1-inch headspace.
Add 1 teaspoon salt per quart, if desired.  Add boiling water, leaving 1-inch
headspace.  Adjust lids and process.



                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      ASPARAGUS                              #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  30 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  and                                                                       #
#  Raw   Quarts 40 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      ASPARAGUS                              @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          30 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  and                                                                       @
@  Raw      Quarts         40 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEANS OR PEAS--SHELLED, DRIED                         
-DOC-
                         BEANS OR PEAS--SHELLED, DRIED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

ALL VARIETIES

QUANTITY:  An average of 16 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an
average of 10 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints--an average of 2-1/4
pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select mature, dry seeds.  Sort out and discard discolored seeds.

PROCEDURE:  Place dried beans or peas in a large pot and cover with water. 
Soak 12 to 18 hours in a cool place.  Drain water.  To quickly hydrate beans,
you may cover sorted and washed beans with boiling water in a saucepan.  Boil 2
minutes, remove from heat, soak 1 hour, and drain.  Cover beans soaked by
either method with fresh water and boil 30 minutes.  Add 1/2 teaspoon of salt
per pint or 1 teaspoon per quart, if desired.  Fill jars with beans or peas and
cooking water, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.


                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      BEANS OR PEAS--SHELLED, DRIED          #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  75 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      BEANS OR PEAS--SHELLED, DRIED          @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          75 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         90 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DRY BEANS WITH TOMATO OR MOLASSES SAUCE                    
-DOC-
                    DRY BEANS WITH TOMATO OR MOLASSES SAUCE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 16 pounds of beans is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 10 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints--an
average of 2-1/4 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select mature, dry seeds.  Sort out and discard discolored seeds.

PROCEDURE:  Sort and wash dry beans.  Add 3 cups of water for each cup of dried
beans or peas.  Boil 2 minutes, remove from heat and soak 1 hour and drain. 
Heat to boiling in fresh water, and save liquid for making sauce.  Make your
choice of the following sauces:
    TOMATO SAUCE--Mix 1 quart tomato juice, 3 tablespoons sugar, 2 teaspoons
    salt, 1 tablespoon chopped onion, and 1/4 teaspoon each of ground cloves,
    allspice, mace, and cayenne.  Heat to boiling.  Mix 1 cup tomato sauce
    with 3 cups of cooking liquid from beans and heat to boiling.
    MOLASSES SAUCE--Mix 4 cups water or cooking liquid from beans, 3
    tablespoons dark molasses, 1 tablespoon vinegar, 2 teaspoons salt, and 3/4
    teaspoon dry mustard.  Heat to boiling.
Fill jars three-fourths full with hot beans.  Add a 3/4-inch cut of pork, ham,
or bacon to each jar, if desired.  Fill jars with heated sauce, leaving 1-inch
headspace.  Adjust lids and process.
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for     DRY BEANS WITH TOMATO OR MOLASSES SAUCE #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  65 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 75 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################
                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for     DRY BEANS WITH TOMATO OR MOLASSES SAUCE @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          65 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         75 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

















-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BAKED BEANS                                  
-DOC-
                                  BAKED BEANS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 16 pounds of beans is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 10 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints-an average
of 2-1/4 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select mature, dry seeds.  Sort out and discard discolored seeds.

PROCEDURE:  Sort and wash dry beans.  Add 3 cups of water for each cup of dried
beans or peas.  Boil 2 minutes, remove from heat and soak 1 hour and drain. 
Heat to boiling in fresh water, and save liquid for making sauce.  Make a
molasses sauce--Mix 4 cups water or cooking liquid from beans, 3 tablespoons
dark molasses, 1 tablespoon vinegar, 2 teaspoons salt, and 3/4 teaspoon dry
mustard.  Heat to boiling.  Place seven 3/4-inch pieces of pork, ham, or bacon
in an earthenware crock, a large casserole, or a pan.  Add beans and enough
molasses sauce to cover beans.  Cover and bake 4 to 5 hours at 350 degrees
Fahrenheit.  Add water as needed--about every hour.  Fill jars, leaving 1-inch
headspace.  Adjust lids and process.

                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      BAKED BEANS                            #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  65 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 75 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for     BAKED BEANS                             @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          65 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         75 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FRESH LIMA BEANS, SHELLED                           
-DOC-
                           FRESH LIMA BEANS, SHELLED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 28 pounds of shelled lima beans is needed per canner
load of 7 quarts; an average of 18 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints. 
A bushel weighs 32 pounds and yields 6 to 10 quarts--an average of 4 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Select well-filled pods with green seeds.  Discard insect-damaged and
diseased seeds.

PROCEDURE:  Shell beans and wash thoroughly.
    HOT PACK--Cover raw beans with boiling water and heat to boil.  Fill
    jars loosely, leaving 1-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with raw beans.  Do not press or shake down.
        SMALL BEANS - leave 1-inch headspace for pints and 1-1/2 inches for
        quarts.
        LARGE BEANS - leave 1 inch headspace for pints and 1-1/4 inches for    
        quarts. 
Add 1 teaspoon of salt per quart, if desired.  Add boiling water, leaving the
headspaces listed above.  Adjust lids and process.
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      LIMA BEANS                             #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  40 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  and                                                                       #
#  Raw   Quarts 50 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      LIMA BEANS                             @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          40 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  and                                                                       @
@  Raw      Quarts         50 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREEN BEANS                                  
-DOC-
                                  GREEN BEANS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 14 pounds of beans is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 9 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel
weighs 30 pounds and yields 12 to 20 quarts--an average of 2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select filled but tender, crisp pods.  Remove and discard diseased and
rusty pods.

PROCEDURE:  Wash beans and trim ends.  Leave whole or cut or snap into 1-inch
pieces.
    HOT PACK--Cover with boiling water; boil 5 minutes.  Fill jars loosely
    leaving 1-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars tightly with raw beans, leaving 1-inch headspace.  
Add 1 teaspoon of salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Add boiling water,
leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.



                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      GREEN BEANS                            #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  20 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  and                                                                       #
#  Raw   Quarts 25 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      GREEN BEANS                            @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          20 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  and                                                                       @
@  Raw      Quarts         25 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ITALIAN GREEN BEANS                              
-DOC-
                              ITALIAN GREEN BEANS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 14 pounds of beans is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 9 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel
weighs 30 pounds and yields 12 to 20 quarts--an average of 2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select filled but tender, crisp pods.  Remove and discard diseased and
rusty pods.

PROCEDURE:  Wash beans and trim ends.  Leave whole or cut or snap into 1-inch
pieces.
    HOT PACK--Cover with boiling water; boil 5 minutes.  Fill jars loosely
    leaving 1-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars tightly with raw beans, leaving 1-inch headspace.  
Add 1 teaspoon of salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Add boiling water,
leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.



                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      ITALIAN GREEN BEANS                    #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  20 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  and                                                                       #
#  Raw   Quarts 25 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      ITALIAN GREEN BEANS                    @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          20 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  and                                                                       @
@  Raw      Quarts         25 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WAX BEANS                                   
-DOC-
                                   WAX BEANS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 14 pounds of beans is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 9 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel
weighs 30 pounds and yields 12 to 20 quarts--an average of 2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select filled but tender, crisp pods.  Remove and discard diseased
and rusty pods.

PROCEDURE:  Wash beans and trim ends.  Leave whole or cut or snap into 1-inch
pieces.
    HOT PACK--Cover with boiling water; boil 5 minutes.  Fill jars, loosely
    leaving 1-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars tightly with raw beans, leaving 1-inch headspace.  
Add 1 teaspoon of salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Add boiling water,
leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.



                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      WAX BEANS                              #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  20 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  and                                                                       #
#  Raw   Quarts 25 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      WAX BEANS                              @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          20 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  and                                                                       @
@  Raw      Quarts         25 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEETS--WHOLE, CUBED, OR SLICED                        
-DOC-
                        BEETS--WHOLE, CUBED, OR SLICED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 21 pounds of beets (without tops) is needed per canner
load of 7 quarts; an average of 13-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 9
pints.  A bushel (without tops) weighs 52 pounds and yields 15 to 20 quarts--an
average of 3 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Beets with a diameter of 1 to 2 inches are preferred for whole packs. 
Beets larger than 3 inches in diameter are often fibrous.

PROCEDURE:  Trim off beet tops, leaving an inch of stem and roots to reduce
bleeding of color.  Scrub well.  Cover with boiling water.  Boil until skins
slip off easily; about 15 to 25 minutes depending on size.  Cool, remove skins,
and trim off stems and roots.  Leave baby beets whole.  Cut medium or large
beets into 1/2-inch cubes or slices.  Halve or quarter very large slices.  Add
1 teaspoon of salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Fill jars with hot beets
and fresh hot water, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.


                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      BEETS                                  #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  30 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  and                                                                       #
#  Raw   Quarts 35 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      BEETS                                  @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          30 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  and                                                                       @
@  Raw      Quarts         35 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CARROTS--SLICED OR DICED                           
-DOC-
                           CARROTS--SLICED OR DICED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 17-1/2 pounds of carrots (without tops) is needed per
canner load of 7 quarts; an average of 11 pounds is needed per canner load of 9
pints.  A bushel (without tops) weighs 50 pounds and yields 17 to 25 quarts--an
average of 2-1/2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select small carrots, preferably 1 to 1-1/4 inches in diameter. 
Larger carrots are often too fibrous.

PROCEDURE:  Wash, peel, and rewash carrots.  Slice or dice.
    HOT PACK--Cover with boiling water; bring to boil and simmer for 5 minutes.
    Fill jars, leaving 1-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars tightly with raw carrots, leaving 1-inch headspace.
Add 1 teaspoon salt per quart, if desired.  Add hot cooking liquid or water,
leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.



                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      CARROTS                                #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  25 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  and                                                                       #
#  Raw   Quarts 30 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      CARROTS                                @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          25 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  and                                                                       @
@  Raw      Quarts         30 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN--CREAM STYLE                               
-DOC-
                               CORN--CREAM STYLE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 20 pounds of corn (in husks) is needed per canner load
of 9 pints.  A bushel weighs 35 pounds and yields 12 to 20 pints--an average of
2-1/4 pounds per pint.

QUALITY:  Select ears containing slightly immature kernels, or of ideal quality
for eating fresh.

PROCEDURE:  Husk corn, remove silk, and wash ears.  Cut corn from cob at about
the center of kernel.  Scrape remaining corn from cobs with a table knife.
    HOT PACK--To each quart of corn and scrapings in a saucepan, add two cups
    of boiling water.  Heat to boiling.  Add 1/2 teaspoon salt to each jar, if
    desired.  Fill pint jar with hot corn mixture, leaving 1-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill pint jars with raw corn, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Do not
    shake or press down.  Add 1/2 teaspoon salt to each jar, if desired.  Add 
    fresh boiling water, leaving 1-inch headspace.
Adjust lids and process.

                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for     CORN--CREAM STYLE                       #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  85 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#  Raw   Pints  95 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      CORN--CREAM STYLE                      @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          85 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@  Raw      Pints          95 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN--WHOLE KERNEL                              
-DOC-
                              CORN--WHOLE KERNEL
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 31-1/2 pounds of sweet corn (in husks) is needed per
canner load of 7 quarts; an average of 20 pounds is needed per canner load of 9
pints.  A bushel weighs 35 pounds and yields 6 to 11 quarts--an average of 4-
1/2 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Select ears containing slightly immature kernels of ideal quality for
eating fresh or cooking.  Canning some sweeter varieties or too immature
kernels may cause browning.  Can a small amount, check color and flavor before
canning large quantities.

PROCEDURE:  Husk corn, remove silk, and wash.  Blanch 3 minutes in boiling
water.  Cut corn from cob at about two-thirds the depth of kernel.  CAUTION: 
DO NOT SCRAPE COB.
    HOT PACK--To each clean quart of kernels in a saucepan, add 1 cup of hot 
    water, heat to boiling, and simmer 5 minutes.  Add 1 teaspoon of salt per
    quart, if desired.  Fill jars with corn and cooking liquid, leaving 1-inch
    headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with raw kernels, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Do not
    shake or press down.  Add 1 teaspoon of salt per quart to the jar, if
    desired.  Add fresh boiling water, leaving 1-inch headspace.
Adjust lids and process.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////











                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      CORN--WHOLE KERNEL                     #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  55 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  and                                                                       #
#  Raw   Quarts 85 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################








                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      CORN--WHOLE KERNEL                     @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          55 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  and                                                                       @
@  Raw      Quarts         85 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MIXED VEGETABLES                               
-DOC-
                               MIXED VEGETABLES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

SUGGESTED MIX

6 cups carrots, sliced                 6 cups lima beans, shelled
6 cups whole kernel sweet corn, cut    4 cups tomatoes, whole or crushed
6 cups green beans, cut                4 cups zucchini, diced

OPTIONAL MIX--You may change the suggested proportions or substitute other
favorite vegetables.

YIELD:  7 quarts

PREPARE AND WASH VEGETABLES:  Carrots--wash, peel, rewash carrots, and slice. 
Sweet corn--husk, remove silk, wash, and cut.  Green beans--wash and trim ends,
cut into 1-inch pieces.  Lima beans--shell beans and wash thoroughly.  Tomatoes-
 wash and dip in boiling water for 30 to 60 seconds or until skins split.  Then
dip in cold water, slip off skins, and remove cores.  Trim off any bruised or
discolored portions and quarter.  Zucchini--wash, trim, slice, or cube.

PROCEDURE:  Combine all vegetables in a large pot or kettle, and add enough
water to cover pieces.  Add 1 teaspoon salt per quart to the jar, if desired. 
Boil 5 minutes and fill jars with hot pieces and liquid, leaving 1-inch
headspace.  Adjust lids and process.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////










                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for     MIXED VEGETABLES                        #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  55 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 85 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################



 




                                         CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      MIXED VEGETABLES                       @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          55 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         85 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MUSHROOMS--WHOLE OR SLICED                          
-DOC-
                          MUSHROOMS--WHOLE OR SLICED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 14-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints; an
average of 7-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 half-pints--an average
of 2 pounds per pint.

QUALITY:  Select only brightly colored, small to medium-size domestic mushrooms
with short stems, tight veils (unopened caps), and no discoloration.  CAUTION: 
DO NOT CAN WILD MUSHROOMS.

PROCEDURE:  Trim stems and discolored parts.  Soak in cold water for 10 minutes
to remove dirt.  Wash in clean water.  Leave small mushrooms whole; cut large
ones.  Cover with water in a saucepan and boil 5 minutes.  Fill jars with hot
mushrooms, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Add 1/2 teaspoon of salt per pint, to the
jar, if desired.  For better color, add 1/8 teaspoon of ascorbic acid powder,
or a 500-milligram tablet of vitamin C.  Add fresh hot water, leaving 1-inch
headspace.  Adjust lids and process.


                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      MUSHROOMS                              #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Half-                                                               #
#        Pints  45 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#         or                                                                 # 
#        Quarts                                                              #
##############################################################################

                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      MUSHROOMS                              @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Half-                                                            @
@           Pints          45 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@            or                                                              @
@           Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OKRA--WHOLE OR CUT                              
-DOC-
                              OKRA--WHOLE OR CUT
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 11 pounds of okra is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 7 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel
weighs 26 pounds and yields 16 to 18 quarts--an average of 1-1/2 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Select young, tender pods.  Remove and discard diseased and rust-
spotted pods.

PROCEDURE:  Wash pods and trim ends.  Leave whole or cut into 1-inch pieces. 
Cover with hot water in a saucepan, boil 2 minutes, and drain.  Fill jars with
hot okra and cooking liquid, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Add 1 teaspoon of salt
per quart to the jar, if desired.  Adjust and process.





                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      OKRA--WHOLE OR CUT                     #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  25 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 40 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      OKRA--WHOLE OR CUT                     @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          25 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         40 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEAS, GREEN OR ENGLISH--SHELLED                        
-DOC-
                        PEAS, GREEN OR ENGLISH--SHELLED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT SUGAR SNAP AND CHINESE EDIBLE PODS BE FROZEN FOR BEST
QUALITY. 

QUANTITY:  An average of 31-1/2 pounds of peas (in pods) is needed per canner
load of 7 quarts; an average of 20 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints. 
A bushel weighs 30 pounds and yields 5 to 10 quarts--an average of 4-1/2 pounds
per quart.

QUALITY:  Select filled pods containing young, tender, sweet seeds.  Discard
diseased pods.

PROCEDURE:  Shell and wash peas.  Add 1 teaspoon of salt per quart, if desired.
    HOT PACK--Cover with boiling water.  Bring to a boil in a saucepan, and
    boil 2 minutes.  Fill jars loosely with hot peas, and add cooking liquid,
    leaving 1-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with raw peas, add boiling water, leaving 1-inch 
    headspace.  Do not shake or press down peas.  
Adjust lids and process.
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      PEAS                                   #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  40 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  and    or                                                                 #
#  Raw   Quarts                                                              #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      PEAS                                   @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          40 min.         10 lb.             15 lb.         @
@  and       or                                                              @
@  Raw      Quarts                                                           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHILE PEPPERS                                 
-DOC-
                                 CHILE PEPPERS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 9 pounds of peppers is needed per canner load of 9
pints.  A bushel weighs 25 pounds and yields 20 to 30 pints--an average of 1
pound per pint.

QUALITY:  Select firm peppers.  Do not use soft or diseased peppers.

CAUTION:  IN WORKING WITH CHILE PEPPERS, WEAR PLASTIC GLOVES WHILE HANDLING
THEM OR WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY WITH SOAP AND WATER BEFORE TOUCHING YOUR FACE. 

PROCEDURE:  Small peppers may be left whole.  Large peppers may be quartered. 
Remove cores and seeds.  Slash two to four slits in each pepper, and either
blanch in boiling water or blister using one of the following methods:  
     Oven or broiler method:  Place chiles in hot oven (400 degrees) or 
     broiler for 6-8 minutes until skins blister.
     Range top method:  Cover hot burner either gas or electric, with heavy
     wire mesh.  Place chiles on burner for several minutes until skins
     blister.
Allow peppers to cool.  Place in a pan and cover with a damp cloth.  This will
make peeling the peppers easier.  After several minutes, peel each pepper.  
Flatten whole peppers.  Add 1/2 teaspoon of salt to each pint jar, if desired. 
Fill jars loosely with peppers and cooking liquid, leaving 1-inch headspace. 
Adjust lids and process.
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for       CHILE PEPPERS                         #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  35 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################
                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for       CHILE PEPPERS                         @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          35 min.         10 lb.             15 lb.         @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JALAPENO PEPPERS                               
-DOC-
                               JALAPENO PEPPERS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 9 pounds of peppers is needed per canner load of 9
pints.  A bushel weighs 25 pounds and yields 20 to 30 pints--an average of 1
pound per pint.

QUALITY:  Select firm peppers.  Do not use soft or diseased peppers.

CAUTION:  IN WORKING WITH JALAPENO PEPPERS, WEAR PLASTIC GLOVES WHILE HANDLING
THEM OR WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY WITH SOAP AND WATER BEFORE TOUCHING YOUR FACE.  

PROCEDURE:  Small peppers may be left whole.  Large peppers may be quartered. 
Remove cores and seeds.  Slash two to four slits in each pepper, and either
blanch in boiling water or blister using one of the following methods:  
     Oven or broiler method:  Place peppers in hot oven (400 degrees) or 
     broiler for 6-8 minutes until skins blister.
     Range top method:  Cover hot burner, either gas or electric, with heavy
     wire mesh.  Place peppers on burner for several minutes until skins
     blister.
Allow peppers to cool.  Place in a pan and cover with a damp cloth.  This will
make peeling the peppers easier.  After several minutes, peel each pepper.  
Flatten whole peppers.  Add 1/2 teaspoon of salt to each pint jar, if desired. 
Fill jars loosely with peppers and cooking liquid, leaving 1-inch headspace. 
Adjust lids and process.
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for       JALAPENO PEPPERS                      #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  35 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################
                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      JALAPENO PEPPERS                       @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          35 min.         10 lb.             15 lb.         @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PIMIENTO PEPPERS                               
-DOC-
                               PIMIENTO PEPPERS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 9 pounds of peppers is needed per canner load of 9
pints.  A bushel weighs 25 pounds and yields 20 to 30 pints--an average of 1
pound per pint.

QUALITY:  Select firm red peppers.  Do not use soft or diseased peppers.

PROCEDURE:  Small peppers may be left whole.  Large peppers may be quartered. 
Remove cores and seeds.  Slash two to four slits in each pepper, and either
blanch in boiling water or blister using one of the following methods:  
     Oven or broiler method:  Place peppers in hot oven (400 degrees) or 
     broiler for 6-8 minutes until skins blister.
     Range top method:  Cover hot burner, either gas or electric, with heavy
     wire mesh.  Place peppers on burner for several minutes until skins
     blister.
Allow peppers to cool.  Place in a pan and cover with a damp cloth.  This will
make peeling the peppers easier.  After several minutes, peel each pepper.  
Flatten whole peppers.  Add 1/2 teaspoon of salt to each pint jar, if desired. 
Fill jars loosely with peppers and cooking liquid, leaving 1-inch headspace. 
Adjust lids and process.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for       PIMIENTO PEPPERS                      #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  35 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for       PIMIENTO PEPPERS                      @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          35 min.         10 lb.             15 lb.         @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPERS--HOT OR SWEET                             
-DOC-
                             PEPPERS--HOT OR SWEET
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 9 pounds of peppers is needed per canner load of 9
pints.  A bushel weighs 25 pounds and yields 20 to 30 pints--an average of 1
pound per pint.

QUALITY:  Select firm yellow, green, or red peppers.  Do not use soft or
diseased peppers.

PROCEDURE:  Select your favorite pepper(s).  CAUTION:  IF YOU CHOOSE HOT
PEPPERS, WEAR PLASTIC GLOVES WHILE HANDLING THEM OR WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY WITH
SOAP AND WATER BEFORE TOUCHING YOUR FACE.  Small peppers may be left whole. 
Large peppers may be quartered.  Remove cores and seeds.  Slash two to four
slits in each pepper, and either blanch in boiling water or blister using one
of the following methods:  
     Oven or broiler method:  Place peppers in hot oven (400 degrees) or 
     broiler for 6-8 minutes until skins blister.
     Range top method:  Cover hot burner, either gas or electric, with heavy
     wire mesh.  Place peppers on burner for several minutes until skins
     blister.
Allow peppers to cool.  Place in a pan and cover with a damp cloth.  This will
make peeling the peppers easier.  After several minutes, peel each pepper.  
Flatten whole peppers.  Add 1/2 teaspoon of salt to each pint jar, if desired. 
Fill jars loosely with peppers and cooking liquid, leaving 1-inch headspace. 
Adjust lids and process.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////









                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for       PEPPERS--HOT OR SWEET                 #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  35 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################










                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      PEPPERS--HOT OR SWEET                  @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          35 min.         10 lb.             15 lb.         @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POTATOES, SWEET--PIECES OR WHOLE                       
-DOC-
                       POTATOES, SWEET--PIECES OR WHOLE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED TO DRY-PACK SWEET POTATOES.

QUANTITY:  An average of 17-1/2 pounds of sweet potatoes is needed per canner
load of 7 quarts; an average of 11 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints. 
A bushel weighs 50 pounds and yields 17 to 25 quarts--an average of 2-1/2
pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Choose small to medium-sized potatoes.  They should be mature and not
too fibrous.  Can within 1 to 2 months after harvest.

PROCEDURE:  Wash potatoes and boil or steam until partially soft (15 to 20
minutes).  Remove skins.  Cut medium potatoes, if needed, so that pieces are
uniform in size.  CAUTION: DO NOT MASH OR PUREE PIECES.  Fill jars, leaving 1-
inch headspace.  Add 1 teaspoon salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Cover
with your choice of fresh boiling water or syrup.  Access syrup preparation by
choosing the FRUIT menu and then SYRUPS FOR PACKING FRUIT.  Leave 1-inch
headspace when adding liquid.  Adjust lids and process.
                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      POTATOES, SWEET--PIECES OR WHOLE       #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  65 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      POTATOES, SWEET--PIECES OR WHOLE       @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          65 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         90 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"





-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POTATOES, WHITE--CUBED OR WHOLE                        
-DOC-
                        POTATOES, WHITE--CUBED OR WHOLE
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 35 pounds of potatoes is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 22-1/2 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A
bushel weighs 50 pounds and yields 8 to 12 quarts--an average of 5 pounds per
quart.

QUALITY:  Select small to medium-size mature potatoes of ideal quality for
cooking.  Tubers stored below 45 degrees Fahrenheit may discolor when canned. 
Choose potatoes 1 to 2 inches in diameter, if they are to be packed whole.

PROCEDURE:  Wash and peel potatoes.  Place in ascorbic acid solution to prevent
darkening.  See below.  If desired, cut into 1/2-inch cubes.  Drain.  Cook 2
minutes in boiling water and drain again.  For whole potatoes, boil 10 minutes
and drain.  Add 1 teaspoon of salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Fill jars
with hot potatoes and fresh hot water, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids
and process.

TO PREVENT DISCOLORATION:  Keep cubed or whole potatoes in a solution of 3
grams (3000 milligrams) ascorbic acid to 1 gallon of cold water.  You can get
ascorbic acid in several forms:
       . A pure powdered form--seasonally available among canner's supplies in 
         supermarkets.  One level teaspoon of pure powder weighs about 3 grams. 
         Use 1 teaspoon per gallon of water as a treatment solution.
       . Vitamin C tablets--economical and available year-round in many stores. 
         Buy 500-milligram tablets; crush and dissolve six tablets per gallon  
         of water as a treatment solution.
       . Commercially prepared mixes of ascorbic and citric acid--seasonally   
         available among canners' supplies in supermarkets.  Sometimes citric  
         acid powder is sold in supermarkets, but it is less effective in
         controlling discoloration.  If you choose to use these products,
         follow the manufacturer's directions.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////


                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      POTATOES, WHITE--CUBED OR WHOLE        #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  35 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 40 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################








                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      POTATOES, WHITE--CUBED OR WHOLE        @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          35 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         40 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUMPKIN--CUBED                                
-DOC-
                                PUMPKIN--CUBED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 16 pounds of pumpkin is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 10 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints--an
average of 2-1/4 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Pumpkins should have a hard rind and have stringless, mature pulp of
ideal quality for cooking fresh.  Small size pumpkins (sugar or pie varieties)
make better products.

PROCEDURE:  Wash, remove seeds, cut into inch-wide slices, and peel.  Cut flesh
into 1-inch cubes.  Boil 2 minutes in water.  CAUTION: DO NOT MASH OR PUREE. 
Fill jars with cubes and cooking liquid, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids
and process.

For using in recipes, drain jars and strain or sieve cubes.



                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      PUMPKIN--CUBED                         #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  55 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      PUMPKIN--CUBED                         @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          55 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         90 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"











-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WINTER SQUASH--CUBED                             
-DOC-
                             WINTER SQUASH--CUBED
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 16 pounds of squash is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 10 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints--an
average of 2-1/4 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Squash should have a hard rind and have stringless, mature pulp of
ideal quality for cooking fresh. 

PROCEDURE:  Wash, remove seeds, cut into 1-inch wide slices, and peel.  Cut
flesh into 1-inch cubes.  Boil 2 minutes in water.  CAUTION: DO NOT MASH OR
PUREE.  Fill jars with cubes and cooking liquid, leaving 1-inch headspace. 
Adjust lids and process.

For using in recipes, drain jars and strain or sieve cubes.




                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      WINTER SQUASH--CUBED                   #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  55 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      WINTER SQUASH--CUBED                   @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          55 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         90 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPINACH                                    
-DOC-
                                    SPINACH
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 28 pounds of spinach is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 18 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel
weighs 18 pounds and yields 3 to 9 quarts--an average of 4 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Can only freshly harvested spinach.  Discard any wilted, discolored,
diseased, or insect-damaged leaves.  Leaves should be tender and attractive in
color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash only small amounts of spinach at one time.  Drain water and
continue rinsing until water is clear and free of grit.  Cut out tough stems
and midribs.  Place 1 pound of spinach at a time in cheesecloth bag or blancher
basket and steam 3 to 5 minutes or until well wilted.  Add 1/2 teaspoon of salt
per quart, if desired.  Fill jars loosely with wilted spinach and add fresh
boiling water, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.



                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      SPINACH                                #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  70 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      SPINACH                                @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          70 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         90 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENS                                     
-DOC-
                                     GREENS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

QUANTITY:  An average of 28 pounds of greens is needed per canner load of 7
quarts; an average of 18 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel
weighs 18 pounds and yields 3 to 9 quarts--an average of 4 pounds per quart.

QUALITY:  Can only freshly harvested greens.  Discard any wilted, discolored,
diseased, or insect-damaged leaves.  Leaves should be tender and attractive in
color.

PROCEDURE:  Wash only small amounts of greens at one time.  Drain water and
continue rinsing until water is clear and free of grit.  Cut out tough stems
and midribs.  Place 1 pound of greens at a time in cheesecloth bag or blancher
basket and steam 3 to 5 minutes or until well wilted.  Add 1/2 teaspoon of salt
to each quart jar, if desired.  Fill jars loosely with wilted greens and add
fresh boiling water, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.



                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      GREENS                                 #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  70 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      GREENS                                 @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          70 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         90 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"




















-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VEGETABLE, MEAT, POULTRY, OR SEAFOOD SOUP                  
-DOC-
                  VEGETABLE, MEAT, POULTRY, OR SEAFOOD SOUP
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

PROCEDURE:  Select, wash, and prepare vegetables, meats, and seafoods as
described for specific foods.  Cover meat with water and cook until tender. 
Cool meat and remove bones.  Cook vegetables.   If dried beans are included,
for each cup of dried beans, add 3 cups of water, boil 2 minutes, remove from
heat, soak 1 hour, and heat to boil.  Drain and combine with meat broth,
tomatoes, or water to cover.  Boil 5 minutes.  CAUTION: DO NOT THICKEN.  Salt
to taste, if desired.  Fill jars halfway with solid mixture.  Add remaining
liquid, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Adjust lids and process.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables,   /
/  meats, or seafood.  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a   /
/  real risk of botulism, the most dangerous type of food poisoning.         /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////



                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for   VEGETABLE, MEAT, POULTRY, OR SEAFOOD SOUP # 
#   a dial-gauge pressure canner                                             #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  60 min.*   11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            #
#        Quarts 75 min.*   11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################

* CAUTION:  PROCESS 100 MINUTES IF SOUP CONTAINS SEAFOOD.






                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for   VEGETABLE, MEAT, POULTRY, OR SEAFOOD SOUP @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          60 min.*         10 lb.             15 lb.        @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts         75 min.*         10 lb.             15 lb.        @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

*CAUTION:  PROCESS 100 MINUTES IF SOUP CONTAINS SEAFOOD.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ADULT DAY CARE DEFINED                         
-DOC-
                         ADULT DAY CARE DEFINED
Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Specialist 

     Adult day care usually is a health-related and/or social-related
program maintained and operated during specific hours of the day.  The
purpose is to provide care and/or treatment for adults whose conditions
are so that they can benefit from the program.  This would include adults
who do not require 24-hour nursing care or hospitalization, but need more
than occasional home services or recreational activities.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUCCOTASH                                   
-DOC-
                                   SUCCOTASH
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

15 pounds unhusked sweet corn or 3 quarts cut whole kernels
14 pounds mature green podded lima beans or 4 quarts shelled limas
2 quarts crushed or whole tomatoes (optional)

YIELD:  7 quarts

PROCEDURE:  Wash and prepare fresh produce.  Sweet Corn--husk, remove silk, and
wash.  Blanch 3 minutes in boiling water.  Cut corn from cob at about two-
thirds the depth of kernel.  Do not scrape cob.  Lima Beans--shell beans and
wash thoroughly.  Tomatoes--wash and dip in boiling water for 30 to 60 seconds
or until skins split.  Then dip in cold water, slip off skins, and remove
cores.  Trim off any bruised or discolored potions and quarter.
    HOT PACK--Combine all prepared vegetables in a large kettle with enough
    water to cover the pieces.  Add 1 teaspoon salt to each quart jar, 
    if desired.
    Boil gently 5 minutes and fill jars with pieces and cooking liquid, leaving
    1-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Fill jars with equal parts of all prepared vegetables, leaving 
    1-inch headspace.  Do not shake or press down pieces.  Add 1 teaspoon salt
    to each quart, if desired.  Add fresh boiling water, leaving 1-inch
    headspace.
Adjust lids and process.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning vegetables.   /
/  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism,/
/  the most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////










                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      SUCCOTASH                              #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  60 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  and                                                                       #
#  Raw   Quarts 85 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################








                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      SUCCOTASH                              @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints          60 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  and                                                                       @
@  Raw      Quarts         80 min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHICKEN WITH BONES                              
-DOC-
                              CHICKEN WITH BONES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

PROCEDURE:  Choose freshly killed and dressed, healthy animals.  Large chickens
are more flavorful than fryers.  Dressed chicken should be chilled for 6 to 12
hours before canning.  Remove excess fat.  Cut chicken into suitable sizes for
canning.
    HOT PACK--Boil, steam, or bake meat until about two-thirds done.  Add 1 
    teaspoon salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Fill jars with pieces and
    hot broth, leaving 1-1/4-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Add 1 teaspoon salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Fill jars
    loosely with raw meat pieces, leaving 1-1/4-inch headspace.  Do not add
    liquid.
Adjust lids and process.






                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning meats.  Using /
/  boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism, the  /
/  most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      CHICKEN WITH BONES                     #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  65 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  or                                                                        # 
#  Raw   Quarts 75 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      CHICKEN WITH BONES                     @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints         65  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  or                                                                        @
@  Raw      Quarts        75  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHICKEN WITHOUT BONES                             
-DOC-
                             CHICKEN WITHOUT BONES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

PROCEDURE:  Choose freshly killed and dressed, healthy animals.  Large chickens
are more flavorful than fryers.  Dressed chicken should be chilled for 6 to 12
hours before canning.  Remove excess fat.  Cut chicken into suitable sizes,
removing from bones.
    HOT PACK--Boil, steam, or bake meat until about two-thirds done.  Add 1 
    teaspoon salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Fill jars with pieces and
    hot broth, leaving 1-1/4-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Add 1 teaspoon salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Fill jars
    loosely with raw meat pieces, leaving 1-1/4-inch headspace.  Do not add
    liquid.
Adjust lids and process.






                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning meats.  Using /
/  boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism, the  /
/  most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      CHICKEN WITHOUT BONES                  #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  75 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  or                                                                        # 
#  Raw   Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      CHICKEN WITHOUT BONES                  @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints         75  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  or                                                                        @
@  Raw      Quarts        90  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RABBIT WITH BONES                               
-DOC-
                               RABBIT WITH BONES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

PROCEDURE:  Choose freshly killed and dressed, healthy animals.  Dressed
rabbits should be soaked 1 hour in water containing 1 tablespoon salt per quart
and then rinsed.  Remove excess fat.  Cut rabbit into suitable sizes for
canning.       
    HOT PACK--Boil, steam, or bake meat until about two-thirds done.  Add 1 
    teaspoon salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Fill jars with pieces and
    hot broth, leaving 1-1/4-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Add 1 teaspoon salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Fill jars
    loosely with raw meat pieces, leaving 1-1/4-inch headspace.  Do not add
    liquid.
Adjust lids and process.






                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning meats.  Using /
/  boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism, the  /
/  most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      RABBIT WITH BONES                      #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  65 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  or                                                                        # 
#  Raw   Quarts 75 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      RABBIT WITH BONES                      @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints         65  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  or                                                                        @
@  Raw      Quarts        75  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RABBIT WITHOUT BONES                             
-DOC-
                             RABBIT WITHOUT BONES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

PROCEDURE:  Choose freshly killed and dressed, healthy animals.  Dressed
rabbits should be soaked 1 hour in water containing 1 tablespoon of salt per
quart and then rinsed.  Remove excess fat.  Cut rabbit into suitable sizes,
removing from bones.
    HOT PACK--Boil, steam, or bake meat until about two-thirds done.  Add 1 
    teaspoon salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Fill jars with pieces and
    hot broth, leaving 1-1/4-inch headspace.
    RAW PACK--Add 1 teaspoon salt per quart to the jar, if desired.  Fill jars
    loosely with raw meat pieces, leaving 1-1/4-inch headspace.  Do not add
    liquid.
Adjust lids and process.






                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning meats.  Using /
/  boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism, the  /
/  most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      RABBIT WITHOUT BONES                   #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  75 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#  or                                                                        # 
#  Raw   Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      RABBIT WITHOUT BONES                   @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints         75  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@  or                                                                        @
@  Raw      Quarts        90  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GROUND OR CHOPPED BEEF                            
-DOC-
                            GROUND OR CHOPPED BEEF
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

PROCEDURE:  Choose fresh, chilled meat.  Shape chopped meat into patties or
balls.  Cook until lightly browned.  Ground meat may be sauteed without
shaping.  Remove excess fat.  Fill jars with pieces.  Add boiling meat broth,
tomato juice, or water, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Add 2 teaspoons of salt per
quart to the jar, if desired.  Adjust lids and process.












                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning meats.  Using /
/  boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism, the  /
/  most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      GROUND OR CHOPPED BEEF                 #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  75 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            # 
#        Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      GROUND OR CHOPPED BEEF                 @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints         75  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts        90  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GROUND OR CHOPPED BEAR                            
-DOC-
                            GROUND OR CHOPPED BEAR
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

PROCEDURE:  Choose fresh, chilled meat.  Shape chopped meat into patties or
balls.  Cook until lightly browned.  Ground meat may be sauteed without
shaping.  Remove excess fat.  Fill jars with pieces.  Add boiling meat broth,
tomato juice, or water, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Add 2 teaspoons of salt per
quart to the jar, if desired.  Adjust lids and process.












                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning meats.  Using /
/  boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism, the  /
/  most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      GROUND OR CHOPPED BEAR                 #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  75 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            # 
#        Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      GROUND OR CHOPPED BEAR                 @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints         75  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts        90  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GROUND OR CHOPPED LAMB                            
-DOC-
                            GROUND OR CHOPPED LAMB
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

PROCEDURE:  Choose fresh, chilled meat.  Shape chopped meat into patties or
balls.  Cook until lightly browned.  Ground meat may be sauteed without
shaping.  Remove excess fat.  Fill jars with pieces.  Add boiling meat broth,
tomato juice, or water, leaving 1-inch headspace.  Add 2 teaspoons of salt per
quart to the jars, if desired.  Adjust lids and process.












                                          CONTINUE FOR PROCESSING TIMES
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/  Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning meats.  Using /
/  boiling water canners for these foods poses a real risk of botulism, the  /
/  most dangerous type of food poisoning.                                    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

##############################################################################
#   Recommended process time for      GROUND OR CHOPPED LAMB                 #
#   in a dial-gauge pressure canner                                          #
#                            Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of           #
#  Style                 ___________________________________________________ #
#  of    Jar    Process                                                      #
#  Pack  size   Time     0-2000 ft. 2001-4000 ft. 4001-6000 ft. 6001-8000 ft.#
# ___________________________________________________________________________#
#  Hot   Pints  75 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
#                                                                            # 
#        Quarts 90 min.    11 lb.      12 lb.        13 lb.        14 lb.    #
##############################################################################


                                          CONTINUE FOR MORE CANNER INFORMATION
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@   Recommended process time for      GROUND OR CHOPPED LAMB                 @
@   in a weighted-gauge pressure canner                                      @
@                                     Canner Pressure (PSI) at Altitudes of  @
@  Style                              ____________________________________   @
@  of Pack  Jar size    Process Time     0-1000 ft.        Above 1000 ft.    @
@____________________________________________________________________________@
@  Hot      Pints         75  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@                                                                            @
@           Quarts        90  min.         10 lb.           15 lb.           @
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHECKLIST FOR EVALUATING NURSING HOMES                    
-DOC-
                    CHECKLIST FOR EVALUATING NURSING HOMES
Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Specialist

   I.  General Atmosphere

   A.  Are visitors welcome?
       1.  Are you encouraged to tour freely during posted visiting
           hours.  (Not when patients are being fed, given
           medications, or being bathed, please.)
       2.  Do staff members answer questions willingly?

   B.  Is the home clean and odor-free?

   C.  Is the staff pleasant, friendly, cheerful, affectionate?

   D.  Are lounges available for socializing?





  II.  Patients' Morale

   A.  Are patients called patronizingly by their first names or
       addressed with dignity as "Mr.," "Mrs.," "Miss _____________?"

   B.  Are they dressed in night clothes or street clothes?  Getting     
       dressed improves morale.

   C.  Do many of them appear over-sedated?

   D.  Are they allowed to have some of their own possessions?

   E.  Are they given sufficient privacy?
       1.  Are married couples kept together?
       2.  Are "sweethearts" given a place to visit with each other in
           complete privacy?

   F.  Is good grooming encouraged?
       1.  Beautician and barber available?

   G.  Is tipping necessary to obtain services?
 III.  Licensing

   A.  State Nursing Home License

   B.  Nursing Home Administrator License

   C.  Joint Committee on Accreditation of Hospital Certificate
       (Optional)

   D.  American Association of Homes for the Aging (only for non profit  
       facilities.)

   E.  American Nursing Home Association


  IV.  Location

   A.  Is it convenient for visiting?

   B.  Is the neighborhood safe for ambulatory residents?

   C.  Is there an outdoor garden with benches?

   V.  Safety Considerations

   A.  Does the home meet federal and state fire codes?
       1.  Ask to see the latest inspection report.
       2.  Are regular fire drills scheduled?

   B.  Is the home accident-proof?
       1.  Good lighting?
       2.  Hand rails and grab bars in hall and bathrooms?
       3.  No scatter rugs or easily tipped chairs?
       4.  No obstructions in corridors?
       5.  Stairway doors kept closed?


 VII.  Living Arrangements

   A.  Are the bedrooms comfortable and spacious?

   B.  Is the furniture appropriate?
       1.  Enough drawer and closet space?
       2.  Doors and drawers easy to open?
       3.  Can residents furnish their rooms with personal items?

   C.  Can closets and drawers be locked?

   D.  Is there enough space between beds, through doorways, and in     
       corridors for wheelchairs?

   E.  Are there enough elevators for the number of patients?
       1.  Are elevators large enough for wheelchairs?


VIII.  Food Service

   A.  Is there a qualified dietician in charge?
       1.  Are special therapeutic diets followed?
       2.  Are individual food preferences considered?

   B.  Are you welcome to inspect the kitchen?
   C.  Are menus posted?

   D.  Are dining rooms cheerful?
       1.  Are patients encouraged to eat in the dining room rather than
           at the bedside?
       2.  Is there room between the tables for the passage of
           wheelchairs?

   E.  Are bedridden patients fed when necessary?
       1.  Is food left uneaten on trays?

   F.  Are snacks available between meals and at bedtime?
       1.  Are snacks scheduled too close to meals in order to
           accommodate staff shifts?
       2.  Is there too long a period between supper and breakfast the
           next morning?


  IX.  Medical Service

   A.  Is there a medical director qualified in geriatric medicine?

   B.  Are patients allowed to have private doctors?

   C.  If there are staff physicians, what are their qualifications?
       1.  Is a doctor available twenty-four hours a day?
       2.  How often is each patient seen by a doctor?

   D.  Does each patient get a complete physical examination before or
       upon admission?

   E.  Does the home have a hospital affiliation or a transfer agreement
       with a hospital?

   F.  Does each patient have an individual treatment plan?

   G.  Is a psychiatrist available?

   H.  Is provision made for dental, eye, and foot care as well as other
       specialized services?

   I.  Are there adequate medical records?

   X.  Nursing Services

   A.  Is the nursing director fully qualified?

   B.  Is there a registered nurse on duty at all times?

   C.  Are licensed practical nurses graduates of approved schools?

   D.  Is there adequate nursing staff for the number of patients?

   E.  Is there an in-service training program for nurse's aides and
       orderlies?

  XI.  Rehabilitation Services

   A.  Is there a registered physiotherapist on staff or as a consultant?
       1.  Good equipment?
       2.  How often are patients scheduled?

   B.  Is there a registered occupational therapist on staff?
       1.  Is functional therapy prescribed in addition to diversionary
           activities?

   C.  Is a speech therapist available for post-stroke patients?

   D.  Is the staff trained in reality orientation, re-motivation, and
       bladder training for the mentally impaired?

 XII.  Group Activities

   A.  Is the activities director professionally trained?

   B.  Are a variety of programs offered?
       1.  Ask to see a calendar of activities.

   C.  Are there trips to theaters, concerts, museums for those who can
       go out?

   D.  Are wheelchair patients transported to group activities?

   E.  Is there a library for patients?

   F.  Is there an opportunity to take adult education courses or
       participate in discussion groups?


XIII.  Social Services

   A.  Is a professional social worker involved in admission procedures?
       1.  Are both the applicant and family interviewed?
       2.  Are alternatives to institutionalization explored?

   B.  Is a professional, trained social worker available to discuss
       personal problems and help with adjustment of patient and family?

   C.  Are social and psychological needs of patients included in
       treatment plans?

   D.  Is a professional, trained social worker available to the staff
       for consultation
       1.  On social and psychological problems of patients?
       2.  On roommate choices and tablemates?

 XIV.  Religious Observances

   A.  Is there a chapel on the grounds?

   B.  Are religious services held regularly for those who wish to
       attend?

   C.  If the home is run under sectarian auspices, are clergy of other
       faiths permitted to see patients when requested?


  XV.  Citizen Participation

   A.  Is the Patient Bill of Rights prominently displayed and
       understood?

   B.  Is there a resident council?
       1.  How often does it meet?
       2.  Does it have access to the administrator and department heads?
   C.  Is there a family organization?
       1.  How often does it meet?
       2.  Does it have access to the administrator and department heads?

   D.  Do the patients vote in local, state, and federal elections?
       1.  Are they taken to the polls?
       2.  Do they apply for absentee ballots?

 XVI.  Financial Questions

   A.  Basic Costs
       1.  Are itemized bills available?
       2.  Are there any extra charges?

   B.  Availability of Medicare and Medicaid Reimbursement
       1.  Is a staff member available to assist in making application
           for these funds?
       2.  Is assistance available for questions for veterans' pensions?
           Union benefits?

   C.  What provision is made for patients' spending money.


Source: Nursing Home Care for the Elderly: Understanding the Nursing Home
Environment. T2215. Althea Wright and Joe Weber, Oklahoma State
University Extension Service.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                               
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 
 
                            The Ledges Apartments 
                                  Sikes Hill
                           North Augusta, SC  29841
                                (803) 279-1776
                                 Aiken County

Contact Person:...............................Barbara Foos
Proportion of residents from other states:....Information unavailable
Residential capacity..........................84
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 84
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Dead bolt locks, entrance/exit locked  
                                       at night, manager resides on side of
                                       facility
Safety features of unit............... Smoke alarm, 2 pull emerg. alarms,
                                       safety bars in tub
Handicapped accommodations............ 4 units w/ lowered shelves, 4 units 
                                       with roll-in showers, all 8 units w/low
                                       light switches and kitchen sink
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Shared as needed
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident meetings, newsletter

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Able to care for self,, over 62 or 
                                       handicapped, income per HUD
                                       requirements - Section 8
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Per HUD regulations
Refund method outlined in contract.... Information unavailable
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... In accordance w/ HUD reg. for Sec. 8
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Resident may cancel lease  w/ 30 day 
                                       notice
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Temporary absences are allowed


/$
                              Croft House, Inc. 
                            356 York Street, N.E.
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                                (803) 648-0771
                                 Aiken County

Contact Person:...............................Elaine Jackson, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....50%
Residential capacity..........................64
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 60 apartments
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. 24 hr security
Safety features of unit............... 2 emergency cords, handrails, 
                                       smoke alarms
Handicapped accommodations............ 8 apartments for handicapped persons
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Resident meeting or notices
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Monthly newsletters, posting notices

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Age, health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Income
Refund method outlined in contract.... No refund w/o 30 day notice
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Rent based on income
Residents financial responsibility 
should he/she be transferred to a 
nursing facility...................... Family's decision 
Length of time living unit will be 
maintained in the event of 
temporary nursing home placement...... 3 months 

                                Kalmia Landing 
                                125 Gregg Ave.
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                                (803) 649-5391
                                 Aiken County

Contact Person:...............................Carol Poore
Proportion of residents from other states:....50%
Residential capacity..........................233 upon completion
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 45
Description of Units.................. Condos, patio homes, villas (one level)
Nursing home ......................... NO (Contractual agreement Aiken Nursing
                                       Home)
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. 24 hr secured entrance, electronic gate
                                       same for condo
Safety features of unit............... 24hr life line system, 3 ft. wide 
                                       doorways, buddy system with neighbors
Handicapped accommodations............ No steps
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Upon request
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Homeowner's Association (Corporation 
                                       serves on committee), Resident Advisory
                                       Board

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES, when 90% developed
Eligibility requirements.............. 50+
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. In protective covenant
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... YES
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Lien against
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay both charges
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Owner's/family's discretion
 
                              Croft House, Inc. 
                            356 York Street, N.E.
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                                (803) 648-0771
                                 Aiken County

Contact Person:...............................Elaine Jackson, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....50%
Residential capacity..........................64
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 60 apartments
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. 24 hr security
Safety features of unit............... 2 emergency cords, handrails, 
                                       smoke alarms
Handicapped accommodations............ 8 apartments for handicapped persons
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Resident meeting or notices
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Monthly newsletters, posting notices

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Age, health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Income
Refund method outlined in contract.... No refund w/o 30 day notice
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Rent based on income
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Family's decision
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary 
nursing home placement................ 3 months 
                                Kalmia Landing 
                                125 Gregg Ave.
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                                (803) 649-5391
                                 Aiken County

Contact Person:...............................Carol Poore
Proportion of residents from other states:....50%
Residential capacity..........................233 upon completion
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 45
Description of Units.................. Condos, patio homes, villas (one level)
Nursing home ......................... NO (Contractual agreement Aiken Nursing
                                       Home)
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. 24 hr secured entrance, electronic gate
                                       same for condo
Safety features of unit............... 24hr life line system, 3 ft. wide 
                                       doorways, buddy system with neighbors
Handicapped accommodations............ No steps
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Upon request
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Homeowner's Association (Corporation 
                                       serves on committee), Resident Advisory
                                       Board

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES, when 90% developed
Eligibility requirements.............. 50+
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. In protective covenant
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... YES
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Lien against
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay both charges
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Owner's/family's discretion









INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING, 
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN. 
 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GENERAL INFORMATION                              
-DOC-
                              GENERAL INFORMATION
Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Specialist

You know more about yourself or about your elderly relative than anyone
else.  By carefully looking into available care and matching up services
with your or your elderly relative's needs, you will be able to select
the best situation.  You will find it well worth your time to choose
carefully, because if you or an elderly family member are/is receiving
happy and secure care, the rest of the family will find their lives
enriched.

There are at least five different kinds of care you might choose:

     1) Retirement center or independent living setting
     2) Community residential care
     3) Intermediate care
     4) Skilled care
     5) An individual sitter or nurse in your home
As you make out a list of care possibilities keep these three thoughts in
mind. You will need to find care that is affordable.  Cost and quality do
not necessarily go hand in hand.  The most expensive may not suit your
situation the best.  On the other hand, it may be better to spend a few more 
dollars to obtain additional services.  Remember the hidden cost of trans-
portation for family members to visit in another city for example.

A second factor to consider is reliability.  Will you be able to trust the
sitter or the staff with your loved one's well-being?

The third factor is consistency.  It is important for the elderly person's
sense of security to have at least one consistent caregiver, someone that you
or your elderly family member can count on.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AIKEN - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                 
-DOC-
                 AIKEN - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Aiken Cty. Comm. on ADA/-Halfway House  
Mailing Address : 12l York St., S. E.      
                : Aiken, SC  29801
       Location : 121 York St., S. E.           
                : Aiken, SC  29801
          Phone : 648-7990
          Owner : Aiken Cty. Comm. on ADA            
  Administrator : Lawrence P. Wiseburn     
 License Number : 106
    No. of Beds :  15











       Facility : Aldrich's Community Care Home           
Mailing Address : 895 Old Aiken Rd.        
                : N. Augusta, SC       
       Location : 895 Old Aiken Rd.             
                : N. Augusta, SC  29841
          Phone : 279-3855
          Owner : Mary Aldrich                       
  Administrator : Mary Aldrich             
 License Number : 128
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Cason's Residential Care Facility       
Mailing Address : 718 Pinelog Rd.          
                : N. Augusta, SC       
       Location : 718 Pinelog Road              
                : N. Augusta, SC  29841
          Phone : 593-6003
          Owner : Harry W. Cason                     
  Administrator : Harry W. Cason           
 License Number : 351
    No. of Beds :   3











       Facility : Chitty's Residential Care #1            
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 453           
                : Monetta, SC       
       Location : Rt. 2, Box 453                
                : Monetta, SC  29105
          Phone : 685-7014
          Owner : Ronald E. Chitty                   
  Administrator : Ronald E. Chitty         
 License Number : 405
    No. of Beds :  22











       Facility : Chitty's Residential Care #2            
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box l05B          
                : Monetta, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 105B               
                : Monetta, SC  29105
          Phone : 685-7014
          Owner : Chitty's Res. Rehab. Ctr., Inc.    
  Administrator : Ronald E. Chitty         
 License Number : 437
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Chitty's Residential Care #3            
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box l05B          
                : Monetta, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 105B               
                : Monetta, SC  29105
          Phone : 685-7014
          Owner : Chitty's Res. Rehab. Ctr., Inc.    
  Administrator : Ronald E. Chitty         
 License Number : 438
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Coleman's Residential Care              
Mailing Address : 103 N. Jewel St.         
                : New Ellenton, SC       
       Location : 103 N. Jewel Street           
                : New Ellenton, SC  29809
          Phone : 652-2973
          Owner : Barbara Coleman                    
  Administrator : Barbara Coleman          
 License Number : 182
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Gregory's Community Care Home #1        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 749            
                : N. Augusta, SC  29822
       Location : 303 Second Ave.               
                : N. Augusta, SC  29841
          Phone : 593-5580
          Owner : Joyce C. Gregory                   
  Administrator : Joyce C. Gregory         
 License Number : 291
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Gregory's Community Care Home #2        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 749            
                : Clearwater, SC  29822
       Location : #2 Emerald Dr.                
                : Clearwater, SC  29822
          Phone : 593-5936
          Owner : Joyce C. Gregory                   
  Administrator : Joyce C. Gregory         
 License Number : 427
    No. of Beds :  30











       Facility : Hitt's Community Care                   
Mailing Address : 121 N. Chestfld          
                : Aiken, SC       
       Location : 121 N. Chesterfield           
                : Aiken, SC  29801
          Phone : 649-2998
          Owner : Ola R. Hitt                        
  Administrator : Ola R. Hitt              
 License Number : 415
    No. of Beds :  20











       Facility : McCarthy's Community Care Home (VET)    
Mailing Address : 209 Irene St.            
                : N. Augusta, SC       
       Location : 209 Irene St.                 
                : N. Augusta, SC  29841
          Phone : 593-4996
          Owner : J. W. McCarthy                     
  Administrator : J. W. McCarthy           
 License Number : 134
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : McDuffie Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 235            
                : New Ellenton, SC  29802
       Location : Rt. l, Box 217 B              
                : New Ellenton, SC  29809
          Phone : 652-7781
          Owner : Mary McCray                        
  Administrator : Mary M. Craig            
 License Number : 39 
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Mole Ambulatory Care                    
Mailing Address : 934 Atomic Rd.           
                : N. Augusta, SC       
       Location : 934 Atomic Rd.                
                : N. Augusta, SC  29841
          Phone : 278-4251
          Owner : Leonard Mole                       
  Administrator : Leonard Mole             
 License Number : 132
    No. of Beds :  27











       Facility : Parker's Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : 810 Pine View Dr.        
                : New Ellenton, SC       
       Location : 810 Pine View Dr.             
                : New Ellenton, SC  29809
          Phone : 652-7290
          Owner : Drucilla Parker                    
  Administrator : Drucilla Parker          
 License Number : 311
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : R & R Community Care Home               
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 105-B         
                : Monetta, SC       
       Location : Academy St.                   
                : Monetta, SC  29105
          Phone : 685-5425
          Owner : Ruben & Ruth Chitty                
  Administrator : Ruben D. Chitty          
 License Number : 400
    No. of Beds :   3











       Facility : Ranson Community Care Home              
Mailing Address : 2207 Whiskey Rd.         
                : Aiken, SC       
       Location : 2207 Whiskey Rd.              
                : Aiken, SC  29801
          Phone : 649-6504
          Owner : Clifford & Alice J. Ranson         
  Administrator : Clifford Ranson          
 License Number : 191
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Renew's Community Care Home (VET)       
Mailing Address : 40 Canal St.             
                : Graniteville, SC       
       Location : 40 Canal St.                  
                : Graniteville, SC  29829
          Phone : 663-3320
          Owner : Margie Renew                       
  Administrator : Margie Renew             
 License Number : 172
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Tanksley's Community Care Home          
Mailing Address : 601 Burnside Ave.        
                : N. Augusta, SC       
       Location : 601 Burnside Ave.             
                : N. Augusta, SC  29841
          Phone : 279-1348
          Owner : Ida Mae Tanksley                   
  Administrator : Ida Mae Tanksley         
 License Number : 147
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Village Inn Community Care Home         
Mailing Address : 112 Powell               
                : Graniteville, SC       
       Location : 112 Powell St.                
                : Graniteville, SC  29829
          Phone : 663-9495
          Owner : Michele D. Adams                   
  Administrator : Michele D. Adams         
 License Number : 396
    No. of Beds :  10







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TYPES OF CARE FOR ELDERLY IN SOUTH CAROLINA                  
-DOC-
                  TYPES OF CARE FOR ELDERLY IN SOUTH CAROLINA
Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Specialist

In South Carolina the Department of Health and Environmental Control
regulates three types of care facilities for the elderly:  Community
Residential Care Facilities, Intermediate Care Facilities, and Skilled
Nursing Care Facilities.

Community Residential Care Facilities - A CRCF offers room and board and
provides a degree of personal assistance for a period of time in excess
of 24 consecutive hours for two or more persons, unrelated to the
operator.  Personal assistance means help with bathing, cooking, eating,
cleaning house, or remembering to take medication.  In this facility
people may live in the same building, or they may have separate
apartments.  The facility may or may not have licensed nursing staff, but
must have someone on duty 24 hours per day.

Intermediate Care Facilities - Health services provided by an ICF include
1) physician supervision of each patient including a minimum of one
physician visit to each patient every sixty days, 2) a registered or
licensed nurse employed seven days per week and on duty during the day
shift, 3) provisions for carrying out of physicians' orders for patient
treatments and medications by licensed nursing personnel, 4) provision
for therapeutic diets as prescribed by the physician and supervised by a 
registered dietician, 5) provision for pharmaceutical services, activities 
for patients and social services.

Skilled Nursing Care - Health services provided by an SNF require 1) a South
Carolina licensed physician as supervisor of the care and treatment of each
patient; 2) a physician visit to each patient at least every 30 days; 3) at
least one licensed nurse on duty per nursing station 24 hours per day, seven
days per week; 4) a director of nursing who is a registered nurse and a
supervisory nurse who is a registered nurse; 5) provision for therapeutic
diets; 6) provision for pharmacy services, social service, patient activities
and other services as ordered by a physician.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AIKEN - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                 
-DOC-
                 AIKEN - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Anna Maria ICF of New Ellenton          
Mailing Address : 412 Main St.                
                : New Ellenton, SC  29809
       Location : 412 Main St.                  
                : New Ellenton, SC  29809
          Phone : 652-2230
          Owner : Anna Maria Medical Nursing Home, Inc.   
  Administrator : Annette D. Hobbs         
 License Number : ICF167
   Beds - Total :   26
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   26

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
REGULATIONS FOR CARE OF FOR THE ELDERLY IN SC                 
-DOC-
                 REGULATIONS FOR CARE OF FOR THE ELDERLY IN SC
Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

Licenses for operating Community Residential Care Facilities, Immediate Care
Facilities, and Skilled Nursing Care Facilities are issued from the South
Carolina Department of Environmental Control.  Licenses are renewed upon
meeting the requirements of an annual inspection.  The license should be posted
in a conspicuous place in the lobby or waiting room.  The license shall be
effective for a 12-month period following the date it is issued and shall
expire the year following such date; however, a facility that has not been
inspected during that year may continue to operate under its existing license
until an inspection is made.  Some facilities are exempt from licensing.  These
include:

    1) Any facility which is regularly licensed by the South Carolina
       Department of Mental Health Section 44-17-10 to 44-17-150 of the
       South Carolina Code of Laws of 1976.

    2) Privately owned educational facilities maintaining infirmiries
       for the exclusive use of their student bodies as defined in Section 44-
       7-140 of the South Carolina Code of Laws of 1976.
    3) Facilities providing domiciliary care and personal care services
       such as room, board, laundry and personal services incidental to the
       activities of daily living which do not require the technical skill,
       services or supervision of a licensed nurse.

       Remember, facilities subject to regulation cannot begin to operate until
       they are licensed by the Department of Health and Environmental Control.

       In addition, new facilities must have approval of local officials
       for zoning, sanitation, and building codes.  Plans are submitted to DHEC
       for approval before building may start.

       For information about licensing write or call the Department of
       Environmental Control at:

       Division of Health Licensing and Certification
       J. Marion Sims Bldg.
       2600 Bull Street
       Columbia, SC  29201
       Phone:  734-4530

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AIKEN - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                     
-DOC-
                     AIKEN - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Aiken Nursing Home                      
Mailing Address : 123 Dupont Dr.              
                : Aiken, SC  29801
       Location : 123 Dupont Drive              
                : Aiken, SC  29801
          Phone : 648-0434
          Owner : Beverly Enterprises - S. C., Inc.       
  Administrator : George H. Butler         
 License Number : NCF367
   Beds - Total :   86
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   86
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Anne Maria Med. Care Nursing Home Inc.  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 6277              
                : N. Augusta, SC  29841
       Location : Talisman Dr.                  
                : N. Augusta, SC  29840
          Phone : 278-2170
          Owner : Anne Maria Medical Care Nursing Home Inc
  Administrator : Marianne Luckey          
 License Number : NCF238
   Beds - Total :  120
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  120
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Mattie Chaffee Hall Health Care Center  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 475               
                : Aiken, SC  29801
       Location : 830 Laurens St.               
                : Aiken, SC  29801
          Phone : 649-6264
          Owner : Aiken County Council                    
  Administrator : Vickie L. Major          
 License Number : NCF408
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :   88

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ADJUSTING TO A MOVE                               
-DOC-
                              ADJUSTING TO A MOVE 
Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Specialist 
 
Moving can be traumatic for anyone, but is immensely difficult for 
someone who has decades-worth of belongings and special memories attached 
to each one. 
Older persons seem to remain healthier in mind and body when they can 
continue living in familiar surroundings.  If you or the older person you 
are concerned about prefer not to move and arrangements can be made to 
avoid dislocation, consider that alternative.  It is the older person's 
choice. 
 
If moving is required, it should be directed by the person moving as much 
as possible.  The person moving may make a list of items needed for the 
new residence, a list of those items to be put into storage, and a list 
of those to be sold a given away.  Each of us wants to know what happened 
to our things. 
 
It may be more comfortable for the older person if the move to the new 
residence can occur before the actual moving, storage, sale, or donation 
takes place.  Additional items may be needed at the new residence, so 
time to adjust to new surroundings before final decisions are made can be 
helpful.  Be sure some familiar things are taken to the new place.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                              
-DOC-
                              LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
     Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed adult day care facilities in this county.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VISITING ELDERLY CARE FACILITIES                       
-DOC-
                       VISITING ELDERLY CARE FACILITIES
Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Specialist

Your family physician is an excellent advisor about the type of care that
is most appropriate for you or your loved one.  Since ICF's and SNF's
require a physician referral, you may save yourself some time by
consulting him/her first.

You may also want to consider facilities that provide a continuum of
care, that is several levels of care including independent living,
assisted care and/or nursing care all on the same property.  This
continuum allows for changes in the resident's health status while
maintaining consistency of familiar surroundings, staff, and policies. 
Life care facilities usually offer several levels of care with a
"guarantee" that the resident will be cared for as their health begins to
deteriorate.  With an infirmary on the site, a person who can no longer
drive can walk over to visit a spouse who is in the infirmary.

It is a good idea to visit several types of care facilities and after you
have decided the type, visit several facilities of that type.  A list of
the places of elderly living in each county in South Carolina may be accessed 
from the previous menu.  Before you visit the facilities, read and become
familiar with the items on the checksheet also available from the previous 
menu.  Phone the facilities and set up appointments to visit.

Sometimes it will be more convenient to visit without the elderly person. 
Should you take the elderly person along, however, note if and how the
personnel greets him/her.  Note also how the elderly person likes the
place.  If you are looking for a place for yourself, pay attention to
your feelings about the place.

You must recognize that the personnel at the facility will be busy and
may not have much time to talk.  You might ask just to sit and watch what
happens at the facility.  You wouldn't want a facility where the
personnel ignored the residents and devoted full attention to a guest. 
Be sure to arrange to eat a meal if meals are served.  Make a list of
questions to ask later when the staff is not so busy.  You may even
arrange to call back later with questions, after you have had time to
think.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALLENDALE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               ALLENDALE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Oakhurst Community Care #2              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 327            
                : Allendale, SC  29810
       Location : 88 Belle St.                  
                : Allendale, SC  29810
          Phone : 584-4090
          Owner : Woodrow Daniels, Sr.               
  Administrator : Woodrow Daniels, Jr.     
 License Number : 423
    No. of Beds :  20







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SELECTING A SITTER FOR AN OLDER PERSON                    
-DOC-
                    SELECTING A SITTER FOR AN OLDER PERSON
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

The best arrangement for the older person you are concerned about may be to
hire a sitter to come to the older person's home.  We know that most elderly
people are more content in familiar surroundings.

A sitter may be augmented by a public or private home health service that
employs licensed nurses to provide in-home medical care from mediation
administration to intravenous drug therapy.  In South Carolina the local
departments of social services have registered and licensed nurses, nurses'
aides, homemakers, physical therapists and social workers.  For a list of
county Departments of Social Service, see previous menu.

You may locate the right person by asking your friends, neighbors, pastor, and
other people you have contact with.  Usually, however when the time comes to
hire a sitter there isn't much time to ask around.  One family ran an ad in the
local paper as follows: "Needed - household manager to do housework, prepare
meals, and care for a young at heart elderly person.  Interviewing Saturday."
This family got 25 calls of inquiry and selected 8 people to interview.

If you do interview, have a list of questions ready to ask each person with
whom you talk.  Have a sheet of questions for each applicant.  Record the
answers as soon as you get them.  You may think you can remember, but often you
can't.

Some possible questions are:

    Do you smoke?
    Have you cared for an older person or done house work for someone else     
      before?
    Do you drive?
    Do you own a car?
    Could you stay longer if I have to work late sometimes?
    Give me a sample menu that you might prepare for an older person?

Ask the older person to help you think of other questions to ask if appropriate
to do so.  In fact, let the older person help with the interview.  Notice
whether or not the applicant directs some of his/her remarks to the older
person.  Let the older person help decide who to hire on a trial basis.  It is
very important that the elderly person enjoy the sitter.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SELECTION OF FRESH CUCUMBERS                         
-DOC-
                         SELECTION OF FRESH CUCUMBERS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Quantity:  An average of 14 pounds is needed per canner load of 7 quarts; an   
           average of 9 pounds is needed per canner load of 9 pints.  A bushel 
           weighs 48 pounds and yields 16 to 24 quarts--an average of 2 pounds 
           per quart.

Quality:   Select firm cucumbers of the appropriate size: about 1-1/2 inches   
           for gherkins and 4 inches for dills.  Use odd-shaped and more mature 
           cucumbers for relishes and bread-and-butter style pickles. 

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUITABLE CONTAINERS, COVERS, AND WEIGHTS FOR FERMENTING FOOD         
-DOC-
         SUITABLE CONTAINERS, COVERS, AND WEIGHTS FOR FERMENTING FOOD
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

A 1-gallon container is needed for each 5 pounds of fresh vegetables. 
Therefore, a 5-gallon stone crock is of ideal size for fermenting about 25
pounds of fresh cabbage or cucumbers.  Food-grade plastic and glass containers
are excellent substitutes for stone crocks.  Other 1- to 3- gallon non-food-
grade plastic containers may be used if lined inside with a clean food-grade
plastic bag.  Fermenting sauerkraut in quart and half-gallon Mason jars is an
acceptable practice, but may result in more spoilage losses.

CAUTION:  BE CERTAIN THAT FOODS CONTACT ONLY FOOD-GRADE PLASTICS.  Do not use  
          garbage bags or trash liners.  

Cabbage and cucumbers must be kept 1 to 2 inches under brine while fermenting. 
After adding prepared vegetables and brine, insert a suitably sized dinner
plate or glass pie plate inside the fermentation container.  The plate must be
slightly smaller than the container opening, yet large enough to cover most of
the shredded cabbage or cucumbers.  To keep the plate under the brine, place on
it 2 to 3 sealed quart jars filled with water.  Covering the container opening
with a clean, heavy bath towel helps to prevent contamination from insects and
molds while the vegetables are fermenting.  Fine quality fermented vegetables
are also obtained when the plate is weighted down with a very large clean,
plastic bag filled with 3 quarts of water containing 4 1/2 tablespoons of salt.
Be sure to seal the plastic bag.  Freezer bags sold for packaging turkeys are
suitable for use with 5-gallon containers.

The fermentation container, plate, and jars must be washed in hot sudsy water,
and rinsed well with very hot water before use.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALLENDALE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               ALLENDALE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Oakhurst Community Care #2              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 327            
                : Allendale, SC  29810
       Location : 88 Belle St.                  
                : Allendale, SC  29810
          Phone : 584-4090
          Owner : Woodrow Daniels, Sr.               
  Administrator : Woodrow Daniels, Jr.     
 License Number : 423
    No. of Beds :  20







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                                Anderson Place
                                 P.O. Box 123
                              Anderson, SC  29622
                                (803) 231-6264
                                Anderson County

Contact Person:...............................Lesley Parks, Exec. Dir.
Proportion of residents from other states:....25%
Residential capacity..........................100
                               SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 70
Description of Units.................. Condominiums
Nursing home ......................... YES
Units purchased or rented............. Life leased
Security provisions .................. 24hr security, one entrance/exit
Safety features of unit............... No steps, fenced areas, smoke alarms,
                                       grab bars, emergency call
Handicapped accommodations............ Doors access wheelchairs 2 units with
                                       ramps
Visitor tour available................ YES, by appointment
Financial soundness information shared:  Information unavailable
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents'Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 60 yrs of age or older, income,
                                       no communicable disease
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of Directors
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Vacate unit
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Information unavailable
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Information unavailable








INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                                Anderson Place
                                 P.O. Box 123
                              Anderson, SC  29622
                                (803) 231-6264
                                Anderson County

Contact Person:...............................Lesley Parks, Exec. Dir.
Proportion of residents from other states:....25%
Residential capacity..........................100
                               SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 70
Description of Units.................. Condominiums
Nursing home ......................... YES
Units purchased or rented............. Life leased
Security provisions .................. 24hr security, one entrance/exit
Safety features of unit............... No steps, fenced areas, smoke alarms,
                                       grab bars, emergency call
Handicapped accommodations............ Doors access wheelchairs 2 units with
                                       ramps
Visitor tour available................ YES, by appointment
Financial soundness information shared:  Information unavailable
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents'Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 60 yrs of age or older, income,
                                       no communicable disease
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of Directors
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Vacate unit
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Information unavailable
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Information unavailable








INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ANDERSON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               ANDERSON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Alexander's Residential Care Facility   
Mailing Address : 1302 S. McDuffie         
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 1302 S. McDuffie St.          
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 225-6901
          Owner : Robbie Alexander                   
  Administrator : Robbie Alexander         
 License Number : 233
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Connie's Residential Care               
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3744           
                : Anderson, SC  29621
       Location : 303 Hampton Street            
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 226-3797
          Owner : Connie S. McCurry                  
  Administrator : Connie S. McCurry        
 License Number : 276
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Fitzgerald's Residential Care Fac. #2   
Mailing Address : 813 S. McDuffie          
                : Andrsn, SC       
       Location : 813 S. McDuffie St.           
                : Andrsn, SC  29621
          Phone : 226-0028
          Owner : Doris Fitzgerald                   
  Administrator : Doris Fitzgerald         
 License Number : 338
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Fitzgerald's Residential Care Facility  
Mailing Address : 8l7 S. McDuffie          
                : Andrsn, SC       
       Location : 817 S. McDuffie St.           
                : Andrsn, SC  29621
          Phone : 226-8852
          Owner : Doris Fitzgerald                   
  Administrator : Doris Fitzgerald         
 License Number : 93 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Kathleen's Community Care Home          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3408           
                : Anderson, SC  29621
       Location : 1115 East River St.           
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 231-7024
          Owner : Kathleen M. Sanders                
  Administrator : Kathleen Sanders         
 License Number : 305
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Pepper's Community Home                 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3378           
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 1111 White St.                
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 225-9921
          Owner : Deborah Jean Pepper                
  Administrator : Deborah J. Pepper        
 License Number : 209
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Sanders Community Care Home #2          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3408           
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 1105 East River St.           
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 231-7024
          Owner : Kathleen M. Sanders                
  Administrator : Kathleen Sanders         
 License Number : 306
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Sanders Community Care Home #3          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3408           
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 111 E. River St.              
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 231-7024
          Owner : Kathleen M. Sanders                
  Administrator : Kathleen Sanders         
 License Number : 307
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Sanders Residential Care Home           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3408           
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 428 Williamston Rd.           
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 231-7024
          Owner : Kathleen M. Sanders                
  Administrator : Kathleen M. Sanders      
 License Number : 15 
    No. of Beds :  23











       Facility : Senior Citizens Boarding Home           
Mailing Address : 710 Delia St.            
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 710 Delia St.                 
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 226-8630
          Owner : Beatrice Wideman                   
  Administrator : Beatrice Wideman         
 License Number : 303
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Starlite Residential Home #1            
Mailing Address : 211 E. Franklin          
                : Anderson, SC  29624
       Location : 211 E. Franklin St.           
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 224-0922
          Owner : Omah D. Franks & Ken D. Nichols    
  Administrator : Omah D. Franks           
 License Number : 196
    No. of Beds :  15











       Facility : Starlite Residential Home #2            
Mailing Address : 701 Elizabeth            
                : Anderson, SC  29624
       Location : 701 Elizabeth St.             
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 224-1207
          Owner : Omah D. Franks & Kenneth D. Nichols
  Administrator : Omah D. Franks           
 License Number : 197
    No. of Beds :  13











       Facility : Wideman's Community Care Center         
Mailing Address : 2206 Bellhaven           
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 2206 Bellhaven Rd.            
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 225-0930
          Owner : Beatrice Wideman                   
  Administrator : Beatrice Wideman         
 License Number : 319
    No. of Beds :   7







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ANDERSON - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                ANDERSON - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Golden Acres Intermediate Care Facility 
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 505                
                : Iva, SC  29655
       Location : Hampton Street                
                : Iva, SC  29655
          Phone : 348-7433
          Owner : Latham Inc.                             
  Administrator : Elizabeth L. Tucker      
 License Number : ICF14 
   Beds - Total :   26
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   26

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ANDERSON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    ANDERSON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Anderson Health Care Center             
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 989                
                : Anderson, SC  29622
       Location : 1501 E. Greenville Street     
                : Anderson, SC  29622
          Phone : 226-8356
          Owner : National Health Care                    
  Administrator : Betty Finley             
 License Number : NCF332
   Beds - Total :  202
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  146
     Beds - Icf :   56




{_
       Facility : Ellenburg Nursing Center, Inc.          
Mailing Address : 611 E. Hampton St.          
                : Anderson, SC  29624
       Location : 611 E. Hampton St.            
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 226-5054
          Owner : Ellenburg Nursing Center, Inc.          
  Administrator : M.L. Ellenburg           
 License Number : NCF231
   Beds - Total :  176
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :   88





       Facility : Latham Nursing Home                     
Mailing Address : 208 James St.               
                : Anderson, SC  29621
       Location : 208 James St.                 
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 226-3427
          Owner : Latham Inc.                             
  Administrator : Loneta L. Dunn           
 License Number : NCF192
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   44
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ANDERSON - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                       
-DOC-
                       ANDERSON - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Anderson County Adult Day Care Center             
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 103                  
                : Anderson, SC  29622
       Location : 4200 Liberty Hwy.             
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 225-6525
          Owner : Anderson-Oconee Council on Aging   
  Administrator : Sandra F. Norris         
 License Number : ADC2  
   Participants :  20








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ANDERSON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                ANDERSON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Anderson Community Residence            
Mailing Address : 1705 Holly St.              
                : Anderson, SC  29621
       Location : 1705 Holly Street             
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 225-9941
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Vicki Neely Thompson     
 License Number : M1530 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MAKING JELLY WITHOUT ADDED PECTIN                      
-DOC-
                      MAKING JELLY WITHOUT ADDED PECTIN
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Use only firm fruits naturally high in pectin.  Select a mixture of about 3/4
ripe and 1/4 underripe fruit.  Do not use commercially canned or frozen fruit
juices.  Their pectin content is too low.  Wash all fruits thoroughly before
cooking.  Crush soft fruits or berries; cut firmer fruits into small pieces. 
Using the peels and cores adds pectin to the juice during cooking.  Add water
to fruits that require it, as listed in the table of ingredients below.  Put
fruit and water in large saucepan and bring to a boil.  Then simmer according
to the times in table which follows until fruit is soft, while stirring to
prevent scorching.  One pound of fruit should yield at least 1 cup of clear
juice.








                     EXTRACTING JUICES AND MAKING JELLY

                   To Extract Juice           Ingredients            Yield
                                           Added to Each Cup       from 4 cups
                                           of Strained Juice         Juice
               _______________________     _________________       ___________
              Cups of water    Minutes     Sugar    Lemon Juice    (in half-
              to be added*    to simmer   (cups)    (teaspoons)      pints)
==============================================================================

Apples            1           20 to 25      3/4      1 1/2 (opt)     4 to 5

Blackberries  None or 1/4      5 to 10    3/4 to 1     None          7 to 8

Crabapples        1           20 to 25       1         None          4 to 5

Grapes        None or 1/4      5 to 10    3/4 to 1     None          8 to 9

Plums            1/2          15 to 20      3/4        None          8 to 9
______________________________________________________________________________ 
* per pound of fruit
When fruit is tender, strain through a colander, then strain through a double
layer of cheesecloth or jelly bag.  Allow juice to drip through, using a stand
or colander to hold the bag.  Pressing or squeezing the bag or cloth will cause
cloudy jelly.

Using no more than 6 to 8 cups of extracted fruit juice at a time, measure
fruit juice, sugar, and lemon juice according to the ingredients in the table
above and heat to boiling.  Stir until the sugar is dissolved.  Boil over high
heat to the jellying point.  To test jelly for doneness, use one of the
following methods:

TEMPERATURE TEST--Use a jelly or candy thermometer and boil until mixture
reaches the following temperatures at altitudes of:
_____________________________________________________________________________
           Sea    1000    2000    3000    4000    5000    6000    7000    8000 
           Level   ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.
==============================================================================
Temperature 220*  218*    216*    214*    212*    211*    209*    207*    205*
______________________________________________________________________________
*Degrees Fahrenheit

SHEET OR SPOON TEST--Dip a cool metal spoon into the boiling jelly mixture. 
Raise the spoon about 12 inches above the pan (out of steam).  Turn the spoon
so the liquid runs off the side.  The jelly is done when the syrup forms two
drops that flow together and sheet or hang off the edge of the spoon.

Once the jelly tests done, remove from heat and quickly skim off foam.  Fill
sterile jars with jelly.  To sterilize empty jars, put them right side up on
the rack in a boiling-water canner.  Fill the canner and jars with hot (not
boiling) water to 1 inch above the tops of the jars.  Boil 10 minutes.  At
higher elevations, boil 1 additional minute for each additional 1000 ft.
elevation.  Remove and drain hot sterilized jars one at a time.  Save the hot
water for processing filled jars.  Using a measuring cup or ladle, pour the
jelly through a wide-mouthed funnel, leaving 1/4-inch headspace.  Adjust lids
and process.







///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      JELLY WITHOUT ADDED PECTIN              /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                 /
/                                      Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style                ______________________________________________________/ 
/  of Pack  Jar size     0-1000 ft.         1001-5000 ft.        5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________ / 
/  Hot     Half-Pints      5 min.              10 min.             15 min.    /
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                 Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MAKING JAM WITHOUT ADDED PECTIN                        
-DOC-
                        MAKING JAM WITHOUT ADDED PECTIN
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Wash and rinse all fruits thoroughly before cooking.  Do not soak.  For best
flavor, use fully ripe fruit.  Remove stems, skins, and pits from fruit; cut
into pieces and crush.  For berries, remove stems and blossoms and crush. 
Seedy berries may be put through a sieve or food mill.  Measure crushed fruit
into large saucepan using the ingredient quantities specified in the table
which follows.
                             INGREDIENT QUANTITIES
                 Cups Crushed       Cups      Tablespoon         Yield 
Fruit               Fruit           Sugar     Lemon Juice     (half-pints)
=============================================================================
Apricots          4 to 4 1/2          4            2             5 to 6

Berries*               4              4            0             3 to 4

Peaches           5 1/2 to 6       4 to 5          2             6 to 7
_____________________________________________________________________________
*Includes blackberries, boysenberries, dewberries, gooseberries, loganberries, 
          raspberries, and strawberries.
Add sugar and bring to a boil while stirring rapidly and constantly.  Continue
to boil until the mixture thickens.  Use one of the following tests to
determine when jams and jellies are ready to fill.  Remember to allow for
thickening during cooling.

TEMPERATURE TEST--Use a jelly or candy thermometer and boil until mixture
reaches the following temperatures at altitudes of:
_____________________________________________________________________________
           Sea    1000    2000    3000    4000    5000    6000    7000    8000 
           Level   ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.
==============================================================================
Temperature 220*  218*    216*    214*    212*    211*    209*    207*    205*
______________________________________________________________________________
*Degrees Fahrenheit

REFRIGERATOR TEST--Remove the jam mixture from the heat.  Pour a small amount
of boiling jam on a cold plate and put it in the freezing compartment of a
refrigerator for a few minutes.  If the mixture gels, it is ready to put into
jars.

Once the jelly tests done, remove from heat and quickly skim off foam.  Fill
sterile jars with jelly.  To sterilize empty jars, put them right side up on
the rack in a boiling-water canner.  Fill the canner and jars with hot (not
boiling) water to 1 inch above the tops of the jars.  Boil 10 minutes.  At
higher elevations, boil 1 additional minute for each additional 1000 ft.
elevation.  Remove and drain hot sterilized jars one at a time.  Save the hot
water for processing filled jars.  Using a measuring cup or ladle, pour the
jelly through a wide-mouthed funnel, leaving 1/4-inch headspace.  Adjust lids
and process.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      JAM WITHOUT ADDED  PECTIN              /
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style                ____________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size     0-1000 ft.        1001-5000 ft.        5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half-Pints     5 min.             10 min.             15 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MAKING JAMS AND JELLIES WITH ADDED PECTINS                  
-DOC-
                  MAKING JAMS AND JELLIES WITH ADDED PECTINS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Fresh fruits and juices as well as commercially canned or frozen fruit juice
can be used with commercially prepared powdered or liquid pectins.  The order
of combining ingredients depends on the type of pectin used.  Complete
directions for a variety of fruits are provided with packaged pectin.  Jelly or
jam made with added pectin requires less cooking and generally gives a larger
yield.  These products have more natural fruit flavors, too.  In addition,
using added pectin eliminates the need to test hot jellies and jams for proper
gelling.  Adding 1/2 teaspoon of butter or margarine with the juice and pectin
will reduce foaming.  However, these may cause off-flavor in long-term storage
of jellies and jams.  Recipes available with packaged pectins include:

Jellies--Apple, crabapple, blackberry, boysenberry, dewberry, currant,
elderberry, grape, mayhaw, mint, peach, plum, black or red raspberry,
loganberry, rhubarb, and strawberry.

Jams--Apricot, blackberry, boysenberry, dewberry, loganberry, red raspberry,
youngberry, blueberry, cherry, currant, fig, gooseberry, grape, orange
marmalade, peach, pear, plum, rhubarb, strawberry, and spiced tomato.
Be sure to use Mason canning jars, self-sealing two-piece lids, and a 5-minute
process (corrected for altitude, as necessary) in boiling water.  Even though
sugar helps preserve jellies and jams, molds can grow on the surface of these
products.  Research now indicates that the mold which people usually scrape off
the surface of jellies may not be as harmless as it seems.  Mycotoxins have
been found in some jars of jelly having surface mold growth.  Mycotoxins are
known to cause cancer in animals; their effects on humans are still being
researched.

Because of possible mold contamination, paraffin or wax seals are no longer
recommended for any sweet spread, including jellies.  To prevent growth of
molds and loss of good flavor or color, fill products hot, in sterile Mason
jars, and seal with self-sealing lids.

Purchase fresh pectin each year.  Old pectin may result in poor gels.  Follow
the instructions with each package and process as below.





//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      JELLY AND JAM WITH ADDED PECTIN        / 
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style                ____________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size     0-1000 ft.        1001-5000 ft.        5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half-Pints     5 min.             10 min.             15 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"




-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
REMAKING SOFT JELLIES                             
-DOC-
                             REMAKING SOFT JELLIES
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Measure jelly to be recooked.  Work with no more than 4 to 6 cups at a time.

TO REMAKE WITH POWDERED PECTIN:  For each quart of jelly, mix 1/4 cup sugar,
1/2 cup water, 2 tablespoons bottled lemon juice, and 4 teaspoons powdered
pectin.  Bring to a boil while stirring.  Add jelly and bring to a rolling boil
over high heat, stirring constantly.  Boil hard 1/2 minute.  Remove from heat,
quickly skim off foam from jelly, and fill sterile jars, leaving 1/4-inch
headspace, add lids, adjust and process.  

TO REMAKE WITH LIQUID PECTIN:  For each quart of jelly, measure 3/4 cup sugar,
2 tablespoons bottled lemon juice, and 2 tablespoons liquid pectin.  Bring
jelly only to boil over high heat, while stirring.  Remove from heat and
quickly add the sugar, lemon juice, and pectin.  Bring to a full rolling boil,
stirring constantly.  Boil hard for 1 minute.  Quickly skim off foam and fill
sterile jars, leaving 1/4 inch headspace.  Adjust new lids and process.

TO REMAKE WITHOUT ADDED PECTIN:  For each quart of jelly, add 2 tablespoons
bottled lemon juice.  Heat to boiling and boil for 3 to 4 minutes.  Use one of
these two tests given in the original instructions for determining jelly
doneness:

TEMPERATURE TEST--Use a jelly or candy thermometer and boil until mixture
reaches the following temperatures at altitudes of:
_____________________________________________________________________________
           Sea    1000    2000    3000    4000    5000    6000    7000    8000 
           Level   ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.     ft.
==============================================================================
Temperature 220*  218*    216*    214*    212*    211*    209*    207*    205*
______________________________________________________________________________
*Degrees Fahrenheit

SHEET OR SPOON TEST--Dip a cool metal spoon into the boiling jelly mixture. 
Raise the spoon about 12 inches above the pan (out of steam).  Turn the spoon
so the liquid runs off the side.  The jelly is done when the syrup forms two
drops that flow together and sheet or hang off the edge of the spoon.

Once the jelly tests done, remove from heat and quickly skim off foam.  Fill
sterile jars with jelly. 

TO STERILIZE THE JARS:  Put jars right side up on the rack in a boiling-water
canner.  Fill the canner and jars with hot (not boiling) water to 1 inch above
the tops of the jars.  Boil 10 minutes.  At higher elevations, boil 1
additional minute for each additional 1000 ft. elevation.  Remove and drain hot
sterilized jars one at a time.  Save the hot water for processing filled jars.

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/   Recommended process time for      REMADE SOFT JELLIES                    / 
/   in a boiling-water canner                                                /
/                                     Process Time at Altitudes of           /
/  Style                ____________________________________________________ /
/  of Pack  Jar size     0-1000 ft.        1001-5000 ft.        5001-8000 ft./
/ ___________________________________________________________________________/
/  Hot      Half-Pints     5 min.             10 min.             15 min.    /
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEFORE YOU CAN VEGETABLES, MEAT, POULTRY, OR SEAFOOD             
-DOC-
             BEFORE YOU CAN VEGETABLES, MEAT, POULTRY, OR SEAFOOD
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Pressure canning is the only recommended method for canning meat, poultry,
seafood, and vegetables.  The bacterium Clostridium botulinum in low-acid foods
is destroyed when they are processed at the correct time and pressure in
pressure canners.  Using boiling water canners for these foods poses a real
risk of botulism. 

If these bacteria survive and grow inside a sealed jar of food, they can
produce a poisonous toxin.  EVEN A TASTE OF FOOD CONTAINING THIS TOXIN CAN BE
FATAL.  Boiling food 10 minutes destroys this poison when it is present.  
CAUTION: To prevent the risk of botulism, low-acid and tomato foods not canned
according to the recommendations in this publication or according to other
USDA-endorsed recommendations should be boiled even if you detect no signs of
spoilage.  

All foods canned according to the approved recommendations may be eaten without
boiling them when you are sure of all the following:
   - Food was processed in a pressure canner
   - Gauge of the pressure canner was accurate
   - Up-to-date researched process times and pressures were used for the size  
     of jar, style of pack, and kind of food being canned.
   - The process time and pressure recommended for sterilizing the food at your
     altitude was followed.
   - Jar lid is firmly sealed and concave.
   - Nothing has leaked from the jar.
   - No liquid spurts out when jar is opened.
   - No unnatural or "off" odors can be detected.

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DO YOUR CANNED FOODS PASS THE TEST?                      
-DOC-
                      DO YOUR CANNED FOODS PASS THE TEST?
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Overall appearance
   Good proportion of solid to liquid
   Full pack with proper headspace
   Liquid just covering solid
   Free of air bubbles
   Free of imperfections--stems, cores, seeds
   Good seals
   Practical pack that is done quickly and easily

Fruit and Vegetables
   Pieces uniform in size and shape
   Characteristic, uniform color
   Shape retained--not broken or mushy
   Proper maturity

Liquid or syrup
   Clear and free from sediment

                                Source:  USDA "Complete Guide to Home Canning"
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BARNWELL - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               BARNWELL - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed community residential centers in Barnwell County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BARNWELL - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                BARNWELL - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Healing Springs ICF, Inc.               
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 518               
                : Blackwell, SC  29817
       Location : Rt.1                          
                : Blackwell, SC  29817
          Phone : 284-3553
          Owner : Healing Springs Int. Care Inc.          
  Administrator : Sarah Jane Odom          
 License Number : ICF115
   Beds - Total :   26
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   26





       Facility : Kirkland Convalescent Home, Inc.        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 250               
                : Williston, SC  29853
       Location : Hwy. 78                       
                : Williston, SC  29853
          Phone : 266-3229
          Owner : Kirkland Convalescent Home, Inc.        
  Administrator : Barbara T. Kirkland      
 License Number : ICF134
   Beds - Total :   20
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   20





       Facility : Wildwood Health Care Center             
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 215               
                : Blackville, SC  29817
       Location : Jones Bridge Rd.              
                : Blackville, SC  29817
          Phone : 284-2213
          Owner : Hungerford Associates, Inc.             
  Administrator : Pace B. Hungerford       
 License Number : ICF144
   Beds - Total :   85
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   85

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BARNWELL - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    BARNWELL - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Barnwell County Nursing Home            
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 588                
                : Barnwell, SC  29812
       Location : Wren Street                   
                : Barnwell, SC  29812
          Phone : 259-5547
          Owner : Barnwell Co. Nursing Home               
  Administrator : Paula E. Birt            
 License Number : NCF247
   Beds - Total :   40
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   40
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Barnwell County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BARNWELL - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                BARNWELL - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Academy Street Community Residence      
Mailing Address : PO Box 556 Barnwell         
                : Williston, SC  29812
       Location : Academy Street                
                : Williston, SC  29853
          Phone : 259-7472
          Owner : Barnwell Co. Dev. Ctr. Inc.             
  Administrator : Belinda K. Calcutt       
 License Number : M1552 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Blacks Drive Community Residence        
Mailing Address : PO Box 556 Barnwell         
                : Williston, SC  29812
       Location : Blacks Drive                  
                : Williston, SC  29853
          Phone : 259-7472
          Owner : Barnwell Co. Developmental Ctr., Inc.   
  Administrator : D. Ray Wade, Ph.D.       
 License Number : M1550 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Harley Road Community Residence         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 556               
                : Williston, SC  29812
       Location : 801 Harley Road               
                : Williston, SC  29853
          Phone : 259-7472
          Owner : Country Trend, Inc.                     
  Administrator : Ray Wade, Ph.D.          
 License Number : M1535 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Lemon Park Community Residence          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 556               
                : Barnwell, SC  29812
       Location : 901 Lemon Park Dr.            
                : Barnwell, SC  29812
          Phone : 259-7472
          Owner : Barnwell Co. Developmental Ctr., Inc.   
  Administrator : D. Ray Wade, Ph.D.       
 License Number : M1551 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      The Seabrook of Hilton Head, Inc.
                             300 Wood Haven Drive
                        Hilton Head Island, SC  29928
                                (803) 842-3747
                               Beaufort County

Contact Person:...............................Robert J. Allen, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....50%
Residential capacity..........................200
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 149
Description of Units.................. Five story mid-rise
Nursing home ......................... YES, 44 bed dually licensed skilled 
                                       nursing facility
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. Car parking stickers, security on
                                       premises from 4pm-8am, automatic unlatch
                                       system to front entrance
Safety features of unit............... Fire proofed masonary construction,
                                       smoke and sprinkler system, 24hr. 
                                       emergency call, resident safety program
Handicapped accommodations............ Complex designed for active daily
                                       living for the physically handicapped
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  YES
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident boards and committees
                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 60 yrs. of age and over, personal
                                       data application form
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO, membership purchase is required
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. Fees set based on non-profit basis
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Management prepares forecasted budgets,
                                       and board adopts
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Monthly fees may be subsidized
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... 15 free days accumulated over five
                                       years, fee for service
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ May be listed for resale at owner's
                                       discretion





INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEAUFORT - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               BEAUFORT - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Bostick's Adult Residential Care Fac.   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1841           
                : Beaufort, SC  29902
       Location : 1912 Duke St.                 
                : Beaufort, SC  29902
          Phone : 524-3906
          Owner : Josephine Bostick & Marcia Bostick 
  Administrator : Josephine Bostick        
 License Number : 143
    No. of Beds :  20











       Facility : Oakhurst Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 900            
                : Seabrook, SC       
       Location : 4 Miles East of Dale          
                : Seabrook, SC  29940
          Phone : 846-6262
          Owner : Woodrow Daniels, Sr.               
  Administrator : Gwhendla Morales         
 License Number : 345
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Phoenix Residential Care                
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 311            
                : Laurel Bay, SC  29901
       Location : Rt. l, Box 285 AD             
                : Laurel Bay, SC  29904
          Phone : 525-7407
          Owner : Beaufort Cty Commission on ADA     
  Administrator : D. H. Boyne              
 License Number : 122
    No. of Beds :   8







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Beaufort County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEAUFORT - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    BEAUFORT - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Bay View Nursing Center, Inc.           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1103              
                : Beaufort, SC  29902
       Location : Todd Drive                    
                : Beaufort, SC  29902
          Phone : 524-8511
          Owner : Bay View Nursing Center, Inc.           
  Administrator : Sheila G. Wright         
 License Number : NCF351
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  132
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Hilton Head Center of S.C., Inc.        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1936              
                : Hilton Head, SC  29925
{_       Location : 37 Bill Fries Dr.             
                : Hilton Head, SC  29925
          Phone : 681-6006
          Owner : Hilton Head Center of S. C., Inc.       
  Administrator : Beth Cliett              
 License Number : NCF406
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : The Seabrook of Hilton, Inc.            
Mailing Address : 300 Wood Haven Dr.          
                : Hilton Head, SC  29928
       Location : 300 Wood Haven Drive          
                : Hilton Head, SC  29928
          Phone : 842-3747
          Owner : The Seabrook of Hilton Head Inc.        
  Administrator : Annette R. Martin        
 License Number : NCF414
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEAUFORT - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                       
-DOC-
                       BEAUFORT - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Dayreach Adult Day Care                           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 5064                
                : Hilton Head, SC  29938
       Location : 20 Palmetto Parkway           
                : Hilton Head, SC  29938
          Phone : 681-6450
          Owner : Nursing Reg. of HHI, Inc.          
  Administrator : Ruth Lavey               
 License Number : ADC32 
   Participants :  20








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEAUFORT - LICENSED HOSPICES                          
-DOC-
                          BEAUFORT - LICENSED HOSPICES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Caroline Hospice of Beaufort, Inc.                
Mailing Address : 706 Bay St.                   
                : Beaufort, SC  29902
       Location : 706 Bay St.                   
                : Beaufort, SC  29902
          Phone : 525-6257
          Owner : Caroline Hospice of Beaufort, Inc. 
  Administrator : Veronica Tovey           
 License Number : HOS13 
   Participants :   0











       Facility : Hospice Volunteers of Hilton Head, Inc.           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 7092                
                : Hilton Head, SC  29938
       Location : Mariott Center Plaza          
                : Hilton Head, SC  29938
          Phone : 842-4112
          Owner : Hos. Volunteers of Hilton Head, Inc
  Administrator : Carole Klein             
 License Number : HOS8  
   Participants :   0








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEAUFORT - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                BEAUFORT - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Port Royal Community Residence          
Mailing Address : 1508 Old Shell Rd.          
                : Port Royal, SC  29935
       Location : 1508 Old Shell Rd.            
                : Port Royal, SC  29935
          Phone : 524-3001
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Wilson V. Inabinet       
 License Number : IMR149
   Beds - Total :   16
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   16

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Berkeley County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BERKELEY - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               BERKELEY - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Antonio Vause Community Res. Care       
Mailing Address : 1273 Redbank Rd.         
                : Goose Creek, SC  29445
       Location : 1273 Redbank Rd.              
                : Goose Creek, SC  29445
          Phone : 552-8038
          Owner : Melanie A. Vause                   
  Administrator : Melanie A. Vause         
 License Number : 432
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : DeHay House                             
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 425            
                : Moncks Corner, SC       
       Location : 121 West Main St.             
                : Moncks Corner, SC  29461
          Phone : 761-8513
          Owner : Berkeley Citizens for Retarded etc.
  Administrator : Pamela H. Dulude         
 License Number : 116
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Oakview Boarding Home                   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 584            
                : Moncks Corner, SC       
       Location : Hwy. 17-A                     
                : Moncks Corner, SC  29461
          Phone : 761-3273
          Owner : Lucille Bryant                     
  Administrator : Lucille Bryant           
 License Number : 92 
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Omoooo Community Care Home              
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 480-B         
                : Summerville, SC       
       Location : Rt. 2, Box 480-B              
                : Summerville, SC  29483
          Phone : 688-4439
          Owner : Oliver & Mina Levine               
  Administrator : Mina Levine              
 License Number : 190
    No. of Beds :  18







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Berkeley County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BERKELEY - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    BERKELEY - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Berkeley Convalescent Center            
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 1467               
                : Moncks Corner, SC  29461
       Location : 505 South Live Oak Dr.        
                : Moncks Corner, SC  29461
          Phone : 899-5292
          Owner : Service Management, Inc.                
  Administrator : Richard Ellickson        
 License Number : NCF401
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :   88

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BERKELEY - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                       
-DOC-
                       BERKELEY - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Berkeley County Adult Day Care Center             
Mailing Address : 108 Carolina Ave              
                : Moncks Corner, SC  29461
       Location : 108 Carolina Ave.             
                : Moncks Corner, SC  29461
          Phone : 761-8658
          Owner : Trident Council on Aging           
  Administrator : Shirley A. Parker        
 License Number : ADC3  
   Participants :  10








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Berkeley
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Calhoun County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALHOUN - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                CALHOUN - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed community residential centers in Calhoun County.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Calhoun County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALHOUN - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    CALHOUN - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed skilled nursing care facilities in Calhoun
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Calhoun County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALHOUN - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                 
-DOC-
                 CALHOUN - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Florence Gressette Residence            
Mailing Address : Rt. l Box 31 Cameron        
                : St. Matt, SC  29030
       Location : Milligan St.                  
                : St. Matt, SC  29135
          Phone : 823-2019
          Owner : Calhoun County Housing, Inc.            
  Administrator : Anita G. Linder          
 License Number : M1544 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Wylie-Brunson Residence                 
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 31               
                : St. Matthews, SC  29030
       Location : 403 Milligan St.              
                : St. Matthews, SC  29135
          Phone : 823-2019
          Owner : Calhoun County Housing, Inc.            
  Administrator : Risley E. Linder         
 License Number : M1543 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                               
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist
                                                                    
                                 Cooper Hall
                               937 Bowman Road
                           Mt. Pleasant, SC  29464
                                (803) 884-6949
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................James C. Long, Administrator
Proportion of residents from other states:....25%
Residential capacity..........................250-275
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 190 apartments
Description of Units.................. Three story buildings
Nursing home ......................... Guaranteed space in local facility
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Guard and nurse on duty at night,
                                       entire structure in one building
Safety features of unit............... Smoke alarms, sprinkler system,
                                       fire walls throughout building
Handicapped accommodations............ Not specifically
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Not shared with general public
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Suggestions encouraged, resident's
                                       committees

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 55 yrs of age or older, capable of
                                       independent living
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. NO
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Based on economy with increases in
                                       monthly charge ceiling based on cost
                                       of living
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... N/A
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Total nursing home costs
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Reasonable/fair length of term


                            The Elms of Charleston
                            9100 University Blvd.
                            Charleston, SC  29418
                                (803) 572-5154
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Ernie P. Wolfe, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....50%
Residential capacity..........................377
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 377
Description of Units.................. Detached houses, villas, condominiums
Nursing home ......................... Arrangements with local facility
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. Private access to community, security
                                       patrol, electronic security gate

Safety features of unit............... Sprinkler system in condominium
                                       building, walls fire rating, floor/
                                       ceiling rating, emergency call system
Handicapped accommodations............ Wheelchair access, grab bars,
                                       handrails
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Management via homeowner's association
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures...............Homeowners association
                                   CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 50yrs of age and over, annual income
                                       of $20-$40,000
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Based on cost of services provided
                                       and limited to a 10% annual increase
                                       tied to the CPI, whichever is greater
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Responsible for all obligations and
                                       duties
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Required to pay for their own personal
                                       care
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as necessary
                              Sandpiper Village
                           1224 Village Creek Lane
                           Mt. Pleasant, SC  29464
                               (803) 884- 5735
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Tony Burns, Interim Administrator
Proportion of residents from other states:....40%
Residential capacity..........................150-160
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 133
Description of Units.................. Cluster Cottages
Nursing home ......................... First available bed in Sandpiper
                                       Convalescent Center
Units purchased or rented............. Monthly service fee
Security provisions .................. 24hr security guard, site enclosed
                                       by security fence
Safety features of unit............... Nurse call in units, sprinkler system,
                                       smoke detectors, grab bars in bathroom
Handicapped accommodations............ Units accommodate physically handicap
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Copy of escrow agreement available
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident advisory board, suggestion box

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs of age and over, adequate health
                                       insurance, income
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Fixed monthly costs
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Has not been a problem
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... 14 days a year covered under village
                                       contract, daily charge/on going rate
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as resident pays fees minus

                      Bishop Gadsden Episcopal Community
                              126 Coming Street
                            Charleston, SC  29403
                                (803) 722-7799
                              Charleston County


Contact Person:...............................William Trawick, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....5%
Residential capacity..........................70
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 70
Description of Units.................. One story buildings
Nursing home ......................... None at present, future plans
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. 24hr security personnel, electronic 
                                       security system on all doors
Safety features of unit............... Call system, grab bars in bathroom

Handicapped accommodations............ 12 handicapped designed units, units 
                                       ground level, handrails
Visitor tour available................ Information unavailable
Financial soundness information shared:  Review of annual audit with residents
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident's Association

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 55 yrs or older, capable of independent 
                                       living
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES

Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Cost of service and debt service on 
                                       building
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... No policy at present
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Resident totally responsible
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ No policy at present

Facility will be completed October, 1987.
                               Cantebury House
                             175 Market St. Box 5
                            Charleston, SC  29401
                                (803) 723-5553
                              Charleston County


Contact Person:...............................N. A. (Buddy) Terry Jr., Dir.
Proportion of residents from other states:....35%
Residential capacity..........................225
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 204 apartments
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Entrance limited to two doors
Safety features of unit............... Emergency cords, 24hr staff

Handicapped accommodations............ Sit down shower with handrail, 
                                       wheelchairs permitted on a temporary
                                       basis, but home makes no provisions for
                                       handicapped persons
Visitor tour available................ Information unavailable
Financial soundness information shared:  Capital improvement needs discussed 
                                       at occasional meetings
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Advisory council, activities committee

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62yrs or older, ambulatory and capable 
                                       of independent living, income ceiling
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of directors submitted to HUD for 
                                       approval
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Assisted with discretionary church funds
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Total, rent must still be paid
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Not fixed
           The Franke Home - Evangelical Lutheran Charities Society
                              261 Calhoun Street
                            Charleston, SC  29401
                                (803) 577-4041
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................George H. Keil, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....Entered from other states but
                                              have local family
Residential capacity..........................77

                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 1 building
Description of Units.................. Rooms (private and semi-private)
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Anti-panic hardware on all doors, doors 
                                       locked after dark, alarms, 24hr staff
Safety features of unit............... Automatic sprinkler, smoke/heat detector
Handicapped accommodations............ Residents must be ambulatory
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Financial information not disseminated
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Ambulatory, sufficient income/assets to 
                                       pay all charges
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. NO
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. NO
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Based on services provided and 
                                       operating expenses
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Must seek other accommodations
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Individual's expense
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as individual pays monthly fees
                              Ansonborough House
                                71 Society St.
                            Charleston, SC  29401
                                (803) 722-4127
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Joan Barnes, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....2%
Residential capacity..........................77
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 77 apartments
Description of Units.................. Mid rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. 24 hr. security
Safety features of unit............... Call system, emergency generator
                                       Hall railings, fire hose, sprinklers
Handicapped accommodations............ Wide doors, baths, sinks, waist high
                                       wall plugs
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  N/A
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Tenant's group

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Income, 62 yrs and older
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. N/A
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. N/A
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... HUD requirements
Refund method outlined in contract.... N/A
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidized housing 
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... N/A
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as there is the possibility
                                       they may return and the rent is paid

                                Brighton Place
                              1429 Orleans Road
                            Charleston, SC  29407
                                (803) 722-1942
                              Charleston County


Contact Person:...............................Jane W. Pharr, Property Mgr.
Proportion of residents from other states:....1%
Residential capacity..........................100
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 100
Description of Units.................. Apartments
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Community guard services paid by tenants
Safety features of unit............... Fire alarms, security bells, steel doors
Handicapped accommodations............ 2 Apartments designed for handicapped
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Information unavailable
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Tenants organization

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Age, income, health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... HUD requirements
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidized housing
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay rent until family removes their
                                       belongings
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as resident desires
                    Buskirk Street Housing for the Elderly
                                P.O. Box 10387
                         North Charleston, SC  29622
                                (803) 553-6659
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Irene K. Alexander, Manager
Proportion of residents from other states:....None
Residential capacity..........................20
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 20 apartments
Description of Units.................. Row apartments
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Emergency buzzers, deadbolt  locks on
                                       front and back doors
Safety features of unit............... Pull up bars in bathrooms
Handicapped accommodations............ 2 units access wheelchairs
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  N/A
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Governed by HUD regulations

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs or older, disabled by Social
                                       Security requirements, income
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Rent based on 30% formula after 
                                       deductions
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... If income decreases so does rent
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Apartment must be vacated
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ No set time limit, depends on 
                                       physician's statement
                   John's Island Rural Housing Development
                               3624 Maybank Hwy
                           John's Island, SC  29455
                                (803) 559-5501
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Maggie M. McGill, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....None
Residential capacity..........................106
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 88
Description of Units.................. Cluster cottages
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Night security
Safety features of unit............... Emergency switches in bathroom
                                       Bedroom with handrails
                                       Seat in showers
Handicapped accommodations............ Access handicapped persons,
                                       wheelchair cabinets in bathroom
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  At the corporation's discretion
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Community council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs of age and older, disabled
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Handled by finance office
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidy provided
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Varies
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Living unit is not maintained


                              Joseph Floyd Manor
                            2106 Mt. Pleasant St.
                            Charleston, SC  29403
                                (803) 722-1942
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Jane W. Pharr, Property Mgr.
Proportion of residents from other states:....1%
Residential capacity..........................156
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 156 apartments
Description of Units.................. High Rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Community guard services paid by tenants
Safety features of unit............... Fire alarms, security bells, steel doors
Handicapped accommodations............ Apartments designed for handicapped
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Information unavailable
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Tenants organization

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Age, income, health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... HUD requirements
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidized housing
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay rent until family removes their
                                       belongings
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as resident desires
                              The Sherman House
                            1635 Wallenberg Blvd.
                            Charleston, SC  29407
                                (803) 763-2242
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Faye R. Olasov, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....7 residents from other states
Residential capacity..........................56
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 56 apartments
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Alarms, tenants' doors checked each
                                       morning and night
Safety features of unit............... Fire drills, fire walls, smoke detectors
                                       emergency cord, emergency generator
Handicapped accommodations............ 3 first floor apartments, handrails in
                                       bathroom
Visitor tour available................ By appointment
Financial soundness information shared:  Question has never been raised
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Tenant's organization
                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs or older, income, health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Noted in lease
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Provided with a period of time to pay
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Security deposit returned with interest
                                       minus repair cost if necessary
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Family is permitted to maintain unit
                                       for 2 months

                              Sandpiper Village
                           1224 Village Creek Lane
                           Mt. Pleasant, SC  29464
                               (803) 884- 5735
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Tony Burns, Interim Administrator
Proportion of residents from other states:....40%
Residential capacity..........................150-160
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 133
Description of Units.................. Cluster Cottages
Nursing home ......................... First available bed in Sandpiper
                                       Convalescent Center
Units purchased or rented............. Monthly service fee
Security provisions .................. 24hr security guard, site enclosed
                                       by security fence
Safety features of unit............... Nurse call in units, sprinkler system,
                                       smoke detectors, grab bars in bathroom
Handicapped accommodations............ Units accommodate physically handicap
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Copy of escrow agreement available
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident advisory board, suggestion box

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs of age and over, adequate health
                                       insurance, income
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Fixed monthly costs
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Has not been a problem
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... 14 days a year covered under village
                                       contract, daily charge/on going rate
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as resident pays fees minus
                                       meal charges
                      Bishop Gadsden Episcopal Community
                              126 Coming Street
                            Charleston, SC  29403
                                (803) 722-7799
                              Charleston County


Contact Person:...............................William Trawick, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....5%
Residential capacity..........................70
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 70
Description of Units.................. One story buildings
Nursing home ......................... None at present, future plans
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. 24hr security personnel, electronic 
                                       security system on all doors
Safety features of unit............... Call system, grab bars in bathroom
Handicapped accommodations............ 12 handicapped designed units, units 
                                       ground level, handrails
Visitor tour available................ Information unavailable
Financial soundness information shared:  Review of annual audit with residents
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident's Association

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 55 yrs or older, capable of independent 
                                       living
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Cost of service and debt service on 
                                       building
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... No policy at present
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Resident totally responsible
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ No policy at present

Facility will be completed October, 1987.
                               Cantebury House
                             175 Market St. Box 5
                            Charleston, SC  29401
                                (803) 723-5553
                              Charleston County


Contact Person:...............................N. A. (Buddy) Terry Jr., Dir.
Proportion of residents from other states:....35%
Residential capacity..........................225
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 204 apartments
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Entrance limited to two doors
Safety features of unit............... Emergency cords, 24hr staff
Handicapped accommodations............ Sit down shower with handrail, 
                                       wheelchairs permitted on a temporary
                                       basis, but home makes no provisions for
                                       handicapped persons
Visitor tour available................ Information unavailable
Financial soundness information shared:  Capital improvement needs discussed 
                                       at occasional meetings
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Advisory council, activities committee

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62yrs or older, ambulatory and capable 
                                       of independent living, income ceiling
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of directors submitted to HUD for 
                                       approval
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Assisted with discretionary church funds
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Total, rent must still be paid
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Not fixed
           The Franke Home - Evangelical Lutheran Charities Society
                              261 Calhoun Street
                            Charleston, SC  29401
                                (803) 577-4041
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................George H. Keil, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....Entered from other states but
                                              have local family
Residential capacity..........................77


                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 1 building
Description of Units.................. Rooms (private and semi-private)
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Anti-panic hardware on all doors, doors 
                                       locked after dark, alarms, 24hr staff
Safety features of unit............... Automatic sprinkler, smoke/heat detector
Handicapped accommodations............ Residents must be ambulatory
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Financial information not disseminated
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Ambulatory, sufficient income/assets to 
                                       pay all charges
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. NO
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. NO
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Based on services provided and 
                                       operating expenses
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Must seek other accommodations
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Individual's expense
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as individual pays monthly fees
                              Ansonborough House
                                71 Society St.
                            Charleston, SC  29401
                                (803) 722-4127
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Joan Barnes, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....2%
Residential capacity..........................77
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 77 apartments
Description of Units.................. Mid rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. 24 hr. security
Safety features of unit............... Call system, emergency generator
                                       Hall railings, fire hose, sprinklers
Handicapped accommodations............ Wide doors, baths, sinks, waist high
                                       wall plugs
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  N/A
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Tenant's group

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Income, 62 yrs and older
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. N/A
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. N/A
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... HUD requirements
Refund method outlined in contract.... N/A
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidized housing 
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... N/A
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as there is the possibility
                                       they may return and the rent is paid
                                Brighton Place
                              1429 Orleans Road
                            Charleston, SC  29407
                                (803) 722-1942
                              Charleston County


Contact Person:...............................Jane W. Pharr, Property Mgr.
Proportion of residents from other states:....1%
Residential capacity..........................100
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 100
Description of Units.................. Apartments
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Community guard services paid by tenants
Safety features of unit............... Fire alarms, security bells, steel doors
Handicapped accommodations............ 2 Apartments designed for handicapped
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Information unavailable
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Tenants organization

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Age, income, health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... HUD requirements
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidized housing
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay rent until family removes their
                                       belongings
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as resident desires
                    Buskirk Street Housing for the Elderly
                                P.O. Box 10387
                         North Charleston, SC  29622
                                (803) 553-6659
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Irene K. Alexander, Manager
Proportion of residents from other states:....None
Residential capacity..........................20
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 20 apartments
Description of Units.................. Row apartments
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Emergency buzzers, deadbolt  locks on
                                       front and back doors
Safety features of unit............... Pull up bars in bathrooms
Handicapped accommodations............ 2 units access wheelchairs
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  N/A
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Governed by HUD regulations

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs or older, disabled by Social
                                       Security requirements, income
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Rent based on 30% formula after 
                                       deductions
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... If income decreases so does rent
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Apartment must be vacated
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ No set time limit, depends on 
                                       physician's statement
                   John's Island Rural Housing Development
                               3624 Maybank Hwy
                           John's Island, SC  29455
                                (803) 559-5501
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Maggie M. McGill, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....None
Residential capacity..........................106
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 88
Description of Units.................. Cluster cottages
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Night security
Safety features of unit............... Emergency switches in bathroom
                                       Bedroom with handrails
                                       Seat in showers
Handicapped accommodations............ Access handicapped persons,
                                       wheelchair cabinets in bathroom
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  At the corporation's discretion
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Community council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs of age and older, disabled
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Handled by finance office
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidy provided
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Varies
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Living unit is not maintained

                              Joseph Floyd Manor
                            2106 Mt. Pleasant St.
                            Charleston, SC  29403
                                (803) 722-1942
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Jane W. Pharr, Property Mgr.
Proportion of residents from other states:....1%
Residential capacity..........................156
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 156 apartments
Description of Units.................. High Rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Community guard services paid by tenants
Safety features of unit............... Fire alarms, security bells, steel doors
Handicapped accommodations............ Apartments designed for handicapped
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Information unavailable
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Tenants organization

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Age, income, health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... HUD requirements
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidized housing
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay rent until family removes their
                                       belongings
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as resident desires
                              The Sherman House
                            1635 Wallenberg Blvd.
                            Charleston, SC  29407
                                (803) 763-2242
                              Charleston County

Contact Person:...............................Faye R. Olasov, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....7 residents from other states
Residential capacity..........................56
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 56 apartments
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Alarms, tenants' doors checked each
                                       morning and night
Safety features of unit............... Fire drills, fire walls, smoke detectors
                                       emergency cord, emergency generator
Handicapped accommodations............ 3 first floor apartments, handrails in
                                       bathroom
Visitor tour available................ By appointment
Financial soundness information shared:  Question has never been raised
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Tenant's organization

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs or older, income, health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Noted in lease
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Provided with a period of time to pay
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Security deposit returned with interest
                                       minus repair cost if necessary
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Family is permitted to maintain unit
                                       for 2 months





INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHARLESTON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS              
-DOC-
              CHARLESTON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Addison's Residential Care              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 10412          
                : Charleston, SC  29405
       Location : 2419 Lupine St.               
                : Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 554-5653
          Owner : Elizabeth Addison & Jessie White   
  Administrator : Elizabeth Addison        
 License Number : 348
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Bowles Community Care Home              
Mailing Address : 9270 Hwy. #17 N.         
                : McClellanville, SC       
       Location : 9270 Hwy. #17 North           
                : McClellanville, SC  29458
          Phone : 887-3453
          Owner : Wilmatine & Benjamin Bowles        
  Administrator : Wilmatine Bowles         
 License Number : 90 
    No. of Beds :  16











       Facility : Brown's Residential Care Facility       
Mailing Address : 89 Alabama St.           
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 89 Alabama St.                
                : Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 744-1725
          Owner : Maggie Brown                       
  Administrator : Maggie Brown             
 License Number : 309
    No. of Beds :   2











       Facility : Cabading Residential Home Care Facility 
Mailing Address : 3431 Rivers Ave.         
                : N. Charleston, SC  29405
       Location : 3431 Rivers Avenue            
                : N. Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 747-3050
          Owner : Lolita B. Babading                 
  Administrator : Lolita B. Cabading       
 License Number : 394
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Carter-May Home                         
Mailing Address : 1660 Ingram Rd.          
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 1660 Ingram Road              
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 556-8314
          Owner : Catholic Charities of Charleston   
  Administrator : Rev. James Paker         
 License Number : 64 
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Charleston Cty ADA - Family Care Unit   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 2635           
                : Charleston, SC  29403
       Location : 25 Courtenay Drive            
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 723-7212
          Owner : Charleston Cty Substance Abuse Comm
  Administrator : Franklin L. Johnson      
 License Number : 220
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Charleston Cty Sub. Abuse Comm-Detox    
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 2635           
                : Charleston, SC  29403
       Location : 25 Courtenay Drive            
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 723-7212
          Owner : Charleston Cty Substance Abuse Comm
  Administrator : Franklin L. Johnson      
 License Number : 221
    No. of Beds :  20











       Facility : Christian Boarding Home                 
Mailing Address : 2117 Comm. Rd.           
                : N. Charleston, SC  29415
       Location : 2117 Commander Road           
                : N. Charleston, SC  29415
          Phone : 744-6253
          Owner : Martha Alston & Margaret Logan     
  Administrator : Margaret Logan           
 License Number : 141
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Cochran's Boarding Home                 
Mailing Address : 380 Huger St.            
                : Charleston, SC  29403
       Location : 380 Huger Street              
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 723-5930
          Owner : Rudolph Cochran                    
  Administrator : James L. McFadden        
 License Number : 25 
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Evergreen Residential Care              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 31774          
                : Charleston, SC  29417
       Location : 1612 Evergreen St.            
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 766-5745
          Owner : Gary O. & Clara Lesesne            
  Administrator : Gary O. Lesesne          
 License Number : 26 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Foster Boarding Home                    
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 2034           
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 134 Fishburne St.             
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 723-9168
          Owner : Joanna Foster                      
  Administrator : Xavier Foster            
 License Number : 145
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Franke Home                             
Mailing Address : 26l Calhoun St.          
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 261 Calhoun St.               
                : Charleston, SC  29401
          Phone : 577-4041
          Owner : Evangelical Lutheran Charities etc.
  Administrator : B. D. Wilkinson          
 License Number : 339
    No. of Beds :  77











       Facility : Frasier Adult Residential Care Home     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 42             
                : Johns Island, SC  29455
       Location : 1134 Main Rd.                 
                : Johns Island, SC  29455
          Phone : 559-5235
          Owner : Mr. & Mrs. Liston Frasier          
  Administrator : Marie Frasier            
 License Number : 367
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Friendship House                        
Mailing Address : 1333 N. Sherwood Dr.     
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 1333 North Sherwood Dr.       
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 766-0112
          Owner : Friendship House Inc.              
  Administrator : Enola Davis              
 License Number : 344
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Gadsden & Felder Community Care Home    
Mailing Address : 197 W. Poplar St.        
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 197 W. Poplar St.             
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 577-4147
          Owner : Ada R. Gadsden & Caroline Felder   
  Administrator : Ada R. Gadsden           
 License Number : 36 
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Genesis Community Care Home #1          
Mailing Address : 19l7 Cosgrove Ave.       
                : N. Charleston, SC       
       Location : 1917 Cosgrove Ave.            
                : N. Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 747-1175
          Owner : Andrea Magwood                     
  Administrator : Andrea Magwood           
 License Number : 101
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Genesis Community Care Home #2          
Mailing Address : 19l7 Cosgrove Ave.       
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 1917 Cosgrove Ave.            
                : Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 747-1175
          Owner : Andrea Magwood                     
  Administrator : Andrea Magwood           
 License Number : 102
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Genesis Community Care Home #3          
Mailing Address : 1903 Cosgrove Ave.       
                : N. Charleston, SC       
       Location : 1903 Cosgrove Ave.            
                : N. Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 744-2792
          Owner : Andrea Magwood                     
  Administrator : Andrea Magwood           
 License Number : 107
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Green's Boarding Home                   
Mailing Address : 2009 Cosgrove            
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 2009 Cosgrove Ave.            
                : Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 577-9639
          Owner : Pernetta G. Simmons                
  Administrator : Pernetta G. Simmons      
 License Number : 299
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : HHS Adult Residential Care              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 30787          
                : Charleston, SC  29417
       Location : 720 Magnolia Rd.              
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 763-6767
          Owner : Home Health Services, Inc.         
  Administrator : Harry Joe King           
 License Number : 428
    No. of Beds :  86











       Facility : Hazel's Rest Home                       
Mailing Address : PO Box 2132 Sta A        
                : Chs, SC       
       Location : 432-A Sumter St.              
                : Chs, SC  29403
          Phone : 722-6417
          Owner : Hazel's Rest Home, Inc.            
  Administrator : Corinne B. Hazel         
 License Number : 57 
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Helen McGill's Boarding Home            
Mailing Address : 31 Coming St.            
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 31 Coming St.                 
                : Charleston, SC  29401
          Phone : 723-8460
          Owner : Helen McGill                       
  Administrator : Helen McGill             
 License Number : 76 
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : James Island Residential Home           
Mailing Address : 1845 Greenmore Dr.       
                : James Island, SC  29407
       Location : 237 Fleming Rd.               
                : James Island, SC  29412
          Phone : 577-3511
          Owner : Martha S. Alston                   
  Administrator : Martha S. Alston         
 License Number : 155
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : James Residential Care Facility         
Mailing Address : 2529 Lupine St.          
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 2529 Lupine St.               
                : Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 744-0152
          Owner : Elizabeth Addison & Jessie White   
  Administrator : Elizabeth Addison        
 License Number : 56 
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Lambs Road Community Residence          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 8059           
                : N. Charleston, SC       
       Location : 4788 Lambs Rd.                
                : N. Charleston, SC  29418
          Phone : 552-9617
          Owner : Gregco, Inc.                       
  Administrator : Rosemarie G. West        
 License Number : 223
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Langit's Community Residential Care     
Mailing Address : 7652 Northaven Dr.       
                : Charleston, SC  29418
       Location : 1263 Remount Rd.              
                : Charleston, SC  29406
          Phone : 747-4080
          Owner : Cresencia B.Langit                 
  Administrator : Cresencia B. Langit      
 License Number : 371
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Loving Care Residential Care Home       
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 5193           
                : N. Charleston, SC       
       Location : 4822 Upjohn Rd.               
                : N. Charleston, SC  29406
          Phone : 554-9764
          Owner : Christine Brown                    
  Administrator : Christine Brown          
 License Number : 366
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : M & S Adult Care                        
Mailing Address : 320 Sumter St.           
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 320 Sumter St.                
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 722-2456
          Owner : Maybelle Mitchell & Louise Smith   
  Administrator : Maybelle Mitchell        
 License Number : 70 
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Maple Manor Community Care Home         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 32073          
                : Charleston, SC  29417
       Location : 164 Maple St.                 
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 766-2327
          Owner : Palmetto Pathway Homes, Inc.       
  Administrator : Barbara Julius           
 License Number : 164
    No. of Beds :  20











       Facility : Marjorie's Community Care Home          
Mailing Address : 207 W. Poplar St.        
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 207 W. Poplar St.             
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 722-4792
          Owner : Marjorie G. Oree&Evelyn N. Woffard 
  Administrator : Marjorie G. Oree         
 License Number : 22 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : McLeod Manor Residential Home           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 30175          
                : Charleston, SC  29412
       Location : 1707 McLeod Ave.              
                : Charleston, SC  29412
          Phone : 795-8780
          Owner : Martha S. Alston & Doris R. Miller 
  Administrator : Martha S. Alston         
 License Number : 425
    No. of Beds :  16











       Facility : McTeel's Rest Home                      
Mailing Address : 1917 Calvert St.         
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 1927 Calvert St.              
                : Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 747-8176
          Owner : James LeRoy McFadden & Estelle Teel
  Administrator : James LeRoy McFadden     
 License Number : 123
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Mohammed's Boarding Home                
Mailing Address : 3797 Chisolm Rd.         
                : Johns Island, SC       
       Location : 3797 Chisolm Rd.              
                : Johns Island, SC  29455
          Phone : 559-9078
          Owner : Blanche Mohammed                   
  Administrator : Blanche Mohammed         
 License Number : 65 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Rhode's Boarding Home                   
Mailing Address : 942 River Rd.            
                : Johns Island, SC       
       Location : 942 River Rd.                 
                : Johns Island, SC  29455
          Phone : 559-1124
          Owner : Eulalee Rhode                      
  Administrator : Eulalee P. Rhode         
 License Number : 279
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Sally's Boarding Home                   
Mailing Address : 23 Race St.              
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 23 Race St.                   
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 577-0268
          Owner : Loretta Salley                     
  Administrator : Loretta Salley           
 License Number : 179
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Sampson Residential Care                
Mailing Address : 4018 S. Rhett            
                : N. Charleston, SC       
       Location : 4018 S. Rhett                 
                : N. Charleston, SC  29406
          Phone : 554-0733
          Owner : Elizabeth G. Salley                
  Administrator : Elizabeth Salley         
 License Number : 48 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Shamrock House, Inc.                    
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 70782          
                : N. Charleston, SC  29415
       Location : 1812 Orvid St.                
                : N. Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 744-2787
          Owner : Shamrock House, Inc.               
  Administrator : Katherine Kenzler        
 License Number : 183
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Sherman & Wright Boarding Home #1       
Mailing Address : 937 5th Ave.             
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 937 5th Ave.                  
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 571-3579
          Owner : Carrie L. Sherman/Myrnal S. Wright 
  Administrator : Carrie Lee Sherman       
 License Number : 422
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Sherman & Wright Boarding Home #2       
Mailing Address : 920 5th St.              
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 920 5th St.                   
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 571-6278
          Owner : Carrie Lee Sherman                 
  Administrator : Carrie Lee Sherman       
 License Number : 424
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Spell's Boarding Home                   
Mailing Address : 3577 Walter Dr.          
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 3577 Walter Dr.               
                : Charleston, SC  29455
          Phone : 559-2771
          Owner : Mrs. C. E. Spell, Sr.              
  Administrator : C. E. Spell, Sr. (Mrs.)  
 License Number : 364
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : St. Jude Community Residential Care     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 32111          
                : Charleston, SC  29417
       Location : 533 Rutledge Ave.             
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 577-9153
          Owner : Ernestine Lawrence                 
  Administrator : Ernestine Lawrence       
 License Number : 385
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : St. Margaret Street Community Residence 
Mailing Address : 227 St. Margaret         
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 227 St. Margaret St.          
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 723-7931
          Owner : Goodwill Ind. of Lower S. C., Inc. 
  Administrator : Robert G. Smith          
 License Number : 130
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : St. Mark Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 31571          
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 1140 5th Ave.                 
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 571-1487
          Owner : Margaret St. Mark                  
  Administrator : Margaret St. Mark        
 License Number : 270
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : St. Mark's Boarding Home                
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 31571          
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 1222 Brody Ave.               
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 766-9768
          Owner : Margaret St. Mark                  
  Administrator : Margaret St. Mark        
 License Number : 266
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : T.L.C. for Adults                       
Mailing Address : 1928 Baxter              
                : Charleston Hts., SC       
       Location : 1928 Baxter St.               
                : Charleston Hts., SC  29405
          Phone : 554-5376
          Owner : Anna Belle Gilliard                
  Administrator : Anna Belle Gilliard      
 License Number : 355
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : West Ashley Boarding Home               
Mailing Address : 836 Magnolia Rd.         
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 836 Magnolia Rd.              
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 763-7471
          Owner : Queen E. Starks                    
  Administrator : Queen E. Starks          
 License Number : 156
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Westerlin Residential Care              
Mailing Address : 36 Magnolia Rd.          
                : Charleston, SC       
       Location : 36 Magnolia Rd.               
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 556-7787
          Owner : Elizabeth B. Bozard                
  Administrator : Elizabeth A. Bertino     
 License Number : 151
    No. of Beds :   9







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Charleston County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHARLESTON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   CHARLESTON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Coastal Center D-3, D, E & F            
Mailing Address : 12 Jamison Rd.              
                : Ladson, SC  29456
       Location : 12 Jamison Rd.                
                : Ladson, SC  29456
          Phone : 873-5750
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Erbert F. Cicenia        
 License Number : NCF310
   Beds - Total :  365
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   53
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :  312





       Facility : Coastal Center Infant Care Unit         
Mailing Address : 12 Jamison Rd.              
                : Ladson, SC  29456
       Location : 12 Jamison Rd.                
                : Ladson, SC  29456
          Phone : 873-5750
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Jackson S. Howell Jr. PhD
 License Number : NCF342
   Beds - Total :   32
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   22
     Beds - Icf :   10





       Facility : Coastal Center Live Oak Village         
Mailing Address : 12 Jamison Rd.              
                : Summerville, SC  29456
       Location : 615 Central Ave.              
                : Summerville, SC  29483
          Phone : 873-5750
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Erbert F. Cicenia, Ed.D. 
 License Number : NCF331
   Beds - Total :   50
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   50
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Cooper Hall Nursing Center              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1026              
                : Mt. Pleasant, SC  29464
       Location : 921 Bowman Road               
                : Mt. Pleasant, SC  29464
          Phone : 884-8903
          Owner : James B. Connelly                       
  Administrator : James B. Connelly        
 License Number : NCF362
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  132
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Driftwood on the Ashley                 
Mailing Address : 2375 Baker Hosp. Blvd.      
                : N.Charleston, SC  29405
       Location : 2375 Baker Hospital Blvd.     
                : N.Charleston, SC  29405
          Phone : 744-2750
          Owner : Driftwood Health Care Managers, Inc.    
  Administrator : Calvin D. Lipscomb       
 License Number : NCF439
   Beds - Total :  160
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  160
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Herminia Traeye Mem. Nursing Home       
Mailing Address : Box 689                     
                : Johns Island, SC  29455
       Location : 3627 Maybank Hwy.             
                : Johns Island, SC  29455
          Phone : 559-5501
          Owner : Sea Island Comp. Health Care Corp.      
  Administrator : Mary F. Brown            
 License Number : NCF390
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   44
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   44





       Facility : Manor Care of Charleston Inc.           
Mailing Address : 1137 Sam Rittburg Blvd.     
                : Chs, SC  29407
       Location : 1137 Sam Rittenburg Blvd.     
                : Chs, SC  29407
          Phone : 763-0233
          Owner : Manor Care of Charleston Inc.           
  Administrator : Robert W. Dougherty      
 License Number : NCF413
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  132
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : North Charleston Convalescent Center    
Mailing Address : 9319 Med Plz Dr             
                : Charleston, SC  29418
       Location : 9319 Medical Plaza Dr.        
                : Charleston, SC  29418
          Phone : 797-8282
          Owner : White Oak Manor, Inc.                   
  Administrator : Ted P. Jones             
 License Number : NCF376
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  132
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Sandpiper Convalescent Center Inc.      
Mailing Address : 1049 Anna Knapp             
                : Mt. Pleasant, SC  29464
       Location : 1049 Anna Knapp Blvd.         
                : Mt. Pleasant, SC  29464
          Phone : 881-3210
          Owner : Sandpiper Convalescent Center Inc.      
  Administrator : Phillip Waters           
 License Number : NCF399
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  132
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHARLESTON - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                      
-DOC-
                      CHARLESTON - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : H.H.S. Adult Day Care                             
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 30787               
                : Charleston, SC  29417
       Location : 720 Magnolia Rd.              
                : Charleston, SC  29417
          Phone : 763-6767
          Owner : Home Health Services, Inc.         
  Administrator : E. Wayne Combs           
 License Number : ADC34 
   Participants : 150











       Facility : Manor Care Adult Day Care Center                  
Mailing Address : 1137 Sam Rittenberg Blvd.     
                : Charleston, SC  29407
       Location : 1137 Sam Rittenberg Blvd.     
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 763-0233
          Owner : Manor Care Charleston Nursing Ctr. 
  Administrator : Blanca S. Vazquez        
 License Number : ADC8  
   Participants :  10











       Facility : Reid House Adult Day Care Center                  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 2846                
                : Charleston, SC  29403
       Location : 165 St. Phillip Street        
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 723-7138
          Owner : Reid House of Christian Science    
  Administrator : Dolores S. Greene        
 License Number : ADC25 
   Participants :  30








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHARLESTON - LICENSED HOSPICES                         
-DOC-
                         CHARLESTON - LICENSED HOSPICES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Hospice of Charleston, Inc.                       
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1125                
                : Charleston, SC  29402
       Location : 615 Wesley Dr., Suite 302     
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 763-0350
          Owner : Hospice of Charleston, Inc.        
  Administrator : Roberta H. Frank         
 License Number : HOS7  
   Participants :   0


~w





-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHARLESTON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION               
-DOC-
               CHARLESTON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Firestone Rd. Community Residence       
Mailing Address : 3641 Firestone Rd.          
                : N. Chs, SC  29405
       Location : 3641 Firestone Rd.            
                : N. Chs, SC  29405
          Phone : 552-7201
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Wilson V. Inabinet, Jr.  
 License Number : M156  
   Beds - Total :   14
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   14





       Facility : Lenevar Community Residence             
Mailing Address : 1435 W. Lenevar Dr.         
                : Charleston, SC  29407
       Location : 1435 W. Lenevar Dr.           
                : Charleston, SC  29407
          Phone : 571-2916
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Wilson V. Inabinet, Jr.  
 License Number : M15 64
   Beds - Total :    9
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    9





       Facility : Rutledge Ave. Community Residence       
Mailing Address : 887 Rutledge Ave.           
                : Charleston, SC  29403
       Location : 887 Rutledge Ave.             
                : Charleston, SC  29403
          Phone : 792-7547
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Wilson V. Inabinet, Jr.  
 License Number : M157  
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Cherokee County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHEROKEE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               CHEROKEE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed community residential centers in Cherokee County.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Cherokee County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHEROKEE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    CHEROKEE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Brookview House, Inc.                   
Mailing Address : P. O Box 1240               
                : Gaffney, SC  29342
       Location : 510 Thompson Street           
                : Gaffney, SC  29342
          Phone : 489-3101
          Owner : Brookview House, Inc.                   
  Administrator : Charles Blanton, Jr.     
 License Number : NCF270
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :   44





       Facility : Cherokee Cty. Long Term Care Facility   
Mailing Address : 1420 N. Limestone St.       
                : Gaffney, SC  29340
       Location : 1420 N. Limestone St.         
                : Gaffney, SC  29340
          Phone : 487-4271
          Owner : Cherokee County                         
  Administrator : Tim Moran                
 License Number : NCF323
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   20
     Beds - Icf :   24

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Cherokee County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHEROKEE - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                CHEROKEE - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : J. Claude Fort Comm. Residence Bldg. 1  
Mailing Address : 816 W. Montgomery St.       
                : Gaffney, SC  29340
       Location : 816 W. Montgomery St.         
                : Gaffney, SC  29340
          Phone : 487-4786
          Owner : Habilitation Serv. of Cherokee Co., Inc.
  Administrator : J. Arthur Bridges, Jr.   
 License Number : M1521 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : J. Claude Fort Comm. Residence, Bldg. 2 
Mailing Address : 818 W. Montgomery St.       
                : Gaffney, SC  29340
       Location : 818 W. Montgomery St.         
                : Gaffney, SC  29340
          Phone : 487-4787
          Owner : Habilitation Serv. of Cherokee Co., Inc.
  Administrator : J. Arthur Bridges, Jr.   
 License Number : M1522 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Chester County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHESTER - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                CHESTER - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Butler's Rest Home                      
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 326           
                : Great Falls, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 326                
                : Great Falls, SC  29055
          Phone : 482-3515
          Owner : Lucy I. & George Butler, Sr.       
  Administrator : Lucy I. Butler           
 License Number : 111
    No. of Beds :  10







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Chester County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHESTER - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    CHESTER - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Chester County Nursing Center           
Mailing Address : Great Falls Rd.             
                : Chester, SC  29706
       Location : Great Falls Road              
                : Chester, SC  29706
          Phone : 377-3151
          Owner : Chester Co. Hosp. & Nursing Ctr.        
  Administrator : Ron V. Hunter            
 License Number : NCF267
   Beds - Total :   62
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   62
     Beds - Icf :    0
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Chester County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Chester
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Chesterfield County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHESTERFIELD - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS             
-DOC-
             CHESTERFIELD - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Cheraw Manor                            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 272            
                : Cheraw, SC  29520
       Location : Homewood Park Road            
                : Cheraw, SC  29520
          Phone : 537-4197
          Owner : Winston Y. Godwin, Jr.             
  Administrator : Richard Haynes           
 License Number : 330
    No. of Beds : 106











       Facility : Cheraw Retirement Village               
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 845            
                : Cheraw, SC  29520
       Location : US Hwy. 1 South               
                : Cheraw, SC  29520
          Phone : 537-2111
          Owner : Cheraw Retirement Village, Inc.    
  Administrator : Heyward D. Sullivan      
 License Number : 192
    No. of Beds : 132







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Chesterfield County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHESTERFIELD - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                  
-DOC-
                  CHESTERFIELD - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Cheraw Nursing Home, Inc.               
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 967               
                : Cheraw, SC  29520
       Location : Hwy. 9, West                  
                : Cheraw, SC  29520
          Phone : 537-3621
          Owner : Cheraw Nursing Home, Inc.               
  Administrator : Edward R. Frye           
 License Number : NCF415
   Beds - Total :  100
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  100
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Chesterfield County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHESTERFIELD - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION              
-DOC-
              CHESTERFIELD - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Pageland Community Residence            
Mailing Address : PO Box 3209, Flo            
                : Pageland, SC  29502
       Location : 509 Sycamore St.              
                : Pageland, SC  29728
          Phone : 669-3661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Danny Hinson             
 License Number : M1542 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Clarendon County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CLARENDON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               CLARENDON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Clarendon Retirement Village            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 640            
                : Manning, SC  29102
       Location : Hwy. 30l South                
                : Manning, SC  29102
          Phone : 473-3504
          Owner : Clarendon Retirement Village, Inc. 
  Administrator : Fred Lookabill           
 License Number : 49 
    No. of Beds :  90











       Facility : Dorch Community Residential Care        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 122            
                : Manning, SC  29102
       Location : Highway 52l                   
                : Manning, SC  29102
          Phone : 473-2191
          Owner : Roxie W. Dorch                     
  Administrator : Roxie W. Dorch           
 License Number : 434
    No. of Beds :  13











       Facility : Essie's Villa Comm Res Care             
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 383            
                : Manning, SC       
       Location : 25 Williams Acres Rd.         
                : Manning, SC  29102
          Phone : 473-2349
          Owner : Rev. C. W. & Eartha L. Williams    
  Administrator : Eartha L.Y. Williams     
 License Number : 166
    No. of Beds :   5







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Clarendon County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CLARENDON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   CLARENDON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Briggs Nursing Home                     
Mailing Address : Route 5, Box 665            
                : Manning, SC  29102
       Location : Highway 15 North of Summerton 
                : Manning, SC  29102
          Phone : 478-2323
          Owner : Clarendon Home, Inc.                    
  Administrator : Jerry E. Spann           
 License Number : NCF397
   Beds - Total :   64
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   38
     Beds - Icf :   26
w3
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Clarendon County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CLARENDON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                CLARENDON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Vanguard Residential Services, Inc., I  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 159               
                : Manning, SC  29102
       Location : 200 E. Hospital St.           
                : Manning, SC  29102
          Phone : 435-4208
          Owner : Vanguard Residential Services, Inc.     
  Administrator : R. J. Aycock, III        
 License Number : M1548 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Vanguard Residential Services, Inc., II 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 159               
                : Manning, SC  29102
       Location : 512 S. Church St.             
                : Manning, SC  29102
          Phone : 435-4208
          Owner : Vanguard Residential Services, Inc.     
  Administrator : R. J. Aycock, III        
 License Number : M1549 
   Beds - Total :    7
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    7

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Colleton County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COLLETON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               COLLETON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Bright's Estate Residential Care        
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 284           
                : Greenpond, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 284                
                : Greenpond, SC  29446
          Phone : 844-2066
          Owner : Mary Lou Bright & Naomi Adams      
  Administrator : Mary Lou Bright          
 License Number : 176
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Lowcountry Crossroad Halfway House      
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1017           
                : Walterboro, SC       
       Location : 219 S. Lemacks St.            
                : Walterboro, SC  29488
          Phone : 549-9565
          Owner : Colleton Cty Comm on ADA           
  Administrator : J. S. Bagnal             
 License Number : 174
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Palmetto Boarding Home                  
Mailing Address : P. O. Drawer 1145        
                : Walterboro, SC       
       Location : Hwy. 15                       
                : Walterboro, SC  29488
          Phone : 538-2450
          Owner : Palmetto Boarding Home, Inc.       
  Administrator : Sarah S. Kemp            
 License Number : 300
    No. of Beds :  26











       Facility : Samaritan's Way, Inc.                   
Mailing Address : 212 Josie Dr.            
                : Walterboro, SC       
       Location : 212 Josie Dr.                 
                : Walterboro, SC  29488
          Phone : 549-5909
          Owner : Samaritan's Way, Inc.              
  Administrator : Donald W. McCaaw         
 License Number : 34 
    No. of Beds :   9







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Colleton County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COLLETON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    COLLETON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Oakwood Health Care Center              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1154              
                : Walterboro, SC  29488
       Location : 410 Witsell St.               
                : Walterboro, SC  29488
          Phone : 549-5546
          Owner : Southern Medical of Walterboro, Inc.    
  Administrator : Mack Whittle             
 License Number : NCF368
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   34
    Beds - Dual :   40
     Beds - Icf :   58

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Colleton County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COLLETON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                COLLETON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Walterboro Community Residence          
Mailing Address : 505 Forest Circle           
                : Walterboro, SC  29488
       Location : 505 Forest Circle             
                : Walterboro, SC  29488
          Phone : 549-5140
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Wilson V. Inabinet, Jr.  
 License Number : M1519 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                             Bethea Baptist Home
                                P.O. Box 4000
                            Darlington, SC  29532
                                (803) 393-2867
                              Darlington County

Contact Person:...............................J. T. Garrett, Exec. Dir.
                                              Horace Hawes, Jr., Admin.
Proportion of residents from other states:....None
Residential capacity..........................238
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 238
Description of Units.................. 30 cottages, 120 dormitory rooms
Nursing home ......................... Infirmary, 88 licensed beds
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Department of Health and Environmental 
                                       Control compliance
Safety features of unit............... Same as above
Handicapped accommodations............ Same as above
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Information unavailable
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident Services Department and 
                                       committee

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Must be a South Carolinian, Southern 
                                       Baptist, 65 yrs or older, independent
                                       functioning
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of Trustees
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Assisted by SC Baptist State Convention
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Increases to meet additional costs
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Will vary









INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DARLINGTON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS              
-DOC-
              DARLINGTON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Darlington Retirement Center            
Mailing Address : 327 Law St.              
                : Darlington, SC       
       Location : 327 Law St.                   
                : Darlington, SC  29532
          Phone : 395-0024
          Owner : Dr. Joe Willis                     
  Administrator : Mark Willis              
 License Number : 317
    No. of Beds :  38







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DARLINGTON - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES               
-DOC-
               DARLINGTON - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Darlington Convalescent Center          
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 185                
                : Darlington, SC  29532
       Location : 352 Pearl St.                 
                : Darlington, SC  29532
          Phone : 393-0401
          Owner : The Wilson Group Inc.                   
  Administrator : Patricia B. McLeod       
 License Number : ICF99 
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   44

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Darlington County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Darlington
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Dillon County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DILLON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                DILLON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Minturn Residential Care Facility       
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 23             
                : Minturn, SC       
       Location : General Delivery              
                : Minturn, SC  29573
          Phone : 774-3382
          Owner : Southern Medical Corporation       
  Administrator : Juanelle McEachin        
 License Number : 381
    No. of Beds :  60







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Dillon County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
}i                     DILLON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
-DOC-
}i                     DILLON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Pines Nursing & Convalescent Home       
Mailing Address : 203 Lakeside Dr.            
                : Dillon, SC  29536
       Location : 203 Lakeside Dr.              
                : Dillon, SC  29536
          Phone : 774-2741
          Owner : Beverly Enterprises - S. C. Inc.        
  Administrator : Richard C. Cooke         
 License Number : NCF452
   Beds - Total :   84
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   84
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Sunny Acres Nursing Home, Inc.          
Mailing Address : Rt. 1, Box 115              
                : Fork, SC  29543
       Location : Rt. l, Box 115                
                : Fork, SC  29543
          Phone : 464-6212
          Owner : Sunny Acres Nursing Home Inc.           
  Administrator : Tony R. Cooke            
 License Number : NCF25 
   Beds - Total :  111
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   57
     Beds - Icf :   54

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Dillon County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Dillon
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                     Presbyterian Home of South Carolina
                                C.M.R. Box 140
                            Summerville, SC  29483
                                (803) 873-8726
                              Dorchester County

Contact Person:...............................Keith Stewart
Proportion of residents from other states:....Small percentage
Residential capacity..........................330
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 214
Description of Units.................. Rooms, cottages, apartments
Nursing home ......................... YES, 90 bed skilled infirmary
Units purchased or rented............. Both
Security provisions .................. 5:00pm-am guard on duty, doors locked
                                       at night, special entrance
Safety features of unit............... Medication and cleaning objects locked, 
                                       handrails in halls, no smoking in
                                       rooms, fire drills
Handicapped accommodations............ Several rooms handicapped designed
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Upon request
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident's Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Able to care for personal needs, 
                                       ambulatory, 65yrs old, priority to
                                       members of Presbyterian Church, USA
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... According to cost of operation
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Offered assistance from endowment
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Charges based on amount per day in 
                                       addition to room and board
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ 30 days
                          Pine Ridge Elderly Housing
                             600 Greenwave Blvd.
                            Summerville, SC  29483
                                (803) 875-1519
                              Dorchester County

Contact Person:...............................Sandra W. Hart, Manager
Proportion of residents from other states:....Most from South Carolina
Residential capacity..........................74

                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 74 apartments
Description of Units.................. Row apartments
Nursing home ......................... None, family makes arrangements
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Deadbolt locks, periodic police patrol
Safety features of unit............... Emergency call system, smoke detector
Handicapped accommodations............ Some units for handicapped person; 
                                       special showers, fixtures, kitchen, etc.
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  It is not
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Suggestion box, resident meetings

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs or older or handicapped or 
                                       disabled, within income limits, US
                                       citizen, can care for self or someone
                                       living with them for this reason
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... based on income
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Government subsidized
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Does not have to give a 30 day notice
                                       in reference to the lease
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ A reasonable length of time as long    
                                       as rent is paid








INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DORCHESTER - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS              
-DOC-
              DORCHESTER - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Dorchester County Rest Home             
Mailing Address : 82l Central Ave.         
                : Summerville, SC       
       Location : 821 Central Ave.              
                : Summerville, SC  29483
          Phone : 873-3022
          Owner : James Swygert                      
  Administrator : Leona W. Ancrum          
 License Number : 258
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Presbyterian Home of South Carolina     
Mailing Address : CMR Box 140              
                : Summerville, SC       
       Location : 9th North St.                 
                : Summerville, SC  29483
          Phone : 873-2550
          Owner : Presbyterian Home of S. C.         
  Administrator : D. K. Stewart            
 License Number : 245
    No. of Beds : 120











       Facility : Walsh Rest Home                         
Mailing Address : 780 E. Butternut         
                : Summerville, SC       
       Location : 780 E. Butternut Rd.          
                : Summerville, SC  29483
          Phone : 873-3620
          Owner : Sue Winter                         
  Administrator : Sue Winter               
 License Number : 71 
    No. of Beds :  20







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Dorchester County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DORCHESTER - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   DORCHESTER - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Oakbrook Convalescent Center            
Mailing Address : 920 Travelers Blvd.         
                : Summerville, SC  29483
       Location : 920 Travelers Blvd.           
                : Summerville, SC  29483
          Phone : 875-9053
          Owner : WMR, Inc.                               
  Administrator : Patricia H. Gerwig       
 License Number : NCF460
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Presbyterian Home of S.C./Summerville   
Mailing Address : CMR Box 140                 
                : Summerville, SC  29484
       Location : 9 North St.                   
                : Summerville, SC  29484
          Phone : 873-2550
          Owner : Presbyterian Home of S. C.              
  Administrator : Keith D. Stewart         
 License Number : NCF202
   Beds - Total :   90
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   90
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    0




Mr. Richard T. Poore         County Commissioners Bldg.  649-7115 PVT/DIR
Aiken County DSS             102 Williamsburg Street     649-1111
P. O. Drawer 1268            Aiken                       649-1112
Aiken 29802-1268                                         649-1113 PROT SVCS
                                                         649-1114 WIN/SAU
                                                         649-1418 TRANS
                                                         648-7878 ECON SVCS
                             291 Beaufort Street         648-7878 ECON SVCS
                                                         648-7864 ECON SVCS
                                                         648-7865 ECON SVCS
                             127 Williamsburg Street     649-3950 WIN
Ms. Barbara F. Smith         The James B. Brandt         584-2181 DIRECTOR
Allendale County DSS            Agriculture Bldg.        584-3956 DIRECTOR
P. O. Box 128                Allendale                   584-3103 HUM SVCS
Allendale  29810
                             McSweeney Bldg.             584-3232 ECON SVCS
                             Railroad Avenue             584-4378 ECON SVCS
                             Allendale                   584-4093 ECON SVCS

Mr. Kenneth Pryor            Old Health Dept. Bldg.      260-4100 ECON SVCS
Anderson County DSS          213 S. Towers Street
P. O. Box 827                Anderson
Anderson 29622-0827
                             Anderson Cty. Office Bldg.  260-4450 HUM SVCS
                             107 S. Main Street          260-4490 CHD PROT SVCS
                             Anderson                    260-4455 DIRECTOR

Ms. WadeDelle S. Moody       Bamberg County Human        245-5587 DIRECTOR
Bamberg County DSS              Resources Center         245-4361
P. O. Box 60
Bamberg 29003
Ms. Addie F. Moseley         Ed Richardson Bldg.         259-7161
Barnwell County Dss          Highway 278
P. O. Box 1306
Barnwell 29812

Mr. Fred S. Washington, Jr.  311 West Street             525-7367 DIRECTOR
Beaufort County DSS          Beaufort                    525-7361 ECON SVCS
P. O. Box 1065                                           525-7362 ECON SVCS
Beaufort 29901-1065                                      525-7396 FS ISS SUP
                                                         525-7397 FS ISS
                                                         525-7394 CWEP REC
                                                         525-7503 CWEP CRD
                             Beaufort County Operator    525-7100

                             1713 Prince Street          525-7321 H SVC REC
                             Beaufort

Mr. Joseph M. Craddock       2 Belt Drive                761-8044
Berkeley County DSS          Moncks Corner               723-0723
P. O. Box 158                                            577-0772
Moncks Corner 29461
Ms. Ann W. Whetstone         County Agriculture Bldg.    874-3384
Calhoun County DSS           Railroad Avenue
P. O. Box 467                St. Matthews
St. Matthews  29135

Mr. William J. Knowles       County Center               792-7346 INFO
Charleston County DSS        Charleston                  792-7290 DIRECTOR
Room 409, County Center                                  792-7236 ADMIN
Charleston  29403                                        554-0500 MID CTY OFF 
                                                         554-7764 DAY CARE
                                                         792-7280 ACCTG
                                                         792-7272 PERSONNEL
                                                         792-7218 ECON SVC
                                                         792-7240 HUM SVC

Ms. Lou V. Koopman           County Welfare              487-2508
Cherokee County DSS          326 S. Logan Street         487-2512 DIRECTOR
P. O. Box 606                Gaffney                     487-2523 HUM SVC
[BGaffney  29340
Mrs. Elizabeth C. Smith      115 Reedy Street            377-8131
Chester County DSS
P. O. Box 488
Chester  29706

Mr. James S. Sanders         202 W. Main Street          623-2147
Chesterfield County DSS      Chesterfield                623-6451 DIRECTOR
P. O. Box 269
Chesterfield  29709          Cheraw Branch Office        537-5481
                             165 Second Street

                             Pageland Branch Office      672-7443
                             107 Sycamore Street

Ms. Vera Covington           County Health Center        435-8922 DIRECTOR
Clarendon County DSS         South Church Street         435-8139
County Health Center         Manning                     435-8138
South Church Street                                      435-8475
Manning 29102                                            435-8476
Mr. Richmond Drawdy          200 Brown Street            549-1894 INFO
Colleton County DSS          Harrelson Bldg.             549-1012 DIRECTOR
P. O. Box 440                Walterboro
Walterboro  29488

Mr. Walter B. Copeland       Mozingo Bldg. Darlington    393-5451
Darlington County DSS        130 E. Camden Avenue        332-2231 DIRECTOR
P. O. Drawer 1377            Hartsville
Hartsville  29550
                             Main Street                 326-5591
                             Lamar

                             1736 Hall Street            378-4571
                             Society Hill

Ms. Ann P. Griffin           County Agriculture Bldg.    774-8284
Dillon County DSS            W. Main & 3rd Avenue        774-3461 DIRECTOR
P. O. Box 1307               Dillon
Dillon  29536
Mr. James H. Risher          217 Parler Avenue           563-9349 DIRECTOR
Dorchester County DSS        St. George
P. O. Box 906
St. George  29477            Services Bldg.              563-9375 CHD PROT SVCS 
                             Gavin Street                563-9371 ADT SVCS
                             St. George                           PROT SVCS

                             Food Stamp Office           563-9340 ECON SVCS
                             217 Parler Avenue           563-9342 MEDICAID
                             St. George                  563-9326 FSP

                             Summerville Office          871-5820
                             541 N. Cedar Street
                             Summerville

                             107 W. Sixth North Street   871-0322 CHILD PROT
                             Summerville                 871-0412 SVCS UNIT

Ms. Rachel T. Smith          County Courthouse           637-3125
Edgefield County DSS         129 Courthouse Square       637-3126
P. O. Box 644                Edgefield                   637-6265
Edgefield  29824
Mr. James T. Holcombe        117 E. Washington Street    635-5502
Fairfield County DSS         Winnsboro                   635-5503
P. O. Box 210                                            635-9810
Winnsboro  29180                                         635-1360 DIRECTOR

Ms. Anna Anderson            2685 S. Irby Street         669-3354 DIRECTOR
Florence County DSS          Florence
2865 S. Irby Street
Box A                        Lake City Office            394-8575
Florence  29501              159 S. Ron McNair Blvd.
                             Lake City  29560

Mr. Henry A. Stroup, Jr.     110 Broad Street            546-5134
Georgetown County DSS        Georgetown
Drawer P
Georgetown  29442

Ms. Sally H. Martin          17 S. Main Street           235-6963 DIRECTOR
Greenville County DSS        Greenville                  232-8703
P. O. Box 10887
Greenville  29603

Ms. Barbara D. Lyles         Greenwood Cty. Courthouse   229-6622
Greenwood County DSS         Greenwood
P. O. Box 1096
Greenwood  29646

Mr. Junior Ponds             B. T. DeLoach Bldg.         943-3641
Hampton County DSS           201 Jackson St., West
B. T. DeLoach Bldg.          Hampton
Hampton  29924

Ms. Joyce A. Todd            Former Cochran Elementary   365-5568 DIRECTOR
Horry County DSS                School                   365-5561 SOC SVCS
P. O. Drawer 1465            Oak Street Extension        365-5565 SOC SVCS
Conway  29526                Conway

Ms. Ollie S. McAlister       Corner of Highway 17        726-3959 DIRECTOR
Jasper County DSS               & Wilson Street          726-8131
P. O. Box 1349               Ridgeland                   726-8132
Ridgeland  29936                                         726-5760 FSP
                                                         726-5628 SVCS
                                                         726-5653 PROT SVCS 

Ms. Kathryn W. Baxley        County Social Svcs. Bldg.   432-7676
Kershaw County DSS           816 DeKalb Street
Drawer 590                   Camden
Camden  29020

Mr. W. Wayne Bell            Highway 9                   286-6914
Lancaster County DSS         Human Services Complex      286-7108 DIRECTOR
P. O. Box 859                Lancaster                   285-4480 PROT SVCS IN
Lancaster  29720

Ms. Joyce Benjamin           Garlington St. School Bldg. 984-0551
Laurens County DSS           201 Garlington Street
P. O. Box 986                Laurens
Laurens  29360

Ms. Fannie W. Watson         County Welfare Bldg.        484-5376
Lee County DSS               820 Brown Street
P. O. Box 389                Bishopville
Bishopville  29010
Mr. William E. Walker        Social Services Center      359-8270
Lexington County DSS         Gibson Road 541
P. O. Drawer 430
Lexington  29072

Ms. Evelyn L. Patterson      County Office Bldg.         465-2125 DIRECTOR
McCormick County DSS         Augusta Street              465-2436 FSP
P. O. Drawer D               McCormick                   465-2129 HUM SVCS
McCormick  29835                                         465-2627 ECON SVC
                                                         465-2215 EPSDT, TITLE
                                                                   XIX TRANS

Mr. Hybert N. Strickland Jr. Beeson Bldg.                423-4623 DSS, FSP
Marion County DSS            Airport Road                423-6421 DIRECTOR
P. O. Box 1135               Marion
Marion  29571

Ms. Ann B. Calhoun           Parsonage St. Extension     479-7181
Marlboro County DSS          Bennettsville               479-7186 PROT SVCS
P. O. Drawer 120                                                   INTAKES 
Bennettsville  29512                                     479-7188 DIRECTOR
                                                         479-7187 SUPV CONF
Mr. Jimmy H. Alewine         Newberry County Human       276-3611 DIRECTOR
Newberry County DSS             Services Center                   ECON SVCS
P. O. Box 309                1306 Hunt Street                     FSP
Newberry  29108              Newberry                             HUM SVCS
                                                         276-5182 ECON SVCS 
                                                                  FSP
                                                         276-7970 HUM SVCS
                                                                  DIRECTOR

Mr. J. Daniel Whitehurst Jr. Brown Square                638-5882
Oconee County DSS            Walhalla                    638-5883
P. O. Box 458                                            638-5938
Walhalla  29691                                          638-9883 CPS

Mr. Chester J. Tomson, Jr.   2570 Old St. Matthews       531-3101 ECON SVCS
Orangeburg County DSS           Road, N.E.                         ADMIN
P. O. Drawer E               Orangeburg                  531-3151 HUM SVCS
Orangeburg  29115                                        531-2279 PVT/DIR
Mr. John M. Bond             Social Services Bldg.       878-7819 ADMIN PERM 
Pickens County DSS           306 Pendleton Street                  PLAN
P. O. Box 158                Pickens                     878-7820 LICENSING
Pickens  29671                                           878-2451 CHD PROT SVCS 
                                                         855-0684 ADT PROT SVCS
                                                         868-2931  & ECON SVCS

Mr. Benjamin M. Blocker      County Adm. Bldg.           256-4200
Richland County DSS          2020 Hampton Street         254-4276 DIRECTOR
2020 Hampton Street          Columbia                    765-9870 ADULT SVCS
Columbia  29204                                                   WIN/SAU
                                                                  HOMEMAKERS
                                                         765-9871 FOOD STAMPS
                             NON-ASSISTANCE              765-9907 AFDC/AFDC-
                                                                  FOOD STAMPS
                                                                  MEDICAL-
                                                                  ASSISTANCE
                                                                  GENERAL-
                                                                  DISABILITY
                                                                  EPSDT
                                                         765-9873 SUPPORT SVCS
                                                                  ACCTNG
                                                                  CASE CONTROL
                                                                  MAIL ROOM
                                                                  PROCUREMENT
                                                                  SWITCHBOARD
                                                                  DATA MGMT
                                                         252-7702 PERSONNEL
                                                         765-1777 DEPUTY DIR
                                                         765-9242 SPEC PROJ DEV
                             Eastover Branch Office      353-2291
                                                         353-8768

Mr. Darron Wilson            120 S. Main Street          445-2139
Saluda County DSS            Saluda                      445-2130
P. O. Box 276                                            445-8151
Saluda  29138
Mr. James R. Thomson         Evans Human Resources       596-3035 DIRECTOR
Spartanburg County DSS          Center                   596-3039 HUM SVCS
P. O. Drawer 3548            142 S. Dean Street                   PROGRAM SUPV
Spartanburg  29304           Spartanburg                 596-3040 ECON SVCS
                                                                  PROG SUPV

Mr. Ronald H. Smith          105 N. Magnolia Street      778-2778 PVT/DIR
Sumter County DSS            Fourth Floor                773-5531
P. O. Box 68                 Sumter
Sumter  29151-0068

Ms. Lila K. Nichols          127 W. Main Street          427-5125 DIRECTOR
Union County DSS             Union                       427-1272
P. O. Box 428                                            427-1273
Union  29379                                             427-1274
                                                         427-1275

Mrs. Viola M. Frazier        Old Tomlinson High School   354-5411 DIRECTOR
Williamsburg County DSS      400 Lexington Avenue                 ECON SVCS
P. O. Drawer 389             Kingstree                            ISSUANCE
Kingstree  29556
                             Kingstree                   354-6694 SVCS

                             Hemingway Satellite Office  558-5132 AFDC & FS
                             P. O. Box 995               558-9241 AFDC & FS
                             Hemingway  29554

Mr. Newton Adams             18 W. Liberty Street        684-2315
York County DSS              York
P. O. Box 261
York  29745

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NATIONAL LEGISLATION RELATED TO CHILDREN                   
-DOC-
                   NATIONAL LEGISLATION RELATED TO CHILDREN
      Glennis M. Couchman, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

Economic Equity Act of 1987 (EEA)

Title II - Family

    Proposed legislation addresses dependent care issues.

    Information for provisions under Title II - Family can be found under
National Legislation Related to Adults under Economic Equity Act of 1987 -
Title II - Family.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NATIONAL LEGISLATION RELATED TO ADULTS                    
-DOC-
                    NATIONAL LEGISLATION RELATED TO ADULTS
      Glennis M. Couchman, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987 (S. 557)

Status:  Sent to Senate floor from Labor of Human Resources Committee

Provisions:

    The Act will reverse a 1984 Supreme Court decision that declared that
coverage of Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 applies only to
programs within educational institutions that receive federal funds. 
Currently, an educational institution is exempted from complying where Title IX
coverage would be in conflict with religious tenants of the organization.

    Abortion language was the center of committee debate.  The amendment now
states "Nothing in this title shall be construed to grant or secure or deny any
right relating to abortion or the funding thereof, or to require or prohibit
any person, or public or private entity or organization, to provide any benefit
or service relating to abortion."


FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT (H.R. 925)

Status:  House Education & Labor Committee approved the Act after adopting the
         compromise version of the measure.  Approved on 11/17/87.

Provisions:

    The key provisions of the compromise are as follows:

    * All employers with 50 or more employees for the first three years after
      enactment, and 35 employees thereafter, would be covered by the Act.

    * Covered employees would be entitled to ten weeks of family leave over a
      two-year period instead of 18 weeks.  Family leave could be taken after
      the birth or adoption of a child or in the event of a serious health
      condition of a child or parent.

    * Covered employees would be entitled to up to 15 weeks of medical leave
      over one year when the employee has a serious health condition.  Family
      leave was reduced to 10 weeks over a 2 year period.  A doctor's
      certificate is required.

    * Only workers who have been on the job for one year and who work at least
      20 hours a week are covered.

    * Employees in the top ten percent by salary of an employer's work force
      can be exempted from coverage if the employer can show grievous economic
      harm.

    * All leave is unpaid with a job guarantee and with a requirement that pre-
      existing health insurance be continued during the leave period.

ECONOMIC EQUITY ACT OF 1987 (EEA)

    1987 EEA is divided into two major titles -- WORK and FAMILY

                                TITLE I -- WORK

Part-time and Temporary Employee Benefits Protection Act
Rep. Patricia Schroeder

    Under the Employee Retirement Insurance Security Act (ERISA), an employee
must work at least 1000 hours per year in order to receive credit toward
vesting requirements of 1000 work hours per year down to 500 hours.
    This legislation would also require employers to offer health insurance
benefits to part-time and temporary workers on a pro rata basis if the employer
provides such benefits to full-time workers.  For example, if an employer pays
100 percent of a full-time worker's health insurance premiums, the employer
would have to offer to pay 50 percent of the premiums for a half-time employee.


Earnings Sharing (H.R. 674); (S. 3)

    H.R. 674 and S. 3 would amend Title II of the Social Security Act to
provide that the combined earnings of a husband and wife during their marriage
be divided equally and shared between them for benefit purposes, so as to
recognize the economic contribution of each spouse to the marriage and assure
that each spouse will have social security protection in his or her own right.

Pension Reform Act -- Rep. Barbara Kennelly

    This new pension bill would limit the practice of integration to only 50
percent of a recipient's pension benefit.  Integration is the practice of
offsetting a person's pension benefit by a certain percentage of that person's
social security benefit under current law, pension benefits accrued before 1989
can be reduced and in many cases completely eliminated by social security
benefits received.  The bill also would eliminate completely integration of
Simplified Employee Pensions (SEP's) used by small employers and would
eliminate integration of all other pensions after 1999.

    The bill would also expand pension plan coverage to more employees and
would reduce the vesting requirement of multi-employer pension plans from ten
years down to five to match the requirement for all other pension plans. 
Multi-employer plans are pension plans set up by different employers in the
same industry because workers in these industries tend to move from company to
company.

    Also included would be studies on the feasibility of providing cost of
living adjustments for pension benefits and on pension portability.


Spousal Impoverishment Act

Status:  On October 27 Senate passed a spousal impoverishment amendment to the
         catastrophic health care bill (H.R. 2470) and (S. 1127).



Provisions:

    The Mikulski-Mitchell-Kennedy (Senators) amendment would guarantee that
when one spouse goes into a nursing home, the remaining spouse does not become
impoverished by the costs of care until Medicaid starts paying for the nursing
home bills.  The amendment would allow the at-home spouse to keep up to $12,000
in assets and $750 a month in income without these amounts being counted
against the spouse in determining Medicaid eligibility.

    Senator Mikulski's original bill, S. 776, which is part of the Economic
Equity Act of 1987, H.R. 2577, called for the at-home spouse to keep up to $750
a month in income and assets equal to $25,000.

    The Senate catastrophic bill's sponsor, Finance Committee Chairman Senator
Lloyd Bentsen, has said that the new benefits would not add to the federal
deficit or deplete Medicare trust funds because new premiums on Medicare
recipients would cover all costs.





Nondiscrimination in Insurance

    This bill prohibits discrimination in insurance on the basis of race,
color, religion, national origin, or sex.

    In response to cost concerns, the bill was designed to be completely
prospective and would allow insurers to equalize future benefits in whatever
manner they choose.

                             TITLE II - FAMILY
                            Dependent Care Package

A.  IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF DEPENDENT CARE
    Training for Family Day Care Providers (H.R. 1001, Sec. 402)

    Both the House and Senate bills would provide $10 million to states to
train family day care providers, to train those who train providers, and to
make available the necessary technical assistance to improve the management of
and level of care offered in family day care homes.  Training and technical
assistance for family day care providers caring for handicapped children may
also be provided.  The Senate version would also establish a National Resource
Center on Family Day Care.
    Improvement of Child Care Standards (H.R. 1001, Sec. 201); (S. 934)

    Both bills would provide for incentive grants to states to assist them in
improving their child care regulatory and monitoring systems.  The bills also
would require states to establish State Advisory Committees to review state
laws, regulations, and procedures for licensing, regulating, and monitoring
child care services in both family day care and center-based settings.  A
National Advisory Committee would be established to develop and propose model
child care standards.  The House version calls for $50 million in incentive
grants, while the Senate version calls for $25 million.


B.  IMPROVING ACCESS TO CHILD CARE FOR ALL FAMILIES

    Dependent Care Tax Credit (H.R. 2456)

    H.R. 2456 would expand and index for inflation the dependent care tax
credit and would make the credit refundable to families who owe no income tax. 
In addition, this legislation would provide a new tax credit for respite care
expenses up to $1200.


    Latchkey Bill (H.R. 2105); (S. 222)

    The Dependent Care Development Grants Act was reauthorized in the 99th
Congress.  The Dependent Care Program established by the law helps address the
serious need for school-aged child care by establishing or improving before-
and after-school child care programs.


    Currently, under the law funds can be used only for start-up costs, not
ongoing program operating costs.  H.R. 2105 and S. 222 would remove this
prohibition and thereby increase the participation of lower-income families in
these programs, since programs set up in lower-income areas have a more
difficult time becoming self-sustaining and may need more than just start-up
funds to help them become financially sound.

    Child Care in Public Housing (H.R. 2518); (S. 183)
Status:  Included in the Housing & Community Development Authorization bill
         which passed on 11/9 in the House.

    H.R. 2518 and S. 183 would establish grants for child care programs in
public housing projects.  Public housing agencies would contract with nonprofit
organizations within their communities to provide child care services to lower-
income families in public housing.  The bills also would encourage the direct
involvement of public housing residents by employing these residents--
particularly elderly individuals--in the child care programs.


FAMILY WELFARE REFORM ACT OF 1987 (H.R. 1720)

Status:  Postponed floor debate indefinitely.


    The bill would replace the current Aid to Families with Dependent Children
(AFDC) with a new Family Support Program that emphasizes work, child support,
and needs--based family support supplements.  As approved by the committee,
H.R. 1720 would:

 - Require all states to include in the welfare program two-parent families in
   which both spouses are unemployed.

 - Require mothers with children three years of age or older to participate in
   the education, training, and work program, provided that child care
   assistance, medical coverage, and transportation are made available.

 - Increase by 25 percent the federal reimbursement to the states for any
   benefit increases made after September 1988, not to exceed 90 percent, in
   order to induce states to raise benefits.  The federal government now
   reimburses a state 50 to 78 percent of its benefits costs, with poor states
   receiving the higher match.  The federal government's national average
   contribution is 54 percent.

 - Require the federal government to pay 65 percent of the costs of the work
   and training programs.

 - Allow recipients to continue receiving child care assistance and Medicaid
   benefits for six months after working their way off welfare.

 - Disregard the first $100 of earnings plus 25 percent of remaining earnings
   for recipients who work but still have low incomes, beginning October 1,
   1988.


Catastrophic Health Care Bill

Status:  An amendment has been added to include Medicare coverage for
         preventive tests such as mammograms.
    The bill approved by the committee provided for broader coverage than
legislation approved by the House Ways & Means Committee in May which expands
only acute care coverage under Medicare.  Approval by the Energy & Commerce
Committee would add extra protections for Medicare beneficiaries--prescription
drug benefits, spousal impoverishment language, respite and adult day care
provisions and coverage of triennial breast cancer screening.


Fairness for Adopting Families Act, H.R. 3374/S. 1733

Status:  H.R. 3374 is in House Ways & Means Committee
         S. 1733 is awaiting action in Senate Finance Committee

Provisions:

    The Act would provide tax deductions for adopting families.  The bill would
provide a federal tax deduction of up to $5,000 for domestic adoptions and up
to $7,000 for foreign adoptions.




1987 Competitive Equality Banking Act

    The law is designed to speed up funds availability at the nation's
depository institutions.

    The act calls for a "permanent schedule for availability of funds" by
September 1, 1990.  The schedule would require no more than one business day
between deposit and availability on a local check and no more than four
business days on a non-local check.  A check is local if the bank on which it
is drawn and the bank in which it is deposited are located in the same Federal
Reserve check processing region.

    In general, the act mandates next-business-day availability for the full
amount of U.S. Treasury, state, certified, teller's, and cashier's checks, for
at least $100 of all other types of checks, and the full amount for non-check
deposits such as cash and wire transfer funds.

    Banks will be allowed to adjust gradually to the new requirements through a
temporary schedule, which may be in effect from September 1988 to September
1990.  According to this timetable, funds from local items should be available
after two days, and funds from non-local checks should be available after six
business days.
    This is the first federal legislation ever to impose specific time limits
on funds availability, and so it is not known exactly how the system will
affect consumers and banks,  Banks could, though, be exposed to more risk,
because they may have to pay out more funds before knowing if they are actually
collected.


ACT FOR BETTER CHILD CARE SERVICES (ABC), (H.R. 3660); (S. 1885)

Status:  Introduced on November 19, 1987.

Provisions:

    First comprehensive child care bill in 16 years.

    * Authorize $2.5 billion per year (with a 20% state match) to help states:
      (1) make child care more affordable for low- and moderate-income
      families; (2) improve the quality of child care available to all
      families; (3) increase the number of child care facilities and number of
      qualified daycare staff; and (4) coordinate child care resources to
      ensure their efficient use.

INFANT MORTALITY BILL, (H.R. 1326); (S. 1441)

Status:  Passed by voice vote in both House and Senate

Provisions:

    Creates a National Commission to prevent infant mortality.  The Commission
will hold a series of public meetings/hearings.  For information about
scheduled hearings write to:  National Commission to Prevent Infant Mortality,
Switzer Building, Room 2006, 330 C. Street NW, Washington, DC 20201.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Barnwell County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 427
                                  2229 Allen
                              Barnwell, SC  29812
                                (803) 259-3661

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Beaufort County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 459
                                600 Wilmington
                              Beaufort, SC  29901
                                (803) 525-7215

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Berkeley County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 566
                           Moncks Corner, SC  29461
                                (803) 761-8090

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Calhoun County Health Department
                            Lake Inspiration Circle
                            St. Matthews, SC  29135
                                (803) 874-2037

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Charleston County Health Department
                              334 Calhoun Street
                             Charleston, SC  29401
                                (803) 724-5800

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Cherokee County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 338
                                 400 S. Logan
                              Gaffney, SC  29342
                                (803) 487-2705

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Chester County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 741
                                   129 Wylie
                              Chester, SC  29706
                                (803) 385-6152

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                     Chesterfield County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 112
                                  Scotch Road
                            Chesterfield, SC  29709
                                (803) 623-2117

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Clarendon County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 729
                             21 E. Hospital Street
                              Manning, SC  29102

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Colleton County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 229
                                  126 Benson
                             Walterboro, SC  29488
                                (803) 549-1516

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Darlington County Health Department
                              349 Russell Street
                             Darlington, SC  29532
                                (803) 393-4511

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Dillon County Health Department
                                P. O. Box 1064
                             1st Avenue & Hampton
                               Dillon, SC  29536
                                (803) 774-5611

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Dorchester County Health Department
                               201 Gavin Street
                             St. George, SC  29477
                                (803) 821-1624

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Edgefield County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 526
                                300 Gray Street
                             Edgefield, SC  29824
                                (803) 637-3159

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Fairfield County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 270
                                  321 By-Pass
                             Winnsboro, SC  29180
                                (803) 635-6481

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Florence County Health Department
                                P. O. Box 3499
                                 1705 W. Evans
                              Florence, SC  29502
                                (803) 662-5281
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Georgetown County Health Department
                               303 Hazard Street
                             Georgetown, SC  29440
                                (803) 546-5593

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Greenville County Health Department
                                P. O. Box 2507
                             200 University Ridge
                             Greenville, SC  29602
                                (803) 240-8800

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Greenwood County Health Department
                              1118 Phoenix Street
                             Greenwood, SC  29646
                                (803) 223-8488

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Hampton County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 37
                                  Highway 278
                             Varnville, SC  29924
                                (803) 943-3878

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Horry County Health Department
                                P. O. Box 1206
                                  Elm Street
                               Conway, SC  29526
                                (803) 248-6381
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Jasper County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 220
                             113 E. Wilson Street
                             Ridgeland, SC  29936
                                (803) 726-8121
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Kershaw County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 340
                              1116 Church Street
                               Camden, SC  29020
                                (803) 432-1426

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Lancaster County Health Department
                                   Route 10
                                  Highway 10
                             Lancaster, SC  29720
                                (803) 286-9948

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Laurens County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 345
                               Catherine Street
                              Laurens, SC  29360
                                (803) 984-6587

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Lee County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 307
                                 108 E. Church
                            Bishopville, SC  29010
                                (803) 484-6612

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Lexington County Health Department
                             112 W. Hospital Drive
                           West Columbia, SC  29169
                                (803) 791-3580

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      McCormick County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 27
                              Main at Highway 28
                             McCormick, SC  29835
                                (803) 465-2511

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Marion County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 609
                          Highway 76, Beeson Building
                               Marion, SC  29571
                                (803) 423-4312

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Marlboro County Health Department
                          Parsonage Street Extension
                           Bennettsville, SC  29512
                                (803) 479-6801

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Newberry County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 269
                              Newberry, SC  29108
                                (803) 276-4155

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Oconee County Health Department
                               County Mail Room
                                 200 S. Broad
                              Walhalla, SC  29691
                                (803) 638-3639

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Orangeburg County Health Department
                                P. O. Box 1126
                                550 Carolina NE
                          Orangeburg, SC  29116-1126
                                (803) 536-9060

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Pickens County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 323
                                McDaniel Avenue
                              Pickens, SC  29671
                                (803) 878-7821

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Richland County Health Department
                               1221 Gregg Street
                              Columbia, SC  29201
                                (803) 748-4970

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Saluda County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 664
                                 405 W. Butler
                               Saluda, SC  29138
                                (803) 445-2141

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                     Spartanburg County Health Department
                                P. O. Box 4217
                                  151 E. Wood
                            Spartanburg, SC  29305
                                (803) 596-3337

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Sumter County Health Department
                                P. O. Box 1628
                                105 N. Magnolia
                               Sumter, SC  29150
                                (803) 773-5511

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Union County Health Department
                                   Drawer Q
                                Thompson Blvd.
                               Union, SC  29379
                                (803) 427-5604

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                     Williamsburg County Health Department
                             203 East Brook Street
                             Kingstree, SC  29556
                                (803) 354-9927

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         York County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 149
                              N. Congress Street
                                York, SC  29745
                                (803) 684-7004

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Abbeville County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 219
                               Church & Pinckney
                             Abbeville, SC  29620
                                (803) 459-2131



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Aiken County Health Department
                                P. O. Box 2269
                                828 W. Richland
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                                (803) 642-1687

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                      Allendale County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 386
                                415 N. Memorial
                             Allendale, SC  29810
                                (803) 584-3818

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Anderson County Health Department
                                P. O. Box 1906
                                220 McGee Road
                              Anderson, SC  29622
                                (803) 225-3731

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                       Bamberg County Health Department
                                 P. O. Box 360
                                Log Branch Road
                              Bamberg, SC  29003
                                (803) 245-5176

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS                           
-DOC-
                           COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENTS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

The majority of child health services are provided in health department 
clinics in each of the 46 counties.  Many counties have multiple clinic sites. 

The structure of clinics may vary widely from site to site, depending on the 
local need for specific services and the resources available.  To serve the 
public, clinic hours and appointment systems are maintained. 

Some services are provided in community based activities such as school health 
programs and child care and development centers. Other services including 
priority infant follow-up, lead toxicity investigations and SIDS (Sudden 
Infant Death Syndrome) counseling for parents require home visits. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OVERVIEW OF DHEC SERVICES (GENERAL)                       
-DOC-
                      OVERVIEW OF DHEC SERVICES (GENERAL) 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

The Department of Health and Environmental Control (DHEC) is only one of many 
providers of a wide array of health related services for children, adolescents 
and youths in South Carolina.  In DHEC the services are administered through 
the Division of Children's Health within the Bureau of Maternal and Child 
Health.  There are both direct and indirect services. 

The two major direct service components are 1) preventive care, including 
medical screening, health assessments and immunizations for those who desire 
and need them, and 2) services for chronically ill and handicapped children 
who do not have medical and/or financial resources. 

The indirect services include maintaining standards of care and monitoring 
direct services for quality assurance; coordinating activities affecting the 
health of children with other community providers, agencies and organizations; 
and supporting direct services with a medical reference library and 
parent/child educational materials.  A committee of physicians advises 
management staff on children's health issues. 
Registries are maintained for lead toxicity and congenital syphilis, both 
reportable diseases; and for newborns screened for phenylketonuria (PKU) and 
hypothyroidism which are also mandated. Screening for sickle cell will be 
added in July, 1987.  Identified cases are tracked to assure appropriate 
follow-up. 

Efforts are made to assure that pregnant women at risk deliver in hospitals 
which provide an appropriate level of care for both the mother and infant and 
to identify and enroll high risk infants and low risk infants of high risk 
mothers in a system of health care provided by the health department, other 
community provider, or private physician to be tracked for at least one year. 
These efforts are statewide in scope and require a concerted cooperative 
effort with hospitals. 

Children's Health staff, especially trained social workers, are available to 
provide counseling services, education and referral to parents of infants that 
have died from Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS). 


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREVENTIVE CARE SERVICES - DHEC                        
-DOC-
                        PREVENTIVE CARE SERVICES - DHEC
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

WHAT ARE PREVENTIVE HEALTH SERVICES?

Preventive health services include health screenings, physical appraisals, 
immunizations and parent/child health education.  These services are provided 
to the "well child" population to assure their continued well being, to 
prevent the development of a serious illness and to detect a potentially 
handicapping problem at the earliest possible time. 

WHAT SPECIFIC SERVICES ARE PROVIDED?

The following services are provided at specified intervals and are called core 
services: 

      - complete head to toe physical appraisals which include laboratory
        tests, TB skin tests, vision and hearing screening and assessment
        for developmental delays;
      - a health history;
      - parent/child education and counseling on nutrition, safety, child
        care and other parenting topics;
      - immunization against a wide range of diseases;
      - referral when needed for diagnosis and treatment services.

These core services are the same as those required by the Health and Human 
Services Finance Commission (HHSFC) for Early and Periodic Screening, 
Diagnosis and Treatment (EPSDT).  DHEC, like private providers and others, 
contracts with HHSFC to provide the EPSDT services. 

A child's continuing need for further services is determined in
coordination with other providers in an effort to avoid duplication
of services. Referral and follow-up systems are established to
assure that gaps in care do not occur.

WHO PROVIDED THE SERVICES?

Health screening and assessment are normally provided by public health nurses 
in most clinics under standing orders of a physician. Clinic nurses may also 
treat certain conditions.  Other staff providing services will vary from 
clinic to clinic depending upon funding available and the type of clinic.  The 
staff may include physicians, nurse practitioners, nutritionists, health 
educators, oral health educators, social workers, lab technicians, and clerks 
who are essential to all clinics.  Nurse practitioners under standing orders 
of a physician can provide a higher level of treatment services than other 
nurses. Registered sanitarians assist with identifying and eradicating sources 
of pollution in the child's environment which cause such illnesses as 
parasites and lead toxicity.  All staff are expected to provide health 
promotion information appropriate for each visit.  The many multidisciplinary 
services are provided with the guidance of specific discipline consultants in 
central office who are responsible for setting standards of care, developing 
program manuals, and monitoring services accordingly. 

WHO IS ELIGIBLE FOR SERVICES?

Children, adolescents and youths from birth until their 21st birthday who need 
and desire health services are eligible. Contingent upon resources available 
from county to county, however, priorities may be placed on certain age 
groups. For example, children under 6 may receive a higher priority than older 
children since early health services may preclude problems later in life. The 
highest priority would be the at-risk infants in order to enhance their 
chances of survival and to maximize their chance for healthy development. 
At-risks infants are identified and scored on the basis of the
following parameters:

     Infant    -    Low birthweight (<2500 grams).
     Mother    -    Less than 18 years of age;
               -    Less than high school graduate;
               -    Less than 5 prenatal visits or prenatal care
                    started after 6th month of pregnancy;
               -    A previously live born child now dead.

HOW ARE PREVENTIVE CHILD HEALTH SERVICES FUNDED?

DHEC is the agency in South Carolina designated to receive Title V federal 
funds through the Maternal and Child Health Services Block Grant.  A portion 
of this grant is allocated for Children's Health to provide both direct and 
administrative services.  This portion is divided among central office and the 
15 health districts.  Each health district determines independently the 
portion which will be used for direct services.  Thus, preventive child health 
services are provided at no cost unless the recipient has established 
eligibility for other federal funds, such as Title XIX, known as Medicaid and 
administered by the HHSFC. 

Any Medicaid eligible client is eligible for EPSDT services.  In this case 
reimbursement is sought for screening which consists of the core services at 
specified intervals and optional tests when medically indicated.  Although all 
EPSDT screenings do not require identical services as some are optional, the 
screening is reimbursed at a uniform statewide encounter rate of $30.00.  In 
addition, the cost of vaccines for immunizations is reimbursed. 

From time to time, sources of additional funding are sought for special 
projects.  The most significant source is from the Bureau of Health Care 
Delivery Assistance for Special Projects of Regional and National Significance 
(SPRANS).  Thus, Children's Health has received a SPRANS grant to promote 
breast feeding.  The focus of the Breast Feeding Project is primarily to 
educate mothers about the healthful advantages of breast feeding their infants 
and get them to do so.  The project will require concerted coordination with 
hospitals. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
REHABILITATION SERVICES                            
-DOC-
                            REHABILITATION SERVICES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

WHAT IS "CHILDREN'S REHABILITATION SERVICES" (CRS)?

CRS provides multidisciplinary diagnosis and treatment for physically 
handicapped and chronically ill children who have rehabilitative potential. 

WHERE ARE SERVICES PROVIDED?

Diagnosis and treatment are provided and/or arranged through twelve district 
clinics.  Children may be referred or seen in the offices of medical 
specialists associated with CRS.  Some children may need to go to a regional 
specialty clinic depending on their medical problems. 

WHAT SERVICES ARE PROVIDED?

     - clinic services, including evaluations
     - Orthopedic braces and rehabilitation equipment, hearing aids, etc.
     - Medicines, medical supplies, and special formulas
     - Speech therapy, physical therapy, occupational therapy, and
       recreational therapy
     - Summer camp at Camp Burnt Gin
     - Coordination of care
     - Other services when ordered by a CRS consultant which may include
       surgery and corrective or restorative dentistry and orthodontics
     
Applications for services, including camp, are made through the local health 
department.  Services which are purchased outside DHEC must be pre-authorized 
by the CRS clinic. 

WHO PROVIDES SERVICES?

Services are provided by full-time paid staff, including nurses, social 
workers, and nutritionists with essential clerical support. Physicians, 
dentists and other health professionals in private practice or on the staff of 
medical schools work under contract with DHEC to provide clinic services and 
see children on a consultant basis in their offices.  Physical therapists, 
occupational therapists, speech therapists, and audiologists also provide 
services under contract. 
WHAT MEDICAL CONDITIONS DOES CRS COVER?

     - Diseases of the bones and joints
     - Hearing disorders and aural pathologies
     - Congenital anomalies
     - Epilepsy
     - Rheumatic fever
     - Residuals of trauma (accidents, burns, and poisoning)
     - Cerebral palsy and other central nervous system disorders
     - Cystic fibrosis (children and adults)
     - Endocrine disorders
     - Hemophilia (children and adults)
     - Sickle Cell disorders (children and adults)
     - Developmental delays, such as speech/language, motor, and growth
       abnormalities
WHO IS ELIGIBLE FOR CRS?

Children from birth to their 18th birthday are eligible if the family income is 
200% or less of the federal poverty guidelines. There are some disorders for 
which children may be evaluated but may not be able to receive treatment 
through CRS.  Any physically handicapped child in the state 7-15 years old is 
eligible for consideration to attend Camp Burnt Gin; he or she does not have 
to be a CRS patient. 

Some adults may receive certain services through CRS:

     - Persons with hemophilia l8 years old and over with incomes below
       250% of the federal poverty guidelines can receive blood products
       and supplies at no cost to the patient; those with incomes above
       250% of the federal poverty guidelines can purchase blood products
       and supplies from the Program at the State contract cost.
     - Persons with sickle cell disease l8 years old and over with
       incomes below 200% of the federal poverty guidelines are eligible
       for limited services. Persons with cystic fibrosis 18 years old
       and over are eligible to submit bills for certain services related
       to the disease for possible medical financial assistance.

HOW IS CRS FUNDED?

A portion of the Title V Maternal and Child Health Services Block Grant is 
allocated for patient services; the State appropriates funds for patient 
services, Camp Burnt Gin, special formula for inborn metabolic disorders, 
blood products and supplies for hemophilia patients (including adults*), adult 
sickle cell disease* and adult cystic fibrosis.* 

Third party reimbursement is sought from private insurance; Medicaid is billed 
for eligible patients, including Medically Needy and SSI/DCP.  Private Pay 
patients are billed according to sliding fee scales based on federal poverty 
guidelines. 

*CRS administers appropriations for adults.
HOW ARE SERVICES AND COST ACCOUNTABILITY MONITORED?

A patient can be tracked for public health services provided anywhere in South 
Carolina through a computerized data system which integrates both the "well 
child" and CRS statewide caseloads.  The system provides data on patients 
served, services provided to each patient, and providers of services, thus 
enabling costs to be related to patients and services.  The system also 
provides for direct billing for third party reimbursement, including Medicaid, 
and private pay for CRS. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMUNITY PROGRAMS                              
-DOC-
                              COMMUNITY PROGRAMS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Famility Life & Human Resources Specialist 

    Community programs supervised by qualified, professional staff members 
have been developed for citizens with mental retardation of every age and 
degree of impairment.

    I.  Children's Programs

        A.  Early Childhood Intervention Programs - Provide educational 
            intervention and therapy for infants with mental retardation or 
            who are at risk.  Training for parents is also provided through 
            this program to promote maximum development through activity in 
            the home.

        B.  Child Development Programs - Provide education, training and other 
            services to children with mental retardation under five years old.  
            The programs prepare children for entry into the public school 
            system, whenever possible, and encourage personal and social 
            adjustment.
        C.  Public Schools - As required in public law 94-142, educational and 
            vocational programs for citizens with mental retardation 5 to 21 
            years old are the responsibility of South Carolina's public school 
            system.  The S. C. Department of Mental Retardation often 
            cooperates with the Department of Education to provide support 
            services for these citizens.

   II.  Adult Programs - Serve persons with mental retardation over 21 years 
        old.  Work-oriented, skill-enhancing activities motivate each adult to 
        acquire vocational skills and perform work that aids in the production 
        of a product or produces a product.  Adults are evaluated periodically 
        to determine their vocational skill level and determine skills needed 
        for placement in competitive employment.  Ultimately, adults work 
        toward obtaining competitive employment at a salary equal to or above 
        minimum wage, realizing all benefits afforded to regular employees.

        A.  Adult Development Programs - Provide activities for adults unable 
            to participate in work activity programs.  The programs help 
            prepare citizens with mental retardation for entry into a work 
            activity program, when possible, and encourage overall social 
            adjustment for an independent, productive life.
  \$
        B.  Work Activity Programs - Emphasize training and performance of 
            productive work skills.  Emphasis is also placed on personal 
            adjustment, social adjustment and recreational activity.  Clients 
            are prepared for sheltered workshop programs, whenever possible.

        C.  Sheltered Workshop Programs - Provide clients with supervised 
            vocational training.  Workshop programs prepare persons with 
            mental retardation for sheltered or competitive employment, 
            whenever possible.  All sheltered workshops must maintain a 
            certificate with the Department of Labor designating them as 
            "regular work programs".  They must maintain all records required 
            of the Department of Labor.

        D.  Sheltered Employment Programs - Place clients on a job site with 
            supervision and vocational training to produce a product or 
            service.  Sheltered employment programs encourage social 
            adjustment for competitive employment and motivate persons with 
            mental retardation toward that goal.
        E.  Competitive Employment Programs - Allow citizens with mental 
            retardation to work on a job site independently with other 
            workers.  Competitive employment provides citizens with mental 
            retardation with a salary equal to or above minimum wage and all 
            benefits afforded to regular employees.  Follow-up services are 
            also provided, when needed, to help individuals maintain 
            employment.

        F.  Job Coach Programs - Allow persons with mental retardation to 
            acquire employment at their existing skill level, whatever that 
            skill level may be.  The programs cooperate with local private 
            industry councils and are funded through the Job Training 
            Partnership Act and the Department of Mental Retardataion.  A job 
            coach works with each person with mental retardation to teach the 
            skills necessary for employment.  The job coach also helps the 
            client develop job-related skills such as money management, 
            employee relations and management relations.  After training and 
            placement, the job coach provides long-term follow-up services 
            including counseling and retraining.
        G.  Enclave Programs - Train and supervise groups of six to eight 
            citizens with mental retardation to work in an industry or 
            business amoung non-handicapped workers.


        H.  Mobile Work Crews - Train groups of five to seven citizens with 
            mental retardation to work in the community performing services 
            such as yard and janitorial work.


                      Mental Retardation Support Services


    Support services provide leisure activities, respite care, family care, 
outreach, therapy and training services to citizens with mental retardation 
and their families.  Support services also include genetic research and mental 
retardation prevention for families who have a history of genetic disorder or 
mental retardation.

    I.  Outreach - Outreach social workers are responsible for coordinating 
        each client's service needs in the community.  In order to determine 
        the appropriateness of service, the outreach worker must monitor 
        progress and actively participate in planning for each client.

   II.  Summer Camp Services - Camps at a regional center or in the community 
        provide leisure activities for children and adults with mental 
        retardation.  Residential and day camp services are included in the 
        summer camp program.

  III.  Family Care Services - Provide financial support for families to care 
        for a relative with mental retardation and prevent 
        institutionalization.  The program is directed toward families who are 
        able to provide care for their disabled family member at home, but 
        cannot afford the cost of that specialized care.  The program is 
        limited to clients judged by the department to be at risk of being 
        institutionalized or clients on the waiting list for residential 
        services.  The program may also be utilized for clients who reside in 
        an institution, but can be deinstitutionalized if family support 
        services are provided.  Family care services include funds for 
        transportation, specialized equipment and architectural changes to 
        eliminate physical barriers from the home.  Case subsidies may also be 
        provided, in amounts not to exceed $150 per month, per client, for 
        services or treatment provided in accordance with client habilitation 
        plans.

   IV.  Supervised Living Subsidy - Two types of subsidies are available to 
        help capable persons with mental retardation establish and maintain a 
        residence of their own.

        A.  Placement Subsidies - Clients who have been approved for a 
            supervised living program and do not have resources to assist with 
            the cost of moving into the residence or have limited resources 
            may receive a subsidy.  The maximum amount of subsidy is $1,000.  
            Funds may be used for furniture, security deposits, utility 
            deposits, household supplies, specialized therapeutic equipment 
            and other approved purchases, fees or deposits.

        B.  Emergency Subsidies - Clients may qualify for an emergency subsidy 
            if they are at risk of being placed in a more restrictive 
            environment unless additional funds are provided.  Needs for 
            emergency assistance must be urgent and temporary, such as losing 
            a roommate or losing a job.

    V.  Respite Programs - Provide quality car for children and adults with 
        mental retardation while parents attend to an emergency situation or 
        take a much needed vacation.  Respite services may provide relief in 
        the home, through community day programs, in a community residence, in 
        a regional residential center or in a special respite care center.

  VI.  Home-Based and Center-Based Therapy Programs - Physical and 
        occupational therapy, speech correction and other approved therapies 
        are provided when generic services are not available in the community 
        on a regular basis.  Services are provided for citizens with mental 
        retardation in a day program or in the home and client eligibility 
        must be established through the diagnosis and evaluation process.

  VII.  Training and Counseling Services - Services to train and counsel 
        parents in problem solving, care and maintenance of citizens with 
        mental retardation are provided.

VIII.  Genetic Research and Counseling Programs - Genetic research and 
        counseling are provided through the S. C. Genetic Consortium, 
        particularly the Greenwood Genetic Center.

        A.  The S. C. Genetic Consortium - The Greenwood Genetic Center, the 
            University of South Carolina School of Medicine in Columbia and 
            the Medical University of South Carolina comprise the consortium.  
            Through the genetic consortium, the centers provide mutual 
            assistance in testing, patient evaluation, educational programming 
            and other endeavors.

        B.  The Greenwood Genetic Center - The center serves families who are 
            at risk of having a child born with genetic disease and families 
            in which a child has already been stricken with a birth defect or 
            handicapping condition.  In addition to its home-b ased clinic in 
            Greenwood, the center operated a satellite clinical system with 
            ten locations.  Clinical staff also travel throughout the state to 
            provide genetic services, patient evaluation, test interpretation 
            and counseling for parents and their families. 


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL PROGRAMS                        
-DOC-
                        COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL PROGRAMS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

    Community residential facilities allow citizens with mental retardation to 
live in the least restrictive environment possible.

    The facilities are licensed to meet standards of safety, sanitation and 
care.

    Residents attend public schools, work activity centers and other community 
programs.  Recreational activities and the completion of dail household tasks 
alsof emphasize the Principle of Normalization.

    The S. C. Department of Mental Retardation's community residential 
facilities include community residences, boarding homes, supervised 
apartments, alternate living programs and community training homes.
    I.  Community Residences - Provide 24-hour care and supervision for 
        citizens with mental retardation in facilitiers which resemble single-
        family homes.  Services include habilitation, counseling, recreation 
        and other activities in addition to residential needs.  Persons 
        admitted do not require 24-hour nursing services.  Adult residences 
        are licensed by the Department of Health and Environmental Control.  
        Children's residences are licensed by the Department of Social 
        Services.

   II.  Boarding Homes - Provide 24-hour room, board and supervision for 
        clients who can function with minimal assistance.  Specific programs 
        including counseling, recreation and on-the-job training are provided 
        to assist residents according to need.

        Supervised Apartment Living Programs - Place adults with mental 
        retardation in public or privately-owned housing.  Residents must have 
        demonstrated capability in community living, money management and 
        housekeeping skills.  They are competitively employed or attend day 
        programs.  Residents also receive follow-up services from staff 
        members in household management skills, budgeting, shopping, meal 
        preparation and other areas, when necessary.
        Alternate Living Programs - Provide supervision and support services 
        to adults who are capable of semi-independent and independent 
        community living.  Clients reside in apartments, private boarding 
        homes, public-assisted housing, duplexes and other approved housing.  
        Regularly scheduled client contacts are madfe to enhance the 
        development of daily living skills, household management, budgeting, 
        shopping habits, socialization skills and problem solving skills.

        Community Training Homes - Provide continuous 24-hour residential 
        services and specialized care to children and adults in the homes of 
        caregivers licensed or certified by the Department of Mental 
        Retardation.  The nature and extent of specialized services provided 
        by the caregiver is determined by the resident placed with the 
        caregiver.  Caregivers who complete training and qualify may provide 
        services for up to three clients in their private residence.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUPPORT SERVICES                               
-DOC-
                               SUPPORT SERVICES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 

    Support services provide leisure activities, respite care, family care, 
outreach, therapy and training services to citizens with mental retardation 
and their families.  Support services also include genetic research and mental 
retardation prevention for families who have a history of genetic disorder or 
mental retardation.

    I.  Outreach - Outreach social workers are responsible for coordinating 
        each client's service needs in the community.  In order to determine 
        the appropriateness of service, the outreach worker must monitor 
        progress and actively participate in planning for each client.

   II.  Summer Camp Services - Camps at a regional center or in the community 
        provide leisure activities for children and adults with mental 
        retardation.  Residential and day camp services are included in the 
        summer camp program.
  III.  Family Care Services - Provide financial support for families to care 
        for a relative with mental retardation and prevent 
        institutionalization.  The program is directed toward families who are 
        able to provide care for their disabled family member at home, but 
        cannot afford the cost of that specialized care.  The program is 
        limited to clients judged by the department to be at risk of being 
        institutionalized or clients on the waiting list for residential 
        services.  The program may also be utilized for clients who reside in 
        an institution, but can be deinstitutionalized if family support 
        services are provided.  Family care services include funds for 
        transportation, specialized equipment and architectural changes to 
        eliminate physical barriers from the home.  Case subsidies may also be 
        provided, in amounts not to exceed $150 per month, per client, for 
        services or treatment provided in accordance with client habilitation 
        plans.

   IV.  Supervised Living Subsidy - Two types of subsidies are available to 
        help capable persons with mental retardation establish and maintain a 
        residence of their own.
        A.  Placement Subsidies - Clients who have been approved for a 
            supervised living program and do not have resources to assist with 
            the cost of moving into the residence or have limited resources 
            may receive a subsidy.  The maximum amount of subsidy is $1,000.  
            Funds may be used for furniture, security deposits, utility 
            deposits, household supplies, specialized therapeutic equipment 
            and other approved purchases, fees or deposits.

        B.  Emergency Subsidies - Clients may qualify for an emergency subsidy 
            if they are at risk of being placed in a more restrictive 
            environment unless additional funds are provided.  Needs for 
            emergency assistance must be urgent and temporary, such as losing 
            a roommate or losing a job.

    V.  Respite Programs - Provide quality car for children and adults with 
        mental retardation while parents attend to an emergency situation or 
        take a much needed vacation.  Respite services may provide relief in 
        the home, through community day programs, in a community residence, in 
        a regional residential center or in a special respite care center.
   VI.  Home-Based and Center-Based Therapy Programs - Physical and 
        occupational therapy, speech correction and other approved therapies 
        are provided when generic services are not available in the community 
        on a regular basis.  Services are provided for citizens with mental 
        retardation in a day program or in the home and client eligibility 
        must be established through the diagnosis and evaluation process.

  VII.  Training and Counseling Services - Services to train and counsel 
        parents in problem solving, care and maintenance of citizens with 
        mental retardation are provided.

 VIII.  Genetic Research and Counseling Programs - Genetic research and 
        counseling are provided through the S. C. Genetic Consortium, 
        particularly the Greenwood Genetic Center.

        A.  The S. C. Genetic Consortium - The Greenwood Genetic Center, the 
            University of South Carolina School of Medicine in Columbia and 
            the Medical University of South Carolina comprise the consortium.  
            Through the genetic consortium, the centers provide mutual 
            assistance in testing, patient evaluation, educational programming 
            and other endeavors.
        B.  The Greenwood Genetic Center - The center serves families who are 
            at risk of having a child born with genetic disease and families 
            in which a child has already been stricken with a birth defect or 
            handicapping condition.  In addition to its home-b ased clinic in 
            Greenwood, the center operated a satellite clinical system with 
            ten locations.  Clinical staff also travel throughout the state to 
            provide genetic services, patient evaluation, test interpretation 
            and counseling for parents and their families. 


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     Administration Agency                           Services Provided
     ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
     Mr. J. Felton Burton                            Community Residence
     Executive Director
     Piedmont Multi-County MR Board
     P. O. Box 3004
     Greenwood, SC  29646
     223-4579
     Mr. Jeff May, Chairman






*Services provided in Saluda or Greenwood counties.





-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     Administration Agency                           Services Provided
     ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~

Mr. Richard Hurlbert                                 Summer Camp
Aiken County Association for Special Citizens
P. O. Box 295
Aiken, SC  29801

Ms. Pat Dantin                                       Adult Program
Executive Director                                   Alternate Living
Tri-Dev. Center of Aiken County                      Child Program
P. O. Box 698                                        Community Residence
623 Richland Avenue, West                            Competitive Employment
Aiken, SC  29802                                     Home Intervention
648-2769
State Vocational Rehab. Dept.                        Adult Program
P. O. Box 15                                         Competitive Employment
West Columbia, SC  29171
734-4320 (Tom Hadwin)
734-4300 (Joe Dusenbury)
                                                                   
                                                      
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     Administration Agency                           Services Provided
     ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
Mr. H. W. Wall, Chairman                             Child Program
Mr. Will Hiers, Program Director                     MR Board
Allendale County MR Board
Highway 301 South
P. O. Box 161
Allendale, SC  29810
584-3643 (Program)


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     Administration Agency                           Services Provided
     ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
Ms. Debbie Campbell                                  Adult Program
Executive Director                                   Alternate Living
Anderson County MR Board                             Child Program
P. O. Box 1022                                       Community Residence
Anderson, SC  29624                                  Early Intervention
225-4633                                             MR Board
                                                     Outreach
                                                     Respite
                                                     Summer Camp

State Vocational Rehab. Dept.                        Adult Program
P. O. Box 15                                         Competitive Employment
West Columbia, SC  29171
734-4320 (Tom Hadwin)
734-4300 (Joe Dusenbury)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Administration Agency                           Services Provided
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~

Mr. Dave Mack, Executive Director               Adult Program
Bamberg County MR Board                         MR Board
P. O. Box 333
Denmark, SC  29042
793-3856
Ms. Sidney Wait, Chairperson
793-5003

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Administration Agency                           Services Provided
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
Dr. Ray Wade, Executive Director                Adult Program
Barnwell County MR Board                        Alternate Living
P. O. Box 556                                   Competitive Employment
Barnwell, SC  29812                             Community Residence
259-7161                                        Home Intervention
Mr. Ed Smith, Chairman                          MR Board
259-7472
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Administration Agency                           Services Provided
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
Ms. Sharon Spare                                Child Program
Program Director
Coastal Speech and Hearing Clinic
1514 Richmond Avenue
Port Royal, SC  29935
525-7404

Dr. Ellen Robertson                             Adult Program
Executive Director                              Early Intervention
St. Mary Human Developmental Ctr.               Summer Camp
Route 1, Box 177                                Home Mgmt. for Mothers
Ridgeland, SC  29936
726-3338
Mr. Leroy H. Gilliard                           Adult Program
Executive Director
Beaufort-Jasper EOC, Inc.
P. O. Drawer 9
Beaufort, SC  29901-009
524-4245

Mr. Donald R. Bateman                           Alternate Living
Chairman                                        MR Board
Beaufort County MR Board
Route 1, Box 127
Ridgeland, SC  29936
524-1133/Beaufort Office
726-8107/Jasper Office

Ms. Leigh Murphy                                MR Board
Executive Director
Beaufort County MR Board
P. O. Box 626
Beaufort, SC  29902
525-7468
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Administration Agency                           Services Provided
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
Ms. Pamela Dulude                               Adult Program
Program Director                                Alternate Living
Berkeley Citizens for the                       Child Program
   Retarded and Handicapped                     Competitive Employment
P. O. Box 425                                   Community Residence
Moncks Corner, SC  29461                        Early Intervention
761-8513                                        Outreach
                                                Respite
                                                Summer Camp

Ms. Pat Haddock                                 MR Board
Chairperson
Berkeley County MR Board
223 N. Live Oak Drive
Moncks Corner, SC  29461
761-8702 (Home)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Administration Agency                           Services Provided
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
Ms. Leanne Johnston                             Adult Program
Executive Director                              Community Training Home
Calhoun County MR Board                         Competitive Employment
Route 1, Box 31                                 Community Residence
Cameron, SC  29030                              MR Board
823-2019                                        Summer Camp
Dr. B. M. Lawton, Jr., Chairman
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Administration Agency                           Services Provided
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
Ms. Susan Miller                                Adult Program
Director                                        Child Program
Hope Center for the Retarded
1821 Sam Rittenberg Road
Charleston, SC  29407
571-3035

Adult Retarded Citizens                         Community Residence
   Homes, Inc.
4 Carriage Lane, Suite 300-C
Charleston, SC  29417-1241
766-1311 or 766-1312
Dr. Lester Finuf                                Child Program
Charles Webb Center                             Early Intervention
325 Calhoun Street
Charleston, SC  29401
766-0112

Ms. Cathi Diggs                                 Child Program
Executive Director                              Early Intervention
Charles Webb Center
325 Calhoun Street
Charleston, SC  29401
723-7224

Ms. Enola Davis                                 Community Residence
Friendship House, Inc.
1333 Sherwood Avenue
Charleston, SC  29407
766-0112
Mr. Louis Pugh                                  Alternate Living
Executive Director                              Community Training Home
Charleston County MR Board                      MR Board
701 East Bay Street, Room 508                   Outreach
Charleston, SC  29403                           Respite
724-6788
Ms. Bonnie Koontz, Chairperson

Mr. Merrill Kinder                              Community Residence
Goodwill Industries of Lower SC                 Sheltered Work
915 Folly Road
P. O. Box 12469
Charleston, SC  29412
795-8280

Ms. Rosemarie Gregory-West                      Community Residence
(Peggy Drive - MR/MH)
P. O. Box 8059
Charleston, SC  29418-3799
552-9617
Ms. Francine Herne                              Summer Camp
City of Charleston
Department of Recreation
Hampton Park Office
Charleston, SC  29403
724-7332

Ms. Rosemarie Gregory-West                      Community Residence
Gregco, Inc. (Lambs Road)
4788 Lambs Road
Charleston, SC  29407
552-9617

Ms. Frances M. Roy                              Adult Program
Cooper River Park and                           Summer Camp
   Playground Commission
Box 10756


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Administration Agency                           Services Provided
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
Ms. Jane Waters                                 Summer Camp
President
Cherokee County ARC
P. O. Box 397
Gaffney, SC  29340
489-7043

Mr. Arthur Bridges                              Adult Program
Administrator                                   Child Program
Hab. Serv. of Cherokee Cty. Inc.                Community Residence
959 East O'Neal Street
Gaffney, SC  29340
489-1384
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Janet Duvall                                Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Child Program
       Chesterfield County MR Board                    Community Residence
       504 Hickory Street                              MR Board
       P. O. Box 6                                     Outreach
       Pageland, SC  29728                             Respite
       672-7905
       Mr. Adam Robertson, Chairman

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Debbie Mitchum                              Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Alternate Living
       Clarendon County MR Board                       Competitive Employment
       P. O. Box 159                                   Community Training Home
       Manning, SC  29102                              Early Intervention
       435-2330                                        ICF/MR Facility
       Ms. Helen Jones, Chairperson -                  MR Board
       (Comp. Emp. services provided
       through contract with Sumter
       County MR Board)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. & Mrs. Don McCaw                           Community Residence
       114 Bellinger Street
       Walterboro, SC  
       549-5909

       State Vocational Rehab. Dept.                   Adult Program
       P. O. Box 15
       West Columbia, SC  29171
       734-4320 (Tom Hadwin)
       734-4300 (Joe Dusenbury)
       Ms. Happy McLeod                                Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Child Program
       Colleton County MR Board                        MR Board
       119 Charles Street                              Summer Camp
       Walterboro, SC  29488
       549-1732
       Ms. Carol Hinson, Chairperson

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                              
-DOC-
                              PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Lou Scott                                   Adult Program
       Program Director                                Child Program
       Hartsville Area Council for the                 Competitive Employment
          Mentally Retarded, Inc.
       201 N. Damascus Church Road
       Hartsville, SC  29550
       332-7252

       Mr. Thorton Crouch                              MR Board
       Chairman, Darlington County
          MR Board
       606 West Home Avenue
       Hartsville, SC  29550
       332-5154
       Mr. Charles Howle                               Summer Camp
       Senior Warden
       St. Matthew's Episcopal Church
       P. O. Box 804
       Darlington, SC  29532
       393-4112
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Col. Albert Guess                               Adult Program
       Director
       Marion-Dillon Dev. Center
       P. O. Box 1082
       Marion, SC  29571
       423-5138
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Charlotte Holtry                            Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Child Program
       Association for Retarded Citizens               Early Intervention
          of Dorchester County                         Summer Camp
       P. O. Box 1317
       Summerville, SC  29484
       871-1285
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. J. Felton Burton                            Adult Program
       Executive Director
       Piedmont Multi-County MR Board
       P. O. Box 3004
       Greenwood, SC  29646
       223-4579
       Mr. Jeff May, Chairman








*Services provided in Saluda or Greenwood counties.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. Joe Cathcart                                Adult Program
       Chairman                                        Child Program
       Fairfield County MR Board                       MR Board
       204 Bratton Street
       Winnsboro, SC  29180
       635-4777
       Mr. Joe Stephenson, Prog. Dir.
       635-2154 (Program)

       Ms. Betty Duffie                                Community Residence
       Executive Director
       Babcock Center, Inc.
       P. O. Box 190
       Lexington, SC  290712
       359-9717
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       State Vocational Rehab. Dept.                   Adult Program
       P. O. Box 15
       West Columbia, SC  29171
       734-4320 (Tom Hadwin)
       734-4300 (Joe Dusenbury)

       Ms. Mary Kelly                                  Community Residence
       Palmetto Street Community Residence
       (Kelly Comm. Home Unit III)
       601 West Palmetto Street
       Florence, SC  29503
       667-1747
       Mr. Walter Sparrow                              Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Alternate Living
       Florence County MR Board                        Child Program
       P. O. Box 12810                                 Competitive Employment
       Florence, SC  29504                             Community Residence
       394-5707                                        Community Training Home
       Dr. Ira Canupp, Chairman                        Early Intervention
                                                       MR Board
                                                       Outreach
                                                       Respite
                                                       Summer Camp
                                                       Sheltered Work

       Mr. Paul Clark                                  Community Residence
       Country Manor Boarding Home
       P. O. Box 9
       Scranton, SC  29591

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Elizabeth Kilbourne                         Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Child Program
       Georgetown County MR Board                      Competitive Employment
       P. O. Box 1471                                  MR Board
       Georgetown, SC  29442                           Outreach
       546-8228
       Mr. Peter Hemingway, Chairman
       (Competitive Employment Services provided
       via contract with Horry County MR Board)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Barbara Stone                               Adult Program
       Greenville Association for the                  Child Program
          Retarded                                     Competitive Employment
       P. O. Box 17007-B                               Community Residence
       Greenville, SC  29606                           Early Intervention
       288-1907                                        Outreach
                                                       Respite

       Ms. Barbara Stone                               Alternate Living
       Greenville County MR Commission                 Community Residence
       P. O. Box 17007-B                               MR Board
       Greenville, SC  29606                           Summer Camp
       288-2907
       Ms. Lynne T. Dawson, Chairman
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. J. Felton Burton                            Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Alternate Living
       Piedmont Multi-County MR Board                  Child Program
       P. O. Box 3004                                  Community Residence
       Greenwood, SC  29646                            Early Intervention
       223-4579                                        MR Board
       Mr. Jeff May, Chairman                          Outreach
                                                       Respite
                                                       Summer Camp





*Services provided in Saluda or Greenwood counties.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. Andy Anderson                               Adult Program
       Executive Director                              MR Board
       Hampton County MR Board
       P. O. Box 332
       Hampton, SC  29924
       943-3636
       Rev. Larry R. Parker, Chairman

      *Dr. Ellen Robertson                             Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Early Intervention
       St. Mary Human Dev. Center                      Summer Camp
       Route 1, Box 177                                Home Mgmt. for Mothers
       Ridgeland, SC  29936
       726-3338

*Services provided in Beaufort county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Evelyn Califf                               Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Competitive Employment
       Horry County MR Board                           Community Residence
       P. O. Box 1345                                  Community Training Home
       Conway, SC  29526                               MR Board
       248-7203                                        Outreach
       Mr. H. E. Rich, Chairman                        Respite

       State Vocational Rehab. Dept.                   Adult Program
       P. O. Box 15
       West Columbia, SC  29171
       734-4320 (Tom Hadwin)
       734-4300 (Joe Dusenbury)
       Ms. Theresa Koesterer                           Child Program
       Horry County School System                      Early Intervention
       P. O. Drawer 1739
       Conway, SC  29526
       248-2206, Ext. 279
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. Cecil Collins                               MR Board
       Acting Chairman
       Jasper County MR Board
       P. O. Box 160
       Ridgeland, SC  29936

      *Dr. Ellen Robertson
       Executive Director
       St. Mary Human Dev. Center
       Route 1, Box 177
       Ridgeland, SC  29936
       726-3338
       Mr. Leroy H. Gilliard                           Adult Program
       Beaufort-Jasper EOC, Inc.
       P. O. Drawer 9
       Beaufort, SC  29902
       524-4245

*Services provided in Beaufort County
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Ann Moore                                   Adult Program
       Executive Director
       Kershaw County Activity Center
       Route 1, Box 264
       Camden, SC  29020
       432-4841

       Kershaw County Infant Stim. Center              Child Program
       c/o Kershaw County Activity Center
       Route 1, Box 264
       Lugoff, SC  29078
       Christy Music, Program Director
       425-4761
       Mr. Doyle Allen                                 Summer Camp
       Camden Kershaw County Rec. Dept.
       City Hall
       Camden, SC  29020
       432-4607

       Ms. Betty Duffie                                Community Residence
       Executive Director
       Babcock Center, Inc.
       P. O. Box 190
       Lexington, SC  29072
       359-9717

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Dr. Jackie Adams                                Child Program
       Lancaster Area Schools
       P. O. Box 130
       Lancaster, SC  29720
       286-6975

       State Vocational Rehab. Dept.                   Adult Program
       P. O. Box 15
       West Columbia, SC  29171
       734-4320 (Tom Hadwin)
       734-4300 (Joe Dusenbury)
       Ms. Lennie Mullis                               Adult Program
       Executive Director                              MR Board
       Lancaster County MR Board                       Outreach
       Route 10, Box 163                               Respite
       Lancaster, SC  29720
       285-4368
       Ms. Betsy Rushing, Chairperson
       285-4557

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. Von Sinclair                                Summer Camp
       Executive Director
       Laurens County ARC
       P. O. Box 146
       Clinton, SC  29325
       682-2314

       Mr. Von Sinclair                                Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Alternate Living
       Laurens County MR Board                         Community Residence
       P. O. Box 146                                   Early Intervention
       Clinton, SC  29325                              MR Board
       682-2314
       Mr. Felton Roper, Jr., Chairman
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Ruby Gibbs                                  Adult Program
       Executive Director                              MR Board
       Lee County MR Board                             Outreach
       P. O. Box 264                                   Summer Camp
       Bishopville, SC  29010
       484-9473/9474
       Mr. Maceo Montgomery, Chairman
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Betty Duffie                                Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Alternate Living
       Babcock Center, Inc.                            Child
       P. O. Box 190                                   Competitive Employment
       Lexington, SC  29072                            Community Residence
       359-9717                                        Community Training Home
       (Summer vocational services provided            Early Intervention
       through contract with Richland School           Summer Camp
       District II)

       Mr. John Boozer, Director                       Summer Camp
       Lexington County Recreation Comm.
       Room 207 - Community Building
       Lexington, SC  29072
       359-3371
       Ms. Betty Duffie                                MR Board
       Executive Director                              Outreach
       Rich/Lex County MR Board                        Respite
       P. O. Box 3817                                  Summer
       Columbia, SC  29230
       359-9717
       Ms. Beth Tuck, Chairperson


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
      *Mr. J. Felton Burton
       Executive Director
       Piedmont Multi-County MR Board
       P. O. Box 3004
       Greenwood, SC  29646
       223-4579
       Mr. Jeff May, Chairman







*Services provided in Saluda or Greenwood counties.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Col. Albert Guess                               Adult Program
       Acting Director
       Marion-Dillon Dev. Center
       P. O. Box 1082
       Marion, SC  29571
       423-5138
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Carrie Turner                               Adult Program
       Program Director
       Chesterfield-Marlboro EOC
       P. O. Box 866
       Cheraw, SC  29520
       Program:  523-6221  EOC:  537-5256

       Mrs. Joan Adams                                 Summer Camp
       Marlboro County ARC
       P. O. Box 36
       Clio, SC  29525
       586-2256
       Ms. Joan Johnakin                               MR Board
       Marlboro County MR Board
       P. O. Box 1201
       Bennettsville, SC  29512
       479-7181
     
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Debbie Turner                               Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Child Program
       Newberry County MR Board                        Early Intervention
       67 Park Place                                   MR Board
       Newberry, SC  29108                             Summer Camp
       276-9691
       Ms. Elizabeth Hunter, Chairperson
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Vicki Neely                                 Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Alternate Living
       Oconee County MR Board                          Competitive Employment
       Route 8, Box 2                                  Community Residence
       Seneca, SC  29678                               Early Intervention
       882-0214 - Res. 882-3143                        MR Board
       Mr. Norb Rubin, Chairman                        Outreach
                                                       Respite

       Mr. Buddy Herring                               Summer Camp
       Oconee County School District
       Division of Special Services
       P. O. Box 220
       Walhalla, SC  29691
       638-5486 Ext. 40
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Ms. Dorothy Hartzog                             Adult Program
       Program Director                                Alternate Living
       Orangeburg ARC, Inc.                            Child Program
       P. O. Box 1812                                  Competitive Employment
       Orangeburg, SC  29115                           Community Residence
       536-1170                                        Community Training Home
                                                       Early Intervention
                                                       Home Intervention
                                                       Summer Camp

       State Vocational Rehab. Dept.                   Adult Program
       P. O. Box 15
       West Columbia, SC  29171
       734-4320 (Tom Hadwin)
       734-4300 (Joe Dusenbury)

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. Jim Gaines                                  Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Alternate Living
       Pickens County MR Board                         Community Residence
       109 East Main Street                            Early Intervention
       Easley, SC  29640                               MR Board
       859-5416                                        Outreach
       Mr. Bruce Hair, Chairman                        Respite
                                                       Sheltered Work

       Mr. Bruce Hair                                  MR Board
       Chairman
       Pickens County MR Board
       109 East Main Street
       Easley, SC  29640
       859-5416
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. Charles Hutchins                            Summer Camp
       Executive Director
       Epworth Children's Home
       2900 Millwood Avenue
       Columbia, SC  29072
       359-3371

       Ms. Betty Duffie                                Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Alternate Living
       Babcock Center, Inc.                            Child Program
       P. O. Box 190                                   Competitive Employment
       Lexington, SC  29072                            Community Residence
       359-9717                                        Community Training Home
                                                       Early Intervention
       Mr. Michael Harlan                              Summer Camp
       Director of Parks and Recreation
       Richland County Recreation Commission
       5819 Shakespeare Road
       Columbia, SC  29204
       754-5111

       Ms. Betty Duffie                                MR Board
       Executive Director                              Outreach
       Rich/Lex County MR Board                        Respite
       P. O. Box 3817
       Columbia, SC  29230
       359-9717
       Ms. Beth Tuck, Chairperson

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
      *Mr. J. Felton Burton                            Adult Program
       Executive Director
       Piedmont Multi-County MR Board
       P. O. Box 3004
       Greenwood, SC  29646
       223-4579
       Mr. Jeff May, Chairman








*Services provided in Saluda or Greenwood counties
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. Jack Cannon                                 Community Residence
       Cannon Manor Boarding Home
       P. O. Box 5348
       Spartanburg, SC  29304
       585-3962

       Dr. Gloria Close                                MR Board
       Chairperson
       Spartanburg County MR Board
       142 S. Dean Street
       Spartanburg, SC  29301
       Mr. Glenn Brumfield                             Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Alternate Living
       The Charles Lea Center                          Child Program
       195 Burdette Street                             Community Residence
       Spartanburg, SC  29302                          Community Training Home
       585-0322                                        Early Intervention
                                                       Outreach
                                                       Respite
                                                       Summer Camp
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       State Vocational Rehab. Dept.                   Adult Program
       P. O. Box 15
       West Columbia, SC  29171
       734-4320 (Tom Hadwin)
       734-4300 (Joe Dusenbury)

       Mr. William Gardenhire                          Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Child Program
       Sumter County MR Board                          Competitive Employment
       102 N. Main Street                              Community Residence
       Sumter, SC  29150                               Community Training Home
       778-1669                                        MR Board
       Ms. Margaret Veronesi, Chairperson              Outreach
                                                       Respite
                                                       Summer Camp
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. Pearson Cooper                              Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Early Intervention
       Union County MR Board                           MR Board
       814 W. South Boulevard
       Union, SC  29379
       Center:  427-7651
       Mrs. Catherine Williamson, Chairman
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Rep. B. J. Gordon                               Adult Program
       Attn:  Dottie Evans
       Gordon Dev. Disabilities Center
       P. O. Box 200
       Lane, SC  29564
       387-5609
       387-6097
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRIVATE PROVIDERS                               
-DOC-
                               PRIVATE PROVIDERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Administration Agency                           Services Provided
       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~                           ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
       Mr. Danny Hinson                                Adult Program
       Executive Director                              Competitive Employment
       York County MR/DD Board                         Community Residence
       P. O. Box 10820                                 Early Intervention
       Rock Hill, SC  29733                            Home Intervention
       324-5161                                        MR Board
       Ms. Verlayne Humphries, Chairman                Summer Camp

       State Vocational Rehab. Dept.                   Adult Program
       P. O. Box 15
       West Columbia, SC  29171
       734-4320 (Tom Hadwin)
       734-4300 (Joe Dusenbury)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DEAF AND BLIND                                
-DOC-
                                DEAF AND BLIND
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

The South Carolina School for the Deaf and Blind is located in Cedar Spring 
Station, Spartanburg, SC, 29302.  Phone - (803)585-7711.  The major purpose of 
the school is to provide comprehensive educational services of sufficient 
scope and quality to assure the optimum educational, emotional, social and 
physical development of each deaf, blind and multihandicapped student 
enrolled.  A person between the ages of 4 and 21 having the handicaps of 
deafness or blindness or a combination of the two hendicapping conditions is 
eligible.

The South Carolina Parent Infant Program for the Multihandicapped Sensory 
Impaired provides a weekly home intervention program for children under 4.  
It's purpose is to help parents and the family know how to facilitate the 
development of their handicapped child.  To make a referral or for more 
information contact:
                        Insite Coordinator
                        S. C. Parent Infant Program
                        S. C. School for the Deaf
                        Spartanburg, SC  29302
                        Phone:  (803)585-7711, Ext. 230
The S. C. Parent/Infant Program is a comprehensive model that provides 
audiological, diagnostic and assessment services and a complete home 
intervention curriculum for hearing impaired children (birth - age four) and 
their families.  This program is available in 44 counties.  For referral or 
for more information contact:

                        S. C. Parent/Infant Hearing Program
                        S. C. School for the Deaf
                        Cedar Spring Station
                        Spartanburg, SC  29302
                        Phone:  (803) 585-7711

For more information contact the South Carolina Handicapped Services 
Information System at 1-800-922-1107 or in Columbia at 803-777-5732.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Program Assistance Line (PAL)                         
-DOC-
                         Program Assistance Line (PAL)
      Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Spec.

    PAL is the statewide information and referral service, established in 1979
under the Lieutenant Governor.  It was set up to help people find the state
agency to best meet their needs.  Housing assistance for the poor and elderly,
job training, health and counseling services for pregnant teens are examples of
the kinds of information available.  A data base on license requirements and
sources of technical assistance for persons starting a small business has
recently been added.  To access PAL call 1-800-922-2221.  From columbia you may
call 734-2050,734-2072, or 734-1864.  If you forget the numbers, the "800"
number is listed in the front of every telephone book in South Carolina.


Source:

    Maria Romero, Director
    PAL
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
National Dropout Prevention Center                      
-DOC-
                      National Dropout Prevention Center
      Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Spec.

The National Dropout Prevention Center, housed at Clemson University, includes:

    1. A clearinghouse of information on dropouts which will include abstracts,
         bibliographic references, and statistical data available through 
         computer network and in print.

    2. a directory of key contact persons in agencies, organizations, school
         systems, and associations dealing with the dropout problem.

    3. A consulting/intervention/assistance network composed of experts
         throughout the country.

    4. Conferences and programs for sharing information, discussing trends,
         identifying research needs and developing policy recommendations.

    5. Sponsorship and support of coordinated research needs and developing
         policy recommendations.
    

    6. Regularly scheduled publications such as journals, summaries of
         research studies, and reviews of
programs.

    7. An "800" telephone referral telephone line for individuals and groups
         needing assistance or information about
dropout issues.

For further information write:

    National Dropout Prevention Center
    Clemson University
    Clemson, South Carolina  29634-0725

    phone: 803-656-2599

    
    
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
South Carolina Children's Advocacy Center                   
-DOC-
                   South Carolina Children's Advocacy Center
   Emily s. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Specialist

    The South Carolina Children's Advocacy Center was established in 1987.  It
is a private non-profit organization working to improve the welfare of south
Carolina's children by focusing public attention on their needs and advocating
polices and programs in the public and private sectors which address those
needs.  The Advocacy Center is led by a board of directors from around the
state working with a part time director.  Persons interested in the work of the
center  should write  SC Children's Advocacy Center, Post Office Box 11243,
Columbia, SC  29211 or call 799-4122.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUBLIC RESIDENTIAL FACILITIES                         
-DOC-
                         PUBLIC RESIDENTIAL FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Coastal Regional Center
                        Jamison Road
                        Ladson, SC  29456
                        873-5750
                        Erbert F. Cicenia, Ed. D., Superintendent
                        Belva Kennedy, Admissions Officer

Coastal Regional Center serves residents of Dorchester, Berkeley, Charleston,
Beaufort, Jasper, Hampton and Colleton counties.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUBLIC RESIDENTIAL FACILITIES                         
-DOC-
                         PUBLIC RESIDENTIAL FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Pee Dee Regional Center
                        P. O. Box 3209
                        Florence, SC  29502
                        669-3661
                        Gabriel J. Batarseh, Ph. D., Superintendent
                        Jackie Dargan, Admissions Officer

Pee Dee Regional Center serves residents of Chesterfield, Clarendon, 
Darlington, Dillon, Florence, Georgetown, Horry, Lancaster, Lee, Marion, 
Marlboro, Sumter and Williamsburg counties.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUBLIC RESIDENTIAL FACILITIES                         
-DOC-
                         PUBLIC RESIDENTIAL FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Midlands Regional Center
                        8301 Farrow Road
                        Columbia, SC  29203
                        737-7500
                        Ronald C. Abbott, Ed. D., Superintendent
                        Carolyn Cayruth, Admissions Officer

Midlands Regional Center serves residents of Aiken, Allendale, Bamberg, 
Barnwell, Calhoun, Fairfield, Kershaw, Lexington, Orangeburg and Richland 
counties.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUBLIC RESIDENTIAL FACILITIES                         
-DOC-
                         PUBLIC RESIDENTIAL FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Whitten Center
                        P. O. Drawer 239
                        Clinton, SC  29325
                        833-2733
                        Charles J. Chadwell, Ph. D., Superintendent
                        Hilda Carter, Admissions Officer

Whitten Center, the Piedmont regional center, serves residents of Abbeville, 
Anderson, Cherokee, Chester, Edgefield, Greenville, Greenwood, Laurens, 
McCormick, Newberry, Oconee, Pickens, Saluda, Spartanburg, Union and York 
counties.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - CRAFT SUPPLIES - ALLENDALE COUNTY               
-DOC-
               ACCESSORIES - CRAFT SUPPLIES - ALLENDALE COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource:      Contact Person:  Clark Famuliner     Phone:  584-3981
Name:  Route 1, Allendale-Hwy 301 South, Allendale, SC  29810
Comment:  Bric-a-brac, pottery
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - FLOORS - UNION COUNTY                      
-DOC-
                      INTERIORS - FLOORS - UNION COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail    Contact Person: Billy Griffith    Phone: 427-1268
Name:Triangle Floor Coverings, Inc., Golden Triangle, PO Box 748, Union, SC
Comment:  Floor coverings, paint

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail    Contact Person:                  Phone:  427-3626
Name:  Sherwin-Williams Co., 219 S. Gadberry St., Union, SC  29379
Comment:  Floor coverings, paint

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource:Retail Contact Person:Franklin & Freida Fuller Phone:427-6106
Name: Ben's Paint & Carpet Shop, 235 N. Gadberry St., Union, SC  29379
Comment:  Floor coverings
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - WALL TREATMENTS - UNION COUNTY                 
-DOC-
                 INTERIORS - WALL TREATMENTS - UNION COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail    Contact Person: Billy Griffith    Phone: 427-1268
Name:Triangle Floor Coverings, Inc., Golden Triangle, PO Box 748, Union, SC
Comment:  Wall coverings, paint

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail    Contact Person:                  Phone:  427-3626
Name:  Sherwin-Williams Co., 219 S. Gadberry St., Union, SC  29379
Comment:  Wall coverings, paint

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource:Retail Contact Person:Franklin & Freida Fuller Phone:427-6106
Name: Ben's Paint & Carpet Shop, 235 N. Gadberry St., Union, SC  29379
Comment:  Wall coverings, paint
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - FABRICS - UNION COUNTY                     
-DOC-
                     INTERIORS - FABRICS - UNION COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Outlet     Contact Person:                  Phone:  427-6221
Name:  Carlisle Finishing Plant, Carlisle, SC  29031
Comment:  Upholstery, drapery fabric
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - GENERAL ITEMS - UNION COUNTY                 
-DOC-
                 ACCESSORIES - GENERAL ITEMS - UNION COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource:        Contact Person:  Bill McCall     Phone:  427-8781
Name:  McCall's Frame Shop, Rt 4, Pineland Rd, Union, SC  29379
Comment:  Custom Framing
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - CRAFT SUPPLIES - CALHOUN COUNTY                
-DOC-
                ACCESSORIES - CRAFT SUPPLIES - CALHOUN COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Crafts
Type of Resource:       Contact Person:  Ms. Jack Kailger   Phone:  655-5957
Name:  Country Kuzins, Hwy 6 Rt. 1, Swansea, SC
Comment:  Craft supplies and gifts

Resource:  Crafts
Type of Resource:       Contact Person:  Mrs. Delane Cochran  Phone:  874-3593
Name:  Displayed at Bazard's Florist, Rt 2 Box 348A, St. Matthews, SC  29135
Comment:  Crafts (wood)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - LAMPS - LANCASTER COUNTY                   
-DOC-
                   ACCESSORIES - LAMPS - LANCASTER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Home Furnishings
Type of Resource:       Contact Person:  Ray Byrd  Phone:  285-9481
Name:  Belk Department Store, Lancaster Square, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Linens, lamps, pictures
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - CRAFT PERSONS - LANCASTER COUNTY               
-DOC-
               ACCESSORIES - CRAFT PERSONS - LANCASTER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Upholstery
Type of Resource:     Contact Person:  Mrs. Faulkenberry  Phone:  285-5626
Name:  Faulkenberry's Upholstery, Jones Cross Rds., Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Quality upholstery
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - GENERAL ITEMS - LANCASTER COUNTY               
-DOC-
               ACCESSORIES - GENERAL ITEMS - LANCASTER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Home Furnishings
Type of Resource:       Contact Person:  Ray Byrd  Phone:  285-9481
Name:  Belk Department Store, Lancaster Square, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Linens, lamps, pictures

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEDDING - LINENS - LANCASTER COUNTY                     
-DOC-
                     BEDDING - LINENS - LANCASTER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Home Furnishings
Type of Resource:       Contact Person:  Ray Byrd  Phone:  285-9481
Name:  Belk Department Store, Lancaster Square, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Linens, lamps, pictures
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - DECORATING SERVICES - LANCASTER COUNTY             
-DOC-
             INTERIORS - DECORATING SERVICES - LANCASTER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Home Building
Type of Resource:       Contact Person:  C. D. Gregory, Jr.  Phone:  283-8481
Name:  Builders Supply, French Street, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Building and home decorating
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FURNITURE - DISCOUNT, OUTLET, AND USED - LANCASTER COUNTY          
-DOC-
          FURNITURE - DISCOUNT, OUTLET, AND USED - LANCASTER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource:       Contact Person:  Sarah Myers    Phone:  286-7161
Name:  Badcock Home Furnishings, 1106 W Meeting St., Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Furniture-all kinds

Resource:  Home Furnishings
Type of Resource:  Discount  Contact Person:  Sales Clerks    Phone:  286-2491
Name:  Springs Employee Sales Store, Hwy 9, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  

Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource:          Contact Person:  Mr. Hendrix      Phone:  285-5006
Name:  Hendrix Furniture, Great Falls Road, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Furniture (all kinds)

Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource:          Contact Person: Bernie Travillian  Phone:  285-7469
Name:  Heilig Myers Furniture, 1002 N Main St., Lancaster
Comment:  Furniture (all kinds)
Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource:          Contact Person:  Charles Berry     Phone:  285-4555
Name:  Berry's Furniture, Hwy 9 By Pass, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Furniture (all kinds)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - LIGHT FIXTURES AND FANS - LANCASTER COUNTY           
-DOC-
           INTERIORS - LIGHT FIXTURES AND FANS - LANCASTER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Lighting Fixtures
Type of Resource:     Contact Person:  Mr. Harper    Phone:  283-3849
Name:  Harper Electric, Hubbard Dr. Extension, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Electrical contracting and repairs
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - FLOORS - LANCASTER COUNTY                    
-DOC-
                    INTERIORS - FLOORS - LANCASTER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Flooring
Type of Resource:      Contact Person:  Ken Belk     Phone:  283-4963
Name:  Cooper Furniture, 311 South Main, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Flooring

Resource:  Home Building
Type of Resource:      Contact Person:  Tommy Morgan   Phone:  286-9904
Name:  Lancaster Paint Center, 830 S. Main Street, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Carpet
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - WALL TREATMENTS - LANCASTER COUNTY               
-DOC-
               INTERIORS - WALL TREATMENTS - LANCASTER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Home Building
Type of Resource:       Contact Person:  Tommy Morgan   Phone:  286-9904
Name:  Lancaster Paint Center, 830 S. Main Street, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  Wallpaper, paint

Resource:  Home Decorating
Type of Resource:      Contact Person:  Tommy Morgan    Phone:  286-8666
Name:  Wallpaper & Decorating Shop, 311 Dunlap Street, Lancaster, SC
Comment:  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FURNITURE - DISCOUNT, OUTLET, AND USED - JASPER COUNTY           
-DOC-
           FURNITURE - DISCOUNT, OUTLET, AND USED - JASPER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource:Fur. Store  Contact Person: Mr. Ervin Greene  Phone:726-5644
Name:  Farena Furniture, PO Box 716, Ridgeland, SC  29936
Comment:  Furniture, accessories, floor coverings

Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person:            Phone:  427-2466
Name:  Parker Furniture, Duncan By Pass, Union, SC  29379
Comment:  

Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource:  Retail  Contact Person:  Glen Ivey    Phone:  427-5486
Name:  Ivey's Furniture, Hwy 49E, Rt. 5, Union, SC  29379
Comment:

Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person: Larry Bowman    Phone:  427-0388
Name:  Heilig-Meyers, Union Plaza-Duncan By Pass, PO Box 248, Union, SC 29379
Comment:
Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person: Roger Wade      Phone:  427-1212
Name:  Union Furniture Mart, 204 S Gadberry St, Union, SC  29379
Comment:

Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person:                 Phone:  427-7642
Name:  Kimbrell's Furniture Co., 300 E. Main St., Union, SC  29379
Comment:

Resource:  Furniture
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person:  Lee Boggs      Phone:  427-1255
Name:  Cooper Furniture Co., 303 E. Main St., Union, SC  29379
Comment:  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - CRAFT SUPPLIES - JASPER COUNTY                
-DOC-
                ACCESSORIES - CRAFT SUPPLIES - JASPER COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource:     Contact Person:  Grace Bayles       Phone:  726-3793
Name:  G&G Fabrics, Rt 4 Box 179, Ridgeland, SC  29936
Comment:  Fabrics and craft supplies
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - GENERAL ITEMS - CHEROKEE COUNTY                
-DOC-
                ACCESSORIES - GENERAL ITEMS - CHEROKEE COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  General Items
Type of Resource:  Retail   Contact Person:                Phone: 489-4336
Name:  Bearfooting Crafts, 2119 Cherokee Avenue, Gaffney, SC
Comment:  Open Thursday, Friday, Saturday 10:00-6:00

Resource:  General Items
Type of Resource:  Retail  Contact Person: Will Hartzog    Phone: 489-2244
Name:  Hartzog's, 400 N Limestone Street, Gaffney, SC
Comment: Brass, pewter, porcelain

Resource:  General Items
Type of Resource:  Retail  Contact Person:  Betty Agnew    Phone:  489-4176
Name:  J&B Crafts, 913 E Frederick St., Gaffney
Comment:  Hand painted items
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - CRAFT SUPPLIES - CHEROKEE COUNTY               
-DOC-
               ACCESSORIES - CRAFT SUPPLIES - CHEROKEE COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person: Betty Agnew  Phone: 489-4176
Name: J&B Crafts, 913 E. Frederick Street, Gaffney, SC
Comment:Craft supplies, finished items/sale, art & painting classes available

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource: Retail  Contact Person:              Phone:  489-1640
Name:  House of Gerri-Ho, 305 15th Street, Gaffney, SC
Comment: Ceramics, macrame supplies, free classes
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - FLOORS - CHEROKEE COUNTY                    
-DOC-
                    INTERIORS - FLOORS - CHEROKEE COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person:           Phone:  489-4439
Name:Rainbow Inter. Carpet Dyeing & Cleaning Co., 501 1/2 W. Limestone St.
Comment: Carpets tinted and dyed, oriental rugs, furniture cleaning
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ACCESSORIES - CRAFT PERSONS - CHEROKEE COUNTY                
-DOC-
                ACCESSORIES - CRAFT PERSONS - CHEROKEE COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Accessories
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person:  Betty Agnew  Phone:  489-4176
Name:  J&B Crafts, 913 E. Frederick Street, Gaffney, SC
Comment:  Arts, craft lessons, painting
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERIORS - WALL TREATMENTS - CHEROKEE COUNTY                
-DOC-
                INTERIORS - WALL TREATMENTS - CHEROKEE COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Interiors
Type of Resource:          Contact Person:Janice Richardson & Denise Gregory 
Name:D&J Wallpapering            Phone:  487-5578
Comment:Experienced wallpaper hangers
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TABLE APPOINTMENTS - LINENS - CHEROKEE COUNTY                
-DOC-
                TABLE APPOINTMENTS - LINENS - CHEROKEE COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Table appointments
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person: Will Hartzog    Phone: 489-2244
Name:  Hartzog's, 400 N Limestone Street, Gaffney, SC
Comment:  Mats, napkins, hand towels, aprons
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TABLE APPOINTMENTS - LINENS - CHEROKEE COUNTY                
-DOC-
                TABLE APPOINTMENTS - LINENS - CHEROKEE COUNTY
            Karen C. Miller, Extension Interior Design Specialist

Resource:  Table appointments
Type of Resource: Retail   Contact Person: Will Hartzog    Phone: 489-2244
Name:  Hartzog's, 400 N Limestone Street, Gaffney, SC
Comment:  Mats, napkins, hand towels, aprons
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
1987 FIRST GENERATION TIP MOTH EMERGENCE                   
-DOC-
                   1987 FIRST GENERATION TIP MOTH EMERGENCE
                         D. L. Ham, Extension Forester

        The following emergence dates have either been reported to the 
    Extension Forestry office or been estimated from past and present 
    trapping data.  Perhaps this information will help growers who did not 
    place traps in their fields for the first tip moth generation.  
    Remember, the dates listed are to be used to begin accumulating degree 
    days.  Growers in Zones 1 - 6 should spray Pydrin or Orthene after 
    accumulating 300 degree days or Cygon or Orthene at 474 degree days.  
    Growers in Zones 7 & 8 should spray Pydrin/Dimilin at 285 or 
    Cygon/Orthene at 439 degree days. 

                    ZONE            EMERGENCE DATE
                     1                 2/24/87
                     2                 2/25/87
                     3                 3/1/87
                     4                 3/7/87
                     5                 3/10/87
                     6                 3/14/87
                     7                 4/1/87
                     8                 4/3/87
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (N - R)                      
-DOC-
                      CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (N - R)
         Russell Roberts, Extension 4-H & Youth Development Specialist

     Name of County     Camp Dates          Location       For Info Call
     
     Newberry                               Camp Long      276-1091
     Oconee                                 Camp Long      638-5889
     Orangeburg                             Camp Cooper    534-6280
     Pickens                                Camp Long      868-2810, or
                                                           859-2422
     Richland                               Camp Long      256-1678
     
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (A - B)                                  
-DOC-
                      CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (A - B)            
        Russell Roberts, Extension 4-H & Youth Development Specialist

     Name of County     Camp Dates          Location       For Info Call

     Abbeville                              Camp Long      459-4106 or 2512
     Aiken                                  Camp Long      649-6671 or 6297
     Allendale                              Camp Long      584-4207
     Anderson                               Camp Long      226-1581 or 1582
     Bamberg                                Camp Cooper    245-2661, 2170
                                                           or 793-5607
     Barnwell                               Camp Cooper    259-7141, 7145
                                                           or 1103
     Beaufort                               Camp Long      525-7118, 7117
     Berkeley                               Camp Cooper    761-8499 or 8510
                                                           
                                        
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (C - D)                      
-DOC-
                      CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (C - D)
         Russell Roberts, Extension 4-H & Youth Development Specialist

     Name of County     Camp Dates          Location       For Info Call

     Calhoun                                Camp Cooper    874-2354
     Charleston                             Camp Cooper    724-4226
     Cherokee                               Camp Long      489-3141
     Chester                                Camp Cooper    385-6181
     Chesterfield                           Camp Cooper    623-2134
     Clarendon                              Camp Cooper    435-8429 or 8420
     Colleton           
     Darlington                             Camp Cooper    393-0484
     Dillon                                 Camp Cooper    774-8218 or 8219
     Dorchester                             Camp Cooper    563-3441, 5135, or
                                                           5171
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (L AND M)                      
-DOC-
                      CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (L AND M)
         Russell Roberts, Extension 4-H & Youth Development Specialist

     Name of County     Camp Dates          Location       For Info Call

     Lancaster                              Camp Cooper    283-3302
     Laurens                                Camp Long      984-2514 or 2515
     Lee                                    Camp Cooper    484-5416 or 5417
     Lexington                              Camp Long      359-4265
     Marion                                 Camp Cooper    423-0891
     Marlboro                               Camp Cooper    479-6851
     McCormick                              Camp Long      465-2112
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (E - K)                      
-DOC-
                      CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (E - K)
         Russell Roberts, Extension 4-H & Youth Development Specialist

      Name of County    Camp Dates          Location       For Info Call

      Edgefield                             Camp Long      637-3161
      Fairfield                             Camp Long      635-4722 or 4918
      Florence                              Camp Cooper    662-8719 or 8710
      Georgetown                            Camp Cooper    546-4481 or 6421
      Greenville                            Camp Long      232-4431 or 4432
      Greenwood                             Camp Long      229-6681
      Hampton                               Camp Cooper    943-3621 or 3427
      Horry                                 Camp Cooper    248-2267
      Jasper                                Camp Cooper    726-3470
      Kershaw                               Camp Cooper    432-9071
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (S - Z)                      
-DOC-
                      CAMPING DATES FOR COUNTIES (S - Z)
         Russell Roberts, Extension 4-H & Youth Development Specialist

      Name of County    Camp Dates          Location       For Info Call

      Saluda                                Camp Long      445-8117
      Spartanburg                           Camp Long      582-6779, or
                                                           582-6770
      Sumter                                Camp Cooper    773-5561 or 5562
      Union                                 Camp Long      427-6259
      Williamsburg                          Camp Cooper    354-6106
      York                                  Camp Long      684-9919
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUNE, 1987                                                               
-DOC-
                                   JUNE, 1987                            

Date                        Event                                
 ---                        -----                                
June 8       State 4-H Camps Open
June 8       State 4-H Business Demonstration Competition - Columbia
June 9       State 4-H Horse Demonstration and Public Speaking 
             Competition - Columbia
June 9       Junior 4-H Dairy Judging - To be Announced
June 9-10    State 4-H Horse Show - Columbia
June         State 4-H Fashion Clinic - Columbia
June 15      4-H Achievement Record Books for County Winners due in
             State 4-H Office, 232 Poole Agr. Center
June 15      Garments for County Winners in Clothing & Fashion Revue
             due in Judy Kline's Office, 240 Poole Agr. Center
June 15-19   AMP Camp - Camp Long
June 16      Piedmont District 4-H Livestock Judging - To be Announced
June 16      Savannah Valley District 4-H Poultry Day - To be Announced
June 17      Savannah Valley District 4-H Livestock Judging - To be Announced
June 17      Pee Dee District 4-H Poultry Day - To be Announced

June 18      Pee Dee District 4-H Livestock Judging - To be Announced
June 18      Piedmont District 4-H Poultry Day - To be Announced
June 20      4-H District Debate Tournament, Expressive & Performing
             Arts Competition - Camp Long
June 22-26   State 4-H Record Judging - Clemson


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JULY, 1987                                   
-DOC-
                                   JULY, 1987

Date                          Event                        
 ---                          -----                        
July 1        State 4-H Conference Registration Material due in State 4-H
              Office, 232 Poole Agr. Center                                     
July          State 4-H Horse Judging - To be Announced     
July 12-18    Citizenship/Washington Focus - Washington, DC
July 15       Due in State 4-H Office, 232 Poole Agr. Center
              ----------------------------------------------
              1) Forms C (Cloverleafs) and J (Juniors) for District 
                 4-H Junior Achievement Days
              2) Names & Addresses of Resource Leaders to serve as 
                 judges at District Junior Achievement Days
July 26-30    National 4-H Forestry Invitational - Jackson's Mill, WV           
July 28       Photography and Poster Art Exhibits due at State 4-H            
              Conference Registration
July 28-31    State 4-H Conference - Clemson
July 30       Second Annual 4-H Volunteer Day - Clemson




-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AUGUST, 1987                                                                   
-DOC-
                                  AUGUST, 1987                                 

Date                         Event                        
 ---                         -----                        
August          State 4-H Electric Congress - To be Announced

August 5-8      Southern Region 4-H Horse Event - Houston, Texas

August 10       Piedmont District 4-H Junior Achievement Day - To be Announced 

August 11       Savannah Valley District 4-H Junior Achievement Day -
                Camp Long

August 12       Pee Dee District 4-H Junior Achievement Day - Camp Bob Cooper

August 10-13    National Institute of Cooperatives - To be Announced

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SEPTEMBER & OCTOBER, 1987                           
-DOC-
                           SEPTEMBER & OCTOBER, 1987

Date                           Event                                   
 ---                           -----                                   
September 1         Due in State 4-H Office, 232 Poole Agr. Ctr.
                    --------------------------------------------
                    1) State Winners' 4-H Achievement Records 
                       for Regional and National Judging
                    2) County Report Form 1 (Medals)
September 9-11      SC Association of Extension 4-H Agents' Annual
                    Meeting - Camp Long
September           Regional 4-H Livestock Judging - Richmond, VA
September           Regional 4-H Poultry Judging - Richmond, VA
September 21        Junior 4-H Dairy Show - Harrisburg, PA
September 28-30     Eastern US 4-H Engineering Event - Richmond, VA
Sept. 28 - Oct. 1   National 4-H Dairy Conference - Madison, WI
October 1           ES-237 Enrollment Report due in State 4-H Office, 
                    232 Poole Agr. Center
October 4-10        National 4-H Week

October 5-9         Southern Region 4-H Leaders' Forum - Rock Eagle 4-H
                    Center, Eatonton, GA
October 6-8         Eastern 4-H Horse Roundup - To be Announced
October             State Fair - Columbia

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NOVEMBER & DECEMBER, 1987                           
-DOC-
                           NOVEMBER & DECEMBER, 1987

Date                          Event
 ---                          -----
November 8-13     National Association of Extension 4-H Agents'
                  Conference - San Diego, CA

November 16-18    National 4-H Livestock Judging - Louisville, KY

November 18-19    National 4-H Poultry & Egg Conference - Louisville, KY

November          4-H Officer Training (District)

December 5-11     National 4-H Congress - Chicago, IL

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JANUARY & FEBRUARY, 1987                           
-DOC-
                           JANUARY & FEBRUARY, 1987

Date                                   Event                          
 ---                                   -----                            
January            Agent Selection Forms for State 4-H Events due in State 
                   4-H Office, 108 Barre Hall

February 13-14     4-H Horse-Youth Leader Symposium - Camp Long

February 21        4-H & FFA Agronomy Field Day - Florence/Darlington TEC

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MARCH & APRIL, 1987                              
-DOC-
                              MARCH & APRIL, 1987

Date                            Event                         
 ---                            -----                         
March 28        State 4-H Soil Judging Contest - Simpson Experiment Station

March 27-29     State 4-H Teen Planning Retreat - Camp Long

April 4 & 11    District 4-H Forestry Invitationals

April 11-18     National 4-H Conference - Washington, DC

April 25        Workshops and Training in Public Speaking, Illustrative Talks, 
                Demonstrations, Debating, Expressive & Performing Arts, 
                Leadership Development - Camp Long

April 25-29     National 4-H Commodity Marketing Symposium - Chicago, IL

Apr.26-May 2    National Volunteer Week

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MAY, 1987                                   
-DOC-
                                   MAY, 1987


Date                       Event                                   
 ---                       -----                           
May 2        State 4-H Forestry Invitational - Sandhill R&E Center   

May 6-7      International Land, Range, & Pasture Judging Contest - Oklahoma 
                                                                    City, OK


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NATIONAL 4-H (USDA) PROGRAM EMPHASIS                     
-DOC-
                     NATIONAL 4-H (USDA) PROGRAM EMPHASIS
     John H. Schwartz, Extension Specialist - 4-H and Youth Development

4-H is Extension's dynamic, informal, educational program for today's young 
people.  The program combines the cooperative efforts of youth, volunteer 
leaders, state land grant universities, federal-state-local governments, and 
the US Department of Agriculture.  

The mission of the Cooperative Extension Service in conducting 4-H programs 
is to assist youth in:

   - acquiring knowledge. 
   - developing life skills. 
   - forming attitudes that will enable them to become self-directing, 
     productive, and contributing members of society.

4-H's goal is to create a learning environment for youth that is stimulating 
to the development of life skills in:

   - competency - developing skills and knowledge.
   - coping - dealing with stress.
   - contributory - learning to help others.





NATIONWIDE EXTENSION PRIORITY INITIATIVES:

  Building Human Capital
  Improving Nutrition, Diet, and Health
  Increasing Family Economic and Emotional Stability
  Revitalization of Rural America
  Conservation and Management of Natural Resources
  Water Quality
  Alternative Agricultural Opportunities
  Agriculture Competitiveness and Profitability

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Commodity and Other Agencies Scholarships               
-DOC-
               Commodity and Other Agencies Scholarships
    John H. Schwartz, Extension Specialist - 4-H and Youth Development

                 ICI AMERICAS - COTTON FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP
Amount:                     $2,000 One-time Award

Number:                     Minimum of 25

Who:                        Must be child of those who contribute to the 
                            production of cotton or cotton products.  
                            Examples, but not restricted to growers, ginners, 
                            textile researchers, cotton consultants, cotton 
                            marketers, chemical distributors, etc.

Selection Criteria:         Academic Record and 250- to 500-word essay on how 
                            the candidate's education and future goals will 
                            aid the cotton industry and the people involved 
                            with that industry.

Deadline for Application:   August 15, 1987


For More Information:       John H. Schwartz, State 4-H Office, Clemson
                            University, 232 Poole Agricultural Center,
                            Clemson, SC 29634-0316; (803) 656-3423

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CONFERENCE SCHEDULE                          
-DOC-
                         CONFERENCE SCHEDULE 
     John H. Schwartz, Extension Specialist- 4-H and Youth Development

                         Monday, July 25,1988 

1.  Pack Suitcases - Remember to Pack:
 
      a. Toothbrush
 
      b. Toilet Articles
 
      c. Towels, washcloth, and soap
 
      d. Bed sheets, blanket, and pillow
 
2.  Make last-minute preparations.
     
    Pack everything for your competitive event.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
State Conference Schedule               
-DOC-
              State Conference Schedule 
John H. Schwartz, Extension Specialist - 4-H and Youth Development
 
           Tuesday, July 26, 1988
 
12:30-2:00 PM    Registration
12:30-4:30       Exhibits
1:30             State Teen Representatives Meeting
1:30-5:00        Interviews
2:30-3:30        Committee Meetings
3:45-5:30        County Pictures
5:00-6:00        Dinner
6:15             Teen Representatives Meeting
6:15-7:15        Delegate Advisors Meeting
6:15-7:15        Chorus Organizes
7:30             Opening Session
9:00-11:15       Dance
                 Recreation
                 Entertainment
11:30            County Huddles
12:00            Quiet Time
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Conference Schedule - Wednesday                
-DOC-
                Conference Schedule - Wednesday
 John H. Schwartz, Extension Specialist - 4-H and Youth Development
 
Wednesday, July 27
7:00-8:00 AM     Breakfast
8:30-11:30       Competitive Events
11:30-1:00 PM    Lunch
1:30-3:30 PM     Continuation of Competitive Events
1:30-2:15        Workshop 1
2:30-3:15        Workshop 2
3:45-5:00        Recreation
4:30-5:45        Chorus Rehearsal
5:00-6:15        Dinner
6:15-7:15        SCAE4-HA
7:30             General Session
                 Performing Arts Show
9:00-11:30       Dance - Pizza
                 Recreation
                 Entertainment
11:30            County Huddles
12:00            Quiet Time
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Conference Schedule - Thursday                
-DOC-
                Conference Schedule - Thursday
  John H. Schwartz, Extension Specialist - 4-H and Youth Development
 
Thursday, July 28
7:00-8:00 AM     Breakfast
8:30             General Session
9:15-10:15       Workshop 3
10:30-11:30      Workshop 4
11:30-1:00 PM    Lunch
1:30-2:45 PM     General Session
                 Program on Space Exploration
2:45-4:30        Recreation
3:00-4:30        Banquet & Cloverleaf Ball Committee
                 Chorus Practice
3:30             District Teen Representatives Meet
4:00-5:00        Donor Reception
5:00-6:30        South Carolina Awards Assembly
7:00             South Carolina 4-H Banquet
9:00-11:15       Cloverleaf Ball
                 Recreation
                 Entertainment
11:30            Closing Ceremony
12:00            County Huddles
12:30 AM         Quiet Time
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Conference Program - Friday                 
-DOC-
                 Conference Program - Friday
   John H. Schwartz, Extension Specialist - 4-H and Youth Development
 
Friday, July 29
7:00-8:00 AM     Breakfast
8:00-9:00        Checkout
 
 
                          Have a Safe Trip Home!
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGROMEDICINE PROGRAM                             
-DOC-
                             AGROMEDICINE PROGRAM
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
The Agromedicine Program is a collaborative association between the College of
Agricultural Sciences of Clemson University and the College of Medicine of the
Medical University of South Carolina.  The purpose of the program is to provide
to South Carolina the unified skills of agricultural and medical sciences to
promote more efficient, safer and healthier techniques in agriculture while
protecting human and natural resources.  The Agromedicine Program applies the
principles of occupational and preventive medicine in its role as a resource to
Clemson University, the Cooperative Extension Service and to the citizens of
South Carolina.
 
Activities of the Agromedicine Program include public service, education and
research.  Free medical consultation and pesticide residue laboratory support
are available to our state's medical community for the diagnosis and management
of pesticide associated illness and other medical conditions unique to the
agricultural environment.  Lectures and educational programs are provided to
students, health care professionals, agricultural professionals, grower
associations and community organizations for the purpose of promoting wellness
in agriculture workers and their families and in those who work in associated
industries.  Research is ongoing to expand the knowledge of agricultural
medicine.  Research findings are used to update educational activities.
 
The offices and laboratory of the Agromedicine Program are located in
Charleston at the Medical University of South Carolina in Suite 304 of the
Summerall Center (19 Hagood Avenue).  Dr. Stanley H. Schuman is the Medical
Director and may be reached at 792-2281.  Address correspondence to the
Agromedicine Program, MUSC, 171 Ashley Avenue, Charleston, S.C. 29425.  The
coordinator for Clemson University is Dr. Jere A. Brittain, 266 P&AS Building,
Clemson University, Clemson, S.C. 29634 (telephone: 656-3403).
 
 
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE SAFE USE OF PESTICIDES                          
-DOC-
                          THE SAFE USE OF PESTICIDES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

     The safe use of pesticides is more important today than ever before.  
Pesticide applicators have increased legal and moral responsibility to apply 
pesticides correctly and only as needed.  Protection of the environment and 
control of pollutants are major issues today.  It is essential that pesticide 
applicators be familiar with material covered in the Safe Use section.  We 
have attempted to provide essential information on the S.C. Pesticide Control 
Act, pesticide side effects, pesticide waste and container disposal, safety in 
handling pesticides, and poison control information.

                       THE ENDANGERED SPECIES ACT (ESA)
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

     Beginning in 1988, the US Environmental Protection Agency (ESA) will 
begin enforcing their pesticide use policies under ESA.  This policy will 
prohibit the use of some pesticides in specific locations.  The labels of 
those pesticides so restricted will state that the use of the pesticide is 
prohibited in specific counties or specific areas within counties.  The 
affected counties will be listed on the pesticide label.  In order to use the 
pesticide, the user must obtain a "EPA PESTICIDE USE BULLETIN FOR PROTECTION 
OF ENDANGERED SPECIES."  These bulletins will describe all pertinent 
restrictions in each affected county.  Bulletins will be available from a 
variety of sources including pesticide dealers, agricultural consultants, and 
county SCS, ASCS and Extension offices.  PESTICIDE USERS ARE CAUTIONED TO 
OBTAIN AND CAREFULLY REVIEW ALL PERTINENT INFORMATION ABOUT ENDANGERED SPECIES 
PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE AND USE OF PESTICIDES CARRYING ENDANGERED SPECIES 
RESTRICTIONS!

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA PESTICIDE CONTROL ACT                     
-DOC-
                     SOUTH CAROLINA PESTICIDE CONTROL ACT
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    The South Carolina Pesticide Control Act was enacted in June 1975.  The law
requires registration of all pesticides (insecticides, fungicides, herbicides,
nematicides, desiccants, defoliants, plant regulators, and disinfectants)
offered for sale in South Carolina and provides for the sampling and chemical
analysis of such pesticides.  The South Carolina Pesticide Control Act also
provides for the regulation of the use and application of pesticides. 
Enforcement of the law is the responsibility of the Department of Fertilizer
and Pesticide Control, a department of the Division of Regulatory and Public
Service Program, Clemson University.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PESTICIDE REGISTRATION                            
-DOC-
                            PESTICIDE REGISTRATION
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    Every pesticide distributed within the state or delivered for transpor-
tation or transported in intrastate commerce must be registered with the
Department of Fertilizer and Pesticide Control.  Registration must be renewed
annually before January 1.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CLASSIFICATION OF PESTICIDES                         
-DOC-
                         CLASSIFICATION OF PESTICIDES
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    The Environmental Protection Agency is directed by federal law to classify
all pesticides for either "general use" or "restricted use".  Pesticides
classified for general use may be purchased by the general public and applied
according to the label directions.  Pesticides classified for restricted use
may be purchased and applied only be certified applicators or individuals
working under the direct supervision of a certified applicator.  South Carolina
will accept the classfication of pesticides as provided by the Environmental
Protection Agency.  Thus far EPA has classified all or some uses of 48 active
ingredients restricted.  This affects over 2,500 products nationally and some
460 pesticide products statewide.  Additional pesticides will be classified
restricted use this year.  General use pesticides will not be classified in the
near future.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EXPLANATION OF CLASSES AND CATEGORIES OF CERTIFIED APPLICATORS        
-DOC-
        EXPLANATION OF CLASSES AND CATEGORIES OF CERTIFIED APPLICATORS
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    (1) Noncommercial Applicator - This class includes those individuals who
are employees of federal, state, or local government who use or supervise the
use of any restricted use pesticide in performing their duties as governmental
employees.
    (2) Commercial Applicator - This class includes those individuals who use
or supervise the use of any restricted use pesticide for any purpose or on any
property other than as a private or noncommercial applicator.  Thus, if you use
a restricted pesticide and you are not a grower (private applicator) or
noncommerical applicator, then you are a commercial applicator.
    (3) Private Applicator - This class includes those individuals who use or
supervise the use of any pesticide which is classified for restricted use for
producing any agricultural commodity, including forestry products, on property
owned or rented by them or their employers, or (if applied without compensation
other than trading of personal services between producers of agricultural
commodities) on the property of another person.  (These are growers-farmers,
etc.)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CATEGORIES OF COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL APPLICATORS            
-DOC-
            CATEGORIES OF COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL APPLICATORS
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    (1) Agricultural Pest Control
         (i) Plant - This category includes applicators using or supervising 
the use of restricted use pesticides in producing agricultural crops, including
but not limited to:  tobacco, peanuts, cotton, feed grains, soybeans and
forage, small fruits, vegetables, tree fruits and nuts, as well as on grass-
lands and noncrop agricultural lands.
         (ii) Animal - This category includes applicators using or supervising
the use of restricted use pesticides on animals, including, but not limited to: 
beef cattle, dairy cattle, swine, sheep, horses, goats, poultry, and to places
on or in which animals are confined.
    (2) Forest Pest Control - This category includes applicators using or
supervising the use of restricted use pesticides in forests, forest nurseries,
and forest-seed-producing areas.
    (3) Ornamental and Turf Pest Control - This category includes applicators
using or supervising the use of restricted use pesticides to control pests in
maintenance and production of ornamental trees, shrubs, flowers, and turf.
    (4) Seed Treatment - This category includes applicators using or super-
vising the use of restricted use pesticides on seeds.
    \$
    (5) Aquatic Pest Control - This category includes applicators using or
supervising th use of any restricted use pesticides pruposefully applied to
standing or running water, excluding applicators engaged in public-health-
related activities included in category 8.
    (6) Right-of-Way Pest Control - This category includes applicators using or
supervising the use of restricted use pesticides in the maintenance of public
roads, electric powerlines, pipelines, railway rights-of-way, or other similar
areas.
    (7a) Industrial, Institutional, Structural, and Health-Related Pest Control
  This category includes applicators using or supervising the use of restricted
use pesticides in, on, or around food-handling establishments, human dwellings,
institutions, such as schools and hospitals, industrial establishments,
including warehouses and grain elevators, and any other structures and adjacent
areas, public or private, and for the protection of stored, processed, or
manufactured products or structures.
    (7b) Fumigation - This category includes individuals using or supervising
the use of a restricted use fumigant for pest control.
    (8) Public Health Pest Control - This category includes state or federal
employees or other individuals using or supervising the use of restricted use
pesticides in public health programs for the management and control of pests
having medical and public health importance.
    (9) Regulatory Pest Control - This category includes state, federal, or
other governmental employees who use or supervise the use of restricted use
pesticides in the control of regulated pests.
    (10) Demonstration and Research Pest Control - This category includes: (1)
individuals who demonstrate to the public the proper use techniques for
applying restricted use pesticides or supervise such demonstration and (2)
persons conducting field research with restricted use pesticides.
    Included in the first group are such persons as Extension specialists,
county agents, commerical representatives demonstrating pesticide products, and
those individuals demonstrating methods use in public programs.
    The second group includes state and federal employees, commercial represen-
tatives, and other persons conducting field research on or using restricted use
pesticides.
    (11) Aerial Applicator - This category includes individuals who apply
restricted use pesticides using any type of aircraft.
    (12) Miscellaneous - This category includes individuals who use restricted
use pesticides in pest control areas not covered in any of the other cate-
gories.  Included in this category are wood preservation treaters, cooling
water treaters, feed and seed storage facility fumigators, and tobacco-bed
fumigators and others.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSING OF APPLICATORS AND PESTICIDE DEALERS                
-DOC-
                LICENSING OF APPLICATORS AND PESTICIDE DEALERS
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    Applicators - "Certified applicator" means any individual who is certified
to use or supervise the use of any pesticide which is classified for restricted
use.  Certification as a private applicator is achieved by attending the
private applicator training sessions held at the county Clemson University
Cooperative Extension Service office and by submitting the $5.00 per 5-year
block license fee.  Private applicators becoming licensed in 1988 will pay
$2.00 for 2 years.  The 5-year block renewal began in 1985.  Upon receipt of
the license fee and verification of training, the private applicator license is
issued.
    Certification of commercial applicators is achieved by: (1) receiving a
passing score on the certification exams administered after each Clemson
University Cooperative Extension Service Certification Training Program or
receiving a passing score on the certification exams administered quarterly
across the state by the Department of Fertilizer and Pesticide Control, (2)
proof of financial responsibility in the amount of $5,000.00 property damage
and public liability insurance, and (3) submission of the $25.00 annual license
fee.  The license is then issued and applicator certification is complete.

    Dealers - "Pesticide dealers" are individuals engaged in the business of
distributing, selling, offering for sale, or holding for sale pesticides
classified for restricted uses for distribution directly to users.
    Licensing of pesticide dealers is achieved by: (1) receiving a passing
score on the pesticide dealer exam administered quarterly across the state by
the Department of Fertilizer and Pesticide Control and (2) submitting the
application form and the $25.00 annual license fee.
    All licenses, applicator and dealer, expire on December 31 of the year of
expiration shown on the license and must be renewed before January 1 or a 25%
penalty fee is assessed.  If any license is not renewed by the end of the year
following expiration, the licensee will be required to undergo training
(private applicator) or pass another examination (noncommercial, commercial
applicators, and dealers).
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PENALTIES                                   
-DOC-
                                   PENALTIES
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    Criminal - Any person who willfully violates any provision of the law or
regulations is subject to the following penalties:
    a. First offense - fined not more than $100.00 or imprisoned for not more  
 than 30 days.
    b. Second offense - fined not more than $500.00 or imprisoned not more than
       60 days.
    c. Third or subsequent offense - fined not more than $1,000.00 or impri  
soned for not more than 90 days.
    Civil - In addition to license suspension or revocation, any person who
violates any provision of the law or regulations may be assessed a civil
penalty of not more than $1,000.00 for each offense.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
REGULATIONS                                  
-DOC-
                                  REGULATIONS
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    Regulations to the South Carolina Pesticide Control Act have been promul-
gated. The major impact on the pesticide applicator is the requirement for
record keeping, vehicle identification, and in some cases applicator assurance
statements when restricted use pesticides are used.
    Standards for prevention and control of wood-destroying organisms for pest
control operators went into effect August 29, 1980.  During mid-1983 a regu-
lation was passed requiring all persons performing Structural Pest Control
activities on the property of another to be licensed.  Consult a complete copy
of the regulations available from the Department of Fertilizer and Pesticide
Control for details.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHEMIGATION ACT                                
-DOC-
                                CHEMIGATION ACT
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    This Act will not be fully implemented until 1989.  It requires that
anti-siphon devices be installed on any irrigation system which utilizes
chemigation, i.e. applies fertilizers or pesticides.  Each system must have: 
(1) an interlock system that shuts off the chemical injection pump when the
irrigation pump shuts off - this prevents excessive chemical from being pumped
into the irrigation line when water flow has ceased.
(2) a check valve installed before the chemical injection point to prevent
water from returning to the water source.
(3) a low pressure drain which is used as a backup safety device for the check
valve.  It allows any leakage from the check valve to drain off without running
back to the water source.
(4) a vacuum breaker which allows air into the pipeline when the pump stops,
allowing the water before the check valve to drain back to the water source
breaking the column of water and preventing siphoning.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AMMEDED FEDERAL INSECTICIDE, FUNGICIDE, AND RODENTICIDE ACT          
-DOC-
          AMMEDED FEDERAL INSECTICIDE, FUNGICIDE, AND RODENTICIDE ACT
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    This act was ammended during 1978, most notably, to allow use of pesticides
against pests not listed on the pesticide label.  However, the pesticide must
be used at the labeled rate for the site or crop, which must be on the pesti-
cide label.  For example, a grower must control the tarnished plant bug on
apples.  The grower has an endosulfan (Thiodan) label which gives directions
for use on apples to control aphids, but the tarnished plant bug is not
included on the label's list of pests.  The grower may then use endosulfan for
the tarnished plant bug if the application rate for aphids (or other labeled 
pests) and the other restrictions and limitations for application to apples are
followed.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE ENDANGERED SPECIES ACT (ESA)                       
-DOC-
                       THE ENDANGERED SPECIES ACT (ESA)
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

     Beginning in 1988, the US Environmental Protection Agency (ESA) will 
begin enforcing their pesticide use policies under ESA.  This policy will 
prohibit the use of some pesticides in specific locations.  The labels of 
those pesticides so restricted will state that the use of the pesticide is 
prohibited in specific counties or specific areas within counties.  The 
affected counties will be listed on the pesticide label.  In order to use the 
pesticide, the user must obtain a "EPA PESTICIDE USE BULLETIN FOR PROTECTION 
OF ENDANGERED SPECIES."  These bulletins will describe all pertinent 
restrictions in each affected county.  Bulletins will be available from a 
variety of sources including pesticide dealers, agricultural consultants, and 
county SCS, ASCS and Extension offices.  PESTICIDE USERS ARE CAUTIONED TO 
OBTAIN AND CAREFULLY REVIEW ALL PERTINENT INFORMATION ABOUT ENDANGERED SPECIES 
PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE AND USE OF PESTICIDES CARRYING ENDANGERED SPECIES 
RESTRICTIONS!

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HARMFUL SIDE EFFECTS FROM THE USE OF PESTICIDES                
-DOC-

                HARMFUL SIDE EFFECTS FROM THE USE OF PESTICIDES
         P.M. Horton, Extension Entomologist and Chemical Coordinator

     When a chemical or drug produces an effect in addition to the one 
intended, we call this a "side effect."  Some side effects are helpful and 
desirable; those discussed here are detrimental and unplanned.

    Many undesirable side effects have occurred because of a lack of 
information about the impact of a chemical on the total environment.

    As our knowledge of pesticides develops, we realize that only through the 
most discriminate use of chemicals can we avoid such problems.  Today, as 
never before, questions concerning side effects are begin asked.  The answers 
are begin found through research.  Most of the more important side effects of 
pesticide usage are discussed here.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
REDUCTION OF BENEFICIAL SPECIES                        
-DOC-

                        REDUCTION OF BENEFICIAL SPECIES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Many species of predators and parasites play important roles in 
suppressing or controlling insects, mites, and other invertebrates which are 
or may become pests if allowed to develop high populations.

    A predator may be defined as a living, active animal which catches and 
devours another organism or animal (prey).

    Insect predators are important in helping keep certain noxious species of 
insects in check.  If it were not for the aid received from beneficial 
insects, our job of preventing insect damage to crops and possessions would be 
greatly increased.

    Many mammals such as hogs, bats, moles, shrews, mice, skunks, and 
squirrels eat insects.  Frogs, toads, and salamanders are amphibians which 
feed on insects.  A number of reptiles and fish feed upon insects.  Spiders 
are probably the most important noninsect predators of insects.
REDUCTION OF BENEFICIAL SPECIES (cont)

    Insects that feed upon insects are numerous and far more valuable than all 
other predators combined.  To list accurately all insect predators is 
difficult; however, a partial listing is as follows:

           Lady beetles               Ambush bugs
           Ground beetles             Syrphid fly larvae
           Soldier beetles            Robber flies
           Fireflies                  Many ants
           Rove beetles               Praying mantis
           Tiger beetles              Lacewings (aphid lions)
           Assassin bugs              Certain wasps
           Damsel bugs                  (Sphecidae and Vespid

    Parasites are organisms that live on or in another organism (host) and 
require the whole or part of the individual to complete its life cycle.  
Parasites are becoming more important as biological control agents, 
particularly the parasitoid wasps.
REDUCTION OF BENEFICIAL SPECIES (cont)

    A number of pesticides have been found toxic to various beneficial 
species.  If these chemicals are used under certain conditions, they may 
drastically reduce the populations of the beneficial organisms.  When this 
occurs, the predators or parasites no longer exert a significant influence on 
the pest or potential pest and a more serious pest problem may develop than 
originally existed.

    This is one of the most serious side effects associated with the use of 
pesticide chemicals because, without the aid of these beneficial species, even 
the most intensive chemical control programs are not enough to cope with 
certain types of pest problems.  Pesticides must be used intelligently to 
avoid such serious consequence

    Future insect control will probably be made up of techniques using 
parasites, predators, pathogens, and cultural control methods in combination 
with selected insecticides.  This combination of practices to accomplish 
economic pest control is generally referred to as Integrated Pest Management 
of IPM.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DRIFT                                     
-DOC-

                                     DRIFT
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Drift is a side effect associated with both ground and aerial pesticide 
application.  The degree or severity of drift is dependent upon such factors 
as the physical form of the material applied, how the material is applied, the 
volume used, and the weather conditions prevailing at the time of the 
application.

    Applications of pesticides by aircraft have frequently resulted in severe 
residue problems on crops although they were made up to one-half mile or more 
from the contaminated crop.

    Other important considerations of the result of drift in many cases are 
the effect that some chemicals may have on nontarget organisms when the 
chemical is carried from the intended point of application by wind or water.

    Drift is a severe and universal problem and should be considered before 
making any type of pesticide application.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AVOIDING PROBLEMS WHEN TREATING AROUND FISH PONDS,               
-DOC-

              AVOIDING PROBLEMS WHEN TREATING AROUND FISH PONDS, 
                  FISH-BEARING STREAMS AND ESTUARINE AREAS.*
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Use maximum gallonage (3 gal spray or more by air or 6 gal/acre with 
ground equipment) per acre and low pressure (max 25 PSI for aircraft and 40 
PSI for ground sprayers).

    Delay treatments near fish ponds, etc., until wind is blowing away from 
sensitive area.

    Use the chemical less toxic (to fish) if the choice is available.

    Apply IPM principles such as scounting, etc., and treat only when 
necessary and with minimum rate to obtain control.

    *This information is taken from "Agricultural Chemical Toxicity to 
Selected Aquatic Animals:  Bluegill, Channel Catfish, Rainbow Trout, Crawfish, 
and Fresh Water Shrimp" by T. L. Wellborn, Jr., Ruth Morgan, and G. W. Guyton.  
Extension Wildlife and Fisheries and Extension Entomology, Mississippi State 
University.
AVOIDING PROBLEMS WHEN TREATING AROUND FISH PONDS, (cont)

    Advise farmers where practical to plant crops near ponds and fish-bearing 
waters that will require a minimum of insect control (soybeans rather than 
cotton, for example).

    Check application equipment daily to ensure there are no leaks in hoses 
and fittings.

    Aerial applicators, whether equipment is loaded or empty, should not fly 
over fish ponds or fish-bearing waters if it can possibly be avo

    Avoid the use of LV or ULV sprayers in the vicinity of fish ponds or fish-
bearing waters.

    Check to ensure that chemicals are mixed adequately before initiating 
spray operations (for example, premix chemical before loading sprayers).

    Aerial applicators should check calibration and follow all practices which 
enhance accurate delivery of pesticides.  See Application section of handbook 
for tips on calibration, etc.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WILDLIFE LOSSES                                
-DOC-

                                WILDLIFE LOSSES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Another side effect is injury or death to fish and wildlife.  These 
effects should be of concern to all who use pesticide chemicals.  It is 
contrary to good judgment and infringes upon the rights of others when these 
natural resources are destroyed through careless and indiscriminate use of 
poisonous chemicals.  It is also illegal to apply pesticides improperly.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HONEYBEE AND OTHER POLLINATING-INSECT LOSSES                 
-DOC-

                 HONEYBEE AND OTHER POLLINATING-INSECT LOSSES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Efficient production of many crops depends on pollination by honeybees and 
some other insects.  Without the help of these pollinators, we would not have 
some of our fruit, vegetable, forage, and seed crops.  One of the serious side 
effects of pesticide applications has been the loss of many pollinators each 
year.  Because of the importance of these insects, make every effort to use 
pesticides so that they will cause the least amount of injury to pollinators.  
This requires detailed knowledge of pesticide toxicity to bees, timing of 
application in relation to bee activity in crops, least hazardous method of 
application, and cooperation among growers, applicators, and beekeepers.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOXICITY OF PESTICIDES TO HONEYBEES                      
-DOC-

                      TOXICITY OF PESTICIDES TO HONEYBEES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Many pesticides are highly toxic to honeybees and other beneficial 
insects.  The farmer, the beekeeper, and the agricultural chemicals industry 
should cooperate closely to keep losses of beneficial insects to a minimum.  
To pretect these insects, it is essential to use only the safest of the 
recommended materials.  The groupings on the following pages show the relative 
toxicity of many pesticides to honeybees as determined by laboratory and field 
tests.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOW TO USE HAZARDOUS PESTICIDES AROUND HONEYBEES               
-DOC-

               HOW TO USE HAZARDOUS PESTICIDES AROUND HONEYBEES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    The kind and amount of pesticide used is important.  Use the proper dosage 
of the safest material that will give good pest control.  Read the label and 
follow approved local, state, and federal recommendations.

    When using materials hazardous to bees, notify beekeepers so they can 
protect their bees.

    Granular formulations of insecticides are the safest to use around bees.  
Directed sprays applied with ground equipment are the next safest for applying 
insecticides around bees.  Aerially applied sprays or dusts are most likely to 
contact bees and cause problems.

    Generally, application by airplane is more hazardous to bees than by 
ground equipment.  

    Treating large areas and repeating applications may cause greater bee 
losses.
HOW TO USE HAZARDOUS PESTICIDES AROUND HONEYBEES (cont)

    Time of application is important and depends on bloom period and 
attractiveness of crop.  Treatments when bees are goraging in the field are 
usually the most hazardous.  Treatments over colonies in hot weather, when 
bees are clustering on the outside, amy cause severe losses.  Treatments 
during the night and early morning before bees are foraging are the safest.

    Treating a nonblooming crop with a hazardous material when cover crops, 
weeds, or wild flowers are in bloom in the field or close by may cause heavy 
bee losses.  Drift of pesticides to neighboring fields attractive to bees also 
may cause losses.

    Location of bees is important.  Colonies located in fields being treated 
may sustain more losses than colonies outside the treated area-at the edge or 
away from the field.  Colonies moved into a field after treatment may escape 
damage.  Farmers and applicators must make a special effort to protect bees to 
ensure the continued availability of this important beneficial insect.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RELATIVE TOXICITY OF PESTICIDES TO HONEYBEES                 
-DOC-

                 RELATIVE TOXICITY OF PESTICIDES TO HONEYBEES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 1 - Highly Toxic: Severe losses may be expected if the following 
materials are used when bees are present at treatment time or within a day 
thereafter, except as indicated by footnotes.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
acephate ORTHENE          EPN                       monocrotophos AZODRIN
aldicarb TEMICK           famphur FAMOPHOS          naled DIBROM
azinphosmethyl ETHYL      fensulfothion DASANIT     parathion
calcium arsenate          fenthion BAYTEX           permethrin AMBUSH, POUNCE
carbaryl SEVIN 80S        lead arsenate             phorate THIMET
carbofuran FURADAN        lindane                   phosmet IMIDAN
carbophenothion TRITHION  malathion technical       phosphamidon DIMECRON
                             CYTHION         
chlorpyrifos DURSBAN      methiocarb MESUROL        polymer-encapsulated
                                                    methyl parathion
                                                    PENNCAP-M
                 RELATIVE TOXICITY OF PESTICIDES TO HONEYBEES
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 1 (Continued)- Highly Toxic 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

crotoxyphos CIODRIN       methamidophos MONITOR     propargite OMITE  
diazinon SPECTRACIDE      methidathion SUPRACIDE    propoxur BAYGON 
dichlorvos, technicalDDVP methomyl LANNATE, NUDRIN  resmethrin (SBP-1382)
dicrotophos BIDRIN        methyl parathion          sulprofos BOLSTAR
dimethoate DE-FEND        mevinphos PHOSDRIN        tepp

1Reference:  Johansen, C.A. 1979.  Bee World 60(3):  109-27 and "Protecting 
Honey Bees From Pesticides," Leaflet 2883, Univ. of California, Sept. 1977.
2Applications of these materials late in the evening, at night, or early 
morning when bees are not foraging will reduce the bee hazard.
              RELATIVE TOXICITY OF PESTICIDES TO HONEYBEES (cont)

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 2-Moderately Toxic:  These can be used around bees if dosage, timing, 
and method of application are correct, but should not be applied directly on 
bees in the field or at the colonies.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
aspon ASP-51               endrin                     ronnel KORLAN
binapacryl                 ethion                     sabadilla
carbaryl SEVIN 4 OIL , 
SEVINMOL                   ethoprop MOCAP             stirofos RABON
carbophenothion TRITHION   ethylan PERTHANE           summer oil
chlorfenvinphos SUPONA     fonofos DYFONATE           TDE
coumaphos CO-RAL           formetanate CARZOL         temephos ABATE
demeton SYSTOX             methoxychlor               terbufos COUNTER 
dichlofenthion             oxamyl VYDATE              toxaphene
dioxathion DELNAV          oxydemeton-methyl
                           META-SYSTOX R2             trichlorfon DYLOX
disulfoton DI-SYSTON       phosalone ZOLONE           trichloronate AGRITOX
endosulfan THIODAN
              RELATIVE TOXICITY OF PESTICIDES TO HONEYBEES (cont)

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 3-Relatively Nontoxic:  These can be used around bees with a minimum of 
injury.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 INSECTICIDES

allethrin                  ethephon ETHREL               pentac
Bacillus thuringiensis     fenson MURVESCO               plictran
baculovirus heliothis      heliothis plyhedrosis virus   propargite OMITE
carbaryl SEVIN  4XLR       malathion (low concentrate)   pyrethrins
chlordimeform FUNDAL       menazon SAPHOS                rotenone
chlorobenzilate ACARABEN   methoprene ALTOSID            ryania RYANODINE
cryolite                   methoxychlor MARLATE          sulfur
dialifor TORAK             neotran                       tetradifon TEDION
dicofol KELTHANE           niotine                       tetram
diflubenzuron DIMILIN      ovex                          vendex
dioxathion DELNAV          oxythioquinox MORESTAN   

              RELATIVE TOXICITY OF PESTICIDES TO HONEYBEES (cont)

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 3 (Continued)-Relatively Nontoxic 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  FUNGICIDES 

anilazine DYRENE           cuprous oxide                 mancozeb DITHANE
benomyl BENLATE            dazomet MYLONE                maneb DITHANE
bordeaux mixture           diathianon DELAN              metriam POLYRAM
captafol DIFOLATAN         dichlone PHYGON               nabam DITHANE
captan ORTHOCIDE           dinocap KARATHANE             oxycarboxin PLANTVAX
carboxin VITAVAX           dodine CYPREX                 sulfur
chlorothalonil BRAVO       fenaminosulf DEXON            thioquinox ERADEX
copper oxychloride sulfate fentin hydroxide DU-TER       thiram ARASAN
copper 8-quinolinate       ferbam                        zineb DITHANE
copper sulfate             folpet PHALTAN                ziram ZERLATE
cupric hydroxide KOCIDE    glydodin GLYOXIDE     
              RELATIVE TOXICITY OF PESTICIDES TO HONEYBEES (cont)

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 3 (Continued)-Relatively Nontoxic
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     HERBICIDES, DEFOLIANTS AND DESICCANTS  
                        
alachlor LASSO              dicamba BANVEL               naptalam ALANAP
amitrole                    dichlorbenil CASORON         nitralin PLANAVIN
AMS AMMATE                  dichlorprop (2,4-DP)         oryzalin SURFLAN
benefin BALAN               difenzoquate AVENGE          oxadiazon RONSTAR
bifenox MODOWN              dinitrobutylphenyl (DNBP)    paraquat
bromacil HYVAR              dipropetryn SANCAP           phenmedipham BETANAL
butylate SUTAN              diquat                       picloram TORDON
cacodylic acid              diuron KARMEX                prometone PRAMITOL
CDAA RANDOX                 endothall ENDOTHAL           proamide KERB
chloramben AMIBEN           EPTC EPTAM                   prometryne CAPOROL
chlorbromuron MALORAN       EXD HERBISAN                 propachlor RAMROD
chloropropham CHLORO IPC    fluometuron COTORAN          propham (IPC)

              RELATIVE TOXICITY OF PESTICIDES TO HONEYBEES (cont)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 3 (Continued)-Relatively Nontoxic
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     HERBICIDES, DEFOLIANTS AND DESICCANTS  

chloroxuron TENORAN         fluorodifen PREFORAN         silvex
cyanazine BLADEX            folex                        simazine PRINCEP
2,4-D                       isopropalin PAARLAN          2,4,5-T
2,4-DB                      linuron LOROX                2,3,6-TBA TRYSBEN
dalapon                     MCPA                         terbacil SINBAR
DEF                         MSMA DOCONATE                terbutryn IGRAN
DSMA METHAR                 metribuzin SENCOR            trifluralin TREFLAN
desmedipham BENTHANAL AM    monuron TELVAR
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION                            
-DOC-

                            ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Environmental pollution, as used here, refers to unwanted pesticide 
chemicals in the air, soil, water and vegetation.  In a broader sense, the 
accumulation and storage of pesticides in plant and animal life also can be 
considered environmental pollution.

    As the population of the world increases, our environment could be 
polluted to an even greater extent.  The increased use of pesticides may 
contribute to this condition.  A better understanding of the fate of these 
chemicals after they have been released into the environment and more care in 
the application and disposal of excess materials may bring about a reduction 
of environmental pollution.  To accomplish this, those who use or apply 
pesticides should be familiar with the following:
   * Which elements of our environment are contaminated.
   * The extent and degree of such contaminations.
   * What practices are contributing to it.
   * Which of the pesticides in present use cause the greatest degree of 
pollution.
ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION (cont)

   * What can be done to reduce or eliminate these problems.
   * Which pesticides pose the greatest hazards to people, plants, domestic 
animals, beneficial organisms, and wildlife.
   * What can be done to correct a residue problem after it exists.
Much of this information is discussed in this handbook.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AIR POLLUTANTS                                
-DOC-

                                AIR POLLUTANTS
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Recent problems with toxic gases at Bhopal, India, and in the United 
States have focused attention on toxic airborne chemicals.  The commercial 
pest control industry has real problems today with actual and perceived 
contamination of homes from termite treatments.  We have had several incidents 
in South Carolina, and more are likely to occur.  With no national air 
standards (only National Academy of Science Guidelines for certain of the 
termiticides), the pesticide and pest control industry faces an uncertain 
future.  This is a serious problem that must be addressed by research (what 
are safe air levels for commonly used pesticides?), more precise application 
(better trained applicators), and tighter enforcement of laws and regulations.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATER POLLUTANTS                               
-DOC-

                               WATER POLLUTANTS
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Pesticides as water pollutants may present a difficult problem, for they 
occur in water both as intentional and unintentional additives.  Intentional 
applications are made to control aquatic organisms, including trash fish, 
mosquitoes and gnats, algae, snails, and weeds.  Unintentional pollution of 
water by pesticides has resulted from drift; drainage from treated fields 
(both surface and subsurface), forests or rangelands; and from accidental 
applications over canals and streams.

    One of the important considerations in the pollution of water is the 
possible concentration of pesticides in the bodies of aquatic organisms, 
either by direct absorption of the contaminant from the water or through the 
food chain.  This latter phenomenon is referred to as "biological 
magnification" or "bioconcentration."  The side effect is very important and 
should be considered whenever pesticides are used near an aquatic environment.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOIL POLLUTANTS                                
-DOC-

                                SOIL POLLUTANTS
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Soil pollution is also assuming greater and greater importance as we learn 
more about the persistence of certain chemicals in the soil.  Some materials 
may remain in the soil for a number of years and constantly present the 
possibility of polluting crops or water.  This type of problem may result on 
certain soil types from frequent or excess soil applications of persistent 
materials or repeated applications to crops growing in certain areas.  
Recognizing this situation, the solution is to select and use chemicals that 
have the least potential for accumulation in the soil.

    Some pesticides (for example, toxaphene) have been discovered in the soil 
and groundwater.  This is of great concern to agriculturalists and 
environmentalists.  The Department of Health and Environmental Control (DHEC) 
is the agency in South Carolina responsible for the enforcement of laws and 
regulations regarding pesticides and/or toxic wastes in the environment.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PESTICIDE RESIDUES-FOOD AND FEED                       
-DOC-

                       PESTICIDE RESIDUES-FOOD AND FEED
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Pesticide residues may, in the broad sense, be considered another side 
effect.  They may result from direct application of a chemical to crops or 
animals, or they may occur by their accidental presence as pollutants in the 
environment.

    Although residues of certain pesticide chemicals are permitted on various 
foods  under the regulations of the Food and Drug Administration, we should 
strive to keep the residues of all chemicals on food commodities to a minimum 
by using materials or methods of application that will do the job of control, 
yet leave the least amount of residue on the food or feed.

PESTICIDE RESIDUES-FOOD AND FEED (cont)

    The following publications provided much of the information on harmful 
side effects of pesticides and safety information used in this manual:

    Insect Control Guide, Florida Agricultural Extension Service, Institute of 
Food and Agricultural Sciences, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 
(July 1968).

    Pesticide Information and Safety Manual, University of California, 
Agricultural Extension Service - Agricultural Experiment Station, Berkeley, 
California (July 1968).  

    Poisons in Your Home, Sponsored by "Poisons in Your Home" Task Force, 
Northeast Regional Pesticide Coordinators, Virginia.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SAFETY IN HANDLING PESTICIDES                         
-DOC-
                         SAFETY IN HANDLING PESTICIDES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Pesticides by their very nature are poisonous to people, other animals, 
and sometimes plants.  A poisonous or toxic compound becomes dangerous when it 
is improperly or carelessly used.  Poisonous compounds may be used safely when 
used at concentrations, rates, and with methods of application for which they 
are recommended.

    When the following steps are observed, misuse will seldom if ever occur:
    1.  Properly identify the pest problem and determine what pesticide to 
use.  Seek an expert's advice if in doubt.
    2.  Apply the recommended material according to the labeled instructions.
    3.  Store pesticides in their original labeled containers in a locked 
storage area out of the reach of children, pets, and livestock.
    4.  Dispose of empty containers promptly, safely and according to the law.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS IN HANDLING PESTICIDES                  
-DOC-

                  GENERAL PRECAUTIONS IN HANDLING PESTICIDES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    *   Read the manufacturer's label carefully and completely, paying 
particular attention to the precautions and antidotes.
    *   Wear clean protective clothing and equipment as specified on the 
label.
    *   Remove clothes after using poisonous chemicals and bathe with plenty 
of soap and water.  Wash work clothes before using again.  (See section on 
Cleaning Pesticide-Contaminated Clothing that follows.)
    *   Do not eat, drink, or smoke while handling or applying pesticides.
    *   Avoid ingesting or inhaling pesticides.
    *   Insofar as possible, avoid contact of the insecticides with the skin.
    *   Make a habit of washing your hands often.  Be sure to wash your hands 
before eating, drinking, or smoking.
    *   If concentrates or highly toxic pesticides are spilled on the skin or 
clothing, remove the clothing at once and wash the skin thoroughly with soap 
and water.
    *   Always mix pesticides in an open area where ventilation is adequate; 
never mix pesticides in an enclosed area.
    *   Use only recommended materials at recommended rates and by recommended 
methods of application.  Never use a pesticide for a purpose not specifically 
stated on the label.
    *   Notify nearby beekeepers before applying insecticides.
    *   Repair sprayers with leaking hoses or connections before use.
    *   Never use the hands and arms to stir pesticides or to reach into a 
container of pesticides to retrieve tools or other items dropped into them.
    *   Never allow drift onto neighboring fields, especially pasture and 
forage crops or fields containing produce ready to harvest.
    *   Never contaminate fish ponds, streams, or lakes.
    *   When application equipment is not being used, keep it in an area where 
children and livestock cannot get to it.  Wash spray equipment after each use
to avoid hazardous accumulation.
    *   Collect wash water when cleaning up spray equipment by using a catch 
basin or sump.  Use the wash water as diluent for sprays when practical (for 
example, termite treatment); otherwise disperse wash water over treated area.
    *   Store pesticides in the original labeled containers away from food, 
feed, or medicine, and out of reach of children, pets, and livestock.
    *   Never guess at what is in the pesticide container.  If the label has 
been damaged or removed on household or small package products, discard the 
entire container with its contents as solid waste (household garbage).  
Unidentified large volumes of pesticide will likely require testing to 
determine identity and disposal method.
    *   Dispose of empty pesticide containers according to label instructions.
    *   Call a doctor or get the patient to a hospital immediately if the 
symptoms of poisoning occur during or shortly after spraying or dusting.  
Carry the pesticide label or labeled containers with you.
    *   Never spray directly into the wind or directly overhead.
    *   Clean respirators between operations by washing and replacing filters 
or filter cartridges at intervals recommended by the manufacturer.
    *   Spray crews regularly using highly toxic organophosphate or carbamate 
pesticides should receive cholinesterase tests before spraying begins and at 
10-day intervals thereafter.
    *   If you plan to apply any of the more dangerous pesticides, make sure 
that your physician knows the types of compounds you are using, the effects of 
and treatments for poisoning by these pesticides, and also has access to the 
drugs needed in an emergency.  If your physician should provide you with a 
supply of atropine tablets for organic phosphorus poisoning, do not take them 
before definite symptoms occur.  If you ever take atropine tablets, call your 
physician as soon afterward as possible.  Any person who is ill enough to 
receive a single dose of atropine should be kept under medical observation for 
24 hours, because atropine may produce only temporary relief of symptoms in 
what may prove to be serious case of poisoning.  Keep atropine tablets away 
from children.  

     Call your Poison Control Centers for detailed information on antidotes, 
etc.  A listing of S.C. Poison Control Centers is given on page 317088.

    *   Airplane pilots applying pesticides should never help in mixing or 
loading operations.  Avoiding such operations will reduce their total 
exposure.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING*           
-DOC-

           RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING*
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

1.  ORGANOPHOSPHATE CHOLINESTERASE-INHIBITING PESTICIDES: Toxicants of this 
class almost irreversibly chemically neutralize (phosphorylate) 
acetylcholinesterase enzyme, thus allowing accumulation of acetylcholine at 
nerve junctions.  The toxicant produces paralysis and eventual death by 
suffocation unless treated.  These toxicants can be absorbed by inhalation, 
ingestion, and skin penetration.

    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--Headache, dizziness, extreme weakness, tiny (pinpoint) 
pupils, muscle twitching are typical symptoms of poisoning by organic 
pesticides.  Also nausea, tightness of the chest causing breathing difficulty, 
and sweating are additional symptoms of OP poisoning.

    ANTIDOTES:  Atropine Sulfate, Pralidoxime (2-PAM), Diazepam (suggested 
anti-convulsant).
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING (cont)

2.  CARBAMATE CHOLINESTERASE-INHIBITING PESTICIDES: Carbamate toxicants cause 
reversible carbamylation of acetylcholinesterase enzyme which allows 
accumulation of acetylcholine at nerve junctions.  Certain carbamate 
pesticides are highly toxic (more so than many OP materials) and must be 
considered very hazardous despite the reversible carbamyl-enzyme 
disassociation.  Carbamate poisoning produces effects on the nervous system 
and musculature similar to OP pesticides.  Carbamate pesticides are absorbed 
by inhalation, ingestion, and skin penetration.

    SIGNS AND SUMPTOMS--Same as for OP COMPOUNDS.
    ANTIDOTES:  Atropine sulfate only.  2-PAM is of little value in carbamate 
poisoning.  Diazepam (suggested anti-convulsant).

3.  CHLORINATED HYDROCARBON PESTICIDES: These chemicals interfere with trans- 
mission of nerve impulses and generally disrupt the function of the nervous 
system to include the brain.  Poisoning usually results in behavioral changes, 
sensory and equilibrium disturbances, involuntary muscle activity, and 
depression of vital centers, especially respiration.  Absorption through the 
skin and oral ingestion are probably the most common means of poisoning.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING 
3.  CHLORINATED HYDROCARBON PESTICIDES: (cont)

    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--Apprehension, dizziness, headache, weakness, 
twitching, convulsions, respiratory depression and coma are typical symptoms.  
Ingestion orally may result in convulsions, tremors as first symptoms.
    ANTIDOTES: Diazepam (suggested anti-convulsant) or Pentobarbital.  For 
ingested poisoning promote emesis (with syrup of ipecac) followed by 30 gm 
activated charcoal (to absorb remaining toxicant in gut).

4.  PYRETHRINS AND SYNTHETIC PYRETHROID PESTICIDES (pyrethrins, allethrins, 
permethrin, cypermethrin, fenvalerate, resmethrin, etc.):  Generally, these 
compounds are classified as mild nerve poisons with a wide range of mammelian 
toxicity ratings, depending on species and compound.  For instance, the acute 
oral toxicity (LD 50 mg/kg) to the male guinea pig is >4,000 mg/kg for both 
permethrin and cypermethrin, but for female rats it is >4,000 mg/kg for 
permethrin and 250 mg/kg for cypermethrin.  The modes of action for these 
compounds are not well understood.  Sublethal doses of permethrin (1,000 mg/kg 
fed daily for 10 days) caused no toxic signs, abnormalities, or deaths.  Some 
synthetic pyrethroids are classified as mild to severe eye irritants and mild 
skin sensitizers.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING 

4.  PYRETHRINS AND SYNTHETIC PYRETHROID PESTICIDES (pyrethrins, allethrins, 
permethrin, cypermethrin, fenvalerate, resmethrin, etc.): (cont)

    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--A stuffy, runny nose and scratchy throat may result 
from inhalating the agents.  Nervous irritability, tremors, and coordination 
difficulty (ataxia) have occurred in persons exposed to massive doses by 
inhalation.

    ANTIDOTE/TREATMENT:  In case of skin or eye contact, flush eyes with large 
amounts of water.  Remove contaminated clothing.  If large amounts of 
pyrethrin or pyrethroid formulation have been ingested, the stomach must be 
evacuated.  Induce vomiting with syrup of ipecac and observe closely for loss 
of consciousness.  Intubate the stomach (insert tube) immediately if con- 
sciousness level declines or vomiting has not occurred within 15 minutes.  
Following emesis (vomiting), have victim drink a 30-50 gm suspension of 
activated charcoal to limit absorption of remaining toxicant.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING (cont)

5.  DIPYRIDYLS (Paraquat, Diquat, Morfamquat, etc.):  The highly polar 
dipyridyls are strongly absorbed by plant tissue and soil particles.  
Concentrates are more likely to cause poisoning than the diluted product.  The 
dipyridyls cause injury to the epithelial tissues of th skin, nails, eyes, 
nose, mouth, and respiratory and gastrointestinal tracts. Diquat is 
substantially less toxic than paraquat.
    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--Following ingestin, the earliest symptoms are due to 
irritation of the gastrointestinal tract causing oral and abdominal pain.  
Vomiting and diarrhea may occur.  Often after 48 to 72 hours, systemic damage 
signs may appear to include urinary difficulty and bloody urine.  Prolonged 
symptoms (possibly up to 14 days) may include labored breathing, coughing, and 
rapid heart beat.  Fluid accumulation in the lungs (pneumonia like) often 
progresses to death.
    ANTIDOTES: Measures must be taken to limit absorption from the gastro- 
intestinal tract and to accelerate excretion of material already absorbed.  
Stomach lavage (washing out) followed by an absorbent slurry (bentonite, 
fuller's earth, etc.) is suggested.  After 1 hour induce bowel movement with 
cathartic.  Repeat absorbent dosage every 4 hours for at least 12 doses.  
Institute regimen of forced diuresis.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING (cont)

6.  CHLOROPHENOXY COMPOUNDS (2,4-D etc.):  The chlorophenoxy compounds are 
mildly to severely irritating to skin, eyes, and respiratory and 
gastrointestinal linings.  These compounds have low toxic potential for most 
individuals.  Human subjects have tolerated 0.5 g doses for 2-4 weeks without 
adverse effects.  Large doses of 2,4-D to experimental animals produced 
vomiting, diarrhea, weight loss, ulceration of mouth and pharynx, and injury 
to liver, kidneys, and central nervous system.  These compounds are absorbed 
through the skin, lung, and gut wall.  Prolonged dermal contact results in 
local skin depigmentation (loss of skin color).

    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--Skin irritation following excessive contact.  Burning 
sensation and coughing from inhalation.  Ingestion results in vomiting and 
abdominal pain.

    ANTIDOTE OR TREATMENT:  Wash chemical from skin or slush from eyes.  
Induce vomiting if victim (who has swallowed material) has not spontaneously 
vomited.  Administer absorbent (activated charcoal) to limit further 
absorption of toxicant.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING (cont)

7.  NITROPHENOLIC HERBICIDES (Dinoseb, etc.):  These materials are highly 
toxic to humans and animals from skin and gut absorption and inhalation.  The 
nitrophenols are toxic to the liver, kidney, and nervous system.  Toxicity 
results from stimulation of cellular oxidative metabolism with subsequent 
depletion of body carbohydrates and fats.

    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--Yellow staining of skin, white of the eye, and urine 
signifies significant contact.  Profuse sweating, headache, thirst are common 
early symptoms.  Flushed skin, fever, and rapid heartbeat characterize serious 
poisoning.

    ANTIDOTE OR TREATMENT:  Decontaminate skin, hair, etc., with soap and 
water.  Flush eyes.  Systemic poisoning requires reduction of body 
temperature, oxygen, intravenous fluids, and use of sedatives.  If ingested, 
empty stomach.  Following emesis, administer activated charcoal to bind 
toxicant remaining in gut.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING (cont)

8.  PENTACHLOROPHENOLS (PCP):  Pentachlorophenol is absorbed by the skin, gut 
lining, and lung.  Its toxic effects result from action similar to the 
dinitrophenols.  Most serious poisonings occur to workers exposed in hot 
environments.

    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--Irritation of nose, throat, eyes, and skin is most 
common symptom after exposure to PCP.  Except that yellow staining does not 
occur, symptoms are similar to nitrophenol poisoning.  Typically, symptoms do 
not appear until blood and urine concentrations of PCP reach 1,000 ppb.

    ANTIDOTE OR TREATMENT:  Similar to treatment for dinitrophenol poisoning.

9.  UREA, URICIL, AND TRIAZINES (herbicides):  Adverse effects have occurred 
rarely as result of human contact with this group of herbicides.  Most serious 
injuries have been skin irritation.  At very high dosages, test animals have 
suffered damage to kidneys, liver, and central nervous system.  These 
compounds can be absorbed across the skin, gut and lungs.  They are quickly 
metabolized and excreted.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING 
9.  UREA, URICIL, AND TRIAZINES (herbicides) (cont)

    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--Irritation of skin from prolonged contact is a typical 
symptom.  Nausea and vomiting can be expected from ingestion.

    ANTIDOTE OR TREATMENT:  Flush or wash skin and eyes.  Treatment for 
ingestion of these compounds is similar to that suggested for nitrophenols and 
pentaphenols.

10. ACETANILIDE, ACETAMIDE, CARBANILATE, AND ANILIDE HERBICIDES:  These 
compounds exhibit low mammalian toxicity.  Skin irritation or sensitization may 
occur for some individuals.  Adverse effects from accidental ingestion by 
humans have not been reported.  Systemic toxicity of these compounds appears 
likely only at high dosage levels.

    SIGNS AND SUMPTOMS--Skin irritation or sensitization from repeated contact 
might be expected.  Nausea, abdominal distress from ingestion is likely.

    ANTIDOTE OR TREATMENT:  Flush or wash skin and eyes.  Induce emesis if 
dosage is known to exceed 10 mgm/kg body weight.  Limit gut absorption with 
activated charcoal.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING (cont)

11. DIMETHYLDITHIOCARBAMATE COMPOUNDS (fungicides):  This class of compounds 
is generally known as irritants and sensitizers.  These fungicides are metab- 
olized in a manner similar to disulfiram, a potent neurotoxin.  Actually, 
toxic systemic effects to these fungicides have been rare.  Systemic effects 
for this class of compounds depends on whether the absorption of the toxicant 
alone or in combination with alcohol was involved.  Systemic effects from the 
toxicant alone (central nervous system damage, necrosis of spleen, liver and 
kidney) probably is caused by the metabolite carbon disulfide.  Illness from 
alcohol/disulfiram interaction is due to the inhibition of liver enzymes 
necessary to oxidize acetaldehyde to acetic acid.  This can lead to shock and 
possible heart failure.

    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--Itching and redness of skin have resulted when 
sensitive persons contact these compounds.  Inhalation of airborne fungicides 
may result in upper respiratory congestion, hoarseness, cough, and lung 
inflammation (pneumonitis).
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING (cont)

    Following ingestion of large amounts of these compounds, nausea, vomiting, 
and diarrhea occur.  This is followed by lowering of body temperature, loss of 
coordination, muscle weakness progressing to paralysis, and respiratory 
failure.

    The reaction to alcohol/disulfiram results in flushed skin, sweating, 
pounding headache, rapid heartbeat, and respiratory distress (asthma-like).  
Severe reactions result in shock, unconsciousness, convulsions, and heart 
failure.

    ANTIDOTE OR TREATMENT:  Wash exposed skin with soap and water.  Remove 
sensitive individuals from contact with this type chemical.  
    For ingestion (NOT INVOLVING ALCOHOL) induce vomiting.  Follow with 
activated charcoal absorbent.

    When alcohol is involved, administer 100% oxygen to counter respiratory 
distress; then treat to eliminate toxicant from system.  Vitamin C has some 
antidotal value against unreacted dithiocarbamate compound and is useful in 
treating adults and children over 12 years of age.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING (cont)

12. ANTICOAGULANT RODENTICIDES (coumarin, indandione types):  absorption 
through the gut is normal route of exposure.  Both anticoagulants depress the 
hepatic synthesis of blood-clotting substances.  The indandione anticoagulants 
(unlike the coumarins) produce damage to the heart, lungs, and nervous system 
in test animals.  Such symptoms have not been reported in human poisonings.

    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--Hemorrhage occurs in humans only after large amounts 
have been deliberately ingested.  Weakness as a result of anemia could be 
expected.

    ANTIDOTE AND TREATMENT: Administration of Vitamin K.  Dose dependent on 
prothrombin time.  Induce emesis and limit absorption in gut with activated 
charcoal absorbent.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING (cont)

13. ARSENICAL PESTICIDES (organic, inorganic):  The organic arsenicals (MSMA, 
etc.) are generally less toxic than then inorganic arsenicals (sodium 
arsenite, etc.).  However, even the organic arsenicals to some degree reduce 
to trivalent forms in the gut.  Most poisoning from arsenicals is through 
ingestion.  Absorbed trivalent arsenicals produce injury to the liver, kidney, 
bone marrow, brain and nervous system.

    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS--Following ingestion, burning, pain, vomiting, and 
watery or bloody diarrhea may be expected.  Headache, dizziness, muscle 
spasms,delirium, and convulsions may follow.  A garlic odor to the breath and 
feces is typical of arsenic.

    ANTIDOTE OR TREATMENT:  Flush contaminated skin, hair and eyes.  Following 
ingestion, evacuate stomach (stomach pump).  Avoid aspiration of vomitus.  
Neutralize remaining toxicant in gut with activated charcoal.  Treat for shock 
(with oxygen and blood transfusions).  Accelerate toxicant excretion with 
intravenous electrolyte and glucose solutions.  Administer 10% Dimecaprol 
(British antilewisite) intramuscularly to neutralize toxic actions of 
arsenicals.
RECOGNITION OF SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF PESTICIDE POISONING (cont)

References:
Morgan, Donald P. 1982.  Recognition and Management of Pesticide Poisonings. 
Third Edition.  EPA, Office of Pesticide Programs, Washington, D.C. 20460. 
(Dr. Morgan is director, Iowa Pesticide Hazard Assessment Project, University 
of Iowa Medical School, Iowa City, Iowa 52240.) "Synthetic Pyrethroids" 
Reference Tech. Data Sheets, ICI Americas, Inc. Wilmington, DL  19897 and 
"Synthetic Pyrethroids," Michael Elliott, ACS Symposium Series 42, 1977.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*This is a general discussion of the toxic effects and treatment of the more 
important pesticide groups.  All emergency rooms in South Carolina have been 
furnished copies of Dr. Morgan's pesticide poisoning guide.  Always consult a 
physician for treatment of pesticide poisoning cases.  Never administer 
antidotes without medical assistance.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF FUMIGANTS (R)                     
-DOC-

                     PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF FUMIGANTS (R)
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator
_______________________________________________________________________________

            Chemical  Boiling  Specific  Flammability 
Fumigant   Formula(a)  Point  Gravity(b) Limits in Air      Odor
_______________________________________________________________________________

(a) Molecular weights shown below chemical formulas.
(b) Air = 1; anything greater is heavier than air.
_______________________________________________________________________________

Acrylo-      CH2CH.CN  77oC    1.83      3 to 17% by   Mild pungent odor 
Nitrite                165oF             volume        resembling that of
             53.064                                    peach seed kernels.

EFFECTS ON METALS:  Corrosive.

REMARKS:  Flammability high - mixed with carbon tetrachloride 34 to 66%.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

            Chemical  Boiling  Specific  Flammability 
Fumigant   Formula(a)  Point  Gravity(b) Limits in Air      Odor
_______________________________________________________________________________

Carbon       CS2       46.3oC  1.26      1.25 to 44%   Almost odorless when
disulfide              115oF             by volume     pure. Impurities nor-
             76.131                                    mally present will 
                                                       give a disagreeable 
                                                       odor.

EFFECTS ON METALS:  Commercial grade may be slighly corrosive to some metals
because of impurities.

REMARKS:  Mixed with nonflammable chemicals, especially carbon tetrachloride.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Chemical  Boiling  Specific  Flammability 
Fumigant   Formula(a)  Point  Gravity(b) Limits in Air      Odor
_______________________________________________________________________________
Carbon       CCL4      76.8oC  1.59      Nonflammable  Moderately strong
tetra-                 165oF                           ethereal odor similar
chloride     153.823                                   to other chlorinated
                                                       solvents and chloro-
                                                       form.

EFFECTS ON METALS: Noncorrosive when dry.  Will corrode iron and certain other 
metals when in contact with water and at a very high temperature.
REMARKS: Used in mixtures to reduce flammability of other fumigants and as a 
carrier for better penetration.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chloropicrin CCL3      1112oC  1.651     Nonflammable  Strongly irritating
             NO2       234oF                           tear gas.
             164.375

EFFECTS ON METALS:  Corrosive in the presence of moisture.
REMARKS:  Evolved by evaporation from pure compound or mixed with CCL4.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
            Chemical  Boiling  Specific  Flammability 
Fumigant   Formula(a)  Point  Gravity(b) Limits in Air      Odor
_______________________________________________________________________________
Ethylene     (CH2)2O   13oC    0.882     3 to 80% by   Pleasant, ether-like.
oxide        44.053    55.0oF            volume

EFFECTS ON METALS:  Noncorrosive.
REMARKS: Discharged from grounded cylinders.  Mixed with carbon dioxide or 
freon in program operations.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hydrogen     HCN       26.5oC  0.94      5.6 to 41%    Almond-like or bitter
cyanide                79oF              by volume     almonds.
(hydrocyanic 27.076
acid)

EFFECTS ON METALS:  Not particularly corrosive to most metals.
REMARKS:  Discharged from cylinders with use of compressed air.  Evaporated 
from porous discs or evolved by moisture acting on calcium cyanide or 
sulphuric acid on sodium cyanide.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

            Chemical  Boiling  Specific  Flammability 
Fumigant   Formula(a)  Point  Gravity(b) Limits in Air      Odor
_______________________________________________________________________________

Methyl       CH3Br     4.5oC   1.73      Normally non- No odor at low concen-
bromide      94.944    40.1oF            flammable.    tration. Strong musty
                                         Flame propa-  or sweet at high con-
                                         gation at     centrations.
                                         13.5 to 14.5%
                                         by volume only
                                         in the pres-
                                         ence of an 
                                         intense source 
                                         of ignition.

EFFECTS ON METALS:  Reacts with aluminum, may damage electronic equipment.

REMARKS:  Discharged from cylinders, 1 lb cans or 20 ml glass ampoules.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

            Chemical  Boiling  Specific  Flammability 
Fumigant   Formula(a)  Point  Gravity(b) Limits in Air      Odor
_______________________________________________________________________________
Phosphine    PH3       -87.4oC 1.214     1.79% by      Garlic-like or carbide
                       -126oF            volume        due to impurities.
             33.998

EFFECTS ON METALS: Copper, brass, gold, and silver severely damaged; 
electronic equipment damaged.  Other metals slightly affected in high 
humidity.

REMARKS:  Evolved from aluminum phosphide preparations.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sulfuryl     SO2F2     -55.2oC 1.7       Nonflammable  None
fluoride     102.054   -67oF

EFFECTS ON METALS:  Noncorrosive.
REMARKS:  Discharged from cylinders.
______________________________________________________________________________

NOTE: Almost all uses of the above-listed fumigants are restricted (R).
      Cannister-type, full-face gas masks approved for the specific chemical 
      must be used. (Gas Mask Section on page 317066)



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GAS MASK CANISTER SELECTION FOR FUMIGANTS                   
-DOC-

                   GAS MASK CANISTER SELECTION FOR FUMIGANTS
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator
______________________________________________________________________________
                                       GAS MASK CANISTER-      TLV (Threshold
FUMIGANT                               COLOR CODE              Limit Value)
______________________________________________________________________________

Ethylene dibromide (EDB)               Black - Organic Vapor   20 ppm (skin)*
Ethylene oxide-carbon dioxide (EO-CD)  Black - Organic Vapor   50 ppm
Methyl bromide (MB)                    Black - Organic Vapor   15 ppm (skin)*
Hydrogen cyanide (HCN)                 White                   10 ppm (skin)*
Sulfuryl fluoride (SF)                 White                    5 ppm
Phosphine (PH)                         Black with an orange   0.3 ppm
                                       band completely around

*Skin means the potential overall exposure includes absorption through the 
skin and mucous membranes.
______________________________________________________________________________

                                 Manufacturers
______________________________________________________________________________

Acme Products                                  Mine Safety Appliance Company
1201 Kalamazoo Street                          201 North Braddock Blvd.
South Haven, MI  49090                         Pittsburg, PA  15201

Willson Products, Inc.                         Welsh A. Textron Co.
P. O. Box 622                                  2000 Plainfield Pike
Reading, PA  19603                             Cranston, RI  02920
______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EXPLANATION OF TOXICITY VALUES FOR PESTICIDES                 
-DOC-

                 EXPLANATION OF TOXICITY VALUES FOR PESTICIDES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    The Environmental Protection Agency has established four toxicity cate- 
gories based on the LD50 and Eye and Skin effects of the various pesticides.  
The user's key to these toxicity categories is the signal words present on 
the front panel of the pesticide label.  The following table summarizes 
these toxicity categories.

    Toxicity values are usually expressed as the acute oral LD50 in terms of 
milligrams of the toxicant per kilogram (mg/kg) of body weight of the test 
animal; or acute dermal LD50 in terms of mg/kg; or inhalation data LC50 in 
terms of micrograms of mist or dust per liter of air (  g) equals one 
millionth of a gram.
    LD means lethal dose and LD50 means lethal dose that will kill 50 percent 
of a large population of test animals.  LC means lethal concentration and LC50 
means lethal concentration that will kill 50 percent of a large population of 
test animals.  "Acute oral" refers to a single dose taken by mouth or 
ingested.  "Acute dermal" refers to a single dose applied directly to the skin 
(skin absorption).  "Inhalation" refers to exposure through breathing or 
inhaling.

    PESTICIDES AND FISH TOXICITY--Fish toxicity is usually measured as parts 
per million (PPM).  To determine the amount of pesticide to produce the LC50 
in PPM, multiply the PPM value in the Toxicity Tables x 2.72 (2.72 million 
pounds of water in acre foot, thus 2.72 lb = 1 PPM).
    

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TABLE OF TOXICITY CATEGORIES                         
-DOC-

                         TABLE OF TOXICITY CATEGORIES
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator
______________________________________________________________________________

HAZARD INDICATORS
       I                  II                  III                   IV
______________________________________________________________________________

Oral LD50

  0-50 mg/kg          50-500 mg/kg         500-5,000 mg/kg     5,000(+) mg/kg
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inhalation LC50  

  0-0.2 mg/l          0.2-2 mg/l           2-20 mg/l           20(+) mg/l
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dermal LD50

  0-200 mg/kg         200-2000 mg/kg      2,000-20,000 mg/kg   20,000(+) mg/kg
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

HAZARD INDICATORS
       I                  II                  III                   IV
______________________________________________________________________________

Eye effects    

Corrosive: Corneal    Corneal opacity      No corneal opacity.   No irritation
opacity not revers-   reversible w/in 7    Irritation revers- 
ible w/in 7 days      days: Irritation     ible w/in 7 days 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Skin effects

Corrosive             Severe irritation    Moderate irritation  Mild or slight
                      at 72 hours          at 72 hours          irritation at
                                                                72 hours
______________________________________________________________________________

HAZARD INDICATORS
       I                  II                  III                   IV
______________________________________________________________________________

Signal words/symbols  

DANGER/POISON: in      WARNING              CAUTION              CAUTION
large boldfaced 
letters and usually
accompanied by
skull and cross- 
bones symbol
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oral dosage lethal     
to human adults

Few drops to           1 teaspoon to        1 ounce to 1 pint     > 1 pint
1 teaspoon             2 tablespoons
______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PESTICIDE FIRE PROCEDURE                           
-DOC-

                           PESTICIDE FIRE PROCEDURE
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

  I.    Plan for a Fire Emergency
            Planning will be a valuable asset if a fire should occur at your 
        plant, warehouse, or store where large quantities of pesticides are
        stored.  A good plan will:
        *  Provide clear instructions as to what to do during the critical,
           confusing, early minutes of the fire.
        *  Provide fire officials, etc., with a quick summary of the type 
           chemical stored and information on hazards and special firefighting 
           techniques.
        *  Provide EPA, state, and local governmental agencies evidence of 
           company concern (should lessen charges of negligence, etc., if civil
           action/lawsuits follow).
 II.    NACA Preplanning Packet
            The National Agricultural Chemicals Association has a Preplanning 
        and Guidelines Packet for handling pesticide chemical fires.  This 
        packet is available from the National Agricultural Chemicals 
        Association, Madison Building, 1155 Fifteenth St., N.W., Washington,
        DC 20005.  Telephone (202) 296-1585.  Price 25 copies - $5.00.
            This packet provides space for a sketch of the facility and 
        immediate surroundings, site water runoff control, emergency telephone
        numbers of key people to notify, sensitive areas nearby, inventory of
        protective equipment, firefighting tactics, etc.

            It is also a good idea to keep an inventory of pesticides by type
        and amount with the packet and keep it as current as possible.

III.    What To Do in Case of Fire
        A.  Notify a qualified physician to stand by.
        B.  Protect the firefighters.  They should:
            1.  Wear protective clothing over the entire body including rubber
                boots, gloves, hat, and coat and avoid contact with toxic fumes
                or smoke.  Self-contained breathing equipment (air packs) is 
                essential for those exposed to fumes or smoke.
            2.  Be immediately relieved from duty and checked for possible 
                poisoning if exposed to fumes or smoke without adequate 
                protection.
            3.  Wash thoroughly and immediately with large volumes of soap and 
                water if contacted by poisons, such as exploding emulsions or
                powder from ruptured bags, and be checked for poisoning.  Any
                person heavily exposed to phosphates should have treatment 
                begun without waiting for symptoms to occur.  Cholinesterase 
                test should be run after exposure to phosphates.
            4.  Be checked for symptoms of poisoning during the fire.  Among 
                these symptoms are headaches, giddiness, blurred vision, 
                coughing, tightness of chest, salivation twitching, lack of
                further eye pupil contraction when exposed to bright light.
                Symptoms of phosphate poisoning may be mistaken for heat 
                exhaustion or smoke inhalation.
            5.  Avoid smoking, drinking, or eating while firefighting so as not
                to ingest toxic substances.
        C.  Protect employees and nearby residents.
            1.  Evacuate residents downwind of the fire.
            2.  Do not allow unauthorized entry to fire area.
            3.  Have medical check for employees who may have been exposed.
        D.  Fight the fire properly
            1.  Attack fire from upwind side or at right angles.  Do not work
                downwind.  Do not enter building or get in smoke unless wearing
                complete self-contained breathing apparatus.
            2.  Avoid raising a flammable, explosive, or toxic dust.
                a.  Use soft streams such as a fog so as not to tear open paper
                    containers or break jars.
                b.  Foam may be indicated when large volumes of flammable 
                    solvents are released from ruptured metal or glass 
                    container.
                c.  Cool drums containing flammable solvents with water spray.
                d.  Keep safe distance in case of explosion.
            3.  Avoid large volumes of water so that toxic runoff will be kept 
                to a minimum.  If necessary, dike to prevent runoff contami- 
                nation and to contain overflow of burning liquid.
            4.  Sometimes if building is separate and contains highly toxic 
                materials, the safest procedure is to let it burn, under 
                supervision.  Ventilation will aid more complete combustion 
                and reduce dangerous toxic smoke.
            5.  Contaminated area should be roped off and be under continuous
                supervision until cleaning is completed.
 IV.    Cleanup After the Fire
        A.  Personal precautions
            1.  Wash and shower using large volumes of soap and water to 
                remove any traces of toxic chemicals.
            2.  Put on clean clothes.
            3.  If leather-soled shoes were used, check them for absorbed 
                pesticides.  Discard if contaminated; they are difficult to
                decontaminate. 
            4.  Wash all personal clothing, protective clothing, and 
                respirator.  Do not contaminate inside of respirator from 
                chemicals deposited on outside.  Clean protective clothing 
                will be needed each day for the cleanup, and new cartridge
                should be installed in the respirator.
            5.  Be on the lookout for any symptoms of pesticide poisoning.
                They may show up immediately or not for several hours.
        B.  General Rules
            1.  Notify local public health officials.
            2.  Post warning signs and rope off area to prevent unauthorized 
                entry to burned-out area and water runoff area.
            3.  Check with manufacturers fro additional advice and for use of
                expert decontamination team if available.
            4.  Have a person familiar with pesticides direct cleanup 
                operations.
            5.  All personnel should wear protective clothing, including a 
                self-contained breathing apparatus of suitable respirator.  
                Boots, gloves, and goggles are important since phosphates re 
                absorbed directly through the skin and eyes.  Also some 
                carbamates are readily absorbed through the eyes and result in 
                symptoms which may mask the more serious phosphate poisoning.
            6.  No smoking, eating, or drinking permitted in area or before
                washing.
            7.  Be careful not to track pesticides out of area.
        C.  Procedure for cleanup and disposal 
            1.  Neutralize and absorb toxic chemicals.
                a.  Cover toxic chemicals with double their volume of lime, 
                    attaclay, or soda ash, and dampen slightly.  Spray 
                    standing walls, joists, and other surfaces which cannot be
                    readily reached with spray lime mixed at the rate of 50 
                    lb/100 gal of water.  Close off area over-night.
                b.  Neutralize runoff water by adding large quantities of soda 
                    ash.  Pump standing water immediately into tankers for 
                    disposal in approved dumping area.
            2.  Use safe removal procedures.
                a.  Be sure all personnel involved understand toxic nature of
                    debris and are properly clothed and masked. 
                b.  Use mechanized loaders, dump trucks, etc., to minimize 
                    human contact with contaminated material.
                c.  Avoid raising dust.
                d.  Excess liquid should be absorbed on lime, sawdust, or 
                    clay.  Do not wash any material into waterway or sewer 
                    system without official authorization of public health 
                    official.
                e.  Carry debris to approved dumping area in tight metal-
                    bodied dump trucks or tight containers.  Moisten or cover 
                    load with disposal cover if dust is a problem.  Avoid 
                    overload so that no spills will occur en route.
                f.  Grounds or ditch banks contaminated with runoff water
                    should be scraped to a depth of 6 inches, disposed of with
                    the rest of the debris, and replaced with uncontaminted 
                    soil.
                g.  Spills from leaking containers found during cleanup should 
                    be treated with additional lime.
                h.  Decontaminate tools, vehicles, concrete slabs, etc., with
                    solution consisting of 1 quart sodium hypochlorite plus 
                    1 cup detergent in 2 gallons of water; or 5% sodium 
                    carbonate (soda ash) solution plus detergent; or 5% 
                    trisodium phosphate solution plus detergent; scrub 
                    thoroughly and follow with a clean water rinse.
                i.  Inspect surrounding area for possible contamination and
                    leave entire area safe and in usable condition for public.
            3.  Use safe disposal procedures.  Prevent environmental contam- 
                ination.
                a.  Find isolated site suitable for burying debris away from
                    ground or surface water.  Burial site should be on high
                    ground with low water table since low areas are most 
                    likely to contribute to water contamination.  Get approval
                    from the South Carolina Department of Health and Environ- 
                    mental Control.
                b.  Dig pit large enough to hold all debris.  Cover bottom 
                    with generous amount of lime.
                c.  Dump fire debris into pit, adding lime throughout.
                d.  Cover with at least 18 inches of soil, compact, and build
                    up soil over pit so that it will shed water.
                e.  Decontaminate tools and equipment with sodium 
                    hypochlorite-detergent solution described above.  Launder
                    clothing and hang in sun.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SAFETY RULES FOR CLEANUP CREWS IN PESTICIDE-CONTAMINATED AREAS        
-DOC-

        SAFETY RULES FOR CLEANUP CREWS IN PESTICIDE-CONTAMINATED AREAS
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

  I.    Safety Equipment
        A.  All personnel entering designated contamination area will wear
            minimum protective equipment as follows:
            1.  Rubber boots
            2.  Rubber gloves
        B.  When actual movement of pesticide materials is involved, full
            protective equipment must be used including:
            1.  Approved respirator
            2.  Approved rubber suit
            3.  Rubber gloves
            4.  Rubber boots
            5.  Hard hat if working near overhead hazards of crane

 II.    Emergency Action
        A.  Symptoms
            1.  Headache
            2.  Nausea or vomiting
            3.  Diarrhea
            4.  Giddiness, lightheadedness
            5.  Constricted pupils (pupils won't expand or contract)
            6.  Tightness of chest
            7.  Convulsion, twitching
        B.  On the job - if you experience these symptoms on the job, contact
            your supervisor immediately.
        C.  At home
            1.  Do not stay alone overnight after possible exposure to toxic
                agent.
            2.  If you experience any symptoms at home, immediately contact a
                physician and tell of your exposure to pesticides.
            3.  If skin contact occurs with pesticides or water that possibly
                contains pesticides, flush immediately with clear water and 
                then wash thoroughly with large quantities of soap and water.
                Check with supervisor and be sure you are not in danger before
                assuming any additional exposure.
III.    Working Conditions
        A.  No smoking or eating in the contaminated areas.
        B.  Shower completely after work, being sure to wash hair and under 
            nails.
        C.  Put on fresh clean clothing.
        D.  Thoroughly wash hands with soap before eating.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PESTICIDE STORAGE                               
-DOC-
                               PESTICIDE STORAGE
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

    Proper storage of toxic compounds is important in preventing accidents.  
If the following points are observed, proper storage will result.
    
    1.  Place pesticides where they will not contaminate feed, fertilizers, or 
any kind of food.
    2.  Store pesticides in a locked building.  Keep the key from children.
    3.  It is a good idea to keep herbicides in a separate building from other 
pesticides.
    4.  Label storage rooms with DANGER signs.
    5.  Always keep pesticides in the original containers with the labels 
intact.
    6.  Many liquid concentrates are flammable.  Store them to avoid a fire 
hazard.

NOTE:  Manufacturers and dealers of pesticides should get a copy of EPA 
regulations Part 165 of the new FEPCA concerning storage and disposal of 
pesticides.  Of particular importance is Subpart C, Sections 165.7-165.10.







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DISPOSAL, RECYCLING, AND TRIPLE RINSE PROCEDURES               
-DOC-
               DISPOSAL, RECYCLING, AND TRIPLE RINSE PROCEDURES
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

Disposal - Empty Pesticide Containers and Unused Pesticides
    Disposal of unused pesticides and empty pesticide containers is still a
major problem in South Carolina.  The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and
the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control (DHEC)
regulate the disposal of pesticides.  Thus far, the EPA has only given guide-
lines regarding disposal of pesticides and pesticide containers.  EPA projects
that all pesticide labels will have specific disposal instructions.
    DHEC regulations under the South Carolina Pollution Control and Hazardous
Waste Management Acts are extensive and do address a number of pesticides. 
They specifically exempt farmers from much of the paperwork and reporting
regulations if proper disposal procedures are followed.
    For the present, DHEC gives the following guidelines for disposal of unused
pesticides and empty pesticide containers:
    - Disposal of small quantities of unused household pesticides and con-
tainers may be in the manner of other wastes.  No special precautions beyond
the label directions are required.
    - Disposal of all other unused pesticides will be handled on a case-by-case
basis by DHEC; call 734-5200 or write DHEC, Bureau of Solid and Hazardous Waste
Management, 2600 Bull Street, Columbia, South Carolina, 29201.
    - All pesticide containers must be triple rinsed.  Disposal of all triple-
rinsed containers is as follows:  Notify DHEC of (1) the proposed landfill into
which you plan to put the containers, (2) the size of the containers, (3) the
number of containers, (4) the frequency of disposal, and (5) the former
contents of the container.  This is a one time request for approval.  DHEC will
authorize you to dispose of your containers in a county landfill, but you still
must obtain the approval of the landfill operator.  Most county landfills will
want you to bring your containers directly to the landfill site.  However,
check with your county; some may allow you to deposit your containers in the
normal county garbage pickup sites, depending upon amount and size containers. 
    - All metal and glass containers not recycled should be punctured or
crushed, respectively, to prevent reuse.  Paper or fibrous containers present a
special problem because they cannot be triple rinsed.  If the paper bag
is tapped to dislodge any loose pesticide or if the plastic-lined or unlined
bags are rinsed and the bags then are disposed of as detailed above, appli-
cators are in compliance with the appropriate regulation.  You can reduce the
bulk of the materials to be disposed of in an approved landfill by removing the
plastic lining within the paper or fibrous containers; then the uncontaminated
portion could be discarded conventionally.   The following pesticides are DHEC
hazardous wastes.  

Pesticides Which Are DHEC Hazardous Wastes
aldicarb
aldrinallyl alcohol
aluminum phosphide (Note: fumigant)
4-aAminophyridine (Avitrol)
arsenic acid (Osmose K-33-C)
arsenic pentoxide (Note: wood preservative)
calcium cyanide (Degesh Calcium cyanide)
carbon disulfide (Note: fumigant)
dieldrim
dimethoate (ex. Cygon)
2,4-Dinitrophenal (2,4-D)
dinoseb
disulfoton (ex. Di-Syston)
endosulfan (ex. Thiodan)
endothall
endrin
famphur
heptachlor
hydrocyanic acid (Note: fumigant)
methomyl (ex. Lannate)
methyl parathion
nicotine and salts
parathion
phenylmercuric acetate (PMA)
phorate (Thimet)
propargyl alcohol (Mintol-128 Disinfectant)
toxaphene
warfarin
zinc phosphide

Recycling of Metal Pesticide Containers
    Many metal pesticide containers could be reconditioned by drum recon-
ditioners or reprocessed by scrap metal dealers.  Drum reconditioners are
interested mainly in the large 30- to 55-gallon containers.  Most specify that
they be in good condition; that is, this year's containers.  A number of these
in South Carolina are willing to handle pesticide containers.  Both scrap metal
processors and drum reconditioners will pay for the pesticide containers.  A
list of nearby drum reconditioners and South Carolina scrap metal processors
follows.  Drum reconditioners and scrap metal processors require that pesticide
containers be triple rinsed.

Triple-Rinse Procedures
    Triple rinsing for metal, plastic, or glass pesticide containers to prepare
them for disposal should be as follows;
    - Let empty pesticide containers drain into the spray tank 30 seconds after
drops commence.
    - Fill container at least 10 percent full of water or other rinsate (see
decontamination procedures).
    - Upend or roll to rinse all sides.
    - Drain into spray tank for 30 seconds after drops commence.
    - Repeat for total of three times.
    Fifty-five gallon drums are especially hard to rinse and drain.  Hand pumps
or jet-rinse procedures will aid in rinsing these 55-gallon drums.  Other
methods which have been demonstrated to achieve removal equivalent to triple
rinsing may also be used.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SCRAP METAL PROCESSORS                            
-DOC-
                            SCRAP METAL PROCESSORS
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

    The following includes scrap metal processors who will pay for pesticide
containers as scrap metal.  Prerequisite special handling instructions identi-
fied by these scrap metal dealers are indicated.

Company                                          Special Handling Instructions
Darlington Shredding Company, Inc.                    Triple rinse.
Contact:  E. C. Lane
Road US 15401, 3 miles NE from
Darlington, SC  29532
Phone:  393-6151

Don's Scrap Iron & Metal Company                      Triple rinse.
Contact:  Don Brewer
Hemingway, SC  29554
Phone:  558-2212



Columbia Steel & Metal                           Written certification.  
Contact:  Max Dickman                            Triple rinsed with solvent 
1148 Sharp Road                                  to remove all residue.
P. O. Box 5466
Columbia, SC  29250
Phone:  799-3582

H. Lurey & Son, Inc.                             Triple rinse.  Will not 
Contact:  Bill Mauldin                           accept pesticides which are
P. O. Box 24                                     DHEC/EPA hazardous wastes.
Laurens, SC  29360
Phone:  984-4538

T. H. Snipes & Sons, Inc.                        Triple rinse.  Will not
Contact:  H. K. Snipes                           accept pesticides which are
Highway 161 N                                    DHEC/EPA hazardous wastes.
Rock Hill, SC  29730
Phone:  366-1840



Spartan Iron & Metal Corporation                      Triple rinse.
Contact:  Marvin Seigel
Howard Gap Road
Spartanburg, SC  29303
Phone:  585-0114
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DRUM RECONDITIONERS                              
-DOC-
                              DRUM RECONDITIONERS
                        Neil Ogg, Pesticide Coordinator

Company                                     Special Handling Instructions
Charlotte Steel Drum Corporation       Will handle 30-55 gallon drums, minimum 
P. O. Box 1343                         guage 20/18, DOT spec. 17-E.  Drums must
Charlotte, NC  28232                   be triple rinsed.  Will pick up at least
704/392-5386                           200 containers within 300 miles.

Evans Cooperage Company                Will handle 55 gallon drums, minimum 
1255 Peters Road                       guage 20/18, DOT spec. 17-E, 17-C, 5-B. 
Drawer 68                              Drums must be triple rinsed or handled
Harvey, LA  70059                      as hazardous waste.  Will pick up at 
504/368-6000                           at least 200 containers within 800
                                       miles.






Drum Service Company of Florida        Will handle 55+ gallon drums, minimum
803 Jones Avenue                       guage 20/18, DOT spec. 17-E.  All bungs
Zellwood, FL  32798                    must be in tight.  Will not accept 
305/889-2581                           pesticides which are DHEC/EPA hazardous
                                       wastes.  Will pick up at least 100 
                                       containers within 300 miles.

McConnel Drum Service                  Will recondition and/or dispose all 5880
New Peachtree Road                     types of containers.  Will pick up at
Atlanta, GA  30362                     least 300 containers within 300 miles.

Memphis Drum Service                   Will handle 30-55 gallon drums.  Must 
3299 Tuland Road                       have empty certification (EPA 261.7) and
Memphis, TN  38116                     triple rinse certification (EPA 261.33
901/396-6484                           (e)).  Call for pick-up and other
                                       charges.

Moore Drums, Inc.                      Will handle 30 & 55 gallon steel or
2819 Industrial Avenue                 plastic containers on approval.  Will
Charleston, SC  29405                  pick up 50-100 containers within 300
803/744-7448                           miles.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DECONTAMINATION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAJOR PESTICIDE GROUPS         
-DOC-
         DECONTAMINATION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAJOR PESTICIDE GROUPS
                     P. M. Horton, Extension Entomologist

     GENERAL:  Most pesticides will break down under alkaline conditions.  
Materials such as hydrated lime, caustic soda, and sodium carbonate (soda ash) 
can be used to speed decomposition.  However, some pesticides resist decompo- 
sition under alkaline conditions.  This is especially true of the chlorinated 
cyclopentadiene complex (endrin, dieldrin, aldrin, chlordane, heptacholor), 
which is more unstable under an acid condition of less than pH 3.0.

     CHLORINATED HYDROCARBON PESTICIDES:  Except as noted above, most chlori- 
nated hydrocarbons commonly used in South Carolina (toxaphene, lindane, etc.) 
will break down under alkaline conditions.  Drums which have contained 
chlorinated hydrocarbons are hard to decontaminate.  This is largely due to 
the sludge or "salted out" crystals of technical insecticide adhering to sides 
and bottoms of the drums. 

     Some people burn chlorinated hydrocarbon drums to decontaminate them.  
This is a hazardous procedure and produces toxic smoke, which is a serious air 
pollutant.  Often we hear of drums being cut open with a torch.  This is risky 
Decontamination Characteristics of the Major Pesticide Groups (cont)

and invites injury from toxic fumes and explosion.  The best solution to this 
problem is to bury the drums in an approved landfill or hold them for salvage 
by a drum reconditioner as outlined in the previous section. 

     ORGANIC PHOSPHATE AND CARBAMATE INSECTICIDES:  Organic phosphates (such 
as parathion) and carbamates (such as carbaryl or Sevin) are easily decomposed 
by alkaline materials.  Caustic soda (common lye), hydrated lime, or soda ash 
are typical alkalis that are cheap, available, and usable for decontamination. 

     Although getting rid of all pesticide drums is desirable, many farmers 
may want to use a few drums for nonfood uses.  If a drum must be re-used on 
the farm, select one that contained either organic phosphates or carbamates 
and decontaminate as follows:
Decontamination Characteristics of the Major Pesticide Groups (cont)

     Container                                            Caustic Soda 
       Size            Water            Detergent            (Lye)  
       
       5 gal             1 pt             2 tbsp             1/2 cup 
      15 gal         1 1/2 gal          1/4 cup              1/2 cup 
      30 gal             3 gal          1/2 cup                1 lb
      55 gal             5 gal            1 cup                2 lb

     Drain container completely.  Add water, detergent, and caustic soda.  
Close container and rotate at intervals of 15 minutes.  Drain the rinse 
solution in a burial pit and flush drum with clean water.  
     
     NOTE:  Containers of less than 5-gal capacity should not be decontam- 
inated for any farm use.  Dispose of them as previously discussed.

     DITHIOCARBAMATES:  This group of pesticides (mostly fungicide materials, 
such as maneb, zineb, etc.) does not present the hazard normally associated 
with other agricultural chemicals.  Burial or decontamination as recommended 
for organic phosphates and carbamates is suggested.
Decontamination Characteristics of the Major Pesticide Groups (cont)

     BOTANICALS AND INORGANICS:  Botanicals (rotenone, pyrethrins, etc.) 
decompose rapidly in the soil; inorganics (arsenicals, mercurials, other heavy 
metals, etc.) are relatively insoluble in water.  Burial is therefore a 
suitable method for disposal of wastes from these materials.

     PHENOXY AND OTHER HERBICIDES:  The main problem with phenoxy herbicides 
is plant toxicity rather than danger to humans.  Typical phenoxy herbicide 
(2,4-D, 2, 4, 5,-T, MCPA, Silvex, Sesome, 2, 4-DB, erbon, etc.) containers 
should not be burned nor should any attempt be made to decontaminate them for 
re-use. 

     Herbicides, such as Treflan, break down fairly rapidly in the soil, and 
burial is a suitable disposal method.  Substituted ureas (diuron-type 
herbicides) are relatively insoluble in waer and can be safely disposed of by 
burying.

     NOTE:  Herbicide containers should not be re-used or reclaimed under any 
condition for farm or other uses.
 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA POISON CONTROL CENTERS                      
-DOC-
                     SOUTH CAROLINA POISON CONTROL CENTERS 
           P.M. Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator 

CITY              NAME AND ADDRESS                            TELEPHONE 

Columbia        Palmetto Poison Center*                     1-800-922-1117 
                College of Pharmacy                               765-7359 
                University of South Carolina 29208 


                         NEARBY POISON CONTROL CENTERS 

Atlanta         Georgia Poison Control Center                 404-589-4400 
                Grady Memorial Hospital      (Deaf Toll Free) 404-525-3323 
                80 Butler St. S.E. 30335    (Ga. Toll Free) 1-800-282-5846 

Augusta         Poison Control Center                         404-724-5050 
                University Hospital                           404-722-9011 
                Walton Way
Savannah        Regional Poison Control                       912-355-5228 
                Memorial Hospital 
                63rd & Waters Ave.
                P.O. Box 23089, 31405


                                 NORTH CAROLINA 
                 

Durham         Poison Control Center                        1-800-672-1697
               Duke University Medical Center
               Box 3007, 27710
 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION OF SPRAY EQUIPMENT                  
-DOC-
                  ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION OF SPRAY EQUIPMENT
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

Before you can accurately spray any material at the desired chemical rate per 
acre, you must first determine the volume of liquid discharged per acre under 
specific field conditions.  Gallons per acre applied depend on:
     - Orifice size of the nozzle tip.
     - Pressure of the liquid at the tip.
     - Speed nozzle tip is moved across the field.
     - The number of nozzle tips and sometimes the viscosity of the liquid 
       being sprayed.
A variation of any of these factors will vary the rate of application per acre.

To prepare a sprayer for a specific application, you must do the following:
   - Determine the best operating speed to suit the field surface, the crop 
     condition, and the operator.  Select a speed that is comfortable and that 
     can be maintained for the entire operation.
   - Refer to nozzle manufacturers' catalogs and select type and size of tips 
     that will deliver the desired rate per acre at the selected speed.
   - Be sure tips selected deliver in the desired rate range, not above 40 lb 
     pressure for herbicides or less than 60 lbs pressure for insecticides.  To
     keep down drift to sensitive plants, apply herbicides with lower pressure 
     and fairly large droplet size.  With insecticides and fungicides, small 
     drops are often desirable to get penetration and more complete coverage of
     crop foliage.
   - Remove and clean all nozzle tips and screens.  Do not use a pocket knife 
     or wire on tips.  Use an old toothbrush or a wooden toothpick as they will
     not damage shape or size of orifice.  Remove and clean suction strainer 
     screen.
   - With clean water in the supply tank, start pump and flush hoses and boom.
   - Replace all screens and tips.  Make sure that all tips are of the correct 
     size and type for the desired spray pattern and that flow is uniform from 
     all nozzles.  Check all connections for leaks.
    -Then adjust the pressure relief valve until pressure on the gauge is about
     15 pounds above the pressure you will be using for spraying.  Slowly open 
     the control valve on the agitation lines until the gauge drops to the 
     desired spraying pressure.  Now all pump output that is not discharged 
     through the spray nozzles is being recirculated through the jet agitators 
     or the relief valve.  The pressure at the jet agitator is determined by 
     the amount of liquid flowing through it.  One jet agitator is sufficient 
     for tanks up to 100 gallon capacity; use two in larger tanks.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE 1/128th CALIBRATION METHOD                        
-DOC-
                        THE 1/128th CALIBRATION METHOD
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

1.   Make sure selected nozzles produce the correct spray pattern, have an 
     adequate droplet size range, and minimize drift.  Nozzles should be in 
     good working order and be positioned to obtain a uniform coverage over the
     target area.

2.   Use the accompanying tables to select the calibration distance.  For 
     broadcast application use the nozzle spacing.  For band application use 
     the band width.

     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Band width or
     Nozzle spacing (in)      48     40     38     36     34     32     30    
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Calibration
     Distance (ft)            85    102    107    113    120    128    136    
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Band width or
     Nozzle spacing (in)      28     24     20     18     16     14     10    
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Calibration
     Distance (ft)           146    170    204    227    255    292    408    
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.   Measure off the distance in the field to be sprayed from Step 2.  Clock 
     the number of seconds the spray rig takes to cover this distance in the 
     gear and at the throttle setting selected for spraying.  Make several runs
     over the distance and average the time it takes.  Mark the throttle 
     setting.

4.   With the rig standing still, engage the power take-off and set the 
     throttle at spraying position.  Set the sprayer pressure within the range
     recommended for the nozzles used.
     BROADCAST:  Collect the spray from one nozzle for the time recorded in 
     Step 3.  The amount collected in ounces equals gallons per acre directly.
     BANDING:  Collect the spray from all nozzles used to spray the band (i.e.,
     two nozzles per band--collect the total from the two nozzles; three 
     nozzles per band--collect the total from the three nozzles).  The amount 
     collected in ounces equals gallons per acre directly.

5.   Divide the capacity of your tank by the gallons applied per acre as 
     determined in Step 4 to find the number of acres you can treat per tank of
     spray.

6.   To determine how much chemical to add to the tank, multiply the rate per 
     acre recommended by the number of acres your tank will cover as determined
     in Step 5.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE VOLUME CALCULATION METHOD                         
-DOC-
                         THE VOLUME CALCULATION METHOD
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

1.   Make sure selected nozzles produce the correct spray pattern, have an 
     adequate droplet size range,  and minimize drift.  Nozzles should be in 
     good working order and be positioned to obtain a uniform coverage over 
     the target area.

2.   Measure off one-eighth mile (660 feet or 40 rods) in the field to be 
     sprayed.

3.   Start with the tank full of water.  Spray the test run of one-eighth mile,
     using the spray, pressure, and tractor speed that will be used in actual 
     spraying.  Mark the throttle setting used.

4.   Refill the tank, carefully measuring the amount of water required to 
     refill the tank.

5.   Broadcast application calculation:

                gallons used x 66
          ------------------------------        = gallons per treated acre
           width of spray swath in feet
     

     Band application calculation:

                  gallons used x 66 
     ------------------------------------------ = gallons per treated acre
     (band width in inches x no. of bands) / 12

6.   Divide capacity of your tank by the gallons applied per acre as determined
     in Step 5 above, to find the number of acres you can treat per tank of 
     spray.

7.   To determine how much chemical to add to the tank, multiply the rate per 
     treated acre recommended by the number of treated acres your tank will 
     cover, as determined in Step 6 above.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE 40.84 CALIBRATION METHOD                          
-DOC-
                          THE 40.84 CALIBRATION METHOD
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

1.   Make sure selected nozzles produce the correct spray pattern, have an 
     adequate droplet size range,  and minimize drift.  Nozzles should be in 
     good working order and be positioned to obtain a uniform coverage over the
     target area.

2.   Measure off 100 feet in the field to be sprayed.  Clock the number of 
     seconds it takes the spray rig to cover this distance in the gear and at 
     the throttle setting selected for spraying.  Make several runs over the 
     distance and average the time it takes.  Mark the throttle setting.

3.   With the rig standing still, engage the power take-off and set the 
     throttle at spraying position.  Set the sprayer pressure within the range 
     recommended for the nozzles used.
     BROADCAST:  Collect the ounces from one nozzle or average the ounces of 
     spray from several nozzles for the time measured in Step 2.
     BANDING:  Collect the ounces of spray for all the nozzles spraying on the 
     band.  (For two nozzles per band, collect the total from the two nozzles; 
     for three nozzles per band, collect the total from the three nozzles.)
4.   Gallons per acre is calculated by the following formula:

                                     40.84 x ounces collected         
          Gallons per acre = ----------------------------------------
                              Nozzle spacing or band width in inches

5.   Divide the capacity of your tank by the gallons applied per acre as 
     determined in Step 4 to find the number of acres you can treat per tank of
     spray.

6.   To determine how much chemical to add to the tank, multiply the rate per 
     acre recommended by the number of acres your tank will cover as determined
     in Step 5.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALIBRATION OF ORCHARD SPRAYERS                        
-DOC-
                        CALIBRATION OF ORCHARD SPRAYERS
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

Orchard sprayer calibration is no different than boom sprayer calibration.  Any
of the methods listed elsewhere can be used.  The area the air blast covers is 
the width and the flow would be the total of all nozzles injecting chemical 
into the air blast.  A more traditional "refill" technique which, if done 
correctly gives excellent results, is given below.

1.   Make sure all nozzles are in good working order.  Check output from each 
     nozzle.  If one or more nozzles show a 10 percent or greater wear, replace
     the entire set of nozzles.

2.   Fill the sprayer with water, spray a measured acre or convenient fraction 
     thereof at the appropriate speed and pressure.  Refill the tank to the 
     exact level as before, carefully measuring the amount required for refill.
     The number of gallons needed to refill will be the number of gallons per 
     acre applied, if an acre was sprayed; half the per-acre rate if 1/2 acre 
     was sprayed; or one quarter the amount if 1/4 acre was sprayed.
The area sprayed for calibration should be large enough to use at least a tenth
of the tank contents.  It should be of similar surface texture as the area to 
be treated so that the same throttle setting and gear will result in the same 
forward speed when spraying.  If the amount applied in the test run is 
different from the desired rate, change the speed or nozzle tip size.  Reducing
speed increases application rate.  Slight changes in rate can be made by 
adjusting pressure, but doubling pressure only increases output rate by 41 
percent.  The optimum pressure range for many nozzles is very narrow, so any 
significant change in rate is best made by changing speed or nozzle tips.

The "spray-an-acre" method described above is simple and direct and can be used
with any type of sprayer or applicator which can use water for calibration.  
The accuracy of the method depends entirely on how carefully the test area is 
measured and sprayed, and how accurately the refill water is measured.  An acre
for test purposes can be a single strip the width of the boom's effective 
coverage, and with a total length of 43,560 divided by boom width.  The 
measured course can be 1/2, 1/3, or 1/4 of the total length needed, and 
traversed 2, 3, or 4 times to equal the acre if necessary.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALIBRATION OF HAND SPRAYERS                          
-DOC-
                          CALIBRATION OF HAND SPRAYERS
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

1.   Mark an area of 100 sq ft (10 feet x 10 feet).

2.   Fill sprayer with water to a known mark on the tank and spray the 100 
     square feet at a uniform walking speed.

3.   Refill sprayer, measuring the amount of water required to refill to 
     original level.

4.   Determine per acre rate of spray delivery from:

                   gallons per acre = ounces collected x 3.4

     or use the following table.
                 ----------------------------------------------
                  Nozzle discharge             Rate in gallons
                   per 100 sq ft                   per acre
                 ----------------------------------------------
                     1/2 pint           =            27
                      1 pint            =            55
                   1 1/2 pint           =            82
                     1 quart            =           110
                 ----------------------------------------------
 
If 1 pint is sprayed on 100 square feet, then 1 gallon will cover 800 square 
feet.  Three gallons will cover 2,400 square feet or 24 x 100.
Example:  To determine rate for wettable powder in hand sprayer:

           Rate Chem/Acre              X
           --------------  x  -------------------
              Gal/Acre        Capacity Spray Tank

                2 lb                   X
           --------------  x  -------------------  
               55 gal            3-gal sprayer 

               32 oz                   X
           --------------  x  ------------------- = 1.7 oz. WP in 3 gal water
               55 gal                  3

Take care to walk the same speed at all times and to keep the tank pressure 
about the same while spraying.  If rate of application is given in certain 
amounts per tree, per shrub, or per 100 ft of row, calibration is done in the 
same manner as described before.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALIBRATION OF GRAVITY-FLOW SOIL-FUMIGANT APPLICATORS             
-DOC-
             CALIBRATION OF GRAVITY-FLOW SOIL-FUMIGANT APPLICATORS
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer


Soil fumigants should be placed 6 to 8 inches deep in the bed or 4 to 6 inches 
below the planted seed depth and preferably 1 to 2 inches to the side of the 
drill.  The rate applied depends on the size of the orifice, ground speed of 
the applicator rig, and the temperature.

1.   Determine field speed of applicator.
     a.   Measure off 100 feet in the field.
     b.   Record the time in seconds to cover the 100 feet (under actual field 
          conditions, chisel depth, and load).

2.   Select orifice.  Refer to manufacturer's literature to select orifice size
     for recommended rate for time to travel 100 feet.

3.   Check flow rate for each row.  Check each orifice for actual flow rate.  
     Measure the ounces caught in the number of seconds required to travel 100 
     feet.  The volume should correspond to the amount indicated in Table 2 for
     the recommended rate.
4.   Adjust tractor speed to correspond to the actual flow rate or change 
     orifice plates to apply the correct amount of fumigant.

Table 2.  Field Rate Conversion*
          (29.5 cubic centimeters  --  1 fluid ounce)
          ---------------------------------------------------------
              2 qt/acre  =   0.5 fluid ounce/100 linear feet of row
              3 qt/acre  =   0.8 fluid ounce/100 linear feet of row
              4 qt/acre  =   1.0 fluid ounce/100 linear feet of row
             8 gal/acre  =   8.0 fluid ounce/100 linear feet of row
            10 gal/acre  =  10.0 fluid ounce/100 linear feet or row
          ---------------------------------------------------------
*Rate based on 40-inch row spacing.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALIBRATION OF GRANULAR APPLICATORS                      
-DOC-
                      CALIBRATION OF GRANULAR APPLICATORS
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

Most granular applicators use gravity flow with an orifice plate or a rotating 
agitator to meter the granules through an adjustable opening.  The mechanisms 
are subject to wear and corrosion.  Identical units often have dissimilar 
output for a given adjustment.  Therefore, each application unit must be 
calibrated individually.

Calibration can change dramatically in the first few hours of use each season 
as units are "lubricated" by the granular material.  It is important that 
calibration is checked often early in the season.

1.   Determine the amount of material needed per 100 linear feet of row.

              Amount required/acre x 100
              -------------------------- =  amount/100 ft of row
               Linear feet of row/acre

2.   Determine the time required for the application equipment to travel 100 
     feet in the land to be treated (plowed ground).
3.   Adjust applicator outlets or select orifices to put out the required 
     amount of material (Step 1) in exactly the same amount of time taken for 
     the equipment to travel the 100 feet (Step 2).  Check calibration often 
     because granules may vary in density and low characteristics from batch to
     batch.

Example:
                   10 lb rate/acre
                 -------------------- x 100  =  0.0761 lb
                 13,000 feet row/acre
                                             =  0.0761 lb/100 feet of row
                                             =  1.21 oz/100 feet

If speed is 17 seconds/100 feet (4 mph), then adjust applicator to put out 
0.076 lb or 1.21 oz every 17 seconds.

Use the following to find the actual amount of active ingredient applied per 
acre:
                          lb of formulation/acre x % active ingredient
       pounds/acres(ai) = --------------------------------------------
                                               100
Example:  If the active ingredient (ai) concentration of granules was 10 
percent and 10 lb of the granules were recommended per acre, then the rate of 
active material applied would be:

                                      10 lb acre x 10(%)
                  pounds/acre (ai)  = ------------------
                                             100
                  pounds/acre (ai)  =  1 lb.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALIBRATION OF DUSTERS                             
-DOC-
                             CALIBRATION OF DUSTERS
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

Dust mixtures vary in density, and the application rate can vary at a given 
setting of the hopper discharge openings.  Ground speed, blower speed, and dust
handling should be kept as constant as possible.  Refill hopper when half of 
contents has been applied.

The only practical method for duster calibration is by trial and error that 
becomes methodical by following these steps:

1.   Measure off a test area of at least one-half acre (21,780 sq ft) or eight 
     38-inch rows 860 ft long.
2.   Fill dust hopper and level the material in the hopper.
3.   Apply dust to the measured area at normal tractor-operating speed.  Full 
     throttle in the desired gear is recommended.  If less than full throttle 
     is used, note the exact throttle setting.  If a tachometer is available, a
     fast idle motor speed 200 to 500 rpm below full throttle in the desired
     gear may help facilitate calibration.  (Fast idle motor speed is the motor
     rpm recorded at some throttle setting between one-half and full throttle
     with the tractor out of gear.)
4.   After dusting the test area, carefully weigh the amount of dust needed to 
     refill the hopper to its original level.
5.   Convert the number of pounds of dust required to refill the pounds per 
     acre by multiplying by two (Example:  17 lb per 1/2 acre = 34 lb per 
     acre).
6.   If the rate is more than desired, either increase the tractor speed or 
     decrease the hopper discharge opening.  If the rate is less, reduce the 
     tractor speed or increase the discharge opening.
7.   Repeat dusting the test area after making adjustments until correct speed 
     and hopper discharge opening settings are determined.  Note these 
     adjustments!
8.   Repeat this calibration process each time the machine is used even though 
     the same material is being used at the same application rate.  Flow rate 
     will vary with differences in density and dust particle relationships.  
     Flow gauges on dusters are unreliable.

If a motor tachometer is available on the tractor, a shortcut in calibration 
may be used.  Example:  On the first run where 34 lb acre was applied at 
approximately 1,350 rpm motor speed, and 40 lb/acre is the desired rate, then 
use the following formula:


                                              rpm x test rate
           Desired tachometer reading = ---------------------------
                                                desired rate

                                          1,350 rpm x 34 lb/acre
           Desired tachometer reading = ---------------------------
                                                 40 lb/acre

           Desired tachometer reading = Approximately 1,150 rpm

Remember that as engine rpm is increased, power take-pff (pto) speed 
increases, and this in turn increases blower speed and agitation so that this 
proportion is not exact.  The fact that the discharge part adjustment remains 
the same should make delivery approximately in the same proportion.  Ten 
percent variation is an acceptable duster adjustment.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
METRIC EQUIVALENTS                              
-DOC-
                              METRIC EQUIVALENTS
                 F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

                                   Capacity
             -------------------------------------------------------
                          1 teaspoon  =  4.93 milliliters
                        1 tablespoon  =  14.79 milliliters
                  1 U.S. fluid ounce  =  29.573 milliliters
                        1 U.S. quart  =  0.946 liter
                    1 U.S. dry quart  =  1.101 liters
                       1 U.S. gallon  =  3.785 liters
                       1 U.S. bushel  =  35.24 liters
                        1 cubic inch  =  16.4 cubic centimeters
                             1 liter  =  1,000 milliliters
                  1 cubic foot water  =  7.48 gallons or 62.5 pounds
                    231 cubic inches  =  1 gallon
                  1 cubic centimeter  =  0.061 cubic inch
                             1 liter  =  1.057 U.S. liquid quarts
                             1 liter  =  0.908 U.S. dry quart
                             1 liter  =  0.264 U.S. gallon
                        1 milliliter  =  0.034 U.S. fluid ounce
                                    Weight
             -------------------------------------------------------
                        1 metric ton  =  1.1 tons (short)
                          1 kilogram  =  2.2046 pounds
                              1 gram  =  0.035 ounce
                         1 milligram  =  0.015 grain

                                   Distance
             -------------------------------------------------------
                              1 inch  =  2.54 centimeters
                              1 foot  =  0.305 meter
                              1 yard  =  0.914 meter
                              1 mile  =  1.609 kilometers
                        1 centimeter  =  0.394 inch
                             1 meter  =  3.281 feet
                             1 meter  =  1.094 yards
                         1 kilometer  =  0.621 mile
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPRAYER FORMULAS                                
-DOC-
                                SPRAYER FORMULAS
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

                gpa x mph x w
gpm/nozzle  =  ---------------
                   5,940

         5,940 x gpm/nozzle 
gpa  =  --------------------
              mph x w

             44,500
gpa  =  ----------------
        mph x w x sec/pt

              43,560 x gal discharged
gpa  =  -------------------------------------
        swath width (ft) x length of run (ft)

                   (oz collected) x (43,560 sq ft/acre)
gpa  =  -----------------------------------------------------------
        (Band width in ft) x (length traveled in ft) x (128 oz/gal)

 -----------------------------------------
gpa  =  gallons per acre, broadcast basis
gpm  -  gallon per minute
mph  =  miles per hour
sec  =  seconds
pt   =  pint
ft   =  feet 
s    =  ground speed (miles per hour)
w    =  nozzle spacing on boom or band width (inches)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TRACTOR SPEEDS                                 
-DOC-
                                 TRACTOR SPEEDS
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer


             0.682 x length of run (ft)
      MPH = ----------------------------              1 MPH = 88 ft/min       
                    time (sec)

           ----------------------------------------------------------
              Speeds in MPH     Time required in seconds to travel
              (miles/hour)      100 feet     200 feet     300 feet
           ----------------------------------------------------------
                  3.0             23            45           68
                  3.5             20            39           58
                  4.0             17            34           51
                  4.5             15            30           45
                  5.0             14            27           41
                  6.0             11            23           34
                  7.0              9.7          19           29
                  7.5              9.0          18           27
                  8.0              8.5          17           26
           ----------------------------------------------------------  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STANDARD MEASUREMENTS                             
-DOC-
                             STANDARD MEASUREMENTS
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

                       Measure of Length (Linear Measure)
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                            4 inches  =  1 hand
                            9 inches  =  1 span
                           12 inches  =  1 foot
                              3 feet  =  1 yard
                              6 feet  =  1 fathom
                         5 1/2 yards  =  16 1/2 feet  = 1 rod or 11 poles
                            40 poles  =  1 furlong
                          8 furlongs  =  1 mile
          5,280 feet  =  1,760 yards  =  320 rods  =  1 mile
                             3 miles  =  1 league

                           Measure of Surface (Area)
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                   144 square inches  =  1 square foot
                       9 square feet  =  1 square yard
                 30 1/4 square yards  =  1 square rod
                     160 square rods  =  1 acre
                  43,560 square feet  =  1 acre
                    640 square acres  =  1 square mile

                               Surveyor's Measure
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                         7.92 inches  =  1 link
                            25 links  =  1 rod
                              4 rods  =  1 chain
                           80 chains  =  1 mile
                    10 square chains  =  160 square rods  =  1 acre

                                 Cubic Measure
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                  1,728 cubic inches  =  1 cubic foot
                       27 cubic feet  =  1 cubic yard
               2,150.42 cubic inches  =  1 standard bushel
                    231 cubic inches  =  1 standard gallon (liquid)
                        1 cubic foot  =  4/5 of a bushel
                      128 cubic feet  =  1 cord (wood)
                        7.48 gallons  =  1 cubic foot
                            1 bushel  =  1.25 cubic feet

                                  Dry Measure
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                             2 pints  =  1 quart
                            8 quarts  =  1 peck
                             4 pecks  =  1 bushel

                                 Liquid Measure
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                         3 teaspoons  =  1 tablespoon
                       2 tablespoons  =  1 ounce
                            8 ounces  =  1 cup
                              2 cups  =  1 pint
                             2 pints  =  1 quart
                            4 quarts  =  1 gallon

                          Avoirdupois Weight (Common)
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                     27 11/32 grains  =  1 dram
                            16 drams  =  1 ounce
                           16 ounces  =  1 pound
                        2,000 pounds  =  1 ton (short)
                        2,400 pounds  =  1 ton (long)

Weights and Measures Factors
 ----------------------------------------------------------------
Volume  =  (diameter)^2 x 0.7854 x height (for circular bin)
Volume  =  length x width x height (for retangular bin)
Capacity of grain bin in bushel is volume in cubic feet x 0.8
Capacity of corn crib in bushel is volume in cubic feet x 0.4
1 bushel  =  1 1/4 cubic feet
1 cubic foot  =  0.8 bushel
1 bushel ear corn  =  2 1/2 cubic feet
1 cubic foot ear corn  =  0.4 bushel
1 cubic foot dry shelled corn  =  44.8 pounds
1 cubic foot soybeans  =  48 pounds
1 cubic foot wheat  =  48 pounds
1 board foot  =  1 inch x 12 inch x 12 inch nominal dimensions
1 gallon water  =  8.3 pounds
1 cubic foot water  =  7.5 gallons
1 gallon water  =  231 cubic inches
1 cubic yard concrete  =  81 square feet 4 inch floor
1 cubic yard concrete  =  54 square feet 6 inch floor
0.43 pound per square inch  =  column of water 1 foot high
1 pound per square inch  =  column of water 2.31 feet high
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMPUTING FIELD MEASUREMENT                          
-DOC-
                          COMPUTING FIELD MEASUREMENT
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

To compute the area of a field or farm, you must know the lengths of the 
different sides in whatever unit of measure you are using.  For small plots, 
the foot or yard may be most convenient.  For larger areas, the rod (16 1/2 
feet), chain (66 feet), or mile can be used.

The area of a rectangular field is found by multiplying the length by the 
width.  If a field is 20 rods wide and 60 rods long, it contains 1,200 square 
rods.  The same field would measure 330 feet wide by 990 feet long and contain 
326,700 square feet, or 5 chains wide by 15 chains and contain 75 square 
chains.

The number of acres in a field is determined by dividing the number of square 
units by the number of square units in an acre.

                       Area in sq ft
(1)  No. of acres  =  ---------------
                          43,560

                       Area in sq yd
(2)  No. of acres  =  ---------------
                           4,840

                      Area in sq rods
(3)  No. of acres  =  ---------------
                           160

                      Area in sq chains
(4)  No. of acres  =  -----------------
                            10

(5)  No. of acres  =  Area in square miles x 640


Make measurements in a straight line and keep an accurate record of all 
distances as well as corners and odd-shaped boundaries.  Make a rough sketch of
the field before you start, if possible, or as you go along.  Label each side 
as soon as it is measured.  A surveyor's chain (66 feet) is the best unit of 
measure on field-size or larger tracts.  The number of square chains in an 
area, divided by 10, gives the number of acres.  Two people are required to 
carry a tally.  One stake is placed at the start.  The leading person sets a 
stake at each 66-foot interval measured off by the chain.  When the rear person
has gathered up 10 stakes, the distance covered by the front person is 10 
chains.

                          Fields of Different Shapes

Rectangular or square-shaped fields are the easiest to measure.  Find the area 
by multiplying the length times the width.

Figure 1.                          _____________________________
                                  |                             | W
                                  |                             | I
       L x W  = Sq Area           |                             | D (W)
                                  |           LENGTH (L)        | T
                                  |_____________________________| H

A trapezoid is a figure of four sides having two, and only two, sides parallel.
It is figured the same as the retangular field, except that you use the average
of the two parallel sides for the length figure.

                                                Length (L2)
Figure 2.                             __________________________
                                     /W                         \
                                    / i                          \
                   L1 + L2         /  d (W)                       \
       Area =  W x -------        /   t                            \
                      2          /    h         Length (L1)         \ 
                                /____________________________________\
                               

Right triangle fields are three-sided fields having one square corner.  To find
the area, figure as if it were one-half of a rectangle.  Thus one-half of the 
length (base) multiplied by the width (height) will give you the area.

Figure 3.                            |\
                                   H | \
       Area  =  1/2 H x B          E |  \ 
                                   I |   \
                                   G |    \
                                   H |     \
                                   T |______\

                                      BASE (B)
  
Other triangular fields not having a square corner can be figured the same as 
the right triangle, but the height must be measured square from the base line 
(at right angles to it).  Thus one-half the height times the base gives the 
area.
                                 H            /|\
                                 E           / | \
                                 I          /  |  \
   Area  =  1/2H x B             G (H)     /   |   \
                                 H        /    |    \
                                 T       /     |     \
                                        /______|______\

                                            BASE (B)


Many-sided fields--those with more than four sides or with four unequal sides 
can usually be measured by using one or more of the methods already discussed.
The trick is to divide the fields into triangles or rectangles that can be 
easily measured.  A good rule is to measure from one corner to an opposite 
corner, dividing the field into more easily measured plots.  Find the area of 
each of the new plots by using the formula for rectangles or triangles.

Curved boundaries.  Where contour farming is practical, field measurement 
become somewhat more complicated.  The best method is to measure off a 
straight base line near the center of the field.  At equal distance take a 
number of measurements of the field width.  Make these measurements square 
across (at right angles to) the base line.  Find the average of these width 
lines and multiply this average by the length of the base line.  This gives 
the area of the field.  If the base line does not meet the ends of the field 
square (at right angles), you will have to figure the area of the small 
triangles at each end separately.

When fields are curved too much for a straight base line to be drawn as above, 
do this:  Measure a base line down the center of the field or as near the 
center as practical.  Let it curve as the field curves.  At equal distance, 
measure the width of the field.  make these measurements as square across the 
base line as possible; then use the same method of figuring the area as used 
with a straight line base.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ROW LENGTHS PER ACRE                              
-DOC-
                              ROW LENGTHS PER ACRE
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. Rows                          Row Widths
Per Acre          30"          36"         38"          40"          48"
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Length of rows in Feet
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1            17,424       14,520      13,784       13,081       10,890
   2             8,712        7,260       6,892        6,540        5,445
   3             5,808        4,840       4,594        4,360        3,630
   4             4,356        3,630       3,446        3,270        2,722
   5             3,484        2,904       2,756        2,616        2,178
   6             2,904        2,420       2,297        2,180        1,815
   7             2,489        2,074       1,969        1,868        1,555
   8             2,178        1,815       1,723        1,635        1,361
   9             1,936        1,613       1,531        1,453        1,210
  10             1,742        1,452       1,378        1,308        1,089
  11             1,584        1,320       1,253        1,189          990
  12             1,452        1,210       1,148        1,090          907
  13             1,340        1,116       1,060        1,006          837
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. Rows                          Row Widths
Per Acre          30"          36"         38"          40"          48"
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Length of rows in Feet
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  14             1,244        1,037         984          934          777
  15             1,161          968         918          872          726
  16             1,089          907         861          817          680
  17             1,024          854         810          769          640
  18               968          806         765          726          605
  19               917          764         725          688          573
  20               871          726         689          654          544
  22               792          660         626          594          495
  23               757          631         599          568          473
  24               726          605         574          545          453
  26               670          558         530          503          418
  28               622          518         492          467          388
  30               580          484         459          436          363
  32               544          454         431          408          340
  34               512          427         405          385          320
  36               484          403         383          364          302
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. Rows                          Row Widths
Per Acre          30"          36"         38"          40"          48"
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Length of rows in Feet
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  38               458          382         363          345          286
  40               435          364         345          328          272
  42               415          347         328          312          259
  46               378          315         300          285          236
  50               348          290         276          262          217
  60               290          242         230          218          181
  70               249          207         197          186          155
  80               217          181         172          163          136
  90               193          161         153          145          121
 100               174          145         137          131          108
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DILUTION TABLE FOR PESTICIDES                         
-DOC-
                         DILUTION TABLE FOR PESTICIDES
                 F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

     This dilution table provides an accurate estimate of the amount of 
concentrate to use when the recommended rate of application is given in pounds 
per acre.

     For effective control of insect, weed, and plant disease pests, it is very
important to apply the proper amount of pesticide to the infested area.  Also, 
it is equally important not to exceed the recommended rate so that plants and 
animals are not injured by too much insecticide.

     A legal tolerance level for pesticide residues has been established in 
parts per million (ppm) for all food crops.  Only by accurate application of 
pesticides at recommended rates can residues be kept within these legal 
tolerance levels.

     Follow the label directions and precautions each time that you apply a 
pesticide.
   Dillution Table for Pesticides Given in Pounds Active Ingredient Per Acre
==============================================================================
                        Amount of Active Ingredient per Acre Recommended
Pesticide Formulation  1/8  1/4   1/2   3/4   1    1-1/2   2  2-1/2    3    5
                       lb   lb    lb    lb    lb    lb     lb   lb    lb   lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10-12% Emulsion     Amt. of Form. Needed to Obtain the Above Amt. of Act. Chem.
Concentrate (cont.     1    1     2      3    1    1-1/2   2  2-1/2    3    5
1 lb. chem./gal)       pt   qt    qt     qt   gal  gal    gal  gal    gal  gal
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15-20% Emulsion
Concentrate (cont.    2/5  4/5  1-3/5  2-2/5 3-1/5 1-1/5 1-3/5  2   2-2/5   4 
1 1/4 lb chem/gal)    qt   qt    qt      qt   qt   gal    gal  gal   gal   gal
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25% Emulsion 
Concentrate (cont.    1/2   1     1      3    2     3      1    5   1-1/2 2-1/2
2 lb. chem/gal)       pt   pt    qt     pt   qt    qt    gal   qt   gal    gal
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40-50% Emulsion
Concentrate (cont.    1/4   1/2   1   1-1/2   1     3      2    5     3     5
4 lb chm/gal)         pt    pt   pt     pt    qt    pt    qt   pt    qt    qt
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Dillution Table for Pesticides Given in Pounds Active Ingredient Per Acre
==============================================================================
                        Amount of Active Ingredient per Acre Recommended
Pesticide Formulation  1/8  1/4   1/2   3/4   1    1-1/2   2  2-1/2    3    5
                       lb   lb    lb    lb    lb    lb     lb   lb    lb   lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50-60% Emulsion     Amt. of Form. Needed to Obtain the Above Amt. of Act. Chem.
Concentrate (cont.    1/5   2/5  4/5  1-1/5  1-3/5 1-1/5 1-3/5  2   2-2/5   1 
5 lb chm/gal)         pt    pt   pt    pt     pt    qt    qt   qt    qt    gal
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-75% Emulsion
Concentrate (cont.    1/8   1/4  1/2   3/4     1   1-1/2   1   2-1/2  3   2-1/2
8 lb chem/gal         pt    pt   pt    pt     pt    pt    qt    pt   pt    qt
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15% Wettable          13   1-2/3 3-1/3  5   6-2/3   10  13-1/3 16-2/3 20 33-1/3
Powder                oz    lb    lb   lb     lb    lb    lb    lb    lb  lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
25% Wettable          1/2   l     2     3      4     6     8    10    12   20
Powder                lb    lb    lb   lb     lb    lb    lb    lb    lb   lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
40% Wettable          5   10   1-1/4 1-7/8  2-1/2 3-3/4   5  6-1/4 7-1/2 12-1/2
Powder                oz  oz     lb   lb      lb    lb   lb   lb    lb     lb
   Dillution Table for Pesticides Given in Pounds Active Ingredient Per Acre
==============================================================================
                        Amount of Active Ingredient per Acre Recommended
Pesticide Formulation  1/8  1/4   1/2   3/4   1    1-1/2   2  2-1/2    3    5
                       lb   lb    lb    lb    lb    lb     lb   lb    lb   lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Amt. of Form. Needed to Obtain the Above Amt. of Act. Chem.
47% Wettable       4-1/4  8-1/2   17 1-2/3 2-1/8 3-1/5 4-1/4 5-1/3 6-2/3 10-2/3
Powder                oz   oz     oz   lb    lb     lb    lb    lb    lb   lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50% Wettable         1/4   1/2     1  1-1/2    2    3     4     5     6     10
Powder                lb    lb    lb   lb     lb    lb    lb    lb    lb    lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
65% Wettable          3     6    3/4  1-1/3  1-1/2 2-1/3  3  3-4/5  4-2/3 7-2/3
Powder                oz    oz    lb   lb     lb    lb    lb    lb    lb    lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
75% Wettable         1/5   1/3   2/3   1    1-1/3   2  2-2/3 3-1/3    4   6-2/3
Powder                lb    lb    lb   lb     lb    lb    lb    lb    lb     lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80% Wettable        2-1/2  5     10   15   1-1/4  1-7/8 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/4 6-1/4
Powder                oz   oz    oz   oz      lb    lb    lb    lb    lb    lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         DILUTION TABLE FOR PESTICIDES
                      (For Preparing Smaller Quantities)

Emulsifiable Concentrates (EC) or Flowables (F)

The following table can be used to mix different amounts of a spray of the same
mixture when using liquid formulations.

Water                      Quantity of Liquid Pesticide Material Needed
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 Gal             1/2 pt     1 pt     2 pt      3 pt      4 pt       5 pt
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 25 gal             2 oz       4 oz     8 oz     12 oz      1 pt      1-1/4 pt
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5 gal             1 T        2 T      4 T       6 T        8 T        10 T
                     or         or       or       or          or         or
                               1 oz     2 oz      3 oz      4 oz         5 oz
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1 gal             3/4 t     3/4t     1-1/2 t    3 t       4-1/2 t or  7-1/2 t
                                                            2 T
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wettable or Soluble Powders (WP, SP, S)

The following table can be used to mix different amounts of the same mixture 
when using powdered formulations.

Water                        Quantity of Powdered Pesticide Material Needed
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

100 gal           1 lb        2 lb       3 lb      4 lb      5 lb       6 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 25 gal           4 oz        8 oz      12 oz      1 lb     1-1/4 lb   1-1/2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5 gal           5 T        10 T       15 T or   20 T or   25 T or    30 T or
                                        1 cup    1-1/4 cup  1-1/2cup  1-3/4 cup
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1 gal           1 T         2 T       3 T        4 T      5 T         6 T
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(The above measurements of WP are acceptable for practical purposes.)

Example:  If the label specified that 3 lb of a wettable powder pesticide 
material are to be added to 100 gal of water, then 3 T of the pesticide 
material would make 1 gal of similar spray mixture.
When reducing the amount of a spray mixture, be sure to stay in the right 
column and line as indicated above.  The above tables are stictly based on 
information that should be found on the label of the particular pesticide that 
will be used.  For amounts of spray not listed, the tables can be halved, 
doubled, or combinations may be added as needed.

HELPFUL MEASURING TABLES FOR MIXING PESTICIDES

Pesticides that are bought in large packages or sizes usually do not include 
instruction for mixing smaller amounts of a spray.  The following table 
compares vsrious measurements that are needed to make smaller amounts of a 
spray.

3 teaspoons . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 Tablespoon
2 Tablespoons . . . . . . . . . . .  1 fluid ounce = 6 teaspoons
4 Tablespoons . . . . . . . . . . .  12 teaspoons = 1/4 cup = 2 fluid ounces
1 cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16 Tablespoons = 8 fluid ounces
2 cups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32 Tablespoons = 1 pint = 16 fluid ounces
2 pints . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64 Tablespoons = 1 quart = 4 level cups
4 quarts  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8 pints = 1 gallon = 16 level cups
16 ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 pound
6 Tablespoons (level) = approx. 1 oz of dry weight (for WP only)

EXPLANATION FOR MEASURING ABBREVIATIONS

WP  . . . . . . . . Wettable powder                  gal . . . . . gallon
EC  . . . . . . . . emulsifiable concentrate         qt  . . . . . quart
D . . . . . . . . . dust                             pt  . . . . . pint
G . . . . . . . . . granular                         lb  . . . . . pound
Sol . . . . . . . . solution                         oz  . . . . . ounce
t or tsp  . . . . . teaspoon                         fl  . . . . . fluid
T or Tbsp   . . . . tablespoon


All spoons, cups or other measuring utensils that are used to measure any 
pesticides or other chemicals should be clearly marked and kept in the storage 
area under lock and key.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AERIAL APPLICATION / ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES               
-DOC-
               AERIAL APPLICATION / ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES
                 F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

ADVANTAGES

     Aerial application has many advantages, including these:
  Is faster
  Can be better timed
  Can treat immediately after rain or irrigation
  Eliminates ground equipment damage to the crop
  Reduces mechanical spread of pests
  Uses less water
  Decreases loss from runoff
  Lowers grower capital investment
  Reduces labor requirement
  Makes use of an experienced licensed applicator

DISADVANTAGES

     Limitations of aerial application are:
  Need for correct weather conditions
  Difficulty in treating areas containing obstructions
  Difficulty in treating small or irregularly shaped areas
  Long ferrying distances
  Difficulty in getting thorough coverage
  Liability for drift to nontarget areas
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AERIAL APPLICATION EQUIPMENT SETUP CONSIDERATIONS               
-DOC-
               AERIAL APPLICATION EQUIPMENT SETUP CONSIDERATIONS
                 F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

     Successful control of the pest problem depends on thorough coverage and 
sufficient deposit.  The main problem with aerial application is related to 
inadequate target contact by the pesticide.  Reduced coverage and deposit is 
mainly due to loss of the pesticide between the plane and the target.  This 
loss is caused by two factors, both of which result in reduced rates per acre:
     1.   Drift -- that is, movement of the pesticide droplets off target 
          because of air currents
     2.   Evaporation or volatilization of the pesticide particles before they 
          contact the target

     These two factors may be resolved through droplet size control.  Spray 
droplets have a limited lifespan (Table 3).
Table 3.  Lifetimes and Fall Distance at Terminal Velocity for Water Droplets 
          at 86 degree F and 50% RH.
     -------------------------------------------------------------------
            Drop diameter           Lifetime         Distance drop
             in microns            in seconds          would fall
     -------------------------------------------------------------------
                200                   64.8               126.0 ft
                100                   16.2                 7.9 ft
                 80                   10.4                 3.2 ft
                 50                    4.0                 3.0 ft
                 40                    2.6                 2.5 ft
                 20                    0.6                 1.0 ft
     -------------------------------------------------------------------
     Large droplets have the highest probability of contacting the target but 
result in fewer droplets per unit volume.  Hence, coverage becomes a problem.  
Small droplets result in many more droplets of spray mixture (one drop, 1,000 
microns in diameter, is equal to 1,000 drops, 100 microns in diameter) and 
better coverage but greater drift problems and lower deposition.  If drift 
becomes too great, loss in control can be expected.
     The major variables used to control droplet size include:
  Nozzle size--usually larger nozzles produce large drops.
  Pressure at the nozzle--lower pressures produce larger droplets.
  Nozzle type--generally fan, cone, and rotary nozzles produce smaller droplets
  than jet-type nozzles.
  Orientation of nozzle on spray boom--nozzles pointing to the back or the rear
  of the aircraft produce large droplets.
  Aircraft speed--the faster the aircraft, the smaller the droplets.
  Addatives--oil-water emulsions, foam-producing agents, and materials which 
  increase the viscosity--increase droplet size and/or lifetime.

     A variable which circumvents the drop-size problem is the use of systemic 
or translocated materials.  Another is use of presieved formulations of 
granular materials to limit particle size to 100 microns or greater.  Avoiding 
agitation that creates dust will limit drift problems.

     To help the grower and applicator select the aerial application system to 
use, rough guidelines on drop-size range, recoveries, and uses are given in 
Table 4.
     The major way to maintain coverage and to insure deposit is to increase 
gallons applied per acre.  By using nozzles which deliver droplets in the 300- 
to 400-micron range and by increasing the number of gallons per acre up to 10, 
coverage and deposit can be maintained.  This is especially critical for 
protective, nonsystemic fungicides.  Unfortunately this creates a cost dilemma.
Increasing gallonage decreases the number of acres that can be treated per 
flight and thus increases cost.  Usually the aerial applicator will have to 
increase the charges for ferrying and mixing time.

     The problem of drift control should not be minimized.  The drift of 
agricultural chemicals to nontarget areas can create major problems.  Wherever 
possible or practical, plan aerial application techniques to minimize drift 
problems.
Table 4.  Aircraft Spray Drop Size Range, Approximate Recoveries, and Uses
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Drip-size   Percent 
Spray descriptions  Selected     ranges in   estimated
& atomizers         atomizers*   microns**   Deposit       General uses
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fine sprays:        D6-45 down   100-300      40-80    Mainly for forest pesti-
Cone and fan nozzles (50-100psi)                       cide chemicals and large
and rotary atomizers                                   area vector control with
                                                       low dosages of low-
                                                       toxicity and rapid-
                                                       degradation chemicals.
                                                       Also for agricultural
                                                       insect pathogens.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Medium sprays:      D6-46 down   300-400     70-90     Commonly used spray drop
Cone and fan nozzles (30-50psi)                        size for all low-
and rotary atomizers                                   toxicity agricultural
                                                       chemicals where good
                                                       coverage is necessary.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Drip-size   Percent 
Spray descriptions  Selected     ranges in   estimated
& atomizers         atomizers*   microns**   Deposit       General uses
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Coarse sprays:      D6-46 back   400-600      85-98    Recommended for toxic
Cone and fan nozzles (30-50psi) with additives         pesticides of restricted
and spray additives                                    classification where
                                                       thorough plant coverage
                                                       is not essential.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum-drift      D4 to D8 down  800-1,000    95-98   Recommended for all 
sprays:            at less than  with additives        toxic, restricted herbi-
Jet Nozzles and    60 mph; back                        cides, such as phenoxy
spray additives    for over 60                         acids, within the 
                   mph                                 limitations of the
                   (30-50 psi)                         growing season and near-
                                                       ness to susceptible 
                                                       crops.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Numbers refer to Spraying Systems Co. nozzles, and down or back refers to 
  position on aircraft boom.
** Drop size as determined with water-base sprays; oils would give smaller 
   drops.
1.  From The Use of Aircraft in Agriculture, 1974, by N.B. Akesson and W.E. 
    Yates, (FAO).
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AIRCRAFT SPRAYER CALIBRATION / FUNDAMENTALS                  
-DOC-
                  AIRCRAFT SPRAYER CALIBRATION / FUNDAMENTALS
                 F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

     Calibrating a sprayer is determining how much spray mix must be delivered 
from the nozzles to yield the required amount per acre.  Calibration takes 
time.  However, it is necessary for pesticides to do their job.

     The nozzle type and pressure should be selected for the pesticides being 
used and atomization required for the job.  The application rate in gallons per
acre will be determined by the crop being treated and by the label of the 
pesticide being applied.

     The job of the applicator is to achieve the desired application rate by 
coordinating the gallons per minute and the acres per minute, since they are 
independent of each other.  The requirements for a good application are:  (1) a
pump-nozzle system of the proper type correctly adjusted and (2) swath width 
and vehicle speed coordinated with the pump-nozzle system output.  The operator
is the most important factor of all because he is the only one with the ability
to think.  The most expensive pump or the finest boom mounted on the finest 
aircraft cannot compensate for a poor operator.  The basic steps in sprayer 
calibration are:
 --  Select the size and number of nozzle tips which will deliver the correct 
     number of gallons per minute at the operating pressure of your system.  
     Use the nozzle manufacturer's specifications as a guide.
 --  Make a trial run using water and dye to determine effective swath width 
     and uniformity of deposition.
 --  Determine the acres your aircraft system treats per minute at the speed 
     and height you plan to fly.
 --  Figure the gallons you must spray per minute to apply the recommended 
     rate.
 --  Make a trial run to insure that the aircraft is dispersing the desired 
     gallons spray per minute.
 --  Determine the amount of chemical to add to the tank.

Basic Formulas for Aircraft Calibration

Liquids                             
                                    gallons sprayed per minute
                Gallons per acre =  --------------------------
                                    acres covered per minute
Dry Materials
                                     pounds spread per minute
                  Pounds per acre =  ------------------------
                                     acres covered per minute

Liquid or Dry
                             2 x swath width(ft) x ground speed(mph)
          Acres per minute = ---------------------------------------
                                          100

     Regardless of the type of applications equipment used, the acres per 
minute can be determined in the above manner.

     The two methods of practical importance for changing gpm of a spray system
are to change nozzle size for large changes and adjust the pressure regulator 
for small changes.  Adjusting the regulator is primarily for small flow changes
because the flow varies as the square of the pressure (the pressure would have 
to be increased 4 times to double the flow), and it is often necessary to 
operate within a relatively narrow pressure range.
     The acres covered per minute can be changed by varying the forward speed 
of the aircraft and the swath width being sprayed.  Acres covered per minute 
increase with a faster speed and a wider swath width, while a slower speed and 
a narrower swath decrease the acres covered per minute.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AIRCRAFT SPRAYER CALIBRATION                         
-DOC-
                         AIRCRAFT SPRAYER CALIBRATION
                 F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

     The following example will explain the basic steps.  Your aircraft has a 
300 gallon tank.  The effective swath width is 50 feet.  You plan to spray at 
100 mph at a height of 8 - 10 feet.  The chemical is to be applied at the rate 
of 1 pint per 3 gallons of spray per acre.  The operating pressure will be 40 
psi.

 - Determine acres per minute covered.

                                 2 x swath width(ft) x speed(mph)
              Acres per minute = --------------------------------
                                           1000
     
                 2 x 50 x 100
In our example,  ------------ = 10 acres per minute
                    1000
     The table below will tell you the acres covered per minute when swath 
width and aircraft speed are known.

                            Acres per Minute Chart
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Acres Per Minute Covered for a Given Swath Width
Speed                                   (feet)
(MPH)       30       35      40       45      50      75       100      200
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  40       2.4      2.8     3.2      3.6     4.0     6.0       8.0     16.0
  50       3.0      3.5     4.0      4.5     5.0     7.5      10.0     20.0
  60       3.6      4.2     4.8      5.4     6.0     9.0      12.0     24.0
  70       4.2      4.9     5.6      6.3     7.0    10.5      14.0     28.0
  80       4.8      5.6     6.4      7.2     8.0    12.0      16.0     32.0
  90       5.4      6.3     7.2      8.1     9.0    13.5      18.0     36.0
 100       6.0      7.0     8.0      9.0    10.0    15.0      20.0     40.0
 110       6.6      7.7     8.8      9.9    11.0    16.5      22.0     44.0
 120       7.2      8.4     9.6     10.8    12.0    18.0      24.0     48.0
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Determine gallons per minute (gpm) required.  In our example 3 x 10 = 30 
  gallons per minute.  Be sure your pump can deliver this volume.

  Select the nozzles.  First determine the gpm per nozzle that would deliver 
  the required 30 gpm flow.  Most agricultural aircraft booms can accommodate 
  about 40 nozzles; but most applicators prefer to use the smallest number that
  will provide a uniform pattern.  Let's assume you choose to use 26 nozzles.  
  The gpm per nozzle is determined this way:

                                        gpm required
                       gpm per nozzle = ----------------
                                        number of nozzles

                30
In our example, --  =  1.16 gpm per nozzle
                26
     You chose a pressure of 40 psi.  Using the manufacturer's catalog, select 
a nozzle delivering 1.16 gpm at 40 psi.  You may find that the nozzle closest 
to your needs delivers only 1.10 gpm.  This small difference can be adjusted by
increasing the pressure.
     Make a trial run to check the system.  After installing 26 of the selected
nozzles, make a trial calibration test flight to be sure you are spraying at 
the correct rate.

     Fill the tanks with water to a known level on a level apron or strip.  Fly
the aircraft at the selected 100 mph air speed and at the selected pressure for
a timed period (60 seconds in this example).  Bring the aircraft back to the 
same point and measure the amount of water needed to refill the tank to the 
original mark.  Divide the number of gallons used by the number of acres (10 in
this example) treated to determine the gallons you are spraying per acre.

     Determine the amount of chemical to add to the tank.

      Chemical per tank = acres per tank x chemical recommended per acre

                                        gallons per tank
                       Acres per tank = ----------------
                                        gallons per acre
     In our example,

300 gallons per tank
 ------------------- = 100 acres per tank
 3 gallons per acre

100 acres per tank x 1 pint per acre = 100 pints (12.5 gallons) per tank.


SAMPLE CALIBRATION PROBLEMS

     Example 1:  An aircraft is to be used to apply a pesticide.  The operator 
has been spraying with the same nozzles for some time and wants to recalibrate 
the aircraft to compensate for nozzle wear.  The effective swath width of the 
aircraft is 40 feet and it sprays while flying at 100 mph.  The spray tank has 
a 240 gallon capacity.  The pesticide label calls for 2 quarts of pesticide per
acre.  How many acres can be sprayed with the 240 gallons and how much 
pesticide should be added to the tank?
Step 1:  Write the basic formula
                                        gpm
                                gpa = ---------
                                      acres/min
     The two factors gpm and acres/min must be determined from the information 
given.

Step 2:  Determine gpm by the refill method.  Assume the operator sprays for 2 
minutes and it takes 160 gallons to refill the tank.

                liquid needed to restore level (gal)      160
          gpm = ------------------------------------  =   ---    =  80
                    time interval(min)                     2

Step 3:  Determine acres/min.

                   2 x swath width (ft) x speed (mph)   2 x 40 x 100 
      Acres/min = ---------------------------------- = ------------  =  8
                             1000                           1000
Step 4:  Determine gallons per acre.
                                  gpm          80 
                       gpa = -------------  =  --  =  10
                               acres/min       8
     
     Since the tank holds 240 gallons and the aircraft applies 10 gallons per 
acre, the acres sprayed per tank is:

               240 gal/tank
Acres/tank  =  -------------  =  24
               10 gal/acre

     The amount of pesticide to add per tank can now be determined.

Pesticide/tank = 24 acres/tank x amount recommended/acre = 24 x 2 qts = 48 qts 
or 12 gals.
Example 2.  An aircraft has a 40 foot swath width and sprays while flying at 
100 mph.  The centrifugal pump on the aircraft has a maximum flow of 50 gpm 
when operating against 40 psi pressure which is the pressure normally used by 
the applicator.  The aircraft's boom will accommodate 30 nozzles.  The spray 
tank has a 300 gallon capacity.  The chemical used is recommended at 1 pint per
acre in 5 gallons per acre of spray mix.  Assuming that a nozzle is placed at 
all 30 points on the boom, what nozzles are needed?  How much chemical should 
be added to the tank?

Step 1.  Write the basic formula
                                        gpm
                             gpa =  -------------
                                      acres/min

     In this example the desired gpa is known to be 5 gallons per acre.  The 
acres per minute is not known but can be determined.

Step 2.  Determine acres/min
                               2 x 40 x 100
                  acres/min = --------------  = 8.0 acres/min
                                   1000
Step 3.  Determine gpm required

                    gpm = gpa x acres/min = 5 x 8.0 = 40.0

     Since the needed gpm is less than the pump capaicty, the application rate 
is possible.

Step 4.  Determine the gpm per nozzle
                                  total gpm         40.0
              gpm/nozzle =  -------------------- =  ----- = 1.33
                             number of nozzles        30
Step 5.  Select the proper cone nozzle from the catalog.

     The nearest disc type cone spray tip is a D6-46 which delivers 1.10 gpm at
40 psi.  This is less than desired so the gpa will be less.

                           gpm actual   1.10 x 30   33.0
              gpa actual = ---------- = --------- = ---- = 4.125
                           acres/min       8.0       8.0
                                     tank capacity(gals)    300
       The acres covered per tanks = ------------------- = ----- = 72.7
                                          gals/acre        4.125

     The chemical to add to the tank is:

Chemical added per tank = acres per tank x amount per acre = 72.7 x 1 = 72.7 
pints or 9.1 gallons.

     A timed spraying would have to be conducted after nozzling the aircraft to
determine the actual gpm because the pressure at the nozzle has to be 40 psi to
achieve the desried flow.  It is not uncommon to find the output is 
considerably less than the desired amount because of pressure losses in the 
piping downstream from the aircraft's pressure gauge tap.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AERIAL APPLICATION TROUBLE SHOOTING                      
-DOC-
                      AERIAL APPLICATION TROUBLE SHOOTING
                 F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

     If you failed to control the pest, did not get the desired response, or 
you did affect a nontarget area, and you applied the RIGHT CHEMICAL at the 
RIGHT TIME and at the RIGHT RATE, chances are you had a drift or coverage 
problem.  Here are some common problems that result in misapplication:

  Nozzles too far out on wing tip.  Spray material released from nozzles on the
extremities of wing tip are caught in wing-tip vortices.  This extends the path
of travel of droplet and results in its drying before contacting the target.  
Removing nozzles from the wing tips will not reduce the swath width.

  Insufficient nozzles to the right or left of the belly of the aircraft 
(fuselage).  A light area of deposition often occurs just right or left of the 
fuselage, depending on direction of propeller rotation due to propeller 
vortices.  More nozzles should be added either right or left of the fuselage.  
Often nozzles removed from the wing tip can be added with no change in volume 
or gallons per minute.
  Nozzles pointed down.  Nozzles pointed down will create small droplets 
(fines) due to wind sheer and have too short a life span to contact target.  
Such droplets will drift and result in decreased deposition (reduced rates per 
acre) and possibly cause unwanted effects in nontarget areas.  Pointing nozzles
to rear of aircraft by rotating boom will increase droplet size.

  Nozzles pointing forward.  Spray material washes back on the nozzle and 
creates excessively large droplets which can cause plant injury.  Nozzles 
should be pointed down or back, NOT FORWARD!

  Nozzles located in "burble area"--behind and slightly above wing.  Spray 
materials will deposit on nozzle and boom because of erratic wind currents in 
the burble area and create excessively large droplets which may cause 
phytotoxic responses (plant injury).  Nozzle tips should be located just below 
the trailing edge of the wing.

  Turbulent air conditions.  Inversions are considered ideal for aerial 
application.  Inversions exist when the air 30 feet from the ground is warmer 
than the air 3 feet from the ground.  Usually the air next to the ground is 
warmer than the air above.  When strong, lateral winds exist and the air next 
to the ground is warmer, turbulent air conditions exist which can contribute 
significantly to drift.  Avoid spraying during turbulent air conditions.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOUSEHOLD INSECTS                               
-DOC-

                               HOUSEHOLD INSECTS
                      J. B. KISSAM, EXTENSION ENTOMOLOGIST

PEST:   FOOD VISITING INSECTS - HOUSEFLIES* and other flies (blow flies,
        fruit flies, etc.)
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

synergized             Automatic or manually applied   Cover or remove foods 
pyrethrins**           space sprays. Apply total       in food preparation 
aerosol sprays         release aerosols as per label   areas. Do not remain 
(0.1-1.5%)             instructions. Close off         in treated areas. 
                       treated area for several        Ventilate before re-
                       hours for best results.         entry. Available under
                                                       many labels for home-
                                                       owner use.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

ULV concentrates       Apply undiluted as per label    There are many 
(3-5% pyrethrins)**    instructions with aerosol-      pyrethin formulations
                       generating equipment, such      and products. Study 
                       as Micro-Gen or LECO cold       labels carefully before
                       foggers.                        selecting or using 
                                                       these products.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dilute oil sprays**    Dilute with mineral oil or      Concentrates are
from 1-5% pyrethrin    petroleum distillates as        normally sold for use 
concentrates           per label instructions.         by commercail appli-
                       Apply in coarse mist or         cators only.
                       fogging equipment such as
                       Challenger or Microsol
                       machines.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

resmethrin (synthetic  Space spray. Apply same as
pyrethroid) aerosol    for pyrethrin aerosols or
sprays (0.25%          ULV treatments.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VAPONA EC (23.0)       Contact and bait spray. Out-    Restrictions same as 
0.5% water base        door living areas, loading      above. Add 1 lb sugar/
spray                  docks, garbage collection       gal spray to make bait
                       points, etc. Mix 5 tbsp/gal     spray. Twice weekly 
                       water.                          bait/sprays may be 
                                                       necessary for best 
                                                       results. For sale and 
                                                       use by trained appli-
                                                       cators only.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

VAPONA 0.1-0.5%        Apply minimum mist to fill      Not for use in food
Aerosol sprays         treated areas.  Close off       preparation areas. 
                       treated areas for several       Available to home
                       hours.  Aerate before           owners. Used in mixture
                       re-entry.                       with other ingredients.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dichlorvos VAPONA      Hang in garbage cans or areas   Vapona strips cannot be
18.6% resin strips     enclosed where flies are a      used in food prepara-
                       problem.                        tion areas or in rooms
                                                       where children are 
                                                       sleeping.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

methomyl 1% bait       Dry Bait: Ready to use.  Use    Avoid placing bait where 
  PURINA FLY PATROL,   1/4 lb/500 sq ft.               children, pets or other
  IMPROVED GOLDEN                                      animals can contact it.
  MALDRIN, etc.                                       
  DDVP 0.5% bait       Dry Bait:  Same as above.
 (various tradenames)  
bomyl 1% (Fly Bait     Dry Bait:  Same as above.
  Grits)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dimethoate CYGON 2E    1% Spray:  Treat vegetation     Do not contaminate water 
(23.4%)                and fly resting and breeding    or food intended for
                       areas.  Mix 8 tbsp 23.4%        human or animal use. 
                       Cygon/gal water.                
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos           0.5% Spray:  Treat perimeter    Do not treat ornamentals 
  DURSBAN LO (low      and outside surface of build-   or flowering plants, as
  odor) 41.5% EC       ings.                           injury may occur.  For 
                                                       use by professional or
                                                       trained applicator only.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
chlorpyrifos (0.86%    Residual latex paint.  Paint    In tests at Clemson 
paint) INSECTA-PAINT,  surfaces attractive to house    University, this paint 
other tradenames       flies.                          proved very effective in
                                                       killing resting house- 
                                                       flies and other insects
                                                       using surface.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos (61.5%)   Residual latex paint additive.  The paint additive 
  CPF INSECTICIDE      Mix 1.87 fl oz/gal exterior     should be effective in 
                       latex paint.                    any good quality 
                                                       exterior latex paint. 
                                                       Look for this product at
                                                       paint stores.
_______________________________________________________________________________

   *Sanitation is the key to urban fly control. Garbage cans must be emptied 
frequently and edible garbage must be buried at approved landfills to prevent 
fly breeding in urban areas.  Bait sprays (i.e. Vapona, etc.) or sugar baits 
used in garbage cans help prevent breeding.

  **These aerosol, mist, or ULV sprays are also useful for knockdown and 
control of other flying insects in the home, such as moths, beetles, wasps, 
etc.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  COCKROACHES*
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  COCKROACHES*
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                   
diazinon 2-4 lb ai/    0.5-1.0% Residual Spray: Apply  Do not contaminate food-
gal EC or oil          as spot spray along baseboards, stuffs, utensils, or 
concentrates           under sinks, appliances, etc.   food preparation areas.
                       Treat inside darkened areas     Avoid treating areas 
                       such as closets.  Use of 0.5    where children or pets
                       Vapona with diazinon for        may frequent.  Apply by
                       flushing action will improve    crack-and-crevice method
                       effectiveness of residual.      only in food areas of
                       Mix 2 1/2 tbsp/gal of 4E or     food handling establish-
                       5 tbsp 2E/gal water for 0.5%    ments.  Certain diazinon
                       rate.  Double these amounts     formulations are sold 
                       for 1% rate.                    for homeowner use.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

micro-encapsulated     1% Residual Spray: See label    Do not use in edible-
diazinon, KNOX OUT     for mixing and application      product areas of food-
2FM, PRENTOX DNZ       instructions.                   processing plants, 
2MEE, etc. (2 lb                                       restaurants, etc., 
ai/gal)                                                except as a crack-and-
                                                       crevice treatment. 
                                                       Otherwise, apply same as
                                                       for diazinon.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon 0.5% aerosol  Apply same as diazinon EC.      Read label instructions 
with pyrethrins        Ready to use.                   before use.  These pro-
(various products)                                     ducts generally avail-
                                                       able to homeowners.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon 2% dust       Hand Dust:  Apply by bulb       Avoid over-application 
                       duster or similar applicator    or introducing dust into
                       to cracks, crevices and other   the air. Treat dry areas
                       surfaces frequented by in-      only.  For use by PCO's
                       sects.                          only.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
propoxur BAYGON 1.5    1% Residual Oil or Water        For sale only to commer-
lb/gal EC, 1/4 lb      Spray:  Apply as as diazinon    cial applicators.  
gal oil soluble con-                                   Restrictions same as for
centrate (OSC), or                                     diazinon.
70% WP
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
BAYGON 0.5-1% aerosol  Pressurized Spray: Apply same   This formulation (with
(various products)     as diazinon.  Ready to use.     other active ingredi- 
                                                       ents) sold for homeowner
                                                       use.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BAYGON 2% bait         Ready-to-Use Granules: 4 oz/    Avoid placement where
                       1,000 sq ft.  Apply in out-of   children or pets can 
                       way places.                     pick up bait.  Do not
                                                       expect Baygon bait to
                                                       handle heavy infestation
                                                       of cockroaches, but it 
                                                       is an excellent supple-
                                                       ment to extend control
                                                       where cockroaches reoc- 
                                                       cur.  Bait must be in
                                                       protected bait boxes in
                                                       idible food areas of
                                                       commercial establish- 
                                                       ments.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

malathion 57% EC       3% Residual Spray:  Use         Malathion is safe but
                       premium grade only.  Apply      least effective of the
                       same as diazinon.               cockroach materials
                                                       recommmended.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bendiocarb             0.25-0.5% Residual Spray:       Restrictions same as
  FICAM W 76% powder   Apply same as diazinon.         diazinon.  For sale only
                       Follow label instructions       to commercial applica- 
                       for other information. One      tors.  Ficam W settles
                       packet (0.4oz)/gal water        rapidly and must be
                       makes 0.25% suspension.         agitated frequently
                                                       while spraying.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

FICAM PLUS WP          0.25% or 0.5% Spray             Pyrethrins provide 
29.45% bendiocarb      w/pyrethrins: Mix one packet    flushing action and
3.06% pyrethrins       for 0.25% or two packets for    knockdown of cock- 
                       0.5% spray.                     roaches.  Same comment
                                                       on agitation as above.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FICAM 1% dust          Ready to Use: Apply with hand,  Use only as crack-and-
                       power or bulb dusters to areas  crevice treatment in 
                       occupied by pests at approxi-   food areas.  Treatment
                       mate reate of 1/3-2/3 oz/sq     area is not to exceed 
                       yd of surface.                  2 sq ft in food areas.
                                                       Avoid introducing dust
                                                       into the air.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

fenvalerate            0.1-0.2% Residual Spray:        For use by trained per-
  PYRID 0.5 lb ai/     Dilute in oil or water.  Mix    sonnel only.  Minimize 
  gal (7.12%)          4 fl oz/gal water for initial   use of synthetic pyre-
                       treatment (0.2%).  See lable    throid insecticides such
                       for additional instructions.    as PYRID to reduce 
                                                       resistance buildup to 
                                                       this type product.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cypermethrin           0.1-0.2% Residual Spray: 1-2    Do not use in food pre-
  DEMON 40WP           scoops (.33-.66 oz) 1 gal       paration areas.  To
      35.6WP           water.  Pre-measured packets    minimize the buildup of
                       1 or 2/gal water (.33 or .66    pyrethroid resistance 
                       oz/gal water)                   use other class residual
                                                       insecticides on alter- 
                                                       nating basis.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
acephate               0.75-1.0% Residual Spray:       For professional appli-
  ORTHENE 23.7% EC,    Follow label instructions.      cator use only.
  97% Spray Conc.      0.5-1.0%: Mix 1/2 or 1 pack
                       per gal spray.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DDVP or dichlorvos*    0.5% Contact Spray:  Apply      Restrictions same as for
  VAPONA 23.0% EC or   either oil or water spray       diazinon.  Vapona is 
  41% EC               same as diazinon.  Mix 5        often used as a flushing
                       tbsp/gal water or 4 tbsp/       contact agent to make 
                       gal oil carrier.  Use 1/2       residuals (Baygon, 
                       amount above for 4EC.           Dursban, Diazinon, etc.)
                                                       more effective.  
                                                       CAUTION: Vapona is very
                                                       toxic in concentrate 
                                                       form and may cause 
                                                       carpet staining.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

VAPONA aerosol*        0.5-7% Pressurized Spray:       The 7% aerosol is for 
(various products and  Apply according to label        commercial applicator 
combinations with      instructions.                   use only.. Household 
residual insecticides)                                 aerosols containing DDVP
                                                       (Vapona) are very prac-
                                                       tical for the homeowner
                                                       for quick kill and 
                                                       flushing of cockroaches.
                                                       CAUTION: Check for color
                                                       fastness before treating
                                                       carpeted rooms.
*May be sold in combination with other ingredients.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos* DURSBAN  0.5% Residual Spray:  See       Restrictions same as for
2EC, 4LO (low odor),   label for mixing various        diazinon.  For sale only 
4E, and 1ME (micro-    formulations.  Chlorpyrifos     to commercial applica- 
encapsulated)          is also formulated with         tors.  
                       dichlorvos (Vapona) in           
                       several products.               

NOTE: Killmaster II chlorpyrifos formulation registered by EPA is for 
RESTRICTED USE.  The formulations mentioned here are not restricted pesticides.
Do not tank mix Dursban with Vapona (dichlorvos) insecticides.

*May be sold in combination with other ingredients.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________


R KILLMASTER II        2% Residual - Read to Use       NOTE: KILLMASTER is a
                       Solution:  For brush, paint,    very concentrated solu-
                       roller, or pinstream spray      tion.  Follow label 
                       application.                    instructions carefully.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DURSBAN 9.75% EC       0.75% Residual Spray:  Mix      This product is readily
concentrate            15 oz container with 1 gal      available in S.C. and is
(RID-A-BUG )           water.  Treat same as for       for homeowner use.
                       diazinon.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DURSBAN 0.78% spray    Pre-mixed Residual Spray:       Same as Dursban 9.75%EC.
ready to use (RID-     Apply without mixing same
A-BUG ) with appli-    as diazinon.
cator
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

DURSBAN aerosols*      0.5% Pressurized Spray:         Restrictions same as for
(various products)     Apply same as diazinon.         diazinon.  For homeowner
                                                       use.
*May be sold in combination with other ingredients.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DURSBAN 0.5% bait      Apply tsp amount to bait        Sold through PCO 
                       stations.  Place on paper or    suppliers.
                       foil to facilitate removal.
                       Replace at 4 to 6-wk intervals.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

AMDRO, MAXFORCE,       Bait Station:  Ready to use.    Bait stations are good 
COMBAT bait (1.65%                                     for maintaining suppres-
hydramethylnon)                                        sion following cleanout
                                                       treatments.  Sold for
                                                       homeowner and commercial
                                                       markets.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENCOR 5E              Spray:  Mix 7.5 ml/gal water.   Gencor is an IGR which
(hydroprene)           Apply at 1 gal/1,500 sq ft.     slowly affects cockroach
                                                       development.  It can be
                                                       used in conjuction with
                                                       residual sprays for
                                                       extended activity.
GENCOR PLUS fogger     Total Release Fogger:
(0.6% hydroprene,      1 fogger/3,000 cu ft.
0.25% permethrin)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

pyrethrins*, diluted   0.1-0.7% Contact or Flushing    Same as above.  Check
oils, water, aerosols, Sprays: Apply ULV (undiluted)   label for any special
or "total release"     sprays as per label instruc-    hazards, such as turning
aerosols, ULV          tions in aerosol generators     off pilot lights, etc.
formulations (1-5%     such as Micro-Gen or LECO.      NOTE: Total release 
concentrates)          Initial application should be   aerosols containing 
                       repeated 2-3 wk later for       pyrethrins are very use-
                       for best results.               ful for homeowners' do-
                                                       it-yourself" treatments
                                                       when combined with a 
                                                       residual treatment of
                                                       pesticides, such as 
                                                       diazinon, Dursban, Ficam
                                                       or Baygon.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
R propetamphos         0.5-1.0% Residual Spray:  Mix   Restricted pesticide.  
    SAFROTIN 4EC       2 1/2-5 tbsp/gal water depend-  For use by licensed 
                       on severity of the cockroach    Category 7A applicators.
                       problem.                               
    1% dust            Dust:  Apply as crack-and-      Dust is a good supple-
                       crevice treatment.  1/3-2/3     mental measure for spray
                       oz/sq yd is recommended.        treatments especially 
                                                       where electrical or fire
                                                       hazards are a problem.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
resmethrin aerosols    0.25% Spray or 0.25% Aerosol:   Restrictions same as for
(0.25%) oil solutions  Apply 1 gal of diluted oil      diazinon.  Follow label
(1.5-2.75%)            solution/750 sq ft surface.     instructions carefully.
                                                       Complaints about odor 
                                                       have been reported for 
                                                       this product.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
boric acid 80-99%      Tracking Powder: Apply behind   Do not expect quick kill
powder (many trade-    appliances, in wall voids,      of roaches with boric 
names)                 electrical outlets, etc.,       acid. It is a good back-
                       where roaches hide.             up treatment and pro-
                                                       vides long-lasting 
                                                       residual control of 
                                                       cockroaches.
  20% aerosol          Dust:  Sold for crack-and-
                       crevice injection.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
silica aerogel**       Same as for boric acid.         Silica aerogel is an 
                                                       excellent residual for 
                                                       roaches in dry situa- 
                                                       tions.
**Sold as silica aerogel alone or in combination with pyrethrins and residuals 
such as diazinon.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl               2.25% Spray: Mix 7 oz/gal       For use around perimeter
  SEVIN SL (4 lb/gal)  water.                          of residence, outdoor 
                                                       recreational areas, 
                                                       barns, etc.
________________________________________________________________________________

*Five typical cockroaches inhabit South Carolina (German cockroach or waterbug, 
brown-banded or furniture cockroach, oriental or sewer cockroach, the American 
cockroach, and the Smoky brown cockroach).  Other species are present, but 
these five are the most important.

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  HOUSEHOLD ANTS (Argentine ant, thief ant, pharaoh ant, etc.)
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________
PEST:  HOUSEHOLD ANTS (Argentine ant, thief ant, pharaoh ant, etc.)
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

See insect sprays for cockroaches.                     Ant control inside in-
Commercial baits such as PHARAOHRID                    volves use of residual
(methoprene), DRAX (boric acid),                       sprays along ant trails
COMBAT (AMDRO), BAYGON, DURSBAN are                    and around entry points.
sold for both sweet and grease feeding                 Outdoor treatment of 
ants.                                                  nests/mounds also may be
                                                       needed.  Ant baits 
                                                       (traps) are also useful 
                                                       but slow acting.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\s
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  OUTSIDE ANTS (outdoor areas)  IMPORTED FIRE ANT (IFA)
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  OUTSIDE ANTS (outdoor areas)  IMPORTED FIRE ANT (IFA)
_______________________________________________________________________________

NOTE:  Mound treatments for IFA (liquid drenches, aerosols, or gases) all 
require follow-up treatment to kill ants in local areas.  IFA will fly back
in so this will be an annual procedure.  Commercial sod and nursery producers 
should be familiar with Plant Quarantine Regulations and Certification 
requirements to help minimize the spread of IFA to non-infested areas.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

0.7% pyrethrin CESSCO  Mound Injection:  See label     Each cylinder should 
AEROSOL INJECTOR       for specific use instructions.  treat 10 to 100 mounds 
                                                       depending on size.
1.0% chlorpyrifos      Mound Injection:  See label.    In tests by Clemson, 
DURSBAN, CESSCO                                        this product gave out-
AEROSOL                                                standing residual 
                                                       control and is more 
                                                       economical than the 
                                                       pyrethrin injector.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

DURSBAN 6.7% EC        Mound Treatment:  Dilute 2 fl   For best results, apply
(several brands)       oz/gal water.  Apply 1-2 gal    in cool weather (65-80 F)
                       of solution/mound to thor-      or in early morning or 
                       oughly wet mound.               late afternoon.  Follow 
                                                       all safety precautions.
DURSBAN dilute         Mound Treatment:  See label.    There are numerous pro-
drenches (from low                                     ducts of varying per- 
and high concen-                                       cent Dursban now sold.
trates)                                                All should be effective.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

DURSBAN 50W            Commercial Sod:  Apply 16 lb    For commercial applica- 
                       formulation (50WP)/acre or      tors only.  Treatment
                       6 oz/1,000 sq ft in enough      will certify sod for 
                       water for coverage.  Irrigate   Plant Quarantine 
                       1/2 in of water immediately     requirements.
                       following application.

         10G           Commercial Sod: Apply 40-60 lb  Treatment will certify 
                       granules/acre.  Follow treat-   sod for Plant Quarantine 
                       ment with 1/2 in irrigation.    requirements.

   2E and 4E           Potted and Balled Nursery       As an alternative to 
                       Stock:  Mix 4 or 8 fl oz/100    dipping, balled plant 
                       gal water.  Dip stock at least  may be watered with
                       30 sec. or until saturated.     chlorpyrifos solution 
                                                       for 3 consecutive days.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
   2E and 4E (cont)                                    Both dipping and water-  
                                                       ing will satisfy Plant
                                                       Quarantine requirements.

DURSBAN 2.5G           Potting Soil:  Mix 1 lb         Plants potted in treated
                       granular/cu yd potting media.   media meet Plant Quaran-
                                                       tine requirements.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon 25% EC        Mound Treatment:  Apply 1 fl    Same as Dursban 6.7% EC.
                       oz (2 tbsp) in minimum of 1-2
                       gal water to each mound.  Re-
                       apply as necessary.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon 5G            Mound Treatment: Apply 1/2 cup/
                       mound.  Wet mound with 1-2 gal
                       water.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         Mound Treatment:  Apply up to   These products can be 
  SEVIMOL 4, 50W,      2 gal solution/mound.  Mix as   used on cropland (for-
  80W, SL (4 lb/gal)   follows:                        age, grasses, and 
                             1 gal      100 gal        pasture) and noncropland
                                                       (recreational areas,
               Sevinmol 4   1 1/2 tbsp  1 1/2 qt       etc.).  
               50W            2-3 tbsp  2-3 lb                     
               80W    1 1/4-1 7/8 tbsp  1 1/4-1 7/8 lb
               SEVIN SL         1 tbsp  1 1/2 qt
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bendiocarb             Mound Treatment:  Apply up to   Thorough treatment to
  FICAM W (76%)        2 gal sol/mound.  Mix 1 packet  ensure penetration of
                       (scoop) in 8 gal water or 2-3   mound is important.
                       tsp/2 gal water.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

acephate               Mound Treatment:  Mix 2 tbsp    Check mounds in 7-10 
  ORTHENE 9.4% EC      9.4% EC/gal water or 1 oz       days for appearance of 
             75SP      75SP/5 gal water.  Apply        new (satellite) mounds
                       1-2 gal/mound to insure         and retreat.
                       thorough wetting.
             75SP      Mound Treatment: Dry powder     Same as above.
                       only.  Apply 2 tsp powder/
                       mound.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMDRO (0.88%) bait     Mound Treatment: Apply 5 tbsp/  Fire ant bait spoils 
(amidinohydrazone)     mound.  Distribute biat uni-    rapidly once the con-
Available in 1 and     formly 3-4 ft around the        tainer is opened. Reseal 
25 lb bags             mound.  Allow 4-8 wk for        bag and refrigerate to
                       treatment to be effective.      retard spoilage.

_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

AMDRO (cont)           Area Treatment:  Broadcast      Current fire ant baits
                       1 to 1 1/2 lb bait/ac.          are light.  Proper 
                                                       calibration of spreading
                                                       equipment is required to 
                                                       ensure thorough coverage.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRO-DRONE  (1.2%)      Area Treatment:  Apply by air   Pro-Drone is a new IGR
bait                   or ground equipment at 0.88 lb  (Insect Growth Regula- 
Available in 6 oz      (400 g)/ac/appl.  Make two      tor) which shows pro-
shaker can and 25 lb   applications either spring-     mise for large area
bags.                  fall or fall-spring.            suppression of IFA.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PRO-DRONE (Cont)                                       Clemson tests show 70-
                                                       80% elimination of ants
                                                       with the spring applica-
                                                       tion and up to 90% re-
                                                       duction of colonies in
                                                       treated area with two 
                                                       applications/yr.  Agri-
                                                       cultural or non-agri-
                                                       cultural land may be 
                                                       treated.
                       Small Areas (yards and Ground:  Pro-Drone will eliminate
                       1st Year: Apply every 2 wk      IFA if used in this 
                                 beginning April       fashion.  It does not 
                                 until June 1. Resume  have to be spread per- 
                                 treatments beginning  fectly uniform.  Most
                                 Sept 1 at 2 wk in-    seeders can spread the
                                 tervals until Nov 1.  bait or it can be spread
                                                       by hand or shaker can.
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
PRO-DRONE (Cont)       2nd Year: Apply at monthly in-  Pro-Drone as well as 
                                 tervals beginning in  other IFA baits are slow
                                 April until June.     acting.  People must be
                                 Resume treatments in  patient but baits do 
                                 Sept at monthly in-   work.  Favorable weather
                                 tervals until Nov 1.  is required (warm and 
                                                       dry) to ensure bait 
                                                       acceptance by IFA.
                       3rd Year: Continue same as 2nd
                                 year.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOGIC  (1%) Bait       Area Treatment:  Apply same as  Logic is an IGR bait and
  fenoxycarb           for PRO-DRONE at 1 lb/acre.     is slow in effect like
Available in 1 lb                                      other fire ant baits.
shaker can and 4 lb    Mound Treatment: Apply 1-3 tsp  Apply similarily as des-
box.                   bait/mound.  Distribute bait    cribed for Pro-Drone 
                       around mound at 3-4 ft dist-    bait.
                       ance.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

AFFIRM  (0.011%) Bait  Area Treatment: Apply 1 lb/ac   Affirm has shown extend-
  Avermectin B1, B1a,  as for PRO-DRONE.               ed effect against IFA.
  B1b                  Mound Treatment:  Apply 5-7     It has shown excellent
Available in 1 lb and  tbsp/mound.  Distribute bait    results against IFA and
25 lb bags.            around mound as for Logic       product shelf life seems
                       above.                          to be good (up to 2 yr).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEANITE (MC96) 94%L   Mound Treatment: Follow label   This product is a common
1,1,1, trichloro-      instructions for rate.          organic solvent which 
ethane                                                 vaporizes into a heavier
                                                       than air gas.  It will
                                                       kill ants but is no more
                                                       effective than other 
                                                       mound treatments recom-
                                                       mended.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  OUTSIDE ANTS (cornfield ant, carpenter ant, etc.)  
-DOC-

________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  OUTSIDE ANTS (cornfield ant, carpenter ant, etc.)  
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   0.5% Spray: Mix 5 tbsp 25%EC/   Treat band around house.
diazinon               gal water.  Follow label for    Pay special attention to
  SPECTRACIDE EC       Ficam W.                        vents, windows, and door
dendiocarb FICAM W                                     openings to prevent 
  (76%) WP                                             entry of ants.  Ficam W
                                                       for PCO use only.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DURSBAN or diazinon    Follow label instructions.
granular (G) (various
concentrations)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

FICAM 1% dust          Broadcast Treatment:  Apply     Protect bees when using
                       1/3-2/3 oz dust/sq yd. Treat    Ficam dust.  Do not use
                       band 6-10 ft wide around        near gardens, fish pool,
                       structure being protected, or   streams, etc., or apply
                       treat hills or mounds directly. to humans, animals, or 
                                                       animal bedding.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEVIN SL (4 lb/gal)    Coarse Spray:  2.25% spray.
                       Mix 7 oz/gal water.  Applay as
                       perimeter treatment.
________________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PESTS:  FOOD-DESTROYING INSECTS: PANTRY PESTS (rice weevils, bean weevils, 
-DOC-

PESTS:  FOOD-DESTROYING INSECTS: PANTRY PESTS (rice weevils, bean weevils, 
        saw-tooth grain beetle, cigarette beetles, etc.)
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
pyrethrins 0.1-0.7%    Contact Spray and Flushing      Sanitation and removel 
pressurized sprays or  Agent:  Apply in food storage   of infested food stores
"total release"        areas but do not apply          is important in control-
aerosols               directly to uncovered foods.    ling pantry pests.  Use
                                                       of the pyrethrin "total
                                                       release" aerosol (two
                                                       treatments at 2-wk 
                                                       intervals) is a simple
                                                       and effective pest con-
                                                       trol technique.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pyrethrin concen-      Same as above.  Follow lable    Same as above.
trates 1-5% (for       instructions carefully.
ULV generators)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
malathon 57% EC        Residual Spray and Paint: 3%    Apply as coarse spray or
                       in oil or water. Mix 13 tbsp/   paint to food storage 
                       gal water.                      areas after removing 
                                                       food items. Treat cracks
                                                       and crevices and other
                                                       hiding places of pantry
                                                       pests.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DURSBAN, BAYGON,       Crack-and-Crevice Treatment:    These materials can be
diazinon, DDVP,        Follow label for specific       safely used in food 
KNOXOUT, FICAM PLUS,   guidance on application.        storage and preparation
boric acid, (EC, WP,                                   areas if carefully appl-
D, MEL and several                                     ied following crack-and-
ready-to-use products)                                 crevice procedures. Such
                                                       treatments should help
                                                       eliminate hiding pantry
                                                       pests as well as cock-
                                                       roaches, etc.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PESTS:  BLOOD-FEEDING ARTHROPODS WHICH ATTACK PEOPLE AND ANIMALS
-DOC-

______________________________________________________________________________  

PESTS:  BLOOD-FEEDING ARTHROPODS WHICH ATTACK PEOPLE AND ANIMALS
        Adult mosquitoes, sandflies (punkies), deerflies (tabanid complex),
        blackflies, stable flies
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos           Ground or Aerial Application:   Do not apply Dursban 
  DURSBAN 41.2% or     ULV rates 0.025-0.05 lb/ac      near water containing
  44.4 EC              (0.8-1.6 fl oz) of the 41.2%    valuable crustaceans and
61.5% oil concentrate  EC.  Use oil concentrate        fish.  Follow label in-
                       (61.5% for thermal fogging or   structions carefully.
                       ULV) at the rate of 0.005 to    Protect bees or other 
                       0.01 lb/ac.  Apply to nonfood-  valuable insects in 
                       crop areas only.                treatment areas.  Dense
                                                       foliage may require the
                                                       higher rate of Dursban.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

malathion 91%          Ground or Aerial Application    Same as for Dursban. ULV
concentrate            (ULV): Apply 2-8 fl oz/ac.      malathion may damage 
                       Malathion may be fogged or      automobile paint. Before
                       applied by mist blower in       treating populated area,
                       ground application.             notify people to cover 
                                                       cars or wash them fol- 
                                                       lowing treatment.  With
                                                       malathion aerial appli-
                                                       cation, it is not neces-
                                                       sary to avoid barns, 
                                                       cattle, or forage. State
                                                       24C label permits appli-
                                                       cation by ground ULV at
                                                       20 mph with flow rate of
                                                       4-8.6 oz/min.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

bendiocarb             Ground Application (ULV):       For application to resi-
  FICAM ULV (18.8%     Apply with ULV equipment at     dential, non-food pro-
  1.67 lb/ai/gal)      .0037 to .011 lb/ai/acre        duction areas only.  
                       (2 fl oz/min) at 10 MPH.        FICAM ULV is normally 
                                                       applied undiluted. Heavy
                                                       aromatic naptha (HAN) at
                                                       1:1 dilution is the only
                                                       approved diluent. Do not
                                                       apply close to bodies of
                                                       water (3-400 ft min. 
                                                       distance).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
malathion 57% EC       Ground (fogging/spray)          For homeowner use as
                       Application: Mix 4.5 fl oz/     supplementary adulticide
                       gal diesel for injection        treatment.
                       through lawn mower or tractor
                       exhaust manifolds. For spray-
                       ing shrubbery, mix 4.5 fl oz/
                       gal water.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
naled 85% concentrate  Ground and Aerial Application   Observe same precautions
(14 lb/gal)            (ULV):  Apply 0.1-0.25 lb/ac    as for Dursban or mala-
                       (approximately 1 gal oil        thion. Naled is extreme-
                       dilution/ac) by aircraft or     ly corrosive to spray 
                       apply ULV 0.5 to 1 oz undi-     equipment.  Such equip-
                       luted material/ac.  For thermal ment must be cleaned 
                       fogging mix 10 oz conc/10 gal   following use.
                       oil.  Apply thermal fog at 40
                       gal/hr.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
resmethrin (SBP-1382)  Ground Application Only: (ULV)  Backpack sprayers typi-
40% ULV concentrate    For backpack (Micro-Gen, etc.)  cally cover 50 ft swath
                       equipment, dilute 4 1/3 fl oz   at 2 mph.  Truck sprayer
                       with 1 gal light oil.  Apply    typically covers 300 ft
                       8 fl oz/ac.  For truck mounted  swath at 5 mph.
                       ULV (LECO HD, etc.) apply 3 fl
                       oz conc/ac.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SBP-1382 SCOURGE       Ground Application:  Mix 70 fl  Same as above.
0.3 lb ai + 0.9 lb     oz product with 1 gal soybean
PB*/gal                oil.  Apply by backpack sprayer
                       at 4.25-8.5 fl oz/ac.  For 
                       truck mounted operation see 
                       label for rates.

                       Aerial Application:  Apply 0.5-3 
                       fl oz/undiluted product/ac.
*Piperonyl butoxide synergist.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
1.51 lb ai + 4.5 lb    Aerial Application Only:  See label
BP/gal                 for application guidance.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
propoxur               Ground or Aerial Application:   This product is toxic to
  BAYGON 70% WP or     Apply 0.05-0.07 lb/ac ai by     fish and wildlife.  Read
  1.5 lb/gal EC        mist blower or 0.05-0.175       and follow label care-
                       lb/ac by ULV aerial applica-    fully.
                       tion (WP formulation only).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
fenthion               Ground or Aerial Application:   Same restrictions as for
  BAYTEX 93%           Apply 0.05-0.1 lb (2/3-1 1/3 fl Dursban.  Do not treat
  concentrate          oz)/ac. Apply as dilute or ULV  cropland or livestock 
                       spray.                          areas.  ULV aerial 
                                                       application may damage
                                                       automobile paint.  Take
                                                       same precautions as for
                                                       malathion.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PESTS:  MOSQUITO LARVAE* 
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PESTS:  MOSQUITO LARVAE* 
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

1% pyrethrins gelatin  Hand Treat:  Apply one          Harmful to fish.  Keep
capsules  TOSSITS      capsule/100 sq ft water in      out of lakes, ponds,
                       pools, ditches, catch basins.   streams.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
methoprene             Hand Treat:  Apply briquets     Use in small bodies of
  ALTOSID briquets     to storm drains, settling       water not known as fish
  7.9%                 ponds, etc., where briquets     habitats.
                       are not subject to submersion
                       by debris or storm-flushing
                       action.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

ALTOSID LIQUID         Ground or Aerial Application:   Methoprene affects only
  LARVICIDE A.L.L.     Apply 3-4 fl oz methoprene/ac   third-fourth instar lar-
  5% solution          to flood water areas.           vae.  Use in swamps, 
                                                       marshes, woodland pools
  ALTOSAND sand        Apply 8-10 lb/ac.  Follow       and meadows, dredging 
  granules             Altosid A.L.L. label for        spoil areas, etc.  Sand
                       mixing instructions.            granules are ideal for
                                                       treating flood-water 
                                                       mosquito-breeding areas
                                                       with dense foliage.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

SHEREX AROSUF MSF**    Ground or Aerial Application:   Product does not leave 
  (alcohol polymer)    See label for application       oil film on water, 
                       directions.                     plants, etc., and is 
                                                       nontoxic to nontarget
                                                       aquatic species. Product
                                                       is alternative to apply-
                                                       ing other harder larvi-
                                                       cides in sensitive 
                                                       environments including
                                                       potable water.
________________________________________________________________________________
 *Larvicides may kill fish and other normal nontarget species.  Great care in 
application is required if fish are to be protected.  The organophosphate (OP) 
larvicides are not recommended where OP adulticides are used.  This is neces- 
sary to combat and slow down development of resistance to OP compounds in 
mosquitoes.
**Monomolecular surface film.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  MOSQUITO AND BLACKFLY LARVAE
-DOC-

PEST:  MOSQUITO AND BLACKFLY LARVAE
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

larvicidal oil         Ground or Aerial Application:   Follow label instruc- 
S.C. Mosquito          Apply 3-4 gal/ac depending      tions for preparation of
Larvicide (SC DHEC     upon application method and     S.C. Mosquito Larvicide.
State Label)           amount of vegetative cover.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bacillus               Ground or Aerial Application:   The new biological prod-
  thuringiensis var    See labels for application.     ucts are very effective.
  israelensis sero-                                    For guidance in mosquito
  type H-14, BACTIMOS,                                 control programs, call
  TEKNAR, VECTOBAC,                                    Vector Control Div., 
  etc., WP,F, briquet,                                 SCDHEC, for information.
  G products of vary-
  ing potency (Aedes
  egypti toxic units/mg
  formulation)

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOUSEHOLD INSECTS                                 
-DOC-
                               HOUSEHOLD INSECTS  
                     J. B. Kissam, Extension Entomologist

PEST:  BEDBUGS
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

dichlorvos VAPONA EC,  Contact Spray and Flushing      EC and OS formulations 
  OS concentrates or   Agent:  0.5%.  Mix 5 tbsp/gal   for professional appli-
  0.5% aerosols        water or 4 tbsp/gal oil         cators only.  Treated
                       carrier.  Apply minimum amount  homes should be evacu-
                       to baseboards, wall cracks,     ated and closed tight
                       bedsteads, mattresses, sofas,   following Vapona treat-
                       etc.  Treat attics and entire   ment for at least 8 hrs.
                       premises of infected dwellings. Ventilate thoroughly 
                                                       before reoccupying. 

________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
dichlorvos (cont)                                      Allow mattresses, etc., 
                                                       to dry at least 8 hr be-
                                                       fore reusing.  Do not 
                                                       treat mattresses or bed-
                                                       ding with oil sprays.
_______________________________________________________________________________

pyrethrins, diluted    0.1-0.7% Contact or Flushing    Restrictions same as for
oil or water sprays,   Sprays:  Treatment similar to   Vapona when used for 
aerosols, or "total    Vapona use.  The "total         bedbugs.
release" aerosols      release" aerosol is especially
                       useful when employed in con-
                       junction with residual sprays.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

Other chemicals (See                                   Chemicals such as Bay-  
cockroach control.)                                    gon, Dursban, diazinon, 
                                                       Ficam, etc. are effec- 
                                                       tive against bedbugs.
                                                       They cannot be used to
                                                       treat bedding due to 
                                                       their residual toxicity.
________________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  FLEAS (Animal Quarters)
-DOC-

PEST:  FLEAS (Animal Quarters)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
VAPONA EC or aerosol   0.5% Spray:  Mix same as for    Certain Vapona EC form-
                       bedbugs.  Apply lightly to      ulations are sold only 
                       kennels and other infested      to commercial applica-
                       areas.                          tors. Generally the 0.5%
                                                       aerosol is available to
                                                       homeowners.  Several
                                                       applications will be 
                                                       needed each year due to
                                                       continuous reinfestation.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion 57% EC       2% Spray:  Mix 10 tbsp/gal      Repeat treatment in 3 to
                       water.  Treat infested area     4 wk if necessary.
                       lightly.
       4-5% dust       Hand Dust: Apply 1-2 lb/1,000
                       sq ft infested area to include
                       quarters, yard, and lawn.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl               Hand Dust:  Apply same as 
  SEVIN 5% dust        malathion dust.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bendiocarb             0.25% Spray:  One packet (0.4   Do not treat animal. 
  FICAM W 76%          oz)/gal water makes 0.25% sus-  Keep pet out of quaters
                       pension.  Apply thoroughly to   until spray dries. This
                       animal quarters.                product for commercial  
                                                       use only.  Do not treat
                                                       pet bedding.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
chlorpyrifos (6.7%)    0.5% Spray:  Mix 10.5 fl oz/    Precautions same as 
  STARBAR yard and     gal water.                      above.  This is a home-
  kennel spray                                         owner product and should
                                                       be available.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

linalool 37%           Spray:  Mix 2 fl oz/gal water.  Do not treat pets.
  DEMIZE EC            1 gal spray treats 1,000 sq     Replace bedding after 
(citrus extract        ft.  Apply to pet quarters.     treatment. Avoid contact
toxin)                                                 with skin, eyes, wear  
                                                       protective clothing. For
                                                       commercial applicators 
                                                       only.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FICAM PLUS             0.25% Spray:  Follow label      Do not treat pet bed- 
(29.45% WP) with       for mixing.                     ding.
pyrethrins
  1% dust              Hand Treat:  Direct dust to     Do not treat animal.  
                       pet beds, resting quarters,     Replace animal bedding
                       cracks, crevices.               following treatment.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
diazinon 2-4 lb        0.5% Spray:  Mix 2 1/2 tbsp     Products sold for PCO 
ai/gal EC or oil       4E or 5 tbsp 2E/gal water.      and homeowner use.  Do 
concentrate                                            not treat animal.  Keep
                                                       pets out until spray 
                                                       dries.  Treat sleeping
                                                       quarters thoroughly.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R dioxathion DELTIC    0.25% Residual Spray:  Mix      Treat doghouses, runs,
(DELNAV) 20.7% EC      1 fl oz/gal water.              loafing areas, and in-
                                                       fested outdoor areas
                                                       generally. Let spray dry
                                                       before allowing dogs to
                                                       enter area.  For use by
                                                       certified applicators 
                                                       only.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  FLEAS (On Animals)
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  FLEAS (On Animals)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
malathon 57% EC        Dip or Wash:  Mix 2 tbsp/gal    Do not treat animals 
                       water.  Wet animal thoroughly.  less than 1 mo old.
                       Repeat in 2-3 wk if necessary.

       4% dust         Hand Dust:  Rub dust in         Same as Dip.
                       thoroughly.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phosmet 11.6% EC       Dip or Wash:  Mix 1 oz/gal      Do not treat dogs less 
  STARBAR 3 way        water.  Dip solution can be     than 8 weeks old.  Do
  dog dip              saved and re-used for up to     not treat more often
                       30 days.                        then every 7 days.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl SEVIN 5%      Hand Dust.                      Same as Dip.
  dust
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

dichlorvos (VAPONA),   Flea Collar:  Follow label      Collars are effective if
naled, lindane, pro-   instructions.                   supplemented periodicly
poxur, carbaryl,                                       with premise treatment.
phosmet, chlorpyrifos,
impregnated collars
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  FLEAS (In Residences)
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  FLEAS (In Residences)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

total-release          Space Treatment:  Apply         This treatment kills 
aerosols - several     required number of aerosols     adult fleas only. Repeat
brands and products    to obtain coverage.             treatment in 2-3 wk for
  VAPONA, RONNEL,                                      new emerging adults.
  BAYGON, pyrethrins.                                  Check color fastness of
                                                       carpet before releasing
                                                       Vapona containing aero-
                                                       sols.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

hand-held aerosol      Space Treatment/Knockdown       Pets kept in house must
  pyrethrins 0.1-0.7%  Spray:  Walk through flea-      be removed during treat-
                       infested areas. When attacked,  ment period; preferably
                       spray with aerosol.  Repeat     to veterinarian for de-
                       procedure two to three times/   fleaing.  The key flea
                       wk until attacks cease. This    control is walking 
                       procedure could take 1-3 wk     through infested areas 
                       depending on severity of        to stimulate emergence.
                       infestations.  It is safe       Unless this is done 
                       procedure and anyone can do     fleas in pupal cocoons
                       it.                             will not emerge.  
                                                       Infested outside areas
                                                       around house must be
                                                       treated also while pet
                                                       is away.  See Fleas and
                                                       Ticks outside areas.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________
INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
methoprene             Space Treatment and Residual:   Methoprene is an Insect
  PRECOR fogger with   Follow label instructions for   Growth Regulator (IGR).
dichlorvos VAPONA,     dosage, etc.                    Its action is directed
pyrethrins, etc. Sold                                  against the immature 
under many tradenames                                  flea (larvae). This pro-
D-CON, STRIKE, etc.                                    duct should have real
                                                       value in cleaning up 
                                                       heavy residential flea
                                                       populations.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRECOR 1E (1% EC)      Residual Spray:  Mix 1 fl oz/   Use adulticide to kill
                       gal water.  Apply to infested   adult fleas.  Methoprene
                       areas, i.e. carpet, furniture,  has no effect on adult
                       crack and crevices in floor,    fleas.  May combine 
                       etc.                            PRECOR with adulticide
                                                       for quick knockdown and
                                                       delayed kill of immature
                                                       fleas.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
bendiocarb             0.25% Residual Spray:  Treat    FICAM sold only to com-
  FICAM W 76%          rugs and floor coverings and    mercial applicators.
                       under their edges.  Treat
                       infested furniture also.
FICAM PLUS             0.25% Spray:  Follow label      Pyrethrins provide quick
(29.45% WP)            for mixing.                     adult flea knockdown.
 w/pyrethrins
      1% dust          Hand Treat:  Treat under rugs,
                       cracks, and crevices, etc.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon 0.5% ready-   Residual Spray: Make local-     Household sprays for 
to-use spray           ized application to base-       flea control should be
                       boards, cracks, and crevices,   sprayed over carpets 
                       and under carpets.              with caution.  Usually
                                                       light oil mist from
                                                       aerosol spray will not
                                                       stain.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
diazionon              0.5% Residual Spray:  Same      KNOXOUT must be agitated
  KNOXOUT 2FM (23%)    as for diazionon.  Mix 2 1/2    frequently to prevent 
                       fl oz (5 tbsp)/gal water.       settling of microencap-
                                                       sulated insecticide.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DURSBAN 4LO            0.5% Residual Spray:  0.5%      CAUTION: Same as for 
                       spray.  Follow label mixing     diazinon.
                       and application instructions.

DURSBAN 9.75 EC        0.75% Residual Spray:  Mix      Make sure no children or
concentrate (Rid-A-    15 oz container with 1 gal of   small pets are allowed 
Bug )                  water.  Apply to carpet light-  on treated areas until
                       ly.  Treat cracks in base-      surfaces are dry.  Spot
                       boards, under carpets, under    test carpet for color
                       furniture.                      fastness before using.
                                                       Repeat treatment as 
                                                       needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

DURSBAN 0.78% spray    Pre-Mixed Residual Spray:       Same as Dursban 9.75 EC.
ready to use (RID-A-   Apply same as Dursban 9.75 EC.
BUG ) w/applicator

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
linalool 37%           Spray: Mix 2 fl oz/gal water    Avoid contact with skin
  DEMIZE EC            and apply at 1 gal/1,000 sq     or eyes.  Protective
(citrus extract        ft of carpet, rugs, etc.        clothing recommended. 
toxin)                                                 For commercial appli- 
                                                       cators only.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R propetamphos         0.5% Residual Spray:  Mix       A new product that is
    SAFROTIN 4EC       2 1/2 tbsp/gal water.           reported to be very 
                                                       effective against fleas.
          1% dust      Dust:  Crack-and-crevice        Restricted for use by 
                       application to infested areas.  Cat. 7A PCOs only.
________________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  FLEAS, TICKS, CHIGGERS (Infested Outdoor Areas) 
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  FLEAS, TICKS, CHIGGERS (Infested Outdoor Areas) 
       (Same as Fleas in Animal Quarters)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

stirofos RABON 50% WP  Area Treatment:  Mix 8 tbsp/    Treat area thoroughly,
                       gal water for 0.5% solution.    especially along foot
                       Apply at rate of 25-50 gal/ac.  paths.  This is one of 
                                                       the most effective 
                                                       insecticides for outdoor
                                                       tick control.  This pro-
                                                       duct sold primarily for
                                                       poultry ectoparasite 
                                                       control.  Ask farm 
                                                       supply dealers for info
                                                       on product.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   Area Treatment:  .25 or .5%     Chlorpyrifos is an 
41.2% Ec, 2 E (22.4%), spray.  See label for mixing    excellent 
1 E (12.6%)            instructions.                   product for outdoor pest
                                                       control.  The low 
                                                       strength formulation 
                                                       should be available for
                                                       homeowners.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FICAM W 76%            Border Treatment:  Mix a 0.25%  Do not contaminate food
                       spray. Treat 6- to 10-ft band   or animal feed.  Toxic
                       around building foundations     to bees.  Do not spray
                       and sidewalls to height of      plants being visited by
                       2-3 ft.                         bees.  FICAM available
                                                       only to commercial
                                                       applicators.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R dioxathion* DELTIC   Area Treatment:  Mix 2 fl oz/   Observe label precau-
    (20.7% EC)         gal water for 0.5% spray.       tions.  Read directions
                       Apply 2.5-5 gal/1,000 sq ft.    carefully before appli-
                                                       cation.  Allow 1-2 days
                                                       for initial kill.
                                                       Retreatment may be 
                                                       necessary in 30 days.
                                                       For licensed applicators
                                                       only.
*Solutions of dioxathion greater than 3.0% are restricted for domestic use.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               Area Treatment (lawns, yards):  Water treat area
25% Ec, 50 WP          Mix 2 tbsp/3 gal water or       thoroughly.
                       7 1/2 tbsp 50 WP/gal water.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon 2-5 G         Area Treatment (lawns, yards):   Water treat area
                       Apply 5-7.5 lb/1,000 sq ft       thoroughly.
                       area.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl SEVIN 80 WP,  Area Treatment: Mix 2 1/2 tbsp  Repeat treatment in 2-3
50 WP                  (80%) or 4 tbsp (50%) in 3-4    wk if adult fleas are
                       gal water and apply to 100 sq   still present.
                       ft of infested area.

SEVIN SL (4 lb/gal)    Area Treatment: Mix 6 1/2 oz/   Same as SEVIN WP above.
                       30-40 gal water and apply to 
                       1,000 sq ft.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  TICKS (Animal quarters)
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  TICKS (Animal quarters)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

VAPONA EC or aerosol   0.5% Spray:  Mix same as for    Certain Vapona EC form-
                       bedbugs.  Apply lightly to      ulations are sold only 
                       kennels and other infested      to commercial applica-
                       areas.                          tors. Generally the 0.5%
                                                       aerosol is available to
                                                       homeowners.  Several
                                                       applications will be 
                                                       needed each year due to
                                                       continuous reinfestation.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion 57% EC       2% Spray:  Mix 10 tbsp/gal      Repeat treatment in 3 to
                       water.  Treat infested area     4 wk if necessary.
                       lightly.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

malathion              Hand Dust: Apply 1-2 lb/1,000   Repeat treatment in 3 to
       4-5% dust       sq ft infested area to include  4 wk if necessary.
                       quarters, yard, and lawn.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl               Hand Dust:  Apply same as 
  SEVIN 5% dust        malathion dust.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bendiocarb             0.25% Spray:  One packet (0.4   Do not treat animal. 
  FICAM W 76%          oz)/gal water makes 0.25% sus-  Keep pet out of quaters
                       pension.  Apply thoroughly to   until spray dries. This
                       animal quarters.                product for commercial  
                                                       use only.  Do not treat
                                                       pet bedding.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos (6.7%)    0.5% Spray:  Mix 10.5 fl oz/    Precautions same as 
  STARBAR yard and     gal water.                      above.  This is a home-
  kennel spray                                         owner product and should
                                                       be available.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
linalool 37%           Spray:  Mix 2 fl oz/gal water.  Do not treat pets.
  DEMIZE EC            1 gal spray treats 1,000 sq     Replace bedding after 
(citrus extract        ft.  Apply to pet quarters.     treatment. Avoid contact
toxin)                                                 with skin, eyes, wear  
                                                       protective clothing. For
                                                       commercial applicators 
                                                       only.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

FICAM PLUS             0.25% Spray:  Follow label      Do not treat pet bed- 
(29.45% WP) with       for mixing.                     ding.
pyrethrins
  1% dust              Hand Treat:  Direct dust to     Do not treat animal.  
                       pet beds, resting quarters,     Replace animal bedding
                       cracks, crevices.               following treatment.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon 2-4 lb        0.5% Spray:  Mix 2 1/2 tbsp     Products sold for PCO 
ai/gal EC or oil       4E or 5 tbsp 2E/gal water.      and homeowner use.  Do 
concentrate                                            not treat animal.  Keep
                                                       pets out until spray 
                                                       dries.  Treat sleeping
                                                       quarters thoroughly.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R dioxathion DELTIC    0.25% Residual Spray:  Mix      Treat doghouses, runs,
(DELNAV) 20.7% EC      1 fl oz/gal water.              loafing areas, and in-
                                                       fested outdoor areas
                                                       generally. Let spray dry
                                                       before allowing dogs to
                                                       enter area.  For use by
                                                       certified applicators 
                                                       only.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  TICKS (On People)
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  TICKS (On People)
________________________________________________________________________________
INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PERMANONE tick         Personal Protectant:  Treat     This is special 24C 
repellent (0.5%        outer clothing to repel and     label for a very effec-
permethrin) aerosol    kill ticks and chiggers.        tive product. This pro-
                                                       duct distributed by
                                                       Forest and Land Services
                                                       In., P.O. Box 47, 
                                                       Warrenton, GA 30828.
                                                       Phone: (404) 465-3241.
________________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DILUTION TABLE FOR PESTICIDES                         
-DOC-
                         DILUTION TABLE FOR PESTICIDES
                       (For Preparing Smaller Quantities)
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator
______________________________________________________________________________

EMULSIFIABLE CONCENTRATES (EC) OR FLOWABLES (F)
______________________________________________________________________________
The following table canbe used to mix different amounts of a spray of the same 
mixture when using liquid formulations.

Water                  Quantity of Liquid Pesticide Material Needed          
100 gal          1/2 pt      1 pt      2 pt      3 pt      4 pt      5 pt
 25 gal            2 oz      4 oz      8 oz     12 oz      1 pt      1 1/4 pt
  5 gal            1 T       2 T       4 T       6 T       8 T      10 T
                             or        or        or        or        or
                             1 oz      2 oz      3 oz      4 oz      5 oz
______________________________________________________________________________
  1 gal          3/4 t    1 1/2 t      3 t      4 1/2 t    6 t or    7 1/2 t
                                                           2 T
______________________________________________________________________________
See EXAMPLE information for more details on next screen.
EXAMPLE:  If the label specified that 3 lb of wettable powder pesticide 
material are to be added to 100 gal of water, then 3 T of the pesticide 
material would make 1 gal of similar spray mixture.

When reducing the amount of spray mixture, be sure to stay in the right column 
and line as indicated above.
______________________________________________________________________________

WETTABLE OR SOLUBLE POWDERS (WP, SP, S)
______________________________________________________________________________

The following table can be used to mix different amounts of the same mixture
when using powdered formulations.

Water                 Quantity of Liquid Pesticide Material Needed            

100 gal            1 lb      2 lb      3 lb      4 lb      5 lb      6 lb 
 25 gal            4 oz      8 oz     12 oz      1 lb      1 1/4 lb  1 1/2 lb
  5 gal            5 T      10 T      15 T or   20 T or   25 T or   30 T or
                                       1 cup    1 1/4 cup 1 1/2 cup  1 3/4 cup
_______________________________________________________________________________
  1 gal            1 T       2 T       3 T       4 T       5 T       6 T

(The above measurements of WP are acceptable for practical purposes.)

When reducing the amount of spray mixture, be sure to stay in the right column 
and line as indicated above.
The above tables are strictly based on information that should be found on the 
label of the particular pesticide that will be used.

For amounts of spray not listed, the tables can be halved, doubled, or 
combinations may be added as needed.

                    EXPLANATION FOR MEASURING ABBREVIATIONS 

WP . . . . . . . . wettable powder               gal . . . . . . . . . gallon
EC . . . . . . . . emulsifiable concentrate      qt  . . . . . . . . . quart
D  . . . . . . . . dust                          pt  . . . . . . . . . pint
G  . . . . . . . . granular                      lb  . . . . . . . . . pound
Sol  . . . . . . . solution                      oz  . . . . . . . . . ounce
t or tsp . . . . . teaspoon                      fl  . . . . . . . . . fluid
T or tbsp  . . . . tablespoon

All spoons, cups, or other measuring utensils that are used to measure any 
pesticides or other chemicals should be clearly marked and kept in the storage 
area under lock and key.
                 HELPFUL MEASURING TABLES FOR MIXING PESTICIDES

Pesticides that are bought in large packages or sizes usually do not include 
instruction for mixing smaller amounts of a spray.  The following table 
compares various measurements that are needed to make smaller amounts of a 
spray.

3 teaspoons . . . . . . . . . . . = 1 tablespoon
2 tablespoons . . . . . . . . . . = 1 fluid ounce = 6 teaspoons
4 tablespoons . . . . . . . . . . = 12 teaspoons = 1/4 cup = 2 fluid ounces
1 cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 16 tablespoons = 8 fluid ounces
2 cups  . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 32 tablespoons = 1 pint = 16 fluid ounces 
2 pints . . . . . . . . . . . . . = 64 tablespoons = 1 quart = 4 level cups
4 quarts  . . . . . . . . . . . . = 8 pints = 1 gallon = 16 level cups
16 ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . = 1 pound
6 tablespoons (level) . . . . . . = approx. 1 oz of dry weight (for WP only)
 
                         DILUTION TABLE FOR PESTICIDES 
               (Given in pounds active ingredient per acre rates)

        This dilution table provides an accurate estimate of the amount of 
cocentration to use when the recommended rate of application is given in pounds 
per acre.

        For effective control of insect, weed, and plant disease pests, it is 
very important to apply the proper amount of pesticide to the infested area.  
Also, it is equally important not to exceed the recommended rate so that plants 
and animals are not injured by too much insecticide.

        A legal tolerance level for pesticide residues has been established in 
parts per million (ppm) for all food crops.  Only by accurate application of 
pesticides at recommended rates can residues be kept within these legal 
tolerance levels.

        Follow the label directions and precaution each time that you apply a 
pesticide.  

    DILUTION TABLE FOR PESTICIDES GIVEN IN POUNDS ACTIVE INGREDIENT PER ACRE
______________________________________________________________________________
                       Amount of Actual Chemical per Acre Recommended

Pesticide   1/8    1/4   1/2    3/4    1     1 1/2    2    2 1/2   3     5
Formulation  lb     lb    lb     lb    lb     lb      lb     lb    lb    lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
                       Amount of Formulation Needed to Obtain the Above Amount
                                        of Actual Chemical
           ____________________________________________________________________

10% - 12% Emulsion Concentrate (contains 1 lb chemical/gal)    
             1     1      2      3     1     1 1/2     2   2 1/2   3     5
             pt    qt     qt     qt    gal    gal     gal   gal   gal   gal
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15% - 20% Emulsion Concentrate (contains 1 1/4 lb chemical/gal)     
            2/5   4/5   1 3/5  2 2/5  3 1/5  1 1/5  1 3/5   2    2 2/5    4
             qt    qt     qt     qt     qt    gal     gal   gal   gal    gal
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
                       Amount of Actual Chemical per Acre Recommended

Pesticide   1/8    1/4   1/2    3/4    1     1 1/2    2    2 1/2   3     5
Formulation  lb     lb    lb     lb    lb     lb      lb     lb    lb    lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
                       Amount of Formulation Needed to Obtain the Above Amount
                                        of Actual Chemical
           ____________________________________________________________________
25% Emulsion Concentrate (contains 2 lb chemical/gal)
            1/2    1      1      3      2     3       1     5     1 1/2  2 1/2
             pt    pt     qt     pt     qt    qt     gal    qt     gal    gal
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
40% - 50% Emulsion Concentrate (contains 4 lb chemical/gal)
            1/4   1/2     1    1 1/2    1     3       2     5      3      5
             pt    pt     pt     pt     qt    pt      qt    pt     qt     qt
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
50% - 60% Emulsion Concentrate (contains 5 lb chemical/gal)
            1/5   2/5    4/5   1 1/5  1 3/5  1 1/5  1 3/5   2     2 2/5   1
             pt    pt     pt     pt     pt    qt      qt    qt     qt     gal
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
                       Amount of Actual Chemical per Acre Recommended

Pesticide   1/8    1/4   1/2    3/4    1     1 1/2    2    2 1/2   3     5
Formulation  lb     lb    lb     lb    lb     lb      lb     lb    lb    lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
                       Amount of Formulation Needed to Obtain the Above Amount
                                        of Actual Chemical
           ____________________________________________________________________
60% - 65% Emulsion Concentrate (contains 6 lb chemical/gal)
            1/6   1/3    2/3     1    1 1/3   1     2 2/3  3 1/3   2     3 1/3
             pt    pt     pt     pt     pt    qt      pt    pt     qt     qt
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
70% - 75% Emulsion Concentrate (contains 8 lb chemical/gal)
            1/8   1/4    1/2     3/4    1    1 1/2    1    2 1/2   3     2 1/2
             pt    pt     pt     pt     pt    pt      qt    pt     pt     qt
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15% Wettable Powder
             13  1 2/3  3 1/3    5    6 2/3   10   13 1/3 16 2/3   20   33 1/3
             oz    lb     lb     lb     lb    lb      lb    lb     lb     lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
                       Amount of Actual Chemical per Acre Recommended

Pesticide   1/8    1/4   1/2    3/4    1     1 1/2    2    2 1/2   3     5
Formulation  lb     lb    lb     lb    lb     lb      lb     lb    lb    lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
                       Amount of Formulation Needed to Obtain the Above Amount
                                        of Actual Chemical
           ____________________________________________________________________
25% Wettable Powder
            1/2    1      2      3      4     6       8      10    12     20
             lb    lb     lb     lb     lb    lb      lb     lb    lb     lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
40% Wettable Powder
             5     10   1 1/4  1 7/8  2 1/2  3 3/4    5    6 1/4  7 1/2 12 1/2
             oz    oz     lb     lb     lb    lb      lb     lb    lb     lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
47% Wettable Powder
          4 1/4  8 1/2    17   1 2/3  2 1/8  3 1/5  4 1/4  5 1/3  6 2/5 10 2/3
             oz    oz     oz     lb     lb    lb      lb     lb    lb     lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
                       Amount of Actual Chemical per Acre Recommended

Pesticide   1/8    1/4   1/2    3/4    1     1 1/2    2    2 1/2   3     5
Formulation  lb     lb    lb     lb    lb     lb      lb     lb    lb    lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
                       Amount of Formulation Needed to Obtain the Above Amount
                                        of Actual Chemical
           ____________________________________________________________________

50% Wettable Powder
            1/4    1/2    11   1 1/2    2     3       4      5     6      10
             lb     lb    lb     lb     lb    lb      lb     lb    lb     lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65% Wettable Powder
             3      6     3/4  1 1/5  1 1/2  2 1/3    3    3 4/5  4 2/3  7 2/3
             oz     oz    lb     lb     lb    lb      lb     lb    lb     lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
75% Wettable Powder
            1/6    1/3    2/3    1    1 1/3   2     2 2/3  3 1/3   4     6 2/3
            lb      lb    lb     lb     lb    lb      lb     lb    lb     lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
                       Amount of Actual Chemical per Acre Recommended

Pesticide   1/8    1/4   1/2    3/4    1     1 1/2    2    2 1/2   3     5
Formulation  lb     lb    lb     lb    lb     lb      lb     lb    lb    lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
                       Amount of Formulation Needed to Obtain the Above Amount
                                        of Actual Chemical
           ____________________________________________________________________

80% Wettable Powder
          2 1/2     5     10     15   1 1/4  1 7/8  2 1/2  3 1/8  3 3/4  6 1/4
            oz      oz    oz     oz     lb    lb      lb     lb    lb     lb
_______________________________________________________________________________



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  CHIGGER MITES (Infested Outdoor Areas) 
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  CHIGGER MITES (Infested Outdoor Areas) 
       (Same as Flea, Ticks, Chiggers in Infested Outdoors Areas)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

stirofos RABON 50% WP  Area Treatment:  Mix 8 tbsp/    Treat area thoroughly,
                       gal water for 0.5% solution.    especially along foot
                       Apply at rate of 25-50 gal/ac.  paths.  This is one of 
                                                       the most effective 
                                                       insecticides for outdoor
                                                       tick control.  This pro-
                                                       duct sold primarily for
                                                       poultry ectoparasite 
                                                       control.  Ask farm 
                                                       supply dealers for info
                                                       on product.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   Area Treatment:  .25 or .5%     Chlorpyrifos is an 
41.2% Ec, 2 E (22.4%), spray.  See label for mixing    excellent 
1 E (12.6%)            instructions.                   product for outdoor pest
                                                       control.  The low 
                                                       strength formulation 
                                                       should be available for
                                                       homeowners.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FICAM W 76%            Border Treatment:  Mix a 0.25%  Do not contaminate food
                       spray. Treat 6- to 10-ft band   or animal feed.  Toxic
                       around building foundations     to bees.  Do not spray
                       and sidewalls to height of      plants being visited by
                       2-3 ft.                         bees.  FICAM available
                                                       only to commercial
                                                       applicators.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R dioxathion* DELTIC   Area Treatment:  Mix 2 fl oz/   Observe label precau-
    (20.7% EC)         gal water for 0.5% spray.       tions.  Read directions
                       Apply 2.5-5 gal/1,000 sq ft.    carefully before appli-
                                                       cation.  Allow 1-2 days
                                                       for initial kill.
                                                       Retreatment may be 
                                                       necessary in 30 days.
                                                       For licensed applicators
                                                       only.

*Solutions of dioxathion greater than 3.0% are restricted for domestic use.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon SPECTRACIDE   Area Treatment (lawns, yards):  Water treat area
25% Ec, 50 WP          Mix 2 tbsp/3 gal water or       thoroughly.
                       7 1/2 tbsp 50 WP/gal water.

2-5 G                  Area Treatment (lawns, yards):
                       Apply 5-7.5 lb/1,000 sq ft area.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl SEVIN 80 WP,  Area Treatment: Mix 2 1/2 tbsp  Repeat treatment in 2-3
50 WP                  (80%) or 4 tbsp (50%) in 3-4    wk if adult fleas are
                       gal water and apply to 100 sq   still present.
                       ft of infested area.

SEVIN SL (4 lb/gal)    Area Treatment: Mix 6 1/2 oz/   Same as SEVIN WP above.
                       30-40 gal water and apply to 
                       1,000 sq ft.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  CHIGGERS (On People)
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  CHIGGERS (On People)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
ethyl hexanediol       Repellent:  Treat socks and     Persons susceptible 
  RUTGERS 612          lower pant legs.  612 is        (suffer serious reac-
                       effective in reducing           tions) should stay out
                       chigger bites.                  of chigger-infested
                                                       areas.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEET (OFF, DELPHENE,   Same as for 612.
etc.) N, N-Diethyl-
Meta-toluamide)               
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
flowers of sulfur      Repellent:  Sulfur has a repel-
                       lent action against chiggers,
                       but odor and discoloration of
                       clothing may be a problem.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PERMANONE tick         Personal Protectant:  Treat     This is special 24C 
repellent (0.5%        outer clothing to repel and     label for a very effec-
permethrin) aerosol    kill ticks and chiggers.        tive product. This pro-
                                                       duct distributed by
                                                       Forest and Land Services
                                                       Inc., P.O. Box 47, 
                                                       Warrenton, GA 30828.
                                                       Phone: (404) 465-3241.
________________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  HEAD, BODY, AND CRAB LICE
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  HEAD, BODY, AND CRAB LICE
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

malathion 1% dust      Hand Treat:  Apply 1 oz dust    Apply thoroughly to 
                       to fully clothed adult. Re-     clothing and to other
                       peat in 2 wk until infes-       louse habitats blank-
                       tation eliminated.              ets, bedding, etc.).

pediculosis control    Hand Treat:  Use undiluted.     Read label for further
(0.3% pyrethrins)      Allow 10 min for effect; then   restrictions and infor-
                       wash off.  Repeat as needed     mation.
                       but not over twice in 24-hr
                       period.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R+C Spray, Triple X,   Aerosol Spray:  Treat infested  Do not spray directly on
RID, etc. (0.3% pyre-  furniture, clothing, areas,     human skin or hair. Sold
thrins)                etc.  Will not stain most       over the counter in drug
                       fabric (see label for addition- stores.
                       al instructions).

A 200 PYRINATE         Liquid or Gel:  Treat surface   Do not repeat treatment
(0.17% pyrethrins)     area (hair or skin) infested    more than two times in 
                       with lice.  Rub in for 2-3      24 hr.  Sold over the 
                       minutes.  Rinse skin or hair    counter in drug stores.
                       after 10 minutes.
________________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  TROPICAL RAT MITES
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  TROPICAL RAT MITES
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

VAPONA EC or aerosol   0.5% Spray:  Mix same as for    Certain Vapona EC form-
                       bedbugs.  Apply lightly to      ulations are sold only 
                       kennels and other infested      to commercial applica-
                       areas.                          tors. Generally the 0.5%
                                                       aerosol is available to
                                                       homeowners.  Several
                                                       applications will be 
                                                       needed each year due to
                                                       continuous reinfestation.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion 57% EC       2% Spray:  Mix 10 tbsp/gal      Repeat treatment in 3 to
                       water.  Treat infested area     4 wk if necessary.
                       lightly.
________________________________________________________________________________
INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
malathion (cont)       Hand Dust: Apply 1-2 lb/1,000
      4-5% dust        sq ft infested area to include
                       quarters, yard, and lawn.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl               Hand Dust:  Apply same as 
  SEVIN 5% dust        malathion dust.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bendiocarb             0.25% Spray:  One packet (0.4   Do not treat animal. 
  FICAM W 76%          oz)/gal water makes 0.25% sus-  Keep pet out of quaters
                       pension.  Apply thoroughly to   until spray dries. This
                       animal quarters.                product for commercial  
                                                       use only.  Do not treat
                                                       pet bedding.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
chlorpyrifos (6.7%)    0.5% Spray:  Mix 10.5 fl oz/    Precautions same as 
  STARBAR yard and     gal water.                      above.  This is a home-
  kennel spray                                         owner product and should
                                                       be available.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

linalool 37%           Spray:  Mix 2 fl oz/gal water.  Do not treat pets.
  DEMIZE EC            1 gal spray treats 1,000 sq     Replace bedding after 
(citrus extract        ft.  Apply to pet quarters.     treatment. Avoid contact
toxin)                                                 with skin, eyes, wear  
                                                       protective clothing. For
                                                       commercial applicators 
                                                       only.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FICAM PLUS             0.25% Spray:  Follow label      Do not treat pet bed- 
(29.45% WP) with       for mixing.                     ding.
pyrethrins
  1% dust              Hand Treat:  Direct dust to     Do not treat animal.  
                       pet beds, resting quarters,     Replace animal bedding
                       cracks, crevices.               following treatment.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
diazinon 2-4 lb        0.5% Spray:  Mix 2 1/2 tbsp     Products sold for PCO 
ai/gal EC or oil       4E or 5 tbsp 2E/gal water.      and homeowner use.  Do 
concentrate                                            not treat animal.  Keep
                                                       pets out until spray 
                                                       dries.  Treat sleeping
                                                       quarters thoroughly.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R dioxathion DELTIC    0.25% Residual Spray:  Mix      Treat doghouses, runs,
(DELNAV) 20.7% EC      1 fl oz/gal water.              loafing areas, and in-
                                                       fested outdoor areas
                                                       generally. Let spray dry
                                                       before allowing dogs to
                                                       enter area.  For use by
                                                       certified applicators 
                                                       only.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  HUMAN ITCH MITES (Scabies, Mange)
-DOC-

________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  HUMAN ITCH MITES (Scabies, Mange)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

benzyl benzoate,       Ointment or Salve:  For dogs,   Disinfect animal quar-
lindane (various       consult veterinarian in severe  ters with strong cleans-
formulations)          cases.  Humans should consult   ing solution.  Treat
                       medical doctor for treatment.   area with one of insect-
                                                       icides recommended for
                                                       fleas to ensure destruc-
                                                       tion of the mites.
________________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  STINGING OR VENOMOUS PESTS - SCORPIONS, SPIDERS (INDOORS)
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  STINGING OR VENOMOUS PESTS - SCORPIONS, SPIDERS (INDOORS)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

propoxur BAYGON        Residual Spray:  Apply small    Pressurized sprays may
0.5% pressurized       amount as directed.             contain active ingred-
  spray                                                ient other than Baygon.
13.5% EC               Spray surfaces frequented by    This product is avail-
70% WP                 spiders and scorpions.          able to homeowners under
                                                       various trade names.  EC
                                                       and WP formulations 
                                                       available only to PCOs 
                                                       or commercial applica-
                                                       tors.  Use limited in
                                                       food areas to crack and
                                                       crevice treatment.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________
INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
diazinon               Residual Spray:  Apply 0.5%     Same as for Baygon. Only
0.5% pressurized or    spray (either pressurized,      the 0.5% pressurized 
ready-to-use spray,    water, or oil) same as          spray is available to
47.5% EC, 48.7% oil    Baygon.                         homeowners for indoor 
                                                       use.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   Residual Spray:  Apply 0.5%     Same as for Baygon. Only
0.5% pressurized       spray (oil or water based)      the 0.5% pressurized 
spray 22.4% EC,        as specified for Baygon.        spray is available to
41.2% EC, 16.4% EC                                     homeowners for indoor
(plus 7.6% DDVP)                                       use.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bendiocarb             Residual Spray: 0.25%.  Apply   Same as for Baygon. Pro-
  FICAM W (76%)        same as Baygon.                 duct available only to
                                                       commercial applicators.
FICAM PLUS (29.45%     Residual Spray: 0.25%.  Apply   Ficam Plus offers quick
WP) plus pyrethrins    same as Baygon.                 knockdown and flushing
(3.06%)                                                action.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

FICAM D 1% dust        Hand Dust: Treat areas where    In food plant areas, 
                       pests have been noted.          spot treatments not to
                                                       exceed 2 sq ft.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VAPONA-DDVP (dichlor-  Contact Spray:  Mix 5 tbsp      Many pressurized sprays
vos) 0.5% pressurized  EC/gal water oil carrier for    contain DDVP as a flush-
spray 23.0% EC         0.5% spray.  Apply oil, water,  ing and contact agent.
                       or pressurized spray as speci-  Vapona will likely be 
                       fied for Baygon.                more effective when used
                                                       in combination with one
                                                       of the residual sprays.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

Total-release aero-    Space Treatments: 0.5 to 7%     The total-release aero-
sols (various pro-     aerosols.                       sol should be employed 
ducts and combinations                                 with a good residual
with VAPONA, RONNEL,                                   treatment.  The aerosol
BAYGON, and DURSBAN)                                   helps to flush the pest
                                                       species from hiding 
                                                       places and results in
                                                       more effective control.
_______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  WASPS AND HORNETS (In Houses or on Ground)
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  WASPS AND HORNETS (In Houses or on Ground)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
VAPONA (DDVP)          Contact Spray:  Apply 0.5%      Repeat applications as
0.5% pressurized       pressurized oil or water        needed. Only pressurized
spray                  sprays directly to nests.       spray (0.5%) is avail-
23.0% EC                                               able for homeowner use.
23.2% OS                                               A special 7.0% pressur-
                                                       ized spray is available
                                                       for PCOs and other com-
                                                       mercial applicators.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pyrethrins plus        Contact Spray:  Apply directly  Certain of these 
synergists, refriger-  to nests or insects.            products have special 
ant gases, other                                       long-range nozzles for
active ingredient                                      protection of the appli-
combinations*                                          cator.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

*Various combinations of pyrethrins, etc., are used with refrigerant gases.  
The fast evaporation of the gases temporarily stuns the insects, preventing 
their attach.  Wasp-Freeze  is the trade name of one of these products.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
propoxur BAYGON        Residual Spray: Apply 1.1%      Apply after dark when 
1.5 (13.9%) EC         water-base spray or 0.5%        wasps or hornets have
or pressurized         pressurized spray to nests.     returned to nests. Pres-
spray (aerosol)                                        surized sprays available
                                                       for homeowners.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
resmethrin             Contact/Residual Spray: Apply   Apply same as for 
0.25% aerosol          0.25% aerosol or 0.25% diluted  Baygon.
w/other ingredients    oil spray directly to nests.
or 1.5-2.75% oil
solutions
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

FICAM PLUS (29.45%     Contact/Residual Spray: 0.25%.  Ficam Plus offers quick
WP) plus pyrethrins    See label for mixing instruc-   knockdown plus residual
(3.06%)                tions.                          action.
________________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  PAPER WASPS
-DOC-

________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  PAPER WASPS
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTA-PAINT,         Residual Paint:  Apply to       This paint will aid in
various other trade-   boxing and trim on residences   repelling paper wasps 
names, (0.86% chlor-   or other structures.            from nest building on
pyrifos)                                               painted wood. Bird nest-
                                                       ing on columns under
                                                       protective cover is also
                                                       reduced.  Paint should 
                                                       also aid in repelling
                                                       carpenter bee attack on
                                                       boxing.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos 61.5%     Paint Additive:  Mix 1.87       The additive should work
conc.                  fl oz of additive/gal latex     just as well as the com-
CPF Insecticide for    paint.                          mercially prepared 
latex paint                                            paint.  Available in 
                                                       paint stores.
________________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  YELLOW JACKETS  (Ground Nests)
-DOC-

________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  YELLOW JACKETS  (Ground Nests)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

FICAM D 1% dust        Hand Treat:  Dust entrance to   Treat after dark when
                       nest and surrounding area.      yellow jackets have
                                                       returned to nest.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl SEVIN 5%      Hand Treat:  Same as for Ficam  Same as for Ficam.
dust
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  MISCELLANEOUS INSECT PESTS FOUND IN HOUSES* - Silverfish, book lice 
-DOC-

________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  MISCELLANEOUS INSECT PESTS FOUND IN HOUSES* - Silverfish, book lice 
       (Psocids)
________________________________________________________________________________

See cockroach control chemicals for these pests inside houses.

*Outside treatment around house borders is key to stopping the accidental entry
of miscellaneous outdoor insects into homes.
________________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN WEED CONTROL                               
-DOC-
                               CORN WEED CONTROL
                    E. C. Murdock, Extension Weed Scientist
                     and B. J. Gossett, Research Agronomist

READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE  

Rates given for preplant incorporated and preemergence treatments are for 
COARSE- to MEDIUM-TEXTURED SOILS.
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
SUTAN+ 6.7E,           6.7 lb/gal         4.75 to 7.33 pt          4.0 to 6.0 
GENATE PLUS
   or                                          or                      or
ERADICANE 6.7E         6.7 lb/gal         3.75 to 7.33 pt          3.0 to 6.0 
   or                                          or                      or
ERADICANE EXTRA        6.0 lb/gal         2.0 to 4.0 qt            3.0 to 6.0

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small seeded broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge, purple 
nutsedge;  partial  control of johnsongrass and bermudagrass.  Incorporate to a 
depth of 2 to 3 inches immediately after application.  Use a minimum of 4.0  lb 
ai/ac  for control of nutsedge,  Texas panicum,  or broadleaf signalgrass.  Use 
the high rate for suppression of johnsongrass or bermudagrass.  These  products 
provide poor control of large-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Therefore, tank mixtures 
with  atrazine  or  BLADEX are recommended for improved broadleaf weed control.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
DUAL 8E                8.0 lb/gal         1.5 to 2.5 pt            
  or                                           or                      l.5 to 2.5
DUAL 25G               25% granule        6.0 to l0.0 lb
                                                                 
REMARKS:   Annual  grasses,  small-seeded  broadleaf  weeds,  yellow  nutsedge.
Incorporate to a depth of 2 inches within l4 days before planting.  DUAL 8E may 
be  tank-mixed with atrazine or BLADEX for improved control of broadleaf weeds.
If treated crop is lost, corn, cotton,  soybeans,  peanuts,  or grain or forage 
sorghum treated with Concep may be replanted immediately.  Barley,  oats,  rye, 
or wheat may be planted 4.5 months after application.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
AATREX 80W or       80% wettable powder    2.5 to 3.0 lb
 ATRAZINE 80W
     or                                        or
AATREX 4L, ATRAZINE 4L,   4.0 lb/gal       4.0 to 4.75 pt        2.0 to 2.4 lb
 or GRIFFEX 4L
     or                                        or
AATREX NINE-0       90% dispersible        2.2 to 2.6 lb
                     granule

REMARKS: Broadleaf weeds;  poor control of most grasses.  Atrazine may be tank-
mixed with DUAL,  SUTAN+,  GENATE PLUS, ERADICANE, ERADICANE EXTRA, PRINCEP, or 
SIM-TROL for improved control  of  grasses.  Available  package  mixtures  that 
include  atrazine are SUTAZINE+ (butylate + atrazine),  ATRABUTE + AND ATRABUTE 
+II (butylate + atrazine),  and BICEP and BICEP 6L  (metolachlor  +  atrazine).
Lower  rates of atrazine are generally recommended in these mixtures.  Nitrogen 
solution or complete liquid fertilizer may replace all or part of the water  as 
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
(Continued)

a  carrier  for application - check compatibility before use.  Do not rotate to 
any crop except corn or grain sorghum until the following year.  Do  not  plant 
tobacco,  vegetables,  or  small-seeded  legumes and grasses the year following 
application.  Apply and incorporate into the top 2 to 3 inches of soil within 2 
weeks before planting--avoid deep incorporation.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
R BLADEX 80W          80% wettable powder  l.5 to 2.0 lb
    or                                         or
  BLADEX 4L           4.0 lb/gal           l.2 to l.6 qt         l.2 to l.6
    or                                         or
  BLADEX 90 DF     90% dispersible granule l.3 to l.8 lb

REMARKS:  Broadleaf weeds,  some control of annual grasses.  To  improve  grass 
control,  tank mix BLADEX with SUTAN+, GENATE PLUS, ERADICANE, ERADICANE EXTRA, 
or DUAL.  BLADEX may also be tank mixed with atrazine.  Lower rates  of  BLADEX 
are  generally recommended in these mixtures.  Do not incorporate BLADEX deeper 
than 2 inches.  Fluid fertilizers may replace all  or  part  of  the  water  as 
carrier--check compatibility before use.  Any rotational crop may be planted in 
the fall or spring following use of BLADEX alone.  Do not use on sands or loamy 
sands with less than l% organic matter.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
SUTAZINE + 6-ME or     6.0 lb/gal         5.25 to 7.0 pt        4.0 to 5.25
ATRABUTE+           (4.8 lb butylate +                   (3.2 to 4.2 butylate +
                     l.2 lb atrazine)                     0.8 to l.l atrazine)

REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  broadleaf weeds,  purple nutsedge,  yellow nutsedge; 
partial  control  of  johnsongrass  and  bermudagrass.   SUTAZINE  +  6-ME  and 
ATRABUTE+ are package mixtures of  butylate  and  atrazine.  Incorporate  to  a 
depth  of  2  to  3  inches immediately after application.  Cross disc for best 
results.  Apply within 2 weeks  of  planting.  Use  the  high  rate  for  heavy 
infestations  of fall panicum or Texas panicum and for rhizome johnsongrass and 
bermudagrass.  Do not plant any crop except  corn  until  the  following  year.
Corn or soybeans may be planted the following year.  SUTAZINE+ or ATRABUTE+ may 
be combined with fluid fertilizer--check compatibility before use.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
ATRABUTE+ II or        6.0 lb/gal          6.0 to 7.8 pt/ac      4.5 to 5.9 lb
RHINO              (4.3 lb butylate +                      (3.2 to 4.2 butylate
                    l.7 lb atrazine)                       l.3 to l.7 atrazine)

REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  broadleaf weeds,  purple nutsedge,  yellow nutsedge; 
partial control of johnsongrass and bermudagrass.  ATRABUTE+ II  is  a  package 
mixture  of  butylate  +  atrazine.  Incorporate  to  a  depth of 2 to 3 inches 
immediately after application.  Cross disc for best  results.  Apply  within  2 
weeks   of   planting.   Use   the  high  rate  for  control  of  johnsongrass, 
bermudagrass,  nutsedge,  and Texas panicum.  Do not plant any crop except corn 
until  the following year.  Corn or soybeans may be planted the following year.
ATRABUTE+ II may be combined with fluid fertilizers--check compatibility before 
use.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                  RECOMMENDED RATE
                                         FORMULATED
HERBICIDE            FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC           AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
BICEP                4.5 lb/gal          2.0 to 2.4 qt        
                  (2.5 metolachlor +                          2.25 to 2.7
                   2.0 atrazine)                              (l.25 to l.5
  or                                         or                metolachlor +
                                                               l.0 to l.2
BICEP 6L             6.0 lb/gal          l.5 to l.8 qt         atrazine
                  (3.3 metolachlor +
                   2.7 atrazine)

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge.  BICEP and BICEP 6L 
are  package  mixtures  of metolachlor (DUAL) + atrazine.  Incorporate into the 
top 2 inches of soil within 2 weeks before planting.  Corn, sorghum,  soybeans, 
cotton, or peanuts may be planted the spring following treatment.  Small grains 
may  be planted l5 months after application.  All other crops may be planted l8 
months after application.  
_______________________________________________________________________________



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  ANTS, EARWIGS, MILLIPEDES
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  ANTS, EARWIGS, MILLIPEDES
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl               Residual Treatment:  Apply 2-4  For outdoor use only.
  50 WP, 5-10% dust    tbsp 50 wp in 3-4 gal water/
                       100 sq ft.  Apply 1-2 lb dust/
                       1,000 sq ft.  Treat 20 to 30-ft 
                       border around house.

SEVIN SL (4 lb/gal)    Residual Treatment:  Mix 7 oz/  SEVIN SL for use by 
                       gal water.  Apply as coarse     commercial applicators.
                       spray to house border, etc.
________________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  ANTS, EARWIGS, MILLIPEDES, CRICKETS, SOWBUGS, PILLBUGS, AND CLOVERMITES
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  ANTS, EARWIGS, MILLIPEDES, CRICKETS, SOWBUGS, PILLBUGS, AND CLOVERMITES
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   Residual Treatment:  Mix        Clover mite invasion of
2 EC (22.4%) or 4 EC   3 tbsp 2 EC or 1 1/2 tbsp       homes can often be pre-
(41.2%) 0.5% G         4 EC/gal water.  Wet infested   vented by washing out- 
                       area thoroughly.  Treat 20 to   side walls with water
                       30-ft border around house.      daily during their 
                       Apply 5 lb 0.5% G/1,000 sq ft   migration.
                       and water in.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
propoxur BAYGON 70%    Same as Dursban.  Read label    Avoid treating plants 
WP or 13.9% EC         for mixing instructions.        with Dursban or Baygon
                                                       unless label states it 
                                                       is safe to do so.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
bendiocarb FICAM W     Same as for Dursban.            Ficam, Baygon and 
76%                                                    Dursban generally are 
                                                       sold for use by commer-
                                                       cial applicators.  Some
                                                       homeowner products with
                                                       Dursban and Baygon are
                                                       available.
          1% dust      Hand Treat:  Apply 2/3 oz/sq    Ficam dust available to
                       yd.  Treat 20-30 ft border      commercial applicators
                       around house.                   only.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon SPECTRACIDE   Residual Spray:  Mix 2 tbsp/    This is a good, all-
25% EC                 3 gal water.  Treat border      around, homeowner out-
                       around house same as Sevin/     side pest control pro-
                       Dursban.                        duct and Spectracide 
                                                       is generally avialable.
________________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  SLUGS AND SNAILS
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  SLUGS AND SNAILS
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

stale beer             Trap:  Pour stale beer in       The use of stale beer is
                       shallow pan and place within    a good supplementary 
                       easy access of slugs.  The      measure to go with an
                       slugs/snails are attracted      effective bait, such as
                       to the beer and drown.          Mesurol.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
methiocarb             Apply Mesurol at rate of
  MESUROL 2% bait      1 lb/1,000 sq ft following
                       a light wetting of the area
                       to be treated.
________________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  FABRIC-DAMAGING INSECTS - CLOTHS MOTHS (casemaking and webbing), CARPET
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  FABRIC-DAMAGING INSECTS - CLOTHS MOTHS (casemaking and webbing), CARPET
       BEETLES (Dermestids)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon 4 EC or       0.5% Residual Spray:  Mix       Oil sprays lightly 
4 OS (oil solution)    2 1/2 tbsp (EC)/gal water       applied usually are best
                       or 2 tbsp (OS)/gal oil.         for treating fabrics.
                       Spot treat infested carpets,
                       furniture, storage closets,
                       etc.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2% diazinon dust       Apply dust lightly to infested
                       areas or where insects are
                       suspected.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

VAPONA 20% resin       Space Treatment:  The VAPONA    Do not use in rooms 
strip                  resin strip is an effective     ossupied by infants or
                       fumigant against fabric pests   bedridden elderly.  Do 
                       when employed in tight rooms,   not use in food-handling
                       closets or chests.              or serving areas of the
                                                       house.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pyrethrin "total       Space Treatment:  Set off       Such treatment will kill
release" aerosols or   required number of aerosols     adult insects but will 
pressurized spray      based on cubic volume of        not affect protected 
bombs                  house or infested area.  These  egg, larvae, or pupal
                       aerosols are most effective     stages.  Retreatment at
                       when used along with residual   2-3 wk may be required.
                       sprays.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

naphthalene or         Fumigant Gas:  Naphthalene 
paradichlorobenzene    flakes or PDB crystals are
crystals (moth balls)  effective local fumigants 
                       when used in tight enclosures
                       for killing fabric pests.
________________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS                                
-DOC-
                                VERTEBRATE PESTS
            D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION       SIGN OR DAMAGE               HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
House mouse-Up to  Feed sacks cut; holes 1 in   Lives in walls, furniture,	
5 in long, nearly  and less; droppings 1/4 in   feed sacks, and other enclos-
hairless tail;     or less; footprints less     ures.  Average range about 15	
about same color   than 1/2 in; nests of much   ft. Can live without water to
top and bottom.    fine material.               drink for long period of time.
PESTICIDES/REMARKS: Tracking powders: zinc phosphide, chlorophacinone.Sprinkle 
powder where rodents travel or in burrows.  Rodents will  get  the  powder  on 
their  feet  and  fur and ingest it while cleaning themselves.  For indoor use 
only. Baits: zinc phosphide, cholecalciferol, bromethalin. Several trade names 
and bait conformations.  Anticoagulant baits: warfarin, diphacinone, bromadio-
lone, brodifacoum, chlorophacinone, coumafuryl, pindone.  Many trade names and 
bait conformations. Most are not restricted-use pesticides and can be used in-
doors or outdoors.  Bait should be placed in tamperproof boxes or where people 
and non-target animals cannot get to it.  Some require mixing  with  grain  or 
other bait, but most are ready to use. Follow label directions carefully.  See 
"Trapping".	 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                                
-DOC-
                                VERTEBRATE PESTS	
            D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
_______________________________________________________________________________
PEST ANIMAL AND	
& DESCRIPTION               SIGN OR DAMAGE           HABITS	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Meadow mouse (vole)         Small, shallow burrows   Damage occurs to trees and	
3 1/2 in to 5 in body and   and trails in grass.     shrubs from slightly below 
head; tail longer than      Trees or shrubs gnawed   ground level up.  Lives in
length of hind leg and      from ground level up     areas of dense cover.     
bicolored.  Rather long     under mulch or snow
grizzled fur.               cover.
                                   
PESTICIDES/REMARKS:  Zinc phosphide (R RIDALL-ZINC,  RZP rodent bait  AG).  For 
control in orchards,  vineyards, nurseries and non-bearing fruit trees.  Do not 
broadcast on bare ground or growing crops.  Apply by hand or broadcast at  4-10 
lbs/ac.  Anticoagulant chlorophacinone (ROZOL) comes  either  in  ground  spray 
concentrate  or  ready-to-use bait,  for orchards only.  Treat after harvest or 
while trees are dormant.  Repeat treatment may  be  necessary  if  rain  occurs 
within 12 hours after application.	
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------	
R - Some or all uses of this pesticide are restricted.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  POWDER POST BEETLES (Lyctids, Anobiids) (Bostrychids) (Cerambycids--Old
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  POWDER POST BEETLES (Lyctids, Anobiids) (Bostrychids) (Cerambycids--Old
       House Borers)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R lindane 20% EC or    Oil Solution or Water           The oil solution will 
  OS                   Emulsion:  Apply 0.5% spray or  likely give more resid-
                       oil solution lighly to entire   ual effect, but odor can
                       infested area.                  be a problem.  Many 
                                                       available 20% EC lindane
                                                       products do not refer to
                                                       powder post beetles.  
                                                       Use the rate listed for 
                                                       pine bark beetles. 
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  chlorpyrifos         Water Spray (emulsion):         Surface sprays only kill
  41.5% EC             0.5-1%.  Mix 1 1/3 fl oz        emerging adults and pre-
    DURSBAN LO (low    0.5%) or 2 2/3 fl oz (1%)/      vent re-infestation 
    odor)              gal water.  Apply locally       during egg laying.
                       to infested structures to 
                       point of runoff.

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PEST: SAME AS ABOVE - PROTECTION OF GREEN LUMBER FROM INSECT ATTACK 
                      (OTHER THAN TERMITES) AND WOOD DECAY.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
TIM-BOR 98% disodium   Dip and Diffusion Storage:      This process will not 
octaborate tetra-      Fresh sawn lumber is dipped     protect lumber in con-
hydrate                in hot boron solution, close    tact with the soil or
                       stacked and covered to prevent  wood exposed to leaching
                       drying.  3" thick lumber re-    by weather.  The process
                       quires 6-10 wks diffusion       should be a real aid in 
                       period before allowed to dry.   preventing borers in air
                                                       dried lumber and should
                                                       help protect green 
                                                       timber used in log cabin
                                                       kits.  Boron sol. is
                                                       herbicidal.  Do not 
                                                       dispose or dump close to
                                                       valuable vegetation.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos 44.9% EC  Dip or Brush on Treatment:      Product may also be used
  DURSBAN WT           Mix 0.5 to 1% as per lable      in pressure treat pro-
                       instructions.                   cess.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
fumigants (See Dry     Follow manufacturers            Fumigation for wood 
Wood Termites)         instructions.                   borer or powder post 
                                                       beetles is seldom neces-
                                                       sary.  Alternatives in-
                                                       clude replacement of 
                                                       infested timbers and 
                                                       residual treatment where
                                                       infestations are limit-
                                                       ed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEST:  CARPENTER ANTS, CARPENTER BEES (IN WOOD STRUCTURES)
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  CARPENTER ANTS, CARPENTER BEES (IN WOOD STRUCTURES)
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

lindane 20% EC         Oil Solution or Water 
                       Emulsion:  Apply 0.5% treat-
                       ment to nest area (carpenter                         
                       ants).  Paint or spray outside
                       surfaces being attacked by car-
                       pender bees OR inject into 
                       galleries and plug opening with
                       putty.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos 41.5% EC  0.5% Spray:  Mix 1 1/3 ft oz/gal
  DURSBAN LO           water and apply to nest area 
                       (wall void or outdoor nests). 
                       For carpenter bees paint or brush
                       mixture on area or inject into
                       galleries and plug opening with
                       putty.
________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

PEST:  CARPENTER BEES
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECTICIDE            METHOD/APPLICATION RATE         RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTA-PAINT, other   Residual Paint:  Use of         CPF paint additive 
trade names            treated paint may repel bees    should be available at
(0.86% chlorpyrifos)   attempting to nest.             paint stores.  

CPF Paint additive                                     It is manuf. by:
(61.5% chlorpyrifos)                                   ENVIRO-CHEM INC.
                                                       P. O. Box 1086
                                                       Walla Walla, WA 99362
________________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
_______________________________________________________________________________
PEST AND
LOCATION            PESTICIDE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Blackbirds:         R  AVITROL               Prebait with untreated grain of 
Red-winged black-      mixed grains, wheat   the same composition as the 
birds*, grackles,      corn chops, double-   Avitrol carrier.  After accep-
brown-headed           strength corn chops   tance is good, switch to Avitrol- 
cowbirds                                     treated grain.  Dilute treated 
                                             grain with at least 9 parts un-   
Feeding, nesting                             treated grain. The distribution  
and roosting sites                           of Avitrol should be limited to 
                                             scattered spot placements in     
                                             areas that target birds are     
                                             feeding.                           
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this pesticide are restricted. 
*No one method alone will suffice.  Cultural measures, such as timing corn 
 planting so that harvest occurs when natural foods are available, reduce 
 severity of attack.                       
Blackbirds (cont'd)
_______________________________________________________________________________
LOCATION               PESTICIDE             METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Feeding, nesting 
and roosting sites 
(cont'd) 
 
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  Never use  Avitrol  unless  state  wildlife  agencies 
approve use since blackbirds are protected migratory animals.  Success depends 
on  obtaining  a  good number of demonstrating or distressed birds and not how 
many are killed.  
 
Roosting sites         COMPOUND PA-14        See restrictions and remarks. 
                       avian stressing         
                       agent (oxyethlene)                     
                                        
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  For use only by government agencies  or  those  under 
supervision  of government agencies and trained in bird control.  For instruc-
tions and  information,  write  to  Section  of  Animal  Depredations  Control 
Studies, Patuxent Wildlife Research Center, Laurel, MD 20810.  
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blackbirds (cont'd) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
LOCATION               PESTICIDE                 METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Cornfields             BORDERLAND BLACK          Mix 8 oz Borderland Black per 
(Seed corn)            seed protector            bushel of seed corn. Plant as 
                                                 normal.
 
RESTRICTIONS  & REMARKS:  Non-restricted.  Prevents blackbirds from feeding on 
corn seed or seedlings.  Birds may become  paralyzed.  However,  the  majority 
recover  within  a short period of time.  Under cool,  wet growing conditions, 
this product may be phytotoxic to corn.  
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Blackbirds (cont'd)                            
______________________________________________________________________________
 
LOCATION               PESTICIDE                 METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Roosting or nesting    Bird repellents:          Clean surface to be treated.   sites, structures,     ROOST NO MORE             Spray, brush or use caulking   
trees, shrubs,         liquid or paste           gun to apply as stated on 
vines                                            label.  Do not dilute.
                       EATON'S 4 THE BIRDS       
                       liquid or paste           
                                                 
                       BIRD TANGLEFOOT            
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  These products are not restricted  and  can  be  used 
without  certification.  Do  not  spray  on  vegetation  in bloom or in fruit.  
Liquids not recommended for use on exterior surfaces of buildings since  stain 
or residue will result.  
______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS                                  
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS   
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
_______________________________________________________________________________
PEST AND
LOCATION             PESTICIDE                 METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Starling             R  AVITROL                Prebait by mixing 4 parts un-
                        Double strength corn   treated corn with 1 part peanut 
Feed lots and           chops admixed with     butter.  Bait must be applied in 
poultry houses          with peanut butter     protected feeders, out of reach 
                                               of cattle.  After acceptance is 
                                               good, replace untreated bait 
                                               with 2 parts peanut butter, 1 
                                               part treated grain and 9 parts 
                                               untreated grain.
 
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  Good results with  AVITROL  or  other  bird  toxicant 
require understanding feeding habits of the target species,  flock habits, and 
feed available. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted. 
 
Starling (cont'd) 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
          
LOCATION             PESTICIDE                 METHOD AND RATE 
_______________________________________________________________________________
In and around        R  RID-A-BIRD             Fill RID-A-BIRD perch with 
buildings and           control liquid         RID-A-BIRD liquid and place 
bridges                 (Endrin)               where target birds are found.
 
                     R  RID-A-BIRD 1100        
                        (Fenthion)
 
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  Female workers should pay special attention to safety 
rules  and hazards on RID-A-BIRD control liquid label.  Do not use these prod-
ucts around food storage,  processing or handling facilities or in  or  around 
the  home.  Restricted to persons trained in bird control work.  Local,  state 
and federal permits must be obtained as for RID-A-BIRD control liquid.  Do not 
use around food storage, processing or handling facilities or in or around the 
home.                                                                           
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted. 
Starling (cont'd) 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
          
LOCATION                       PESTICIDE               METHOD AND RATE 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Roosting or nesting sites,     Bird repellents:        Clean surface to be 
structures, trees, shrubs,     ROOST NO MORE           treated.  Spray, brush 
vines                          liquid or paste         or use caulking gun to 
                                                       apply as stated on 
                               EATON'S 4 THE BIRDS     label.  Do not dilute.
                               liquid or paste        
 
                               BIRD TANGLEFOOT        
 
RESTRICTIONS  &  REMARKS:  These  products  are not restricted and can be used 
without certification.  Do not spray on  vegetation  in  bloom  or  in  fruit.  
Liquids  not recommended for use on exterior surfaces of buildings since stain 
or residue will result. 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
	
Starling (cont'd)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
          
LOCATION            PESTICIDE             METHOD AND RATE 
_______________________________________________________________________________
Feeding, nesting,   R  AVITROL            Prebait with untreated grain of the 
and roosting           mixed grains,      same composition as the Avitrol 
sites                  wheat, corn        carrier.  After acceptance is good, 
                       chops, double-     switch to Avitrol-treated grain.     
                       strength corn      Dilute treated grain with at least 
                       chops              9 parts untreated grain. The distri-
                                          bution of Avitrol should be limited 
                                          to scattered spot placements in 
                                          areas that target birds are feeding. 
 
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  Never use  Avitrol  unless  state  wildlife  agencies 
approve use since blackbirds are protected migratory animals.  Success depends 
on  obtaining  a  good number of demonstrating or distressed birds and not how 
many are killed. 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted. 	
Starling (cont'd) 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
          
LOCATION            PESTICIDE             METHOD AND RATE 
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Roosting sites        Compound PA-14      See restrictions and remarks. 
                      avian stressing
                      agent (oxyethlene) 
 
RESTRICTIONS  &  REMARKS:  For  use only by government agencies or those under 
supervision of government agencies and trained in bird control.  For  instruc-
tions  and  information,  write  to  Section  of  Animal  Depredations Control 
Studies, Patuxent Wildlife Research Center, Laurel, MD 20810 
 
Cornfields            BORDERLAND BLACK    Mix 8 oz Borderland Black per bushel
(seed corn)           seed protector      of seed corn.  Plant as normal.
 
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  Non-restricted.  Prevents blackbirds from feeding  on 
corn  seed  or seedlings.  Birds may become paralyzed.  However,  the majority 
recover within a short period of time.  Under cool,  wet  growing  conditions, 
this product may be phytotoxic to corn.  
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED HERBICIDE MIXTURES
-DOC-
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED HERBICIDE MIXTURES
_______________________________________________________________________________
Herbicide mixtures:  Herbicide tank mixtures or package mixtures are often 
needed to broaden the spectrum of weeds controlled.  They may also improve crop 
tolerance or reduce potential rotation problems by allowing use of lower rates 
while maintaining satisfactory weed control.  Cultivation and/or postemergence 
treatments may be necessary since rates of atrazine or BLADEX in these mixtures 
may be too low to provide consistent control.  Recommended preplant 
incorporated herbicide mixtures and rates of active ingredient are listed 
below.

       l.  Tank Mixtures

       2.  Package Mixtures
_______________________________________________________________________________
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED TANK MIXTURES
_______________________________________________________________________________
SUTAN+ 6.7E or GENATE PLUS + AATREX 80W or ATRAZINE 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  3.75 to 7.33 pt + l.25 to l.9 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + l.0 to l.5 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUTAN+ 6.7E or GENATE PLUS + AATREX 4L or ATRAZINE 4L or GRIFFEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  3.75 to 7.33 pt + l.0 to l.5 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + l.0 to l.5 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUTAN+ 6.7E or GENATE PLUS + AATREX NINE-0
    Formulated Product/Ac:  3.75 to 7.33 pt + l.l to l.7 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + l.0 to l.5 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ERADICANE 6.7E + AATREX 80W or ATRAZINE 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  3.75 to 7.33 pt + l.25 to l.9 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + l.0 to l.5 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ERADICANE 6.7E + AATREX 4L or ATRAZINE 4L or GRIFFEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  3.75 to 7.33 pt + l.0 to l.5 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + l.0 to l.5 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ERADICANE EXTRA + AATREX 80W or ATRAZINE 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  2.0 to 4.0 qt + l.25 to l.9 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + l.0 to l.5 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ERADICANE EXTRA + AATREX 4L or ATRAZINE 4L or GRIFFEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  2.0 to 4.0 qt + l.0 to l.5 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + l.0 to l.5 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ERADICANE EXTRA + AATREX NINE-0
    Formulated Product/Ac:  2.0 to 4.0 qt + l.l to l.7 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + l.0 to l.5 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E + AATREX 80W or ATRAZINE 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 pt + l.25 to 2.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 + l.0 to 2.0 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E + AATREX 4L or ATRAZINE 4L or GRIFFEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 pt + l.0 to 2.0 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 + l.0 to 2.0 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E + AATREX NINE-0
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 pt + l.l to 2.2 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 + l.0 to 2.0 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUTAN+ 6.7E or GENATE PLUS + BLADEX 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  3.75 to 7.33 pt + l.0 to l.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + 0.8 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUTAN+ 6.7E or GENATE PLUS + BLADEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  3.75 to 7.33 pt + 0.8 to l.2 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + 0.8 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUTAN+ 6.7E or GENATE PLUS + BLADEX 90DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  3.75 to 7.33 pt + 0.9 to l.3 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  3.0 to 6.0 + 0.8 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED PACKAGE MIXTURES
_______________________________________________________________________________
SUTAZINE + or ATRABUTE+
    Formulated Product/Ac:  5.25 to 7.0 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  4.0 to 5.25 lb

SUTAZINE+ and ATRABUTE+ are package mixtures of butylate + atrazine.  See 
recommendation under CORN-PREPLANT INCORPORATED.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ATRABUTE+ II, RHINO
    Formulated Product/Ac:  6.0 to 7.8 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  4.5 to 5.9 lb

ATRABUTE+ II and RHINO  are  package  mixtures  of  butylate  +  atrazine.  See 
recommendation under CORN-PREPLANT INCORPORATED.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BICEP
    Formulated Product/Ac:  2.0 to 2.4 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  2.25 to 2.7 lb

BICEP is a package mixture of metolachlor (DUAL) + atrazine.  See 
recommendation under CORN-PREPLANT INCORPORATED.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BICEP 6L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to l.8 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  2.25 to 2.7 lb

BICEP 6L is a package mixture of metolachlor (DUAL) + atrazine.  See 
recommendations under CORN-PREPLANT INCORPORATED.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
PEST AND
LOCATION              PESTICIDE              METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
House sparrow       R  RID-A-BIRD            Fill RID-A-BIRD perch with RID-A-
                       control liquid        BIRD liquid and place where target 
In and around          (Endrin)              birds are found.
buildings and                              
bridges             R  RID-A-BIRD 1100                  
                       (Fenthion)          
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  Female workers should pay special attention to safety 
rules  and hazards on RID-A-BIRD control liquid label.  Do not use these prod-
ucts around food storage,  processing or handling facilities or in  or  around 
the  home.  Restricted to persons trained in bird control work.  Local,  state 
and federal permits must be obtained as for RID-A-BIRD control liquid.  Do not 
use around food storage, processing or handling facilities or in or around the 
home. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
House sparrow (cont'd) 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
LOCATION              PESTICIDE              METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Roosting or            Bird repellents:      Clean surface to be treated. 
nesting sites,         ROOST NO MORE         Spray, brush or use caulking gun 
structures,            liquid or paste       to apply as stated on label. Do 
trees, shrubs,                               not dilute. 
vines                  EATON'S 4 THE BIRDS     
                       liquid or paste        
 
                       BIRD TANGLEFOOT        
                                                       
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  These products are not restricted  and  can  be  used 
without  certification.  Do  not  spray  on  vegetation  in bloom or in fruit.  
Liquids not recommended for use on exterior surfaces of buildings since  stain 
or residue will result. 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
 
 
 
House sparrow (cont'd) 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
LOCATION              PESTICIDE              METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Buildings              AVITROL 200 0.5%      Dilute grain bait with 15 to 25 
                        Formulated on        parts untreated grain. Prebaiting
                        various grains       to determine type of grain and 
                                             acceptance is usually necessary. 
                                                                               
RESTRICTIONS  &  REMARKS:  Control of pest birds in buildings usually involves 
killing them.  To allay fears about the treatment, inform city, county, state, 
and federal agencies about  the  problem.  Audubon  groups,  etc.,  should  be 
informed  also.  NOTE:  Where  protection of song birds is extremely critical, 
whole corn formulation of Avitrol is recommended. 
 
                       Plastic bird          Pest birds can be kept out of 
                       netting               buildings by using lightweight 
                                             plastic bird netting to cover all 
                                             entrances. 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
House sparrow (cont'd)
______________________________________________________________________________
LOCATION              PESTICIDE         METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Feeding, nesting    R  AVITROL          Prebait with untreated grain of the  
and roosting           mixed grains,    same composition as the Avitrol sites 
sites                  wheat, corn      carrier. After acceptance is good,   
                       chops            switch to Avitrol-treated grain.      
                                        Dilute treated grain with at least 9 
                                        parts untreated grain.  House sparrows 
                                        may require a 1:5 treated to untreated 
                                        ratio. The distribution of Avitrol 
                                        should be scattered spot placements in 
                                        areas that target birds are feeding. 
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  Never use  AVITROL  unless  state  wildlife  agencies 
approve use since blackbirds are protected migratory animals.  Success depends 
on  obtaining  a  good number of demonstrating or distressed birds and not how 
many  are  killed.  Minimum  use  of  bait  will minimize effect on beneficial 
species.  Follow label instructions.  Contact Avitrol Corporation, Tulsa,  OK, 
for further information. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - some or all uses of this product are restricted. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
               D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
	
______________________________________________________________________________
PEST AND
LOCATION          PESTICIDE           METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Sea gull          R  AVITROL          Prebaiting with bread is essential. 
                     concentrate      Follow label instructions carefully.  
Landfills,                            Dilute treated bread with 10 parts un-
airports,                             treated bread. Distribute in 8 scattered 
structures                            spot placements only where target birds 
                                      are feeding for 5,000 birds or more. For 
                                      smaller flocks, use 1/2 of a treatment.
 
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS: This product must not be applied where nontarget birds 
are feeding.  	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
	
	
Sea gull (cont'd)
_____________________________________________________________________________
LOCATION          PESTICIDE           METHOD AND RATE
______________________________________________________________________________
Roosting or       Bird repellents:      Clean surface to be treated.  Spray,
nesting sites,    ROOST NO MORE         brush or use caulking gun to apply as
structures,       liquid or paste       stated on label.  Do not dilute.
trees, shrubs,                        
vines             EATON'S 4 THE BIRDS                       
                  liquid or paste        
                                                                           BIRD TANGLEFOOT        
                                                       
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  These products are not restricted  and  can  be  used 
without  certification.  Do  not  spray  on  vegetation  in bloom or in fruit.  
Liquids not recommended for use on exterior surfaces of buildings since  stain 
or residue will result. 	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
PEST AND
LOCATION              PESTICIDE             METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pigeon                Trapping              Pigeon traps can be used to remove 
                                            unwanted birds. Place baited 
Outside buildings                           traps on top of buildings and 
                                            other places frequented by 
                                            pigeons. Trap plans can be 
                                            obtained from Extension Wildlife
                                            Specialist. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pigeon (cont'd) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
PEST AND
LOCATION              PESTICIDE             METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Buildings             R  AVITROL            Dilute treated grain with 29 parts 
                         whole corn         untreated grain.  Where pigeons 
                                            have other food available, a 
                                            stronger mixture is required.  No 
                                            dilution stronger than 1 part 
                                            treated to 9 parts untreated is 
                                            recommended.  Prebait to determine 
                                            feeding habits.
 
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  Control of pest birds in buildings  usually  involves 
killing them.  To allay fears about the treatment,  inform city, county, state 
and federal agencies about  the  problem.  Audubon  groups,  etc.,  should  be 
informed also.   
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted. 
 
 
	
Pigeon (cont'd) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
LOCATION              PESTICIDE              METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Buildings               AVITROL 200 0.5%     Dilute grain bait with 15 to 25 
                        Formulated on        parts untreated grain.  Prebait- 
                        various grains       ing to determine type of grain 
                                             and acceptance is usually neces- 
                                             sary.  Pigeons may require a 1-10 
                                             mixture if sustained treatment 
                                             for 30 days at higher dilutions 
                                             is not effective. 
 
REMARKS: Control of pest birds in buildings usually involves killing them.  To 
allay fears about the treatment, inform city, county, state, and federal agen-
cies about the problem.  Audubon groups, etc., should be informed also.  NOTE: 
Where protection of song birds is extremely critical,  whole corn  formulation 
of Avitrol is recommended.  
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
Pigeon (cont'd) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
LOCATION              PESTICIDE              METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
In and around         R  RID-A-BIRD          Fill RID-A-BIRD perch with RID-A-
buildings and            control liquid      BIRD liquid and place where target 
bridges                  (Endrin)            birds are found.
 
                      R  RID-A-BIRD 1100 
                         (Fenthion)                                             
 
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  Female workers should pay special attention to safety 
rules  and hazards on RID-A-BIRD control liquid label.  Do not use these prod-
ucts around food storage,  processing or handling facilities or in  or  around 
the  home.  Restricted to persons trained in bird control work.  Local,  state 
and federal permits must be obtained.   
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted. 
 
 
Pigeon (cont'd) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
LOCATION              PESTICIDE            METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________  
Roof tops, bell        ORNITROL            Scatter 7 1/2 lb/100 pigeons daily 
towers, grain          chemosterilant      or 10 days in feeding locations.  
elevators,                                 Apply early spring and early fall 
parks (if                                  (twice a year) for best results.  
supervised)                                Prebaiting may be necessary.
 
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  For use only by government agencies,  bird protection 
and conservation groups, pest control operators, and universities.  
 
Roosting or nesting    Bird repellents:    Clean surface to be treated. Spray,
sites, structures,     ROOST NO MORE       brush, or use caulking gun to apply
trees, shrubs,         liquid or paste     as stated on label. Do not dilute.
                                           
                       EATON'S 4 THE BIRDS     
                       liquid or paste        
                       BIRD TANGLEFOOT        
	
Pigeon (cont'd) 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
LOCATION              PESTICIDE            METHOD AND RATE
______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
RESTRICTIONS  &  REMARKS:  These  products  are not restricted and can be used 
without certification.  Do not spray on  vegetation  in  bloom  or  in  fruit.  
Liquids  not recommended for use on exterior surfaces of buildings since stain 
or residue will result.  
 
                        Plastic bird         Pest birds can be kept out of 
                        netting              buildings by using lightweight 
                                             plastic bird netting to cover all 
                                             entrances. 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
	
_______________________________________________________________________________
PEST AND
LOCATION               PESTICIDE               METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Crow                   STANLEY'S CROW          Mix clean dry corn with repel-
                       REPELLENT               lent.  Can be planted immedi-
Corn fields                                    ately or stored.
(seed corn)            CROW-CHEX                
	
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  Both are non-restricted products.  Active ingredients 
are either refined coal tar and creosote oil (Stanley's Crow Repellent) or 
copper oxalate (Crow Chex).
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
	
	
	
	
	
Crow (cont'd)	
______________________________________________________________________________
LOCATION               PESTICIDE                METHOD AND RATE
______________________________________________________________________________
Roosting or            Bird repellents:        Clean surface to be treated.
nesting sites,         ROOST NO MORE           Spray, brush or use caulking
structures,            liquid or paste         gun to apply as stated on  
trees, shrubs,                                 label. Do not dilute. 
vines                  EATON'S 4 THE BIRDS     
                       liquid or paste        
                       BIRD TANGLEFOOT
	
RESTRICTIONS & REMARKS:  These products are not restricted  and  can  be  used 
without  certification.  Do  not  spray  on  vegetation  in bloom or in fruit.  
Liquids not recommended for use on exterior surfaces of buildings since  stain 
or residue will result. 	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS                                
-DOC-
                                VERTEBRATE PESTS
            D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION       SIGN OR DAMAGE               HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
House mouse-Up to  Feed sacks cut; holes 1 in   Lives in walls, furniture,	
5 in long, nearly  and less; droppings 1/4 in   feed sacks, and other enclos-
hairless tail;     or less; footprints less     ures.  Average range about 15	
about same color   than 1/2 in; nests of much   ft. Can live without water to
top and bottom.    fine material.               drink for long period of time.
PESTICIDES/REMARKS: Tracking powders: zinc phosphide, chlorophacinone.Sprinkle 
powder where rodents travel or in burrows.  Rodents will  get  the  powder  on 
their  feet  and  fur and ingest it while cleaning themselves.  For indoor use 
only. Baits: zinc phosphide, cholecalciferol, bromethalin. Several trade names 
and bait conformations.  Anticoagulant baits: warfarin, diphacinone, bromadio-
lone, brodifacoum, chlorophacinone, coumafuryl, pindone.  Many trade names and 
bait conformations. Most are not restricted-use pesticides and can be used in-
doors or outdoors.  Bait should be placed in tamperproof boxes or where people 
and non-target animals cannot get to it.  Some require mixing  with  grain  or 
other bait, but most are ready to use. Follow label directions carefully.  See 
"Trapping".	 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                                
-DOC-
                                VERTEBRATE PESTS	
            D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
_______________________________________________________________________________
PEST ANIMAL AND	
& DESCRIPTION               SIGN OR DAMAGE           HABITS	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Meadow mouse (vole)         Small, shallow burrows   Damage occurs to trees and	
3 1/2 in to 5 in body and   and trails in grass.     shrubs from slightly below 
head; tail longer than      Trees or shrubs gnawed   ground level up.  Lives in
length of hind leg and      from ground level up     areas of dense cover.     
bicolored.  Rather long     under mulch or snow
grizzled fur.               cover.
                                   
PESTICIDES/REMARKS:  Zinc phosphide (R RIDALL-ZINC,  RZP rodent bait  AG).  For 
control in orchards,  vineyards, nurseries and non-bearing fruit trees.  Do not 
broadcast on bare ground or growing crops.  Apply by hand or broadcast at  4-10 
lbs/ac.  Anticoagulant chlorophacinone (ROZOL) comes  either  in  ground  spray 
concentrate  or  ready-to-use bait,  for orchards only.  Treat after harvest or 
while trees are dormant.  Repeat treatment may  be  necessary  if  rain  occurs 
within 12 hours after application.	
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------	
R - Some or all uses of this pesticide are restricted.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
            D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
_______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION           SIGN OR DAMAGE         HABITS	
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Pine vole               Soft, spongy           Lives underground.  Feeds on	
Body and head about     ground. Extensive      roots and bases of plants below	
3- to 4-1/4 in long;    underground burrows.   ground level.  Damage prevalent 	
tail shorter than       Plants severed or      on bulbs, ornamental shrubs, and	
length of hind legs;    girdled underground    apple trees.  Often follows mole	
dark brown with         or dying without       runs and other burrows.	
reddish tinge.          visible cause.              
PESTICIDES/REMARKS: Zinc phosphide (R  RIDALL-ZINC, R  ZP rodent bait AG). For 
control in orchards, vineyards, nurseries and non-bearing fruit trees.  Do not 
broadcast on bare ground or growing crops.  Apply by hand or broadcast at 4-10 
lbs/ac.  Anticoagulant chlorophacinone (ROZOL) comes either  in  ground  spray 
concentrate  or ready-to-use bait,  for orchards only.  Treat after harvest or 
while trees are dormant.  Repeat treatment may be  necessary  if  rain  occurs 
within 12 hours after application.	 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
 
 
 
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION                   SIGN OR DAMAGE          HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________
Field mouse and/or deer mouse   3/4-in footprints and   In dry, sandy sites.
and white-footed mouse - Up     tail drag marks. Seed   Holes in bare, freshly  
to 8 in; tan above, light       dug when no sprout      planted fields and      
below; tail furred and bi-      visible. Sprouts dug    sparse cover.  Often 
colored. Large ears and eyes.   from side, not pulled.  follows other rodent
                                                        burrows.  	
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS: Two restricted-use pesticides are available through the 
USDA-APHIS, Animal Damage Control, Room 904 Federal Bldg., 1835 Assembly St., 
Columbia, SC 29201 (2-100 Field Mouse Bait and Zinc Phosphide Rodenticide).  
Both are zinc phosphide products.  Mix one teaspoon of Zinc Phosphide Rodenti-
cide with one quart of cubed apples.  Place cubes in active trails under 
grass.  Do not place bait on bare ground. 2-100 Field Mouse Bait is ready to 
use.  Bait can be placed or broadcast over growing crops.	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                                
-DOC-
                                VERTEBRATE PESTS	
            D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION                    SIGN OR DAMAGE          HABITS	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Cotton rat - Up to 13 in long,   Trails in grass, nests   Lives in dense cover 
including 5-in tail; dark        of cut grass above-      and wet sites. Holes 	
brown, grizzled appearance.      ground.  Burrows with    and runways only part
Scaly and nearly hairless        several 1 1/2- to 2-in   of time.
tail.  Hindfoot to 1.3 in.       openings.
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  No practical rodenticides available.  See "Trapping".
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL & DESCRIPTION     SIGN OR DAMAGE             HABITS
______________________________________________________________________________
Norway rat - Up to 18 in;     Feed sacks cut; 1 1/2-in   Good climber; lives 
tail length less than head-   gnawed holes; droppings    at ground level in 
and body; dark brown color;   up to 3/4 in; footprints   burrows, litter, walls
hindfoot 1 1/2 in or more.    1 1/2 in; underground      and other protective 
                              burrows nearby.            enclosures.
PESTICIDE/REMARKS: Tracking powders: zinc phosphide, chlorophacinone. Sprinkle 
powder where rodents travel or in burrows.  Rodents will  get  the  powder  on 
their  feet  and  fur and ingest it while cleaning themselves.  For indoor use 
only. Baits: zinc phosphide, cholecalciferol, bromethalin. Several trade names 
and bait conformations. Anti-coagulant baits: warfarin, diphacinone, bromadio-
lone, brodifacoum, chlorophacinone, coumafuryl, pindone.  Many trade names and 
bait  conformations.  Most  are  not restricted-use pesticides and can be used 
indoors or outdoors.  Bait should be placed  in  tamperproof  boxes  or  where 
people and non-target animals cannot get to it. Some require mixing with grain 
or other bait,  but most are ready to use.  Follow label directions carefully.  
See "Trapping". 	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION                   SIGN OR DAMAGE             HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________
Roof rat or black rat - Up to   Feed sacks cut; 1 1/2-in   Coastal areas. 
17 in; tail longer than body;   holes; 1- to 1 1/2 in-     Excellent climber;
dark brown, lighter belly.      tracks.  Smears and        lives aboveground in
Hindfoot 1 1/2 in and less.     swing marks.               walls, litter, etc.
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:   Tracking  powders:   zinc   phosphide,   chlorophacinone.  
Sprinkle  powder  where  rodents  travel  or in burrows.  Rodents will get the 
powder on their feet and fur and ingest  it  while  cleaning  themselves.  For 
indoor use only.Baits:  zinc phosphide, cholecalciferol, bromethalin.  Several 
trade  names  and   bait   conformations.   Anticoagulant   baits:   warfarin, 
diphacinone,  bromadiolone, brodifacoum, chlorophacinone, coumafuryl, pindone.  
Many  trade  names  and  bait  conformations.   Most  are  not  restricted-use 
pesticides  and  can  be  used  indoors or outdoors.  Bait should be placed in 
tamperproof boxes or where people and non-target animals  cannot  get  to  it.  
Some  require  mixing  with  grain  or other bait,  but most are ready to use.  
Follow label directions carefully.  See "Trapping". 	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
   
                           
                                
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN - PREEMERGENCE             READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE
-DOC-
CORN - PREEMERGENCE             READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE

Apply preemergence treatments at planting or as soon after planting as possible 
(before emergence of the crop or weeds).  Rainfall within 7 to  10  days  after 
application  is  necessary for effective weed control.  Rates given are coarse- 
to medium-textured soils.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
LASSO                   4.0 lb/gal         2.0 to 2.5 qt            2.0 to 2.5 
                                                                 
REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Provides poor control 
of Texas panicum.  LASSO may be tank-mixed with atrazine or BLADEX for improved 
control of  broadleaf weeds.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - PREEMERGENCE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
DUAL 8E                8.0 lb/gal         l.5 to 2.5 pt           
  or                                          or                   l.5 to 2.5
DUAL 25G               25% granule        6.0 to l0.0 lb

REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  small-seeded broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge;  poor 
control of Texas panicum.  DUAL provides better control of yellow nutsedge when 
applied preplant incorporated.  DUAL 8E may be  tank  mixed  with  atrazine  or 
BLADEX for improved broadleaf weed control.  If crop treated with DUAL is lost, 
corn, cotton, soybeans, peanuts, or grain or forage sorghum treated with Concep 
may  be  replanted.  Barley,  oats,  rye,  or  wheat  may be planted 4.5 months 
following  treatment.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - PREEMERGENCE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
AATREX 80W or        80% wettable powder   2.5 to 3.0 lb            
   ATRAZINE 80W
   or                                          or
AATREX 4L, ATRAZINE 4L  4.0 lb/gal         2.0 to 2.4 qt            2.0 to 2.4
  GRIFFEX 4L
   or                                          or
AATREX NINE-0     90% dispersible granule  2.2 to 2.6 lb

REMARKS:  Good to excellent control of most annual broadleaf  weeds.  Generally 
does  not  provide  satisfactory  grass control.  Tank mixes with LASSO,  DUAL, 
PRINCEP,  or PROWL are recommended for improved preemergence grass control.  Do 
not rotate to any crop except corn or sorghum until the following year.  Do not 
plant tobacco,  vegetables, spring-seeded small grains, or small-seeded legumes 
and grasses  the year following  application.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - PREMERGENCE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
PRINCEP 80W       80% wettable powder      2.5 to 3.0 lb 
   or                                          or
PRINCEP 4L or          4.0 lb/gal          2.0 to 2.4 qt           2.0 to 2.4
 SIM-TROL 4L                                             
   or                                          or
PRINCEP CALIBER 90  90% dispersible granule  2.2 to 2.6 lb       

REMARKS:  Annual  grasses  and broadleaf weeds.  PRINCEP requires more rainfall 
for effective weed control  and  is  more  persistent  than  atrazine.  PRINCEP 
generally  provides  less  effective  control  of  broadleaf weeds,  but better 
control of grassy weed species than atrazine.  Do not  plant  any  crop  except 
corn  until  the  following  year.  Do not plant tobacco,  vegetables,  spring- 
seeded small grains,  or small-seeded legumes and grasses  the  year  following 
application.   
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - PREMERGENCE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
R  BLADEX 80W        80% Wettable powder   1.5 to 2.0 lb              
     or                                        or
   BLADEX 4L           4.0 lb/gal          1.2 to 1.6 qt           1.2 to 1.6
     or                                        or
   BLADEX 90DF    90% dispersible granule  1.3 to 1.8 lb                       

REMARKS: Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  To improve grass control tank-mix 
BLADEX and DUAL, LASSO, or PROWL.  Rotation restrictions with BLADEX are not as 
limiting as those for atrazine or PRINCEP.  Any rotational crop may be  planted 
in the fall or spring following this treatment.  Some early- season corn injury 
may occur on sandy soils.  Do not use on sands or loamy sands with less than 1% 
organic matter.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
CORN - PREMERGENCE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
BICEP                   4.5 lb/gal         2.0 to 2.4 qt           2.25 to 2.7
                    (2.5 metolachlor +                            (l.25 to l.5 
                     2.0 atrazine)                                metolachlor +
 or                                            or
BICEP 6L                6.0 lb/gal         l.5 to l.8 qt          l.0 to l.2
                    (3.3 metolachlor +                             atrazine)
                     2.7 atrazine)

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge.  BICEP and BICEP 6L 
are  package  mixtures  of  metolachlor  (DUAL)  +  atrazine.   Corn,  sorghum, 
soybeans,  cotton,  or peanuts may be planted the spring  following  treatment.
Small  grains  may be planted l5 months after application.  All other crops may 
be planted l8 months after application.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
CORN - PREMERGENCE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC          AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
LASSO AND ATRAZINE     4.0 lb/gal          2.5 to 3.5 qt           2.5 to 3.5
                     (2.5 alachlor +                      (l.6 to 2.2 alachlor+
                       l.5 atrazine)                       0.9 to l.3 atrazine)

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  LASSO AND ATRAZINE is a  package 
mixture of alachlor (LASSO) + atrazine.  Plant only corn,  peanuts, sorghum, or 
soybeans the year following application.  
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION            SIGN OR DAMAGE          HABITS	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
	
Chipmunk - small,        1 1/2-in to 2-in open   Digs flower bulbs and seeds.  
striped, squirrel-like   burrows with little     Destroys truck crops.	
rodent; grayish or       signs of digging.       Hibernates.
reddish brown.          
 
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  Spray or brush the part of the plant to receive protection 
with  a  thiram-type  repellent such as REPEL Liquid Animal Repellent.  Do not 
spray parts of plants to be eaten by humans or livestock.  See "Trapping".	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION              SIGN OR DAMAGE            HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Mole - 4 in to 6 in;       Extensive ridges, some-   Lives underground; makes 
short tail and pointed     times with mounds 1 in    tunnels, sometimes small
nose. Very short paddle-   to 2 in high with lumpy   mounds; feeds on worms,
like front feet; eyes      appearance; pushed up     bugs, insects, and not
and ears not visible.      instead of dug out; no    plants.
Very soft fur.             dug out; no gnawing.
PESTICIDE/REMARKS: For non-crop areas use strychnine (MOLE-NOTS) or zinc phos-
phide (R RIDALL-ZINC).  Place bait underground in runways.  SMOKE'em (for non-
crop areas) and DEXOL GOPHER GASSES (also for gardens) may be used also. Toxic 
gas should be released in the deeper, more frequently-used run-ways in several 
locations to assure lethal concentrations reach the moles.  A soil insecticide 
labeled for lawns,  gardens,  etc.,  can also be used.  Protect small areas by 
fencing. Use sheet metal or small-meshed, tightly-woven hardware cloth.  Begin 
slightly above soil surface and extend into soil 19 to 24 in.  See "Trapping".	 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
R - Some or all uses of this pesticide are restricted.	
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL & DESCRIPTION     SIGN OR DAMAGE             HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Muskrat - Dark or reddish-    Houses of rushes,     Eats aquatic plants,
brown, rat-like rodent; 20-   etc., or burrows in   insects and snails;
24 in total length; tail 8    banks, entrances,     lobsters, crabs, shrimp
in to 10 in, hairless,        below water level.    and fish; and grain and	
scaly, flattened from side    Trails at water's     garden crops.
to side. Weight 2-4 lb.       edge.                           
PESTICIDE/REMARKS: One restricted-use pesticide is available through the USDA-
APHIS Animal Damage Control, Room 904 Federal Bldg., 1835 Assembly St., Colum-
bia,  SC 29201 (Zinc Phosphide for Control of Muskrats  and  Nutria).  Prebait 
with cut carrots or sweet potatoes.  Coat 10 lbs of cut bait with corn oil and 
mix  with 7 1/2 level tablespoons of pesticide.  Place bait on anchored float-
ing rafts or place around active burrows.  Only use enough bait  on  rafts  as 
determined  needed by prebaiting.  Restrict ground baiting to situations where 
muskrats avoid rafts. Do not apply in water or where run-off is likely.  Other 
methods  include  habitat  control.  Muskrats  require  aquatic vegetation for 
food.  Eliminate as much of this growth as possible by mowing or  the  use  of 
herbicides.  See "Trapping" and "Shooting".	 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION           SIGN OR DAMAGE           HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Rabbit - Up to 15 in   Presence indicated by     Feeds on all parts of plants.	 
long including 2-in    round, fibrous pellets.   Prefers succulent foods - 	
fluffy tail.  2 1/2    gnawing and clipping      young shoots and vegetables.	
to 3 lb.  Long ears.   at 45 degree angle.
                        
REMARKS:  Fencing works on small areas.  Several repellents are available  for 
protection  of  nursery  stock,  fruit  and  nut  trees and ornamentals.  Most 
contain thiram and can be sprayed onto dry vegetation.  Others include  HINDER 
Deer  and  Rabbit  Repellent  which  can be applied on growing food crops (see 
precautions).  REPEL Animal Repellent can be spread at a rate of 1 lb/55 sq ft 
around vegetable gardens or around and between flowers and other  ornamentals.  
HOT  SAUCE  Animal  Repellent contains capsaicin,  an extract derived from hot 
peppers.  This product can be applied to  growing  crops  but  not  after  the 
edible portions begin to form.  See "Trapping" and "Shooting". 	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION              SIGN OR DAMAGE             HABITS	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Squirrel - Up to 18 in;    Twigs clipped; fruit       Lives close to trees and
excellent tree climber;    and nuts of large trees    shrubs; eats nuts and
bushy tail; grayish in     damaged; footprints 2      fruits and occasionally
color. Tail 8 1/2 in       in to 2 1/2 in.            girdles bark.	
long.	
 
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  Buildings - remove all animals from  building;  then  seal 
against  entry.  Take  care  not  to  seal squirrel inside building as extreme 
damage will result as animal tries to free itself.  Napthalene  is  registered 
as  squirrel  repellent.  Remove  tree  branches that give squirrels access to 
roof and upper stories of buildings.  See "Trapping".  Outdoors -  to  prevent 
browsing damage around trees,  shrubs and gardens, use REPEL Animal Repellent.  
Spread 1 lb/55 sq ft around the base of trees,  poles,  fence posts  or  other 
areas where squirrels are a nuisance.  See "Shooting". 	
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------	
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION             SIGN OR DAMAGE         HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Raccoon - Medium dog      2-to 3-in handlike     Prefers wooded areas around 	
size; black face          tracks; seeds dug,     water; eats fish, poultry,	
marks; color rings on     leaving 2-in holes.    eggs, grain, and fruit.	
tail; grizzled gray       Ripening corn open-	
color.  Good climber.     ed and eaten.	
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  No pesticides available.  See "Trapping" and "Shooting".	 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
______________________________________________________________________________
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION            SIGN OR DAMAGE       HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Opossum - Generally      Omnivorous; espe-    Prefers living by streams or
light gray.  Average     cially detrimental   swamps in wooded areas. Lives in
length 33 in including   to poultry.  Badly   hollow logs, rocks, crevices, 
a 12-in tail.  Female    mauled poultry       etc.
has a pouch for carry-   typical of opossum
ing young.               kill.
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  No pesticides available.  See "Trapping" and "Shooting".	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
 
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION             SIGN OR DAMAGE            HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Skunk - House cat size;   Rooting in lawns or       Roots for insects; liter-
black with white mark-    other fertile spots       ally "upends" some areas;	
ings; bushy tail; bad     pushed up instead of      hunts mice and eggs around	
smell; poor climber.      dug; tracks usually       farm buildings.  Common
                          dainty, from 1 to 3 in.   rabies carrier.
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  No pesticides available.  See "Trapping" and "Shooting".	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION        SIGN OR DAMAGE             HABITS
______________________________________________________________________________	
Gray fox - Medium    Small, dainty, dog-like     Prefers bush, timbered, and
dog size; grizzled   tracks, 1 in to 2 in.       swampy areas. Mostly nocturn-
gray to reddish      Large burrows under rocks   al. Eats rodents, fruits,
color; tail tip      or in hollow logs or dens   poultry, game, and young 
dark gray.           in piles of bark.           livestock.  Occasional rabies
                                                 carrier.	
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  No pesticides available.  See "Trapping" and "Shooting".	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
 
______________________________________________________________________________
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION           SIGN OR DAMAGE       HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Red fox - Medium dog    Triangular foot      Prefers fairly open country.	
size; mostly reddish    pads.  Large bur-    Mostly nocturnal.  Eats rodents,	
with white-tipped       rows in cleared or   fruits, poultry, livestock and	
tail; usually white     semi-cleared areas.  game.  Occasional rabies carrier.	
throat.	
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  No pesticides available.  See "Trapping" and "Shooting".	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN - PREMERGENCE
-DOC-
CORN - PREMERGENCE
CENTER PIVOT HERBICIDE APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
The following herbicides may be applied by injection through center pivot 
irrigation systems.  Apply after planting, but before crop and weeds emerge.  
Apply only through irrigation systems containing antisiphon and check valves to 
prevent contamination of water source and overflow of solution tank.  Refer to 
labels for specific directions.

    AATREX 80W, 4L, NINE-0                   ERADICANE EXTRA
    ATRABUTE+                                GENATE PLUS
    ATRABUTE+ II                             LASSO
    ATRAZINE 4L                              LASSO AND ATRAZINE
    BICEP                                    PROWL
    BICEP 6L                                 RHINO
    DUAL 8E                                  SUTAN+ 6.7E
    ERADICANE 6.7E                           SUTAZINE+ 6-ME
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
 
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION             SIGN OR DAMAGE            HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Bobcat - Brown and buff   Leaves, grass, etc.,      Prefers thickets, river	
mixed with black and      scratched over remains    bottoms, swamps, and 	
gray.  Weighs 9 to 27     of kill. Round 2-in       brushy areas. Seldom seen.	
lb. Total length 24 to    footprints without claw   Feeds on rodents, rabbits,	
40 in. Short tail. Bob-   marks.                    poultry, livestock, and 	
bing motion in flight.                              game.	
 
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  No pesticides available.  See "Trapping" and "Shooting".	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION                 SIGN OR DAMAGE       HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Deer - From large dog         Cuts tops from       Distinct trails in heavy
to pony-size animal, with     corn, soybeans,      brush.  Hoof prints in soft
or without antlers. Young -   peas, small grains.  earth.  Pelleted droppings. 
reddish with white spots.     Gnaws bark and       Lives in swamps or heavy
Adults - reddish to           browses leaves       brush. Ranges into field
grayish. Underside of         from trees.          crops and orchards for 
tail white.                                        food.	
 
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  Deer-proof  fencing.  Several  repellents  are  available.  
Most  contain  thiram  and can be sprayed onto dry vegetation.  Others contain 
ammonium soaps, paradichloro-benzene,  capsaicin,  putrescent whole egg solids 
or  bone  tar  oil.  Check  label for products which can be applied on growing 
food crops.  If extensive crop damage is involved,  contact the South Carolina 
Wildlife and Marine Resources Department.  See "Shooting". 	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION                 SIGN OR DAMAGE       HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Deer - From large dog         Cuts tops from       Distinct trails in heavy
to pony-size animal, with     corn, soybeans,      brush.  Hoof prints in soft
or without antlers. Young -   peas, small grains.  earth.  Pelleted droppings. 
reddish with white spots.     Gnaws bark and       Lives in swamps or heavy
Adults - reddish to           browses leaves       brush. Ranges into field
grayish. Underside of         from trees.          crops and orchards for 
tail white.                                        food.	
 
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  Deer-proof  fencing.  Several  repellents  are  available.  
Most  contain  thiram  and can be sprayed onto dry vegetation.  Others contain 
ammonium soaps, paradichloro-benzene,  capsaicin,  putrescent whole egg solids 
or  bone  tar  oil.  Check  label for products which can be applied on growing 
food crops.  If extensive crop damage is involved,  contact the South Carolina 
Wildlife and Marine Resources Department.  See "Shooting". 	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
 
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION           SIGN OR DAMAGE              HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Bat - The only true     The major objection to      They fly about at night in 
flying mammals.  They   their presence in build-    pursuit of night-flying    
are small, 3-to 5-in    ings is the highly          insects and roost during
body length, and        objectional odor from       the day in dark, sheltered 
resemble birds at a     droppings and urine.        places. Their "wings" are 
distance.                                           formed by membranous skin.
                                 
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  Napthalene or  paradichloro-benzene  flakes  or  crystals.  
Apply  about  5  lb in attic.  Slow release fumes will repel bats;  then close 
entry holes to prevent re-entry.  Illumination of the area is  also  sometimes 
effective.	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
 
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
& DESCRIPTION           SIGN OR DAMAGE       HABITS	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Beaver - Reddish-      Many kinds of trees   Inhabit everything from roadside	
brown rodent.  Most    gnawed on, girdled    ditches to large rivers and 
adults weigh from      or cut down. Flood-   lakes.  Preferred tree species	
35 to 50 lbs.  Hind    ing of growing        include willow, sweetgum, dog-
feet are webbed and    timber from dams      wood, blackgum, and even pine.	
tail is flattened      causes trees to       Agricultural crops may be cut and	
dorsoventrally and     die.                  eaten.	
almost hairless.
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  No pesticides are currently  registered.  Fencing  can  be 
useful   around  small,   important  areas  such  as  ornamental  trees.   See 
"Trapping".  Shooting has very limited applications.	 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL & DESCRIPTION                   SIGN OR DAMAGE
______________________________________________________________________________	
Other pests:  Snakes - 48 species and       Shed skins.  Droppings with white
subspecies in South Carolina.  Eight        ends similar to birds'.
are poisonous.	
 
POISONOUS SNAKES:  Coastal Plains - Eastern coral, eastern diamondback rattle-
snake,   pigmy  rattlesnake,   canebrake  rattlesnake,  cottonmouth  moccasin, 
southern  copperhead.   Piedmont  -  Pigmy  rattlesnake,  timber  rattlesnake, 
northern  and  southern  copperhead.  Nonpoisonous  -  Represented  throughout 
entire state.	 
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  Habitat  control.  No repellents or pesticides labeled for 
snake control.  Glueboards for rats and mice tacked together on a  long  board 
will capture snakes attempting to cross.  These are most effective indoors.	 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
 
______________________________________________________________________________	
PEST ANIMAL	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Other pests:	
Fish
	
PESTICIDE/REMARKS:  Rotenone - control undesirable fish before stocking pond.	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN - PREEMERGENCE HERBICIDE MIXTURES
-DOC-
CORN - PREEMERGENCE HERBICIDE MIXTURES

Herbicide mixtures:  Herbicide tank mixtures  or  package  mixtures  are  often 
needed to broaden the spectrum of weeds controlled.  They may also improve crop 
tolerance  or reduce potential rotation problems by allowing use of lower rates 
while maintaining satisfactory weed control.  Cultivation and/or  postemergence 
treatments may be necessary since rates of atrazine or BLADEX in these mixtures 
may  be  too  low  to  provide  consistent  control.  Recommended  preemergence 
herbicide mixtures and rates of active ingredient are listed below.  

          l.  Tank Mixtures

          2.  Package Mixtures
_______________________________________________________________________________
CORN - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO + AATREX 80W or ATRAZINE 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 qt + l.25 to l.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO + AATREX 4L or ATRAZINE 4L or GRIFFEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 qt + l.0 to l.2 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO + AATREX NINE-0
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 qt + l.l to l.3 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E + AATREX 80W or ATRAZINE 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 pt + l.25 to 2.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 + l.0 to 2.0 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E + AATREX 4L or ATRAZINE 4L or GRIFFEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 pt + l.0 to 2.0 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 + l.0 to 2.0 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E + AATREX NINE-0
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 pt + l.l to 2.2 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.25 to 2.0 + l.0 to 2.0 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE:  In most cases formulations of atrazine and simazine are  interchangeable 
in these mixtures-i.e.  the 4.0 lb/gal and 90% dispersible granule formulations 
may be used in place of the 80% wettable powder,  etc.  However,  check product 
labels prior to use.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AATREX 80W or ATRAZINE 80W + PRINCEP 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.25 to l.5 lb + l.25 to l.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.0 to l.2 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AATREX 4L, ATRAZINE 4L, or GRIFFEX 4L + PRINCEP 4L or SIM-TROL 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.0 to l.2 qt + l.0 to l.2 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.0 to l.2 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AATREX NINE-0 + PRINCEP CALIBER 90
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.l to l.3 lb + l.l to l.3 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.0 to l.2 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE:  In most cases formulations of atrazine and BLADEX are interchangeable in 
these  tank  mixtures  -  i.e.  the  4.0  lb/gal  and  90%  dispersible granule 
formulations may be used in place of the 80%  wettable  powder,  etc.  However, 
check product labels prior to use.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AATREX 80W or ATRAZINE 80W + BLADEX 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  0.75 to l.5 lb + 0.75 to l.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.6 to l.2 + 0.6 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AATREX 4L, ATRAZINE 4L, or GRIFFEX 4L + BLADEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  0.6 to l.2 qt + 0.6 to l.2 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.6 to l.2 + 0.6 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AATREX NINE-0 + BLADEX 90DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  0.7 to l.3 lb + 0.7 to l.3 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.6 to l.2 + 0.6 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL + AATREX 80W or ATRAZINE 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 pt + l.25 to l.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.75 + l.0 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL + AATREX 4L or ATRAZINE 4L or GRIFFEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 pt + l.0 to l.2 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.75 to l.0 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL + AATREX NINE-0
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 pt + l.l to l.3 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.75 to l.0 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO + BLADEX 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 qt + l.0 to l.8 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 + 0.8 to l.4 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO + BLADEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 qt + 0.8 to l.4 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 + 0.8 to l.4 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO + BLADEX 90DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 qt + 0.9 to l.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 + 0.8 to l.4 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E + BLADEX 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.25 to l.75 pt + l.0 to l.8 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.25 to l.75 + 0.8 to l.4 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E + BLADEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.25 to l.75 pt + 0.8 to l.4 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.25 to l.75 + 0.8 to l.4 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E + BLADEX 90DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.25 to l.75 pt + 0.9 to l.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.25 to l.75 + 0.8 to l.4 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL + BLADEX 80W
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 pt + l.25 to l.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.75 to l.0 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL + BLADEX 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 pt + l.0 to l.2 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.75 to l.0 + l.0 to l.2 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - PREEMERGENCE PACKAGE MIXTURES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BICEP
    Formulated Product/Ac:  2.0 to 2.4 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  2.25 to 2.7 lb

BICEP is a package mixture of metolachlor (DUAL) + atrazine.  See 
recommendation under CORN - PREEMERGENCE.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BICEP 6L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to l.8 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  2.25 to 2.7 lb

BICEP  6L  is  a  package  mixture  of  metolachlor  (DUAL)  +  atrazine.   See 
recommendation under CORN - PREEMERGENCE.    
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO AND ATRAZINE 
    Formulated Product/Ac:  2.5 to 3.5 qt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  2.5 to 3.5 lb

LASSO AND ATRAZINE is a package mixture of alachlor (Lasso) and atrazine.  See
recommendation under CORN - PREEMERGENCE.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
SHOOTING:	                                     	
	
Squirrels, rabbits, muskrats, raccoons, opossums, skunks, bobcats, deer	
	
Shooting is  an  accepted  control  method  for  these  species.  Check  local 
ordinances  about  discharging a firearm in your area;  then contact the South 
Carolina Wildlife and Marine Resources Department about obtaining  a  depreda-
tion permit.	 
 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
	
TRAPPING:	
	
Rats and Mice
 
Traps are usually not effective in controlling  large  populations.  They  are 
used  to  control  small populations,  in situations where toxicants cannot be 
used,  to avoid dead rat odor,  and to eliminate bait-shy  rodents.  The  most 
commonly  used traps are snap traps.  Cage or box-type traps are also used and 
are effective for catching invaders.  
 
Since rodents are not going to travel far,  a sufficient number of traps  must 
be used in places where rodents are.  Travel-ways for house mice,  Norway rats 
and roof rats will be beneath horizontal structures and against vertical ones.  
 
Place traps so that the trigger end is against a vertical surface  where  rats 
are traveling.  Bait traps with foods normally taken by rats and mice.  Change 
bait when it becomes stale.  
	
	
More  rats  and mice are caught the first night with about 10 to 20 percent of 
the traps being successful.  If more traps than this have  rats  or  mice,  it 
indicates that more traps should be used.  
 
Snap  traps  can  be  used  unbaited  if  the trigger is enlarged to provide a 
platform.  Fasten a 1 1/2-inch square of fly screen or cardboard  securely  to 
the trigger.  The platform is then placed directly in rat runs.  
 
Cotton Rats	
	
Cotton  rats  are  very easy to trap using either live (Sherman-type) traps or 
the more economical and efficient snap-trap rat traps.  Use peanut  butter  as 
bait.  To  aid  in  excluding non-target animals,  place the traps under thick 
grass.  This is also where the most cotton rats will be.  Not to  be  used  on 
large acreages.  
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
TRAPPING:
Chipmunks, Squirrels, Rabbits, and Skunks
 
Live traps can be used for these animals.  Check local game laws  on  trapping 
and removing game animals, furbearers, and nongame animals.  
 
Bait  traps  with peanut butter and rolled oats or nut meats for chipmunks and 
squirrels.  Skunks can be attracted to canned pet food with  a  meat  or  fish 
base,  fish,  bacon,  chicken, or whole eggs.  Skunks are easy to trap and, if 
the trap is handled without shaking or jarring,  the skunk can be  transported 
and  released with no musk discharge.  If,  however,  the skunk does discharge 
musk, ammonia water will neutralize the odor.  
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
TRAPPING:
Bobcats, Foxes, Muskrats, Opossums, Beavers, and Raccoons
 
Steel  traps  are  effective  for  bobcats,  foxes,  muskrats,  opossums,  and 
raccoons.  Conibear  traps  are more effective for beavers.  Muskrats can also 
be taken with the smaller No.  110 Conibear.  All of these  animals  are  pro-
tected under the furbearer game laws in South Carolina;  check your local game 
laws before controlling them.  Specific information on trapping these  species 
may  be  obtained from your local conservation officer,  state game biologist, 
county agent, or Extension wildlife specialist.  
 
Using steel traps or  kill  traps  without  proper  knowledge  can  result  in 
trapping nontarget animals,  such as dogs or other  wildlife,  or  injuring  a 
human.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VERTEBRATE PESTS	                               
-DOC-
                               VERTEBRATE PESTS	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
	
TRAPPING:
 
Moles
 
The  harpoon  and  choker  traps  are used to catch moles.  Harpoon or plunger 
traps are set by flattening a small section of the runway with  your  hand  or 
foot.  Place the trap with the trigger pan on the flattened runway.  Raise and 
lower  the  prongs  of the trap until they penetrate easily,  making sure they 
cover the tunnel.  
 
The choker trap is also set in a small flattened section of the  mole  runway.  
Make  slits in the ground for the trap loops.  Place choker loops in the slits 
so that they encircle the runway.  The loops should be at least an inch  below 
the original passage.  
 
Any portion of the trap exposed in the runway will cause the mole to avoid the 
trap.  Make  sure  you  set  traps  on  runways that are being used.  Check by 
blocking the runway; active runways will be reopened by the moles.  
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN - MINIMUM TILLAGE                                             
-DOC-
CORN - MINIMUM TILLAGE                                             
  
Herbicides recommended for control of existing vegetation at planting .  
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
R GRAMOXONE SUPER      l.5 lb/gal         1.5 to 2.5 pt            0.25 to 0.5
                                                                 
REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds plus top-kill of some  perennials.
Use  the  high  rate if weeds are 4 to 6 inches tall.  Control of weeds greater 
than 6 inches in height may be poor.  Apply at planting or immediately after in 
20 to 60 gal water/ac.  Add Ortho X-77 Spreader at 8 oz/100 gal spray  solution 
(in some tank mixes a nonionic surfactant similar to X-77 Spreader may be used-
 refer  to  product  labels for specific directions concerning surfactant use).
Control of horseweed and eveningprimrose is  generally  poor.  GRAMOXONE  SUPER 
will  provide  top-kill  of  bermudagrass  and  johnsongrass,  but  control  is 
generally unsatisfactory.  GRAMOXONE SUPER provides no residual control.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
*R  - Some or all uses of this product are restricted. 
CORN - MINIMUM TILLAGE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
ROUNDUP                4.0 lb/gal         1.0 to 1.5 qt            1.0 to 1.5

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Apply at planting or immediately 
after in 10 to 40 gal water/ac.  Use 1.0 qt/ac if weeds are less than 6  inches 
tall  and 1.5 qt/ac if weeds are over 6 inches tall.  ROUNDUP tank mixtures are 
not recommended for johnsongrass and bermudagrass  control.  ROUNDUP  does  not 
provide  residual weed control.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - MINIMUM TILLAGE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
BRONCO                  4.0 lb/gal        3.25 to 4.0 qt           3.l to 4.0
                     (l.4 glyphosate +                            (1.1 to 1.4
                      2.6 alachlor)                                glyphosate
                                                                      +    
                                                                  2.1 to 2.6
                                                                  alachlor)

REMARKS:  BRONCO is a package mixture of  glyphosate  +  alachlor  (the  active 
ingredients of ROUNDUP and LASSO,  respectively).  Please refer to comments for 
these herbicides for additional information.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALGAE                                                    
-DOC-
                                     ALGAE               
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Planktonic:    
anabaena, chlorella,    copper sulfate       0.68-4.08 lb*/ac-ft         
microcystis               KOCIDE                            
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Easiest method to apply  is  to  dissolve  the  copper 
sulfate  in water and to spray this water over the body of water.  Treat again 
as necessary.  Safe in drinkable water if precautions on label  are  followed.  
Trout or other fish may be killed,  especially in soft or acid waters.  Copper 
sulfate is more effective if used in warmer waters (above 60 F) and  early  in 
the growing season. 
                        copper, elemental    0.6 gal* of Cutrine-Plus/
                          CUTRINE-PLUS       ac-ft of water
PRECAUTIONS  & REMARKS:  Chemical should be diluted at least 9 to 1 to achieve 
uniform dispersion of algaecide in water.  All copper elemental  products  are 
harmful to fish in soft water (less than 50 ppm CaCO3). 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Anabaena, chlorella,      AV-70              5/8 gal*/ac-ft 
microcystis
                          K-TEA              0.68-1.7 gal*/ac-ft 
 
PRECAUTIONS  &  REMARKS:  Mix  with  10-20 parts water and spray over surface.  
Repeat treatment if necessary. 
 
                          AQUAZINE           1.7 lb*/ac-ft of water for 
                                             light infestation; 2.5-3.4 
                                             lb for moderate infestation 
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Mix powder with water to make a slurry  and  place  in 
shallow  water  around the pond.  Uniform dispersion is not necessary.  Do not 
use treated water for irrigation,  human or livestock consumption for  12  mo.  
Do not attempt spot treatment.      
______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients  
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Spirogyra, anabaena,    copper sulfate       0.68-1.36 lb/ac-ft                
hydrodictyon, oedogo-     KOCIDE                  
nium, rhizocolium                                                           
                                                  
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Most waters in South Carolina are soft or in the range 
of 0-75 mg/l of total hardness.  Using copper sulfate in soft water  can  kill 
fish.  Soft  water  should  be  limed  before applying copper sulfate.  
Copper sulfate is safe in  potable  water  as  long  as  recommended  rates  
are  not exceeded.  
                        copper, elemental    0.6 gal* of Cutrine-Plus/ 
                          CUTRINE-PLUS       ac-ft of water 
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Dilute  9  to 1 to achieve uniform dispersion of the 
algaecide. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.
	
	
______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________
Spirogyra, anabaena,      AV-70 PLUS         5/8 gal*/ac-ft
hydrodictyon, oedo-       K-TEA              1.7-3.4 gal*/ac-ft
gonium, rhizocolium 
 
PRECAUTIONS  &  REMARKS:  Mix  with  10-20 parts water and spray over surface.  
Repeat treatment if necessary.      
 
                          AQUAZINE           4.25 lb*/ac-ft 
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Mix with 10-20 parts water  and  spray  over  surface.  
Repeat  treatment  if  necessary.  Do  not use water for irrigation,  human or 
livestock consumption for 12 mo.    
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients. 
 
	
	
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Spirogyra, anabaena,      HYDROTHOL 191      0.6 to 2.2 pt*/ac-ft  
hydrodictyon, oedo-                          (0.05 to 0.2 ppm) 
gonium, rhizocolium 
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply as uniform surface spray or inject under  water.  
fish  may  be  killed  by  rates in excess of 0.3 ppm.  Apply to shallow edges 
first to allow fish to escape to deep water.  
 
                          HYDROTHOL 191      3 lb to 11 lb*/ac-ft                            granular           (0.05 to 0.2 ppm) 
 
                          HYDOUT             1.5 to 5.5 lb* Hydout/ac-ft 
                                             (0.05 to 0.2 ppm) 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Broadcast evenly over plants.  Fish may be killed with 
rates in excess of 0.3 ppm. 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
*Rates are formulated products, not active ingredients.
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Pithophora**              CUTRINE-PLUS       60 lb*/surface ac
cladophora                granular
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Granular Cutrine can be used to spot treat.  Cyclone 
seeders are useful for applying granular.  Avoid breathing dust.  Pithophora 
and other bottom-growing algae are extremely hard to control.  Works best on 
calm water.   
                          AV-70 PLUS         5/8 gal*/ac-ft 
 
                          K-TEA              1.7-3.4 gal*/ac-ft
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Mix with 10-20 parts water  and  spray  over  surface.  
Repeat treatment if necessary.      
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
  *Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.
 **Pithophora usually requires retreatment.  
 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Pithophora**,             AQUAZINE           4.25 lb*/ac-ft 
cladophora
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Mix powder with water to make a slurry  and  place  in 
shallow  water  around the pond.  Uniform dispersion is not necessary.  Do not 
attempt spot treatment.  
 
                          HYDROTHOL 191      0.6 to 2.2 pt*/ac-ft 
                                             (0.05 to 0.2 ppm) 
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply as spray or inject under water.  Pithophora  may 
require  0.2  ppm  or higher rates.  Fish may be killed with rates higher than 
0.3 ppm or in extremely hot water.  Not as effective on cladophora.  
______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients. 
 
**Pithophora usually requires retreatment.   
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Pithophora**,             HYDROTHOL 191      3 lb to 11 lb*/ac-ft       
cladophora                granular           (0.05 to 0.2 ppm) 
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Broadcast evenly over plant material.  Pithophora  may 
require  0.2  pm or higher rates.  Fish may be killed at rates higher than 0.3 
ppm.  Not as effective on cladophora.    
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Attached and              CUTRINE-PLUS       60 lb*/surface ac of water
weedlike -                granular
Chara, nitella
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply when plants are young  and  uncalcified.  Follow 
label directions.  Cutrine may be harmful to fish in soft water.  Water can be 
used  for  swimming,  fishing  and  irrigation  of  turf and ornamental plants 
immediately after treatment.   
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients. 
**Pithophora usually requires retreatment.   
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________
Chara, nitella            CUTRINE-PLUS       1.2 gal*/ac-ft                   
                          liquid   
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS: Use when water is 3 ft deep or less. Dilute 9 to 1 with 
water.  Cutrine may be harmful to fish in soft water.       
Chara, nitella 
                          AV-70 PLUS         1.25 gal*/ac-ft
 
                          K-TEA              1.7-3.4 gal*/ac-ft
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Mix with 10-20 parts water  and  spray  over  surface.  
Repeat treatment if necessary.      
______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
*Rates for formulated products, not active ingredients.     
 
 
 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Chara, nitella            AQUAZINE           4.25 lb*/ac-ft
 
PRECAUTIONS  &  REMARKS:  Mix  powder with water to make a slurry and place in 
shallow water around the pond.  Uniform dispersion is not  necessary.  Do  not 
use treated water for irrigation,  human,  or livestock consumption for 12 mo.  
Do not attempt spot treatment.      
 
                          HYDROTHOL 191      0.6 to 2.2 pt*/ac-ft 
                                             (0.05 to 0.2 ppm) 
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Check label for calculating rates and for precautions. 
 
                          HYDROTHOL 191      3 lb to 11 lb*/ac-ft 
                          granular           (0.05 to 0.2 ppm) 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AQUATIC WEED CONTROL	                             
-DOC-
                             AQUATIC WEED CONTROL	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
______________________________________________________________________________	
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Floating plants:          DIQUAT             1/2-1 gal*/surface ac
duckweed, waterfern,      	
water hyacinth	
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Foliar spray  or  inject  into  nonflowing  water  and 
nonmuddy water.  Do not use treated water for irrigation,  livestock, fishing, 
swimming,  or drinking for 10 days.  Use higher rate as recommended  on  label 
for late season application.  Do not disturb treated plants.  
 
                          SONAR A.S.,        See label	
                          SRP, 5P
	
PRECAUTIONS  &  REMARKS:  Add Sonar to water and spray over weeds.  Apply only 
one time per year to a treatment site.	 
______________________________________________________________________________
	
*Rate of formulated product, not active ingredient.	
 
Floating plants (cont'd)	
_____________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Duckweed, waterfern,    2,4-D amine 69.9%    2 1/2-4 1/2 pt*/surface ac	
water hyacinth          salts or low        	
                        volatile esters	
                          WEED-RHAP LV-4D	
                         
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Mix each gallon 2,4-D with  99  gal  water  and  1  pt 
detergent.  Spray  foliage  when weeds are growing.  Include detergent or 1 pt 
emulsifier.  Repeat every 4 to 6 wk.  Use higher rate as recommended on  label 
for late season application.	 
_____________________________________________________________________________	
 
*Rate of formulated product, not active ingredient.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AQUATIC WEED CONTROL	                             
-DOC-
                             AQUATIC WEED CONTROL	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
______________________________________________________________________________	
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Emergent plants:          RODEO              6 pt*/ac
alligator weed
water primrose	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply when plants are in bloom.  Repeat application 
will be required to maintain partial control.  Rodeo will not control 
submerged plants.	 
                        2,4-D amine salts 	
                        or low volatile 	
                        esters	
                          WEED-RHAP LV-4D    2 1/2-4 1/2 pt*/surface ac	
                          BANVEL-720         1 gal*/49 gal water	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray to uniformly wet foliage when weeds are growing.  
Alligator weed can be killed back but will quickly re-establish itself.  Apply 
50-75  gal  of  Banvel-720 mixture/surface ac.  Use surfactant as described on 
label.	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
Emergent plants (cont'd)	
______________________________________________________________________________	
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Spikerush or              DIQUAT             1 gal*/surface ac	
hairgrass	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Inject or apply as evenly as possible and avoid muddy-
ing  the  water  as much as possible.  Spikerush is extremely hard to control, 
and Diquat may not give desired results.  Works best on bright, sunny days.	 
	
                          SONAR A.S.,	
                          SRP, 5P            See label	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Add Sonar to water and spray over  weeds.  Apply  only 
one  time  per  year to a treatment site.  Sonar only provides partial control 
for spikerush.	 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
	
	
Emergent plants (cont'd)	
______________________________________________________________________________	
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL                  RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
______________________________________________________________________________	
American lotus,           SONAR A.S.,             See label            
waterlily, pickerel       SRP, 5P            	
weed, yellow cowlily,	
watershield	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Add Sonar to water and spray over  weeds.  Apply  only 
one time per year to a treatment site.	 
 
                        2,4-D (granular)          30-40 lb/surface ac
                          AQUA-KLEEN (27.6%)      150-200 lb*/surface ac                           WEEDTRINE-II (28.4%)    100 lb/surface ac	
	
PRECAUTIONS  & REMARKS:  Broadcast at early stage of weed growth using cyclone 
seeder or other spreader.  Water pH of  8.0  or  above  may  reduce  effective 
action of Aqua-Kleen and Weedtrine-II. 	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	

	
Emergent plants (cont'd)	
______________________________________________________________________________	
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL                  RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Arrowhead, smartweed    2,4-D                     4 lb active ingredient or	
                          ISOCTYLESTER            1 gal*/surface ac	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray on foliage; follow label instructions.	
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------	
Frogbit, pennywort      2,4-D                     Spray 50-60 gal mixture/
                                                  surface ac for frogbit;	
                                                  50-75 gal mixture/surface ac	
                                                  for pennywort
	
                          BANVEL-720              1 gal*/49 gal water
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray on foliage; follow label instructions.	
______________________________________________________________________________	
	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AQUATIC WEED CONTROL	                             
-DOC-
                             AQUATIC WEED CONTROL	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife
______________________________________________________________________________	
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL                  RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Submerged plants:       2,4-D (granular)          20 lb/surface ac	
Watermilfoil              WEEDTRINE II            100 lb*/surface ac	
                          AQUA-KLEEN              100 lb*/surface ac	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Broadcast over surface of weeds before midsummer.	
 
                        endothall	
                          AQUATHOL GRANULAR       50 lb* to 80 lb*/ac-ft	
                          AQUATHOL K              1 to 2 gal*/ac-ft	
 
PRECAUTIONS  &  REMARKS:  Broadcast  over  surface  using higher rates in late 
season.  Spray or inject using  higher  rates  late  in  season.  Due  to  the 
toxicity  to  fish,  the  use  of these two products for submerged aquatics is 
suggested only by commercial applicators.  Refer to label for rates,  applica-
ion instructions, and precautions for specific plants.	 	
______________________________________________________________________________	
	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL                  RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
______________________________________________________________________________	
Watermilfoil            endothall
(cont'd)                  HYDROTHOL 191           50 lb* to 80* lb/ac-ft
                          HYDROTHOL 191           1 to 2 gal*/ac-ft
                          GRANULAR	
 
PRECAUTIONS  &  REMARKS:  Broadcast  over  surface  using higher rates in late 
season.  Spray or inject using  higher  rates  late  in  season.  Due  to  the 
toxicity  to  fish,  the  use  of these two products for submerged aquatics is 
suggested only by commercial applicators.  Refer to label for rates,  applica-
ion instructions, and precautions for specific plants.	 
 
                          AQUAZINE                3.4 to 6.8 lb*/ac-ft	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS: Use higher rates for heavy infestations and late in the 
season.  Note restrictions on use of treated water.  
______________________________________________________________________________	
	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL                  RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Watermilfoil              DIQUAT                  1-2 gal*/surface ac	
(cont'd)	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Follow label instructions for application during early 
or late season.  Use higher rates for heavy infestations,  late season  treat-
ment, and/or mixed plant species.  Do not inject into muddy water.	 
	
                          SONAR A.S.,             See label	
                          SRP, 5P
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray over surface.  Apply only once a year.	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
Cabomba                    DIQUAT                 1-2 gal*/surface ac	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Inject, following previous instructions.	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL                  RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Cabomba (cont'd)          AQUAZINE                8.5 lb*/ac-ft	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply according to label; note 1-yr restriction on use 
of treated pond by cattle.	 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
Bladderwort               SONAR A.S.,             See label	
                          SRP, 5P
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray over surface; apply only once a year.	
	
                          AQUA-KLEEN              150-200 lb*/surface ac	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Broadcast over weeds before midsummer.	
                          DIQUAT	
                            WEEDTRINE D           5-10 gal*/surface ac	
                            ORTHO DIQUAT          1-2 gal*/surface ac	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Use higher rates for  heavy  infestation  and/or  late 
season application according to label directions. 	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Waterstargrass          endothall	
                          AQUATHOL K         1.3 to 1.9 gal*/ac-ft of water	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Use higher rates for heavy infestation and/or late 
season application.	 
 
                          AQUATHOL           54 lb to 81 lb/ac-ft
                          GRANULAR           (2-3 ppm)	
	
PRECAUTIONS  & REMARKS:  Broadcast evenly over plants.  Treat heavily infested 
ponds in sections.	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
Wigeongrass              DIQUAT             3/4 gal*/surface ac	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Inject into nonflowing water.	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Parrotfeather           2,4-D granular	
                          WEEDTRINE II       100 lb*/surface ac	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Broadcast over weed surface.	
	
                          DIQUAT             3/4 gal*/surface ac	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Inject into nonflowing water.	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
Coontail                2.4-D granular	
                          AQUA-KLEEN         150-200 lb*/surface ac	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply evenly over infested area before midsummer.	
	
                          WEEDTRINE II	
                          GRANULAR           100 lb*/surface ac	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply evenly over infested area before midsummer.	
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------	
	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Coontail (cont'd)         DIQUAT             1-2 gal*/surface ac	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Inject into nonflowing water.	
	
                          SONAR A.S.,        See label	
                          SRP, 5P	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray over surface.  Apply only once a year.	
 
                        endothall	
                          AQUATHOL K         0.6-1.3 gal*/ac-ft (1-2 ppm)	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray or  inject  as  evenly  as  possible.  For  best 
results apply early in the growing season.	 
 
                          AQUATHOL           27-54 lb*/ac-ft (1-2 ppm)	
                          GRANULAR	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Broadcast evenly over plants.  Treat heavily infested 
ponds in sections.  	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Common elodea (cont'd)    DIQUAT             2 gal*/surface ac	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply by pouring or injecting  formulated  product  or 
solution according to directions on label.  Do not inject into muddy water.	 
 
                        endothall	
                          AQUATHOL K         1-2 ppm or 0.6-1.3 gal*/	
                                             ac-ft of water	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray or inject using higher rates later in season.	 
 
                          AQUATHOL 
                          GRANULAR           27-54 lb*/ac-ft of water	
PRECAUTIONS  &  REMARKS:  Broadcast  over  surface  of  infested area.  Due to 
toxicity to fish,  the use of endothall  formulations  for  submerged  aquatic 
plants  is  suggested  only by commercial applicators.  Refer to the label for 
rates and precautions.	 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Common elodea           endothall            27-54 lb*/ac-ft of water
(cont'd)                  HYDROTHOL 191	
                          HYDROTHOL 191 GRANULAR	
 
PRECAUTIONS  &  REMARKS:  Broadcast  over  surface  of  infested area.  Due to 
toxicity to fish,  the use of endothall  formulations  for  submerged  aquatic 
plants  is  suggested  only by commercial applicators.  Refer to the label for 
rates and precautions.	 
 
                          SONAR A.S.,        See label	
                          SRP, 5P	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray over surface.  Apply only once a year.	
 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Naiads                    DIQUAT	
                            ORTHO DIQUAT     1 gal*/surface ac	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Pour or  inject  formulated  product  or  solution  of 
product according to label recommendations.  Do not use in muddy water.	 
	
                          AQUAZINE           3.4 to 6.8 lb*/ac ft of water	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply according to label; note 1-yr restriction on use 
of treated water for cattle.	 
 
                          CUTRINE-PLUS       60 lb*/surface ac	
                          granular	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply early in season.	
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL                 RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Naiads (cont'd)         endothall	
                          HYDROTHALL 191	
                          HYDROTHALL 191 GRAN.	
	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Due to the toxicity to fish, use of these formulations 
for submerged aquatic plants is  suggested  only  by  commercial  applicators.  
Refer to the label for rates and precautions.	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
Potamogeton spp.          AQUAZINE           3.4 to 6.8 lb*/ac-ft of water	
(pond weeds)	
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply according to label; note 1-yr restriction on use 
of treated water for cattle.	 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------	
	
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.	
	
	
Submerged plants (cont'd)	
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL                RATE OR CONCENTRATION	
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Potamogeton spp.        endothall               0.6 gal to 1.9 gal*/ac-ft
(cont'd)                  AQUATHOL K                 (1 to 3 ppm)              
                                                          
PRECAUTIONS  & REMARKS:  Spray or inject below water.  Distribute as evenly as 
possible.	 
                          AQUATHOL GRAN.        27 lb to 81 lb*/ac-ft 	
                          HYDROTHOL 191              (1 to 3 ppm)
                          HYDROTHOL 191 GRAN.	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Due to toxicity to fish, use of endothall formulations 
for  submerged  aquatic  plants  is  suggested only by commercial applicators.  
Refer to label for rates and precautions.	 
	
                          SONAR A.S.,        See label	
                          SRP, 5P	
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray over surface.  Apply only once a year.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AQUATIC WEED CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                             AQUATIC WEED CONTROL 
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife 
 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED                    CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Aquatic grasses                   RODEO              4.75 pt/ac
(ditches with flowing                                Refer to label for rates
water and impoundments):                             on specific species.
 
Sawgrass, southern water-
grass, cutgrass, giant
foxtail, giant reed,
maidencane, paragrass,
torpedograss, water
paspalum 
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Refer to label for growth stage to apply treatment for 
specific species.  Note surfactant information on label.  
 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
	
Aquatic grasses (cont'd) 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Aquatic grasses         dalapon              10-22 lb ai/ac
(ditches, banks of                           (Follow label recommendations
impoundments):                               according to species.)
 
Cutgrass, giant       
foxtail, giant reed, 
maidencane, para- 
grass, torpedograss, 
water paspalum 
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Apply in 100 to 400 gal water/ac as ground spray or in 
5  to  15  gal  water/ac  as aerial spray when grasses are 6 to 18 in tall and 
before heading;  add 3  to  4  pt  of  wetting  agent/100  gal  water.  Repeat 
application  as regrowth occurs.  Use only in drainage ditches with no flowing 
water and on pond banks.  Do not use dalapon in or near water.  
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
	
Aquatic grasses (cont'd) 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
Ditches, banks of        RODEO               4.75 pt/ac (Refer to label for 
impoundments (cont'd)                        rates on specific species.)
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Refer to label for growth stage to apply treatment for 
specific species.  Note surfactant information on label.  
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
Emergent cattail          DIQUAT             1 oz* Diquat/3.0 gal water and 
                                             1.0 oz wetting agent (detergent) 
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray on foliage before seed head is formed to prevent 
reseeding.  Do  not use treated water for consumption,  spraying or irrigation 
for 14 days.  
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
*Rates are for formulated products, not active ingredients. 
Aquatic grasses (cont'd) 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
AQUATIC WEED            CHEMICAL             RATE OR CONCENTRATION 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
Emergent cattail        dalapon              15 lb active ingredients/ac 
(cont'd)                                     plus surfactant such as 2 qt 
                                             Danwet

PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Spray on foliage during May.  Dalapon is  not  labeled 
for  use in impoundments or flowing water.  Lower water level and allow mud to 
dry before application.  
                          RODEO              4 1/2-7 1/2 pt/ac
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS: Apply when plants are in bloom.  Best results in summer 
or fall months. 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Bulrushes               2,4-D   (low         4.0 to 6.0 lb/ac ai or 1-1.5 gal/ 
                        (volatile esters)    ac with surfactant
 
PRECAUTIONS & REMARKS:  Mix 1 gal 2,4-D with surfactant  and  100  gal  water.  
Spray 100-150 gal/ac.  
______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GENERAL RESTRICTIONS ON USE OF TREATED WATER	                 
-DOC-
                 GENERAL RESTRICTIONS ON USE OF TREATED WATER	
           D. L. Robinette, Head, Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
_______________________________________________________________________________
COMMON NAME                                  AMOUNT OF
CHEMICAL NAME                                   A.I.              CONC PPM
_______________________________________________________________________________
BANVEL-720*                                   
Dimethylamine salt of dicamba                 12.8%                 --
Dimethylamine salts of related acids           3.2%                 --
Dimethylamine salt of 2,4-dichloro-
 phenoxyacetic acid                           24.6%                 --
 
CUTRINE-PLUS LIQUID**
Copper Alkanolamine Complex                    9.0%                
_______________________________________________________________________________
 *HUMAN DRINKING, SWIMMING,  FISH CONSUMPTION,  ANIMAL DRINKING:  Restrictions 
  were not available.  Consult chemical manufacturer,  county Extension agent, 
  or State Plant Pest Regulatory Service.  IRRIGATION  OF  TURF,  FOOD  CROPS, 
  FORAGE: 14 days.  
	
**HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING,  SWIMMING,  FISH CONSUMPTION, IRRIGATION OF TURF, 
  FOOD CROPS AND FORAGE: 0 days.  
______________________________________________________________________________
COMMON NAME                                  AMOUNT OF
CHEMICAL NAME                                   A.I.              CONC PPM
______________________________________________________________________________
AV-70 PLUS*
K-TEA*
Copper-triethanolamine Complex                 8.0%
 
DALAPON**
2,2-dichloropropionic acid                    74.0%
 
CUTRINE-PLUS GRANULAR***                        
Copper Alkanolamine Complex                    3.7%	
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   *HUMAN DRINKING, SWIMMING, FISH CONSUMPTION; ANIMAL DRINKING; IRRIGATION OF 
    TURF, FOOD CROPS, FORAGE:  0 days.
 
  **Care should be taken to  prevent  contamination  of  water.  Presently  no 
    approval for aquatic use is contained on the manufacturer's label.  
 
***HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING,  SWIMMING, FISH CONSUMPTION, IRRIGATION OF TURF, 
   FOOD CROPS AND FORAGE: 0 days.  
______________________________________________________________________________
COMMON NAME                                  AMOUNT OF
CHEMICAL NAME                                   A.I.              CONC PPM
_______________________________________________________________________________
2,4-D LIQUID ESTER*
2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid               3.8 lb/gal
 
2,4-D GRANULAR ESTER*
2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid              19%/lb
 
DIQUAT**
1:1-ethylene-2:2-dipridylium dibromide     2 lb cation/gal
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
*SWIMMING:  1 day;  FISH CONSUMPTION & IRRIGATION OF TURF:  3 days;  HUMAN AND 
 ANIMAL  DRINKING  AND IRRIGATION OF FOOD CROPS AND FORAGE:  Restrictions were 
 not available;  consult chemical manufacturer,  county  Extension  agent,  or 
 State Plant Pest Regulatory Service.  
 
**HUMAN,  ANIMAL  DRINKING;  SWIMMING,  IRRIGATION/TURF/FOOD CROPS/FORAGE:  14 
  days.  
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
COMMON NAME                                  AMOUNT OF
CHEMICAL NAME                                   A.I.              CONC/PPM
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUATHOL K*
Dipotassium salt of endothall                4.23 lb/gal           0.5/3.0
 
AQUATHOL GRANULAR*                                       
Dipotassium salt of endothall                  10.1%               0.5/3.0
 
HYDROTHOL 191**
Mono(N,N-dimethylalkylamine)salt                                  
  of endothall                                 53.0%               0.3/3.0
_______________________________________________________________________________
 *0.5 CONC/PPM - HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING;  IRRIGATION OF TURF,  FOOD  CROPS, 
                 AND FORAGE:7 days; SWIMMING: 1 day; FISH CONSUMPTION: 3 days.  
  3.0 CONC/PPM - HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING, IRRIGATION OF TURF, FOOD CROPS AND 
                 FORAGE: 14 days; SWIMMING: 1 day; FISH CONSUMPTION: 3 days.  
**0.3 CONC/PPM - HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING; SWIMMING; IRRIGATION OF TURF, FOOD 
                 CROPS AND FORAGE: 7 DAYS; FISH CONSUMPTION: 3 days.  
  3.0 CONC/PPM - HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING; SWIMMING; IRRIGATION OF TURF, FOOD 
                 CROPS AND FORAGE: 14 DAYS; FISH CONSUMPTION: 3 days.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
COMMON NAME                                  AMOUNT OF 	
CHEMICAL NAME                                   A.I.             CONC/PPM 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
HYDROTHOL 191 GRANULAR* 	
Mono(N,N-dimethylalkylamine)salt 	
  of endothall                                 11.2%              0.3/3.0 
 
RODEO**
Isopropylamine salt of glyphosate             53.8%
 
COPPER SULFATE**
Copper sulfate (Pentahydrate)                 99.0%
_______________________________________________________________________________
 *0.3 CONC/PPM - HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING; SWIMMING; IRRIGATION OF TURF, FOOD 
                 CROPS AND FORAGE: 7 DAYS; FISH CONSUMPTION: 3 days.
 
 *3.0 CONC/PPM - HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING; SWIMMING; IRRIGATION OF TURF, FOOD 
                 CROPS AND FORAGE: 14 DAYS; FISH CONSUMPTION: 3 days.
 
**HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING; SWIMMING; FISH CONSUMPTION; IRRIGATION OF TURF, 
  FOOD CROPS AND FORAGE: 0 days.
_______________________________________________________________________________
COMMON NAME                                  AMOUNT OF
CHEMICAL NAME                                   A.I.              CONC/PPM
_______________________________________________________________________________
AQUAZINE*
Simazine:2-chloro-4,6-bis(ethylamino)-
  s-triazine                                   80.0%                 --
 
Sonar A.S., SRP, 5P**                      41.7% in A.S.
    fluridone methyl-3-phenyl-5-          5% in SRP or 5P            --
    [3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4
    (1H)-pyridinone
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
 *HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING;  IRRIGATION OF TURF, FOOD CROPS, AND FORAGE:  360 
  days.  SWIMMING AND FISH CONSUMPTION: 0 days.  
 
**HUMAN AND ANIMAL DRINKING; SWIMMING, FISH COMSUMPTION: 0 days.  IRRIGATION OF 
  TURF, FOOD CROPS AND FORAGE: 7 days.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN - MINIMUM TILLAGE - PREEMERGENCE HERBICIDE MIXTURES
-DOC-
CORN - MINIMUM TILLAGE - PREEMERGENCE HERBICIDE MIXTURES
_______________________________________________________________________________

Herbicides used for control of existing vegetation at  planting  are  generally 
applied  with  residual  herbicides to provide adequate weed control in minimum 
tillage cropping systems.  Recommended herbicide  mixtures  are  listed  below.
Refer  to  recommendations  under  CORN  -  PREEMERGENCE or CORN - PREEMERGENCE 
HERBICIDE MIXTURES for rates and other information.  Rates  are  generally  the 
same  for conventional or reduced tillage cropping systems.  However,  refer to 
the label prior to use.  

    l.  Tank mixtures with GRAMOXONE SUPER
    
    2.  Tank mixtures with ROUNDUP

    3.  Tank mixtures with BRONCO.
_______________________________________________________________________________
CORN - MINIMUM TILLAGE - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES WITH GRAMOXONE SUPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
    AATREX (80W, 4L, OR NINE-0)
    ATRAZINE (80W OR 4L)
    PRINCEP (80W, 4L, or CALIBER 90)
    AATREX (80W, 4L, or NINE-0) + PRINCEP 80W
    BLADEX (80W or 90DF)
    LASSO + AATREX (80W, 4L, or NINE-0) or ATRAZINE (80W or 4L)
    DUAL 8E + AATREX (80W, 4L, or 90DF) or ATRAZINE 4L
    DUAL 8E + BLADEX (80W, 4L, or 90DF)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - MINIMUM TILLAGE - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES WITH ROUNDUP
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    LASSO
    AATREX (80W, 4L, or NINE-0) or ATRAZINE 4L
    LASSO + AATREX (80W, 4L, or NINE-0) or ATRAZINE (80W OR 4L)
    AATREX (80W, 4L, or NINE-O) or ATRAZINE 80W or 4L) + PRINCEP (80W or 4L)
    DUAL 8E + AATREX (80W, 4L, or NINE-0), ATRAZINE 4L, or GRIFFEX 4L
    DUAL 8E + BLADEX (80W, 4L, or 90DF)
    LASSO + BLADEX (80W or 4L)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - MINIMUM TILLAGE - TANK MIXTURES WITH BRONCO
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    AATREX (4L, 80W, or NINE-0) or ATRAZINE (4L or 80W)
    BLADEX (4L, 80W, or 90DF)
    PRINCEP (4L, 80W, or CALIBER 90)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP              
-DOC-
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP              

The  following  treatments  are labeled for preemergence or early postemergence 
application.  Preemergence application is recommended since risk of  inadequate 
weed  control  is  greater if these treatments are applied early postemergence.
However,  if fields have not received a  preplant  or  preemergence  herbicide, 
these  treatments would be beneficial.  Refer to labels for specific directions 
for early postemergence applications.  

    LASSO + AATREX (80W, 4L, NINE-0), ATRAZINE (80W, 4L), or GRIFFEX 4L
    LASSO AND ATRAZINE
    DUAL + AATREX (80W, 4L, NINE-0), ATRAZINE (80W, 4L), or GRIFFEX 4L
    BICEP
    BICEP 6L
    PROWL + AATREX (80W, 4L, NINE-0), ATRAZINE (80W, 4L), or GRIFFEX 4L
    PROWL + BLADEX (80W FORMULATION ONLY)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
BANVEL                 4.0 lb/gal           0.5 pt                   0.25 

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  May be applied over-the- top until corn is 8 
inches  tall.  Apply  as  a directed spray if corn is taller than 8 inches.  Do 
not make more than  one  postemergence  application/season.  Prevent  drift  to 
susceptible    crops    such    as    tobacco,     soybeans,     and    cotton.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
2,4-D                3.8 or 4.0 lb/gal     0.5 to l.0 pt          0.24 to 0.50
(Several trade
names)

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  Corn is susceptible to injury  at  emergence 
and  shortly  after  unfolding  of  leaves.  Apply over-the-top to corn up to 8 
inches tall.  Apply as a directed spray if corn is taller  than  8  inches.  Do 
not  cultivate  for 10 days after application.  Several companies are marketing 
2,4-D--refer to individual product  labels  for  specific  directions.  Prevent 
drift  to  susceptible  crops such as cotton,  tobacco,  and soybeans.  Use the 
amine formulation and follow directions on the label to minimize  drift  hazard 
if sensitive crops are nearby.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP        
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
BANVEL                 4.0 lb/gal            0.5 pt                  0.25
  +                        +                  +                        +
2,4-D               3.8 to 4.0 lb/gal      0.5 to 1.0 pt           0.24 to 0.5 

REMARKS: Annual broadleaf weeds.  Please refer to comments for 2,4-D and Banvel 
alone.                                   
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP        
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC              AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
AATREX 80W  or       80% wettable powder   2.5 to 3.0 lb                    
ATRAZINE 80W
   or                                          or
AATREX 4L, ATRAZINE 4L,  4.0 lb/gal        2.0 to 2.4 qt           2.0 to 2.4
GRIFFEX 4L                 
   or                                          or
AATREX NINE-0         90% dispersible      2.2 to 2.6 lb
                         granule                            

REMARKS:  Some control of annual grasses,  good  control  of  annual  broadleaf 
weeds.  Apply  before  weeds  are  1.5  inches tall.  May be applied at reduced 
rates with oil--application with oil  usually  improves  control  of  large  or 
drought-stressed  weeds.  Follow  label  directions for crop rotation.  Several 
companies are marketing  atrazine--refer  to  label  for  specific  directions.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP        
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                       RECOMMENDED RATE
                                               FORMULATED
HERBICIDE                  FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
AATREX 80W, ATRAZINE 80W   80% wettable powder    l.5 lb       
       or                                          or
AATREX 4L, ATRAZINE 4L,     4.0 lb/gal            2.4 pt              l.2
       or                                          or
AATREX NINE-0              90% dispersible        l.3 lb
                             granule
  +
OIL

REMARKS:  Broadleaf weed control only at  these  reduced  rates.  Apply  before 
weeds  exceed  4  inches  in  height.  Add l.0 qt oil concentrate/ac for ground 
application.  Several companies are  marketing  atrazine--refer  to  label  for 
specific directions.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP        
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                       RECOMMENDED RATE
                                               FORMULATED
HERBICIDE                  FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
BASAGRAN               4.0 lb/gal          1.5 to 2.0 pt           0.75 to 1.0

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds,  yellow nutsedge--see label for maximum  weed 
heights.   Two   applications  may  be  needed  for  yellow  nutsedge  control.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
ME4 BROMINAL           4.0 lb/gal         0.5 to 0.75 pt  
  or                                          or                   0.25 to 0.38
BUCTRIL                2.0 lb/gal         1.0 to 1.5 pt                        

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  Apply to corn from the 3-leaf stage up to 14 
inches  tall  and  before  weeds  exceed 2 inches in height or the 2- to 4-leaf 
stage,  whichever occurs  first.  Do  not  apply  when  corn  foliage  is  wet.
Temporary  burning of corn foliage may occur,  but corn rapidly recovers and no 
effects on yield have been observed.  
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY                          
-DOC-
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY                          
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION          PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
________________________________________________________________________________
2,4-D               3.8 or 4.0 lb/gal       0.5 to 1.0 pt          0.24 to 0.5
(Several trade
names)
                                                                 
REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  Apply after corn exceeds 8 inches tall up to 
tasseling.  May  be applied with nitrogen solution after corn reaches 20 inches 
in height.  Do not cultivate for 10 days after application.  Several  companies 
are    marketing    2,4-D--refer    to    label    for   specific   directions.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY                          
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION          PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
________________________________________________________________________________
BANVEL                 4.0 lb/gal           0.5 pt                 0.25 

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  Apply after  corn  exceeds  8  inches  tall.
BANVEL  may  be  applied  until  corn is 36 inches tall or up to 15 days before 
tassel  emergence,  whichever  occurs first.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY                          
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION          PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
________________________________________________________________________________
BANVEL                 4.0 lb/gal           0.5 pt                 0.25
   +                     +                    +                     +
2,4-D                  3.8 or 4.0 lb/gal    0.5 to 1.0 pt          0.24 to 0.5

REMARKS: Annual broadleaf weeds.  Refer to comments for 2,4-D and BANVEL alone.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
*R GRAMOXONE SUPER     l.5 lb/gal           1.5 pt                 0.28

REMARKS:  Annual  grasses  and  broadleaf weeds less than 4 inches tall.  Apply 
after corn is at least 10 inches tall, and spray no higher than 3 inches on the 
corn  stalks.   Add  1.0  qt  Ortho  X-77  Spreader/100  gal  spray   solution.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
*R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.  
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY                          
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION          PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
________________________________________________________________________________
*R GRAMOXONE SUPER     l.5 lb/gal           1.5 pt                 0.28 
        +                                     +                      +  
AATREX 80W or      80% wettable powder      0.6 to 1.25 lb or      0.5 + 1.0 
AATREX 4L              4.0 lb/gal           1.0 to 2.0 pt           

REMARKS:  Annual  grasses  and  broadleaf weeds less than 4 inches tall.  Apply 
after corn is at least 10 inches tall, and spray no higher than 3 inches on the 
corn    stalks.    Add    surfactant    according    to    label    directions.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
*R  - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION          PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
________________________________________________________________________________
LOROX L, LINEX 4L      4.0 lb/gal           1.25 to 2.0 pt         0.6 to 1.0
    or                                           or
LOROX DF              50% dispersible       1.25 to 2.0 lb                 
                       granule

REMARKS:  Annual  grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Apply after corn is at least 15 
inches tall.  Use the low rate for weeds up to 2 inches tall and the high  rate 
for weeds up to 5 inches tall.  Add 1.0 pt Surfactant WK/25 gal spray solution.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
EVIK 80W              80% wettable powder   0.75 to 2.5 lb         0.6 to 2.0 
                                                                 
REMARKS:  Annual  grasses  and  broadleaf weeds less than 5 inches tall.  Apply 
after corn is at least 12 inches tall.  Add  1.0  pt  surfactant/25  gal  spray 
solution.     Do     not     apply     within    3    weeks    of    tasseling.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CORN - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION          PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
________________________________________________________________________________
AATREX 80W or          80% wettable powder  1.25 to 2.5 lb
  ATRAZINE 80W      
    or                                          or
AATREX 4L, ATRAZINE 4L  4.0 lb/gal          1.0 to 2.0 qt          1.0 to 2.0
    or                                          or
AATREX NINE-0          90% dispersible      1.1 to 2.2 lb
                        granule

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and weeds less than 1.5 inches tall.  Apply as a layby 
treatment  with  nitrogen solution to lower 3 to 4 inches of stalk when corn is 
20 to 30 inches  tall.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN - HARVEST AID                                                              
-DOC-
CORN - HARVEST AID                                                              
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION          PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________

2,4-D amine            3.8 lb/gal           1.0 to 2.0 pt          0.5 to 1.0
(FORMULA 40)                                                                 

REMARKS:  Preharvest control of cocklebur,  morningglory,  ragweed, jimsonweed.
Apply after the hard dough or denting stage.  Do  not  spray  corn  in  tassel.
Prevent  drift  to  susceptible  crops such as cotton,  tobacco,  and soybeans.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN - HERBICIDE INFORMATION
-DOC-
CORN - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

Herbicide information only.  For information only.  Use of trade names does not 
indicate  preferential  endorsement nor discrimination against similar products 
with different trade names.  

COMMON NAME         TRADE NAME            FORMULATION(S)         COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
alachlor            LASSO                   4.0 lb/gal           Monsanto
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
alachlor +          LASSO AND ATRAZINE      2.5 + 1.5 lb/gal     Monsanto
  atrazine                                                          
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ametryn             EVIK 80W              80% wettable powder    Ciba-Geigy
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
atrazine            AATREX 80W            80% wettable powder    Ciba-Geigy
                    AATREX 4L               4.0 lb/gal           Ciba-Geigy
                    AATREX NINE-0      90% dispersible granule   Ciba-Geigy
                    ATRAZINE 80W          80% wettable powder    DuPont
                    ATRAZINE 4L             4.0 lb/gal           DuPont, Ciba-
                                                                 Geigy
                    GRIFFEX 4L              4.0 lb/gal           Griffin
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

COMMON NAME         TRADE NAME            FORMULATION(S)         COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bentazon            BASAGRAN                4.0 lb/gal           BASF   
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
bromoxynil          ME4 BROMINAL            4.0 lb/gal           Rhone-Poulenc 
                    BUCTRIL                 2.0 lb/gal           Rhone-Poulenc
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
butylate + safener  SUTAN+ 6.7E             6.7 lb/gal           Stauffer
                    GENATE PLUS             6.7 lb/gal           PPG
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
butylate + safener  SUTAZINE+               4.8 + 1.2 lb/gal     Stauffer
 + atrazine         ATRABUTE+               4.8 + l.2 lb/gal     Griffin
                    ATRABUTE+ II            4.3 + l.7 lb/gal     Griffin
                    RHINO                   4.3 + l.7 lb/gal     PPG
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cyanazine           BLADEX 80W            80% wettable powder    DuPont
                    BLADEX 4L               4.0 lb/gal           DuPont
                    BLADEX 90DF         90% dispersible granule  DuPont
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

COMMON NAME         TRADE NAME            FORMULATION(S)         COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dicamba             BANVEL                  4.0 lb/gal           Sandoz
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
EPTC + safener      ERADICANE 6.7E          6.7 lb/gal           Stauffer
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPTC + safener +    ERADICANE EXTRA         6.0 lb/gal           Stauffer
  + extender                                               
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
glyphosate          ROUNDUP                 4.0 lb/gal           Monsanto
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
glyphosate          BRONCO                1.4 + 2.6 lb/gal       Monsanto 
  + alachlor
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
linuron             LOROX L                4.0 lb/gal            DuPont
                    LOROX DF          50% dispersible granule    DuPont
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
metolachlor         DUAL 8E                8.0 lb/gal           Ciba-Geigy
                    DUAL 25G               25% granular         Ciba-Geigy
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORN - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

COMMON NAME         TRADE NAME            FORMULATION(S)         COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
metolachlor         BICEP                 2.0 + 2.5 lb/gal      Ciba-Geigy
 + atrazine         BICEP 6L              3.3 + 2.7 lb/gal      Ciba-Geigy
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
paraquat            GRAMOXONE SUPER        l.5 lb/gal           ICI
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pendimethalin       PROWL                  4.0 lb/gal         American Cyanamid
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
simazine            PRINCEP 80W          80% wettable powder    Ciba-Geigy
                    PRINCEP 4L             4.0 lb/gal           Ciba-Geigy
                   PRINCEP CALIBER 90  90% dispersible granule  Ciba-Geigy
                    SIM-TROL 4L            4.0 lb/gal           Griffin
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4-D              FORMULA 40, WEEDAR,     3.8 to 4.0 lb/gal    Rhone-Poulenc
                   WEEDONE, DACAMINE,                           Fermenta, 
                   (Many others)                                others
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN INSECT CONTROL                               
-DOC-
                               CORN INSECT CONTROL
                      D.G. Manley, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Billbugs        R terbufos           8.16 oz/1000        1.0 - 2.0             
                    COUNTER 15G      row ft	
REMARKS:  Apply at planting in a 7-in band and incorporate lightly.  Can be 
placed directly in the seed furrow behind the planter shoe (1 lb ai/ac), or 
apply in a 7-in band over the row of seedling corn plants and lightly 
incorporate for a post-emergence treatment.	

Planting time or post-emergence.	 

                R carbofuran 	
                    FURADAN 15G      13.3 lb             2.0	
REMARKS:  Planting time application. The performance of Furadan in dry soils 
has been erratic.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Billbugs        FURADAN 4F           1-2 qt              1.0 - 2.0           30	
(cont)
REMARKS:  Apply as a spray treatment when billbugs attack the small corn. Apply 
as a 7-in band over the row using ground equipment (postemergence treatment).
	
Apply in a minimum of 10 gal water/ac. Do not make a foliar application if 
Furadan 10G was applied at more than 10 lb/ac at planting. Do not make more 
than one application/season.  This is a salvage treatment (24-C registration). 
	
                chlorpyrifos         8-16 oz/1,000       1.0 - 2.0	
                  LORSBAN 15G        row ft
REMARKS:  Apply in 4- to 7-in band behind planter shoe, in front of press 
wheel.	
	
Do not use in soils over 10% organic matter.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Billbugs        LORSBAN 4E           2-3 pt              1.0 - 1.5           50	
(cont)
REMARKS:  Postemergence treatment. Broadcast using ground equipment or 
aircraft.	
	
Do not apply more than 3 pt/season.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Wireworms       R carbofuran         6.7                 1.0	
                    FURADAN 15G	
REMARKS:  Apply in seed furrow or in a 7-in band and incorporate lightly.	 
	
Planting time application.	
	
                  diazinon 14G       21 lb               3.0                 10	
REMARKS:  Apply broadcast and mix into the soil immediately 7-15 days before 
planting.	 
	
Preharvest interval for feed or forage.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Wireworms       R fonofos                                4.0
(cont)              DYFONATE 10G     40 lb                                   45	
                    DYFONATE 20G     20 lb	
                    DYFONATE 4EC     4 qt	
REMARKS:  Same as diazinon.	
	
Preharvest interval for feeding or grazing livestock.	
	
                R fensulfothion      6.17 lb             2.0	
                    DASANIT 15G	      
REMARKS:  Apply in 4- to 6-in band behind planter shoe, in front of press 
wheel.  Planting time application.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Wireworms         chlorpyrifos       16 oz/1,000         2.0	
(cont)              LORSBAN 15G      row ft	
REMARKS:  Apply in a 6- to 7-in band behind planter shoe, in front of press 
wheel, or directly into furrow.	 
	
Planting time application.	
	
                R terbufos           8 oz/1,000          1.0	
                    COUNTER 15G      row ft   	
REMARKS:  Apply at planting in a 7-in band and incorporate lightly.  Can be 
placed directly in the seed furrow behind the planter shoe (1 lb ai/ac).	 
	
Planting time application.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Wireworms       R parathion 10G      20 lb               2.0                 12	
(cont)	
REMARKS:  Same as terbufos.	
	
Preharvest interval for forage or fodder.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
European        carbaryl                                 1.5                  0
corn borer        SEVIN 80%	
                   Sprayable         1.87 lb	
                  SEVIN 50W          3 lb	
                  SEVIMOL 4          1.5 qt	
                  SEVIN SL           1.5 qt	
REMARKS:  Early planting will help avoid problems with this insect.  Begin 
checking corn that is tasseling the latter part of June or later, and apply as 
soon as one egg mass/plant can be found.  A second application may be required 
about 10 days after the first if infestation is severe.	
	
No limitations.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
European corn     diazinon 14G       7-14 lb             1.0-2.0     0 (grain)	
borer (cont)                                                        10 (forage)	
REMARKS:  Apply into whorls.
	
Apply when 75% of plants show first generation feeding or one second generation 
egg mass/plant.	 
	
                R carbofuran         6.7 lb              1.0                  0	
                    FURADAN 15G	
	
REMARKS:  Same as diazinon.	
	
Do not make a foliar application if Furadan 15G was applied at more than 6.7 
lb/ac at planting. Do not make more than two foliar applications/season.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
European corn   R fenvalerate        5.3-10.6 oz         0.1-0.2             21	
borer (cont)        PYDRIN	
REMARKS:  Repeat as necessary for control of European corn borers and corn 
earworms.	 
	
Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/season.	
	
                  chlorpyrifos                           1.0                 35	
                    LORSBAN 4E       8 oz/1,000 row ft	
REMARKS:  Uniformly broadcast by air or apply granules into whorls by ground.	 
	
Do not exceed 16 oz/1,000 row ft/season.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
European corn   R permethrin                             0.1-0.2 	
borer (cont)        AMBUSH 2.0EC     2/5 - 4/5 pt	
                    POUNCE 3.2EC     1/4 - 1/2 pt	
REMARKS:  Apply before ear formation in minimum 1 gal finished spray/ac by air 
or 10 gal spray/ac by ground.	 
	
                R PENNCAP-M          2-4 pt              0.5-1.0             12	
REMARKS:  Do not apply during pollen shed if bees are active.	
	
                R phorate            5 lb                1.0                 30	
                    THIMET 20G	
REMARKS:  Broadcast granules into whorl before tassel emergence.	
	
Do not make more than one application over the plant.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Seed corn         chlorpyrifos       8 oz/1,000          1.0     
maggot              LORSBAN 15G      row ft	
REMARKS:  Apply directly behind the planter shoe into the seed furrow.
	
                R fonofos                                0.75	
                    DYFONATE 10G     7.5 lb/ac	
                    DYFONATE 20G     3.5 lb/ac	
REMARKS:  Apply in 6- to 8-in band ahead of the press wheel.	
	
                R carbofuran	
                    FURADAN 15G      6.7 lb/ac           1.0	
REMARKS:  Apply into seed in furrow.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Seed corn       R terbufos           8 oz/1,000          1.0	
maggot (cont)       COUNTER 15       row ft	
REMARKS:  Apply at planting directly in the seed furrow behind the planter 
shoe.	 
	
Planting time application.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Chinch bug        chlorpyrifos                           0.5-1.0             50	
                    LORSBAN 4E       1-2 pt	
REMARKS:  Postemergence treatment.	
	
Do not apply more than 3 pt/season.	
	
                R fenvalerate        5.3-10.6 oz         0.1-0.2             21	
                    PYDRIN         	
REMARKS:  Spray should be directed to the base of the plant. 	
	
Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Southern corn   R carbofuran         6.7 lb              1.0	
rootworn            FURADAN 15G	
REMARKS:  Apply in a 7-in band, centered over the row at planting, and 
incorporate lightly. Control of this insect is practical only where there is a 
history of economic losses due to its damage.	 
	
Planting time application.	
	
                  diazinon 14G       7 lb                1.0	
REMARKS:  Same as carbofuran.	
	
Planting time application.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Southern corn   R disulfoton         6.7 lb              1.0	
rootworm (cont)     DI-SYSTON 15G	
REMARKS:  Apply in 4- to 6-in band behind planter shoe, in front of press 
wheel.	 
	
Planting time application.	
	
                R fonofos                                1.0	
                    DYFONATE 10G     10 lb	
                    DYFONATE 20G     5 lb	
                    DYFONATE 4EC     1 qt	
REMARKS:  Apply in 6- to 8-in band ahead of press wheel.	
	
Planting time application.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Southern corn   R isofenphos         1.6 oz/1,000        1.0	
rootworm (cont)     AMAZE 6          row ft	
                    AMAZE 20G        6 oz/1,000          1.0	
                                     row ft	
REMARKS:  Apply in a 7-in band behind planter shoe, in front of press wheel.	 
	
Planting time application.	
	
                R phorate            6 oz/1,000          1.0	
                    THIMET 20G       row ft	
REMARKS:  Same as isofenphos, or apply granules at time of cultivation in a 
band at base of plants just ahead of cultivator shovels so as to cover granules 
with soil.	 
	
Planting time cultivation.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Southern corn   R terbufos           8 oz/1,000          1.0	
rootworm (cont)     COUNTER 15G      row ft	
REMARKS:  Same as isofenphos, or apply granules to base of plants or over the 
top of plants just ahead of cultivator shovels at time of cultivation.	 
	
Planting time or at cultivation.	
	
                  chlorpyrifos       8 oz/1,000          1.0	
                    LORSBAN 15G        row ft	
REMARKS:  Apply in a 6- to 7-in band behind planter shoe, in front of press 
wheel.	 
	
Planting time application.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Cutworms        diazinon 14G         7 lb                1.0                 10	
REMARKS:  Apply in a 7-in band at the base of small plants at first sign of 
damage.	 
	
Preharvest interval for feed or forage.	
	
                trichlorfon                              1.0                  0	
                  DYLOX 80% SP       20 oz    	
                  DYLOX 4E           1 qt	
REMARKS:  For early application, direct spray to the lower portions of plants 
and to soil around base of plant.	 
 	
Three applications/season may be made.  Use a min of 1 gal water/ac.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Cutworms        chlorpyrifos         8 oz/1,000          1.0    	
(cont)            LORSBAN 15G        row ft	
REMARKS:  Apply at planting in a 6- to 7-in band.	
	
For control of low to moderate infestations. One application/season.	 
	
                  LORSBAN 4E         2-3 pt              1.0-1.5	
REMARKS:  Apply broadcast in sufficient water for coverage using aerial or 
ground equipment.	 
	
This is a rescue treatment.
_______________________________________________________________________________	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Cutworms        R PENNCAP-M          4 pt                1.0                 12
(cont)  	
REMARKS:  Apply broadcast in sufficient water for coverage using aerial or 
ground equipment.	 
	
For best control, apply under moist soil conditions.	
	
                R fenvalerate        5.3-10.6 oz         0.1-0.2             21	
                    PYDRIN     	
REMARKS:  Apply broadcast to foliage.	
	
Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/season.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Cutworms        R carbofuran	
(cont)              FURADAN 15G      6.7 lb/ac           1.0	
REMARKS:  Apply in a 7-in band or in furrow	
	
                R permethrin                             0.1-0.2	
                    AMBUSH 2.0EC     2/5-4/5 pt
                    POUNCE 3.2EC     1/2-1 pt	
REMARKS:  Apply before ear formation in minimum 1 gal finished spray/ac by air 
or 10 gal spray/ac by ground.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Whorl feeding   carbaryl                                 2.0                  0	
caterpillars      SEVIN 80%                	
                   sprayable         2.5 lb	
                  SEVIN 50W          4 lb  	
                  SEVIMOL 4          2 qt	
                  SEVIN SL           2 qt	
REMARKS:   Control is not usually economically feasible unless there is a 
danger of losing more than 10% of the buds before tasseling. Apply insecticide 
as a coarse spray in 15 gal or more total spray/ac or as granules.  Apply 
either formulation directly into the whorl. High clearance ground equipment 
gives better coverage of sprays into the whorl.	 
	
No limitations.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE              PRODUCT/AC        LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Whorl feeding   R methomyl                               0.45                14	
caterpillars        LANNATE L- 	        
(cont)              NUDRIN 1.8         1 qt	
                    LANNATE-NUDRIN 90  0.5 lb	
REMARKS:  Control is not usually economically feasible unless there is a danger 
of losing more than 10% of the buds before tasseling. Apply insecticide as a 
coarse spray in 15 gal or more total spray/ac or as granules. Apply either 
formulation directly into the whorl. High clearance ground equipment gives 
better coverage of sprays into the whorl.	 
	
                    PENNCAP-M          2-4 pt            0.5-1.0             12	
REMARKS:  Do not apply during pollen shed if bees are active. Corn earworm 
only.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Whorl feeding   R fenvalerate        5.3-10.6 oz         0.1-0.2             21	
caterpillars        PYDRIN	
(cont)	
REMARKS:  For control of corn earworm.  Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/season.	
	
                R parathion 8EC      0.5 pt              0.50                12	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Armyworms       carbaryl                                 1.0-2.0              0	
                  SEVIN 80%          1.25-2.5 lb	
                    sprayable	
                   SEVIN 50W         2-4 lb	
                   SEVIMOL 4         1-2 qt	
                   SEVIN SL          1-2 qt	
REMARKS:  Use lower rate on small corn. Occasionally the "true" armyworm is 
present in large enough numbers to strip corn of its foliage. Apply insecticide 
to entire plant if good control is to be obtained.	 
	
No limitations.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Armyworms         chlorpyrifos       1-2 pt              0.5-1.0             50	
(cont)              LORSBAN 4E	
REMARKS:  Same as carbaryl.  No not apply more than 3 pt/season.	
	
                R carbofuran	
                    FURADAN 15G      6.7 lb/ac           1.0	
REMARKS:  Apply as 7-in band or in furrow.	
	
                R methomyl                               0.34-0.45            3	
                    LANNATE-NUDRIN 1.8  1.5-2 pt	
                    LANNATE-NUDRIN 90   0.38-0.5 lb	
REMARKS:  Same as carbaryl.  No limitations.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Armyworms       R permethrin                             0.1-0.2	
(cont)              AMBUSH 2.0EC     2/5-4/5 pt	
                    POUNCE 3.2EC     1/4-1/2 pt	
REMARKS:  Apply before ear formation in minimum 1 gal finished spray/ac by air 
or 10 gal spray/ac by ground.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Lesser          chlorpyrifos         8-16 oz/             1.0-2.0            50	
cornstalk         LORSBAN 15 G       1,000 row ft	
borer	
REMARKS:  Apply in a 6- to 7-in band behind planter shoe in front of press 
wheel.	 
	
Planting time application.	
	
                chlorpyrifos                             1.0-1.5             50	
                  LORSBAN 4E         2-3 pt	
REMARKS:  Postemergence treatment.  Do not apply more than 3 pt/season.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON WEED CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              COTTON WEED CONTROL
        E. C. Murdock, Extension Weed Scientist, L. H. Harvey, Extension 
               Agronomist,  and B. J. Gossett, Research Agronomist
 
 READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE

 Rates given for preplant incorporated and preemergence treatments are for 
 COARSE- to MEDIMUM-TEXTURED SOILS.
 COTTON - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TREFLAN E.C.,     4.0 lb/gal               l.0 to 2.0 pt          0.5 to l.0
 TRILIN                                           or                  or
                                            2.0 to 3.0 pt          l.0 to l.5

 REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  For better control of 
 pigweed,  use  1.5  pt/ac  on  coarse-textured  soils and 2.0 pt/ac on medium-
 textured soils.  Use 2.0 to 3.0 pt/ac for rhizome  johnsongrass  control.  For 
 best  results,  incorporate  to a depth of 2 to 3 in as soon as possible after 
 application.  TREFLAN or TRILIN must be incorporated one  time  within  24  hr 
 after  application.  Cross  disc  for  best  results.  If  applied  in  bedded 
 culture,  the bedding operation may serve as the second incorporation.  In the 
 season  following  a double rate treatment for johnsongrass control plant only 
 those crops for  which  TREFLAN  or  TRILIN  can  be  applied  as  a  preplant 
 treatment.  
 ______________________________________________________________________________
 COTTON - PREPLANT INCORPORATED 
 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PROWL             4.0 lb/gal               1.0 to 2.0 pt          0.5 to 1.0 
                                                   or                 or
                                            2.0 to 3.0 pt          l.0 to l.5
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Use  high  rate  for 
 better  control  of  pigweed.  Use  2.0  to 3.0 pt/ac for rhizome johnsongrass 
 control.  Incorporate to a depth  of  1  to  2  inches  within  7  days  after 
 application.  Cross  disc  for  best  results.  May  be  applied up to 60 days 
 before planting.  Wheat and barley may be planted l20 days  after  application 
 of  PROWL  at  normal use rates.  Do not feed forage or graze livestock for 75 
 days after planting wheat or barley or treated land.  Where high rates (2.0 to 
 3.0 pt/ac) are used for  johnsongrass  control  wheat  and  barley  cannot  be 
 planted.             
 ______________________________________________________________________________ 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON -  PREEMERGENCE  
-DOC-
 COTTON -  PREEMERGENCE 
 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 KARMEX or         80% wettable powder      0.66 to l.0 lb or   
                                                                  0.53 to 0.8
 DIREX 4L          4.0 lb/gal               1.0 to 1.5 pt
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Drought after application  will 
 reduce effectiveness.  Do not use on sands or on other soils with less than 1% 
 organic  matter.  Refer  to label for rotation restrictions.  If stand failure 
 occurs, rework soil and replant only to cotton.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON - PREEMERGENCE
 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTORAN 80W or    80% wettable powder      l.25 to 2.5 lb or  
                                                                  l.0 to 2.0
 COTORAN 4L,        4.0 lb/gal              l.0 to 2.0 qt                    
 METURON 4L           

 REMARKS:  Annual grasses and  broadleaf  weeds.  COTORAN  or  METURON  may  be 
 applied  with  nitrogen  solutions.  Drought  after  application  will  reduce 
 effectiveness.  Some injury to cotton may result when used following  the  use 
 of  systemic  insecticides at planting.  If stand failure occurs,  rework soil 
 and replant only to cotton.  Do not plant crops other than cotton within 6  mo 
 after application. 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON - PREEMERGENCE
 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ZORIAL RAPID 80   80% dry flowable         1.25 to 1.9 lb        1.0 to 1.5
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  some broadleaf weeds.  Recommended in fields  where 
 velvetleaf,  spotted spurge,  or spurred anoda are a problem.  ZORIAL may also 
 be applied as a preplant incorporated or split application for better or  more 
 consistent  control  of  some  weeds;  see label for directions.  For one year 
 following  application,  treated  acreage  may  only  be  rotated  to  cotton, 
 soybeans,  or  peanuts.  Peanuts  may be planted as a replacement crop 30 days 
 after application.  Cover crops planted after harvest should be  plowed  under 
 and not grazed or harvested.  
 ______________________________________________________________________________
 COTTON - PREEMERGENCE
 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ZORIAL RAPID 80   80% dry flowable         1.25 to 1.9 lb        1.0 to 1.5 
     +                                           +                    +
 COTORAN 80W or    80% wettable powder      1.25 to 2.5 lb or     1.0 to 2.0 
 COTORAN 4L             4.0 lb/gal           1.0 to 2.0 qt
 
 REMARKS:  Annual  grasses,  some broadleaf weeds.  Recommended in fields where 
 velvetleaf,  spotted spurge,  or spurred anoda are a problem.  The addition of 
 COTORAN will improve control of broadleaf weeds such as pigweed, morningglory, 
 cocklebur, tropic croton, sicklepod, and coffee senna.  
 ______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP 
-DOC-
 COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 DSMA LIQUID       2.26 lb/gal              3.0 to 4.0 pt         0.85 to 1.13
           (3.6 lb DSMA hexahydrate/gal)
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  some broadleaf weeds.  This product is labeled  for 
 over-the-top   use  on  cotton.   Do  not  make  more  than  one  over-the-top 
 application.  Apply when cotton is 3 to 6 in tall or up to early first  square 
 stage,  whichever  occurs  first.  DO NOT APPLY AFTER COTTON IS MORE THAN 6 IN 
 TALL OR AFTER FIRST-SQUARE  STAGE.  SHOULD  BE  USED  OVER-THE-TOP  ONLY  WHEN 
 DIRECTED  SPRAYS  WOULD NOT BE EFFECTIVE.  Do not store spray solution in tank 
 overnight. 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 BUENO 6           6.0 lb/gal               1.0 to 1.33 pt         0.75 to 1.0 
 
 REMARKS:        Same as DSMA. 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 POAST             1.5 lb/gal               1.0 to 1.5 pt         0.19 to 0.28 
 
 REMARKS:  Annual and perennial grasses.  See label for recommended  stages  of 
 growth.  Use  1  pt/ac for control of seedling annual grasses.  For control of 
 common bermudagrass or johnsongrass, apply 1.5 pt/ac; if regrowth occurs, make 
 a subsequent application at 1.0 pt/ac.  Apply  to  actively  growing  grasses.
 Apply in a minimum of 5 gal and a maximum of 20 gal of water/ac with a minimum 
 of  40  psi  pressure at the nozzle.  If applied with aerial equipment,  use a 
 minimum of 5 gal of water/ac.  Add a  nonphytotoxic  oil  concentrate  to  the 
 spray solution at 2 pt/ac.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 FUSILADE 2000     1.0 lb/gal               0.75 to 1.5 pt        0.09 to 0.19 
 
 REMARKS:  Annual  and  perennial grasses.  See label for recommended stages of 
 growth.  Apply to actively growing grasses.  Apply in  a  minimum  of  10  gal 
 water/ac;  use a minimum of 30 psi pressure.  Add crop oil concentrate at 1 qt 
 or nonionic surfactant at 0.5 pt/25 gal spray solution.  Two applications  may 
 be  needed  for  control  of johnsongrass or bermudagrass.  Refer to label for 
 specific directions for control of these perennial grasses.  Do not  apply  to 
 cotton after boll set.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY 
-DOC-
 COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI(LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 DSMA               2.26 lb/gal             l.0 gal                 2.26
 (several      (3.6 lb DSMA hexahydrate/gal)
 trade names)
 
 REMARKS:   Annual grasses and some broadleaf weeds less than 2 in tall, 
 nutsedge.  Apply as a directed spray after cotton is at least 3 in high.  Two 
 applications needed for nutsedge control. DO NOT USE AFTER FIRST BLOOM OPENS 
 SINCE DELAYED MATURITY AND REDUCED YIELDS MAY RESULT.  Refer to label for 
 directions concerning surfactant use. 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 MSMA               4.0 lb/gal or          0.5 gal or                2.0
 (several           6.0 lb/gal             0.33 gal 
 trade names)

 REMARKS:  Same as DSMA.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI(LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTORAN 80W       80% wettable powder      l.25 lb
    or                                         or                     l.0
 COTORAN 4L, METURON 4L  4.0 lb/gal         l.0 qt
     +                                        +                        +
 DSMA              2.26 lb/gal              l.0 gal                   2.26
 (several trade    (3.6 lb DSMA 
  names)           hexahydrate/gal)
    or                                         or                      or
 MSMA              4.0 lb/gal or            0.5 gal or                2.0
 (Several trade    6.0 lb/gal               0.33 gal
  names)
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds, nutsedge.  Apply as a directed 
 spray to cotton at least 3 in tall up to first bloom. DO NOT USE AFTER FIRST 
 BLOOM OPENS.  Add surfactant according to label directions.  Do not plant to 
 any crop other than cotton within 6 mo after application.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI(LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PROBE          75% dispersible granule     0.66 to 2.0 lb         0.5 to l.5 
 
 REMARKS: Annual broadleaf weeds.  Apply as a directed spray after cotton is at 
 least 3 inches tall and before weeds exceed 2 inches in height.  Do not exceed 
 1.0 lb PROBE/ac on cotton less than 6 in tall.  Add  surfactant  according  to 
 label  directions.  Do  not  rotate  with  any  other  crop within one year of 
 treatment. 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI(LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PROBE         75% dispersible granule      0.66 to 2.0 lb         0.5 to l.5
    +                                             +                    +
 DSMA              2.26 lb/gal              l.0 gal                2.26
 (several trade  (3.6 lb DMSA hexahydrate/gal)  or                   or
 names)
    or                                           
  MSMA             4.0 lb/gal or            0.5 gal or             2.0
 (several trade    6.0 lb/gal                0.33 gal
  names)
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds, nutsedge.  Apply after cotton is 
 at  least  3  in  tall  and  before  first  bloom.  Do  not make more than two 
 applications.  Add surfactant according to label  directions.  Do  not  rotate 
 with any other crop within one year of treatment.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI(LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 R BLADEX 80W or   80% wettable powder      0.75 to 1.25 lb or
   BLADEX 4L or    4.0 lb/gal               0.6 to 1.0 qt or      0.6 to 1.0 
   BLADEX 90DF     90% dispersible granule  0.7 to 1.1 lb  
    +    
 surfactant
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Apply 
 as a directed spray after cotton is at least 6 in tall and before weeds 
 exceed 2 in tall.  Minimize contact with the cotton leaves.  Add 1 to 2 qt 
 surfactant/100 gal spray solution.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
 COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI(LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 KARMEX or       80% wettable powder        0.38 lb or              0.3     
 
 DIREX 4L          4.0 lb/gal               0.6 pt
   +
 surfactant
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Apply as a directed spray after 
 cotton is 6 in tall.  Add 1 pt surfactant/25 gal spray solution.  Follow label 
 directions for crop rotation.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI(LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CAPAROL 4L or     4.0 lb/gal               1.0 to 1.33 pt         0.5 to 0.67
 COTTON-PRO
  +
 surfactant
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Apply as a directed spray after 
 cotton is at least 6 inches tall and before weeds exceed 2 inches  in  height.
 Small grains planted in the fall must be plowed under and not used for food or 
 feed.  Add 1 pt surfactant/25 gal spray solution.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI(LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 R BLADEX 80W or   80% wettable powder      0.75 to 1.25 lb or       
   BLADEX 4L or    4.0 lb/gal               0.6 to 1.0 qt  or      0.6 to l.0
   BLADEX 90DF   90% dispersible granule    0.7 to 1.1 lb
   +                                             +                      +
 MSMA              4.0 lb/gal or              0.5 gal or               2.0 
 (Several          6.0 lb/gal                 0.33 gal
 trade names)
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds,  nutsedge.  Apply as a  directed 
 spray after cotton is at least 6 inches tall and before weeds exceed 2 inches.
 Minimize  contact  with  cotton leaves to prevent crop injury.  Add surfactant 
 according to label directions.  DO NOT APPLY AFTER FIRST BLOOM.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
 COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI(LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 KARMEX          80% wettable powder        0.38 lb                 0.3 
   +                                          +                      + 
 DSMA
 (several        2.26 lb/gal                1.0 gal                 2.26 
 trade names)   (3.6 lb DSMA hexahydrate/gal)
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds,  nutsedge.  Apply as a  directed 
 spray  after cotton is 6 inches tall up to first bloom and before weeds exceed 
 2 inches in height.  DO NOT APPLY AFTER FIRST BLOOM.  Add surfactant according 
 to label directions.  Follow label directions for crop rotation.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON -  POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI(LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CAPAROL or        4.0 lb/gal               1.0 to 1.3 pt          0.5 to 0.67 
 COTTON-PRO
     +                                           +                      +
 DSMA              2.26 lb/gal              1.0 gal                   2.26 
 (several     (3.6 lb DSMA hexahydrate/gal)
 trade names)
  or                                          or                       or
 MSMA              4.0 lb/gal or            0.5 gal or                 2.0 
 (several          6.0 lb/gal               0.33 gal
 trade names)
 
 REMARKS:  Annual  grasses and broadleaf weeds,  nutsedge.  Apply as a directed 
 spray after cotton is at least 6 inches tall and before weeds exceed 2  inches 
 in  height.  DO NOT APPLY AFTER FIRST BLOOM.  Small grains planted in the fall 
 must be plowed under and not used for food or feed.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY-LAYBY 
-DOC-
 COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY-LAYBY
 ____________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 KARMEX or         80% wettable powder      1.0 lb or                 
                                                                   0.8
 DIREX 4L          4.0 lb/gal               1.0 pt
 
 REMARKS:  Preemergence control of some annual grasses and broadleaf weeds  and 
 postemergence  control  of weeds less than 4 inches tall.  Apply as a directed 
 spray after cotton reaches at least 12 inches  in  height  and  before  cotton 
 plants  meet  in  row  middles.  If  emerged  weeds  are  present,  add  1  pt 
 surfactant/25 gal spray solution.  Cotton,  corn,  or  grain  sorghum  may  be 
 planted  the  next  spring.  Do  not  replant  treated areas to any other crop 
 within 1 yr after application.  Do not plant fall-seeded crops following  use.
 Do not plant tobacco the following yr.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY-LAYBY
 ____________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 LOROX DF or       50% dispersible granule  2.0 lb or              l.0
 
 LOROX L, LINEX 4L 4.0 lb/gal               l.0 qt

 REMARKS:  Preemergence  control of some annual grasses and broadleaf weeds and 
 postemergence control of weeds less than 2 inches tall.  Apply as  a  directed 
 spray  when  cotton  is  at least 20 inches tall and before plants meet in row 
 middles.  If emerged weeds are present,  add  1  pt  surfactant/25  gal  spray 
 solution.  Do not plant any crop within 4 mo after treatment.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY-LAYBY
 ____________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 R BLADEX 80W or   80% wettable powder      1.0 lb or             
   BLADEX 4L or    4.0 lb/gal               0.8 qt or              0.8
   BLADEX 90DF     90% dispersible granule  0.9 lb
 
 REMARKS:  Preemergence control of some annual grasses and broadleaf weeds plus 
 postemergence control of weeds up to 2 inches tall.  Apply as a directed spray 
 after  cotton  is at least 12 inches tall.  If emerged weeds are present,  add 
 surfactant according to label directions.  When BLADEX is  used  as  directed, 
 there  is  no herbicide carryover to interfere with succeeding crops,  and the 
 user can rotate from cotton to other crops.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
 COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY-LAYBY
 ____________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
 HERBICIDE         FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PROBE         75% dispersible granule      2.0 lb                 1.5
 
 REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Apply  at  layby  before  weeds 
 exceed  3 inches in height.  Add surfactant according to label directions.  Do 
 not rotate to any other crops within one year of treatment.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE (LATE-SEASON SALVAGE) 
-DOC-
 COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE (LATE-SEASON SALVAGE)
 
 HERBICIDE          MIXING INSTRUCTIONS
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 ROUNDUP           Recirculating sprayers -- Mix 3 qt ROUNDUP/20 gal water.
 4.0 lb/gal
                   Roller applicators -- Mix 1 gal ROUNDUP/9 gal water.

                   Wick or other wiper -- Mix 1 gal ROUNDUP/2 gal water.
                   applicators

 REMARKS:  Roundup  may  be  applied  with  recirculating  sprayers  and  wiper 
 applicators  (rope  wicks,  rollers)  for late-season control of johnsongrass.
 Adjust equipment so that the lowest spray stream or wiper contact is at  least 
 2  inches  above  the  crop.  Weeds  must be AT LEAST 6 INCHES above the crop.
 Weeds not contacted by the herbicide solution  will  not  be  affected.  AVOID 
 CONTACT WITH THE CROP.  Do not operate equipment at ground speeds greater than 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON - POSTEMERGENCE (LATE-SEASON SALVAGE)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ROUNDUP (continued)
 
 5  mph.  As weed density increases,  reduce speed to ensure good coverage.  Do 
 not use wiper equipment when weeds are wet.  With  wiper  applicators,  better 
 results  may  be obtained if two applications are made in opposite directions.
 Refer to the ROUNDUP label for more  complete  directions.  NOTE:  ROUNDUP  is 
 also  labeled  for  spot  treatment in cotton.  Use a 1 to 2% solution.  Apply 
 before bolls open.  THE CROP RECEIVING SPRAY IN TREATED AREA WILL  BE  KILLED.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON - HERBICIDE INFORMATION 
-DOC-
 COTTON - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

 Herbicide Information.  For information only.  Use of  trade  names  does  not 
 indicate  preferential endorsement nor discrimination against similar products 
 with different trade names.
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COMMON NAME      TRADE NAME(S)     FORMULATION(S)            COMPANY 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 cyanazine        BLADEX 80W         80% wettable powder       DuPont 
                  BLADEX 4L          4.0 lb/gal                DuPont
                  BLADEX 90DF        90% dispersible granule   DuPont
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 diuron           DIREX 4L           4.0 lb/gal                Griffin
                  KARMEX             80% wettable powder       DuPont
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 DSMA             DSMA LIQUID        2.26 lb/gal               Fermenta,
                  (many others)                                others
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON - HERBICIDE INFORMATION
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COMMON NAME      TRADE NAME(S)     FORMULATION(S)            COMPANY 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 fluometuron      COTORAN 80W        80% wettable powder       Ciba-Geigy
                  COTORAN 4L         4.0 lb/gal                Ciba-Geigy
                  METURON 4L         4.0 lb/gal                Griffin
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 glyphosate       ROUNDUP            4.0 lb/gal                Monsanto
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 linuron          LOROX DF           50% dispersible granule   DuPont
                  LOROX L            4.0 lb/gal                DuPont
                  LINEX 4L           4.0 lb/gal                Griffin
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 methazole        PROBE              75% dispersible granule   Sandoz
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 MSMA             BUENO 6            6.0 lb/gal                Fermenta,
                  (many others)                                others
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 norflurazon      ZORIAL RAPID 80    80% dry flowable          Sandoz
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COTTON - HERBICIDE INFORMATION
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COMMON NAME      TRADE NAME(S)     FORMULATION(S)            COMPANY 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 pendimethalin    PROWL              4.0 lb/gal                American 
                                                               Cyanamid
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 prometryn        CAPAROL 4L         4.0 lb/gal                Ciba-Geigy
                  COTTON-PRO         4.0 lb/gal                Griffin
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 trifluralin      TREFLAN E.C.       4.0 lb/gal                Elanco
                  TRILIN             4.0 lb/gal                Griffin
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON GROWTH REGULATORS                            
-DOC-
                            COTTON GROWTH REGULATORS
                    Lawrence H. Harvey, Extension Agronomist

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
GROWTH                                       FORMULATED
REGULATOR          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIX                0.35 lb/gal              l.0 pt or              0.044
                                            0.5 to l.0 pt or     0.022 to 0.044
                                            0.l25 to l.0 pt      0.005 to 0.044

REMARKS:  Consider use when the following conditions exist.
* Experience has shown excessive vegetative growth to be a problem in the field 
being evaluated.  

* Cotton is growing rapidly at the appropriate  time  for  application  and  no 
stress  of  cotton  plants  is  present.  (Use of PIX when stress from insects, 
spider mites, moisture deficiency,  nutrient deficiency,  herbicide injury,  or 
other causes may result in a yield decrease.) 

* Cotton is grown under irrigation and stress is not present.  
COTTON GROWTH REGULATORS (continued)

* Application:
  Option  l:  Apply  l.0  pt/ac when cotton is in the early bloom stage (5 to 6 
  white blooms/25 row ft) and an average of 24 inches tall.  
  Option 2:  Apply 0.5 pt/ac at the growth stage described for option l  and  a 
  second application of 0.5 pt/ac 2 to 4 wks later or when regrowth occurs.  
  Option 3:  Apply 0.l3 to 0.25 pt/ac at match-head  square  stage.  If  growth 
  conditions warrant, up to 3 additional applications of 0.l3 to 0.25 pt/ac may 
  be made at 7 to l4 day intervals.  

*  Apply  in  a minimum of 20 gal of water/ac with ground equipment or not less 
than 5 gal/ac with aerial equipment.  

* Do not tank mix with any products other than insecticides or miticides unless 
recommended on the PIX label.  

*  Follow all directions on the PIX label.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON DEFOLIATION                               
-DOC-
                               COTTON DEFOLIATION
                    Lawrence H. Harvey, Extension Agronomist

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
DEFOLIANT          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEF 6              6.0 lb/gal               l.33 to 2.0 pt         l.0 to l.5

REMARKS:  Thorough coverage is essential for complete defoliation.  Use 5 to l0 
gal  by  air  and l5 to 25 gal by ground of spray solution/ac.  The presence of 
rain or dew during or after application will not  reduce  effectiveness.  Night 
temperatures  below  60 degrees F may slow defoliation or reduce effectiveness.
The label permits the use of diesel oil to increase  effectiveness  when  night 
temperatures  drop  below  60  degrees  F.  Avoid  spray  drift to other crops.
Follow all label directions.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COTTON DEFOLIATION
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
DEFOLIANT          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DROPP              50% wettable powder      0.2 to 0.4 lb          0.l to 0.2

REMARKS:  Thorough coverage is essential for complete defoliation.  Apply 2  to 
10  gal by air or l0 to 25 gal by ground of spray solution/ac.  Apply to mature 
cotton when at least 70% or more of the bolls are open.  DROPP reduces regrowth 
for up  to  3  wk  after  application.  Do  not  use  when  the  average  24-hr 
temperature  is  expected  to  be  below  70  degrees  F  for 2 or 3 days after 
application because defoliation may be reduced.  Rainfall within  24  hr  after 
application  may  reduce effectiveness.  Avoid spray drift to other crops.  Use 
only freshly prepared sprays.  Do not store  spray  mixture  overnight.  Follow 
label directions on planting other crops after cotton.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COTTON DEFOLIATION
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
DEFOLIANT          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOLEX              6.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          l.l3 to l.5

REMARKS:  Thorough coverage is essential for complete defoliation.  Use 5 to l2 
gal by air or l5 to 25 gal by  ground  of  spray  solution/ac.  Rain  following 
application  usually  will not reduce effectivess.  Night temperatures below 55 
degrees F may slow defoliation or reduce effectiveness.  The label  allows  the 
use  of white diesel oil instead of water when night temperatures drop below 55 
degrees F.  Follow label directions.  Avoid spray drift to other crops.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COTTON DEFOLIATION
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
DEFOLIANT          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HARVADE-5F         5.0 lb/gal               0.5 pt                 0.3l

REMARKS:  HARVADE must be used with l pt/ac of an oil-based surfactant such  as 
Miller-Aid,  MorAct,  Western Farm Defoliant Spreader Sticker,  Agridex,  Prime 
Oil, Super Oil,  or Surf Oil.  Apply to mature plants when 70% of the bolls are 
open.   Do  not  plant  rotational  crops  within  6  mo  after  use.   Partial 
defoliation  will  most  likely  occur  with  one  or  more  of  the  following 
conditions:  rank  growth  and  dense  foliage,  bolls are not 70% open,  night 
temperatures are below 55 degrees F for 3 or 4 nights  after  application,  and 
rainfall  occurs  within  6 hr after application.  Do not permit spray drift to 
other crops.  See label for complete directions and precautions.  If leaves are 
actively growing (juvenile foliage is present), do not use this product.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COTTON DEFOLIATION
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
DEFOLIANT          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEF 6              6.0 lb/gal               l.0 pt                 0.75
 +                                            +                     +
DROPP              50% wettable powder      0.l lb                 0.05

REMARKS:  Best activity will be obtained when the tank mix is applied to mature 
cotton plants with 60% or more of the bolls open and  when  the  average  24-hr 
temperature  before  and  after  application is above 60 degrees F.  Do not use 
adjuvants or higher than labeled rates of either product since desiccation  may 
occur.  Do  not  apply  in  oil.  Follow  all  label  directions for mixing and 
application  of  the  tank-mix  combination.  The  following  mixing  order  is 
suggested: (l) water, (2) DROPP according to directions on the DROPP label, and 
(3) DEF after DROPP has completely dispersed.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COTTON DEFOLIATION
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
DEFOLIANT          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOLEX              6.0 lb/gal               l.0 pt                 0.75
 +                                            +                      +
DROPP              50% wettable powder      0.l lb                 0.05

REMARKS:  Best activity will be obtained when the tank mix is applied to mature 
cotton plants with 60% or more of the bolls open and minimum night  temperature 
is above 65 degrees F.  The following mixing order is suggested: (l) water, (2) 
DROPP according to directions on the DROPP label, and (3) FOLEX after DROPP has 
completely dispersed.  Do not add adjuvants, other products, or use higher than 
labeled  rates  as  desiccation or mixing problems may occur.  Follow all label 
directions.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON - DEFOLIANT AND GROWTH REGULATOR INFORMATION              
-DOC-
              COTTON - DEFOLIANT AND GROWTH REGULATOR INFORMATION

For information only.  Use  of  trade  names  does  not  indicate  preferential 
endorsement  nor  discrimination  against similar products with different trade 
names.  

COMMON NAME          TRADE NAME(S)        FORMULATION(S)       COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
none assigned         DEF 6               6.0 lb/gal           MOBAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
merphos               FOLEX               6.0 lb/gal           RHONE-POULENC
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
thidiazuron           DROPP               50% wettable powder  NOR-AM 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dimethipin            HARVADE-5F          5.0 lb/gal           UNIROYAL 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
mepiquat chloride     PIX                 0.35 lb/gal          BASF
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HAY CROPS AND PASTURE WEED CONTROL                       
-DOC-
                       HAY CROPS AND PASTURE WEED CONTROL
                  E. C. Murdock, Extension Weed Scientist and
                     B. W. Pinkerton, Extension Agronomist

READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE

Rates given for preplant incorporated or preemergence treatments are for 
COARSE- to MEDIUM-TEXTURED SOILS. 
ALFALFA - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE 
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALAN L.C.         l.5 lb/gal               3.0 qt                 
                                                                   l.l3 to l.2
BALAN DRY          60% dry flowable         2.0 lb
 FLOWABLE

REMARKS: Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Apply and incorporate 2 
to 3 inches  deep  as  soon  as  possible  after  application.  BALAN  must  be 
incorporated  one  time  within  8  hr  after application.  Cross disc for best 
results.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALFALFA - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE 
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPTAM 7-E          7.0 lb/gal               l.75 pt
                                                                   l.5
GENEP              7.0 lb/gal

REMARKS: Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Use this rate for fall-
seeded alfalfa.  Apply and incorporate immediately to a depth of 2 to 3  inches 
just before planting.  Cross disc for best results.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALFALFA - SEEDLING-POSTEMERGENCE
-DOC-
ALFALFA - SEEDLING-POSTEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KERB 50-W          50% wettable powder      l.0 to 3.0 lb          0.5 to l.5

REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  broadleaf weeds.  Apply after alfalfa has reached at 
least  the first trifoliate leaf stage.  KERB will provide preemergence control 
of large crabgrass,  goosegrass,  henbit,  mustard,  shepherdspurse,  and  wild 
radish.  KERB  will  provide  preemergence  and  early postemergence control of 
chickweed and Italian ryegrass.  Bests results are  obtained  if  applied  when 
temperatures  are  55  degrees  F  or less.  Do not graze or harvest for forage 
within l20 days after application.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALFALFA - SEEDLING-POSTEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUTYRAC 200 or     2.0 lb/gal
                                            4.0 to 6.0 pt          0.9 to l.5
BUTOXONE           l.75 lb/gal

REMARKS:  Postemergence control of broadleaf weeds including mustard,  pigweed, 
lambsquarters,  and  shepherdspurse.  Apply  to  actively growing weeds up to 3 
inches in height or with rosettes less than 2 inches in  diameter.  Apply  when 
alfalfa  is  in  the  l-  to  2-trifoliate leaf stage.  Do not apply if crop is 
stressed from lack of moisture.  Do not apply if temperature is likely to  fall 
below 40 degrees F during or shortly after treatment.  Add surfactant according 
to  label  directions.  These  herbicides provide poor control of chickweed and 
henbit.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALFALFA - SEEDLING-POSTEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POAST              l.5 lb/gal               l.0 pt                 0.l9

REMARKS: Annual grasses.  Apply to actively growing grasses--refer to label for 
maximum weed growth stages.  Apply l.0 pt/ac for control of annual grasses such 
as fall panicum, large crabgrass and Italian ryegrass.  POAST may be applied at 
higher rates  for  control  of  perennial  grasses  such  as  bermudagrass  and 
johnsongrass--refer to label for directions.  ADD 1 QT OIL CONCENTRATE/AC.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALFALFA - ESTABLISHED 
-DOC-
ALFALFA - ESTABLISHED 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KERB 50-W          50% wettable powder      l.0 to 3.0 lb          0.5 to l.5

REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  broadleaf  weeds.  KERB  will  provide  preemergence 
control of large crabgrass,  goosegrass,  henbit,  mustard, shepherdspurse, and 
wild radish.  KERB will provide preemergence and early postemergence control of 
Italian ryegrass and chickweed.  Best results  are  obtained  if  applied  when 
temperatures  are  55  degrees  F  or less.  Do not graze or harvest for forage 
within l20 days after application.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALFALFA - ESTABLISHED 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUTYRAC 200 or     2.0 lb/gal
                                            4.0 to 6.0 pt          0.9 to l.5
BUTOXONE           l.75 lb/gal

REMARKS:  Postemergence control of broadleaf weeds including mustard,  pigweed, 
shepherdspurse,  and  lambsquarters.  Apply  to  actively growing weeds up to 3 
inches in height or with rosettes less than 2 inches in diameter.  Do not apply 
if alfalfa is drought-stressed.  Do not apply if temperature is likely to  fall 
below  40  degrees  F  during  or  shortly  after  application.  Add surfactant 
according to label directions.  Do not  graze,  nor  feed  straw  or  hay  from 
alfalfa  within  30  days  after  application.  These  herbicides  provide poor 
control of chickweed and henbit.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALFALFA - ESTABLISHED 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SENCOR 4,          4.0 lb/gal               0.75 to l.25 pt
LEXONE 4L or
                                                                   0.38 to 0.63
SENCOR DF or       75% dry flowable or      0.5 to 0.75 lb
LEXONE DF          dispersible granule

REMARKS: Preemergence control of chickweed, henbit, lambsquarters, mustard, and 
shepherdspurse.   Also  provides  control  of  annual  grasses  such  as  large 
crabgrass.  Make a single application in the fall after alfalfa becomes dormant 
or  in  the  spring  before  new  growth starts.  Do not apply during the first 
growing season after seeding.  Do not graze or harvest  within  28  days  after 
application.  Do  not  use  on  sands  nor on soils with less than 0.5% organic 
matter.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALFALFA - ESTABLISHED 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POAST              l.5 lb/gal               l.0 pt                 0.l9

REMARKS: Annual grasses.  Apply to actively growing grasses--refer to label for 
maximum weed growth stages.  Apply l.0 pt/ac for control of annual grasses such 
as fall panicum, large crabgrass and Italian ryegrass.  POAST may be applied at 
higher rates  for  control  of  perennial  grasses  such  as  bermudagrass  and 
johnsongrass--refer to label for directions.  ADD 1 QT OIL CONCENTRATE/AC.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ROUNDUP            4.0 lb/gal

REMARKS:  Apply  as a SPOT TREATMENT OR WITH A WIPER APPLICATOR ONLY.  Refer to 
label for specific application directions.  No  more  than  l/l0  of  any  acre 
should be treated at one time.  Remove livestock before application and wait l4 
days  after  application before grazing or harvesting.  Subsequent applications 
may be made of 30-day intervals.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LESPEDEZA - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
-DOC-
LESPEDEZA - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPTAM 7-E or       7.0 lb/gal
                                            3.5 pt                 3.0
GENEP              7.0 lb/gal

REMARKS:   Annual  grasses  and  broadleaf  weeds  such  as  Italian  ryegrass, 
crabgrass,  fall  panicum,  chickweed,  henbit,  and shepherdspurse.  Apply and 
incorporate IMMEDIATELY to a depth of 2  to  3  inches  just  before  planting.
Cross disc for best results.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PASTURES - PERENNIAL GRASSES
-DOC-
PASTURES - PERENNIAL GRASSES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KARMEX             80% wettable powder      l.0 to 3.0 lb          0.8 to 2.4

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  May be used for weed control  in 
NEWLY  SPRIGGED  BERMUDAGRASS  PASTURES.  Apply immediately after sprigging and 
before emergence of bermudagrass or weeds.  Plant sprigs 2 inches deep.  Do not 
treat areas where sprigs are less than 2 inches deep.  Do  not  graze  or  feed 
foliage from treated areas to livestock within 70 days after application.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PASTURES - PERENNIAL GRASSES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KARMEX             80% wettable powder      0.5 to l.0 lb          0.4 to 0.8

REMARKS:  Annual  grasses and broadleaf weeds.  May be used for weed control in 
NEWLY SPRIGGED BERMUDAGRASS  PASTURES  for  postemergence  control  of  emerged 
seedling  weeds  2  to  4  inches  tall.  Add  l  pt Surfactant WK/25 gal spray 
solution.  If bermudagrass has emerged at time of treatment some temporary burn 
of exposed plant parts may occur.  Plant sprigs 2 inches deep.  Do not graze or 
feed foliage from treated areas to livestock within 70 days after application.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PASTURES - PERENNIAL GRASSES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4-D              3.8 to 4.0 lb/gal        l.0 to 4.0 pt          0.5 to 2.0
(several trade names)

REMARKS: Broadleaf weeds.  Use the high rate to control perennial weeds.  Deep-
rooted  perennial  weeds  may  require  repeated  treatments.  Do  not apply to 
seedling grass.  Clover or other legumes may  be  injured  or  killed.  Do  not 
graze  dairy cattle in treated areas for l4 days after application.  Do not cut 
for hay within 30 days after application.  Several companies are marketing 2,4-
D--refer to individual product labels for specific  directions  concerning  its 
use in pastures.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PASTURES - PERENNIAL GRASSES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BANVEL             4.0 lb/gal               0.5 to 2.0 pt          0.25 to l.0

REMARKS:  Broadleaf  weeds.  Apply to actively growing weeds.  Clover and other 
legumes may be injured or killed.  Keep milking dairy cows off treated pastures 
for 7 days after application where l.0 pt/ac was used and  for  2l  days  after 
application  when  2.0  pt/ac  was  used.  Do not graze meat animals in treated 
fields within 30 days of slaughter.  Do not harvest for hay with 37 days  after 
treatment  with  l.0  pt/ac and 5l days after treatment with 2.0 pt/ac.  BANVEL 
may be used at higher rates (up to 2 gal/ac) for hard-to-control weeds such  as 
multiflora rose and blackberry--refer to label for special directions.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PASTURES - PERENNIAL GRASSES 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BANVEL             4.0 lb/gal               0.5 to 2.0 pt          0.25 to l.0
  +                                             +                       +
2,4-D              3.8 to 4.0 lb/gal        l.0 to 2.0 pt          0.5 to l.0

REMARKS:  Broadleaf  weeds.  Higher  rates  of  BANVEL or 2,4-D may be used for 
hard-to-control perennial weeds.  Follow  grazing  restrictions  on  individual 
product labels.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PASTURES - PERENNIAL GRASSES 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WEEDMASTER         3.87 lb/gal              0.5 to 2.0 qt          0.5 to l.9
                 (2.87 lb  2,4-D +
                  l.0 lb dicamba)

REMARKS:  Broadleaf weeds.  WEEDMASTER is a package mixture of dicamba (BANVEL) 
+ 2,4-D.  Higher rates may be used for hard-to-control  weeds--refer  to  label 
for  directions.  Do  not  graze  lactating  dairy  animals within 7 days after 
application.  Do not graze meat animals in treated  areas  within  30  days  of 
slaughter.  Do not harvest for hay within 37 days after treatment.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PASTURES - PERENNIAL GRASSES 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ROUNDUP            4.0 lb

REMARKS:  Apply  as a SPOT TREATMENT OR WITH A WIPER APPLICATOR ONLY.  Refer to 
label for specific application directions.  No  more  than  l/l0  of  any  acre 
should be treated at one time.  Remove livestock before application and wait l4 
days  after  application before grazing or harvesting.  Subsequent applications 
may be made at 30-day intervals.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INSECT CONTROL IN ALFALFA                           
-DOC-

                           INSECT CONTROL IN ALFALFA
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  ALFALFA WEEVIL
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R carbofuran
    FURADAN 4-F    1/2-2 pt    0.25-1.0    Apply in min of 20 gal    1/2 pt-7
                                           water/ac when 50% of
                                           terminals show feeding
                                           damage.

REMARKS:  Apply only two application/season.  Do not apply more than once per 
          cutting.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  ALFALFA WEEVIL (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R azinphosmethyl               0.5-0.75    Same as carbofuran          14-21
    GUTHION 2S     2-3 pt
    GUTHION 50WP   1.0-1.5 lb

REMARKS:  Apply no more than once/cutting.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  methoxychlor     2-3 pt      --          Same as carbofuran.            7 
  + diazinon
    ALFA-TOX EC

REMARKS:  Follow label instructions.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  ALFALFA WEEVIL (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R PENNCAP-M        1 qt        0.5         Same as carbofuran.           15

REMARKS:  Follow label instructions.
______________________________________________________________________________
R methyl parathion             0.5         Same as carbofuran.           15
    2E             1 qt
    4E             1 pt
    6E             0.66 pt
    8E             0.5 pt

REMARKS:  Do not apply more than once between cuttings.  Operator hazard;
          observe precautions.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  ALFALFA WEEVIL (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  malathion                    1.25        Same as carbofuran.            0
    5E             1 qt
    25WP           5 lb

REMARKS:  Follow label instructions.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  chlorpyrifos                 0.5-1.0     Same as carbofuran.         14-21
    LORSBAN 4E     1-2 pt

REMARKS:  Apply no more than once/cutting.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  ALFALFA WEBWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  trichlorfon                  1.0         Use enough water for           0
    DYLOX 80SP     20 oz                   complete coverage.
    DYLOX 4E       1 qt

REMARKS:  Apply no more than three applications/cutting.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  carbaryl                     1.0-1.5     Same as trichlorfon.           0
    SEVIN 80% 
      Sprayable    1.25-1.87 lb
    SEVIN 50W      2-3 lb
    SEVIMOL 4      1-1.5 qt
    SEVIN SL       1-1.5 qt

REMARKS:  Follow label instructions.
______________________________________________________________________________
INSECT:  PEA APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
R methomyl                     0.45        Spray as needed.               7
    LANNATE 
      L-NUDRIN 1.8 1 qt
    LANNATE -
      NUDRIN 90    0.5 lb
REMARKS:  Do not apply to dormant or semi-dormant alfalfa when minimum daily
          temp. is 50 F or lower.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R carbofuran       1/2-2 pt    0.25-1.0    Spray as needed.          1/2 pt-7
    FURADAN 4-F                                                        1 pt-14
                                                                       2 pt-28
REMARKS:  Apply only two application/season.  Do not apply more than once per
          cutting.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  PEA APHID (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
R methyl parathion             0.5         Spray as needed.              15
    2E             1 qt
    4E             1 pt
    6E             0.66 pt
    8E             0.5 pt
REMARKS:  Operator hazard; observe precautions.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PENNCAP-M        1 qt        0.5         Spray as needed.              15
REMARKS:  Do not spray during bloom to avoid killing honeybees.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  chlorpyrifos     1 pt        0.5         Spray as needed.              14
    LORSBAN 4E
REMARKS:  Do not apply more than once/cutting.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  FALL ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
R methomyl                     0.45        Spray as needed.               7
    LANNATE 
      L-NUDRIN 1.8 1 qt
    LANNATE- 
      NUDRIN 90    0.5 lb

REMARKS:  Do not apply to dormant or semi-dormant alfalfa when minimum daily
          temp. is 50 F or lower.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  chlorpyrifos                 0.5         Spray as needed.              14
    LORSBAN 4E     1 pt

REMARKS:  Do not apply more than once/cutting.
________________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  THREE-CORNERED ALFALFA HOPPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl                     1.0         Spray when adults or           0
    SEVIN 80%                              nymphs are girdling 10%
      Sprayable    1.25 lb                 of the stems in the field.
    SEVIN 50W      2 lb
    SEVIMOL 4      1 qt
    SEVIN SL       1 qt

REMARKS:  Follow label directions.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  POTATO LEAFHOPPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R carbofuran       1 pt        0.5         Apply when insects            14
    FURADAN 4F                             appear.

REMARKS:  Apply only two applications/season.  Only once/cutting.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  chlorpyrifos     1 pt        0.5         Apply when insects            14
    LORSBAN 4E                             appear.

REMARKS:  Apply no more than 4 applications/season.  Only once/cutting.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R mevinphos        1 pt        0.5         Apply when insects             1
    PHOSDRIN 4EC                           appear.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PASTUREGRASS INSECT CONTROL                          
-DOC-

                          PASTUREGRASS INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SPITTLEBUG
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion 4E     0.5 pt      0.25        Spray.                        15

REMARKS:  Burn coastal bermuda stubble in late February.  Management practices,
          such as mowing or grazing, important.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FALL ARMYWORM OR TRUE ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  carbaryl                     1.5         Apply as spray.                0
    SEVIN 80%
      Sprayable    1.87 lb
    SEVIN 50W      3 lb
    SEVIN 4F       3 pt

REMARKS:  For best results apply before larvae exceed 1/2 in.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R parathion 4E     0.5-1.0 pt  0.25-0.5    Apply as spray when           15
                                           larvae are small.
REMARKS:  Operator hazard.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  FALL ARMYWORM OR TRUE ARMYWORM (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  trichlorfon                  1.0         Spray.                         0
    DYLOX 80SP     1.25 lb
    DYLOX 4E       1 qt

REMARKS:  No more than three applications/cutting.  Applications may be made
          without removing grazing livestock.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R methomyl                     0.33-0.45   Spray.                         7
    LANATE L-
     NUDRIN 1.8  1.5-2 pt
    LANNATE -
     NUDRIN 90     0.37-0.5 lb

REMARKS:  Bermudagrass only.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  WHITE GRUB (GREEN JUNE BEETLE, JAPANESE BEETLE)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

Renovate and rotate with corn or small grain.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R parathion 4E     1 pt        0.5         Spray, dust or granules.      15

REMARKS:  Apply to damaged fields as surface treatment.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  carbaryl                     1.5-2.0     Spray.                         0
    SEVIN 80%
     Sprayable     1.87-2.5 lb
    SEVIN 50W      3-4 lb
    SEVIN 4F       3-4 pt
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  GRASSHOPPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl                     1.0-1.5     Apply as spray.                0
    SEVIN 80%
     Sprayable     1.25-1.87 lb            Apply to grass and field
    SEVIN 50W      2-3 lb                  margin.
    SEVIN 4F       2-3 pt

REMARKS:  Grasshopper nymphs are easier to control than adults.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  malathion                    1.0         Apply to grass and field       0
    5E             1 3/5 pt                margin.
    25WP           4 lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  GRASSHOPPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  diazinon                     0.5         Spray.                         0
    DIAZINON AG500 1 pt                    Apply to grass and field
    DIAZINON 50W   1 lb                    margin.

REMARKS:  Do not repeat application for 30 days.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R PENNCAP-M        1-3 pt      0.25-0.75   Use higher rates for          15
                                           large grasshoppers.

REMARKS:  Use higher rate if weather is cool.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  FIRE ANT
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  
  AMDRO                                    Broadcast uniformly with       0
    0.88% bait     1.0-1.5 lb              ground equipment.

REMARKS:  Use all bait within 3 days after opening.  Amdro is slow acting, 
          possibly requiring several mo to completely control all ants in 
          mound.  Very large mound may need to be treated again in 4 mo.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AMDRO                                    5 level tsp of biat/mound      0
    0.88% bait     1.0 lb                  (individual mound treat- 
                                           ment)

REMARKS:  Distribute bait uniformly 3 to 4 ft around base of mound.  Do not
          use more than 1.5 lb/ac.  Follow other directions given above.
______________________________________________________________________________
INSECT:  FIRE ANT (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                       FORMULATION/                                  LAST APPL
PESTICIDE              100 GAL WATER           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl                                   Treat individual mounds        0
    SEVIN 80%                              and perimeter by drenching
    Sprayable            2.0 lb            with at least 1 qt of 
    SEVIN 50W            3.0 lb            dilute solution/6 in of
                                           mound diameter.  Follow
                                           label instructions.

REMARKS:  Do not disturb mounds before treatment.  Do not exceed 2 gal 
          solution/mound.  Repeat application if mound activity resumes.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEANUTS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
-DOC-
PEANUTS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATES
                                            FORMULATED      
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALAN L.C. or      l.5 lb/gal              3.0 to 4.0 qt or
                                                                   l.l3 to l.5
BALAN DRY FLOWABLE  60% dry flowable       2.0 to 2.5 lb

REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Incorporate  2  to  3 
inches  deep as soon as possible after application.  BALAN must be incorporated 
one time within 8 hr after application.  Cross disc for best results.  Use  l.5 
lb ai/ac for control of fall panicum and broadleaf signalgrass.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VERNAM 7-E         7.0 lb/gal              2.33 to 3.0 pt          2.0 to 2.6

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge, purple 
nutsedge.  Incorporate 2 to 3 inches deep immediately after application.  Cross 
disc for best results.  Plant within l0 days after application.  Do  not  plant 
seed over 2 inches deep.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATES
                                            FORMULATED      
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL              4.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.75 to l.0

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Incorporate to a depth 
of l to 2 inches within 7 days after application.  Cross disc for best results.
May be applied up to 60 days before planting.  Wheat and barley may be planted 
l20 days after application.  Do not feed forage or graze livestock for 75 days 
after planting wheat or barley on treated land.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SONALAN DRY        50% dry flowable        l.l to l.9 lb           0.6 to l.0
 FLOWABLE

REMARKS:  Annual  grasses,  small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Incorporate into the 
top 2 to 3 inches of soil as soon as possible after application.  SONALAN  must 
be incorporated within 2 days after application.  Crop disc for best results.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATES
                                            FORMULATED      
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E or         8.0 lb/gal              l.5 to 2.0 pt or
                                                                   l.5 to 2.0
DUAL 25G           25% granule             6.0 + 8.0 lb

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge.  Apply 
and incorporate into the top 2 inches of soil within l4 days  before  planting.
If treated crop is lost,  corn,  cotton,  soybeans, peanuts, or grain or forage 
sorghum treated with Concep may be replanted immediately.  Barley,  oats,  rye, 
or wheat may be planted 4.5 months after application.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATES
                                            FORMULATED      
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALAN L.C. or      l.5 lb/gal               3.0 to 4.0 qt or       l.l3 to l.5
BALAN DRY FLOWABLE  60% dry flowable        2.0 to 2.5 lb
   +                                           +                        +
VERNAM 7-E         7.0 lb/gal               2.33 pt                2.0

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge, purple 
nutsedge.  Incorporate 2 to 3 inches deep immediately after application.  Cross 
disc  for  best results.  Plant within l0 days after application.  Do not plant 
seed deeper than 2 inches.  BALAN L.C.  + VERNAM may  be  applied  with  center 
pivot irrigation systems.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATES
                                            FORMULATED      
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL              4.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.75 to l.0
  +                                            +                        +
VERNAM 7-E         7.0 lb/gal               2.33 to 3.0 pt         2.0 to 2.6

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge, purple 
nutsedge.  Incorporate 2 to 3 inches deep  immediately  after  application.  Do 
not plant seed deeper than 2 inches.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATES
                                            FORMULATED      
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SONALAN DRY        50% dry flowable         0.9 to l.9 lb          0.5 to l.0
 FLOWABLE
  +                                            +                       +
VERNAM 7-E         7.0 lb/gal               2.33 to 3.0 pt         2.0 to 2.6

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge, purple 
nutsedge.  Incorporate 2 to 3 inches deep  immediately  after  planting.  Cross 
disc  for  best results.  May be applied up to l0 days before planting.  Do not 
plant seed deeper than 2 inches.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATES
                                            FORMULATED      
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALAN L.C. or      l.5 lb/gal               3.0 to 4.0 qt or       l.l3 to l.5
BALAN DRY FLOWABLE  60% dry flowable        2.0 to 2.5 lb
  +                                            +                        +
DUAL 8E                                     l.5 to 2.0 pt          l.5 to 2.0

REMARKS:   Annual  grasses,  small-seeded  broadleaf  weeds,  yellow  nutsedge.
Incorporate  2 to 3 inches deep as soon as possible after application.  Must be 
incorporated one time within 8  hr  after  application.  Cross  disc  for  best 
results.  May be applied up to l4 days before planting.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATES
                                            FORMULATED      
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL              4.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.75 to l.0
  +                                            +                        +
DUAL 8E            8.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          l.5 to 2.0

REMARKS:   Annual  grasses,  small-seeded  broadleaf  weeds,  yellow  nutsedge.
Incorporate into the top 2 inches of soil  within  7  days  after  application.
Cross disc for best results.  May be applied up to l4 days prior to planting.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SONALAN DRY        50% dry flowable         0.9 to l.9 lb          0.5 to l.0
 FLOWABLE
   +                                           +                       +
DUAL 8E            8.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.5 pt          l.5 to 2.5

REMARKS:   Annual  grasses,  small-seeded  broadleaf  weeds,  yellow  nutsedge.
Incorporate into the top 2 to 3 inches of soil within 2 days after application.
May be applied up to l4 days prior to planting.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEANUTS - PREEMERGENCE
-DOC-
PEANUTS - PREEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E or         8.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt or
                                                                   l.5 to 2.0 
DUAL 25G           25% granule              6.0 to 8.0 lb

REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  small-seeded broadleaf weeds,  yellow nutsedge.  For 
suppression of Florida beggarweed apply DUAL 8E at 2.0 to 3.0 pt/ac or DUAL 25G 
at  8.0  to l2.0 lb/ac.  Apply at planting or after planting but before crop or 
weeds emerge.  DUAL 8E may be applied with center pivot irrigation systems.  Do 
not make a preemergence application of DUAL over an incorporated application of 
DUAL.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - PREEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO or           4.0 lb/gal               3.0 to 4.0 qt or
                                                                   3.0 to 4.0
LASSO II           l5% granule              20.0 to 26.0 lb

REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Apply at planting  or 
after  planting  but  before  crop  or weeds emerge.  LASSO may be applied with 
center pivot irrigation systems.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEANUTS - POSTEMERGENCE
-DOC-
PEANUTS - POSTEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUTYRAC 200 or     2.0 lb/gal               0.8 to l.0 pt or
                                                                   0.2 to 0.38
BUTOXONE           l.75 lb/gal              l.0 to l.75 pt

REMARKS: Control or suppression of annual broadleaf weeds, especially cocklebur 
and morningglory.  For best results apply when weeds are 3 inches  or  less  in 
height.  Apply  from  2  to  l2 wk after planting.  A second application may be 
made if needed--do not apply later than the late bloom  stage  of  peanuts.  Do 
not apply within 45 days of harvest.  Do not apply to drought-stressed peanuts.
Do not feed peanut vines or hay to livestock.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - POSTEMERGENCE 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BASAGRAN           4.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.75 to l.0

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds,  yellow nutsedge.  Refer to label for maximum 
weed  heights.  Use  a  minimum  of  20  gal  water/ac  and a minimum of 40 psi 
pressure.  For yellow nutsedge two applications may be needed.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLAZER 2L          2.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.38 to 0.5

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds--refer to  label  for  maximum  weed  heights.
Apply  in  at  least  20  gal water/ac and use 40 to 60 psi pressure.  Add l pt 
nonionic surfactant/l00 gal spray solution.  Do not apply  within  75  days  of 
harvest.  BLAZER requires a 6 hr rain-free period for best results.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - POSTEMERGENCE 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POAST              l.5 lb/gal               l.0 to l.5 pt          0.l9 to 0.28

REMARKS: Annual and perennial grasses.  Apply to actively growing grasses.  Use 
a  minimum  volume  of  5 gal and a maximum volume of 20 gal spray solution/ac.
Use 40 to 60 psi pressure.  Do not cultivate 5 days  before  or  7  days  after 
application.  Add  oil  concentrate  at  2 pt/ac.  Use l.0 pt/ac for control of 
annual grasses.  Use l.5 pt/ac for johnsongrass  and  bermudagrass-if  regrowth 
occurs make a second application at l.0 pt/ac.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - POSTEMERGENCE 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATED               PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BASAGRAN           4.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.75 to l.0
   +                                            +                       +
BLAZER 2L          2.0 lb/gal               l.0 to 2.0 pt          0.25 to 0.5

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds,  yellow nutsedge-refer to labels for  maximum 
weed  heights.  Add  nonionic  surfactant at 0.5 pt/l00 gal spray solution.  Do 
not use crop oil concentrate.  Do not apply within 75 days of harvest.  Use  at 
least 20 gal water/ac and 40 psi pressure.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - POSTEMERGENCE 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLAZER 2L          2.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.38 to 0.5
  +                                             +                       +
BUTYRAC 200        2.0 lb/gal               l.0 pt                 0.25
  or                                            or                     or
BUTOXONE           l.75 lb/gal              l.0 pt                 0.22

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  The addition of BUTYRAC 200 or  BUTOXONE  to 
BLAZER  may  improve  control of cocklebur and morningglory--refer to label for 
maximum  weed  heights.  Add  nonionic  surfactant  at  l.0  pt/l00  gal  spray 
solution.  Do not use crop oils.  Peanuts should be at least 2 weeks old before 
application.  Do  not  use  after pod-filling begins.  Refer to label for other 
precautions.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUTS - POSTEMERGENCE 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BASAGRAN           4.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.75 to l.0
  +                                             +                       +
BUTYRAC 200        2.0 lb/gal               0.5 pt                 0.l3
  or                                            or
BUTOXONE           l.75 lb/gal              0.6 pt

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  The addition of BUTYRAC 200 or  BUTOXONE  to 
BASAGRAN  improves control of morningglory species.  Refer to label for maximum 
weed heights.  Apply before morningglory vines exceed l0 inches in length.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEANUT GROWTH REGULATORS                            
-DOC-
                            PEANUT GROWTH REGULATORS
                       D. T. Gooden, Extension Agronomist

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
GROWTH                                      FORMULATED
REGULATOR          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KYLAR              85% wettable powder      l.0 lb                 0.85

REMARKS:  Apply when vines are within l2 in  of  meeting  in  center  up  until 
touching.  Refer  to  label for application directions.  Do not apply within 30 
days of harvest.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEANUT - HERBICIDE INFORMATION
-DOC-
PEANUT - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

For  information  only.   Use  of  trade  names  does  not  imply  preferential 
endorsement  nor  discrimination  against similar products with different trade 
names.  

COMMON NAME        TRADE NAME(S)        FORMULATION(S)          COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
acifluorfen        BLAZER 2L            2.0 lb/gal              BASF
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
alachlor           LASSO                4.0 lb/gal              Monsanto
                   LASSO II             l5% granule             Monsanto
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
benefin            BALAN L.C.           l.5 lb/gal              Elanco
                   BALAN DRY FLOWABLE   60% dry flowable        Elanco
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bentazon           BASAGRAN             4.0 lb/gal              BASF
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ethalfluralin    SONALAN DRY FLOWABLE   50% dry flowable        Elanco
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEANUT - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

COMMON NAME        TRADE NAME(S)        FORMULATION(S)          COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
metolachlor        DUAL 8E              8.0 lb/gal              Ciba-Geigy
                   DUAL 25G             25% granule             Ciba-Geigy
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pendimethalin      PROWL                4.0 lb/gal          American Cyanamid
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sethoxydim         POAST                l.5 lb/gal              BASF
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4-DB             BUTYRAC 200          2.0 lb/gal              Rhone-Poulenc
                   BUTOXONE             l.75 lb/gal             Vertac
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vernolate          VERNAM 7-E           7.0 lb/gal              Stauffer
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
.LB:22
-DOC-
.LB:22
                             PEANUT INSECT CONTROL
                     Jay W. Chapin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  THRIPS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R aldicarb                  0.3-0.6    Apply granules in furrow at        90
    TEMIK 15G     2-4 lb               planting. Use 2 1/3 to 4 2/3
                                       oz/1,000 row ft.

REMARKS:  Do not feed hay or vines to livestock.  Do not apply more than once/
         season.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  THRIPS (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R phorate                   0.6-0.9    Same as aldicarb. Use 4 2/3     Planting
    THIMET 15G    4-6 lb               to 7 oz/1,000 ft.

REMARKS:  Some minor leaflet burn may be seen with this and other systemics.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R disulfoton                0.75-1.05  Same as aldicarb. Use 6 to      Planting
    DI-SYSTON 15G 5-7 lb               8 1/3 oz/1,000 row ft.

REMARKS:  Same as phorate.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  THRIPS (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  acephate                  0.5        Apply to foliage as needed.        14
    ORTHENE 75S   2/3 lb               Foliar applications for thrips
                                       seldom increase yields.

REMARKS:  Do not feed hay to livestock or allow grazing on treated area.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LEAFHOPPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  acephate                             Apply to foliage as needed.        14
    ORTHENE 75S   1 lb      0.75

REMARKS:  Do not feed hay to livestock or allow grazing on treated area.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  carbaryl
    SEVIN 80S     1 lb      0.8        Apply to foliage as needed.         0
    SEVIN XLR 4L  1 gal/    0.8
                  5 ac
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  THREE-CORNERED ALFALFA HOPPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl                  0.4-0.6    Apply to foliage as needed.         0
    SEVIN 80S    1/2-3/4 lb
    SEVIN XLR 4L  1 pt
_______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl                  0.8-1.0    Consider treatment when total       0
    SEVIN 80S     1-1 1.4 lb           foliage feeders exceed four large
    SEVIN XLR 4L  1 gal/4-5 ac         worms (1/2 in)/row ft and foliage
    SEVIN 4F      1 gal/4-5 ac         loss will exceed 15%.  Accurate
                                       identification is important. 
                                       These rates may not control fall
                                       armyworm.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R esfenvalerate                        Same threshold.                    21
    ASANA 1.9EC   1 gal/76  .025       Will not control fall armyworm.

REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze treated vines.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  CORN EARWORM (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate               0.05-0.10  Same threshold.                    21
    PYDRIN 2.4EC  1 gal/               Will not control fall armyworm.
                 24-48 ac

REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze treated vines.  Do not exceed three 
          applications/season.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R methomyl                  0.22       Same Threshold.                    21
    LANNATE-      1 pt                 Also controls fall armyworm.
    NUDRIN 1.8L

REMARKS:  Do not feed treated vines.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  CORN EARWORM (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  acephate                  0.75-1.0   Same threshold.  Also controls     14
    ORTHENE 75S   1-1 1/3 lb           fall armyworm.

REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze treated vines.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FALL ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl                  0.22       See corn earworm threshold.        21
    LANNATE-
    NUDRIN 1.8L   1 pt

REMARKS:  Do not feed treated vines.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  acephate        1-1 1/3   0.75-1.0   See corn earworm threshold.        14

REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze treated vines.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  BEET ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl                  0.45       See corn earworm threshold.        21
    LANNATE-
    NUDRIN 1.8L   2 pt

REMARKS:  Do not feed treated vines.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  VELVETBEAN
_______________________________________________________________________________

Velvetbean caterpillar is a late season (Sept.-Oct.) pest which seldom attacks 
peanuts in South Carolina.  It is very easy to control.  Lowest rates of any of 
the recommended foliage feeder insecticides (Asana, Lannate, Nudrin, Orthene, 
Pydrin, Sevin) will provide excellent control.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  chlorpyrifos              0.5-1.0    Apply 3.75-7.5 oz 15G/1,000 row    21
    LORSBAN 4E    1-2 pt               ft in a 12- to 16-in band. For
    LORSBAN 15G   3.3-6.7 lb           liquid application, use a coarse
                                       spray.

REMARKS:  Do not feed hay or forage to meat or dairy animals.
______________________________________________________________________________
INSECT:  CUTWORM (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  diazinon 14G    14 lb     2.0        Apply 1 lb 14G/1,000 row ft in      0
                                       a 12- to 16-in band.

REMARKS:  7 days preharvest interval for forage, 21 days for hay.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R fenvalerate               .1-.12     Use 10 gal/ac.  Effective against  21
    PYDRIN 2.4    1 gal/20-24 ac       cutworms in canopy and on soil
                                       surface.

REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze treated vines.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LESSER CORNSTALK BORER
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  chlorpyrifos              1.0-2.0    Apply 7.5 to 15 oz 15G/1,000       21
    LORSBAN 15G   6.7-13.3             linear ft of row in a 12-in
    LORSBAN 4E    1-2 qt               band.  For broadcast use 14 lb
                                       15G/ac.  For liquid application
                                       direct a coarse spray (at least
                                       40 gal/ac) to crown of the 
                                       plant.  Granules are more effect-
                                       ive than directed sprays.  Treat
                                       if 10% of plants are infested.
                                       Use high rate for rescue.

REMARKS:  Do not exceed 4 lb ai/ac/season.  Do not feed forage or hay to 
          livestock.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  LESSER CORNSTALK BORER (cont)
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fonofos                   1.0-2.0    Apply 11.5-23 oz 10G (6-11.5       45
    DYFONATE 10G  10-20 lb             oz 20G)/1,000 linear ft of row
    DYFONATE 20G   5-10 lb             in a 12-in band. Broadcast 
                                       reduces effectiveness.  Use 
                                       high rate for rescue.

REMARKS:  Do not apply more than 30 days after initial pegging.  Do not graze
          or feed immature crop to livestock. 
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  LESSER CORNSTALK BORER (cont)
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion 10G   20 lb     2.0        Apply 23 oz 10G/1,000 linear ft    15
                                       of row in a 12-in band.  Good
                                       soil moisture is required within
                                       2 days of application for 
                                       effective control.

REMARKS:  Do not graze or feed immature crop to livestock.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SOUTHERN CORN ROOTWORM
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R carbofuran                1.0-2.0    Apply 7.5-15 oz 15G/1,000          80
    FURADAN 15G   6.7-13.3 lb          linear ft of row in a 12-in
                                       band by July 10 to fields with
                                       a history of rootworm damage.
                                       Use the high rate for rescue
                                       or broadcast application.

REMARKS:  Do not exceed 20 lb ai/ac/yr.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  SOUTHERN CORN ROOTWORM (cont)
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  chlorpyrifos              .5-1.5     Apply 3.75-11.5 oz 15G/1,000       21
    LORSBAN 15G   3.3-10 lb            linear ft of row in a 12-in 
                                       band by July 10 to fields with 
                                       a history of rootworm damage.
                                       Use 13 lb/ac for broadcast
                                       application.  Not recommended
                                       for rescue treatment.

REMARKS:  Do not exceed 4 lb ai/ac/season.  Do not feed forage or hay to 
          livestock.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  SOUTHERN CORN ROOTWORM (cont)
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fonofos                   1.0-2.0    Apply 11.5-23 oz 10G (6-11.5 oz    45
    DYFONATE 10G  10-20 lb             20G)/1,000 linear ft of row in
    DYFONATE 20G   5-10 lb             a 12-in band by July 10 to fields
                                       with a history of rootworm damage.
                                       Use the high rate for rescue or
                                       broadcast.

REMARKS:  Do not apply more than 30 days after initial pegging.  Do not graze
          or feed immature crop to livestock. 
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  SOUTHERN CORN ROOTWORM (cont)
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion 10G   20 lb     2.0        Recommended only on established    15
                                       rootworm populations.  Apply
                                       23 oz 10G/1,000 linear ft of
                                       row in a 12-in band.

REMARKS:  Do not graze or feed immature crop.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  WIREWORMS
________________________________________________________________________________

Damage from wireworms can not be distinguished from rootworm.  Wireworms have a 
thin, shiny, light brown covering on the body.  Rootworms are white to cream 
colored and soft-bodied.  Use the same treatment rates and date (prior to July 
10) as for rootworm.
________________________________________________________________________________
INSECT:  SPIDER MITE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R monocrotophos             0.63-0.94  Make two applications at a 5-      21
    AZODRIN 5WM   1-1 1/2 pt           to 7-day interval.  Use at
                                       least 25 gal/ac.  Avoid mites
                                       by eliminating unnecessary
                                       foliar insecticides.

REMARKS:  Do not exceed two applications/season.  Do not graze or feed treated
          vines to livestock.  VERY TOXIC TO QUAIL AND OTHER WILDLIFE.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  SPIDER MITE (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  propargite                1.6        Same as for monocrotophos except   14
    COMITE 73L    2 pt                 not labeled for more than one
                                       application/yr.

REMARKS:  Do not graze or feed treated foliage.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SMALL GRAIN WEED CONTROL                            
-DOC-
                            SMALL GRAIN WEED CONTROL
        E. C. Murdock, Extension Weed Scientist, D. T. Gooden, Extension
               Agronomist, and B. J. Gossett, Research Agronomist

READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE

SMALL GRAINS - PREEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R HOELON 3EC       3.0 lb/gal               2.0 to 2.67 pt         0.75 + l.0

REMARKS:   Preemergence  control  of  Italian  ryegrass.   USE  HOELON   AS   A 
PREEMERGENCE TREATMENT ON WHEAT ONLY.  DO NOT USE ON BARLEY.  Apply at planting 
or  immediately  after.  Use  2.67 pt/ac in fields that have a history of heavy 
Italian ryegrass pressures.  Do not allow livestock to  graze  treated  fields.
Do  not  harvest  forage,  hay,  or  straw  from  treated fields prior to grain 
harvest.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SMALL GRAINS - POSTEMERGENCE
-DOC-
SMALL GRAINS - POSTEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ME4 BROMINAL       4.0 lb/gal               0.5 to l.0 pt          0.25 + 0.5

BUCTRIL            2.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.38 + 0.5

REMARKS:  Winter annual broadleaf weeds.  Applications may be made in the fall, 
winter,  or  spring  to  small  grains before the boot stage.  Apply to emerged 
weeds in the 2- to 4-leaf stage or when rosettes are less than  l.5  inches  in 
diameter.  Thorough  spray coverage is essential.  ME4 BROMINAL and BUCTRIL may 
be used for weed control in wheat, oats,  rye,  or barley.  BUCTRIL may also be 
used  for  control in triticale.  Do not graze treated fields for 30 days after 
treatment.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL GRAINS - POSTEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4-D              3.8 to 4.0 lb/gal        0.5 + 2.0 pt           0.24 + l.0
(several trade
names)

REMARKS:  Winter annual broadleaf weeds,  wild garlic,  wild onion.  Use l.5 to 
2.0 pt of 2,4-D ESTER/ac for control of wild garlic or wild onion.  Apply 2,4-D 
when grain is well tillered (usually 4 to 8 inches tall) but not forming joints 
in  the  stem.  Do not apply before the tiller stage or from early boot through 
the milk stage.  Oats are more sensitive to 2,4-D than other  small  grains--do 
not  exceed  l.0  pt/ac  on  oats.  Do  not graze or feed forage for 2 wk after 
treatment.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL GRAINS - POSTEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BANVEL             4.0 lb/gal               0.25 pt                0.l3

REMARKS:  Winter annual broadleaf weeds.  Apply  to  fall-seeded  small  grains 
immediately  after winter dormancy and before they begin to joint.  May be used 
for weed control in wheat,  barley,  and oats.  Do not  graze  or  harvest  for 
livestock feed prior to crop maturity.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BANVEL             4.0 lb/gal               0.25 pt                0.l3
  +                                          +                      +
2,4-D              3.8 to 4.0 lb/gal        0.5 to 0.75 pt         0.25 to 0.38

REMARKS:  Annual  broadleaf  weeds.   Apply  to  fall-seeded  wheat  or  barley 
immediately after winter dormancy and  before  they  begin  to  joint.  Do  not 
exceed  0.5  pt 2,4-D/ac on barley.  Do not graze or harvest for livestock feed 
before crop maturity.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL GRAINS - POSTEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BANVEL             4.0 lb/gal               0.25 pt                0.l3
  +                                           +                     +
2,4-D ester        3.8 to 4.0 lb/gal        l.0 to l.5 pt          0.5 to 0.75

REMARKS: Annual broadleaf weeds, wild garlic, wild onion.  Apply to fall-seeded 
WHEAT before the jointing stage.  Do not graze or harvest  for  livestock  feed 
before crop maturity.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL GRAINS - POSTEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R HOELON 3EC       3.0 lb/gal               l.33 to 2.67 pt        0.5 to l.0

REMARKS:  Control of Italian ryegrass in WHEAT or BARLEY ONLY.  Use l.33  pt/ac 
if ryegrass is in the l- to 4-leaf stage;  use 2.0 to 2.67 pt/ac if ryegrass is 
in the 4- to 5-leaf stage.  Apply HOELON before wheat or barley reaches the one 
node (jointing) stage of growth.  Do not exceed 2.0  pt/ac  on  barley.  HOELON 
can be used on the following varieties of barley;  Boone,  Sussex,  Milton, and 
Henry.  Barley must be developed to tiller initiation before  applying  HOELON.
Do not graze treated fields.  Do not havest forage,  hay, or straw from treated 
fields prior to grain harvest.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SMALL GRAIN INSECT CONTROL                            
-DOC-

                           SMALL GRAIN INSECT CONTROL 
                     Jay W. Chapin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  dimethoate                .25        Treat if populations exceed:       60
    CYGON 4EC     1/2 pt               FALL: 15/drill foot
    CYGON 2.67    gal/10 ac            SPRING: 3-6" plants 100/drill
    DEFEND 2.67   gal/10 ac            foot, 7-10" plants - 200 drill/
                                       foot, 7-10" plants - 300 drill/
                                       foot, 20 aphids/head

REMARKS:  Labeled only for wheat.  Do not graze within 14 days.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  APHID (cont)
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R disulfoton                .75-1.0    Also provides suppression of   30 (wheat 
    DI-SYSTON 8   3/4-1 pt             hessian fly when applied        barley)
                                       with topdress nitrogen.        60 (oats)

REMARKS:  Labeled for wheat, oats, and barley.  Do not graze after any foliar
          application of Di-Syston.  3/4 pt maximum labeled rate on wheat.
          Highly toxic.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  malathion 8 EC  3/4-1 pt  .75-1.0                                        7

REMARKS:  7-day pregrazing interval.  Labeled for wheat, barley, oats, and rye.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  APHID (cont)
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R methyl parathion          .25-.5                                        15
    4 EC          1/2-1 pt
    6 EC          1/3-2/3 pt
    8 EC          1/4-1/2 pt

REMARKS:  Highly toxic.  Labeled for wheat, barley, rye and oats.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R parathion 4E    1/2-1 pt  .25-.5                                        15

REMARKS:  Do not use on rye.  Highly toxic.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  HESSIAN FLY
_______________________________________________________________________________

The following varieties have resistance to the dominant races of hessian fly 
found in South Carolina: Saluda, Coker 9766, Arthur 71, McNair 1003, Pioneer 
2550, Pioneer 2551, Pioneer 2555, Stacy, Compton, Massey and Williams.  No 
chemical control is needed with these varieties.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  HESSIAN FLY (cont)
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R disulfoton
    DI-SYSTON 15G  5-6.5 lb .75-1.0    Apply 1.1-1.4 oz Di-Syston 15G/
                (7"rows)               1,000 drill feet in furrow.
                                       This treatment is recommended 
                                       for fly-susceptible varieties 
                                       of wheat planted before Nov. 20.
                                       This treatment also controls 
                                       aphids.  Some phytotoxicity (tip
                                       burning) may occur.

REMARKS:  Do not apply to rye.  Do not graze within 75 days.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  HESSIAN FLY (cont)
________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R phorate 
    THIMET 20G    5.0       1.0        Apply 1.2 oz Thimet 20G/1,000
                                       drill feet in-furrow.  This is
                                       equal to 1 lb active ingredient 
                                       per acre on 8" rows.  This 
                                       treatment recommended for 
                                       susceptible wheat varieties 
                                       planted before Nov. 20.  Some 
                                       temporary phytotoxicity may occur.

REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze within 45 days.  Labeled for wheat only.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl                  1.0-1.5
    SEVIN 80S     1 1/4-1 3/4 lb       Treat if population reaches   0 (forage)
    SEVIN XLR     1-1 1/2 qt           2/drill foot.                 21 (grain)

REMARKS:  Only labeled for wheat.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R methyl parathion          .5
    4EC           1 pt
    6EC           2/3 pt                                                  15
    8EC           1/3 pt
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  ARMYWORM (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl                  .22                                            7
    LANNATE 1.8   1 pt
    NUDRIN 1.8    1 pt

REMARKS:  Do not graze within 10 days.  Labeled for rye, barley, oats, wheat.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FALL ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
               FORMULATION/   LB                                      LAST APPL
PESTICIDE          AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION              TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl                  .22-.33    Treat if stand is threatened        7
    LANNATE 1.8   1-1 1/2 pt           before frost.
    NUDRIN 1.8    1-1 1/2 pt

REMARKS:  Do not graze within 10 days.  Labeled for rye, barley, oats, wheat.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SORGHUM WEED CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              SORGHUM WEED CONTROL
                  E. C. Murdock, Extension Weed Scientist and
                       B. J. Gossett, Research Agronomist

READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE

Rates given for preplant incorporated and preemergence treatments are for 
COARSE- to MEDIUM-TEXTURED SOILS.
SORGHUM - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E            8.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.25 pt         l.5 to 2.25

REMARKS:   Annual  grasses,  small-seeded  broadleaf  weeds,  yellow  nutsedge.
SORGHUM SEED MUST BE TREATED BY THE SEED COMPANY WITH CONCEP.  Incorporate to a 
depth of 2 inches within l4 days before planting.  DUAL may be used on grain or 
forage sorghums.  If treated crop is lost,  corn, cotton, soybeans, peanuts, or 
grain or forage sorghum treated  with  Concep  may  be  replanted  immediately.
Barley, oats, rye, or wheat may be planted 4.5 months after application.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SORGHUM - PREEMERGENCE 
-DOC-
SORGHUM - PREEMERGENCE 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E            8.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.25 pt         l.5 to 2.25

REMARKS:   Annual  grasses,  small-seeded  broadleaf  weeds,  yellow  nutsedge.
SORGHUM SEED MUST BE TREATED BY THE SEED COMPANY WITH CONCEP.  DUAL may be used 
on  grain  or  forage  sorghums.  DUAL  8E  may be tank-mixed with MILOGARD for 
improved control of broadleaf weeds.  If treated crop is  lost,  corn,  cotton, 
soybeans,  peanuts,  or  grain  or  forage  sorghum  treated with Concep may be 
replanted immediately.  Barley, oats,  wheat,  or rye may be planted 4.5 months 
after application.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SORGHUM - PREEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO              4.0 lb/gal               2.5 to 3.0 qt          2.5 to 3.0

REMARKS:  Annual  grasses,  small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  SORGHUM SEED MUST BE 
TREATED BY THE SEED COMPANY WITH SCREEN.  LASSO may be used for weed control in 
grain sorghum (milo).  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MILOGARD 4L or     4.0 lb/gal               2.0 qt                   
MILO-PRO 4L                                                         2.0

MILOGARD MAXX 90   90% dispersible granule  2.2 lb 

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Apply at planting or immediately 
after.  Do not use on sands or loamy sands.  Cotton,  soybeans,  or corn may be 
planted l2 months after application.  Do not plant other crops  for  l8  months 
after treatment.  MILOGARD AND MILO-PRO may be used in grain sorghum (milo) and 
sweet sorghum.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
-END-
-DOC-
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SORGHUM - MINIMUM TILLAGE - PREEMERGENCE
-DOC-
SORGHUM - MINIMUM TILLAGE - PREEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E            8.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.25 pt         l.5 to 2.25
  +                                            +                        +
ROUNDUP or         4.0 lb/gal               l.5 qt or              l.5  or

R GRAMOXONE SUPER  l.5 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.5 pt          0.28 to 0.47

REMARKS: ROUNDUP or GRAMOXONE SUPER will provide control of existing vegetation 
at  planting.  DUAL  will  provide  residual  control  of  annual  grasses  and 
small=seeded broadleaf weeds.  SORGHUM SEED MUST BE TREATED BY THE SEED COMPANY 
WITH  CONCEP.  Apply  at  planting  or  immediately after.  Use the low rate of 
GRAMOXONE SUPER if weeds are less than 4 inches tall,  and  the  high  rate  if 
weeds are 4 to 6 inches tall.  Control of weeds greater than 6 inches in height 
may  be  unsatisfactory.  If GRAMOXONE SUPER is used add 8 oz X-77 Spreader/l00 
gals spray solution.  This treatment may be used for weed control in  grain  or 
forage sorghums.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
SORGHUM - MINIMUM TILLAGE - PREEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BRONCO             4.0 lb/gal               3.0 to 4.0 qt          3.0 to 4.0
                   (2.6 alachlor +                       (2.0 to 2.6 alachlor +
                   l.4 glyphosate)                      l.0 to l.4 glyphosate)

REMARKS:  BRONCO  is  a  package  mixture  of  alachlor  (LASSO)  +  glyphosate 
(ROUNDUP).  Glyphosate  will  control  existing  vegetation  at  planting,  and 
alachlor  will  provide  residual  control  of  annual grasses and small-seeded 
broadleaf weeds.  SORGHUM SEED MUST BE TREATED BY THE SEED COMPANY WITH SCREEN.
Apply at planting or immediately after.  BRONCO may be used for weed control in 
grain sorghum (milo).  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
-DOC-
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AATREX 80W,        80% wettable powder        l.5 lb or
ATRAZINE 80W or

AATREX 4L, ATRAZINE 4L or  4.0 lb/gal         l.2 qt or             l.2

AATREX NINE-0      90% dispersible granule    l.3 lb
    +
OIL

REMARKS:  Broadleaf weeds.  Apply after sorghum reaches the  3-leaf  stage  and 
before  weeds reach 4 inches in height.  Add l qt oil concentrate/ac for ground 
applications.  Do not use on sands or loamy sands.  Do not rotate to  any  crop 
except  corn  or sorghum until the following year.  If applied after June l0 do 
not follow with crops other than corn or sorghum the next year.  Do  not  plant 
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Continued)

tobacco,  vegetables,  spring-seeded  small grains,  or small-seeded legumes or 
grasses the year following application.  Atrazine may be used for postemergence 
weed control in grain and forage sorghums, and sorghum-sudan hybrids.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4-D              3.8 to 4.0 lb/gal        0.66 to l.0 pt         0.3 to 0.5
(several trade names)

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  Sorghum is not as tolerant to 2,4-D as corn.
Apply over-the-top when sorghum is 6 to 8 inches tall.  If sorghum is 8  to  l5 
inches  tall  apply  as  a directed spray to minimize contact with the foliage.
Use the low rate if sorghum is growing under conditions of high  soil  moisture 
and  high air temperature.  Do not apply during the boot,  tasseling,  or early 
dough stages.  Avoid drift to susceptible crops such as  tobacco,  cotton,  and 
soybeans.  Several  companies  are  marketing  2,4-D.  REFER  TO THE INDIVIDUAL 
PRODUCT LABEL FOR DIRECTIONS CONCERNING ITS USE FOR WEED CONTROL IN SORGHUM.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BANVEL             4.0 lb/gal               0.5 pt                 0.25

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  Apply after sorghum is in the  3-leaf  stage 
but   before   sorghum   exceeds   8   inches   in   height.   Make   only  one 
application/season.  Do not graze or feed  treated  sorghum  forage  or  silage 
prior to mature grain stage.  Avoid drift to susceptible crops such as tobacco, 
soybeans,  and  cotton.  BANVEL  may  be used for weed control in grain sorghum 
(milo).  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BASAGRAN           4.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.75 to l.0

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds,  yellow nutsedge (refer to label for  maximum 
weed  heights).  Use a minimum of 20 gal water/ac and at least 40 psi pressure.
BASGRAN may be used for weed control in grain sorghum.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ME4 BROMINAL       4.0 lb/gal               0.5 to 0.75 pt
                                                                   0.25 + 0.38
BUCTRIL            2.0 lb/gal               l.0 to l.5 pt

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  May not provide  adequate  pigweed  control.
Apply  before  weeds  exceed the 2- to 4-leaf stage--refer to label for maximum 
weed heights.  Apply to sorghum from the 3- to 4-leaf stage  up  to  l4  inches 
tall.  Thorough  spray  coverage is essential.  Do not apply when grain sorghum 
foliage is wet.  Do not feed or graze within 30 days after application.  Do not 
plant a rotational crop until  the  following  use  season.  ME4  BROMINAL  and 
BUCTRIL may be used for weed control in grain sorghum.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREFLAN E.C.       4.0 lb/gal               0.75 to l.0 pt         0.38 to 0.5

REMARKS:  Annual  and  perennial  grasses  from seed.  Will not control emerged 
grasses.  Apply  after  sorghum  reaches  8  inches  in  height  up  to  layby.
Cultivate  before application to destroy emerged weeds and to cover the base of 
grain sorghum plants with soil.  TREFLAN must  be  incorporated  within  24  hr 
after  application  using  a  sweep-type  or  rolling  culitvator.  Apply  as a 
directed spray if sorghum foliage interferes with uniform  application  to  the 
soil surface.  TREFLAN may be used for weed control in grain sorghum.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
-DOC-
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED    
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4-D              3.8 or 4.0 lb/gal        l.0 pt                 0.5
(several trade names)

REMARKS: Annual broadleaf weeds.  Apply to sorghum 8 to l5 inches tall.  Do not 
apply during the boot,  tasseling,  or early dough  stages.  Prevent  drift  to 
susceptible crops such as cotton, tobacco, and soybeans.  Several companies are 
marketing 2,4-D.  REFER TO THE INDIVIDUAL PRODUCT LABEL FOR DIRECTIONS.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BANVEL             4.0 lb/gal               0.5 pt                 0.25

REMARKS:  Annual  broadleaf  weeds.  Apply  after  sorghum is 8 inches tall and 
before it reaches l5 inches in height.  Make only  one  application/season.  Do 
not graze or feed treated sorghum, forage, or silage before mature grain stage.
Prevent  drift  to  susceptible  crops such as cotton,  tobacco,  and soybeans.
BANVEL may be used for weed control in grain sorghum (milo).  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED    
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOROX L, LINEX 4L or  4.0 lb/gal            l.0 to 2.0 pt          0.5 to l.0

LOROX DF         50% dispersible granule    l.0 to 2.0 lb

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds up to 4 inches  tall.  Apply  when 
sorghum is at least l2 inches tall.  If sprayer is equipped with skids,  shoes, 
or shields,  use the low rate when sorghum is l2 inches tall and weeds  do  not 
exceed  2 inches in height.  Use l.0 to 2.0 lb or pt/ac if sorghum is l5 inches 
tall and weeds are 2 to 4 inches in height.  If boom drops are used  apply  l.0 
to 2.0 lb or pt/ac when sorghum is at least l8 inches tall and weeds are 2 to 4 
inches  in  height.  Add  l.0  pt  Surfactant WK/25 gal spray solution.  Do not 
graze or feed plants to livestock within 3 months after application.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED    
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R GRAMOXONE SUPER   l.5 lb/gal              l.5 to 2.5 pt          0.28 to 0.47

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Apply as a directed spray  after 
sorghum  is at least l2 inches tall.  Add Spreader (nonionic) at l.0 qt/l00 gal 
spray solution.  Do not exceed 30 psi.  Use the low rate for weeds less than  2 
inches  tall.  Do  not  spray  higher  than  3  inches  on  the sorghum stalks.
GRAMOXONE SUPER may be used for weed control in grain sorghum.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
SORGHUM - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED    
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREFLAN E.C.       4.0 lb/gal               0.75 to l.0 pt         0.38 to 0.5

REMARKS:  Annual and perennial  grasses  from  seed.  Will  not  cover  emerged 
grasses.  Apply  after  sorghum  reaches  8  inches  in  height  up  to  layby.
Cultivate before application to destroy emerged weeds and to cover the base  of 
grain  sorghum  plants  with  soil.  TREFLAN  must be incorporated within 24 hr 
after application  using  a  sweep-type  or  rolling  cultivator.  Apply  as  a 
directed  spray  if  sorghum foliage interferes with uniform application to the 
soil surface.  TREFLAN may be used for weed control in grain sorghum.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SORGHUM - HERBICIDE INFORMATION
-DOC-
SORGHUM - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

For  information  only.   Use  of  trade  names  does  not  imply  preferential 
endorsement  nor  discrimination  against similar products with different trade 
names.  

COMMON NAME        TRADE NAME(S)        FORMULATION(S)          COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
alachlor           LASSO                4.0 lb/gal              Monsanto
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
alachlor + glyphosate  BRONCO           2.6 + l.4 lb/gal        Monsanto
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
atrazine           AATREX 80W           80% wettable powder     Ciba-Geigy
                   AATREX 4L            4.0 lb/gal              Ciba-Geigy
                   AATREX NINE-0       90% dispersible granule  Ciba-Geigy
                   ATRAZINE 80W         80% wettable powder     DuPont
                   ATRAZINE 4L          4.0 lb/gal              Ciba-Geigy,
                                                                 DuPont
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bentazon           BASAGRAN             4.0 lb/gal              BASF
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SORGHUM - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

COMMON NAME        TRADE NAME(S)        FORMULATION(S)         COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bromoxynil         ME4 BROMINAL         4.0 lb/gal             Rhone-Poulenc
                   BUCTRIL              2.0 lb/gal             Rhone-Poulenc
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dicamba            BANVEL               4.0 lb/gal             Sandoz
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
glyphosate         ROUNDUP              4.0 lb/gal             Monsanto
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
linuron            LOROX L              4.0 lb/gal             DuPont
                   LOROX DF          50% dispersible granule   DuPont
                   LINEX 4L             4.0 lb/gal             Griffin
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
metolachlor        DUAL 8E              8.0 lb/gal             Ciba-Geigy
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
paraquat           GRAMOXONE SUPER      l.5 lb/gal             ICI
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SORGHUM - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

COMMON NAME        TRADE NAME(S)        FORMULATION(S)         COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
propazine          MILOGARD 4L          4.0 lb/gal             Ciba-Geigy
                   MILOGARD MAXX 90   90% dispersible granule  Ciba-Geigy
                   MILO-PRO 4L          4.0 lb/gal             Griffin 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
trifluralin        TREFLAN E.C.         4.0 lb/gal             Elanco
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4-D              FORMULA 40, WEEDAR,  3.8 to 4.0 lb/gal      Vertac, Rhone- 
                   WEEDONE, DACAMINE,                           Poulenc, 
                   (many others)                                Fermenta, 
                                                                others 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SORGHUM INSECT CONTROL                            
-DOC-

                            SORGHUM INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM, FALL ARMYWORM, SORGHUM WEBWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  carbaryl                     1.5-2.0     Spraying caterpillars in  21 (grain)
    SEVIN 80%                              whorl-stage sorghum is    0 (forage)
     Sprayable     1.87-2.5 lb             seldom economically feas- 
    SEVIN 50W      3-4 lb                  ible.  Heads should be 
    SEVIN 4F       3-4 pt                  protected if caterpillars
                                           average two/head.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R parathion 4E     1 pt        0.5         Same as carbaryl.             12

REMARKS:  May cause leaf injury on some hybrid varieties.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  CORN EARWORM, FALL ARMYWORM, SORGHUM WEBWORM (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE L-                      Same as carbaryl.             14
    NUDRIN 1.8     1-2 pt      0.23-0.45
    LANNATE -
     NUDRIN 90     0.25-0.5 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  chlorpyrifos                 0.5         One application/season.       28
    LORSBAN 4E     1 pt

REMARKS:  Do not apply after the flowering period.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  SORGHUM MIDGE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  carbaryl                     1.5         Sorghum midge is a much   21 (grain)
    SEVIN 80%                              greater problem on late
     Sprayable     1.87 lb                 planted sorghum.  Timing  0 (forage)
    SEVIN 50W      3 lb                    of insecticide applica-
    SEVIN 4F       3 pt                    tion is critical if damage 
                                           is to be prevented. Observe 
                                           heads closely for adult 
                                           midge activity 9-12 a.m. 
                                           during the period that  
                                           florets are present.  If 
                                           adults can be found, make 
                                           two to three applications 
                                           of insecticide at 3 to 
                                           4-day intervals. There is 
INSECT:  SORGHUM MIDGE (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  carbaryl (cont)                          no need for control after
                                           blooming.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  dimethoate 
    CYGON 400      0.5 pt      0.25        Thorough coverage is          28
                                           necessary.
REMARK:  Do not exceed three applications/season.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  chlorpyrifos                 0.25        Apply when 20% of seed        28
    LORSBAN 4E     0.5 pt                  heads are in bloom and
                                           midge adults are present.

REMARKS:  Do not exceed three applications.  Do not apply after the flowering
          period.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  SORGHUM MIDGE (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl                     0.225-0.45  Same as carbaryl.             14
    LANNATE L- 
     NUDRIN 1.8  1-2 pt
    LANNATE -
     NUDRIN 90     0.25-0.5 lb
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R parathion 4E     0.5 pt      0.25        Same as carbaryl.             12

REMARKS:  Leaf burn may occur on some hybrid varieties.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion 4E     0.5-1.0 pt  0.25-0.5    Thorough coverage of          12
                                           infested plants is
                                           necessary.

REMARKS:  Leaf burn may occur on some hybrid varieties.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  dimethoate 
    CYGON 400      0.5-1.0 pt  0.25-0.5    Thorough coverage is          28
                                           necessary.

REMARKS:  Do not exceed three applications/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  LESSER CORNSTALK BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
                 FORMULATION/     LB                                 LAST APPL
PESTICIDE             AC        AI/AC           APPLICATION          TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  diazinon                     2.0         Apply in a narrow band         0
    DIAZINON AG500 2 qt                    over the row at planting
    DIAZINON 50W   4 lb                    and incorporate lightly.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  chlorpyrifos                 0.5         Apply in 8- to 12-in band     28
    LORSBAN 4E     1 pt                    over center of row.

REMARKS:  Do not apply after flowering period.  

    LORSBAN 15G    12 oz/1,000             Apply in a 6- to 8-in band    --
                   row ft                  behind planter shoe, in 
                                           front of press wheel.
REMARKS:  Planting time application.  One application/season.
______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CHINCH BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________

R carbofuran       6-8oz/       1.0        Apply in furrow or in         75
    FURADAN 15G    1,000 row               band at planting.
                   ft
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SORGHUM DISEASE CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              SORGHUM DISEASE CONTROL
                     R. W. Miller, Extension Plant Pathologist

_______________________________________________________________________________
DISEASE           CHEMICAL                  FORMULATION           RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Seed treatment    metalaxyl
for seed decay,     APRON 25W                Slurry or mist    2 oz/100 lb seed
seedling blight,  captan + 
smut (Pythium,      CAPTAN 400F   (4 lb/gal) Slurry        1.75-4.5/100 lb seed
Fusarium,           CAPTAN 400D Fl(4 lb/gal) Slurry        1.75-4.5/100 lb seed
Helminthosporium,   CAPTAN 75W               Slurry            3 oz/100 lb seed
Colletotrichum,
Sclerospora)

REMARKS: Do not use treated seed for food or feed. Follow manufacurer's label
carefully. Apron may be applied with other fungicides or insecticides.
Since seedling disease is most often a complex, best to use seed treated with
metalaxyl and a broad spectrum material such as captan, PCNB or thiram. Resis-
tance is a potential threat to metalaxyl. When failures occur, submit samples
to Plant Problem Clinic. Wear dust masks & protective clothing as indicated by
label. Consult label to be sure product may be used on previously treated seed.
                           SORGHUM DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)
_______________________________________________________________________________
DISEASE           CHEMICAL                  FORMULATION           RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Seed treatment    PCNB + ethazol
(CONT)              TERRACOATE L205         Slurry             2 oz/100 lb seed
                    TERRACLOR SUPERX 20-5   Slurry or planter
                                               box          6-12 oz/100 lb seed
                  thiram
                    THIRAM 30FLO            Slurry          13.5 oz/400cc/100 
                                                                        lb seed
                    THIRAM 50WP             Slurry or planter
                                               box           2.7 oz/100 lb seed
REMARKS: Do not use treated seed for food or feed. Follow manufacurer's label
carefully. Apron may be applied with other fungicides or insecticides.
Since seedling disease is most often a complex, best to use seed treated with
metalaxyl and a broad spectrum material such as captan, PCNB or thiram. Resis-
tance is a potential threat to metalaxyl. When failures occur, submit samples
to Plant Problem Clinic. Wear dust masks & protective clothing as indicated by
label. Consult label to be sure product may be used on previously treated seed.
                           SORGHUM DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)
_______________________________________________________________________________
DISEASE           CHEMICAL                  FORMULATION           RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Nematodes      R  TEMIK 15G                 Granular       7 lb/ac or 
                                                           7.5 oz/1000 ft of
                                                                          row.*

*Based on 36-in row spacing.

REMARKS: Follow label instructions carefully. Apply granules in seed furrow and
cover with soil. Do not make more than one application per year. Do not harvest
within 90 days of application and do not feed green forage to livestock. No
banding or incorporation needed.

R - Some or all uses or this product are restricted.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEAN WEED CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              SOYBEAN WEED CONTROL
                    E. C. Murdock, Extension Weed Scientist
                   and B. J. Gossett, Research Weed Scientist

                      READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE

            RATES GIVEN FOR PREPLANT AND PREEMERGENCE TREATMENTS ARE
                     FOR COARSE- TO MEDIUM-TEXTURED SOILS.
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED

RATES GIVEN ARE FOR COARSE- TO MEDIUM-TEXTURED SOILS
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE              FORMULATION          PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREFLAN E.C.,          4.0 lb/gal*         1.0 to 2.0 pt           0.5 to 1.0 
TRILIN                                           or                    or
                                           2.0 to 3.0 pt           1.0 to 1.5 

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and some small-seeded broadleaf  weeds,  johnsongrass; 
poor control of large-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Use 2.0 to 3.0 pt/ac for rhizome 
johnsongrass  control  (2 consecutive years needed for effective control).  For 
better pigweed control use 1.5 pt/ac on coarse-textured soils and 2.0 pt/ac  on 
medium-textured  soils.  For  best  results,  incorporate  2  to  3 inches deep 
immediately;  TREFLAN or Trilin must be incorporated one time within  24  hours 
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
TREFLAN E.C., TRILIN - (CONTINUED)

after application.  Cross disc for best results.  To broaden  the  spectrum  of 
weeds  controlled,  TREFLAN  may  be  tank-mixed with SENCOR,  LEXONE,  CANOPY, 
SCEPTER,  COMMAND,  or VERNAM.  TRILIN may be tank-mixed with SENCOR or LEXONE.
To  reduce  costs  compared  to  a broadcast preplant incorporated application, 
SENCOR, LEXONE,  CANOPY,  or SCEPTER may be applied on a band as a preemergence 
treatment.  

* A 5.0 lb/gal formulation of TREFLAN is also available for bulk purchasing.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL                 4.0 lb/gal           1.0 to 2.0 pt            0.5 to 1.0 
                                               or                        or
                                           2.0 to 3.0 pt            1.0 to 1.5 
REMARKS:  Annual  grasses and some small-seeded broadleaf weeds,  johnsongrass; 
poor control of large-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Use 2.0 to 3.0 pt/ac for rhizome 
johnsongrass control (2 consecutive years needed for  effective  control).  For 
better  pigweed control use 1.5 pt/ac on coarse-textured soils and 2.0 pt/ac on 
medium-textured soils.  Incorporate to a depth of 1 to 2 inches within  7  days 
after  application.  Cross  disc  for best results.  To broaden the spectrum of 
weeds controlled,  PROWL may be  tank-mixed  with  SENCOR,  LEXONE,  CANOPY  or 
SCEPTER.  To  reduce  costs  compared  to  a  broadcast  preplant  incorporated 
application, SENCOR, LEXONE, CANOPY,  and SCEPTER may be applied on a band as a 
preemergence  treatment.  Wheat  and barley may be planted in the fall 120 days 
after application of PROWL,  except where high  rates  were  used  for  rhizome 
johnsongrass  control.  Do not feed forage or graze livestock for 75 days after 
planting wheat or barley on treated land.  
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC) 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SONALAN E.C.          3.0 lb/gal           l.5  to 2.5 pt          0.56 to 0.94 

REMARKS: Annual grasses and some small-seeded broadleaf weeds;  poor control of 
large-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Incorporate to a depth of 2 to 3 inches within 2 
days  after  application.  Cross disc for best results.  SONALAN may be applied 
up to 3 weeks before planting.  To broaden the spectrum  of  weeds  controlled, 
SONALAN may be tank-mixed with SENCOR,  LEXONE,  CANOPY,  SCEPTER,  COMMAND, or 
VERNAM.   To  reduce  costs  compared  to  a  broadcast  preplant  incorporated 
application,  SENCOR, LEXONE, CANOPY, and SCEPTER may be applied on a band as a 
preemergence treatment.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
DUAL 8E or            8.0 lb/gal            1.5 to 2.5 pt or       1.5 to 2.5 

DUAL 25G              25% granules          6.0 to l0.0 lb

REMARKS: Annual grasses and some small-seeded broadleaf weeds, yellow nutsedge; 
poor  control  of large-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Incorporate uniformly into the 
top 1 to 2 inches of soil.  DUAL may be applied up to 14 days before  planting.
To  broaden  the  spectrum of weeds controlled,  DUAL 8E may be tank-mixed with 
SENCOR, LEXONE,  CANOPY,  or SCEPTER.  DUAL alone or in these tank mixtures may 
be  applied  as  a  preemergence  treatment.  To  reduce  costs  compared  to a 
broadcast preplant incorporated application, SENCOR, LEXONE, CANOPY, or SCEPTER 
may be applied on a band as a preemergence treatment.  If the crop treated with 
DUAL is lost,  corn,  cotton,  soybeans,  peanuts,  or grain or forage  sorghum 
treated with Concep may be replanted immediately.  Barley, oats, rye, and wheat 
may be planted 4.5 months after application.
_______________________________________________________________________________  \$
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                      RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
COMMAND 4 EC          4.0 lb/gal           2.0 to 2.5 pt           1.0 to 1.25 
                                                                
REMARKS:  Excellent control of most annual grasses and velvetleaf;  control  of 
other broadleaf weeds (especially pigweed) is generally poor.  Incorporate to a 
depth  of 1 to 3 inches immediately after application.  Velvetleaf is extremely 
sensitive to COMMAND,  and COMMAND can be used  at  reduced  rates  in  a  tank 
mixture  with  TREFLAN  or  SONALAN  for  economical control of annual grasses, 
small-seeded broadleaf weeds, and velvetleaf.  Off-site movement of spray drift 
or vapor can cause foliar whitening or  yellowing  of  some  plants.  Prior  to 
application   read   and   strictly  follow  all  precautions  and  application 
instructions on the label.  Do not  apply  COMMAND  within  1000  feet  of  the 
following  areas:  towns  and  subdivisions,  commercial  vegetable production, 
commercial fruit  production,  commercial  nurseries,  commercial  greenhouses.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                      RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
COMMAND 4 EC (continued)

Corn,  sorghum,  peanuts,  cotton,  and  tobacco  may be planted 9 months after 
application.  Do not rotate to small grains in the fall of the year of  COMMAND 
application.  Cover crops may be planted, but cannot be grazed or used for feed 
or forage.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                      RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
VERNAM 7-E            7.0 lb/gal           2.33 to 3.0 pt          2.0 to 2.6 

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds,  purple  and  yellow 
nutsedge;   control   of   large-seeded  broadleaf  weeds  is  generally  poor.
Incorporate to a depth of 2 to 3 inches immediately after  application.  VERNAM 
may be tank-mixed with PROWL,  SONALAN,  TREFLAN,  or TRILIN for improved full-
season control of annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  The  VERNAM 
+  TREFLAN  tank  mix  may  also  be  used for control of rhizome johnsongrass.
_______________________________________________________________________________  \$
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                      RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
REWARD                6.0 lb/gal           2.67 to 3.33 pt         2.0 to 2.5 

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds,  purple  and  yellow 
nutsedge;   control   of   large-seeded  broadleaf  weeds  is  generally  poor.
Incorporate to a depth of 2 to 3 inches immediately after  application.  REWARD 
may  be  tank-mixed  with  TREFLAN or PROWL for improved full-season control of 
annual grasses and small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  The REWARD + TREFLAN tank mix 
may    also    be    used    for    control    of     rhizome     johnsongrass.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                      RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
SENCOR 4              4.0 lb/gal            0.5 to 0.75 pt        
or LEXONE 4L
  or                                             or               0.25 to 0.38
SENCOR DF or          75% dry flowable or   0.33 to 0.5 lb
LEXONE DF             dispersible granule

REMARKS:  Use  is  recommended  primarily  for sicklepod and Florida beggarweed 
control.  However,  SENCOR and LEXONE will control other annual  weeds.  SENCOR 
and  LEXONE  alone  are not registered for preplant incorporated application in 
soybeans.  However,  they may be tank-mixed and applied  preplant  incorporated 
with TREFLAN,  PROWL,  SONALAN, or DUAL.  There are restrictions concerning the 
texture and organic matter content of soils where SENCOR and LEXONE are  to  be 
used.  Refer  to  the  respective product label(s) for specific use directions.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
SENCOR or LEXONE  - (CONTINUED)

Coker 156 and Asgrow 6520 are extremely sensitive to metribuzin -  do  not  use 
SENCOR  or  LEXONE  where  these varieties are to be grown.  Soybean injury may 
occur if SENCOR or LEXONE are used in  conjunction  with  soil-applied  organic 
phosphate pesticides,  or if heavy rains occur soon after application.  Treated 
vines may be grazed or fed to livestock 40 days after application  when  SENCOR 
or LEXONE are applied with TREFLAN,  DUAL,  or PROWL.  Do not use treated vines 
for feed or forage when SENCOR or LEXONE are applied with SONALAN.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                      RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
SCEPTER               l.5 lb/gal            0.5 to 0.67 pt         0.09 to 0.l3

REMARKS:  Broadleaf weeds;  control of grasses  is  generally  poor,  therefore 
SCEPTER should be applied preplant incorporated in a tank mixture with TREFLAN, 
TRILIN,  SONALAN, PROWL, or DUAL.  Incorporate SCEPTER uniformly into the top 1 
to 2 inches of soil.  On sands and loamy  sands,  0.5  pt/ac  can  be  used  if 
pigweed  and  cocklebur  are the only problem weeds.  Otherwise use 0.67 pt/ac.
SCEPTER may be applied up to 30 days before planting.  For  adequate  sicklepod 
control,  SCEPTER  must  be  used  as a sequential treatment (i.e.  preplant or 
preemergence application followed by a postemergence  application).  To  reduce 
costs compared to a broadcast preplant incorporated application, SCEPTER may be 
applied  on  a band as a preemergence treatment.  Small grains may be planted 4 
months after application;  corn, peanuts,  and tobacco may be planted 11 months 
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
SCEPTER (CONTINUED)

after  application.  Refer to latest label revision for rotational restrictions 
concerning cotton.  Do not plant other rotational  crops  prior  to  18  months 
after  the  last  SCEPTER  application.  Only  rotational  crops  harvested  at 
maturity may be used for feed or food.  Do not graze or  feed  treated  soybean 
forage, hay, or straw to livestock.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                       RECOMMENDED RATE 
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC           AI (LB/AC) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
CANOPY        75% dispersible granule       6.0 to 12.0 oz       0.28 to 0.56
             (64.3% metribuzin                                   (0.24 to 0.48 
                                                                  metribuzin
                     +                                                 +
              l0.7% chlorimuron)                                 
                                                                  0.04 to 0.08
                                                                  chlorimuron)

REMARKS:  Broadleaf weeds;  grass control is generally poor,  therefore  CANOPY 
should be applied preplant incorporated in a tank mixture with TREFLAN,  PROWL, 
SONALAN,  or DUAL.  Use 6 to 10 oz/ac  on  coarse-textured  soils.  Incorporate 
uniformly  to  a  depth  of  2 inches.  To reduce costs compared to a broadcast 
preplant incorporated application,  CANOPY may  be  applied  on  a  band  as  a 
preemergence  treatment.  Do not use CANOPY on sands or on soils with less than 
0.5% organic matter.  Coker 156 and Asgrow  6520  are  extremely  sensitive  to 
metribuzin - do not use CANOPY where these varieties are to be grown.  Soybean 
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________

CANOPY (CONTINUED)

injury  may  occur  if  CANOPY is used in conjunction with soil-applied organic 
phosphate  pesticides.   Wheat  and  barley  may  be  planted  4  months  after 
application;   corn,   cotton,  &  sorghum  may  be  planted  10  months  after 
application;  peanuts may be planted 12 months after application.  Other  crops 
may  be  planted after 30 months and following a successful field bioassay.  Do 
not graze treated fields or harvest for forage or hay.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEAN - PREPLANT
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                       RECOMMENDED RATE 
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC           AI (LB/AC) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
SALUTE 4EC         4.0 lb/gal               l.5 to 2.25 pt       0.75 to l.l3
                (2.67 trifluralin                                (0.5 to 0.75
                                                                  trifluralin
                         +                                              +
                l.33 metribuzin)                                  0.25 to 0.37
                                                                  metribuzin)

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds, sicklepod,  and Florida 
beggarweed.  Use  is recommended primarily in fields where sicklepod or Florida 
beggarweed are a problem.  SALUTE is a package mixture of trifluralin (TREFLAN) 
+ metribuzin (SENCOR).  For best results,  incorporate to a depth of  2  inches 
immediately  after application.  SALUTE must be incorporated one time within 24 
hours after application.  Do not use on sands with less than 1% organic matter, 
SOYBEAN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
SALUTE 4EC (CONTINUED)

or on other soils with less than 0.5% organic  matter.  Coker  156  and  Asgrow 
6520  are  extremely  sensitive  to  metribuzin - do not use SALUTE where these 
varieties are to be grown.  Soybean injury may  occur  if  SALUTE  is  used  in 
conjunction  with soil-applied organic phosphate pesticides,  or if heavy rains 
occur soon after application.  Barley and wheat may be planted 4  months  after 
application.  Cotton  may be planted 8 months after application.  Treated vines 
may be fed to livestock 40 days after application.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEAN - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE 
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC           AI (LB/AC) 
_______________________________________________________________________________
SQUADRON           2.33 lb/gal                  3.0 pt             0.87
                (2.0 pendimethalin +                      (0.75 pendimethalin +
                 0.33 imazaquin)                             0.12 imazaquin)

REMARKS:  Annual  grasses,  broadleaf  weeds.  SQUADRON is a package mixture of 
pendimethalin (PROWL) + imazaquin (SCEPTER).  Incorporate  uniformly  into  the 
top  l  to  2  inches of soil within 7 days after application.  SQUADRON may be 
applied up to 30 days before planting.  Small grains may be  planted  4  months 
after application;  corn, grain sorghum, peanuts, and tobacco may be planted ll 
months after  application;  refer  to  latest  label  revision  for  rotational 
restrictions  concerning  cotton.  Do not plant other rotational crops prior to 
l8 months after application.  Do not graze or feed treated soybean forage, hay, 
or straw  to livestock.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED HERBICIDE MIXTURES
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED HERBICIDE MIXTURES

Herbicide  mixtures  are  often  needed  to  broaden  the  spectrum  of   weeds 
controlled.  They may also improve crop tolerance and reduce potential rotation 
problems  by  allowing  use  of lower rates while maintaining satisfactory weed 
control.  Cultivation and/or  postemergence  treatments  may  be  necessary  to 
provide  adequate  full-season weed control.  Recommended preplant incorporated 
herbicide mixtures are listed  below.  Refer  to  remarks  for  the  individual 
herbicides for information concerning each product in these mixtures.  

l.  TANK MIXTURES

2.  PACKAGE MIXTURES
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED TANK MIXTURES

DUAL 8E + CANOPY        
     Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.0 pt  +  6.0 to 12.0 oz
      Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.25 to 2.0  +  0.28 to 0.56 lb

TREFLAN E.C. + CANOPY        
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 1.5 pt  +  6.0 to 12.0 oz
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75  +  0.28 to 0.56 lb

SONALAN E.C. + CANOPY        
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.5 pt  +  6.0 to 12.0 oz
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.47 to 0.94  +  0.28 to 0.56 lb

PROWL + CANOPY
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.0 to 2.0 pt + 6.0 to l2.0 oz
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to l.0 + 0.28 to 0.56 lb

TREFLAN E.C. + SCEPTER  
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 1.5 pt  +  0.5 to 0.67 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75  +  0.09 to 0.l3 lb

TRILIN + SCEPTER
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.0 to l.5 pt + 0.5 to 0.67 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75 + 0.09 to 0.13 lb

PROWL + SCEPTER  
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 2.0 pt  +  0.5 to 0.67 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 1.0  +  0.09 to 0.13 lb
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED TANK MIXTURES

SONALAN E.C. + SCEPTER  
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.5 pt  +  0.5 to 0.67 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.47 to 0.94  +  0.09 to 0.13 lb

DUAL 8E + SCEPTER  
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 1.5 pt  +  0.5 to 0.67 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.25 to 1.5  +  0.09 t0 0.13 lb

TREFLAN E.C. + SENCOR DF OR LEXONE DF    
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 1.5 pt + 0.33 to 0.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb

TRILIN + SENCOR DF OR LEXONE DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.0 to l.5 pt + 0.33 to 0.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb

TREFLAN E.C. + SENCOR 4 OR LEXONE 4L    
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 1.5 pt + 0.5 to 0.75 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb

TRILIN + SENCOR 4 OR LEXONE 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.0 to l.5 pt + 0.5 to 0.75 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb

PROWL + SENCOR DF OR LEXONE DF    
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 2.0 pt + 0.33 to 0.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 1.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED TANK MIXTURES

PROWL + SENCOR 4 OR LEXONE 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 2.0 pt + 0.5 to 0.75 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 1.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb
 
SONALAN E.C. + SENCOR DF OR LEXONE DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.5 pt + 0.33 to 0.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.47 to 0.94 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb

SONALAN E.C. + SENCOR 4 OR LEXONE 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.5 pt + 0.5 to 0.75 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.47 to 0.94 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb

DUAL 8E + SENCOR DF OR LEXONE DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.0 pt + 0.33 to 0.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.25 to 2.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb
 
DUAL 8E + SENCOR 4 OR LEXONE 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.0 pt + 0.5 to 0.75 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.25 to 2.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED TANK MIXTURES
 
TREFLAN E.C. + REWARD
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 1.5 pt + 2.67 to 3.33 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75 + 2.0 to 2.5 lb
 
PROWL + REWARD
    Formulated Product/Ac:  0.75 to 1.0 pt + 2.0 to 3.33 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.38 to 0.5 + 1.5 to 2.5 lb
 
TREFLAN E.C. + VERNAM 7-E
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 1.5 pt + 2.33 to 3.0 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75 + 2.0 to 2.6 lb

TRILIN + VERNAM 7-E
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.0 to l.5 pt + l.75 to 3.0 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75 + l.5 to 2.6

SONALAN E.C. + VERNAM 7-E
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.5 pt + 2.33 to 3.0 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.47 to 0.94 + 2.0 to 2.6 lb
 
PROWL + VERNAM 7-E
    Formulated Product/Ac:  0.75 to 1.0 pt + 1.75 to 2.33 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.38 to 0.5 + 1.5 to 2.0 lb
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED TANK MIXTURES

TREFLAN E.C. + COMMAND 4 EC
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 1.5 pt + 0.75 to 1.13 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75 + 0.38 to 0.56 lb

SONALAN E.C. + COMMAND 4 EC
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.5 pt + 0.75 to 1.13 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.47 to 0.94 + 0.38 to 0.56 lb
SOYBEANS - PREPLANT INCORPORATED PACKAGE MIXTURES

SALUTE
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.25 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.75 to l.l3 lb

SALUTE is a package mixture of TREFLAN + SENCOR.  See recommendation for SALUTE 
under SOYBEANS-PREPLANT INCORPORATED.

SQUADRON
    Formulated Product/Ac:  3.0 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.87

SQUADRON is a package mixture of PROWL + SCEPTER.  See recommendation for 
SQUADRON under SOYBEANS-PREPLANT INCORPORATED.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE 
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE 
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL                 4.0 lb/gal            1.0 to 2.0 pt           0.5 to 1.0 

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and small-seeded  broadleaf  weeds;  poor  control  of 
large-seeded  broadleaf weeds.  PROWL generally provides better weed control if 
preplant-incorporated, and is labeled and recommended for preemergence use only 
when applied in tank mixtures with SENCOR, LEXONE,  SCEPTER,  or CANOPY.  Wheat 
and  barley may be planted in the fall 120 days after application of PROWL.  Do 
not feed forage or graze livestock for 75 days after planting wheat  or  barley 
on treated land.  
______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SURFLAN A.S. or       4.0 lb/gal            1.5 to 2.0 pt or     
                                                                   0.75 to l.0 
SURFLAN DRY           85% dry flowable      0.9 to l.2 lb       
 FLOWABLE

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and small-seeded  broadleaf  weeds;  poor  control  of 
large-seeded  broadleaf  weeds.  To  broaden  the spectrum of weeds controlled, 
SURFLAN A.S. may be tank-mixed with SENCOR, LEXONE, CANOPY or SCEPTER.  SURFLAN 
DRY FLOWABLE may be tank-mixed with SENCOR,  LEXONE,  or SCEPTER.  Do not  feed 
forage from treated fields to livestock.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO,                4.0 lb/gal            2.0 to 3.0 qt          2.0 to 3.0
LASSO MICRO-TECH

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and small-seeded  broadleaf  weeds;  poor  control  of 
large-seeded  broadleaf  weeds  and  Texas panicum.  To broaden the spectrum of 
weeds controlled,  LASSO may be tank-mixed with  SENCOR,  LEXONE,  SCEPTER,  or 
CANOPY.                                                                  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE 
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
DUAL 8E or            8.0 lb/gal            1.5 to 2.5 pt            
                                                                   l.5 to 2.5
DUAL 25G              25% granule           6.0 to 10.0 lb  

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and small-seeded  broadleaf  weeds;  poor  control  of 
large-seeded  broadleaf  weeds  and  Texas panicum.  To broaden the spectrum of 
weeds controlled, DUAL 8E may be tank-mixed with SENCOR,  LEXONE,  SCEPTER,  or 
CANOPY.  If  the  crop  treated  with  DUAL is lost,  corn,  cotton,  soybeans, 
peanuts,  and grain or forage sorghum treated  with  Concep  may  be  replanted 
immediately.  Barley,  oats,  rye,  and  wheat  may be planted 4.5 months after 
application.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE 
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SENCOR 4 or           4.0 lb/gal            0.5 to 0.75 pt        
LEXONE 4L                                                          0.25 to 0.38
  or                                             or
SENCOR DF or     75% dry flowable or        0.33 to 0.5 lb
LEXONE DF        dispersible granule

REMARKS:  Use is recommended primarily for  sicklepod  and  Florida  beggarweed 
control.  However,  SENCOR and LEXONE will control other annual weeds.  Control 
of grasses is generally poor.  Therefore,  SENCOR  or  LEXONE  should  be  used 
following  a  preplant incorporated herbicide such as TREFLAN,  TRILIN,  PROWL, 
DUAL, or SONALAN,  or in a preemergence tank mix with LASSO,  DUAL,  PROWL,  or 
SURFLAN.  When  possible,  banded applications are recommended to reduce costs.
There are restrictions concerning texture and organic matter content  of  soils 
where  SENCOR  or  LEXONE  are  to  be  used.  Refer  to the respective product 
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE 
_______________________________________________________________________________
SENCOR or LEXONE (continued)

label(s) for specific use directions.  Coker 156 and Asgrow 6520 are  extremely 
sensitive to metribuzin - do not use SENCOR or LEXONE where these varieties are 
to be grown.  Soybean injury may occur if used in conjunction with soil-applied 
organic  phosphate pesticides,  or if heavy rains occur soon after application.
Treated vines may be grazed or fed to  livestock  40  days  after  application.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCEPTER               l.5 lb/gal            0.5 to 0.67 pt         0.09 to 0.l3

REMARKS:  Broadleaf  weeds;  control  of grasses is generally poor.  Therefore, 
SCEPTER should be used following a  preplant  incorporated  herbicide  such  as 
TREFLAN,  TRILIN,  PROWL,  DUAL, or SONALAN, or in a preemergence tank mix with 
LASSO, DUAL, PROWL or SURFLAN.  For adequate sicklepod control, SCEPTER must be 
used as a sequential  treatment  (i.e.  preplant  or  preemergence  application 
followed by a postemergence application).  On sands and loamy sands,  0.5 pt/ac 
can be used if pigweed and cocklebur are the only problem weeds.  Otherwise use 
0.67 pt/ac.  When possible,  banded  applications  are  recommended  to  reduce 
costs.  Small grains may be planted 4 months after application;  corn, peanuts, 
and tobacco may be planted 11 months after  application.  Refer  to  label  for 
rotational restrictions concerning cotton.  Do not plant other rotational crops 
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE
_______________________________________________________________________________

SCEPTER (continued)

prior  to  18 months after the last SCEPTER application.  Only rotational crops 
harvested at maturity may be used for food  or  feed.  Do  not  graze  or  feed 
treated soybean forage, hay, or straw  to livestock.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CANOPY              75% dispersible         6.0 to 12.0 oz       0.28 to 0.56 
                      granule                                   (0.24 to 0.48 
                   (64.3% metribuzin                              metribuzin
                      +                                               +
                   10.7% chlorimuron)                            0.04 to 0.08
                                                                 chlorimuron)

REMARKS:  Broadleaf weeds;  control of grasses is  generally  poor.  Therefore, 
CANOPY  should  be  used  following  a  preplant incorporated herbicide such as 
TREFLAN, TRILIN, PROWL,  DUAL,  or SONALAN,  or in a preemergence tank mix with 
LASSO,  DUAL,  PROWL,  or  SURFLAN.  Use  6.0  to 10.0 oz/ac on coarse-textured 
soils.  When possible, banded applications are recommended to reduce costs.  Do 
not use CANOPY on sands, or on soils with less than 0.5% organic matter.  Coker 
156 and Asgrow 6520 are extremely sensitive to metribuzin - do not  use  CANOPY 
where  these  varieties are to be grown.  Soybean injury may occur if CANOPY is 
used in conjunction with soil-applied organic phosphate pesticides.  
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE
_______________________________________________________________________________
CANOPY (continued)

Wheat and barley may be planted 4 months after application;  corn, cotton, and 
sorghum may be planted 10 months after application;  peanuts may be planted 12 
months  after  application.  Other  crops  may  be planted after 18 months and 
following a successful field bioassay.  Do not graze treated fields or harvest 
for forage or hay.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TURBO 8EC             8.0 lb/gal            1.5 to 2.0 pt          1.5 to 2.0 
                    (6.55 metolachlor                   (l.2 to 1.6 metolachlor
                        +                                    +
                    l.45 metribuzin)                   0.27 to 0.36 metribuzin) 

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds, sicklepod,  and Florida 
beggarweed.  Use  is recommended primarily in fields where sicklepod or Florida 
beggarweed are a problem.  TURBO is a package mixture of metolachlor  (DUAL)  + 
metribuzin (SENCOR).  Do not use on sands with less than 1.0% organic matter or 
on  other  soils with less than 0.5% organic matter.  Coker 156 and Asgrow 6520 
are extremely sensitive to metribuzin - do not use TURBO where these  varieties 
are to be grown.  Soybean injury may occur if TURBO is used in conjunction with 
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE
_______________________________________________________________________________
TURBO 8EC (continued)

soil-applied  organic  phosphate  pesticides or if heavy rains occur soon after 
application.  Wheat and barley may be planted 4.5 months after application  but 
cannot be grazed or harvested for food or feed.  Corn and cotton may be planted 
8 months after application.  Treated vines may be grazed or fed to livestock 40 
days after application of TURBO.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SQUADRON             2.33 lb/gal             3.0 pt                 0.87
                (2.0 pendimethalin +                      (0.75 pendimethalin +
                  0.33 imazaquin)                             0.l2 imazaquin)

REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  broadleaf weeds.  SQUADRON is a package  mixture  of 
pendimethalin  (PROWL)  +  imazaquin  (SCEPTER).  Apply  during or up to 2 days 
after planting.  Small grains may be planted 4 months after application;  corn, 
grain sorghum, peanuts, and tobacco may be planted ll months after application; 
refer  to  latest label revision for rotational restrictions concerning cotton.
Do not plant other rotational crops prior to l8 months  after  application.  Do 
not graze or feed treated soybean forage, hay, or straw to livestock.  
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE HERBICIDE MIXTURES
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE HERBICIDE MIXTURES

     Herbicide tank mixtures or package mixtures are often  needed  to  broaden 
the  spectrum  of  weeds  controlled.  They  may also improve crop tolerance or 
reduce potential rotation  problems  by  allowing  use  of  lower  rates  while 
maintaining   satisfactory  weed  control.   Cultivation  and/or  postemergence 
treatments may be necessary  to  provide  adequate  full-season  weed  control.
Recommended preemergence herbicide mixtures are listed below.  Refer to remarks 
for  the individual herbicides for information concerning each product in these 
mixtures.  

        l.  TANK MIXTURES

        2.  PACKAGE MIXTURES 
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES

LASSO + CANOPY        
     Formulated Product/Ac:  1.5 to 2.0 qt  +  6.0 to 12.0 oz
      Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.5 to 2.0  +  0.28 to 0.56 lb

DUAL 8E + CANOPY        
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 1.5 pt  +  6.0 to 12.0 oz
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.25 to 1.5  +  0.28 to 0.56 lb

PROWL + CANOPY        
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 1.5 pt  +  6.0 to 12.0 oz
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75  +  0.28 to 0.56 lb

SURFLAN A.S. + CANOPY
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.0 to 2.0 pt + 6.0 to l2.0 oz
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to l.0 + 0.28 to 0.56 lb

LASSO + SCEPTER
    Formulated Product/Ac:  2.0 qt  +  0.5 to 0.67 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  2.0 + 0.09 to 0.l3 lb
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES

DUAL 8E + SCEPTER  
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 1.5 pt  +  0.5 to 0.67 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.25 to 1.5  +  0.09 to 0.l3 lb

PROWL + SCEPTER
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 2.0 pt + 0.5 to 0.67 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 1.0 + 0.09 to 0.l3 lb

SURFLAN A.S. + SCEPTER
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.0 pt + 0.5 to 0.67 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 + 0.09 to 0.l3

SURFLAN DRY FLOWABLE + SCEPTER
    Formulated Product/Ac:  0.6 lb + 0.5 to 0.67 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 + 0.09 to 0.l3 lb

LASSO or LASSO MICRO-TECH + SENCOR DF or LEXONE DF    
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.5 to 2.0 qt + 0.33 to 0.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.5 to 2.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES

LASSO or LASSO MICRO-TECH + SENCOR 4 or LEXONE 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.5 to 2.0 qt + 0.5 to 0.75 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.5 to 2.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb
 
DUAL 8E + SENCOR DF OR LEXONE DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.0 pt + 0.33 to 0.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.25 to 2.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb
 
DUAL 8E + SENCOR 4 OR LEXONE 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.25 to 2.0 pt + 0.5 to 0.75 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  1.25 to 2.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb
 
PROWL + SENCOR DF or LEXONE DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 2.0 pt + 0.33 to 0.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 1.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb

PROWL + SENCOR 4 or LEXONE 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 2.0 pt + 0.5 to 0.75 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 1.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE PACKAGE MIXTURES

SURFLAN A.S. + SENCOR DF or LEXONE DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 2.0 pt + 0.33 to 0.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 1.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb

SURFLAN A.S. + SENCOR 4 or LEXONE 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 2.0 pt + 0.5 to 0.75 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to 1.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb

SURFLAN DRY FLOWABLE + SENCOR DF or LEXONE DF
    Formulated Product/Ac:  0.6 to l.2 + 0.33 to 0.5 lb
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to l.0 + 0.25 to 0.38 lb

SURFLAN DRY FLOWABLE + SENCOR 4 or LEXONE 4L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  0.6 to l.2 + 0.5 to 0.75 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.5 to l.0 + 0.25 to 0.30 lb
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE TANK MIXTURES

TURBO 8EC
    Formulated Product/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  l.5 to 2.0 lb

TURBO is a package mixture of DUAL + SENCOR.  See recommendation under SOYBEANS 
  PREEMERGENCE.  

SQUADRON
    Formulated Product/Ac:  3 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.87 lb

SQUADRON is a package mixture of PROWL  +  SCEPTER.  See  recommendation  under 
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE.  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - MINIMUM TILLAGE 
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - MINIMUM TILLAGE 
______________________________________________________________________________

    Herbicides recommended for control of existing vegetation at planting.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R GRAMOXONE SUPER     l.5 lb/gal            1.5 to 2.5 pt          0.28 to 0.5

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds plus top-kill of some  perennials.
Use  the  high  rate if weeds are 4 to 6 inches tall.  Control of weeds greater 
than 6 inches in height may be poor.  Apply at planting or immediately after in 
20 to 60 gallons water/acre.  Add Spreader (nonionic) at 8 fl.  oz./100 gallons 
spray  solution  (in  some tank mixes a nonionic surfactant similar to Spreader 
may be used) - refer to  product  labels  for  specific  directions  concerning 
surfactant  use.  Control  of  horseweed  or eveningprimrose is generally poor. 
GRAMOXONE SUPER will provide top-kill of  bermudagrass  and  johnsongrass,  but 
control  is  generally  unsatisfactory.  GRAMOXONE  SUPER  provides no residual 
control.                                         
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
SOYBEANS - MINIMUM TILLAGE 
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ROUNDUP               4.0 lb/gal            l.0 to 1.5 qt         1.0 to 1.5 

REMARKS:  Annual grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Apply at planting or immediately 
after  in  10  to  40 gallons water/ac.  Use 1.0 qt/ac if weeds are less than 6 
inches tall and 1.5 qt/ac if  weeds  are  greater  than  6  inches  in  height.
ROUNDUP  tank  mixes  are  not  recommended  for  johnsongrass  or bermudagrass 
control.     ROUNDUP    does    not    provide    residual    weed     control.
________________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - MINIMUM TILLAGE 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BRONCO                4.0 lb/gal            3.0 to 4.0 qt         3.0 to 4.0
                  (l.4 glyphosate                                (l.0 to l.4 
                                                                  glyphosate
                         +                                           +
                   2.6 alachlor)                                 2.0 to 2.6
                                                                  alachlor)

REMARKS:  BRONCO  is  a  package mixture of glyphosate and alachlor (the active 
ingredients of ROUNDUP and LASSO,  respectively).  Please refer to comments  on 
these herbicides for additional information.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE HERBICIDE MIXTURES FOR MINIMUM TILLAGE
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - PREEMERGENCE HERBICIDE MIXTURES FOR MINIMUM TILLAGE

    Herbicides  used  for  control  of  existing  vegetation  at  planting  are 
generally applied with residual herbicides to provide effective weed control in 
minimum  tillage  cropping  systems.  Recommended herbicide mixtures are listed 
below.  Refer  to  recommendations  under  SOYBEANS-PREEMERGENCE  or  SOYBEANS-
PREEMERGENCE  HERBICIDE  MIXTURES  for  rates  and other information concerning 
these treatments.  Rates are generally the same  for  conventional  or  reduced 
tillage cropping systems.  However, refer to label prior to use.  

      l.  TANK MIXTURES WITH GRAMOXONE SUPER

      2.  TANK MIXTURES WITH ROUNDUP

      3.  TANK MIXTURES WITH BRONCO
SOYBEANS - TANK MIXTURES WITH GRAMOXONE SUPER

The following herbicides or  herbicide  combinations  may  be  tank-mixed  with 
GRAMOXONE SUPER.  

   LASSO + CANOPY
   DUAL 8E + CANOPY
   SURFLAN A.S. + CANOPY
   LASSO + SCEPTER
   DUAL 8E + SCEPTER
   PROWL + SCEPTER
   SQUADRON
   LASSO + SENCOR DF, LEXONE DF, SENCOR 4, or LEXONE 4L
   DUAL 8E + SENCOR DF, LEXONE DF, SENCOR 4, or LEXONE 4L
   SURFLAN A.S. + SENCOR DF, LEXONE DF, SENCOR 4, or LEXONE 4L
   SURFLAN DRY FLOWABLE + SENCOR DF, LEXONE DF, SENCOR 4, or LEXONE 4L
   PROWL + SENCOR DF, LEXONE DF, SENCOR 4, or LEXONE 4L
   TURBO 8EC
SOYBEANS - TANK MIXTURES WITH ROUNDUP

The following herbicides or herbicide combinations may be tank-mixed ROUNDUP.  

   LASSO
   LASSO + CANOPY
   DUAL 8E + CANOPY
   SURFLAN A.S. + CANOPY
   LASSO + SCEPTER
   DUAL 8E + SCEPTER
   PROWL + SCEPTER
   SQUADRON
   LASSO + SENCOR DF, LEXONE DF, SENCOR 4, or LEXONE 4L
   DUAL 8E + SENCOR DF, LEXONE DF, SENCOR 4, or LEXONE 4L
   SURFLAN A.S. + SENCOR DF, LEXONE DF, SENCOR 4, or LEXONE 4L
   SURFLAN DRY FLOWABLE + SENCOR DF, LEXONE DF, SENCOR 4, or LEXONE 4L
   PROWL + SENCOR DF, LEXONE DF, SENCOR 4, or LEXONE 4L
   TURBO 8 EC
SOYBEANS - TANK MIXTURES WITH BRONCO

The following herbicides may be tank-mixed with BRONCO.

   CANOPY
   SCEPTER
   SENCOR DF or LEXONE DF
   SENCOR 4 or LEXONE 4L

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
CLASSIC              25% dispersible        0.5 to 0.75 oz     0.0078 to 0.0117 
                      granule

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf  weeds  such  as  sicklepod,  pigweed,  morningglory 
species (except red morningglory),  cocklebur, cowpea;  yellow nutsedge.  Apply 
to young,  actively growing weeds.  Early application is essential for adequate 
weed control - refer to label for recommended weed growth stages.  Add 1 qt/100 
gallons  spray  solution  of  an EPA-approved surfactant of at least 80% active 
ingredient.  Do not use crop oil,  crop  oil  concentrate,  or  vegetable  oil.
Apply  in at least 10 gallons water/ac and use 25 to 40 psi pressure.  A timely 
cultivation 2 to 3 weeks after  treatment  will  often  help  provide  adequate 
season-long  weed  control.  If needed,  a second application of CLASSIC at 0.5 
oz/ac may be made 2 to 3 weeks after the initial application -  do  not  exceed 
1.0 oz/ac total CLASSIC per season.  Do not apply if rain is expected 
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

CLASSIC (continued)

within 4 hours.  Cereal grains may be planted 3 months after application; corn, 
cotton, peanuts, and sorghum may be planted 9 months after application.  Do not 
graze treated fields or harvest for forage or hay.  CLASSIC may  be  tank-mixed 
with  BLAZER  to  improve  morningglory  control.  CLASSIC  may be applied with 
aerial equipment.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ _\$
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
SCEPTER               l.5 lb/gal              0.67 pt                 0.l3

REMARKS:  Annual  broadleaf  weeds such as cocklebur and pigweed;  apply before 
these weeds exceed 12 inches in height.  SCEPTER will  also  control  sicklepod 
when  used  in  a  sequential  program  (i.e.  SCEPTER preplant incorporated or 
preemergence followed by a postemergence application of SCEPTER).  Apply before 
sicklepod exceeds the 1 to 2 true leaf stage.  Apply when  weeds  are  actively 
growing.  The  addition  of  a  nonionic  surfactant or crop oil concentrate is 
required.  The surfactant should contain at least  80%  active  ingredient  and 
should  be  applied  at  a rate of 2 pt/100 gal spray solution.  Apply crop oil 
concentrate according to label directions.  
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
SCEPTER (cont.)

Apply in at least 20 gal water/acre and at up to  40  psi  pressure.  A  timely 
cultivation  2  to  3  weeks after application will often help provide adequate 
season-long weed control.  Wait at  least  10  days  after  application  before 
cultivating.  Small  grains  may  be planted 4 months after application;  corn, 
grain sorghum, peanuts,  or tobacco may be planted 11 months after application.
Refer  to  latest label revision for rotational restrictions concerning cotton.
Only rotational crops harvested at maturity may be used for feed  or  food.  Do 
not graze or feed treated soybean forage,  hay, or straw to livestock.  Scepter 
may be applied with aerial equipment.  SCEPTER may be tank-mixed with BLAZER to 
provide better morningglory control.   _______________________________________________________________________________ 
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
BASAGRAN              4.0 lb/gal            1.5 to 2.0 pt          0.75 to 1.0 

REMARKS: Annual broadleaf weeds such as cocklebur, bristly starbur, jimsonweed, 
and smartweed;  yellow nutsedge.  Refer to the label for maximum weed  heights.
Apply  BASAGRAN  to  actively  growing  weeds.  Use  a  minimum  of  20 gallons 
water/acre and 40 psi pressure.  Use standard high  pressure  pesticide  hollow 
cone  or  flat  fan  nozzles  spaced 20 inches apart.  Do not use flood,  whirl 
chamber,  or controlled droplet applicator (CDA) nozzles.  Oil concentrate  may 
be  added  to  improve  control  of  weeds  such  as  coffee senna and ragweed.
Rainfall within 8 hours after application  may  nullify  the  effectiveness  of 
BASAGRAN.  BASAGRAN  may  be  applied  with  aerial equipment.  BASAGRAN may be 
tank-mixed  with  BLAZER  or  TACKLE  to  increase  control  of   pigweed   and 
morningglory.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
BLAZER 2L             2.0 lb/gal            1.5 to 2.0 pt          0.38 to 0.5 

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds such as cocklebur, pigweed,  and morningglory.
Refer  to  the  label  for  recommended  weed growth stages.  Apply to actively 
growing weeds.  Apply in  a  minimum  of  20  gallons  water/acre  and  40  psi 
pressure.  Use  hollow  cone  or  flat  fan  nozzles.  Add  Triton  AG-98  or a 
comparable 80% active nonionic surfactant at 1.0  pt/100  gal  spray  solution.
Cultivation before or during application is not recommended.  If cultivation is 
necessary,  wait 7 to 10 days after application.  Rainfall within 6 hours after 
application may reduce control.  Do not use treated plants for feed or  forage.
BLAZER  may  be  applied  with aerial equipment.  BLAZER may be tank-mixed with 
BASAGRAN (to provide better cocklebur  control),  CLASSIC  (to  provide  better 
control  of  cocklebur,  sicklepod,  bristly starbur,  cowpea),  or SCEPTER (to 
provide better cocklebur control).  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE 0VER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
REFLEX 2LC            2.0 lb/gal            1.0 to 1.5 pt         0.25 to 0.38

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds such as cocklebur, pigweed,  and morningglory.
Refer  to  the  label  for  recommended  weed growth stages.  Apply to actively 
growing weeds in a minimum of 10 gal water/ac and use 40 to  60  psi  pressure.
Use  only hollow cone or flat fan nozzles.  Add surfactant at 0.5 to 1.0 pt/100 
gal spray solution or crop oil concentrate at 1 qt/25  gallon  spray  solution.
Do not cultivate within 7 days prior to application.  Timely cultivation 2 to 3 
weeks after application may improve weed control.  Do not apply REFLEX beyond 2 
weeks after soybeans have emerged.  Do not exceed 1.5 pt/ac per season.  Do not 
apply  if  rainfall  is expected within 4 hours.  Do not graze treated areas or 
harvest for forage or hay.  Small grains such as wheat, barley,  and rye may be 
planted 4 months after application; cotton, corn, and peanuts may be planted 10 
months after application.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
COBRA                 2.0 lb/gal            10.0 to 12.5 oz        0.16 to 0.2 

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds such as cocklebur, pigweed,  and morningglory.
Refer  to  the  label  for  recommended  weed growth stages.  Apply to actively 
growing weeds in 15 to 30 gal water/ac and use 40 to 60 psi pressure.  Use only 
hollow cone or flat fan nozzles.  Add 1.0 to 1.5 pt  surfactant/100  gal  spray 
solution.  COBRA may be applied with aerial equipment.  Do not cultivate within 
5  days  prior  to  application.  Rainfall  within 1 hour after application may 
reduce effectiveness.  Do not graze animals on green forage or stubble.  Do not 
utilize hay or straw for animal feed or bedding.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE 0VER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
TACKLE                2.0 lb/gal            1.5 to 2.0 pt          0.38 to 0.5 

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds such as cocklebur, pigweed,  and morningglory.
Refer  to  the  label  for  recommended  weed growth stages.  Apply to actively 
growing weeds in 20 to 30 gallons water/acre and use 30  to  40  psi  pressure.
Use  hollow  cone  or flat fan nozzles.  Use a nonionic surfactant containing a 
minimum of 80% active  ingredient  at  a  rate  of  1.0  qt/100  gallons  spray 
solution.  Cultivation  before  or  during  application is not recommended.  If 
cultivation is necessary, wait 7 to 10 days after application.  Rainfall within 
6 hours after application may reduce control.  Do not use  treated  plants  for 
feed  or  forage.  Do  not  graze  rotated  cereal  grain  crops or harvest for 
livestock forage or straw.  TACKLE may be tank-mixed with BASAGRAN  to  improve 
cocklebur control.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
POAST                 l.5 lb/gal              1.0 pt                 0.19 
 
REMARKS: Annual and perennial grasses - refer to the label for recommended weed 
growth stages.  Apply to actively  growing  grasses.  POAST  does  not  control 
sedges.  Apply  POAST  in  5  to  20  gallons  water/acre  and use 40 to 60 psi 
pressure.  Use standard  high  pressure  pesticide  hollow  cone  or  flat  fan 
nozzles.  Do  not  use flood,  whirl chamber,  or controlled droplet applicator 
(CDA) nozzles.  Add 2 pt/ac of non-phytotoxic oil concentrate.  For control  of 
johnsongrass or common bermudagrass, apply 1.5 pt/ac;  if regrowth occurs, make 
a subsequent application at 1.0 pt/ac.  A timely cultivation  may  prevent  the 
need for a second application.  Do not cultivate 5 days before or within 7 days 
after  application.  Do  not  apply if rainfall is expected within 1 hour after 
application.  Do not graze treated soybean  fields  and  do  not  feed  treated 
forage  (green succulent) or ensilage to livestock.  Treated soybean hay may be 
fed.  POAST may be applied with aerial equipment.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
FUSILADE 2000         l.0 lb/gal            1.0 to 1.5 pt          0.13 to 0.19 

REMARKS:  Annual and perennial grasses;  does not control sedges.  Refer to the 
label  for  recommended weed growth stages.  Apply to actively growing grasses.
Apply in 5 to 40 gallons water/acre and use 40 to 60  psi  pressure.  Add  crop 
oil  concentrate  at 1.0 qt/25 gallons spray solution or nonionic surfactant at 
0.5 pt/25 gallons spray solution.  Use hollow cone or flat fan nozzles.  Do not 
cultivate within 7 days before or after application.  Rainfall  within  1  hour 
after  application may reduce control.  For johnsongrass and bermudagrass apply 
1.5 pt/ac;  if regrowth occurs, make a second application at 1.0 pt/ac.  Do not 
graze  or  harvest for forage or hay.  Fusilade 2000 may be applied with aerial 
equipment.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           FORMULATED
                                            PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
WHIP 1 EC             l.0 lb/gal             1.2 pt                    0.15 

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, johnsongrass.  WHIP will not control sedges or common 
bermudagrass.  Refer to the label for recommended weed growth stages.  Apply to 
actively   growing   grasses.   For   annual   grass   control  add  1  qt  oil 
concentrate/ac.  The addition of oil concentrate is not recommended for control 
of rhizome johnsongrass.  Apply in a minimum of 10 gallons water/ac,  and use a 
minimum  pressure of 40 psi.  Use hollow cone or flat fan nozzles.  For control 
of rhizome johnsongrass a second  application  at  0.8  pt/ac  may  be  needed.
However,  a timely cultivation may prevent the need for the second application.
Do not cultivate within 4 days before or after application.  Rainfall within  1 
hour  after  application  may  reduce  control.  Do  not  graze or feed treated 
forage, hay, or straw to livestock.  WHIP may be applied with aerial equipment. 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP HERBICIDE MIXTURES
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP HERBICIDE MIXTURES

     Herbicide tank mixtures or package mixtures may be needed to  broaden  the 
spectrum  of  weeds  controlled.   Cultivation  and/or  postemergence  directed 
treatments  may  be  necessary  to  provide   adequate   season-long   control.
Recommended postemergence over-the-top mixtures are listed below.  Refer to the 
remarks  for  individual  herbicides for information concerning each product in 
these mixtures.  

              l.  Tank Mixtures

              2.  Package Mixtures

SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP TANK MIXTURES

BASAGRAN + BLAZER 2L  
     Formulated Product/Ac:  1.0 to 2.0 pt  +  1.0 to 2.0 pt
      Active Ingredient:  0.5 to 1.0  +  0.25 to 0.5 lb

BASAGRAN + TACKLE       
    Formulated Product/Ac:  1.5 to 2.0 pt  +  1.0 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.75 to 1.0  +  0.25 lb

CLASSIC + BLAZER 2L   
    Formulated Product/Ac:  0.5 to 0.75 oz  +  1.5 to 2.0 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.008 to 0.012  +  0.38 to 0.5 lb

SCEPTER + BLAZER 2L
    Formulated Product/Ac:  0.67 pt + 1.5  to 2.0 pt
     Active Ingredient/Ac:  0.13 + 0.38 to 0.5 lb
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP PACKAGE MIXTURES
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
STORM                 4.0 lb/gal             1.5 pt                  0.75 
                   (2.67 lb bentazon                            (0.5 bentazon
                        +                                              +
                  1.33 lb acifluorfen)                        0.25 acifluorfen)

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds such as cocklebur, pigweed,  and morningglory.
Refer  to  the  label  for maximum weed heights.  STORM is a package mixture of 
bentazon (BASAGRAN) + acifluorfen (BLAZER).  Apply to actively growing weeds in 
a minimum of 20 gal water/ac and use at least 40 psi pressure.  Use hollow cone 
or flat fan nozzles.  STORM may be applied with aerial  equipment.  Cultivation 
before  or  during application is not recommended.  Add crop oil concentrate at 
1.0 pt/ac.  Rainfall within 8 hours after application may reduce weed  control.
Do    not    use    treated    soybean    plants    for    feed    or   forage.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP SALVAGE
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP SALVAGE
_______________________________________________________________________________

     These treatments are recommended for  salvage  applications  only.  2,4-DB 
may improve control of weeds such as cocklebur,  morningglory, and ragweed that 
exceed maximum heights on  the  BLAZER  or  BASAGRAN  labels.  However,  2,4-DB 
increases  crop injury and may reduce soybean yields.  Do not apply to drought-
stressed soybeans.  
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
BASAGRAN              4.0 lb/gal            l.5 to 2.0 pt          0.75 to l.0
   +                                           +                        +
BUTYRAC 200           2.0 lb/gal              2.0 oz                  0.03

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  2,4-DB will improve control  of  entireleaf, 
ivyleaf,  and tall morningglory.  Apply before morningglory vines exceed 6 inch 
length.  Use a minimum of 20 gal water/acre and a minimum of 40  psi  pressure.
Do  not  add  oil  or  other additives.  Refer to label for other restrictions.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP SALVAGE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
BLAZER 2L             2.0 lb/gal            1.5 to 2.0 pt          0.38 to 0.5 
  +                                             +                       +
BUTYRAC 200           2.0 lb/gal or            2.0 oz                  0.03
or BUTOXONE           l.75 lb/gal

REMARKS:  Annual broadleaf weeds.  Use for control of cocklebur,  morningglory, 
pigweed,  citron,  and ragweed that exceed the maximum stage of growth  on  the 
BLAZER  label.  Add 1.0 pt surfactant/100 gal spray solution.  Use a minimum of 
20 gal water/acre and a minimum of 40 psi pressure.  Refer to label  for  other 
restrictions.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE OVER-THE-TOP SALVAGE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                     RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
RESCUE                2.06 lb/gal           2.0 to 3.0 qt        1.03 to 1.55
                     (2.0 lb naptalam                      (1.0 to 1.5 naptalam
                       +                                          +
                     0.06 lb 2,4-DB)                      0.03 to 0.045 2,4-DB)

REMARKS: Annual broadleaf weeds such as cocklebur and morningglory.  Apply when 
soybeans are at least 14 inches tall.  Use 10 to 25 gal water/acre and 40 to 50 
psi pressure.  Add nonionic surfactant or crop oil concentrate at 2 qt/100 gal 
spray  solution.  Apply  RESUE at 3.0 qt/ac if weeds are taller than 12 inches.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED     
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
LOROX DF +         50% dispersible granule   l.0 lb                   0.5 
BUTYRAC 200           2.0 lb/gal             l3.2 oz                  0.2
  or                                          or
LOROX DF +         50% dispersible granule   l.0 lb                   0.5
BUTOXONE               l.75 lb/gal           l.0 pt                   0.2
  or                                           or
LOROX L +              4.0 lb/gal            l.0 pt                   0.5
BUTYRAC 200            2.0 lb/gal            l3.0 oz                  0.2
  or                                           or
LOROX L +              4.0 lb/gal            l.0 pt                   0.5
BUTOXONE               l.75 lb/gal           l.0 pt                   0.2
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
_______________________________________________________________________________

(CONTINUED)

REMARKS:  Broadleaf weeds up to 4 inches tall.  Apply as a directed spray  when 
soybeans  are  at  least  8  inches  tall.  Add  surfactant  according to label 
directions.  Do not apply to drought-stressed soybeans.  Do not feed forage  or 
hay to livestock.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED     
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
SENCOR 4 +            4.0 lb/gal            0.5 to l.0 pt          0.25 to 0.5
BUTYRAC 200           2.0 lb/gal               l3.0 oz                0.2
  or                                            or
SENCOR 4 +            4.0 lb/gal            0.5 to l.0 pt          0.25 to 0.5
BUTOXONE              l.75 lb/gal              l4.0 oz                0.2
  or                                            or
SENCOR DF +           75% dry flowable      0.33 to 0.66 lb        0.25 to 0.5
BUTYRAC 200           2.0 lb/gal               l3.0 oz                0.2
  or                                             or
SENCOR DF +           75% dry flowable      0.33 to 0.66 lb        0.25 to 0.5
BUTOXONE              l.75 lb/gal              l4.0 oz                0.2
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED     
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________

(CONTINUED)

REMARKS:  Annual  grasses  and broadleaf weeds.  Apply as a directed spray when 
soybeans are at least 8 inches tall and before weeds exceed 3 inch height.  Add 
surfactant according to label directions.  Do not use  on  metribuzin-sensitive 
soybean varieties (Coker 156, Asgrow 6520).  
_______________________________________________________________________________
SOYBEANS - POSTEMERGENCE DIRECTED SPRAY
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED     
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION           PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
R GRAMOXONE SUPER     l.5 lb/gal            5.33 to 10.67 oz      0.06 to 0.13

REMARKS:  Annual  grasses  and broadleaf weeds.  Apply as a directed spray when 
soybeans are at least 8 inches tall.  Apply in 20 gallons water/acre and do not 
exceed 30 psi pressure.  Add Spreader (nonionic) at 1 to 2 qt/100 gallons spray 
solution.  Do not graze treated areas or  feed  treated  forage  to  livestock.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - HARVEST AID
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - HARVEST AID
_______________________________________________________________________________

                                                   RECOMMENDED RATE
                                           FORMULATED
HERBICIDE             FORMULATION          PRODUCT/AC            AI (LB/AC) 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R GRAMOXONE SUPER     l.5 lb/gal           11.0 to 21.0 oz       0.13 to 0.25
1.5 lb/gal

REMARKS: Harvest-aid to dessicate most weeds present at harvest time.  Use high 
rate for cocklebur.  Add 1.0 qt Spreader (nonionic) per 100 gal spray solution. 
Use 20 to 40 gallons water/acre if applied with ground equipment.  Use 2  to  5 
gallons water/acre if applied with aerial equipment.  Apply when soybean plants 
are mature - beans fully developed,  at least 50 % of leaves have dropped,  and 
remaining leaves are turning yellow.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEANS - HERBICIDE INFORMATION
-DOC-
SOYBEANS - HERBICIDE INFORMATION

For information only.  Use of  trade  names  does  not  indicate  preferential 
endorsement  nor  discrimination against similar products with different trade 
names.  


COMMON NAME     TRADE NAME(S)     FORMULATION(S)             COMPANY
==============================================================================
acifluorfen     BLAZER 2L         2.0 lb/gal                 BASF
                TACKLE            2.0 lb/gal                 RHONE-POULENC
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
alachlor        LASSO             4.0 lb/gal                 Monsanto
                LASSO MICRO-TECH  4.0 lb/gal                 Monsanto  
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
naptalam+2,4-DB  RESCUE           2.0 + 0.06 lb/gal          Uniroyal
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
bentazon        BASAGRAN          4.0 lb/gal                 BASF
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
bentazon +     
acifluorfen     STORM             2.67 + 1.33 lb/gal         BASF
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON NAME     TRADE NAME(S)     FORMULATION(S)             COMPANY
==============================================================================
chlorimuron     CLASSIC           25% dispersible granule    DuPont
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ethalfluralin   SONALAN E.C.      3.0 lb/gal                 Elanco
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
fenoxaprop      WHIP 1 EC         1.0 lb/gal                 Hoechst-Roussel
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
fluazifop       FUSILADE 2000     1.0 lb/gal                 ICI
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
fomesafen       REFLEX 2 LC       2.0 lb/gal                 ICI
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
glyphosate      ROUNDUP           4.0 lb/gal                 Monsanto
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
glyphosate +
alachlor        BRONCO            1.4 + 2.6 lb/gal           Monsanto
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
imazaquin       SCEPTER           1.5 lb/gal                 American Cyanamid
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
lactofen        COBRA             2.0 lb/gal                 PPG
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON NAME     TRADE NAME(S)     FORMULATION(S)             COMPANY
==============================================================================
linuron         LOROX L           4.0 lb/gal                 DuPont
                LOROX DF          50% dispersible granule    DuPont
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
metolachlor     DUAL 8E           8.0 lb/gal                 Ciba-Geigy
                DUAL 25G          25% granule                Ciba-Geigy
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
metolachlor +
metribuzin      TURBO 8EC         6.55 + 1.44 lb/gal         Mobay
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
metribuzin      LEXONE 4L         4.0 lb/gal                 DuPont
                LEXONE DF         75% dispersible granule    DuPont
                SENCOR 4          4.0 lb/gal                 Mobay
                SENCOR DF         75% dry flowable           Mobay
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
metribuzin +
chlorimuron     CANOPY            75% dispersible granule    DuPont
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
oryzalin        SURFLAN A.S.      4.0 lb/gal                 Elanco
            SURFLAN DRY FLOWABLE  85% dry flowable           Elanco
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON NAME     TRADE NAME(S)     FORMULATION(S)             COMPANY
==============================================================================
paraquat        GRAMOXONE SUPER   1.5 lb/gal                 ICI
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
pendimethalin   PROWL             4.0 lb/gal                 American Cyanamid
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
pendimethalin +
imazaquin       SQUADRON          2.0 + 0.33 lb/gal          American Cyanamid
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
sethoxydim      POAST             1.5 lb/gal                 BASF
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
trifluralin     TREFLAN E.C.      4.0 lb/gal                 Elanco
                TRILIN            4.0 lb/gal                 Griffin
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
trifluralin +
metribuzin      SALUTE 4EC        2.67 + 1.33 lb/gal         Mobay
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4-DB          BUTYRAC 200       2.0 lb/gal                 Rhone-Poulenc
                BUTOXONE          1.75 lb/gal                Vertac
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
vernolate       VERNAM 7-E        7.0 lb/gal                 Stauffer
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
vernolate +     
extender        REWARD            6.0 lb/gal                 Stauffer
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   --           COMMAND           4.0 lb/gal                 FMC
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEAN INSECT CONTROL                             
-DOC-

                             SOYBEAN INSECT CONTROL
                     Jay W. Chapin, Extension Entomologist

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  carbaryl                  0.75-1.25  After pods appear, treat when       0
    SEVIN 80S     1-1 1/2 lb           an average of two large ear-
    SEVIN XLR 4L  3/4-1 1/4 qt         worms (1/2 in or longer)/row
    SEVIN 4F      3/4-1 1/4 qt         ft are present.  On fully bloom-
                                       ing beans before pod set, treat
                                       if there are six worms/row ft.
                                       Defoliation should not exceed 
                                       15-20% after midbloom, 30% before
                                       midbloom.  Consider population 
                                       size, canopy density, and temper-
                                       ature in selecting a rate.
REMARKS:  Always read the label.
INSECT:  CORN EARWORM (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
R esfenvalerate
    ASANA 1.9EC   1 gal/    .019-.025  Same as above.                     21
                101-76 ac

REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate               0.075-0.1  Same as above.                     21
    PYDRIN 2.4EC  1 gal/
                 24-32 ac

REMARKS:  Very toxic to fish.  Do not feed or graze.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl                  0.17-0.28  After pods appear, treat when      14
    LANNATE 1.8                        an average of two large ear-
    NUDRIN 1.8    3/4-1 1/4 pt         worms (1/2 in or longer)/row
                                       ft are present.  On fully bloom-       
                                       ing beans before pod set, treat
                                       if there are six worms/row ft.
                                       Defoliation should not exceed 
                                       15-20% after midbloom, 30% before
                                       midbloom.  Consider population 
                                       size, canopy density, and temper-
                                       ature in selecting a rate.

REMARKS:  Always read the label.

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
R permethrin
    AMBUSH 2E     1 gal/    0.075-0.1  Same as above.                     60
                20-27 ac
    POUNCE 3.2EC  1 gal/    0.075-0.1                                     60
                32-43 ac

REMARKS:  Very toxic to fish.  Do not feed or graze.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R thiodicarb
    LARVIN 3.2    1 gal/    .25-.4     Same as above.                     28
                13-8 ac
REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  VELVETBEAN CATERPILLAR
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  carbaryl                  0.4-0.8    Velvetbean caterpillar is an        0
    SEVIN 80S     1/2-1 lb             easily controlled pest which
    SEVIN XLR     1-1 1/2 pt           may occur in very high numbers.
    SEVIN 4F      1-1 1/2 pt           Use higher rates only for 
                                       extreme populations.  Four to six
                                       large velvetbean caterpillars/ft
                                       are capable of causing significant
                                       defoliation.  Treat when defolia- 
                                       tion will exeed 15% after midbloom;
                                       30% before midbloom.  Heavy popula-
                                       tions may clip off pods after 
                                       defoliating a field.
REMARKS:  Always read the label.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  VELVETBEAN CATERPILLAR (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl                  0.11-0.22  Same as above.                     14
    LANNATE 1.8
    NUDRIN 1.8    1/2-1 pt

REMARKS:  Always read the label.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  VELVETBEAN CATERPILLAR (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
R fenvalerate               0.025-0.05 Pyrethroids (Ambush, Pounce,       21
    PYDRIN 2.4C   1 gal/               Pydrin) also provide residual
                 48-96 ac              control of velvetbean caterpillar
                                       (VBC) when applied earlier in the
                                       year for loopers or earworms. 
                                       When applied for VBC, pyrethroids
                                       have enough residual activity to 
                                       prevent the need for a second 
                                       treatment of this pest.

REMARKS:  Very toxic to fish.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  VELVETBEAN CATERPILLAR (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R permethrin                0.025.0.05 Same as above.                     60
    AMBUSH 2E    1 gal/
                40-80 ac
    POUNCE 3.2EC 1 gal/                                                   60
                64-128 ac

REMARKS: Very toxic to fish.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  VELVETBEAN CATERPILLAR (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R diflubenzuron             0.03       This is a preventive rate for      21
    DIMILIN W25   2 oz                 use only in high risk velvet- 
                                       bean caterpillar areas of the
                                       state.  Make application in mid-
                                       July or later for extended VBC
                                       control.  A rate of 2 oz can be 
                                       used on established populations
                                       of small larvae, but Dimilin is 
                                       slow acting and will not rapidly
                                       control large larvae like other
                                       recommended materials.

REMARKS:  Do not cut for hay or allow milk animals to graze.  Do not exceed
          two applications/season.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  VELVETBEAN CATERPILLAR (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methyl parathion          0.5-0.75   Use only when stink bugs are       20
    4EC        1-1 1/2 pt              also a problem.  May cause a
                                       later increase in worm problems.

REMARKS:  Do not graze within 20 days.  Do not exceed two applications/season.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R thiodicarb
    LARVIN 3.2    1 gal/    .2                                            28
                  16 ac

REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are retricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  GREEN CLOVERWORM
________________________________________________________________________________

Green cloverworms are beneficial in allowing early season buildup of insect 
diseases, predators, and parasites.  If control is necessary in combination 
with other defoliating pests, any of the recommended materials (Ambush, Asana, 
Lannate, Larvin, Nudrin, Orthene, Pounce, Pydrin, Sevin) will give good control 
at low rates.
________________________________________________________________________________
INSECT:  LOOPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R permethrin                0.075-0.1  Same defoliation thresholds as     60
    AMBUSH 2E     1 gal/               corn earworm and velvetbean
                 20-27 ac              caterpillar.  It takes six to
    POUNCE 3.2EC  1 gal/               eight large (1/2 in) loopers/ft    60
                 32-43 ac              to cause economically significant
                                       (15%) foliage loss.  Do not con-
                                       fuse small loopers with green 
                                       cloverworm.

REMARKS:  Do not exceed two applications.  Do not feed or graze livestock on 
          treated plants.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  LOOPER (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R thiodicarb
    LARVIN 3.2    1 gal/    .45-.75    Same as above.                     28
                 7-4.3 ac

REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  BEET ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  acephate                  1.0        Same defoliation threshold as      14
    ORTHENE 75S   1 1/3 LB             loopers.  This pest is difficult
                                       to control when worms are large.

REMARKS:  Do not graze or cut vines for hay or forage.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R methomyl                  0.45       Same as above.                     14
    LANNATE 1.8   2 pt
    NUDRIN 1.8

REMARKS:  Always read the label
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  BEET ARMYWORM (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R thiodicarb
    LARVIN 3.2    1 gal/    .45-.6     Same as above.                     28
                 7-5.3 ac

REMARKS:  Do not feed or graze.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FALL ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl                  0.33       Same defoliation threshold as      14
    LANNATE 1.8   1 1/2 pt             velvetbean caterpillar.
    NUDRIN 1.8

REMARKS:  Always read the label.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  BEAN LEAF BEETLE, MEXICAN BEAN BEETLE, JAPANESE BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl                             Same defoliation threshold as       0
    SEVIN 80S     1 lb      0.8        velvetbean caterpillar.
    SEVIN XLR 4L  1 1/2 pt
    SEVIN 4F      1 1/2 pt
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  STINKBUG
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  
R methyl parathion          0.5        After pods appear, treat when      20
    4EC           1 pt                 stinkbugs reach one/row ft.
    2L PENNCAP-M  2 pt                 Methyl parathion may increase
                                       later velvetbean caterpillar
                                       problems.

REMARKS:  Do not graze within 20 days.  Do not exceed two applications/yr.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  STINKBUG (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  acephate                  1.0                                           14
    ORTHENE 75S   1 1/3 lb

REMARKS:  Do not graze or cut vines for hay or silage.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  GRASSHOPPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  
  carbaryl                                                                 0
    SEVIN 80S     2 lb      1.6
    SEVIN XLR 4L  1 1/2 qt  1.5
    SEVIN 4F      1 1/2 qt  1.5

REMARKS:  No limitations.
_______________________________________________________________________________

  acephate
    ORTHENE 75S   2/3 lb    0.5                                           14

REMARKS:  Do not graze or cut vines for hay or forage.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  THRIPS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  acephate                  0.19       Soybeans can tolerate heavy        14
    ORTHENE 75S   4 oz                 thrips populations.  Treat
                                       only if the stand is threathened.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  dimethoate                0.12       Same as above.                     21
    CYGON 4EC     1/4 pt

REMARKS:  Do not graze or feed within 5 days of application.
_______________________________________________________________________________
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  SPIDER MITE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  dimethoate                0.5        Spraying for earworms increases    21
    CYGON 4EC     1 pt                 the probability of mite problems.

REMARKS:  See Thrips.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  THREE-CORNERED ALFALFA HOPPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
  carbaryl                                                                 0
    SEVIN 80S     1/2-1 lb  0.4-0.8
    SEVIN XLR 4L  1-1 1/2 pt
    SEVIN 4F

REMARKS:  Always read the label.

INSECT:  LESSER CORNSTALK BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  chlorpyrifos                         RESCUE-When 10% of seedlings
    LORSBAN 15G  3.5-7.0 lb 0.5-1.0    show damage, apply 4E in 25        28
    LORSBAN 4E   1-1 1/2 pt 0.5-0.75   gal water in a 6 in band. Or
                                       apply 4-6 oz 15G/1,000 row ft
                                       in a 6 in band with light
                                       incorporation.
                                       AT PLANTING-Apply 6-8 oz 15G/
                                       1,000 row ft in a 6 to 8 in
                                       band over the row. Incorporate
                                       lightly with press wheel and
                                       drag chain or tines.

REMARKS:  Do not exceed 3 lb ai chlorpyrifos/season.  Do not graze or feed 
          forage to livestock within 5 days of treatment.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  LESSER CORNSTALK BORER (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
R DYFONATE 10G    5-10 lb   0.5-1.0    RESCUE-Examine seedlings when
  DYFONATE 20G    2.5-5 lb  0.5-1.0    there is a high risk of LCB 
  DYFONATE 4EC   1-1 1/2 pt 0.5-0.75   infestation (late planting on 
                                       dry soil, especially conventional 
                                       tillage behind grain). If 10% of 
                                       seedlings show damage, apply 4EC 
                                       in 25 gal water in a 6 in band.
                                       Or apply 6-9 oz 10G (3-5 oz 20G)/ 
                                       1,000 row ft in a 6 in band over 
                                       the row with light incorporation.
                                       AT PLANTING-Apply 9-12 oz 10G 
                                       (4.5-6 oz 20G)/1,000 row ft in 
                                       a 6-in band with light incorpor- 
                                       ation (drag chain or press wheel).
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUNFLOWER WEED CONTROL                             
-DOC-
                             SUNFLOWER WEED CONTROL
                    E. C. Murdock, Extension Weed Scientist

READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE

For preplant incorporated and preemergence treatments rates given are for 
COARSE- to MEDIUM-TEXTURED SOILS.

SUNFLOWER - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREFLAN or         4.0 lb/gal               l.0 to l.5 pt          0.5 to 0.75
TRILIN             4.0 lb/gal

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Incorporate to a depth 
of  2  to 3 inches as soon as possible after application.  Must be incorporated 
one time within 24 hr after application.  Cross disc for best results.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUNFLOWER - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL              4.0 lb/gal               l.0 to 2.0 pt          0.5 to l.0

REMARKS:  Annual grasses, small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Apply and incorporate 
to a depth of l to 2 inches within 7 days after application.  Cross disc for 
best results.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUNFLOWER - PREEMERGENCE
-DOC-
SUNFLOWER - PREEMERGENCE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LASSO or           4.0 lb/gal               2.0 to 3.0 qt or
                                                                   2.0 to 3.0
LASSO II           l5% granule              20.0 to 26.0 lb         

REMARKS:  Annual grasses,  small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Apply after  planting 
and before emergence of crop or weeds.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUNFLOWER - PREHARVEST DESSICATION
-DOC-
SUNFLOWER - PREHARVEST DESSICATION
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R GRAMOXONE SUPER  l.5 lb/gal               3.0 to 5.0 pt          0.56 to 0.94

REMARKS:  Dessication of sunflower plants and weeds prior to  harvest.  May  be 
used  for  preharvest  dessication  in  oilseed  varieties  only.   Apply  when 
sunflower seeds reach physiological maturity  (35%  or  lower  seed  moisture). 
Harvest  7  to  2l days after application.  Add Spreader (nonionic) at l qt/l00 
gal spray solution.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
.LB:22 
-DOC-
.LB:22 
                            SUNFLOWER INSECT CONTROL
                     Jay W. Chapin, Extension Entomologist
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SUNFLOWER MOTH
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

  chlorpyrifos                         Treat when 20% of the heads        42
    LORSBAN 4E    1 pt      0.5        are blooming and moths or
                                       small worms are present.

REMARKS:  Do not graze in treated area.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSECT:  SUNFLOWER MOTH (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate                          Same as above.                     28
    PYDRIN 2.4 EC 1 gal/    0.1
                  24 ac

REMARKS:  Do not feed treated forage or fodder to livestock.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R methyl          1 qt      1.0        Same as above.                     30
    parathion 4EC

REMARKS:  Do not graze or feed treated crop.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  carbaryl                             These materials are effective      60
    SEVIN 80S     2 lb                 on corn earworm, but control
    SEVIN XLR     1 1/2 qt  1.5        in sunflower is difficult be-
    SEVIN 4F      1 1/2 qt             cause the larvae are physically
                                       protected from sprays.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R fenvalerate                                                             28
    PYDRIN 2.4EC  1 gal/    0.1-0.15   Same as above.
                 24-18 ac

REMARKS:  Do not graze or feed treated crops.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  STINK BUGS, LEAF-FOOTED BUGS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
________________________________________________________________________________

R methyl          3/4 pt    .75                                           30
    parathion 4EC

REMARKS:  Do not graze or feed treated crops.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT: CARROT BEETLE
________________________________________________________________________________

There are not effective chemical treatments for this stand-reducing pest.  
Early planting (April) makes the plant more tolerant of feeding damage.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
                FORMULATION/   LB                                     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE           AC        AI/AC          APPLICATION             TO HARVEST
________________________________________________________________________________

  chlorpyrifos    1 1/2 pt  0.75       Check seedlings for damage and     42
    LORSBAN 4E                         presence of cutworm curled up
                                       under debris.  Treat if stand is
                                       threatened.  Use a high gallonage,
                                       coarse spray aimed at the base
                                       of plant.

REMARKS:  Do not graze or feed treated crop.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO WEED CONTROL	                              
-DOC-
                              TOBACCO WEED CONTROL	
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist
                     R. E. Currin, III, Research Agronomist	 
	
TOBACCO - PLANT BEDS                    READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE
_____________________________________________________________________________	
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
PESTICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_____________________________________________________________________________	
R DOW FUME,           98% ai                9.0 lb/100 sq yd       427.0	
  BROM-O-GAS, etc.

REMARKS: Hand application. Follow manufacturer's suggestions.	
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
R BROZONE,            68.6% ai              10.3 lb/100 sq yd      342.0
  BROM-0-SOL	

REMARKS: Machine application. Follow manufacturer's suggestions.	
Caution: Handle with care	
_____________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
TOBACCO - PLANT BEDS
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
ENIDE 90W          90% wettable powder      1.7 oz/100 sq yd       4.6

REMARKS:  Controls annual grasses and some broadleaf weeds.  Apply at  seeding.
Do  not  mix  with  other  chemicals before application.  Do not substitute for 
gassing beds.  
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
-DOC-
TOBACCO - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
PAARLAN E.C.       6.0 lb/gal               1.0 qt                 1.5

REMARKS:   Controls  annual  grasses  and  some  broadleaf  weeds.   Apply  and 
incorporate  to  a  depth of 2-3 inches.  PAARLAN must be incorporated one time 
within 8 hr after application.  When incorporating with a tandem disc, cut to a 
depth of 4-6 in and cross disc to get better incorporation before bedding.	 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL              4.0 lb/gal               1.5 to 2.0 pt          0.75 to 1.0 

REMARKS:  Controls annual grasses and some broadleaf weeds.  Apply and incorpo-
rate  to  a  depth of 2-3 in.  When incorporating with a tandem disc,  cut to a 
depth of 4-6 in and cross disc to get better incorporation before bedding.  Use 
low rate on sandy soils.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
TOBACCO - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                             FORMULATED                 
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
TILLAM 6-E         6.0 lb/gal               2.67 qt                4.0

REMARKS:  Controls  annual grasses and some broadleaf weeds plus suppression of 
nutsedge.  Apply and incorporate  immediately  to  a  depth  of  2-3  in.  When 
incorporating  with  a tandem disc,  cut to a depth of 4-6 in and cross disc to 
get  better  incorporation  before  bedding.   Bed  up  immediately   following 
incorporation.  Do  not delay transplanting any longer than necessary since the 
chemical only lasts about 6 wk.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
TOBACCO - PREPLANT INCORPORATED
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
DEVRINOL 50-WP     50% wettable powder      2.0 lb                 1.0

REMARKS:  Controls annual grasses and some broadleaf weeds.  Apply and incorpo-
rate  to  a  depth of l-2 in.  When incorporating with a tandem disc,  cut to a 
depth of 2-4 in and cross disc to  get  better  incorporation  before  bedding.
Small grain planted in the fall may be damaged.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO - AFTER TRANSPLANTING
-DOC-
TOBACCO - AFTER TRANSPLANTING
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
ENIDE 90W          90% wettable powder      4.4 lb                 4.0

REMARKS:  Controls  annual  grasses  and  some  broadleaf weeds.  Apply band or 
broadcast over top at time of transplanting or  immediately  after  transplant-
ing.  If no rain occurs within a few days after application, a light irrigation 
or shallow cultivation may be necessary.  If application is made 2  days  after 
transplanting,  a  shallow  cultivation  before application is necessary.  Some 
damage to small grain planted in the fall may occur if band application is  not 
used.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOBACCO - AFTER TRANSPLANTING
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
DEVRINOL 50-WP     50% wettable powder      2.0 lb                 1.0

REMARKS:  Broadcast or apply a band over row immediately  after  transplanting.
Use  20-50  gal of water/ac as broadcast basis.  If no rain occurs within a few 
days after application,  irrigation or a shallow cultivation may be  necessary.
Some damage to small grain planted in the fall may occur if band application is 
not used.  
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO - LAYBY
-DOC-
TOBACCO - LAYBY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
ENIDE 90W          90% wettable powder      4.4 lb                 4.0

REMARKS: Controls annual grasses and some broadleaf weeds.  Apply a band to the 
soil surface in row middles just behind the layby  cultivation.  Do  not  apply 
more  than 8.8 lb of Enide 90W during a growing season.  Small grain planted in 
the fall may be damaged.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SURFLAN A.S. or    4.0 lb/gal               l.0 to 2.0 pt or        0.5 to l.0
SURFLAN DRY        85% dry flowable         0.6 to l.2 lb
  FLOWABLE

REMARKS:  Controls annual grasses and some broadleaf  weeds.  Band  application 
should  be  made  immediately  following  the last (layby) cultivation.  Direct 
spray using drop nozzles to row middles.  Do not spray  on  tobacco  leaves  as 
injury may occur. Use 20-40 gal/ac of water as broadcast basis.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
TOBACCO - LAYBY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
DEVRINOL 50-WP     50% wettable powder      2.0                    1.0

REMARKS:  Controls  annual  grasses and some broadleaf weeds.  Band application 
should be made immediately following the last (layby) cultivation. Direct spray 
using drop nozzles to row middles.  Use 20-40  gal  of  water/ac  as  broadcast 
basis. Small grain planted in fall may be stunted.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROWL              4.0 lb/gal               1.0 to 1.5 pt          0.5 to 0.75

REMARKS:  Controls annual grasses and some small-seeded broadleaf weeds.  Spray 
should not contact  tobacco  plants.  Apply  in  a  band  in  the  row  middles 
immediately following the last (layby) cultivation.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO - HERBICIDE INFORMATION
-DOC-
TOBACCO - HERBICIDE INFORMATION
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For  information  only.   Use  of  trade  names  does  not  imply  preferential 
endorsement  nor  discrimination  against similar products with different trade 
names.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMMON NAME        TRADE NAME(S)        FORMULATION(S)          COMPANY
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diphenamid         ENIDE 90W            90% wettable powder     Tuco
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
isopropalin        PAARLAN E.C.         6.0 lb/gal              Elanco
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
methyl bromide     DOW FUME, BROM-0-GAS,  98% a.i.            Dow, Great Lakes
                   BROZONE, BROM-0-SOL    68.6% a.i.            Great Lakes
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
napropamide        DEVRINOL 50-WP       50% wettable powder     Stauffer
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOBACCO - HERBICIDE INFORMATION
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pebulate           TILLAM 6-E           6.0 lb/gal              Stauffer
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pendimethalin      PROWL                4.0 lb/gal           American Cyanamid
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
oryzalin           SURFLAN A.S.         4.0 lb/gal              Elanco
               SURFLAN DRY FLOWABLE     85% dry flowable        Elanco
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO SUCKER CONTROL                           
-DOC-
                           TOBACCO SUCKER CONTROL
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist	
	
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                        RECOMMENDED RATE
                                                  FORMULATED
PESTICIDE                     FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC      AI (LB/AC)
______________________________________________________________________________
Contact type	
fatty alcohol	
1 octanol and 1	
decanol mixture	
 OFF-SHOOT T, SUCKER            6.01 to 
    PLUCKER, FAIR 85, etc.      6.04 lb/gal       2.0 gal.          12.0

REMARKS: Mix with 48 gal water and apply 50 to 60 gal mixture/ac.  Use two TG-3 
nozzles and a TG-5 nozzle in center or equivalent at 20-25 psi pressure.  Apply 
at early button stage before suckers are 1-2 in long. Second application may be 
done 3-5 days later.  Tobacco should be topped as soon as practical after first 
application for increased yields.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
TOBACCO SUCKER CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                        RECOMMENDED RATE
                                                  FORMULATED
PESTICIDE                     FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC      AI (LB/AC)
______________________________________________________________________________
Systemic type	
maleic hydrazide (21.7%	
potassium salt)	
 ROYAL MH-30, SUPER	
  SUCKER STUFF, FAIR          1.5 lb/gal          1.5 gal         2.25
  PLUS, etc.

REMARKS:  Apply  with  40 to 50 gal of water/ac using 40 psi pressure and TX-18 
nozzles or equivalent.  Apply after tobacco has reached the full flower or 7-10 
days after application of the last contact material.  
	 
Application  of  systemics  during periods of drought or when plants are wilted 
may result in poor sucker control.  Applications made in the morning  are  best 
after dew has dried.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOBACCO SUCKER CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                        RECOMMENDED RATE
                                                  FORMULATED
PESTICIDE                     FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC      AI (LB/AC)
______________________________________________________________________________
maleic hydrazide	
(30.2% potassium	
salt)	
 SUCKER STUFF                  2.25 lb/gal        1.0 gal           2.25

______________________________________________________________________________
TOBACCO SUCKER CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                        RECOMMENDED RATE
                                                  FORMULATED
PESTICIDE                     FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC      AI (LB/AC)
______________________________________________________________________________
Local systemic type,	
flumetralin	
 PRIME +                      1.2 lb/gal          1.0 gal          1.2	

REMARKS:  Machine  application:  Mix  with  49  gal  water  and  apply  50  gal 
mixture/ac.  Use two TG-3 nozzles and a TG-5 nozzle  in  center  at  20-25  psi 
pressure.  Hand  application:  Mix 1 gal with 49 gal water and apply 1/3 to 2/3 
oz/plant using a hand-held drop line. Apply 5 days after application of contact 
material or at elongated button stage to  early  flower.  Suckers  missed  will 
continue  to  grow and should be removed by hand.  Some phytotoxicity may occur 
on small upper leaves.  Stunting of small grain, corn and tobacco may occur the 
next season. Avoid over application.  
________________________________________________________________________________
TOBACCO SUCKER CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                        RECOMMENDED RATE
                                                  FORMULATED
PESTICIDE                     FORMULATION         PRODUCT/AC      AI (LB/AC)
______________________________________________________________________________
Combination of contact and systemic types	
  fatty alcohol                                                   9.36 fatty	
                                                                    alcohol	
  n-Decanol (38.3%)                                               n-Decanol	
       +                                                               +	
  maleic hydrazide (11.1%)	
    potassium salt)                                               1.98 maleic
    FST-7                     3.12 + 0.66 lb/gal    3.0 gal        hydrazide
                  
REMARKS:  Mix with 47 gal water/ac and apply at 20 psi pressure using two  TG-3 
nozzles  and  a  TG-5  nozzle in center.  For best results apply a contact-type 
chemical at the button stage and apply FST-7 7-10 days later.  Leaf injury  may 
occur if rate is exceeded.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO COLORING AGENTS	                             
-DOC-
                            TOBACCO COLORING AGENTS	 
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist	
	
                                                READ THE LABEL BEFORE USE	
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
PESTICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
ethephon 	
 ETHREL            2.0 lb/gal               2.0 to 4.0 qt          1.0 to 2.0
                                                                      
REMARKS:  Use  when  remaining leaves are physiologically mature.  Test treat a 
few plants ahead to determine if chemical will cause yellowing.  Mix  in  40-60 
gal  water/ac  and  apply at 40-60 psi pressure so that all leaves are covered.
Harvest 24 hr later.  Excessive delay in harvesting could  result  in  loss  of 
yield  and  quality and may result in leaf drop.  Treat only the amount that is 
planned for harvest at the time.  Tests conducted  have  resulted  in  variable 
results.  
________________________________________________________________________________
TOBACCO COLORING AGENTS
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
PESTICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
ethylene gas	
 ETHY-GEN          3.0 to 6.0 qt              --                       --

REMARKS:  Apply into air flow of bulk barn.  Follow manufacturer's suggestions.
Harvested tobacco should be physiologically mature.  Use the  higher  rate  for 
greener tobacco. Tests conducted have resulted in variable results.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO INSECT CONTROL IN THE PLANT BED                    
-DOC-
                    TOBACCO INSECT CONTROL IN THE PLANT BED
                      D.G. Manley, Extension Entomologist	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE         FORMULATION AND                      BEFORE
                                  AMOUNT/100 SQ YD                     HANDLING	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Aphids, flea    R parathion       1-2 lb 1% D or 4-6 gal spray                5	
beetles, and   
vegetable weevil
REMARKS:  Dust or spray to give thorough coverage when plants are dry.  Mix  spray using 1 lb 15% WP/50 gal water.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE         FORMULATION AND                      BEFORE
                                  AMOUNT/100 SQ YD                     HANDLING	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Aphids, flea    R disulfoton      0.6 lb
beetles, and        DI-SYSTON 15G
vegetable
weevil (cont)  
REMARKS:  Apply granules broadcast at seeding or just after plant emergence and 
water thoroughly.	
	
Parathion and disulfoton are highly toxic and should be applied with utmost 
care.	 
	
                  acephate 	
                    ORTHENE 75SP  4 tsp
REMARKS:  Mix spray using 4 tsp/3-5 gal water/100 sq yd.
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE         FORMULATION AND                      BEFORE
                                  AMOUNT/100 SQ YD                     HANDLING	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
White grubs     R parathion       4-5 lb 1% D or                              5	
                                  50-100 gal 15% WP	
REMARKS:  Dust or spray to give thorough coverage when plants are dry	.  Mix 
drench using 1/2 lb 15% WP to 50 gal water. Apply to uprooted area with 
sprinkler can.	 
	
Same precautions and restrictions as for aphids, flea beetles, and vegetable 
weevil.	 
	
                  trichlorfon     100 gal drench	
                    DYLOX or PROXOL	
REMARKS:  Apply to uprooted area with sprinkler can. Mix using 5 oz 80% SP to 
50 gal of water.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE          FORMULATION AND                      BEFORE
                                   AMOUNT/100 SQ YD                    HANDLING	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Mole crickets   trichlorfon        4 lb 5% B
                  DYLOX or PROXOL
REMARKS:  Scatter around margins, walkways and open spaces in beds.  Mix using 
one part 80% SP and 15 parts cornmeal. (Caution: Keep off plants as much as 
possible.)	
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT           PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC         LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Slugs or snails  R parathion*         2-5 lb 1% D                             5	
REMARKS:  Dust to give thorough coverage when plants are dry.	
	
                   meltaldehyde       2 lb 5% B       	
REMARKS:  Scatter around margins, walkways, and open spaces in beds.	
	
Insecticides should be applied according to all label precautions and 
restrictions. Parathion is highly toxic and should be applied with utmost care.
	
*Frequent use of 1% parathion dust may cause plant injury.	
	
NOTE: For stored tobacco insect control, see Stored Products section.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Cutworms        trichlorfon          4 lb 5% B         	
                  DYLOX or PROXOL	
REMARKS:  Scatter around margins, walkways, and open spaces in beds.  Mix using 
one part 80% SP and 15 parts cornmeal. (Caution: Keep off plants as much as 
possible.)	
	
Same as parathion.	
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WIREWORM CONTROL ON NEWLY SET TOBACCO PLANTS                   
-DOC-
                  WIREWORM CONTROL ON NEWLY SET TOBACCO PLANTS 
                      D.G. Manley, Extension Entomologist	
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSECT          PESTICIDE              PRODUCT              LB AI/AC   	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Wireworms         diazinon	
                    14G                 14 lb               2	
                    50WP                4 lb                2
                    AG500               2-3 qt              2-3	
REMARKS:  Preplant broadcast granules with spreader or apply sprays evenly over 
area at least 7-10 days before transplanting and disk to mix 6-9 in into soil.	 
	
                R fensulfothion	                             2
                    DASANIT 15G         14 lb	
                    DASANIT 6SC         2 2/3 pt	
REMARKS:  Apply as with diazinon.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSECT          PESTICIDE              PRODUCT              LB AI/AC   	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Wireworms       R ethoprop                                  2	
(cont)              MOCAP 10G          20 lb             	
                    MOCAP 6EC          2 2/3 pt	
REMARKS:  Apply as with diazinon.	
	
                R fonofos 	                                  2
                    DYFONATE 10G       20 lb 
                    DYFONATE 4E        2 qt      		
REMARKS:  Apply as with diazinon.	
	
                R carbofuran   	                             6	
                    FURADAN 15G        40 lb	
                    FURADAN 4F         1.5 gal		
REMARKS:  Apply as with diazinon.	
	_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSECT          PESTICIDE              PRODUCT              LB AI/AC   	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Wireworms 	
(cont)	
REMARKS:  Mocap, Dasanit, Dyfonate, and Furadan are highly toxic and should be 
applied with utmost care.	
	
NOTE: Furadan may cause leaf flecking on the lower portion of the plant.	 
	
                diazinon 50WP          1 oz/50 gal water  	
REMARKS:  For transplant water treatments using hand transplanters, mix 1 
oz/each 50 gal water. Use at least 250 gal water/ac. 	
	
                diazinon 50WP          2 oz/50 gal water	
REMARKS:  For transplant water treatments using mechanical transplanters, mix 2 
oz/each 50 gal water. Use at least 300 gal water.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO INSECT CONTROL IN THE FIELD                      
-DOC-
                      TOBACCO INSECT CONTROL IN THE FIELD
                      D.G. Manley, Extension Entomologist	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Aphids            acephate                               0.5-0.75 	
                    ORTHENE 75SP     2/3-1 lb	
REMARKS:  Apply in 20-40 gal spray/ac for complete coverage	
	
                R monocrotophos                          0.55                 5
                    AZODRIN 5WM      7/8 pt	
REMARKS:  Apply as with acephate.	
	
                R encapsulated methyl                    1.0                  5	
                    parathion	
                      PENNCAP-M 2 F  4 pt	
REMARKS:  Apply as with acephate.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Aphids (cont)   R malathion 57EC     1 1/2 pt            0.94                 5	
REMARKS:  Apply as with acephate.
	
                  endosulfan                             0.5-1.0              5	
                    THIODAN 3EC      2/3 - 1 1/3	
REMARKS:  Apply as with acephate.
	
                R parathion 15WP     1/2 - 1 lb          0.075-0.15           5	
REMARKS:  Apply as with acephate.
	
                R disulfoton                             4.0	
                    DI-SYSTON 15G    27 lb	
REMARKS:  Apply broadcast and incorporate before bedding or apply 6- to 12-in 
band over the row and incorporate before planting.  Apply as broadcast spray in 
20-40 gal water/ac to get coverage and incorporate.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________	
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Aphids (cont)	
PRECAUTIONS:  Monocrotophos, parathion, Penncap-M, and disulfoton are highly 
toxic and should be applied with upmost care.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Flea beetles      acephate                               0.5-0.75	
                    ORTHENE 75SP     2/3 - 1 lb        
REMARKS:  Apply in 20-40 gal spray/ac for complete coverage or in transplant 
water in a minimum of 100 gal/ac.	 
	
                R azinphosmethyl                         0.5-0.75             6	
                    GUTHION 2L or
                     2S              2 - 3 pt		
                    GUTHION 50WP     1 - 1 1/2 lb	
REMARKS:  Apply in 20-40 gal spray/ac for complete coverage.	
	
NOTE:  Oxamyl (Vydate) used as a supplemental nematode treatment will give a 4- 
to 6-wk control of flea beetle.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________	
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Flea beetles      carbaryl                               1.2                  0	
(cont)              SEVIN 80%        1 1/2 lb
REMARKS:  Same as azinphosmethyl.	
	
                R monocrotophos	
                    AZODRIN 5WM      7/8                 0.55                 5	
REMARKS:  Apply in 20-40 gal spray/ac for complete coverage.	
	
                R methidathion                           0.5-0.75             3	
                    SUPRACIDE 2 EC   2-3 pt	
REMARKS:  Same as monocrotophos.	
	
Monocrotophos, methidathion, parathion, Penncap-M, azinphos-methyl, carbofuran, 
and methomyl are highly toxic and should be applied with utmost care.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Flea beetles    R methomyl                               0.45                 5	
(cont)              LANNATE-NUDRIN 90SP 1/2 lb	
                    LANNATE-NUDRIN      1 qt 	 
                     1.8WS	
REMARKS:  Same as monocrotophos.	
 	
                R encapsulated methyl                    1.0-1.5              5	
                    parathion           4-6 pt
                    PENNCAP-M 2F
REMARKS:  Same as monocrotophos.	
	
Monocrotophos, methidathion, parathion, Penncap-M, azinphos-methyl, carbofuran, 
and methomyl are highly toxic and should be applied with utmost care.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________	
Flea beetles    R carbofuran                             4.0-6.0	
(cont)              FURADAN 15%G     27-40 lb	
                    FURADAN 4F       1.0-1.5 gal	

REMARKS:  Apply as preplant broadcast and incorporate.	
	
NOTE: Furadan may cause leaf flecking on the lower portion of plant.	
	
                R disulfoton                             4.0	
                    DI-SYSTON 15%G   27 lb	
                    DI-SYSTON 8E     4 pt	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Flea beetles    R disulfoton (cont)
(cont)	

REMARKS:  Apply broadcast and incorporate before bedding or apply 6- to 12-in 
band over the row and incorporate before planting.  apply as broadcast spray in 
20-40 gal water/ac to cover and incorporate.	 
	
Disulfoton is highly toxic and should be applied with utmost care.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Budworm         acephate                                 0.75                 0	
                  ORTHENE 75%SP      1 lb	
	
                Bacillus
                thuringiensis        See label.	
REMARKS:  Apply baits or sprays directly to bud before flowering. For sprays, 
use full cone nozzles in 20-40 gal water/ac at 60 psi.  Proper spray timing and 
good coverage are essential for effective control. Avoid weekly schedules.	 
	
Insecticides should be applied according to all label precautions and 
restrictions.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Budworm (cont)    methomyl                               0.45                 5	
                    LANNATE-NUDRIN 90SP 1/2 lb	
                    LANNATE-NUDRIN      1 qt	
                      1.8WS	
	
                R monocrotophos                          0.8                  5
                    AZODRIN 5WM        1 1/4 pt	
	
                R encapsulated methyl                    1.0-1.5              5	
                    parathion	
                    PENNCAP-M 2F       4-6 pt   	
	
REMARKS:  Monocrotophos, parathion, Penncap-M, azinphosmethyl, carbofuran, 
methomyl, and disulfoton are highly toxic and should be applied with utmost 
care.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Budworm (cont)  R methidathion	
                    SUPRACIDE 2E     4 pt                1.0                  3	
	
CAUTION: phytotoxicity may occur under certain circumstances.	
	
                R carbofuran                             6.0	
                    FURADAN 15G      40 lb	
                     or 4F           1.5 gal	
REMARKS:  Apply as preplant broadcast and incorporate.	
	
CAUTION:  Control of budworms has been inconsistent ranging from poor to 
excellent using Furadan. Furadan may cause leaf flecking on lower portion of 
plant.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
______________________________________________________________________________
Budworm (cont)  Bacillus thuringiensis 10-12 lb	
                bait	

REMARKS:  Mix dust base to cornmeal following label instructions. Place small 
pinch in bud of each plant with gloved hand.  Commerically prepared baits.  
Apply as above.	 
	
                carbaryl bait	
                  SEVIN              40 lb            

REMARKS:  Mix 1 lb 10% carbaryl dust to 4 lb cornmeal. Apply same as BT bait 
with gloved hand.	 
	
CAUTION: Avoid excessive rates because of danger of phytotoxicity.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Budworm (cont)    trichlorfon bait                                            3	
                    DYLOX or PROXOL  10-12 lb	
REMARKS:  Mix 1 lb 80% SP and 15 lb cornmeal or obtain a 5% commercially 
prepared bait. Apply same as BT bait with gloved hand.  	
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hornworms         acephate           2/3-1 lb            0.5-0.75             0	
                    ORTHENE 75% SP	
REMARKS:  Apply 20-40 gal spray/ac for complete coverage.	
	
                R azinphosmethyl                         0.5-0.75             6	
                    GUTHION 2L or 2S 2-3 pt	
                    GUTHION 50% WP   1-1 1/2 lb	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Hornworms (cont)	

REMARKS:  Insecticides should be applied according to all label precautions and 
restrictions.	 
	
Monocrotophos, parathion, Penncap-M, disulfoton, azinphosmethyl, carbofuran, 
and methomyl are highly toxic and should be applied with utmost care.	 
	
                  Bacillus thuringiensis  See label.	
	
                R methomyl                               0.23-0.45            5		
                    LANNATE-NUDRIN 90SP 1/4-1/2 lb       	
                    LANNATE-NUDRIN      1-2 pt	
                      1.8WS
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Hornworms       R monocrotophos                          0.55                 5	
(cont)              AZODRIN 5 WM     7/8 pt	
REMARKS:  Monocrotophos, parathion, Penncap-M, disulfoton, azinphos methyl, 
carbofuran, and methomyl are highly toxic and should be applied with utmost 
care.	 
                R encapsulated methyl                    1.0                  5	
                    parathion        2-4 pt	
                    PENNCAP-M 2 F 
REMARKS:  Most insecticides recommended on tobacco may burn leaves or distort 
growth under certain conditions.	 
	
                  carbaryl                               1.2-1.6              0	
                    SEVIN 80% sprayable  1 1/2-2 lb	
REMARKS:  Most insecticides recommended on tobacco may burn leaves or distort 
growth under certain conditions.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Hornworms       R methidathion                           0.5-0.75             3
(cont)              SUPRACIDE 2E     2-3 pt	
	
CAUTION: phytoxicity may occur under certain circumstances.	
	
                R carbofuran                             6.0	
                    Furadan 15G      40 lb  	
                    Furadan 4F       1.5 gal	
REMARKS:  Apply as preplant broadcast and incorporate.	
	
NOTE:  Furadan may cause leaf flecking on the lower portion of the plant.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Loopers           acephate                                 0.75               0	
                    ORTHENE 75% SP   1 lb	

REMARKS:  Apply 20-40 gal spray/ac for complete coverage.	
	
                  Bacillus thuringiensis  See label.	
	
                R methomyl                                 0.45               5	
                    LANNATE-NUDRIN
                         90SP        1/2 lb	
                    LANNATE-NUDRIN   1 qt	
                         1.8WS	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Stink bugs      R parathion 1% dust  15-25 lb            0.15-0.25            5	
                           15% WP    1/2-1 lb            0.075-0.15	
REMARKS:  Apply thoroughly to all parts of plant. Use 20-40 gal spray/ac.	
	
Insecticides should be applied according to all label precautions and 
restrictions.		
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------	
Grasshoppers      malathion 57% SP     1 1/2 pt          0.94                 5	
	
                  acephate                                                    0	
                    ORTHENE 75% SP     1/3-2/3 lb        0.25-0.5      	
REMARKS:  Apply sprays in 20-40 gal spray/ac for complete coverage.  Early 
spray around field borders helps prevent infestation.	
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCT/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Vegetable       R encapsulated methyl                    0.5-1.0              5	
weevil              parathion        2-4 pt	
                    PENNCAP-M	 2 F
REMARKS:  Same as for grasshoppers	.
	
Monocrotophos, parathion, Penncap-M, disulfoton, azinphosmethyl, carbofuran, 
and methomyl are highly toxic and should be applied with utmost care.  
	
                R parathion 1% dust  10 lb               0.10                 5	
REMARKS:  Apply dust thoroughly to all parts of plant.	
	_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCE/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Cutworms        trichlorfon                              1.0                  3	
                  DYLOX or PROXOL bait 20 lb	
REMARKS:  Mix 1 lb 80% SP and 15 lb cornmeal or obtain a 5% commercially 
prepared bait. Apply 20 lb mixture/ac using a gloved hand or mechanical 
applicator.	 
	
Most insecticides recommended on tobacco may burn leaves or distort growth 
under certain conditions.	
	
                diazinon	
                  14%G              14 lb               2.0	
                  50%WP              4 lb               2.0	
                  AG500             2-3 qt              2.0-3.0	
REMARKS:  Broadcast before transplanting and immediately work into soil 2-4 in.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                                       MIN DAYS
INSECT          PESTICIDE            PRODUCE/AC          LB AI/AC    TO HARVEST	
_______________________________________________________________________________
Cutworms          acephate                                                    0	
                    ORTHENE 75%SP    1 lb                0.75	
REMARKS:  Apply in 10-50 gal spray/ac as needed.	
	
                R chlorpyrifos                           2-3	
                    LORSBAN 15%G     14-20 lb	
                    LORSBAN 4E       2-3 qt	
REMARKS:  Apply preplant broadcast granules or a preplant broadcast spray in 
not less than 10 gal spray/ac. Incorporate into soil 2-4 in.	 
	
CAUTION: Do not make more than one application/season.	
	
NOTE: For Stored Tobacco insect control, see "Stored Products" section.	 
_______________________________________________________________________________
	
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO FIELD NEMATODE CONTROL                            
-DOC-
                            TOBACCO FIELD NEMATODE CONTROL
                       R. W. Miller, Extension Plant Pathologist

_______________________________________________________________________________
                                          Rootknot Control             Waiting
                         Rate/ac       Southern       Peanut    Method  Period
NEMATICIDE             (48-in row)   (M.incognita) (M.arenaria)  (1)     (days)
_______________________________________________________________________________
FUMIGANTS:
   TELONE II             4-5.3 gal   Excellent     Excellent    GF(row)     21
CONTACTS:
   R DASANIT 15G         40-60 lb    Fair          Poor         B & I        0
   R DASANIT 6SC         1 gal       Fair          Poor         B & I        0
   
REMARKS:  Broadcast and thoroughly incorporate all non-fumigant nematicides.
Use Nemacur or fumigant if nematode populations are at problem levels (See
Plant Disease Note 46).  Where the root knot species is M. arenaria or M.
javanica use of fumigant is preferred.
_______________________________________________________________________________

1  GF-Gravity Flow; B & I - Broadcast and incorporate 
R  Some or all uses of this product are restricted
                   TOBACCO FIELD NEMATODE CONTROL (cont)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                          Rootknot Control             Waiting
                         Rate/ac       Southern       Peanut    Method  Period
NEMATICIDE             (48-in row)   (M.incognita) (M.arenaria)  (1)     (days)
_______________________________________________________________________________
   R DASANIT +          
       DI-SYSTON SC4-2   1.5 gal     Fair          Poor         B & I        0
   R DASANIT +
       DI-SYSTON 10-5G   60 lb       Fair          Poor         B & I        0
   R FURADAN 15G         40 lb       Fair          Poor         B & I        0
   R FURADAN 4F          1.5 gal     Fair          Poor         B & I        0
   R MOCAP 10G           60-120 lb   Good          2            B & I        0
REMARKS:  Broadcast and thoroughly incorporate all non-fumigant nematicides.
Use Nemacur or fumigant if nematode populations are at problem levels (See
Plant Disease Note 46).  Where the root knot species is M. arenaria or M.
javanica use of fumigant is preferred.
_______________________________________________________________________________
B & I - Broadcast and incorporate
2  Not labeled for control of this nematode species
R  Some or all uses of this product are restricted
                   TOBACCO FIELD NEMATODE CONTROL (cont)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                          Rootknot Control             Waiting
                         Rate/ac       Southern       Peanut    Method  Period
NEMATICIDE             (48-in row)   (M.incognita) (M.arenaria)  (1)     (days)
_______________________________________________________________________________
   R MOCAP 6EC           1-2 gal     Good          2            B & I       0
   R MOCAP Plus
     4-2EC               1.5-2 gal   Good          2            B & I       0
   R MOCAP Plus
     10-5G               60-80 lb    Good          2            B & I       0
   R NEMACUR 15G         40 lb       Good          Fair         B & I       0
   R NEMACUR 3EC         1.3-2 gal   Good+         Good-        B & I       0
REMARKS:  Broadcast and thoroughly incorporate all non-fumigant nematicides.
Use Nemacur or fumigant if nematode populations are at problem levels (See
Plant Disease Note 46).  Where the root knot species is M. arenaria or M.
javanica use of fumigant is preferred.
_______________________________________________________________________________
B & I - Broadcast and incorporate
2  Not labeled for control of this nematode species
R  Some or all uses of this product are restricted
                   TOBACCO FIELD NEMATODE CONTROL (cont)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                          Rootknot Control             Waiting
                         Rate/ac       Southern       Peanut    Method  Period
NEMATICIDE             (48-in row)   (M.incognita) (M.arenaria)  (1)     (days)
_______________________________________________________________________________
   R NEMACUR-
       DASANIT 2-4SC     1-1.5 gal   Good+         Good-        B & I      0
   R NEMACUR-
       DASANIT 5-10G     40-60 lb    Good+         Good-        B & I      0
   R NEMACUR 3           1-1 1/3 gal 
       Plus                          Good+         Good-        B & I      0
   R FURADAN 4F          1 gal

REMARKS:  Broadcast and thoroughly incorporate all non-fumigant nematicides.
Use Nemacur or fumigant if nematode populations are at problem levels (See
Plant Disease Note 46).  Where the root knot species is M. arenaria or M. 
javanica use of fumigant is preferred.
_______________________________________________________________________________
B & I - Broadcast and incorporate
R  Some or all uses of this product are restricted
                   TOBACCO FIELD NEMATODE CONTROL (cont)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                          Rootknot Control             Waiting
                         Rate/ac       Southern       Peanut    Method  Period
NEMATICIDE             (48-in row)   (M.incognita) (M.arenaria)  (1)     (days)
_______________________________________________________________________________
   R NEMACUR 3           1 gal
       Plus                          Good          Poor         B & I       0
   R MOCAP 6EC           1 gal
   R NEMACUR 3           1-1 2/3 gal  
       Plus                          Good          Poor         B & I       0
     LORSBAN             2 qt        

REMARKS:  Broadcast and thoroughly incorporate all non-fumigant nematicides.  
Use Nemacur or fumigant if nematode populations are at problem levels (See
Plant Disease Note 46).  Where the root knot species is M. arenaria or M. 
javanica use of fumigant is preferred.
_______________________________________________________________________________
B & I - Broadcast and incorporate
R  Some or all uses of this product are restricted

                   TOBACCO FIELD NEMATODE CONTROL (cont)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                          Rootknot Control             Waiting
                         Rate/ac       Southern       Peanut    Method  Period
NEMATICIDE             (48-in row)   (M.incognita) (M.arenaria)  (1)     (days)
_______________________________________________________________________________
  R VYDATE L2EC          1-3 gal     Good          Fair         B & I       0
  R VYDATE L2EC          1.5 pt      Fair          Poor         TPW         0
_______________________________________________________________________________

REMARKS:  Broadcast and thoroughly incorporate all non-fumigant nematicides.  
Use Nemacur or fumigant if nematode populations are at problem levels (See
Plant Disease Note 46).  Where the root knot species is M. arenaria or M. 
javanica use of fumigant is preferred.
_______________________________________________________________________________
B & I - Broadcast and incorporate; TPW - Transplant water
R  Some or all uses of this product are restricted
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO FIELD DISEASE CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         TOBACCO FIELD DISEASE CONTROL
                   R. W. Miller, Extension Plant Pathologist

_______________________________________________________________________________
DISEASE           PESTICIDE       PRODUCT/AC         METHOD OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
Black shank,      Fumigants:
Phytophthora       TELONE C-17    10 1/2 gal         Gravity flow-disc hillers
nicotinae          CHLORO-0-PIC   3.0 gal            Special equipment, consult
f. parasitica                                         label, see remarks


REMARKS: Black shank is controlled by using a combination of rotation,
resistant varieties and chemical control.  If the disease pressure is high
(more than 6%) and the rotation is less than 4 years or if the disease
pressure is moderate (1 to 6%) and the rotation is less than 3 years or if the
disease pressure is low (less than 1%) and no rotation, use ether the
fumigants or Ridomil plus nematicides.  For nematicides see Tobacco Field
Nematode Control.
                     TOBACCO FIELD DISEASE CONTROL (cont)

_______________________________________________________________________________
DISEASE           PESTICIDE       PRODUCT/AC         METHOD OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
Black shank,      Nonfumigant:
Phythophthora     metalaxyl
nicotinae           RIDOMIL 2E
f. parasitica                     4 qt               Broadcast and incorporate/
                                   or                No rotation/
                                  2 qt + 1 qt        See remarks
                    
                    RIDOMIL 2E
                                  3 qt               Broadcast and incorporate/
                                   or                2 yr rotation/
                                  2 qt + 1 qt        See remarks 

REMARKS:  Do not rely on Ridomil alone for Black shank control.  In addition to
rotation use varietal resistance.  In the non-fumigant recommendation above
the first suggested rate is as preplant incorporation only.  The second is for
preplant and at layby.  For layby application  use 2 drop nozzles per row
directed at sides of bed.
                     TOBACCO FIELD DISEASE CONTROL (cont)

_______________________________________________________________________________
DISEASE           PESTICIDE       PRODUCT/AC         METHOD OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
Black shank,      Nonfumigant:
Phythophthora,    metalaxyl
Nicotinae  
F. parasitica     RIDOMIL 2E
                                  2 qt               Broadcast and incorporate/
                                   or                3 yr or more rotation    /
                                  1 qt + 1 qt        See remarks

REMARKS:  Do not rely on Ridomil alone for Black shank control.  In addition to
rotation use varietal resistance.  In the non-fumigant recommendation above
the first suggested rate is as preplant incorporation only.  The second is for
preplant and at layby.  For layby application  use 2 drop nozzles per row
directed at sides of bed.
                     TOBACCO FIELD DISEASE CONTROL (cont)

_______________________________________________________________________________
DISEASE           PESTICIDE       PRODUCT/AC    AI/AC       SPECIAL LABELS
_______________________________________________________________________________
Blue mold         metalaxyl
Peronospora         RIDOMIL 2E    1-2 qt        0.5-1.0lb
tabacina 

                  REMARKS:  Broadcast and incorporate 2-4 in deep at or before
                  transplanting.  Excellent season-long control.  Ridomil
                  applied as for black shank control will systemically protect
                  from late blue mold.  Do not apply to foliage or to
                  transplant as injury may occur.
                    TOBACCO FIELD DISEASE CONTROL (cont)

_______________________________________________________________________________
DISEASE           PESTICIDE       PRODUCT/AC    AI/AC       SPECIAL LABELS
_______________________________________________________________________________
Blue mold,
Peronospora
tabacina (cont)

Foliar            maneb
treatments:         MANEX 37F     1.4-2.5 qt    1.4-2.5 lb
                    DITHANE F2    1.4-3.2 qt    1.4-3.2 lb
                    DITHANE M-22  2.25-4.0 lb   1.7-3.2 lb
                    MANEB 4L      1.4-3.2 qt    1.4-3.2 lb
                  mancozeb
                    MANZATE 200F  0.8-1.3 qt    0.8-1.3 lb
                    DITHANE M-45  1.5-2.0 lb    1.2-1.6 lb      SLN-SL 800 006

REMARKS:  Apply in sufficient water with drops as necessary for adequate cover-
age.  Repeat as necessary to maintain control.  Generally 2-3 week intervals or
1 inch of rain will indicate that reapplication is necessary.  When plants 
are rapidly growing decrease interval to protect new leaves.  Protective only.
                     TOBACCO FIELD DISEASE CONTROL (cont)

_______________________________________________________________________________
DISEASE           PESTICIDE       PRODUCT/AC    AI/AC       SPECIAL LABELS
_______________________________________________________________________________
Brown spot,       Maneb
Alternaria          MANEX         1.4-2.5 qt    1.4-2.5 lb
alternata           DITHANE F2    1.4-3.2 qt    1.4-3.2 lb
                    DITHANE M22   2.25-4.0 lb   1.7-3.2 lb
                    MANEB 4L      1.4-3.2 qt    1.4-3.2 lb
                  Mancozeb
                    MANZATE       0.8-1.3 qt    0.8-1.3 lb
                    DITHANE M45   1.5-20.0 lb   1.2-1.6 lb

REMARKS:  The use of fungicides for brown spot control is not recommended.  
Select varieties tolerant to the diseasse.  Avoid excessive nitrogen.  Increase
pruning rate when disease appears.  If necessary fungicides above applied as 
for field blue mold control will reduce spread.  Thorough coverage is
essential.
                     TOBACCO FIELD DISEASE CONTROL (cont)

_______________________________________________________________________________
DISEASE          PESTICIDE        PRODUCT/AC    AI/AC       SPECIAL LABELS
_______________________________________________________________________________
Granville wilt,  Dichloropropene &
Pseudomonae       chloropicrin
solanacearum       R TELONE C-17   10.5 gal     82.4 &
                                                18.4 lb
                 chlorpicrin
                   R CHLOR-0-PIC    3.0 gal      41.4 lb

REMARKS:  NO CHEMICAL IS REALLY EFFECTIVE.  ROTATION (3 YR) is essential along
with selection of resistant varieties and multipurpose fumigants indicated. 
Soybeans is preferred rotation crop.  Corn may be used as a rotation crop but
some strains of the causal bacterium can be maintained on corn roots.  Avoid
cutting roots during cultivation. 

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL ASPARAGUS WEED CONTROL                       
-DOC-
                       COMMERCIAL ASPARAGUS WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                 PRODUCT/AC/        RATE lb
WEEDS CONTROLLED        PESTICIDE                BROADCAST           AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses, some    diuron    
broadleaf weeds.          KARMEX 80wp            2 lb               1.6
                            
REMARKS:  Two applications may be used; first application is applied during 
the mo. before cutting; a second application is made immediately after 
harvest.  Rainfall is needed for incorporation.  Do not apply during first 
season. Estabished plantings only.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Bermudagrass            dalapon                 
                          DOWPON M98WP           15 lb              12.75
 
REMARKS:  Spot spray or use as directed.  Direct spray under ferns for grass 
emerging after harvest.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Annual and perennial    glyphosate              grass and broadleaf       
ROUNDUP 4SL            1 to 4 qt          1 to 4 weeds. 
 
REMARKS:  Apply to emerged weeds up to 1 wk before spear emergence or 
immediately after last cutting has removed all aboveground parts or as 
directed spray under mature ferns.
 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual and broadleaf    simazine
weeds.                   PRINCEP 80 WP           2.5 to 5.0 lb      2 to 4
 
REMARKS:  Apply once per year either before or after harvest.  Preharvest 
application should occur 3 days before harvest.  For established plantings 
only.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Annual and broadleaf    metribuzin 
weeds.                   SENCOR 75DF or          1 to 2 lb      .75 to 1.5
                         LEXONE 75DF
                               
REMARKS:  Split application; apply half before and half after harvest season.  
Do not apply within 14 days of harvest.  For established plantings only.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Broadleaf weeds.        2, 4-D
                         FORMULA 40            l.5 to 2 qts.    1.4 to 1.9   
 
REMARKS:  Apply in 60 gal water per acre.  Apply immediately after cutting.  
No more than 2 applications/year and 1 month apart. For established plantings 
only.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses and      napropamide
broadleaf weeds.          DEVRINOL 50 WP        8 lb             4.0
 
REMARKS:  Incorporate 1 to 2 inches the same day applied.  May be split 
applied before and after harvest.  For established plantings only.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses and      terbacil
broadleaf weeds.          SINBAR 80WP        1.5-3.0 lb      1.2 - 2.4
 
REMARKS:  Split application; apply half before and half after harvest season.  
Apply after harvest season after clean cutting field.  Do not harvest within 5 
days after application.  For established plantings only.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  - - - -  - - - - - -  - - - - - - -  - - 
Annual grasses and      trifluralin
broadleaf weeds.          TREFLAN EC         1 - 4 pt        .5 - 2.0
 
REMARKS:  Can be applied single or split applied before spear emergence and 
ferning.  Use higher rates on fine textured soils; lower rates on coarse.  For 
established plantings.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL BEAN WEED CONTROL*                         
-DOC-
                         COMMERCIAL BEAN WEED CONTROL*
                     W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                    Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                
WEEDS CONTROLLED        PESTICIDE                PRODUCT/AC/         RATE lb
                                                 BROADCAST            AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
Nutsedge suppression,                          
some annual grasses         EPTC                           
and broadleaf weeds.        EPTAM 7E            2 1/4 pt              2
                            GENEP 7EC          
 
REMARKS:  Do not cover more than 4 in deep. Bed over rate is 1/2 the broadcast 
rate. Snap and pole beans only.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Control of yellow       bentazon               
nutsedge; cocklebur       BASAGRAN 4SC          3/4 to 1 qt         0.75 to
and certain other                                                   1.0
broadleaf weeds.
REMARKS:  Apply early postemergence when weeds are small.  Do not apply 
Basagran to beans until first trifoliate leaf is fully expanded.  Some 
temporary injury is likely to occur.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses and      metolachlor             1.25 to 2.5 p1      1.25 to
some broadleaf weeds.     DUAL 8E                                   2.5
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant incorporated or surface apply after planting.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses, some    trifluralin            
broadleaf weeds.          TREFLAN 4EC           1 to 1 1/2 pt       0.5 to                    
                                                                    0.75
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate immediately.  Use high rate on heavy 
soils.
_______________________________________________________________________________
*Beans - snap, pole and lima.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL BEAN INSECT CONTROL                         
-DOC-

                         COMMERCIAL BEAN INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist

BEANS--SNAP, POLE, LIMA: INSECT:  MEXICAN BEAN BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
R methomyl LANNATE, NUDRIN   0.45        1      Apply on foliage as needed.
R PENNCAP-M                  0.5        15      Do not apply during bloom to 
                                                avoid killing honeybees.
  phorate THIMET G           1.0        60      Apply in furrow at planting.
                                                Do not place in direct contact 
                                                with seed. 
R disulfoton DI-SYSTON G     1.5                Apply in furrow at planting. Do
                                                not apply more than once/season.
  malathion                  1.2         1      Apply on foliage as needed.
  carbaryl SEVIN             0.5-1.0     1      Apply on foliage.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  MEXICAN BEAN BEETLE (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         3      Do not make more than three 
                                                applications/season. Do not use
                                                on lima beans.
  acephate ORTHENE 75S       0.5-1.0    14      Apply on foliage.


R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.05-0.1   3       Snap beans only.  Do not graze
                                                livestock or feed forage or hay.
                                                Do not exceed 0.8 lb ai/ac/ 
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  BEAN LEAF BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                
  carbaryl SEVIN             0.5-1.0     1      Apply on foliage as needed.
  acephate ORTHENE 75S       0.5-1.0    14      Apply on foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE, NUDRIN   0.38-0.45   1      For dry beans do not apply 
                                                within 25 days of harvest.
  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0         1      Apply as needed.
R PENNCAP-M                  1.0        15      Do not apply during bloom to
                                                avoid killing honeybees.
  acephate ORTHENE 75S       0.75-1.0   14      Apply as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Snap beans only. Do not graze
                                                livestock or feed forage or hay.
                                                Do not exceed 0.8 lb ai/ac/
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LIMA BEAN POD BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             2.0         1      On foliage when pods begin to
                                                form and at 10-day intervals.
R parathion                  0.25-0.5   15      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  BEAN LEAF ROLLER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R azinphosmethyl GUTHION     0.25-0.5  7(SNAP)  Apply on foliage as needed.
                                       30(dry)
R parathion                  0.25-0.5   15
  acephate ORTHENE 75S       0.5-1.0    14      Apply on foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LEAF MINER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  dimethoate CYGON           0.33        0      Apply on foliage as needed.
R azinphosmethyl GUTHION     0.5       7(snap)  Apply on foliage as needed.
                                       30(dry)
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  COWPEA CURCULIO
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0 lb      3      Snap beans only. Apply when 
                                                first damage or adults are
                                                noticed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  THRIPS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
  
  dimethoate CYGON           0.25-0.5    0      Do not feed treated vines.
R parathion                  0.25-0.37  15      Apply on foliage as needed.
R phorate THIMET G           1.0        60      Apply in furrow at planting.
                                                Do not place in direct contact
                                                with seed.
R disulfoton DI-SYSTON G     1.5        60      Apply in furrow at planting. Do
                                                not apply more than once/ 
                                                season.
  acephate ORTHENE 75S       0.5-1.0    14      Apply on foliage as needed.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LESSER CORNSTALK BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

Planting as early as possible and clean cultivation before planting are 
probably the best controls.  Insecticides are erratic at times.  The following 
insecticide may be used if damaging infestations are present.

  diazinon G                 2.0                Apply in a 6-in band.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________

PREPLANT TREATMENT - diazinon 1.5-2.0 lb/ac broadcast.
                   - Broadcast and work into soil before planting.

POSTPLANT - trichlorfon (DYLOX, PROXOL): Spray 1.0 lb ai/ac to lower part of 
            plant and soil around base.  Do not apply within 14 days of harvest.
          - Dylox bait 5% - Apply 30 lb/ac.  Do not apply within 14 days of 
            harvest.  Do not feed treated vines to meat or dairy animals.
          - acephate ORTHENE 75S: Spray lower part of plant and soil around
            base with 1 lb ai/ac.  Do not apply within 14 days of harvest.
          - R fenvalerate PYDRIN:  Apply 0.1-0.2 lb ai/ac as a seedling spray 
            for snap beans only.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LOOPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45-0.9    3      Apply on foliage as needed.
  acephate ORTHENE           0.5-1.0    14      Apply on foliage as needed.
  Bacillus thuringiensis*    0.5-1.0     0      Apply on foliage as needed.

*Trade names for Bacillus thuringiensis include Dipel, Thuricide, Bactur, Sok- 
Bt, and Bactospeine.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  STINK BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         3      Do not apply more than three
                                                times/season.  Do not use on
                                                lima beans.
R parathion                  0.5        15      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SPIDER MITE
_______________________________________________________________________________

R demeton SYSTOX             0.37-0.50  21      Mostly a problem in home 
                                                gardens.  Apply when damage is
                                                found.
________________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  PLANT BUGS (LYGUS)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  acephate ORTHENE 75S       0.5-1.0    14      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  VELVETBEAN CATERPILLAR
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Snap beans only.  Do not graze
                                                livestock or feed forage or 
                                                hay.  Do not exceed 0.8 lb
                                                ai/ac/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  PEA APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                     MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Snap beans only.  Do not graze
                                                livestock or feed forage or 
                                                hay.  Do not exceed 0.8 lb
                                                ai/ac/season.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL BROCCOLI INSECT CONTROl                       
-DOC-

                       COMMERCIAL BROCCOLI INSECT CONTROl
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist

INSECT:  APHID
________________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
R methamidophos MONITOR      0.5-1.0    35      Use 0.5 lb as a preventive pro-
                                                gram at 7-day intervals.  Use
                                                1.0 lb as a cleanup of existing
                                                populations.
R demeton SYSTOX             0.5        21      On foliage when aphids appear.
                                                Repeat weekly as needed.
  diazinon                   1.0         7      When aphids appear.  Repeat 
                                                weekly as needed.
  metasystox-R               0.35-0.5    7      Do not apply more than three
                                                times/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  APHID (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.3-0.5     1      When aphids appear.  Repeat
                                                weekly as needed.
  dibrom NALED               1.0         1      On foliage when aphids appear.
R disulfoton DI-SYSTON G     1.0        42      In furrow at planting or side-
                                                dressing after plants emerge.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT: ROOT MAGGOT
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
  chlorpyrifos LORSBAN 15G   4.6-9.2 oz/        Apply in a 4-in band ahead of
                           1,000 row ft         planter shoe, in front of press
                                                wheel.  (Direct seeded.)
               LORSBAN 4E  1.6-2.75 fl  30      For transplanted crops apply
                           oz/1,000 row         Lorsban 4E as soil drench 
                           ft                   immediately after setting.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE  - HARLEQUIN BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         7      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  MOLE CRICKET
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  diazinon                   2.0-4.0     7      Broadcast before planting.
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSECT:  CATERPILLAR - INCLUDING DIAMOND BACK, IMPORTED AND CROSS-STRIPED
                       CABBAGEWORM, LOOPER AND OTHERS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methamidophos              0.5-1.0    35      Use 0.5 lb/ac as a preventive
  MONITOR EC                                    program at 7-day intervals. Use
                                                1.0 lb/ac as a cleanup of 
                                                existing populations.
R methomyl LANNATE, NUDRIN   0.45-0.9    3      When insects appear. Use 0.9 lb
                                                rate for loopers only.
R methomyl + Bacillus        0.45+0.5    3      When insects appear. 
  thuringiensis*                                
  Bacillus thuringiensis*    0.5-1.0     0      Apply when insects appear.  
                                                Repeat every 7 days.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  CATERPILLAR  (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        10      Apply when insects appear.
                                                Repeat application every 7 
                                                days.  Parathion is not 
                                                effective at low temperatures.
                                                If maximum daily temperature
                                                below 70oF persists after
                                                application, do not harvest for
                                                17 days.
  endosulfan + Bacillus      1.0+0.5     7      On foliage when worms appear.
  thuringiensis*
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         7      On foliage when worms appear.
                                                Repeat at 7-day intervals.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  CATERPILLAR  (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.05-0.2    3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed 1.6 lb ai/ac/season.
R permethrin AMBUSH, POUNCE  0.05.0.1    1      Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/
                                                season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .4 lb
                                                ai. per acre per season.

*Trade names for Bacillus thuringiensis include Dipel, Thuricide, Bactur, Sok- 
Bt, and Bactospeine.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________

PREPLANT TREATMENT - diazinon 1.5-2.0 lb/ac 
                   - Broadcast and work into soil before planting.
POSTPLANT - Dylox - 1 lb active/ac.  Spray lower portion of plant and soil 
            around base.  Do not apply within 21 days of harvest.
          - Dylox 5% bait - 20 lb/ac.  Do not apply within 21 days of harvest.
          - R fenvalerate PYDRIN - 0.1-0.2 lb ai/ac sprayed on lower part of 
            plant as needed.
          - R esfenvalerate ASANA - Apply .025-.05 lb ai/ac.  Repeat as neces-
            sary to maintain control.  Do not exceed .4 lb ai. per acre per 
            season.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL CABBAGE WEED CONTROL                       
-DOC-
                       COMMERCIAL CABBAGE WEED CONTROL
                     W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                    Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                             PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED        PESTICIDE            BROADCAST        RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses, some    trifluralin         
broadleaf weeds.          TREFLAN 4EC        1 to 1 1/2 pt        0.5 to 0.75
 
REMARKS:  Apply before planting and incorporate immediately.  Use high rate 
on heavy soil.  Transplanted or direct seeded cabbage.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Annual grasses and      DCPA               
some small-seeded         DACTHAL 75 WP      10.75.to 13.5 lb.    8 to 10        
broadleaf weeds.
REMARKS:  Apply to soil surface just after seeding or transplanting.  May be 
applied over top of transplants.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  -
Annual grasses and      napropamide
some broadleaf weeds.     DEVRINOL 50 WP      2 to 4 lb           1 to 2
 
REMARKS:  Apply to weed free surface.  Sprinkle irrigate within 24 hours. 
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL CABBAGE INSECT CONTROL                        
-DOC-

                        COMMERCIAL CABBAGE INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
________________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methamidophos MONITOR      0.5-1.0    35      Use 0.5 lb as a preventive pro-
                                                gram at 7-day intervals.  Use
                                                1.0 lb as a cleanup of existing
                                                populations.
R demeton SYSTOX             0.5        21      On foliage when aphids appear.
                                                Repeat weekly as needed.
  diazinon                   1.0         7      When aphids appear.  Repeat 
                                                weekly as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID (cont)
________________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  metasystox-R               0.35-0.5    7      Do not apply more than three
                                                times/season.

R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.3-0.5     1      When aphids appear.  Repeat
                                                weekly as needed.
  dibrom NALED               1.0         1      On foliage when aphids appear.
R disulfoton DI-SYSTON G     1.0        42      In furrow at planting or side-
                                                dressing after plants emerge.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT: ROOT MAGGOT
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
  chlorpyrifos LORSBAN 15G   4.6-9.2 oz/        Apply in a 4-in band ahead of
                           1,000 row ft         planter shoe, in front of press
                                                wheel.  (Direct seeded.)
               LORSBAN 4E  1.6-2.75 fl  30      For transplanted crops apply
                           oz/1,000 row         Lorsban 4E as soil drench 
                           ft                   immediately after setting.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE  - HARLEQUIN BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         7      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  MOLE CRICKET
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  diazinon                   2.0-4.0     7      Broadcast before planting.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CATERPILLAR - INCLUDING DIAMOND BACK, IMPORTED AND CROSS-STRIPED
                       CABBAGEWORM, LOOPER AND OTHERS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methamidophos              0.5-1.0    35      Use 0.5 lb/ac as a preventive
  MONITOR                                       program at 7-day intervals. Use
                                                1.0 lb/ac as a cleanup of 
                                                existing populations.
R methomyl LANNATE, NUDRIN   0.45-0.9    1      When insects appear. Use 0.9 lb
                                                rate for loopers only.
R methomyl + Bacillus        0.45+0.5    1      When insects appear.  
  thuringiensis*                                 
  Bacillus thuringiensis*    0.5-1.0     0      Apply when insects appear.  
                                                Repeat every 7 days.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  CATERPILLAR (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        10      Apply when insects appear.
                                                Repeat application every 7 
                                                days.  Parathion is not 
                                                effective at low temperatures.
                                                If maximum daily temperature
                                                below 70oF persists after
                                                application, do not harvest for
                                                17 days.
R PENNCAP-M                  1.0-1.5    21      Imported cabbageworm on cabbage
                                                only.
  endosulfan + Bacillus      1.0+0.5     7      On foliage when worms appear.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  CATERPILLAR (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
  thuringiensis*
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         7      On foliage when worms appear.
                                                Repeat at 7-day intervals.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.05-0.2    3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed 1.6 lb ai/ac/season.
R permethrin AMBUSH, POUNCE  0.05.0.1    1      Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/
                                                season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .4 lb
                                                ai. per acre per season.

*Trade names for Bacillus thuringiensis include Dipel, Thuricide, Bactur, Sok- 
Bt, and Bactospeine.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________

PREPLANT TREATMENT - diazinon 1.5-2.0 lb/ac broadcast
                   - Broadcast and work into soil before planting.
POSTPLANT - Dylox - 1 lb active/ac.  Spray lower portion of plant and soil 
            around base.  Do not apply within 21 days of harvest.
          - Dylox 5% bait - 20 lb/ac.  Do not apply within 21 days of harvest.
          - R fenvalerate PYDRIN - 0.1-0.2 lb ai/ac sprayed on lower part of 
            plant as needed.
          - R esfenvalerate ASANA - Apply .025-.05 lb ai/ac - Repeat as neces-
            sary to maintain control.  Do not exceed .4 lb ai. per acre per 
            season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL CANTALOUPE WEED CONTROL                      
-DOC-
                      COMMERCIAL CANTALOUPE WEED CONTROL
                     W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                    Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                            PRODUCT /AC/ 
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE        BROADCAST          RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
Most annual grasses,       bensulide       
but weak on broadleaf        PREFAR 4E      5 to 6 qt             5 to 6
weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate 1-2 in-deep immediately.  Follow 
label regarding succession crops.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Annual grasses, broad-     bensulide +     
leaf weeds.                naptalam
                            PREFAR 4E +     4 to 6 qt + 6 qt       4 to 6 + 3
                            ALANAP 2E
REMARKS:  Mix the materials in the tank and apply preplant.  Incorporate 1/2 
to 1 in-deep.  Band application has shown effective results.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
________________________________________________________________________________
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL CANTALOUPE INSECT CONTROL                      
-DOC-

                      COMMERCIAL CANTALOUPE INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.3-0.5     7      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
  diazinon                   0.5         3      On foliage as needed.
  dimethoate CYGON           0.5         3      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  PICKLEWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45-0.9    3      On foliage when worms appear.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         1      On foliage when 
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.
R permethrin AMBUSH-POUNCE   0.1-0.2     1      Do not exceed 1.6 lb ai/ac/yr.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT: LEAF MINER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R azinphosmethyl             0.38-0.5    6      Apply as needed.  Use no more
    GUTHION EC-WP                               than four applications/season.
R parathion                  0.5         7      On foliage as needed.  Do not
                                                apply parathion before vining.
R dimecron PHOSPHAMIDON      0.5         1      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUCUMBER BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      On foliage as needed.
  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac.
R permethrin AMBUSH-POUNCE   0.1-0.2     1      Do not exceed 1.6 lb ai/ac/yr.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SQUASH BEETLE - SQUASH BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.5         7      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.
R permethrin AMBUSH-POUNCE   0.1-0.2     1      Do not exceed 1.6 lb ai/ac/yr.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT: GRANULATE CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      Apply as needed.

_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  BEET ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  THRIPS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  dimethoate CYGON           0.5         3      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL CARROT WEED CONTROL                        
-DOC-
                        COMMERCIAL CARROT WEED CONTROL
                     W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                    Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST        RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________     
Annual broadleaf and       trifluralin      
grassy weeds.                TREFLAN 4EC     1 to 1 1/2 pt      0.75 to 1.5
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate immediately.  Use high rate on heavy 
soils.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Most annual grasses,        stoddard          
and some broadleaf weeds.    solvent          75 to 100 gal
REMARKS:  Apply after plants become well estblished up to time roots begin
to form.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Some grasses and broad-     linuron            
leaf weeds.                   LOROX 50WP      1.5 to 3 lb        0.75 to 1.5 
 
REMARKS:  Postemergence application when carrots are 2 to 6 in tall.  May 
repeat but do not exceed 4 lb/ac.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL COLLARD INSECT CONTROL                       
-DOC-

                       COMMERCIAL COLLARD INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CATERPILLAR
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  Bacillus thuringiensis  Follow label.  0      On foliage every 7 days.
R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.5         7      On foliage when worms appear.
R parathion                  0.5        15      On foliage when worms appear.  
                                                It is not effective at low
                                                temperatures.  Do not harvest 
                                                for 17 days if maximum daily
                                                temperature is below 70oF after
                                                application.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  CATERPILLAR (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45       21      Do not apply when minimum daily
                                                temperatures are 50oF or lower.
                                                Do not apply to collards less 
                                                than 10 in tall or injury to 
                                                the crop may result. 5- to 7-
                                                day interval.  Fresh market 
                                                collards only.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      Apply as needed.  Do not feed
                                                treated crop to livestock.  Do 
                                                not exceed 0.8 lb ai/ac/season.
                                                Ground application only.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  diazinon                   1.0        10      On foliage when aphids appear.
                                                Repeat at weekly intervals if
                                                needed.
R parathion                  0.3-0.5    15      Parathion is not effective at 
                                                low temperatures.  If maximum
                                                daily temperatures below 70oF
                                                persist after application, wait
                                                17 days to harvest.
R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.5         7      On foliage as needed.
 dimethoate CYGON            0.25       14      On foliage as needed.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  HARLEQUIN BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0        14      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.75       21      On foliage as needed.
Also parathion and mevinphos 
as for caterpillars
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0        14      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      Apply as needed.  Do not feed
                                                treated crop to livestock.  Do
                                                not exceed 0.8 lb ai/ac/season.
                                                Ground application only.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  VEGETABLE WEEVIL
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        15      On foliage as needed. Parathion
                                                is not effective at low temper-
                                                atures.  If maximum daily 
                                                temperatures below 70oF persist
                                                after application, do not 
                                                harvest for 17 days.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT: GRASSHOPPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      Apply as needed.  Do not feed
                                                treated crop to livestock. Do 
                                                not exceed 0.8 lb ai/ac/season.
                                                Ground application only.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL SWEET CORN WEED CONTROL                      
-DOC-
                      COMMERCIAL SWEET CORN WEED CONTROL
                     W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                    Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST        RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
Most annual grasses,        butylate      
suppression of nutsedge       SUTAN + 6.7E    3 3/4 pt to         3 to 4                    SUTAN + PLUS
                              GENATE + 6.7E   4 3/4 pt
 
REMARKS:  Incorporate to a depth of 2 to 3 in by setting tandem disc 4 to 6 
in deep immediately after application.  Cross disc for best results.  Use 
higher rate on loam and clay soils.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Better control of broad-    butylate +       
leaf weeds than Sutan +     atrazine          3 3/4 pt + 1 qt     3 + 1
alone.                        SUTAN + PLUS
                              ATRAZINE 4L
REMARKS:  Read the label.  Do not plant tobacco or other sensitive crops 
the following year.  Incorporate same as Sutan + .
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Better control of broad-    SUTAN + plus
leaf weeds than Sutan +       PRINCEP 80W     3 3/4 pt +           3 + 2
alone.  Annual grasses,   
some broadleaf weeds.                                
 
REMARKS:  Read the label.  Do not plant tobacco or othr sensitive crops the 
following year.  Incorporate same as Sutan +.  Apply simazine preemergence.  
Simazine is more effective against fall panicum. 
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Broadleaf weeds and         simazine
some annual grasses.        PRINCEP  4L          2 qt                 2
                           
REMARKS:  DO NOT PLANT ANY CROP EXCEPT THOSE SPECIFIED ON LABEL UNTIL THE 
FOLLOWING YEAR.  Do not plant tobacco the following year.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Yellow nutsedge, cockle-    bentazon          
bur, and some other broad-    BASAGRAN        3/4 qt to 1 qt      0.5 to 0.75
leaf weeds.
REMARKS:  Postemergence treatment.  Follow weed chart on label.  May cuase leaf 
speckling.  A second application using same rate may be required with some 
weeds.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Broadleaf weeds             atrazine
and some annual grasses.      ATRAZINE 4L    2 1/2 lb              2
 
REMARKS:  Do not plant any crop except those specified on label until the 
following year.  Do not plant tobacco the following year.
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
*Atrazine now available in various trade names.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL SWEET CORN INSECT CONTROL                      
-DOC-

                      COMMERCIAL SWEET CORN INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM - FALL ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R PENNCAP-M                  0.5-1.0     3      Start at silking: repeat as
                                                needed--1 to 3-day interval. 
                                                Corn earworm only.  To avoid
                                                injury to honeybees do not 
                                                apply when bees are foraging.
R parathion                  0.25       12      Wet silks thoroughly at 1- to
                                                2-day intervals.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  CORN EARWORM - FALL ARMYWORM (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
  carbaryl SEVIN             1.5         0      Apply at pressure of 100-140 
                                                lb/ sq in on young plants; 
                                                direct spray into whorls of 
                                                plants. As soon as silks 
                                                appear, wet thoroughly at 1- 
                                                to 2-day intervals.  Apply at 
                                                least 25 gal water/ac.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     1      Do not exceed 2.0 lb ai/ac
                                                season.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  CORN EARWORM - FALL ARMYWORM (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45     0 ears    Apply at pressure of 100-140
                                      3 forage  lb/sq in on young plants; 
                                                direct spray into whorls of 
                                                plants.  As soon as silks ap-
                                                pear, wet silks thoroughly at
                                                1 to 2-day intervals.
R permethrin AMBUSH-POUNCE   0.1-0.2     1      Apply as needed.  Do not apply
                                                more than 1.2 lb ai/ac season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Do not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  EUROPEAN CORN BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion + methyl         0.38 +     12      Apply when borers start hatch- 
   parathion (6-3) EC     0.19 (1/2 pt)         ing and at 5-day intervals if
                                                necessary.
R PENNCAP-M                  0.5-1.0     3      Apply on a 1- to 2-day schedule 
                                                for lower rate.
  carbaryl SEVIN             1.5         0      Same as parathion.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45     0 ears    Same as parathion.
                                      3 forage
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  EUROPEAN CORN BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     1      Do not exceed 2.0 lb ai/ac 
                                                season.
R permethrin AMBUSH-POUNCE   0.1-0.2     1      Apply as needed.  Do not apply
                                                more than 1.2 lb ai/ac/season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Do not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CORN LEAF APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     1      Direct spray at aphid colonies.
                                                Aphids not contacted by the 
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      spray, such as in whorls and 
                                                leaf axils, may not be 
                                                adequately controlled.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45      0 ears   On foliage as needed.
                                       3 forage
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  ROOTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fonofos DYFONATE G         1.0                Preplant application 4 to 6-in
                                                band.
R parathion G                1.0                Apply in row or broadcast 
                                                before planting and immediately
                                                work into upper 3 in of soil.
R terbufos COUNTER G         1.0                Apply as a 7-in band or 
                                                directly in the seed furrow be-
                                                hind the planter shoe.
R fensulfothion DASANIT G    1.0                Preplant application 4 to 6-in
                                                band.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  ROOTWORM (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________


R phorate THIMET G           1.0                Apply in furrow at planting or
                                                broadcast before planting.
  chlorpyrifos LORSBAN  15G  1.0                Apply in 6 to 7-in band behind
                                                the planter shoe and in front 
                                                of the press wheel. Incorporate 
                                                1 in.
R carbofuran FURADAN 15 G    1.0                Apply in a 7-in band and incor-
                                                porate or drop into the furrow.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  WIREWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
R fonofos DYFONATE G         2.0                Preplant broadcast application.
R terbufos COUNTER G         1.0-2.0            Apply as a 7-in band or 
                                                directly in the seed furrow be-
                                                hind the planter shoe.
  chlorpyrifos LORSBAN       1.0                Apply granules in a 6 to 7-in
                                                band behind planter shoe and in
                                                front of press wheel. Incorpor-
                                                ate 2 in. Lorsban 4E can be 
                                                broadcast preplant. Incorporate
                                                liquid 2-4 in immediately.
R carbofuran FURADAN 15 G    1.0                Apply in a 7-in band and incor-
                                                porate or drop into furrow.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  diazinon                   1.5-2.0            Broadcast and work into soil
                                                before planting.
  chlorpyrifos LORSBAN       1.0        50      Apply granules in a 6 to 7-in
                                                band behind planter shoe and in
                                                front of press wheel. Incorpor-
                                                ate liquid 2-4 in immediately.
                                                Lorsban 4E can also be applied
                                                postemergence.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     1      Do not exceed 2.0 lb ai/ac/ 
                                                season.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  CUTWORM (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R permethrin AMBUSH-POUNCE   0.1-0.2     1      Do not apply more than 1.2 lb
                                                ai/ac/season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Do not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.23-0.45  0 ears  Apply as needed.
                                        3 forage
R carbofuran FURADAN 15 G    1.0                Apply in a 7-in band and incor-
                                                porate or drop into the furrow.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Do not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SEED-CORN MAGGOT
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  chlorpyrifos LORSBAN 15G   1.0        -       Apply directly behind the 
                                                planter shoe into the seed fur-
                                                row.
R fonofos DYFONATE G         0.75       -       Apply in a 6 to 8-in band ahead
                                                of press wheel.  Incorporate 
                                                1 in.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of the product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL CUCUMBER WEED CONTROL                        
-DOC-
                        COMMERCIAL CUCUMBER WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST        RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Annual grasses, weak on     bensulide        
broadleaf weeds.              PREFAR 4E       4 to 6 qt           4 to 6
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate 2-3 in. immediately.  Follow label 
regarding succession crops.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Annual grasses, broadleaf   bensulide +       
weeds.                      naptalam          
                              PREFAR 4E +     4 to 6 qt +         4 to 6
                              ALANAP 2E       6 qt                3
REMARKS:  Mix the materials in the tank and apply preplant.  Incorporate 1/2 to 
1 in.  Band application has shown effective results.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses, some        DCPA              10.75 to 13.5       8 to 10
broadleaf weeds.              DACTHAL W75     lb
 
REMARKS:  Layby.  Apply as directed spray at last cultivation.  Rainfall or 
irrigation is needed after treatment to ensure good results.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL CUCUMBER INSECT CONTROL                       
-DOC-

                       COMMERCIAL CUCUMBER INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
________________________________________________________________________________

CUCUMBERS - SLICING AND PICKLING      INSECT:  APHID
________________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  diazinon                   0.8-1.0     7      On foliage as needed.
R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.25-0.5    1      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.3-0.5    15      Do not apply parathion before
                                                vining.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5-1.0     1      On foliage as needed.
  malathion                  1.2         2      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  PICKLEWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45-0.9    3      On foliage when worms appear in
                                                blossom.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         1
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not 
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUCUMBER BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0         1      On foliage as needed.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45-0.9    3      On foliage as needed.
  malathion                  1.9         1      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Do not exceed 1.0 lb
                                                ai/ac/season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  THRIPS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        15      On foliage as needed.  Do not
                                                apply before vining.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LEAF MINER
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.3-0.5     7      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
  diazinon                   0.5         3      On foliage as needed.
  dimethoate CYGON           0.5         3      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PREPLANT TREATMENT - diazinon 1.5-2.0 lb/ac broadcast.  Broadcast and work into
                     soil before planting.

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Seeding spray for black 
                                                cutworms.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
                                                (Seedling spray)
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  GRANULATE CUTWORM:
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45-0.9    3      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  BEET ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45-0.9    3      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SQUASH VINE BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL EGGPLANT WEED CONTROL                       
-DOC-
                       COMMERCIAL EGGPLANT WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                             PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED        PESTICIDE            BROADCAST        RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and      DCPA               
some small-seeded         DACTHAL 75 WP      10.75.to            8 to 10        
broadleaf weeds.                             13.5 lb
 
REMARKS: Lay by. Apply as directed spray at last cultivation. Rainfall or 
irrigation is needed after treatment to insure good results.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  -
Annual grasses and      napropamide
some broadleaf weeds.     DEVRINOL 50 WP      2 to 4 lb           1 to 2
 
REMARKS: Apply preplant and incorporate. Use higher rate on heavy soil.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL EGGPLANT INSECT CONTROL                       
-DOC-

                       COMMERCIAL EGGPLANT INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHIDS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        15      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5         7      On foliage as needed.
R methomyl NUDRIN-LANNATE    0.23-0.9    5      For control of green peach 
                                                aphid.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R azinphosmethyl GUTHION     0.5         3      On foliage as needed. Do not
                                                apply after first fruit set.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5         7      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      On foliage as needed.
R permethrin AMBUSH-POUNCE   0.1-0.2     3      Apply as needed.  Do not apply
                                                more than 3.0 lb ai/ac/season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals 
                                                to achieve control.  Do not 
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per 
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SPIDER MITE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  ethion                     0.5         0      On foliage as needed
  fenbutatin-oxide VENDEX    1.0-2.0     3      Do not exceed six applications
                                                or 6 lb ai/ac/season.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  HORNWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5         7      On foliage as needed.
  carbaryl SEVIN             1.5         1      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0-2.0     0      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      On foliage as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals 
                                                to achieve control.  Do not 
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per 
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  EGGPLANT LACE BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  malathion                  2.0         3      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  COLORADO POTATO BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0         1      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5         1      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      On foliage as needed.
R permethrin
    AMBUSH-POUNCE            0.2         3      Apply as needed.  Do not apply
                                                more than 3.0 lb ai/ac/season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals 
                                                to achieve control.  Do not 
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per 
                                                season.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  EUROPEAN CORN BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      On foliage as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals 
                                                to achieve control.  Do not 
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per 
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL GREENS WEED CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         COMMERCIAL GREENS WEED CONTROL
                       W.P. Cook, Extension Horiculturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST        RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Annual grasses and some       trifluralin      
broadleaf weeds.              TREFLAN 4EC     1 to 1 1/2 pt       0.5 to 0.75
 
REMARKS:  Greens-turnips, collards, kale, mustard apply preplant and 
incorporate immediately.  Use high rate on heavy soils.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL GREENS INSECT CONTROL                        
-DOC-

                        COMMERCIAL GREENS INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

GREENS - TURNIPS GROWN FOR PROCESSING, KALE, MUSTARD, RUTABAGAS, BROCCOLI-RAAB
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  malathion                  1.2    10-turnips  On foliage when aphids appear.
                                 3-if tops not  Repeat weekly as needed.
                                 used for food
                                 7-mustard, kale
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID (cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        10      Parathion is not effective at 
                                                low temperatures.  If maximum
                                                daily temperature below 70oF
                                                persists after application. Do
                                                not harvest for 17 days.
R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.25-0.5    3      Not recommended for rutabagas.
  dimethoate CYGON           0.25       14      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSECT:  CATERPILLAR
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
  dibrom NALED               1.0         4      On foliage every 7 days.
                                   1-turnips
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.75       21      Use on turnips, kale, and 
                                                mustard only. One application/
                                                season.
  Bacillus thuringiensis*    Follow      0      Apply when worms are noticed.
                             label              Repeat in 7 days.
R methomyl NUDRIN-LANNATE    0.45-0.9   10      On foliage as needed.

Also parathion and mevinphos as for aphids.
*Trade names for Bacillus thuringiensis include: Dipel, Thuricide, Sok-Bt and
Bactospeine.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0        14      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.75       21      One application/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  HARLEQUIN BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0        14      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.5        15      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSECT:  STINK BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        15      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  VEGETABLE WEEVIL
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        10      Parathion is not effective at 
                                                low temperatures. If maximum
                                                daily temperature below 70 F
                                                persists after application, do
                                                not harvest for 17 days.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL LETTUCE INSECT CONTROL                       
-DOC-

                       COMMERCIAL LETTUCE INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
  diazinon                   0.5        10      On foliage when aphids appear.
                                                Repeat weekly as needed.
  malathion                  1.0-2.0    14
                                     7-head 
                                     lettuce
R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.5         2
R parathion                  0.5        21
                                     15-head
                                     lettuce
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  APHID (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R disulfoton DI-SYSTON G     1.0        60      Apply in furrow at planting.
  accphate ORTHENE 75S       0.5-1.0    21      Head lettuce only. Do not feed
                                                residue to livestock. Do not
                                                exceed 6 2/3 lb per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CATERPILLAR - CORN EARWORM, LOOPER, AND OTHERS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45       10      On foliage as needed.
  Bacillus thuringiensis*    Follow      0      On foliage as needed.
                             label.
R mevinphos-PHOSDRIN         0.5         2

*Trade names for Bacillus thuringiensis include: Dipel, Thuricide, Sok-Bt and
Bactospeine.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  CATERPILLAR - CORN EARWORM, LOOPER, AND OTHERS (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        21      Not effective at low 
                                     15-head    temperatures.
                                     lettuce
R permethrin                 0.1-0.2     1      Head lettuce only. Do not apply
    AMBUSH-POUNCE                               to leaf lettuce. Do not apply
                                                more than 15 applications/ 
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL OKRA WEED CONTROL                          
-DOC-
                          COMMERCIAL OKRA WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST          RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Annual grasses, some        trifluralin     
broadleaf weeds.              TREFLAN 4EC     1 to 1 1/2 pt       0.5 to 0.75
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate immediately.  Use high rate on heavy 
soils.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL OKRA INSECT CONTROL                         
-DOC-

                         COMMERCIAL OKRA INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  malathion                  0.9                On foliage as needed.  DO NOT
                                                APPLY WHILE PODS ARE ON PLANTS.
R parathion                  0.5        21      On foliage as needed.
R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.5         1      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             2.0         1      On foliage as needed.
R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.5         1      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  STINK BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        21      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL ONION WEED CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         COMMERCIAL ONION WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST        RATE lb AI/AC
______________________________________________________________________________
 
Annual grasses, some        DACTHAL W75       8 LB                6
broadleaf weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Apply after planting.  Rainfall or irrigation needed for 
incorporation.  For onions - green and dry bulb.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses and small    chloropropham    
seeded broadleaf weeds.       FURLOE 4EC      2 to 4 pt           2 to 4
REMARKS:  Apply preemergence and up to early loop for seeded onions.  May also 
be applied after onions have three or more true leaves and are 6 in. high.  
Direct spray to wet only lower 1 to 2 in. of onions.  Do not use high rate on 
sandy soils.  On much soils, use 6 to 8 qt/ac.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                            oxyfluorfen    
Small seeded to broadleaf     GOAL            0.6 qt              0.12
weeds such as pigweed and
purslane.
 
REMARKS:   Onions - dry bulb only:
For direct seeded onions, apply after two true leaves are fully 
developed.  On transplants, spray as soon after transplanting as possible.  
Injury may occur during cool wet weather.  Multiple treatments may be applied 
but total amount must not exceed 2.5 pt in one season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL ONION INSECT CONTROL                        
-DOC-

                        COMMERCIAL ONION INSECT CONTROL
                        R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist

INSECT:  THRIPS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
R PENNCAP-M                  0.5        15      Do not apply during bloom to
                                                avoid killing honeybees.
  diazinon                   0.5        10      On foliage of bulb crop every
                                                10-14 days.  On seed crop when
                                                heads first appear.  Repeat 
                                                every 7 days.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45    28-green   Apply as needed.  Do not exceed
                                      7-dry     two applications/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  THRIPS (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R azinphosmethyl GUTHION     0.5-0.75 7-green   Do not apply more than three
                                     28-dry     times/season.
R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.5         1      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  BEET ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                      MIN DAYS      
                              LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45     28-green  Apply as needed.  Do not exceed
                                       7-dry    two applications/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  ONION MAGGOT
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fensulfothion DASANIT 15G  1.0        -       Apply at planting.
  diazinon 14G               2.0-4.0    -       Broadcast just prior to 
                                                planting.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL SOUTHERN PEA WEED CONTROL                      
-DOC-
                      COMMERCIAL SOUTHERN PEA WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST          RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Annual grasses, some        trifluralin      
broadleaf weeds.              TREFLAN 4EC     1 to l l/2 pt       0.5 to 0.75
 
REMARKS:  Apply prelant and incorporate immediately.  Use high rate on heavy 
soils.
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses, some        metolachlor
broadleaf weeds.               DUAL           1.25 to 2.5 pts     1.25 to 2.5
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant incorporated or surface apply after planting.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO WEED CONTROL	                              
-DOC-
                              TOBACCO WEED CONTROL	
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist
                     R. E. Currin, III, Research Agronomist	 
	
TOBACCO - PLANT BEDS                    READ THE HERBICIDE LABEL BEFORE USE
_____________________________________________________________________________	
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
PESTICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_____________________________________________________________________________	
R DOW FUME,           98% ai                9.0 lb/100 sq yd       427.0	
  BROM-O-GAS, etc.

REMARKS: Hand application. Follow manufacturer's suggestions.	
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
R BROZONE,            68.6% ai              10.3 lb/100 sq yd      342.0
  BROM-0-SOL	

REMARKS: Machine application. Follow manufacturer's suggestions.	
Caution: Handle with care	
_____________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.	
TOBACCO - PLANT BEDS
_______________________________________________________________________________	
                                                    RECOMMENDED RATE
                                            FORMULATED                 
HERBICIDE          FORMULATION              PRODUCT/AC             AI (LB/AC)
_______________________________________________________________________________
ENIDE 90W          90% wettable powder      1.7 oz/100 sq yd       4.6

REMARKS:  Controls annual grasses and some broadleaf weeds.  Apply at  seeding.
Do  not  mix  with  other  chemicals before application.  Do not substitute for 
gassing beds.  
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL PEPPER WEED CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         COMMERCIAL PEPPER WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST       RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Most annual and perennial   Peppers-transp:
weeds.                      methyl bromide    various             240
                            (various trade
                            names)
 
REMARKS:  Inject into the soil 4 to 6 in. deep and cover with tarp immediately.  
Soil moisture should be near field capacity and soil temperature should be at 
F at treatment depth.  Allow 2 wk after application before seeding 
or transplanting.  If plastic tarp is removed, disking before planting will 
facilitiate aeration.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses, some        trifluralin       
broadleaf weeds.              TREFLAN 4EC     1 to 2 pt           0.5 to 1.0
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate immediately.  Use high rate on heavy 
soils.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses, most        diphenamid       
broadleaf weeds.              ENIDE 50W       8 lb                4
 
REMARKS:  Apply over top of transplants at or within 30 days after 
transplanting.  Irrigate if 0.5 in. rain does does not occur within 5-7 days.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses and         napropamide     
some broadleaf weeds.       DEVRINOL 50 WP   2 to 4 lb            1 to 2
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate.  Use higher rate on heavy soil.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses and some     DCPA            
broadleaf weeds.              DACTHAL 75W     8 to 10           10.75 to 13.5
 
REMARKS:  Lay by.  Apply as directed spray at last cultivation.  Rainfall or 
irrigation is needed after treatment to ensure good results.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL PEPPER INSECT CONTROL                        
-DOC-

                        COMMERCIAL PEPPER INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

PEPPERS - ALL KINDS         INSECT: APHIDS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      On foliage as needed.
  acephate ORTHENE 75S       1.0         7      Bell peppers only.
R parathion                  0.5        15      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5         1      On foliage as needed.
  dimethoate CYGON           0.3         0      Use as needed.  Bell peppers
                                                only.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  BEET ARMYWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      Begin when insects first 
                                                appear.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      Begin when insects first
                                                appear.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals
                                                to achieve control.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CABBAGE LOOPER
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      Begin when insects first 
                                                appear.
  acephate ORTHENE 75S       0.5-1.0     7      On foliage as needed.  Bell
                                                peppers only.
R permethrin                 0.1-0.2     3      Do not apply more than 1.6 lb
    AMBUSH-POUNCE                               ai/ac/season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals
                                                to achieve control.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  COLARADO POTATO BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0         1      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5         1      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      On foliage as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals
                                                to achieve control.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0-2.0     0      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      On foliage as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals
                                                to achieve control.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________

BAIT - 5% DYLOX bait at the rate of 20 lb bait/ac.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  EUROPEAN CORN BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  acephate ORTHENE 75S       1.0         7      Bell peppers only.
R carbofuran FURADAN 10G   0.5 lb form  21      Make first application 2-4 wk
                           500 row ft           after transplanting (sidedress
                           plus 0.7 lb          application).  Make second 
                           form./500 row        application 4-6 wk after first
                           ft                   application (sidedress appli-
                                                cation).
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  EUROPEAN CORN BORER (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R permethrin                 0.1-0.2     3      Do not apply more than 1.6 lb
    AMBUSH-POUNCE                               ai/ac/season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals
                                                to achieve control.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT: FLEA BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________

R azinphosmethyl GUTHION     0.5         3      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5-1.0     4      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      On foliage as needed.
R permethrin                 0.1-0.2     3      Do not apply more than 1.6 lb
   AMBUSH-POUNCE                                ai/ac/season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals
                                                to achieve control.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  HORNWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5-1.0     4      On foliage as needed.
  carbaryl SEVIN             1.5         1      On foliage as needed.
  acephate ORTHENE 75S       0.5-1.0     7      On foliage as needed.  Bell
                                                peppers only.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  PEPPER MAGGOT
_______________________________________________________________________________
  dimethoate CYGON           0.3         0      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5         1      On foliage as needed.
  malathion                  1.5         3      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  PEPPER WEEVIL
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R permethrin                 0.1-0.2     3      Apply as needed.  Do not exceed
   AMBUSH-POUNCE                                1.6 lb ai/ac/season.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      Apply as needed.  Do not exceed
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Begin application when insects 
                                                or their damage is observed and
                                                repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals
                                                to achieve control.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
                                                1.4 lb ai/ac/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SPIDER MITE
_______________________________________________________________________________

  ethion                     0.5         0      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL IRISH POTATO WEED CONTROL                     
-DOC-
                     COMMERCIAL IRISH POTATO WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST        RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Nutsedge suppression,       EPTC              Broadcast           1.5
annual grasses, some          EPTAM 7E        3 1/2 pt
broadleaf weeds.              GENEP 7E        Bed over
                                              1 3/4 pt
 
REMARKS:  Broadcast and incorporate immediately by bedding.  Bed over rate is  
one half of broadcast treatments.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses, some        diphenamid       
broadleaf weeds.              ENIDE 50WP      8 lb                4
REMARKS:  Apply preemergence at planting or immediately after planting.  Use 5-
lb rate on heavy soils.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses, small       linuron          
weeds.                        LOROX 50WP      2 lb                1
 
REMARKS:  Apply preemergence.  If emerged weeds are present, use 1 pt of 
surfactant for each 25 gal of mixture.  Irrigate if 1 in. of rain does not fall 
within 7-10 days.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Some annual grasses and     metribuzin       
broadleaf weeds.              SENCOR 50WP     1 to 2 lb           0.5 to l.0
                              LEXONE 4L       1 to 2 pt
                              LEXONE DF       2/3 to 1 1/3 lb
 
REMARKS:  Apply preemergence after planting or after drag-off.  Do not 
incorporate.  Use low rate on sandy soils.  Onions, lettuce, cole crops, and 
curcurbits may be injured the following year.
________________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL IRISH POTATO INSECT CONTROL                     
-DOC-

                     COMMERCIAL IRISH POTATO INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
R methamidophos MONITOR      0.5-1.0    14      Apply 7 to 10-day intervals.
R disulfoton DI-SYSTON G     2.0-3.0    75      Apply in furrow at planting or
                                                broadcast before planting.
R phorate THIMET G           2.0-3.0    90      Same as disulfoton.
R parathion                  0.3-0.5     5      On foliage as needed.
R aldicarb TEMIK G           2.0-3.0    90      Apply in furrow at planting.
  diazinon                   0.4-0.5    14      Apply weekly as needed.
R methomyl NUDRIN-LANNATE    0.45-0.9    6      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5-1.0     0      Apply weekly as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  POTATO LEAFHOPPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not graze live- 
                                                stock on treated vines.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT: COLORADO POTATO BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0         0      On foliage when eggs begin to 
                                                hatch.  Repeat as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5-1.0     0      Same as carbaryl.
R methamidophos MONITOR      0.5-1.0    14      Apply 7 to 10-day intervals.
R PENNCAP-M                  0.5-1.5     5      Apply as needed.
R disulfoton DI-SYSTON G     2.0-3.0    75      Apply in furrow at planting or
                                                broadcast before planting.
R phorate THIMET G           2.0-3.0    90      Same as disulfoton.
R aldicarb TEMIK G           2.0-3.0    90      Apply in furrow at planting.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT: COLORADO POTATO BEETLE (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      Repeat as necessary.  Do not 
                                                graze livestock on treated 
                                                vines.  Do not exceed 1.4 lb 
                                                ai/ac/season.
R permethrin                 0.1-0.2     7      Do not apply more than 2.4 lb
    AMBUSH-POUNCE                               ai/ac/season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not graze live- 
                                                stock on treated vines.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE ADULT
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             0.5-0.8     0      On foliage as needed.
R permethrin                 0.1-0.2     7      Do not apply more than 2.4 lb
    AMBUSH, POUNCE                              ai/ac/season.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5-1.0     0      Same as carbaryl.
R methamidophos MONITOR      0.5-1.0    14      Apply 7 to 10-day intervals.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        6      Apply as needed.
R disulfoton DI-SYSTON G     2.0-3.0    75      Apply in furrow at planting or
                                                broadcast before planting.
R aldicarb TEMIK G           3.0        90      Apply in furrow at planting.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE ADULT (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R phorate THIMET G           2.0-3.0    90      Apply in furrow at planting or
                                                broadcast before planting.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.05-0.1    7      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                graze livestock on treated 
                                                vines.  Do not exceed 1.4 lb
                                                ai/ac/season.
R PENNCAP-M                  0.5-1.0     5      On foliage as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not graze live- 
                                                stock on treated vines.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  TUBERWORM
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methamidophos MONITOR      0.5-1.0    14      Apply 7 to 10-day intervals.
R azinphosmethyl GUTHION     0.75        7      Thorough coverage necessary.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      Same as fenvalerate under Flea
                                                beetle.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45-0.9    6      Apply as needed.
R permethrin AMBUSH, POUNCE  0.1-0.2     7      Do not exceed 2.4 lb ai/ac/
                                                season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .0125-.025  7      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not graze live- 
                                                stock on treated vines.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  SOUTHERN POTATO WIREWORM
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
  diazinon                   2.0    Preplant    Broadcast on soil and immedi-
                                   application  ately work thoroughly into 
                                                upper 4-6 in of soil.  Do not
                                                apply after planting.
R disulfoton DI-SYSTON G     2.0-3.0    75      Apply in furrow at planting or
                                                broadcast before planting.
R phorate THIMET G           2.0-3.0    90      Same as disulfoton.
R fonofos DYFONATE G         2.0     Preplant   Broadcast on soil and immedi- 
                                                ately work thoroughly into 
                                                upper 4-6 in of soil.  Do not
                                                apply after planting.
R fensulfothion DASANIT G    2.0    Preplant    Broadcast on soil and work into
                                   application  3-4 in of soil.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  EUROPEAN CORN BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     7      Apply as needed.  See flea
                                                beetle for remarks.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    7      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not graze live- 
                                                stock on treated vines.  Do not
                                                exceed .35 lb ai per acre per
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL SWEET POTATO WEED CONTROL                      
-DOC-
                      COMMERCIAL SWEET POTATO WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST        RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Annual grasses, some        diphenamid       
broadleaf weeds.              ENIDE 50W       8 lb                4
 
REMARKS:  Apply over top of transplants at or within 30 days after 
transplanting.  Irrigate if 0.5 in. of rain does not occur within 5-7 days.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses and          chloramben       
and certain broadleaf         AMIBEN 2SL      2 gal               4
weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Apply immediately after transplanting.
________________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL SWEET POTATO INSECT CONTROL                      
-DOC-

                     COMMERCIAL SWEET POTATO INSECT CONTROL 
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                     
INSECT:  APHIDS, CUCUMBER BEETLES, FLEA BEETLES AND CATERPILLARS
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5         0      Apply on foliage as needed
                                                for control.
  parathion                  0.5        15 

  methyl parathion           0.75        5     
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  WIREWORM AND FLEA BEETLE LARVAE
_______________________________________________________________________________

      Lorsban 15G applied preplant incorporated at the rate of 2.0 lb ai/ac 
(13.5 lb formulation) followed by a root-swell over-the-top application of 
Diazinon 14G at 3 lb ai/ac (21 lb formulation) provides helpful control.  Over- 
all results may be variable depending on insect, pressure and environmental 
conditions.  Growers should avoid planting sweet potatoes in fields that have a 
high potential for soil insect problems or that have had a history of problems.
_______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL PUMPKIN WEED CONTROL                        
-DOC-
                        COMMERCIAL PUMPKIN WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST        RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Most annual grasses, but    bensulide         
weak on broadleaf weeds.      PREFAR 4E       5 to 6 qt           5 to 6
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate 1-2 in. deep immediately.  Follow 
label regarding succession crops.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses and          chloramben
selected broadleaf            AMIBEN          30 lb               3.0
weeds.                          GRANULAR
                              AMIBEN          6 qt
                              AMIBEN DS       3.6 lb
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL PUMPKIN INSECT CONTROL                       
-DOC-

                       COMMERCIAL PUMPKIN INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID:
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        10      Apply as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5-1.0     0      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  CUCUMBER BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
R parathion                  0.5        10      Apply as needed.
  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0         0      To avoid possible injury on 
                                                tender foliage, do not apply 
                                                when foliage is wet or when
                                                rain or excessive humidity is
                                                expected in the next 2 days.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac
                                                season.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5-1.0     0      Apply as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SQUASH BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        10      Apply as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed 1.o lb ai/ac/season.
R permethrin AMBUSH-POUNCE   0.2         1      Do not exceed 4 applications/
                                                yr.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SQUASH VINE BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        10      Apply as needed.  Apply weekly
                                                when moths first appear.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5-1.0     0      Apply as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/sea-
                                                son.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  PICKLEWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not 
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0         0      See remarks under cucumber 
                                                beetle.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  VARIEGATED CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  trichlorfon DYLOX          0.5-1.0     3      Do not apply more than three
                                                times/season.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/
                                                season.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        0.025-0.05  3      Do not exceed .25 lb ai/ac/
                                                season.
______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  MELONWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R permethrin AMBUSH-POUNCE   0.2         1      Do not exceed 4 applications/
                                                season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL SPINACH INSECT CONTROL                       
-DOC-

                       COMMERCIAL SPINACH INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R disulfoton
  DI-SYSTON 8           1.0 (6 fl oz/           Planting time application only.
                        1,000 row ft            Do not apply directly on seed.
  DI-SYSTON 15G         4 oz/1,000 row ft
  malathion                  1.2   10-turnips   On foliage when aphids appear.
                                 3-if tops not  Repeat weekly as needed.
                                 used for food
                               7-mustard, kale
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  APHID (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        10      Parathion is not effective at
                                                low temperatures.  If maximum
                                                daily temperature below 70 F
                                                persists after application.  Do
                                                not harvest for 17 days.
R mevinphos PHOSDRIN         0.25-0.5    3      Not recommended for rutabagas.
  dimethoate CYGON           0.25       14      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  VEGETABLE WEEVIL
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R PARATHION                  0.5        14      Apply as needed.
  rotenone                   0.5         1      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PREPLANT TREATMENT - diazinon 1.5-2.0 lb/ac broadcast.
                   - Broadcast and work into soil before planting.

R permethrin                 0.1         7      Do not apply more than 0.7 lb
   AMBUSH-POUNCE                                ai/ac/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CABBAGE LOOPER, CORN EARWORM, EUROPEAN CORN BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R permethrin                 0.1         7      Do not apply more than 0.7 lb
    AMBUSH-POUNCE                               ai/ac/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL SQUASH WEED CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         COMMERCIAL SQUASH WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticultuist
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST       RATE lb AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Annual grasses, weak on     bensulide
broadleaf weeds.               PREFAR 4E     5 to 6 qt           5 to 6
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate 2-3 in. immediately.  Follow label 
regarding succession crops.  Summer squash only.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses and          chloramben
selected broadleaf            AMIBEN          30 lb               3.0
weeds.                        GRANULAR
                              AMIBEN          6 qt
                              AMIBEN DS       3.6 lb
 
REMARKS:  Treat at planting or as soon as possible before weeds and crops 
emerge.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL SQUASH INSECT CONTROL                        
-DOC-

                        COMMERCIAL SQUASH INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      On foliage as needed.  Summer
                                                squash only.
  diazinon                   0.5         7      On foliage as needed.
                                 3-winter squash
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         1      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.3-0.5    15      On foliage as needed.
R oxydemeton-methyl
    METASYSTOX R             0.38-0.5   14      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT: CUCUMBER BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.3-0.5    15      On foliage as needed.
  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0         1      On foliage as needed.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      On foliage as needed.  Summer
                                                squash only.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         1      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.
                                                Do not apply on zucchini as 
                                                injury may occur.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05     3     Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb 
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SQUASH VINE BORER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        15      Apply as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         1      Apply weekly when moths first
                                                appear.  
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.
                                                Do not apply on zucchini as 
                                                injury may occur.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05     3     Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb 
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  PICKLEWORM
______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         1      On foliage as needed.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        3      Summer squash only.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr. Do not
                                                apply on zucchini as injury may
                                                occur.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05     3     Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb 
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SQUASH BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        15      Apply as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0-2.0     1      Apply as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not 
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.  Do not
                                                apply on zucchini as injury may
                                                occur. 
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05     3     Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb 
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
________________________________________________________________________________

PREPLANT TREATMENT - diazinon 1.5-2.0 lb/ac broadcast.  Broadcast and work
                     into soil before planting.

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not 
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.  Do not
                                                apply on zucchini as injury may
                                                occur. Postemergence treatment.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05     3     Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb 
                                                ai per acre per season.
                                                (Seedling spray).
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL TOMATO WEED CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         COMMERCIAL TOMATO WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST           RATE AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Most annual and            
perennial weeds.            methylbromide     various             240
                            (various trade
                            names)
 
REMARKS: Transplant tomatoes only. Inject into soil 4-6 in. deep and cover with tarp immediately.  Soil 
F at 
treatment depth.  Allow 2 wk after application before seeding or transplanting.  
If plastic tarp is removed, disking before planting will facilitate aeration.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses and          napropamide     
some broadleaf weeds.        DEVRINOL 50 WP   2 to 4 lb           1 to 2
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate.  May be applied as surface 
application between rows of plastic mulch and irrigated if rainfall does not 
occur in 24 hr.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -                 
Nutsedge suppression.       pebulate        
Annual grasses, some          TILLAM 6E       2/3 gal             4
broadleaf weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Apply in rows and bed on 7 days before transplanting.  Incorporate 
within 15 min. of application.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses, some        trifluralin      
broadleaf weeds.              TREFLAN 4EC     1 to 2 pt           0.5 to l.0
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate immediately.  May be applied and 
incorporated from 10 wk up to transplanting.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Annual grasses, some        diphenamid      
broadleaf weeds.              ENIDE 50W       8 lb                4
REMARKS:  Apply over top at or within 30 days after transplanting.  Irrigate if 
0.5 in. rain does not occur within 5-7 days.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Broadleaf weeds.  Will      metribuzin       
slow growth of some           SENCOR 50WP     1 lb                0.5
grasses.                      LEXONE 4L       1 pt
                              LEXONE 75DF     2/3 lb
 
REMARKS:  Apply to middles between rows of plastic mulch or apply at layby - 
use a directed spray at last cultivation.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Annual grasses, some       
broadleaf weeds.            diphenamid      
                              ENIDE 50W       8 lb                4
 
REMARKS:  For direct seeded tomatoes apply preemergence after seeding or to
plants within 1 mo. after seeding.  Irrigate if 0.5 in. of rain does not occur
within 5-7 days.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL TOMATO INSECT CONTROL                        
-DOC-

                        COMMERCIAL TOMATO INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        1      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.5        10      On foliage as needed.
  diazinon                   0.25        1      On foliage as needed.
  disulfoton DI-SYSTON 15G   2.0-3.0    30      Soil application to furrow at
                                                planting.
  endosulfan THIODAN         0.5         1      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  COLORADO POTATO BEETLE - FLEA BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN             1.0         1      On foliage as needed.
R azinphosmethyl GUTHION     0.38        0      On foliage as needed.
R disulfoton DI-SYSTON 15G   2.0-3.0    30      Soil application to furrow at
                                                planting.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     1      Some bleaching or spotting may
                                                occur on foliage of young 
                                                plants.  This does not affect 
                                                yield or fruit quality.
R PENNCAP-M                  1.0        15      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  COLORADO POTATO BEETLE - FLEA BEETLE (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not feed or graze
                                                livestock on treated vines.  Do
                                                not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  dylox 5% bait              1.0        28      Apply as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     1      Do not exceed 2.0 lb ai/ac/yr.
                                                Some bleaching or spotting may
                                                occur on foliage of young 
                                                plants.  This does not affect
                                                yield or fruit quality.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        1      Apply as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not feed or graze
                                                livestock on treated vines.  Do
                                                not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  TOMATO PINWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
R azinphosmethyl GUTHION     0.75-1.0    0      When using rates higher than 
                                                0.75 lb ai/ac, the waiting
                                                period before harvest is 14
                                                days.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN +  0.25+0.5    1      Methomyl + Bt should be used
    Bacillus thuringiensis*                     when leafminers have been a
                                                problem (less toxic to para-
                                                site of leafminer).
_______________________________________________________________________________
*Trade names for Bacillus thuringiensis include: Dipel, Thuricide, Sok-BT, 
Bactur, and Bactospeine.

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  TOMATO PINWORM (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R PENNCAP-M                  1.0        15      Apply as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     1      Some bleaching or spotting may
                                                occur on foliage of young 
                                                plants.  This does not affect
                                                yield or fruit quality.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not feed or graze
                                                livestock on treated vines.  Do
                                                not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FRUITWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  carbaryl SEVIN +           1.0+0.5     1      Apply as needed.
    Bacillus thuringiensis*
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN +  0.23+0.5    1      Methomyl + Bt could be used 
    Bacillus thuringiensis*                     when leafminers have been 
                                                problem (less toxic to parasite 
                                                of leafminer).
R PENNCAP-M                  1.0        15      Apply as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN +       1.0-0.5     1      Endosulfan + Bt could be used 
  Bacillus thuringiensis*                       when leafminers have been 
                                                problem (less toxic to parasite
                                                of leafminer).
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  FRUITWORM (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     1      Some bleaching or spotting may 
                                                occur on foliage of young 
                                                plants.  This does not affect
                                                yield or fruit quality.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not feed or graze
                                                livestock on treated vines.  Do
                                                not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_____________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  HORNWORM
______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R PENNCAP-M                  1.0        15      Apply as needed.
  carbaryl SEVIN             2.0         1      On foliage as needed.
  Bacillus thuringiensis*    1.0-2.0     0      Apply as needed.
  carbaryl SEVIN +           1.0+0.5     1      Apply as needed.
    Bacillus thuringiensis*  
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         1      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
*Trade names for Bacillus thuringiensis include: Dipel, Thuricide, Sok-BT,
Bactur, and Bactospeine.

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
INSECT:  HORNWORM (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.05-0.1    1      Apply as needed.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45        1      Apply as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .0125-.05   1      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not feed or graze
                                                livestock on treated vines.  Do
                                                not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LOOPER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN +       1.0+0.5     1      Apply as needed.
    Bacillus thuringiensis*
    Bacillus thuringiensis*  1.0         0      Apply as needed.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN +  0.25+0.5    1      Apply as needed.
    Bacillus thuringiensis*
______________________________________________________________________________
*Trade names for Bacillus thuringiensis include: Dipel, Thuricide, Sok-BT,
Bactur, and Bactospeine.

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

INSECT:  LOOPER (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     1      Some bleaching or spotting may
                                                occur on foliage of young 
                                                plants.  This does not affect
                                                yield or fruit quality.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not feed or graze
                                                livestock on treated vines.  Do
                                                not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  SPIDER MITE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  demeton SYSTOX             0.25        3      Apply as needed.
  ethion EC                  0.5         2      Apply as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  STINK BUG
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         1      On foliage as needed.  Time
                                                applications to kill nymphs
                                                before they mature.
R azinphosmethyl GUTHION     0.5         0      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.5        10      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LEAFMINER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methamidophos MONITOR      0.75-1.0   14      A maximum of five appl/season.
                                                Not less than 50 gal water if 
                                                by ground appl.  This is a 24-C
                                                registration.
  oxymil VYDATE              0.5-1.0     1      A maximum of nine appl/season.
                                                Follow label for gallonage of
                                                water/ac.  This is a 24-C 
                                                registration.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.2         1      Some bleaching or spotting may
                                                occur on foliage of young 
                                                plants.  This does not affect
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LEAFMINER (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                yield or fruit quality.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not feed or graze
                                                livestock on treated vines.  Do
                                                not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.

Inspect transplants for leafminers and plant only insect-free plants.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  WHITEFLY
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5        10      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     1      On foliage as needed.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    1      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not feed or graze
                                                livestock on treated vines.  Do
                                                not exceed .5 lb ai per acre 
                                                per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  THRIPS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  dimethoate CYGON           0.25-0.5    7      When used as for aphids, 
                                                dimethoate will give control of
                                                thrips.
_______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL WATERMELON WEED CONTROL                      
-DOC-
                      COMMERCIAL WATERMELON WEED CONTROL
                      W.P. Cook, Extension Horticulturist
                      Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulture
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                              PRODUCT /AC/       RATE lb
WEEDS CONTROLLED            PESTICIDE         BROADCAST           AI/AC
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Annual grasses, weak on     bensulide         
broadleaf weeds.              PREFAR 4E       5 to 6 qt           5 to 6
 
REMARKS:  Apply preplant and incorporate 2-3 in. immediately.  Follow label 
regarding succession crops.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Annual grasses, broad-      bensulide +      
leaf weeds.                 napthalam                 
                              PREFAR 4E +     4 to 6 qt +         4 to 6 +
                              ALANAP          6 qt                3
REMARKS:  Layby.  Apply as a directed spray at last cultivation.  Rainfall or 
irrigation is needed after treatment to ensure good results.
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
Annual grasses and          DCPA              8.0 to 10.7 lb      6 to 8
some broadleaf weeds.        DACTHAL W 75
 
REMARKS: Lay by. Apply as a directed spray at last cultivation. Rainfall or 
irrigation is needed after treatment to insure good results.
______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMERCIAL WATERMELON INSECT CONTROL                      
-DOC-

                      COMMERCIAL WATERMELON INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  APHID
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  diazinon                   0.5         3      On foliage as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.3-0.5     7      On foliage as needed.
R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45-0.9    3      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUCUMBER BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
  malathion                  1.0-2.0     1      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.3-0.5     7      Do not apply parathion before
                                                vining.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Do not exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  CUTWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  2.0                Broadcast before planting.
  diazinon                   2.0-4.0            Broadcast and incorporate 
                                                immediately before planting.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.  
                                                (Seedling spray).
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  LEAFMINER
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  dimethoate CYGON           0.3-0.5     3      On foliage as needed.
R azinophosmethyl GUTHION    0.5         0      On foliage as needed.
R parathion                  0.3-0.5     7      On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  MELON WORM - PICKLEWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R methomyl LANNATE-NUDRIN    0.45-0.9    3      Treat when worms first appear 
                                  (0.5 lb rate) in blossoms or on foliage. 
                                                Treat again as needed.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        .025-.05    3      Repeat as necessary to maintain
                                                control.  Do not exceed .25 lb
                                                ai per acre per season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  RINDWORM
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

R parathion                  0.5         3      Apply when present.
  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0D        1      On foliage as needed.
                             0.5 EC & WP
R azinphosmethyl GUTHION     0.5         0      Apply no more than four times/
                                                season.
R fenvalerate PYDRIN         0.1-0.2     3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed 1.0 lb ai/ac/yr.
R esfenvalerate ASANA        0.025-0.05  3      Repeat as necessary.  Do not
                                                exceed .25 lb ai/ac/season.
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
________________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
________________________________________________________________________________
                                    MIN DAYS      
                             LB     LAST APPL
PESTICIDE                   AI/AC   TO HARVEST    APPLICATION AND REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

  endosulfan THIODAN         1.0         0      On foliage as needed.
________________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOME VEGETABLE GARDEN INSECT CONTROL                     
-DOC-

                     HOME VEGETABLE GARDEN INSECT CONTROL
                     R. P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist

CROP:  ASPARAGUS       INSECT:  ASPARAGUS BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            3 tbsp                    1
                       80% WP            2 tbsp                    1
REMARK:  Treat spurs and vine growth as soon as beetles appear and repeat
         as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
rotenone               4% WP             6 tbsp                    1
______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  BEANS           INSECT:  APHID AND THRIPS
-DOC-

CROP:  BEANS           INSECT:  APHID AND THRIPS
______________________________________________________________________________

                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

dimethoate             2.67 lb conc      1 1/2 tsp                 0
  CYGON, DE-FEND

REMARK:  Apply treatment on foliage when aphids appear.  Repeat whenever
         they appear.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 tsp                     1
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                 1
                       25% WP            5 tbsp                    1
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       INSECT:  APHID AND THRIPS  (cont.)
______________________________________________________________________________

                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     7
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     50% WP            2 tbsp                    3
                       3% D              1.5 OZ/50 row ft          3

REMARK:  Not more than three application/season.  Do not use on limas. 
         Thiogard 3 (Security brand) is 9.7% Thiodan and can be used on lima
         beans not intended for commercial processing.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       INSECT:  BEAN BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________

                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon               25% EC            2                         7
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            3 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       5% D              0.45 lb/1000 sq ft        0

REMARK:  Apply treatment at first sign of leaf-feeding and repeat whenever
         leaf-feeding reappears.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       INSECT:  BEAN BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________

                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

rotenone               4% WP             6 tbsp                    1
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

malathion CYTHION      57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                 1
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

endosulfan THIODAN     50% WP            2 tbsp                    3
                       3% D              1.5 oz/50 row ft          3

REMARK:  Not more than three applications/season.  Do not use on limas.
         Thiogard 3 (Security brand) is 9.7% Thiodan and can be used on limas
         not intended for commercial processing.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      INSECT: TWO-SPOTTED SPIDER MITE
______________________________________________________________________________

                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

Kelthane               35% WP            1 tbsp                    7
                       18.5% WP          2 tbsp                    7
                       18.5% EC          1 tsp                     7
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

ethion                 25% WP            2 tbsp                    2

REMARK:  Apply treatment at the first sign of off-coloring stippling of the
         foliage and repeat in 5 days.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     INSECT:  BEAN LEAF SKELETONIZER
______________________________________________________________________________

                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              3 tbsp                    3
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    3

REMARK:  Do not use on limas.  Do not exceed three application/season.  
         Thiogard 3 (Security brand) is 9.7% Thiodan and can be used on limas
         not intended for commercial processing.
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       INSECT:  STINK BUG
______________________________________________________________________________

                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     50% WP            2 tbsp                    3
                       2 EC              3 tbsp                    3
                       3% D              1.5 oz/50 row ft          3

REMARK:  Do not use on limas.  Do not exceed three applications/season.  
         Thiogard 3 (Security brand) is 9.7% Thiodan and can be used on limas
         not intended for commercial processing.
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     INSECT:  JAPANESE BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________

                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         5% D              0.5 lb/1000 sq ft         0
                       80% WP            2 tbsp                    0

REMARK:  Apply when insects appear.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  CATERPILLAR
______________________________________________________________________________

                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            3 tbsp                    1
                       80% WP            2 tbsp                    1

Bacillus thuringiensis                   Follow label.

REMARK:  Apply when insects appear.

Trade names for Bacillus thuringiensis include Dipel, Thuricide, Sok-BT, 
Bactur, and Bactospeine.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COLE CROPS: CABBAGE, CAULIFLOWER, BROCCOLI, BRUSSELS SPROUTS AND COLLARDS
-DOC-

COLE CROPS: CABBAGE, CAULIFLOWER, BROCCOLI, BRUSSELS SPROUTS AND COLLARDS
                       INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 tsp        Malathion
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp    Cabbage      7
                       25% WP            1 tbsp       Cauliflower  7
                                                      Brussels
                                                        sprouts    7
                                                      Broccoli     3
                                                      Collards     7
 ----------------------------------------------------
diazinon SPECTRACIDE   25% EC            2 tsp        Diazinon
 ---------------------------------------------------- Cabbage      7
endosulfan THIODAN     3% D          1.5 oz/50 row ft Cauliflower  5
                       50% WP            2 tbsp       Brussells
                       2 EC              3 tbsp         sprouts    7
 ---------------------------------------------------- Collards     10
                       INSECT: CABBAGE WORM
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

 ---------------------------------------------------- Thiodan
carbaryl SEVIN         50% wp            4 tbsp       Cabbage      7
                       80% WP            2 1/2 tbsp   Broccoli     7
                       5% D              0.5-1.0 lb/  Brussels
                                         1000 sq ft     sprouts    14
 ---------------------------------------------------- Cauliflower  14
malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 tsp        Collards     21
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp
                       25% WP            5 tbsp       Sevin
 ---------------------------------------------------- 3 days for all these 
diazinon               25% EC            1 tsp        cole crops.
 ---------------------------------------------------- Chinese Cabbage 14
                        INSECT: CABBAGE WORM (cont)
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     3% D              1.5 oz/50
                                         row ft
                       50% WP            2 tbsp
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bacillus thuringiensis Dipel,            Follow label.
                       Thuricide, Sok-BT
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp        Same as above.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            2 tbsp       Same as Sevin.
                       80% WP            1 1/4 tbsp
 -------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     50% WP            2 tbsp       Same as Thiodan.
                       3% D              1.5 oz/50 row ft
 -------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 tsp        Same as malathion
                       57% EC            2 tsp        above.
                       25% WP            2 tbsp

REMARK:  Apply treatment as soon as tiny holes are seen eaten in the foliage 
         and repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          INSECT:  STINK BUG
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     3% D              1.5 oz/50 row ft  Same as Thiodan.
                       2 EC              3 tbsp
                       50% WP            2 tbsp

REMARK:  Apply when stink bugs are seen.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  CARROTS         INSECT:  SIXSPOTTED LEAFHOPPER
-DOC-

CROP:  CARROTS         INSECT:  SIXSPOTTED LEAFHOPPER
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            1 1/4 tbsp                0
                       5% D              0.5-1.0 lb/1,000 sq ft    0
 --------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 TSP                     7
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                 7
                       25% WP            6 tbsp                    7
REMARK:  This leafhopper transmits a disease called carrot yellows. For 
         control, apply treatment when first leafhoppers are seen and repeat 
         as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            1 tbsp                    10

NOTE:  Carrots should not be planted in chlordane-treated soil.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  CUCUMBERS, CANTALOUPES, WATERMELONS    INSECT: CUMCUMBER BEETLE
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  CUCUMBERS, CANTALOUPES, WATERMELONS    INSECT: CUMCUMBER BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            1 1/4 tbsp                0
                       5% D              0.45 lb/1,000 sq ft       0
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion CYTHION      50% EC            3 1/2 tsp                 1
                       57% EC            2 1/2 tsp                 1
                       25% WP            7 tbsp                    1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
methoxychlor           50% WP            1 3/4 tbsp                1
                       25% EC            7 tsp                     1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
CROP:  CUCUMBERS, CANTALOUPES, WATERMELONS    INSECT: CUMCUMBER BEETLE (cont)
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     3% D              1.5 oz/50 row ft          1
                       2 EC              3 tbsp                    1
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     7
                       4% D              Thorough coverage         7

REMARKS:  Make first application as soon as the young plants start to break 
          through the soil surface and repeat at 5-day intervals.  If rain
          comes within the 5-day period, repeat the treatment promptly and
          then return to the regular 5-day-treatment interval.
          Malathion may cause injury to plants if applied before they start to 
          vine. Malathion and Sevin should not be combined for application to
          cucumbers due to phytotoxicity.
_______________________________________________________________________________

                     INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 tsp                     1
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                 1
                       25% WP            2 tbsp                    1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            1 tbsp                    7

REMARK:  Aphids transmit a mosaic disease.  Apply treatment when aphids appear 
         and repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

                      INSECT:  PICKLEWORM
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              2 tbsp                    0
                       50% WP            2 tbsp
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            1 1/4 tbsp                0
                       5% D              0.45 lb/1,000 sq ft       0

REMARK:  Treat when first damage is noticed. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT: MITE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

Kelthane*              35% WP            1 tbsp                    2
                       18.5% EC          1 tsp                     2

NOTE: Dicofol (Kelthane) is currently under review by EPA. All references to 
      Kelthane in this publication are valid as of this printing, however, 
      they may be subject to change pending EPA's review findings.
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
ethion                 25% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       4 EC              1 tsp                     0

REMARK:  Apply treatment when mites appear and repeat in 4-5 days.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  VINE BORER
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              3 tbsp                    0
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    0

REMARK:  Apply weekly to flower buds, stems and vines when first moths appear.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP: EGGPLANT         INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
-DOC-

CROP: EGGPLANT         INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         5% D              0.45 lb/1,000 sq ft       0
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            1 1/4 tbsp                0
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     3% D              1 oz/50 row ft            1
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 tsp                     3
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                 3
                       25% WP            2 tbsp                    3
REMARK:  Apply treatment at first sign of tiny holes in the leaves and repeat
         as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      INSECT:  MITE
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
ethion                 25% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       4 EC              1 tsp                     0

REMARK:  Apply treatment when mites appear and repeat in 4-5 days.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 tsp                     3
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                 3
                       25% WP            2 tbsp                    3

REMARK:  Aphids transmit a mosaic disease.  Apply treatment when aphids appear 
         and repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  WHITEFLY
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              1 1/2 tbsp                1
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    1

REMARK:  Apply as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       INSECT:  LEAF MINER
______________________________________________________________________________
ethion                 4 EC              2/4 tbsp                  1

REMARK:  Apply as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  GREENS          INSECT:  APHID
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  GREENS          INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

malathion CYTHION      57% EC            2 tsp                     7
                       25% WP            2 tbsp                    7

diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     10
REMARK:  Apply as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       INSECT:  VEGETABLE WEEVIL
______________________________________________________________________________
rotenone               4% WP             6 tbsp                    1
                       1% D
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                      INSECT:  CATERPILLAR
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon               2 EC              2 tsp                     10
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bacillus thuringiensis  Dipel,           Follow lebel directions.  0
                        Thuricide,
                        Sok-BT
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl SEVIN         5% D              0.75 lb/1,000 sq ft       0

REMARK:  Will not control cabbage looper.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  LETTUCE         INSECT:  APHID
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  LETTUCE         INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

malathion CYTHION      57% EC            2 tsp              14 leaf-7 head
                       25% WP            2 tbsp             14 leaf-7 head
                       5% D                                 14 leaf-7 head
REMARK:  On foliage as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     3% D              1.5 oz/50 row ft          14
                       50% WP            2 tbsp
REMARK:  Two (2) applications per season only.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     10
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                      INSECT:  CABBAGE LOOPER
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

Bacillus thuringiensis  Dipel,           Follow label directions.  0
                        Thuricide, 
                        Sok-BT

REMARK:  On foliage as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            4 tbsp             14 leaf-3 head
                       80% WP            2 tbsp             14 leaf-3 head
                       4 lb conc         1 tbsp             14 leaf-3 head
                       5% D              0.75 lb/1,000      14 leaf-3 head 
                                              sq ft 
REMARK:  On foliage as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  LEAFHOPPER
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

malathion CYTHION      57% EC            2 tsp              14 leaf-7 head
                       25% WP            2 tbsp             14 leaf-7 head
                       5% D              0.5 lb/1,000       14 leaf-7 head
                                                sq ft
REMARK:  On foliage as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
methozychlor           50% WP            3 tbsp                    14
                       25% EC            3 tsp                     14
                       5% D              0.5 lb/1,000 sq ft        14
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     10
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  OKRA            INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  OKRA            INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         80% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       5% D              0.5 lb/1,000 sq ft        0
REMARK:  On foliage as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       INSECT:  STINK BUG
______________________________________________________________________________
carbaryl SEVIN         80% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       5% D              0.5 lb/1,000 sq ft        0
REMARK:  On foliage as needed.  Only effective for controlling numphs 
         (immature stink bugs).
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

malathion CYTHION      57% EC            1 1/2 tsp
                       25% WP            2 tbsp
REMARK:  Do not apply while pods are on plants.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       INSECT:  THRIPS
______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     10
REMARK:  On foliage as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion CYTHION      57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                  3
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  ONIONS          INSECT:  THRIPS
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  ONIONS          INSECT:  THRIPS
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     10

REMARKS:  On foliage as needed
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion              57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                  3
  CYTHION

REMARKS:  On foliage as needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  PEAS (FIELD OR SOUTHERN OR BLACKEYE)    INSECT:  APHID
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  PEAS (FIELD OR SOUTHERN OR BLACKEYE)    INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     1

REMARK:  On foliage as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dimethoate             2.67 lb conc      1/2 tsp
  CYGON, DE-FEND
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion CYTHION      25% WP            2 tbsp                    3
                       57% EC            2 tsp                     3
                       5% D              0.5 lb/1,000 sq ft
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  COWPEA CURCULIO
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              3 tbsp                    3
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    3

REMARK:  Three applications.  Make first application when pods are one inch
         long.  Two or more 7 days apart.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  PEPPERS         INSECT:  APHID
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  PEPPERS         INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 tsp                     3
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                 3
                       25% WP            2 tbsp                    3
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            1 tsp                     5
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              1 1/2 tbsp                1
                       50% WP            2 tbsp

REMARK:  Apply treatment when aphids first appear and repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

        SPECIAL CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS FOR EUROPEAN CORN BORER ON PEPPERS

     The European corn borer is a very serious pest of peppers.  The more 
serious borer infestations are caused by the second generation of worms, which 
is present in July and August.  The adult moth lays eggs on the pepper leaves; 
the eggs hatch, and the borers burrow and feed inside the pepper unnoticed.  
Infested peppers have severe decay inside and are unfit to eat.

     To prevent borer damage, apply Sevin 50% wettable powder at 2 tbsp/gal 
water.  Apply thoroughly to the pepper plants, especially to the pepper caps, 
every 3 days after blossoms appear and fruit forms.  Damage is more likely to 
occur in late July and August.  Sevin may be used the day of picking.
_______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  POTATOES        INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE AND LEAFHOPPER
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  POTATOES        INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE AND LEAFHOPPER
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         5% D              0.45 lb/1,000 sq ft       0
                       50% WP            2 tbsp
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            1 tbsp       35

REMARK:  Apply treatment for flea beetles as soon as plants appear above 
         ground and repeat as needed.

         For leafhoppers, treat when leafhoppers are seen.  Repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  POTATO BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         5% D              0.45 lb/1,000 sq ft       0
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    0
REMARK:  Early season pests.  Apply when adult or immature beetles are 
         present.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     35
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
dimethoate             2.67 lb conc      1 1/2 tsp                 0
  CYGON, DE-FEND
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 tsp                     0
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                 0
                       25% WP            3 tbsp                    0

REMARK:  Apply treatment to foliage when aphids appear.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   SPECIAL CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS FOR POTATOES

     The systemic insecticide Di-Syston will give season-long control of major 
potato pests if applied properly at planting time.  Many garden centers sell 
2% Di-Syston granules.  If this material is purchased, use exactly as 
suggested below.
_______________________________________________________________________________

          INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE, LEAFHOPPER AND COLORADO POTATO BEETLE
_______________________________________________________________________________
     HOW MUCH TO USE                              REMARK

  9 oz per 50 ft or row        Place granules in seed furrow at planting time.
                               Do not apply within 75 days of harvest.  
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE:                          CAUTION:
Di-Syston is sold in 1 lb      When using granules, avoid breathing granules
shaker cans, which is enough   of dust and avoid contact with skin.  Keep out
to treat 85 feet of row.  Do   of reach of children.  Do not reuse container.
not use more then 9 oz per
50 ft of row.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  PUMPKINS AND SQUASH      INSECT:  CUCUMBER BEETLE
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  PUMPKINS AND SQUASH      INSECT:  CUCUMBER BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________
carbaryl SEVIN         5% D              0.45 lb/1,000 sq ft       0
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            1 1/4 tbsp                0
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     50% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       2 EC              3 tbsp                    0
                       3% D              1.5 oz/50 row ft          0
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     3
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                      INSECT:  CUCUMBER BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

malathion CYTHION      50% EC            3 1/2 tsp                 1
                       57% EC            2 1/2 tsp                 1
                       25% WP            7 tbsp                    1

REMARK:  Make first application as soon as the young plants start to break 
         through the soil surface and repeat at 5-day intervals.  If rain 
         comes within the 5-day period, repeat the treatment promptly and
         then return to the regular 5-day treatment interval.

         Malathion may cause injury to plants if applied before they start
         to vine.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       INSECT:  LEAF MINER
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

Ethion                 25% WP            2 tbsp                    1
REMARK:  Squash only.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       INSECT:  SQUASH BUG
______________________________________________________________________________
endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              2 tbsp                    0
                       3 % D             1.5 oz/50 row ft          0
                       50% WP            3 tbsp                    0
REMARK:  Adults and brown egg-masses can be hand picked from plants.  Adults
         may be trapped under shingles placed beneath the plants. If you don't
         hand pick, or trap, apply insecticide as soon as eggs hatch and 
         repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
  
                     INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     3
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion CYTHION      50% EC            3 1/2 tsp         3 pumpkin-1 squash
                       57% EC            2 1/2 tsp         3 pumpkin-1 squash
                       25% WP            4 tbsp            3 pumpkin-1 squash
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     3% D              1.5 oz/50 row ft          0
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    0
REMARK:  Apply treatment when aphids first appear and repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                      INSECT:  VINE BORER AND PICKLEWORM
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

malathion CYTHION      50% EC            3 1/2 tsp         3 pumpkin-1 squash
                       57% EC            2 1/2 tsp         3 pumpkin-1 squash
                       25% WP            7 tbsp            3 pumpkin-1 squash
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
methoxychlor           50% WP            1 3/4 tbsp                1
                       25% EC            7 tsp                     1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              2 tbsp                    1
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    1
REMARK:  Apply treatment 5 times at 7-day intervals beginning the last week in
         June.  Direct insecticides at base of plants for vine borer control.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  RADISHES        INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  RADISHES        INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________
carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            2 tbsp                    3
                       80% WP            1 1/4 tbsp                3
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            1 tbsp                    10

REMARK:  Apply treatment when small, circular holes are seen in the leaves
         and repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

malathion              50% EC            2 tsp                     7
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                 7
                       25% WP            2 tbsp                    7
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     10

REMARK:  Apply treatment when aphids first appear and repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  SWEET CORN      INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  SWEET CORN      INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            3 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            2 tbsp                    0
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            1 tbsp                    1
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      INSECT:  CORN EARWORM
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         5% D              0.75-1.0 lb/1,000 sq ft   0
                       50% WP            4 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            2 1/2 tbsp                0
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            1 tbsp                    1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              4 tbsp                    1
                       3% D              2 1/2 oz/50 row ft        1

REMARK:  Make treatment into whorl as needed.  Make treatment when first silks 
         are seen and repeat every 3 days until all silks have turned brown 
         and dried up.  Under ideal growing conditions of the silks, the 
         treatment interval should be shortened to every 2 days.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CROP:  TOMATOES         INSECT:  CUTWORM
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

CROP:  TOMATOES         INSECT:  CUTWORM
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            4 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            2 1/2  tbsp               0
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            6 oz/100 sq ft            1
                                         Preplant
REMARK:  Mix Sevin in enough water to get sufficient coverage of plants and 
         soil around plants.  Apply treatment when plants are first set and 
         repeat two more times at weekly intervals.  
         Preplant treatment: Spectracide-6 fl oz in enough water for coverage/
         1,000 sq ft and work into soil.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE AND BLISTER BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________
carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            4 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            2 1/2 tbsp                0
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
methoxychlor           50% WP            1 3/4 tbsp                1
                       25% EC            7 tsp                     1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
REMARK:  For flea beetles, more important protection should come the first two 
         weeks after plants are set.  Apply insecticides after plants are set
         and repeat as needed.  For blister beetles, treatment is needed later
         in the season when they are first seen on the plants.  Repeat as 
         needed.  Spectracide for flea beetles only.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
              INSECT:  FLEA BEETLE AND BLISTER BEETLE (Cont)
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     50% WP            2 tbsp                    1
                       2 EC              1 1/2 tbsp                1
                       3% D              1.5 oz/50 row ft          1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     1

REMARK:  For flea beetles, more important protection should come the first two 
         weeks after plants are set.  Apply insecticides after plants are set
         and repeat as needed.  For blister beetles, treatment is needed later
         in the season when they are first seen on the plants.  Repeat as 
         needed.  Spectracide for flea beetles only.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                      INSECT:  APHID
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

malathion CYTHION      50% EC            2 tsp                     1
                       57% EC            1 1/2 tsp                 1
                       25% WP            2 tbsp                    1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diazinon               25% EC            2 tsp                     1
                       50% WP            1 tbsp                    1
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              1 1/2 tbsp                1
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    1

REMARK:  Apply treatment when aphids are seen and repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  LEAF MINER
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

Ethion                 25% WP            2 tbsp                    2
dimethoate CYGON       2.67 lb conc      1 1/2 tsp                 7

REMARK:  Apply when insects first appear.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      INSECT:  HORNWORM AND FRUITWORM
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl SEVIN         50% WP            3 tbsp                    0
                       80% WP            2 tbsp                    0
                       5% D              0.45 lb/1,000 sq ft       0
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Bacillus               Dipel,            Follow label directions   0
  thuringiensis        Thuricide,
                       Sok-BT
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
endosulfan THIODAN     50% WP            2 tbsp                    1
                       2 EC              3 tbsp                    1
                       3% D              1.5 oz/50 row ft          1

REMARK:  Hand-pick worms when noticed, or apply insecticide as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  WHITEFLY
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              3 TBSP                    1
                       3% D              0.75 LB/1,000 sq ft       1
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    1

REMARK:  Best suggestion is to inspect underside of leaves at place of 
         purchase.  Do not buy if tiny, oblong, white, motionles structures
         are observed.  These are young whiteflies.  For treatment: when
         tiny whiteflies can be jarred from the foliage, begin treatment and
         repeat at 15-day intervals for 3 applications and repeat procedure
         as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  MITE
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

dicofol                18.5% EC          1 tsp                     2
Kelthane*
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Ethion                 25% WP            2 tbsp                    2
                       4 EC              1 tsp                     2

REMARK: Apply as needed.  Make a repeat application in 4-5 days.
*Dicofol (Kelthane) is currently under review by EPA.  All references to 
Kelthane in this publication are valid as of this printing, however, they may 
be subject to change pending EPA's review findings.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT:  STINK BUG
______________________________________________________________________________
                                         AMOUNT:              DAYS WAITING
RECOMMENDED            FORMULATION       SPRAY/GAL WATER      TIME FROM LAST
PESTICIDE                YOU BUY         DUST/1,000 SQ FT     APPL TO HARVEST
_____________________________________________________________________________

endosulfan THIODAN     2 EC              3 tbsp                    1
                       50% WP            2 tbsp                    1

REMARK:  Apply as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS FOR SLUGS AND SNAILS IN THE GARDEN        
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________

        SPECIAL CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS FOR SLUGS AND SNAILS IN THE GARDEN
______________________________________________________________________________

                Slugs and snails can be controled in the home garden
          by using a Metaldehyde 3% bait.  Consult the label for 
          specific crops it can be used on and also information on the
          rate.  Mesurol should NOT be used in the home garden.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS FOR GRASSHOPPERS AND CRICKETS IN THE HOME GARDEN
-DOC-

SPECIAL CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS FOR GRASSHOPPERS AND CRICKETS IN THE HOME GARDEN
______________________________________________________________________________

                Grasshoppers and crickets can be controlled in the home
          garden by using a 5% Sevin bait.  Currently, Hopkins Chemical
          Company has a product labeled as Sevin Insect Bait that can be
          used on almost all garden crops.  Refer to label for specific 
          crops and rates.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                These recommendations are all inclusive, involving many
          insecticide labels.  To be lawful, your intended use must be
          included on the product's label.  Be sure to read the label
          before purchase.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
D - Dust; apply dry; do not mix with water.
WP - Wettable powder; mix with water; apply as spray.
EC - Emulsifiable concentrate; dilute with water, apply as spray.
*Dicofol (Kelthane) is currently under review by EPA.  All references to 
Kelthane in this publication are valid as of this printing, however, they may 
be subject to change pending EPA's review findings.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE WEED CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              APPLE WEED CONTROL
                    J. D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  simazine              2-4 lb*            Apply in the spring before weeds 
    PRINCEP                                emerge or apply immediately after 
                                           cultivation.  Fall application 
                                           controls a broader weed spectrum 
                                           than spring application.  If 
                                           applied in fall, follow with a 
                                           different preemergence in the 
                                           spring.
REMARKS:  Do not apply to trees less than 1 yr old.  Use lower rate on light 
soils and higher rate on heavy soils.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------           
  napropamide           4 lb               Apply in fall or early spring 
    DEVRINOL                               before weed emergence.
REMARKS:  Incorporate or irrigate within 24 hr if no rainfall occurs.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Do not exceed 4 lb ai/ac/yr.  When two applications are made, rate should not 
 exceed 2 lb ai/ac/application.
APPLE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  napropamide           4 lb               Apply when grass and weeds are 
    DEVRINOL                               tender and 1-6 in high for best 
      +                   +                results.
R  paraquat           1/2-1 lb
    GRAMOXONE SUPER
REMARKS:  Incorporate or irrigate within 24 hr if no rainfall occurs.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  napropamide           4 lb               Apply in fall through spring before
    DEVRINOL                               weed emergence.  Do not apply to 
      +                   +                frozen ground.
  diuron                1 lb    
    KARMEX          
REMARKS:  Incorporate or irrigate within 24 hr if no rainfall occurs.  Use 
only under trees established in the orchard 1 yr.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.                           
APPLE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  diuron              2-3.2 lb             March through May
    KARMEX             
REMARKS:  Use only under trees established in orchard 1 yr.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R  paraquat           1/2-1 lb             Apply when grass and weeds are 
    GRAMOXONE SUPER                        tender and 1 to 6 in high for best 
                                           results.
REMARKS:  Contact kill of all green foliage.  Do not let cattle graze on 
treated area.  Apply with a nonionic surfactant.  Repeat applications as 
necessary to control weeds.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2,4-D amine                              Anytime during the growing season 
                                           to actively growing broadleaf 
                                           weeds.
REMARKS:  Do not use during apple bloom.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.                           
APPLE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  glyphosate          1-5 lb               Follow label for time of
    ROUNDUP                                application.
    (4 lb/gal)
REMARKS:  Do not spray green bark or foliage.  Apply in 20-60 gal water/ac as 
a directed spray under trees.  No residual control.  Allow a minimum of 14 
days between last application and harvest.  Several tank mixes have been 
approved for tree crops for residual control.  When tank mixing with residual 
herbicide, add an agriculturally approved nonionic surfactant.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  dalapon             5-7 lb               Apply where grass is 4-6 in high.  
    DOWPON or                              Make a second application 2 wk 
    BASFAPON                               later.
REMARKS:  Use 1 lb in 15 gal water.  Spray to wet foliage.  Add wetting agent.  
Apply around trees over 4 yr old.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPLE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  terbacil          1.6-3.2 lb             Make a single application before 
    SINBAR                                 weeds emerge or during early 
                                           seedling stage.
REMARKS:  Apply lower rates for light soils and higher rates for clay loam 
soils.  Do not use on loamy sand or gravelly soils and do not apply to eroded 
areas where tree roots are exposed.  Do not allow drift to come in contact 
with fruit and do not spray foliage.  Use only where apples have been 
established in orchards for 3 yr.  Treated land should not be replanted to any 
other crop for 2 yr following last application.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  dichlobenil         4-6 lb               Early spring or after cultivation.  
    CASORON 4G                             Can be applied later if lightly 
                                           mixed into soil.
REMARKS:  Apply as directed spray to orchard floor.  Do not graze livestock in 
treated areas.  Do not spray fruit or foliage of bearing trees.  4-G formula-
tion is far superior to the wettable powder in normal surface applications.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  
APPLE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  diuron            0.8-1.6 lb             Apply to weeds up to 3 in tall.
    KARMEX
      +               +
  terbacil          0.8-1.6 lb
    SINBAR
REMARKS:  Use only under trees established in orchard for at least 2 yr.  This
combination provides a longer period of weed control and controls a wider  
spectrum than either component herbicide used alone.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  simazine            2-4 lb*              Postemergence to existing weeds.
    PRINCEP
      +               +
R paraquat          0.5-1 lb
    GRAMOXONE SUPER
REMARKS:  Do not apply to trees established less than 1 yr.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
APPLE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  oryzalin            2-4 lb               Apply before annual weeds emerge in 
    SURFLAN                                spring.
REMARKS:  Use around nonbearing and bearing trees.  Use lower rate for short 
term control and higher rate for long term control.  Do not apply to newly 
transplanted trees until soil has settled and no cracks are present. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  oryzalin            2-4 lb               Apply in spring before annual weeds
    SURFLAN                                emerge.
       +                +
  simazine            2-4 lb
    PRINCEP 
REMARKS:  Use in orchards established for 1 yr or more.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  norflurazon         2-4 lb               Apply before weeds emerge.
    SOLICAM
REMARKS:  The soil surface must be free of weeds and relatively free of plant 
residues.  May be used on newly planted trees provided soil around the trees 
is firm and there are no depressions in which rain or irrigation water could 
accumulate.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPLE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  norflurazon         2-3 lb               Apply before weeds emerge.
    SOLICAM
        +               +
  simazine            1-2 lb
    PRINCEP
REMARKS:  Apply as a tank mix in 20-100 gal water/ac.  Avoid contact with 
fruit, foliage, or stems.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  norflurazon         1.4-3 lb              Apply before weeds emerge.
    SOLICAM
        +                +
  diuron              0.8-1.6 lb
    KARMEX        
REMARKS:  Apply as a tank mix in 20-100 gal water/ac.  Avoid contact with 
fruit, foliage, or stems.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPLE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  norflurazon          2-4 lb              Apply when adequate rainfall or 
    SOLICAM                                irrigation is available for proper
       +                 +                 placement in the soil.
  oryzalin             2-4 lb
    SURFLAN
       +                 +
R paraquat           0.5-1 lb
    GRAMOXONE SUPER
REMARKS:  Add an agriculturally approved nonionic surfactant.  Do not spray 
under windy conditions and use a shield for young trees.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
APPLE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  fluazilfop-butyl       0.5 lb            Apply to actively growing grasses.                         
    FUSILADE 4E                            Application to perennial 
                                           johnsongrass should be made before 
                                           it exceeds 12-18 in tall and before 
                                           boot stage.  Application to 
                                           perennial bermudagrass should be 
                                           made before it exceeds 3 in tall or 
                                           with 4-8 in runners.  Apply to 
                                           annual grasses before they reach 2-
                                           8 in tall and before tillering 
                                           and/or heading.
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage is required.  Use only on nonbearing plants,
as for site preparation before transplanting.  Apply as a directed spray to 
prevent contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank mix with other herbicides.  
Add 1 qt of crop oil concentrate or 1/2 pt of a nonionic surfactant/25 gal 
water.  Use 25 gal of dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 psi pressure. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPLE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE    RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED        TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________  
  sethoxydim           0.19-0.48 lb        Apply to actively growing grasses.  
    POAST 1.53E                            Apply to grasses at sizes labeled.
REMARKS:  Always add 2 pt/ac of oil concentrate.  Follow water volume and 
spray pressure recommendations on label.  Do not apply to nonbearing apples 
within 1 yr of harvest.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  pronamide            1-4                 Apply during cool wet season for
    KERB 50-W                              best results.
REMARKS:  Excellent for control of seedling and established cool-season 
grasses.  Rainfall or overhead irrigation is essential following the 
application for effective weed control.
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS                            
-DOC-
                            APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS
                    J. D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
_______________________________________________________________________________
CHEMICAL                      RATE                   TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
  ALAR + ethephon       1 1/2 lb Alar 85 plus        Apply as a dilute spray 
                        1 pt ethephon/100            4-5 wk after petal fall 
                        gal of water (Do not         date of mature trees
                        exceed 4 lb/A of ALAR 85)
REMARKS:  To reduce vegetative growth and promote flower bud initiation to 
encourage bearing of young unbearing trees.  Can be used on young trees of any 
variety but should not be used on low-vigor trees.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ALAR + ethephon       1/2 lb Alar 85 plus          Apply as a dilute foliar 
                        1 1/2 pt ethephon/100        spray 4-5 wk after petal
                        gal--moderate vigor.         fall date of mature 
                        2 lb Alar 85 plus            trees.
                        2 pt ethephon/100 gal--
                        high vigor  (Do not exceed 
                        4 lb of ALAR 85 per acre)
REMARKS:  To inhibit vegetative growth of trees which have lost the season's 
crop.  Cannot sell fruit when more than 4 lb Alar 85 has been used per acre.
APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS
_______________________________________________________________________________
CHEMICAL                      RATE                   TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
  ALAR                  3 lb Alar 85/ac              60-70 days before 
                                                     harvest.
REMARKS:  To aid in control of preharvest drop and increase fruit firmness, 
delay fruit maturity, promote increased red color, reduce scald, delay water 
core development, and aid in reducing fruit cracking of susceptible varieties.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ALAR                  3-4 lb Alar 85/ac            1-2 wk after petal fall 
                                                     (nonbearing).
REMARKS:  To initiate flowering in nonbearing trees.  
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ethephon              Red Delicious strains use    See label.
                        1 pt of ethephon/100 gal 
                        (330 ppm) plus stop drop 
                        plus 1/2 pt surfactant/
                        100 gal.
REMARKS:  To improve fruit color.  Previous treatment with Alar may increase 
color response but may result in smaller fruit.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS
_______________________________________________________________________________
CHEMICAL                      RATE                   TIME OF APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
  ethephon              Spur-type trees, mix         Nonbearing trees, apply
                        1 2/3 pt; nonspur-type       1-2 wk after peak bloom.
                        trees, mix 3 1/3 pt in       Young trees beginning to
                        100 gal water and spray      flower, apply 4-5 wk 
                        to runoff.                   after full bloom.
REMARKS:  To increase flower bud development on young trees.  Trees should be 
large enough to support a set of apples before they are treated to initiate 
flower buds.           
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  glyphosate            .1875 lb                     1-2 wk after full greenup 
    ROUNDUP             (6 fluid oz)                 of bahiagrass or after 
    (4 lb/gal)                                       the bahiagrass has been 
                                                     mowed to a height of 3-4 
                                                     in. 
REMARKS:  Repeat treatments may be necessary to control weeds regenerating 
from underground parts or seed.  Unless otherwise specified, the combined 
total of all treatments must not exceed 8 qt/A of this product/yr.
______________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - CHEMICAL THINNERS                  
-DOC-
                  APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - CHEMICAL THINNERS
                    J. D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
_____________________________________________________________________________
CHEMICAL                     RATE                    TIME OF APPLICATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
  NAA + TWEEN 20        5 ppm-Red Delicious          14-21 days after full 
                        8 ppm-Golden                 bloom or fruit diameter 
                        Delicious and                of 10-16 mm.
                        other hard-to-thin
                        varieties
REMARKS:  Use Tween 20, 1 pt/100 gal.  If frost injury occurs, apply 1/2 rate.  
Weak and young trees are more responsive.  Spurs, lower branches, and inner 
limbs which are shaded tend to overthin.  Thorough spray coverage is 
necessary for uniform thinning.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  NAD                   40-50 ppm                    4-8 days after full bloom
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  SEVIN                 1-2 lb 50 W/100 gal          14-20 days after full 
                                                     bloom.
REMARKS:  Russeting may be increased on Golden Delicious where Sevin is used 
as a thinner.  Apply during periods of rapid drying.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - CHEMICAL THINNERS
_____________________________________________________________________________
CHEMICAL                     RATE                    TIME OF APPLICATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
  SEVIN                 1-2 lb/100 gal water         14-20 days after full
    +                            +                   bloom or when the average
  Oil, superior type    1 gal/100 gal water          fruitlet diameter is 9
                                                     1/2-11 mm.
REMARKS:  All thinners should be used on a trial basis until the individual 
grower gains experience.  Sevin may russet Golden Delicious.
______________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - SUCKER CONTROL                   
-DOC-
                   APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - SUCKER CONTROL
                    J. D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
_____________________________________________________________________________
CHEMICAL                    RATE                     TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  NAA, ethyl ester      10 oz/1 gal                  For control of suckers,
  tree-hold sprout      or 10,000 ppm                apply after dormant      
  inhibitor A-112                                    removal of suckers and if
                                                     needed again, when new
                                                     sucker growth is 4-12
                                                     inches long.
REMARKS:  Do not apply during the period from bloom to 4 wk postbloom.  
Thorough application giving complete wetting is necessary for good results.  
For best results cut off woody sucker growth at ground level during dormant 
season and apply before growth starts.
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - WATER SPROUT CONTROL                
-DOC-
                APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - WATER SPROUT CONTROL
                    J. D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
_____________________________________________________________________________
CHEMICAL                   RATE                      TIME OF APPLICATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
  NAA, ethyl ester      10 oz/1 gal or               Apply anytime after
  tree-hold sprout      10,000 ppm                   pruning and before growth
  inhibitor A-112                                    starts in the spring.
REMARKS:  To control water sprout regrowth around pruning cuts, apply with a 
cloth or brush as a localized application to the pruning cut and surrounding 
bark.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  NAA, ethyl ester      10 oz/1 gal or               Apply during dormant
  tree-hold sprout      10,000 ppm                   season.
  inhibitor A-112
REMARKS:  To control water sprout growth on large scaffold limbs where old 
trees are opened up or reduced in height, apply the NAA with a cloth or brush 
as a localized application to the top of entire limbs.
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - BURRKNOT CONTROL                  
-DOC-
                  APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - BURRKNOT CONTROL
                    J. D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
______________________________________________________________________________
CHEMICAL                    RATE                     TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  GALLEX                Full strength to the         Late winter before bud
                        burrknot and 1/2 in          break.
                        of surrounding bark.
REMARKS:  To prevent burrknots, plant trees so that the graft union is only 
1/2-1 in above ground level.  For a few burrknots on young trees or on old 
trees, treatment with Gallex has proven effective in stopping further 
development of the burrknot.
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - STOP-DROP SPRAYS                  
-DOC-
                  APPLE GROWTH REGULATORS - STOP-DROP SPRAYS
                    J. D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
______________________________________________________________________________
CHEMICAL                   RATE                      TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  NAA                   10 ppm                       5-7 days before harvest 
                                                     or 4-6 days before 
                                                     anticipated fruit drop.
 
REMARKS:  To reduce preharvest fruit drop.  Allow a minimum of 48 
hrs between application and harvest.  A maximum of 2 preharvest stop drop 
applications is allowed.                              
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ALAR                 3 lb Alar 85/ac               60-70 days before 
                                                     harvest.
REMARKS:  To aid in the control of preharvest drop.
______________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE NUTRITIONAL SPRAYS                           
-DOC-
                           APPLE NUTRITIONAL SPRAYS
                    J. D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
CHEMICAL                    RATE          TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________               
  sodium octaborate      1 lb/100 gal      Apply at petal fall and first 
     SOLUBOR                               cover.
REMARKS:  Boron is essential to maintain balanced nutrition for healthy trees 
and quality fruit, assist in the movement of calcium in the tree and reduces 
cork spot.  Optimum foliar analysis should be 35-75 ppm elemental boron.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  calcium nitrate        3 lb/100 gal      Apply at petal fall and first cover
                                           and in three cover sprays before 
                                           harvest.
REMARKS:  Aids in suppressing bitterpit with late bloom spray.  Early sprays 
reduce cork spot.                                                            
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  calcium chloride       2 lb/100 gal      Apply at petal fall and first cover 
                                           and in the three sprays before 
                                           harvest. 
REMARKS:  Should not be used above 85 degrees F.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPLE NUTRITIONAL SPRAYS
______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
CHEMICAL                    RATE          TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________               
  ZINEB                  2 lb/100 gal      Apply at first and/or second cover.
______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE INSECT CONTROL                        
-DOC-
                       APPLE INSECT CONTROL 
             Clyde S. Gorsuch, Extension Entomologist

PEST                                                    PAGE NUMBER

APHID---------------------------------------------------317504.00001
APPLE MAGGOT--------------------------------------------317504.00006
CATFACING INSECTS (Stink Bugs, Tarnished Plant Bugs)----317504.00009
CODLING MOTH--------------------------------------------317504.00012
JAPANESE BEETLE-----------------------------------------317504.00016
LEAFHOPPERS---------------------------------------------317504.00017
LEAFROLLERS---------------------------------------------317504.00020
MITES---------------------------------------------------317504.00026
PERIODICAL CICADA---------------------------------------317504.00028
PLUM CURCULIO-------------------------------------------317504.00029
SCALE---------------------------------------------------317504.00034
TENTIFORM LEAFMINER-------------------------------------317504.00036

To access a specific insect pest, type F1 7, the page number and <enter>.

See Clemson Extension Information Cards 110 and 119 for spray schedule and 
additional information.
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

Aphid          

NOTE:  Apply the first insecticide treatment for Rosy Apple Aphid at half inch 
green tip.  Controls for Green Apple Aphid should be applied as needed when 
aphids are present.

               superior oil         8 gal              --                 --   

REMARKS: Dormant application only.  Chlorpyrifos (Lorsban) 4E may be added to
          the oil at 2 - 4 pt/ac.

               malathion 57%EC      6 pt               3.8                 3
                         25WP      10 lb
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  
Aphid (cont.)   diazinon 50WP        4 lb               2.0                14

REMARKS: May cause russeting on Golden Delicious.

               phosmet                                 2-3                7
                 IMIDAN 50WP        4-6 lb

               endosulfan                              2                  21
                 THIODAN 50WP       4 lb
REMARKS: Limit of three applications during the fruiting period.

             R phosphamidon                            1                  30
                 DIMECRON 8EC       1 pt

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
  
Aphid         R methomyl                                0.9-1.8             8
(cont.)          LANNATE 90SP       1-2 lb
                 NUDRIN 90W         1-2 lb
                 LANNATE 1.8EC      2-4 pt
                 NUDRIN 1.8L        2-4 pt
REMARKS: Do not use on Early MacIntosh and Wealthy varieties.

               dimethoate                              1-2                28
                 CYGON 25WP         4-8 lb
                 CYGON 4EC          2-4 pt
REMARKS: Do not apply during bloom.

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________

Aphid        R fenvalerate                             0.1-0.3            21
(cont.)          PYDRIN 2.4EC       5.3-16 fl oz

REMARKS: Do not exceed 2.1 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

             R esfenvalerate                           0.025-0.075        21
                 ASANA 1.9EC        1.7-2 fl oz
REMARKS: Do not exceed 0.525 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Aphid        R permethrin                              0.1-0.3      See remarks
(cont.)          AMBUSH 2 EC        6.4-12.8 fl oz       
                 AMBUSH 25 WP       6.4-12.8 oz
                 POUNCE 3.2 EC      4-8 fl oz
                 POUNCE 25 WP       6.4-12.8 oz                  
REMARKS: Do not apply Ambush or Pounce after petal fall.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, 
         Ambush or Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems
         later in the season.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Apple        R azinphosmethyl                          0.9-1.2      See remarks
Maggot           GUTHION 35WP       2.5-3.5 lb

REMARKS:  Apply when flies are active during late June and July.  Not more than
8 applications of Guthion per season nor within 15 days of harvest.  If final 
two applications are at the low rate the last application may be 7 days before
harvest.

               phosmet                                 2-3                 7
                 IMIDAN 50WP        4-6 lb

               diazinon 50WP        4 lb               2.0                14

             R PENNCAP-M 2MEL       4-8 pt             1-2                14
REMARKS:  Do not use before total petal fall or with streptomycin.

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Apple        R fenvalerate
Maggot           PYDRIN 2.4EC       5.3-16 fl oz       0.1-0.3            21
(cont.)

REMARKS: Do not exceed 2.1 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

             R esfenvalerate                           0.025-0.075        21
                 ASANA 1.9EC        1.7-2 fl oz
REMARKS: Do not exceed 0.525 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Apple          chlorpyrifos                            1.5                28
Maggot           LORSBAN 50WP       3 lb
(cont.)

REMARKS:  Do not apply last two treatments closer than 21 days apart or more 
          than 8 applications/season.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Catfacing    R azinphosmethyl                          0.9-1.2      See remarks
insects          GUTHION 35WP       2.5-3.5 lb
(stink bugs,  REMARKS:  Not more than 8 applications/season nor within 15 days
tarnished     of harvest.  If final 2 applications are at the low rate the last
plant bugs)   application may be 7 days before harvest.

               carbaryl                                4                   1
                 SEVIN 50WP         8 lb
                 SEVIN 80S          5 lb

REMARKS:  Sevin may cause thinning if used within 30 days of petal fall.

               phosmet                                 3                   7
                 IMIDAN 50WP        6 lb

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Catfacing    R fenvalerate
insects          PYDRIN 2.4EC       5.3-16 fl oz       0.1-0.3            21
(cont.)
REMARKS: Do not exceed 2.1 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

             R esfenvalerate                           0.025-0.075        21
                 ASANA 1.9EC        1.7-2 fl oz
REMARKS: Do not exceed 0.525 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

             R PENNCAP-M 2 MEL      4-8 pt             1-2                14
REMARKS:  Do not use before total petal fall or with streptomycin.

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Catfacing    R permethrin                              0.1-0.3       See remark
insects          AMBUSH 2EC         6.4-12.8 fl oz
(cont.)          AMBUSH 25WP        6.4-12.8 oz
                 POUNCE 3.2EC       4-8 fl oz
                 POUNCE 25WP        6.4-12.8 oz

               chlorpyrifos                            1.5                28
                 LORSBAN 50WP       3 lb
REMARKS:  Do not apply last two treatments closer than 21 days apart or apply
          more than 8 applications/season.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Codling      R azinphosmethyl                              0.9-1.2  See remarks
Moth             GUTHION 35WP    2.5-3.5 lb     

REMARKS:  Not more than eight applications/season nor within 15 days of harvest.
If final two applications are at the low rate the last application may be 7 days
before harvest.

               carbaryl                                4                   1
                 SEVIN 50WP         8 lb
                 SEVIN 80S          5 lb
REMARKS:  Sevin may cause thinning if used within 30 days of petal fall.

               diazinon 50WP        4 lb               2                  14

               methoxychlor 2EC     8-12 pt            4-6                 7

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Codling      R methomyl                                0.9-1.8             8
Moth             LANNATE 90SP       1-2 lb
(cont.)          NUDRIN 90W         1-2 lb
                 LANNATE 1.8EC      2-4 pt
                 NUDRIN 1.8L        2-4 pt

             R parathion 15WP       7 lb               1                  14
REMARKS:  See label for apply variety caution statements.

             R PENNCAP-M 2MEL       4-8 pt             1-2                14
REMARKS:  Do not use before total petal fall or with streptomycin.

               phosmet                                 2-3                 7
                 IMIDAN 50WP        4-6 lb

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Codling       R fenvalerate
Moth             PYDRIN 2.4EC       5.3-16 fl oz       0.1-0.3            21
(cont.)

REMARKS: Do not exceed 2.1 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

             R esfenvalerate                           0.025-0.075        21
                 ASANA 1.9EC        1.7-2 fl oz
REMARKS: Do not exceed 0.525 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Codling        chlorpyrifos                            1.5                28
Moth             LORSBAN 50WP       3 lb
(cont.)

REMARKS:  Do not apply last two treatments closer than 21 days apart or apply
          more than 8 applications/season.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Japanese       malathion 57%EC      3 pt               2                   3
Beetle                   25WP       8 lb

REMARKS:  As needed when beetles appear.

               methoxychlor 2EC     8-12 pt            4-6                 7

               carbaryl                                4                   1
                 SEVIN 50WP         8 lb
                 SEVIN 80S          5 lb
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Leafhopper   R azinphosmethyl                          0.9-1.2      See remarks
                 GUTHION 35WP       2.5-3.5 lb

REMARKS:  One or two applications when leafhoppers appear.  Not more than 8
applications of Guthion/season nor within 15 days of harvest.  If final two
applications are at the low rate the final application may be 7 days before 
harvest.
               malathion 57%EC      3 pt               2                   3
                         25WP       8 lb
REMARKS:  See label for apply variety caution statements.

             R fenvalerate
                 PYDRIN 2.4EC       5.3-16 fl oz       0.1-0.3            21
REMARKS: Do not exceed 2.1 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 
R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Leafhopper   R esfenvalerate                           0.025-0.075        21
(cont.)          ASANA 1.9EC        1.7-2 fl oz

REMARKS: Do not exceed 0.525 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Leafhopper   R permethrin                              0.1-0.3      See remark
(cont.)          AMBUSH 2EC         6.4-12.8 fl oz     
                 AMBUSH 25WP        6.4-12.8 oz
                 POUNCE 3.2EC       4-8 fl oz
                 POUNCE 25WP        6.4-12.8 oz
                 CARZOL 92SP        0.5 lb             0.5-0.9             7

REMARKS: Do not apply Ambush or Pounce after petal fall.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, 
         Ambush or Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems
         later in the season.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Leafroller   R azinphosmethyl 	                          0.9-1.2  See remarks
                 GUTHION 35WP      2.5-3.5 lb

REMARKS:  Not more than eight applications/season nor within 15 days of harvest.
If final two applications are at the low rate final application may be 7 days
before harvest.

               carbaryl                                4                   1
                 SEVIN 50WP         8 lb
                 SEVIN 80S          5 lb
REMARKS:  Sevin may cause thinning if used within 30 days of harvest.

 R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Leafroller   R methomyl                                                    8
(cont.)          LANNATE 90SP       2 lb               1.8
                 NUDRIN 90W         2 lb
                 LANNATE 1.8EC      4 pt
                 NUDRIN 1.8L        4 PT
R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.

_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Leafroller   R parathion 15WP       6 lb               0.9                14
(cont.)

REMARKS:  See label for apply variety cautions.

             R PENNCAP-M 2MEL       4-8 pt             1-2                14
REMARKS:  Do not use before total petal fall or with streptomycin.

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Leafroller     phosmet                                 2-3                 7
(cont.)          IMIDAN 50WP        4-6 lb

             R fenvalerate                             0.1-0.3            21
                 PYDRIN 2.4EC       5.3-16 fl oz
REMARKS: Do not exceed 2.1 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Leafroller   R esfenvalerate                           0.025-0.075        21
(cont.)          ASANA 1.9EC        1.7-2 fl oz

REMARKS: Do not exceed 0.525 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

             R permethrin                              0.1-0.2      See remark
                 AMBUSH 2EC         6.4-12.8 fl oz
                 AMBUSH 25WP        6.4-12.8 oz
                 POUNCE 3.2EC       4-8 fl oz
                 POUNCE 25WP        6.4-12.8 oz
REMARKS: Do not apply Ambush or Pounce after petal fall.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, 
         Ambush or Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems
         later in the season.

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Leafroller     chlorpyrifos                            1.5                28
(cont.)          LORSBAN 50WP       3 lb

REMARKS:  Do not apply last two treatments closer than 21 days apart or apply 
          more than eight applications/season.

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Mites          superior oil         8 gal              --                 --

REMARKS:  Delayed dormant--European red mite.

               dimethoate                              1-2                28
                 CYGON 25WP         4-8 lb
                 CYGON 4EC          2-4 pt

               oxythioquinox
                 MORESTAN 25WP      2-4 lb             0.5-1         See remark
REMARKS:  Prebloom and postharvest only.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Mites          proporgite                              1.5                 7
(cont.)          OMITE 30WP         5 lb

REMARKS:  Do not exceed three applications/season.

               hexakis                                 0.3-1.5            14
                 VENDEX 50WP        1-3 lb

               formetanate hydrochloride
                 CARZOL 92SP        1-2 lb             0.9-1.8              7

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Periodical     carbaryl                                4                   1
Cicada           SEVIN 50WP         8 lb
                 SEVIN 80S          5 lb

REMARKS:  As needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Plum         R azinphosmethyl                          0.9-1.2     See remarks
Curculio         GUTHION 35WP       2.5-3.5 lb

Remarks:  Not more than 8 applications/season nor within 15 days of harvest.  
If final two applications are at the low rate the last application may be 7 
days before harvest.

               carbaryl                                4                   1
                 SEVIN 50WP         8 lb
                 SEVIN 80S          5 lb
REMARKS:  Sevin may cause thinning if used within 30 days of petal fall.

               malathion 57%EC      6 pt               3.75                3
                         25%WP      15 lb


R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Plum         R parathion 15WP       6 lb               1                  14
Curculio  
(cont.)

REMARKS:  See label for apple variety caution statements.

             R PENNCAP-M 2MEL       4-8 pt             1-2                14
REMARKS:  Do not use before total petal fall or with streptomycin.

               methoxychlor 2EC     8-12 pt            4-6                 7

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Plum           phosmet                                 2-3                 7
Curculio         IMIDAN 50WP        4-6lb
(cont.)
             R fenvalerate
                 PYDRIN 2.4EC       5.3-16 fl oz       0.1-0.3            21
REMARKS: Do not exceed 2.1 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Plum         R esfenvalerate                           0.025-0.075        21
Curculio         ASANA 1.9EC        1.7-2 fl oz
(cont.)

REMARKS: Do not exceed 0.525 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season. 

             R permethrin                              0.1-0.3       See remark
                 AMBUSH 2EC         6.4-12.8 fl oz
                 AMBUSH 25WP        6.4-12.8 oz
                 POUNCE 3.2EC       4-8 fl oz
                 POUNCE 25WP        6.4-12.8 oz
REMARKS: Do not apply Ambush or Pounce after petal fall.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, 
         Ambush or Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems
         later in the season.
R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Plum           chlorpyrifos                            1.5                28
Curculio         LORSBAN 50WP       3 lb
(cont)

REMARKS:  Do not apply last two treatments closer than 21 days apart or apply
          more than 8 applications/season.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.

_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Scale          superior oil         8 gal              --                 --

REMARKS:  Delayed dormant.  Chlorpyrifos (Lorsban) 4E at 2-4 pt/ac or diazinon 
          50WP at 4 lb/ac may be added to the oil.  All other treatments are
          for the crawler stage.

             R azinphosmethyl                       0.9-1.2          See remark
                 GUTHION 35WP       2-2.5 lb                      
REMARKS:  Not more than 8 applications/season nor within 15 days of harvest.  
If final two applications are at the low rate the last application may be 7 days
before harvest.
  
               carbaryl                                4                   1
                 SEVIN 50WP         8 lb                             See remark
                 SEVIN 80S          5 lb                             above.

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Scale        R parathion 15WP       6 lb               0.9                14
(cont.)

REMARKS:  See label for apple variety caution statements.

             R PENNCAP-M 2MEL       4-8 pt             1-2                14
REMARKS:  Do not use before total petal fall or with streptomycin.

               chlorpyrifos                            1.5                28
                 LORSBAN 50WP       3 lb
REMARKS:  Do not apply last two treatments closer than 21 days apart or apply
          more than eight applications/season.

               diazinon 50WP        4 lb               2                  14
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Tentiform      endosulfan
Leafminer        THIODAN 50WP       4 lb               2                  21

REMARKS:  Do not exeed three applications/season.  USE FOR ADULTS.

             R fenvalerate                             0.1-0.3            21
                 PYDRIN 2.4EC       5.3-16 fl oz
REMARKS: Do not exceed 2.1 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season.  USE FOR ADULTS.

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Tentiform    R esfenvalerate                           0.025-0.075        21
Leafminer        ASANA 1.9EC        1.7-2 fl oz
(cont.)

REMARKS: Do not exceed 0.525 lb ai/ac/season.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, Ambush or 
         Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems later in the 
         season.  USE FOR ADULTS

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Tentiform    R permethrin                              0.1-0.2      See remark
Leafminer        AMBUSH 2EC         6.4-12.8 fl oz
(cont.)          AMBUSH 25WP        6.4-12.8 oz
                 POUNCE 3.2EC       4-8 fl oz
                 POUNCE 25WP        6.4-12.8 fl oz

REMARKS: Do not apply Ambush or Pounce after petal fall.  Use of Pydrin, Asana, 
         Ambush or Pounce after bloom may result in greater mite problems
         later in the season.  USE FOR ADULTS.

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Tentiform      formetanate hydrochloride
Leafminer        CARZOL 92SP        1-2 lb             0.9-1.8             7
(cont.)

REMARKS:  USE FOR ADULTS.

             R methomyl                                1.8                 8
                 LANNATE 90SP       2 lb
                 NUDRIN 90W         2 lb
                 LANNATE 1.8EC      8 pt
                 NUDRIN 1.8L        8 pt
REMARKS:  USE FOR LARVAE.  Apply when larvae are in the sap-feeding stage.

R - All or some uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
                                                                     MIN DAYS 
INSECT     PESTICIDE                  FORMULATION/AC      LB AI/AC  TO HARVEST 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

Tentiform    R oxamyl                                  1                  14
Leafminer        VYDATE L           4-8 pt
(cont.)

REMARKS:  Do not apply to bloom or within 30 days after bloom or fruit thinning
          may occur.  USE FOR LARVAE.  Apply when larvae are in the sap-feeding 
          stage. 
_______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE DISEASE CONTROL                                                      
-DOC-
                            APPLE DISEASE CONTROL                          
                   R. W. Miller, Extension Plant Pathologist

DISEASE                                                        PAGE NUMBER

BITTER ROT.....................................................317506.00001
BLACK ROT......................................................317506.00004
COLLAR ROT.....................................................317506.00008
FLYSPECK.......................................................317506.00009
NEMATODES (LESION, DAGGER).....................................317506.00012
POSTHARVEST ROTS...............................................317506.00014
POWDERY MILDEW.................................................317506.00015
RUST (CEDAR APPLE, QUINCE).....................................317506.00020
SCAB...........................................................317506.00023
WHITE ROT......................................................317506.00028
UNION NECROSIS.................................................317506.00031
                            APPLE DISEASE CONTROL

_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Bitter rot-    
Glomerella      captan                                    3 lb             0
cingulata         CAPTAN 50W    6 lb      0.32 dry oz
                  CAPTEC 4F     3 qt      0.25 fl oz
REMARKS:  Sprays for bitter rot are essential from second cover through 
harvest.  Remove all mummified apples, prune all dead wood, pick off and 
destroy all affected fruit as soon as it appears. (+ + +) Where both bitter rot 
and white rot are a problem consider using a tank mix of mancozeb plus benomyl
(+++++).
NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                          APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Bitter rot-
Glomerella      mancozeb                                4.8-6.4 lb        21
cingulata         DITHANE M-45 6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
 (CONT)           MANZATE 200  6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz 
                  DIKAR        6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
                  PENNCOZEB    6-8 LB     0.32 dry oz
                  MANZATE 4F   4.8-6.4 qt 0.50 fl oz
REMARKS:  See captan remarks.  Dikar is effective for powdery mildew under low 
disease pressure.  It has some mite-suppressant properties.  A spreader sticker
in last three sprays reduces fungicide spots.  (+ + + + +) Where white rot is
a problem add benomyl at 4 oz/100 gal or 1 lb per acre.

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                          APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Bitter rot-
Glomerella      folpet                                    3 lb            0
cingulata         Phaltan 50W  6 lb       0.25 dry oz      
 (CONT)
REMARKS:  Same remarks as for captan.  May cause leaf injury and fruit russet 
during hot, dry conditions on Delicious and Stayman varieties.  Fruit finish
problem is worse if applied before the fruit skin (cuticle) thickens in third
or fourth cover.  (+ + + + +)
                metiram                                 4.8-6.4 lb        15
                  POLYRAM 80W  6-8 lb    0.32 dry oz
REMARKS:  Same remarks as for captan and mancozeb.  (+ + + + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                          APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Black rot-
Botryosphaeria  captan                                  3 lb               0
obtusa            CAPTAN 50W    6 lb       0.32 dry oz
                  CAPTEC 4F     3 qt       0.25 fl oz
REMARKS:  Black rot sprays are necessary bud-break through harvest; essential
between bud break and 3rd cover. Remove dead wood and mummified fruit.  Do not
apply within 1 wk of oil sprays.  (+ + + + +) Where black rot is a problem use
benomyl within 1 wk of oil sprays.

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                          APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Black rot-
Botryosphaeria  folpet                                    3 lb             0
obtusa            PHALTAN 50W   6 lb       0.32 dry oz
 (CONT)

REMARKS:  See remarks for captan for black rot.  Do not use in combination 
with dodine.  May cause leaf injury and fruit russet during hot, dry weather.  
May cause fruit finish problems if applied before the fruit skin (cuticle) 
thickens in third or fourth cover.  (+ + + + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                          APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Black rot-
Botryosphaeria  mancozeb                                 4.8-6.4 lb        21
obtusa            DITHANE M-45 6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
 [B(CONT)           MANZATE 200  6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz 
                  DIKAR        6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
                  PENNCOZEB    6-8 LB     0.32 dry oz
                  MANZATE 4F   4.8-6.4 qt 0.50 fl oz
REMARKS:  Apply sprays as for captan.  Remove dead wood and mummified fruits.  
Spreader sticker in last three sprays reduces visual deposits.  Dikar contains
dinocap, effective for powdery mildew where disease pressure is low.(+ + +) If
black rot is a problem consider tank mix with benomyl (4 oz/100 gal or 1 lb/ac.)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                            APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Black rot-
Botryosphaeria  metiram                                 4.8-6.4 lb        15
obtusa            POLYRAM 80W   6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz 
 (CONT)

REMARKS:  Apply sprays as for captan 50W.  Remarks for mancozeb apply. (+ + +)


NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Collar rot- 
Phytophthora    metalaxyl                                 4.8 lb         4 mo
spp.              RIDOMIL 2E   See remarks See remarks
   
REMARKS:  Make applications before symptoms appear.  Mix 1 qt of Ridomil 2E 
with 100 gal of water and apply 1 qt of final solution to trees less than an
inch, 2 qts 1-3 inches in diameter, 3 qts 3-5 inches, and 4 qts over 5 inches.  
Make one application at planting or in spring and another after harvest.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fire blight     streptomycin                             0.42 lb         50
                  AGRIMYCIN,
                  AGRISTREP,    2 lb       0.08 dry oz
                  PHYTOMYCIN
REMARKS:  Use at the rate of 100 ppm as a dilute spray at 5-day intervals 
through bloom.  For best control, streptomycin should not be mixed with other 
chemicals in the spray tank.  Product per ac based on 400 gal dilute.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Flyspeck and    benomyl                                   0.37 lb    See
sooty blotch      BENLATE 50W   0.75 lb    0.03 dry oz               remarks
Gloeodes pomi-
gena, Schizoth- thiophanate-                              0.7 lb     See
yrium pomi      methyl                                            remarks.
                  TOPSIN-M 70W 0.75 lb     0.03 dry oz  
Remarks: Recommended in combination with mancozeb 80W (3 lb/ac) or captan 50W 
(4 lb/ac).  Minimum days till last application with mancozeb-21, captan-0.  
Use from sixth cover through harvest.  Residual effectiveness of combinations 
is 45 days.  (+ + + + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Flyspeck and    captan                                    3.0 lb         0
sooty blotch      CAPTAN 50W    6 lb       0.32 dry oz
G. pomigena,      CAPTEC 4F     3 qt       0.25 fl oz
S. pomi
 (CONT)

Remarks:  Residual effectiveness for control is 28 days. (+ + + +)

                folpet                                    3.0 lb         0
                 PHALTAN        6 lb       0.32 dry oz
Remarks:  May cause leaf injury and fruit russet during hot, dry weather.  (+ 
+ + + +)
NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Flyspeck and    metiram                                  4.8-6.4 lb      15
sooty blotch      POLYRAM 80W  6-8 lb      0.32 dry oz
G. pomigena,    mancozeb                                 4.8-6.4 lb      21
S. pomi           DITHANE M-45 6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
 (CONT)           MANZATE 200  6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz 
                  DIKAR        6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
                  PENNCOZEB    6-8 LB     0.32 dry oz
                  MANZATE 4F   4.8-6.4 qt 0.50 fl oz
Remarks: (+ + + + + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                        APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Nematodes       1,3 dichloro-                             313 lb         1 yr
 lesion,        propene                       Not
 dagger           TELONE II      33 gal     Applicable
Remarks:  Preplant fumigation only.  The rate indicated is approximate.  
Consult label for specific soils and use situations.  May be applied as strip 
or or broadcast treatment.  Late summer treatments best.  Allow 3-6 months for 
aeration prior to planting.
             R  oxamyl          Not           See           2 lb         1 yr
                  VYDATE L   Applicable     Remarks                Non-bearing
REMARKS:  Use as foliar application.  Use 2-4 pts. per 100gal as dilute spray.
Make 4 applications at 2 wk intervals on actively growing plants.  Use spreader
sticker.  Do not apply to plants under water stress.  Commercial use only. 
NOTE:Lesion and dagger nematodes have not caused detectable damage when land is 
first planted to apple but may be a problem when replanted.  Dagger nematode is 
a Virus vector.  See Apple "union necrosis".
R- Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Nematodes    R Fenamiphos                     Not          20 lb        72
lesion and       NEMACUR        6.6 gal    Applicable   
dagger
 (CONT)

REMARKS:  Split the application applying 3.3 gal in the spring after April 1 
but not within 72 days of harvest and 3.3 gal in the fall after harvest but 
before November 1 if possible.  Lesion(+++++), Dagger(+++)

Note:Lesion and dagger nematodes have not caused detectable damage when land is 
first planted to apple but may be a problem when replanted.  Dagger nematode is 
a Virus vector.  See Apple "union necrosis".
R- Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Postharvest     benomyl 50W                           Not applicable      0
rots              BENLATE     Not applicable Not applicable
Penicillium     thiophanate-                          Not applicable.     0
                methyl 70W
                  TOPSIN-M    Not applicable Not applicable
REMARKS:  Dip harvested fruit (8 oz/100 gal).  Not effective for bitter rot 
control.  Resistance of Penicillium to these products is a threat.  Cork spot
and bitter pit are physiological disorders that are normally controlled in 
South Carolina by inclusion of calcium and boron in certain covers sprays.  
Consult Information card 110, Commercial Apple Spray Guide.  Scald is a 
physiological disorder resulting in superficial browning and death of the skin 
when apples are removed from storage.  To control harvest at proper 
maturity, cool rapidly, store promptly.  Air purification will help.  These 
procedures may be supplemented with DPA (diphenylamine, NOSCALD).  Follow 
package label.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Powdery mildew  benomyl                                  0.37 lb          0
Podosphaera      BENLATE 50W 0.5-0.75 lb  0.03 dry oz
leucotricha     thiophanate-                             0.7 lb           0
                methyl
                  TOPSIN M     1 LB        0.04 dry oz
REMARKS:  Use from bud-break through third cover or until terminal growth 
stops.  May be used in combination with mancozeb and captan as suggested for 
other diseases or in combination with oil.
Caution:  Oil may cause fruit russet.  Continued use of benomyl or 
thiophanate-methyl may lead to development of tolerant strains.  On red 
delicious a fruit finish may be opalescent with continued use.(+ + + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Powdery mildew  mancozeb +                                6.4 lb          21
Podosphaera     dinocap
leucotricha       DIKAR        8 lb        0.32 dry oz
 (CONT)         dinocap                                  0.195 lb         21
                  KARATHANE
                   19.5WD      1 lb        0.04 dry oz
REMARKS:  Use from bud-break through third cover.  Dinocap is the active 
ingredient in Dikar that is effective against powdery mildew.  (+ + +)
Do not use with wettable parathion from pink through second cover.  On very
susceptible varieties, rate of Karathane may be increased to 2.5-3.5 lb/ac. 
Do not tank-mix with sulfur.  When mildew is heavy add spreader sticker.(+ + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT) 

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Powdery mildew  triadimefon                               1-4 dry oz      0
Podosphaera       BAYLETON 50W 2-8 dry oz  0.005-0.02 dry oz
leucotricha
 (CONT)

REMARKS:  Make first application at green-tip and continue application at 7-14 
day intervals (see information Card 110 for normal schedule of applications) 
as needed until terminal growth stops.  Do not apply more than 24 oz/ac/yr.  
May be applied day of harvest.  Do not graze treated orchards.  Does not 
control rots or scab.  (+ + + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                        APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Powdery mildew  fenarimol                                 0.09 lb      see
Podosphaera        RUBIGAN     6-12 fl oz    0.12 fl oz               remarks
leucotricha        12.5EC
 (CONT)
REMARKS:  Fenarimol is also effective for scab and rust but not for black rot, 
white rot or bitter rot.  In the southeast it must be tank mixed with other 
fungicides for these diseases.  To take advantage of after infection activity 
after using tank mix with protectant fungicide, delay next application till 
another infection period or 10 days, which ever comes first. Do not apply after 
second cover or fruits exceed 1/2 inch in diameter.
                wettable sulfur-minimum 80%               9.6 lb           N/A
                 SULFUR,
                  THIOLUX DF    12 lb        0.5   
REMARKS:  Use from bud-break through third cover.  Reduce rate of sulfur to 6 
lb/ac starting at petal fall.  May be used in combination with dodine, 
mancozeb, captan, and metiram.  Do not use in combination with Morestan.(+ + +)
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC    PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC     TO HARVEST
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Powdery mildew  triforine                                 0.5 lb    See
Podosphaera       FUNGINEX                                          remarks
leucotricha        1.6EC        40 fl oz    0.1 fl oz
 (CONT)

REMARKS:  Do not aply after petal fall.  Apply at 7-day intervals starting 
1/2 in green tip.  Do not exceed five applications/season.  For dilute sprays 
use 10 oz/100 gal.  Does not control black rot. (+ + + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Rust (cedar-    mancozeb                                  4.8-6.4 lb       21
apple and         DITHANE M-45     6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
quince rust)      MANZATE 200,     6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
Gymnosporangium   DIKAR            6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
spp.              PENNCOZEB        6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
                  MANZATE 4F   4.8-6.4 qt     0.50 fl oz
                metiram                                   4.8-6.4 lb       21
                  POLYRAM          6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
REMARKS: Use from prepink through first cover.  Remove cedar trees up to 1/4 
mile from orchard.  Protective activity only.  May be combined with after 
infection activity fungicides.(+ + + + +)   

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Rust (cedar-    ferbam                                    2.28 lb           7
apple and          CARBAMATE
quince rust)        76W          3 lb       0.12 oz      See remarks
Gymnosporangium
spp. (CONT)

REMARKS:  Use in combination with captan 8 lb/ac.  Same remarks as for 
mancozeb.  Do not use within 1 wk of oil spray.  When used in combination with 
sulfur do not use within 10 days of oil or during periods of excessive high 
temperatures.  Russet may occur if used prior to or during bloom on golden 
delicious.(+ + + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Rust (cedar     triadimefon                              0.1-0.4 oz        0
apple and         BAYLETON 50W  2-8 oz     0.005-0.02 dry oz
quince rust)   
Gymnosporangium   
spp. (CONT)
REMARKS:  Make first application at green-tip and continue application at 7-14 
day intervals (see information Card 110 for normal schedule of applications) 
as needed until terminal growth stops.  Do not apply more than 24 oz/ac/yr.  
May be applied day of harvest.  Do not graze treated orchards.  Does not 
control rots or scab.  (+ + + +)
                triforine
                  FUNGINEX                                  0.5 lb      See 
                   1.6EC        40 oz      0.1 fl oz                   remarks
REMARKS:  Do not apply after petal fall.  Apply at 7-day intervals starting 
1/2 in green tip.  Do not exceed five applications/season.  For dilute sprays 
use 10 oz/100 gal.  Does not control black rot. (+ + + +)
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT) 
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Scab            benomyl         3/4 lb     0.03 oz       0.37 lb     With
Venturia          BENLATE 50W   See remarks.                         mancozeb-
inaequalis                                                            21.  With
                thiophanate-    l lb       0.04 oz       0.7 lb      captan-O
                methyl          See remarks.                         With
                  TOPSIN-M 70W                                       metiram-15
REMARKS: Scab sprays are required from bud break through harvest.  Continued 
use may lead to development of tolerant strains.  Use in combination with 
mancozeb, captan, or metiram.  Benomyl or thiophanate-methyl has after-
infection activity for 36 hours.  In South Carolina use should be 
limited to severe scab infestations or after-infection periods.  May be used 
in combination with spray oil.  See package label. (+ + + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119. 
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT) 

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC     TO HARVEST 
______________________________________________________________________________
Scab            captan                                    3-4 lb      0
Venturia          CAPTAN 50W  6-8 LB       0.32 dry oz
inaequalis        CAPTEC 4F    3 qt        0.25 fl oz
 (CONT)

REMARKS: Sprays for scab are required from budbreak until harvest.  Do not 
apply captan within 1 wk of oil spray. (+ + + +) When warranted add or
substitute other materials for control of powdery mildew, rust, and bitter rot.

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).
See Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Scab
Venturia        dodine                                    1.3 lb         7
inaequalis        CYPREX 65W    2 lb       0.08 oz                 See remarks.
 (CONT)

REMARKS: Sprays for scab are required from budbreak until harvest.  Reduce 
rate to 1 lb/ac at petal fall and first cover.  Use beyond first cover will 
result in russet.  Dodine has after-infection activity up to 36 hr and may be 
used in combination with oil. (+ + + + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119. 
                        APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
scab                               
Venturia        triforine                                   0.5 lb      See
inaequalis        FUNGINEX                                             remarks.
 (CONT)            1.6EC        40 oz      0.1 fl oz

REMARKS: See powdery mildew.  Has very low protective activity, good after-
infection activity(72 hr) and pre-symptom activity, poor after-symptom activity.
Do not apply after petal fall.  Sprays for scab are required from bud break 
through harvest.  Apply alternative fungicide after petal fall.  Also controls
rust and mildew.

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119. 
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Scab            mancozeb                                 4.8-6.4 lb       21
Venturia          DITHANE M-45 6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
inaequalis        MANZATE 200, 6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
 (CONT)           DIKAR        6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
                  PENNCOZEB    6-8 LB     0.32 dry oz
                  MANZATE 4F   4.8-6.4 qt 0.50 fl oz
                metiram                                  4.8-6.4 lb       15
                  POLYRAM      6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
REMARKS: Sprays for scab are required from budbreak until harvest. (+ + +)

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119. 
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
White rot       captan                                   3-4 lb            0
Botryosphaeria    CAPTAN 50W   6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
dothidiea         CAPTEC 4F    3 qt       0.25 fl oz
                folpet                                   3-4 lb            0
                  PHALTAN      6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
REMARKS:  Sprays for white rot should be applied from 1st cover through 
harvest.  Remove dead wood from tree.  Phaltan may cause leaf injury and fruit 
russet during hot, dry weather. (+ + + + +) 

NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                         APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_______________________________________________________________________________

                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
White rot       mancozeb                                 4.8-6.4 lb       21
Botryosphaeria    DITHANE M-45, 6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
dothidea          MANZATE 200,  6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
 (CONT)           DIKAR         6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz
                  PENNCOZEB     6-8 LB     0.32 dry oz
                  MANZATE 4F    4.8-6.4 qt 0.50 fl oz
                     or
REMARKS: (+ + +) Where mancozeb and metiram are used for bitter rot control
supplement with benomyl or thiophanate methyl.  Sprays for white rot control 
should be applied from first cover through harvest.  Remove dead wood.  May 
also be used in combination with captan at rates of 4 lb/ac captan 50W and 4
lb/ac mancozeb 80W from fourth cover until 21 days before harvest. (+ + + +)
NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
White Rot
Botryosphaeria  metiram                                  4.8-6.4 lb       15
dothidiea         POLYRAM 
 (CONT)            80W         6-8 lb     0.32 dry oz

REMARKS: (+ + +) Where mancozeb and metiram are used for bitter rot control
supplement with benomyl or thiophanate methyl.  Sprays for white rot control 
should be applied from first cover through harvest.  Remove dead wood.  May 
also be used in combination with captan at rates of 4 lb/ac captan 50W and 4
lb/ac metiram 80W from fourth cover until 21 days before harvest. (+ + + +)
NOTE:  Product/ac or ai/ac is based on trees pruned to 18-22 ft high requiring
400 gal to constitute a dilute spray.  Relative effectiveness of fungicides for
disease control(+ + + = fair to good, to + + + + + + = very effective).  See
Clemson Extension Information Card 110, or Information Card 119.
                           APPLE DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)                   

_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                                      MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC      TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Union necrosis
Tomato ring spot                 SEE REMARKS
virus

REMARKS:  Union necrosis is vectored from weed hosts such as dandelions to 
apple by dagger nematodes.  Control is obtained through use of herbicides such 
as simazine to control perennial weeds in the orchard floor and dagger nematode 
control.  Consult under nematodes and weed control in apples.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Root rot-
White, black                     SEE REMARKS
and oak root rot

REMARKS:  Although methyl bromide fumigation is cleared for preplant fumigation
of infested sites, experience in South Carolina indicates poor control of these
diseases is obtained.  Best to rotate away from such sites. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BLACKBERRY WEED CONTROL                            
-DOC-
                            BLACKBERRY WEED CONTROL
                   G. A. King, Jr., Extension Horticulturist
 
Many herbicides recommended for use on blackberries are wettable powders.  
They go into suspension, not solution.  Therefore, constant agitation is 
required to keep them in suspension.  Mechanical agitation is better than 
hydraulic agitation and line and nozzle strainers should be at least 50 mesh.  
Also, since wettable powders are abrasive, sprayers should be recalibrated 
frequently.
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                           
PESTICIDE                     RATE AI/AC          TIME OF APPLICATION
                           ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
Established blackberries:  
  simazine                      2-4 lb            Apply half in spring before
    PRINCEP 4G                                    budbreak and half after
                                                  harvest.
REMARKS:  Use lowest rate on light soils.  Do not apply while fruit is 
present.  Controls annual weeds in established plantings.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLACKBERRY WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                           
PESTICIDE                     RATE AI/AC          TIME OF APPLICATION
                           ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
  diuron                        3-4 lb            Apply in spring before weeds
    KARMEX 80W                                    emerge and before canes leaf
                                                  out.
REMARKS:  Use lowest rate on light soils.  Plants must be at least 1 yr old.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  oryzalin                      2-5 lb            Apply to new plantings after 
    SURFLAN 75W                                   the soil settles, to 
                                                  established plantings in 
                                                  spring before weeds emerge.
REMARKS:  Use low rate for short-term control and high rate for long-term 
control.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLACKBERRY WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                           
PESTICIDE                     RATE AI/AC          TIME OF APPLICATION
                           ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
  dichlobenil                   2-4 lb            Apply in Jan.-March to 
    CASORON 4G                                    cold, wet soil.
REMARKS:  Use the granular formulation only.  This material loses its 
effectiveness rapidly if exposed to dry, warm conditions.  Use lower rate on 
lighter soils.  Do not apply during new shoot emergence.  Use on plants 
established for 1 yr or more.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  diphenamid                                       On new plantings apply just 
    ENIDE 50W                   8-12 lb            after planting but before 
    ENIDE 90W                   4.4-6.6 lb         weeds germinate.  On 
                                                   established plantings apply 
                                                   before weed emergence.
REMARKS:  Apply as a directed spray but do not apply within 60 days of harvest 
or use more than the recommended amount of material during the growing season.  
Use lowest rate on light soils; higher rate on heavier soils.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLACKBERRY WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                           
PESTICIDE                     RATE AI/AC          TIME OF APPLICATION
                           ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
  napropamide                   4 lb               Late fall or early spring.
     DEVRINOL 50WP                          
REMARKS:  Apply water within 24 hr to activate material.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  fluazifop-butyl               0.5 lb             Apply to actively growing 
    FUSILADE 4E                                    grasses.  Apply to 
                                                   perennial johnsongrass 
                                                   before it exceeds 12-18 in 
                                                   tall and before boot stage.
                                                   Apply to perennial bermuda-
                                                   grass before it exceeds 3 
                                                   in tall or with 4-8 in 
                                                   runners.  Apply to annual
                                                   grasses before they reach 
                                                   2-9 in tall and before 
                                                   tillering and/or heading.
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage required.  Use only on nonbearing plants, as 
for site preparation before transplanting.  Apply as directed spray to prevent 
contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank mix with other herbicides.  Add 1 qt 
crop oil concentrate or 1/2 pt nonionic surfactant/25 gal water.  Use 25 gal 
dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 pressure.                                                                     
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLACKBERRY WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                           
PESTICIDE                     RATE AI/AC          TIME OF APPLICATION
                           ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
  sethoxydim                    0.5 lb             Apply to actively growing 
    POAST                                          grasses.  Apply to 
                                                   perennial johnsongrass 
                                                   before it exceeds 12-18 in 
                                                   tall and before boot stage.
                                                   Apply to perennial bermuda-
                                                   grass before it exceeds 3 
                                                   in tall or with 4-8 in 
                                                   runners.  Apply to annual
                                                   grasses before they reach 
                                                   2-9 in tall and before 
                                                   tillering and/or heading.
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage required.  Use only on nonbearing plants, as 
for site preparation before transplanting.  Apply as a directed spray to 
prevent contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank mix with other herbicides.  
Add 1 qt crop oil concentrate or 1/2 pt nonionic surfactant/25 gal water.  Use 
25 gal dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 pressure.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLACKBERRY WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                           
PESTICIDE                     RATE AI/AC          TIME OF APPLICATION
                           ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
   norflurazon                   2-4 lb            Apply from fall to early
     SOLICAM DF                                    spring before weeds
                                                   emerge.
REMARKS:  Use lowest rate on light soils.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   diuron                        1.5-3 lb          Apply preemergence to 
     DIREX 4L                                      weeds.
REMARKS:  Apply only to plants established 1 yr or more.  Do not use on sand, 
loamy sand or gravelly soils.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dinoseb                          1.25 lb           Apply after harvest.
  FERMENTA GENERAL WEED KILLER
REMARKS:  Apply to lower 18 in of cane using 100-150 gal/A for control of 
annual grasses, weeds and unwanted fruit spurs.  Do not apply within 30 days 
of harvest or make more than 4 applications per season. 
_____________________________________________________________________________ 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BLUEBERRY WEED CONTROL                            
-DOC-
                            BLUEBERRY WEED CONTROL
                   G. A. King, Jr., Extension Horticulturist
 
Chemicals will provide good weed control in established plantings as well as 
control annual weeds in new blueberry fields.  Herbicide treatment of new 
plantings must be done with caution because very young plants have small roots 
near the soil surface and may be seriously injured by chemicals applied at too 
high rates.  A wise policy would be to apply no herbicides until the blueberry 
plants have been in the field 6 mo to 1 yr.  Good weed control requires 
accurate application, timing and amount of materials if weeds are to be 
controlled without injury to the blueberry plants.  New blueberry plants 
should be treated to control annual weeds with reduced rates of certain 
herbicides in the spring following the setting of plants.
______________________________________________________________________________                                                                   
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________                               
  simazine                    3-4 lb               Apply half in spring before
    PRINCEP 80W                                    budbreak and half after
                                                   harvest.
REMARKS:  Use lowest rate on light soils.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLUEBERRY WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________                                   
  dichlobenil                 4-6 lb               Apply early spring before
    CASORON                                        mid-February
REMARKS:  Use on plants established 1 yr or more.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  terbacil                 1.6-3.2 lb              Use in spring or after  
    SINBAR 80W                                     harvest before weeds emerge
                                                   or shortly after emergence.
REMARKS:  Use only on plantings established 1 yr or more.  Use lower rate on 
lighter soil.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLUEBERRY WEED CONTROL 
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________                                   
  chlorpropham               8-12 lb               Apply in late fall and 
    FURLOE, CIPC                                   again in early spring for
                                                   hard-to-kill grasses.
REMARKS:  Direct spray to base of plants in weed-free soil.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R paraquat                   0.5-1 lb              Apply before new canes 
    PARAQUAT CL                                    emerge.
REMARKS:  Avoid contact with green tissue.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.                           
 
BLUEBERRY WEED CONTROL 
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________                                 
  fluazifop-butyl           0.5 lb                 Apply to actively growing 
    FUSILADE 4E                                    grasses.  Apply to
                                                   perennial johnsongrass
                                                   before it exceeds 12-18 in
                                                   tall and before boot stage.
                                                   Apply to perennial bermuda-
                                                   grass before it exceeds 3 
                                                   in tall or has 4-8 in 
                                                   runners.  Apply to annual
                                                   grasses before they reach
                                                   2-8 in tall and before
                                                   tillering and/or heading.
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage is required.  Use only on nonbearing plants, 
as for site preparation before transplanting.  Apply as a directed spray to 
prevent contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank with other herbicides.  Add 1 
qt of crop oil concentrate or 1/2 pt of a nonionic surfactant/25 gal water.  
Use 25 gal dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 psi pressure.
BLUEBERRY WEED CONTROL 
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________                                 
  napropamide                4 lb                  Late fall or early spring.
    DEVRINOL 50WP
REMARKS:  Apply water within 24 hr to activate material.                     
______________________________________________________________________________
   diuron                  1.5-3 lb                Apply premergence to weeds.
     DIREX 4L
REMARKS:  Apply only to plants established 1 yr or more.  Do not use on sand, 
loamy sand or gravelly soils.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   dinoseb                 1.25-2.5 lb             Apply when annual weeds and
     FERMENTA GENERAL WEED KILLER                  grasses are 6" tall.
REMARKS:  Use a directed spray 3-4 times per year on plants 2 years or older.  
Apply 100-150 gal/A.  Do not apply within 30 days of harvest.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLUEBERRY WEED CONTROL 
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________                                 
   pronamide               1-2 lb                  Apply in fall or early
     KERB 50W                                      winter to unfrozen ground.
REMARKS:  Do not apply to newly transplanted blueberries until roots are well 
established.  Do not make more than one application per year.  Best activity 
occurs when applied under cool emperatures (55 degrees F or less) and when 
followed by rainfall or overhead irrigation.
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GRAPE WEED CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              GRAPE WEED CONTROL
                   G. A. King, Jr., Extension Horticulturist
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE                 RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                       ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________                   
  dichlobenil          4-6 lb                    Early spring or after 
    CASORON 50W        depending on crop         cultivation.  Can be applied
    CASORON 4G         and weed population       later if lightly mixed into
                                                 soil.
REMARKS:  Apply as directed spray to orchard floor.  Do not graze livestock in 
treated areas.  Do not spray fruit or foliage of bearing trees.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bearing Grapes:
  diuron               1.6-4.8 lb                Apply in spring before weeds
    DREXEL 4L                                    emerge or cultivate cleanly 
    DREXEK 80                                    in the early spring and then
                                                 apply.
REMARKS:  Do not apply on grapes until at least third growing season.  Use 
lower rate on lighter soils; higher rate on heavy soils.                   
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE                 RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                       ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________                   
  simazine             2 1/2-3 lb                Apply in late fall following
    PRINCEP 80W                                  harvest, to early spring 
                                                 before weed emergence.
REMARKS:  Do not exceed 4 lb/ac/yr.  When two applications are made, rate 
should not exceed 2 1/2 lb/ac/application.  Plants should be established for 3 
yr or more before treating.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  oryzalin             2-5 lb                    Apply under vine in spring 
     SURFLAN 75W                                 before weed emergence.  May 
                                                 be applied to newly planted
                                                 vines after the soil settles 
                                                 and to nonbearing and bearing
                                                 vines.
REMARKS:  Use low rate for short-term control and high rate for long term 
control.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE                 RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                       ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________                   
R paraquat             1/2-1 lb                  Apply when weeds and grasses 
    PARAQUAT CL                                  are tender and growth 1 to 6
                                                 in high.  Repeat application
                                                 as needed to control newly
                                                 germinated weeds and grasses
                                                 and to control regrowth of
                                                 perennials.
REMARKS:  Apply as a directed spray.  Thoroughly cover weeds and grasses using 
coarse spray.  Do not spray when windy to avoid drifting.  Be careful not to 
spray tender stems and foliage as injury may result from spot burning, 
desiccation, and/or defoliation.  Do not let cattle graze on treated area.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.                           
GRAPE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE                 RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                       ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________                   
  glyphosate           1-2 qt                    Apply before the end of grape
     ROUNDUP 4EC                                 bloom when weeds are actively
                                                 growing.
REMARKS:  Apply as a directed spray under trellis in vineyards established at 
least 3 years or for site preparation before planting.  Keep spray off green 
foliage, green bark, and suckers.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  napropamide          4 lb                      Late fall or early spring.
     DEVRINOL 50WP
REMARKS:  Apply water within 24 hr to activate material.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE                 RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                       ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________                   
  fluazifop-butyl      0.5 lb                    Apply to actively growing
   FUSILADE 4E                                   grasses.  Application to
                                                 perennial johnsongrass should
                                                 be made before it exceeds 12-
                                                 18 in tall and before boot 
                                                 stage.  Application to
                                                 perennial bermudagrass should
                                                 be made before it exceeds 3 
                                                 in tall or has 4- to 8-in 
                                                 runners.  Apply to annual
                                                 grasses before they are 2-8
                                                 in tall and before tillering
                                                 and/or heading.
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage is required.  Use only on nonbearing plants,
as for site preparation before transplanting.  Apply as a directed spray to 
prevent contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank mix with other herbicides.  
Add 1 qt crop oil concentrate or 1/2 nonionic surfactant/25 gal water.  Use 
25 gal dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 psi pressure.
_______________________________________________________________________________                      
GRAPE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE                 RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                       ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________                   
  sethoxydim           0.5 lb                    Apply to actively growing
   POAST                                         grasses.  Application to
                                                 perennial johnsongrass should
                                                 be made before it exceeds 12-
                                                 18 in tall and before boot 
                                                 stage.  Application to
                                                 perennial bermudagrass should
                                                 be made before it exceeds 3 
                                                 in tall or has 4-to-8 in 
                                                 runners.  Apply to annual
                                                 grasses before they are 2-8
                                                 in tall and before tillering
                                                 and/or heading.
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage is required.  Use only on nonbearing plants,
as for site preparation before transplanting.  Apply as a directed spray to 
prevent contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank mix with other herbicides.  
Add 1 qt crop oil concentrate or 1/2 nonionic surfactant/25 gal water.  Use 
25 gal dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 psi pressure.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE                 RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                       ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________                   
  dinoseb            1.25-2.5 lb                 Apply when annual weeds and
    FERMENTA GENERAL WEED KILLER                 grasses are 6" tall.
REMARKS:  Use a directed spray 3-4 times per year on plants 2 years or older.  
Apply 100-150 gal/A.  Do not apply within 30 days of harvest.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  pronamide            1-4 lb                    Apply in fall after harvest 
    KERB                                         but before soil freezes.
REMARKS:  Do not apply to seedling vines less than one year old or to fall 
transplanted stock that has been transplanted less than one year or to spring 
transplanted stock that has been transplanted less than 6 months.  When used 
as recommended, established nonbearing and bearing grapes are very tolerant to 
Kerb herbicide.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPE WEED CONTROL
_______________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE                 RATE AI/AC             TIME OF APPLICATION
                       ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________                   
  trifluralin         0.5-2 lb                   Apply and incorporate before
    TREFLAN EC, MTF, 5CF or TR-10                planting.
REMARKS:  Use only on new sites prior to planting.
______________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL                  
-DOC-
                  GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL
                   R. W. Miller, Extension Plant Pathologist
______________________________________________________________________________
INTRODUCTION:  Production of full crops of grapes usually requires a spray 
program from dormant period till harvest.  Amount of fungicide per acre will 
increase with growth of pruned vines.  First new shoot spray (1-2 in. long) 
requires 33% of per acre rate.  Second new shoot (6-10 in.) spray requires 50% 
followed by pre-bloom and post-bloom sprays of 67% of per acre rate.  First 
cover spray follows post bloom spray 1 week later at 83% and second cover or 
fruit set spray 2 weeks later at 100%. Usually 4 or more cover sprays are 
required. Turn off nozzles as required.  Spray only the target.  Failure to 
direct all spray materials to target will result in inadequate pesticide to 
control disease or require 100% per acre rate in all sprays.  Through coverage 
is essential. Berry rots are important from 2nd cover through harvest.  Disease
pressure becomes severe as berries approach maturity.  See also Information 
Card 99 or Information Card 119.  Sanitation and incorporation of debris will 
reduce disease pressure of all grape diseases listed.  Diseases of grapes are 
powdery mildew (Uncinula necator), black rot (Guignardia bidwellii), angular 
leaf spot (Mycosphaerella angulata), bitter rot (Melanconium fuligineum), ripe 
rot (Glomerella cingulata), Macrophoma rot (Botryosphaeria dothidea), 
anthracnose (Elsinoe ampelina), downy mildew (Plasmopara viticola), dead 
arm (Eutypa aemeniacae) and pierces disease, a xylem limited bacterium. 
                GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL


DISEASE                                                        PAGE NUMBER

ANGULAR LEAF SPOT/BLACK ROT/
  DOWNY MILDEW/ANTHRACNOSE/DEAD ARM............................317530.00003
BLACK ROT/POWDERY MILDEW ONLY..................................317530.00007
POWDERY MILDEW ONLY............................................317530.00008
BLACK ROT AND DOWNY MILDEW.....................................317530.00009
DEAD ARM.......................................................317530.00010
ISARIOPSIS LEAF BLIGHT.........................................317530.00010
OAK ROOT ROT...................................................317530.00011
NEMATODES......................................................317530.00012
CROWN GALL.....................................................317530.00014
PIERCES DISEASE................................................317530.00015

   TO OBTAIN INFORMATION ON A SPECIFIC DISEASE, PRESS F1-7, PAGE NUMBER
                           AND RETURN <R>
              GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Angular leaf    maneb                                   3.2 lb          
spot, black rot,  MANEX       3.2 qts      1 fl oz                     66
downy mildew,     MANEB 4L    1.6 qts      0.5 fl oz                   66
anthracnose,      DITHANE M22 5 lb         0.8 dry oz                  66
dead arm        folpet                                  3 lb            
                  FOLPET      6 lb         0.96 dry oz                  0
                captan                                  3 lb
                  CAPTEC      3 qts        0.96 fl oz                   0
                  CAPTAN 4L   3 qts        0.96 fl oz                   0
                  CAPTAN 50W  6 lb         0.96 dry oz                  0
                                                                                
REMARKS: The above fungicides at rates indicated may be used through fruit set
or second cover for diseases indicated.  Although registered label exists for 
folpet availability in the market place is questionable. Do not use captan more 
than four times per season.  Check label to be sure rate to be used is listed. 
Those with higher rate are recommended.
               GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Angular leaf    mancozeb                                3.2 lb
spot, black rot,  MANZATE 200    4 lb       0.64 dry oz                66
downy mildew,     MANZATE 200 F  3.2 qts    1 fl oz                    66
anthracnose,      DITHANE M45    4 lb       0.64 dry oz                66
dead arm          DITHANE F45    3.2 qts    1 fl oz                    66
                  DIKAR          4.0 lb     0.64 dry oz                66
                  PENNCOZEB F    3.2 qts    1 fl oz                    66

REMARKS:  The above fungicides, at rates indicated may, be used through fruit 
set or second cover for diseases indicated.  Benlate is not effective for downy 
mildew. Dikar is effective for powdery mildew on mildly susceptible varieties.
               GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Angular leaf    benomyl                                 0.75 lb
spot, black rot,  BENLATE 50W    1.5 lb     0.24 oz                    7 
downy mildew,
anthracnose,
dead arm
 (CONT)

REMARKS:  The above fungicides, at rates indicated may, be used through fruit 
set or second cover for diseases indicated.  Benlate is not effective for downy 
mildew.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anthracnose      Copper sulfate  8 lb       1.28 oz      N/A          Exempt.
only
REMARKS: Use a minimum of 100 gal water/ac.  Apply after vines are pruned and 
sanitary measures complete during dormant period.  This spray is only 
necessary on bunch-type grapes.
               GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Angular leaf    maneb                                   1.5 lb          
spot, black rot,  MANEX       1.5 qts      1 fl oz                      7
downy mildew,     DITHANE M22 1.75 lb      0.28 dry oz                  7
dead arm,       folpet                                  3 lb            
anthracnose       FOLPET      6 lb         0.96 dry oz                  0
                captan                                  3 lb
                  CAPTEC      3 qts        0.96 fl oz                   0
                  CAPTAN 4L   3 qts        0.96 fl oz                   0
                  CAPTAN 50W  6 lb         0.96 dry oz                  0
                benomyl                                 0.75 lb
                  BENLATE 50W    1.5 lb     0.24 oz                    7
REMARKS:  Above fungicides are for 3rd cover through preharvest interval for 
diseases indicated. Although registered label exists for folpet availability is 
questionable.  Do not use captan more than 4 times per season.  Check label to 
be sure rate is listed.  Maneb rates may not be effective.  Captan may be 
preferred material.  Benlate does not control downy mildew. 
               GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Black rot,      triadimefon                              0.37 lb
powdery           BAYLETON 50W  2-6 dry oz   0.06 dry oz               14
mildew          benomyl                                  0.75 lb
only              BENLATE 50W   1.5 lb       0.24 dry oz                7
                mancozeb +         
                   dinocap                              2.8 - 0.18 lb
                  DIKAR 80W     4.0 lb       0.64 dry oz               66
REMARKS:  Do not use more than 18 oz of Bayleton per acre per season.  
Resistance of powdery mildew to benomyl is possible.  If control failure occurs 
submit samples to Clemson for resistance diagnosis.  Bayleton and benomyl are 
locally systemic. In muscadines, these materials may be supplemented with maneb 
or captan to control (when Bayleton is used) or enhance control (when Benlate is
used) of ripe rot , bitter rot and Macrophoma rot.  Benomyl is especially weak
against ripe rot.  See under angular leaf spot for rates either before or after
fruit set.  
               GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Powdery mildew sulfur                                    4.5 lb
only             SUPER SIX      6 pts        0.96 fl oz              EXEMPT
                 SULFUR 6F      6 pts        0.96 fl oz              EXEMPT  
                 THIOLUX 80W    5 lb         0.8 dry oz              EXEMPT
               dinocap                                   0.5 lb
                 KARATHANE WD   2.5 lb       0.4 dry oz                21 
REMARKS: Use when foliage first develops or at first sign of disease. Apply as 
needed at 7-14 and 14-21-day intervals respectively until berries are full 
size.  Susceptible muscadine varieties are most likely to show significant 
yield response.  Continuous use of benomyl may cause resistance to the 
fungicide. Tank mix with other fungicides for control of other diseases as 
needed.  Check compatibility. The addition of a spreader sticker may improve 
coverage with dinocap.  Sulfur injury may occur with Concord and other labrusca 
types.
               GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Black rot &     cupric hydroxide                         1.44 lb
downy mildew      KOCIDE 606 or  2.66 pts   0.4 fl oz                   0
                  KOCIDE 101     2 lb       0.32 dry oz                 0
                     plus
                hydrated lime    2-6 lb     0.96 dry oz  2-6 lb         0

REMARKS: Caution: slight to severe foliage injury may occur on copper-sensitive 
varieties such as Concord, Delaware, Niagara, Rosette and others.  Higher the 
lime, lower the probability of foliage injury.  Use above combination in last 
1 or 2 summer applications following earlier application of other fungicide(s). 
                basic copper sulfate                     1.06 lb       
                  BASICOP 53%   2 lb        0.32 dry oz                14

REMARKS: Caution: slight to severe injury may occur.  Evaluate on limited basis 
before using on large scale.  Make applications at first leaf, before bloom, 
after bloom (NOT DURING BLOOM), and at 2 wk intervals up to 2 wks of harvest. 
               GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Dead arm        benomyl                                 0.75 lb
                  BENLATE 50W    1.5 lb     0.24 oz                    7
                
REMARKS:  Where dead arm is severe applications of benomyl immediately after 
pruning will reduce incidence of the disease.  Use a regular fungicide schedule 
during the growing season.  For mechanically harvested muscadines, use spur 
renewal system when pruning.  Avoid broken canes and spurs that maintain an 
open wound where infections will start.

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Isariopsis      See remarks.    See        See          See          See
leaf blight                     remarks.   remarks.     remarks.     remarks.
REMARKS: Use regular fungicide schedule developed from above information.  
Cause and control of this problem is not well understood.
               GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Oak root rot
Armillaria      methyl bromide                             400-870     24 MO
mellea &         BROM-O-GAS 98
Clitocybe        TERR-O-GAS 98  400-870 LB   N/A  
tabescens

REMARKS:  To obtain maximum control soil must be dry to depth of root system 
(4-5 ft in most SC soils).  Rip soil with subsoilers before treatment. Place 
chisels 48-60 in. apart and inject at 24-30 in. deep.  Seal chisel channel at 
application.  Best if tarped.  Most likely time for dry conditions is in fall.  
When replanting infested sites best to pull tree, root scarify and treat 
immediately. May also be applied as a single tree site auger injected 
application.  Consult label. Limited tests in SC have indicated poor long term 
control to date.  Best if soil temperatures are 50 degrees F, preferably 60-90. 
Note: environmental conditions for oak root rot treatment are different than
for nematode control(soil moisture at optimum for seed germination).
                GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Nematodes:      1,3-dichloro-   Consult    See remarks.  N/A              N/A
ring, dagger    propene         label.
                  TELONE II
REMARKS: Preplant fumigation only.  May be applied as a strip or broadcast 
treatment. Broadcast is preferred. Rates vary with soil type, typically 33 
gal/ac in SC.  National data supports efficacy but local data lacking 
                GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Nematodes:    R fenamiphos      6.0 gal    Variable:     20 lb            45
ring, dagger      NEMACUR 3EC              see label.
 (CONT)

REMARKS: Apply postplant in split application 10 lb ai/ac (3.3 gal) in the 
spring after April 1 and before 45-day preharvest interval. Apply second 
application (10 lb ai/ac) in fall before Nov. 1. Apply as strip under tree 
canopy. May be tank mixed with herbicides.  Best results if rainfall (1/2 in +) 
or overhead irrigation occurs immediately after treatment. May take as much as 
three applications (15-18 mo) to bring high counts below threshold (50/100 cc). 
Best to use as preventative where nematode problems are expected.

R - Some of all uses of this product are restricted.
               GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Crown gall      bacterial inoculant                         N/A        N/A
Agrobacterium     GALLTROL    See remarks   see remarks
tumefaciens

REMARKS: Usually applied as a dip to bare rooted plants.  One container can 
treat as many as 10,000 root pieces . This biological control bacterium has not 
controlled all strains of the crown gall bacterium found in SC but has reduced 
the incidence of crown gall in peaches.  Local data on grapes is not available.
The causal bacteria persist in the soil.  Wounds are required for infection so 
every effort should be made to avoid wounding roots and lower stem.  Allow 
roots to heal prior to planting.  Where crown gall is a problem avoid 
cultivation.  Use herbicides for weed control to avoid cultivation. 
                GRAPE (BUNCH OR MUSCADINE) DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                     MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC  PRODUCT/GAL   AI/AC       TO HARVEST
______________________________________________________________________________
Pierces         See Remarks     ---          ---         ---           ---
Disease

REMARKS: Pierces Disease is caused by Xylem limited bacteria.  The bacteria are
vectored from wild weed hosts of the bacterium to grapes by leaf hoppers.
Control strategies include planting resistant or tolerant varieties and good
orchard floor management.  The purpose of good orchard floor management is to
avoid presence of alternate or wild weed hosts of the bacteria or an 
environment favorable for leaf hopper vectors.  Generally, insecticide sprays
for leaf hopper vectors have not been considered practical.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEACH WEED CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              PEACH WEED CONTROL
                    J. D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  dalapon                                             Apply when grass is 4-6 
    DOWPON M                                          in high.  Make a second
    or BASFAPON                                       application 2 wk later.
REMARKS:  Spot treatment.  Use 1 lb in 20 gal water and apply the solution to 
wet the grass.  Do not permit dalapon to accumulate on soil as a result of 
runoff from weeds.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  napropamide               4 lb                      Apply in fall or early 
    DEVRINOL                                          spring before weeds 
                                                      emerge.
REMARKS:  Incorporate or irrigate if no rainfall should occur within 24 hr of 
treatment.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  napropamide                4 lb                     Apply when grass and
    DEVRINOL                                          weeds are tender and
      +                       +                       1-6 in high for best
R paraquat                                            results.
    GRAMOXONE SUPER         1/2-1 lb
REMARKS:  Incorporate or irrigate if no rainfall should occur within 24 hr of 
treatment.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  napropamide               4 lb                      Apply in fall through 
    DEVRINOL                                          spring before weed
       +                      +                       emergence.  Do not apply
  diuron                    1 lb                      to frozen ground.
    KARMEX    
REMARKS:  Incorporate or irrigate if no rainfall should occur within 24 hr of 
treatment.  Use only under trees established in the orchard for at least 2 yr.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  simazine                  1.6-4 lb                  Apply after harvest or 
     PRINCEP                                          early spring before
                                                      blooming.
REMARKS:  Do not allow spray to come in contact with leaves or fruit.  Use 
lower rate on light soils and higher rate on heavy soils.  Use only on trees 1 
yr or older.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R  paraquat                 1/2-1 lb                  Apply with a nonionic 
     GRAMOXONE SUPER                                  surfactant to emerged
                                                      weeds.  Repeat applica-
                                                      tion as necessary to
                                                      control weeds.
REMARKS:  Do not let cattle graze on treated area.  Direct spray to avoid 
green tissue contact.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  simazine                  1.6-4 lb                  Postemergence to exist-
    PRINCEP                                           ing weeds.
         +                      +
R paraquat                  0.5-1 lb
    GRAMOXONE SUPER
REMARKS:  Do not apply to trees less than 1 yr old.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  terbacil                  1.6-3.2 lb                Make a single applica-
    SINBAR                                            tion in spring before
                                                      weeds emerge or during
                                                      early seedling stage.
                                                      Apply as a direct spray 
                                                      on a band or broadcast.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
REMARKS:  Apply lower rates for light soils and higher rates for clay loam 
soils.  Do not use on loamy sand or gravelly soils and do not apply to eroded 
areas where tree roots are exposed.  Do not allow drift to come in contact 
with fruit and do not spray foliage.  Use only where peaches have been 
established in orchards for 3 yr.  Treated land should not be replanted to any 
other crop for 2 yr following last application.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  diuron                    1.6-4 lb                  Apply in spring or fall
    KARMEX                                            after harvest.
REMARKS:  Use only under trees established at least 3 yr.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  diuron                    0.8-1.6 lb                Apply to weeds up to 3 
    KARMEX                                            in tall.
       +                       +
  terbacil                  0.8-1.6 lb
    SINBAR
REMARKS:  Use only under trees established in orchard for at least 2 yr.  This 
combination provides a longer period of weed control and controls a broader 
weed spectrum than either component herbicide used alone.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  dichlobenil               4-6 lb                    Early spring or after
    CASORON 50W                                       cultivation.  Can be 
    CASORON 4G                                        applied later if lightly
                                                      mixed into soil.
REMARKS:  Apply as directed spray to orchard floor.  Do not graze livestock in 
treated areas.  Do not spray fruit or foliage of bearing trees.  4-G formula-
tion is far superior to the wettable powder in normal surface applications.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  glyphosate                1-5 lb                    Follow label for time of 
    ROUNDUP                                           application.
    (4 lb/gal)
REMARKS:  Apply with a shielded boom sprayer or shielded wiper applicator 
which prevents any contact of this product with foliage or bark of trees.  
Apply no later than 90 days after first bloom.  Remove suckers and low hanging 
limbs at least 10 days before application.  Several tank mixes have been 
approved for tree crops for residual control.  When tank mixing with residual 
herbicide, add an agriculturally approved nonionic surfactant.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  oryzalin                  2-4 lb                    Apply before annual 
    SURFLAN                                           weeds emerge in spring.
REMARKS:  Use around nonbearing and bearing trees.  Use lower rate for short-
term control and higher rate for long-term control.  Do not apply to newly 
transplanted trees until soil has settled and no cracks are present.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  oryzalin                  2-4 lb                    Apply in spring before
    SURFLAN                                           annual weeds emerge.
       +                      +
  simazine                  2-4 lb
    PRINCEP
REMARKS:  Use in orchards established for 1 yr or more.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  norflurazon               2-4 lb                    Apply before weeds
     SOLICAM                                          emerge.
REMARKS:  The soil surface must be free of weeds and relatively free of plant 
residues.  Must be established at least 6 mo in the field before use.  Soil 
should be firm and free of depressions in which rain or irrigation water could 
accumulate.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  norflurazon               2-3 lb                    Apply before weeds
     SOLICAM                                          emerge.
        +                     +
  simazine                  1-2 lb
     PRINCEP
REMARKS:  Apply as a tank mix in 20-100 gal water/ac.  Avoid contact with 
fruit, foliage, or stems.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  norflurazon               1.4-3 lb                  Apply before weeds
     SOLICAM                                          emerge.
        +                      +
  diuron                    0.8-1.6 lb
     KARMEX
REMARKS:  Apply as a tank mix in 20-100 gal water/ac.  Avoid contact with 
fruit, foliage, or stems.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  norflurazon               2-4 lb                    Apply when adequate 
     SOLICAM                                          rainfall or irrigation
       +                       +                      is available for proper
  oryzalin                  2-4 lb                    placement in the soil.
     SURFLAN  
       +                       +
R paraquat                  0.5-1 lb
    GRAMOXONE SUPER
REMARKS:  Add an agriculturally approved nonionic surfactant.  Do not spray 
under windy conditions and use a shield for young trees.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  fluazifop-butyl           0.5 lb                    Apply to actively 
     FUSILADE 4E                                      growing grasses.  Apply 
                                                      to perennial johnson-
                                                      grass before it exceeds
                                                      12-18 in tall and before
                                                      boot stage.  Apply to 
                                                      perennial bermudagrass 
                                                      before it exceeds 3 in 
                                                      tall or has 4-8 in 
                                                      runners.  Apply to 
                                                      annual grasses before 
                                                      they reach 2-8 in tall 
                                                      and before tillering 
                                                      and/or heading.
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage is required.  Use only on nonbearing plants, 
as for site preparation before transplanting.  Apply as a directed spray to 
prevent contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank mix with other herbicides.  
Add 1 qt crop oil concentrate or 1/2 pt nonionic surfactant/25 gal water.  Use 
25 gal dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 psi pressure.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  sethoxydim                0.19-0.48 lb              Apply to actively 
     POAST 1.53E                                      growing grasses.  Apply 
                                                      to grasses at sizes
                                                      labeled.
REMARKS:  Always add 2 pt/ac of oil concentrate.  Follow water volume and 
spray pressure recommendations on label.  Do not apply to nonbearing peaches 
within 1 yr of harvest.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  oxyfluorfen              .50-2.0                    Apply only to dormant
    GOAL 1.6 E                                        peaches.  Do not apply
                                                      after buds start to
                                                      swell or when foliage or 
                                                      fruit are present.
REMARKS:  Goal 1.6 E herbicide or any of the tank mix combinations recommended 
on the label should be applied to only healthy growing trees.  When tank 
mixing, always read all individual manufacturer's labels.  In interpreting all 
labels for the tank mixture, the most restrictive situation must apply.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEACH WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                              
PESTICIDE        RATE AI/AC ACTUALLY SPRAYED            TIME OF APPLICATION
______________________________________________________________________________
  metolachlor               Follow label.             
    DUAL 8 E
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  pronamide                 1-4                       Apply during cool wet
    KERB 50-W                                         season for best results.
REMARKS:  Excellent for control of seedling and established cool-season 
grasses.  Rainfall or overhead irrigation is essential following the 
application for effective weed control.
______________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEACH GROWTH REGULATORS                            
-DOC-
                            PEACH GROWTH REGULATORS
                   John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                 RATE                        TIME OF APPLICATION
________________________________________________________________________________
  ALAR                 3-4 lb Alar 85/ac              From early to late pit
                                                      hardening.
REMARKS:  Shortens ripening periods.  Decreases length of harvest period.  
Keep close check on fruit maturity.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  glyphosate           .1875 lb                       1-2 wk after full 
    ROUNDUP            (6 fluid oz)                   greenup of bahiagrass or
    (4 lb/gal)                                        after the bahiagrass has 
                                                      been mowed to a height 
                                                      of 3-4 in. 
REMARKS:  Repeat treatments may be necessary to control weeds regenerating 
from underground parts or seed.  Unless otherwise specified, the combined 
total of all treatments must not exceed 8 qt/A of this product/yr.
________________________________________________________________________________ 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PECAN WEED CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              PECAN WEED CONTROL
                    J. B. Aitken, Extension Horticulturist
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  terbacil              1.6-2.4      2.0-3.0 lb       Apply in spring before
    SINBAR 80W                                        weeds emerge or during
                                                      early seedling stage of
                                                      weed growth.
REMARKS:  Use only under trees established in the orchard at least 1 yr.  Do 
not graze livestock in treated orchards.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  terbacil              0.96-1.2     1.2-1.5 lb       Apply in spring before
    SINBAR 80W                                        weeds emerge or during 
       +                    +           +             the early seedling stage
  diuron                0.96-1.2     1.2-1.5 lb       of weed growth.
    KARMEX 80W
REMARKS:  Use only under trees established in the orchard at least 1 yr.  Do 
not graze livestock in treated orchards.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  oryzalin              2.0-4.0      2.0-4.0 qt       Apply premerge to weeds 
    SURFLAN A.S.                                      in spring.
REMARKS:  Use only on trees that will not bear fruit for at least 1 yr after 
treatment.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  diuron                1.6-3.2      2.0-4.0 lb       Apply in spring before
    KARMEX 80W                                        weeds emerge or 
                                                      cultivate cleanly in the
                                                      early spring and then
                                                      apply.
REMARKS:  Use only in groves in which trees have been established at least 3 
yr.  Do not graze livestock in treated orchards.  If vegetation is present, 
add surfactant to spray according to label.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  diuron                1.5-3.0      1.5-3.0 qt       Apply in spring or early
    DIREX 4L                                          summer.
    4 lb/gal
REMARKS:  Use only under trees established in orchard for at least 3 years.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  simazine              2.4-4.0      3.0-5.0 lb       Apply to bare ground in
    PRINCEP 80W                                       spring before weeds 
    or PRINCEP 4L       2.0-4.0      2.0-4.0 qt       emerge.
    or SIM-TROL 4L
REMARKS:  Do not apply to trees established less than 2 yr.  If vegetation is 
present, add a contact herbicide spray.  Do not allow animals to graze treated 
areas.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  simazine
    PRINCEP 80W         2.0-4.0      2.5-5.0 lb       Apply to bare ground in 
      or                                              spring before weeds
    PRINCEP 4L          2.0-4.0      2.0-4.0 qt       emerge.
      or
    SIM-TROL 4L         2.0-4.0      2.0-4.0 qt
      +
  oryzalin
       SURFLAN A.S.     2.0-4.0      2.0-4.0 qt
REMARKS:  Do not apply to trees established less than 2 years.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R paraquat              0.56-0.94    3.0-5.0 pt       Apply when weeds and
  GRAMOXONE SUPER                                     grasses are tender and
                                                      new growth is 1-6 in 
                                                      high.
REMARKS:  Add a nonionic surfactant at recommended rate.  Do not allow spray 
to contact green stems and leaves as injury may result.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  glyphosate            1.0-1.5      1.0-1.5 qt       Apply to actively 
     ROUNDUP            (annual grasses)              growing weeds.  Best
  4 lb/gal              2.0-3.0      2.0-3.0 qt       results are obtained
                        (johnsongrass)                when application is 
                        5.0          5.0 qt           made as weeds near
                        (bermudagrass)                seedhead formation.
REMARKS:  Trees must be established 2 yr before application and no application 
made within 1 yr of first harvest.  Do not allow spray to contact green stems 
and leaves.  Do not add surfactant.  Roundup may be tank mixed on pecans with 
the following residual herbicides:  Karmex 80W, Princep 4L, Princep 80W, 
Solicam 80WP, and Surflan A. S.  Consult individual product labels for proper 
rate.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  glyphosate            0.19         6.0 fl oz        Apply 1-2 wk after full
    ROUNDUP                                           greenup of bahiagrass or
    4 lb/gal                                          has been mowed to a 
                                                      uniform height of 3-4 
                                                      in.  Sequential applica-
                                                      tions may be made at ap-
                                                      proximately 45-day 
                                                      intervals to extend 
                                                      period of seedhead
                                                      suppression.  Apply no
                                                      more than two sequential
                                                      applications/yr.  As 
                                                      first sequential 
                                                      application, apply 4 fl
                                                      oz of product/ac.  As
                                                      second sequential, apply
                                                      2-4 fl oz of product/ac.
REMARKS:  BAHIAGRASS SEEDHEAD SUPRESSION:  Add nonionic surfactant at 0.5-1.0% 
of total spray volume of 10-25 gal/ac.  Use 0.5% concentration when using 
surfactants that contain at least 50% active ingredients or 1% concentration 
when using surfactants that contain less than 50% active ingredients.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  napropramide          4.0          8.0 lb           Apply in the fall 
    DEVRINOL 50WP                                     through early spring be-
                                                      fore weed emergence.  
                                                      May be applied to a 
                                                      newly planted and estab-
                                                      lished crop.
REMARKS:  If rainfall does not occur, the treatment must be shallow 
incorporated or irrigated with enough water to wet the soil to a depth of 2-4 
in.  Use as a directed spray; avoid contact with foliage and nuts.  Do not 
apply when nuts are on the ground.  Do not graze treated areas.  A contact 
herbicide may be added to control existing weeds. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  fluazlfop-butyl                                     Apply to actively 
     FUSILADE 2000      0.25-0.375   1.0-1.5 qt       growing grasses before
                                                      they exceed the recom-
                                                      mended growth stages on
                                                      label.  Repeat treat-
                                                      ments may be necessary
                                                      to provide season-long
                                                      control.
REMARKS:  Apply to nonbearing trees only.  Add 1 qt of crop oil/25 gal water.  
Apply as a directed spray to prevent contact of spray with foliage.  Do not 
apply to trees that will be harvested within 1 yr of application.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  norflurazon           3.0-4.0      3.75-5.0 lb      Apply in fall through 
    SOLICAM DF                                        spring before weed
                                                      emergence.
REMARKS:  May be used on bearing and nonbearing trees as well as newly set 
transplants.  Use a contact herbicide if vegetation present.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  norflurazon           3.0          3.75 lb          Apply in fall through
    SOLICAM DF                                        spring before weed
        +                                             emergence.
  simazine              2.0          2.5 lb
    PRINCEP 80W
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  norflurazon           3.0          3.75 lb          Apply as a directed 
    SOLICAM DF                                        spray to the soil
        +                                             surface before weeds
  diuron                0.8-1.6      1.0-2.0 lb       emerge.
    KARMEX 80W
    other diuron products
REMARKS:  Avoid contact with foliage or stems.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  norflurazon
    SOLICAM DF          3.0          3.75 lb          Apply when the weeds
       +                                              and grasses are 
  glyphosate                                          actively growing.
    ROUNDUP             1.0-2.0      1.0-2.0 qt
    4 lb/gal
REMARKS:  Apply this combination only once a year.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  norflurazon
    SOLICAM DF          3.0          3.75 lb          Apply when the weeds and
        +                                             grasses are succulent 
  simazine                                            and new growth is 1-6 in
    PRINCEP 80W         2.0          2.5 lb           tall.
    other simazine
    products
REMARKS:  Use a contact herbicide according to label if vegetation present. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  norflurazon 
    SOLICAM DF          3.0          3.75 lb          Apply when weeds are
        +                                             actively growing.
  simazine
    PRINCEP 80W         2.0          2.5 lb
    other simazine
    products
        +
  glyphosate
    ROUNDUP             1.0-5.0      1.0-5.0 qt
    4 lb/gal
 
REMARKS:  Avoid contact with fruit, foliage or stem.    
________________________________________________________________________________
PECAN WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE               LB/AI/AC     FORMULATION/     TIME OF APPLICATION
                                         AC
_____________________________________________________________________________
  sethoxydim            0.28-0.47    1.5-2.5 pts      Apply to actively 
    POAST               (annual grasses)              growing grasses before 
    1.5 lb/gal          0.47         2.5 pts          excessive tillering 
                        (perennial grasses)           and/or seedhead 
                                                      formation.
 
REMARKS:  Add 2 pints per acre of oil concentrate.  Apply to nonbearing trees 
only.  Do not apply to trees that will be harvested within one year of 
application. 
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PECAN DISEASE CONTROL                                              
-DOC-
                            PECAN DISEASE CONTROL                  
                   R. W. Miller, Extension Plant Pathologist

______________________________________________________________________________
INTRODUCTION:  Control of foliar diseases to prevent premature leaf drop and 
control of disease of shucks is necessary to have good annual production.  
Failure to do so will result in alternate year bearing and light nut meats.  To 
obtain this level of control requires regular spraying at 7 to 14 day intervals 
(depending on rate of growth)prior to pollination and 14 to 21 days after 
pollination. The diseases of pecans requiring regular sprays in general order 
of importance are:  scab, Fusicladium effusum; downy spot, Mycosphaerella 
caryigena; brown spot, Cercospora fusca; liver spot, Gnomonia caryae pv. 
pecanae; zonate leaf spot, Cristulariella pyramidallis; powdery mildew, 
Microsphaera alni; and fungal leaf scorch, cause unknown but is less severe 
where fungicides are used. Where scouting is carried out the interval between 
sprays can be adjusted based on relative resistance of the variety, presence 
and severity of disease and environment inhibitory or conducive to disease 
spread.  In some cases product/gal rate is not provided because it is a 
restricted use material.  These are marked with a capital R.  Several of the 
fungicides May not be applied after the protective shucks around the nut 
split.  This limitation is noted as SS under MIN DAYS TO HARVEST below. 
See Information card 118, Pecan Spray Schedule.
                         PECAN DISEASE CONTROL  (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                    MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC     TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Scab,           dodine                                    0.98 lb      SS
downy spot,       CYPREX 65W         1.5 lb    0.24 dry oz        (shuck split)
brown spot,     fentin hydroxide                          0.36 lb     
liver spot,     R DU-TER 30F         24 fl oz  --                      SS
fungal leaf     R SUPER-TIN 4L     8-12 fl oz  --                      SS
scorch          R TRIPLE TIN 4L    8-12 fl oz  --                      SS
                     
REMARKS: Do not use dodine on Moore, Shawnee, Barton or Van Deman varieties. 
Dodine will injure foliage of Schley. Do not graze livestock in treated groves 
except where benomyl and malathion are used. Do not use more than listed 
product per acre.  Do not use MBC fungicides, benomyl, and thiophanate-methyl 
continuously Because of development of resistant strains of fungi. Alternate 
with other fungicides in the spray program.  First three sprays are critical. 
do not apply more than 10 applications of fentin hydroxide per season.

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
                         PECAN DISEASE CONTROL  (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                    MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC     TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
scab            benomyl                                   0.5 lb
and others        BENLATE 50W        1 lb      0.08 dry oz             SS
(CONT)          thiophanate-methyl                        0.7 lb
                  TOPSIN-M 70W       1 lb      0.08 dry oz             SS 

REMARKS: Do not use dodine on Moore, Shawnee, Barton or Van Deman varieties. 
Dodine will injure foliage of Schley. Do not graze livestock in treated groves 
except where benomyl and malathion are used. Do not use more than listed 
product per acre.  Do not use MBC fungicides, benomyl, and thiophanate-methyl 
continuously Because of development of resistant strains of fungi. Alternate 
with other fungicides in the spray program.  First three sprays are critical. 
do not apply more than 10 applications of fentin hydroxide per season.
                            PECAN DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                    MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC     TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Scab           fenarimol                                  0.09 lb       30
and others       RUBIGAN EC   9-12 fl oz     0.06 fl oz
(CONT)         propiconazole                              0.18 lb       SS
                 ORBIT        4-6 fl oz      0.03 fl oz

REMARKS:  Do not mix Orbit with Cyprex or crop injury may result.  Always keep 
agitator going and use a clean tank when applying Orbit.  Do not exceed four 
applications per season.  Do not graze or use treated forage.  Do not use 
Rubigan on the Whichita variety.  Apply Rubigan from bud break through 1/2 inch 
long nuts.  Tank mix Rubigan with a nonsterol inhibiting fungicide and Orbit 
with fentin hydroxide before switching to protectant only fungicide.  Do not use 
more than listed product amount or number of applications per acre.  First 
three sprays are critical.
                         PECAN DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                    MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC     TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Powdery mildew  benomyl                                   0.5 lb
                  BENLATE 50W        1 lb      0.08 dry oz             SS
                thiophanate-methyl                        0.7 lb
                  TOPSIN-M 70W       1 lb      0.08 dry oz             SS 
                fenarimol                                 0.09 lb      
                  RUBIGAN EC   9-12 fl oz      0.06 fl oz              30
                sulfur                                    4-6 lb

REMARKS:Powdery mildew is not a major problem and specific control effort should 
only be required on susceptible varieties.  Dodine (Cyprex) and fentin 
hydroxide (Du-Ter, Super Tin, and others) will not give adequate control of 
powdery mildew. Benomyl or thiophanate-methyl will control powdery mildew. 
Applications may be continued until shucks split.  Fenarimol will provide 
control.  Generally the least expensive way to control  powdery mildew is to 
include sulfur as a tank mix. 
                         PECAN DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                    MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC     TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Nematodes       1,3-dichloro-   Consult    See remarks.  N/A              N/A
root-knot       propene         label.
                  TELONE II
REMARKS: Preplant fumigation only.  May be applied as a strip or broadcast 
treatment. Broadcast treatment is preferred. Rates vary with soil type, 
typically 33 gal/ac in South Carolina. Root-knot can severely stunt pecans in 
South Carolina.  Sampling areas intended for pecans is suggested.  Root-knot on 
pecans generally does not cause knots on the roots.  There is no post-plant 
nematicide available for pecans.  Preplant fumigation may be used but since 
pecans are such a long term crop It is best that infested sites be avoided. 
                         PECAN DISEASE CONTROL (CONT)

______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                    MIN DAYS
DISEASE         PESTICIDE     PRODUCT/AC   PRODUCT/GAL    AI/AC     TO HARVEST
_______________________________________________________________________________
Zonate leaf     benomyl                                   0.5 lb
spot              BENLATE 50W        1 lb      0.08 dry oz             SS
                thiophanate-methyl                        0.7 lb
                  TOPSIN-M 70W       1 lb      0.08 dry oz             SS 
                
REMARKS:  Zonate leaf spot is relatively rare in South Carolina.  Use of 
materials to control the disease should be based on scouting.  Preventive 
sprays are generally not required. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RASPBERRY WEED CONTROL                            
-DOC-
                            RASPBERRY WEED CONTROL
                   G. A. King, Jr., Extension Horticulturist
 
Many herbicides recommended for use on raspberries are wettable powders.  They 
go into suspension, not solution.  Therefore, constant agitation is required 
to keep them in suspension.  Mechanical agitation is better than hydraulic 
agitation.  Line and nozzle strainers should be at least 50 mesh.  Also, since 
wettable powders are abrasive, sprayers should be recalibrated frequently.
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
 
Established Raspberries:
  simazine                  2-4 lb                    Apply half in spring 
    PRINCEP 4G                                        before budbreak and half
                                                      in the fall.
REMARKS:  Use lowest rate on light soils.  Do not apply while fruit is 
present.  Controls annual weeds in established plantings.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
RASPBERRY WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
  diuron                    3-4 lb                    Apply in spring before
    KARMEX 80W                                        weeds emerge and before 
                                                      canes leaf out.
REMARKS:  Use lowest rate on light soils, and plants must be at least 1 yr 
old.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  oryzalin                  2-5 lb                    Apply to new plantings 
    SURFLAN 75W                                       after the soil settles,
                                                      to established plantings
                                                      in spring before weeds                                                      
                                                      emerge. 
REMARKS:  Use low rate for short-term control and high rate for long-term 
control. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
RASPBERRY WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
  dichlobenil               2-4 lb                    Apply in Jan.-March to
    CASORON 4G                                        cold, wet soil.
REMARKS:  Use the granular formulation only.  This material loses its 
effectiveness rapidly if exposed to dry, warm conditions.  Use lower rate on 
lighter soils.  Do not apply during new shoot emergence.  Use on plants 
established 1 yr or more.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  diphenamid                                          On new plantings apply
    ENIDE 50W               8-12 lb                   just after planting but
    ENIDE 90W               4.4-6.6 lb                before weeds germinate.
                                                      On established plantings
                                                      apply before weed 
                                                      emergence.
REMARKS:  Apply as a directed spray but do not apply within 60 days of harvest 
or use more than the recommended amount of material during the growing season.  
Use lowest rate on light soils; higher rate on heavier soils.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
RASPBERRY WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
  napropamide               4 lb                      Late fall or early 
    DEVRINOL 50WP                                     spring.
REMARKS:  Apply water within 24 hr to activate materials.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
RASPBERRY WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
  fluazifop-butyl           0.5 lb                    Apply to actively 
     FUSILADE 4E                                      growing grasses.  Appli-
                                                      cation to perennial 
                                                      johnsongrass should be
                                                      made before it exceeds 
                                                      12-18 in tall and before 
                                                      boot stage.  Application
                                                      to perennial 
                                                      bermudagrass should be
                                                      made before it exceeds 3
                                                      in tall or has 4-8 in
                                                      runners.  Apply to 
                                                      annual grasses before 
                                                      they reach 2-9 in tall 
                                                      and before tillering 
                                                      and/or heading.
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage is required.  Use only on nonbearing plants,
as for site preparation before transplanting.  Apply as a directed spray to 
prevent contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank mix with other herbicides.  
Add 1 qt crop oil concentrate or 1/2 pt nonionic surfactant/25 gal water.  Use 
25 gal dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 psi pressure.
________________________________________________________________________________
RASPBERRY WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
  sethoxydim                0.5 lb                    Apply to actively 
     POAST                                            growing grasses.  Appli-
                                                      cation to perennial 
                                                      johnsongrass should be
                                                      made before it exceeds 
                                                      12-18 in tall and before 
                                                      boot stage.  Application
                                                      to pepennial bermuda-
                                                      grass should be made
                                                      before it exceeds 3
                                                      in tall or has 4-8 in
                                                      runners.  Apply to 
                                                      annual grasses before 
                                                      they reach 2-9 in tall
                                                      and before tillering 
                                                      and/or heading.
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage is required.  Use only on nonbearing plants,
as for site preparation before transplanting.  Apply as a directed spray to 
prevent contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank mix with other herbicides.  
Add 1 qt crop oil concentrate or 1/2 pt nonionic surfactant/25 gal water.  Use 
25 gal dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 psi pressure.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
RASPBERRY WEED CONTROL
______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
______________________________________________________________________________
   norflurazon               2-4 lb                   Apply from fall to early
     SOLICAM DF                                       spring before weeds 
                                                      emerge.
REMARKS:  Use lowest rate on light soils.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   diuron                    1.5-3 lb                 Apply preemergence to 
     DIREX 4L                                         weeds.
REMARKS:  Apply only to plants established 1 yr or more.  Do not use on sand, 
loamy sand or gravelly soils.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   dinoseb                   1.25 lb                  Apply after harvest.
     FERMENTA GENERAL WEED KILLER
REMARKS:  Apply to lower 18 in of cane using 100-150 gal/A for control of 
annual grasses, weeds and unwanted fruit spurs.  Do not apply within 30 days 
of harvest or make more than 4 applications per season. 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STRAWBERRY WEED CONTROL                            
-DOC-
                            STRAWBERRY WEED CONTROL
                   G. A. King, Jr., Extension Horticulturist
 
Chemicals will give good control of annual weeds in both new and established 
strawberry plantings.  However, they must be used with caution.  It takes 
accurate application, timing, and amounts to get good weed control without 
injuring the plants or reducing their yields.  Chemicals that kill perennial 
weeds can damage strawberry plants.  Therefore, weeds such as quackgrass, 
sheep sorrel, field horsetail, Canada thistle, and others that grow from old 
roots and stems must be killed before strawberries are planted.  To maintain 
an income while bringing perennial weeds under control, other crops that are 
resistant to perennial weedkillers can be grown.  Glyphosate in corn and 2,4-
D, MCPA, dicamba, or glyphosate in cereal grain are a few of the ways in which 
weedkillers can be combined with crop production to get perennial weed 
control.  Perennial weeds also can be controlled by tillage alone.  Therefore, 
advantages and costs of chemical applications must be weighed against costs 
and time spent in a clean cultivation program.
STRAWBERRY WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
    DCPA                    6-9 lb                    Apply preemergence to 
      DACTHAL                                         weeds and repeat if
                                                      necessary.
REMARKS:  Do not use more than three times/yr.  Use lower rate on lighter 
soils.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  diphenamid                4-6 lb                    Apply after 
    DYMID or ENIDE                                    establishment (2-6 wk).
REMARKS:  Do not apply full application within 6 mo of each other.  Use lower 
rate on lighter soils; higher rate on heavy soils.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  napropamide               4 lb                      Apply in fall through
    DEVRINOL 50WP                                     early spring before weed
                                                      emergence.
REMARKS:  Do not apply to frozen ground or from bloom to harvest.  Treatment 
must be incorporated in or irrigated within 24 hr if no rainfall occurs.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRAWBERRY WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________
  chloroxuron               2-4 lb                    Apply over the top of 
    TENORAN or NOREX                                  established plants where 
                                                      broadleaf weeds are 2-3 
                                                      in high and grasses less 
                                                      than 1 in.
REMARKS:  Do not use within 60 days of harvest.  Do not use more than two 
applications/yr.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  alkanolamine salts        1-1.5 lb                  Apply to well-
    of 2,4-D                                          established plants after
       VERTAC FORMULA 40                              harvest but before 
                                                      runners form or during
                                                      dormant season.
REMARKS:  Do not apply during flower or fruit stages.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRAWBERRY WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________
  terbacil                  0.25-0.75 lb              Apply to mowed beds at
    SINBAR                                            renovation or in dormant
                                                      season from late fall to 
                                                      early spring.  Effective
                                                      results can be obtained 
                                                      by splitting applica-
                                                      tions, at renovation and
                                                      late fall (Nov).
REMARKS:  Plants must be established at least 6 mo.  Use lower rate on lighter 
soils; higher rate on heavy soils.  The lower the percent organic matter in a 
soil, the more precaution should be exercised.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRAWBERRY WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________
  methyl bromide            240 lb                    Apply before planting 
                                                      when soil temperatures
                                                      are above 50 degrees F.  
                                                      Fall applications, when 
                                                      soil moisture is high 
                                                      enough, generally give
                                                      best results.
REMARKS:  Soil moisture should be near field capacity.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRAWBERRY WEED CONTROL
_____________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE                   RATE AI/AC                TIME OF APPLICATION
                         ACTUALLY SPRAYED
_______________________________________________________________________________
  fluazifop-butyl           0.5 lb                    Apply to actively grow-
    FUSILADE 4E                                       ing grasses.  Applica-
                                                      tion to perennial
                                                      johnsongrass should be
                                                      made before it exceeds
                                                      12-18 in tall and before
                                                      boot stage.  Application
                                                      to perennial bermuda-
                                                      grass should be made be-
                                                      fore it exceeds 3 in 
                                                      tall or has 4-8 in 
                                                      runners.  Apply to 
                                                      annual grasses before 
                                                      they reach 2-8 in tall 
                                                      and before tillering 
                                                      and/or heading.
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage is required.  Use only on nonbearing plants, 
as for site preparation before transplanting.  Apply as a directed spray to 
prevent contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank mix with other herbicides.  
Add 1 qt crop oil concentrate or 1/2 pt nonionic surfactant/25 gal water.  Use 
25 gal dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 psi pressure.
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  PRESTORAGE BIN TREATMENT - ALL COMMODITIES
______________________________________________________________________________
MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________
methoxychlor 50 WP            1 lb/2-3 gal water/1,000 sq ft            
methoxychlor 25 EC            1 qt/3 gal water/1,000 sq ft                      
malathion* 57 EC              1 pt/3 gal water/1,000 sq ft                      
pyrethrins 6% plus                                                            
piperonyl butoxide 60% EC     1 1/3 pt/3 gal water/1,000 sq ft 

REMARKS: Follow all label instructions in applying chemicals!  When recommended 
rates conflict with labeled rates, use the label rates that most closely 
approximate the recommendation.
FOR BIN AND EQUIPMENT TREATMENT ONLY!  Apply at least 2 wk before storage.  
Follow sanitation procedures above before treatment.  Spray walls, floor, and 
ceiling to point of runoff using a coarse spray.                              
*Premium grade malathion only.
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  PRESTORAGE BIN TREATMENT - ALL COMMODITIES (cont)
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos-methyl 43.2E                                                   
  RELDAN 4E                   1/2 pt/6.5 gal water/6,500 sq ft               

REMARKS: Apply finished spray to equipment, walls, and floor surfaces at the 
rate of 1 gal/1,000 sq ft before handling or storing grain.  Apply only after 
equipment and buildings have been thoroughly cleaned.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Bacillus thuringiensis       2 oz/5 gal water at 1/2 gal/1,000 sq ft 
  DIPEL WP 

REMARKS:  Tobacco storage barns only.  Apply as coarse spray to floors and 
walls.  May use in combination with malathion.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  PRESTORAGE BIN TREATMENT - ALL COMMODITIES (cont)
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

chloropicrin                 2 lb/1,000 cu ft

REMARKS:  Apply directly into empty grain bin.  See Fumigant information.
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator
_______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  GRAIN, ON-FARM STORAGE - ALL PESTS, STORED GRAIN, INSECTS AND MITES
______________________________________________________________________________
MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

NOTE:  Includes barley, corn, oats, rye, sorghum, and wheat but NOT SOYBEANS 
       unless specifically mentioned.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fumigants - See information on Fumigants page 317064-317066 and the 
            Safety Section pages 317056-317062.

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM: GRAIN, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont) ALL PESTS, STORED GRAIN, INSECTS, MITES
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________
  malathion 1% dust           60 lb dust/1,000 bu grain (Note: dusts may 
                              cause downgrading.)

REMARKS:  All dusts must be formulated on wheat flour only.  Apply as label 
directs at 6-in levels during storage or as it goes into storage areas.  After 
bin is filled, treat surface thoroughly.  Use as a protective or preventive 
treatment.  Grains should be clean and dry (12% moisture or less).
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  aeration                    -

REMARKS:  When stored grain or soybeans are properly dried and cooled to 
temperatures below 60oF, insect activity and reproduction cease.  See the 
section, "Managing Insects in Stored Grain with Aeration," for information.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM: GRAIN, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont) ALL PESTS, STORED GRAIN, INSECTS, MITES
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

  malathion* 57% EC           1 pt to 2-5 gal water/1,000 bu grain
  
REMARKS:  Sprays should be applied as coarse spray.  The best control will be 
achieved if grain is treated as it is going into storage so that even distri-
bution throughout grain mass will result.

*Premium grade malathion only.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM: GRAIN, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont) ALL PESTS, STORED GRAIN, INSECTS, MITES
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

  chlopyrifos-methyl 43.2%    Barley: 9.2 oz/1-5 gal/1,000 bu
    RELDAN 4E                 Oats: 6.2 oz/1-5 gal/1,000 bu
                              Rice: 8.6 oz/1-5 gal/1,000 bu
                              Sorghum (milo): 10.7 oz/1.5 gal/1,000 bu
                              Wheat: 11.5 oz/1-5 gal/1,000 bu

REMARKS:  Do not use on stored grains other than those listed above.  Dilute 
Reldan 4E with WATER OR FOOD-GRADE MINERAL OILS and apply as coarse spray to 
moving grain stream as it is being loaded into bin.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  GRAIN, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont) INDIAN MEAL MOTH AND ALMOND MOTH
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

  Bacillus thuringiensis      1/10 lb/1 gal water
    DIPEL WP

REMARKS:  Dipel must be constantly agitated.  Apply to top 4-in surface layer 
of grain in the bin.  Use sprinkler can or sprayer to apply dosage at rate of 
2/3 pt of mixture/bu in grain stream as last (top) 4-in layer is augered into 
bin, OR sprinkle dosage onto surface of grain and mix thoroughly with scoop or 
rake to depth of 4 in.  Treatment controls moth larvae only.  Dipel may be 
mixed with malathion EC.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  GRAIN, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont) SHELLED CORN AND GRAIN SORGHUM ONLY
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

  pirimiphos-methyl           8.6 to 11.5 oz/3-5 gal water/1,000 bu
    ACTELLIC 5E

REMARKS:  PESTICIDE CONCENTRATION MAY NOT EXCEED 8 PPM IN TREATED GRAIN!
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  GRAIN, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont)  TOPDRESSING UNTREATED GRAIN ONLY!
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

Mix RELDAN 4E concentrate     3.0 oz for wheat;
with 2 gallons of water       2.8 oz for sorghum;
as follows:                   2.3 oz for rice;
                              1.6 oz for oats;
                              2.4 oz for barley

Mix ACTELLIC 5E concentrate   3.0 oz for corn
with 2 gallons of water       3.0 oz for sorghum
as follows:

REMARKS: Apply as split application by applying 1/2 of the solution to top and 
rake in to depth of 4 inches.  Apply the remaining 1/2 to the raked surface.
PESTICIDE CONCENTRATION MAY NOT EXCEED 6.0 PPM IN TREATED GRAIN.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  GRAIN, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont) INDIAN MEAL MOTH AND ALMOND MOTH
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

  Bacillus thuringiensis      1/10 lb/1 gal water
    DIPEL WP

REMARKS:  Dipel must be constantly agitated.  Apply to top 4-in surface layer 
of grain in the bin.  Use sprinkler can or sprayer to apply dosage at rate of 
2/3 pt of mixture/bu in grain stream as last (top) 4-in layer is augered in 
bin, OR sprinkle dosage onto surface of grain and mix thoroughly with scoop or 
rake to depth of 4-in.  Treatment controls moth larvae only.  Dipel may be 
mixed with malathion EC.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  GRAIN, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont) INDIAN MEAL MOTH AND ALMOND MOTH
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________
  dipel dust                  4 lb/500 sq ft
    TOP-SIDE DIPEL            surface area

REMARKS:  For top dressing/surface treatment.  Apply evenly over surface area 
and mix thoroughly into top 2 to 4-in layer.  Same limitations as the WP
formulation.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  dichlorvos resin strip      1 strip/1,000 cu ft of storage area
    DDVP, VAPONA

REMARKS:  Hang throughout storage area over binned grain.  Normally effective 
for 3-4 mo.  Strips should be in place before moths begin to emerge.  Air 
storage area thoroughly before entering.
______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  PEANUTS, ON-FARM STORAGE (unshelled)  MOTH AND BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________
  Storage area treatment      See prestorage bin treatment.

REMARKS:  See prestorage bin treatment.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  malathion* 57% EC           2 1/2 pt/5 gal water/15 tons of peanuts

REMARKS:  Sprays should be applied as coarse spray.  The best control will be 
achieved if grain is treated as it is going into storage so that even distri-
bution throughout peanuts mass will result.

*Premium grade malathion only.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  PEANUTS, ON-FARM STORAGE (unshelled)  MOTH AND BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________
  malathion* 25 WP            1 3/4 lb/2 gal water/1,000 sq ft surface

REMARKS: Level surface of peanuts.  Apply immediately after bin is filled.  
Apply again at 2-mo intervals thereafter to prevent reinfestation.

R methyl bromide              1-2 lb/1,000 cu ft/24 hr at 60% or above;
                              aerate after fumigation.

REMARKS:  Same as for grain.  Maximum three applications.  
NOTE:  Methyl bromide should not be used on peanuts to be used for seed.  See 
Fumigant information on CUFAN page 317064.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  PEANUTS, ON-FARM STORAGE (unshelled)  MOTH AND BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

R aluminum or magnesium       125 tablets or 165-200 pellets/1,000 cu ft
    phosphide
      PHOSTOXIN
      DETIA GAS EX-B          3-6 bags/1,000 cu ft

REMARKS:  Applied to Phostoxin and Detia Gas Ex-B same as for grain.  See 
Fumigant information on CUFAN page 317064 and 317066.
______________________________________________________________________________

*Premium grade malathion only.
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  PEANUTS, ON-FARM STORAGE (unshelled) (cont) FLYING MOTHS
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

  20% dichlorvos              0.5 gm/1,000 cu ft/day
    DDVP, VAPONA

REMARKS:  Pressurized aerosol cylinder.  Follow labeled instructions and 
precautions.
______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL                         
-DOC-

                         STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  SOYBEANS, ON-FARM STORAGE     SANITATION: GENERAL
______________________________________________________________________________

The pests found in stored soybeans are the same pests which attack stored 
grains.  These pests are only found infesting stored soybeans when the storage 
area and/or the soybeans are not adequately cleaned.  The pests are found only 
when grain residues are allowed to remain in and around the storage area or 
when small quantities of grain are mixed in with the harvested beans.  
Adequate sanitation of the storage areas, handling equipment, and soybeans 
will prevent infestation and damage in stored soybeans.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  SOYBEANS, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont)  MOTH AND BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

  (Prestorage area treatment) Same as for grain.
  Bacillus thuringiensis      (WP and Dust)

R aluminum or magnesium
    phosphide

REMARKS:  Same as for grain.  Dipel and aluminum or magnesium phosphide are 
the only chemicals which can be legally applied to stored soybeans.  Dipel 
controls moth larvae only.  Follow all precautions on the labels.  See 
Fumigant section on CUFAN page 317064.
______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  TOBACCO, ON-FARM STORAGE           GENERAL
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

Eliminate sources of infestation.  Failure to clean up the packhouse after the 
grading season is over is often responsible for trouble.  In some areas 
tobacco moth infestation in tobacco packhouse may result from moths that have 
developed in favorable breeding places other than the farm packhouse.  Pack- 
houses should be kept in good condition and screened to prevent moths from 
readily entering or leaving the building.

Practice packhouse sanitation.  Dispose of scrap tobacco as fast as it 
accumulates.  Remove and destroy all tobacco trash.  Do not store sticks in 
packhouse.  When possible clean before cold weather so larvae will be removed 
before they crawl into cracks and crevices to spend the winter.
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  TOBACCO, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont)          GENERAL
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

Protect tobacco.  Do not leave tobacco in curing barns longer than necessary. 
Covering bulks of tobacco with cloth gives a little protection, but cloths 
should be removed at 4-day intervals and treated to destroy any eggs laid on 
them.  Beating cloth helps.  Exposure to hot sunlight or boiling will destroy 
most of the eggs.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  TOBACCO, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont)  MOTH AND BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

R methyl bromide              1.5-2 lb1,000 cu ft

REMARKS:  Place tobacco under an airtight plastic container.  Fumigate at 
recommended rate for a minimum of 24 hr at 70oF.  Use caution in removing 
cover at end of this time limit.  Allow it to air out for a minimum of 48 hr 
before handling.  Note: It is not normally practical to fumigate tobacco on 
farm.  On-farm fumigation should be done only if tobacco is already infested 
and is going to be stored for several weeks.  Even then it is best to have a 
professional fumigator to do the job.  See Fumigant section on page 317064.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

PROBLEM:  TOBACCO, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont)  MOTH AND BEETLE
______________________________________________________________________________
MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________
R aluminum or magnesium       20-30 tablets or 100-165 pellets/1,000 cu ft
    phosphide
      PHOSTOXIN

      DETIA GAS EX-B          2 bags/1,000 cu ft

REMARKS:  Effectiveness of aluminum or magnesium phosphide fumigation depends 
on tightness of bin or storage area.  OBSERVE ALL INSTRUCTIONS AND PRECAUTIONS 
ON LABEL.  See Fumigant section on CUFAN page 317064-317066.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Heat treatment              140oF

REMARKS:  Hang in barn for a few hours.  Caution:  Tobacco must have already
been thoroughly dried at temperature below 100oF or color will change and will 
result in decreased price.
______________________________________________________________________________
R -Some or all uses of this product may be restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  TOBACCO, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont)  TOBACCO MOTH
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

  Bacillus thuringiensis      8 tbsp/gal water
    DIPEL WP

REMARKS:  Apply as a fine mist.  Spray leaves in layers as tobacco is being 
sheeted, resheeted, or placed in pile for storage.  Good coverage is 
essential.  AVOID EXCESSIVE MOISTURE!
_______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  TOBACCO, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont)  EXPOSED AND FLYING INSECTS
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

  dichlorvos resin strip      1/1,000 cu ft of storage area
    DDVP, VAPONA

REMARKS:  Same as for grain.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  20% dichlorvos              0.5 gm/1,000 cu ft/day
    DDVP, VAPONA

REMARKS:  Pressurized aerosol cylinder.  Follow all instructions and 
precautions on label.
_______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  FUMIGANTS                GENERAL
______________________________________________________________________________
     Fumigation is almost always necessary in grain held over for long 
periods.  Storage should be checked periodically for "hot spots" which may be 
an indication of insect activity.  Such spots are best located by probing in 
several locations.

     Generally, three types of insects may be found in stored grain: 
(1) surface feeders, such as the grain and meal moths, (2) bran bugs, mites, 
and lice which feed mainly on broken kernels and flour, and (3) insects which 
live inside the kernels, such as the grain weevils, lesser grain borers, and 
angoumois grain moths.  The latter three are the most difficult to control.

    Fumigants found on the market will vary somewhat in composition.  Usually, 
however, they follow a basic formula.  Increase the dosage for high moisture 
grain, loose bins, or where weevil, lesser grain borers, or dermestid beetles 
are involved.    
    Fumigants are quite toxic and must be used with extreme care and STRICTLY 
ACCORDING TO LABEL DIRECTIONS!  Many will be labeled only for application by 
licensed and skilled fumigating technicians.

IMPORTANT PROCEDURES FOR ALL FUMIGANTS:

*  Fumigate when the air temperature is between 60o and 70oF, preferably after
   the grain temperature has cooled down to about 70o.  Below or above this 
   temperature range fumigants are much less effective.  High air or grain 
   temperature causes the fumigant to volatilize too rapidly.
*  Fumigate on a calm day or when wind velocities are less than 15 miles/hr.
*  Deep storage - introduce a part of the fumigant half-way down in the grain 
   columns.  Pipes may be inserted at various points in the grain for this 
   purpose.
*  Flat storage - increase the dosage and, if at all possible, cover the grain
   to confine the fumigant.
Do not breathe the fumigant vapors.  Use an approved gas mask with a canister 
suitable for organic vapors listed in Fumigant section beginning on CUFAN page 
number 317064

NOTE:  Grain that has been fumigated may safely be used as livestock feed 7 
days after application.  Aeration and stirring of the grain will reduce the 
waiting period to 4 or 5 days after application.  Lower temperatures and 
higher moisture contents will delay evaporation process unless thoroughly 
aerated. 
______________________________________________________________________________ 


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

PROBLEM:  GRAINS, ON-FARM STORAGE     ALL INSECTS AND MITE PESTS
______________________________________________________________________________
MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________
R methyl bromide              2 lb/1,000 cu ft

REMARKS:  In bags in warehouse:  Space fumigation 24 hr at 60oF or above.  In 
perforated steel crib bins:  Cover crib with gas-tight tarpaulin 24 hr at 60oF 
or above.  Aerate for 24 hr after treatment with methyl bromide.  
NOTE: Methyl bromide should not be used on grain to be used for seed!

R aluminum or magnesium 
    phosphide (generates phosphine gas)

REMARKS:  UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES shall aluminum or magnesium phosphide or 
phosphide residues come in contact with processed food or animals' feed.
______________________________________________________________________________
R -Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  GRAINS, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont)     ALL INSECTS AND MITE PESTS
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________
R aluminum or magnesium (cont)

    PHOSTOXIN                 150 tablets or 300 pellets/1,000 bu
                              3 tablets or 10 pellets/ton.  See label for time
                              of exposure and aeration.

REMARKS:  Space tablets or pellets uniformly into grain stream as it goes into 
storage or inject into grain already stored with a probe.  Keep tablets and 
pellets away from liquid or water as this causes an immediate release of gas.  
Wear protective gloves when handling.  Keep gas mask with canister approved 
for phosphine gas available when handling.  Follow all instructions and 
precautions on label.
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  GRAINS, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont)     ALL INSECTS AND MITE PESTS
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

    DETIA GAS EX-B            6-10 bags/1,000 bu.  See label for time of 
                              exposure and aeration.

REMARKS:  Add bags to grain stream as silos or bins are filled.  Filling must 
be continuous.  Determine addition sequence on a bags-per-minute basis to 
ensure even distribution.  Keep an accurate count as removal of all bags is 
required when grain is removed.  Removal of bags can be accomplished by 
transfer of grain over a screen or scalperator.  Follow all instructions and 
precautions on the label.
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  GRAINS, ON-FARM STORAGE (cont)     ALL INSECTS AND MITE PESTS
______________________________________________________________________________

NOTE: When using a phosphine gas generating material, the following 
preparations are minimum requirements;
* Seal area or structure as gas-tight as possible.
* Post "Danger" signs.  Signs should include date and type of treatment and 
  who to contact in case of emergency.
* Be certain first-aid information and proper safety equipment (such as gas 
  mask with canister approved for phosphine gas) are at site during treatment.
* Be certain all adjoining facilities are evacuated or otherwise protected.
* Be certain all operators have been properly trained and have read and under-
  stood labeling.
R Liquid fumigants.  See information on liquid fumigants in this section and 
  in Fumigant section beginning on CUFAN page 317064.
______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL                         
-DOC-
                         STORED PRODUCTS PEST CONTROL
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

PROBLEM:  COMMERCIAL GRAIN STORAGE
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________
  malathion*                  Same as for grain in on-farm storage

REMARKS:  Commercially stored products are attacked by the same pests that 
attack products in on-farm storage.  Again using proper sanitation and 
prestorage facility treatment (as recommended for farm treatment areas) is 
essential to adequately control these pests.  Also it is advisable to fumigate 
all grain after loading.  Make regular periodic inspections to determine the 
condition of grain and degree of insect infestations.  Turn grain to maintain 
quality.  Turning will decrease likelihood of insect infestation.  
NOTE: Due to hazards associated with their use, HCN and carbon disulfide are 
not recommended.
*Premium grade malathion only.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  COMMERCIAL GRAIN STORAGE (cont)
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

R methyl bromide plus         2-3 lb/1,000 cu ft min. 24-hr treatment
  chloropicrin

REMARKS:  Must be force distribution or recirculated.  Can be applied through 
a tube from cans or bulk containers to surface of grain enclosed in poly- 
ethylene tarps.  Observe all precautions on the label.  Use a gas mask with an 
approved (black) canister.  Provide ample ventilation and use caution when 
removing tarps.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________

PROBLEM:  COMMERCIAL GRAIN STORAGE (cont)
______________________________________________________________________________

MATERIAL                      RATE                                          
______________________________________________________________________________

R aluminum or magnesium       Same as for on-farm storage
  phosphide

REMARKS:  Under no conditions shall any processed food or animal feed come 
into contact with aluminum or magnesium phosphide or their residues.
______________________________________________________________________________

R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SEED TREATMENT                                  
-DOC-
                                 SEED TREATMENT 
           P.M. Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator 
 
FIELD AND GARDEN SEEDS (GENERAL)
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSECTS           MATERIAL         FORMULATION           RATE 
_______________________________________________________________________________
Moth and         malathion         See footnote.*        2 oz ai/bu          
beetle           ______________________________________________________________
                 malathion         1% dust               6 lb 1% D/100 bu
                 ______________________________________________________________
                 malathion         57% EC                8 oz 57% EC/1-2.5 gal
                                                         water/500 bu
                 Reduce rates proportionally for smaller amounts of seed.
                 ______________________________________________________________
                 malathion         82% EC                5 oz 82% EC/1-2.5 gal 
                                                         water/500 bu
                 ______________________________________________________________ 
Moth larvae      dipel             dust                  30 lb/100 bu       
only               TOP-SIDE DIPEL 
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                 SEED TREATMENT 
           P.M. Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator 
_______________________________________________________________________________

SEEDS BAGGED IN WAREHOUSE AND SEEDS IN BULK
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTS          MATERIAL          FORMULATION            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

Moth and         See Stored Product section   NOTE:  Treated seed intended for 
beetle           planting should not be used for food, feed, or oil.  Observe
                 all label instructions and precautions.
_______________________________________________________________________________
                                 SEED TREATMENT 
           P.M. Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator 
_______________________________________________________________________________

SMALL GRAINS (BARLEY, OATS, RYE, WHEAT)
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECTS          MATERIAL          FORMULATION            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Moth and         malathion          *                     2 oz ai/bu      
beetle           ______________________________________________________________ 
                 lindane            *                     2 oz ai/bu 
                 _____________________________________________________________
                 methoxychlor       *                     2 oz ai/bu
                 _____________________________________________________________
                 diazinon           *                     2 oz ai/bu
                 Planter box treatment only.
                 _____________________________________________________________ 
                 heptachlor        DRINOX H-34C           1 1/4-2 1/4 oz/ai/bu
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
*Active ingredient as part of formulated product. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SMALL QUANTITIES OF SEED OR GRAIN STORED FOR HOME USE             
-DOC-
             SMALL QUANTITIES OF SEED OR GRAIN STORED FOR HOME USE
          P. Mac Horton, Extension Entomologist, Chemical Coordinator

     Small quantities of seed or grain may be treated for insects by placing 
in a plastic bag or glass jar and putting into a home freezer for 4-5 days.  
They can be left in the freezer or removed and stored in tightly sealed metal, 
plastic, or glass containers. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MANAGING INSECTS IN STORED GRAIN WITH AERATION	                
-DOC-
                MANAGING INSECTS IN STORED GRAIN WITH AERATION	
                  R. A. Spray, Extension Agricultural Engineer	
	
Insects and molds need adequate moisture, food, and temperatures to survive and 
reproduce.  Since  food  is always available in stored grain,  control measures 
must maintain the temperature and moisture at levels detrimental to insect  and 
mold growth.	 
	
Temperature Conditions	
	
Temperatures under 60 F will prevent damaging populations of most insects which 
infest stored grain.  Lower temperatures,  around 40 F,  are needed to minimize 
mold growth.	 
	
Moisture Conditions	
	
Insects  obtain  water  primarily  from  the  grain  itself.  At grain moisture 
contents of 10% or below,  most insects and molds are unable to  obtain  enough 
water  to  survive.  At  a  storage  temperature  of  60 F,  this  10% moisture 
corresponds to a relative humidity of 40% for corn, wheat,  and sorghum and 60% 
relative humidity for soybeans.	 
Equilibrium  moisture  content (EMC) is the stabilized moisture that grain will 
dry to when surrounded by air at a constant temperature and relative humidity.	 
	
A table of EMC's is helpful in deciding when to run fans if the grain moisture, 
air temperature,  and relative humidity are known.  The following  table  is  a 
tabulation of EMC's for selected grains.  Wheat,  for example, will dry to 9.7% 
moisture when exposed to 60 F at 40% relative humidity.	 
	
If air surrounding  stored  grain  is  maintained  at  60 F  and  40%  relative 
humidity,  then  most  insect  and mold activity will be arrested.  Since grain 
continues to  "breathe"  in  storage,  these  conditions  have  to  be  checked 
frequently.	 
	
Things to check for:	
 Temperature:  Are there hot spots?	
 Moisture:  Grain tends to rewet at the top center due to moisture migration.	
 Water leaks in the roof and bin walls.	
 Moisture condensation inside the bin.	
 Musty odors.	
 Insects.	
 Molds.	
 Smell the first 10 seconds of air when the fans are run.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EQUILIBRIUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF GRAINS AND SEEDS (PERCENT WET BASIS)	     
-DOC-
     EQUILIBRIUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF GRAINS AND SEEDS (PERCENT WET BASIS)	
                 R. A. Spray, Extension Agricultural Engineer
 
           Temp.                          Relative Humidity (Percent)	
            F    10     20     30     40     50     60     70     80     90
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
	
Oats        77    4.5    6.6    8.2    9.4   10.3   11.4   12.8   15.0   18.2	
	
Shelled     40    6.4    8.6    9.9   11.2   12.6   13.9   15.6   17.7   21.4	
  corn      60    5.6    7.8    9.3   10.5   11.6   12.6   14.2   16.2   19.8	
            80    4.2    6.4    7.9    9.2   10.3   11.5   12.9   14.8   17.5	
           100    4.2    6.2    7.5    8.5    9.8   11.3   12.5   14.4   16.9	
           122    3.6    5.7    7.0    8.1    9.6   10.5   11.9   13.8   16.3	
           140    3.0    5.0    6.0    7.0    7.9    8.8   10.3   12.2   14.6	
	
Sorghum     30    6.1    8.3   10.0   11.3   12.4   13.4   14.6   15.8	
            60    5.4    7.7    9.5   10.7   11.9   13.0   14.1   15.2	
            90    4.7    7.1    8.8   10.1   11.3   12.4   13.5   14.7	
           120           6.5    8.2    9.5   10.7   11.7   12.9   14.1	
     EQUILIBRIUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF GRAINS AND SEEDS (PERCENT WET BASIS)	
 
           Temp.                          Relative Humidity (Percent)	
            F    10     20     30     40     50     60     70     80     90
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
	
Soybeans    41    5.2    6.3    6.9    7.7    8.6   10.4   12.9   16.9   22.4	
            59    4.3    5.7    6.5    7.2    8.1   10.1   12.4   16.1   21.9	
            77    3.8    5.3    6.1    6.9    7.8    9.7   12.1   15.8   21.3	
            95    3.5    4.8    5.7    6.4    7.6    9.3   11.7   15.4   20.6	
           113    2.9    4.0    5.0    6.0    7.1    8.7   11.1   14.9	
           131    2.7    3.6    4.2    5.4    6.5    8.0   10.6	
	
Wheat       30           7.1    9.1   10.6   12.1   13.5   14.7   16.5	
            60           6.0    8.2    9.7   11.3   12.6   13.9   15.6	
            90           5.1    7.1    8.8   10.4   11.7   13.0   14.7	
           120                  6.2    7.9    9.5   10.8   12.1   13.8	
	
	
   BECOME A MONDAY MORNING QUARTERBACK AND BEGIN CHECKING STORED GRAIN WEEKLY	 
 
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LIVESTOCK PEST CONTROL - EXTERNAL PESTS                    
-DOC-

                    LIVESTOCK PEST CONTROL - EXTERNAL PESTS
                      J. B. Kissam, Extension Entomologist

BEEF CATTLE BARNS AND FEED LOTS - INSECT: FLIES*
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

*Includes houseflies, stable flies, face flies, etc.  Recommendations made 
herein are based on the best information available.  Read and follow the label 
carefully to ensure best results and safety when using an pesticide.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

dimethoate              0.02 ppm in     1% SPRAY: Apply dilute spray to breed- 
  CYGON 2 E (23.4%)     meat, fat       ing areas, fly resting areas, etc.      
  or 2.67E (30.5%)

REMARK: Remove animals until spray has dried. Do not contaminate feed or water.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
dichlorvos               0.02 ppm in    0.5% MIST SPRAY:  Apply 0.5% mist 
  DDVP-VAPONA            meat, fat      spray at 1 qt/1,000 sq ft or 
  (21.8% or 40.2%EC                     5 gal/ac in feed lot situations
                                        (mist blower use).
REMARK: Avoid direct treatment of feed and water.  The 40.2% (FEED LOT) product 
        is the most economical.        
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
naled
  DIBROM 8 (58%)EC      0.05 ppm in     AIRCRAFT APPLICATION: Apply 0.25 lb 
  or DIBROM 14 (85%)    meat, fat and   ai/ac of 58% (8 lb/gal) or 85% (14 lb/
  SOL                   meat by-        gal). Dilute with diesel fuel as per
                        products.       label specifications.
                                        GROUND APPLICATION: Apply 0.25 lb ai/ac
                                        of 58% or 85% diluted as per label
                                        instructions.
REMARK: Do not treat with Dibrom near tidal waters.  Waiting period before 
        slaughter: NONE.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

permethrin              2 ppm fat,      0.1% SPRAY. Mix 1 qt EC in 12.5 gal 
  ECTIBAN EC (5.7%)     0.15 ppm meat   water or 6 oz (1 container) of WP in
  25WP                  by-product.     11 gal water. Prepare only as much 
                                        spray as needed because permethrin 
                                        degrades rapidly in water. Apply 
                                        1 gal/750 sq ft surface.

REMARK: Do not treat animals. Do not apply more often than every 14 days. 
        Permethrin is most effective in spring or fall. Use OP sprays (i.e. 
        Vapona) or pyrethrins in hot weather for best results and to kill 
        pyrethroid resistant flies. Do not use in milkrooms or parlors.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

permethrin                              0.125-0.25% SPRAY. Mix 6.67 oz WP con-
  ATROBAN 25% WP                        tainer in 5 gal water (0.25%) or 10 gal
  11% EC                                water (0.125%) or mix 1 pt EC/10 gal
  Other permthrin products--            water or 3 tbsp/gal. Apply 1 gal spray
  EXPAR, PERMECTRIN, etc.               to 750-1,000 sq ft surface area.

REMARK: Do not treat animals. Do not apply more often than every 14 days. 
        Permethrin is most effective in spring or fall. Use OP sprays (i.e. 
        Vapona) or pyrethrins in hot weather for best results and to kill 
        pyrethroid resistant flies. Do not use in milkrooms or parlors.

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

fenvalerate                             0.1% SPRAY: Mix 1 qt to 25 gal water or
  ECTRIN 10% WDL        0.02 ppm meat,  2 oz/1 1/2 gal water.
  (water dispersible    fat, meat by-
  liquid)               products

REMARK: Do not spray animals.  Do not apply more then two applications in 
        spring and two in fall.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pyrethrins              0.1 ppm in      0.5-1% MIST SPRAY:  Apply oil or water
  oil solution, EC,     meat, fat       mist to fly resting areas.  For ULV 
  or pressurized                        usage, apply concentrate undiluted as 
  sprays                                specified on lable. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

malathion 91% solution  4 ppm in        AIRCRAFT APPLICATION: Apply 6-8 oz/ac
                        meat, fat       undiluted (ULV).

REMARK:  Waiting period before slaughter:  NONE.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1% methomyl bait        Nonfood use.    SELECTIVE BAITING:  Apply 1/4 lb/1,000
  PURINA FLY PATROL,                    sq ft around barns, loafing areas, etc.
  IMPROVED GOLDEN                       where flies are attracted.  Same as 
  MALRIN, ETC.                          above.
1% BOMYL
  FLY BAIT GRITS 

REMARK:  Apply as needed for control.  Do not allow animals to come into 
          contact with bait.  Do not contaminate feed or water.
______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEEF AND LACTATING DAIRY CATTLE - INSECT:  HORN FLIES*
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

BEEF AND LACTATING DAIRY CATTLE - INSECT:  HORN FLIES*
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

diflubenzuron           0.05 ppm meat,  BOLUS: Administer with balling gun.
  VIGILANTI             meat bypro-     Apply 1/2 to 2 bolus depending on wt.
  9.7% Bolus            ducts.

REMARK:  Follow label.  Do not treat cattle less than 300 lbs.  Adult flies 
         and cattle must be suppressed with sprays, dusts prior to treatment.  
         Migration of adult flies from untreated, nearby herds may be a 
         problem.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

BEEF AND LACTATING DAIRY CATTLE - INSECT:  HORN FLIES* (Cont)
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

methoprene              0.1 ppm meat,   Bolus: Administer with balling gun.
  ZOECON RF-293         meat byproduct  Apply 1/2 to 1 bolus depending on wt.
  1.5% Bolus            except fat.

REMARK:  Follow label.  Adult flies must be controlled same as for VIGILANTI
         above.
______________________________________________________________________________
*Some suppressive effect on housefly and stable fly breeding in waste can be
 expected.
______________________________________________________________________________

BEEF CATTLE AND DRY DAIRY CATTLE -INSECT:  HORN FLIES, LICE, TICKS, FACE FLIES, 
                                           STABLE FLIES
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

methoxychlor 25% EC     3 ppm in fat    BACKRUBBER: 5% oil.  Apply 1 gal/20 ft
                                        of cable.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
methoxychlor 50% WP                     0.5-1.5% SPRAY or DIP:  Apply dilute 
  MARLATE 50                            spray directly to animals depending on
                                        pest to be controlled.

REMARK:  Observe label precautions.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
methoxychlor 5-10% dust                 DUST STATIONS:  Apply in forced use 
                                        stations using double-lined burlap 
                                        bags.  Use 10 lb dust/bag.

REMARK:  One station/25-30 head.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
stirofos RABON 50% WP   1.5 ppm fat     0.5% SPRAY:  Apply spray directly to 
  or 24% EC             0.5 ppm meat    animals until wet (1/2 to 1 gal spray/
                        by-products      animal).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RABON 1-3% Dust                         DUST STATIONS:  Apply in forced-use 
                                        stations using commercial or homemade 
                                        burlap bags.  Can also use direct hand-
                                        dusting when possible for better 
                                        results.
REMARK:  One station/25-30 head.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
diazinon                0.7 ppm meat    TAG ANIMAL:  One tag/ear (Allflex
  TERMINATOR 20%        and meat        system).
  PVC EAR TAG           by-products

REMARK:  This is new SC 24(c) Reg. Jan 1987.  This tag has shown good results
         in trials for resistant hornflies.  It is a good alternative to the
         pyrethroid tags.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 fenvalerate 8%         0.02 meat,      TAG ANIMAL:  Attach one tag/ear with
  PVC Eartag            fat, meat       Allflex tagging system.
  ECTRIN,               by-products
  INSECTISHIELD,
  etc.                      

REMARK:  Tagging fits in well with spring worming and other animal health 
         practices.  See comments on next page about pyrethroid resistance.
________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

flucythrinate 7.5%      1.0 ppm fat     TAG ANIMAL:  Same as for Ectrin.  
  PVC Tag               0.1 ppm meat    
  GUARDIAN              meat by-product
 
REMARK:  Same as for Ectrin Tag.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
permethrin              2 ppm fat,      0.05% SPRAY:  Mix 1 pt 11% EC to 25 gal
  ATROBAN, PERMECTRIN,  0.15 ppm meat,  water.  Apply 1-2 qt/animal.
  EXPAR, 11% EC         1.0 ppm meat
                        by-products     BACKRUBBER OIL:  0.15%. Mix 1 qt 
                                        11% EC/25 gal diesel.
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
permethrin (cont)
  ATROBAN, GARD-STAR,                   TAG ANIMAL:  Attach one tag/animal for
  PERMECTRIN PVC EARTAG/                horn fly control.  Two tags are 
  STIPS (10% permethrin)                required for face flies and ear ticks.

REMARK:   There is widespread resistance by hornfly to synthetic pyrethroid 
          insecticides (permethrin, fenvalerate, flucythrinate, etc.) across 
          US.  If pyrethroid tags were not effective in 1985, switch to organ-
          phosphate (Rabon or other OP) tags, sprays, or dusts for at least one
          season.  If hornflies were not controlled with pyrethroid tags during 
          past season, switch to organophosphate (OP), i.e. TERMINATOR.  We do 
          not recommend combination pyrethroid/OP tags.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RAVAP (23% RABON                        0.35% RABON-0.10% VAPONA SPRAY:  Apply
  5.7% VAPONA)                          1/2 TO 1 gal/animal.

REMARK:  Do not treat more often than every 10 days.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

famphur WARBEX          0.01 ppm in     DUST STATION:  Apply in forced-use dust
  1% dust               meat, fat       station.

REMARK:  No waiting period.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

phosmet LINTOX          0.2 ppm in      DUST STATION:  Same for famphur.
  1% DUST               meat
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
coumaphos               1 ppm in meat,  0.125-0.25% SPRAY: Wet animal 
  CO-RAL 11.6% EC       fat, meat by-   thoroughly.  See label for mixing 
  25% WP, 42% F         products        instructions.

REMARK:  Do not spray or dip less than 3 mo old.  No waiting period.
                        ---------------------------------------------------
                                        0.25% DIP: Immerse animal.
                        ---------------------------------------------------
                                        BACK OR FACE RUBBER*:  Mix 1% oil
                                        solution from 11.6% EC.  Apply 1 gal/
                                        20 ft of cable.
REMARK:  Use diesel or mineral oil, not used motor oil.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO-RAL 1-5% dust                        DUST STATIONS:  Apply in forced treat-
                                        ment dust stations.
REMARK:  Keep bags up during winter to aid in lice suppression.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

crotoxyphos-            0.02 ppm in     1% MIST SPRAY:  Dilute 1 qt conc to 
dichlorvos              meat, fat       3 gal/water.  Apply 1-2 fl oz (2-4 
  CIO-VAP 10.0% -                       tbsp) head daily.
  2.5% EC                               
                                        BACK OR FACE RUBBER: Mix 1% oil 
                                        solution by adding 1 pt conc. to 2 gal
                                        diesel oil.

REMARK:  Do not exceed 2 fl oz/head daily.  For more dilute sprays see label.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
dioxathion              1 ppm in fat    0.15% SPRAY:  Apply up to 2 qt/animal.
  DEL-TOX, CO-NAV       of meat
  20.4% EC                              

REMARK:  Do not treat more often then every 2 wk.  Do ot dip animals under 3 mo 
         of age.
                                        BACK OR FACE RUBBER: 1.5% in oil.  
                                        Apply 1 gal/20 ft cable.

REMARK:  Use diesel or mineral oil, not used motor oil.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dichlorvos              0.02 ppm in     1% SPRAY:  Apply 1-2 floz/animal daily.
  DDVP-VAPONA           meat, fat       For bait solution and 1 lb sugar/gal of
  21.8% EC                              spray.

REMARK: Do not exceed 2 fl oz/head/day. Waiting period before slaughter: 1 day.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
malathion 57% EC        4 ppm in meat,  0.5% SPRAY:  Wet animals thoroughly.
                        fat
                                        BACKRUBBER:*  2% oil solution.  Apply
                                        1 gal/20 ft cable.

REMARK:  Use diesel or mineral oil, not used motor oil.
*Treat for grubs after heel fly season (March-April) but before October 1.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion 4-5% dust                     DUST STATION:  Apply in forced- 
                                        treatment dust stations.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
phosmet                 0.2 ppm meat,   SPRAY: 1-100 or 1-200 dilution.  See
  LINTOX-HD             fat meat by-    label.
  11.6% EC              products.
REMARK:  Do not treat dairy cattle less than 28 days before freshening.  Three 
         (3) day withdrawal on beef cattle before slaughter.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

fenthion                0.1 ppm in      POUR-ON:  Dilute for either horn fly or
  LYSOFF 7.6% solution  meat, fat       lice control as per label instructions.

REMARK:  This is a useful product when cattle are being worked in spring or 
         fall.  If grubs are a problem select a labeled systemic from list that
         follows:
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

                 INSECT:  CATTLE GRUBS,* LICE, HORN FLIES
________________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE             METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
coumaphos               1.0 ppm in      0.35-0.50% SPRAY:  Wet animal 
  CO-RAL (11.6% EC      meat, fat,      thoroughly.  Follow label for mixing
  or 25% WP)            by-products     instructions.

REMARK:  Do not apply to animals under stress or in conjunction with medication
         or insecticides.

*Treat for grubs after heel fly season (March-April) but before October 1.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO-RAL (11.6% EC or                     0.25% DIP:  Immerse animal.  Follow
  25% WP)                               label for mixing instructions.

REMARK:  Recharge dip solution according to label guidance.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

CO-RAL 4% solution                      POUR ON:  Ready to use.  Pour 1/2 fl 
                                        oz/100 lb body wt along backline of 
                                        cattle.

REMARK:  Same restrictions as for sprays.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

                          INSECT: CATTLE GRUBS,* LICE
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE             TOLERANCE                  METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

*Spring use of systemic insecticide aids in reducing early horn fly 
population.  This allows later use of ear tags for extended summer control and 
helps minimize the resistance problem with ear tags.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

famphur WARBEX 13.2%    0.1 ppm in      POUR ON:  Ready to use.  Apply 1/2 fl
  solution              meat, fat       oz/100 lb body wt along backline of 
                                        animal.

REMARK:  35-day waiting period before slaughter.  May be used with Tramisol 
         wormer, medications, etc., but not with other organophosphate 
         insecticides.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

trichlorfon NEGUVON     0.1 ppm in      POUR ON:  Ready to use.  Apply 1/2 fl
  8% solution           meat, fat       oz/100 lb body wt along backline of
                                        animal.

REMARK:  Restrictions same as for CO-Ral.  Waiting period before slaughte: 21 
         days.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fenthion  TIGUVON 3%    0.1 ppm in      POUR ON:  Ready to use.  Apply 1/2 fl
  solution              meat, fat       oz/100 lb body wt along backline of 
                                        cattle.

REMARK:  Restrictions same as for Co-Ral.  Waiting period before slaughter: 35 
         days.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
fenthion  SPOTTON 20%                   SPOT ON:  Ready to use.  Squeeze 4 cc/ 
  solution                              300 lb body wt.  Apply to one spot 
                                        only.  Do not spread.

REMARK:  Follow label carefully.  Waiting period before slaughter: 45 days.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
phosmet GX 118          0.2 ppm meat,   POUR ON:  Apply 1 fl oz of 1:2 water
  11.6% EC              fat, meat by-   mixture/100 lb body wt.

REMARK:  Waiting period before slaughter:  21 days.

  IVOMEC (ivermectin)   See Drug List   INJECTION: Available from veterinarian 
                                        and for producer use.

REMARK:  See Drug List.  Ivermectin is new chemistry and very effective against 
         a broad spectrum of blood-sucking animal parasites.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

                           INSECT:  MAGGOTS IN WOUNDS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                 METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

coumaphos  CO-RAL       1 ppm in meat,  HAND DUST:  Apply directly to wound.
  1-5% dust             fat             Repeat as required.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO-RAL 3% pressurized                   SPOT SPRAY:  Apply directly to wound.
  spray
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
lindane 3% smear or     7 ppm fat of    Same as for Co-Ral.
  pressurized spray     meat
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ronnel KORLAN           10 ppm fat,     Same as for Co-Ral.
  5% smear, dust or     4 ppm meat
  2.5% pressurized      and meat
  spray                 by-products
________________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEEF CATTLE ONLY        INSECT:  LICE, HORN FLIES
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

BEEF CATTLE ONLY        INSECT:  LICE, HORN FLIES
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos            1.5 ppm in      SPOT ON:  Apply 2 cc/100 wt.  Follow 
  DURSBAN 44 (43.2%)    meat, fat,      label instructions carefully.
                        meat by-
                        products

REMARK:  Do not use on dairy cattle of any age.  See label for other breeds 
         excluded from treatment.  Waiting period before slaughter: 14 days.  
         See label for withdrawal schedule if more than one treatment used.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DAIRY BARNS (INCLUDES OUTDOOR LOAFING AREAS)  
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

DAIRY BARNS (INCLUDES OUTDOOR LOAFING AREAS)  

                   INSECT:  HOUSEFLIES, OTHER NUISANCE FLIES
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

dimethoate CYGON 2E     0.002 ppm in    1% SPRAY:  Apply as spot treatment to 
  (23.4%)               milk, 0.02 ppm  breeding areas and fly resting areas.
                        in meat, fat

REMARK:  Remove animals from barn or lot while spraying.  Do not use in milk- 
         room.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
methomyl 1% bait        Nonfood use     READY-TO-USE BAIT: Apply 1/4 lb/1,000
  PURINA FLY PATROL,                    sq ft to fly-attractant area.
  IMPROVED GOLDEN 
  MALRIN, etc.
bomyl 1% bait                           Same as above.
  FLY BAIT GRITS

REMARK:  Do not apply baits where cattle can reach them.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  RAVAP (23% RABON,     0.5 ppm for     1% SPRAY:  Apply coarse spray to fly-
  5.7% VAPONA) EC       Rabon in milk,  resting areas.  Spot treat fly-maggot-
                        0.02 ppm for    breeding areas.
                        Vapona in milk,
                        and fat
REMARK:  Do not contaminate milk, milk-handling equipment, cattle feed, or 
         water.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

permethrin              2.0 ppm fat     0.1% SPRAY:  Mix 1 qt EC in 12.5 gal 
  ECTIBAN EC (5.7%)     0.15 ppm meat   water or 6 oz (1 container) of WP in
  25WP                  1.0 ppm meat    11 gal water.  Prepare only as much
                        by-products     spray as needed because permethrin de-
                        0.15 ppm whole  grades rapidly in water.  Apply 1 gal/
                        milk, 3.75 ppm  750 sq ft surface.
                        milk fat        
  ATROBAN, EXPAR,                       MIX:  1 pt 11% EC to 10 gal/water.
  PERMECTRIN, etc.                      Apply same as above.
  11% EC

REMARK:  Do not apply more often than every 14 days.  Do not use in milkroom or 
         parlors.  Use permethrin in spring and fall for best results.  Overuse 
         of the pyrethroids (permethrin, etc.) should be avoided to reduce 
         selection pressure and resistance.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

permethrin                              0.125-0.25% SPRAY:  Mix 6.67 oz 
  ATROBAN                               container in 5 gal water (0.25%) or 10
  PERMECTRIN WP (25%)                   gal water (0.125%).  Apply same as for 
                                        Ectiban.

REMARK:  Cautions same as for Ectiban.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

dichlorvos              0.01 ppm in     0.5% SPRAY:  Apply water mist spray at
  DDVP/VAPONA 21.8%     milk, meat,     rate of 1 qt/8,000 cu ft.
                        fat

REMARK:  Do not apply to animals within 8 hr of last treatment.  Do not use in
         milkrooms.  Do not apply in conjunction with permethrin sprays.
______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DAIRY BARNS (INCLUDES OUTDOOR LOAFING AREAS, MILKROOMS)
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

DAIRY BARNS (INCLUDES OUTDOOR LOAFING AREAS, MILKROOMS)

                        INSECT:  HOUSEFLIES, OTHER NUISANCE FLIES
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

pest strip                              VAPOR:  Use one strip/1,000 cu ft.
  DDVP/VOPONA 20%

REMARK:  Milkroom use only.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

pyrethrins              0.5 ppm in      SPRAYS:  Ready to use.  Aerosols or 
  0.1-0.7%              milk, fat       mist sprays.

REMARKS:  Follow label instructions.  Keep exposed foods covered.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DAIRY CATTLE* (LACTATING)  INSECT:  HORN FLIES, OTHER BITING FLIES**, 
-DOC-
________________________________________________________________________________

DAIRY CATTLE* (LACTATING)  INSECT:  HORN FLIES, OTHER BITING FLIES**, 
                                    FACE FLIES, LICE
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

*Dry dairy cattle may be treated same as beef cattle but be sure that proper 
waiting periods are observed before freshening.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
coumaphos               0.5 (N) ppm in  0.03% SPRAY:  1 lb WP/100 gal water or
  CO-RAL 25% WP         milkfat         1 qt EC/100 gal.  Wet cattle to runoff.
  or 11.6% EC

REMARK:  Repeat when necessary.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

  CO-RAL 11.6% EC                       BACKRUBBER:  1% in oil.  Apply 1 gal/20
                                        ft cable.

REMARK:  Use diesel or mineral oil, not used motor oil.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  CO-RAL 1-5% dust                      DUST STATIONS:  Set up forced treatment
                                        at exit from milk parlor.

REMARK:  Do not contaminate feed or water.  May also hand treat with shaker 
         can.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  CIO-VAP EC (12.5%)                    SPRAY:  Mix 1 qt/3 gal water.  Apply
                                        same as for ready-to-use spray.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

pyrethrins (0.01-0.1%)  0.5 ppm in      MIST SPRAYS:  Various sprays for mixing
                        milk, fat       or ready-to-use.

REMARK:  Apply according to labe instructions daily.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion 4-5% dust     4 ppm in meat,  HAND DUST:  3-4 tsp/head.
                        fat 0.5 ppm in
                        milk, fat

REMARK:  Do not apply within 5 hr of milking.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
methoxychlor 50% WP     1.25 ppm in     HAND DUST:  Apply 5 grams (1 tsp) to 
  MARLATE 50            milk, fat       back and neck and rub in by hand.

REMARK:  Treat again at 3-wk intervals if needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
stirofos RABON          0.5 ppm in      DUST BAGS:  Set up dust bags same as 
  3% dust               milk, fat,      for Co-Ral.  Apply 1-2 tbsp/head when
                        meat and meat   hand-treating.
                        by-products
                        1.5 ppm fat of
                        cattle
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
fenvalerate 8%          0.02 ppm in     TAG ANIMAL:  Attach one tag/ear with 
  ECTRIN PVC EARTAG     meat, fat,      All-Flex tagging system.
                        meat by-
                        products, milk
                        fat
REMARK:  If pyrethroid eartags (Ectrin, Ectiban, etc.) not effective during 
         past season, switch over to program using organophosphate (OP)
         insecticides such as Rabon (eartags, dusts, sprays), Co-Ral (dusts,
         sprays), or malathion (dust).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
permethrin 10%          2.0 ppm fat     TAG ANIMAL: Attach two tags/animal for
  PVC Eartag/Strip,     0.15 ppm meat   hornfly and facefly control.
  ATROBAN, GARD-STAR    1.0 ppm meat
  ANCHOR                  by-products
                        0.15 ppm whole milk
                        3.75 ppm milk fat

  ECTIBAN 5.7% EC                       0.05% SPRAY: Mix 1 qt 5.7% EC/t0 gal 
                                        water.  Apply 1-2 qt spray/animal.

REMARK:  Do not retreat more often than every 2 wk.

  ATROBAN, EXPAR,                       BACKRUBBER:  (0.15% oil).  Mix 1 qt 
  PERMECTRIN 11% EC                     5.7% EC/10 gal diesel.
                                        
                                        MIX: 1 pt 11% EC in 50 gal/water.  
                                        Apply same as above.
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

  ECTIBAN D, PERMECTRIN Dust            DUST BAGS OR HAND DUST:  Forced-use
  (0.25% Dust)                          stations at milk parlor exits are most
                                        effective.  Apply 2 oz (5 tsp)/animal
                                        for direct application.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

flucythrinate 7.5%      1.0 ppm fat     TAG ANIMAL:  Same as for permethrin
  PVC TAG (Guardian)    0.1 ppm meat,   above.
                        meat by-product
                        0.1 ppm milk
                        0.05 milk fat

REMARK:  Same comments about tags as for Ectrin.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

dichlorvos              0.02 ppm in     1% SPRAY:  Apply spray at 1.2 fl oz/
  VAPONA-DDVP 21.8%     milk            animal.  Add 1 lb sugar/gal as 
                                        attractant.

REMARK:  Do not apply to calves under 6 mo old or Brahman cattle.

diflubenzuron           0.05 ppm meat,  BOLUS: Administer with balling gun.
  VIGILANTI             meat bypro-     Apply 1/2 to 2 bolus depending on wt.
  9.7% Bolus            ducts.

REMARK:  Follow label.  Do not treat cattle less than 300 lbs.  Adult flies 
         and cattle must be suppressed with sprays, dusts prior to treatment.  
         Migration of adult flies from untreated, nearby herds may be a 
         problem.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

methoprene              0.1 ppm meat,   Bolus: Administer with balling gun.
  ZOECON RF-293         meat byproduct  Apply 1/2 to 1 bolus depending on wt.
  1.5% Bolus            except fat.

REMARK:  Follow label.  Adult flies must be controlled same as for VIGILANTI
         above.
______________________________________________________________________________
**Some suppressive effect on housefly and stable fly breeding in waste can be
 expected.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEEF AND DAIRY CATTLE        INSECT:  MAGGOTS IN WOUNDS, EAR TICKS*
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

BEEF AND DAIRY CATTLE        INSECT:  MAGGOTS IN WOUNDS, EAR TICKS*
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                 METHOD AND RATE
______________________________________________________________________________

coumaphos               1 ppm in meat,  HAND DUST:  Apply as needed to wound.
  CO-RAL 5% livestock   fat; 0.5 ppm 
  duster                in milk, fat

REMARK:  No waiting period between use of this product and use of meat or milk.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  CO-RAL 3% aerosol                     SPRAY FOAM:  Apply as needed to wound.
______________________________________________________________________________

*The synthetic pyrethroid cattle ear tags (ECTRIN, ATROBAN, PERMECTRIN, etc.) 
are effective against ear ticks.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                 METHOD AND RATE
______________________________________________________________________________

  ronnel KORLAN         10 ppm in fat;  Same as Co-Ral above.
  5% smear, dust or     4 ppm in meat, 
  2.5% pressurized      meat by-product;
  spray                 1.25 (N) in milk
                        fat
______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SWINE -  INSECT:  LICE, FLIES*
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

SWINE -  INSECT:  LICE, FLIES*
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

malathion 57% EC        4 ppm in meat   0.5% SPRAY:  Apply qt or less/animal.
  or 25% WP

REMARK:  Do not apply to animals under 1 mo old.  Keep hogs out of sun several 
hours following treatment.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

malathion 4-5% dust                     HAND DUST:  Apply thoroughly to 
                                        animals.

REMARK:  Use 1/4 - 1/2 tsp on animals less than 1 mo of age.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

coumaphos               1 ppm in meat,  0.125% SPRAY:  Mix 2 qt Ec/100 gal 
  CO-RAL 11.6% EC       fat             water or 2 lb WP/100 gal.  Apply until
  and 25% WP                            animal is wet.

REMARK:  Follow label carefully.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CO-RAL 1% Dust                          HAND DUST:  Apply 1 oz/animal as 
                                        necessary but not more than once every 
                                        10 days.  Apply 2 oz/30 sq ft of 
                                        bedding (not more than once every 10 
                                        days).

REMARK:  No waiting period required for use of meat.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

10% crotoxyphos         0.02 ppm in     0.25% COARSE SPRAY:  Apply spray until
2.5% dichlorvos         meat, fat       animal is wet.
  CIO-VAP               (ciodrin), 
                        0.1 ppm in 
                        meat (Vapona)

REMARK:  Do not apply more than once/wk.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

stirofos  RABON 50% WP  1.5 ppm in fat  0.5% SPRAY:  Wet animal thoroughly.
                        0.5 ppm in meat

REMARK:  Repeat in 2 wk if necessary.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
RABON 3% dust                           HAND DUST:  Apply 3-4 oz dust to each
                                        animal or treat bedding with 1 lb dust/
                                        150 sq ft.

REMARK:  Do not repeat more often than once every 14 days.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
fenthion                0.1 ppm in      BACK TREAT: Ready to use.  1/2 fl oz/
  TIGUVON 3% solution   meat, fat       100 lb body weight.

REMARK:  14-day waiting period before slaughter.  May treat lactating sows to 
         reduce lice on nursing pigs.

*Includes houseflies, other nuisance flies which are attached to or breed 
around pig parlors, etc.  See Fly Control under beef cattle barns, feed lots, 
and poultry fly control for more information.  Most products for fly control 
are labeled for use around swine.  Check labels for specific instructions.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

                        INSECT:  LICE, MANGE
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

lindane EC (6.5-20%)    4 ppm in fat    0.05% SPRAY:  Mix according to label.
  or 25% WP                             Wet animal thoroughly.

REMARK:  30-day waiting period before slaughter.  Repeat treatment in 2-3 wk
         if necessary.

                                        HOG OILER:  0.25% oil solution.  Mix
                                        according to label instructions.

REMARK:  30-day waiting period.  Do not expose animals less than 1 mo old.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

malathion 57% EC        4 ppm in meat,  0.5% SPRAY:  Mix 6 1/2 oz EC or 3/4 lb
  25% WP                fat             WP/5 gal water.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

dioxathion DEL-TOX,     1 ppm in fat    0.15% SPRAY OR DIP:  Mix 1 qt/50 gal
  CO-NAV 20.4%          of meat         water.  Wet each animal thoroughly.

REMARKS:  Treat infested pen area also.  Do not dip animals under 3 mo of age.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fenvalerate             1.5 ppm meat    0.05% SPRAY:  Mix 1 qt/50 gal water or
  ECTRIN 10% WDL        and meat by-    1 oz/1 1/2 gal water. Apply up to 8 oz/
                        products        animal directed to areas of heavy
                                        infestation.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

phosmet                 0.2 ppm         HAND DUST:  1/2 - 1 oz/animal.
  PROLATE,
  LINTOX 1% DUST

REMARK:  Repeat in 10-14 days if needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
flucythrinate           1 ppm fat,      EAR TAG: Apply with ALLFLEX appli- 
  GUARDIAN              0.1 ppm meat    cator.   1 tag/head for growing swine.
  10% Ear Tag           and meat        2 tags/head for adult swine.
                        by-products.

REMARK:  Remove tags before slaughter.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

permethrin              2.0 ppm fat;    0.025% SPRAY:  Mix 1 qt 5.7% EC/50 gal
  ECTIBAN 5.7% EC       0.15 ppm in     water. Thoroughly spray entire animal
                        meat            with particular attention to ears and
                                        head.  Treat pen area also.

  ATROBAN, EXPAR,                       MIX:  1 pt 11% Ec/50 gal water.  Apply
  PERMECTRIN 11% EC                     same as above.

REMARK:  Same as above.

  ECTIBAN D, PERMECTRIN                 HAND DUST:  Apply 1 oz (2 1/2 tsp)/
  (0.25% Dust)                          animal.

REMARK:  For lice only.  Apply a second treatment in 14 days.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
            
                            INSECT:  MANGE
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

amitraz                 0.1 ppm fat of  .125% SPRAY: Mix 1 pt/25 gal water or
  TACTIC                meat; 0.05 ppm  2 fl oz/3 gal water.  Spray animals,
  12.5% EC              meat, fat and   walls, floors with course spray.
                        meat by-
                        products;       DIP:  Use same mix above to dip
                        0.2 ppm kidney, piglets. 
                        liver

REMARK:  One day waiting period.  Repeat treatment in 7-10 days if needed.
         Spray boars every 2-3 months.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

                           INSECT:  MAGGOTS* IN WOUNDS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

lindane 3% smear        4 ppm in fat    SMEAR:  Apply as needed to wound.
  EQ335
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

coumaphos               1 ppm in meat,  DUSTER CAN:  Apply as needed to wound.
  CO-RAL 1-5% dust

*Maggots may be secondary screwworms, black blowflies, or other flesh flies.  
Maggots are not likely to be screwworms but send maggots to Clemson for 
identification if concerned.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SHEEP AND GOATS       INSECT: LICE, SHEEP TICK (KED), TICKS, MANGE MITES, 
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

SHEEP AND GOATS       INSECT: LICE, SHEEP TICK (KED), TICKS, MANGE MITES, 
                              WOOD MAGGOTS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                 METHOD AND RATE
______________________________________________________________________________

coumaphos               1 ppm in meat,  0.125% SPRAY OR DIP:  Wet or immerse
  CO-RAL 11.6% EC       fat, 0.5 ppm    animals thoroughly.
  or 25% WP             in milk

REMARK:  Waiting period: 15 days on slaughter animals.  Do not use on lactating 
         goats or within 14 days of freshening.  Do not treat animals less than
         3 mo old, sick animals, or animals under medication.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  CO-RAL 0.5% Dust                      RUB 1-2 oz on each animal.

REMARK:  Same as Co-Ral above.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                 METHOD AND RATE
______________________________________________________________________________

crotoxyphos-dichlorvos  0.02 ppm in     0.25% SPRAY:  Wet animal thoroughly.
  CIO-VAP 12.5% EC      meat, fat and
                        meat by-products

REMARK:  Do not apply more often than once/wk.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

dioxathion              1 ppm in meat,  0.15% SPRAY OR DIP:  Mix 1 qt/50 gal 
  DEL-TOX,              fat             water.  Wet or immerse animals
  CO-NAV 20.4%                          thoroughly.

REMARK:  Do not use more often than every 14 days on milk goats or animals
         less than 3 mo old.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                 METHOD AND RATE
______________________________________________________________________________

fenvalerate             1.5 ppm in      0.025% SPRAY:  Mix 1 qt/100 gal or
  ECTRIN 10 WDL         meat and        1 oz/3 gal water.  Apply up to 1 qt
                        meat by-        solution/animal.
                        products
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
lindane EC (6.5-20%)    7 ppm in fat    0.05% SPRAY OR 0.025% DIP:  Wet or
  or 25% WP                             immerse animals thoroughly.

REMARK:  Waiting period: 30 days for spray and 60 days for dips on slaughter
         animals.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
malathion 57% EC        4 ppm in meat,  0.5% SPRAY OR DIP:  Wet or immerse
  25% WP                fat             animals thoroughly.

REMARK:  Do not use on lactating animals or animals less than 1 mo old.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                 METHOD AND RATE
______________________________________________________________________________

malathion 4-5% dust                     Apply liberally for thorough coverage.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

methoxychlor 25% EC     3 ppm in meat,  0.5% SPRAY:  Wet animal thoroughly.
  or 50% WP             fat             Repeat in 2-3 wk if needed.
  MARLATE

REMARK:  Same as malathoin.
______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

                          INSECT:  MAGGOTS* IN WOUNDS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                 METHOD AND RATE
______________________________________________________________________________

coumaphos               1 ppm in meat,  Apply as required to treat wound.
  CO-RAL 1-5% dust      fat, 0.5 ppm 
                        in milk
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
lindane 3% smear        7 ppm in fat    Same as Co-Ral.
  EQ335
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HORSES - INSECT:  BOTS
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

HORSES - INSECT:  BOTS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE                METHOD AND RATE             RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

See drug list.
Warm water treatment     Sponge animal with warm     Rub animal firmly and keep
(30 days after killing   water (120oF) when eggs     water warm.  Bots will 
frost). Repeat 30 days   are present.                hatch and die when wet 
later.                                               thoroughly with warm 
                                                     water.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

                        INSECT:  BITING FLIES*
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE                METHOD AND RATE             RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
stirofos RABON-1%        SPRAY OR WIPE ON: Ready
liquid for horses        to use.  Apply as needed to
(contains pyrethrins     protect areas of animal 
plus repellent). Has     being attacked.
tolerance of 0.5 ppm
in fat.

permethrin ECTIBAN 1%    WIPE ON: Ready-to-use.      Avoid contact with horse's
                         Brush horse's coat to       eyes and nostrils. Repeat
                         remove dust, dirt, etc.     treatment in 3-7 days if
                         Wipe product on affected    needed.
                         area with sponge.
*Includes stable flies, deer flies, horn flies, blackflies, and mosquitoes.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

                       INSECT: FACE FLIES, HOUSEFLIES
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE                METHOD AND RATE             RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

Various sprays (DDVP,    SPRAY AND WIPE ON:  Ready   Follow label instructions
pyrethrins, Ciodrin,     to use.                     and cautions.
repellents)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  FACE FLIES, HOUSEFLIES, STABLE FLIES
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE                METHOD AND RATE             RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

permethrin               SPRAY: (0.1%). Treat horse  Do not treat animals.
  ECTIBAN/ATROBAN        barns and premises as       Permethrin residual sprays
  EC WP                  residual control.  See      applied to barns (inside
                         beef cattle for fly         and outside walls), 
                         control.                    corrals, etc., will help
                                                     greatly to suppress flies
                                                     if water and waste manage-
                                                     ment is effective.

  ECTIBAN (5.7% EC),     SPRAY (0.025%). Treat       Do not treat animals more
    ATROBAN, EXPAR       animals. Mix 1 pt 5.7% EC   often than every 2 wk.
  PERMECTRIN, etc.       or 1/2 pt 11% EC/25 gal
    11% EC               water.  Apply 1 qt/spray/
                         animal.
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE                METHOD AND RATE             RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________
                         
fenvalerate              0.1% SPRAY:  Mix 1 qt/25    Do not treat horses or 
  ECTRIN 10% WDL         gal water or 2 oz/1 1/2     horse barns if animals are
                         gal water.  Spray animals   intended for slaughter.
                         (8 oz/animal as light 
                         mist spray) or premises 
                         at 1 gal/750 sq ft.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10% permethrin           HALTER/BRIDLE ATTACHMENT:   These strips should help
  PERMECTRIN FLY STRIP   Attach one strip with       with face flies and deer/
                         self-locking fastener/      horse flies.  Stable flies
                         animal.                     feed on legs and will not 
                                                     be affected.

1% permethrin (read      SPRAY OR WIPE-ON:           Apply as directed.
to use) (Tech-Trol 12)   (Silicone based).
_______________________________________________________________________________

INSECT:  HORN FLIES, LICE, TICKS*
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE                METHOD AND RATE             RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

coumaphos                70.06% SPRAY: Mix 1 oz      Do not treat sick animals.
  CO-RAL 11.6% EC or     25% WP or 2 fl oz 11.6% EC  Do not treat animals less
  25% WP                 in 3 gal water.             than 3 mo old.  Do not use
                         Apply lightly to animal.    in conjunction with medi-
                                                     cations or other insecti- 
                                                     cides.  Repeat in 2 wk for
                                                     lice if necessary.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  CO-RAL 1-5% dust       HAND DUST:  Rub into coat   Same as Co-Ral.
                         thoroughly.

*Permethrin sprays or wipe-on solution should be effective against ticks and 
horn flies also.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE                METHOD AND RATE             RESTRICTIONS/REMARKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

dioxathion               0.15% SPRAY OR DIP: Mix     Cautions same as for 
  DEL-TOX, CO-NAV        1 qt/50 gal water.          Co-Ral.
  20.4% EC               Lightly wet coat.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

malathion 57% EC         0.5% SPRAY:  Mix 4 fl       Cautions same as for
                         oz/3 gal water.             Co-Ral.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

malathion 4-5% dust      HAND DUST:  Rub 2-3 oz      Repeat as needed.
                         into coat thoroughly
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POULTRY PEST CONTROL - EXTERNAL PESTS                     
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

                     POULTRY PEST CONTROL - EXTERNAL PESTS
_______________________________________________________________________________

CAGED LAYERS AND OTHER POULTRY ON WIRE - INSECT:  HOUSEFLY ADULTS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

dichlorvos              0.05 ppm in     0.5% CONTACT SPRAY:  Apply in fine 
  VAPONA-DDVP           meat, fat and   spray to fly resting areas (about 1 
  21.8% EC              eggs            qt/1,000 sq ft).

REMARK:  Do not spray birds directly.  CAUTION:  Vapona concentrate is very 
         toxic.  Handle carefully and follow label cautions.  Vapona is good
         contact adulticide.  Apply twice daily to fly resting areas until
         population is reduced.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

permethrin              0.05 ppm in     0.1% SPRAY:  Mix 1 qt EC in 12.5 gal 
  ECTIBAN EC (5.7%)     eggs, meat,     water, diesel or mineral oil, or 6 oz
  25 WP                 fat and meat    (1 container) of WP in 11 gal water.
                        by-products     Appl1 gal/750 sq ft surface.

  ATROBAN, EXPAR,                       0.125% SPRAY:  Mix 1 pt/10 gal water.
  PERMECTRIN, 11% EC                    Apply same as above.

REMARK:  Do not treat poultry.  Apply permethrin sprays only during spring and 
         fall.  There are indications of resistance to permethrin and cross
         resistance to pyrethrins in house flies.  If poor control is obtained,
         switch to organophosphate spray (Vapona) immediately.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
permethrin ATROBAN                      0.125-0.25% SPRAY:  Mix 6.67 oz 
  PERMECTRIN EC (25%)                   container in 5 gal water (0.25%) or in
                                        10 gal water (0.125%).  Apply same as
                                        Ectiban.

REMARK:  Cautions same as for Ectiban, etc., above.  See comments about 
         resistance above.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
methomyl 1% bait        Nonfood use     DRY BAITS:  Apply 1/4 lb/500 sq ft to
  PURINA FLY PATROL,                    walkway, etc.
  IMPROVED GOLDEN
  MALRIN, etc.

bomyl 1%                                Same as above.
  FLY BAIT GRITS

REMARK:  Observe all label cautions.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
pyrethrins              0.2 ppm in      0.7% AEROSOL:  Used in automatic-piped
(synergized)            meat, fat       spray system.
0.3-5.0% Conc.*         0.1 ppm in
                        eggs            0.3%-0.6% MIST SPRAY: Use in automatic-
                                        piped system (Ragsdale, etc.), mist
                                        sprayer (Challenger, etc.) or ULV 
                                        generators (Leco, Micro-Gen).

REMARK:  Best results obtained when system operated minimum of three times/wk.
         Larvicide only on spot basis.

         Adulticide sprays support good fly pest management.  For best results
         start adult suppression early (Feb-Mar) to avoid buildup and high
         breeding potential.
*Concentrate (5%) to be diluted with mineral oil or insecticidal oil (not 
diesel) to give 0.5% (1:9).
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

xanthene dye            No tolerance    BAIT STATION:  For cage layers use
(erythosine b)          required (on    1 bait station/300 sq ft manure sur-
  SYNERID               GRAS list)      face area.  For broiler breeders use
                                        1 bait station/400 sq ft floor surface
                                        area.

REMARK:  SYNERID  bait solution will kill flies effectively on sunny days.
         Place stations along periphery of houses out of the weather.  Knock-
         down adulticides (i.e. pyrethrins) must be available in case of 
         prolonged cloudy weather.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

CAGED LAYERS AND OTHER POULTRY ON WIRE - INSECT: HOUSEFLY 
                  (OFFICE, SALESROOMS, EGG-PROCESSING ROOMS, ETC.)
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

VAPONA 20%              0.05 ppm in     HANGING STRIP:  One strip/1,000 cu ft.
(resin strip)           meat, fat and
                        eggs
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pyrethrins                              0.1-0.7% AEROSOL OR MIST SPRAYS:  Apply
(synergized)                            by label instruction.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
resmethrin              Nonfood use     0.25% AEROSOL OR MIST SPRAYS:  Apply
  SBP 1382                              by label instruction.

REMARK:  Do not apply resmethrin inside poultry houses or egg rooms.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

Insecta-Paint           Nonfood use     SURFACE PAINT:  Paint ceiling of egg- 
  WAR-PAINT                             room, overhead areas at loading docks,
  (0.8% chlorpyrifos)                   etc.

REMARK:  This a a good supplemental fly control measure.  It helps reduce 
         pyrethroid resistance in the fly population.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

CAGED LAYERS AND OTHER POULTRY ON WIRE -  INSECT:  HOUSEFLY LARVAE*
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

dimethoate              0.02 ppm in     1% LARVICIDE SPRAY: Apply as coarse 
  CYGON 2 E (23.4%)     meat, fat and   spray to manure (about 1 gal/25 sq ft).
                        eggs

REMARK:  Keep pressure low to avoid contamination of eggs, feed, water.  Avoid
         general treatment of manure.  Spot treat only.

*A xanthen dye product (erythrosine B) sold under the tradename SYNERID is 
under evaluation in South Carolina.  This product is being legally sold but not 
enough data is available at this time (8/1/85) to warrant recommendation.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

stirofos                0.1 ppm in      1% LARVICIDE SPRAY:  Apply same as 
  RABON WP 50%          egg, meat,      Cygon.
                        0.75 ppm in fat 

REMARK:  Same as for Cygon.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

stirofos,               0.05 ppm        1% LARVICIDE SPRAY:  Apply same as 
  5.7% dichlorvos       dichlorvos      Cygon.
  RAVAP (21.4))

REMARK:  Same as for Cygon.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CAGED LAYERS AND BREEDER CHICKENS - INSECT:  HOUSEFLY LARVAE
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

CAGED LAYERS AND BREEDER CHICKENS - INSECT:  HOUSEFLY LARVAE
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

cyromazine              0.25 ppm in     FEED ADDITIVE:  1 lb premix/ton feed.
  LARVADEX 1.0%         eggs, 0.05 ppm
  premix                in fat and meat
                        of caged layers

REMARK: The old 0.3% pre-mix was discontinued due to resistance and mixing 
        problems.  Start fly control in late winter.  Kill adult flies with
        knockdown insecticides and start Larvadex treatment as per label when
        breeding is first evident in pit.  Feed continuously for 4-6 weeks or
        until no breeding is detectable in pit.
______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CAGED AND FLOOR BIRDS - INSECT:  LICE, MITES*
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

CAGED AND FLOOR BIRDS - INSECT:  LICE, MITES*
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
  
*Do not treat laying chickens for mites unless infestations are very heavy and
productivity is affected.  Spraying the birds may cause productivity losses 
which can not be recovered.  Treat hot spots of mite activity rather than all 
birds.  This will reduce production losses due to bird upset.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

coumaphos               1 ppm in meat,  0.25% SPRAY:  Apply 1 gal/100 birds -
  CO-RAL 25% WP         fat, 0.1 ppm    use high pressure spray.
                        in eggs

REMARK:  Use only once/wk.  Do not use on stressed or medicated birds.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
CO-RAL 0.5% Dust                        HAND OR POWER DUSTER:  1 lb/100 birds 
                                        or 1 lb/20 sq ft of litter.
REMARK:  Same as Co-Ral 25% WP.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
carbaryl                5 ppm in meat,  0.5% SPRAY:  Apply 1 gal/100 birds. Use
  SEVIN 50 OR 80% WP    fat, 0.5 ppm    high pressure spray.
                        in eggs

REMARK:  Follow label instructions.  7-day waiting period from last application
         to slaughter.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEVIN 5% Dust                           HAND OR POWER DUSTER:  1 lb/100 birds 
                                        or 1 lb/40 sq ft of litter.
REMARK:  Some dusts contain sulfur.  A definite explosion hazard exists if used
         with electrostatic custers.  If properly diluted, sulfur will not 
         readily explode.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
stirofos                0.1 ppm in      0.5% SPRAY: Apply 1 gal/100 birds.  Use
  RABON 50% WP          eggs, meat      high pressure spray.
                        .075 ppm in     
                        fat             PREMISE DUSTING:  Use 2.5 oz/100 sq ft
                                        of litter.

                                        DUST BOXES: 2.5 oz/50 birds.

REMARK:  Do not repeat more often than every 14 days.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  RABON 3% Dust                         PREMISE DUSTING OR DIRECT DUSTING OF 
                                        BIRDS:  Apply 1 lb/100 sq ft of litter
                                        or 1 lb/300 birds.

REMARK:  Same as for Rabon WP.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
  
  RAVAP EC              0.05 ppm in     0.5% PLUS 0.1% SPRAY:  Apply 1 gal/100
  (23% Rabon,           eggs (Vapona)   birds.  Use high pressure spray.
  5.7% Vapona)

REMARK:  Same as for Rabon WP.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

naled                   0.05 ppm in     0.15% SPRAY:  Mix 1 pt/20 gal water.
  DIBROM 36% EC         eggs            Apply 1 gal solution/100 birds.  Use 
                                        high pressure spray.

REMARK:  Do not treat chickens under 6 wk of age or turkeys under 3 mo.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

CAGED AND FLOOR BIRDS - INSECT: MITES*
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
permethrin              0.1 ppm in      0.05% SPRAY:  Mix 1 pt to 12.5 gal 
  ECTIBAN 5.7% EC       poultry meat,   water.  Apply at rate of 1 gal spray/
                        fat, meat by-   100 birds.

  ATROBAN, EXPAR                        MIX:  1 pt 11% EC 25 gal/water.  Apply
  PERMECTRIN, etc.                      same as above.
  11% EC

REMARK:  Switch to carbaryl or stirofos if control not obtained with 
         pyrethroids.

*Do not treat laying chickens for mites unless infestations are very heavy and
productivity is affected.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

BROILER CHICKENS (FLOOR BIRDS)  INSECTS:  LESSER MEALWORMS (LITTER BEETLES)
                                          AND BEDBUGS
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

carbaryl                5 ppm in meat,  6% SPRAY:  Mix 62.5 lb/100 gal water.
  SEVIN 80 S            fat; 0.5 ppm    Apply 1-2 gal spray/1,000 sq ft of 
  (80% WP)              in eggs         walls, roosts, litter, bedding, etc.

REMARK:  Do not treat nests, eggs, etc or contaminate feed or water.  Do not
         treat within 7 days of slaugher.  Do not spray chickens.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

                      INSECT:  LESSER MEALWORMS (LITTER BEETLES)
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

boric acid 99%          Non-food use.   SOIL TREATMENT:  After cleanout and
  REDZONE DBC                           removal of litter, apply 2# of dry
                                        formulation/100 sq ft.  Cover with new
                                        shavings.

                                        CRACK AND CREVICES:  Mix 1 lb/3 gal 
                                        water and inject into wall voids, etc.

REMARK:  This is a new approach to the litter beetle problem.  The boric acid 
         treatment suppresses the soil pupation of the larvae.
______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RANGED TURKEYS - INSECT:  CHIGGERS, MITES
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

RANGED TURKEYS - INSECT:  CHIGGERS, MITES
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

malathion 25% WP        4 ppm in meat,  RANGE TREATMENT: Apply 1 1/2 lb WP or
  or 57% EC             fat, 0.1 ppm    1 1/2 pt EC/ac in enough water for 
                        in eggs         coverage.

REMARK:  Apply 1 day before placing birds on range.  Repeat at 2- to 3-wk 
         intervals if needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

malathion 4-5% dust                     RANGE TREATMENT:  Apply 20 lb of 4% or
                                        25 lb 5% dust/ac.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________

PESTICIDE               TOLERANCE                METHOD AND RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________

chlorpyrifos            0.2 ppm in      RANGE TREATMENT:  Apply 4 lb ai/ac 
  DURSBAN 50 W          meat, fat,      (8 lb of 50 W in 100-150 gal water/ac) 
                        by-products     or 3 oz in 3-4 gal water/1,000 sq ft.

REMARK:  Do not apply directly to turkeys.  Treat ranges just before placement. 
         No more than two treatments permitted for any turkey flock; allow 4-wk
         minimum between treatments.  Do not treat within 7 days of slaughter.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

sulfur dust             Exempt          RANGE TREATMENT:  Apply 25-50 lb/ac
                                        depending on amount of vegetation.
_______________________________________________________________________________


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOUSED TURKEYS - INSECT:  LICE, MITES, FLEAS, TICKS
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________

HOUSED TURKEYS - INSECT:  LICE, MITES, FLEAS, TICKS
_______________________________________________________________________________

NOTE:  See recommendations for chickens.  Most recommendations for chickens 
will also take care of turkey problems.  Consult pesticide label for variances 
if they exit.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEEF CATTLE DRUG LIST	                               
-DOC-
                               BEEF CATTLE DRUG LIST	
                      R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
ACTIVE                     WITHDRAWAL         BRAND NAME	
INGREDIENTS                   DAYS            EXAMPLES	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
______________________________INJECTABLE USE_________________________________	
dihydrostreptomycin          30               Various trade names	
erythromycin                 14               Galimycin	
levamisole phosphate          7               Ripercol L; Tramisol	
oxytetracycline              15               Terramycin 100	
                             18               Oxy-Tet 50; Oxy-Tet 100	
                             19               Aquachelle; Oxyvet	
                             20               Oxyject	
                             22               Oxytetracycline HCL; 	
                                              Terramycin	
                             28               LA 200	
procaine penicillin G         5               Pro-Pan G in Aqueous	
                                              Solution	
procaine penicillin G                          
  and dihydrostrepto-	
  mycin sulfate              20               Combiotic; Distrycillin	
                                              strep; Pro-Pen G in	
                                              Dihydrostreptomycin	
                                              Sulfate	
sulfadimethoxine              7               Albon; Agribon	
sulfamethazine               10               Sulmet	
sulfathiazole and            10               Sul-Thi-Dine; Sul-Trol-E	
sulfapyridine sodium	
tylosin                       8               Tylan-50	
fenprostalene                 0               Bovilene	
dinoprost tromethamine        0               Lutalyse	
                                              Estrumate	
ivermectin                                    Ivomec	
________________________________IMPLANT USE__________________________________	
estradiol benzoate and                        Synovex-H	
  testosterone propionate	
progresterone and estradiol                   Synovex-S Steer Finishing &	
benzoate                                      Steriod Implants	
zeranol                      65               Ralgro Implants	
estradiol 17B                 0               Compudose	
norgestromet-estradiol        9               Syncro-Mate B	
  valerate
_________________________________TOPICAL USE_________________________________	
famphur                      35               Anchor Famphur Pour-On;	
                                              Bo-Ana Famphur Cattle	
                                              Insecticide; Purina Grub-	
                                              Kill; Warbex Famphur Pour-	
                                              On Cattle Insecticide 13.2%	
fenthion                     35               Tiguvon Pour-On	
                             45               Spotton Cattle Insecticide	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
ACTIVE               BRAND NAME                       WITHDRAWAL   
INGREDIENT           EXAMPLES          RATE            DAYS      USE	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
___________________________________ORAL USE__________________________________	
amprolium           Corid     226 mg/cwt/day (21 days)   1    Prevention of 	
                                                              coccidiosis.	
chlortetracyline    Aureomycin   5 mg/#for 60 days       2    Aids in elimin-	
  hcl.                                                        ating carrier 	
                                                              state of ana-	
                                                              plasmosis.	
chlortetracycline              350 mg/head/28 days        7   Aids in elimin-	
  sulfa methazine                                             ating carrier	
                                                              state of ana-	
                                                              plasmosis.	
clorsulon           Curatrem                                  For eliminating	
                                                              liver flukes.	
fenbendazole        Safeguard   3.4 mg/#                      Broad spectrum	
                                                              wormer.	
lasalocid           Bovatec     10-30 g/ton               0   For improved feed	
                                                              efficiency in 
                                                              feedlot cattle 
                                                              fed for slaughter	
                                                              on hay.	
                           25-30 g/ton in complete feed   0   For improved feed	
                                                              efficiency and	
                                                              weight gain.	
levamisole                       3.6 g/#                  2   For treating 	
                                                              cattle for worms.	
melengestrol       
  acetate              MGA-100    0.25-0.50 mg/head/day   2   For increased 
                                                              rate of weight 	
                                                              gain, feed effi-	
                                                              ciency, and sup-	
                                                              pression of 
                                                              estrus in heifers	
monensin sodium     Rumensin     5-30 g/ton               0   Improved feed	
                                                              efficiency.	
morantel tartrate   Rumatel      0.44 g/100 #            14   For removal and	
                                                              control of mature  
                                                              gastrointestinal	
                                                              nematode infec-	
                                                              tions including	
                                                              stomach worms.	
oxtetracycline                   0.05.0.1 mg/#/day       15   To increase rate 
                                                              of gain and im-	
                                                              prove feed effi-	
                                                              ciency.	
                                 0.5 mg/#/day or 100 g/ton    Aid in prevention	
                                                              of bacterial 
                                                              diarrhea, also 	
                                                              known as scours.	
                                 75-100 mg/head daily         Aid in prevention	
                                                              of bacterial	
                                                              diarrhea, also 	
                                                              known as scours.	
                                 75 mg/head daily             Aid in reducing	
                                                              incidence and	
                                                              severity of bloat	
                                 75 mg/head daily             Aid in reducing 	
                                                              incidence and	
                                                              severity of liver	
                                                              abscesses.	
phenothiazine                    1/4 g/100 # daily            Aid in preventing	
                                                              breeding of horn	
                                                              flies and face 
                                                              flies in the 
                                                              manure of treated	
                                                              cattle.	
poloxalene       Bloatguard      1.0-2.0 g/100 #/day   None   Prevention of 
                                                              bloat on legume 	
                                                              and wheat 
                                                              pastures.	
rabon            Rabon           0.00015 #/100 #/day   None   Control of fecal	
                                                              flies in manure 
                                                              of treated cattle	
thiabendazole     TBZ            3 g/100 #              3     Control infection	
                                                              from gastroin-	
                                                              testinal 
                                                              roundworms.	
                                 5 g/100 #                    Control severe 	
                                                              infections of	
                                                              gastrointestinal	
                                                              roundworms.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	

 
 







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHICKEN DRUG LIST	                                 
-DOC-
                                 CHICKEN DRUG LIST	
                        R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
ACTIVE                    WITHDRAWAL         BRAND NAME	
INGREDIENTS                  DAYS            EXAMPLES	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
arsenicals:                   5              Pro-Gen + Feed Supplement;	
  arsanilic acid                               Poly Stat 3; 10% Ren O Sal;	
  sodium arsanilic                             C Roxarsone 20%; Roxarsone	
  sodium arsanilate                            50%; 3 Nitro Powder Premix	
  roxarsone	
bambermycins, roxarsone,      5              Flavomycin + Roxarsone +	
  and zoalene                 5              Zoalene	
bambermycins and zoalene      5              Flavomycin + Zoalene	
clopidol                      5              Coyden 25	
chlortetracycline             1              Micro CTC 100	
dihydrostreptomycin                          
  sulfate and streptomycin	
  sulfate (injectable)	      30              Bi-Strep Solution	
erythromycin ethyl succinate  1 (water)      Gallimycin	
erythromycin thiocyanate      2 (feed)       Gallimycin	
estradiol monopalmitate      42              Esmopal Roaster Shots	
furazolidone                  5              Furox; Forazolidone NF-180	
gentamicin sulfate	
  (injectable)               35              Garasol Injection	
lasalocid sodium alone or	
  with roxarsone              3              Avatect	
lasalocid sodium with	
  bacitracin methylene        3              Avatec + Fortracin	
  disalicylate	
lincomycin with lasalocid     5              Lincomix-Avatex	
monensin alone or with        3              Coban; Monelan, Monensin &	
  bacitracin methylene                         Bacitracin MD; Monensin &	
  disalicylate, bacitracin                     Zinc Bacitracin; Lincomix-	
  zinc, lincomycin, or                         Coban; Terramycin-TM 50;	
  oxytetracycline                              TM 10 plus Coban	
monensin with	
  bambermycins                5              Monensin & Bambermycins	
nicarbazin                    4              Nicarbazin	
nitarsone                     5              Histostat-50	
nitrofurazone                 5              Dow Co-Ra-Zone; Furacin, NFZ	
                                               Feed	
novobiocin                    4              Albamix	
oxytetracycline (feed)        1              Terramix-10 Medicated Premix	
                              5              Terramycin Animal Formula	
oxytetracycline (injectable)  5              Terramycin Injectable Solution	
oxytetracycline with	
  robenidine                  5              OTC & Robenz Premix	
robenidine hydrochloride      5 (feed)       Robenz	
robenidine alone or with      5              Robenz & Bactitracin MD;	
  bacitracin MD or zinc                        Robenz & Zinc Bacitracin;	
  or chlortetracycline or                      Robenz with Aureomycin;	
  lincomycin                                   Robenz and Lincomix	
sodium sulfachloropyrazine	
  monohydrate                 4              ESB3	
spectinomycin	
  dihydrochloride	
  pentahydrate                5              Spectam Water-Soluble	
                                               Concentrate	
streptomycin sulfate          4 (water)      Biotec 25% Solution; Vetstrep	
                                               25% Solution	
sulfachloropyrazine sodium    4              Sodium sulfachloropyrazine	
                                               Solution	
sulfadimethoxine alone or	
  with ormetoprim             5 (water)      Agribon Soluble Powder; Albon	
                                               Soluble Powder; Rofenaid 405	
                                               Medicated Premix	
sulfanitran and aklomide      5              Novostat-W	
sulfanitran and nitromide     5              Unistat-3	
sulfaquinoxaline             10              Sulfaquinoxaline Powder	
tetracycline hydrochloride    4 (water)      Tetracycline HCL Soluble	
                                             Powder; Tetrachel-Vet Bulk-102;	
                                               Tetramycin, Tetra-Sol; 	
                                               Vetquamycin Bulk-102	
tylosin                       5 (feed)        Tylan Premix No. 10	
tylosin tartrate              1 (oral)        Tylan Soluble	
                              3 (injectable) Tylan Injectable	
_____________________________________________________________________________	







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DAIRY CALF DRUG LIST	                                
-DOC-
                                DAIRY CALF DRUG LIST	
                        R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
ACTIVE                    WITHDRAWAL      BRAND NAMES	
INGREDIENTS                  DAYS*        EXAMPLES	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
________________________DAIRY CALF DRUGS (Injectable Use)____________________	
dihydrostepto-               30           Dihydrostreptomycin	
mycin sulfate                             Sulfate Injections;	
                                          Dihydrostreptomycin	
erythromycin                 14           Erythromycin Injectable	
levamisole                    7           Ripercol L; Tramisol	
oxytetracycline              15           Terramycin 100	
                             18           Oxy-Tet 50; Oxy-Tet 100	
                             19           Aquachelle 100	
                             20           Oxyject	
                             22           Oxytetracycline HCL,	
                                          Terramycin; LA200	
procaine penicillin G         5           Pro-Pen G	
procaine penicillin G      
  and dihydrostrepto-	
  mycin sulfate              30           Combiotic; Distrycillin	
                                          A.S.; Mycillin V; Pen-	
                                          strep; Pro-Pen G in	
                                          Dihydrostreptomycin	
                                          Solution	
sodium sulfachlorpyri-        5           Prinzone Injectable;	
  dazine                                  Vestisulid Injectable	
sulfamethazine               10           Sulmet Solution	
                                          Injectable 12.5%	
sulfadimethoxine              7           Agribon Injection 40%	
                                          for Cattle	
tylosin                       8           Tylan 50; Tylan 100	
__________________________DAIRY CALF DRUGS (Oral Use)________________________	
amprolium                     1           Amprolium 0.025% and	
                                          0.0125%; Amprol Soluble Pow-	
                                          der; Amprovine 25%; Corid	
chlorhexidine dihydro-       
  chloride and dihydro-	      3           Nolvasorb suspension
  streptomycin sulfate	
chlortetracycline hydro-      1           Anchor Chlortetracycline	
                                          Pneumonial/Calf Scour Boluses	
                                          Vi-Mycin (water)	
                              3           CTC HCL Powder	
chlortetracycline             3           CTC Bisulfate	
bisulfate (water)                         Powder	
chlortetracycline and
  neomycin                    1           Calf Scour Oblets
levamisole hydrochloride      2           Levasole or Tramisol	
                                          Cattle Wormer Bolus and	
                                          Gel	
streptomycin                  30          Vetstrep 25%; Biotic 25%	
                                          Solution	
sulfabromomethazine           10          Sulfabrom	
sulfachlorpyridazine           7          Vetisulid Bolus; Prinzone	
                                          Bolus	
sulfadimethoxine               7          Agribon Soluble Powder;	
                                          Albon 12.5% Drinking	
                                          Water Solution	
sulfamethazine                10          Sulmet Oblet	
sulfamethazine                10          Sulfastrep	
streptomycin phythaly-	
  sulfathiazole, and kaolin	
tetracycline hydro-            5          Tetracycline-Vet Soluble	
  chloride (water)                        Powder; Tetra-Sol	
thiabendazole                  3          Omnizole 6.6% Wormer 	
                                          Crumbles; Thibenzole 100	
_________________________DAIRY CALF DRUGS (Topical Use)______________________	
famphur                       35          Anchor Famphur Pour-On;	
                                          Bo-Ana Pour-On; Purina Grub-	
                                          Kill; Warbex Famphur Pour-On	
                                          Cattle Insecticide 13.2%	
fanthion                      35          Tiguvon Pour-On	
                         (add 45 days	
                          if retreated)	
                              45          Spotton Cattle Insecticide	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
*Withdrawal times are given for a prescribed dosage and route of administra-	
tion.  Higher levels (e.g., two mastitis tubes/teat instead of one) or 
different route of administration can alter the withdrawal time significantly.	









-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DAIRY CATTLE DRUG LIST	                             
-DOC-
                             DAIRY CATTLE DRUG LIST	
                        R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
ACTIVE                        WITHDRAWAL            BRAND NAME	
INGREDIENTS                      DAYS               EXAMPLES	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
_______________________NON-LACTATING COWS (Injectable Use)___________________	
oxytetracycline                15                   Terramycin 100	
                               18                   Oxy-Tet 50	
                                                    Oxy-Tet 100	
                               19                   Aquachelle-100	
                                                    Rachelle Oxyvet	
                                                    Injection	
                                                    Oxyvet-100	
                               20                   Oxyject	
                               22                   Oxytetracycline	
                                                    HCL	
                                                    LA 200	
fenprostalene                  0                    Bovilene	
norgestromet +	
  estradiol valerate           51                   Syncro-Mate-B	
_______________________NON-LACTATING COWS (Oral Use)_________________________	
sulfadimethoxine               7                    Albon 2.5	
                                                    Agribon 2.5	
_______________________NON-LACTATING COWS (Topical Use)______________________	
famphur                        35                   Anchor Famphur Pour-On	
                                                    Bo-Ana Famphur Cattle	
                                                    Insecticide	
                                                    Purina Grub Kill	
                                                    Warbex Famphur Pour-On	
                                                    Cattle Insecticide 13.2%	
                                                    Tiguvon Pour-On	
fenthion                       35 (add 45 days      Tiguvon Pour-On	
                                  if retreated)     Spotton	

          
_____________________________________________________________________________	
ACTIVE                 MILK DISCARD   WITHDRAWAL   BRAND NAME	
INGREDIENTS            MILKING (HR)     DAYS       EXAMPLES	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
_________________________LACTATING COWS (Injectalbe Use)_____________________	
erythromycin           6 (72)                      Erythrocin Injectable	
procaine penicillin G  6 (72)            5         Pro-Pen G	
procaine pencillin G                              
dihydrostreptomycin    4 (48)           30         Distrycillin A. S. 	
                                                   Mycillin V;Pen-Mycin;Pro-	
                                                   Pen in Dihydrostreptomycin	
                                                   Solution Combiotic; Pen-	
                                                   Strep	
sulfadimethazine       5 (60)            5         Agribon Injection 40% for	
                                                   cattle	
sulfamethazine         8 (96)            10        Sulmet Solution Injectable	
                                                   12.5%	
tylosin                8 (96)            8         Tylan-50; Tylan-200	
dinoprost              0                 0         Lutalyse	
cloprostenol           0                 0         Estrumate	
fenprostalene          0                 0         Bovilene	
_________________________LACTATING COWS (Oral Use)___________________________	
sulfabromomethazine    8 (96)            10        Sulfabrom 2.5 GM	
sulfadimethazine       5 (60)            7         Agribon 2.5 GM	
                                                   Albon 2.5	
sulfamethazine         8 (96)            10        Sulmet Oblets	
sulfasoxasole          8 (96)            10        Soxisol Tablets	
thiabendazole          8 (96)            3         Omnizole 6.6% Wormer	
                                                   Crumbles; TBZ Wormer	
                                                   Paste; Thibenzole (15 GM)	
_____________________________________________________________________________	









-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GOAT DRUG LIST	                                 
-DOC-
                                 GOAT DRUG LIST	
                        R. E. Wright, Extension Veternarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
                 BRAND NAMES     METHOD AND       WITHDRAWAL	
PRODUCT          EXAMPLES        RATE             DAYS         USE	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
albendazole                      3.4 mg#                   For liver flukes.	
cambendazole                     9-11.5 mg/#               For roundworms.	
fenbendazole    Safeguard        2.3-4.6 mg/#              For roundworms.	
lasalocid       Bovatec          15-70 mg/day       0      Prevention of 	
                                                             coccidiosis.	
levamisole      Tramisol         2-5 mg/3           3      Wormer.	
nicloslosamide                   35 mg/#                   For tapeworms.	
oxfendazole                      2.3 mg/#                  For roundworms.	
sulfaquinoxaline                 1.5 g/day         10      Prevention and/or	
                                                             treatment of	
                                                             coccidiosis.	
sulfasoxazole	
thiabendazole   TBZ              2 g/100 #         30      For roundworms. 	
____________________________________IMPLANTS_________________________________	
norgestomet &   	
  estradiol     Syncro-mate-B                      51      For estrus	
  valerate      RalGro                                     synchronization.	
zeranol         Synovex                            65      For growth	
                                                             promotion	
                Steeroid	
_________________________________INJECTABLES_________________________________	
dihydrostreptomycin                                30	
erythromycin                                        3	
procaine penicillin G                               5	
dhydrostreptomycin                                 30	
sulfamethazine                                     10	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
               

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HORSE DRUG LIST	                                
-DOC-
                                HORSE DRUG LIST	
                   R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
GENERIC              DRUGS                           PARASITES	
NAME               TRADE NAME            ASCARIDS  STRONGYLES  PINWORMS  BOTS	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
Bendazoles	
  cambendazole       Camvet                  +          +          + 	
  fenbendazole       Panacur, Safeguard,	
                     Paste Formulation*      +          +          +	
  mebendazole        Telmin                  +          +          +	
  oxfendazole        Benzelmin               +          +          +	
  thiabendazole(TBZ) Equizole, Equivet TBZ              +          +	
                     Performance Horse Wormer	
  oxbendazole        Anthelcide EQ           +          +          +	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
Organic Phosphates	
  dichlorvos         Equigel, Equigard	
                     2, Tridex, Shell	
                     Horse Wormer            +          +          +       +	
  trichlorfon(T)     ComBot, Dyrex,	
                     Negabot, Anthon,	
                     Equibot TZ, P/M	
                     Trichlorfon             +                     +       +	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
Others	
  febantel           Rintel, Cutter 	
                     Paste Wormer            +          +          +	
  piperazine(PPZ)    Equivet Jr, Wonder	
                     Wormer, Foal Wormer,	
                     Alfalfa Pellet Horse	
                     Wormer                  +                     +	
  pyrantel Pamoate   Strongid T, Imathal     +          +          +	
  ivermectin         Equalan Paste-Zimectrin +          +          +       +	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
Combinations	
  TBZ & T            Equizole B,Equivet 14   +          +          +       +	
  TBZ & PPZ          Equizole A              +          +          +	
  PPZ, T &	
   phenothiazine     Dyrex TF                +          +          +       +	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
febantel &	
  trichlorfon       Negabot Plus             +          +          +       +	
dithiazanine	
  iodide & PPZ      Dizan                    +          +          +       +	
phenothiazine	
  PPZ & carbon	
  disulfide         Parvex Plus              +          +          +       +	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
+Means effective against that parasite.	
*Control of arteritis caused by the fourth-stage larvae of strongylus vulgaris 
in horses and for concomitant use with trichlorfon as an anthelmintic for 
horses.	


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTRAMAMMARY INFUSION DRUGS	                           
-DOC-
                           INTRAMAMMARY INFUSION DRUGS	
                      R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
Intramammary infusion mastitis products approved by FDA	
ACTIVE         TRADE                LACTATING   O-T-C   MILK  PRESLAUGHTER	
INGREDIENTS(S) NAME*       COMPANY  OR DRY COW  or Rx  TIMES  WITHDRAWAL TIMES	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
400 mg 	
novobiocin       Biodry      Upjohn      Dry       OTC   (a)     30 days	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
procaine 	
penicillin G     Aqua-Pen &  Hanford      L        OTC   84 hr    4 days	
100,000 units    Four-Pen	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
procaine	
penicillin G     Hanford's   Hanford      L        OTC   60 hr    3 days	
100,000 units    Penicillin	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
procaine	
penicillin G     Formula     Masti-kure   L        OTC   60 hr    3 days	
100,000 units    A-34	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
potassium	
hetacillin  	
equiv. to 	
62.5 mg	
ampicillin       Hetacin-K    Bristol      L       Rx    72 hr   10 days	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
1,000,000      Quarter-     Hamilton      Dry      Rx    6 wk     60 days post-	
penicillin &   master                                   posttreat  treat & 96	
1 gm dihy-                                             & 96 hr    hr postpartum	
drostreptomycin                                        postpartum 	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
benzathine	
cloxacillin	
500 mg          Orbenin-DC    Beecham     Dry      Rx     28 hr    28 days	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
benzathine	
cloxacillin	                                                       	
500 mg          Dry-Clox      Bristol     Dry      Rx     (a)      30 days	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
benzathine	
cloxacillin	
500 mg          Boviclox      Squibb      Dry      Rx     (a)(b)     (c)	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
penicillin      Albacillin &   Upjohn      L        OTC    72 hr     15 days	
100,000 &       Special	
novobiocin      Formula 17900	
150 mg          Forte	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
novobiocin	
400 mg &	
penicillin	
200,000 per 	
ml              Albadryplus   Upjohn      D        OTC    72 hr      -	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
sodium	
cephapirin      CEFA-Lak &    Bristol     L        OTC    96 hr      4 days	
200 mg/dose     To-Day	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
426 mg	
oxytetracycline	
HCL              Liquamast    Pfizer      L&D       OTC    96 hr      4 days	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
300 mg	
erythromycin     Gallimycin   Abbott      L&D       OTC    36 hr      None	
                 36 Sol'n                                           established	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
novobiocin	
150 mg           Albamast     Upjohn      L         Rx     72 hr      15 days	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
cephapirin	
benzathine	
300 mg          Cefa-Dri      Bristol     Dry       OTC    72 hr      42 days	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
sodium	
cloxacillin	
200 mg          Dari-clox     Beecham     L         Rx     48 hr      10 days	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
*Some of these product also may be available under distributors' trade names.	
(a) Not to be used within 30 days of calving.	
(b) Milk taken from treated cows before 72 hr after calving must not be used 
for food.	
(c) Not be slaughtered for food from time of infusion until 72 hr after 
calving.	
 



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMMON RABBIT DISEASES	                            
-DOC-
                            COMMON RABBIT DISEASES	
                      R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
DISEASE                CAUSE                          TREATMENT	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
Ear Canker             Ear mites (psoroptes)          Sevin in oil	
Mucoid Enteritis       Complex (Bacteria, Protozoa)   Bacitracin	
                                                      Tetracyclines	
                                                      Gentamycin	
Coccidiosis            Coccidia (Protozoa)            Amprolium	
                                                      Sulfaquinoxalene	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
Disease control involves sanitation, careful handling, good nutrition, and	
isolation of new rabbits.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SHEEP DRUG LIST	                                
-DOC-
                                SHEEP DRUG LIST	
                        R. E. Wright, Extension Veternarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
                 BRAND NAMES     METHOD AND       WITHDRAWAL	
PRODUCT          EXAMPLES        RATE             DAYS         USE	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
albendazole                      3.4 mg#                   For liver flukes.	
cambendazole                     9-11.5 mg/#               For roundworms.	
fenbendazole    Safeguard        2.3-4.6 mg/#              For roundworms.	
lasalocid       Bovatec          15-70 mg/day       0      Prevention of 	
                                                             coccidiosis.	
levamisole      Tramisol         2-5 mg/3           3      Wormer.	
nicloslosamide                   35 mg/#                   For tapeworms.	
oxfendazole                      2.3 mg/#                  For roundworms.	
sulfaquinoxaline                 1.5 g/day         10      Prevention and/or	
                                                             treatment of	
                                                             coccidiosis.	
sulfasoxazole	
thiabendazole   TBZ              2 g/100 #         30      For roundworms. 	
____________________________________IMPLANTS_________________________________	
norgestomet &   Syncro-mate-B                      51      For estrus	
                                                             synchronization.	
  estradiol 	
  valerate      RalGro         	
zeranol         Synovex                            65      For growth	
                                                             promotion	
                Steeroid	
_________________________________INJECTABLES_________________________________	
dihydrostreptomycin                                30	
erythromycin                                        3	
procaine penicillin G                               5	
dhydrostreptomycin                                 30	
sulfamethazine                                     10	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
               

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SWINE DRUG LIST-FEED ADDITIVES	                        
-DOC-
                        SWINE DRUG LIST-FEED ADDITIVES	
                      R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
ACTIVE                                        WITHDRAWAL     	
INGREDIENT           BRAND NAME        RATE     (DAYS)       USE	
_____________________________________________________________________________ 	
_________________________________ORAL USE____________________________________	
arsanilic acid                  45-90 g/ton       5    Weight gain and feed	
                                                       efficiency	
bacitracin MD                   250 g/ton         5    For control of swine	
                                                       dysentery	
bambermycin                     2 g/ton           0    For growth promotion	
carbadox            Mecadox     10-25 g/ton       70   For growth promotion	
                                50 g/ton               Control of enteritis	
chlortetracycline   Aureomycin  10-50 g/ton       2    Growth promotion and	
                                                       feed efficiency	
                                50-100 g/ton           Prevention of enteritis	
                                100-200 g/ton          Treatment of enteritis	
dichlorvos          Atgard      348 g/ton         7    Broad spectrum wormer	
                                                       (Ascarid, nodular	
                                                       worm, whipworm)	
erythromycin        Gallimycin  9.25-64.75 g/ton  7    feed efficiency and	
                                                       increased weight gain	
fenbendazole        Safeguard                     5    Broad spectrum wormer	
                                                       (ascarids,nodular worms,	
                                                       kidneyworms)	
furazolidone                    150 g/ton         5    Prevention of enteritis	
                                                       and growth promotion	
                                300 g/ton              Treatment of enteritis	
levamisol           Tramisol    0.36 g/lb.bwt.    3    Broad spectrum wormer	
                                                       (ascarids,nodular worms,	
                                                       kidneyworms,threadworms)	
lincomycin          Lincocin    40 g/ton               Control-swine dysentery	
                                100 g/ton         6    treatment of swine	
                                                       dysentery	
oxytetracyline      Terramycin  25-50 g/ton       4    Growth promotion	
                                50 g/ton               Prevention of enteritis	
neomycin                        35-140 g/ton      20   Prevention of baby pig	
                                                       enteritis	
penicillin                      10-5- g/ton       5    Growth promotion and	
                                                       feed efficiency	
penicillin and   	
 streptomycin       Combiotic   1.5 g/ton         30   Increase rate of gain	
                                                       and feed efficiency	
pyrantel tartrate   Banminth    96 g/ton          1    Swine wormer for	
                                                       ascarids and nodular	
                                                       worms.	
sulfathiazole                   0.056 g/cwt/day   3    Treatment for pneumonia	
thiabendazole       TBZ         30-40 mg/lb.      30   Wormer for threadworms	
                                                       nodular worms	
tylosine            Tylan       100 g/ton         2    Growth promotion	
virginiamycin                   10 g/ton               Growth promotion	
                                25 g/ton               Control of dysentery	
                                100 g/ton              Treatment of swine	
                                                       dysentery	
	
                         DRINKING WATER PRODUCT	
tiamulin        Denagard     10.5 mg/lb/bwt   7 days   Treatment	
                                                       Hemophilus Pneumonia	
                                                       Use for 5 consc.day	
                                                       Do not use in swine	
                                                       over 250 # bwt. Do	
                                                       use with ionophores.	

_____________________________________________________________________________	
ACTIVE                         BRAND NAMES                WITHDRAWAL	
INGREDIENTS                    (EXAMPLES)                    DAYS	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
_________________________________INJECTABLE USE______________________________	
ampicillin trihydrate          Princillin                     15	
apramycin                      Apralan                        28	
dihydrostreptomycin sulfate    Dihydrostreptomycin            30	
Erythromycin                   Erythro 200                     7	
erythromycin                   Gallimycin                      7	
gentamycin sulfate             Gentocin (piglet)              40	
ivermectin                     Ivomec 1%                      18	
lincomycin hydrochloride       Lincocin                        2	
oxytetracycline                Oxytet 50                      18	
                               Oxytet Injection               26	
                               Terramycin Injectable          22	
procaine penicillin            Crysticillin                    6	
                               Procaine Penicillin G.          7	
sodium selenite                Myosel B                       14	
sulfamethazine                 Sulmet Solution                10	
sulfapyridine sodium           Sulfathiazole                  10	
tylosin                        Tylan 50                       14	
                               Tylan 200                      14	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
                                 WATER PRODUCTS	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
ampicillin trihydrate          Princillin                      1	
apramycin sulfate              Apralan Soluble Powder         28	
chlortetracycline              Aureomycin                      1	
chlortet. bisulfate           	
  and sulfamethazine           Aureomycin-Sulmet Soluble
                                 Powder                       15	
chlortetracycline              Aureomycin Soluble Powder	
                                 Concentrate 1000 mg/gal.      1	
gentamycin sulfate           
  hydrochloride                Gentacin Oral Solution	
                                 (neonates and older)          3	
levamisole hydrochloride       Tramisol                        3	
lincomycin hydrochloride       Lincomix                        6	
neomycin sulfate               Biosol Soluble Powder          20	
Nitrofurazone                  NFZ Soluble 9.2                 5	
                               Amifur                          5	
oxytetracycline                Terramycin Soluble Powder       5	
roxarsone                      3-Nitro Powder                  5	
sulfethoxypyradazine           S.E.Z. Crumbles                10	
sulfamethazine                 Sulmet Drinking Water	
                                 Solution                     15	
sulfaquinoxaline               Sulfaquinoxaline               10	
tetracycline hydrochloride     Tetra-Sol                       4	
tiamulin                       Denagard                        3	
tylosin                        Tylan Plus Vitamins             2	
sulfamethazine plus	
  sulfathiazole                Extra-Sul                      15	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
This list should be used as a guide.  Preslaughter withdrawal times may change.  
Any approved animal drug with zero withdrawal time is not included.  Please 
read and observe the label withdrawal instructions.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
                 SWINE DRUGS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE WITHDRAWAL TIMES	
	
Second Generation Drugs with Maximum Potency Permitted in Type B Feed	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
ACTIVE                           BRAND                      
INGREDIENT                       NAME                       RATE	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
bactricacin methylene 	
  disalicylate                 Bacitracin MD             20.0 g/lb., 5%	
bambermycins                   Bambermycin               0.4 g/lb., 4.4%	
chlortetracycline              Aureomycin                40.0 g/lb., 8.8%	
dichlorvos                     Atgard                    33.0 g/lb., 7.3%	
erythromycin thiocyanate       Gallimycin                9.25 g/lb., 2.04%	
fenbendazole                   Safeguard                 4.54 g/lb., 1.0%	
lincomycin                     Lincomix                  < 10.0 g/lb.	
oxytetracycline                Terramycin                20.0 g/lb., 4.4%	
penicillin,     	
  streptomycin                 Combiotic                 7.5 g/lb., 1.65%	
tylosin                        Tylan                     10.0 g/lb., 2.2%	
virginiamycin                  Stafan                    10.0 g/lb., 2.2%	
fenbendazole	
_____________________________________________________________________________	












-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TEN DRUG USE TIPS	                                 
-DOC-
                                 TEN DRUG USE TIPS	
                      R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
1.  Read the label carefully - labeling directions change frequently.	 
2.  Use drugs only in animal species listed on the label - drugs used in other 
    species may cause adverse reactions or illegal residues.	 
3.  Use the proper dose for the species and size of animal to be treated - 
    overdosing can cause illegal residues.	 
4.  Calculate preslaughter drug withdrawal and milk discard times accurately - 
    withdrawal and discard times begin with the last drug administration.	 
5.  Use the correct route of administration - giving drugs incorrectly can lead 
    to drug ineffectiveness, adverse reactions, illegal residues, and possible 
    animal deaths.	 
6.  Do not "double dose" - use of the same drug in the feed and by injection 
    can cause illegal residues.	 
7.  Select needle sizes and injection sites carefully, if injections are 
    necessary - misuse can lead to tissue damage, reduced effectiveness, and/or 
    illegal residues.	 
8.  Allow proper withdrawal time for feed containing drugs - during the 
    withdrawal time, storage bins and feeders must be completely free of 
    medicated feed and only drug-free feed should be used illegal residues may 
    result.	 
9.  Keep accurate records of drugs used and animals dosed - poor records can be 
    costly if drug residue violations occur.	 
10. Seek the advice of your veterinarian - your records will allow him/her to 
    provide safer and more effective treatment and save you money by preventing 
    illegal residues.	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TURKEY DRUG LIST	                                  
-DOC-
                                  TURKEY DRUG LIST	
                         R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
ACTIVE                      WITHDRAWAL        BRAND NAME	
INGREDIENTS                    DAYS           EXAMPLES	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
arsenicals:                     5             Pro-Gen; Polystat-3; 3-Nitro	
  arsanilic acid	
  sodium arsanilate	
  roxarsone	
butynorate                      5             Custom Mix QNB	
carbarsone                      5             Carb-O-Sep; Carb-O-Gain; BMD-	
                                              COS	
clopidol                        5             Coyden 25	
dibutyltin dilaurate            7             Tinostat	
dihydrostreptomycin	
  (injectable)                 30             Various Brand Names	
dihydrostreptomycin              
  sulfate and streptomycin	
  sulfate (injectable)	        30             Bi-Strep	
dimetridazole                   5             Emtryl; Emtrymix	
erythromycin ethyl succinate    1 (water)     Gallimycin	
furazolidone                    5             NF-180	
gentamicin sulfate	
  (injectable)                 63 (9 weeks)   Garasol	
ipronidazole                    4 (feed)      Ipropran	
ipronidazole hydrochloride      5 (water)     Ipropran Soluble Powder	
nitarsone                       5             Histostat-50	
novobiocin                      4             Albamix	
oxytetracycline                 5             Terramycin Injectable Solution	
penicillin G potassium          1 (water)     Penicillin G; Potassium U.S.P.	
procaine penicillin G and	
  dihydro-streptomycin	
  sulfate (injectable)         30             Mycillin-V	
sulfadimethoxine alone, with	
  ormetoprim, or with	
  ormetoprim and	
  ipronidazole                  5             Agribon; Albon; Rofenaid and	
                                              Ipropran	
sulfamethazine                 10             Sulmet	
sulfaquinoxaline               10             SQ Powder; SQ Solubilized 25%	
                                              VET; 20% Sulfaquinoxaline	
                                              Solution	
tetracycline hydrochloride      4 (water)     Numerous Brand Names	
_____________________________________________________________________________	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NONCROPLAND WEED CONTROL                           
-DOC-
                           NONCROPLAND WEED CONTROL
                    J. B. Aitken, Extension Horticulturist
                      E. C. Murdock, Extension Agronomist
 
This section is designed to give recommendations for noncropland weed control 
where control of vegetation is desired for one or more years.  Examples of 
noncropland areas are railroads, highways, petroleum farm tanks, lumberyards, 
storage areas, industrial plant sites, and farm buildings.
 
Most of the chemicals recommended in this section may cause injury or loss of 
desirable trees or other plants if these chemicals are misused.  Do not apply 
or drain or flush equipment on or near desirable trees or other plants.  Also 
do not apply to areas where roots of desirable species may extend.  On sloping 
land, be aware of possible movement of these chemicals due to erosion of the 
soil.
 
Review label on each chemical for list of weeds that will be controlled.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HERBACEOUS PLANTS                               
-DOC-
                               HERBACEOUS PLANTS
                    J. B. Aitken, Extension Horticulturist
                      E. C. Murdock, Extension Agronomist
 
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and     glyphosate    4 lb/gal       1.0 to 2.0 qt   1.0 to 2.0
broadleaf weeds          ROUNDUP
Perennial grasses                                   2.0 to 5.0 qt   2.0 to 5.0
and broadleaf weeds
REMARKS:  Apply to foliage.  No residual soil activity.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Most grasses and       R paraquat    1.5 lb/gal     2.5 pt          0.47
broadleaf weeds          GRAMOXONE
                         SUPER
REMARKS:  Full coverage of foliage is necessary.  Paraquat is a contact 
material that has no soil activity.  It is a poisonous material and should be 
handled with care.  A nonionic surfactant is needed.  Repeat as needed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.                           
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses         dalapon                      4.0 to          3.0 to 7.5
                         DOWPON M 74%               10.0 lb
Perennial                                           15.0 to         11.0 to
grasses                                             30.0 lb         22.0
REMARKS:  Treat grasses when they are actively growing.  A second application 
may be needed in 2-4 wk after first application.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual and             fluazifop-                   1.0-1.5 qt     0.25-0.375
perennial              butyl  
grasses                FUSILADE 2000
REMARKS:  Apply to actively growing grasses before they exceed the recommended 
growth stages on label.  Add 1 qt crop oil/25 gal water or 1 pt nonionic 
surfactant/25 gal water.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual and             amitrole      2 lb/gal       1.0 to          2.0 to 4.0
perennial grasses        AMITROL-T                  2.0 gal
and broadleaf
weeds
REMARKS:  Refer to label for application instructions.  For bermudagrass, use 
4.0 gal/ac.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual grasses         amitrole +    15 + 45% WP    20.0 lb         3.0
and broadleaf          simazine                                     amitrole
weeds                    AMIZINE                                       +
                       15 + 45% WP                                  9.0 
                                                                    simazine
REMARKS:  Apply Amizine to small weeds in the spring or early summer or before 
weeds have matured and gone to seed.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual broadleaf       2,4-D         3.8 or 4.0     2.0 to 3.0 pt   1.0 to 1.5
weeds                  (various
Perennial              trade names)                 4.0 to 8.0 pt   2.0 to 4.0
broadleaf weeds        
REMARKS:  Apply when weeds are young and growing vigorously.  Avoid spray 
drifting to desirable shrubs or other broadleaf plants. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual grasses         diuron        80W            5.0 to 20.0     4.0 to
and broadleaf            KARMEX                     lb              16.0
weeds Perennial                                     20.0 to 60.0    16 to 48.0
weeds                                               lb
REMARKS:  Apply as a preemergence treatment any time of year except when 
ground is frozen.  If emerged weeds are present, add surfactant. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual weeds           diuron        4 lb/gal       1.0-4.0 gal     4.0-16.0
Perennial weeds          DIREX 4L                   4.0-8.0 gal     16.0-64.0
REMARKS:  Apply as preemergence treatment any time of year except when ground 
is frozen.  Best results obtained if applied before growth begins.  If emerged 
weeds are present, add surfactant. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual grasses         bromacil      80W            3.0 to 6.0 lb   2.4 to 4.8
and broadleaf            HYVAR X                         or
weeds                                               1.5 to 3.0 gal 
                            or
Perennial grasses         HYVAR XL   2 lb/gal       7.0 to 12.0 lb  5.6 to 9.6
and broadleaf weeds                                      or
                                                    3.0 to 6.0 gal
 
Bermudagrass,                                       15.0 to 30.0    12.0 to 
johnsongrass,                                       lb              24.0
nutsedge                                                  or
                                                    6.0 to 12.0 gal
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses         bromacil +                   4.0 to 6.0 lb   3.2 to 4.8
and broadleaf          diuron
weeds                              
Perennial grasses      KROVAR I      80W            7.0 to 18.0     5.6 to 
and broadleaf                                       lb              14.4
weeds
 
Johnsongrass,          0.4 lb bromacil              19.0 to 40.0    15.2 to 32
nutsedge                   +
                       0.4 lb diuron
REMARKS:  Apply just before or shortly after weed emergence using 40-100 gal 
water/ac.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses           KROVAR II   80DF           2.0 to 5.0 lb   1.6 to 4
and broadleaf          
Perennial grasses      bromacil                     6.0 to 14.0     4.8 to 
and broadleaf                                       lb              11.2
weeds                  0.53 lb
                          +
Johnsongrass,          diuron                       15.0 to 30.0    12 to 24
bermudagrass,          0.27 lb                      lb
nutsedge
REMARKS:  See remarks under Krovar I.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses         atrazine
and broadleaf          (various      80W            6.2 to 12.5 lb  4.8 to 
weeds                  trade names)                                 10.0
                                                          or
                                     4L             4.8 to 10.0
                                                    qt
                                                          or                              
                                     NINE-O         5.3 to 11.1 lb                                                                     5.3 to 11.1 lb
                                                        (NINE-0)
Hard-to-kill                                        12.5 to 25.0    10.0 to 
annual and                                          lb              20.0
perennial grasses                                         or
                                                    10.0 to 20.0
                                                    qt
                                                         or
                                                    11.1 to 22.2
                                                    lb
                                                    (NINE-O)
REMARKS:  Apply before or soon after weeds begin to grow.  Use enough water to 
cover thoroughly.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual weeds           ARSENAL       2 lb ai/gal    2.0-4.0 pts     0.5-1.0
Biennial and                                        2.0-6.0 pts     0.5-1.5
perennial weeds
REMARKS:  Consult label for specific rate for weeds involved.  Uniformly apply 
in 30-60 gal water/ac.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual grasses         prometon                     0.5 to 1.0 lb
and broadleaf          (5%)                         100 sq ft
weeds                     +
                       simazine
                       (0.75%)
                           +
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Perennial grasses      sodium                       1.0 to 2.0 lb/
and broadleaf          chlorate                     100 sq ft
weeds                  (40%)
                         +
                       sodium
                       metaborate
                       (50%)
                         PRAMITOL 5 PS
REMARKS:  Can be applied before or after plant growth begins.  Since Pramitol 
enters plants through their roots, its effectiveness depends on rainfall to 
move the chemical into root zone.  When applied to soil surface, this product 
usually inhibits all plant growth for 1 yr or more.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses         prometon      2 lb/gal       5.0 to 7.5      10.0 to 
and broadleaf            PRAMITOL                   gal             15.0
weeds and some           25E                   
perennials
                                          
Hard-to-kill                                        20.0 to         40.0 to
perennials such                                     30.0 gal        60.0
johnsongrass,
binchweed, and
wild carrot
REMARKS:  Can be applied before or up to 3 mo after weed emergence.  For 
faster top-kill of vegetation, apply in diesel oil, fuel oil, or weed oil at 
rates of 100-200 gal/ac.  Application to soil surface usually inhibits plant 
growth for 1 yr or more.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses         simazine      80W            6.0 to 12.5     4.8 to 
and broadleaf                                       lb              10.0
weeds                    PRINCEP     or                  or
                                     4L             4.8 to 10.0
                                                    qt
                       or            or                  or
                                     90DF           5.3 to 11.1
                                                    lb
                                                    
Annual and                                          12.5 to 25.0    10.0 to
perennial                                           lb              20.0
grasses and                                               or
broadleaf weeds                                     2.5 to 5.0
                                                    gal 
                                                          or
                                                    11.1 to 22.2
                                                    lb
REMARKS:  Apply before weeds emerge.  Use enough water to ensure adequate 
coverage.  If weeds are present, add a contact or translocated herbicide.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Annual broadleaf       dicamba       4 lb/gal       0.5 to 1.5      0.25 to 
weeds                    BANVEL                     pt              0.75
 
Perennial broadleaf                                 1.0 to 3.0      1.0 to 3.0
weeds                                               qt
REMARKS:  Apply when weeds are actively growing.  Use high rate for 
established weed growth.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Many annual and        tebuthiuron   80W            5.0 to 7.5      4.0-6.0
perennial weeds          SPIKE                      lb
 
Hard-to-kill                                        10.0-20.0 lb    8.0-16.0
annual and perennial
weeds
REMARKS:  Apply before or during the period of active growth of plants to be 
controlled.  Initial control is enhanced by rainfall.  Consult label for full 
list of weed species controlled by each rate.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Preemergence to        sulfometuron  75DG           3-5 oz          0.14-0.23
early postemergence      methyl
of many annual and       OUST 
perennial grasses 
and broadleaf
weeds
 
Early postemergence                                 6-12 oz         0.28-0.56
of many broadleaf
weeds and johnsongrass
and nutsedge
REMARKS:  For nonselective postemergence application, a nonionic surfactant 
may be added at rate of 1 qt/100 gal spray to improve wetting and/or contact 
activity.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HERBACEOUS PLANTS
_______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED     PESTICIDE       FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC  
_______________________________________________________________________________
Short-term control     hexazinone    90SP           2.0 to 5.0 lb   1.8 to 4.5
of annual, biennial,     VELPAR
and perennial weeds
 
Season-long control                                 6.0 to 12.0 lb  5.4 to 
of annual, biennial,                                lb              10.80
and perennial weeds
(Consult label for
specific species.)
Apply as a postemergence spray during active plant growth.  Add nonionic 
surfactant at the rate of 1 qt/100 gal of spray to improve wetting for contact 
activity.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Same as Velpar 90SP    hexazone      2 lb/gal       1.0 to 2.5      2.0 to 5.0
                         VELPAR L                   3.0 to 6.0      6.0 to 
                                                    gal             12.0
REMARKS:  Same as Velpar 90SP.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOIL STERILANTS                                
-DOC-
                                SOIL STERILANTS
                    J. B. Aitken, Extension Horticulturist
                      E. C. Murdock, Extension Agronomist
______________________________________________________________________________                                               
WEEDS CONTROLLED       PESTICIDE     FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual and perennial   prometon      2 lb/gal       20.0 to 25.0    40 to 50
weeds                    PRAMITOL
                       25E                          
REMARKS:  FOR WEED CONTROL UNDER ASPHALT.  Prepare site according to label 
directions.  Apply just before laying asphalt coating.  Do not use under 
asphalt coatings less than 2 in thick.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual broadleaf       atrazine                     5.3-11.1 lb     4.8-10.0
and grass weeds          
                         90 DP
Most annual and                                     11.1-22.2 lb    10.0-20.0
perennial broadleaf
and grass weeds
Hard-to-kill biennial                               22.2-44.4 lb    20.0-40.0
and perennial weeds
REMARKS:  Use sufficient water to assure thorough ground and plant coverage.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WOODY PLANTS                                 
-DOC-
                                 WOODY PLANTS
                    J. B. Aitken, Extension Horticulturist
                      E. C. Murdock, Extension Agronomist
 
______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED       PESTICIDE     FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC
______________________________________________________________________________
Oak, willow,           bromacil      80W            7.0 to 12.0     5.6 to 9.6
sweetgum, and pine       HYVAR X                    lb
 
American elm,                                       15.0 to 30.0    12.0 to 
hackberry, sumac,                                   lb              24.0
and cottonwood
                         HYVAR X-L   2 lb/gal       2.25 to 5.0     4.5 to 
                                                    gal             10.0
Same as Hyvar X
                                                    6.0 to 12.0     12.0 to
                                                    gal             24.0
REMARKS:  Apply in spring or summer.  Effects are slow to appear and may not 
become apparent until the chemical has been carried into the root zone of the 
plants by moisture.  For spot treatment, mix 2.5 lb of 80W or 1 gal of 2 
lb/gal in 5 gal of water and apply at rate of 1 to 2 fl oz/2-in to 4-in stem 
in basal diameter.  Read label for specific limitations.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
WOODY PLANTS
______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED       PESTICIDE     FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC
______________________________________________________________________________
Poison ivy, poison     amitrole      2 lb/gal       1.0 to 2.0/gal
oak, honeysuckle,        AMITROL-T                  100 gal water
kudzu, blackberry,
ash, sumac, locust
REMARKS:  Treat from the time foliage is fully developed until plants begin to 
go dormant.  For effective kill, thoroughly wet all leaves, stems, and suckers 
to ground line.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maple, locust, aspen,  picloram      2.3%           300-400 lb      7.0-9.0 lb
wild grape               TORDON
                         2K Pellets
REMARKS:  Apply any time during normal growing season where sufficient 
moisture is available to carry the herbicide into the soil.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Elderberry, locust,    2,4-D         4 lb/gal       3.0-4.0 qt      3 to 4
sumac, willow          (various
                       trade names)
REMARKS:  Wet all parts of brush.  This can be done up to 3 wk before frost.
WOODY PLANTS
______________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED       PESTICIDE     FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC
______________________________________________________________________________
Ash, cherry,           dicamba       4 lb/gal       2.0 to 3.0 qt   2.0 to 3.0
honeysuckle,             BANVEL
poison ivy, wild
plum, poison oak,
multiflora rose.
REMARKS:  Generally used as a tankmix with 2,4-D.  Apply after leaves are 
fully developed until 3 wk before frost.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Woody brush            fosamine      4 lb/gal       1.5 to 6.0      6.0 to 
(Consult label           KRENITE                    gal             24.0 lb
for specific
species.)
REMARKS:  Apply during the 2-mo period before full leaf coloration.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHEMICAL MOWING                                
-DOC-
                                CHEMICAL MOWING
                    J. B. Aitken, Extension Horticulturist
                      E. C. Murdock, Extension Agronomist
 
________________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED       PESTICIDE     FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC
________________________________________________________________________________
Apply 1-2 wk after     glyphosate    4 lb/gal       6 fl oz         0.19
full greenup of          ROUNDUP
bahiagrass or soon
after bahiagrass
has been mowed to
uniform height of
3-5 in.  Sequential
applications may be
made at approximately 
45-day intervals to 
extend period of seed-
head suppression.
Apply no more than
two sequential 
CHEMICAL MOWING
________________________________________________________________________________
WEEDS CONTROLLED       PESTICIDE     FORMULATION    PRODUCT/AC      LB/AI/AC
________________________________________________________________________________
applications/yr.  As
first sequential
application, apply 4 
fl oz of product/ac.
As second sequential
application, apply
2-4 fl oz of product/ac.
REMARKS:  Bahiagrass Seedhead and Vegetative Suppression.  Add nonionic 
surfactant at 0.5-1.0% of total spray volume of 10-25 gal/ac.  Use 
0.5%concentration when using surfactants that contain at least 50% active 
ingredients or 1% concentration when using surfactants that contain less than 
50% active ingredients.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FOREST WEED CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              FOREST WEED CONTROL
                        L. R. Nelson, Extension Forester
                       
     This section gives recommendations for the use of herbicides in forestry 
practices.  Recommended herbicides can be used to convert low-grade hardwood 
stands to pine or to selectively favor the better hardwood species in the 
stand.  Herbicides can also be used to release young pines from hardwood 
competition.  A section is included on herbicides suitable for control of 
grasses and weeds in Christmas tree plantations.  All herbicides recommended 
have been approved for use on certain species at specified rates.  Read the 
label carefully to make sure the particular product is approved for the 
intended use. 
     Most herbicides recommended for forestry use can cause injury or loss of 
desirable plants when misused.  Certain precautions should be taken to prevent 
loss of desirable plants and other harmful effects on the environment.  Do not 
apply herbicides or drain or flush equipment near desirable plants or water 
sources.  Use care in applying chemicals on sloping land because of possible 
herbicide runoff and erosion of contaminated soil into water sources or areas 
with desirable plants.  Some herbicides have a longer residual effect than 
others.  Specified waiting periods must be followed before replanting.  
Additionally, there is danger of drift with some herbicides; this should be 
considered before use. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STAND CONVERSION AND SITE PREPARATION                     
-DOC-
                     STAND CONVERSION AND SITE PREPARATION

TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
dicamba 13.3%     Ailanthus, alder, basswood,    Tree Injection--Inject 1 ml
  BANVEL CST      birch, cedar, cherry, cotton-  undiluted herbicide through
                  wood, dogwood, elm, fir, gum,  bark to penetrate sapwood at
                  hawthorn, hickory, hornbeam,   intervals of 1 to 2 in
                  maple, oak, persimmon,         completely around tree.
                  poplar, sassafras, service-    Frill or Girdle--Spray or
                  berry, sourwood, sumac,        paint with undiluted herbi-
                  sweetbay, sycamore, willow.    cide in continuous cut or
                                                 overlapping axe cuts 
                                                 completely around tree.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
dicamba 13.3%                                    Stump Treatment--Spray or
  Banvel CST                                     paint freshly cut surface with
  (cont)                                         undiluted herbicide.
REMARKS:  Do not contaminate irrigation or domestic-use water.  Desirable 
plants may be injured by root uptake of herbicide from excretion by roots of 
treated trees.  Do not allow drift onto sensitive crops or other broadleaf 
plants.  With stump treatment, it is vital to cover cambium area next to bark.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
2,4-D 46.3%       a.  Hardwoods such as elm,     Tree Injection--a.  Inject 1 
  DMA 4           hickory, oaks, and             ml  herbicide  through bark at
                  sweetgum.                      intervals of 1 to 3 in between
                                                 injector wounds.  Continuous
                  b.  Harder-to-control species  cuts often provide improved
                  such as ash, maples, or        control.
                  dogwood.                       b.  Inject 2 ml undiluted
                                                 herbicide spaced as above.
REMARKS:  Treatment can be made at any season; however, effectiveness may be
less during winter months.  Injection near ground level may be more effective.
_______________________________________________________________________________
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
2,4-D 46.8%       Injected trees.                Tree Injection--Mix 1 gal 
  WEEDAR 64                                      herbicide in 19 gal water for
                                                 dilute injections OR use 1-2
                                                 ml of herbicide/injection.  
                                                 Use one injection/in of tree
                                                 diameter measured 4 1/2 ft
                                                 above ground.  Overlap in-
                                                 jections for resistant species
                                                 such a hickory.
REMARKS:  Make injections as near root collar as possible.  For best results, 
injections should be made during the growing season.  Injector bit must pene-
trate inner bark.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.4-D 49.5%       a.  Hardwoods such as elm,     Tree Injection--a.  Inject 1 
  amine           hickory, oak, sweetgum.        ml undiluted herbicide through
  WEED-RHAP A-4D                                 bark as near root collar as
                                                 possible.  Use one evenly 
                                                 spaced injection/in of tree 
                  b.  Harder-to-control          diameter measured 4 1/2 ft 
                  species such as ash,           above ground.
                  dogwood, maples.               b.  Inject 2 ml undiluted 
                                                 herbicide spaced as above.
REMARKS:  Treatment can be made any season; however, applications during the 
growing season are most effective.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
2,4-D 56.5%       Elm, hickory, oaks, sweet-     Tree Injection--
  amine           gum, dogwood, ash, maples.     Inject 1 ml undiluted herbi-
  FORMULA 40                                     cide through bark around trunk
                                                 at 1-to-3-in intervals between
                                                 injector wounds.  Use 2 ml for
                                                 resistant species such as ash,
                                                 maple, and dogwood. Effec-
                                                 tiveness may be increased by
                                                 continuous cuts around bark or
                                                 injections near ground level.
REMARKS:  Treatment can be made any season;  however, applications during the 
growing season are most effective.  Maples should not be treated during spring
sap flow.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
dicamba + 2,4-D   Alder, ash, basswood,cedar,    Hydraulic Spray--
12.82 + 24.58%    cherry, chinquapin, cucum-     Mix 1 gal herbicide with 99  
  WS              ber tree, gum, dogwood, elm,   gal water.  Apply 200-300 gal
  BANVEL 720      hornbeam, locust, maple,       mix/ac.
                  oak, persimmon, pine, poplar,  Backpack Mistblower--
                  sassafras, serviceberry,       Mix 9 gal herbicide with 91
                  spicebush, sumac, sycamore,    gal water.  Apply 30-35 gal
                  wild plum, willow, witch-      mix/ac.
                  hazel, yaupon and others.      Aerial Application--
                                                 Mix 3 gal herbicide with 12 or
                                                 27 gal water.  Apply 15 or 30 
                                                 gal mix/ac.
REMARKS:  Apply after leaves are fully developed until 3 wk before frost.
May also be used for control of annual and perennial weeds and vines.  Do not
apply to desirable hardwoods or pines.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
dicamba + 2,4-D   Ash, blackberry, black         Aerial Application--
+ dichlorprop     cherry, black locust,          Mix 1 to 2 gal herbicide with 
5.38 + 32.48      brambles, cedar, cotton-       10 to 20 gal water/ac or mix
+ 30.66%          wood, dogwood, elm, goose-     1 gal Super Brush Killer with
  SUPER BRUSH     berry, honey locust, honey-    1 pt Garlon 4 in 10 to 20 gal
  KILLER          suckle, kudzu, maple, multi-   water/ac as follows:  Mix the
                  flora rose, oak, pine, sumac,  herbicide with 1/3 of the 
                  sycamore, wild plum, willow.   water.  Add the second 1/3 of
                                                 the water and then Garlon 4.
                                                 Next add the balance of water.
                                                 Agitate continuously during 
                                                 all three steps.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
See next page.
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
dicamba + 2,4-D   
+ dichlorprop     
5.38 + 32.48      
+ 30.66%          
  SUPER BRUSH     
  KILLER (cont)         
REMARKS:  Avoid spraying near sensitive crops such as cotton, soybeans, 
tomatoes, tobacco, grapes, fruit trees, flowers, or garden crops.  Small 
quantities of wind-drifted herbicide can cause severe injury.  Do not apply 
herbicide when temperature exceeds 85 F, when wind speeds are sufficient to 
cause drift, or when temperature air inversions exist.  Use coarse sprays 
and/or chemical drift-control agents to aid drift avoidance.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
2,4-DP 59.1%      Oaks.                          Aerial or Mistblower
ester                                            Application--
  WEEDONE                                        Mix 1 to 2 gal of herbicide/ac
                                                 with 5 to 10 gal water.
REMARKS:  Apply during growing season when hardwoods are in full leaf, actively 
growing, and soil moisture is high.  Wait 14 days before transplanting pine 
seedlings into treated area.  Do not apply with mistblowers within 100 yd of 
adjacent properties.  Do not graze dairy animals within 6 wk after appliction;  
meat animals within 2 wk of slaughter.  Do not apply to desirable hardwoods or 
pines.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
2,4-DP + 2,4-D    Alder, birch, blackberry,      Aerial Application--
31.6 + 32.2%      black cherry, blackjack oak,   Apply 1 gal herbicide plus
ester             black locust, currant, goose-  1 qt Trans-vert mixed with
  WEEDONE 170     berry, honeysuckle, oaks,      water to make 10 gal/ac.
                  pine, poison ivy, poison oak,
                  poplar, red elm, red maple,
                  serviceberry, spruce, syca-
                  more, tulip poplar, willow,
                  winged elm, and others.
REMARKS:  Do not apply to established plantations.  Do not apply to desirable 
hardwoods or pines.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
fosamine 41.5%    birch, blackberry, black       Ground Spray Treatment--
ammonium salt     locust, red oak, sumac,        Mix 1 1/2 to 3 gal herbicide/
  KRENITE         sweetgum, maple, water oak,    ac with water to make 50-300
                  white oak, Virginia pine,      gal spray depending on 
                  American elder, Eastern        height, density, and type of
                  white pine, multiflora         brush and type of equipment
                  rose, slippery elm, syca-      used.
                  more, tree-of-heaven, wild     
                  grape, wild plum.              
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
See next page.
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
fosamine 41.5%                                   Aerial Application--
ammonium salt                                    Mix 1 1/2 to 3 gal herbicide/
  KRENITE                                        ac with water to make 10-40
  (cont)                                         gal spray/ac.  (Use ground
                                                 equipment on drainage ditch
                                                 banks.)  Surfactant such as
                                                 DuPont Surfactant WK should
                                                 be added at rate of 1 qt/100
                                                 gal OR Krenite S, containing
                                                 a surfactant, may be used in
                                                 ground applications only.
REMARKS:  If rainfall occurs within 24 hr, effectiveness may be decreased.  
Apply during 2-mo period before fall leaf coloration.  Do not apply to 
desirable hardwoods or pines.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
glyphosate 41.8%  Alder, berries (incl. black-   Handheld Spray Application--
isopropylamine    berry, dewberry, raspberry,    Mix 1 1/3 to 2 oz herbicide
salt              elderbery), honeysuckle,       in 1 gal water.  Apply over
  ROUNDUP         kudzu, maples (incl. red,      top of actively growing 
                  sugar), oaks (incl. red,       plants when foliage is fully 
                  Northern pin, white),          developed.
                  multiflora rose, poison ivy, 
                  trumpet creeper, willow.
REMARKS:  Best control is obtained when treated at late growth stages.  Ensure
thorough coverage.  When repeat applications are necessary, do not exceed 10.6 
qt of this product/ac/yr.  Avoid contact of spray, drift, or mist with foliage 
or green bark of desirable species.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
See next page.
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
glyphosate 41.8%  Alder, berries, (incl.         Aerial Application--
isopropylamine    blackberry, dewberry, rasp-    Use the recommended rates in
salt              berry, elderberry), honey-     5 to 15 gal water/ac.  When
  ROUNDUP(cont)   suckle, kudzu, maples (incl.   adding a drift control addi-
                  red, sugar), oaks (incl. red,  tive, Nalco-Trol II may be
                  Northern pin, white), multi-   added at 8 to 16 oz/100 gal
                  flora rose, poison ivy,        spray.
                  poison oak, trumpet creeper,   Tree Injection or Frill--
                  willow.  Sweetgum, poplar,     Apply at least 1 ml herbicide
                  oak, and sycamore will be      for each 2 to 3 in of trunk
                  controlled.  Dogwood, black-   diameter 4 1/2 ft above 
                  gum, hickory, and red maple    ground.  Space applications 
                  will be suppressed.            evenly around circumference.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
See next page.
TREE CROP:  Desirable Hardwoods and/or Pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
glyphosate 41.8%  
isopropylamine     
salt              
  ROUNDUP(cont)   
REMARKS:  As above.  Do not apply within 200 ft of any agricultural area, 
horticultural park, golf course, homestead, or populated areas.  Avoid direct 
application to any body of water.  Do not apply when winds are gusty.  See 
label for further precautions.  Application should be made during periods of 
active growth and full leaf expansion.
_______________________________________________________________________________
TREE CROP:  Pines: loblolly, longleaf, shortleaf, slash, Virginia
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 5%     Ash (green and white), birch,  Aerial and Ground Broadcast--
  PRONONE 5G      black cherry, blackgum,        Apply using ground or aerial
                  brambles (such as blackberry,  equipment calibrated to dis-
                  dewberry and raspberry),       tribute granules uniformly
                  cherry, chokeberry, dogwood,   over area to be treated.  Use
                  Eastern redcedar, elder        lb/ac as follows:  20-60 in
                  (American), elm, hawthorn,     sand, loamy sand, sandy loam;
                  hickory, hornbeam, mulberry,   60-70 in loam, sandy clay, 
                  multiflora rose, red maple,    silt loam; 60-80 in clay 
                  oaks (such as black, black-    loam, sandy clay, silt clay
                  jack, bluejack, post,          loam, silt, silt clay, clay.
                  southern red, turkey, water, 
                  white), Russian olive, sumac,
                  sourwood, sweetgum, wild
                  plum, and willow.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
See next page.
TREE CROP:  Pines: loblolly, longleaf, shortleaf, slash, Virginia
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 5%     As above plus black hickory,   Individual Stem Treatment--
  PRONONE 5G      boxelder, cottonwood,          Apply by hand to individual
  (cont)          Norway maple.                  stems at a rate of 1-1 1/2 oz
                                                 for each 1 in of diameter at
                                                 breast height.
REMARKS:  Do not apply or empty equipment near desirable plants.  Do not use 
on lawns, walks, driveways, tennis courts, or similar areas.  Use in well-
drained, coarse-to-medium textured soils.  Apply in periods of active plant 
growth (mid-spring to June 15).  At least 2 in of rain is needed for soil 
activation.
Effective on all sizes of brush, especially small stems.
As above.  Wear gloves to prevent contact with skin.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 10%    Same as for                    Aerial and Ground Broadcast-
  PRONONE 10G     Pronone 5G                     Apply using equipment to dis-
                                                 tribute granules uniformly.
                                                 Use lb/ac as follows:  10-30
                                                 in sand, loamy sand, sandy
                                                 loam; 30-35 in loam, sandy
                                                 clay, silt loan; 30-40 in 
                                                 clay loam, silt clay loam,
                                                 silt, silt clay, clay.
                                                 Individual Stem Treatment-
                                                 Apply by hand to individual
                                                 stems at a rate of 1/2-3/4
                                                 oz for each 1 in of diameter
                                                 at breast height.
REMARKS:  Same as for Pronone 5G.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 25%    Black cherry, red maple,       Tree Injection--
  VELPAR L        oaks (including live oak),     Inject 1 ml undiluted herbi-
                  and sweetgum.                  cide through bark at inter-
                                                 vals of 4 in between edges of
                                                 injector wounds.
                  Elm, wild cherry, oaks         Basal Soil Treatment--
                  (including live oak), sumac,   Apply 2-4 ml/in of tree    
                  and willow.                    diameter measured 4 1/2 ft 
                                                 above ground.  Use an exact-
                                                 delivery hand gun.  Treat 
                                                 soil within 3 ft of trunk.
REMARKS:  Apply during summer months.  When treating large trees requiring 
more than one delivery of herbicide, make applications on opposite sides of 
the tree.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 25%    Ash, birch, elm, flowering     Aerial Application--
  VELPAR L        dogwood, hawthorn, hazel,      Apply 1 to 3 gal herbicide
(cont)            hickory, oaks, red maple,      in at least 5 gal water/gal
                  sourwood, sweetgum, wild       herbicide.  Use at least 8 
                  cherry, willows, and many      gal/ac spray mixture.  To re-
                  herbaceous plants.             duce drift, a precise appli-
                                                 cation spray boom and a 
                                                 thickening agent may be used.
                                                 Ground Application--
                                                 Apply 1 to 3 gal/ac herbicide
                                                 in about 25 gal/ac water.
REMARKS:  Use higher rates on fine textured soils and hard-to-kill species.  A
surfactant and a defoaming agent may be needed.  See label.  Apply late spring 
to early summer during full leaf stage.  Do not burn after treatment until 60-
90 days after adequate rainfall and at least one complete defoliation.  
Supplemental label must be in possession of user at time of application.
_______________________________________________________________________________
TREE CROP:  Desirable hardwoods and/or pines
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
R picloram +      Elm, maple, oak, and pine.     Tree Injection--
  2,4-D                                          Inject 1/2 ml undiluted 
  10.2 + 39.6%                                   herbicide or 1 ml diluted
    TORDON 101                                   solution (1 to 1 ratio with
    MIXTURE                                      water).  Space 3 in between 
                                                 edges of injector wounds.  
                                                 Surround tree at any height.
                                                 Frill or Girdle Treatment--
                                                 Wet cut surface with diluted
                                                 solution in single girdle
                                                 around tree.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
R picloram +      Same as previous page.         Stump Treatment--
  2,4-D                                          Spray or paint surfaces of 
  10.2+39.6%                                     freshly cut stumps with un-
    TORDON 101                                   diluted herbicide or dilute
    MIXTURE                                      1 to 1 with water.
    (cont)
REMARKS:  Treatment can be made in any season.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
picloram + 2,4-D  Alder, birch, cedar, cherry,   Tree Injection--
5.4 + 20.9%       dogwood, elm, green ash,       Use 1 ml undiluted herbicide/
  TORDON 101R     gum, hawthorn, hickory,        injection with injections
  and RTU         hornbeam, maples, oaks,        spaced 2 to 3 in apart.
                  pecan, persimmon, sourwood,
                  sweetbay, and serviceberry.
REMARKS:  Hard-to-kill species (dogwood, hickory, and maples) may require 
continuous encircling injections.  Treatments can be made in any season.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
picloram + 2,4-D  Same as Tree Injection.        Frill or Girdle Treatment--
5.4 + 20.9%                                      Spray or paint with undiluted
  TORDON 101R                                    herbicide in single hack     
  and RTU                                        girdle of overlapping axe 
  (cont)                                         cuts completely around tree.
                  Same as Tree Injection.        Stump Treatment--
                                                 Spray or paint cut surfaces 
                                                 of freshly cut stumps or 
                                                 stubs with undiluted herbi-
                                                 cide.
REMARKS:  Same as above.  With stump treatment it is vital to cover cambium 
area next to bark.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
R picloram 24.0%  Broadleaf weeds: Canada        High Volume Leaf-Stem       
    TORDON K      thistle, chicory, clover,      Treatment--
                  dock, fleabane, field bind-    Mix 1/2 to 4 qt herbicide in
                  weed, goldenrod, horsenettle,  water to make 100 gal solu-
                  larkspur, leafy spurge, lu-    tion OR mix 1/2 to 1 qt 
                  pine, milkweed, sowthistle,    herbicide with 4 to 8 qt of 
                  tansy ragwort, toadflax,       Esteron 99 Concentrate or
                  wild carrot.                   Amitrol T or with 4 lb of
                                                 Amizol with water to make 100
                                                 gal of solution.  A surfac-
                                                 tant may be added.  See label
                                                 for tank mix directions.
REMARKS:  See following page.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
R picloram 24.0%  Woody plants and vines:        Spot Treatment--
    TORDON K      blackberry, buttonbush,        Mix 1/4 to 4 qt herbicide in
    (cont)        cactus, cedar, dogwood,        water to make 100 gal of 
                  fir, gum, hemlock, hickory,    solution.  Spray weeds uni-
                  juniper, liveoak, locust,      formly using 50 to 100 gal
                  maple, oak, persimmon, pine,   solution/ac.  See label for 
                  poison oak, poplar, sassa-     tank mix.
                  fras, sourwood, sumac,                                     
                  trumpetcreeper, willow.        
REMARKS:  Apply anytime growth begins in the spring before full bloom and late
in summer or fall.  See label for specific rates.  Do not plant pine seedlings 
on treated areas for at least 6 mo.  Do not contaminate water sources.  Do not 
permit herbicide to contact crops or other desirable plants.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
R picloram 24.0%  Same as previous page.         Broadcast Ground or Aerial
    TORDON K                                     Foliage Treatment--
    (cont)                                       Mix 1/4 to 4 qt herbicide in
                                                 water to make 5 to 50 gal of
                                                 solution/ac depending on the
                                                 weed species height and       
                                                 density of growth.  A mini-
                                                 mum of 15 gal is preferred.
REMARKS:  Same as previous page.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr 44.4%   Hard to control:  ash,         Aerial Application--
triethylamine     blackgum, chokecherry, elm,     (Helicopter only)
salt              maples, oaks, pines, or        Mix 2-3 gal herbicide with 
  GARLON 3A       winged elm.  Other:  alder,    1/4 - 1 pt agricultural sur-
                  beech, birch, blackberry,      factant OR 1-1 1/2 gal herbi-
                  cherry, cottonwood, dog-       cide with 1-2 gal Esteron 99C
                  wood, elderberry, hawthorn,    or Tordon 101 Mixture in tank
                  hazel, hickory, hornbeam,      mix.  Apply in total spray
                  locust, mulberry, persimmon,   volume of 10-30 gal/ac.  
                  poison oak, poplar, sassafras, Apply with a suitable drift
                  sumac, sweetbay magnolia,      control agent such as Nalco-
                  sweetgum, sycamore, tulip      Trol with the Microfoil boom.
                  poplar, willow and other woody 
                  plants and broadleaf weeds.
REMARKS:  See end of section.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr 44.4%   Same as aerial application.    Ground High-Volume Spray   
triethylamine                                    Treatment--
salt                                             Mix 1/2 to 1 gal herbicide in
  GARLON 3A                                      water to make 100 gal solu-
  (cont)                                         tion OR 1/4 to 1/2 gal tank-
                                                 mixed with 1/4 to 1/2 gal 
                                                 DMA4, Esteron 99C, or Tordon
                                                 101 Mixture, diluted to make
                                                 100 gal solution.  Apply 100
                                                 to 400 gal/ac.  Do not apply
                                                 with nozzles that produce a
                                                 fine-droplet spray.
REMARKS:  See end of section.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr 44.4%   Same as aerial application.    Ground Low-Volume Spray  
triethylamine                                    Treatment--
salt                                             Mix 2 to 3 gal herbicide and
  GARLON 3A                                      1/4 to 1 pt surfactant OR 1/2
  (cont)                                         to 1 gal herbicide mixed with
                                                 1 to 2 gal DMA4, Esteron 99C 
                                                 or Tordon 101 Mixture in 
                                                 enough water to make 20-100 
                                                 gal spray/ac.
REMARKS:  See end of section.                    
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr 44.4%   Hardwood species such as       Tree Injection--
triethylamine     elm, maple, oak, and           Inject 1/2 ml undiluted or 1 
salt              conifers.                      ml diluted herbicide, 1 to 1 
  GARLON 3A                                      ratio with water, at 
  (cont)                                         intervals of 3 in between 
                                                 edges of injector wounds.
                                                 Injections should completely
                                                 surround the tree at any 
                                                 convenient height.
REMARKS:  See end of section.         
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr 44.4%   Same as Tree Injection.        Frill or Girdle Treatment--
triethylamine                                    Wet cut surface with diluted
salt                                             herbicide, 1 to 1 ratio with
  GARLON 3A                                      water, in a single girdle   
  (cont)                                         around tree.  Treatment can 
                                                 be made at any convenient
                                                 height.
REMARKS:  See end of section.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr 44.4%   Same as Tree Injection.        Stump Treatment--
triethylamine                                    Spray or paint cut surfaces 
salt                                             of freshly cut stumps or 
  GARLON 3A                                      stubs with undiluted herbi-
  (cont)                                         cide.  It is vital to cover
                                                 cambium area next to bark.
REMARKS:  Apply when woody plants are actively growing.  Use higher rates on
hard-to-control species, in late summer when plants are mature, and/or dur-
ing drought conditions.  Do not contaminate water sources. Do not graze
treated areas or feed treated forage. Do not use for conifer release. Do not
plant conifer seedlings on treated areas for at least 6 mo. Do not apply to
desirable hardwoods.         
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr 61.6%   Alder, ash, beech, birch,      Aerial Application (Heli-
butoxyethyl       blackberry, blackgum,          copter only)--Apply 4 to 8 qt
ester             cherry, cottonwood, dog-       of herbicide in a total spray
  GARLON 4        wood, elderberry, elm,         volume of 10-30 gal/ac or 3
                  hawthorn, hickory, horn-       to 4 qt herbicide with 1-2
                  beam, locust, maples, mul-     gal Esteron 99C or Tordon 101
                  berry, oaks, persimmon,        Mixture in a tank mix in a
                  pine, poison oak, poplar,      total spray volume of 10-30
                  sassafras, sumac, sweetbay     gal/ac.  Apply with a suit-
                  magnolia, sweetgum, sycamore,  able drift-control agent such
                  tulip poplar, willow,          as Nalco-Trol with the Micro-
                  winged elm.                    foil boom.                 
REMARKS:  See below.           
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr         Same as Aerial Application.    Ground High-Volume Spray
butyoxyethyl                                     Treatment--Apply 1 to 3 qt in
ester                                            water to make 100 gal OR tank
  GARLON 4                                       mix 1 1/2 to 3 pt herbicide 
  (cont)                                         with 1/4 to 1/2 gal Esteron
                                                 99C or Tordon 101 in total
                                                 volume of 100 gal.  Apply 100 
                                                 to 400 gal total spray/ac.  
                                                 Do not use pressure exceeding 
                                                 50 psi at nozzle.  Apply with
                                                 suitable drift control agent
                                                 such as Nalco-Trol.  Do not
                                                 spray within 400 ft of 
                                                 sensitive crops.
REMARKS:  See below.        
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr         Same as Aerial Application.    Ground Low-Volume Spray
butoxtethyl                                      Treatment--
ester                                            Apply 4 to 8 qt herbicide in
  GARLON 4                                       water to make 20-100 gal/ac 
  (cont)                                         OR use 3 pt to 3 qt with 1 to
                                                 2 gal Esteron 99C or Tordon
                                                 101 Mixture in water to make
                                                 20 to 100 gal/ac.  Do not use
                                                 pressure exceeding 40 psi at
                                                 nozzle.
REMARKS:  See below.                   
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr         Same as Aerial Application.    Basal Bark Treatment--
butoxyethyl                                      Use 1 to 2 gal herbicide in
ester                                            enough oil to make 100 gal OR
  GARLON 4                                       mix 2 gal herbicide, 25 gal
  (cont)                                         oil, and 1/2 gal Sponto 712
                                                 and add to 72.5 gal water.
REMARKS:  Apply when plants are actively growing.  Use higher rates for hard-
to-control species during late summer and/or during drought conditions.  Do 
not plant conifer seedlings on treated areas for at least 6 mo after 
treatment.  Avoid spray drift.  Do not apply when air temperature inversion 
exists. Do not contaminate irrigation or domestic-use water. Do not graze 
treated areas.  See label for precautions.  For basal bark treatment, same as 
above except apply at any season except when snow or water prevents spraying 
to ground line.  Spray basal parts up to 12 to 15 in above ground until runoff.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr         Same as Aerial Application.    Dormant Stem Broadcast--
butoxyethyl                                      Mix 3 to 6 qt herbicide in 
ester                                            oil to make 100 gal.  Apply
  GARLON 4                                       with knapsack or power       
  (cont)                                         spraying equipment using low
                                                 pressure (20-40 psi) OR mix 6 
                                                 qt herbicide, 25 gal oil, 1/2
                                                 gal Sponto 712, and 73 gal 
                                                 water.
REMARKS:  Treat any time when brush is dormant and most of foliage has 
dropped.  May take up to 150 gal spray mixture/ac.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
triclopyr         Same as Aerial Application.    Thinline Basal Bark
butoxyethyl                                      Treatment--
ester                                            Apply undiluted product in
  GARLON 4                                       thin stream to circumference
  (cont)                                         of hardwood stems less than  
                                                 6-in diameter.  Direct chemi-
                                                 cal in horizontal stream and
                                                 approximately 6 in above 
                                                 groundline.
REMARKS:  Same as basal bark treatment.
________________________________________________________________________________


















-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PINE RELEASE                                 
-DOC-
                                 PINE RELEASE

     Herbicides recommended in this section are intended for application in 
young pine stands where competition is from small hardwoods and other competing 
vegetation.  Larger competing hardwoods may also be treated as discussed under 
the section on Stand Conversion & Site Preparation to release the young pines.
TREE CROP:  Pines:  loblolly, slash
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
glyphosate 41.0%  Black locust, cherry (black,   Aerial Application--
isopropylamine    pin), oaks, (black, southern   Apply 1 1/2 to 2 qt/ac in at
salt              red, white), persimmon, red    least 5 gal water during     
  ROUNDUP         maple, sassafras, sumac,       early autumn.
                  sweetgum, and yellow poplar.
REMARKS:  Do not apply within 200 ft of any agricultural, horticultural, park, 
golf course, homestead, or populated areas.  Do not apply within 75 ft of 
lakes, ponds, and streams used for domestic purposes or angling.  Apply only 
where the majority of weeds to be controlled are those listed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
TREE CROP:  Pines:  loblolly, longleaf, shortleaf, slash, Virginia
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 5%     Ash (green and white), birch,  Aerial and Ground Broadcast--
  PRONONE 5G      black cherry, blackgum,        Apply using equipment to dis-
                  brambles (such as blackberry,  tribute granules uniformly.  
                  dewberry and raspberry),       Use lb/ac as follows:  16 to
                  cherry, chokeberry, dogwood,   30 in sand, loamy sand, sandy
                  Eastern redcedar, elder        loam;  30 to 44 in loam, 
                  (American), elm, hawthorn,     sandy clay, silt loam; 50 to
                  hickory, hornbeam, mulberry,   60 in clay loam, sandy clay,
                  multiflora rose, red maple,    silt clay loam, silt, silt
                  oaks (such as black, black-    clay, clay.
                  jack, bluejack, post, 
                  southern red, turkey, water,
                  white). pine, Russian olive,
                  sumac, sourwood, sweetgum,
                  wild plum, and willow.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 5%     As above, and black hickory,   Individual Stem Treatment--
  PRONONE 5G      box elder, cottonwood, Norway  Apply by hand to individual
  (cont)          maple.                         stems.

REMARKS:  Apply before or during period of active growth.  At least 2 in of 
rainfall is needed for soil activation.  Do not broadcast on sites where 10% 
conifer mortality cannot be tolerated.  Treatment may injure or kill young  
conifers under stress.  Established conifers (5 yr old or ore) are usually not 
injured at recommended rates.  With individual stem treatment, wear gloves to 
avoid contact with skin.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 10%    Ash (green and white), birch,  Aerial and Ground Broadcast--
  PRONONE 10G     black cherry, blackgum,        Apply using equipment to dis-
                  brambles, (such as dewberry,   tribute granules uniformly.
                  blackberry and raspberry),     Use lb/ac as follows:  8 to 
                  cherry, chokeberry, dogwood,   15 in sand, loamy sand, sandy
                  Eastern redcedar, elder        loam;  15 to 22 in loam, 
                  (American), elm, hawthorn,     sandy clay loam, silt loam; 
                  hickory, hornbeam, mulberry,   25 to 30 in clay loam, sandy
                  multiflora rose, red maple,    clay, silt clay loam, silt,
                  oaks (such as black, black-    silt clay, clay.
                  jack, bluejack, post,
                  southern red, turkey, water,
                  white), pine, Russian olive,
                  sumac, sourwood, sweetgum,
                  wild plum, and willow.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 10%    Same as above, and black       Individual Stem Treatment--
  PRONONE 10G     hickory, boxelder, cotton-     Apply by hand to individual
                  wood, Norway maple.            stems.
REMARKS:  Apply before or during period of active growth.  At least 2 in of 
rainfall is needed for soil activation.  Do not broadcast on sites where 10% 
conifer mortality cannot be tolerated.  Treatment may injure or kill young 
conifers under stress.  Established conifers (5 yr old or more) are usually 
not injured at recommended rates.  With individual stem treatment, wear gloves 
to avoid contact with skin.
_______________________________________________________________________________
TREE CROP:  Pines:  loblolly
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 90%SP  Annual bluegrass, barnyard-    Ground Spray Treatment--    
  VELPAR          grass, bentgrass, bromegrass,  Apply as a broadcast spray in
                  catsear, common groundsel,     spring before conifer 
                  common ragweed, false dande-   budbreak.  Use directional   
                  lion, fleabane, foxtail,       spray after budbreak.  Apply
                  oxeye daisy, Pennsylvania      in at least 25 gal spray/ac
                  smartweed, velvetgrass, and    Established plantations:  use
                  wild carrot.  Treatment        1-2 lb/ac. First-year plan-
                  provides partial control of    tations:  use 1-1 1/2 lb/ac
                  curly dock, dandelion,         depending on soil texture.  
                  willowweed (fireweed),         Apply only to 2-0 or older 
                  fescue, goldenrod, horse-      transplant stock (1-0 for 
                  weed, orchardgrass, and        loblolly).  See label for de-
                  ryegrass.                      tailed directions.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 90%SP  Same as above.                 Aerial Application--
  Velpar                                         Apply as a broadcast spray in
  (cont)                                         spring before conifer bud-   
                                                 break.  Apply in at least 20
                                                 gal spray/ac.  Established
                                                 plantations: Use 1-2 lb 
                                                 herbicides/ac;  first-year
                                                 plantations;  use 1-1 1/2 lb
                                                 depending on soil texture.
  
REMARKS:  Do not use on trees which show poor vigor; do not add surfactant if 
applied over top of conifers; do not use on gravelly soils or exposed subsoils 
or on soils with 85% or more sand, sands to sandy loam with less than 2% 
organic matter nor on any soils with less than 1% organic matter.  Do not use 
on poorly drained soils.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 25%    Annual bluegrass, barnyard-    Broadcast Spray and Band
  VELPAR L        grass, bentgrass, brome-       Application--
                  grass, catsear, common         Apply as a broadcast spray 
                  groundsel, common ragweed,     in spring before conifer bud-
                  false dandelion, fleabane,     break.  Use at least 5 gal
                  foxtail, oxeye daisy,          water for each gal herbicide.
                  Pennsylvania smartweed,        A surfactant and/or defoaming
                  velvet grass, and wild         agent may be required. First-
                  carrot.  Partial control of    year plantations:  use 4 to 6
                  curly dock, dandelion,         pt herbicide/ac depending on
                  willowweed (fireweed),         soil texture.  Established
                  fescue, goldenrod, horse-      plantations:  use 4 to 8 pt 
                  weed, orchardgrass, and        herbicide/ac depending on 
                  ryegrass.                      soil texture.  For band 
                                                 application, use propor-
                                                 tionately less.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
hexazinone 25%    Continued from previous page--
  VELPAR L
  (cont)            



REMARKS:  Do not use on trees showing poor vigor.  Do not add surfactant if 
applied over top of conifers.  Allow at least 2 mo after transplanting before 
applying herbicide.  See label for directions concerning specific soil types.
________________________________________________________________________________
TREE CROP:  Pines:  loblolly, slash, Virginia
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
sulfometuron      Crabgrass, dog fennel, fescue  Ground Spray-Broadcast or
methyl 75%        fireweed, goldenrod, horse-    Band Application--
  OUST            weed, Kentucky bluegrass,      Apply 2-8 oz/ac in 25 to 50
                  nutsedge (yellow), panicum     gal spray/ac of treated area. 
                  spp., pokeweed, ragweed,       Spray can be broadcast or
                  white snakeroot, yellow        applied in a 4 to 5 ft band
                  sweetclover, common chick-     over pines using conventional
                  weed, dandelion, common        ground spray equipment.  Make
                  yarrow, pigweed, prickly        applications from late winter
                  lettuce, Russian thistle,      to mid-summer.  Best results
                  sowthistle, bahiagrass         occur just before or after  
                  and many others.               weeds have germinated.  Use 
                                                 lower rates on coarse tex-
                                                 tured soils, higher rates on
                                                 fine textured soils.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
sulfometuron      Continued from previous page--
methyl 75%
  OUST
  (cont)


REMARKS:  Herbicide is readily moved off site with runoff water.  Do not apply 
to sites with immediate drainage to lakes, streams, ponds, or any body of water 
and/or homesteads, agricultural lands, and other desirable plantings.  Do not 
apply over conifers suffering loss of vigor caused by insects, diseases, 
drought, or other stresses.  
Do not apply to poorly drained or marshy sites.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHRISTMAS TREE AND OTHER HIGH VALUE FOREST TREE PLANTINGS           
-DOC-
           CHRISTMAS TREE AND OTHER HIGH VALUE FOREST TREE PLANTINGS

TREE CROP:  Christmas trees:  pine
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
glyphosate 41.0%  Annuals: bluegrass, brome,     Preplant Treatment--
isopropylamine    crabgrass, fleabane, foxtail,  Broadcast or band apply water
salt              kochia, common lambsquarters,  base spray at recommended 
  ROUNDUP         prickly lettuce, panicum,      rates to control undesirable
                  pigweed, ragweed (common and   species (1 - 5 qt/ac).
                  giant), sandbur, and others.
                  Perennials:  bermudagrass,     Postplant Treatment--
                  bahiagrass, field bindweed,    Use a directed spray toward
                  Kentucky bluegrass, dallis-    the base of established trees
                  grass, johnsongrass, quack-    at recommended rates.
                  grass, and others.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED               APPLICATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
glyphosate 41.0%  Woody brush and trees:         Same as above.
isopropylamine    berries, honeysuckle, kudzu,
salt              maple, oak, multiflora rose,
  ROUNDUP         and others.
  (cont) 

REMARKS: If used for site preparation, any silvicultural species may be 
planted.  Apply to actively growing grasses and broadleaf weeds.  Allow at 
least 7 days after treatment before tillage.  Do not apply more than 10.6 
qt/ac/yr.  
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED                APPLICATION
________________________________________________________________________________
pronamide         Annual bluegrass, downy         Postplant Treatment--
  KERB 50W        brome, volunteer grains,        Apply as a spray using 2 to 
                  orchardgrass, perennial         4 lb in 20 to 30 gal 
                  bluegrass and ryegrass,         water/ac in fall before
                  chickweed, sheep sorrel,        winter freezeup.  May be
                  quackgrass (4 lb), and          applied topically to 
                  other grasses and broad-        labeled species.
                  leaf weeds (see label).
REMARKS:  Do not apply to transplants less than 1 yr old or seedlings (1 yr 
old plants).  Most active in light- to medium-textured soils of low-organic 
content.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED                APPLICATION
________________________________________________________________________________
oxyfluorfen       Annual grasses:  barnyard-      Postplant Treatment--
  GOAL 1.6E       grass, bluegrass, large         Broadcast or band apply
                  crabgrass, wild oats, witch-    5 to 10 pt/treated ac in a
                  grass.                          minimum of 20 gal water.   
                  Broadleafs:  red clover,        Apply to bare soil 
                  white clover, annual morning-   (preemergent) or early
                  glories, dog fennel, bull       postemergent weeds in the
                  thistle, and others.            spring.
REMARKS:  May be applied over conifers before budbreak or after foliage 
hardens off.  If applied post-emergent, a surfactant (Triton Ag-98) is 
recommended at 0.25% to enhance activity.
______________________________________________________________________________
TREE CROP:  Christmas trees:  white pine, redcedar
________________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED                APPLICATION
________________________________________________________________________________
simazine          Annual morningglory, ryegrass,  Apply 2 1/2 to 5 lb/ac (2.2-
  PRINCEP 80W or  carpetweed, crabgrass, Florida  4.4 lb/ac of Caliber 90) as
  CALIBER 90      pusley, goosegrass, pigweed,    a preemerge treatment in at
                  ragweed, rattail fescue,        least 25 gal water.
                  smartweed, wiregrass, witch-
                  grass, and others (see label).
REMARKS:  Remove weed growth before application.  Do not apply to Christmas 
tree transplants less than 3 yr old.  Do not use more than once/yr.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED                APPLICATION
________________________________________________________________________________
simazine          Wide variety of annual broad-   Broadcast 50 to 100 lb/ac
  PRINCEP 4G      leaf and grass weeds.  (See     before weed emergence, or
                  label.)                         remove weed growth before
                                                  application.
REMARKS:  Remove weed growth before application.  Do not apply to Christmas 
tree transplants less than 3 yr old.  Do not apply more than once/yr.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
________________________________________________________________________________
PESTICIDE         WEEDS CONTROLLED                APPLICATION
________________________________________________________________________________
oryzalin 75%W     The tank mix will provide       Tank mix applications with
  SURFLAN AS      preemergence control of those   Princep 80W are recommended.
                  weed species listed on the      Directed spray or overtop
                  labels for the two products.    spray a minimum of 25 gal of
                                                  water mixture.  Apply 2 to 4 
                                                  qt Surflan AS to all soil
                                                  textures and follow label
                                                  rates for Princep 80W for
                                                  different soil textures.
REMARKS:  Remove weed growth before application.  Constant agitation of the 
spray mixture is required.  One-half inch of rain or irrigation is required to 
activate the herbicides.  Overtop sprays must be washed off the seedling 
foliage.  All information pertaining to precautions and cautions on BOTH 
labels must be followed.
______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FOREST, SHADE, AND CHRISTMAS TREE INSECT CONTROL                
-DOC-
                FOREST, SHADE, AND CHRISTMAS TREE INSECT CONTROL
                         D. L. Ham, Extension Forester
                     C. S. Gorsuch, Extension Entomologist

_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Ash          Aphid         acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       2 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           fenthion BAYTEX        4EC          2 tsp
                           Isotox                              2 tbsp
                           malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      2EC          1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R2
                           endosulfan THIODAN     3EC          2 tsp
REMARKS:  Treat foliage when aphids appear.  Repeat at 7- to 10-day intervals 
if needed.  Do not use Thiodan near the home.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Ash (cont)   Borer         lindane                20%AI        2 tbsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          4 tsp
REMARKS:  Apply in spring when buds begin to break.  Repeat in 10 to 14 days.  
Materials may be injected into tunnels and sealed with mud or clay.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Fall          chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
             webworm       Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
                             THURICIDE, DIPEL                    directions
                           malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
                           trichlorfon DYLOX      80%SP        2-3 oz
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         2 tsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray foliage and web when web is first noticed.  Cut out webs and 
burn if practical.  Best if applied in late afternoon or early morning.  Use 
or repeat as needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Ash (cont)   Scale         ethion 2% in superior type oil      5-8 tbsp
                           superior oil                        5 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         2 tsp
                           malathion              57%EC        1 tsp
                           azinphosmethyl         50WP         2 tsp
                             GUTHION
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          2 tbsp
REMARKS:  Oil sprays should be applied as a dormant treatment in spring or 
fall.  Read label for cautions on limits of high and low temperatures at time 
of application.  Apply other materials when crawlers appear and repeat in 10 
days.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Birch        Aphid         acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       2 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           diazinon               50 WP        1 tbsp
                           fenthion BAYTEX        4EC          2 tsp
                           dimethoate CYGON       2EC          1 tsp
                           azinphosmethyl         50 WP        2 tsp
                             GUTHION
                           malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
                           Isotox                              2 tbsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      2EC          1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R2
REMARKS:  Treat foliage when aphids appear.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Scale         Same as listed under ash.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Birch        Leaf miner    dimethoate CYGON       2EC          1 tsp
(cont)                     malathion              57%EC        2 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Treat foliage when insects appear.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Boxelder     Boxelder      carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
             bug           diazinon               50 WP        1 tbsp
REMARKS:  Primarily a house pest during warm days in fall, winter, and spring.  
Spraying tree trunks and young insects when they appear and before home 
invasion reduces the nuisance.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL 
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________ 
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL 
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
Cedar        Bagworm       acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp 
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
                             DIPEL, THURICIDE                    directions
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50 WP        2 tbsp
                           fenthion BAYTEX        4EC          2 tsp
                           trichlorfon DYLOX      80%SP        2-3 oz
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray foliage in early June when bags are small.  Repeat in 10 days.  
Handpick older larvae.  Spray in late afternoon.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Mite          chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           cyhexatin PLICTRAN     50W          1/2-1 tsp
                           dimethoate CYGON       2EC          4 tsp
REMARKS:  Treat when mites appear.  Repeat at 7- to 10 day intervals if needed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Cherry       Eastern tent  carbaryl SEVIN         50 WP        2 tbsp
             caterpillar   malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
             and fall      chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
             webworm       trichlorfon DYLOX      80%SP        2-3 oz
                           Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
                             THURICIDE, DIPEL                    directions
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         2 tsp
REMARKS:  Spray as insects begin to appear.  Cut out webs if practical.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Dogwood      Dogwood       lindane                20%AI        3 tsp
             borer and     chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          4 tsp
             dogwood
             twig borer
REMARKS:  Keep trees healthy and protect from mechanical injury.  Spray trunks 
and bases of lower branches at 7- to 10-day intervals during May and early 
June.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             black         chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          2-4 tsp
             twig borer    carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
REMARKS:  Dursban - apply three times:  March 1, June 1, and September 1.  
Sevin - Every 3-4 wk from March 1 - September 1.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Elm          Aphid         acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       2 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           Isotox                              2 tbsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      2EC          1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R2
                           malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
                           endosulfan THIODAN     3EC          2 tsp
REMARKS: Spray when aphids are present.  Do not use Orthene on American elm.  
Do not use diazinon on Chinese elm.  Do not use Thiodan near the home or to 
treat birch.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Elm          Elm bark      chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          5 tbsp
(cont)       beetle        
REMARKS:  Apply as a dormant treatment in spring before leaves appear.  
Thoroughly cover bark on trunk, limbs, and twigs.  Apply when temperature is 
above 40 degrees F.  American and winged elms are susceptible to DED.  Chinese 
and Siberian elms are resistnt.  Sanitation:  Eliminate breeding sites such as 
broken branches, weak trees, and newly cut wood of all elms.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Elm leaf      carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
             beetle        Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                         R disulfoton DI-SYSTON   15G          2.5 oz/in trunk
                                                                 diameter
REMARKS:  Spray foliage when larvae first appear about the time leaves are 
fully expanded.  Repeat in 2 wk.  Di-Syston not for home garden use.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Elm          Fall          carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
(cont)       webworm       Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
                             THURICIDE, DIPEL                  directions
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         2 tsp
                           trichlorfon DYLOX      80%SP        2-3 oz
REMARKS:  Spray foliage and web when web is first noticed.  Do not use Orthene 
on American elm.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Scale         Same as listed under Ash.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Hawthorn     Aphid         malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           endosulfan THIODAN     2EC          2 tsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       2 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           Isotox                              2 tbsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      25%EC        1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R2
REMARKS:  Treat when aphids are present.  Repeat as needed.  Do not use Thiodan 
near the home or to treat birch.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Hawthorn     Lace bug      carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
(cont)                     malathion              57%EC        1 tsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                         R disulfoton DI-SYSTON   15G          2.5 oz/in trunk
                                                                 diameter
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Treat when small nymphs appear (May through September).  Repeat at 7- 
to 10-day intervals if needed.  Di-Syston not for home garden use.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Spider        cyhexatin PLICTRAN     50WP         1/2-1 tsp
             mite          diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Treat when mites are present.  Repeat at 7- to 10-day intervals if 
needed.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Hemlock      Bagworm       Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
                             DIPEL, THURICIDE                  directions
                           malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
REMARKS:  Spray in early June when bags are small.  Repeat in 10 days.  
Handpick older larvae.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Spider        demothoate CYGON       2EC          2 tsp
             mite          malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
                           cyhexatin PLICTRAN     50 WP        1/2-1 tsp
                           Isotox                              2 tbsp
REMARKS:  Treat when mites are present.  Repeat at 7- to 10-day intervals if 
needed.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Hickory      Twig          carbaryl SEVIN         50 WP        2 tbsp
             girdler
REMARKS:  Gather and destroy all severed branches in fall or winter.  One or 
two applications when adults are present, mid-Aug. to Sept.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Walnut        malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
             caterpillar   carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
REMARKS:  Treat when larvae are present (late June).  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Hickory      Eriophyid     carbaryl SEVIN         50 WP        2 tbsp
(cont)       mite
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Leaf stem     acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       2 tbsp 
             gall aphid    acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      2EC          1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R
REMARKS:  Apply in spring when new growth begins.  Repeat twice at 2-wk 
intervals.
_______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Hickory      Twig          carbaryl SEVIN         50 WP        2 tbsp
             girdler
REMARKS:  Gather and destroy all severed branches in fall or winter.  One or 
two applications when adults are present, mid-Aug. to Sept.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Walnut        malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
             caterpillar   carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
REMARKS:  Treat when larvae are present (late June).  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Hickory      Eriophyid     carbaryl SEVIN         50 WP        2 tbsp
(cont)       mite
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Leaf stem     acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       2 tbsp 
             gall aphid    acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      2EC          1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R
REMARKS:  Apply in spring when new growth begins.  Repeat twice at 2-wk 
intervals.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Holly        Southern      cyhexatin PLICTRAN     50WP         1/2-1 tsp
             red mite      chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray when mites are present.  Repeat at 7- to 10-day intervals if 
needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Leaf miner    acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      25%EC        1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R2
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
REMARKS:  Apply to leaves when new growth begins.  A common pest of American 
holly, sometimes occurring on English holly.
_______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Holly        Southern      cyhexatin PLICTRAN     50WP         1/2-1 tsp
             red mite      chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray when mites are present.  Repeat at 7- to 10-day intervals if 
needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Leaf miner    acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      25%EC        1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R2
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
REMARKS:  Apply to leaves when new growth begins.  A common pest of American 
holly, sometimes occurring on English holly.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Juniper      Bagworm       Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
                             DIPEL, THURICIDE                  directions
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           trichlorfon DYLOX      80%SP        2-3 oz
                           fenthion BAYTEX        4EC          2 tsp
                           dimethoate CYGON       2EC          4 tsp
                           malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
REMARKS:  Spray foliage in early June when bags are small.  Repeat in 10 days.  
Handpick older larvae.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Juniper      Spider        dimethoate CYGON       2EC          4 tsp
(cont)       mite          chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
                           cyhexatin PLICTRAN     50WP         1/2-1 tsp
                           fenthion BAYTEX        4EC          2 tsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      25%EC        1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R2
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray when mites are present.  Repeat at 7- to 10-day intervals if 
needed.  
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Locust       Locust        lindane                20%AI        2 tbsp
(black)      borer
REMARKS:  Spray tree trunks in early September.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Locust        lindane                20%AI        1 tsp
             leaf miner    malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
REMARKS:  Apply when foliage is developing.  Repeat in late June.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Locust       Mimosa        acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
(honey)      webworm       acephate ORTHENE       75SP         2 tsp
                           diazinon               25%EC        2 tsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          2 tsp
                           trichlorfon DYLOX      80%SP        2-3 oz.
REMARKS:  Apply as a foliar spray when adults first appear (early summer).  
Repeat twice at 4- to 5-week intervals.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Magnolia     Black twig    chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          2-4 tsp
             borer         carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         3/4 tbsp
REMARKS:  Dursban - Apply three times:  March 1, June 1, and September 1.  
Sevin - Every 3-4 wk from March 1 - September 1.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Maple        Aphid         acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       2 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           endosulfan THIODAN     3EC          2 tsp
                           Isotox                              2 tbsp
REMARKS:  Treat when aphids appear.  Repeat at 7- to 10-day intervals if 
needed.  Do not apply Orthene to sugar or red maple as foliage injury may 
occur.  MALATHION MAY INJURE SUGAR MAPLE.  Do not use Thiodan near the home or 
to treat birch.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Bladder       cyhexatin PLICTRAN     50WP         1/2-1 tsp
             gall mite
REMARKS:  Spray lower leaf surface when leaves are about 1/4 expanded.  Repeat 
in 10 days.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Maple        Tent          Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
(cont)       caterpillar     THURICIDE, DIPEL                  directions
                           malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50 WP        2 tbsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray when caterpillars are small.  Do not apply Orthene to sugar or 
red maple.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Maple        Aphid         acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       2 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           endosulfan THIODAN     3EC          2 tsp
                           Isotox                              2 tbsp
REMARKS:  Treat when aphids appear.  Repeat at 7- to 10-day intervals if 
needed.  Do not apply Orthene to sugar or red maple as foliage injury may 
occur.  MALATHION MAY INJURE SUGAR MAPLE.  Do not use Thiodan near the home or 
to treat birch.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Bladder       cyhexatin PLICTRAN     50WP         1/2-1 tsp
             gall mite
REMARKS:  Spray lower leaf surface when leaves are about 1/4 expanded.  Repeat 
in 10 days.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Maple        Tent          Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
(cont)       caterpillar     THURICIDE, DIPEL                  directions
                           malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50 WP        2 tbsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray when caterpillars are small.  Do not apply Orthene to sugar or 
red maple.
______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Mimosa       Mimosa        acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
             webworm       acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
                           trichlorfon DYLOX      80%SP        2-3 oz
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          2 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Apply as foliar spray when adults first appear (early summer).  
Repeat twice at 4- to 5-week intervals. 
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Oak          Aphid         oxydemeton-methyl      25%EC        1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R2
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           endosulfan THIODAN     3EC          2 tsp
                           Isotox                              2 tbsp
                           fenthion BAYTEX        4EC          2 tsp
                           malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       2 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
REMARKS:  Treat when aphids are present.  Repeat 7- to 10-day intervals if 
needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Oak          Cankerworm    Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
(cont)                       THURICIDE, DIPEL                    directions
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
                           diazinon               50WP         3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1-2 tsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray when insects begin to appear.  Use higher rate of Orthene 75SP
for larger larvae.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Oak          Fall          acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
(cont)       webworm       acephate ORTHENE       75SP         2 tsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50 WP        2 tbsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
                           Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
                             THURICIDE, DIPEL                    directions
                           trichlorfon DYLOX      80%SP        2-3 oz
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray foliage and web when web is first noticed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Gall wasp
Remarks:  Timing of insecticide applications to control gall wasps is very 
difficult.  Since most galls cause no serious tree damage and control is 
impractical, chemical control is not recommended.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Oak          Lace bug      acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
(cont)                     acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           malathion              57%EC        1 tsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Treat when small nymphs appear (May through Sept).  Repeat at 7- to 
10-day intervals if needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Orange-       chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
             striped       carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
             oakworm       acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Treat when insects appear (late August).  Repeat at 7- to 10-day 
intervals if needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Oak          Forest tent   malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
(cont)       caterpillar   methoxychlor           25%EC        4-6 tsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         3 tbsp
                           Bacillus thuringiensis              Follow label
                             DIPEL, THURICIDE                    directions
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
REMARKS:  Spray when webs are first seen.  Repeat at 7- to 10-day intervals if 
needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Tussock       acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
             moth, white-
             marked
REMARKS:  Spray when insects appear.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Nantucket     acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
             pine tip      acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tbsp
             moth          azinphosmethyl         50WP         1 tbsp
                             GUTHION
                           dimethoate CYGON       2EC          4 tsp
                           fenvalerate PYDRIN     2.4EC        1/3-2/3 tsp
                           trichlorfon DYLOX      80%SP        2-3 oz
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           diflubenzuron          25W          Follow label
                             DIMILIN                             directions
REMARKS:  Spray application must coincide with most susceptible stage of each 
tip moth generation, the first and second larval instars.  Moth emergence may 
be determined by using pheromone traps.  After emergence, degree-days may be 
calculated using maximum and minimum daily temperatures to determine the 
optimum spray date.  Approximate dates of adult moth emergence are listed 
below.  Contact your county Extension agent for more information on calculating 
degree-days. 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Nantucket pine tip moth (cont)

ADULT EMERGENCE DATES FOR NANTUCKET PINE TIP MOTH WILL BE APPROXIMATELY:  

PIEDMONT - March 1, June 1, August 10.  

SANDHILL - Late February, late May, August 1.  

LOWCOUNTRY - 3rd week February, May 8, June 10, August 15.  

Weather conditions may change emergence 5 to 7 days before or after these 
dates.  NOTE:  Moth emergence indicates the time to begin calculating degree-
days, not the spray date.

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Nantucket   R carbofuran FURADAN     15%G         See below
(cont)       pine tip
             moth (cont)
REMARKS:  Young Southern Pine Plantations - Apply 3.33-4.66 oz of Furadan 15G 
(depending on soil type) for each 1 in of basal diameter in early spring.  
Apply to the soil under the drip-line and incorporate with a suitable device.
Pines Planted for Christmas Trees - Make two applications/yr, one in early 
spring (before emergence of first generation of moths) and one in midsummer, 
using the rates shown for each application.  Apply to the soil under the drip-
line and incorporate with a suitable device.

           Age of Tree                Amount/Application
           First year                 3-1/3 grams (1/3 tsp)
           Second year                6-2/3 grams (2/3 tsp)
           Third year                 10 grams (1 tsp)
           Fourth year                13-1/3 grams (1-1/3 tsp)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Pales       R carbofuran FURADAN     4F           See below
(cont)       weevil;                                          
             pitch-                                           
             eating                                           
             weevil (cont)                                  
REMARKS:  Apply a 1% (w/w) active slurry to pine seedling roots before 
transplanting.  Treat seedlings by dipping roots or by any other suitable 
means.  Keep roots moist until transplanted.  To prepare slurry:  Add 1/6 oz 
(2-1/2 tbsp) carbofuran 40.64% (Furadan 4F) to 1/2 gal water.  Mix thoroughly.  
Add 2 lb pulverized kaolin clay (pH 4.5) to this suspension.  Mix thoroughly.  
Will treat 150 to 200 seedlings.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted. 
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Pales       R carbofuran FURADAN     15%G         10 g (1 tsp)/
(cont)       weevil;                                           seedling at
             pitch-                                            transplanting
             eating                                           
             weevil                                          
             (cont)        chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   4EC          5-1/3 oz
REMARKS:  Furadan 15%G - Distribute granules in 6-in radius on the soil around 
each seedling.  Cover the granules with soil.  Do not use at planting if 
seedlings were treated with carbofuran slurry root dip.  Dursban - Spray 
foliage and stems of seedlings to the point of runoff immediately after 
transplanting.  Do not use more than 6 gal spray/ac. 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Pales       phosmet IMIDAN           50WP         3-1/2 lb in 5 
(cont)       weevil;                                           gal water should
             pitch-                                            treat 10,000
             eating                                            seedlings.  
             weevil                                            Agitate fre-
             (cont)                                            quently.  Make
                                                               fresh batch 
                                                               each day.
REMARKS:  Apply as a 4% top dip, dipping down to and including the root collar.
Avoid root coverage.  Swish tops of loose bundles in solution for 10-15 
seconds, drain and allow to dry before planting.  Slight needle burn and first 
year growth reduction may occur on loblolly pine.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Deodar        chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   4EC          5-1/3 oz
(cont)       weevil
REMARKS:  In Virginia pine Christmas tree plantations, remove dead or dying 
seedlings with weevils.  Spray surrounding seedlings to point of runoff in 
early April and in September.  Do not spray within two weeks of spraying Bravo.
Do not use more than 6 gal spray/ac. 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
             pine bark     dimethoate CYGON       2EC          4 tsp
             aphid         malathion              57%EC        1.5 tsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           lindane                20%AI        1 tsp
                           endosulfan THIODAN     3EC          2 tsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      25%EC        1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R2
                           Isotox                              2 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray when aphids appear.  Repeat application as necessary.  Do not 
use Thiodan near the home or to treat birch.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Pine          oxydemeton-methyl      25%EC        2 tsp
(cont)       needle          METASYSTOX-R2
             scale         acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         2 tsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          4 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           malathion              57%EC        4 tsp
REMARKS:  Spray foliage from midspring to summer when crawlers are present.  
Repeat application in 7 to 14 days if necessary.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Pine          acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
             sawfly        Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
REMARKS:  Apply when insects or their damage appear.  Repeat weekly or as 
needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Pine          acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
(cont)       tortoise      acephate ORTHENE       75SP         2 tsp
             scale         dimethoate CYGON       2EC          4 tsp
REMARKS:  Spray must be applied when crawlers are present, approximately the 
middle of April, June, and August.  Spray for each generation when crawlers 
first appear and repeat in 2 wk.  Tag trees known to have scale to check for 
crawlers.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Pine
             webworm
Remarks:  Generally chemical control is not necessary.  Removing webs by hand 
gives sufficient control.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Loblolly      diazinon 4EC or AG500 - 1/2 pt/ac
(cont)       pine          dimethoate CYGON 2.67EC - 0.38-0.75 pt/ac in 2 gal
             sawfly                                   water
                           carbaryl SEVIN 50WP                 2 tbsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
REMARKS:  Application should be made at or near completion of egg hatch.  
Aerial application should be made with minimum of 2 gal spray/ac in swaths not 
more than 90 ft wide.  Repeat as needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         Southern      chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   4EC          2-2/3 oz
(cont)       pine beetle;  lindane                20%AI        6 tbsp
             pine 
             engraver
             (Ips) beetle
REMARKS:  Keep pine stand vigorous.  Promptly remove infested trees or salvage 
for sawtimber or pulpwood.  High value trees can be protected by applying a 
medium spray to the entire trunk until the bark is wet.  Respray in 30-60 days 
as needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Turpentine    lindane                20%AI        6 tbsp
             beetle
REMARKS:  Keep trees vigorous.  Avoid excessive grading and filling.  Prevent 
or control infestation by spraying lower 10 ft of trunk, exposed roots, and 
fresh stumps until runoff.  
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine         White pine    oxydemeton-methyl      25%EC        1-1.5 tsp
(cont)       aphid           METASYSTOX-R2
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       2 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
                           lindane                20%AI        1-1/2 tsp
                           endosulfan THIODAN     3EC          2 tsp
                           Isotox                              2 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray when aphids are present.  Repeat as needed.  Do not use Thiodan 
near the home or to treat birch.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             White pine    lindane                20%AI        3 tsp
             weevil
REMARKS:  Apply when buds begin to swell in the spring.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Spruce       Bagworm       Bacillus thuringiensis              1-2 tsp
                             DIPEL, THURICIDE
                           chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
                           fenthion BAYTEX        4EC          2 tsp
                           malathion              57%EC        2 tsp
                           carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
                           trichlorfon DYLOX      80%SP        1.5 tbsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         2 tsp
REMARKS:  Repeat as needed.  Best to spray in early morning or late afternoon.  
Spray foliage in early June when bags are small.  Repeat in 10 days.  Handpick 
older larvae.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Spruce       Mite          chlorpyrifos DURSBAN   2EC          1 tsp
(cont)                     cyhexatin PLICTRAN     50W          1/2-1 tsp
                           oxydemeton-methyl      25%EC        1-1.5 tsp
                             METASYSTOX-R2
REMARKS:  Treat when mites are present.  Repeat at 7- to 10-day intervals as 
necessary.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Sycamore     Lace bug      carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
                           malathion              57%EC        1 tsp
                           Isotox                              3 tbsp
                         R disulfoton DI-SYSTON   15G          2.5 oz/in trunk
                                                                 diameter
                           acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         1 tsp
REMARKS:  Treat when present.  Repeat weekly as needed.  Di-Syston not for home 
garden use.
_______________________________________________________________________________
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
-DOC-
______________________________________________________________________________
HOST         PEST          PESTICIDE                           FORMULATION/GAL
_______________________________________________________________________________
Yellow       Tulip tree    carbaryl SEVIN         50WP         2 tbsp
Poplar       scale         acephate ORTHENE       9.4%EC       3 tbsp
                           acephate ORTHENE       75SP         2 tsp
                           diazinon               50WP         1 tbsp
                           ethion 2% in superior type oil      5-8 tbsp
                           superior oil                        8 tbsp
REMARKS:  Spray when crawlers are present in July or August.  Repeat in 10 days 
if necessary.  Oil spray should be applied as a dormant treatment in spring or 
fall.  Read label for cautions on limits of high and low temperatures at time 
of application.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FOREST, SHADE, CHRISTMAS TREE DISEASE CONTROL                 
-DOC-
                 FOREST, SHADE, CHRISTMAS TREE DISEASE CONTROL
                         D. L. Ham, Extension Forester
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE        
_______________________________________________________________________________
Arizona cypress    Blight          benomyl 50% WP       1 lb/100 gal water or
                     Phomopsis       BENLATE            1 tbsp/gal water
                     Cercospora

REMARKS:  Plant only disease-free seedlings.  Remove trees that do not respond 
to treatment.  Apply chemical at 10- to 14-day intervals during the infection 
period.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE        
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE        
_______________________________________________________________________________
Dogwood            Anthracnose     maneb 80% WP         1.5 lb/100 gal water or
                                     DITHANE M-22       1.5 tbsp/gal water
                                     SPECIAL

REMARKS:  Apply first when flowers begin to open, second at petal fall, third 
at midsummer, and fourth after flower buds are formed.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE        
-DOC-
____________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE        
_______________________________________________________________________________
Elm                Dutch elm       None
                   disease

REMARKS:  Community-wide sanitation and bark beetle control programs are 
essential (see insect control section).  Cut dead and infected trees promptly 
and remove the bark.  Plant resistant species such as Siberian elm (Ulmus 
pumila) and Chinese elm (Ulmus parvifolia).  Benomyl has been used with limited 
success in treating Dutch elm disease.  This use is strictly a supplement to 
sanitation and insect control programs and is not presently recommended in 
South Carolina. 
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Mimosa             Wilt            None

REMARKS:  Plant will-resistant varieties Tryon or Charlotte.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Oak                Armillaria      None
                   root rot

REMARKS:  Maintaining a vigorously growing tree through proper cultural 
practices, including fertilization, will help prevent tree decline by 
Armillaria mellea.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oak (cont)         Wilt            None

REMARKS:  Trees known to have oak wilt should be cut,the stumps killed, and 
wood destroyed.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine               Brown spot      chlorothalonil       3.5 pt/100 gal water in
                   needle blight     DACONIL 2787       high pressure hydraulic
                                     F-500              spray equipment 
                                                        8.5 pt/100 gal water in 
                                                        high pressure mist
                                       or               blower
                                   maneb 37% + zinc     1.2 qt/100 gal water
                                     DITHANE FZ         plus 4 oz spreader-
                                                        sticker.
REMARKS:  With Daconil, begin when new needles are approximately 1/2 their 
full-grown length.  If rainfall is heavy, apply two additional sprays at 3-wk 
intervals.  With Dithane FZ, begin in early spring before infection occurs.  
Repeat after heavy rains and at 2-wk intervals as needed.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine (cont)        Fomes annosus   sodium tetraborate   1 lb/50 sq ft of stump
                   root and butt     GRANULAR BORAX     surface
                   rot

REMARKS:  Sprinkle material on freshly cut stumps in an effort to prevent or 
reduce new infections.  Treatment is not recommended in stands already 
infected.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine (cont)        Fusiform rust   triadimefon 50%WP    4 to 16 oz/ac in a 
                                     BAYLETON           minimum of 20 gal 
                                                        water/ac by air 
                                                        application
                                   ferbam 76%WP         2lb/100 gal water

REMARKS:  Begin application to pine seedling before infection period; repeat as 
necessary at 2- 3-wk intervals.  Use low or high rate depending on disease 
incidence.  A maximum of four applications of 16 oz/ac/season may be made.  
Apply at 3- to 7-day intervals as needed, beginning when needles emerge.  
CHEMICAL CONTROL IS PRACTICAL ONLY ON NURSERY TREES.  For shade trees, prune 
branches with galls less than 2 ft from the stem. Never plant seedlings with 
galls.  In forest situations, consider removing trees with stem galls.  STAND 
SHOULD NOT BE OVERTHINNED TO REMOVAL ALL INFECTED TREES.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
pine (cont)        Littleleaf      None

REMARKS:  Loblolly is less susceptible than shortleaf pine and should be used 
for regeneration in areas where littleaf is present.  Shade trees can be 
improved by application of fertilizers high in nitrogen content (1 to 2 lb of 
5-10-5 and 1/2 to 1 lb ammonium sulfate/100 sq ft under affected trees).
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine (cont)        Needlecast      chlorothalonil       3.5 pt/100 gal water in 
                   Lophodermium      DACONIL 2787       high pressure hydraulic
                                     F-500              spray equipment
                                                        8.5 pt/100 gal water in
                                                        high pressure mist
                                                        blower
                                   maneb 37% + zinc     1.2 qt/100 gal water 
                                     DITHANE FZ         plus 4 oz spreader-
                                                        sticker

REMARKS:  Browning of 1/2 to 2/3 of tip end of older needles and premature 
shedding.  Controls usually not necessary or practical except for Christmas 
trees, nurseries, and certain other high value plantings.  Begin application in 
mid-May and repeat at 2-wk intervals through mid-September.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine (cont)        Needle rust     None

REMARKS:  Numerous small yellow blisters appear on needles in spring or early 
summer.  Controls usually not necessary or practical.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Pitch canker    None

REMARKS:  Remove infected trees.  If branches are infected 10 in or more from 
main stem, removal and destruction of branches may be worthwhile on shade 
trees.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Pine (cont)        Southern cone   ferbam 76%WP         2 lb/100 gal water plus
                   rust in slash                        4 to 8 oz spreader-
                   pine                                 sticker
REMARKS:  Begin at time of flowering when strobili are emerging from bud 
scales.  Repeat at 5-day intervals until conelet stage.  Direct spray at 
flower-bearing portions of tree crown.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Red cedar          Twig blight     benomyl 50%WP        1 lb/100 gal water or
                                     BENLATE            1 tbsp/gal water

REMARKS:  Plant only disease-free seedlings.  Apply chemicals at 10- to 14-day 
intervals throughout growing season.  Spray thoroughly including undersides of 
leaves.
_______________________________________________________________________________

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
-DOC-
_______________________________________________________________________________
HOST               DISEASE         PESTICIDE            RATE
_______________________________________________________________________________
Willow             Crown gall      None

REMARKS:  Warty swellings on roots, stems, and trunk retard growth and affected 
roots and stems may die.  Do not plant susceptible stock in soil known to be 
infested with the crown gall bacterium.
_______________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POSTEMERGENCE HERBICIDES FOR CONTROL OF BROADLEAF WEEDS            
-DOC-
            POSTEMERGENCE HERBICIDES FOR CONTROL OF BROADLEAF WEEDS
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist

ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, fescue, bermuda, zoysia, carpetgrass, 
centipede, St. Augustine.
 
CHEMICAL:  2,4-D amine
 
RATE:  2 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
2,4-D                4 lb ai/gal                LINE RIDER LV-4D   4 lb ai/gal
CROP GUARD           20% granular               PENNAMINE-D        4 lb/gal
DACAMINE                                        WEED-AG
EMULSAMINE E-3       3 lb/gal                   WEEDAR 64          4 lb/gal
FIELD CLEAN                                     WEEDONE 638        3 lb/gal
FORMULA 40           59.7% solution             CHIPCO TURF        4 lb ai/gal
INSTEMULDA-120                                    HERBICIDE "C"
LIQUID WEEDAWAY
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Common broadleaf weeds, dandelion, dock, plantain, 
buttercup, cranesbill, mustard, carpet weed, wild garlic, wild onion, 
ponyfoot, shepherdspurse, wild carrot, evening primrose, Carolina geranium, 
prickly lettuce, black medic, morningglory, nettle, pennywort, pigweeds, rag 
weeds, vetch, willow.
 
REMARKS:  Apply when weeds are actively growing.  Best results will be 
obtained when weeds are young and tender.  Apply 1/2 rate on centipede, 
carpetgrass, and St. Augustine.  Repeat application 3 wk later if needed.  Do 
not spray in temperatures above 80 degrees F.  Midday temperatures should 
exceed 60 degrees F for good results.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, fescue, bermuda, zoysia, carpetgrass, 
centipede, St. Augustine, bentgrass greens and fairways.
 
CHEMICAL:  mecoprop
 
RATE:  1.25 to 1.875 ai/ac, 1.5 to 2.5 fl oz/1,000 sq ft
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
MCPP                 2.0 lb ai/gal              LESCOPEX           2.5 lb
MECOPEX              2.5 lb ai/gal                                 ai/gal
VI-PEX               2.5 lb ai/gal              ORTHO CHICKWEED
WEED-BE-GON FOR      11.65% solution              & CLOVER
  SOUTHERN GRASSES                                CONTROL
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Hard-to-kill broadleaf weeds.  Chickweeds, black medic, 
ground ivy, henbit, prostrate spurge, white clover, speedwell, Florida betony, 
wild geranium, cudweed, Florida pusley, knotweed, dichondra, purslane, 
dandelion, plantain, shepherdspurse, mustard, pigweed, ragweed, 
lambsquarters, morningglory, yarrow. 
 
REMARKS:  Same as 2,4-D amine.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, fescue, bermuda, zoysia, carpetgrass, 
centipede, St. Augustine.
 
CHEMICAL:  dicamba
 
RATE:  0.5 to 1 lb ai/ac, 0.66 to 1 tbsp/1,000 sq ft
 
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
BANVEL-D             4 lb ai/gal                PROTURF K-O-G      0.70%
DICAMBA              4 lb ai/gal                  WEED CONTROL     granular
                                                BANVEL 4S          4 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Dock, knotweed, prostrate spurge, ground ivy, white clover, 
sheep sorrel, wild strawberry, chickweed, black medic, bur clover, parsley 
piert, oxalis.
 
REMARKS:  Same as 2,4-D amine.  Avoid use close to trees and shrubs.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, fescue, bermuda, zoysia, carpetgrass, 
centipede, St. Augustine.
 
CHEMICAL:  2,4-D and dichlorprop (2,4-DP)
 
RATE:  3 to 4 pt/ac (1 to 1.5 ounces/1000 sq ft)
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
LESCO WEEDONE  DPC   1.85 lb ai +               WEEDONE DPC        1.85 lb ai 
                     1.85 lb ai/gal                                  + 1.85 lb
                                                                     ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Bindweed, black medic, brambles, buckhorn plantain, bull 
thistle, burdock, buttercups, Carolina geranium, chickweeds (common & mouse
ear), chicory, clovers, cocklebur, cudweed, dandelion, dock, evening primrose, 
false dandelion, fleabane, Florida pusley, Frenchweed, ground ivy, hawkweed, 
healall, henbit, honeysuckle, jimsonweed, knotweed, kochia, kudzu, 
lambsquarters, little starwort, mallow morningglory, mustards, oxalis (yellow 
woodsorrel), pennywort, peppergrass, pigweed, plantains (narrow or buckhorn, 
broadleaf), poison ivy, poison oak, poorjoe, poverty weed, purslane, ragweed, 
sheep sorrel, shepherdspurse, smartweeds, soliva, speedwell (annual), spurge, 
sumac, vervain, vetch, violet, wild aster, wild blackberry, wild carrot, wild 
garlic, wild geranium, wild lettuce, wild onion, wild radish, wild raspberry, 
yarrow, Canada thistle, sowthistle. 
 
REMARKS:  Do not use on bentgrass greens or tees.  Not effective on perennial 
veronicas or weed grasses.  Somewhat resistant weeds such as oxalis (yellow 
wood-sorrel), bindweed, and yarrow should be retreated whenever new growth 
appears.  Control of difficult weeds such as sheep (red) sorrel, soliva, and 
violets may be only partial.  On turf to be overseeded in fall, treatment 
should be scheduled for at least 4 wk before seeding date.  A good rain (1/4 
in or more) or deep watering should occur during this period.  Treat fall-
seeded turf the following spring.  Spring-seeded turf may be treated after 
grasses have sprouted and been cut at least twice, generally 6-10 wk after 
seeding, depending on germination and growth rate.  Avoid treatment when turf 
is stressed from drought or high summer temperatures (above 90 degrees F). 
 
Treatment at the above rate may injure bentgrass, St. Augustine, centipede, 
carpetgrass, and newly seeded turf.  For weed control in these grasses use 
half the above rate (1.5 to 2 pints per ac) and repeat at half rate 2 to 3 
weeks later.
______________________________________________________________________________
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, fescue, bermuda, zoysia, carpetgrass, 
centipede, St. Augustine.
 
CHEMICAL:  dicamba + 2,4-D
 
RATE:  0.25 lb + 1 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
PROTURF BROAD        2.78 + 2.78%               TURF BUILDER + 4   0.45 +
  SPECTRUM           granular                                      1.37%
  WEEDICIDE                                                        granular
WEEDMASTER                                      PROTURF FERT. +
LAWN PRO             2.95% granular               DICOT WEED
LAWN WEED                                         CONTROL
  CONTROL                                       LESCO DICAMBA +    0.23 lb +
BANVEL + 2,4-D       1.5 lb + 30                  2,4-D AMINE      0.92 lb
                     lb ai/gal                                     ai/gal
PLUS 2, SPOT
  WEEDER                                        SECURITY SUPER D   1.4% +     
                                                  II WEEDONE       13.8%
WEEDS CONTROLLED: Mixed weed populations including wild violets, chickweed, 
clovers, ground ivy, henbit, speedwell, parsley piert, lespedeza, mugwort, and 
many others.
 
REMARKS:  Several commercial formulations are available.  Follow directions on 
labels for proper application rates.  Repeat as needed for control.  Use lower 
rates on centipede and St. Augustine lawns.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, fescue, bermuda, zoysia, carpetgrass, 
centipede, St. Augustine.
 
CHEMICAL:  mecoprop (MCPP) + 2,4-D
 
RATE:  1 + 1 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
TURF BUILDER + 2     0.6% + 0.6% granular       PROTURF BROAD
                                                  SPECTRUM
CHIPCO TURF KLEEN    l lb + 0.96 lb/gal           WEEDICIDE II
                                                SUPER TURF         0.55% +
                                                  BUILDER + 2      0.55%
MECOPAR                                                            granular
VI-PAR                                          
VERTAGARD MCPP/2,4-D                            WEEDPICKER         0.25 lb +
                                                                   0.25 lb
EWT PLUS                                                           ai/gal
PROTURF FERT. +      1.37% + 1.37%              LESCOPAR           2 lb + 1 lb
  DICOT WEED CONTROL    granular                                   ai/gal
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
 
                                                ORTHO WEED &
                                                  FEED
                                                ORTHO WEED-B-
                                                  GON LAWN
                                                  WEED KILLER M
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Mixed broadleaf weeds including black medic, chickweed, 
clovers, knawel, knotweed, lespedeza, spurge, ground ivy, mallow, purlane, red 
sorrel, speedwell, yarrow, and many other hard-to-control lawn weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Same as dicamba + 2,4-D
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, fescue, bermuda, zoysia, carpetgrass, 
centipede, St. Augustine.
 
CHEMICAL 2,4-D + MCPP + dicamba
 
RATE: See labels.
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
TREXSAN              All liquids, see           LESCO THREE
TRIMEC               labels for                   WAY SELECTIVE
WIPE-OUT             percent                      HERBICIDE
  BROADLEAF WEED                                ORTHO CHICKWEED
  KILLER                                          SPURGE &
33 PLUS LAWN                                      OXALIS KILLER D
  WEED KILLER                                   WEED & FEED W/
SECURITY DANDELION &                              TRIMEC granular 25-4-6
  BROADLEAF SPOT WEEDED 
  (TRIMEC)
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Bedstraw, black medic, buckhorn, burdock, chickory, 
chickweed, clover, dandelion, dock, ground ivy, heal all, henbit, knotweed, 
lambsquarters, lespedeza, mallow, morning glory, pepperweed, pigweed, 
plantains, poison ivy, poison oak, purslane, ragweed, sheep sorrel, 
sheperdspurse, speedwell, spurge, wild carrot, wild garlic wild lettuce, wild 
onion, Florida betony, yarrow, bull thistle, buttercup, cocklehur, galinsoga, 
hawkweed, mustard, oxalis, tansy mustard, thistle, velvet leaf, and many other 
broadleaf weeds. 
 
REMARKS:  Follow directions on labels for proper application rates.  Repeat as 
needed for control.  Use lower rates on centipede and St. Augustine lawns.  
Maximum kill of weeds will be obtained from spring or early fall applications 
when weeds are actively growing.  Avoid spraying during long, excessively dry 
or hot periods unless adequate irrigation is available.  Do not irrigate 
within 24 hr after application.  Do not apply to newly seeded turf until after 
second or third mowing.  Grass seed can be safely sown 3-4 wk after 
application at recommended rates.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bentgrass
 
CHEMICAL:  2,4-D + MCPP + dicamba
 
RATE:  See labels
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
TRIMEC               Liquid                     TREXSAN BENT
  BENTGRASS
  FORMULA
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Bedstraw, black medic, buckhorn, burdock, chicory, 
chickweed, clover, dandelion, dock, ground ivy, heal-all, henbit, knotweed, 
lambsquarter, lespedeza, mallow, morning glory, oxalis, peppergrass, pigweed, 
plantains, poison ivy, poison oak, purslane, ragweed, sheep sorrel, shepherds- 
purse, speedwell, spurge, wild carrot, wild garlic, wild lettuce, wild onion, 
yarrow. 
REMARKS:  If hardy weeds persist, make second application after 3 wk.  Maximum 
weed kill will be obtained from spring or early fall applications when weeds 
are actively growing.  Avoid applying during long, excessively dry or hot 
periods unless adequate irrigation is available.  If applied when soil is 
quite warm, use reduced rates to reduce potential injury.  Do not irrigate 
within 24 hr of application.  Do not apply to newly seeded turf until after 
second or third mowing.  Seed can be safely sown 3-4 wk after application at 
recommended rate.  If dandelions persist as special problem, spot treatment 
with single nozzle hand sprayer is recommended.  Do not overdose bentgrass.  
In closely mowed bentgrass (putting and bowling greens), apply Bentgrass 
Formula at maximum rate of 1 fluid oz/1,000 sq ft, preferably in May or 
through Sept.  Any yellowing will disappear after about 1 wk.  For hard-to-
kill summer weeds, use 6 pt/ac.  Do not apply this rate to bentgrass, 
centipede, or St. Augustine grass.  Note:  Take care to avoid overdosing 
bentgrass or injury may result.  Large volumes of spray water will aid in 
uniform spray coverage.
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrasses
 
CHEMICAL:  chlorpropham (CIPC)
 
RATE:  1 lb ai/ac (liquid & granular)
_____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME            FORMULATION             TRADE NAME          FORMULATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
SPROUT NIP                                      FURLOE

WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Chickweed
 
REMARKS:  Apply before March 1.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, fescue, zoysia, bermuda
 
CHEMICAL:  2,4-D amine
 
RATE:  2 to 3 lb ai/ac, 6 tbsp/1000 sq ft
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME          FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
2,4 -D AMINE         4 lb ai/gal                DACAMINE
WEEDONE 638                                     WEEDAR 64
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Wild onion, wild garlic.
 
REMARKS:  Begin application in Oct.-Nov. and repeat in late Feb./Mar.  Use a 
wetting agent.  Repeat treatment for 2 yr.  Apply only to bluegrass, fescue, 
zoysia, and bermuda.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Centipede, St. Augustine, carpetgrass
 
CHEMICAL 2,4-D amine
 
RATE:  1 tsp of 1% 2,4-D, clump from pressurized container
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
2,4-D AMINE          liquid
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Wild onion, wild garlic.
 
REMARKS:  Apply Dec.-Apr.  Use where clumps are widely scattered.  This will 
kill grass in treated area.  Grass will recover during following growing 
season.  Use with wetting agent.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass (Parks, athletic fields, golf course 
fairways, cemeteries, and sod farms) with a mowing height of 1/2 inch or 
greater.
 
CHEMICAL:  metribuzin
 
RATE:  Dormant turf:  0.5 lb ai/ac
_____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
SENCOR               75%
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  DORMANT TURF:  Alkali mallow, bedstraw, Carolina geranium, 
carpetweed, common chickweed, corn speedwell, henbit, hop clover, spotted bur 
clover, white clover, London rocket, nettleleaf goosefoot, parsley piert, 
prostrate knotweed, shepardspurse, small flowered buttercup, spotted spurge, 
spurweed, wild mustard.
REMARKS:  DORMANT TURF:  Apply correct rate in 40 gal water/ac as a uniform 
broadcast spray prior to green up of turf.  Make no more than 1 application on 
dormant turf per season.  Avoid spray overlaps that will increase rates above 
those recommended.  Do not use on greens, tees, aprons, or other closely mowed 
turf.  Do not apply within the root zone of desirable trees, shrubs, and 
ornamentals.  Delay mowing treated areas at least 3 days for maximum weed 
control.  For best results delay mowing until after rainfall or irrigation.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, St. Augustine, Kentucky bluegrass, fescue, 
annual ryegrass, perennial ryegrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil
 
RATE:  0.375-0.5 lb ai/ac (1.5-2 pt/ac)
_____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
BUCTRIL              2 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  SUSCEPTIBLE IN SEEDLING STAGE:  annual sowthistle, blue
mustard, common tarweed, corn granwell, fiddleneck, field pennycress, green 
smartweeds, pepperweed, shepherdspurse, silverleaf nightshade, tartary 
buckwheat, volunteer sunflower, and wild buckwheat.  LESS SUSCEPTIBLE 
BROADLEAF WEEDS:  common groundsel, corn chamomile, cow cockle, henbit, 
mayweed, prostrate knotweed, redroot pigweed, Russian thistle, tumble mustard, 
wild mustard, wild radish.
REMARKS: Do not use on bentgrass putting greens.  Apply Buctril to actively 
growing, seedling broadleaf weeds.  This is a contact postemergence herbicide.  
Weeds must be thoroughly covered with spray for effective control.  Buctril 
can be tank mixed with MCPP, dicamba, and/or 2,4-D for broader spectrum of 
broadleaf weed control.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, St. Augustine, Kentucky bluegrass, fescue, 
annual ryegrass, perennial ryegrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil
 
RATE:  1 lb ai/ac (4 pt/ac)
____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
BUCTRIL              2 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  As previously listed plus spurweed, yellow woodsorrel.
 
REMARKS:  See previous remarks for bromoxynil.  A second application 2 wk 
after initial treatment may be needed for complete control of established 
yellow woodsorrel. 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, St. Augustine, Kentucky bluegrass, fescue, 
annual ryegrass, perennial ryegrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil
 
RATE:  2 lb ai/ac
____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
____________________________________________________________________________
BUCTRIL              2 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  As previously listed plus prostrate spurge.
 
REMARKS:  See previous remarks for bromoxynil.  A second application 2 wk 
after initial treatment may be needed for complete control of established 
prostrate spurge or yellow woodsorrel. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Kentucky bluegrass, fine fescues, creeping bentgrass 
(except bentgrass greens and tees), perennial ryegrass, bermudagrass, fescue, 
St. Augustine, centipedegrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil
 
RATE:  0.375 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________            
BROMINAL             4 lb/ai gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Controls annual broadleaf weeds in newly seeded and 
established grasses.  WEEDS MOST SUSCEPTIBLE IN SEEDLING STAGE (use of 0.25 lb 
ai/gal ac):  Black mustard, Bristly star bur, cocklebur, field pennycress, 
fanweed, green smartweed, kochia, lambsquarters, London rocket, morningglory 
(annual), nettleleaf goosefoot, nightshade, parthenium ragweed, shepherd's 
purse, silver leaf nightshade, sowthistle (annual), sunflower, treacle 
mustard, tumble (Jim Hill) mustard, velvetleaf, wild buckwheat, wild radish.
SUSCEPTIBLE WEEDS (use 0.375 lb ai/ac):  Blue (purple) mustard, bullthistle, 
corn chamomile, corn gromwell, cow cockle, dyers woad, fiddleneck, fivehooked 
bassia, jimsonweed, knawel (German moss), mare's-tail, nodding thistle, 
Pennsylvania smartweed, popcorn flower, prickly (Chinese) lettuce, puncture 
vine, red maids, rockpurslane, Russian thistle, smallseeded false flax, 
southern giant curl mustard, tartary buckwheat, tarweed, wild mustard, winter 
vetch, yellow rocket, yellow star thistle.
 
LESS SUSCEPTIBLE WEEDS - (use 0.5 lb ai/ac): bur buttercup, dog fennel 
(mayweed), fumitory, groundsel, henbit, miners lettuce, pepperweed, pigweed, 
prickly (Chinese) lettuce, tansy, mustard.  Use 1 lb ai/ac for:  Seedling 
spurweed (Soliva sp.), yellow woodsorrell (Oxalis sp.), black medic, bur 
clover, spiny fruited crowfoot, hop clover.  Use 2 lb ai/ac for:  Seedling 
prostrate spurge.
REMARKS:  May be used on newly sprigged bermudagrass, centipedegrass, or St. 
Augustine.  Do not use on bentgrass putting greens or tees.  Seedling weeds 
must be actively growing.  Good coverage is essential for effective control of 
weeds.  Temporary turfgrass discoloration may occur, particularly if excessive 
overlapping of spray solution occurs or if applied at 85 degrees or above.  
This will usually disappear following two mowings, leaving no permanent 
damage. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Established turf except bentgrass, St. Augustine, 
centipede, and carpet.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil + dichlorprop (2,4-D + 2,4-DP) tank mix
 
RATE:  1 to 2 pts + 3 to 4 pts/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
ME 4 BROMINAL +      4 lb ai/gal +
  WEEDONE DPC          1.85 + 1.85 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Weeds in list under bromoxynil above plus the following:  
actively growing dandelion, plantain, ground ivy, red & white clover, hop 
clover, bur clover, prostrate spurge, knotweed, and oxalis.
 
REMARKS:  For established bentgrass (except bentgrass greens & tees), St. 
Augustine, and centipedegrass use 1 pt bromoxynil + 1.5 to 2 pts dichlorprop 
(2,4-D + 2,4-DP)/ac.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Established turf except bentgrass, St. Augustine, and 
centipedegrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil + 2,4-D amine or 2,4-D ester tank mix
 
RATE:  1 pt + 2 to 4 pts
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
ME 4 BROMINAL +      4 lb ai/gal
  WEEDAR 64            3.8 lb ai/gal
  (2,4-D amine) or
  WEEDONE LV4          4 lb ai/gal
  (2,4-D ester)
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Weeds in list under bromoxynil above plus the following:  
seedling and established weeds such as ragweed, dandelion, plantain, wild 
garlic or wild onion.  Treat wild garlic or wild onion for 3 successive 
seasons (example: spring, fall, spring).  Use the 2 pt rate on annual 
broadleaf weeds and 3 to 4 pts on perennial and biennial broadleaf weeds.  Use 
ester formulation for best control of wild garlic and wild onion.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Established turf except bentgrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil + dicamba tank mix
 
RATE:  1 to 2 pts + 0.2 to 0.5 pts                                                                             
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
ME 4 BROMINAL +      4 lb ai/gal +
  BANVEL               4 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Weeds in list under bromoxynil above plus the following:  
seedling weeds such as knotweed, chickweed, red clover, and white clover.
 
REMARKS:  Use high rates for control of yellow woodsorrel and prostrate 
spurge.  Repeat treatments may be made.  Do not exceed 1 lb ai/ac Banvel per 
growing season.
 
Banvel in excess of 0.5 lb ai/ac may cause noticeable stunting or 
discoloration of sensitive grass species such as carpetgrass, buffalograss, 
and St. Augustine.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASS:  Established turf except bentgrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil + mecoprop tank mix
 
RATE:  1 to 2 pts + 1 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
ME 4 BROMINAL +      4 lb ai/gal +
  MCPP                 2.5 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Weeds in list under bromoxynil above plus the following:  
seedling and established weeds such as plantain, dandelion, red clover, ground 
ivy, prostrate spurge, white clover, chickweed, knotweed, and starwort.
 
REMARKS:  Use high rate on established weeds.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Established turf except bentgrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil + mecoprop + dicamba tank mix
 
RATE:  1 to 2 pts + 0.5 to 1 lb ai + 0.25 to 0.5 pts/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
ME 4 BROMINAL +      4 lb ai/gal +
  MCPP + BANVEL        2.5 lb ai/gal
                       4 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Weeds in list under bromoxynil above plus the following:  
seedling and established weeds such as white clover, dandelion, and plantain.
 
REMARKS:  Use high rate of bromoxynil when spurweed and prostrate spurge are 
present.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Established turf except bentgrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil + mecoprop + 2,4-D tank mix.
 
RATE:  1 to 2 pt + 0.5 to 1 lb ai + 0.5 to 1 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
ME 4 BROMINAL +      4 lb ai/gal +
  MCPP + 2,4-D         2.5 lb ai/gal +
                       4 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Weeds listed under bomoxynil above plus the following:  
seedling and established weeds such as chickweed, knotweed, red sorrel, 
dandelion, and plantain.
 
REMARKS:  Use lower rates on St. Augustine and carpetgrass.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  bluegrass, bermudagrass, tall fescue, and zoysia.
 
CHEMICAL:  bromoxynil + MSMA or DSMA tank mix.
 
RATE:  1 pt + 2 to 3 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
ME4 BROMINAL +       4 lb ai/gal +
  MSMA or DSMA         4 or 6 or 8 lb
                       ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Weeds in list under bromoxynil above plus the following:  
seedling broadleaf weeds, crabgrass, goosegrass, nutsedge, and sandbur.  Apply 
during warm weather 80 to 90 degrees F.  Begin application when grassy weeds 
have 3 to 4 leaves.  More mature weeds require additional applications 7 to 10 
days apart.  Nutsedge and sandbur control may need 3 to 4 applications of MSMA 
or DSMA.  Apply when soil moisture is adequate.
 
Do not apply to bentgrass, carpetgrass, centipedegrass, or St. Augustine.  
Grasses may show temporary discoloration.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POSTEMERGENCE HERBICIDES FOR CONTROL OF WEED GRASSES             
-DOC-
             POSTEMERGENCE HERBICIDES FOR CONTROL OF WEED GRASSES
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Tall fescue, Kentucky bluegrass, annual bluegrass, fine 
fescue, perennial ryegrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  fenoxaprop-ethyl
 
RATE:  15 to 45 fluid ounces/ac depending on established grass and stage of 
grassy weed growth.
 
_____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION              
_____________________________________________________________________________
Acclaim              1.0 lb ai/gal EC
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Smooth and hairy crabgrass, goosegrass, barnyardgrass, 
foxtail, panicum, johnsongrass.
REMARKS:  For hand-held pump-type sprayers add 0.5 fluid ounce per gallon of 
water and spray target weeds to the point of leaf runoff.
 
Young actively growing grassy weeds are more easily controlled than larger 
weeds.  Avoid application to turfgrass under drought stress.  This is a 
systemic herbicide.  Spray when maximum leaf area is present.  Delay mowing 24 
hours after application.  Grass clippings can interfere with thorough spray 
coverage of target weeds.  Repeat application may be needed for complete 
control.  Do not make a second application sooner than 14 days and only to 
grassy weeds with vigorous regrowth.  This is a selective grassy weed 
herbicide with little or no activity on broadleaf plants or sedges.  Brodleaf 
herbicides such as dicamba and phenoxy types reduce effectiveness of Acclaim.  
Do not apply in tank mixtures with other pesticides or fertilizers.  Only 
fescues and ryegrass may be overseeded immediately following application.  
Wait 21 days to seed all other turf species.
 
Visual injury to grassy weeds is evident 4 to 10 days after application.  
Control takes 12 to 21 days.  Control symptoms begin as general yellowing and 
reddening of the leaves followed by senescence.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTBLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, bluegrass, fescue, zoysia.
 
CHEMICAL:  DSMA
 
RATE:  3 lb/ac
_____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION              TRADE NAME          FORMULATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
ANSAR 184 & 8100                              PROTURF             2.9%
CLOUT                                           MONOCOT WEED      granular                                          
CRAB-E-RAD 30                                   CONTROL
DAL-E-RAD 30 and                              LAWN PRO SUMMER     2.9%                                      
  100                                           CRABGRASS         granular   
                                                CONTROL
                                              NAMATE               3.6 lb/gal    
                                                
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Annual grasses, crabgrass, goosegrass, foxtail, 
dallisgrass, sandbur, johnsongrass, nutsedge, bahiagrass, crowfootgrass.
REMARKS:  Begin application in spring when crabgrass is less than 1 in tall.  
Three applications 7 to 10 days apart may be needed for control.  Apply when 
soil moisture is adequate.  Temporary discoloration of turfgrass will occur.  
Use lower rate when midday temp is 85 degrees F or higher.  For more effective 
dallisgrass and nutsedge control, use higher rates and apply June-Sept. when 
midday temp is not above 85 degrees F; two or three applications at 10-to 14-
day intervals needed.  Do not use on centipede, St. Augustine, carpet, or 
bentgrass.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, bluegrass, fescue, zoysia, bentgrass. 
 
CHEMICAL:  CAMA
 
RATE:  3 lb ai/ac
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION              TRADE NAME          FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
ORTHO CRABGRASS      4.1% ai solution         CALAR-CAMA
  KILLER FORMULA II
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, dallisgrass, nutsedge.
 
REMARKS:  Do not use on centipede, carpet, and St. Augustine turf.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, bluegrass, fescue, zoysia, bentgrass
 
CHEMICAL:  MSMA
 
RATE:  3 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
BUANO 6              6 lb ai/gal                SILVISAR 550
CRAB-E-RAD 70                                   LESCO MSMA         6 lb ai/gal
  and 120                                         HERBICIDE
DAL-E-RAD 70                                    DACONATE 6         6 lb ai/gal
  and 120                                       WEED-E-RAD + W
DACONATE             6 lb ai/gal                SECURITY CRABGRASS
                                                  KILLER (MSMA)    11.02%
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Annual grasses, crabgrass, goosegrass, foxtail, 
dallisgrass, nutsedge, sandbur.
 
REMARKS:  Same as DSMA.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, bluegrass, fescue, zoysia
 
CHEMICAL:  2,4-D amine
 
RATE:  2 lb ai/ac, 2 tbsp/1,000 sq ft (4 lb ai/gal)
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
2,4-D AMINE          4 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Nutsedge
 
REMARKS:  Apply when nutsedge is actively growing.  Three applications 10- to 
14-days apart will be required for control.  Use with wetting agent.  Do not 
use on centipede, St. Augustine, or carpetgrass.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, bluegrass, fescue, zoysia.
 
CHEMICAL:  DSMA + 2,4-D
 
RATE:  See label.
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
DAL-E-RAD + 2
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Nutsedge, dallisgrass, chickweed, dandelion, plantain, 
crabgrass, spotted spurge.
 
REMARKS:  Same as 2,4-D amine.  Apply when weeds are young, tender, and 
actively growing.  Repeat aplication 10-to 14-days apart.  Do not use on 
centipede, St. Augustine, carpet, or bentgrass.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, bluegrass, fescue, zoysia.
 
CHEMICAL:  AMA + 2,4-D
 
RATE:  See label.
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
SUPER DAL-E-RAD + 2
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Same as DSMA + 2,4-D
 
REMARKS:  Same as DSMA + 2,4-D.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, bluegrass, zoysia, fescue
 
CHEMICAL:  AMA + 2,4-D
 
RATE:  1.5 fl oz/gal/250 sq ft
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
ORTHO CRABGRASS      4.1% + 4.83% ai
  & DANDELION
    KILLER
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Nutsedge, crabgrass, dandelion, plantain, knotweed, 
purslane, pennywort.
 
REMARKS:  Do not use on dichondra, St. Augustine, carpet, centipede, bahia, 
and bentgrass lawns.  Do not apply when temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. 
Repeat application in 7 to 10 days when weeds are young and tender.  Fescue, 
bermuda, and zoysia lawns may be temporarily discolored. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, bluegrass
 
CHEMICAL:  DSMA + 2,4-D + mecoprop + dicamba
 
RATE:  5 oz in 1-3 gal water/1,000 sq ft
_______________________________________________________________________________                  
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
QUADMEC              1.8 + 0.48 + 0.48
                     + 0.12 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Nutsedge plus broad range of broadleaf weeds plus grass 
weeds including but not limited to:  aster, bedstraw, black medic, buckhorn, 
burdock, chicory, chickweeds, clovers, crabgrass, dallisgrass, dandelion, 
docks, goosegrass, ground ivy, heal-all, henbit, knotweed, lambsquarters, 
lespedeza, mallows, morning glory, nutsedges, oxalis, peppergrass, pigweeds, 
plantains, poison ivy, posion oak, purslane, ragweed, sheep sorrel, shepherds- 
purse, speedwell, spurges, wild carrot, wild garlic, wild lettuce, wild onion, 
yarrow, yellow woodsorrel.
REMARKS:  Do not use on St. Augustine, carpet, or centipede turf.  Newly 
emerging crabgrass and for broadleaf weed control, including oxalis.  Summer 
applications can be made to more mature crabgrass and broadleaf weeds.  In 
heavy infestations, especially of dallisgrass, second application of Quadmec 
may be needed 10-14 days later.  Weed control is best achieved when 
temperatures are above 70 degrees F, however DO NOT apply to bluegrass when 
temperatures exceed 90 degrees F or when turf is uder stress such as drought.  
On new lawns wait until after third mowing before treatment.  Be sure soil is 
moist and lawn healthy before application.  Temporary discoloration may occur. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, (parks, athletic fields, golf course 
fairways, cemeteries, and sod farms) with a mowing height of 1/2 inch or 
greater.
 
CHEMICAL:  metribuzin
 
RATE:  Actively Growing Turf: 0.25 to 0.5 lb ai/ac
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
SENCOR               75% WP 
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  ACTIVELY GROWING TURF:  annual bluegrass, goosegrass, 
littleseed canarygrass, rabbitfootgrass.
 
REMARKS:  ACTIVELY GROWING TURF:  Apply correct rate in 40 gal water/ac as a 
uniform broadcast spray.  Apply only when turf is vigorously growing and not 
under stress.  Repeat if necessary but not closer than 1 week intervals.  Make 
no more than 2 applications to actively growing turf per season.  Applications 
may result in temporary discoloration which turf soom outgrows.  Use the lower 
rate where soil pH is greater than 7.5 when applying to actively growing turf.
Avoid spray overlaps that will increase rates above those recommended.  Do not 
use on greens, tees, aprons, or other closely mowed turf.  Do not apply within 
the root zone of desirable trees, shrubs, and ornamentals.  Delay mowing 
treated areas at least 3 days for maximum weed control.  For best results 
delay mowing until after rainfall or irrigation.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrasses (parks, athletic fields, golf course 
fairways, cemeteries, and sod farms) with a mowing height of 1/2 inch or 
greater.
 
CHEMICAL:  metribuzin + MSMA
 
RATE:  0.25 lb ai/ac + 2 lb ai/ac tank mix
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION               
_______________________________________________________________________________
SENCOR + MSMA        75% + either 4, 6, or 8 lb
  tank mix             ai/gal tank mix
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  In addition to weeds listed above under Actively Growing 
Turf by metribuzin (Sencor) the following other weeds can be controlled with a 
tank mix of MSMA + Sencor on Actively Growing Turf:  crabgrass, nutsedge, 
barnyardgrass, yellow woodsorrel, sandbur, and dallisgrass.
 
REMARKS:  See remarks under Actively Growing Turf for metribuzin (Sencor) 
above.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, bahia, centipede, fescue, bluegrass, 
bentgrass, zoysia, ryegrass, St. Augustine
 
CHEMICAL:  bentazon
 
RATE:  1 to 2 lb ai/ac, 1 to 2 qt/ac, 3/4 to 1 1/2 fl oz/1,000 sq ft
_____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
BASAGRAN             4 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Yellow nutsedge.
 
REMARKS:  Apply postemergence to actively growing yellow nutsedge under good 
soil moisture conditions.  If desired control is not obtained, apply again at 
10-14 day intervals until yellow nutsedge is eliminated.  Do not use more than 
3 qt/ ac/ season.  Thorough spray coverage of yellow nutsedge is necessary for 
best control.  Use min of 1 gal spray/1,000 sq ft or 40 gal/ac at 40 psi.  Do 
not apply to newly seeded turf until seedlings are well established.  Do not 
apply to golf greens or collars.  For optimum control do not mow 3 to 5 days 
before and after application. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, centipedegrass, St. Augustinegrass, 
Zoysiagrass
 
CHEMICAL:  imazaquin
 
RATE:  0.25 to 0.5 lb ai/ac
       0.5 to 1.0 fluid ounce per 1,000 sq ft
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
IMAGE                1.5 LC
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Purple nutsedge, wild garlic, wild onion, yellow nutsedge 
suppression, rice flatsedge, bristly starbur, sandbur, common and mouseear 
chickweed, henbit, parsley-piert, pigweed.
REMARKS:  A repeat application may be required for season-long weed control.  
For yellow nutsedge control, use the high rate of application and/or tank mix 
with a methylarsonate herbicide such as MSMA.  Addition of a methylarsonate 
herbicide (2 lb ai/ac MSMA) will result in more rapid and improved sedge 
control in methylarsonate tolerant turfgrasses (centipede and St. Augustine 
are not methylarsonate tolerant).  Do not use Image on tall fescue or mixed 
stands of tall fescue and bermudagrass.
 
Treated turfgrasses may have a compacted growth habit and seed head formation 
may be inhibited; vigor is not impaired.
 
Addition of a nonionic surfactant at 0.25% v/v (1 qt. per 100 gallons spray) 
is required.  Temporary yellowing may occur.  Use only on well established 
turf.  Do not mow St. Augustine for 48 hours after application. 
 
Do not use on winter overseeded turf.  May injure ryegrass, bentgrass, and 
bluegrass.  Do not reseed or overseed or sprig within 6 weeks after 
application.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass only
 
CHEMICAL:  R pronamide
 
RATE:  1 to 1 1/2 lb ai/ac
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
________________________________________________________________________________
KERB                 50% WP
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Poa annua, annual bluegrass, fescue, ryegrass, bentgrass, 
Kentucky bluegrass.
 
REMARKS:  Avoid spraying areas draining into or overseeded with cool-season 
grasses.  Allow 3 to 5 wk for annual bluegrass to die.  Kerb controls Poa 
annua from germination and seedling through seed head formation.  Irrigate 
immediately after applying to promote root absorption.
 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Dormant bermudagrass
 
CHEMICAL:  glyphosate (41%)
 
RATE:  12 fl oz/ac plus 0.5% by volume of nonionic surfactant in 5 to 20 gal 
water/ac.
_____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
ROUNDUP              3 lb ai/ac
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Poa annua (annual bluegrass).
 
REMARKS:  Application to actively growing annual bluegrass turf must be made 
before initiation of bermudagrass green-up in spring.  Do not disturb soil or 
underground plant parts before treatment or for at least 7 days after 
application.  Not recommended for domestic application except by professional 
applicators.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  St Augustine, Tifway 419 bermudagrass
 
CHEMICAL:  asulam
 
RATE:  2.09 lb ai/ac, 5 pt/ac
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
ASULOX               3.34 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, goosegrass, sandbur, bullgrass.
 
REMARKS:  Do not apply to turf which is under stress or freshly mowed.  
Temporary turf discoloration may result.  Do not use a surfactant.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Dormant bermudagrass overseeded with perennial ryegrass
 
CHEMICAL:  ethofumesate
 
RATE:  first application:  1 to 2 lb ai/ac;  second application:  1 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                                              
______________________________________________________________________________
PROGRASS             1.5 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Annual bluegrass, common chickweed.
 
REMARKS:  For preemergence or postemergence control of annual bluegrass and 
common chickweeed in dormant bermudagrass overseeded with perennial ryegrass.  
Apply PROGRASS only to dormant bermudagrass in fall 15-30 days after 
overseeding with perennial ryegrass.  One or two supplemental applications at 
30-60 day intervals may be required to maintain control through winter months.  
Do not apply PROGRASS after Feb. 1.  Late applications may temporarily delay 
resumption of active growth habit of bermudagrass in spring.  Note:  Initial 
PROGRASS treatment may cause premature onset of dormancy or injury to 
bermudagrass not yet fully dormant.  Therefore, use only on dormant 
bermudagrass.  Do not apply more than 2.66 gal/ac during the season.
Apply using stardard pressure (20-50 psi) spray equipment that is carefully 
calibrated before use.  Check often during application to be sure it is 
working properly.  Do not use smaller than 50-mesh strainer.  Avoid overlaps 
since turf injury may result.  Spray tank and line should be thoroughly 
cleaned and rinsed before using.  Use indicated rates of chemical in 20-60 gal 
water/ac.  Use of activited sewage sludge fertilizers on treated area may 
reduce herbicidal activity.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASS:  Perennial ryegrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  ethofumesate
 
RATE:  1 to 2 lb ai/ac per application
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                                              
______________________________________________________________________________
PROGRASS             1.5 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  POSTEMERGENCE:  Annual bluegrass, common chickweed.  
PREEMERGENCE:  annual bluegrass, large crabgrass, barnyardgrass, green 
foxtail, yellow foxtail, canarygrass, common chickweed, common purslane, and 
redroot pigweed.
 
REMARKS:  Apply approximately 2 to 4 weeks prior to the main germination 
period of annual bluegrass in the fall or late spring up to 30 days after 
emergence.  Repeat 1 to 2 times at 30 to 60 day intervals.  Overseeding with 
perennial ryegrass may be done any time.  Overseeding with turfgrass species 
other than ryegrass is not recommended.  Use of activated sewage sludge 
fertilizers on treated area may reduce herbicide control of weeds.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Kentucky bluegrass on fairways and roughs only of golf 
courses or commercial turf only.  Exclude use on home lawns or sod farms.
 
CHEMICAL:  ethofumesate
 
RATE:  0.75 lb ai ( 2 quarts)/ac per each of 3 applications
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                                              
______________________________________________________________________________
PROGRASS             1.5 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  annual bluegrass
 
REMARKS:  Do not apply on Kentucky bluegrass which has been mowed 3/4 inch or 
less in height.  Do not apply to turf established less than 8 weeks.  Make 3 
applications 21 days apart.  Do not make first application prior to September 
1.  Do not make last application after December 1.  Do not reseed within 6 
weeks after application.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEEDLING GRASS:  seedling centipedegrass (first year)
 
CHEMICAL:  sethoxydim
 
RATE:  1 pint of Poast plus 2 pints oil concentrate per acre, or 3/8 fl.oz. of 
Poast plus 3/4 fl.oz. oil cencentrate per 1,000 sq ft
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                                              
______________________________________________________________________________
POAST                18% (1.5 lb ai/gal)
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Large crabgrass, smooth crabgrass, goosegrass.
 
REMARKS:  If the grass weed has been mowed numerous times and is extensively 
tillered, control may be reduced.  On seedling centipedegrass do not apply 
more than 1 pint per acre per application or a total of 2 pints per season.  
See Supplemental Label, For Use on Centipedegrass in Turf, Lawns and Rights-
of-Way, for more important details.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASS:  Centipedegrass
 
CHEMICAL:  sethoxydim
 
RATE:  1.5 pints of POAST plus 2 pints oil concentrate (crop oil) per acre, 
or 1/2 fl.oz. of POAST plus 3/4 fl.oz. oil concentrate (crop oil) per 1,000 
sq ft
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                                              
______________________________________________________________________________
POAST                18% (1.5 lb ai/gal.)
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Large crabgrass, smooth crabgrass, goosegrass.
 
REMARKS:  Apply Poast no sooner than 3 weeks after spring green-up of 
centipede turf.  Apply before annual grasses become too large and mature.  
Apply before weeds exceed 4 inches.  Apply before weeds are well established 
through tiller development.
Poast does not control sedges or broadleaf weeds.  Do not apply Poast to any 
desirable turfgrass other than centipedegrass.  Control symptoms exhibited by 
the weeds progress from a slowing or stopping of growth, to reddening of the 
leaves, and to leaf tip burn, followed by browning of the foliage.  Symptoms 
generally observed within 3 weeks depending on weather.  Do not mow within 7 
days before and after application.
 
Do not apply to grass under moisture, temperature, or injury stress.  Apply to 
actively growing grasses.  Poast should dry on the grass foliage to be 
effective.  On established centipedegrass do not apply more than 1.5 pints per 
acre per application or more than a total of 3 pints per acre per season.  See 
Supplemental Label, For Use on Centipedegrass in Turf, Lawns and Rights-of-
Way, for additional details.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASS:  Centipedegrass
 
CHEMICAL:  sethoxydim
 
RATE:  First application:  1.5 pints of Poast plus 2 pints oil concentrate
                           per acre, or 1/2 fl.oz. of Poast plus 3/4 fl.oz.
                           oil concentrate per 1,000 sq ft before bahiagrass 
                           weeds exceed 4 inches.
 
       Second application: 1.5 pints of Poast plus 2 pints oil concentrate per
                           acre, or 1/2 fl.oz. of Poast plus 3/4 fl.oz. oil
                           concentrate per 1,000 sq ft when bahiagrass weeds
                           have less than 4 inches of of regrowth.
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                                              
______________________________________________________________________________
POAST                18% (1.5 lb ai/gal)
 
WEED CONTROLLED:  bahiagrass
REMARKS:  Do not mow within 7 days before application or within 14 days after 
application for best control of bahiagrass.  Established bahiagrass is very 
difficult to control.  One application will burn down the bahiagrass but many 
plants will regrow.  The regrowth is weak and seedheads will generally be 
suppressed for 40 days after the first application.
 
A second application of Poast will be necessary for bahiagrass control.  Under 
optimum conditions this second application should be made as soon as 10 to 14  
days after the first.  The second application should be made when the 
bahiagrass regrowth is young, actively growing nad before it has reached 4 
inches in height.
 
Complete control of bahiagrass may require continued treatments into the 
following year.  See Supplemental Label, For Use on Centipedegrass in Turf, 
Lawns, and Rights-of-Way, for additional details.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREEMERGENCE HERBICIDES                            
-DOC-

                            PREEMERGENCE HERBICIDES
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist                            TURFGRASS WEED CONTROL
 
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, bermuda, centipede, St. Augustine, fescue, 
zoysia.
 
CHEMICAL  DCPA
 
RATE:  10 lb ai/ac, 1/4 lb/1,000 sq ft
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
DACTHAL              75% WP                     ORTHO CRABGRASS    4.87% 
WEED FREE            5% granular                  CONTROL PLUS     granular
                                                  LAWN FOOD
                                                  18-3-6
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, foxtail, goosegrass, sandbur, bluegrass (annual
bluegrass, Poa annua), carpetweed, common chickweed, lambsquarter, purslane, 
Florida pusley, pigweed, nodding spurge, browntop, panicum.
 
REMARKS:  Apply in early spring before crabgrass seed germination.  For annual 
bluegrass control, increase rate by 50% and apply in August before seed 
germination.  Irrigation should follow application.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Creeping bentgrass fairways and roughs only.
 
CHEMICAL:  ethofumesate
 
RATE:  0.75 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                                              
______________________________________________________________________________
PROGRASS             1.5 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Preemergence for annual bluegrass control.
 
REMARKS:  Do not apply to renovated or overseeded fairway turf less than 6 
weeks after seedling emergence.  On established turf make 2 to 3 applications 
on a 21 day interval.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, bermuda, centipede, St. Augustine, fescue, 
zoysia.
 
CHEMICAL:  benefin
 
RATE:  2 to 3 lb ai/ac, 1.8 to 2.8 lb/1,000 sq ft.
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME          FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
BALAN                2.5% granular              BALFIN             2.5% 
                                                                   granular
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass and most other annual weed grasses.  Including 
goosegrass, foxtail, annual bluegrass, crowfoot, barnyardgrass.
 
REMARKS:  Apply in late winter or early spring before annual weed-grass seed 
germination.  For continued weed control into late summer or early fall, make 
a second application 4 to 6 mo after initial treatment.  For annual bluegrass 
control, use high rate listed and apply in August.  Do not use on golf course 
greens.  Minimum 6-wk waiting period before reseeding.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Kentucky bluegrass, fescue, bermudagrass, 
centipedegrass, bahiagrass, St. Augustine, perennial ryegrass, zoysia.
 
CHEMICAL:  Benefin + trifluralin
 
RATE:  1.34 + 0.66 to 2 + 1 lb ai/ac
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                
_______________________________________________________________________________
LESCO 20-5-10 TURF  0.67% + 0.33% granular
  FERTILIZER WITH 
  TEAM
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Annual bluegrass, crabgrass, goosegrass, foxtails.
 
REMARKS:  Irrigate soon after application.  Any cultural practices which 
disturb the soil should be done prior to application.  Apply in late winter to 
early spring one to two weeks prior to favorable conditions for weed seed 
germination for control of summer annual weed grasses.  For season long 
control make a second application 8 to 10 weeks later.  Delay reseeding 
desirable grasses 12 to 16 weeks when the heribicide has been used at the 
highest rate.
For annual bluegrass control apply in late summer to early fall one to two 
weeks prior to expected seed germination.  Repeat 10 to 12 weeks later if 
needed for season long control.
 
Goosegrass normally germinates 4 to 6 weeks later than crabgrass and other 
summer annuals.  Applications should therefore be timed accordingly.  
 
This product will not control established weeds.  Do not apply in the spring 
to turf overseeded the previous fall with winter grasses.  A spring 
application may thin the overseeded grasses.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Kentucky bluegrass, bahiagrass, bermudagrass, bentgrass 
fairways, centipedegrass, fescue, perennial ryegrass, St. Augustine, Zoysia.
 
CHEMICAL:  Benefin + trifluralin
 
RATE:  1.33 + 67 to 2 + 1 lb ai/ac
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                
_______________________________________________________________________________
TEAM                 1.33% + 67% granular
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Annual bluegrass, smooth and hairy crabgrass, goosegrass, 
barnyardgrass, and green and yellow foxtail.
REMARKS:  Irrigate soon after application.  Apply one to two weeks prior to 
weed seed germination.  Cultural practices which disturb the soil should be 
done prior to application.  Delay reseeding desirable grass 6 to 16 weeks 
depending on application rate.  Do not apply in the spring to turfgrasses 
planted the previous fall.  A spring application may thin overseeded grasses 
planted the previous fall.  Use the higher rate for heavy weed pressure and 
for annual bluegrass control.  Make a second application 10 to 12 weeks later 
for season long control.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, bermuda, centipede, St. Augustine, fescue, 
zoysia, bahia, bentgrass, Ky bluegrass, perennial ryegrass, golf course 
greens, tees, and fairways, red top, Poa trivialis.
 
CHEMICAL:  bensulide
 
RATE:  10 lb ai/ac, 7.4 fl oz/1,000 sq ft (4 lb ai/gal), 3.2 lb/1,000 sq ft, 
(4.5% granular)
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
PROTURF              7.8% granular              HALTS              11% 
  FERTILIZER W/                                                    granular
  WEEDGRASS                                     PRESAN 7G          7% granular
  PREVENTER                                     PRESAN 12.5 G      12.5%
BETAMEC              4 lb ai/gal                                   granular
BETASAN 12.5G        12.5% granular             PRESAN EC          4 lb ai/gal
  PREFAR                                        SUPER HALTS PLUS   4 lb ai/gal
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
 
                                                LESCOSAN 12.5 G    12.5
PROTURF WEED         8.5% granular                                 granular
  GRASS PREVENTER                               LESCOSAN 4E        4 lb ai/gal
  BETASAN 2.9E       2.9 lb ai/gal              LESCOSAN 7G        7% granular
  BETASAN 4E         4 lb ai/gal                TURFBUILDER PLUS   2.98%
  BETASAN 3.6G       3.6% granular                HALTS              granular
  BETASAN 7G         7% granular           
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, annual bluegrass, pigweed, goosegrass, henbit,
deadnettle, shepherd's purse, lambsquarters, henbit, barnyardgrass, fall 
panicum, foxtails.
 
REMARKS:  Apply in late winter or early spring before annual weed-grass seed 
germination.  For continued weed control into later summer or early fall, make 
second application after initial treatment.  For annual bluegrass control, 
increase rate by 25% and apply in August.  Wait 4 mo before reseeding.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Fescue, bluegrass, and bentgrass greens only (Use on 
only the following varieties of bentgrass:  Pencross, Seaside, Astoria, 
Nemesellia, C-1, C-7, and C-19).
 
CHEMICAL:  siduron
 
RATE:  8 to 12 lb ai/ac, 6 to 9 oz/1,000 sq ft
______________________________________________________________________________ 
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
TUPERSAN             50% WP                     LAWN PRO STARTER   3.1% 
PROTURF STARTER      3.1% granular              FERTILIZER W/      granular
  W/PREEMERGENCE                                  CRABGRASS PRE-
  WEED CONTROL                                    VENTER                                                
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, foxtail, barnyard grass.  Will not control 
annual bluegrass (Poa annua). 
 
REMARKS:  Agitate in spray tank.  Do not use on bermuda, zoysia, centipede, 
carpet, or ST. Augustine grass.  For approved bentgrass varieties, see label.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass (Common, Tiflawn, Tifway, Ormond only) 
centipedegrass, St. Augustine, zoysia 
 
CHEMICAL:  simazine
 
RATE:  2 lb ai/ac, (1 oz/1,000 sq ft), (2.5 lb/ac)
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
PRINCEP              80% WP
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Alyssum, annual bluegrass, annual morningglory, annual 
ryegrass, barnyardgrass, burclover, carelessweed, carpetweed, common 
chickweed, corn speedwell, crabgrass, downy brome, fall panicum, fiddleneck, 
filaree, filaree, fireweed, fivehook bassia, Flora's paintbrush, Florida 
pusley, foxtails, goosegrass, groundsel, henbit, hop clover, junglerice, 
knawel, common lambsquarters, nightshade, pepperweed, pigweed, pineappleweed, 
prickly lettuce, common purslane, ragweed, rattail fescue, redmaids, Russian 
thistle, shepherdspurse, signalgrass, spurweed, silver hairgrass, smartweed, 
spanishneedles, speedwell, tansymustard, wild mustard, wild oats, witchgrass, 
yellow flower pepperweed.
Apply in late summer or early fall before winter annual weeds emerge; or for 
summer annual weeds, in late winter or very early spring before weeds emerge.  
Apply in min of 15 gal water/ac or 1 gal/1,000 sq ft; irrigate after 
application.  Simazine is mainly root absorbed.  Use 1.25 lb/ac if annual 
bluegrass is major weed; 2.5 lb/ac for other weeds listed.  Do not exceed 1.25 
lb/ac on newly sprigged turfgrass or hybrid bermudagrass such as Tiflawn, 
Tifway and Ormond.
 
For continued summer annual weed control, apply another 1.25 lb/ac at least 30 
days after previous application but not after April 15.
 
Do not apply more than twice/yr.
 
To avoid injury, use only on turfgrass reasonably free of insects, nematodes, 
and diseases.  Do not use on golf course greens.  Do not apply over rooting 
area of trees or ornamentals not listed on label.  On newly sprigged 
turfgrass, growth may slow temporarily after application.  Hybrid bermuda may 
yellow temporarily.  Do not overseed with desirable turfgrass within 4 mo 
before or 6 mo after treatment.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRASSES:  Turfgrasses for sod production--St. Augustine, centipedegrass, 
zoysiagrass, bermudagrass (Tiflawn, Tifway, Ormond only). 
 
CHEMICAL:  simazine
 
RATE:  1 lb ai/ac + 1 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
PRINCEP              80% WP                     PRINCEP CALIBER
                                                90
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Same as previous listing for simazine.
 
REMARKS:  Do not exceed 1.25 lbs per acre per treatment on newly sprigged 
turfgrass or on hybrid bermudagrass such as Tiflawn, Tifway, and Ormond.  
For continued summer annual weed control, apply another 1.25 lbs. per acre at 
least 30 days after the previous application, but not after April 15.  
However, do not make more than two applications of this product per year.
 
Precautions:  On newly sprigged turfgrass and hybrid bermudagrass, temperary 
slowing of growth and yellowing may occur following application.  To avoid 
turf injury, (1) Use only on turfgrass reasonably free of infestations of 
insects, nematodes, and diseases.  (2) Do not use on golf greens.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  St. Augustine, centipedegrass, zoysiagrass bermudagrass 
(Tiflawn, Tifway, Ormond only). 
 
CHEMICAL:  atrazine
 
RATE:  2 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION               TRADE NAME          FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
AATREX               80% WP                    WEED & FEED W/      granular
                                                 ATRAZINE
                                                 25-4-6
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Annual bluegrass, annual morningglory, barnyardgrass 
(watergrass), burclover, carpet burweed, chickweed, cocklebur, corn speedwell, 
giant foxtail, green foxtail, groundcherry, large (hairy) crabgrass, henbit, 
hop clover, jimsonweed, kochia, lambsqarters, mustards, nightshade, pigweed, 
purslane, ragweed, sicklepod, velvetleaf (buttonweed) spurweed, witchgrass 
(Panicum capillare), yellow foxtail. 
REMARKS:  Apply in late summer to fall before emergence of winter annual 
weeds.  Atrazine will control annual bluegrass even if emerged at time of 
treatment.  Apply in late winter to early spring before emergence of summer 
annual weeds.  For preemergence control of annual bluegrass use 1 lb ai/ac.  
Use 2 lb ai/ac for all other weeds listed.  Do not exceed 1 lb ai/ac per 
applicationon newly sprigged turfgrass or on hybrid bermudagrasses such as 
Tiflawn, Tifway, and Ormond.  For continued summer annual weed control apply 
another 1 lb ai/ac at least 30 days later but not after April 15.  Do not make 
more than 2 applications per year.  On newly sprigged turfgrass temporary 
slowing of growth and yellowing may occur following application.  Use only on 
turfgrasses reasonably free of insects, diseases, and nematodes.  Do not use 
on golf course greens.  Do not use on muck or alkaline soils.  Do not apply 
over the rooting area of trees or ornamentals not listed on the product label.  
Do not overseed with turfgrass within 4 months before or 6 months after 
application.  Do not apply to newly seeded bermudagrass until it has a well-
developed rhizome system.  Do not exceed 1.75 lb ai/ac within 12 months of 
seeding bermudagrass.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRASSES:  Turfgrasses for sod production--St. Augustine, centipedegrass, 
zoysia grass bermudagrass (Tiflawn, Tifway, Ormond only). 
 
CHEMICAL:  atrazine
 
RATE:  1 lb ai/ac + 1 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
AATREX               80% WP                     AATREX NINE-O
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Same as previous listing for atrazine.
 
REMARKS:  Do not exceed 1.25 lb/A per treatment on newly sprigged turfgrass or 
on hybrid bermudagrass such as Tiflawn, Tifway, and Ormond.
 
For continued summer annual weed control, apply another 1.25 lb/A at least 30 
days after the previous application, but not after April 15.  However, do not 
make more than two applications of this product per year.
Precautions:  On newly sprigged turfgrass and hybrid bermudagrass, temporary 
slowing of growth and yellowing may occur following application.  To avoid 
turf injury, (1) Use only on turfgrass reasonably free of infestations of 
insects, nematodes, and diseases.  (2) Do not use on golf greens.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass overseeded with perennial ryegrass.
 
CHEMICAL:  fenarimol
 
RATE:  2 oz/1,000 sq ft first application, 1.5 oz/1,000 sq ft second 
application 10-14 days later, 1 oz/1,000 sq ft third application 10-14 days 
later.
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
RUBIGAN              50% WP
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Poa annua, annual bluegrass
REMARKS:  For optimum control of Poa annua, Rubigan should be applied in 
premergence program.  Rubigan can be applied in single application or series 
of two or three applications to reach 2.0-3.0 oz/1,000 sq ft rate that is 
necessary for Poa annua control.  Whether single or multiple application 
method is used, make final application 2 wk before scheduled overseeding of 
bermudagrass area.  Timing is critical issue in this program.  Most consistent 
Poa annua control is achieved when Rubigan is applied before germination of 
any Poa annua seeds.  For this reason, three-application method may offer more 
consistent control because the initial Rubigan application is made before Poa 
annua germination.  If later overseeding date is scheduled, three-application 
method is the most desirable.  A single 2-oz application of Rubigan in this 
situation may be applied later than optimum application timing. 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermuda, zoysia, centipede, St. Augustine only
 
CHEMICAL:  R pronamide
 
RATE:  0.5 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
KERB                 50% WP                     PROTURF POA        0.32%
                                                  ANNUA CONTROL    granular
                                                  PLUS FERTILIZER
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Poa annua, annual bluegrass
 
REMARKS:  Apply in mid-August before Poa annua seed germination.  Can also be 
used postemergence at increased rate to control cool season grasses.  Do  
not use on fescue, Kentucky blue grass or bentgrass.
 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Centipede, St. Augustine, zoysia, common bermuda
 
CHEMICAL:  atrazine
 
RATE:  2 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
AATREX 80W & 4L      80% WP                     ORTHO ST.
BONUS TYPE S         0.79% granular               AUGUSTINE WEED
SUPER BONUS S        0,6% granular                & FEED 21-4-4
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, annual bluegrass, annual ryegrass, common 
chickweed, lambsquarters, pigweed, foxtail.
 
REMARKS:  Same as simazine.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass (excluding golf course greens), bahiagrass, 
                      centipedegrass, tall fescue, St. Augustine and Zoysia.
 
CHEMICAL:  oryzalin
 
RATE:  2 to 3 lb ai/ac single application, 1.5 + 1.5 lb ai/ac split 
       application.
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
SURFLAN A.S.          1 lb ai/qt                 SURFLAN 75W       75% WP                                                                  
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Annual bluegrass, crabgrasses, goosegrass, barnyardgrass, 
foxtails, crowfootgrass, Johnsongrass, sandbur, ryegrass, carpetweed, 
prostrate knotweed, common purlane, common chickweed, henbit, common 
groundsel, prostrate spurge, yellow woodsorrel.
REMARKS:  Apply Surflan at least 2 wk before germination of annual grass 
weeds.  All summer annual grasses do not germinate at same time.  If 
application timing does not coincide with normal germination period of any of 
annual grass weeds listed on this label, weed control results may be erratic 
or poor.  Optimum weed control performance will be obtained in absence of 
timely rainfall if treated areas are irrigated soon after application.  Any 
cultural practices that disturb soil, such as aerification or verticutting, 
should be done before application of Surflan.  A spring application of Surflan 
will thin overseeded cool-season grasses.  The split application 8 to 10 weeks 
apart is recommended where tall fescue is the dominant turf.  This is an 
orange chemical.  if this temporary coloration is undesirable, use a 
commercially available turf spray colorant or spray pattern indicator.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bluegrass, bermudagrass, perennial ryegrass, St. 
Augustine, tall fescue, and zoysia.  (fairways, parks, golf courses & lawns)
 
CHEMICAL:  oxadiazon
 
RATE:  2 to 4 lb ai/ac (100 to 200 lb/ac)
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
RONSTAR G            2% granular
REGAL RONSTAR        2% on granular 10-10-10 
  PLUS                 fertilizer
      
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, goosegrass, annual bluegrass, Florida pusley, 
oxalis, stinging nettle, carpetgrass, pigweed.
REMARKS:  Rake turf free of leaves, mowing if necessary so granules reach soil 
surface.  Measure area to be treated and uniformly apply required amount using 
fertilizer spreader.  Do not apply to wet turf.  Thoroughly irrigate following 
application to increase effectiveness.  May cause temporary discoloration of 
bermuda and St. Augustine, which is normally outgrown within 2 to 3 wk.  Red 
fescue and bentgrass are not tolerant to Ronstar.  Do not apply to 
centipedegrass.  Do not use on putting greens or tees because of varying 
cultural practices used.  For St. Augustine grass, do not exceed rate of 150 
lb/ac).  For crabgrass and goosegrass control, apply in early spring (March) 
before seed germination.  For annual grass control, apply 200 lb/ac (4 lb ai) 
in late summer (Aug.) before seed germination.  Wait 4 mo before reseeding.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, bluegrass, excluding greens and tees.
 
CHEMICAL:  oxadiazon + benefin
 
RATE:  200 lbs/ac or 4 1/2 lb/1000 sq ft
 
_____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
REGAL STAR           1.0% + 0.5% on
                       granular 38% 
                       ureaformaldehyde
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, goosegrass, crowfootgrass.
 
REMARKS:  Apply in early spring (February-Mid April) before weed grass seed 
germination.  Apply to dry foliage only.  Do not apply to wet turf.  Irrigate 
to wash granules off dry turf.  Apply enough water to change the granule color 
from bright green to blue.  Color change indicates when herbicides have been 
rinsed from fertilizer carrier onto soil surface for herbicide effectiveness.
Not for use on greens or tees.  Germination of overseeded grasses may be 
reduced by as much as 50% if seeded within 6 months of a spring application.
 
On newly seeded bermudagrass and bluegrass delay application until after  
second mowing.  Use on newly sprigged bermudagrass and bluegrass after stolons 
have rooted and grass has filled in.
 
Do not contaminate any body of water.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, bahiagrass, centipede, St. Augustine, 
zoysia, tall fescue.
 
CHEMICAL:  benefin + oryzalin
 
RATE:  2 to 3 lb ai/ac (100 to 150 lb/ac)
_____________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
ELANCO XL 2G         2% granular
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrasses, foxtails, barnyardgrass, goosegrass, annual 
bluegrass, crowfootgrass, Johnsongrass, annual ryegrass, sandbur, 
carpetweed, prostrate knotweed, common purslane, common chickweed, henbit.
REMARKS:  Apply XL Granular approximately 1-2 wk before germination of annual 
grass weeds.  All summer annual grasses do not germinate at same time.  If 
application timing does not coincide with normal germination period of any of 
annual grass weeds listed on this label, weed control results may be erratic 
or poor.  Optimum weed control performance will be obtained if treated areas 
are irrigated soon after application.  Any cultural practices that disturb 
soil, such as aerification or verticutting, should be done before application 
of XL.  Second application at recommended rate may be made 8-10 wk after 
initial treatment for continued control.  Chemicals that effectively control 
annual weed seeds may also affect new desirable turfgrass seedlings. 
 
Reseeding should be delayed for at least 6 wk after applying XL.  When 
reseeding, it is essential that proper cultural practices, such as soil 
cultivation, irrigation, and fertilization be followed.  For satisfactory 
reseeding results after using XL, the amount of seed used should be increased 
and equipment designed to place seed in contact with soil (such as Rogers Aero 
Seeder) should be employed.  When using XL at highest rate, reseeding should 
be delayed 12-16 wk after application.
Application Equipment:  Apply XL Granular evenly over turfgrass area without 
skips or misses.  More uniform application can be made by spreading half the 
required amount over area and then applying remaining half at right angles.  
Both drop-type and rotary-type spreaders may be used.  Avoid use of spreaders 
that would apply material in narrow, concentrated bands.  For best results, 
use equipment designed to apply granular herbicides and insecticides.  
Calibrate applicators before use according to manufacturer's directions.  
Check frequently to be sure equipment is working properly and distributing 
granules uniformly.  Apply XL Granular to turf before germination of weed 
grasses since XL will not control established weeds.  XL Granular may thin 
established annual bluegrass (Poa annua) turfs and cool-season turfgrasses 
except tall fescue.  XL Granular should be applied in spring to turfgrass 
planted previous fall.  In bermudagrass areas that have been over-seeded with 
winter grasses, spring application of XL may thin overseeded grasses.  XL 
Granular should not be used on dichondra.  It should not be applied to newly 
sprigged areas of bermudagrass, St. Augustine, or centipedegrass until these 
turfs are well established.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Centipede, St. Augustine, zoysia, and common bermuda.
 
CHEMICAL:  atrazine
 
RATE:  2 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
PURGE                4 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Annual bluegrass-F or W, chickweed (common and mousear)-F, 
crabgrass-S. cranesbill-Sp. cudweed-Sp, dichondra-Sp and S, Florida betony-F & 
W, henbit-Sp, knotweed-S, lespedeza-S, moneywort-Sp & S, mustards-F, 
narrowleaf vetch-F, parsley piert-Sp or F, sandspur-Sp, smutgrass-Sp, spurge-
S, spurweed-W, swinecress-F or W, woodsorrel-Sp or F, clovers annual-S or F. 
 
REMARKS:  Above are names of weeds controlled by Purge and time of application 
that will give best control.  Abbreviations are W-Winter, Sp-Spring, S-Summer, 
and F-Fall. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Cool Season Grasses:  Kentucky bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass, fine fescue, tall fescue.
 
CHEMICAL:  pendimethalin
 
RATE:  1.5 lb ai/ac to 2.0 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
PROTURF WEEDGRASS    60% Water Dispersable
  CONTROL 60 WDG       granules
LESCO PRE-M 60 DG    60% Dispersable granules
PROTURF TURF WEED-
  GRASS CONTROL      1.71% granular
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, foxtail, annua bluegrass, barnyardgrass, fall 
panicum, oxalis, henbit, evening primrose, prostrate spurge, purslane, 
knotweed, common and mouseear chickweed, hop clover, cudweed, goosegrass.
REMARKS:  1.5 lb ai/ac to 2.0 lb ai/ac as the first application prior to weed 
seed germination.  Make a repeat application at 1 to 1.5 lb ai/ac after 6 to 8 
wk for extended control or where heavy weed crop is expected.  Irrigate 
following each application.  Delay seeding by 4 months and sprigging by 5 
months following application. 
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  goosegrass
 
REMARKS:  1.5 to 2.0 lb ai/ac in the spring before weed seed germination.  
Make a repeat application after 6 to 8 wk at 1.5 to 2 lbs ai/ac.  Irrigate 
following each application.  Delay seeding by 4 months and sprigging by 5 
months following application.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  bentgrass (1/2 inch height or taller), not for use on 
greens or tees.
 
CHEMICAL:  Pendimethalin
 
RATE:  1.5 lb ai/ac
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME             FORMULATION                
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
PROTURF WEEDGRASS      60% Water Dispersable
  CONTROL 60 WDG         granules
LESCO PRE-M 60 DG      60% Dispersable 
                         granules
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, foxtail, annual bluegrass, barnyardgrass, fall 
panicum, oxalis, prostrate spurge, purslane, knotweed.
REMARKS:  1.5 lb ai/ac in the spring prior to weed seed germination.  Make a 
repeat application of 1 to 1.5 lb ai/ac after 6 to 8 wk where heavy weed crop 
is expected.  Irrigate following application.  Delay seeding by 4 months and 
sprigging by 5 months following application.
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  goosegrass
 
REMARKS:  1.5 lb ai/ac in the spring before weed seed germination.  Make a 
repeat application of 1.5 lb ai/ac after 6 to 8 wk.  Irrigate following 
application.  Delay seeding by 4 months and sprigging by 5 months following 
application.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Warm Season Grasses:  bermudagrass (non-winter 
overseeded), St. Augustinegrass, bahiagrass, zoysiagrass, centipedegrass, tall 
fescue.
 
CHEMICAL:  pendimethalin
 
RATE:  1.5 to 3.0 lb ai/ac
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME             FORMULATION                
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
PROTURF WEEDGRASS      60% Water Dispersable
  CONTROL 60 WDG         Granules
LESCO PRE-M 60 DG      60% Dispersable granules
PROTURF TURF           1.71% granular
  WEEDGRASS CONTROL
PROTURF SOUTHERN       2.45% granular
  WEEDGRASS CONTROL
PROTURF 34-4-4 TURF    1.30% granular
  FERTILIZER PLUS
  WEEDGRASS CONTROL
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, foxtail, annual bluegrass, barnyardgrass, fall 
panicum, oxalis, prostrate spurge, purslane, knotweed, chickweed.
 
REMARKS:  1.5 to 3.0 lb ai/ac prior to weed seed germination.  Repeat at 1 to 
1.5 lb ai/ac after 6 to 8 wk if necessary.  May cause yellow or thin cool 
season grasses overseeded on turf.  Delay seeding by 4 months to sprigging by 
5 months.
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  goosegrass
 
REMARKS:  1.5 to 3.0 lb ai/ac before weed seed germination.  Make a repeat 
application of 1.5 to 2.0 lb ai/ac to extend control of goosegrass or if the 
lower rate was initially used.  May cause yellow or thin cool season grasses 
overseeded in turf.  Delay seeding by 4 months and sprigging by 5 months.
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Cudweed, hop clover, evening primrose, henbit.
 
REMARKS:  3.0 lb ai/ac prior to weed seed germination.  May cause yellow or 
thin cool season grasses overseeded in turf.  Delays seeding by 4 months and 
sprigging by 5 months.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, zoysiagrass, tall fescue, bentgrass, 
perennial bluegrass, and perennial ryegrass.  Fairways, tees, and bermudagrass 
and bentgrass greens.
 
CHEMICAL:  bensulide + oxadiazon 
 
RATE:  6 lb ai/ac + 1.5 lb ai/ac
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
PROTURF              5.25% granular + 1.31%          
  GOOSEGRASS/        granular                                          
   CRABGRASS CONTROL
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, goosegrass.
 
REMARKS:  On bermudagrass and bentgrass putting greens, this product may cause 
yellow and thin turf for up to 4 weeks.  Use on greens only for very heavy 
goosegrass infestations.  Do not use on newly seeded bermudagrass until after 
second mowing.  On newly sprigged bermuda, wait until grass has filled in and 
stolons have rooted down before application.  Delay 5 months before reseeding 
or overseeding.  Irrigate 1/4 to 1/2 inch immeditely following application.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, centipede, St. Augustine, fescue, 
bahiagrass. 
 
CHEMICAL:  napropamide 
 
RATE:  2 to 3 lb/ac 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
 
DEVRINOL             5G                         DEVRINOL           50WP 
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Crabgrass, goosegrass, annual bluegrass. 
 
REMARKS:  To control crabgrass and goosegrass (split application only), apply 
at rate and during periods recommended below.  Apply 2-3 wk before weed 
emergence. 
Single Application:  For crabgrass control apply 60 lb 5-G or 6 lb 50WP/ac 
between Oct.-Dec. 31 or 40-60 lb 5-G (4 to 6 lb 50WP)/ac between Jan. 1-Feb. 
15. 
 
Split Application:  To control goosegrass use two applications of 40 lb 5-G or 
4 lb 50WP/ac; each between /Feb. 1-April 20.  Apply 8 to 10 wk apart.  Timing 
should be adjusted to weed seed germination in your area of S. C.  First 
application is for crabgrass control; second for crabgrass and goosegrass.  
Split applications give longer and better weed control than one application.  
Do not reseed or overseed within 6 mo after application.  Minimum of 1/2 in 
rainfall or irrigation within 2 to 3 days after application required for 
adequate weed control.  With 50WP formulation use 80-120 gal water/ac.  Where 
rate range is given, use higher rate when heavy weed infestation expected.  
For annual bluegrass (Poa annua) control:  Application of Devrinol 50WP 
Ornamental should be made in fall before annual bluegrass germinates.  Apply 
4-6 lb Deverinol 50WP Ornamental/ac in 80-120 gal water (1.5-2.25 oz/2 1/2 gal 
water/1,000 sq ft). 
Devrinol 50 WP Ornamental/Betasan 4E combination:  Devrinol 50WP Ornamental 
may be used as tank mix combination with Betasan 4E for crabgrass control in 
following established turf grasses:  bahia, bermudagrass, centipede, St. 
Augustine, and fescue.  Apply 4 lb Devrinol 50WP Ornamental and 5 qt Betasan 
4E/ac using minimum of 80 gal water.  Application should be made at least 2-3 
wk before earliest germination date for crabgrass in your area.  Devrinol 50WP 
Ornamental/Betasan 4E combination requires minimum of 1/2 in of rainfall or 
irrigation 2-3 days after application for adequate control.  If irrigation is 
not available, application should be delayed several wk to allow for some 
rainfall between application and weed germination.
 
Tank-Mixing Directions:  Add recommended amount of Devrinol 50WP Ornamental to 
spray tank while filling with water.  After Devrinol 50WP Ornamental is 
thoroughly wetted out and dispersed in all the water, then add recommended 
amount of Betasan 4E and mix to provide uniform dispersion.  Apply in at least 
80 gal water/ac.
 
Reseeding:  Do not reseed or overseed within 6 mo after application. 
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NONSELECTIVE WEED AND GRASS CONTROL NEAR ORNAMENTALS AND TURF        
-DOC-
        NONSELECTIVE WEED AND GRASS CONTROL NEAR ORNAMENTALS AND TURF
                   Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, St. Augustine, bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass.  (fairways, parks, golf courses, lawns)
 
CHEMICAL:  R methyl bromide 
 
RATE:  1 lb/100 sq ft
________________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME            FORMULATION               TRADE NAME          FORMULATION 
________________________________________________________________________________
DOWFUME MC-2         l-lb can liquid            BROMOGAS
PESTMASTER           gas under pressure--       PROFUME
                     when released,             
                     forms gas
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Nonselective (all weeds).
REMARKS:  Chemical is applied under covering, usually plastic.  Rate 
recommended is sufficient for control of most weeds under normal environmental 
conditions.  Increase application rate in wet, heavy soils and if temperature 
is below 60 degrees F.  This chemical is effective against many weeds, soil 
insects, some nematodes, and disease organisms.  Can be very hazardous if not 
handled according to directions. Follow directions to the letter.  
 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, St. Augustine, bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass. (fairways, parks, golf courses, lawns)
 
CHEMICAL:  metam-sodium
 
RATE:  1 qt/100 sq ft
 
______________________________________________________________________________ 
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
VAPAM                aqueous                    VPM                solutions
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Nonselective (all weeds).
 
REMARKS:  A covering is not necessary as with methyl bromide but increases 
effectiveness if used.  Chemical can be applied as liquid or may be injected 
with proper equipment.  Soil penetration depends on amount of water used.  
Follow directions to the letter.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, St. Augustine, bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass.  (fairways, parks, golf courses, lawns)
 
CHEMICAL:  sodium arsenite
 
RATE:  300-1,200 lb/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________ 
ORTHO ARSENICAL                                 ATLAS A 
  WEEDKILLER                                    F & B WEEDKILLER  
PENITE                                            
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Nonselective, semipermanent soil sterilization.
 
REMARKS:  Use in gravel parking areas, under blacktop drives, stadiums, or 
areas where ornamentals and turf are not desired.  Keep livestock off treated 
areas.  Do not use in root zone of desirable trees and shrubs.  Do not use on 
lawns or in gardens.  
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, St. Augustine, bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass. (fairways, parks, golf courses, lawns)
 
CHEMICAL:  ureabor, vacate, or similar chemicals
 
RATE:  Follow manufacturer's recommendations.
______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
UREABOR                                         VACATE
LESCOBOR
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Same as sodium arsenite.
 
REMARKS:  Use in gravel parking areas, under blacktop drives, stadiums, or 
areas where ornamentals and turf are not desired.  Chemical is not as toxic as 
sodium arsenite.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, St. Augustine, bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass. (fairways, parks, golf courses, lawns)
 
CHEMICAL:  simazine (wettable powder or granular)
 
RATE:  10-40 lb ai/ac (12 1/2 to 50 lb simazine 80W; 250-1,000 lb or 4% 
granular).
_____________________________________________________________________________ 
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_____________________________________________________________________________ 
PRINCEP 4G &         4% granular
80% WP               80% WP
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Nonselective.
 
REMARKS:  Parking areas, fence lines, or other areas where ornamentals and 
turf are not desired.  Do not use in root zone of desirable trees and shrubs.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, St. Augustine, bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass. (fairways, parks golf courses, lawns)
 
CHEMICAL:  R  paraquat 
 
RATE:  0.5 lb ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________ 
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                             
______________________________________________________________________________ 
GRAMOXONE SUPER      1.5 ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Nonselective and non-residual.  Also effective for control 
of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds in dormant bermuda, zoysia, and 
centipede turf. 
REMARKS:  Applied with a surfactant or wetting agent such as X-77.  Can be 
applied as directed basal spray around woody ornamental plants and trees.  Can 
be used to edge lawns without fear of volatility or runoff.  Restricted to 
commercial use only.  Can be tank mixed and compatible with many residual 
herbicides such as atrazine and simazine. 
 
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, St. Augustine, bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass.  (fairways, parks, golf courses, lawns)
 
CHEMICAL: dimethylarsinic acid (cacodylic acid)
 
RATE: 3 1/2 to 5 lb ai/ac, 10 fl oz/a,ooo sq ft (2.48 lb ai/gal)
______________________________________________________________________________ 
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________
PHYTAR 560           2.48 lb/ai/gal             CONTAX             1 lb ai/gal
ERASE                                           SPOT-KIL
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Nonselective; perennial weed regrowth will occur in 6 to 8 
wk. 
 
REMARKS:  Applied with surfactant or wetting agent.  Can be applied as 
directed basal spray around woody ornamental plants and trees.  Can be used to 
edge lawns without fear of volatility or runoff.
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, St. Augustine, bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass. (fairways, parks, golf courses, lawns)
 
CHEMICAL:  dalapon
 
RATE:  5 lb/ac
______________________________________________________________________________ 
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________ 
BASFAPON             85% WP                     DOWPON
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Perennial and annual grasses.
 
REMARKS:  Two applications spaced 7 to 10 days apart plus a wetting agent or 
surfactant should give good grass control.  Additional applications may be 
needed as mop-up spray.  With care at rate recommended, Dowpon has been used 
to control grasses around some trees and shrubs.  When used to edge around 
turf areas, some damage has occurred to turf after heavy rain. 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, St. Augustine, bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass. (fairways, parks, golf courses, lawns)
 
CHEMICAL:  glyphosate (41%)
 
RATE:  1 to 5 qt/ac, 2 oz (4 tbsp)/gal of water/1,000 sq ft for annual weeds, 
3 oz (6 tbsp)/gal of water/1,000 sq ft for perennial weeds. 
_______________________________________________________________________________
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
ROUNDUP              3 lb ai/gal
 
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Annual bluegrass, downy brome, crabgrass, foxtail, 
fleabane, kochia, lambsquarters, prickly lettuce, panicum, pigweed, ragweed, 
sandspur, shattercane, smartweed (Pennsylvania), thistle, velvetleaf, 
volunteer wheat, bermudagrass, field bindweed, Kentucky bluegrass, 
dallisgrass, dock (curly), dogbane, fescues, johnsongrass, milkweed, muhly, 
mullein, naplergrass, nightshade, paragrass, quackgrass, smartweed (swamp), 
thistle (Canada), vaseygrass.
REMARKS:  Not recommended for domestic application except by professional 
applicators.  When applied as directed under conditions described on the 
label, glyphosate controls most existing vegetation.  Apply glyphosate at rate 
specified in "Weeds Controlled" section of label before turfgrass 
establishment or renovation.  Perennial weeds require higher rate of 
application than annual weeds.  DO NOT DISTURB SOIL OR UNDERGROUND PLANT PARTS 
BEFORE TREATMENT.  AVOID CONTACT OF SPRAY WITH FOLIAGE OF DESIRABLE TURFGRASS, 
TREES, SHRUBS, OR OTHER DESIRABLE VEGETATION SINCE SEVERE DAMAGE OR 
DESTRUCTION MAY RESULT.  Glyphosate does not provide residual weed control.  
For subsequent weed control, follow a label-approved-herbicide program.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTABLISHED GRASSES:  Bermudagrass, St. Augustine, bluegrass, perennial 
ryegrass.  (fairways, parks, golf courses, lawns)
 
CHEMICAL:  glyphosate 
 
RATE:  8 fl oz (1 cup)/1 gal water/250 sq ft (5%)
______________________________________________________________________________ 
TRADE NAME           FORMULATION                TRADE NAME         FORMULATION
______________________________________________________________________________ 
ORTHO KLEENUP        5% solution                BLOT-OUT           5% solution
  SYSTEMIC WEED                                 systemic weed & 
  AND GRASS                                     grass  
  KILLER                                        killer
 
ORTHO KLEENUP        0.5% solution              BLOT-OUT ready-      0.96%
ready-to-use                                    to-use weed &
weed & grass                                    grass killer
killer (for
domestic use)
WEEDS CONTROLLED:  Most weeds and grasses, including but not exclusive of 
bahiagrass, bermudagrass, blackberries, chickweed, clover, dandelion, fescue, 
Florida pusley, henbit, orchard grass, oxalis, pennywort, poison ivy, 
sandspur, St. Augustinegrass, yellow nutsedge, zoysia, crabgrass, plantains, 
dandelions, sandbur.
 
REMARKS:  This nonselective, systemic herbicide can control weeds, grasses, or 
undesirable vegetation along fences, sidewalks and driveways; around trees, 
shrubs, ornamentals; in brick and gravel walkways; for spot treatment in 
lawns; around buildings.  Apply when vegetation is growing.  Warm, sunny 
weather hastens systemic movement from leaves and stems to roots for complete 
kill.  Heavy lawn grass or hard-to-control perennial weeds such as 
bermudagrass, nimble-will dandelion, or Canada thistle may need repeat 
application for regrowth.  Best to apply on sunny day when temp is at least 
F and only in calm air.  Do not use around edible feed or food crops.  Do 
not apply when rainfall is expected in 24 hr.  Follow label directions for 
rate and application.  (FOR DOMESTIC USE BY HOMEOWNER.)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ADJUVANTS, SURFACTANTS, WETTING, SPREADING, OR STICKER AGENTS         
-DOC-
         ADJUVANTS, SURFACTANTS, WETTING, SPREADING, OR STICKER AGENTS
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
TWEEN 20--nonionic                  Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc.
  agricultural                      New Murphy Road & Concord Pike
  surfactant                        Wilmington, Delaware 19899
 
X-77                                Allied Chemical Corporation
  spreader-sticker                  40 Rector Street
                                    New York, NY 10005
 
SPREADER-ACTIVATOR                  Chipman Division
                                    Rhodia, Inc.
                                    120 Jersey Ave.
                                    New Brunswick, NJ 08903
SPREADER-STICKER                    E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co., Inc.
                                    Industrial & Biochemicals Dept.
                                    1007 Market Street
                                    Wilmington, Delaware 19801
 
LESCO SPREADER-STICKER              LESCO, INC. 
                                    20005 Lake Road
                                    Rocky River, OH  44116
 
AMWAY ALL-PURPOSE                   Amway Corp.
  SPRAY ADJUVANT                    Ada, MI 49355
 
SURFACTANT WK                       E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co., Inc.
                                    Industrial & Biochemicals Dept.
                                    1007 Market Street
                                    Wilmington, Delaware 19801
SPREADER-STICKER                    E-Z Flo Chemical Co.
                                    Div. Grower Service Corp.
                                    Suite 100 Stoddard Corp.
                                    P. O. Box 808
                                    Lansing, Michigan 48933
 
ORTHO X-77                          Chevron Chemical Co.
                                    Ortho Divison
                                    411 E. Marlton Pike
                                    Cherry Hill NJ 08034
 
SPREADER-STICKER                    SCIENCE Products Co., Inc.
                                    2840 N. Greenview Avenue
                                    Chicago, Illinois 60614
 
TRITON B-1956 Spreader Sticker      Rohm & Haas
TRITON AG-98  Spreader Activator    Philadelphia, PA 19105
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUSCEPTIBILITY OF BROADLEAF WEEDS IN TURFGRASS TO HERBICIDES         
-DOC-
         SUSCEPTIBILITY OF BROADLEAF WEEDS IN TURFGRASS TO HERBICIDES
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Bindweed  
 Convolvulus arvensis               S                S-I                 S
Bittercress
 Cardamine hirsuta                  S                 I                  S
Black medic
 Medicago lupulina                  R                 I                  S
Buttercup
 Ranunculus repens                 S-I                I                  S
Carpetweed
 Mollugo verticillata               S                 S                  S
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Chickweed, common
 Stellaria media                    R                S-I                 S
 mouse-ear
  Cerastium vulgatum               I-R               S-I                 S
Chicory
 Cichorium intybus                  S                 S                  S
Cinquefoil, common
 Potentilla canadensis             S-I               S-I                S-I
Clover, crimson                     
 Trifolium incarnatum               S                 S                  S
  hop
   Trifolium agrarium               I                 S                  S
  white
   Trifolium repens                 I                 S                  S
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Cranesbill
 Geranium carolinianum              S                S-I                 S
Daisy, English
 Bellis perennis                    R                 I                  S
Daisy, oxeye
 Chrysanthemum leucanthemum         I                 I                  I
Dandelion
 Taraxacum spp.                     S                 S                  S
Dock
 Rumex obtusifolius                 I                I-R                 S
Dogfennel
 Eupatorium capillifolium           I                 I                  S
Garlic, wild
 Allium vineale                    S-I                R                 S-I
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
Ground ivy
 Glechoma hederacea                I-R                I                 S-I
Hawkweed
 Hieracium pilosella               S-I                R                 S-I
Healall
 Prunnella vulgaris                S-I               S-I                 S
Henbit
 Lamium amplexicaule                I                 I                  S
Knapweed, spotted
 Centaurea maculosa                 I                 I                  S
Knawel
 Scleranthus annuus                 R                 I                  S
Knotweed
 Polygonum aviculare                R                 I                  S
Lambsquarter
 Chenopodium album                  S                 S                  S
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Lespedeza
 Lespedeza striata                 I-R                S                  S
Mallow, roundleaf
 Malva rotundifolia                I-R                I                 S-I
Mugwort
 Artemesia vulgaris                 I                I-R                S-I
Mustards
 Brassica spp.                      S                 I                  S
Nutsedge
 Cyperus spp.                       I                 R                  R
Onion, wild
 Allium canadense                   I                 R                 S-I
Ornamental plants                  S-I               S-I                 S
Parsley piert
 Alchemilla microcarpa              R                I-R                S-I
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Pearlwort, birdseye
 Sagina procumbens                 I-R                S                  S
Pennycress
 Thalaspi arvense                   S                 I                  S
Pennywort, lawn
 Hydrocotyl sibthorpioides         S-I               S-I                --
Pepperweed
 Lepidium campestri                 S                S-I                 S
Pigweed
 Amaranthus spp.                    S                 S                  S
Pineappleweed
 Matricaria matricarioides         I-R                I                  I
Plantains
 Plantago spp.                      S                I-R                I-R
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Poison ivy
 Rhus spp.                          I                 R                 S-I
Pony foot
 Dichondra spp.                     S                 I                 S-I
Prostrate spurge
 Euphorbia supina                   I                 I                  S
Purslane
 Portulaca oleracea                 I                 R                  S
Red sorrel
 Rumex acetosella                   R                 R                  S
Shepherdspurse
 Capsella bursa-pastoria            S                S-I                 S
Speedwell
 Veronica spp.                     I-R               I-R                I-R
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Spotted spurge
 Euphorbia maculata                I-R               S-I                S-I
Spurrey, corn
 Spergula arvensis                  R                --                  S
Spurweed
 Soliva pterosperma                 R                S-I                S-I
Thistle, musk, curl
 Cirsium spp., Carduus spp.         S                 I                  S
Thistle, Canada
 Salsola kali var. tenuifolia       I                 I                  S
Vegetables                          S                 S                  S
Wild carrot
 Daucus carota                      S                S-I                 S
Wild strawberry
 Fragaria vesca                     R                 R                 S-I
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Wild violet
 Viola spp.                        I-R               I-R                I-R
Woodsorrel
 Oxalis stricta                     R                 R                  I
Yarrow
 Achillea millefolium               I                I-R                 S
Yellow rocket
 Barbarea vulgaris                 S-I                I                 S-I
______________________________________________________________________________
 
S = weed susceptible.
I = intermediate, good control at times with high rates, sometimes poor, 
    usually require more than one treatment.
R = resistant weeds in most instances.
______________________________________________________________________________
  Broadleaf weeds are most easily controlled with postemergence herbicides 
when young and tender.
   Apply postemergence herbicies on winter broadleaf weeds in fall, warm 
periods of winter, and very early spring.
  On summer broadleaf weeds apply postemergence herbicides in spring and early 
summer.
  Repeat applications at 1- to 2-week intervals are usually necessary for 
complete control.
  Many of the broadleaf weeds, especially annuals, can be controlled with a 
preemergence herbicide which kills the germinating seed.  Apply a preemergence 
herb before seed germination.
  To control winter broadleaf weeds from seed, apply a preemergence herbicide 
in late summer (mid-August).
  To control summer broadleaf weeds from seed, apply a preemergence herbicide 
in early spring (March).
  The preceeding herbicides are available under a number of different trade 
names at garden centers, farm supply stores, turf supply dealers, and hard 
ware stores.  Some are available in granular formulations with turf 
fertilizers.  Most are available in liquid formulation for spray application.  
There are a few two-way and three-way combination products for broader spectrum 
broadleaf weed control.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TRADE NAMES FOR THE COMMON TURF FUNGICIDES                  
-DOC-
                  TRADE NAMES FOR THE COMMON TURF FUNGICIDES
                  R. A. Haygood, Extension Plant Pathologist 

_______________________________________________________________________________
Common Name             Trade Name*
_______________________________________________________________________________
anilazine               Dyrene
benomyl                 Tersan 1991
                          Security Benomyl Spray
chloroneb               Terraneb SP
chlorothalonil 75W      Daconil 2787                                           
chlorothalonil 29.6%    Ortho Multi-purpose Fungicide Daconil 2787
chlorothalonil 40.4%    Daconil 2787 Flowable
chlorothalonil 54%      Daconil 2787F
cycloheximide           Acti-dione TGF
cycloheximide-thiram    Acti-dione-Thiram
etridiazole             Koban, Terrazole

*The mention of a product does not constitute a recommendation or an endorse-
ment, and discrimination by the Clemson University Cooperative Extension 
Service is not implied by the exclusion of any comparable product.
Each specific label is the final authority on application rates and uses.
                  TRADE NAMES [DFOR THE COMMON TURF FUNGICIDES (cont)

_______________________________________________________________________________
Common Name             Trade Name*
_______________________________________________________________________________
fenaminosulf            Lesan
fenarimol               Rubigan
iprodione               Chipco 26019
maneb                   Security Maneb Spray, Dithane M-22 Special 
mancozeb                Fore, Tersan LSR, Dithane M-45, Manzate 200 Flowable,
metalaxyl               Subdue
PCNB                    Terraclor, Turfcide
propamocarb             Banol
thiophanate             Cleary's 3336
thiophanate-methyl      Fungo 50
triadimefon             Bayleton, Scotts Proturf Fungicide 7
vinclozolin             Vorlan

*The mention of a product does not constitute a recommendation or an endorse-
ment, and discrimination by the Clemson University Cooperative Extension 
Service is not implied by the exclusion of any comparable product.
Each specific label is the final authority on application rates and uses.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREPLANT APPLICATION BEFORE WEED SEED GERMINATION               
-DOC-
               PREPLANT APPLICATION BEFORE WEED SEED GERMINATION
                     John Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Most, except hard-         R methyl            Various              240-360 lb
seeded legumes and         bromide                                  (1/3 lb/
some deep-rooted           (surface                                 100 sq ft)
perennials.                applied)
 
REMARKS:  Till soil to a depth of at least 8 in.  Soil temperature should be 
above 50 degrees F.  Cover area with plastic for at least 24 hr after 
fumigation.  Remove cover and wait at least 3 days to 2 wk before planting.  
Soil moisture and soil temperature affect earliness of planting after 
fumigation.  Higher rate needed when high percentage of soil organic matter 
present.  NOTE:  Not restricted use if 1 1/2 lb container used. 
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Same as methyl             methyl bromide      Various              Rate 
bromide (surface           (soil                                    varies                            
applied)                   injected)                                with
                                                                    formula-
                                                                    tion and
                                                                    manu-
                                                                    facturer.
See note above.
 
REMARKS:  Inject in soil to depth of 6 in and cover immediately with plastic.  
Best results when soil moisture near field capacity and soil temperature above 
50 degrees F.  Allow 2 wk after plastic removal before transplanting.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Same as methyl             SMDC, VPM           1-2 qt/              Rate
bromide                      VAPAM 4S          100 sq ft            varies
(surface                                                            with
applied)                                                            method of
                                                                    applica-
                                                                    tion (1-2
                                                                    lb/100
                                                                    sq ft).
 
REMARKS:  Apply in water.  After application, apply additional water for water 
seal.  Plastic cover loosely laid gives better control.  Wait 2-4 wk after 
fumigation before planting.  Waiting period dependent on soil moisture and 
temperature.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses             trifluralin         1-2 pt               1/2-l lb
and some broad-              TREFLAN EC
leaf species.
 
REMARKS:  Prepare soil as for planting.  Apply herbicide and incorporate 
immediately to a depth of 2-3 in.  USE ONLY ON SPECIES LISTED ON LABEL.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Same as Treflan EC         trifluralin         80 lb                4 lb 
                             TREFLAN
                             GRANULAR
 
REMARKS:  Best weed control will be obtained when followed by overhead 
irrigation or rainfall within 2 hr after surface application.  Check label for 
rates if material is incorporated.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual weeds and           EPTC                5-7 pt               5-7 lb
certain perennials           EPTAM                                  Also
such as nutsedge             GENEP                                  available 
and bermudagrass                                                    as 
                                                                    granules
 
REMARKS:  Use lower rate for annual weeds.  Prepare soil as for planting.  
Apply herbicide to surface and incorporate to depth of 2-3 in.  FOLLOW LABEL 
DIRECTIONS AND USE ONLY ON SPECIES LISTED ON LABEL.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Many annual and            glyphosate          1-5 qt               1-5 lb
perennial weeds              ROUNDUP
 
REMARKS:  For nonselective weed control, apply to actively growing weeds.  
Higher rate needed to control perennials.  No residual control of annual 
weeds.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREEMERGENCE TO WEEDS IN ESTABLISHED STOCK                  
-DOC-
                  PREEMERGENCE TO WEEDS IN ESTABLISHED STOCK
                     John Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses full        trifluralin                              1/2-1 lb-      
season, some broad-          TREFLAN EC        1-2 pt               EC; 4 lb-G
leaf weeds.                  TREFLAN 5G        80 lb                Available 
                                                                    as a 
                                                                    liquid or
                                                                    granules
 
REMARKS:  Apply EC in 40 gal water/ac, incorporate lightly or irrigate shortly 
after application.  USE ONLY ON SPECIES LISTED ON LABEL.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Primarily annual           DCPA                10-14                7.5-10.5
grasses, some                DACTHAL                                Available
broadleaf weeds.             W-75                                   as
Also dodder.                                                        wettable.
                                                                    Also
                                                                    granules
 
REMARKS:  Apply in 20-40 gal water/ac.  Can expect 6-8 wk weed control.  USE 
ONLY ON SPECIES LISTED ON LABEL.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Most annual grasses,       simazine            2 qt                 2 lb
many broadleaf weeds.        PRINCEP 4-L                            Also
                                                                    available
                                                                    as
                                                                    wettable
                                                                    powder or
                                                                    granules
 
REMARKS:  Apply in 20-40 gal water/ac.  Apply only to species listed on label.
 
DO NOT USE IN CONTAINERS
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Many winter annual         pronamide           2-4 lb               1-2 lb
and perennial                KERB 50W
weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Apply in 20-40 gal water/ac.  Suggested for fall weed control.  
Apply only to plants 1 yr old or older.  Apply only to species listed on 
label.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Many annual grasses        oxadiazon           100-200 lb           2-4 lb
and broadleaf                RONSTAR 2G
weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Do not mix into soil.  Remove existing weed growth.  Apply anytime 
before weed seed germination.  Do not apply to wet foliage or where granules 
will collect on foliage.  Irrigation following application will improve weed 
control.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and         diphenamid          4.4-6.6 lb           4-6 lb
some broadleaf               ENIDE 90WP
weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Apply in 20-40 gal water/ac.  APPLY ONLY TO SPECIES LISTED ON LABEL.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and         dichlobenil         100-200 lb           4-8 lb
many broadleaf               CASORON 4G
weeds.  Particularly
wild chrysanthemum,
Florida betony
(Chinese artichoke)
and alligator weed.
 
REMARKS:  APPLY ONLY TO SPECIES LISTED ON LABEL.  On transplanted stock, do 
not apply until 4 wk after transplanting.  Do not use in containers. 
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses,            metolachlor         2-3 pt               2-3 lb 
yellow nutsedge,             DUAL 8E 
and some broad-              PENNANT 5G        40-80 lb             2-4 lb 
leaf species. 
 
REMARKS:  Apply in minimum of 15 gal water/ac.  Use DUAL 8E as a directed 
spray to base of established ornamentals or ornamentals transplanted a minimum 
of 10 days.  APPLY ONLY TO SPECIES LISTED ON LABEL.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and         oryzalin            2-4 qt               2-4 lb 
some broadleaf               SURFLAN 4AS           
weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Apply to soil surface clear of clods in 20-40 gal of water.  Higher 
rate give 6-8 mo weed control.  USE ONLY ON SPECIES LISTED ON LABEL.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and         napropamide         50WP 8-12            4-6 lb
broadleaf weeds.             DEVRINOL 50WP     l lb
                             2G                400-600 lb           8-12 lb
 
REMARKS:  Apply to clean soil.  Requires 1-2 in of irrigation or rainfall soon 
after application.  Incorporating 1-2 in will improve weed control.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Many annual grasses        oxyfluorfen         100 lb               2 lb
and many annual                 +                                     +
broadleaf weeds.           pendimethalin                            1 lb
                             ORNAMENTAL
                             HERBICIDE 2
 
REMARKS:  Apply  to clean soil before weeds emerge.  Best results obtained 
with 1/8-1/4 in water immediately after application.  Use only on species 
listed on label.  Do not apply in enclosed structures such as greenhouses or 
overwintering structures.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and         oryzalin            100 lb               3 lb
broadleaf weeds.               +
                           oxyfluorfen
                             ROUT     
 
REMARKS:  Apply evenly to dry foliage to weed-free media when plants are not 
breaking dormancy or making a flush of growth.  DO NOT APPLY IN ENCLOSED 
STRUCTURES, SUCH AS GREENHOUSES OR OVERWINTERING STRUCTURES.  Use only on 
species listed on label. 
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual winter grasses      chloropropham       20-80 lb             2-8 lb
and broadleaf weeds;         FURLOE 10G
also dodder, chick-          
weed after emergence. 
 
REMARKS:  Apply to clean soil.  More effective when soil temperature 50 
degrees F or lower.  Apply when nursery stock in dormant stage.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POSTEMERGENCE TO WEEDS IN ESTABLISHED STOCK                  
-DOC-
                  POSTEMERGENCE TO WEEDS IN ESTABLISHED STOCK
                     John Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac /
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual broadleaf           R Gramoxone super   2.7 qt               l lb
weeds and grasses.           (paraquat)
 
REMARKS:  Apply as directed spray to keep chemical off nursery foliage.  A 
surfactant will increase effectiveness.  Certain deciduous plants are 
sensitive and damage can result if applied to plants containing green pigment 
in the stem.  Will top kill foliage on perennial weeds and grasses.  Apply in 
100 gal water/ac.  
 
DO NOT USE IN CONTAINERS.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac /
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual and                 sethoxydim          1.5-3 pt             0.28-0.47
perennial grasses            POAST
Does not control             1.53 lb/gal
sedges or broadleaf          EC
weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Apply to actively growing grasses when in recommended stage of 
growth given in rate table.  Do not make applications to grass under stress.  
Use minimum of 20 gal water/ac at 40 psi.  Increase to 40 gal at 60 psi to 
ensure grass coverage.  Always add nonphytotoxic oil concentrate to spray 
solution at 2 pt/ac for ground applications.  It is impossible to test every 
ornamental species.  Plant tolerance to Poast has been found acceptable for 
plants listed on label.  Tolerance to other species has not been determined.  
For additonal application directions, follow label.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac /
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Same as Poast              fluazifop           .75-1.5 pt           0.09-0.19
                             FUSILADE 2000
 
REMARKS:  Thorough spray coverage is required.  Apply as a directed spray to 
prevent contact with plant foliage.  Do not tank mix with other herbicides.  
Add 1 qt crop oil concentrate or 1/2 pt nonionic surfactant/25 gal water.  Use 
25 gal dilute spray/ac treated with 30-60 psi pressure.  Follow label for 
tolerant plant species.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac /
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Many annual and            glyphosate          1-5 qt               1-5 lb
perennial weeds.             ROUNDUP
                             4L
 
REMARKS:  Apply with a directed or shielded sprayer to plant species listed on 
label.  Follow application instructions listed on label.
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               FORMULATION/ac /
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE           BROADCAST            RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Florida betony             dichlobenil         100-150 lb           4-6 lb
(Chinese arti-               CASORON 4G
choke), wild
chrysanthemum, and
some other broadleaf
weeds.
 
REMARKS:  Best results have been obtained from late fall applications.  Apply 
only to species listed on label.
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Some or all uses of this product are restricted.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREEMERGENCE TO WEEDS IN ESTABLISHED PLANTINGS                
-DOC-
                PREEMERGENCE TO WEEDS IN ESTABLISHED PLANTINGS
                    (Annuals, Perennials, and Groundcovers)
                     John Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell Research Horticulturist     
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                             FORMULATION/ac
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE         BROADCAST           RATE ai/ac
_____________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and         oryzalin          2-4 qt              2-4 lb
broadleaf weeds;             SURFLAN 4AS       
barnyardgrass, crab-         
grass, seedling 
johnsongrass, fall
panicum, wild oaks,
chickweed, purslane,
carpetweed, lambs-
quarters, pigweed,
foxtail, and 
goosegrass.
REMARKS:  Iceplant, gardenia, trailing African daisy, Easter cactus, gazania, 
bird of paradise, dwarf periwinkle, and yucca.  Apply as a spray to 
established plantings before weeds emerge.  Do not use on soils containing 
more than 3% organic matter.  Can be injurious to some species.  Follow label 
carefully.
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                             FORMULATION/ac
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE         BROADCAST           RATE ai/ac
_____________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and         trifluralin                           0.5-1 lb
broadleaf weeds;             TREFLAN EC      1-2 pt              (soil in-
annual bluegrass,            TREFLAN 5G      80 lb               corporated)
barnyardgrass,                               (2 lb/      
crabgrass, foxtail                           1,100 sq ft)        4 lb 
goosegrass, seedling                                             (surface
johnsongrass                                                     applied)
shattercane,
stinkgrass, cheat,
carpetweed, chick-
weed, carelessweed,
lambsquarters,
Russian thistle,
purslane, and knot-
weed.
REMARKS:  Ageratum, aster, balsam, California poppy, rose, carnation, 
chrysanthemum, dahlia, dianthus, gladiolus, periwinkle, petunia, phlox, 
portulaca, salvia, snapdragon, stock, sunflower, sweet pea, and zinnia are 
labeled.  Apply as spray or granules before weeds germinate.  Not effective on 
established weeds.  Must be incorporated into soil within 4 hr.  Granular and 
liquid forms available. 
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                             FORMULATION/ac
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE         BROADCAST           RATE ai/ac
_____________________________________________________________________________
Annual broadleaf weeds     bensulide         107-143 lb          8.25-12.5
and grasses; annual          BETASAN         (2.4-3.2 lb/        lb
bluegrass, barnyard-         7G              1,000 sq ft)
grass, smooth and 
hairy crabgrass,
henbit, fall
panicum, foxtail,
goosegrass, lambs-
quarters, redroot
pigweed, shepherds purse,
and others.
 
REMARKS:  Alyssum, aster, candytuft, daffodil, dahlia, daisy, iceplant, 
marigold, pansy, gladiolus, narcissus, pachysandra, sedum, stock, tulip, and 
zinnia.  Weeds must be removed before application.  Use on established crops 
only.
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                             FORMULATION/ac
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE         BROADCAST           RATE ai/ac
_____________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and         DCPA              160-180 lb          8-10 lb
broadleaf weeds;             DACTHAL         3.7 lb-    
crabgrass, annual            G-5             4.1 lb    
bluegrass, creeping,                         1,000 sq ft)
speedwell, foxtail,
lovegrass, witch-
grass, carpetweed,
common chickweed,
lambsquarters,
purslane, dodder,
and others.  For
dodder control
210 lb/ac (4 lb
13 oz) may be needed.
REMARKS:  Alyssum, aster, azalea, chrysanthemum, coleus, dahlia, foxglove, 
rose, geranium, iris, lily, marguerite, pachysandra, peony, petunia, salvia,
snapdragon, violet, zinnia, and gladiolus.  Apply as spray and granules 
immediately after planting before weeds emerge.  Do not use on carnation, 
pansy, phlox, sweet william and others.  Will not control groundsel.  Granular 
and wettable powder form available.
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                             FORMULATION/ac
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE         BROADCAST           RATE ai/ac
_____________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses and         diphenamid        4.4-6.7 lb          4-6 lb
broadleaf weeds;             ENIDE
annual bluegrass,            90WP
large crabgrass,
yellow and giant
foxtail, goosegrass,
barnyardgrass, witchgrass, 
fall panicum, ryegrass,
cheat, seedling johnson-
grass, pigweed, spiny
amaranth, lambsquarters, 
smartweed, purslane,
common chickweed,
carpetweed, knotweed,
red sorrel, pepper-
weed, and shepherds
purse.
REMARKS:  Aster, chrysanthemum, dahlia, geranium, marigold, petunia, phlox, 
salvia, shasta daisy, snapdragon, stocks, sweet william, and zinnia.  Apply up 
to 10 lb/ac on dichondra.  Lower application rates should be used in lighter 
soils.  After applying, use overhead irrigation.
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                             FORMULATION/ac
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE         BROADCAST           RATE ai/ac
_____________________________________________________________________________
Annual grasses,            EPTC              100 lb              5 lb
broadleaf weeds,             EPTAM           (2.3 lb/1,000 sq
and some perennial           GENEP           ft)
weeds; annual rye-           5G
grass, barnyard-
grass, bermudagrass,
purple and yellow
nutsedge, quack-
grass, wild oats,
foxtail, mugwort,
morning glory,
black nightshade,
sicklepod, purslane,
lambsquarters, and 
shepherds purse.
Use high rate for
mugwort.
REMARKS:  Ageratum, alyssum, aster, balsam, begonia, chrysanthemum, dahila, 
daylily, dianthus, marigold, nasturtium, pansy, petunia, and zinnia.  Apply to 
dry soil and incorporate immediately.  Mix EPTC to depth of 2 to 3 in.  For 
deep-rooted weeds, mix to 6 in depth.  Apply 2 wk after transplanting or after 
growth starts and before weeds emerge.  Granular or liquid formulation 
available.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POSTEMERGENCE TO WEEDS IN ESTABLISHED PLANTING                
-DOC-
                POSTEMERGENCE TO WEEDS IN ESTABLISHED PLANTING
                    (Annuals, Perennials, and Groundcovers)
                     John Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
                     Ted Whitwell, Research Horticulturist
______________________________________________________________________________
                                             FORMULATION/ac/
WEEDS CONTROLLED           PESTICIDE         BROADCAST           RATE ai/ac
______________________________________________________________________________
Annual and perennial       sethoxydin        1 1/2-3 pt          0.28-0.47 lb
grasses.  Does not           POAST
control nutsedge.
 
REMARKS:  Begonia, chrysanthemum, coleus, gladious, impatiens, iris, marigold, 
periwinkle, petunia, snapdragon, zinnia, and groundcovers of ivy and 
pachysandra.  Apply when grass is small.  Use a crop oil concentrate at rate 
of 2 pt/ac.  Slight leaf speckling has been observed on a few species with no 
reduction in vigor or growth.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGROMEDICINE PROGRAM                             
-DOC-
                             AGROMEDICINE PROGRAM
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
The Agromedicine Program is a collaborative association between the College of
Agricultural Sciences of Clemson University and the College of Medicine of the
Medical University of South Carolina.  The purpose of the program is to provide
to South Carolina the unified skills of agricultural and medical sciences to
promote more efficient, safer and healthier techniques in agriculture while
protecting human and natural resources.  The Agromedicine Program applies the
principles of occupational and preventive medicine in its role as a resource to
Clemson University, the Cooperative Extension Service and to the citizens of
South Carolina.
 
Activities of the Agromedicine Program include public service, education and
research.  Free medical consultation and pesticide residue laboratory support
are available to our state's medical community for the diagnosis and management
of pesticide associated illness and other medical conditions unique to the
agricultural environment.  Lectures and educational programs are provided to
students, health care professionals, agricultural professionals, grower
associations and community organizations for the purpose of promoting wellness
in agricultural workers and their families and in those who work in associated
industries.  Research is ongoing to expand the knowledge of agricultural
medicine.  Research findings are used to update educational activities.
 
The offices and laboratory of the Agromedicine Program are located in
Charleston at the Medical University of South Carolina in Suite 304 of the
Summerall Center (19 Hagood Avenue).  Dr. Stanley H. Schuman is the Medical
Director and may be reached at 792-2281.  Address correspondence to the
Agromedicine Program, MUSC, 171 Ashley Avenue, Charleston, S.C. 29425.  The
coordinator for Clemson University is Dr. Jere A. Brittain, 266 P&AS Building,
Clemson University, Clemson, S.C. 29634 (telephone: 656-3403).
 
 
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MEDICAL CONSULTATION                             
-DOC-
                             MEDICAL CONSULTATION
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
1. The Agromedicine Program staff provides free medical consultation to the
state's health care professionals in the diagnosis and management of pesticide
associated illnesses and for other medical issues unique to the agricultural
setting.
 
2. Reference materials and medical literature can be provided to the caller
along with the services of the pesticide residue laboratory.
 
3. If it is determined that another organization or government agency can
provide further assistance due to the particular nature of the inquiry, the
caller will be networked with the appropriate official.
 
4. Two program physicians and faculty from the Department of Family Medicine
are available for consultation and may be reached at 792-2281.
 
                               Citizen Inquiry
 
1. Citizens may also contact the Agromedicine Program at 792-2281 for general
information, however the program staff cannot establish a physician/patient
relationship with the caller.
 
2. The program staff member will insist on consultation with the caller's
attending physician if a medical problem is suspected or alleged.
 
3. If the caller does not have a physician, arrangements will be made to refer
the caller to a physician in his community.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PESTICIDE RESIDUE LABORATORY                         
-DOC-
                         PESTICIDE RESIDUE LABORATORY
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
The Agromedicine Program Pesticide Residue Laboratory is experienced in the
analyses of human, animal and environmental samples for pesticide residues.
The laboratory provides its services at no charge to the state's medical
community who require assistance in the diagnosis of pesticide associated
illness.  A health professional may telephone 792-2281 to inquire about
available analytical procedures and to arrange laboratory services.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES                            
-DOC-
                            EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
The Agromedicine Program staff provides lectures and educational activities to
students, professional associations, grower associations and community
organizations.  Topics range from pesticide safety and medical aspects of
pesticide associated illnesses to preventive medicine on such health concerns
as skin cancer, heat illnesses, noise induced hearing loss and health effects
of the red imported fire ant sting.  The Agromedicine Program works closely
with the Cooperative Extension Service in the presentation of these and other
topics.  Presentations are tailored to the needs of the audience and ample
time is always scheduled for questions and answers.  Telephone the
Agromedicine Program at 792-2281 for further information.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BACKGROUND - PESTICIDE POISONING                       
-DOC-
                       BACKGROUND - PESTICIDE POISONING
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
Pesticides account for only a small percentage of the total illnesses and
deaths as a result of accidental and intentional poisoning.  In South Carolina
approximately 80 hospitalizations and 400 outpatient cases of pesticide
poisoning occur each year.(1)  Non-occupational cases account for almost 60%
of the total with most occurring in children.  Intentional pesticide
poisonings account for 16%.  The proportion of occupational pesticide
poisonings has declined in recent years from 37% to 25%.  This is thought to
reflect the effectiveness of educational programs for pesticide safety.
 
Investigation of pesticide poisoning incidents indicates they are a result of
misuse, disregard of safety precautions and lack of proper hygiene when mixing
and applying pesticides.  The total cases could be reduced by one-half by
keeping children away from pesticide containers, spray equipment and
pesticides which have been transferred to drinking containers.
 
(1) Schuman SH, Caldwell ST, Whitlock NH and Brittain JA: Etiology of
hospitalized pesticide poisoning in South Carolina, 1979-1982.  JSC Med Assoc
82:73-77, 1986.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHAT TO DO IF PESTICIDE POISONING IS SUSPECTED                
-DOC-
                WHAT TO DO IF PESTICIDE POISONING IS SUSPECTED
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
1. Remove the clothing and wash the skin with soap and water if contaminated
with a pesticide.  Rinse eyes with water for fifteen minutes if a chemical was
splashed into the eyes.
 
2. Rinse out the mouth if a pesticide has been ingested.  Then give CPR if
indicated.
 
3. Immediately contact your physician or the Poison Control Center (1-800-922-
1117).
 
4. Transport the patient to the closest medical care facility.
 
5. Take the pesticide label or container with you to the medical care
facility.  The label contains specific recommendations for physicians.
Pesticide containers should not be placed in passenger areas of vehicles.
 
6. Don't forget that your Cooperative Extension Service office has copies of
labels for many of the pesticide products used in your area.
 
7. Free medical consultation and pesticide laboratory services are available
to health professionals through the Agromedicine Program(792-2281).  See the
Services and Resources section of the Agricultural Medicine Menu for details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREVENTION - PESTICIDE POISONING                       
-DOC-
                       PREVENTION - PESTICIDE POISONING
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
1. Read and follow the safety and application directions found on the
pesticide label.
 
2. Pesticide containers should be kept in locked storage areas to prevent
access by children and animals.
 
3. Pesticides should never be transferred from their original containers to any
other container except for application.  Never put pesticides in beverage or
food containers.
 
4. When mixing or handling pesticides wear unlined neoprene or butyl-rubber
gloves.
 
5. Long-sleeve shirts and pants of tightly woven material should be worn
during mixing and application.  Wear protective equipment as recommended on
the label.
 
6. Hands should be washed frequently when using pesticides, especially prior
to eating, smoking or using the bathroom.
7. If a chemical is spilled on the exposed skin, bathe immediately using
plenty of soap and water.  If work clothing becomes contaminated, immediately
remove the clothing and bathe.
 
8. Work clothing contaminated with pesticides should be washed separately from
other laundry at least three times before being worn again.  Leather boots,
aprons or gloves cannot be effectively decontaminated and should be discarded.
 
9. If you use the more toxic pesticides, be sure your physician or emergency
room has copies of the pesticide labels.
 
10. Some symptoms of pesticide poisoning are the same as seen in viral
infections, heat stress, fatigue and other medical conditions.  If you become
ill during or after exposure to pesticides, don't diagnosis yourself.  See your
physician.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BACKGROUND - SKIN CANCER                           
-DOC-
                           BACKGROUND - SKIN CANCER
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
In the United States today there is a growing epidemic of skin cancer with
approximately 600,000 new cases diagnosed each year.(1)  Skin cancer is the
result of overexposure of the unprotected skin to the invisible, ultraviolet
(UV) rays of the sun.
 
In addition to being the primary cause of skin cancer, UV rays are also
responsible for sunburn and the premature aging of the skin characterized by
facial sags and wrinkles, liver spots and also precancerous growths called
actinic keratoses.
 
Skin cancer is directly related to the amount of yearly sunlight in an area
and is common in sportsmen, outdoor workers (farmers, ranchers, sailors, etc.)
and sunbathers.(2)  Those individuals who have light eyes, fair hair (blonds
and redheads) and fair complexion and those who sunburn easily are at greater
risk of developing skin cancer.(3)
The head, neck, forearms and hands are the most common sites of skin cancer.
More than 90% of all skin cancers occur at these locations.(4)  Modern styles
of dress permit direct sun exposure to these sites.  This factor along with
changing life styles which allow more leisure time for outdoor activities have
all contributed to the rise in cases of skin cancer.
 
(1) Dobson RL, (Department of Dermatology, Medical University of South
Carolina): There is no such thing as a healthy tan.  Letter to the editor.
The News and Courier, Charleston, S.C. Feb. 22, p. 14-A, 1987.
 
(2) Berkow R, Editor: The Merck Manual (14th ed.), 1982 Rahway, NJ.
 
(3) Cancer of the skin.  American Academy of Dermatology.  1567 Maple Avenue,
Evanston, Ill. 6-2-1 (1981).
 
(4) The sun and your skin.  American Academy of Dermatology.  1567 Maple
Avenue, Evanston, Ill. 60201 (1984).
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT - SKIN CANCER                     
-DOC-
                     SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT - SKIN CANCER
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
Basal cell carcinoma is the most common form of skin cancer.  It begins as a
small, shiny nodule on exposed areas of the skin, such as the hands, face and
neck.  If left untreated, there will be repeated episodes of bleeding and
crusting.
 
Squamous cell carcinoma is characterized by a red nodule or a patch of scaly
or crusted skin on the ears, face or lips.  It may also appear on areas of the
skin usually protected by clothing such as on the abdomen and legs.
 
Melanoma is a malignant tumor.  Fortunately it accounts for less than 4% of
all skin cancers.  Melanoma begins as a dark, mole-like growth with irregular
edges and pigmentation.  The dark growth may change shades to either red, blue
or white.  It appears most frequently on the upper back, torso of men and
lower legs of women.
When detected and treated early, basal cell and squamous cell carcinomas have
an excellent cure rate.  If left untreated, basal cell carcinoma may extend
below the skin to the bone and squamous cell carcinoma may spread to other
locations in the body.  Some forms of melanoma have a good prognosis if
detected early, however melanoma accounts for 75% of the deaths due to skin
cancer.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREVENTION - SKIN CANCER                           
-DOC-
                           PREVENTION - SKIN CANCER
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
1. Wear protective clothing consisting of long-sleeve shirts and trousers made
of tight knit fabric.
 
2. Wear protective hats to shield the head and neck from direct sun exposure.
Baseball caps only provide protection to the forehead.  Wide brim hats will
provide protection to most of the face as well as to the ears and the back of
the neck.
 
3. Use a sun screen product on unprotected skin.  Select a sun screen with a
skin protection factor (SPF) of at least 15 which is also water resistant to
avoid dilution from sweat.  Apply the sun screen at least 30 minutes prior to
exposure.
 
4. Limit exposure if possible.  The sun's rays are more intense between the
hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m.  If you have a previous history of skin
cancer, try to avoid direct exposure to the sun during these times.
 
5. Skin cancer can result from a combination of factors including UV light,
heredity, and exposure to solvents and petroleum distillates found in many
pesticides.  Protective clothing can reduce excess UV exposure and
pesticide/organic solvent exposure at the same time.
 
6. Skin cancer is a preventable disease which is affecting a growing number of
farmers, other outdoor workers and sunbathers.  Persons with fair hair and
skin should pay special attention to the risk of skin cancer and follow the
methods of prevention discussed above.  See your physician if you notice a new
growth, mole or discoloration or a sudden change in an existing mole.  Early
detection of cancer is the first step for a successful cure.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BACKGROUND - HEAT RELATED ILLNESS                        
-DOC-
                       BACKGROUND - HEAT RELATED ILLNESS 
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director 
 
Heat illness is important because it can result in heart attack, stroke or  
death.  Its effects are very subtle and difficult to detect by the person who  
is experiencing the gradual stages of early heat illness.  The risk of heat  
related illnesses among those who are outdoors at work or play increases under  
conditions of high humidity and temperature.  At special risk are persons with  
diabetes, hypertension, heart disease, kidney disease or a previous history of  
heat illness.  Also at risk are the elderly.  It is widely recognized that  
people over age 65 have less reserves to handle extreme temperatures. 
 
Heat illness impairs the body's reflexes which reduces productivity and  
efficiency.  More importantly it hinders a person's ability to concentrate  
which raises the question of safety while operating equipment. How many  
injuries have occurred among farm workers who have worked excessively long  
hours under conditions of high heat and humidity? 
 
The human body is not well designed for extremes of heat.  The body's defense  
against excess heat is for the heart to pump blood from the overheated  
interior of the body to the surface of the skin where the excess heat is lost  
through convection, conduction and evaporation from perspiration. If these 
defenses fail to keep the body's temperature below 104 degrees F or 105  
degrees F, a life threatening condition arises as the body's temperature  
regulating mechanism fails. 
 
The summer months in South Carolina are characterized by extremes in  
temperature and humidity.  The interaction between high temperature and  
humidity creates ideal conditions for heat related illnesses. Lack of air  
movement can also aggravate heat illness, especially in persons with  
cardiorespiratory handicaps.  The following abridged table from the National  
Weather Service demonstrates how relative humidity and temperature interact.   
This is known as a comfort index or apparent temperature.  For example, on a  
day when the air temperature is 90 degrees F and the relative humidity is 70%,  
your body will respond to an apparent temperature of 106 degrees F. 
 
                          APPARENT TEMPERATURE CHART 
 
                               Relative Humidity 
        Air Temp 
        Degrees (F)     60%     70%     80%     90% 
 
        100             132     144      -        - 
 
         95             114     124     136      - 
 
         90             100     106     113     122 
 
         85              90      93      97     102 
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT - HEAT ILLNESSES                    
-DOC-
                    SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT - HEAT ILLNESSES
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
                                  Heat Cramps
 
Cramping of the flexor muscles in the arms and legs or abdominal muscles is an
early sign of heat illness.  This is a helpful sign because it is so painful
the person usually stops his activity to massage the pained muscles.
 
Cramping is relieved through muscle massage, rest and replacement of lost body
fluids.
                               Heat Prostration
 
Also known as heat collapse, this condition is a result of a sudden drop in
blood pressure.  The skin will be clammy from perspiration and the person will
feel weak and may experience fainting.  The body temperature will be normal or
slightly elevated.  The symptoms are due to dehydration.
 
The victim should be moved to a cooler area or into air conditioning.  Loosen
or remove clothing and bathe in cool water.  If the victim is conscious, give
fluids such as a glass of water in which a half teaspoon of salt has been
dissolved.  If a rapid improvement is not observed, seek medical assistance.
                                  Heat Stroke
 
This condition also known as sun stroke is a medical emergency.  The body
temperature has reached 105 degrees and the skin is flushed and red.  All
sweating has usually stopped due to dehydration and the victim is often
unconscious.
 
The victim requires emergency treatment with rapid body cooling, fluids for
shock and CPR if breathing has stopped.  The victim should be transported to
the nearest medical care facility.  While awaiting transport, cool the body
with running water, wet cloths or ice packs.  Do not give fluids if the victim
is unconscious.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREVENTION - HEAT ILLNESS                           
-DOC-
                           PREVENTION - HEAT ILLNESS
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
1. Physical Conditioning - Over a two week period, gradually build up your
exposure to high temperature and humidity.  It takes two weeks for the body to
become conditioned.
 
2. Water - Drink a third more than your thirst.  Strong tea or coffee and
alcohol should be avoided.  It is recommended that the popular "thirst
quencher" drinks be mixed half and half with water.
 
3. Protective Clothing - Wear a wide brim hat and loose fitting long sleeve
shirt and pants to protect the body against solar energy.
 
4. Sun screens - Use a sun screen with a sun protection factor of at least 15
and apply 15-30 minutes prior to exposure.  Sunburn interferes with the
perspiration defense.
 
5. Nutrition - Eat well balanced meals for appropriate salt and mineral
intake.  Medical experts no longer recommend salt tablets because the tablets
irritate the stomach linings in most people.
6. Rest - Start the day well rested and take frequent breaks.
 
7. Plan Activities - If possible, plan your schedule to avoid the hottest part
of the day.  During periods of intense temperature and humidity try to plan
your outdoor work for early morning and late afternoon.
 
8. Recognize Early Symptoms - These include headache, weakness, nausea, slowed
reflexes, irritability, and loss of concentration.  Dark urine is a sign of
dehydration.  If these symptoms develop, you need to stop, rest and cool off.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BACKGROUND - COLD INJURY                           
-DOC-
                           BACKGROUND - COLD INJURY
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
Although South Carolina enjoys relatively mild winters, cold snaps are not
uncommon and are characterized by sudden changes in humidity, temperature and
winds.  Farm chores do not stop in the winter as livestock must be tended and
facilities and machinery repaired.
 
The human body is not well adapted to cold stress.  In order to maintain a
normal body temperature one must rely upon the basal metabolic rate,
supplemented by energy produced by exercise (including reflex shivering).
This requires normal intake of calories, fluids, vitamins and essential
minerals.  Heat loss in winter works on the same principle as heat loss in the
summer: moisture in the form of perspiration conveys heat away from the body
to the external air.  A breeze in the summer cools us beneficially; the same
breeze on a winter day chills us by carrying away precious body warmth.
 
Some persons are more susceptible to cold injury than others, especially the
elderly with circulatory disorders, persons with diabetes, stroke, neurologic
handicap or edema problems (including varicose veins).  The very young are
also less resistant to cold.  Fatigue, hunger and fear are mentioned by
experts as risk factors under cold stress.
During cold spells, the interaction between the outdoor temperature and the
wind velocity creates wind chill.  The wind chill factor, as shown in the
following abridged table from the National Weather Service, is what your body
feels in response to exposure at a particular low temperature and wind speed
combination.  For example an outdoor temperature of 40 degrees F and a wind
speed of 10 MPH will feel as if it is 28 degrees F.
 
                                  WIND CHILL
 
        WIND             OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE - DEGREES (F)
        (MPH)            20             30              40
 
        10                3             16              28
 
        20              -10              4              19
 
        30              -18             -2              13
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT - COLD INJURY                     
-DOC-
                     SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT - COLD INJURY
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
Tissue damage can include frost bite, trench foot and cold gangrene.  The most
severe form of cold injury is loss of consciousness with failure of the body
to maintain circulation or oxygenation of the tissues.  Emergency treatment of
unconsciousness from cold injury depends on accurate diagnosis to recognize a
possible coexisting disorder (stroke, heart attack, epilepsy, diabetic coma,
or alcoholic stupor) and to treat both conditions at the same time.
 
Local reactions to cold injury need to be treated vigorously with rewarming
rapidly with a warm bath not to exceed 43 degrees C or 100 degrees F.  This
means uncomfortably but bearably hot.  Numbness of the victim to warm
temperature bath can predispose to unnecessary burns.
 
Rubbing the skin will cause greater tissue damage.  Instead the skin should be
gently patted dry to avoid further damage to the layers of skin, which may
blister before healing.  These blisters should not be broken.
Warm fluids can warm the body from within.  What about spirits?  In the past
alcohol was considered to be harmful.  Recent research indicates alcohol does
not decrease core temperature as previously believed.  Its euphoric effect may
be beneficial in reducing fear.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREVENTION - COLD INJURY                           
-DOC-
                           PREVENTION - COLD INJURY
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
Heat loss and tissue damage can be avoided by:
 
1. Moisture control is probably the single best defense against cold injury.
Multilayered clothing preserves the vital layer of air insulation between the
skin and outside air.
 
2. Proper attention to hand, foot and head protection because the defense
mechanism of the body is to sacrifice circulation to the extremities in order
to preserve core body temperature.
 
3. Rest periods during heavy labor at freezing temperatures will allow the
heart and circulatory system and neurosensitive fingers to recover from cold
stress.
 
4. Proper nutrition including adequate calories, vitamins, minerals and fluids
are vital to maintain the metabolic processes.
 
5. Alertness to avoid mistakes in judgment.  One of the drawbacks of alcohol-
in-excess is impaired judgment.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BACKGROUND - NOISE INDUCED LOSS OF HEARING                  
-DOC-
                  BACKGROUND - NOISE INDUCED LOSS OF HEARING
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
Has a doctor said you have hearing loss or do you think you are losing your
hearing?  Do you operate tractors, forage harvesters, conveyors, chain saws,
milking machines and other noisy equipment for long hours without using
personal hearing protectors?  Has a friend or family member said you only hear
those things you want to hear?  If the answer is yes to any of these
questions, you may have already experienced noise-induced loss of hearing
(NILH).  We all experience a decline in our ability to hear as we age.
Prolonged exposure to loud noise causes some of us to lose our hearing sooner.
There is no medical treatment for NILH as with other hearing disorders.
 
Research has shown that agricultural noise has caused hearing problems.  The
recognition of agricultural noise is not new.  The Tractor Test Lab of the
University of Nebraska-Lincoln has been studying tractor noise since 1970.
More recently, Canadian dairy farmers are reported to have considerable
hearing loss.(1)  In a population of Wisconsin farmers, both male and female,
a greater percentage of hearing loss is observed than in non-farm populations,
especially among the young.(2)
The following table lists typical decibel levels (standardized measure of
sound intensity) of common sounds and equipment.  The decibel level is
dependent upon such factors as age, state of repair, design and the amount of
stress or load the equipment is under.
 
        Sound                           Decibel Level
 
        Whisper                                  20
        Normal speech                            60
        Busy office                              80
        Sound insulated tractor cab              85
        Air compressor                           90
        Lawn mower                               98
        Tractor without cab                     100
        Chain saw/circular saw                  110
        Diesel engine                           125
        Siren                                   140
        Rifle blast                             150
        Jet engine                              160
 
Continuous exposure to levels above 90 decibels causes permanent hearing loss.
Exposure to occupational noise at levels of 80 decibels and below has not been
found to increase the risk of hearing loss.(3)

(1)Pffeiffer, S. et al. Aspects of physician fitness and health in Ontario
dairy farmers.  Canadian J of Public Health 75:204-211, 1984.
 
(2) Hansen, Donald, Audiologist with the Department of Otolaryngology,
Marshfield Clinic, Marshfield, Wisconsin.  Personal communication April 28,
1986.
 
(3) National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.  Leading work-
related diseases and injuries in United States.  JAMA 255:2133, 1986.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SYMPTOMS - NOISE INDUCED HEARING LOSS                     
-DOC-
                     SYMPTOMS - NOISE INDUCED HEARING LOSS
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
1. Difficulty in hearing normal conversation in crowded and noisy rooms.
 
2. Ringing in the ears (tinnitus) which always accompanies mild to severe
noise induced hearing-loss.
 
3. Speech or other sounds appear muffled.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREVENTION - NOISE INDUCED HEARING LOSS                    
-DOC-
                    PREVENTION - NOISE INDUCED HEARING LOSS
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
1. Wear personal hearing protectors (ear plugs or muffs) when working around
noisy equipment for prolonged periods.  Make sure they are fitted properly.
Personal hearing protectors only reduce the amount of noise which reaches the
ears, they do not block out all noise.  Noise is reduced by 10 to 30 decibels
depending upon the type of protector (plug, canal cap, muff) and construction.
Earplugs have advantages such as low cost, easily carried, comfortable in hot
environments and do not restrict head movement.  Muffs generally offer better
protection than ear plugs and may be worn with minor ear infections when ear
plugs should not be used.
 
2. Keep the exhaust system of all engines in good repair.  Do not remove
mufflers, except to replace those in disrepair.
 
3. Keep all machinery properly lubricated.
 
4. Try to reduce the amount of time you are exposed to high noise sources,
especially if you don't wear ear protectors.  Frequent breaks allow the ear
drums to recover from some of the noise stress.
5. Avoid recreational noise stress from loud music and from unprotected
firearm exposure, garden equipment and power tools such as saws, polishers and
grinders.
 
6. Music from most head-sets is not protective against machinery noise.  It is
distracting and only adds to the total noise level.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BACKGROUND - RED IMPORTED FIRE ANT STINGS                   
-DOC-
                   BACKGROUND - RED IMPORTED FIRE ANT STINGS
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
In South Carolina red imported fire ants (RIFA) were first identified in 1952
spreading to 27 counties by 1973.  Now full-or spot-infestations have been
identified in all 46 counties including urban, rural, and suburban settings.
While not regarded as an economic threat to any major crop, RIFA can damage
pets and livestock and damage farm machinery.  RIFA can invade households,
buildings and roof materials.
 
The human health effects of RIFA are determined by three factors: (a) the
aggressive behavior of RIFA whenever their mound or tunnels are disturbed; (b)
the ability of a single RIFA to inflict multiple wounds with its permanent
stinger inserting venom at each sting; and (c) the unique biochemical
properties of RIFA venom which are different from those of all other stinging 
insects such as wasps, bees, hornets, etc.
A survey(1) of 1,996 primary care physicians in South Carolina estimated
500,000 persons were stung in our state in 1986.  The estimated cost of
medical care for fire ant stings and complications including systemic allergic
reaction totaled 1.8 million dollars for emergency room visits,
hospitalizations, medications and professional fees.  Although no deaths from
RIFA stings were reported in the survey, thirteen near-death cases were
documented.  Deaths due to RIFA stings have been reported in other states.
 
(1) Schuman SH, Banov CH, Caldwell ST, Horton PM and Kissam JB: Impact of fire
ant sting morbidity in South Carolina.  JSC Med Assoc 83:249-252, 1987.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT - RIFA STINGS                      
-DOC-
                      SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT - RIFA STINGS
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
1. LOCALIZED IRRITATION (80% of victims) is a non-allergenic response to the
fire ant sting.  A small blister-like vesicle forms at the site of each sting
within four hours.  A sterile pustule forms in 8-24 hours.  The pustules
rupture and scar in 3 to 10 days.  Secondary infection may occur if the
pustule is scratched or broken.  Diabetics and others with circulatory
disorders, including varicose veins and phlebitis, are at special risk for
complications.
 
2. EXAGGERATED LOCAL RESPONSE (15% of victims) is characterized by swelling at
the site of the fire ant sting.  It can be caused by a single sting.  Swelling
may last for several days and may be accompanied by itching, redness and pain.
Since the swelling is due to allergy (not infection) antibiotics are
unnecessary.
 
3. GENERALIZED SYSTEMIC REACTION (1-2% of victims) is a life threatening
allergic reaction (anaphylactic shock).  It may occur the first or second time
a person is stung.  Swelling of the throat, face or eyes, hives,
unconsciousness and difficulty in breathing are symptoms.  This reaction can
occur with a single sting.  Emergency adrenalin is required by injection.
 
                                   TREATMENT
 
LOCAL IRRITATION AND EXAGGERATED RESPONSE:
 
1. Ice or cold compresses will reduce swelling and the burning and pain of the
sting.
 
2. Clean the vesicles with soap and water to prevent secondary infection.  Do
not break the pustule.
 
3. If infection is suspected, seek medical attention.
 
GENERALIZED SYSTEMIC REACTION:
 
1. This is a medical emergency requiring life support!
 
2. Anyone who develops hives or swelling away from the site of the sting is at
risk and should report immediately to a physician.
 
3. Those at risk should receive epinephrine syringe kits from their doctors
(Ana-kit/Epi-Pen) and begin a complete course of desensitization which is
highly effective in preventing generalized systemic reactions.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREVENTION - RIFA STINGS                           
-DOC-
                           PREVENTION - RIFA STINGS
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
Prevention of RIFA stings can only be accomplished through avoidance and
control of RIFA mounds.  We all are at risk of RIFA stings and those who have
existing medical conditions which may cause complications and those who have
had generalized systemic reactions must take special care when outdoors.
 
Eradication of the fire ant is not feasible with present technology.
Containment of fire ant mounds is possible through individual mound and
broadcast treatments.  Contact your local county Cooperative Extension Service
office for specific insecticide and other control recommendations.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NEUROTOXICITY AND CARBARYL EXPOSURE                      
-DOC-
                      NEUROTOXICITY AND CARBARYL EXPOSURE
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
"Is Carbaryl as Safe as its Reputation?" is the title of an article which
appeared in the April 1986 issue of the AMERICAN JOURNAL of MEDICINE (vol 80,
p. 659-664).  The authors of this article, R.A. Branch and E. Jacqz, presented
an abbreviated case history of a 75 year old man who developed a progressive
neurologic syndrome following long term exposure to carbaryl, a carbamate
insecticide in wide use.  The patient's symptoms included headaches, memory
loss, muscle weakness and cramps and weight loss.  Following an extensive
review of human and animal carbaryl toxicology, the authors state that
"despite 27 years of widespread use of carbaryl, this syndrome of carbaryl
exposure has not been previously described."
In response to this article, a letter to the editor from the Agromedicine
Program was published in the December 1986 issue of the journal (vol. 81, p.
1124-1125).  The letter criticized the article by Branch and Jacqz for the
following reasons: 1. the case presentation was inadequate to draw a valid
inference about carbaryl exposure and the neurologic syndrome, 2. the journal
should not have published an article which consisted of a single abbreviated
case history and extensive literature review, and 3. only rigorous case-
control studies can demonstrate the long term cause-and-effect relationship
proposed in the original article.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NON-HODGKIN'S LYMPHOMA AND 2,4-D EXPOSURE                   
-DOC-
                   NON-HODGKIN'S LYMPHOMA AND 2,4-D EXPOSURE
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
On September 5, 1986 the JOURNAL of the AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (vol.
256, p. 1141-1147) published the findings of a study by S.K. Hoar et. al.
titled "Agricultural Herbicide Use and Risk of Lymphoma and Soft-Tissue
Carcinoma".  The authors described an association between non-Hodgkin's
lymphoma and frequent, unprotected exposure to 2,4-D (a phenoxy herbicide)
among Kansas farmers.  This report gained national attention and calls for
government study and the ban of this herbicide.
 
A flaw in the Hoar study is that the investigators had to rely on interviews
with surviving family members for pesticide usage and protective clothing
history.  Interviews with family members who must use recall for work
practices 20 years ago is a major weakness in any epidemiologic study.  On the
positive side this study suggests the benefits derived from protective
clothing and safety practices when exposed to pesticides.  Hoar reported that
those Kansas farmers, who had repeated 2,4-D exposure over a number of years
and who wore protective clothing and followed safety practices, were at no
greater risk of developing the lymphoma than those who were not exposed to
2,4-D.
The Hoar study was rejected on March 23, 1987 by the Canadian Centre for
Toxicology in their "Expert Panel Report on Carcinogenicity of 2,4-D."  This
resulted in the removal of the moratorium on use of 2,4-D products in Ontario
on April 16, 1987.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DELAYED NEUROTOXICITY AND ORGANOPHOSPHATE POISONING              
-DOC-
              DELAYED NEUROTOXICITY AND ORGANOPHOSPHATE POISONING
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
The March 26, 1987 issue of THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL of MEDICINE (vol. 316, p.
761-763) published a report by Drs. Senanayake and Karalliedde from Sri Lanka.
Their article "Neurotoxic Effects of Organophosphorus Insecticides: An
Intermediate Syndrome" reports that 10 out of 95 patients they treated for
organophosphate poisoning developed a previously unrecognized syndrome.  This
syndrome is characterized by weakness in the respiratory muscles which develop
after the normal course of organophosphate toxicity.
 
A letter to the editor from the Agromedicine Program criticized the report
because nine of the ten patients were suicide attempts and the authors do not
discuss what other substances the patients may have ingested or even if this
information was sought.  Also only four of the ten patients received treatment
within two hours of poisoning.
 
The Director of the Emergency Department of Beaufort Memorial Hospital also
criticized the Sri Lanka study in a letter to the editor.  He cited the lack
of early and aggressive oxime (2-PAM) therapy for the cases as the most likely
reason for the neurologic symptoms.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Agricultural Life-Style: Less Cancer, More Strokes               
-DOC-
               Agricultural Life-Style: Less Cancer, More Strokes
                     Stanley H. Schuman, Medical Director
 
A statistical study of the causes of death of South Carolina farmers 
compared with non-farmers who died in 1983-1984 has yielded clues to the 
question: "How healthy is the agricultural life-style?"(1)  A total of 2,820 
agricultural workers aged 35 to 84 years were identified in the study (1,415 
whites and 1,405 blacks).  Forty two major causes of death were observed.  
Statistical tests of white farmers and non-farmers and black farmers and 
non-farmers yielded several differences among the four groups.
 
The "good" news is that for both white and black farmers, the agricultural 
life-style results in fewer deaths from cancers involving the lung, 
gastrointestinal tract and the lymphatic/blood system.  Diseases associated 
with heavy smoking and drinking were notably down among farmers as a group.  
The "bad" news is that two important causes of death were excessive among 
farmers.  These included deaths due to cerebral vascular accidents (stroke) 
and deaths due to external causes (motor vehicle, falls, fires and drowning).
The study definitely underscores the importance of safety programs and 
accident prevention on the farm.  It also points clearly to the need of 
stroke prevention.   Strokes are the inevitable result of failure of doctors 
and patients to diagnose and treat hypertension in its early controllable 
stages and to maintain therapy once high blood pressure is diagnosed.  No one 
should let their hypertension medications run out because they "feel O.K." 
No one should fail to have their blood pressure checked on a regular schedule 
as prescribed by their physician.  Also no one should fail to follow other 
prescribed therapy such as diet modification, exercise, salt reduction and 
smoking cessation.  Stress alone has not been shown to cause hypertension.
 
Farmers in South Carolina are dying more frequently from strokes than 
non-farmers.  This can be corrected through greater diligence of the rural 
medical community and other interested organizations.  Support and 
encouragement from friends and family members can play an important role in 
modifying harmful behavior patterns.  The individual with hypertension must 
take the first step.  He must recognize that his health is the most important 
asset on the farm.
 
(1) Une H, Schuman SH, Caldwell ST and Whitlock NH: Agricultural life-style: A 
mortality study among male farmers in South Carolina, 1983-1984.  South Med J 
80:1137-1140, 1987.  Cooperating in the study at DHEC's Office of Vital 
Records were M.L. Mace, L.H. Jacobs, J.E. Ferguson, and M.B. Hudson.
 
     
           
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ABBEVILLE COUNTY                                                       
-DOC-
 
                             ABBEVILLE COUNTY                          
 
   COMPANY NAME                      CITY                  MAJOR PRODUCT
 
Abbeville Mfg Co Inc               Abbeville       Mens jeans
Abbeville Shirtmakers Inc          Abbeville       Men's sport & dress shirts
Banner Corp                        Abbeville       Newspaper
Baxter, J C Co                     Donalds         Paper tubes & cores
Bigelow-Sanford Rocky River Plt    Calhoun Falls   Nylon carpet yarn
Bloomsburg Mills Inc               Abbeville       Spun yarn
Calhoun Falls News                 Calhoun Falls   Newspapers
Due West Oil Mill                  Due West        Ice
Flexible Technologies              Abbeville       Plastic vacuum tubing &
                                                     fittings
Huggins Garment Co                 Donalds         Ladies blouses
Hydra Industries Inc               Abbeville       Concrete forms from
                                                     synthetic
Machine Master Tool & Fabrication  Abbeville       Mach shop & indust fabrics
Milliken & Co-Abbeville Mill       Abbeville       Synthetic fabric
Milliken & Co-Sharon Plant         Abbeville       Automotive fabric
Modernage Heating & Cooling        Abbeville       Sheet metal        
   COMPANY NAME                      CITY                  MAJOR PRODUCT
 
Pirelli Cable Corporation          Abbeville       Electrical wire & cable
Plexco-Div Amsted Ind Inc          Abbeville       Plastic pipe
Precision Plus Inc                 Greenwood       Machining
Reelco Of Abbeville Inc            Abbeville       Cable reels & wood prod
Sportswear Unlimited               Iva             Ladies blouses
Stevens, J P & Co Inc              Calhoun Falls   Sheeting
Stevens-Abbeville Plant            Abbeville       Yarn
 
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LEXINGTON COUNTY                                                      
-DOC-
                              LEXINGTON COUNTY                        
 
   COMPANY NAME                      CITY                 MAJOR PRODUCT
 
Abrasive Finishing Systems          Irmo             Shot blast equip
Allied Fibers                       Irmo             Staple nylon
American Tool & Die Inc             Swansea          Progressive form draw
Amick Corporation                   Lexington        Metal stampings
AT&T Nassau Metals Corp             Gaston           Processing of scrap metal
Atlantic Soft Drink Co              West Columbia    Soft drinks
Automated Industrial Electronics Co Batesburg        Mobile comm- test eq
B B C Brown Boveri Inc              Florence         Circuit breakers
B F G Industries Inc                West Columbia    Foundry
Ballington Lumber & Pallet Co       West Columbia    Pallets
Bradshaw Mfg Co Inc                 West Columbia    Loom reeds
Bruner Press Inc, The               Batesburg        Newspapers
Bruner Publishing Co                Lexington        Newspapers
Burlington Industries-Batesburg Plt Batesburg        Woven mattress ticking
C M Custom Machines Inc             Lexington        Machine
C T A Inc- Custom Plastics          Swansea          M-16 cleaning rods
   COMPANY NAME                       CITY                  MAJOR PRODUCT
 
Capitol City Manufacturing Co Inc  West Columbia    Dresses
Carolina Dielectrics Inc           Lexington        Fiberglass boats
Carolina Rebuild Inc               Lexington        Machine tool rebuilding
Carolina Steel & Wire Corporation  Lexington        Wire rope & cable
Caughman Meat Plant Inc            Lexington        Meats
Cayce Foundry Inc                  West Columbia    Gray iron castings
Citation Boats Inc                 Chapin           Boats
Colite Industries Inc              West Columbia    Signs-interior & exterior
Columbia Engineering Inc           Lexington        Fab textile equipment
Columbia Farms Inc                 Leesville        Poultry processing
Columbia Wilbert Vault Co          West Columbia    Mortician goods
Cooper Air Tools Division          Lexington        Air powered assembly tools
Corley Brothers Lumber Co Inc      Lexington        Light & med-hvy timber pl
Corley, M L & Sons Sawmill Inc     Lexington        Timbers
Decotone U S Inc                   Lexington        Printed paper
Dixiana Steel Co                   West Columbia    Fabricated steel
  COMPANY NAME                       CITY                  MAJOR PRODUCT
 
Dixie Fabs Inc                     West Columbia   Steel stairs
E S Copeland Mfg Inc               Batesburg       Metal display racks
Eagle Material Handling Systems    Irmo            Custom metal fabrication
Ebert Sportwear Inc                Columbia        T-shirts
Fairchild Cutter Service           Lexington       Mfg spcl metal cut'g tool
Fastener House (The)               West Columbia   Bolts rods studs spcl fastn
Four Oaks Farm Inc                 Lexington       Meat processing
George Assoc/George Disposable     West Columbia   Disposable adult diapers
Glasco Industries Inc              West Columbia   Cleaning chemicals
Glassmaster Company                Lexington       Monofilament products
Guignard Brick Works               Lexington       Clay and shale brick
Harland, John H Co                 West Columbia   Bank checks
Harris Corp R F Comm Div Lecom Ops Leesville       Two way radio equipment
Hartwell Industries                Leesville       Narrow fabrics
Helms, Jack A Co Inc               Irmo            Sailboats
Hoover Trusses                     Lexington       Wooden trusses
   COMPANY NAME                       CITY                  MAJOR PRODUCT
 
Industrial Systems Corp             Columbia        Ind/auto parts & equip
Inland Container Corp               Lexington       Corrugated paper container
Journal, The                        Lexington       Newspapers
Kline Iron & Steel Co Inc           Irmo            Fabricated steel products
Lexco Sales & Engineering Co Inc    West Columbia   Misc steel materials
Lexington Printing                  West Columbia   Commercial printing
Lithoprint Inc                      West Columbia   Commercial printing
Loxcreen Co Inc                     West Columbia   Aluminum extrusions
Martin Marietta Aggregates-Constr D West Columbia   Crushed granite
Martin, J B & Co                    Leesville       Velvet
Michelin Tire Corp-Manufacturing Di Lexington       Automobile tires
Mid State Ready Mixed Concrete Comp Batesburg       Ready mixed concrete
Monroe Systems For Business Inc     Lexington       Electronic calculators
Owen Electric Steel Co Of S C       West Columbia   Steel reinforcing bars
Owen Joist Corp                     West Columbia   Steel bar joist
Owen Miscellaneous Metals Inc       West Columbia   Light structural framing
  COMPANY NAME                       CITY             MAJOR PRODUCT
 
Pelion Manufacturing Co            Pelion          Dresses
Pennsylvania Glass Sand Corp       West Columbia   Processed silica
Pioneer Steel Co Inc               West Columbia   Steel fabrication
Professional Printers Ltd          West Columbia   Brochures
Progressive Tool & Manufacturing   West Columbia   Tool & dies
Recco Tape & Label Inc             West Columbia   Labels
Reco South Carolina Inc            West Columbia   Fabricated steel tanks
Rose-Talbert Paint Co              West Columbia   Paint,stains,varnishes
Shealy's Millwork & Supplies Inc   West Columbia   Window units
Smith, Ed Lumber Mill              Gilbert         Lumber
Southeastern Concrete Prod Co      West Columbia   Concrete block & brick
Southern Plastics Co               Irmo            Plastic extrusion
Swansea Milling Inc                Swansea         Animal feed
Tamper Corp                        West Columbia   Railroad maint equipment
Twin City Lumber Co Inc            Leesville       Lumber
Union Switch & Signal Div          Batesburg       Assembly electronic products
United Tool & Die Inc              West Columbia   Tools and dies       
   COMPANY NAME                       CITY              MAJOR PRODUCT
 
W R Medlin Company Inc             West Columbia   Structural steel
Weisz Graphics Div-Fred B Johnston Chapin          Silk screen printed decals
Wentworth Printing Corp            West Columbia   Printing
Wood Brothers Inc                  West Columbia   Salad dressings
Zeigler Mfg Inc                    Swansea         Ladies/childrens sportswear
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HORRY COUNTY                                                         
-DOC-
                               HORRY COUNTY                          
 
   COMPANY NAME                       CITY             MAJOR PRODUCT
 
A V X Corporation                 Myrtle Beach    Ceramic capacitors
Aynor Manufacturing Co Inc        Aynor           Ladies sportswear
Bashor Woodcraft Co Inc           Conway          Office furniture
Bay Printing Inc                  N Myrtle Beach  Commercial printing
Burroughs Sprayer                 Loris           Farm equip
Carolina Strand Co Inc            Conway          Furniture
Coastal Fabricators Inc           Conway          Polyurethane foam products
Coastal Publishers Inc            Loris           Newspaper
Coffee Butler Service Inc         Conway          Coffee
Conbraco Ind Inc- Steel Prods Div Conway          Investment casting
Conbraco Ind Inc-Appollo Seal Div Conway          Teflon seals
Custom Machine & Design Inc       Myrtle Beach    Fabrication
Edge Manufacturing Co Inc         Conway          Furniture
Escod Industries Inc              Loris           Printed cable sys & cabl
Escod Industries Inc              N Myrtle Beach  Cable wire harness-computers
Field & Herald, The               Conway          Newspapers
   COMPANY NAME                       CITY               MAJOR PRODUCT
 
Ford's Redi-Mix Concrete Co       Myrtle Beach    Ready mixed concrete
Graham Milling Co                 Aynor           Feed; custom grinding/mil'g
Grand Strand Sandwich Co          N Myrtle Beach  Sandwiches
Grand Strand Screen Printers Inc  N Myrtle Beach  Silk screen printing
Grayco Steel Corp                 Myrtle Beach    Fabricated structural metal
Grove Recreations                 Myrtle Beach    Fiberglass props
Harris Printing Inc               Myrtle Beach    Commercial newsprint print'g
Horry Printers                    Conway          Printing
New South Inc                     Conway          Pine lumber
Offshore                          Myrtle Beach    Fish traps
Pelican Building Components       Conway          Roof trusses
Pelican Millwork                  Conway          Door units
Pepsi Cola Bottling Co            Conway          Soft drinks
Peterson Outdoor Advertis'g Of SC Myrtle Beach    Bulletins & posters
Precision Southeast Inc           Myrtle Beach    Small plastic parts
Ragsdale, T S Co Inc              Conway          Charcoal briquets
  COMPANY NAME                      CITY               MAJOR PRODUCT
 
Stilley Plywood Co Inc            Conway          Hardwood plywood
Strand Steel Inc                  Myrtle Beach    Machine parts
Sun Graphics Inc                  Myrtle Beach    Wooden signs & custom design
Sun Publishing Company Inc        Myrtle Beach    Newspapers
Tarmac-Lone Star Inc              Myrtle Beach    Concrete block
Tuff Stuff Furniture              Loris           Lifestyle furniture
Tyson Sign Corp                   Myrtle Beach    Signs-sheet metal work
Waccamaw Clay Products Co Inc     Myrtle Beach    Special colonial brick
Waccamaw Pottery                  Myrtle Beach    Dinnerware, hand-pottery
Wolverine Brass Works             Conway          Brass plumbing fixtures
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WREN MIDDLE SCHOOL                              
-DOC-
                              WREN MIDDLE SCHOOL

In l957, Wren School opened its doors for the first time.  The school was for
grades 1-12 and had 784 students.  The building is the one presently being used
by the middle school.  Until that time the community had primary schools, but
the students had to attend high school in another county.

In 1970, the district had grown so much that a high school had to be built 
across the road and the original school became grades 5-8.  We now fill the
building once used for all the grades.  When the school was first built,
the community was given the opportunity to name it.  Someone submitted the
name "Wren" because of the state bird.  The students chose blue and gold
for their colors and the hurricane as their emblem.

This year our enrollment is 1000 in grades 5-8, and we recently have moved 
into a large new library which we are really enjoying.

The school is located two miles west of Interstate Highway 85, just off Highway 
86.  We are about one mile from Greenville and twenty miles from Clemson.  This
distance makes us about five and a half hours driving time from Georgetown. Our 
county is divided into five districts, and we are a school in District I of
Anderson County.
 







         THERE IS NO MORE INFORMATION AVAILABLE FOR THIS TOPIC.
        
             PRESS BACKUP (PF3)  or  PREVIOUS PAGE (PF1-PF4)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OVER THE TOP                              
-DOC-

                              OVER THE TOP
        
     The movie "Over The Top" has recently hit the box office with a bounce 
and spring.  This is the first movie for Sylvester Stallone in a while, but he 
proved he wasn't rusty and didn't need any oil to turn the cameras.

     "Over The Top" is Sylvester Stallone playing a truck driver named Hawk
who competes in arm wrestling.  Hawk is a man who deserted his wife and son
ten years earlier.  His wife died with cancer and Hawk wants his son.  The 
movie is about the struggle of the man to keep his son from the child's 
grandfather.

     My rating of this unique movie is a "F" for Fair.  Overall, the movie is 
good; the actors are well chosen; the setting is terrific; but the script 
could be better.  



Nikki Kessler
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Alluring Allusion                   
-DOC-
                   Alluring Allusion

A warning received, meant well, I suppose.
It wasn't well taken.  I've held the rose.
The thorns do not scare the beauty away.
Once I've been pricked, I pick anyway.
I hold it gently, intending no harm
Slowly, it fades.  Away wilts its charm.
I remember its beauty--the way it felt--
Like holding soft snow and watching it melt.
Pure in its power to capture a heart,
Lost in the blaze of desire, it starts.
I remember the warning, and smile to myself.
Perhaps the allusive, should reprove themselves.


Geraldine Cannon       
Tamassee-Salem Junior High
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE DOLL                                
-DOC-
                                THE DOLL

    There was once a young girl who had a beautiful doll which had been
passed down to her by her great-grandmother.  Susan never knew her great-
grandmother because she had died long before Susan was born.  The doll was
lovely and Susan loved it very much, but there was something very 
strange about it.  The doll looked exactly like the grandmother.  It
had the same color of hair as the grandmother.  The doll's eyes were 
clear blue just as those of the lady.
    One dark, cold night, Susan was suddenly awakened by a strange noise
in her playroom.  She slowly found herself being drawn to the room.
As she opened the door of the playroom, she saw nothing out of the
ordinary.  But the doll was standing in the middle of the room.  Susan
had not remembered leaving her in such a strange place when she went
to bed. 
    All of a sudden Susan noticed that there was a strange glow about
the doll.  She again seemed to be drawn -now drawn not just into the
room but drawn to the doll.  She reached to pick her up; but before
she could, the doll began to speak.
     "Susan," it said, in a very strange, weak voice. "I am the ghost
of your great-grandmother and I am in great danger."
      Susan was very frightened but still felt as if she were 
compelled to remain in the room.
      The doll continued, "You are the only one who can help me."
      Susan ran to her mother's room and began to tell her as quickly
as she could what had just taken place.  Her mother was certain that
Susan had just had a bad dream and insisted that she go back to bed.
Her mother got up and took Susan back to her room.  She sat with her
until she was fast asleep, and not once did she let Susan tell her about
what she had just experienced.
     The next morning Susan jumped out of her bed and ran straight 
to the playroom.  As she opened the door, she saw that something
was different.  Her doll was not in the middle of the floor where
she had seen it.  She looked all around but it was nowhere to be 
found.  Susan went all over the house and there was no doll.  She
searched everywhere, but the beautiful doll had disappeared.
 
     Just what had the doll been trying to tell Susan?  Now she would
never know.

Amy Landreth
Wren Middle School
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE HAUNTED HOUSE                              
-DOC-
                              THE HAUNTED HOUSE

     The house on the hill was very old.  It had broken shutters and broken
windows.  Most of the windows were all boarded up.  One day a man came to town
and bought the old house.  He moved into the old house without doing many
repairs.  Each day as the neighbors passed that way, they could see him moving
around in the almost bare rooms.
     A  month later the old man died.  Some people thought that he died of
natural causes, but the grandson to whom he had left the house felt
differently.  James was certain that someone or something had killed his grand-
father, and he was determined to find out.  His parents thought that he had 
gone mad when he announced that he was moving into the old house.  But, James
was determined.
     The first night at the house was very ordinary. James did not even hear a
sound.  However, from then on things were different.  Weird things began to
happen.  Doors would open and no one would be there.  The shutters would bang
and rattle when there was not a breath of wind stirring.  And James even
thought that he heard children running and playing on the second floor.
     One day something really out of the ordinary happened.  The boy went to
open the front door, and it would not open.  James ran to all the other doors
and they, too, would not open. Everything seemed to take on a dead silence.
Then he heard it.  It was the strangest laughter James had ever heard.
This strange laughter got louder and louder.  Again he tried all the doors.
The doors were locked tight and there was no way out. He could not cry out 
or scream.  All he could do was just stand and shake and shiver.
     The silence was once again broken by the clock in the hall striking
midnight.  Then it happened!  Above him on the second floor, it seemed as if a
wild party broke out.  He was too scared to move, much less go upstairs to see
what was going on.  James simply collapsed on the couch and hid his head under
a pillow.  Soon he fell asleep.
     Later he awoke to the sound of knocking.  Groggy from his deep sleep,
James sat up slowly, rubbed his eyes, and tried to shake himself into reality.
Again there was the knock at the door.  James jumped up and ran to the front
door. To his surprise, the door opened the minute he touched the knob.
Standing at the door was his mother holding a large tray of food. 
     Without asking his mom in or anything,  James grabbed his coat and 
rushed past her. As his mother caught up with him on the sidewalk, she asked,
" James, what on earth is wrong? "
     He began to tell her what had happened the night before, and she just
laughed and tried to tell him he had fallen asleep on the sofa and had had a
bad dream.  Suddenly James turned around and started back toward the old house. 
If his own mother wouldn't believe him, who could he expect to believe this
strange story?  He would just have to spend another night in the old house. Then
he thought, " What if she's right and it was just my imagination playing tricks
on me? "  He had to know.
     Just going up on the porch of the old house gave him the creeps. As he
opened the door, he was surprised to see that everything inside the house had
changed.  He could hardly recognize the place he left just minutes before. 
James was about to go upstairs when he heard the sound of a key turning in a
lock. The front door was once again locked.  Turning toward the living room,
he saw that all the furniture was now covered with white sheets.  James turned
to the stairs and went up to the second floor.  When he reached the second
floor, what he saw was indescribable.  He turned to run down the steps.  As he
turned,  he tripped over a loose board and fell to his death on the landing
below.
     When his mother reached her house, she began to think about the things
James had tried to tell her.  Could he have imagined all this?  Was he in some
kind of danger in the old house?  She began to run down the street in the
direction of the house.  As she did, her mind was full of concern for James.
      As she reached the old house, she ran to the front door  which was
standing open.  She dashed in only to find the body of her son crumpled at the
foot of the stairs.
      To this day, his parents and the other people of the community do not know
what happened.  Did James just fall or was he pushed by the same person or
thing that might have killed his grandfather?  What is even more strange, just
a week after James died, the old house burned, ending the era of the "haunted
house on the hill."
 

Annette Thurston
Wren Middle School
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GERALDINE CANNON                                
-DOC-
                            GERALDINE CANNON    

     Geraldine Cannon, a senior at Tamassee-Salem High School, has lived in
the small town of Salem all of her life.  She likes Salem because it is so
small; she doesn't like to feel crowded or closed in--the country is the
perfect place for her to open up and write about anything she has on her mind.
She likes to watch people and hear them talk about themselves.  She says she
is a good listener but can express herself better on paper than in person.
She is a shy person and likes it that way.  She says, "I am what I want
to be right now, and I am looking forward to a future full of 
challenging possibilities."
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHAT'S HOT IN FASHION?                              
-DOC-


                          WHAT'S HOT IN FASHION?    
                           
     There are many different fashions for today and for all ages.  Whatever
your taste in clothes might be, the sky is the limit.  Most teenagers are
interested in what the latest styles are.  Many girls like the neat sweater,
skirts, and pants that come from such lines as Esprit and Santa Cruz.
     Even though skirts are longer, there are still the popular miniskirts.
Sweaters are brighter with vibrant colors.  Even for people who like to stick
to basic blue jeans, a lot has been added.  You can find jeans with all kinds
of designs and accessories on them.  Denim is still very popular.  There are
more demin jackets, pocketbooks, and even denim shoes!
     Playing with fashion ideas and creating new outfits can really be fun 
once you get involved.  

Holly McDaniel
Wren Middle School   

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHAT IS WRENS?                                
-DOC-
                                WHAT IS WRENS?

     (Editor's note:  Melissa Pelfrey, a student at Tamassee-Salem High School,
shares her perceptions of WRENS in this story.  Other student perceptions of
" What is WRENS? " will appear in future issues of Palmetto Points.)


                      " WRENS in South Carolina Schools "

     On Tuesday February 17, my English teacher, Den Latham, approached me with
the opportunity to attend a computer conference the following weekend in
Georgetown, South Carolina, as a student reporter.  It would give me the
chance to learn a little about a South Carolina computer network, and give me
an opportunity to inform the public about what is going on in South Carolina
schools.

     Den, his wife Allison, and I started out about 11:00, Friday, February 20,
on our long trip to Georgetown.  The entire trip took approximately seven
hours.  After our tiring ride we arrived just in time to make our dinner
reservations.  We dined at Nance's Original Oyster Grill where we enjoyed a
great meal, good company, fine conversation, and a much needed rest.  Our
dinner companions were some of the teachers who had also come to attend the
conference.

     The next morning we headed for Beck Middle School, where the conference
was to be held.  As the conference started, my excitement grew; and I realized
what a great opportunity this was.

     The conference was hosted by Beck Middle School, and the hostess was
Patricia Candal, an English teacher at Beck.  She and her students are the
creators of WRENS.  WRENS, which stands for Writing and Reading Electronic
Network for Students, is exactly what it states: a writing network for
students.  All works published in WRENS are written by students.  The WRENS
system was developed to give students a chance to have their work published,
read, and responded to by students across the state.  One of the great things
about this system is that anyone who reads material in WRENS can write to the
author by electronic mail, so that the author gets an idea of the reader's
reaction.  Another great thing about WRENS is that the students decide what
kinds of topics the WRENS system will include.

     Along with WRENS, Dr. Candal is developing JESSAMINE, which is a computer
network specifically for teachers.  On the JESSAMINE menu there is a place for 
ideas in such subjects as science, literature, computers, and even a place for
teachers to publish personal writing.  Mrs. Candal is hoping to involve the
teachers as well as the students in the computer world, to use the computer
to encourage effective writing and teaching.

     Both WRENS and JESSAMINE are on the CUFAN system.  CUFAN, which stands
for Clemson University Foresty and Agricultural Network, was started about
two years ago to provide information on agriculture and related topics and to
create a communications network for county agents and farmers to send mail and
to talk with each other by computer.  Dr. Jerry Lambert, Computer Coordinator
for the College of Agricultural Sciences at Clemson, has encouraged and helped
the teachers and students to develop WRENS and JESSAMINE.  The schools on line
in WRENS now are Beck Middle,  Edwards Elementary, Gilbert High, Morrison
Elementary, Tamassee-Salem, and Wren Middle.

     The other participants of the conference were: Dorthula Green and Steve
Candal from Beck Middle; Jo Ann Wigington from Wren Middle; Sandra Laughlan and
Mike Frye from West Conway Middle; Vicki Brockman from Rock Hill Elementary;
Dottie Graham from Winthrop College; Diane Hoffman from Stanford University in
Berkeley, California; Nick Gaspers from Macedonia Middle; and Ike Coleman
from Clemson University.  Some of them were there to learn more about the
network and how to get hooked up to the system, but others were there to
discuss how the network is working in their classes.

     We discussed problems in setting up the computers, and students'
reactions to them.  Although it is not difficult to connect the computers to
CUFAN, there is a shortage of computers in the schools.  With the help of Jerry
Lambert, Ike Coleman, and several computer experts from Clemson, this problem
is being solved, but time has also become a big problem.  Even after the
computers are hooked up, the students, with their regular work load are having
difficulty finding time to work on them.  Many are coming in during lunch and
staying after school. Some of the teachers are finding ways for the WRENS work
to be included in regular class assignments.  Even with its problems, however,
the system is slowly being completed, and in the end it will have been worth
the wait.

     The WRENS program is financially supported by funds from Coastal Carolina
College for the assistant, Mrs. Cheryl Bellune, and from Bread Loaf School
of English to help some of the schools get on line.

     After the conference, Allison, Den and I went to the River Room, a 
restaurant on the waterfront where we enjoyed a good meal and great atmosphere. 
Then, despite the cold weather, we took a walk on the beach at Pawley's Island.
It was beautiful.  After gathering our treasures we found on the beach, we piled
back into the car and prepared for the long ride home.  On the way home, while
thinking about the events of the last few hours, I realized that I still had
much left to learn, but I feel that I made a great start that weekend.  And I
had a good time while I did!


Melissa Pelfrey
Tamassee-Salem
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BLUBBER                                 
-DOC-
                                 BLUBBER
        
                              by Judy Blume


     This book is about a girl, Jill Brenner, who is in the fifth grade. 
Her best friend is Tracy Wu.  Tracy can stand up for herself.  In the class
is a girl named Wendy who bosses everyone around. Wendy, a girl named Caroline,
and Jill pick on a girl named Linda Fischer.  Linda is a little overweight, but
she is a "first class wimp."  They call her "Blubber."  Wendy picks on her the
most.  Then Jill takes it up.  Linda cannot stand up for herself until Tracy
tells her that Jill is afraid of Wendy.  Jill stands up to Wendy and turns
Caroline, Wendy's best friend, against her.  Linda finally finds peace with her
classmates.  This is a book you can enjoy because you see these same situations 
time and time again in your own class.  

Andy Finley
Wren Middle School
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOP SECRET:ALLIGATORS                            
-DOC-

                            TOP SECRET:ALLIGATORS

                              by Henry Goodwin

     This book is about some young alligators who were sold as pets after
their mother died.  The children who took the alligators loved them very much.
However, the parents did not like the alligators at all.  Most of the parents
flushed the alligators into the sewer.  The animals grew to be fairly large.
The alligators wanted very much to return to the swamp. One day they got that
chance.  The grate on the street above them had been moved.  They quickly
crawled away to the river and swam back to the swamp.

Joey Browning
Wren Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TWO SEASONS                                   
-DOC-
                                   TWO SEASONS
       

        Winter
      Gray, snowy
 Sleeting, freezing, sliding
Snowmen, sleds; kites, flowers
 Warm, green, breezy
     Sunny, pretty
        Spring.
      

Amy McJunkin
Wren Middle School
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DEAR NETTIE                                    
-DOC-
     

                                    DEAR NETTIE



     DEAR NETTIE:  I have this problem with my Mom.  She has told me that I am
                   old enough to have guys over, but every time they come over 
                   she always embarrasses me.  What should I do to get her to  
                   stop?                                           

                                                          Troubled


     NETTIE SAYS:  You have to remember that one time in your mother's life she
                   was a teenager, too.  Remind her what it was like to have    
                   your mother dragging out old photo albums.  If that doesn't 
                   work, try going out or go to a friend's or your boyfriend's  
                   house more often.  There is no sure way to avoid your       
                   mother, so be kind and understanding.                      
                                                                               
                                                          Nettie.






     DEAR NETTIE:  I am going with a boy and when he calls my brother always   
                   stands over my shoulder.  The thing is--I don't do that to  
                   him when his girlfriends call.  What should I do?          
                                                        
                                                           Troubled Sister



     NETTIE SAYS:  I deeply understand how you feel.  I have an older brother   
                   who actually picks up the phone when my boyfriend calls.     
                   Instead of beating him up, do the next best thing.  Ask your 
                   mom if you can have a phone and explain to her why.  I have  
                   a feeling the reason your brother is standing over you is   
                   because he cares.  I ought to know; I have one.              
                                                                               
                                                            Nettie.            
                       




                                                       
     DEAR NETTIE:  There is a boy I really like.  He is in the tenth grade.    
                   Sometimes I think that he likes me, but he won't tell me.   
                   He stares at me all the time and talks to me a lot.  How can 
                   I find out if he likes me without making him angry?         
                                                                               
                                                             Lost Love

     NETTIE SAYS:  If he does like you, you will find out soon enough.  Just go 
                   ahead and be your own super self.  If you flirt too much,
                   you might lose him forever.                                
                                                             Nettie       


     Nettie has gotten so many questions, too many to put into the newsletter. 
Thank you for all of the letters. We are so happy for the response.  These are 
only three of the many letters that we have received.  The rest of the
questions will be printed in a small booklet, as well as in WRENS. Keep 
writing and have a nice day.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GLENDA HARTER                          
-DOC-
                          GLENDA HARTER
                        Beck Middle School

     I am 14 years old and I'm in the 8th grade at Beck.  I have auburn hair,
greenish-brown eyes and fair complexion.  I'm 5 ft. 9 in. tall.  Some of my
hobbies are swimming, basketball, football, riding bikes, tennis and just
plain fun.

     If there's anything else you would like to know about me, send me an
E-Mail message.  I'm in Dr. Candal's 5th period class.  Look for more of my
work to be published in Wrens.   
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHLORIS AND THE WEIRDOS                         
-DOC-
                         CHLORIS AND THE WEIRDOS
                            
                              by Kin Platt


     Jenny and Chloris Carpenter are sisters whose mother has been divorced   
a year.  Jenny misses Fidel, their stepfather, but Chloris is very glad the 
parents are divorced.  Jenny begins dating Harold, a dedicated skateboarder
whom Chloris immediately labels a weirdo.  Then Chloris starts dating Wayne
Gavin who eats at the pizza restaurant where Chloris works. She even labels
him a weirdo.  Wayne invites her to a ski weekend at Mammouth Mountain.
Their mother begins going out with Mr. Sloan who is very nice but, of course,
the girls label him a weirdo.  Chloris decides to go on the skiing trip even 
without her mother's permission and things really become complicated.  In the
end, things begin to start looking up for the two girls.  Read this great
book to see just what can happen to not one but two teenagers.


Shana Dunn
Wren Middle School
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE CYBIL WAR                              
-DOC-

                              THE CYBIL WAR
  
                              by Betsy Byars


     This story is the struggle between two boys, Simon and Tony, over a girl
named Cybil.  The story recounts their feuds, fusses, and fights which go on
for a long time since Cybil takes her time in picking the one she likes.  Simon
is a shy, nice, and pleasant person with a few faults.  Tony, however, is a
mean, name-calling liar who has plenty of faults.  The story lets you know that
she likes Simon best, but a couple of times I almost decided she will choose
Tony. I recommend the book very highly.  Betsy Byars writes interesting books
for young people.


Jarret Lanford
Wren Middle School
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VOICES IN THE DARK                             
-DOC-
                             VOICES IN THE DARK

                              by James Haynes

      This is the story about Christie Moncreiff who was caught up in
something she could not control.  One of her ancestors, Cor Moncreiff, had
loved a Christie Moncreiff when he was alive.  He was into black magic and now
had come back to get Christie, and in doing so he granted her every wish.
Things progress until Christie is planning to leave with her car.  Suddenly
Scott, her boyfriend, appears with a burning cross which he throws at Cor.
When this happnes, Cor is burned up.  Things then can get back to normal.


Ryan Smith
Wren Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APRIL ADDITIONS                              
-DOC-


                              APRIL ADDITIONS


       Our additions for April are:

       Stephen Hall 4-24                             Sabrina League 4-28
       Selina Richards 4-5                           Kelly Ellwell 4-5
       Shawn Poore 4-23                              Wendy Gregory 4-2
       Edward Lanford 4-3                            Amy Elrod 4-6
       Stephanie Taylor 4-18                         Mandy Groff 4-11
       Chad McGaha 4-14                              Derick Hagood 4-28
       Mary Surl 4-21                                Abby Manson 4-19
       Maggie Durham 4-3                             Julie Lamb 4-30
       Jean Roberts 4-15                             

      I would like to thank all of the schools who participated by 
sending in birthdays. It was a great help for me so that the article would 
be longer.  I would also like to apologize for putting you to so much trouble 
by requesting dates after you had already sent in the birthdays.  Once 
again I am requesting that the schools who did not participate this month
will send in the birthdays for May.  Just send them to Marci at WRBECK.
Your cooperation will be greatly appreciated.

**********************Marci Tuten;Beck Middle School***************************

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BECK MIDDLE SCHOOL                              
-DOC-

                              BECK MIDDLE SCHOOL

     Beck Middle School was named after Dr. Joseph Brown Beck, a former
principal in Georgetown.  Beck School has been in the Georgetown community
for thirty-five years and a new addition was added in 1981.  Beck students are
sixth, seventh, and eighth graders.  More than 1,000 students get their
schooling and training here for the high school years to come.  Even though
Beck is located inside Georgetown city limits, many of the students come from
outside the immediate community.
     We have a variety of students, teachers, classes, and sports.  We have a
boys' and girls' basketball team that did very well.  Some of our students 
even participate in high school sports.  We recently had our Mr. and Miss Beck
Pageant which was fun for everyone.  Beck is very proud of its activities and
students.  We have the typical activities such as a science fair and spelling
bee.  We also have a very active student council that helps plan and involve
students in various activities.


Becki Carpenter
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
A FRIEND                      
-DOC-
    

                      A FRIEND

A friend is a person
Who is in need,
And a person
Who does a good deed.
A friend cares and seldom fears.
When you're in trouble,
You won't have to struggle.
A friend is a person
You can lean on
And always depend on.


Melinda Wigfall
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
A BRIGHTER DAY                             
-DOC-


                             A BRIGHTER DAY

A brighter day is a day
When you feel loved,
A day when you notice
The birds from above.
Some days you feel sad
And it shows on your face.
Other days you're happy,
Overflowing with grace.
The sadness goes away
On a brighter day.


Melinda Wigfall
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
*******************A Kid's Opinion on the Iran-Arms Trade******************* 
-DOC-
 *******************A Kid's Opinion on the Iran-Arms Trade*******************

           Governments never even think what a kid could contribute when it 
comes to business.  I can hear them say, "Keep them in the cradle and put a 
pacifier in their mouth just as long as they shut-up."  Several adults wouldn't 
even consider kids' opinions; but this kid has a definite opinion, no matter 
what they might say.
           To me and a lot of other kids, the Iran-Arms trade was definitely
wrong, but the press is blaming the innocent.  Whatever happened to "You're
innocent until proven guilty"?  I feel that we're ready for a war when there
is no need for one. The press needs to open its eyes, wake up and smell the
coffee; but for heaven's sake, stop blaming the wrong people and prosecute the
right ones.  You're probably thinking we already have the right ones so I
should just drop it. Well, I can't. I watched the Presidential telecast
recently, and I saw the press try to persecute the President.  It's not right
that the press has the nerve to insinuate that the President had his hand in
the cookie jar and obviously got caught. 
         If our nation is going to actually accuse our President of defying the 
laws that our forefathers laid down, I think someone should tell the accusers 
where to get off.  If they don't, then our country is no better than Russia; 
and we need to start over and build a better nation, one that doesn't falsely 
accuse our leaders.
         Even if the President did have a hand in this matter--which I don't 
believe he did, but just for the sake of argument--it was to free hostages. If 
it was the only way to free them, then it had a good purpose, no matter what 
anyone might say.  A life is a terrible thing to waste and we're just trying to 
preserve that and to save many Americans.  How can that be wrong?  Put yourself 
in the  place of the families of the hostages.  How would you feel and how
would you act?  Hostile, perhaps. Now put yourself in the President's place,
wouldn't you try to help in the slightest way, even if it meant trading arms?  


****************************************  NIKKI KESSLER **********************

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALBERT EINSTEIN                             
-DOC-


                             ALBERT EINSTEIN

     Albert Einstein was a German-born physicist, formulator of the theories
of relativity, gravitation, and a unified field.  He was the winner of the
Nobel prize in physics for 1921 "for the photoelectric law and his work in the 
domain of theoretical physics."  He was born in Vlm, Germany, on March 14, 
1879.

     Einstein died in Princeton, N.J. on April 18, 1955.  To celebrate his 70th
birthday, a volume of essays of his work was published.  The book, ALBERT
EINSTEIN: PHILOSOPHER-SCIENTIST, includes comments by some of the world's
leading physicists and philosophers.


Heather Fleming
Beck Middle School
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE CAROLINA WREN                            
-DOC-



                            THE CAROLINA WREN

     The wren is a small-insect eating bird common to shrubland and brushland.
This bird represents South Carolina.  Both sexes of wrens look alike.  They are
from 10 to 22 cm. long and have short, rounded wings.  They have slender bills
and often sharp, erected tails.  They are also found in the rain forest,
marshes, deserts and rocky areas.

     Wrens lay from two to ten white or speckled eggs in cavities or covered
nests constructed in bushes, reed grasses, or trees.


Aaron Moore
Beck Middle


Note: Version 2 on the next page.





                              THE CAROLINA WREN

     The Carolina Wren is known for its beautiful song and its helpfulness to
us by eating insects.  It often hides from us, and even though we cannot see 
the bird, we can hear it.  This friendly bird can be seen from the seashore to
the mountains of South Carolina.  It's only five and one-half inches long and
holds its tail straight up in the air, except when it is singing.

Pamela Wayne
Trina White
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE PALMETTO TREE                           
-DOC-


                           THE PALMETTO TREE

     The palmetto is the name given to several kinds of fan-leaved palm trees.
The best known palmetto tree is the cabbage palm, the state tree of South 
Carolina.  Three kinds of palmettos are the dwarf, the blue, and the saw which 
grow in low regions along the U.S. coast, particularly in the southeastern 
part of the country.  Some palmettos grow to fifty feet high, but the dwarf 
variety is low.  The palmetto belongs to the palm family, PALMAE, and makes
up the genus, SABEL.


Michael McGraw
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE LOVE INSIDE YOU                                
-DOC-

                                THE LOVE INSIDE YOU

The honor of mountains
Stand brave and high.
The flight of doves
Float gently by.
The clouds like pillows in the air
Seem to wander without a care.
The stream below
With its sparkling complexion,
Leaves beauty and warmth 
In its fervent reflection.
These things add beauty
To nature and love.
One love stands out among the few:
That is the love inside you.

Scott Morrison
Wren Middle School


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MELINDA WIGFALL                             
-DOC-


                             MELINDA WIGFALL

     I am fourteen years old and I am a student at Beck Middle School.  My
favorite subject is history because it makes me think harder.  I enjoy writing 
and reading poems.  I like the way the words rhyme.  My favorite sport is
volleyball.


Melinda Wigfall
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALIFORNIA TRIP                                
-DOC-


                                CALIFORNIA TRIP


     Two summers ago I went to California for the third time.  On the way we 
stopped at a campground to stay for the night.  The next morning my little 
brother wanted me to go to the see-saw with him.  I told him I would since
there was nothing else to do.  After a while I decided to quit and jumped off,
my brother fell to the ground.  We then got into a fight and I nailed my
brother one.  I was so happy I swung on and off of the trapeze bar until my
brother got almost to the camper.  I then jumped off of the trapeze bar and it
almost cut the top of my ear off.  I went crazy when I saw the blood.  Well,
right now I have my ear because my dad bandaged it up and it is not cut any
more.  Boy, am I happy that I don't have an L-shaped ear!

     
Shay Sheehan
Beck Middle School  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MY FRIEND SARA                              
-DOC-


                              MY FRIEND SARA


     My favorite friend is Sara.  She is also my best friend.  I am happy that
she is my best friend because we always have so much fun together.  We have
been best friends for three years and I love it.  We do everything together,
but some times it does not work out that way.  One time when I spent the night
with her we went to play tennis. I have never hit the ball so hard in all of
my life.
     Another time when Sara came over to spend the night with me, we were
making a movie on the tape recorder and we were doing the credits.  Now, we
were already laughing and didn't know why.  Well, Sara said, "The producer is
Henny Penny."  It really wasn't funny at first, but then I started to crack-up.
So did she. Then  between laughs she said, "The co-producer is Amy Shamy."  I
was laughing so hard I thought I was going to die.  Well, we really like each
other.  She is so pretty; she makes Christy Brinkly look like a "DOG."

                                       
Jessica Harrelson
Beck Middle School                        


                 
    


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MY FRIEND JESSICA                             
-DOC-


                             MY FRIEND JESSICA

        My favorite friend is a person.  She is a wild and crazy girl.  Her
name is Jessica.  Jessica and I have been best friends for about three years.  
The thing I like about her is that she makes me have fun.
        Jessica's face always makes me smile when I come to school in the 
morning.  She's very pretty.  She has a funny little smile that can make 
you crack up.  I'm proud to have her as a best friend.
        The greatest thing about her is that every time I see her, something 
happens to make it a hilarious memory.  Once Jessica put my blue eyeshadow all
over her face so that she looked like a Smurf.
        Another memory was when I was out of the room.  Jessica put something 
over her head to make it look like she was knocked out.  The thing weighed
about two ounces!  When I came back into the room Jessica was lying on the 
floor.  The thing was on her head and she was cracking up like a maniac. 
        Jess and I couldn't be more perfectly made for being best friends,  
with her wild and crazy ways and my sometimes wild but usually studious ways. 
Let's face it.  Opposites attract.
        Before I leave you, I want to tell you about how she acts in front of 
a teacher.  Every time she asks a question her neck twitches.  It shows how
nervous she is.  As you can see, you can't find a better friend than my
very best friend, Jessica Harrelson.


Sara Centioni
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MY FRIEND LESLIE                               
-DOC-


                               MY FRIEND LESLIE

        My best friend and I have had special times together.  Her name is
Leslie Price.  We always have a good time together no matter what we do.
        Leslie used to live at the beach, but she recently moved into town.
Even though she lives in town, I still don't get to see her much.  She goes
to school at Waccamaw.  She might come to Beck next year, but she might stay
at Waccamaw for the eighth grade, too.  
        Her new house in town is close to Front Street so we always walk down-
town and go shopping.
        She and I have a lot in common.  We both like to read, shop, swim, and
ride bikes.  We teach each other things, too.  If I learn something, I teach
her how to do it and she does the same for me.
        She is the best friend I have ever had, and I hope that she and I will
always be good friends.
                                         

Heather Fleming
Beck Middle School
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PLANT MAZE                                
-DOC-


                                PLANT MAZE

TRY TO FIND THE WORDS IN THE PUZZLE.  BE CAREFUL, THEY ARE TRICKY.

            F O R Q S C B O T A N I S T S Y E U P W X P
            E R E S P I R A T I O N P A I Z P F U Y Y O
            R X Y F E R N S C E P M O L D S I T F H J L
            T Z A B R J P L M B N O R Q R S D V F Q L L
            I Z A I M K U Z Y G O T E C W X E G B I H I
            L Y H X C V S R H G V J S M E F R A A G M N
            I W G V E I N S F I A E K B L Y M V L L Q A
            Z J K F L Q T B O N R K B D D Z I W L Q O T
            A J B C L N L O Q R Y D I C O T S U S V I I
            T I E M S T A M E N S S O P Q R Q K U T P O
            I H P D N O M U S H R O O M S R S S T X M N
            O E G P H O T O S Y N T H E S I S B S R K A
            N F A S E X U A L R E P R O D U C T I O N C





                                  WORD BANK

ZYGOTE                      DICOTS                     POLLINATION
SPORES                      FERTILIZATION              OVARY
MOLDS                       SPERM CELLS                STAMENS
MUSHROOMS                   FERNS                      RESPIRATION
PUFFBALLS                   VEINS                      EPIDERMIS
ASEXUAL REPRODUCTION        BOTANISTS                  PHOTOSYNTHESIS


Tranea Kinloch
Beck Middle School




-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEAUTY IS ALWAYS THERE                           
-DOC-
     

                           BEAUTY IS ALWAYS THERE

I am special because I am.
I need no praise to see this.
I see the beauty inside of me;
I look for the beauty in others.
Beauty can be found in all things
If we look with unprejudiced eyes.

Tracy Swinton
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMPUTER MAZE                            
-DOC-


                            COMPUTER MAZE


                  I C I M H E K W A T A R E H E Y G
                  A A A N E W F R I E N D S A E H M
                  Q R O L D R O I F N A N G F L W E
                  M P R O J E C T R D S T E G E A N
                  N E I N A A M I R E S E A R C H E
                  E A S G W R E N S F F O G R T Y J 
                  A G F S E C O G O C M D H C R O Z
                  C P P U A H A L W A A I U C O D G
                  K H T A C G R D A M L S K K N N I 
                  R O L V C D E N K E X K I T I N G
                  O N L I N E A S E R B I A T C H Y
                  W E K D C R D L R A L Y T R M E R
                  T M Z E T R A C U Y K E Y P A L S
                  E K C O M P U T E R S A M P I Z N
                  N I K I N A H S J O U R N A L A T


                               WORD BANK

   NETWORK          ELECTRONIC MAIL         COMPUTERS          JOURNAL
   PHONE            NEW FRIENDS             EXCITING           DISK
   VIDEO            ON LINE                 RESEARCH           CAMERA
   WRENS            MESSAGES                WRITING            CUFAN
   PROJECT          KEY PALS                EUREKA  
      


Heather Graham
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE KILLER                                 
-DOC-


                                 THE KILLER

     It was a dark, dismal night.  The killer was on the loose.  I knew that
he wouldn't be coming to Greenville, but I was still edgy.  In fact, every 
little sound made me jump ten feet.  You see, I live on Elm Street, and I just 
finished watching "Nightmare on Elm Street," part one and two.  Now, whenever I 
go past a mirror or a window I scare myself to death!

     I'm babysitting for my mom.  After putting my sister to bed, I sat on the
couch by the window to watch T.V.  My sister is asleep, but for once in my 
life, I wish that she could stay up.

     I heard a sound outside of the window and told myself that it was just 
the cat in the bushes, but I couldn't believe myself.  I turned off the T.V. 
to hear if there was a sound outside.  Then I heard it again.  It sounded like 
someone walking around.  I know that I jumped ten feet.  I told myself to 
remain calm, but I just couldn't help being scared.  Horrifed, I got up and 
made sure all the doors and windows were locked. 

     When I had assured myself that no one was going to get in, I went to 
check on Christy.  She was sleeping fine.  I decided to go downstairs to watch 
more T.V.  Unfortunately, the only shows on were "My Bloody Valentine," "A Slow 
Death," and "Eat Your Heart Out."  So I turned off the T.V. and started to 
read.  Once again, I heard the sound.  I turned around to look out of the 
window.  No one was there, but I could still faintly hear the noise.  It was 
no longer coming from the same window; it was coming from the sliding glass 
doors.  They started to slide open.  Oh, my God, I forgot to lock those doors!  
I ran upstairs to Christy's room and locked the door.  I heard footsteps 
coming up the stairs.

     I woke Christy up and told her that someone was in the house.  She got
scared and said that she wanted her mommy.  I told her not to get upset, but
to be calm.  I, however, really was not being very calm myself.  Slowly, the
doorknob turned.  I was frantic.  I went over to the window; all the time the
doorknob kept turning.  It wasn't lightning or thundering anymore, but it was
slightly raining.  I decided that I would let Christy down through the window
with a sheet.  I told her to go to Mary's, the neighbor, and call the police.
Just as she was on the ground, the door burst open.  Someone was standing in
the doorway.  He was a tall, muscular man, wet and dripping.  He said nothing
but moved slowly forward.  I was so glad that I had sent Christy to Mary's to
call the police.  Suddenly, he held up a knife and moved towards me.  I
trembled in my shoes.  Then he tried to stab me, but I dodged the blade
quickly enough not to get hit.  I picked up a lamp and smashed it over his
head.  He shook his head vigorously.  Then looked at me and smiled.  A shiver
ran up my spine.  I don't know if it was a shiver of fear or of anger.  I
think it was a mixture of both.

     I looked around in search of something with which to stop him.  I spotted
Christy's table and chair set.  I dodged the knife again and ran to the chairs
and brought one down upon his head, but he persisted.  Determined not to be
killed, I picked up the other chair and brought it down over his head.  He
collapsed onto the floor.  I ran out of the door and down the stairs.  I heard
footsteps coming down the stairs and I screamed.  I ran out of the sliding
glass doors and ran towards Mary's.  To my relief, the police had arrived.
They went into the house and got the killer and took him to jail where he was
held until his trial.

     I went over to get Christy from Mary's and Mom was there.  She said she
was worried sick.

     A year later the killer was given the electric chair.  Greenville has never
been the same since.        


Amanda Camlin
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
A PREMONITION OF DEATH                            
-DOC-


                            A PREMONITION OF DEATH

    I woke up in a cold sweat.  As I sat in my bed, I recalled the 
depressing dream I had just two weeks before. It wasn't that I was scared of
it.  It was the fact that it came true, not in the same form, but close enough.

    I still remember it very clearly.  I was standing on the steps of the 
Plantation House at Keithfield.  I was young again, maybe 3 or 4 years old.  My 
Hutto family was standing behind me, all except for my grandfather, "Pops."  
He was standing beside me.  The whole family was dressed in white except for 
Pops. He was dressed in black.

    As I looked across the old wooden bridge, I saw a white carriage being 
pulled by a white horse.  As it came closer I saw a black casket in the back.  
The only thing I noticed was.....no one was driving the carriage!

    I turned my eyes back to the casket and as I did, it opened very slowly. 
When it was open, the inside was all white except for a body that was dressed
in black.  Pops and I walked closer to it.  I finally noticed that this was my 
grandmother.  She opened her bright blue eyes and reached out with her hand to 
my grandfather.  He grabbed her hand, stepped on the carriage, then kissed me
on my cheek.  

    It's hard to believe that two weeks later Pops was dead!  I wonder...
should I had told someone about this dream?  Was it my fault?  These tears I
cry are the price I pay.

    I forgot one important thing!  As he rode off on the carriage, he had a
beautiful smile on his face!  One that reminds me how much he must have
missed her the seven years they were apart.
  
     Now they're together!  That's the wonderful price we all had to pay!


Kathy Wehmeyer
Beck Middle School

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
YELLOW JESSAMINE     
-DOC-
 


     YELLOW JESSAMINE

No flower that blooms holds
Such a perfumed fragrance.
It wins the kindness and
Sympathy of all.
It captures the south with
Its lovely color,
Has its blooms all over.
As far as the eye can see,
yellow covers a field of green.
It climbs up the trunks of trees
And swings free.
The state flower,
The Yellow Jessamine.

Roosevelt Nesbitt
Beck Middle School
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE BEST BAD THING                               
-DOC-
                               THE BEST BAD THING

                               by: Yoshiko Uchida

     Rinko is a Japanese girl who is telling this story. One day her mother
says she has to go to Mrs.  Hata's house.  Rinko's friend, Tami, thinks Mrs. 
Hata is a little crazy.  Rinko agrees.  Rinko's mother wants Rinko to go to Mrs.
Hata's because it's the forty-ninth anniversary of Mr. Hata's death.  Mrs. Hata
has two boys, Abu, who is eight years old, and Zenny, who is his older brother.
Zenny's real name is Zenichiro Hata.  Abu was named after Abraham Lincoln.
     Rinko didn't want to go to Mrs. Hata's house because she thought she
would ruin her last month of summer.  Soon, after Rinko has stayed with Mrs.
Hata for a few weeks, she begins to realize "people are not always what they
seem, and what appears to be a 'bad thing' can sometimes be quite good after
all."
     Rinko enjoyed her stay at Mrs. Hata's because she could ride the rails
with Abu and Zenny.  She was happy when the old kitemaker, an illegal alien,
left her favorite butterfly kite when he had to leave the country.  I wanted
to read this book because the cover was interesting, and it was about Japanese
children.

Kimberlee Scott
8 years old
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL MARKET REPORT                           
-DOC-
                          AGRICULTURAL MARKET REPORT 
            Wayne Purcell, Virginia Cooperative Extension Service

                              December 29, 1987

This week, I will take a quick look ahead at 1988.  The picture is mixed.  In 
the grains and oilseeds, prices should be slightly better.  In the livestock 
sector, the news is not as good.  Cattle prices may hold up reasonably well, 
especially for stocker and feeder cattle, but hog prices will be under 
pressure all year.  With another big increase in poultry production, 1988 
will see record-large per capita production of total meats. 

In corn, wheat, and in soybeans, the surplus stocks as we head into calendar 
year 1988 are large by historical standards, but the size of the stocks does 
not tell the entire story.  In every case, the surplus or ending stocks are 
coming down, and that is very important in the price outlook for the year. 

Early in 1987, for example, the estimates of ending stocks in soybeans for 
the 1987-88 crop year were at 500 million bushels or more.  Now, we see 
estimates in the 335 million range, and the market likes that type of 
improvement.  In recent weeks, riding the strength of improved world demand, 
both the soyoil and the soybean meal futures made new contract highs.  
January soybeans traded above $6.00, a significant improvement over the $4.65 
trading level of the November '87 futures earlier in 1987. 

In corn and in wheat, improvement in the stock levels is less pronounced but 
the movement is still in the right direction.  If the markets get no 
unexpected bearish shocks, we should see modest improvement in corn prices as 
we head into the spring months and I expect to see the soybean prices rally 
back toward the highs above $6.00 again.  In general, I would suggest to 
producers that they consider lifting short hedges on price dips to important 
support planes.  Users should consider placing long hedges in corn and in 
soybean meal on those same price dips. I will watch these markets and try to 
pinpoint opportunities in future weeks in this series. 

In wheat, I would be inclined to look at placing short hedges any time the 
net price is above $2.50.  This is especially important, I believe, for 
producers who will not be in the program.  Across the past few weeks, the 
new-crop July (Chicago) futures contract has made new contract highs above 
the $3.00 level.  A futures price at that level means a net price of $2.50 or 
better to producers who are looking at a harvest-period basis expectation of 
 $.50 or better. 

Going into the year, we will have about 7 percent more cattle on feed in the 7 
major feeding states.  In spite of the increased numbers of cattle on feed, 
most analysts expect to see a 2-3 percent reduction in per capita supplies of 
beef during 1988.  Cow and non-fed steer and heifer slaughter are expected to 
decline again as we see efforts to start building the herd during the year. 

Fed cattle prices are likely to spend much of the year in the $60s, with 
feeder cattle carrying a $10 or larger premium to the fed cattle market.  
With that general picture in mind, I have been encouraging producers to get 
long hedges set on spring feeder cattle on price dips back to the low $70s.  
I continue to suggest that approach.  Later in the year, if and when the 
market offers excellent profits in fed cattle or in feeder cattle, I would be 
inclined to forward price and move away from facing all the price risk that 
comes with being a cash-market speculator. 

In hogs, the December Hogs and Pigs report will indicate that we will have 
about 10 percent more total hogs with the breeding herd up by 10 percent or 
more.  Given those levels, we can expect to see the per capita supplies of 
pork up significantly during 1988, and that will keep pressure on hog prices.  
Look for cash prices to range from the high $30s to the mid $40s, perhaps the 
high $40s, with the best prices to come in the June-August period.  In hogs, 
I would suggest that producers adopt a strategy of pricing when the cash flow 
and the financial position of the operation can be protected. 

Both beef and pork will be pressured by another significant increase in 
poultry production on top of huge increases in 1987. There are some signs 
that consumers' attitudes toward the red meats are improving, but the 
competition from poultry may keep us from seeing any increase in demand for 
beef and poultry.  And without improvement in demand, the record total meat 
supplies we expect to see in 1988 will keep the cattle and hog prices under 
pressure.  The best strategy is to get the livestock priced when decent 
prices are offered. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Weekly Futures Review for January 1988 will be available on Friday,     
-DOC-



 


     Weekly Futures Review for January 1988 will be available on Friday,
                               January 8, 1988.



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SEPTEMBER HOGS AND PIGS REPORT                     
-DOC-
                     SEPTEMBER HOGS AND PIGS REPORT
                  Russell W. Sutton, Extension Ag Economist

     The big question now seems to be "How accurate are our 1987 numbers?"  
The USDA September Hogs and Pigs Report was close to pre-report estimates 
while the real news seemed to be the announcement that at least two previous 
Reports have/will be adjusted.  June 1987 numbers were decreased by 1.3 
percent for total inventory and near 1 percent for breeding.  If breeding 
numbers had not been revised for June, there would have been a decrease in 
breeding inventories from June to September.  Secondly, March 1987 
inventories and the December 1986 to February 1987 quarterly pig crop are 
targeted to be revised lower by 2.5 percent (probably during the December 
1987 Report). 

     This action to change report numbers is consistent with summer slaughter 
numbers and industry data.  Table 1 shows the FI weekly slaughter.  April to 
June numbers were some 9-13 percent below year earlier figures.  Recently, 
slaughter runs were greater than last year and, as of the last 3-4 weeks, 
numbers were beginning to come close to 1985 levels.  This trend is normal 
for the fall season whereas 1986 was different from most years. 


Table 1. U.S. Federally Inspected Hog Slaughter; Weekly USDA Data.

                                                 Pct Chg,1987vs
     Month      1985       1986       1987       1985     1986  

               -------- 1,000 head -------
      Jan      7,355      7,255      7,195      - 1 %    - 2 %
      Feb      7,805      7,651      7,385      - 3 %    - 5 %
      Mar      6,562      6,420      6,205      - 3 %    - 5 %
      Apr      6,530      6,421      5,943      - 7 %    - 9 %
      May      8,047      7,628      7,039      - 8 %    -13 %
      Jun      6,164      5,632      5,460      - 3 %    -11 %
      Jul      6,995      6,445      6,551      + 2 %    - 6 %
      Aug      6,212      5,509      5,737      + 4 %    - 8 %
      Sep      6,467      5,756      6,254      + 9 %    - 3 %
      Oct      1,644*     1,515*     1,674*     +10 %    + 2 %  
   
   * Only one week of data for October.
   Note:  Individual monthly data may vary from other sources.

                               
       
     The Report was initially termed as neutral by the trade, but all 
in all, it still showed less increase than earlier thought.  Table 2 
contains September inventories and revised June estimates.  As most of 
the press has talked about percent changes from last year, it should be 
kept in mind that these are comparisons against modern record lows.  
Although market numbers are 3 percent more than for 1985, breeding is 
still slightly below two years ago.















 Table 2.  USDA Ten State Hogs And Pigs Inventory; September 1987 and
           Revised June 1987.
       Category           1987      1986        1985     1986  1985
                         ------- 1,000 head ---------
   *** September 1:
  All Hogs And Pigs     42,825    39,535      41,320    +9 %  +4 %
  Kept For Breeding      5,295     4,840       5,377    +9 %  -1 %
  Market                37,530    34,745      36,443    +9 %  +3 %
     Under 60 Pounds    14,950    13,430      14,630    +9 %  +2 %
     60-119 Pounds       9,090     8,645       8,820    +8 %  +3 %
     120-179 Pounds      7,665     7,150       7,406    +9 %  +4 %
     180 Pounds And +    5,825     5,470       5,587    +8 %  +4 %
   *** June 1 (Revised):
   All Hogs And Pigs    40,580    37,845      41,650    +7 %  -3 %
   Kept For Breeding     5,290     4,840       5,397    +9 %  -2 %
   Market               35,290    33,005      36,253    +7 %  -3 %   
                                                        
   


               
              
     The quarterly farrowing data and intentions also showed only moderate 
increases.  The June-August pig crop was some 2 percent more than June second 
intentions (11 percent vs. 9 percent).  However, the September-November 
second intentions were 7 percent greater and the same as the June estimate.  
The December-February quarterly first intention was 8 percent over last year 
and lower than estimates before the Report. 
   
Table 3.  USDA Ten State Hogs And Pigs Report Farrowings And Intentions; 
          1987-1986 Reports.
                                                                           
                              Report Month              
     Quarter         September    June     March     December
	
   Mar-May(1987)                +8 %      +7 %**      +2 %*
   Jun-Aug(1987)     +11 %      +9 %**    +8 %*
   Sep-Nov(1987)     + 7 %**    +7 %*           
   Dec-Feb(1987-88)  + 8 %*         
   ______________________________________________________________      
   *First Intentions;  ** Second Intentions


                     
     Retail price levels are another important concern.  Retail prices 
reached record highs during the summer and many are watching to see what 
happens as the lower farm-level prices work through the system.  Since 
July, we have had a decrease in cash hog prices from around $62/cwt to 
near the $50 level.  

      Generally, feed price expectations are favorable for the much of 
the next year.  Herds are expanding but there are questions about how 
much.  For more than a year, industry and the futures market have been 
sending signals that a large amount of growth should be taking place -- 
this has not happened.  Based on distant futures prices, this is still 
expected for 1988.  Some growth will take place, but could expectations 
for this next year be a repeat of 1987?  If so, cash prices will likely 
stay above breakeven. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA WEEKLY WEATHER & CROP BULLETIN                 
-DOC-
                 SOUTH CAROLINA WEEKLY WEATHER & CROP BULLETIN
                      S.C. AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS SERVICE

  Week Ending November 29, 1987  (36)  Released 3:00 P.M., November 30, 1987

****************************************************************************** 
This  is  the  final  issue  of  the  South  Carolina "Weekly Weather and 
Crop Bulletin" for 1987.   We wish to express our appreciation to the County 
Exten-sion Chairmen for providing information on the local agricultural 
situation in the  respective  counties  and  Clemson  University/NOAA  who  
supplied weekly weather data.   We also wish to thank the news agencies,  
newspapers and radio and  television  stations  who  passed  the  information 
on to farmers and the general public.   Weekly publication will begin again 
in late  March.    HAPPY HOLIDAYS!! 
****************************************************************************** 
                                   GENERAL
Rains received over much of the State last week were quite  beneficial.    The
moisture  allowed for continued small grain planting as well as an aid in ger-
mination and growth.  However, soybean harvest was slowed in some areas.  Soil
moisture ratings continued to  improve  with  51  percent  short,  46  percent
adequate,  and 3 percent surplus.   There were an average of 4.5 days suitable
for fieldwork activities.

                                 FIELD CROPS

Last week's rains hampered soybean harvest,  but farmers still managed to have
78  percent of the crop out of the fields which is well ahead of normal.   The
condition of the remaining crop was rated at 1 percent very  poor,  5  percent
poor,  80 percent fair,  and 14 percent good.  Sorghum and sweetpotato harvest
showed very little progress due to the weather conditions.

                            FRUITS AND VEGETABLES

Pecan condition was rated at fair to good.


                          SMALL GRAINS AND PASTURES

Rainfall this past week aided germination and growth of small grains  and  al-
lowed continued planting progress in some areas.  Condition of all small grain
crops was rated at fair to good.  Statewide, the pasture condition improved to
fair to good.  Livestock were in fair to good condition.


                    SOUTH CAROLINA WEEKLY CROP STATISTICS
______________________________________________________________________________
                       WEEK ENDED     :                        WEEK ENDED
                       NOV. 29        :                        NOV. 29
                                 5 YR :                                  5 YR
  CROP    PHASE        1987 1986  AVE : CROP    PHASE          1987 1986  AVE
______________________________________________________________________________
                      ----Percent----                         ----Percent----

Winter Graz   Planted    95   95   94 : Oats         Planted     85   76   81
Winter Graz   Emerged    88   93   91 : Oats         Emerged     74   74   72
Soybeans      Harvested  78   52   53 : Rye          Planted     88   84   83
Barley        Planted    84   67   76 : Rye          Emerged     77   81   75
Barley        Emerged    74   63   67 : Wheat        Planted     68   52   47
Sorghum       Harvested  91   76   85 : Wheat        Emerged     52   53   56
Sweetpotato   Harvested  88   85   94 :
_____________________________________________________________________________
N/A=Not Available
McCager  Thompson - Agricultural Statistician and Henry J.  Power Jr.  - State
Statistician


                     Weather Summary for South Carolina        

The following report lists soil moisture conditions across the state of 
South Carolina during 1987.  The values represent percent of total field 
soil moisture capacity.  When soils are saturated, the field capacity is 
100 percent.  Most crops can experience drought stress when moisture levels 
fall below 65 percent of field capacity.  Generally, the field capacity 
represents moisture available to plants in the top 4 feet of soil.  The 
field capacity was computed for 7 regions across the state.  Some fields 
within each district will vary from the reported value due to scattered 
nature of summertime thunderstorms. 











  Week Ending  Mntns.  NW   NC   NE   WC   Cntrl  South  
  -----------  ------ ---  ---   ---  ---  -----  -----
  March  7      98    100   99    99  100   100    100
        21     100    100  100   100  100   100    100
  April  4     100    100  100   100  100   100    100
        18     100     97   99   100   99    95    100
  May    5      89    100   95    90   90    84     88
        16      75     82   76    68   79    72     75
        30      68     61   51    46   54    47     59
  June  13      52     47   46    47   44    43     50
        27     100     70   49    47   44    45     64
  July  11      83     58   43    37   30    35     46
        25      53     35   26    23   18    23     29
  August 8      73     43   20    19   26    32     20
        22      46     23   13    17   11    17     15
  Sept.  5      43     17   31    65    8    82    100
        19      58     19   83    77    8    82     84
  Oct.   3      50     16   70    72    7    70     73
        17      44     14   64    63    6    64     64
        31      41     17   76    72    8    77     66
  Nov.  14      62     28   79    77   11    78     71
        28      85     40   91    89   31    94     78    
The 1987 season began with adequate moisture virtually statewide.  By the 
end of August, however, isolated counties in the Northwest and West Central 
districts were experiencing moderate drought conditions.  This late season 
drought caused crop damage similar to the record-breaking 1986 drought in 
some locations.  Rains alleviated drought conditions in the Midlands and 
Coastal Plains in September.  Dryness intensified during October in the 
Upstate causing very poor harvest of fall hay.  Anderson, Abbeville and 
McCormick counties applied for disaster relief due to the drought.  By mid 
November, the winter rains had begun aiding small grains and raising soil 
moisture in the Upstate. 


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRICES RECEIVED BY SOUTH CAROLINA FARMERS UNCHANGED              
-DOC-
              PRICES RECEIVED BY SOUTH CAROLINA FARMERS UNCHANGED
                        PRICES RECEIVED BY U.S. FARMERS UP

Columbia, S.C., November 30, 1987: The Index of Prices Received by SOUTH 
                               CAROLINA farmers for items they  sell was  
unchanged from October 1987 to mid-November 1987,  according to the South 
Carolina Agricultural Statistics Service.  The index at 112 (1977 =  100)  
compared  with  112 last month,  111 in October 1986 and 113 in November 
1986. Prices received for all hogs  decreased  from  the  previous  month 
while corn, soybeans, and all eggs increased. 
     The  November  all farm products index of prices received by UNITED 
STATES farmers increased 3.1 percent from October to 131 percent of  its 
January-December  1977  average.    Higher prices for lettuce,  oranges, 
tomatoes,  corn,  and soybeans were partially offset by lower prices for hogs 
and cattle.  The index was 5.6 percent above a year ago. 
     The  price of lettuce was up sharply from a month earlier.   Prices for 
oranges and tomatoes also showed substantial gains.    The  all  hog price  
dropped  $8.10 per cwt.  from October to November.   This was the largest 
month to month decline since the  $9.20  drop  from  October  to November  
1975.    Corn  and  soybean prices moved up in November to the highest levels 
since June of this year. 

For additional information call:  Henry J.  Power,  Jr.,  State  Statis-
                                  tician
                                  Brenda   G.    Riggins,   Agricultural
                                  Statistician
                                  Office Telephone: 765-5333


$ 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
South Carolina Cotton Report                         
-DOC-
                         South Carolina Cotton Report
       Max I. Loyd and Charles E. Curtis, Jr. Extension Ag. Economists

Number 8                                                    November 26, 1987

    There was little change in the quality of S.C. cotton samples classed 
last week.  There was an increase in the percentage of low mic samples but 
season quality results are about unchanged.  This will be the last weekly 
report for this season.  A final report will be published by mid-January.	 

                                Market Summary

    Futures prices dropped sharply late last week but recovered about half 
the loss on Monday, November 23, with December '87 closing at 68.98 cents/lb.  
With the removal of the 2 cents/lb trading limit (during the delivery period) 
December posted a high for the day of 70.80 cents/lb.  This fulfilled our 
last week's expectation of both higher and lower prices -- in four trading 
days.  This is just another indication of how volatile the market remains.  
There was little news of any fundamental importance during those four days.  
Export sales continued active and domestic textile sales remained strong.  
However uncertainty in the financial markets continues to cloud the outlook.	 
	
    As noted last week, an "adequate" projected U.S. carryover, along with 
prospects for a large '88 crop will limit any major overall price advance.  
However continued strong export demand could push prices higher overall, with 
most of the impact on old crop prices.  What about next year's crop 
prospects?  Our best estimate for now is that U.S. acreage will be up about 
10 percent.  The lower set aside would imply an increase of about 15%, if 
program participation is similar to 1987.  However, the 1988 U.S. base 
acreage will be around 5 percent lower; due to the July '87, and upcoming 
February '88, sign-up in the Conservation Reserve Program (CRP).  These CRP 
acres will be relatively low-yield -- but so will much of the increase in '88 
permitted acres.  In a nut-shell, total U.S. '88 production isn't likely to 
be much above this year's level but could possibly range anywhere between 13-
15 million bales.  We'll give updates in the Clemson cotton letter and other 
publications as more information becomes available.	 








            COTTON CLASSED UNDER SMITH-DOXEY ACT (AS REPORTED BY
                  FLORENCE, SOUTH CAROLINA CLASSING OFFICE)
                        WEEK ENDING NOVEMBER 19, 1987
============================================================================
                                                  STATE TOTAL
                                  __________________________________________

                                            Last    Same Week    Total This
                                  Week      Week   Last Season     Season
==========================================================================
GRADE                           Percent    Percent   Percent       Percent

White
  31 MID & Above                    9         6         0              4
  40 SLM Plus                       0         *         0              *
  41 SLM                           24        25         6             24
  50 LM Plus                        0         *         0              1
  51 LM                             3         5         2              4
  60-61 SGO, SGO Plus               1         *         0              * 
  70-71 GO, GO Plus                 *         0         0              *


                                                  STATE TOTAL
                                  __________________________________________
                                            Last    Same Week    Total This
                                  Week      Week   Last Season     Season
==========================================================================
GRADE                           Percent    Percent   Percent       Percent
Light Spotted
  32 MID & Above                    2         2         0              2
  42 SLM                           33        36        55             43
  52 LM                            19        19        31             18 
  62 SGO                            2         3         2              1
Spotted (13-53)                     7         4         0              3

TG. & YS. (14-54 & 15-35)           0         0         0              0

Light Gray (26-46)                  0         0         0              *

Gray (17-47)                        0         0         0              0

Below Grade\1                       *         *         0              *
==========================================================================
Grass and Bark Reductions           7         8         5              4
                                                  STATE TOTAL
                                  __________________________________________
                                            Last    Same Week    Total This
                                  Week      Week   Last Season     Season
==========================================================================
GRADE                           Percent    Percent   Percent       Percent
===========================================================================
STAPLE LENGTH
  33 (1-1/32" & shorter)            5         4         0              4
  34 (1-1/16")                     23        20         5             16
  35 (1-3/32")                     43        45        40             49 
  36 (1-1/8" & longer)             29        31        55             31
  Average Staple                   35.0      35.1      35.5           35.1
MICRONAIRE
  3.4 & below                      10         3         1              2
  3.5 - 4.9                        81        90        90             92
  5.0 - 5.2                         6         6         7              5
  5.3 & Above                       3         1         2              1
  Average Mike                     43.5      44.8      45             44.3
STRENGTH - 1/8" Gauge\2            24.8      25.3      24.8           25.8
===========================================================================
NO. BALES CLASSED               4,219     4,646     7,651         90,868



\1 Samples lower in grade than the lowest grades of the official standards.
\2 Includes samples from North Carolina.
*Less than .5 percent.


State funds for this project were matched with federal funds under the 
matching fund program of the consumer and marketing service, U.S. Department 
of Agriculture as provided by the agricultural act of 1946. 


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CBT/CME WEEKLY FUTURES REVIEW	                        
-DOC-
                        CBT/CME WEEKLY FUTURES REVIEW	
                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING NOVEMBER 26, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       11/20   11/23   11/24   11/25   11/26   11/28/86  
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          67.46   68.98   70.85   70.09     *      51.98
 DEC         CORN             1.87    1.87    1.87    1.89     *       1.69
 MAR         CORN             1.92    1.93    1.93    1.96     *       1.78
 DEC         WHEAT            2.97    3.03    3.05    3.01     *       2.92
 JULY        WHEAT            2.89    2.92    2.98    2.96     *       2.49
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.93    5.89    5.97    6.00     *       5.04
 NOV '88     SOYBEANS         5.86    5.85    5.90    5.89     *       5.02
 MAR         SOYMEAL        193.70  293.70  196.70  198.20     *     148.80
 FEB         HOGS            43.75   43.55   44.25   44.07     *      52.45
 JUNE        HOGS            42.65   42.30   42.57   42.65     *      48.47
 FEB         CATTLE          63.02   63.27   63.10   63.05     *      59.17
 APR         CATTLE          64.62   64.95   65.15   65.05     *      58.55
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   74.07   74.77   74.62   74.57     *      62.70

  

                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING NOVEMBER 19, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       11/13   11/16   11/17   11/18   11/19   11/20/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          69.94   69.87   70.53   69.85   68.53    46.80
 DEC         CORN             1.83    1.83    1.86    1.85    1.86     1.69
 MAR         CORN             1.89    1.90    1.93    1.91    1.91     1.79
 DEC         WHEAT            2.86    2.87    2.93    2.96    2.93     2.83
 JULY        WHEAT            2.85    2.87    2.92    2.90    2.86     2.46
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.70    5.67    5.74    5.71    5.79     5.00
 NOV '88     SOYBEANS         5.71    5.70    5.78    5.75    5.77     4.96
 MAR         SOYMEAL        187.20  184.60  185.70  184.30  187.70   149.40
 FEB         HOGS            42.27   42.65   43.65   42.97   42.75    51.40
 JUNE        HOGS            42.12   42.30   42.67   42.25   42.25    47.62
 FEB         CATTLE          59.95   60.52   62.02   62.75   62.72    59.17
 APR         CATTLE          62.62   62.92   64.42   64.72   64.50    59.05
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   72.27   72.67   74.17   74.27   73.82    62.77
                                  

  

                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING NOVEMBER 13, 1987


                                                                    YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       11/06   11/09   11/10   11/11   11/12  11/13/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          67.25   67.55   65.82   66.03   68.03    49.19
 DEC         CORN             1.80    1.80    1.82    1.82    1.81     1.72
 MAR         CORN             1.85    1.85    1.87    1.88    1.87     1.82
 DEC         WHEAT            2.86    2.85    2.87    2.89    2.90     2.82
 JULY        WHEAT            2.85    2.86    2.88    2.88    2.88     2.42
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.44    5.45    5.49    5.48    5.55     5.03
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.52    5.53    5.55    5.54    5.61     5.04
 MAR         SOYMEAL        173.50  177.50  179.30  179.20  182.40   150.80
 FEB         HOGS            42.37   42.37   43.00   42.65   42.12    49.65
 JUNE        HOGS            42.77   42.62   42.90   42.50   41.92    46.42
 FEB         CATTLE          61.05   60.77   61.10   60.67   60.62    58.27
 APR         CATTLE          63.80   63.30   63.32   63.22   63.07    58.67
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   73.92   73.45   73.75   73.47   73.30    62.82



  

                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING NOVEMBER 5, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       10/30   11/02   11/03   11/04   11/05   11/06/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          66.73   68.32   66.65   67.35   67.50    47.70
 DEC         CORN             1.80    1.78    1.76    1.77    1.80     1.73
 MAR         CORN             1.85    1.84    1.81    1.82    1.85     1.82
 DEC         WHEAT            2.97    2.88    2.82    2.84    2.86     2.87
 JULY        WHEAT            2.89    2.87    2.81    2.82    2.84     2.43
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.33    5.31    5.25    5.29    5.39     5.01
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.42    5.37    5.33    5.37    5.46     5.01
 MAR         SOYMEAL        170.00  168.40  267.10  168.10  171.70   149.90
 FEB         HOGS            41.65   40.87   41.27   41.25   42.15    49.37
 JUNE        HOGS            41.82   41.57   42.07   41.95   42.57    46.60
 FEB         CATTLE          60.45   58.95   59.67   59.75   60.02    57.17
 APR         CATTLE          62.52   61.02   61.70   62.35   62.77    57.65
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   72.15   70.65   71.42   71.95   72.52    61.27

  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CBT/CME WEEKLY FUTURES REVIEW	                        
-DOC-
                        CBT/CME WEEKLY FUTURES REVIEW	
                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       12/25   12/28   12/29   12/30   12/31   12/31/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 MAR         COTTON            *     69.60   68.52   67.80   66.76    59.28
 DEC '88     COTTON            *     65.25   64.70   64.65   63.97    57.75
 MAR         CORN              *      1.88    1.87    1.85    1.85     1.60
 SEPT        CORN              *      1.98    1.97    1.97    1.96     1.77
 MAR         WHEAT             *      3.08    3.09    3.09    3.11     2.75
 JULY        WHEAT             *      2.98    2.98    2.98    3.00     2.45
 JAN         SOYBEANS          *      5.93    6.00    6.03    6.07     4.91
 NOV         SOYBEANS          *      5.96    6.01    6.08    6.10     4.95
 MAR         SOYMEAL           *    188.70  191.90  191.90  192.60   144.40
 APR         HOGS              *     38.05   38.07   38.07   38.45    43.55
 JUNE        HOGS              *     41.57   41.62   41.97   42.00    45.62
 APR         CATTLE            *     64.57   64.77   65.62   65.42    56.15
 JUNE        CATTLE            *     64.75   64.80   65.65   65.50    55.55
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE     *     74.52   74.80   75.82   75.87    59.72

  
                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING DECEMBER 24, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       12/18   12/21   12/22   12/23   12/24   12/29/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 MAR         COTTON          67.01   67.46   67.22   68.91   70.20    59.65
 DEC '88     COTTON          67.05   64.25   64.30   65.20   65.85    58.01
 MAR         CORN             1.86    1.86    1.89    1.90    1.90     1.61
 SEPT        CORN             1.98    1.97    2.00    2.00    1.99     1.79
 MAR         WHEAT            3.21    3.20    3.20    3.19    3.15     2.73
 JULY        WHEAT            3.01    3.01    3.01    3.03    3.02     2.44
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.93    6.02    5.99    6.08    6.04     4.88
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.91    5.99    5.98    6.04    6.04     4.91
 MAR         SOYMEAL        187.20  190.20  190.10  191.80  191.90   141.50
 APR         HOGS            38.90   39.00   38.05   38.47   38.45    43.70
 JUNE        HOGS            42.00   41.95   41.37   41.82   42.02    45.90
 APR         CATTLE          64.10   63.87   62.92   93.22   93.60    56.15
 JUNE        CATTLE          64.17   64.07   63.05   63.35   63.85    55.47
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   74.02   73.75   72.60   73.07   73.72    59.90




                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING DECEMBER 17, 1987

                                                                    YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY      12/11    12/14   12/15   12/16   12/17  12/18/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 MAR         COTTON          65.23   63.35   63.88   65.88   67.70    56.92
 DEC '88     COTTON          62.15   61.40   61.85   63.72   64.10    57.21
 MAR         CORN             1.93    1.92    1.89    1.86    1.88     1.64
 SEPT        CORN             1.98    1.99    1.96    1.95    1.96     1.78
 MAR         WHEAT            3.14    3.17    3.14    3.11    3.15     2.72
 JULY        WHEAT            2.97    2.98    2.95    2.94    2.97     2.42
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.90    5.89    5.84    5.81    5.89     4.85
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.85    5.87    5.84    5.82    5.84     4.86
 MAR         SOYMEAL        192.20  192.10  188.60  185.30  187.70   141.40
 APR         HOGS            38.77   39.62   38.80   38.72   38.87    45.27
 JUNE        HOGS            41.77   42.25   41.77   41.65   41.75    47.17
 APR         CATTLE          63.87   64.67   64.45   64.22   64.77    56.25
 JUNE        CATTLE          64.10   64.72   64.45   64.20   64.62    55.70
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   73.75   74.35   73.87   73.65   74.62    60.72

  


                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING DECEMBER 10, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       12/04   12/07   12/08   12/09   12/10   12/11/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 MAR         COTTON          64.90   62.92   65.87   65.65   65.63    56.55
 DEC '88     COTTON          62.13   61.85   62.57   62.80   62.65    57.75
 MAR         CORN             1.91    1.92    1.91    1.93    1.94     1.68
 SEPT        CORN             1.98    1.99    1.98    1.99    1.98     1.79
 MAR         WHEAT            3.17    3.15    3.13    3.13    3.12     2.76
 JULY        WHEAT            3.04    3.01    2.97    2.97    2.96     2.45
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.87    5.90    5.87    5.91    5.99     4.89
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.70    5.67    5.69    5.72    5.79     4.89
 MAR         SOYMEAL        191.70  191.20  189.20  192.30  196.20   144.50
 APR         HOGS            37.45   37.77   38.30   38.37   38.82    46.65
 JUNE        HOGS            40.57   40.85   41.52   41.57   41.82    48.47
 APR         CATTLE          61.92   62.55   62.00   63.02   63.75    57.15
 JUNE        CATTLE          62.07   62.85   62.60   63.57   64.12    56.52
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   71.55   71.92   71.75   72.72   74.12    61.25




                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING DECEMBER 3, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       11/27   11/30   12/01   12/02   12/03   12/4/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 MAR         COTTON          71.62   69.62   67.67   68.06   66.06    54.72
 DEC '88     COTTON          64.60   62.99   62.70   63.70   62.45    56.65
 MAR         CORN             1.97    1.97    1.95    1.93    1.94     1.72
 SEPT        CORN             2.04    2.03    2.02    1.98    1.99     1.82
 MAR         WHEAT            3.14    3.18    3.19    3.18    3.18     2.84
 JULY        WHEAT            2.98    3.01    3.05    3.06    3.06     2.49
 JAN         SOYBEANS         6.11    6.05    6.13    6.01    6.01     4.97
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.94    5.85    5.87    5.83    5.79     5.00
 MAR         SOYMEAL        202.20  200.20  203.70  196.60  197.20   146.50
 APR         HOGS            39.90   38.70   38.82   38.87   37.55    46.60
 JUNE        HOGS            42.70   41.85   41.77   41.65   40.52    48.40
 APR         CATTLE          65.17   63.67   63.72   63.80   62.30    57.17
 JUNE        CATTLE          65.27   63.77   64.00   64.15   62.65    56.52
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   75.37   73.87   73.00   73.47   71.97    61.67

  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CBT/CME WEEKLY FUTURES REVIEW	                        
-DOC-
                        CBT/CME WEEKLY FUTURES REVIEW	
                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING AUGUST 27, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       08/21   08/24   08/25   08/26   08/27  08/28/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          79.02   78.43   77.78   79.78   79.82    36.18
 SEPT        CORN             1.59    1.58    1.58    1.62    1.63     1.55
 DEC         CORN             1.69    1.68    1.68    1.71    1.72     1.65
 SEPT        WHEAT            2.74    2.74    2.76    2.78    2.79     2.54
 SEPT        SOYBEANS         5.16    5.13    5.14    5.15    5.15     4.76
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.11    5.09    5.10    5.13    5.14     4.78
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.16    5.14    5.16    5.18    5.20     4.79
 DEC         SOYMEAL        155.10  153.70  154.00  155.60  156.40   148.30
 DEC         HOGS            48.45   48.97   48.47   48.47   48.62    55.22
 JUNE        HOGS            44.57   44.70   44.70   44.72   44.72    48.40
 DEC         CATTLE          66.12   66.45   66.22   66.85   66.72    58.87
 FEB         CATTLE          65.75   66.02   66.15   66.80   66.85    57.97
 OCT         FEEDER CATTLE   76.40   76.97   76.80   77.55   77.60    63.82
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   76.75   77.25   77.50   78.45   78.45    64.25

  
                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING AUGUST 21, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       08/14   08/17   08/18   08/19   08/20   08/21/87
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          78.60   79.23   78.76   79.35   79.66    34.12
 SEPT        CORN             1.59    1.57    1.56    1.61    1.59     1.60
 DEC         CORN             1.69    1.68    1.66    1.71    1.69     1.70
 SEPT        WHEAT            2.70    2.72    2.71    2.74    2.70     2.52
 SEPT        SOYBEANS         5.06    5.09    5.08    5.12    5.10     4.83
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.02    5.04    5.03    5.09    5.08     4.71
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.02    5.10    5.10    5.16    5.14     4.79
 DEC         SOYMEAL        154.60  154.60  154.20  155.40  154.60   148.20
 DEC         HOGS            47.30   45.47   47.20   48.37   48.62    54.77
 JUNE        HOGS            44.40   44.02   44.20   44.47   44.65    47.90
 DEC         CATTLE          66.05   66.30   65.35   65.32   65.27    57.65
 FEB         CATTLE          65.87   66.22   65.37   65.37   65.15    56.95
 OCT         FEEDER CATTLE   75.92   76.72   75.45   75.75   75.52    63.32
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   76.45   77.25   76.00   76.27   75.90    63.85

  


                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING  AUGUST 13, 1987

                                                                    YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       08/07   08/10   08/11   08/12   08/13   08/14/87
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          76.10   75.15   75.37   77.37   79.22    34.67
 SEPT        CORN             1.53    1.53    1.54    1.53    1.55     1.67
 DEC         CORN             1.64    1.65    1.66    1.64    1.65     1.73
 SEPT        WHEAT            2.58    2.63    2.68    2.69    2.67     2.59
 SEPT        SOYBEANS         5.01    5.01    5.04    5.04    5.01     4.82
 NOV         SOYBEANS         4.96    4.97    5.01    4.98    4.99     4.76
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.03    5.04    5.07    5.03    5.04     4.85
 DEC         SOYMEAL        150.60  151.50  152.10  152.60  153.40   147.30
 DEC         HOGS            46.55   47.55   46.67   47.67   47.07    52.75
 JUNE        HOGS            43.85   43.86   43.80   44.15   44.10    46.90
 DEC         CATTLE          65.70   65.55   65.70   66.35   66.20    57.60
 FEB         CATTLE          65.52   65.27   65.27   65.87   65.80    56.62
 OCT         FEEDER CATTLE   75.17   75.10   78.07   75.92   75.90    63.05
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   76.00   75.70   75.65   76.65   76.67    63.55

  


                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING  AUGUST 6, 1987

                                                                    YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       07/31   08/03   08/04   08/05   08/06  08/07/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          77.25   77.66   76.30   77.13   77.30    31.83
 SEPT        CORN             1.64    1.61    1.56    1.56    1.55     1.62
 DEC         CORN             1.74    1.71    1.66    1.67    1.65     1.69
 SEPT        WHEAT            2.61    2.63    2.62    2.61    2.59     2.62
 SEPT        SOYBEANS         5.25    5.09    5.02    5.05    5.00     4.76
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.26    5.11    5.07    5.05    5.01     4.75
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.33    5.20    5.09    5.12    5.07     4.85
 DEC         SOYMEAL        159.50  152.30  150.40  151.10  151.30   143.90   
 DEC         HOGS            47.65   47.05   46.67   46.62   46.65    52.67   
 JUNE        HOGS            44.55   44.50   44.20   43.90   44.00    46.85
 DEC         CATTLE          64.35   64.27   64.57   64.65   64.72    58.62
 FEB         CATTLE          64.15   63.82   64.05   64.42   64.80    57.02
 OCT         FEEDER CATTLE   72.97   72.92   73.00   73.57   74.30    63.22
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   73.50   73.75   73.62   74.50   75.00    64.00

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CBT/CME WEEKLY FUTURES REVIEW	                        
-DOC-
                        CBT/CME WEEKLY FUTURES REVIEW	
                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING OCTOBER 1, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       09/25   09/28   09/29   09/30   10/01   01/02/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          73.82   71.82   71.37   71.91   71.12    47.07
 DEC         CORN             1.76    1.80    1.82    1.80    1.84     1.73
 MAR         CORN             1.85    1.89    1.91    1.88    1.93     1.84
 DEC         WHEAT            2.95    2.91    2.92    2.89    2.99     2.74
 JULY        WHEAT            2.76    2.74    2.76    2.75    2.83     2.42
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.22    5.26    5.31    5.32    5.45     4.87
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.29    5.33    5.37    5.38    5.51     5.03
 DEC         SOYMEAL        164.30  165.10  167.60  169.40  174.70   152.40
 DEC         HOGS            46.35   45.02   45.20   45.27   46.62    50.75
 JUNE        HOGS            43.42   42.97   43.15   43.30   44.15    47.22
 DEC         CATTLE          69.47   68.27   67.95   66.60   66.80    55.12
 FEB         CATTLE          68.55   67.45   67.15   65.90   66.37    54.50
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   79.40   79.17   78.57   77.70   77.77    60.00

  

                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING SEPTEMBER 24, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       09/18   09/21   09/22   09/23   09/24   09/25/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          75.25   74.73   73.45   75.45   74.82    43.85
 DEC         CORN             1.81    1.78    1.76    1.77    1.75     1.70
 DEC         WHEAT            2.98    3.00    2.97    2.93    2.93     2.61
 JULY        WHEAT            2.81    2.82    2.80    2.77    2.75     2.35
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.33    5.30    5.27    5.29    5.25     4.81
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.38    5.36    5.33    5.36    5.32     4.89
 DEC         SOYMEAL        170.60  168.50  165.90  169.00  165.30   150.10
 DEC         HOGS            46.87   46.87   46.55   46.50   46.72    51.57
 JUNE        HOGS            43.70   43.95   43.55   43.55   43.55    48.92
 DEC         CATTLE          68.22   69.37   68.90   69.12   68.97    56.47
 FEB         CATTLE          68.02   68.65   68.30   68.57   68.27    56.05
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   78.52   79.92   79.57   79.60   79.40    62.20






                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING SEPTEMBER 17, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO 
 MONTH       COMMODITY       09/11   09/14   09/15   09/16   09/17   09/18/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          75.04   74.52   73.62   75.62   74.75    43.10 
 DEC         CORN             1.74    1.77    1.77    1.80    1.81     1.65 
 DEC         WHEAT            2.95    2.98    2.95    2.98    2.96     2.59 
 JULY        WHEAT            2.82    2.83    2.83    2.85    2.83     2.31 
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.29    5.33    5.27    5.35    5.33     4.82
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.35    5.39    5.34    5.41    5.39     4.90 
 DEC         SOYMEAL        167.90  169.60  167.50  170.70  170.60   153.10 
 DEC         HOGS            46.90   45.85   46.52   46.25   45.55    55.77 
 JUNE        HOGS            44.32   43.60   43.95   43.80   43.27    50.45 
 DEC         CATTLE          68.55   67.90   68.37   66.90   66.72    58.47 
 FEB         CATTLE          68.37   68.02   68.17   66.80   66.52    57.12 
 OCT         FEEDER CATTLE   79.42   78.85   78.72   77.22   77.27    63.05 
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   78.70   77.85   77.90   76.50   77.02    63.10 

  



                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING SEPTEMBER 10, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       09/04   09/07   09/08   09/09   09/10   09/11/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          75.84     *     73.84   72.65   73.04    40.58
 SEPT        CORN             1.58     *      1.61    1.63    1.66     1.53
 DEC         CORN             1.68     *      1.72    1.74    1.75     1.63
 JULY '88    WHEAT            2.72     *      2.78    2.82    2.85     2.32
 SEPT        SOYBEANS         5.19     *      5.22    5.20    5.24     4.80
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.16     *      5.21    5.20    5.25     4.78
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.21     *      5.27    5.26    5.31     4.84
 DEC         SOYMEAL        160.80     *    163.50  162.20  165.60   149.90
 DEC         HOGS            49.50     *     48.85   48.92   47.72    57.05
 JUNE        HOGS            45.25     *     45.15   45.00   44.85    51.67
 DEC         CATTLE          68.27     *     68.80   68.72   68.47    57.62
 FEB         CATTLE          79.50     *     68.75   68.52   68.30    57.45
 OCT         FEEDER CATTLE   79.50     *     79.92   80.10   79.32    63.97
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   79.50     *     79.70   79.77   79.07    63.29
         *Markets Closed for Labor Day



                CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING SEPTEMBER 3, 1987

                                                                    YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       08/28   08/31   09/01   09/02   09/03  09/04/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          77.82   76.70   76.88   75.01   75.39    37.78
 SEPT        CORN             1.61    1.59    1.57    1.59    1.57     1.50
 DEC         CORN             1.69    1.67    1.65    1.68    1.67     1.63
 SEPT        WHEAT            2.77    2.74    2.76    2.78    2.75     2.67
 JULY        WHEAT            2.77    2.73    2.72    2.73    2.73     2.42
 SEPT        SOYBEANS         5.11    5.08    5.08    5.12    5.13     4.86
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.07    5.04    5.04    5.11    5.12     4.77
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.14    5.10    5.11    5.17    5.18     4.86
 DEC         SOYMEAL        155.40  153.90  154.90  157.60  158.60   152.70
 DEC         HOGS            48.32   48.70   49.17   49.20   49.62    57.20
 JUNE        HOGS            44.40   44.70   44.90   45.00   45.05    51.72
 DEC         CATTLE          66.20   67.05   66.62   67.27   67.67    59.87
 FEB         CATTLE          66.65   67.40   67.12   67.70   67.95    58.57
 OCT         FEEDER CATTLE   77.32   78.35   78.40   78.72   79.12    58.57
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   77.95   78.92   78.65   78.97    78.90   64.65
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CBT/CME WEEKLY FUTURES REVIEW	                        
-DOC-
                        CBT/CME WEEKLY FUTURES REVIEW	
                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING OCTOBER 29, 1987

                                                                    YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       10/23   10/26   10/27   10/28   10/29  10/30/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          64.83   62.08   62.23   64.21   64.73    47.38
 DEC         CORN             1.80    1.80    1.82    1.81    1.81     1.75
 MAR         CORN             1.87    1.86    1.87    1.86    1.86     1.83
 DEC         WHEAT            3.00    2.96    2.97    2.96    2.96     2.91
 JULY        WHEAT            2.94    2.91    2.91    2.88    2.89     2.46
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.40    5.38    5.39    5.36    5.32     4.97
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.49    5.47    5.48    5.46    5.41     5.03
 JAN         SOYMEAL        174.50  175.40  176.10  175.40  174.80   149.60
 FEB         HOGS            42.87   41.37   41.75   41.87   41.97    56.95
 JUNE        HOGS            42.45   41.45   41.85   41.87   41.97    48.17
 FEB         CATTLE          62.50   61.00   60.02   60.62   61.02    56.95
 APR         CATTLE          63.47   61.97   61.17   61.92   62.60    57.40
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   73.37   71.87   70.40   71.35   72.10    61.40

  

                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING OCTOBER 22, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       10/16   10/19   10/20   10/21   10/22   10/23/86
 -----       ---------       ----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          68.19   66.19   65.54   66.97   65.75    47.75
 DEC         CORN             1.85    1.79    1.84    1.83    1.82     1.73
 MAR         CORN             1.93    1.86    1.92    1.90    1.87     1.83
 DEC         WHEAT            3.06    2.95    2.97    3.02    3.02     2.90
 JULY        WHEAT            2.98    2.89    2.91    2.97    2.96     2.44
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.44    5.24    5.35    5.35    5.37     4.88
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.33    5.35    5.43    5.45    5.45     4.94
 JAN         SOYMEAL        169.80  165.70  173.50  173.50  171.90   150.50
 FEB         HOGS            44.20   43.17   42.55   43.00   42.42    49.22
 JUNE        HOGS            44.12   43.30   42.50   42.92   42.40    47.15
 FEB         CATTLE          66.30   64.80   63.30   63.27   61.77    55.90
 APR         CATTLE          67.62   66.12   64.80   64.65   63.15    56.72
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   78.22   76.72   75.22   74.67   73.17    60.50




  
                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING OCTOBER 15, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       10/09   10/12   10/13   10/14   10/15   10/16/86
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          69.90   69.08   68.75   69.38   69.14    46.72
 DEC         CORN             1.83    1.82    1.85    1.87    1.88     1.63
 MAR         CORN             1.92    1.90    1.94    1.96    1.96     1.75
 DEC         WHEAT            3.03    3.08    3.10    3.12    3.09     2.75
 JULY        WHEAT            2.88    2.94    2.95    2.99    2.99     2.41
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.40    5.36    5.41    5.46    5.43     4.77
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.48    5.43    5.49    5.54    5.53     4.85
 JAN         SOYMEAL        167.70  166.70  168.20  170.10  170.30   146.50
 FEB         HOGS            45.00   45.22   45.35   44.80   44.42    50.75
 JUNE        HOGS            44.15   44.12   44.37   44.02   43.85    48.50
 FEB         CATTLE          66.12   67.02   67.15   66.42   66.67    56.35
 APR         CATTLE          67.25   68.00   68.05   67.52   67.92    57.12
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   77.30   78.00   78.25   77.77   78.30    61.35

  



                 CLOSING PRICES--WEEK ENDING OCTOBER 8, 1987

                                                                     YR. AGO
 MONTH       COMMODITY       10/02   10/05   01/06   10/07   10/08   10/09/86  
 -----       ---------       -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -------
 DEC         COTTON          71.75   71.04   70.66   70.98   70.85    45.95
 DEC         CORN             1.85    1.85    1.83    1.83    1.84     1.65
 MAR         CORN             1.93    1.93    1.91    1.92    1.93     1.77
 DEC         WHEAT            3.00    2.99    2.96    2.97    3.04     2.74
 JULY        WHEAT            2.83    2.86    2.86    2.86    2.89     2.40
 NOV         SOYBEANS         5.41    5.40    5.38    5.43    5.43     4.72
 JAN         SOYBEANS         5.48    5.47    5.44    5.50    5.51     4.80
 JAN         SOYMEAL        170.20  169.90  169.60  169.60  169.50   149.60
 FEB         HOGS            44.02   44.27   44.85   45.27   44.95    49.67
 JUNE        HOGS            43.87   43.85   44.16   44.30   44.30    47.97
 FEB         CATTLE          65.92   65.12   65.77   64.97   65.35    55.85
 APR         CATTLE          67.52   66.85   67.07   66.47   66.60    56.95
 MAR         FEEDER CATTLE   76.90   76.60   76.37   75.55   76.02    61.70 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FARMERS AND THE TAX REFORM ACT OF 1986	              
-DOC-
             FARMERS AND THE TAX REFORM ACT OF 1986	 
                     Al Tinsley, Extension Ag. Economics
	
SOME THINGS TO DO:
     	
     Most of the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 are now in effect.  
Following are some suggestions to help comply with the law and improve tax 
planning.	

1.  Continue separating income from capital items such as timber, breeding 
stock, dairy animals, machinery and land.  Even though the 60% exclusion for 
these items (except for dairy cows sold under the Dairy Herd Termination 
Program) is gone, these items should still be reported as capital items on 
forms 4797 and Schedule D, rather than on the farm schedule form 1040F.  They 
are still capital items and the 12.3% self-employment tax is not due on these 
items.	 
     	
2.  Keep records of the amounts paid for family health insurance.  A business 
deduction of up to 25% of the health insurance for self-employed individuals, 
including spouse and dependents, is available, providing the 25% percent 
doesn't exceed net earnings from self-employment.  The other 75% of the 
health insurance costs may be counted as an itemized deduction on Schedule A.  	
3.  Check on social security numbers for any of your children five years of 
age and older.  If they don't have a social security number, apply for a 
number through  your local social security office.  A taxpayer claiming a 
dependent who is 5 years or older must report the taxpayer identification 
number for the dependent on 1987 returns.  
     	
4.  Keep in mind that 1987 deductions based on pre-paid 1988 expenses 
such as feed, fertilizer, seed and chemicals will be limited to 50 percent of 
the expenses reported on Schedule F that were actually "used" in 1987. The 
Schedule F expenses include depreciation and interest as well as the usual 
"ordinary" expenses.		 











BE CAREFUL OF THE FOLLOWING:	 
     	
1.  Soil and water conservation expenses are not deductible for draining 
or filling wetlands, or preparing land for installation or operation of a 
center pivot irrigation system.  Furthermore, for soil and water conservation 
expenses to be deductible in 1987, the activity must be consistent with a 
conservation plan approved by the Soil Conservation Service, U.S. Department 
of Agriculture, or in the absence of such a plan, a plan of a comparable South 
Carolina conservation agency.  		
	
2.  Keep in mind that depreciation on purchased capital items under the 
new tax law could be less than in prior years.  For one thing, depreciation 
life on most items has been lengthened.  Also, there are new rules that cause 
depreciation to be reduced when more than 40% of all property purchased by the 
taxpayer is purchased DURING THE LAST 3 MONTHS OF THE TAXABLE YEAR.  Under 
prior law, taxpayers purchasing depreciable items on the last day of the year 
usually got substantial depreciation write-offs.  This is no longer true, so 
it is important that farmers having a good year in 1987 anticipate needed 
investments before the end of the third quarter of the year. 	



     There is one source of help available to farmers who have a good year in 
1987.  For eligible capital items, it is possible to "expense" or simply 
write-off up to $10,000 of their cost no matter which date they were 
purchased.  Examples of eligible items include machinery, breeding and dairy 
livestock, single purpose agricultural structures and the farm share of the 
auto or truck.  This "expensing" amount has increased under the new tax law 
from $5,000 to $10,000.  			
     	
OTHER CONCERNS:
     	
1.  Keep in mind that the new tax law requires that the "pre-productive" 
expenses for raising replacement breeding stock and establishing new orchards 
are not deductible as current expenses.  As an alternative to keeping records 
of these costs, farmers will likely use a figure provided by the Treasury 
Department and deduct that amount from Schedule F expenses.  Another 
alternative is to continue to deduct pre-productive expenses and use what is 
called an "alternative depreciation system" for all depreciable items 
purchased in 1987.  An important decision between these alternatives can be 
made by farmers and their tax advisors at year-end.  Also, there will be 
another year-end decision concerning the use of any investment credit carried 
over from previous years.  	
     	
2.  You will need to keep better records in 1987 and to get to your tax 
advisor early in order to make plans that can save tax dollars.  There are 
several factors that may cause your taxes to go up in 1987 and most people 
don't like surprises.  Some of the things that would most likely increase your 
taxes include the loss of investment credit, the loss of income averaging, the 
repeal of the two-earner 10% deduction when both spouses work, the loss of 
sales taxes as an itemized deduction, and the partial loss of consumer 
interest as an itemized deduction.  Start now with a goal of trying to 
estimate what your 1987 taxes will be, before the beginning of the last 
quarter of 1987.  Many farmers are paying more taxes now because, during 
financial distress, they have not been able to purchase and depreciate new 
equipment and buildings.  Many have used fast write-off depreciation methods 
earlier and have little depreciation left to offset farm income.	 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SAFETY MESSAGE OF THE WEEK	                           
-DOC-
                           SAFETY MESSAGE OF THE WEEK	
                       Jack W. Davis, Safety Specialist	

                                      XX-ROPS-XX	
    XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX            X	
    X                    X            X      /             X	
    X       SAFETY       X            X     /X             X	
    X                    X            XXXXX   XX            X	
    X      MESSAGES      X           X     XXXXXXXX-SAVE-XXXXXXXXX	
    X                    X          X       X                    X	
    XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX__________X       XXXXXXX-LIVES-XXXXXXXX	
    /\                  /\           X     X                  /\ 	
    \/                  \/            XXXXX                   \/ 	
	
In an effort to promote safety in agriculture, I will be supplying two safety 
messages each week.  These 30-second messages are written for use in weekly 
radio programs, but could be easily incorporated into a newspaper article.	 
	
The messages will coincide with current farming events that are happening in 
South Carolina.  I hope you will use these messages on a regular basis and let 
your listeners know that you are interested in their safety and well-being.	 
                        DECEMBER WEEK 2 SAFETY MESSAGES	
	
I RECEIVED SEVERAL MESSAGES THAT ARE APPPROPRIATE FOR USE BEFORE CHRISTMAS FROM 
ONE OF MY 4-HERS IN THE SAFETY PROJECT.  I WISH TO THANK DEANNA SPALDING FROM 
PICKENS COUNTY FOR THESE MESSAGES.  I HOPE YOU CAN USE THEM.	
	
                                   MESSAGE 1	
	
                                CHRISTMAS TREES	
	
This is the time of the year that people are thinking about placing a christmas 
tree in their homes and decorating it.  The following are some helpful hint 
about Christmas Trees:	
       1.  Select a fresh tree	
           a.  A fresh tree is green	
           b.  Needles are hard to pull from the branches	
           c.  When bent between your fingers, fresh needles don't break	
           d.  The cut end of the tree will be thick with resign	
           e.  When the trunk of the tree is bounced on the ground, if a 	
               shower of falling needles happen, the tree is too dry	
       2.  When you get the tree home, you should cut the trunk at an angle 	
           about 2 inches above where the tree is cut in the woods	
	
       3.  Then place the tree in a bucket of wet sand, dirt or tree holder	
	
       4.  A medium size tree will drink a half pint of water a day	
	
       5.  Be sure to water the tree every day	
	
       6.  Decide where you want the tree	
	
       7.  Do not place the tree close to:	
           a.  A fireplace	
           b.  A radiator	
           c.  A stove	
           d.  A television	
           e.  Any other heat sources	
	
       8.  Make sure the tree is out ot the way of traffic	
	
       9.  Tie your tree to something to secure it form falling	
                                   MESSAGE 2	
	
                               CHRISTMAS LIGHTING	
	
When using lights make sure you check all wires for safety purposes.	
	
	      1.  Check lights for broken sockets	
       2.  Check for loose wires	
       3.  Check for loose connections	
       4.  Don't use damaged sets of lights	
       5.  Don't leave loose wires on the floor	
       6.  Don't use more than 3 sets of lights to one extension cord	
       7.  Turn off all lights when leaving or going to bed	
	
                                   MESSAGE 3	
	
                      HELPFUL HINTS FOR CHRISTMAS TRIMMING	
	
       1.  Never put candles around evergreen	
       2.  Put candles in flameproof holders	
       3.  Never place candles in reach of children	
       4.  Never place trimming near fireplace	
                        DECEMBER WEEK 1 SAFETY MESSAGES	
	
                                   MESSAGE 1	
	
                               AGRICULTURE FALLS	
	
Every year many people are injured and killed when they fall from tractors and 
wagons.  These accidents can be prevented.  Put no rider stickers on your 
tractors and stand by that rule.  The only time riders should be allowed is 
when instruction on machine operation is given.	
	
Children may plead for rides but don't give in.  They are involved in too many 
of these accidents.	
	
For more information on agriculture safety, see your County Extension Agent.	
                                   MESSAGE 2	
	
                        PEOPLE, MACHINE, AND ENVIRONMENT	
	
People, machines, and the work environment all contribute to farm accidents.  
Of the three, people are most often responsible.  Human failure is certainly to 
blame when a foolish action like falling asleep at the wheel lands a tractor 
upside down in a ditch.  Many examples can be stated that point out human 
failure.  These failures too often send people to the hospital.	
                        NOVEMBER WEEK 4 SAFETY MESSAGES	
	
                                   MESSAGE 1	
	
                               AUTOMATIC DEVICES	
	
Automated machinery has truly revolutionized agriculture.	
	
Some of these automatic devices have also injured and killed people when they  
came on automatically.  A person was injured while cleaning a grain dryer when 
it automatically turned on.  Another person was killed in a grain bin when the 
automatic unloader started working.	
	
If you are going to work on some automatic equipment, be sure to disconnect 
all power to prevent it from coming on.	
                                   MESSAGE 2	
	
                              MACHINE MAINTENANCE	
	
Machines that are properly maintained are usually safer than unkept machines.  
Some reasons for this are unkept machines usually break down which causes 
frustration and exhaustion which can cause a farmer to become careless 
resulting in an accident.  All machinery is destined to break down, proper 
maintenance can delay this problem.  If your machine does break down, take it 
easy.  Worse things could happen.  You could be involved in an accident.	
                        NOVEMBER WEEK 3 SAFETY MESSAGES	
	
                                   MESSAGE 1	
	
                        FARM SAFETY IS A FAMILY PROJECT	
	
If the husband in a farm family is injured, the whole family suffers both 
mentally and financially.  Therefore, to prevent this suffering, the whole 
family has to work for safety on the farm.  When farm safety is tackled as a 
family project, giving each other positive reinforcement not negative, the 
chances of an accident on your farm will decrease.	
	
I hope you will make this effort.	
                                   MESSAGE 2	
	
                                 SOWS AND BOARS	
	
Boars and sows can be especially dangerous through biting and slashing teeth.  
Some overly aggressive sows and boars should be culled.  They truly aren't 
worth having around if they are a threat to your well being.	
	
Feeder hogs may be dangerous to individuals unable to withstand their pushing 
and shoving.  Once an individual is down and helpless, they can do severe 
damage very quickly.	
	
If you are in the hog business, take proper safety precautions around your 
hogs.	
                        NOVEMBER WEEK 2 SAFETY MESSAGES	
	
                                   MESSAGE 1	
	
                                   FUEL FIRES	
	
Fires are always a hazard when refueling farm equipment.	
	
You can decrease that hazard by allowing the implement to cool for a few 
minutes before refueling.  Extinguish all smoking materials, be careful not to 
overfill the tank, if spills do occur, allow them to evaporate before starting 
the engine.  To be safe, have a Class ABC fire extinguisher near the refueling 
station.	
                                   MESSAGE 2	
	
                               AGRICULTURE FALLS	
	
Every year many people are injured and killed when they fall from tractors and 
wagons.  These accidents can be prevented.  Put no rider stickers on your 
tractors and stand by that rule.  The only time riders should be allowed is 
when instruction on machine operation is given.	
	
Children may plead for rides but don't give in.  They are involved in too many 
of these accidents.	
                        NOVEMBER WEEK 1 SAFETY MESSAGES	
	
                                   MESSAGE 1	
	
                                  DRESS SAFELY	
	
Many people have been injured or killed when the clothing they were wearing was 
caught in a machine.  Floppy jeans such as bell bottoms have been caught in 
grain augers and in power take-off (PTO) shafts.  Hooded sweatshirts have been 
caught by the beaters of ensilage wagons and wrapped around turning shafts.	
	
To prevent being yanked in a piece of machinery, dress safely in snug-fitting 
clothing.	
	
                                   MESSAGE 2	
	
                                     NOISE	
	
Sound can be useful and pleasing, or it can be unpleasant, irritating and 
damaging to one's health.  Farm noises, particularly those of tractors, 
combines, and chainsaws are damaging to the hearing of the people who use them.  
Wearing ear plugs can prevent this damage and prolong your hearing ability.	





-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TYPICAL  IRRIGATION  SYSTEMS  LAYOUT  AND  COST  ANALYSIS                
-DOC-
          TYPICAL  IRRIGATION  SYSTEMS  LAYOUT  AND  COST  ANALYSIS      
                C.V. Privette Extension Agricultural Engineer 

Illustrations of drip, center pivot, traveling gun and solid set irrigation 
systems are shown on the next eight pages with a typical cost analysis.  The 
layout diagrams show the basic components which are required for installing an
irrigation system.  The cost analysis gives an estimate of the cost one could
expect on a per acre basics for the four different systems.  The variables 
cost covers the cost of the fuel, oil, repairs on the power unit, repairs on 
the irrigation equipment and the labor cost for operating the system.  The 
annual fixed cost covers the depreciation, interest, taxes, and insurance over
the depreciable life of the system.  Total annual cost are calculated at a per
acre rate so that the various systems can be compared.

Each county Extension office has a spread sheet which will calculate the same
cost and give a similar analysis for your individual costs.  The spread sheet 
"Irrigation Cost Analysis" makes it easy to look at several options one  might 
have in deciding what system is the least expensive to own and operate.

The water supply for the drip system was a small well (4-inch), water supply 
for the center pivot was an enlarged pond, for the traveling gun a dug canal
from a stream and for the solid set system an enlarged pit.
                             DRIP SYSTEM LAYOUT                                

  Submain (header)         Pressure                  Check Valve              
    |                      Regulator  Filter         Backflow Prevention       
    |                  ___/         _/_ _           /                         
 ---------------------|___|--------|_=_=_|--0-0---O<--------|()|---           
|   |    |    |               |              ^          \     \               
|   |    |    |\ Laterals     0               \_Chemical \     |_Pump      
|   |    |    |  (drip tube)   \_ Pressure      Injector  \_Main      
|   |    |    |                    Gauge                    Line               
|   |    |    |                                                               
|   |    |    |   Drip irrigation supplies small amounts of water to part of 
|   |    |    |   the plant root zone, often enough to maintain the moisture
|   |    |    |   level at or near field capacity.      
|   |    |    |
|   |    |    |   The type of emitter which controls the flow rate varies with
|   |    |    |   the type of crop being irrigated.  For row crop application
|   |    |    |   line source systems are used.  These can be twin chamber 
|   |    |    |   tubes or internal point source emitters.  For orchard crops
|   |    |    |   point source emitters are plugged into a lateral line. The
|   |    |    |   lateral can be installed underground or left on the surface.
                   DRIP IRRIGATION ON ROW CROP COST ANALYSIS                  

                       Deprec   Interest   Repairs    Taxes     Insur    Cost
                         -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------
 Water Supply             50.00    60.00     5.00     3.00     3.00   1000.00
 Pump     Screen/Filter   46.33    41.70     3.48     2.09     2.09    695.00
 Power Unit               65.83    47.40     0.11     2.37     2.37    790.00
 Pipe                      5.00     6.00     0.50     0.30     0.30    100.00
 Drip Row Crop          1300.00    78.00     6.50     3.90     3.90   1300.00
                        -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
 TOTAL                  1467.17   233.10    15.59    11.66    11.66   3885.00

    Electric                        Fuel                              0.16
        5.00 acres                  Oil                               0.00
       52.00 GPM                    Repairs - power unit              0.00
      171.35 Ft of Head             Repairs - irrigation equipment    0.39
        3.00 Brake HP               Labor                             0.71     
        8.00 Irrigations of 1"                                    -------- 
                           Total Variable Cost/acre/application       $1.26

 Total fixed cost/acre of $344.72 plus variable cost/acre of $10.08 equals a
 total cost/acre of $354.79
                        CENTER PIVOT SYSTEM LAYOUT
                 *****      
             *           *    
          *                  *         The center pivot system has a center  
       *                       *       tower that anchors the system and pro-
     * \__Outer Edge of Center   *     vides the input power and water, a  
    *     Pivot                   *    lateral line with sprinklers, and "A"
   *                               *   frame supports mounted on rubber tires.
  *                <--- length ---> *  
 *                                   * The propulsion system, usually electric
 * Center Tower - O-----^----^----^--* requires 480-volt, 3-phase power but    
 *                 \     \_Tower_/   * can be hydraulic driven.          
  * Water Supply ---\               *      
   *  Pipe Line and  \             *   The system can be made up of a single 
    *  Electric power \           *    span covering 10 acres up to many spans
     *                 \         *     covering several hundred acres.  The  
       *                \       *      smaller units, which are also towable 
          *              \    *        allow more than one crop to be watered.
            *             \ *      
                 *****     \__0-0----O<----|()|---- Pump      
                               ^       \__Checkvalve Backflow Prevention
                                \__Chemical Injector                           
           TOWABLE CENTER PIVOT IRRIGATION SYSTEM COST ANALYSIS

                     Deprec  Interest  Repairs   Taxes    Insur      Cost
                    -------- -------- -------- -------- --------  ---------
  Water Supply        636.00   763.20    63.60    38.16    38.16   12720.00
  Pump                153.80   138.42    11.53     6.92     6.92    2307.00
  Power Unit          288.33   207.60    44.57    10.38    10.38    3460.00
  Pipe                681.00   817.20    68.10    40.86    40.86   13620.00
  Center Pivot       3018.00  1810.80   150.90    90.54    90.54   30180.00
  Land Development             720.00                              12000.00 
                    -------- -------- -------- -------- --------  ---------
  TOTAL              4777.13  4457.22   338.71   186.86   186.86   74287.00

     Electric                      Fuel                             2.66
         117.00 acres              Oil                              0.03
         827.00 GPM                Repairs - power unit             0.05
         179.56 Ft of Head         Repairs -irrigation equipment    0.31
          50.00 Brake HP           Labor                            0.65    
           8.00 Irrigations of 1"                               -------- 
                            Total Variable Cost/acre/application   $3.70
 Total fixed cost/acre of $82.12 plus variable cost/acre of $29.60 equals a
 total cost/acre of $111.72 
               TRAVELING GUN (LARGE SPRINKLER) SYSTEM LAYOUT

                    ------|()|---      Traveling guns are available in two 
                   |         \__ Pump  types: cable-tow and hose pull.  Both 
 Main Line Pipe -- |                   types are powered by an auxiliary 
                   |                   engine, water turbine, or water piston.
 <-----------------O-----------------> 
     \             |                   The cable-tow traveling sprinkler has a
       -- Travel   |   Lanes           single large sprinkler mounted on a 2, 
     /             |                   3, or 4 wheeled traveler.  The lateral
 <-----------------O-----------------> line is a 2.5 to 4.5 inch flexible hose
                   |\                  (lay-flat). The machine follows a steel 
 |<--Length Hose-->| --- Hydrants      cable anchored at one of the field.  A
                   |/                  typical unit would irrigate a strip  
 <-----------------O-----------------> from 200 to 330 feet wide by 660 to 
    \              |                   1400 feet long in one trip through the
     -Spacing Width| Of Travel Lanes   field.              
    /              |                   The hose-pull traveler has a PE hose on
 <-----------------O-----------------> a reel mounted on a carriage with a 
                                       large sprinkler mounted on a cart. The 
                                       semi-rigid hose is available in 1.5 to
                                       5 inch with lengths of 300 - 1250 feet.
         TRAVELING GUN (HOSE PULL) IRRIGATION SYSTEM COST ANALYSIS

                        Deprec  Interest  Repairs    Taxes    Insur    Cost
                       -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
 Water Supply            150.00   180.00    15.00     9.00     9.00  3000.00
 Pump                    133.33   120.00    10.00     6.00     6.00  2000.00
 Power Unit              666.67   480.00   448.47    24.00    24.00  8000.00
 Pipe                    693.75   832.50    69.37    41.63    41.63 13875.00
 Traveling Gun          2600.00  1560.00   130.00    78.00    78.00 26000.00
                       -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
 TOTAL                  4243.75  3172.50   672.84   158.63   158.63 52875.00

    Diesel                          Fuel                             2.94
      150.00 acres                  Oil                              0.45
      500.00 GPM                    Repairs - power unit             0.37
      445.50 Ft of Head             Repairs - irrigation equipment   0.19
       75.00 Brake HP               Labor                            1.42  
        8.00 Irrigations of 1"                                   --------
                           Total Variable Cost/acre/application     $5.37 

 Total fixed cost/acre of $51.56 plus variable cost/acre of $42.96 equals a
 total cost/acre of $94.52   
                  PORTABLE AND PERMANENT SYSTEMS LAYOUT

         ___ Sprinklers____           _______0-0-------O<--|()|--- Pump
        /                  \         | \_Main ^         \_ Checkvalve Backflow 
+_____ +_____ +______+______+______+_|   Line  \_ Chemical  Prevention
|      |      |      |      |      | |\            Injector
|<---->|<---->|<---->|<---->|<---->| | Submain
 Sprinkler Spacing on Lateral        |/ 
+_____ +______+______+______+______+_| The portable system is designed to be
                                     | moved as often as three times a day.
   \_ _ Spacing Bewteen Laterals     | Three types of portable systems
   /                                 |                      Spacing in Feet
+______+______+______+______+______+_| Low gallonage:     30X40, 40X60, 60X80 
Maximun Sprinkler Spacing on Lateral | Medium gallonage:  60X80  thru 120X120 
                                     | High gallonage:    160X160 thru 260X260
50 % of Wetted Diameter of Sprinkler | 
+______+______+______+______+______+_| The permanent or solid set system is 
Maximum Lateral Spacing on Submain   | sized like the portable system. It is 
                                     | used when frost protection is required
65 % of Wetted Diameter of Sprinkler | and uses low gallonage sprinklers.  The
+______+______+______+______+______+_| laterals, submain, and main line pipe
                                       are usually buried.
                   SOLID SET IRRIGATION SYSTEM COST ANALYSIS

                        Deprec  Interest  Repairs   Taxes    Insur     Cost
                       -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
 Water Supply             50.00    60.00     5.00     3.00     3.00  1000.00 
 Pump                     40.00    36.00     3.00     1.80     1.80   600.00
 Power Unit              100.00    72.00     0.17     3.60     3.60  1200.00
 Pipe                     37.50    45.00     3.75     2.25     2.25   750.00
 Solid Set               160.00   144.00    12.00     7.20     7.20  2400.00
                       -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
 TOTAL                   387.50   357.00    23.92    17.85    17.85  5950.00

    Electric                        Fuel                             0.40
        3.00 acres                  Oil                              0.00
      189.00 GPM                    Repairs - power unit             0.01
      117.86 Ft of Head             Repairs - irrigation equipment   0.99
        7.50 Brake HP               Labor                            0.07  
        8.00 Irrigations of 1"                                    --------
                           Total Variable Cost/acre/application     $1.47

 Total fixed cost/acre  of $260.07 plus variable cost/acre of $11.76 equals a
 total cost/acre of $271.83                                                 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA WATER LAWS PERTAINING TO IRRIGATION          
-DOC-
          SOUTH CAROLINA WATER LAWS PERTAINING TO IRRIGATION
            C.V. Privette  Extension Agricultural Engineer

Use of water for irrigation is covered by a number of laws enacted by Congress 
South Carolina legislature and decisions by the courts.  Those who are 
considering using water or are already using water for irrigation should be 
cognizance of the following acts and decisions.                          

Riparian Rights (Reasonable Use Doctrine) 1901        See  page  357010A    

Ground Water use Act  1969                            See page   357010B     

Federal Water Pollution Control Act 1972              See page   357010C     

Water Use Reporting and Coordination Act  1982        See page   357010D     

InterBasin Transfer of Water Act  1985                See page   357010E 

Drought Response Act  1985                            See page   357010F 

Anti-syphon Devices on Irrigation Systems Act  1986   See page   357010G 
          RIPARIAN RIGHT DOCTRINE (REASONABLE USE DOCTRINE) 1901

The basic law of surface water in South Carolina is the riparian doctrine.  The
doctrine has evolved over the years since its adoption in 1835.  In 1901 the 
court defined the reasonable use doctrine by stating:  "But as between 
proprietors on the same stream, the right of each qualifies that of the other, 
and the question always is not merely whether the lower proprietor suffers 
damage by use of the water above him, or whether the quantity flowing on is 
diminished by the use, but whether, under all of the circumstances of the case,
the use of the water by one is reasonable and consistent with a correspondent 
enjoyment by the other."

That what constitutes a reasonable use is a question of fact for a jury 
determination may be taken as a settled proposition.

A riparian right originates by means of ownership of land abutting or 
contiguous to a natural watercourse.  Existence of a watercourse, and the 
definition of it, distinguishes the field of law dealing with diffused surface 
water and the field of riparian rights.  "To constitute a water course, there 
must be a stream usually flowing in a particular direction, though it need not 
flow in a definite channel, having a bed, sides or banks, and it naturally 
discharges itself into some other stream or body of water."    
                          GROUND WATER USE ACT 1969

The act authorizes the South Carolina Water Resources Commission to establish, 
after required studies, a "capacity use area."  In such an area, permits are 
required to withdraw ground water in excess of 100,000 gallons per day for any 
purpose.

A capacity use area is defined as any area where the Commission finds that the 
aggregate uses of ground water in or affecting the area:
     1) Have developed or threaten to develop to a degree which requires 
        coorrdination and regulation, or
     2) Exceed or threaten to exceed or impair the renewal or replenishment of 
        the ground water.

The area of the state presently considered a capacity use area is along the 
coast consisting of: Horry, Georgetown, Charleston, Colleton, Beaufort and 
Jasper counties.

The Ground Water Use Act suggest a reasonable use doctrine imposed through 
state-issued ground water use permits.  Procedures for permit administration 
are provided, including provisions for notice, hearing, and judical review.  
Pentalities and injunctive relief are provided.
                   FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT 1972

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act applies to those irrigators who would 
be obtaining their water from a "navigable" stream and would be using a dug 
canel or water-way from which to pump.  Section 404  prohibits the discharge of
dredged or fill material into the waters of the United States without first 
obtaining a permit.  While administration of the Section 404 program has not 
been delegated to the State of South Carolina, the comments of the State are 
solicited by the Corps of Engineers on all applications, many of which overlap 
State permitting jurisdiction; moreover, prior to issuance of a Section 404 
permit, the applicant must obtain a Section 401 water quality certification.
Application to the Corps in Charleston for  a 404 permit constitute an 
application to the State.  The Corps will request from the Department of Health
and Environmental Control Section 401 water quality certification.

The program is designed to maintain the physical and chemical integrity of the 
waters of the United States.  The Secretary of the Army is authorized to issue 
general permits for any category of activities involving discharges of dredged 
or fill material if the activies will cause only minimal adverse environmental 
affects when performed separately, and will have only minimal cumulative 
adverse effect on the environment.
                 WATER USE REPORTING AND COORDINATION ACT  1982

The South Carolina Water Use Reporting and Coordination Act requires every user 
of 100,000 gallons of water or more a day to file a report.  Irrigation users 
have to report their water use in January of the following year. The reporting
forms are routed through the Clemson University County Extension offices to 
the State Extension office for data assumulation and then to the Commission.

The report requires that the water source be identified for each irrigation 
system.  The source can be a stream, pond on a stream, dug pond off of a 
stream, canal off a stream, well, well and pond combination, public supplier, 
etc.  The type of irrigation equipment being used in each field irrigated is 
also reported.  The crop and the acreage irrigated is reported each year.

There are five methods commonly used to determine water use: 1) Totalizing 
meter, 2) Rated pump capacity times hours of operation, 3) Inches applied per 
acre, 4) Water pumpage volume per energy consumption rate conversion factor and
5) Weir and gage or Parshall flume.

The Act requires submission of a drillers well log to the Commission for any
new water well constructed, having a casing diameter of four inches or greater.
                    INTERBASIN TRANSFER OF WATER ACT 1985

The interbasin water transfer act governs the interbasin transfer of surface 
water and sets forth permit application, permit review, registration, 
notification and hearing procedures.  A permit is required for anyone 
transferring either five percent or more of the seven day, ten year low flow, 
or one million gallons of water a day on any day, whichever is less, from one 
river basin and use or discharge all or any part of the water in a different 
river basin.

Any person proposing a transfer subject to the Act shall notify the S. C. Water
Resources Commission in writing prior to effecting any transfer facility.  
Following receipt of written notification, the Commission shall determine if 
the proposed transfer constitutes an interbasin transfer.  Upon a positive 
finding, the Commission shall conduct a preliminary assessment consisting of: 
streamflow, water use, instream studies and other appropriate information.  
Based on this assessment the Commission may determine that the proposed 
transfer is feasible, feasible with modification, or not feasible.

Transfer permits issued by the Commission shall be valid for a period of no 
longer than: Twenty years, or a period longer than 20 years if found to be 
reasonable but not to exceed 40 years.
                          DROUGHT RESPONSE ACT  1985

The drought response act establishes procedures for the protection of the 
health and safety and the promotion of the general welfare of all South 
Carolinians during the period of drought.  The procedures set forth the 
development of drought plans and ordinances; the establishment of drought 
management areas and drought response committee; the identification of drought;
the collection, monitoring and dissemination of drought information; and the 
management of water use in drought-stricken areas.

The regulations apply to every person using water and to all water resources of
the State, with the exception of any pond completely situated on private 
property and fed only by diffused surface waters.

The State is divided into six drought management areas: 1) Northwest; Oconee, 
Pickens, Greenville, Spartanburg, Cherokee, Anderson, Laurens, Union  2) North
Central; York, Chester, Fairfield, Lancaster, Kershaw  3) West Central; 
Abbeville, McCormick, Greenwood, Newberry, Saluda, Edgefield, Aiken 4) Central;
Lexington, Richland, Calhoun, Orangeburg, Lee, Sumter, Clarendon 5) Northeast; 
Chesterfield, Marlboro, Darlington, Florence, Dillon, Marion, Horry, 
Williamsburg, Georgetown  6) Southern; Barnwell, Allendale, Bamberg, Hampton, 
Jasper, Deaufort, Colleton, Dorchester, Charleston, Berkeley.
                       Drought Response Act (continued)

There are four drought phases that the act recognizes: Incipient drought, 
Moderate drought, Severe drought, and Extreme drought.  The Office of the State
Climatologist, S. C. Water Resources Commission, shall maintain a Drought 
Information Center whemever one or more drought management areas of the State 
are in a moderate, severe or extreme drought alert phase.

The Drought Information Center shall routinely collect, monitor, and evaluate 
selected climatic, water-supply and water-use data as necessary to identify at 
an early stage the onset of a drought or potential drought, geographic extent 
of the affected area and changes in the drought levels.  A Palmer Drought Index
shall be computed for each drought management area on a weekly basis.  

During severe or extreme drought conditions, the Water Resources Commission may
require mandatory reduction or curtailment of non-essential water use in 
affected drought management areas if recommended by the Drought Advisory 
Committee.  The curtailment of water use may involve reducing the quantity of 
water used; adjusting the quality of water to meet the water use; adjusting the
time of water use; and/or utilizing different sources of water.  Any person 
adversely affected by mandatory curtailment may, within ten days after such 
curtailment submit appropriate information to the WRC and seek a variance.
             ANTI-SYPHON DEVICES ON IRRIGATION SYSTEMS ACT  1986

The anti-syphon devices on irrigation systems act requires that any irrigation 
system which is designed or used for the applications of fertilizer, pesticide,
or chemicals must be equipped with an anti-syphon device adequate to protect 
against contamination of the water supply. The minimum acceptable anti-syphon 
device shall include a check valve, vacuum breaker, and low pressure drain on 
the irrigation supply line between the irrigation pump and the point of 
injection of fertilizer, pesticide, or chemicals.  The injection pump must be
tied to the irrigation pump either mechanically or electrically so that the
injection pump shall stop operating if the irrigation pump fails to function.  

  CHECK VALVE  The check valve is needed in the irrigation pipe line to prevent
water already combined with chemical from draining back into the irrigation 
water supply when the system is shut down.
  LOW PRESSURE DRAIN  If the mainline check valve leaks the low pressure drain 
on the bottom side of the irrigation pipe line automatically drains  away the 
solution rather than allowing it to flow into the well or water supply.
  VACUUM BREAKER  The vacuun breaker releases the suction of the column of 
water from the water source to the check valve.

See the next two pages for diagrams of the anti-syphon devices.
BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE - CHECK VALVE, VACUUM BREAKER, LOW PRESSURE DRAIN

                                                                             
                                        ------- 
 Air Vacuum Relief--------------_------>|_____|                          _
 Valve                         | |     /       \                        | |
                               | |    /_________\  _____________________| |
                               | |      |     |   /      \\     //      | | 
                               | |______|_____|__/        \\   //       | |
                               | |               -------|| \\ //        | |
Spring Actuated Flapper--------| |----------------------||->\\          | |
Valve Mechanism                | |                      ||  //     ___  | |
                               | |  Flow   Direction    || //     {   } | |
Standard 8-Bolt -------------->| |  =================>  ||//   -->{___} | | 
Mounting Flanges               | |                      ||    /         | |
                               | |                      ||   /          | |
3/4" NPT Injection Port -------| |----------------------||--/           | |
                               | |________________------||              | |
                               | |       |   |   \                      | |
Low Pressure Drain ------------| |------>|   |    \_____________________| |
                               | |        ~~~      [ ]                  | |
3/4" NPT Drain Plug -----------|_|----------------/                     |_|
BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE - ADD ON - VACUUM BREAKER AND LOW PRESSURE DRAIN

                                                                             
                                        ------- 
Air Vacuum Relief --------------_------>|_____|        _  _                 _
Valve                          | |     /       \      | || |               | |
                               | |    /_________\     | || |_______________| |
                               | |      |     |       | || |               | |
                               | |______|_____|_______| || |               | |
                               | |                    | || |               | |
                               | |                    | || |               | |
                               | |                    | || |               | |
                               | | Flow Direction     | || |               | |
Standard 8-Bolt -------------->| | ===============>   | || |    Existing   | |
Mounting Flanges               | |                    | || |   Check Valve | |
                               | |                    | || |               | |
                               | |                    | || |               | |
                               | |____________________| || |               | |
                               | |       |   |        | || |               | |
Low Pressure Drain ------------| |------>|   |        | || |_______________| |
                               | |        ~~~         | || |               | |
                               |_|                    |_||_|               |_|

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    4532         Title: Farrowing House     
                               
Type:        Central farrowing unit        

Use:         Confined, controlled environment farrowing         

Description: 24' x 80'; for 100-sow herd; office and storage; pole frame; metal 
             roof;  masonry foundation;  concrete floor;  concrete slats; flush 
             under slats;  2,  24' x 35' rooms with 10 stalls each;  controlled 
             environment.  




-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                         
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                    
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6243        Title: Farrowing Crate     

Type:        Knock-down farrowing crate        

Use:         Farrowing in central unit          

Description: 2' x 7';  sow compartment only;  steel  construction;  1"  square 
             tubing; vertical side bars.  
               
              





-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6290        Title: Farrowing and Feeder Pig Unit     
                               
Type:        Portable farrowing/growing unit        

Use:         Farrowing/growing unit for 4 sows and litters; produce feeder pigs 
             in portable units.

Description: 11' x 20' portable house for 4 stalls; 10' x 16' grower house; 
             wood frame; metal roof;  slat floor; natural ventilation.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6318     Title: Farrowing Stall     
                               
Type:        Farrowing stall with front creep        

Use:         Planning farrowing stall layout.        
                
Description: 5' x 7' stall with 2' wide front  creep;  for  use  with  crates, 
             stalls, or tether; concrete, wood, or metal construction.  



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6372     Title: 10-Crate Farrowing and Nursing     
                               
Type:        Flush-type farrowing and nursing unit        

Use:         Farrow 10-sow groups; separate nursery for pigs to 65 days of age. 

Description: 23' x 56';  10 farrowing crates on concrete slats;  11,  5' x  5' 
             nursery pens on wire floor;  wood frame; masonry foundation; metal 
             roof; concrete floor; controlled environment.  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    5666     Title: "A" Type Hog House     
                               
Type:        Wood frame, "A" type swine shelter        

Use:         Portable farrowing house and shelter.
                
Description: 8' x 8'; "A" shape; wood frame; wood siding; portable; total 
             enclosure; with or without floor.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    4530      Title: Breeding House

Type:        Flush-type, confinement breeding        

Use:         Confinement unit for sheltering sows/gilts and boars before, 
             during, and after breeding  

Description: 24' x 56'; for 100-sow herd; wood frame; masonry foundation; metal 
             roof; concrete  floor;  open  gutter  flush;  individual  sows in 
             stalls;individual boars  in  pens;  two  separate  breeding  pens; 
             masonry pen partitions; natural ventilation.  




-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    4531         Title: Gestation House     
                               
Type:        Flush-type, confinement gestation        

Use:         Confinement unit for sheltering sows/gilts during gestation  

Description: 24' x 72'; for 100-sow herd; wood frame; masonry foundation; metal 
             roof; concrete floor; open gutter flush;  12, 6-sow pens;  masonry 
             pen partitions; natural ventilation.  
              



    


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    4534     Title: Nursery     
                               
Type:        Sow and pig nursery and grower unit        

Use:         Two  sows  and  nursing  pigs  per pen till weaning;  additional  
             pens for growing pigs to 50 lb.  

Description: 32' x 72'; for 100-sow herd; wood frame; masonry foundation; metal 
             roof; concrete floor;  open gutter flush;  masonry pen partitions; 
             natural ventilation.  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr. 

Plan No.:    6355     Title: Raised Deck Nursery     
                               
Type:        Controlled environment, early wean nursery        

Use:         Shelter early weaned pigs in one-litter pens to 40 lb.  

Description: 30' x 56';  two rooms with 24,  4' x 4' raised floor  pens;  wood 
             frame;  metal  roof;  masonry foundation;  concrete floor;  flush; 
             controlled environment.  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-
                                                                              
                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    4535     Title: Finishing House     
                               
Type:        Open gutter flush growing and finishing unit        

Use:         Confinement feeding of swine from 40 lb. to market weight. 
  
Description: 30' x 136'; for 100-sow herd;  8 pens 7' x 26';  8 pens 10' x 26'; 
             30  pigs  per  pen;  open  gutter flush;  wood frame;  metal roof; 
             masonry pen partitions and  foundation;  concrete  floor;  natural 
             ventilation.  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    4536     Title: Finishing House     
                               
Type:        Double-sided, open gutter flush finishing        

Use:         Confinement feeding of swine from 40 lb. to market weight.

Description: 30' x 128'; for 100-sow herd; 10 pens 8' x 16';  8 pens 16' x 16'; 
             30  pigs  per  pen;  open  gutter flush;  wood frame;  metal roof; 
             masonry pen partitions and  foundation;  concrete  floor;  natural 
             ventilation.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6305     Title: Backyard Pigpen     
                               
Type:        Portable swine feeding shelter and pen        

Use:         Confinement feeding of 1 or 2 pigs in a farmyard situation.

Description: 4' x 8'; portable; wood frame; plywood floor; partial roof.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    5787         Title: Movable Hog House     
                               
Type:        Portable, 2-pen swine shelter        

Use:         Portable shelter for pigs or breeding stock; used in single or 
             multiple units.  
                
Description: 8' x 14'; 2 pens; portable; wood framing and siding; open front.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    5816     Title: 12' x 16' Shade     
                               
Type:        Portable or permanent shade
                                     
Use:         Pasture shade for swine.
                
Description: 12' x 16';  wood or metal  construction;  portable  or  permanent 
             location.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    5947     Title: Portable Shade     
                               
Type:        Portable shade for swine        

Use:         Portable pasture shade.
                
Description: 12' x 16'; portable; metal frame and roof; wood skids.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6257     Title: Tarp Hog Shade     
                               
Type:        Permanent shade for swine        

Use:         Shade for unconfined swine.
                
Description: 16' x 16'; metal frame; tarp cover; permanent location.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    5756     Title: Self Feeder     
                               
Type:        Portable 15 bu. feeder                             

Use:         Self feeder for swine.
                
Description: 15 bu. (12 cu.  ft.); wood construction; 4 feeder holes with lids; 
             portable.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    5815     Title: Self Feeder     
                               
Type:        55-gal. drum self feeder        

Use:         Portable self feeder for swine.
                
Description: 55-gal. drum storage compartment; wood frame; metal roof; 3' x 3' 
             base.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6056     Title: Portable Sow Feeders     
                               
Type:        Sow feeder with individual stalls        

Use:         Portable unit for individual feeding of gestating sows and gilts.

Description: 6' x 16'; 10-sow unit; wood or metal construction; on skids.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6343     Title: Feed Cart     
                               
Type:        15 bu., 4-wheel cart        

Use:         Distribution of concentrates in swine structures.
                
Description: 2' x 4'; 15 bu. (12 cu. ft.) capacity; 4, 5" or 6" caster wheels; 
             wood construction.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    4521     Title: Loading Chute     
                               
Type:        Variable height loading chute        

Use:         Loading/unloading swine for/from transport.
                
Description: 18' long; 20" wide; variable height; wood construction.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    5793     Title: Loading Chutes    
                               
Type:        Portable and permanent loading chutes for swine        

Use:         Loading/unloading swine for/from transport.
                
Description: 4' x 10'; fixed elevation; wood construction;  portable (on skids) 
             or permanent; ramp- or step-type floor.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    5798     Title: Movable Loading Chute     
                               
Type:        2-wheel loading chute        

Use:         Loading/unloading swine for/from transport.
                
Description: 12' long; wood construction; 2 wheels and hitch;  removable stake-
             mounted sides.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6289     Title: Castrating Cradle     
                               
Type:        25" long, wooden cradle        

Use:         Restraint device for castrating small pigs.
                
Description: 25" long; wood construction.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6238     Title: Circular Flush Tank     
                               
Type:        Automatic, metal flush water tank        

Use:         Automatic release of water for flushing swine housing.

Description: 41" to 65" long circular tank;  self dumping;  180 to  280  gal.; 
             metal construction.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6282     Title: Manure Storage and Settling Basin
                               
Type:        Settling basin for feedlot runoff

Use:         Collection of manure and rainfall runoff from uncovered swine feed 
             lots.

Description: Variable size; wood walls; concrete floor; manure storage;  runoff 
             settling basin; manure loading ramp.  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    6349     Title: Flush Systems     
                               
Type:        Manual, siphon and high rate pumping flush mechanisms        

Use:         Delivery of flush water for swine house manure management.

Description: Equipment for manual, siphon and high rate pump delivery of flush 
             water; metal water storage units; PVC pipe water delivery.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OPERATING EXTINGUISHERS	                            
-DOC-
                            OPERATING EXTINGUISHERS	
                   JACK W. DAVIS EXTENSION SAFETY SPECIALIST	
	
We come in to contact with fire extinguishers on a daily basis.  You never know 
when you may need to know how to operate an extinguisher properly.  It is best 
to familiarize yourself with location and operating procedures before the need 
for using the extinguisher arises.	
	
Most fire extinguishers operate basically the same way:	
       PULL the locking pin	
       AIM the nozzle at the bottom or base of the fire	
       SQUEEZE or press the handle	
       SWEEP the extinguisher back and forth at the base of the fire until it 
       is extinguished or the extinguisher quits	
	
Remember -- always read the directions on any fire extinguisher before 
operating.  Some extinguishers may require a slightly different method of 
operation.  Familiarize yourself with the extinguisher before a fire occurs so 
you will know how to use it.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TYPES OF EXTINGUISHERS	                             
-DOC-
                             TYPES OF EXTINGUISHERS	
                   JACK W. DAVIS EXTENSION SAFETY SPECIALIST	
	
Fire extinguishers are marked according to the classes of fire they put out.  A 
standard marking system has been established to make identification simple.  
Labels on extinguishers show the class of fire and the size of fire the 
extinguisher can be expected to handle when properly used.  The labeling system 
involves a number and an alphabetic letter.  The number indicates approximate 
extinguishing potential.  The letter indicates the class of fire it can 
extinguish.	
	
Extinguishers that will work on solid fuel fires are marked with an "A" in a 
triangle.  Those that are effective on liquid fires are marked with a "B" in a 
square.  Those that may be used safely on electrical fires are marked with a 
"C" in a circle.	
	
For most home use, consider a multipurpose dry chemical extinguisher.  An 
extinguisher that can be used for more than one class of fire will be rated for 
each class of fire on the label.  For example, an extinguisher rated 2A:10BC 
means that it will extinguish all three classes of fires if used properly.	
The lowest rating given to Class A extinguishers is 1A.  This would be good 
only on a very small solid fuel fire.  A 2A rating will be twice as effective 
as a 1A rating, and a 4A rating will give four times the protection, and so on.  
Select an extinguisher with at least a 2A rating for your home.	
	
Class B fire extinguishers are rated according to the square feet of flammable 
liquid they will extinguish if used properly.  The lowest rating given  to a 
Class B extinguisher is 5B.  A 5B unit should extinguish five square feet of 
flammable liquid, and a 10B would control ten square feet if used properly.	
	
Class C extinguishers are not given a numeric rating because most Class C, 
electrical fires, will involve either Class A or B materials.  The C rating 
will appear if it is safe to use on electrical fires.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EXTINGUISHING MATERIALS	                             
-DOC-
                             EXTINGUISHING MATERIALS	
                   JACK W. DAVIS EXTENSION SAFETY SPECIALIST	
	
Several types of materials are used in fire extinguishers.  Water is a common 
agent in extinguishers rated only for Class A fires.  Certain chemicals and 
foams are used in extinguishers rated for all three classes of fires.  Carbon 
dioxide is also commonly used for Class B and C fires.	
	
It is strongly recommended that fire extinguishers be located in all homes.  In 
addition to using fire extinguishers, there are a number of other materials 
that can be used to put a fire out.  Water from a garden hose can be used to 
put out a Class A fire.  However, never use water on Class B or C fires.  Other 
useful items include: dry sand, a shovel, a rake, and a water pail.  Many fires 
occur in the kitchen while using the stove.  Some things that can be used to 
smother a grease fire include: baking soda, lids that fit the frying pan, or 
anything that can smother the fire without spreading the grease.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GAS FURNACE EFFICIENCY RATINGS                 
-DOC-
               

                 GAS FURNACE EFFICIENCY RATINGS
                 R.A. Spray, Extension Engineer

Furnace  efficiencies are given an AFUE rating which is a measure 
of  how  effectively the fuel burned is turned into heat  in  the 
home.   High  efficiency furnaces may use outside for  combustion 
and may be a condensing type which requires a condensate drain to 
carry the acid water away from the furnace.
Terms in the following table are defined as:
HEAT OUT : thousands of BTU'S
AFUE :furnace efficiency as a percent
OUTSIDE AIR: outside air is required for operation
DRAIN: condensate drain is required to remove the acid water

                                  
                                         T            T
                                        U            U
                                       O     N      O
                                            I                 E
                                     R     A      U          U
                                    I     R      T          F
MANUFACTURER        MODEL          A     D      B          A

Addison        Weatherking       |    |    |           |  81  |
Amana          Air Command       |    |    |           |  84  |
               Energy command    | x  | x  |   76-95   |  97  |
Arco                             |    |    |   33-97   |  83  |
Arkla          Recuperative      | x  | x  |  35-103   |  87  |
Bard           IH Series         |    |    |  48-119   |  83  |
Borg-Warner    Heat Pipe         |    |    |    62     |  85  |
Bryant         Plus 90           | x  | x  |  41-122   |  92  |
               1000 Series       |    |    |  39-139   |  83  |
               2000 Series       |    |    |  39-139   |  83  |
Carrier        Super Furnace     |    |    |           |  83  |
               Weathermaker SK   | x  | x  |  40-121   |  97  |
Comfortmaker   Climate Control   |    |    |   33-97   |  83  |
Clare Bros.    Megasave I        |    |    |  29-114   |  97  |
Coleman        T.H.E.            |    |    |   41-84   |  92  |
Cox            Wondaire          |    |    |           |  83  |
Dayton Elec.                     |    |    |   47-94   |  96  |
Duomtic Olsen  Ultramax          | x  | x  |     84    |  93  |
Glowcore       UF Series         | x  | x  |   40-80   |  91  |
Heat Contr.    Reclaimer         |    | x  |  35-103   |  87  |
               Reclaimer II      | x  | x  |  38-110   |  95  |
Heil-Quaker    Eng.Marshall II   | x  | x  |   47-97   |  96  |
Lenox          Conservator II    |    |    |   41-81   |  81  |
               Pulse Furnace     | x  | x  |  40-130   |  97  |
Magic Chef     Ultra Series      |    | x  |   53-95   |  87  |
               Ultra 97 Series   | x  | x  |   39-94   |  97  |
Rheem/Ruud     90 Plus           |    |    |   43-93   |  93  |
Sears          867.769010020030  |    | x  |   47-94   |  96  |
Square D       Sun Dial HU       |    |    |   53-95   |  87  |
Suburban       Dynatwin          | x  | x  |           |  86  |
ThermoProducts IGH Thermopride   |    |    |  62-103   |  84  |
Trane          Elite             |    |    |  35-104   |  87  |
               Elite Plus        | x  | x  |  38-110   |  95  |
               Executive         |    |    |  36-123   |  82  |
Whirlpool      NDGE Series       |    |    |           |  82  |
               Tightfist II      |    | x  |   47-94   |  96  |
Williamson     High Efficiency   | x  | x  |  38-110   |  95  |

               
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HEAT PUMP EFFICIENCY RATINGS                  
-DOC-
                  HEAT PUMP EFFICIENCY RATINGS
                 R.A. Spray, Extension Engineer

Evaluate heatpumps by comparing the following ratings.
The higher the numbers, the more efficient the unit is.

MBTUH--BTU per hour in thousands
SEER--seasonal energy efficiency ratio or cooling rating
COP-47--coefficient of performance--heating rating @ 47 degrees
COP-17--coefficient of performance--heating rating @ 17 degrees

       The following rating are for split systems. ID numbers are 
given  for the outdoor unit only.   Be advised that indoor units
other  than  the one listed may be more  efficient.   Dealers  can
provide this and other information.


COMPANY          MBTUH    SEER   COP-47   COP-17   OUTDOOR NUMBER

AMANA            16.8     9.00    2.82     1.90    ARHF18-U01A
                 24.4     9.00    2.84     1.92    ARHF24-U01A
                 29.0     9.15    2.84     1.92    ARHF30-U01A 
                 35.0     9.05    2.90     2.06    ARHF36-U01A

SNYDER GEN.
   ARCOAIRE      22.8     9.30    3.10     2.16    AYA024GA
                 30.0     9.50    3.00     2.10    AYA030GA
                 36.0     9.30    3.00     2.00    AYA036GA

BRYANT
   DELUXE H.P.   17.5     9.50    2.74     1.84    544AJ018
                 22.8     9.90    2.84     1.94    544BJ024
                 29.2     9.80    3.00     2.14    544BJ030
                 36.2    10.25    2.94     2.14    544BJ036
CARRIER
   PRO H.P.      22.0     9.30    2.80     1.94    38HPC02430
                 29.2     9.35    3.00     2.04    38HPC03030
                 36.2     9.75    2.94     2.14    38HPC036030
 COMPANY         MBTU     SEER   COP-47   COP-17   OUTSIDE NUMBER

   PRO MAX       21.4     9.40    2.84     1.94    38HPC02430
                 28.8     9.40    2.90     2.04    38HPC03030
                 35.8    10.05    2.90     2.14    38HP03630

   CUTTER        22.6     9.20    2.96     1.98    38QH02430
                 35.0     9.10    2.84     2.00    38QH03631

   CUTTER MAX    13.5     9.35    2.70     1.72    38QH01530
                 22.6     9.60    2.96     1.98    38QH02430
                 28.0     9.70    2.92     2.02    38QH03031
                 
   WEATHER-
    MAKER III    23.6     9.30    2.84     2.00    38SQ940 +
                                                   38SQ02430
                 33.6     9.50    3.00     2.00    38SQ940 +
                                                   38SQ03630
         MAX     23.6     9.80    2.84     2.00    38SQ940 +
                                                   38SQ02430
                 33.6     9.80    3.00     2.00    38SQ940 +
                                                   38SQ03630
COMPANY         MBTUH     SEER   COP-47   COP-17   OUTSIDE NUMBER
  CARRIER
   CLIPPER MAX   13.5     9.35    2.70     1.72    38QN01532
                 
COLEMAN 
   DELUXE E.S.   18.0     9.00    2.80     1.90    3018-601
                 24.2     9.00    2.80     2.00    3024-901
                 29.2     9.10    2.96     2.00    3030-901
                 34.0     9.10    3.00     2.00    3036A801,811
   
   T.H.E. II     See Coleman dealer for specs.

COMFORTMAKER
                 17.4     9.00    2.90     2.00    CYA018GA
                 22.8     8.60    2.86     2.00    CYA024GA
                 28.4     9.00    2.84     2.10    CYA030GA
                 35.4     9.05    3.00     2.00    CYA036GA

DAY & NIGHT      This is a division of Carrier
COMPANY         MBTUH     SEER   COP-47   COP-17   OUTSIDE NUMBER
GOODMAN MFG.
   GMC           18.0     9.00    2.82     2.00    CP18-1D
                 23.0     9.00    2.82     2.00    CP24-1D
                 28.0     9.00    2.82     2.00    CP30-1D
                 35.0     9.00    2.92     2.10    CP36-1D
 
   JANITROL      This is a division of Goodman Manufacturing
   JOHNSTONE

LENNOX IND.
   POWER MINDER  33.8    10.85    2.90     2.00    HP14/411-5P,7P
   HP16-SERIES   18.3     9.40    2.90     2.04    HP16-211V-1P
                 22.6     9.05    2.90     2.00    HP16-261V-1P
                 29.2     9.10    2.90     2.00    HP16-311V-1P
                 35.2     9.25    2.84     2.00    HP16-411V-1P

MAGIC CHEF       17.4     9.05    2.84     1.70    PEO18P,S-A260
                 24.0     9.05    2.84     1.76    PEO24P,S-A261
                 29.0     9.05    2.84     1.90    PEO30P,S-A261
                 36.6     9.05    2.84     1.80    PEO36P,S-A262
COMPANY         MBTUH     SEER   COP-47   COP-17   OUTSIDE NUMBER
MAGIC CHEF
   AIR-EASE
   ARMSTRONG
   GAFFERS & SATTLER
   JOHNSON               These are brand names for MAGIC CHEF
   MAGIC CHEF               
   WILLIAMS                                 

PATCO         SEE MAGIC CHEF

PAYNE         SEE SAME BRAND NAME UNDER CARRIER

RHEEM
   RPFA SERIES   17.0     9.75    2.84     1.84    RPFA-018JA
   RPGA SERIES   18.2    11.20    3.24     2.24    RPGA-018JA
                 24.2    10.80    3.34     2.44    RPGA-024JA
                 30.0    10.60    3.10     2.40    RPGA-030JA
                 36.8    10.50    3.14     2.34    RPGA-036JA
COMPANY         MBTUH     SEER   COP-47   COP-17   OUTSIDE NUMBER
RUUD
   UPFA SERIES   17.0     9.75    2.84     1.84    UPFA-018JA
                 23.4     9.25    2.90     1.94    UPFA-024JA
                 30.0     9.35    3.00     2.14    UPFA-030JA
                 33.6     9.15    2.90     2.00    UPFA-036JA
   UPGB SERIES   18.5    11.65    3.10     2.10    UPGB-018JA
                 24.8    11.60    3.20     2.30    UPGB-024JA
                 30.2    12.20    3.40     2.42    UPGB-030JA
                 35.0    11.10    3.18     2.28    UPGB-036JA

SEARS            18.1    9.30     2.90     2.00    867.820811
                 24.4    9.05     2.82     2.04    867.821920
                 29.8    9.50     3.00     2.00    867.821931
                 35.2    9.00     2.90     2.10    867.821940
COMPANY         MBTUH    SEER    COP-47   COP-17   OUTSIDE NUMBER
TRANE           
   XL 1200       22.2   10.60     2.98     2.02    TWX724A
                 27.8   10.80     2.96     2.04    TWX730A
                 35.6   12.00     3.24     2.22    TWX736A
   WEATHERTRON-
     ELITE PLUS  18.2   10.00     2.96     1.90    BWR718E
                 22.6   10.00     2.96     2.10    BWR724E
                 32.6   11.30     3.16     2.20    BWR730E
                 36.0   11.35     3.38     2.42    BWR736E

     ELITE       17.4    9.55     2.96     1.84    BWR718E
                 22.2    9.30     2.96     2.08    BWR724E
                 29.0   10.00     2.96     1.88    BWR730E
                 34.4    9.30     3.00     2.20    BWR736E

     EXEC.PLUS   15.0    9.15     2.50     1.72    BWD712A-B
                 19.2    9.00     2.80     1.84    BWD718A-B
                 23.8    9.05     2.80     1.80    BWD724A-B
                 33.2    9.45     3.00     2.04    BWD736A-B
     EXECUTIVE   19.3    9.00     2.64     1.80    BWD718A-B
COMPANY         MBTUH    SEER    COP-47   COP-17   OUTSIDE NUMBER
TRANE
     XE 800      14.2    9.20     2.70     1.62    TWB712A
                 23.8    9.00     2.72     1.92    TWB724A
                 25.6    9.00     2.72     1.92    TWB727A
                 28.4    9.00     2.78     1.98    TWB730A
                 37.6    9.00     2.98     2.14    TWB736A
WHIRPOOL
   Whirlpool     18.1    9.30     2.90     2.00    NCHBA18
                 24.4    9.05     2.82     2.04    NCHAA24
                 29.8    9.50     3.00     2.00    NCHAA30
                 35.2    9.00     2.90     2.10    NCHAA35
WILLIAMSON
   5-IN-1        24.0    9.75     3.06     2.16    7320-02-2021
                 29.2    9.40     3.16     2.26    7320-25-2021
                 36.0    9.35     2.96     2.16    7320-03-2021

    YORK
     ECS SERIES  18.0    9.50     2.80     1.90    E1CS018A06
                 22.8    9.50     2.80     1.94    E1CS024A06
                 28.0    9.00     2.80     1.92    E1CS030A06
                 36.6    9.50     3.00     2.10    E1CS036A06
            
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHAIN SAW SELECTION	                              
-DOC-
                              CHAIN SAW SELECTION	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
There are a large number of types and sizes of chainsaws that are available on 
the market today.  The first decision that needs to be made is what will the 
saw be used for.  The two general types of saws are electric and gasoline 
powered.  The electric saws are suited for cutting only where you will be near 
a power source.  They start up easy and run quieter.	
	
However, if you intend to do any cutting in the woods, you should consider 
purchasing the gasoline powered saw.  The next decision then becomes a choice 
between a bar saw or a bow saw.  The bar saw is better suited to all types of 
cutting and is considered to be safer to operate.  Most homeowners will want a 
saw with a bar that is from 14 to 20 inches long.  This will enable them to cut 
trees from 24 to 36 inches in diameter.  The weight of these saws should be 
from 10 to 16 pounds.  You should be able to handle this weight without 
becoming overly fatigued.	
Select a saw that has enough power for the bar length chosen.  You should ask 
to be allowed to cut with a similar saw to judge if the power is adequate.  
The saw should feel good in your hands and be well balanced.  Consider the 
levels of vibration and noise generated.  Automatic oiling of the bar and chain 
is desirable.	
	
The next items to look for are in the category of safety features.  The chain 
brake is a good safety feature that has reduced serious injuries resulting from 
kickback.  Other features, such as low-kickback guide bars and safety tips 
removable from the end of the bar, have helped reduce kickback but are marketed 
only on certain saws.  Low-kickback chains reduce kickback energy.	
	
A knowledgeable dealer can be helpful when you purchase a saw and can provide 
needed parts and service.  Choosing a good dealer may be the most important 
part of selection that you do.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHAIN SELECTION	                                
-DOC-
                                CHAIN SELECTION	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
Chain selection should be based on the saw manufacturer's recommendations for 
the specific model.  Beyond this, consider the kickback characteristics of the 
chain and the cutter shape.	
	
Standard chain and low-kickback chain designs have been tested by Consumer 
Products Safety.  Results have shown that a low-kickback chain, which has a 
guard link or triple raker between the cutters, reduces kickback energy 
compared to standard chain.  This allows the operator to have more control as 
kickback severity is significantly reduced.  The cutting speed with low-
kickback chain is slightly reduced, but this should not be a factor for 
nonprofessional cutters.	
	
The shape of the top and side plates of the cutter will distinguish chisel-
types of chain from the chipper chain.  The chisel chain has straight side and 
top plates; on the chipper chain, they are rounded.  The chisel type is used 
more by professional cutters and, as a result of lower friction between the 
cutter and the wood, it is slightly faster running.  The chipper chain is more 
common on homeowner saws and is generally a little cheaper than the chisel 
type.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT	                         
-DOC-
                         PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
The modern chain saw cuts through wood very quickly.  When it breaks through 
the material, it can cut you.  One of the best safeguards against serious 
cutting injuries is proper protective clothing and equipment.	
	
Wear sturdy, snug-fitting clothes that allow complete freedom of movement.  
Avoid wearing loose-fitting clothes and jewelry.  Wear heavy-duty, nonslip 
gloves to improve your grip and protect your hands.  Always wear sturdy nonslip 
boots to ensure good footing when operating a chain saw.	
	
Since chips fly in all directions when you are cutting with a chain saw, you 
should always wear safety glasses or goggles.  A good hard hat may prevent 
serious head injury from falling branches or limbs.  Wear ear plugs or acoustic 
ear muffs to protect your hearing from the high noise level of the saw.  A hard 
hat equipped with protective ear muffs and face screen is even better.	
 
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHAIN SAW ACCESSORIES	                             
-DOC-
                             CHAIN SAW ACCESSORIES	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
When operating a chain saw in the woods, it is helpful to take along some 
helpful accessories.  A scabbard to cover the saw chain or a carrying case to 
hold the complete saw will prevent being cut by the saw chain during transport.  
A screwdriver and wrench are needed to adjust chain tension.  A round file and 
file guide are used to sharpen the chain.  If you are cutting for a long period 
of time, carry along an extra chain.  A good sharp axe and plastic or wooden 
wedges are also handy tools to carry to the woods.	
	
Store and transport fuel for the chain saw only in a properly labeled, heavy- 
gauge (26 gauge or heavier) metal or approved plastic container.  Always mix 
fuel and oil according to instructions in your owner's manual.  When refueling 
the engine, do so with a funnel or flexible nozzle to avoid spilling fuel on 
the engine.  If any is spilled, wipe the saw clean before starting the engine. 	
	
Use chain oil to lubricate the chain and bar while cutting.  Keeping the chain 
lubricated is necessary for safety as well as for prolonging the life of the 
chain and bar.	

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OPERATION -- GENERAL	                              
-DOC-
                              OPERATION -- GENERAL	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
The chain saw is a very dangerous tool if it is misused.  It is involved in 
about 30% of all woods accidents among professional loggers and poses the 
greatest single hazard in woods work.	
	
READ THE OWNER'S MANUAL !!  All chain saw manufacturers provide detailed 
operating and safety instructions with their saws.  Be thoroughly familiar with 
these and follow operating instructions.	
	
The inexperienced operator should begin by practicing on logs that are already 
on the ground.  Only after a great deal of practice should you attempt the more 
difficult cuts.	
	
NEVER CUT ALONE !! Always have someone else around in case you find yourself in 
an accident situation.  They can also be very helpful in the event that you get 
the chain saw in a bind.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEFORE YOU START CUTTING	                            
-DOC-
                            BEFORE YOU START CUTTING	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
A chain saw is a very dangerous tool for even the experienced operator.  If you 
are a beginner or an occasional user, you should understand proper use of the 
chain saw and be willing to treat it with the caution and respect it deserves.	
	
These are some of the common injuries resulting from improper chain saw use:	

   --Cuts by the chain on the underside of the guidebar while the chain is in 
     motion	
   --Cuts by the moving chain on the top side of the guidebar as a result of 
     kickback	
   --Injuries from overhead by wood or branches shaken loose by the tree 
     vibrating	
   --Possible hearing impairment from excessive noise	
   --Injuries from falling trees or rolling logs	
   --Falls, sprains, and strains while carrying or operating saws	
   --Injuries from improper handling during starting	
   --Burns from fires caused by exhaust sparks and improper fueling and fuel 
     storage	
     
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OPERATION -- KICKBACK	                             
-DOC-
                             OPERATION -- KICKBACK	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
Kickback is the most unpredictable of all saw hazards.  It occurs when the saw 
bar is thrown rapidly backward in a circular motion and pivots about the 
operator's hand at the saw handle.  Many times this causes a serious cutting 
injury, a loss of balance, or a loss of control of the saw.	
	
Kickback can occur when the saw chain is subjected to an abrupt change in wood 
characteristics, such as hitting a knot, running the chain too slowly, or 
twisting the saw so that the chain grabs.  When buying a saw, consider the 
safety features available to help prevent kickback accidents--antikickback 
chain, antikickback noseguards (safety tip), and chain brakes.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OPERATION -- BUCKING	                              
-DOC-
                              OPERATION -- BUCKING	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
Bucking is cutting the tree into desired lengths.  This is usually one of the 
less hazardous sawing tasks.  Some special bucking hazards are unexpected roll 
of logs and kickback.	
	
Maintain sure footing when working on hillsides and always work on the uphill 
side of the log.  Raise and chuck the trunk when possible.  Use levers, sturdy 
poles, or log jacks as much as possible.  Do all manual lifting with back- and 
strain-saving techniques in mind.	
	
A tree lying flat on the ground that is too big to lift can usually be cut 
partly through from the opposite side until free.  If the tree is partially 
supported, make the type of cut dictated by obstructions, support points, and 
general lay of the tree.	
	
Work from the ground, not the log.  Do not operate the saw above waist level.  
Hold it firmly with both hands and place the bumper shoe tightly against the 
log before accelerating the motor.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEFORE FELLING A TREE	                             
-DOC-
                             BEFORE FELLING A TREE	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
You should only attempt to fell a tree after you are completely familiar with 
the operation of the chain saw.  Inspect the tree to be felled and surrounding 
trees for hazards such as dead limbs, vines, etc.  A tree may lean or be 
unbalanced because of uneven top growth or breakage even though the trunk does 
not lean.  Large diameter branches are good indicators of imbalance.  
Prevailing wind direction affects tree growth and balance, and current wind 
conditions affect fall direction.	
	
An inexperienced operator should cut down trees only when conditions indicate a 
high degree of certainty as to which way the tree will fall.  Plan an exit 
route before starting.  Also, check the fuel supply before starting a cut that 
will require a long running period.  When refueling, always check chain-
lubricating oil and add oil if needed. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OPERATION -- FELLING	                              
-DOC-
                              OPERATION -- FELLING	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
Following the proper felling procedure will help to insure that the tree will 
fall in the direction that you want it to fall.  Make a notch or undercut on 
the side of the tree on which it is expected to fall.  It should have a depth 
of about one-third the diameter of the tree.  Make the lower notch cut first.  
This keeps the chain from binding and being pinched by the wedge of wood while 
the notch is made.	
	
Make the felling or back cut about 2 inches higher than the horizontal cut of 
the notch.  Keep the felling cut parallel with the horizontal notching cut, and 
stop the cut to leave wood fibers to act as a hinge.  This helps to keep the 
tree from twisting and falling in the wrong direction.	
	
Keep the guidebar of the saw in the middle of the cut so the cutters returning 
in the top groove do not recut the wood.  Do not twist the guidebar in the 
groove.  Instead guide the saw into the tree--do not force it.  The rate of 
feed will depend on the size and type of tree.	
Shut off the saw and remove it from the cut before the tree falls.  The tree 
will begin to fall as the felling cut approaches the hinge fibers.  Move to a 
safe spot away from the stump and look up for falling branches.	
	
Do not cut through the hinge fibers.  The tree could fall in any direction--
maybe in the direction of retreat.  A binding saw and closing cut (kerf) 
indicates an error in judgment.  At the first indication of such, remove the 
saw.  If you cannot remove the saw, do not struggle with it.  Instead, shut off 
the engine, clear the area, and plan a course of action using wedges to remove 
the saw.  Use only wooden, aluminum, or plastic wedges--steel or iron wedges 
may damage the chain.	


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OPERATION -- LIMBING	                              
-DOC-
                              OPERATION -- LIMBING	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
Many chain saw accidents occur during limbing.  An error may result in serious 
injury because of the saw's closeness to the operator's feet.  Cut the limbs on 
the top side of the trunk before removing those resting on the ground.  Use 
extra caution when cutting small diameter limbs; the slender material may catch 
in the saw and be whipped toward the operator.  Many times an axe is the best 
way to remove small limbs.	
	
Whenever possible, the cut should be made on the opposite side of the trunk 
from where the operator stands, using the trunk as a barrier.  If it is 
necessary to work with the saw on the same side, keep the saw to the side of 
the body so that it will not swing into the legs or head.  Avoid reaching with 
the saw and always maintain good footing and balance.  Always limb from the 
ground.  Do not walk the tree.	
	
Cutting branches resting on the ground to improve working conditions underfoot 
may be necessary as the work progresses.  The tree may sag or roll as each 
branch is cut.  Leave key branches stabilizing the tree until last.  A closing 
kerf signals the probability of kickback.  Keep the engine speed up--a slow-
moving chain is more likely to lock than one cutting freely at higher speeds.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHAIN SAW MAINTENANCE	                             
-DOC-
                             CHAIN SAW MAINTENANCE	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
Routine service and maintenance is necessary if you want your chain saw to 
perform satisfactorily and if you want ot avoid unnecessary repair bills.  
Chain saws require frequent care since they are often operated in dirty 
environments, are frequently overloaded by the operator, and sometimes are 
improperly fueled or lubricated.	 
	
Basic chain saw maintenance is often neglected even when trouble symptoms 
appear.  These symptoms may be disregarded for hours or even days since "it 
still cuts," although often improperly or inadequately.  Spend at least 15 to 30 
minutes servicing your saw for the day's use.  Use the owner's manual for 
regular service tips as well as for troubleshooting problems or for ordering 
parts.  The owner's manual should identify basic service tools needed if they 
are not provided with the saw.	
	
It is best to leave intricate repair work to professionals who repair small 
engines.  With some practice some of the basic service can be accomplished by 
the operator.	
  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AIR FILTER CLEANING	                              
-DOC-
                              AIR FILTER CLEANING	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
The air filter should be checked and cleaned if needed each time the saw is 
used.  Pull the choke out to prevent dirt falling into the carburetor.  Then 
remove the filter cover and the air filter.  Gently clean all dirt and sawdust 
from the carburetor air intake area.	
	
The air filter can be cleaned by brushing with a soft brush, blowing with 
compressed air, or washing.  Washing should be done with the liquid recommended 
for that filter.  Foam filters may be cleaned with a soap and water solution; 
gasoline is recommended for some plastic filters.  If the filter cannot be 
cleaned adequately or if it is damaged, replace it with a new one.  Full power 
cannot be achieved if the engine cannot get adequate air for combustion.	 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHAIN TIGHTENING	                                
-DOC-
                                CHAIN TIGHTENING	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
The chain tension should be checked on a regular basis and if it is loose the 
chain should be tightened.  The chain should not sag and should be able move 
freely on the guide bar.	
	
The sprocket cover nuts must be loosened in order to change the chain tension.  
Next, use a screwdriver to adjust the tensioning screw while holding the bar 
upward.  Tighten the cover nuts.  Make a few cuts with the saw and recheck the 
chain tension, readjusting if needed.	
	
The tension on the chain may change as the chain is heated up and stretches. 
Readjust on a regular basis if needed.  Running the saw with the chain too 
loose may allow the chain to come off of the guide bar and injure the operator.	
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHAIN SHARPENING AND CARE	                           
-DOC-
                           CHAIN SHARPENING AND CARE	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
Keeping the chain sharp is important to insure maximum cutting and minimum 
fatigue on the operator.  The telltale signs of a dull chain are fine sawdust 
being produced rather than chips, chain chatter, overheated bar, curved cuts, 
and the operator having to apply too much force.  Correct sharpening should 
eliminate these signs of poor performance and speed up the cutting job.	
	
Chain sharpening is best done by filing a little each time and filing often.  
Cutter and depth gauges for each chain are designed to be filed at specific 
angles with round, flat, or triangular files, depending on the chain.  The 
cutters and depth gauges can be hard sharpened while the chain is properly 
tensioned on the guide bar.  Refer to the owner's manual for the correct file 
and angles to be used for the type of chain used.	
	
If you do not feel comfortable sharpening your chain, take it to a service 
dealer.  Even if you sharpen your own, take it for professional sharpening 
after doing it five or six times yourself.  This will also allow the gullet of 
the cutters to be shaped more uniformly for smoother cutting.	
Turn the guide bar over after every couple of chain sharpenings.  This should 
keep the wear more uniform.  To prolong chain life when operating the saw, 
avoid hitting rocks, dirt, or other abrasive material.  Similarly, forcing a 
dull chain to cut can damage the chain, bar, sprocket, and clutch.  Use high-
quality chain oil.  Recommended oils have good adhesion properties that keep 
most of the oil on the chain and in the bar groove rather than being easily 
thrown from the end of the bar.  Oil must flow at low temperatures.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHAIN OILER MAINTENANCE	                            
-DOC-
                            CHAIN OILER MAINTENANCE	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
It is important to keep the chain properly lubricated to reduce wear and 
increase the life of the chain.  You should check the chain for proper 
lubrication on a regular basis while cutting.  Most saws have automatic oilers 
with a regulating screw for adjusting the oil flow rate.	
	
To check oil flow, rev up the engine.  Hold the nose of the bar a few inches 
away from a sheet of paper or a section of cut wood; a fine oil spray should 
appear off the end of the bar.  If it does not, rest the engine and try the 
manual oiler button if the saw has one.  If oil does not flow, refer to the 
owner's manual for service suggestions or take the saw to a dealer.  	
	
DO NOT CUT WITHOUT CHAIN-BAR LUBRICATION.  The oil flow should be set so that 
about a tank of oil is used for each tank of fuel.	
      
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FUEL QUALITY	                                  
-DOC-
                                  FUEL QUALITY	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
You should always use good quality fuel in your chain saw to avoid carburetor 
problems.  Use the recommended amount of two-cycle motor oil to be mixed with 
gasoline.  A separate container should be used for mixing rather than using the 
saw's tank.   Avoid mixing more fuel than will be used in a few months.	
	
Using the proper amount and type of oil is necessary for satisfactory engine 
lubrication.  With clean fuel it should not be necessary to replace the fuel 
filter, or the felt cover on some filters, before the recommended interval-- 
about 100 hours of operation.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPARK PLUG AND IGNITION MAINTENANCE	                      
-DOC-
                      SPARK PLUG AND IGNITION MAINTENANCE	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
It is very important that the saw start easily when the pull cord is pulled.  
Checking the spark plug on a regular basis can help reduce starting problems.  
The spark plug should be checked every 30 to 40 hours.  Replace a plug that is 
worn.  Clean and regap a plug that looks good but has excess electrode space.	
	
For a basic ignition test: disconnect the ignition wire, remove the plug, 
reconnect the plug, turn the ignition switch on, and with the plug held against 
a naked surface on the engine, pull the starter rope.  A powerful spark 
indicates the ignition is in working order.  Do not hold the metal end of the 
ignition wire in your hand because you can get a high charge when pulling the 
starter rope.	
	
Don't hold the electrode end of the plug near the spark plug hole since an 
explosion may result when the starter rope is pulled.  Ignition systems, 
whether they are magneto or solid state designs, are best left to the service 
dealer if they are believed to be defective.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHAIN SAW CARBURETOR ADJUSTMENTS	                        
-DOC-
                        CHAIN SAW CARBURETOR ADJUSTMENTS	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
If the engine is overheating, misfiring, or stopping while accelerating or if 
the engine gives off dense smoke, carburetor adjustment is likely needed. The 
best advice, is to take it to a service dealer for repair or adjustment.  	
	
Typically, there are three carburetor adjustment screws:  high speed, low 
speed, and idle speed.  Carburetor adjustments are best made by starting with 
the manufacturer's basic adjustment settings and deviating slightly from this 
to account for the effects of atmospheric pressure, fuel quality, etc.  Make 
adjustments with a clean air filter and a warm engine.	
	
If the engine stops or the chain turns while idling, adjust the idle speed 
screw to just stop the chain while idling.  If the engine stops or runs 
erratically at idle speed or while accelerating, adjust the low speed screw.  
After doing this, the idle speed screw will likely need readjustment. 	
	
If the engine revs too high at full throttle or dense smoke is emitted, adjust 
the high speed screw to achieve a balance between a clean looking exhaust and 
proper engine speed.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EXHAUST SYSTEM MAINTENANCE	                           
-DOC-
                           EXHAUST SYSTEM MAINTENANCE	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
A clogged muffler  can cause considerable power loss;  thus , accumulations 
should be removed periodically.  The muffler should be unscrewed from the body 
and disassembled.  Remove any carbon or dirt deposits by scraping each of the 
parts.  Bring the piston to the top of its stroke by slowly pulling the 
starter handle.  This will close the exhaust port so any deposits can be 
removed by using a wooden scrapper (do not use a metal scrapper).  Blow these 
loose particles away before attaching the reassembled muffler.  Replace the 
spark screen if it is deteriorated.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COOLING FIN MAINTENANCE	                            
-DOC-
                            COOLING FIN MAINTENANCE	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
Wood chips and sawdust can buildup around the cooling fins and the exhaust 
system.  The cylinder ribs and the flywheel vanes should be cleaned regularly.  
This requires removing the housing about these cylinder cooling areas.  A small 
brush or compressed air can be used.	
	
When the starter rope assembly housing is removed for cleaning, inspect and 
replace the rope if it is frayed significantly.  Inspect other starter assembly 
parts at this time if spring action seems to be deteriorating.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FIRST AID -- HYPOTHERMIA	                            
-DOC-
                            FIRST AID -- HYPOTHERMIA	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
THIS INFORMATION WAS SUPPLIED BY DEANNA SPAULDING, A 4-HER IN THE SAFETY 
PROJECT.	

Have you ever been bone chilling cold?  If you have you may have experienced 
the beginning of Hypothermia.  

Hypothermia is where the temperature inside your body starts to go down. If the 
inside body temperature goes below 99 degrees shivering will begin and become 
intense and uncontrollable.  
     
If the temperature drops below 95 degrees, violent shivering will begin, and you 
will be unable to perform complex tasks. As the temperature continues to drop, 
your chances for survival become less and less. If the temperature inside your 
body goes below 78 degrees death will occur.  
                              HYPOTHERMIA (CONT.)	
Whats scary is that you can get Hypothermia when the outside temperature
is around 45 degrees, if the conditions are right Hypothermia will occur when 
heat is being lost from the body faster then the heat is being produced. There 
are three main factors that can cause this: coldness (though not necessarily 
extreme coldness), wetness due to rainfall, fog, snow, or falling in water.  
Also excessive sweating can be a factor; and the final factor wind. Have  you 
ever heard of the Wind Chill factor?  There are other factors, but these are 
the main ones.	 
	
If you or a friend begin to shiver  and can't stop, you need to take immediate 
action. First prevent future heat loss, put on another sweater etc.  or get 
close to some sort of heat source.  If the clothes are wet, change clothes. 
Next, get some warm liquids into yourself or your friend.              
                              HYPOTHERMIA (CONT.)	
The most important key to hypothermia is prevention. If you know  you 
are going to be outside prepare for the cold. Wear clothes that you can take off
easily if you will be  working. This is to cut down on the amount of sweating 
that will take place. Then when you stop, don't wait until you get cold, go 
ahead and put your coat back on. If you get wet, change clothes. Remember to 
cover neck and head. It has been discovered by doctors that heat loss is so 
rapid from an un-protected neck and head that 50% of the bodies total heat 
production may be lost at 40 degrees. This may be why the old  mountain people 
say "When your feet are cold,put on your hat." For more information about 
Hypothermia consult a good Backpacking book.  



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HAVE A FIRE ESCAPE PLAN	                            
-DOC-
                            HAVE A FIRE ESCAPE PLAN	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	

    Many persons, especially young children, die in home fires because they 
make mistakes when trying to get out of a burning house.  Since most people 
have never experienced a fire in their home, their first reaction is panic.  
To assure that everyone gets out of the house safely, every family should have 
an escape plan.  Families who have an escape plan and have practiced it are 
less likely to panic.  With an escape plan their chances of surviving a fire 
are increased.	
	
    The greatest number of fatal home fires occurs between midnight and 6 a.m.  
Thus, you should be sure that there is a working smoke detector on every level 
of your house and especially one outside each sleeping area.  The next step is 
to develop an escape plan to get out of your home once the smoke detector 
awakens you.	
	
    The following are some guidelines for establishing an escape plan:	
1.  Survey the entire house to determine the best exit (primary) from each 
    room, giving special attention to bedrooms.
2.  Next, determine an emergency escape exit (this secondary exit is generally 
    a window, and in some rooms there is only one exit--the door); for 
    example, you may not be able to leave through the door of a bedroom if 
    fire has broken out in the house's interior.  Test the windows, screen, or 
    storm sash to be sure they can be opened in an emergency.	
3.  Draw a floor plan of the house with rooms, doors, and windows identified.  
    If there is more than one floor, show any ledge, roof, or deck that can be 
    used for escape.	
4.  Put arrows on the plan to indicate "normal" or "emergency" exits so TWO 
    ESCAPE ROUTES CAN BE PLANNED FOR EACH ROOM.	
5.  Decide on a common way to sound a family fire alarm, especially if smoke 
    alarms are not present or if they can't be heard by everyone.	
6.  Decide on an OUTSIDE MEETING PLACE for the entire family so that everyone 
    can be accounted for.  Put this on the plan.	
7.  ONCE OUT OF THE HOUSE, STAY OUT.	
8.  Go over the ESCAPE PLAN with the entire family and PRACTICE IT at least 
    twice a year.	
9.  POST THE FLOOR PLAN WITH ESCAPE ROUTES in a prominent place to ensure 
    familiarity with it.	
10. Escape from upper floor windows by using chain ladders.	
     Fire professionals recommend sleeping with the bedroom door closed.  When 
the alarm goes off, test the door for heat.  If it is hot, use the emergency 
escape route.  If it is not hot, and you think it is safe, open the door 
cautiously.  Stay low and crawl when there is smoke and you have decided the 
main exit is safe.  Get out fast and do not try to carry valuables or 
belongings.  Send someone to call the fire department and check to see that 
everyone is safely out.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TORNADOES	                                    
-DOC-
                                    TORNADOES	
                   Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
  1.  Tornadoes are the most violent of all wind storms.

  2.  These storms can occur anytime, but usually between the months of    
      March and September.  In the Southeast, the season usually starts in 
      March.

  3.  They usually occur during warm, humid, and unsettled weather. They 
      come out of severe thunderstorms.

  4.  A tornado WATCH is:
      Alerting people that there is a chance of dangerous weather.

  5.  A tornado WARNING is:
      Tornado has been sighted and you need to take immediate action to  
      protect yourself.
  6.  A waterspout is a tornado that forms over water.  They are often 
      associated with Hurricanes.


  BE ABLE TO RECOGNIZE THE DANGER SIGNS

  1.  Severe thunder storms contain

     -thunder,
     -lightening
     -heavy rains
     -strong winds
     -hail 

  2.  Roaring noise
    	
     -like a train
     -a mack truck
     -a whirl wind
     -crashing thunderous sound
  3.  A funnel cloud
     -dark, spinning "rope"
     -column from the sky

    WHERE TO GO IN CASE OF A TORNADO


                                Away  From  Home


     -In office bulidings go into an interior hallway on a lower floor   
      or a designated shelter.

     -In factories go to area of plant offering greatest protection

     -In schools go into hallway or follow the advice of a teacher.

     -In shopping centers seek shelter inside a solidly built building or go	
      to local shelter.
     -If in open country, move away from the torando's path at right angles.  
      (This is difficult to do in the Southeast.) If there is not enough time,	
      lie flat in a ditch, culvert, or get under a bridge. 
       	

                                    At  Home


     -Go to the most protected and strongest part of your basement.

     -If you do not have a basement, go to the lowest level in the center of	
      the house.  Get in a small room (bathroom) or closet. 
   	
     -Then protect yourself by getting under heavy furniture.

     -Listen to radio for instructions.  A radio with a Weather Alert Alarm can	
      be purchased for less than $40.  NOAA Weather Radio stations are in 
      Charleston, Florence, Columbia, Greer, Augusta, and Athens.

     -If you are in a moble home:  move to a shelter immediately.  DO NOT STAY	
      IN A MOBILE HOME.
      Be Aware of Dangers During a Tornado 
     	
     -flying objects                
     -falling trees                 
     -breaking windows              
     -collapsing bulidings          
     -damaged power line
    	
     -Stay in your position for 5 minutes after tornado passes. 

     -For more information about tornadoes and other severe weather contact 
      your closest National Weather Service office.  
	
	
THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION ON TORNADOES WAS SUPPLIED BY DEANNA SPALDING A 4-HER	
FROM PICKENS COUNTY WORKING IN THE SAFETY PROJECT.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
QUALITY OF WATER FOR IRRIGATION                       
-DOC-
                       QUALITY OF WATER FOR IRRIGATION
                C.V. Privette Extension Agricultural Engineer 

     Almost all natural water contains some dissolved minerals.  To determine 
whether a source of water is suitable for irrigation, it is necessary to 
examine the characteristics of the water.  The important characteristics are:

     the total concentration of soluble salts,
     the relative proportion of sodium to the other cations,
     the bicarbonate concentration as related to the concentration of 
       calcium and magnesium ions,
     the concentration of toxic elements,
     the total concentration of chlorides.

     Chemical constituents most often found dissolved in water are the 
cations--calcium, magnesium, and sodium--and the anions--chloride, sulfate, and
bicarbonate--each of which separately or in combination, if found in excess 
quantities, can be detrimental to crop growth.  These minerals plus others
combine to determine the electrical conductance of water expressed in millimhos
per centimeter (mmhos/cm).
     The effect of these salts if present in the soil water system in excess 
amounts are reduced crop growth and/or poor soil structure.  Crop growth is 
affected because of a limiting of the water supply to the plant resulting from 
an increase in the osmotic pressure of the soil-water solution and an increase 
in the soil moisture tension as compared to a plant growing in a soil-water 
system where salts are not present.  Because of this, crops growing on salt
affected fields require irrigation more frequently than those growing on soils 
low in salt content.

     If sodium salts are present in large amounts in irrigation water, the 
sodium ions may be absorbed in the soil particles causing the clay particles to
become dispersed when wet and resulting in unfavorable soil physical 
conditions.  Also, the soil will have a very low permeability.  If calcium and 
magnesium ions are present in the soil in a quantity equal to or exceeding the 
quantity of sodium ions, the calcium and magnesium will be retained in the clay
particles and good tilth and permeability will be maintained.  The ability of 
the soil to absorb sodium is expressed as the sodium absorption ratio (SAR).
                Interpretation of Water Quality for Irrigation 

     Irrigation Problem                       Degree of Problem
                                                         Increasing     Severe
                                       No Problem         Problem      Problem
Salinity

  Electrical Conductivity (mmhos/cm)     <0.75         0.75-3.0          >3.0  
  Total dissolved Salts (mg/l)           <480          480-1920          >1920

Specific Ion Toxicity
    
  Chloride (mg/l)                        <142          142-355           >355  
  Boron (mg/l)                           <0.75         0.75-2.0          >2.0 
                                                        
 
Miscellaneous Effects

  Nitrate Nitrogen (mg/l)                <5              5-30            >30 
  Bicarbonate (meq/l)                    <1.5          1.5-8.5           >8.5
     pH                                           Normal Range 6.5-8.4
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Salinity                                  
-DOC-
                                 Salinity 
                 C.V. Privette Extension Agricultural Engineer

     The presence or absence of a potential salinity problem is evaluated from 
the electrical conductivity of the irrigation water (EC) and by the Total 
Dissolved Salts (TDS).  These two values by themselves are usually an adequate 
measure of a salinity problem.
     When using any brackish or saline water for irrigation purposes, the 
following guides should be followed:
1. Test the water to determine its electrical conductivity.  This is most 
   important for surface sources of water which may exhibit a large change in 
   salinity from one period to another.                       
2. Allow for a difference in electrical conductivity due to wind tides.  Again 
   this applies to surface water sources.
3. Know the salt tolerance of the crop being irrigated.
4. Consider the stage of growth of the crop.
5. When using water of high electrical conductivity, irrigate during the late 
   afternoon, early morning or at night.
6. Consider the internal drainage of the soil and limit the frequency of 
   application and the total amount of saline water to that value.  Soils with 
   restricted internal drainage will accumulate salts more readily than well 
   drained sands or sandy loam soils.
     Salinity added to the soil from using saline waters accumulates in the 
soil.  To remove these salts from the soil, water in excess of that needed for 
irrigation is necessary to leach these salts below the root zones of the crops.
In South Carolina, winter rainfall is normally adequate to accomplish the 
required leaching.  Table 1 gives the number of one-inch irrigations possible, 
using various salinity level waters between leaching rains.
TABLE  1.  PERMISSIBLE NUMBER OF IRRIGATIONS WITH BRACKISH WATER BETWEEN 
           LEACHING RAINS FOR CROPS OF DIFFERENT SALT TOLERANCE. 
     Irrigation water              Irrigation for crops having:      
_____________________________    ________________________________________
                  EC             Good salt     Moderate salt    Poor salt
Total salts  (mmhos/cm @ 25 C)   tolerance     tolerance        tolerance
    (ppm)                         (number)     (number)          (number)
_________________________________________________________________________
       640          1               N/A           15                 7
     1,280          2               11            7                  4
     1,920          3               7             5                  2
     2,560          4               5             3                  2
     3,200          5               4             2-3                1
     3,840          6               3             2                  1
     4,480          7               2-3           1-2                
     5,120          8               2             1                   
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ION TOXICITY - SODIUM, CHLORIDE, BORON                      
-DOC-
                      ION TOXICITY - SODIUM, CHLORIDE, BORON
                  C.V. Privette Extension Agricultural Engineer 

     A toxicity problem is different from a salinity problem in that a toxicity
occurs within the crop itself as a result of the uptake and accumulation of 
certain constituents from the irrigation water and may occur even when the 
salinity is low.  The toxic constituents of concern are sodium, chloride, and 
boron.  They can reduce yields and cause crop failure.  Not all crops are 
equally sensitive but most tree crops and other woody perennial-type plants are
sensitive.  Toxicity problems of sodium and chloride, however, can occur with 
almost any crop if concentrations are high enough.  Toxicity problems often 
accompany and are a complicating part of a salinity problem.  Sprinkler 
irrigation may cause special toxicity problems due to sodium and chloride being
absorbed through the leaves.

     Most tree crops such as deciduous fruits and nuts and other woody-type 
perennial plants are particularly sensitive to low concentrations of sodium.  
Most annual crops, with some exceptions, are not as sensitive but may be 
affected by higher concentrations.
                                   Sodium

     Use of irrigation water high in sodium will usually result in a soil high 
in sodium but it may take several irrigations to cause the change.  The crop 
takes up sodium with the water and it is concentrated in the leaves as water is
lost by transpiration.  Damage (toxicity) can result if sodium accumulates to 
concentrations that exceed the tolerance of the crop.  Leaf burn, scorch, and 
dead tissue along the outside edges of leaves are typical symptons.

     Sodium toxicity is often modified and reduced if calcium and magnesium are
also present.  Moderate amounts of calcium and magnesium may reduce sodium 
damage and higher amounts may even prevent it.  Since the effect of sodium is 
dependent on the sodium, calcium and magnesium concentrations, a reasonable 
evaluation of the potential toxicity is possible using the sodium adsorption 
ratio (SAR), which is a ratio of the sodium versus calcium and magnesium in the
irrigation water.
     The symptoms of sodium toxicity occur first on the oldest leaves since a 
period of time (days or weeks) is normally required before accumulation reaches
toxic concentrations.  Symptoms usually appear as a burn or drying of tissue at
the outer edges of the leaf and as severity increases, the symptoms progress 
inward between the veins towards the center of the leaf.
                                 Chloride

     Most tree crops and other woody perennial plants are sensitive to low 
concentrations of chloride while most annual crops are not, though less 
sensitive crops may be affected at higher concentrations.  Chloride is not 
adsorbed by soils but moves readily with the soil water.  It is taken up by the
roots and moves upward to accumulate in the leaves.  The toxicity symptom for 
chloride is a leaf burn or drying of leaf tissues which typically occurs first 
at the extreme leaf tip of older leaves and progresses back along the edges as 
severity increases.  Excessive leaf burn is often accompanied by abnormal early
leaf drop and defoilation.
                                    BORON
     Boron is one of the essential elements for plant growth but is needed in 
relatively small amounts.  If excessive, boron becomes toxic.  The sensitivity 
to boron appears to affect a wide variety of crops while sodium and chloride 
toxicities are most common with tree crops and woody perennials.

     Boron is taken up by the crop and is accumulated in the leaves and other 
parts of the plant.  Toxicity symptoms typically show first on older leaf tips 
and edges as either a yellowing, spotting, or drying of leaf tissues (or these 
in combination).  The yellowing or spotting in some cases is followed by drying
which progresses from near the tip along the leaf edges and toward the center 
between the veins (interveinal).  A gummosis or exudate on limbs or trunk is 
also sometimes very noticeable on seriously affected trees such as peaches.

     Many sensitive crops show toxicity symptoms when boron concentrations in 
leaf blades exceed 250 to 300 ppm (dry weight).  Some crops, however, are 
sensitive but do no accumulate boron in leaf blades.  Stonefruits (peaches, 
plums, almonds, etc.) and pome fruits (pear, apple, and others) even though 
being damaged by boron, may not accumulate boron in leaf tissue to the extent 
that leaf analysis is a reliable test.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORROSIVE WATER                              
-DOC-
                              CORROSIVE WATER
                C.V. Privette Extension Agricultural Engineer

     One other problem found in some surface waters and ground water is low pH 
or acidity.  Normally the acid surface waters are found in swampy areas in the 
eastern part of the state.  Acid ground water which is also highly corrosive and
aggressive is found in eight counties along the fall line.  Producers planning 
on irrigating with ground water in this area should have the water tested.  The
water test should provide the temperature, total dissolved solids (residue     
dissolved), calculated hardness, total alkalinity, total acidity and pH.  From 
these values one can determine whether or not the water will be corrosive and 
if water treatment will be required.  The Clemson Agricultural Service Lab. can
run these, but the accompanying forms should clearly designate that values for 
acidity, alkalinity, and hardness are desired.  The forms are available through
the county extension office.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OTHER WATER QUALITY PROBLEMS                        
-DOC-
                        OTHER WATER QUALITY PROBLEMS
                C.V. Privette Extension Agricultural Engineer
                    
NITRATE NITROGEN   Nitrogen in the irrigation water acts the same as fertilizer
nitrogen and excesses will cause problems just as fertilizer excesses cause 
problems.  Production of nitrogen sensitive crops may be affected at nitrogen 
concentrations above 5 mg/L (5ppm).  Sugar beets, for example, under excessive 
nitrogen fertilization grow to a large size but with low purity and low sugar 
content and the amount of sugar produced per acre may actually be reduced.  
Grape vines, in some instances, grow too vigorously and yields are reduced, or 
the grapes are late in maturing.  Maturity of stonefruits may also be delayed 
and the fruit may be poorer in quality.  For many grasses and grain crops, 
lodging may result from excessive vegetative growth.

     At more than 30 mg/L (30 ppm), severe problems are expected with nitrogen 
sensitive crops.  For crops not sensitive, more than 30 mg/L nitrogen may be 
adequate for high crop production and little or no fertilizer nitrogen may be 
needed.  Less than 5 mg/L nitrogen has little effect even for the nitrogen 
sensitive crops.  However, algae and aquatic plants in streams, lakes, ponds 
and canals are often affected.  When temperature, sunlight, and other nutrients
are optimum, very rapid growth or algae blooms can occur.  This excessive 
growth may result in plugged pipelines, sprinklers, and valves.
BICARBONATE  Bicarbonate, even at very low concentrations, has been a problem 
primarily when fruit crops or nursery crops are sprinkler irrigated during 
periods of very low humidity (RH < 30%) and high evaporation.  Under these 
conditions, white deposits are formed on fruit or leaves which are not washed 
off by later irrigation.  The deposit reduces the marketability of fruit and 
nursery plants.

     A toxicity is not involved but as the water on the leaves partially or 
completely evaporates between rotations of the sprinkler, the salts are 
concentrated and carbon dioxide is lost to the atmosphere.  If the 
concentration effect carbon dioxide loss is great enough, the less soluble 
constituents in the water, such as lime (calcium carbonate) will precipitate 
and deposit on fruit and leaves.
OTHER MINERALS  Several other minerals are found in groundwater and to some 
extent in surface waters that might present problems in irrigation.  Much of 
the groundwater contains iron.  In drip irrigation systems this material causes
severe clogging problems.  With proper filtration it can be removed from the 
water, but the cost of filtration is fairly high.  Plants that are sprinkled 
with water containing iron will have the leaves coated with brown stain.  Iron 
bacteria, a living parasite organism, is found in some groundwater.  This 
material feeds on metal portions of the water system and can cause severe 
clogging problems in drip irrigation systems.  Copper is present in some 
waters.  There have been some reports of crops such as tobacco that was 
sprinkler irrigated with water containing copper and the tobacco was hard to 
cure and the leaves had a slick grayish film on them.  Normally this is a very 
isolated problem.

ALGAE  Algae and weed growth in surface water supplies cause  clogging problems
with all types of irrigation systems.  Certainly, it will be more  severe  with
drip systems.   Sand  and sediment in  water  causes excessive wear on pump 
parts, primarily impellers, seals, and casings. In drip irrigation systems, it 
increases the cost of filtration.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WASTEWATER USED FOR IRRIGATION                        
-DOC-
                        WASTEWATER USED FOR IRRIGATION
                C.V. Privette Extension Agricultural Engineer

     Wastewater, that is water containing waste from municipal waste treatment 
plants, industrial plants, food processing facilities, and livestock feeding 
operations will contain various amounts of nutrients, organic material to 
include solids of various sizes, and possibly heavy metals.  These waters can 
be used for irrigation, but the amount of water that can be applied and the 
crops to which it can be applied will be dictated by the quality of the 
wastewater.  The types of equipment through which these waters can be applied 
will be limited again depending on the type of waste.  These waters can be 
corrosive and system life may be limited and maintenance requirements will be 
increased.  Water containing human and animal waste should not be applied to 
crops that are consumed as a raw product.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING MICROCOMPUTER PROGRAMS               
-DOC-
               AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING MICROCOMPUTER PROGRAMS
              Francis J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

Extension Agricultural Engineering Currently Supports the following 
Microcomputer programs.  The programs are available free of charge to South 
Carolina residents.  Programs are available on 5 1/4 inch IBM or IBM 
compatible disks only.  Please route all requests through your county agents 
office.

    Name                          Program Description
 ----------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
CALIB.WK1    LOTUS-123 template for band and broadcast sprayer calibration 
             calculations.  Results are given for gallons per treated acre, 
             proper amounts of pesticide to add to the tank and acres covered 
             per hour.

COST.WK1     LOTUS-123 template for quick and dirty calculations of machinery 
             operation costs.  This template requires a fair amount of 
             information from the user.  A more detailed description of input 
             and output is contained in the printed documentation.
DRAFT.WK1    LOTUS-123 template to calculate the horsepower requirements for 
             several common tillage and planting implements in South Carolina.

INSULATE.WK1 LOTUS-123 template comparing the total heat loss from a home for 
             various levels of insulation.  Insulation levels in the floors, 
             walls, ceilings and windows can be compared on a relative basis.

IRRICOST.WK1 LOTUS-123 template for calculating the cost of owning and 
             operating irrigation equipment.  New cost, pump power 
             requirement, flow rate, and acres irrigated are part of the input 
             information required of the user.  A more detailed description of 
             input and output is contained in the printed documentation.

IRRISCHD.WK1 LOTUS-123 template for estimating the percent of available soil 
             moisture as a guide in scheduling crop irrigation in South 
             Carolina.  Inputs required are daily maximum and minimum 
             temperature, precipitation/irrigation and available soil 
             moisture.

SHRINK.WK1   LOTUS-123 template for computing grain shrinkage for different 
             combinations of initial and final moisture contents.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COOLING DAIRY COWS                              
-DOC-
                              COOLING DAIRY COWS
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

High temperatures cause dairy cows, especially those at high levels of 
production, a great amount of stress.   Dairymen can use structural and 
mechanical means to improve cow comfort on hot days.  


PRIORITY ONE -
   The first line of defense in relieving heat stress is to improve and use 
existing facilities to the best advantage. Paint roofs on barns, feeders, and 
holding areas with a highly reflective white paint. Enclosed structures should 
have some or all of the siding removed and ventilators installed at the peak of 
the roof. Where possible remove obstructions to air movement in and around 
dairy shelters. Also, employ high levels of management to maintain the comfort 
and cleanliness of resting and feeding areas.  

PRIORITY TWO -
   Install cooling equipment in permanent structures. Large (36 to 48 inch 
diameter) belt-driven electric fans perform well in moving and mixing air.  
They are effective up to 50 feet in front of the fan in dairy shelters. Also, 
install fogging or sprinkling nozzles at about 20-foot intervals above shaded 
alleys, holding areas, and feeder space. These water application devices are 
especially helpful when used with fan ventilation. Select nozzles that can 
efficiently cool the air and/or cool the cows. Develop the details of cooling 
nozzle selection, installation, and operation  with professional assistance to 
assure effective and economic operation.  

PRIORITY THREE - 
   Sometimes new structures are justified where there are no existing 
facilities to shade the cows. When planning and constructing permanent barns, 
feeding areas, and holding areas, follow these principles as closely as 
possible.  
         1. Orient the structure with the long axis in the east/west directions.
         2. Select a site which makes the best use of summer winds which
            usually come from the west, south, and southwest.  
         3. Construct the roof at least 6 feet above the animals. Use a white  
            or bright roofing material. Provide ventilation at peak of roof.
         4. Minimize use of permanent and temporary building features which
            obstruct air movement.
         5. Consider convenience of location to the milking barn, feed and 
            water facilities, and the waste management system.  

   Temporary shades are an alternative to permanent new facilities for cooling 
cows. Use metal or wood frames with a shade cloth cover which gives 85 to 90% 
shade. Shades should be portable and provide 20 to 25 square feet of shaded 
area per cow.  Move shades often to prevent excessive manure and mud. Orienting 
the long axis of a portable shade in the north/south directions provides the 
greatest shaded area under and near the structure.  

   Experience has shown that animals prefer natural shade to artificial shade 
when given the choice. Natural shade then, if adequate, may be best.  However, 
where natural shade provides inadequate shaded area it can result in dirty cows 
and may kill the trees. Natural shade may also be remote and lead to reduced 
feed and water consumption.  

   Finally, consider these limitations to the use of permanent facilities for 
summer shade. 1) It will be necessary to remove manure from the shaded area 
daily. 2) Increased management and maintenance of free stalls and/or other 
facilities used for shade are necessary.  





-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
-END-
-DOC-















-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATER SAFETY                                  
-DOC-
                                  WATER SAFETY
                  Jack W. Davis, Extension Safety Specialist	
	
      Someone is drowning!  What should you do?  The first reaction of 
most people is to try to save them. How?  By swimming out there and 
rescuing them.  NO!  NO!  NO!.  That is not what you should do.  

LIFESAVING     

     1.  Don't ever swim out to rescue a drowning person unless you have had 
         a course in lifesaving.  There are many water accidents each year 
         where a rescuer also drowns.  

     2.  You can not save anyone if you drown too.

     3.  The first thing you learn in lifeguard training (lifesaving 
         classes) is reach, throw, row and tow.	 
            a. Reach for the victim first.
            b. Throw something to the victim.
            c. Row-use a boat if available.
            d. Tow as a last resort, go in after the victim, only if you have 
               lifesaving training.  
     4.  Reaching Assists
            a. If someone is drowning near shore, hold a pole, oar, long 
               stick, shirt, towel or anything close by for him to grab.  
            	
            b. Wade  out from shore a little if it is not very deep and the 
               water is not very fast.  Do not wade out unless you know 
               the bottom is safe.  

     5.  Throwing Assists
            a. If someone is drowning further out, throw or push something to 
               him.  
            	
            b. Examples:   push a  boat, spare tire (it floats). ice chests  
               or throw a plastic milk jug, life jacket etc.  Anything  
               that will float will work-anything for the victim to hang 
               onto.  

            c. Try not to hit him when throwing him something.

            d. If a rope is around, tie it to something that floats and throw 
               to him.  Then pull him in.  
      6.  Rowing Assists
            a.  If the victim is very far out and a boat is available, row or 
                paddle out to him.  
            	
            b.  Once you get to him, DO NOT let him grab hold of the  side of 
                the boat.  He could turn it over.  Have him grab the back of 
                the boat.  
            	
            c.  It is best then to have him hold on as you paddle to shore.   
                If he must get in, be very careful not to rock the boat while 
                standing up.  
            	
            d.  If the boat does tip over, hang on to it.  It will float.  
            	
            e.  If the boat does tip over and you manage to turn it right side 
                up, it will be filled with  water.  Get into the boat (it 
                will float) and start paddling back to shore.  
SWIMMING SAFETY

     1.  Never swim by yourself, no matter how good of swimmer you are.  

     2.  It is always much safer to swim where a lifeguard is on duty.  
    
     3.  If you are in charge of small children, never take your eyes off of 
         them around water.  They can fall in and drown quickly.  
    	
     4.  If you are just learning to swim, stay in shallow water.

     5.  People who are poor swimmers, or can't swim, should not float on 
         tubes, rafts or even try to water ski.  

     6.  Even if you are a good swimmer, you may get a cramp or get tired.  
         Never attempt a long swim, unless you have a boat following you.  
     7.  If you get a cramp in your arm, leg or foot while you are swimming;
         No big deal.  
            a.  Stop and stretch it.  Hold your breath, reach down and work it 
                out.  You will float.  
            	
            b.  It is a technique called drown-proofing.
            	
            c.  If you feel a cramp coming on, change the way you are 
                swimming.	
         	
     8.  It is recommended that you Never swim at night in the ocean, a lake, 
         river, pond or unlighted swimming pool. This is especially true in the 
         ocean, where a lot of fish feed at night.  
 
     9.  Never call for help around water unless you need it.  If you need 
         it, yell, wave your arms, etc.  

For more information on water safety, contact your American Red Cross Office, 
your local YMCA or YWCA.
	
This information was supplied by Deanna Spalding, a 4-Her from Pickens County 
working in the Safety Project.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COOLING AND STORAGE OF VEGETABLE CROPS                                         
-DOC-

              COOLING AND STORAGE OF VEGETABLE CROPS                           
                    by: Gerald D. Christenbury 
	
     Cooling will help extend the shelf life of fresh vegetables.  
Precooling and storage cooling require different equipment and 
procedures.  Precooling is the removal of field heat  from 
freshly harvested products in sufficient time to prevent spoilage 
and to maintain all possible preharvest freshness and flavor.  
Timing is of utmost importance in all precooling operations.  
Storage cooling is the preservation of the storage temperature 
over an extended period. 	
     Types of precooling include hydrocooling, vacuum cooling, 
air cooling, and cooling with contact ice and top ice.  The 
choice of cooling method depends upon many factors, such as 
refrigeration sources and costs, volume of product shipped, cost 
factors, and product limitations.  Most vegetables are subject to 
chilling injury if cooled below 32 degrees. 	
     Table 1 on the next page shows the ice required to 
cool some vegetables from harvest temperature to storage 
temperature.  Table 2 shows desirable storage conditions. 	

Table 1.  Ice requirements for precooling selected vegetables*.	
 ----------------------------------------------------------------	
commodity  specific heat  respiration      LBS(ice)/Lb(produce) 	
              BTU/lb       BTU/lb/day       70F    80F    90F	
 ----------------------------------------------------------------	
beans(snap)     0.91       3.77 @ 40F     0.180  0.240  0.230	
beans(lima)     0.73       2.6  @ 40F      .144   .192   .240	
broccoli        0.92       2.2  @ 32F      .243   .307   .371	
cabbage(late)   0.94       0.97 @ 32F      .248   .313   .379	
cantaloupes     0.94       1.03 @ 40F      .197   .247   .309	
corn-sweet      0.79       4.65 @ 32F      .208   .263   .318	
okra            0.92       6.05 @ 40F      .182   .242   .303	
peppers(sweet)  0.94       1.6  @ 50F      .116   .174   .232	
squash(summer)  0.95       1.8  @ 40F      .188   .250   .313	
tomatoes(ripe)  0.95       1.55 @ 50F      .117   .176   .235	
 ----------------------------------------------------------------	
*These values do not inculde heat loss to the outside or heat of 
respiration.	
USEFUL CONVERSION FACTORS.	 
     melting 1 pound of ice absorbs 144 BTU's	
     Raising 1 pound of water 1 degree F takes 1 BTU	
     1 ton of refrigeration will melt 83.3 pounds of ice per hour	

Table 2.  Storage requirements for some crops:	
 ----------------------------------------------------------------	
commodity      storage       relative         storage      	
               temp  F       humidity %        life         	
 ----------------------------------------------------------------	
beans-snap      40-45         90-95          7-10 days   	
beans-lima      32-40         90-95          3-5 days	
broccoli         32            95            10-14 days	
cabbage(late)    32           95-100         5-6 months	
collards         32            95            10-14 days	
corn(sweet)      32            95            5-8 days	
okra            45-50         90-95          7-10 days	
peppers(sweet)  45-50         90-95          2-3 weeks	
potatoes(sweet) 55-61         85-90          4-7 months	
squash(summer)  32-50         85-95          5-14 days	
tomatoes(ripe)  45-50         85-90          4-7 days	
 ----------------------------------------------------------------	
	
     Not all commodities require the same storage temperature.  
Some are much more succeptible to chill injury than other.  Most 
require high humidity which necessitates the addition of moisture 
to prevent undesirable moisture loss.

SELECTION OF PRECOOLING METHOD	
     Packinghouse size and operating procedures, response of 
product to precooling method, and market demands, largely dictate 
the type of precooling method used.  For example, vacuum 
precooling is most effective on lettuce and other similar 
vegetables.  Hydrocooling meets the needs of most peach packers.  
Sweet corn is usually hydrocooled.  A variety of commodities can 
be cooled with air.	 
     Forcing cool air through produce will lower its temperature.  
Baffles and ventilated containers are required to force air 
uniformly through the product.  Forced air cooling usually cools in 
one-fourth to one-tenth the time needed for conventional room 
cooling but it still takes two to three times longer than 
hydrocooling or vacuum cooling.	 
     Icing is still being used for some operations.  Melting ice 
cools produce to 32 to 34 F and will hold as long as ice remains.	
     Cost becomes a major consideration if you have a choice of 
cooling method.  A forced air system can be as efficient as 
hydrocooling if rapid cooling is not required.  Icing may be the 
most cost effective for many South Carolina growers.	 
     












































-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SET-UP FOR DANISH TINE FIELD CULTIVATOR	             
-DOC-
             SET-UP FOR DANISH TINE FIELD CULTIVATOR	
                    by: Gerald D. Christenbury	
	
     The danish tine field cultivator is a very popular tool for 
seedbed preparation and herbicide incorporation.  The tool is 
lightweight, low cost, and effective.  Unfortunately the tine 
arrangement for handling trash is not acceptable for 
incorporating a herbicide.  Care must be taken to insure proper 
tine arrangement for best results.	
     The following three pages show how the 4-row danish tine 
field cultivator should be set up for proper herbicide 
incorporation and for handling trash.  Unfortunately, most of the 
machines are delivered for handling trash and must be adjusted 
for shallow mix herbicide incorporation.  
                   []                   []
       ================================================	
             |                                  |
1st row-|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|
             |                                  |
             |                                  |
2nd row-----|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|---
             |                                  |
             |                                  |
3rd row-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-
             |                                  |       
             |                                  |       
4th row---|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-----
             |                                  |       
       ================================================= 	
Figure 1.  Tine arrangement for incorporating herbicides.

Note:1.  The 2nd row of tines should exactly divide the first row.  
     2.  The 3rd row set to the right of the 2nd row 4 inches.	
     3.  The 4th row set to the left of the 2nd row 4 inches.	
    With this arrangement the final result is that every 4 inches 
there is a tine so that all the soil will be disturbed with one 
pass of the cultivator.	 
Most machines come setup to handle trash such as in Figure 2.


                   []                        []
       ====================================================	
             |                                       |	
1st row--|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-
             |                                       |
             |                                       |
2nd row|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|---
             |                                       |
             |                                       |
3rd row------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-----
             |                                       |
             |                                       |     	
4th row----|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------
             |                                       |	
       ====================================================   	
	
Figure 2.  Setup for handling trash.	
	
In this arrangement the 2nd row is offset from the 1st row by 4 
inches.  The 3rd row is offset from the 2nd by 4 inches in the 
same direction as the 2nd is offset from the 1st.  The 4 row is 
offset from the 3rd in like manner.  Note that in this 
arrangement the overall result is similar in that there is a tine 
every 4 inches as in the setup for herbicide incorporation.   
However, with this arrangement we get the wave effect which is 
good for handling trash, but is not acceptable for herbicide 
incorporation.  
         	
If the danish tine field cultivator is to be used for herbicide 
incorporation and is setup as in Figure 2. the herbicide will be 
left in rows, with some of the area with little or no herbicide.  
The herbicide pattern will be something like that shown below. 
	
      ++++       ++++       ++++       ++++       ++++  
     ++++++     ++++++     ++++++     ++++++     ++++++    
   +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++	
4th row                                                                        
 tine------->|          |           |          |
	
Figure 3.  Herbicide pattern for danish tine field cultivator as 
setup for trash handling shown in Figure 2.










-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     4614     TITLE:  Manure Ramps
            
TYPE:        Concrete manure ramp and pushoff

USE:         Loading and storage of manure in feedlot situations

DESCRIPTION: Masonry and poured concrete construction; ramp or horizontal 
             pushoff; manure storage or direct loading.  











-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6268     TITLE:  General Barn

TYPE:        Two-story general purpose for livestock

USE:         Housing livestock, storing hay and concentrate.

DESCRIPTION: 24'x 30'; wood frame construction; concrete foundation walls and 
             footings; three box stalls; calf pen; two cow stalls; feed room; 
             hay loft; gable roof with a slope of 8 to 12; three alternate 
             floor plans.









-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6361     TITLE:  Valves for Gravity Manure Handling

TYPE:        Manual or hydraulic valves

USE:         Control of gravity flow from manure storage

DESCRIPTION: Three(3) valves; vertical; horizontal; and butterfly valves; bill
             of materials; construction, installation, and operation
             instructions.










-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
-END-
-DOC-
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6364     TITLE:  Large Capacity Bulk Feed Storage Bin

TYPE:        Post frame commodity storage

USE:         Storing bulk feed components for livestock

DESCRIPTION: 6x6 post frame; 3 to 12 sloped shed roof; 6" concrete floor; three
             12'x 36' bays; 15'x 36'-6" concrete apron; front clearance 17'-9";
             expandable.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6021     TITLE:  Braced Wall Silo

TYPE:        Bunker silo

USE:         Storing silage

DESCRIPTION: 4x6 post, 6'-0" o.c.; 2x6 tongue and groove plank siding; 6" 
             concrete slab; storage or self-feeding; table of widths, lengths,
             and storage capacities; entirely above grade.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6055     TITLE:  Horizontal Silo

TYPE:        Tilt-up concrete construction

USE:         Storing silage

DESCRIPTION: Concrete tilt-up wall; concrete floor and butresses;
             buttresses spaced 6'-0" o.c; dimensions and reinforcement 
             schedules; entirely above grade.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6347     TITLE:  Concrete Trench Silo

TYPE:        Partial below grade trench

USE:         Storing and feeding silage

DESCRIPTION: In-ground silo; concrete tilt-up sides; concrete floor; table of
             capacities for depths of 8'to 18'; lengths of 20'to 80'; panel
             dimension schedule and panel reinforcement schedule.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6242     TITLE:  Slant Bar Feeder Panels

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Feeding round bales to cattle on feedlot or pasture

DESCRIPTION: Slant bar feeder panels; 1 1/4" square metal tubing; 5'-0" high;
             bill of materials; five panel lengths.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6329     TITLE:  Hay Spike

TYPE:        Attachment to front end loader

USE:         For lifting large round bales

DESCRIPTION: 2" dia.x 3'-6" long, high strength steel spike; mounted to 4"
             I-beams; used with front end loader.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6332     TITLE:  Hay Bale Loader for Round Bales

TYPE:        Winch type loader

USE:         For loading large round bales onto a trailer

DESCRIPTION: 2 1/2"x 1 1/2" tubing spreader bar; two 2 1/2"x 1 1/2" tubing
             pincher side arms used with a winch and cable; winch and trailer
             plans not included.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6350     TITLE:  Hay Storage for Large Round Bales

TYPE:        Post frame, clear span

USE:         For storing large round bales

DESCRIPTION: Pole barn; 48'x 96'; 8' bays; metal roof; trusses 4' o.c.; earthen
             floor; 18' ceiling height; enclosed on three sides; capacity about
             294 bales.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     4615     TITLE:  Barn for Automatic Bale Wagons

TYPE:        Clear span wood frame

USE:         Storing and feeding hay

DESCRIPTION: Pole barn; 46'x 96'; clear span 12' bays; 17' ceiling height;
             3'covered manger on side; construction details.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5772     TITLE:  Cattle Hay Rack

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Feeding hay to cattle

DESCRIPTION: Movable; wood construction; V-notch openings; 4x6 runners, 2x4
              stanchions; 1x6 siding; 4' wide, 4'-4" high, and 14' long.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                        
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE 
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.
                                               
PLAN No:     5777     TITLE:  Movable Hay Racks for Cattle

TYPE:        Portable cattle feeder

USE:         Feeding hay to cattle on pasture

DESCRIPTION: Wood construction; wheel mounted; V-notch or vertical slat
             openings; metal roof covering; tow bar.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5925     TITLE:  Cattle Feeding Rack

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         For feeding hay and silage to cattle on feedlot or pasture.

DESCRIPTION: Wood construction; movable on 4x6 skids; 2x4 frame-work; slanted
             openings; metal roof; 3'-9" wide, 7' high, and 14' long.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5935     TITLE:  Hay Storage and Feeding Shed

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Storing and feeding hay

DESCRIPTION: Pole barn; 26'x 60'; 12' bays; metal roof; 2'-6" covered manger on 
             each side; 10' roof overhang; table shows hay storage capacity.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6214     TITLE:  Hay Feeders for Round Bales

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Feeding round bales to cattle on feedlot or pasture.

DESCRIPTION: Four designs; wood and metal construction; round and rectangular  
             shapes; slanted and V-notch openings; portable.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     4507     TITLE:  Holding Chute and Corral

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Handling and treating cattle

DESCRIPTION: 40'x 40' corral; chute, and headgate; headgate latch; cut-out
             gate; squeeze pen; wood construction.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5796     TITLE:  Two Pen Corral

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Treating and controlling cattle

DESCRIPTION: Two 24'x 32' pens; loading chute; cattle chute; squeeze pen;
             headgate; fencing; gates; four headgate designs.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5991     TITLE:  Beef Cattle Corral

TYPE:        Cattle, 50 head

USE:         Controlling and treating cattle

DESCRIPTION: Two holding pens; crowding pen; working chute; holding chute;
             headgate; loading ramp; location for portable scale; details of
             construction; expandable plan.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6049     TITLE:  Corral with Curved Chute

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Controlling and treating cattle

DESCRIPTION: Three holding pens; working pen; crowding pen; loading chute;
             working chute; squeeze; details of construction.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6230     TITLE:  Corrals

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Working cattle

DESCRIPTION: Three holding pens; crowding area; working chute and squeeze chute
             with concrete floor; details of construction; wood or metal
             fences.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr.Engr.

PLAN No:     163     TITLE:  Farm Gates and Fences

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Controlling cattle movement

DESCRIPTION: Plank, cable, and pipe fencing; railing and bracing designs for
             gates from 10'to 20' wide and 4'to 6' high.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6051     TITLE:  Cattle Guards

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Cattle control at open gates

DESCRIPTION: Three types; concrete and steel; concrete and wood; and wood.
             Bills of material; each approxiametly 9'x 16'-8".
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6151     TITLE:  Gate

TYPE:        Telescoping type for cattle

USE:         Controlling cattle movement

DESCRIPTION: 4' sliding metal extension for 12' commercial gate; of 1 1/2"
             pipe; hinge and post bracing details.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6266     TITLE:  Pasture Creep Gate

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Cow control for pasture feeding of calves

DESCRIPTION: Three designs; metal; metal and wood; wood; panel and gate
             designs.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6365     TITLE:  Variable Clearance Gate

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Feedlots or corrals

DESCRIPTION: Modification for commercial or home built gates; 4'-12' wide; can
             be raised 6"-24"; post and bracing details.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5872     TITLE:  Self-feeding Fences

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Self-feeding silage from bunker or trench silos

DESCRIPTION: Seven designs for self-feeding fence sections, along with bracing
             and beam details; slanted, vertical, t-shaped openings; skid-
             mounted and suspended designs.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-
                                                                            



                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     4518     TITLE:  Headgate

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Restraining cattle for treatment and observation.

DESCRIPTION: Wood construction; stationary; adjustable width; materials list.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5681     TITLE:  Movable Chute

TYPE:        2-wheel chute

USE:         Loading and unloading all livestock

DESCRIPTION: Wood construction; wheel mounted; 2'-6" wide x 12'-0" long;
             towable.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5778     TITLE:  Holding Chute and Headgate

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Treating, and handling cattle

DESCRIPTION: Wood construction; stationary; posts 6 on centers; 2x6 fencing,
             side walking platform; side opening gates; three types of
             headgates; optional roof.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5789       TITLE:  Cattle Squeeze and Headgates

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Treating, and handling cattle

DESCRIPTION: Headgate, squeeze, and cutting gates; wood and metal construction; 
             concrete floor;three types of headgates.  Squeeze is 6'-0" high 
             and 8'-0" long.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5793     TITLE:  Loading Chutes

TYPE:        All livestock

USE:         Permanent and portable loading and unloading of livestock

DESCRIPTION: Portable and stationary loading chutes; wood construction; ramps
             with cleats, wood steps, or tamped earth; four designs.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5852     TITLE:  Variable Height Loading Chute

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Permanent chute for loading and unloading cattle.

DESCRIPTION: Wood construction; stationary; hinged ramp, adjustable(12" min. to
             42" max.); concrete apron; and cleated side walk. 6x6 posts; 2x6
             siding; 36" wide, 11'-6' long; 4'-0" approach.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6141     TITLE:  Trailer for Cattle, Gooseneck Type

TYPE:        Gooseneck trailer for livestock

USE:         Transporting cattle, horses, and other livestock.

DESCRIPTION: All metal frame construction; 2x6 wood floor; 6'x 16' animal
             compartment; 4x wheels; adaptable to horses.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     24     TITLE:  Headgate

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Restraining cattle for treatment and observation.

DESCRIPTION: Wood construction; two different locking designs; materials list.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6077     TITLE:  Walk-thru Headgate

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Restraining cattle for treatment and observation.

DESCRIPTION: 2x4 frame; plywood braces; 2x8 neck boards; 59" wide; 69" high;
             locking handle;  materials list.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     5906     TITLE:  Mineral Feeder

TYPE:        Cattle

USE:         Feed mineral supplements to cattle on feedlot or pasture

DESCRIPTION: 4x4 post; exterior plywood sides; 20"x 35" tempered hardboard
             floor; 2 compartments; corrugated metal roof.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.



PLAN No:     6167     TITLE:  Silage Feed Bunks

TYPE:        Beef and Dairy Cattle

USE:         Covered silage and concentrate feeder for feedlot and pasture
             situations.

DESCRIPTION: Four different feed bunk designs; wood, concrete block, and poured 
             concrete construction; metal roof; concrete standing pad.  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.


PLAN No:     5837     TITLE:  Mangers and Feeding Floors

TYPE:        Beef and Dairy Cattle

USE:         Silage, hay, and concentrate feeders for feedlot and pasture
             situations.

DESCRIPTION: Four types of construction; 1) wood construction with two 
             different feeding fence designs; 2 & 3) concrete block, metal 
             pipe, and cable fencing; 4) is concrete, metal pipe, and cable 
             fencing; four manger designs.  
             
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     34     TITLE:  Cattle Feed Trough

TYPE:        Beef and Dairy Cattle

USE:         Permanent or portable silage and concentrate feeder for pasture or
             paddock.

DESCRIPTION: Stationary or skid mounted; wood construction; 14' long x 3'-4" 
             wide. Material list.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                     
-DOC-


                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     23     TITLE:  Fenceline Bunks

TYPE:        Beef and Dairy Cattle

USE:         Silage and concentrate feeder for feedlot or pasture locations,
             without roof.

DESCRIPTION: Wood, pipe, and/or concrete construction; post on 8' centers; 
             materials list.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
-DOC-

                      AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     22     TITLE:  Covered Fenceline Feeder

TYPE:        Beef and Dairy Cattle

USE:         Silage and concentrate feeder at feedlot or on pasture.

DESCRIPTION: Wood construction; single row of 6" top dia. poles on 5' centers; 
             metal shed roof; concrete pad where cattle stand.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6212     TITLE:  Pasture Drag

TYPE:        Used truck tire drag

USE:         Pasture management

DESCRIPTION: Two designs; uses truck tires bolted together; pulled with evener
             and attached chain.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                                           
-DOC-

                     AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                      
                        Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.                  

Plan No.:    5827     Title: Creep Panels for Pigs     
                               
Type:        Portable wooden panels        

Use:         Creep feeding pigs on the ground         
                
Description: Portable; 8' long x 32" high wood panels;  8" x 18" creep opening; 
             1 x 6 rails; 2 x 3 uprights; variable size  
               
              




    


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
	
-DOC-
	
                 STORING AND CURING SWEET POTATOES	
      Gerald D. Christenbury, Extension Agricultual Engineer	
	
     Sweet potatoes are an important crop and must be cured and 
stored properly for best quality.  Sweet potatoes are pershible 
which means they are living and breathing organisms which use 
oxygen and gives off carbon dioxide.  The environment in the 
potato house must be controlled precisely if you expect high 
quality sweet potatoes.	 
     Curing and storage facilities should be designed for 
controlling the conditions surrounding the sweet potatoes.  Heat 
must be provided during curing and extended cold periods.  
Cooling must be provided after curing and during hot weather.  
Insulation is needed to minimize heat loss and to prevent 
condensation.  Some means of adding moisture to the air must be 
provided to maintain a high relative humidity.  There are times 
however, when moisture must be removed from the curing room.  
Ventilation is needed to prevent the accumulation of carbon 
dioxide and the depletion of oxygen.   Sweet potatoes can be 
successfully cured and stored when temperature, humidity, and 
ventilation are controlled. 		
	
                              CURING	

     Sweet potatoes should be cured immediately after harvest, 
preferable at 85 degree F. and a relative humidity of 85 to 90 
percent for 4 to 7 days.  A small amount of air exchange in the 
curing room is required to prevent the accumulation of carbon 
dioxide or the depletion of oxygen.  Ventilation at the rate of 1 
to 2 cu. ft. per day per 55-pound box of potatoes should be 
adequate for curing.	 
     Most farm structures have sufficient infiltration to meet 
the minimum ventilation requirements. Infiltration is the air 
that enters through openings, such as cracks, open doorways, and 
around ventilators.  Care should be taken not to over ventilate.  
Over ventialtion is costly and makes it difficult to control 
temperature and humidity.  A tight structure with mechanical 
ventilation is preferred.  
     The primary purpose of curing is to heal injuries so that 
the sweet potatoes remain in good condition.  Healing takes place 
rapidly at 85 F and 85 to 90 percent relative humidity. Healing 
of wounds is complete in 5 to 6 days under these conditions.	 
Healing takes considerable longer at lower temperatures and may 
require 25 to 30 days at 70 degree F.		
	
                             STORAGE	

     After curing, sweet potatoes should be held at 55 to 60 F 
with a relative humidity of 85 to 90 percent.  A small amount of 
ventilation is need to replace oxygen consumed and to remove 
carbon dioxide.  Fresh air should be introduced at a rate equal 
to the volume of the stored potatoes every 2 hours.	 
     Infiltration is typically one air exchange per hour for most 
farm structurers.  Infiltration is typically sufficient to 
prevent the depletion of oxygen or the accumulation of carbon 
dioxide.	 
     The temperature of the potatoes should be lowered as quickly 
as possible after curing in complete.  A period of 7 to 10 days 
usually is allowed for this, however it should be done in 2 or 3 
days if possible.  Cooling is usually accomplished with 
ventilation, but may be done with mechanical refrigeration or the 
aid of evaporative cooling.  The ventilation system should have 
the capacity of 1 to 2 c.f.m. per bushel of sweet potatoes at a 
static pressure of at least 1/10 inch.  
     Humidity should be controlled within 85 to 90 percent for 
both curing and storage.  A mechanical humidifier controlled by a 
humidistat should be used to maintain the moisture in the air 
surrounding the potatoes.  It is almost impossible to avoid all 
conditions that produce relative humidity in excess of that 
recommeneded or to prevent condensation at all times.  At 
relative humidities of 95 to 100 percent it is very difficult to 
prevent condensation and moisture must be removed from the air.	 
     Usually excess moisture is removed by ventilation.  Air 
containing less moisture than the air in the storage is 
introduced to replace some of the high moisture storage air.  The 
humidistat used to control the humidifier can also be used to 
turn on the ventilation system when the humidity exceeds 95 
percent.	 
	
                         STORAGE PROBLEMS 
	
     The primary storage problems are development of pithiness, 
sprouting, chilling, internal cork development, and decay.  Most 
weight lose is dure to evaporation of moisture through the skin.  
When weight loss becomes excessive, pithiness develops.	 
     At any time that temperature in storage rises above 60 F 
sprout growth will occur.  Sweet potatoes cannot be stored very 
long at temperatures below 55 F.  The lower the temperature the 
more the chilling injury but will be ruined completely if held 
below 30 F.	 
     Storage temperatures above 60 F encourage the development of 
a virus disease of sweet potatoes that causes the development of 
corky areas in the roots of susceptible varieties.	 
     Infections of decay-producing organisms not prevented by 
curing will progress into various stages of decay during storage.  
With few exceptions, the decay-producing organisms do not move 
from diseased roots to roots healed by curing.	 
     Stratification of the air in the curing or storage room is a 
common problem and can make an expensive facility unmanageable.  
Some means of air circulation within the facility can eliminate 
most of the problems associated with stratification.  A single 
paddle-type fan will work for small facilites whereas a more 
elaborate system may be needed for large facilities.  The key is 
to keep the air moving throughout the facility at all times.	 
     With properly designed and operated curing and storage 
facilities sweet potatoes can be stored for an extended time with 
minimum loss while maintaining maximum quality.  





-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6021     TITLE:  Braced Wall Silo

TYPE:        Bunker silo

USE:         Storing silage

DESCRIPTION: 4x6 post, 6'-0" o.c.; 2x6 tongue and groove plank siding; 6" 
             concrete slab; storage or self-feeding; table of widths, lengths,
             and storage capacities; entirely above grade.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE                       
-DOC-
                       AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING PLAN SERVICE
                         Clyde L. Barth, Ext. Agr. Engr.

PLAN No:     6329     TITLE:  Hay Spike

TYPE:        Attachment to front end loader

USE:         For lifting large round bales

DESCRIPTION: 2" dia.x 3'-6" long, high strength steel spike; mounted to 4"
             I-beams; used with front end loader.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTON LETTER - NO. 331                            
-DOC-

                            COTTON LETTER - NO. 331
                    Lawrence H. Harvey, Extension Agronomist

Crop Conditions:  Some 80% of the 1987 cotton  crop  has  now  been  harvested.
Fiber  quality  continues  to  improve.  The USDA-AMS Cotton Classing Office in 
Florence reports 13,834 bales were classed  last  week.  Of  these  bales,  37% 
graded 41 or better, 98% has a staple of 34 or longer, and 93% was in the 35 to 
49  mike range.  A total of 45,154 bales have been classed as of 10-15-87.  The 
Classing Office was four days behind  with  classing.  USDA  projects  domestic 
consumption  will total 7.7 million bales and exports will be 7.0 million bales 
for a total offtake of 14.7 million bales.  The carryover projected for 1988 is 
3.8 million bales.  

Cotton Production and Marketing  Shortcourse:  Registration  deadline  for  the 
Cotton  Production  and  Marketing  Shortcourse  planned for Florence beginning 
November 9 and for Orangeburg beginning November 10 is October 30.  If you plan 
to attend this shortcourse,  please complete and mail the registration form  so 
it  will  be  delivered  before  the  deadline.   Details  on  the  course  and 
registration forms are available at your local County Extension Office.
The following items were taken from the Oct. 9 and 16 issues of Cotton's Week: 

AGENCIES TO ALLOW ACREAGE  BASE  ADJUSTMENTS  --  ASCS  and  Soil  Conservation 
Service  have  agreed to allow automatic crop acreage base adjustments on farms 
required by locally approved conservation plan to plant  strip  crops  of  high 
residue  grains on highly erodible fields.  Action was taken at request of Rep.
Charles Stenholm (D-Tex.).  Under 1985 farm law,  all producers farming  highly 
erodible  land  must be in compliance with approved plan by Jan.  1,  1990,  or 
forfeit eligibility for all USDA program payments.  

COTTON TEXTILE IMPORTS RISE AGAIN -- Cotton  textile  and  apparel  imports  in 
August totaled 590.6 million square yards,  32.8% more than year ago.  Commerce 
Department said textile and apparel imports for first eight months of this year 
were 12.2% higher than same period last year.  
RULING  DUE  SOON  ON AG RESEARCH LAWSUIT -- Final court order is expected late 
this  month  on  eight-year-old  lawsuit  that  would  require  University   of 
California  to  demonstrate  how  its  agricultural research will benefit small 
farmers before research work actually begins.  Suit  was  filed  by  California 
Agrarian Action Project.  In preliminary findings,  state judge ruled that 1887 
Hatch Act -- which established agricultural experiment stations affiliated with 
land-grant universities -- requires university to have procedure to ensure that 
its research will benefit those  it  was  intended  to  help.  Plaintiffs  have 
recommended  establishing  rural  committees  to  have voice in university's ag 
research agenda.  University strongly objects and plans appeal if  final  order 
is  as  anticipated.  Case  could  affect all universities receiving federal ag 
research funds.  

HIGHER TEXAS PROSPECTS RAISE USDA CROP ESTIMATE -- USDA's Oct.  1  estimate  of 
1987-88  U.S.  cotton  production  is  13,336,400  bales,  including 228,000 of 
American Pima.  Total  estimate  is  up  490,000  bales  from  Sept.  1.  Texas 
forecast  was  raised  by  300,000  bales  from last month,  and South Carolina 
estimate -- only one reduced -- was lowered by  5,000  bales.  Total  harvested 
acres are put at 10,004,900, with yield averaging 640 pounds.	
                  Acres Harvested           Yield                 Production
                 1987 Est.    1986     1987 Est.   1986      1987 Est.     1986
                       (000)              (lbs/acre)          (000 480# bales)

Ala.                333       313         519      506          360        330
Ariz.               308       249       1,294    1,301          830        675
Ark.                640       480         660      602          880        602	
Calif.            1,120       990       1,136    1,088        2,650      2,245	
Fla.                 24        19         735      707           36         28	
Ga.                 255       195         678      455          360        185	
La.                 600       570         720      567          900        673	
Miss.             1,090     1,000         749      571        1,700      1,190	
Mo.                 189       160         762      588          300        196	
N.M.                 62        50         619      595           80         62	
N.C.                 94        81         562      646          110        109	
Okla.               390       350         394      288          320        210	
S.C.                125       113         538      370          140         87	
Tenn.               395       335         656      567          540        396	
Tex.              4,250     3,450         440      353        3,900      2,535	
Other                 3         2         480      406            3          2	
                 ______     _____       _____    _____       ______      _____	
	
Upland            9,877     8,357         637      547       13,109      9,525	
	
Total Pima          128       111         854      890          228        206	
                 ______     _____       _____    _____       ______      ______

All Cotton       10,005     8,468         640      552       13,336      9,731	
CBO GIVES FAVORABLE REPORT TO COTTON RESEARCH/PROMOTION BILL  --  Congressional 
Budget  Office  this  week  informed House Agriculture Committee chairman de la 
Garza (D-Tex.) that passage of cotton research/promotion amendment  would  save 
$3  million  in  farm  program  payments in 1989 and $5 million each subsequent 
year.  Report came after NCC staff provided data to CBO showing government cost 
savings could be expected from amending current law to (1) apply assessment  to 
cotton  content  of  textile  imports  and  (2)  disallow refund option for all 
assessments.   CBO's  cost-savings  determination  qualifies  amendment  to  be 
included  in  Budget  Reconciliation measure,  move that would greatly increase 
likelihood of cotton bill's  passage.  Reconciliation  measure  is  slated  for 
mark-up  Oct.  13,  and  NCC  President  Whittington has called on all producer 
leaders and interest  organizations  to  contact  House  Agriculture  Committee 
members and request that cotton bill (HR 1622) be included in measure.	 
DUNAVANT TO ADDRESS BELTWIDE CONFERENCE -- Memphis cotton merchant and NCC vice 
president William B.  Dunavant, Jr.,  will describe U.S.  and world outlook for 
cotton  in  first  session of 1988 Beltwide Cotton Production Conference in New 
Orleans on Jan.  4.  Address by Conference chairman Bruce Brumfield, Inverness, 
Miss.,  producer, will open conference.  Among other reports will be comparison 
of cotton production costs in U.S. and competing countries by Dr. Don Ethridge, 
Texas Tech University  agricultural  economist;  and  look  at  present  cotton 
mechanization technology and future developments by Dr.  Lambert Wilkes,  Texas 
A&M agricultural engineer.  Ten technical sessions will be  held  Jan.  6-7  in 
conjunction with conference.  Richard Mountfort,  EPA's fungicide and herbicide 
product manager, Washington,  D.C.,  will update progress on re-registration of 
cotton  herbicides  at  weed  science  session,  which  will include 21 reports 
ranging from weed control systems for no-till cotton to experimental herbicides 
for morningglory control in cotton.	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COST/ACRE OF NEW SOYBEAN HERBICIDES                      
-DOC-
                      COST/ACRE OF NEW SOYBEAN HERBICIDES
                    E. C. Murdock, Extension Weed Scientist

Canopy 75 DF (DuPont):
     Application Methods:  PPI or PRE
     Recommended Rates:  Coarse-textured soil - 6-10 oz/acre
                         Medium-textured soil - 8-12 oz/acre
     Suggested Grower Price:  $30.00/lb
     Cost/Acre:  $15.00 @ 8 oz/acre broadcast

Classic 25 DF (DuPont)
     Application Method:  POT
     Recommended Rates:  0.5 to 0.75 oz
     Suggested Grower Price:  $20.00/oz
     Cost/Acre:  $10.00 to $15.00 broadcast

Scepter 1.5 E (American Cyanamid)
     Application Methods:  PPI, PRE, POT
     Recommended Rate:  0.67 pt/acre
     Suggested Grower Price:  $146.00/gal
         Cost/Acre:  $12.15 broadcast 

LABELING AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SOYBEAN HERBICIDES

     DuPont recently received full federal registrations for the use of  Canopy 
and  Classic  as  soybean  herbicides.  Both  products  have  been  extensively 
evaluated in South Carolina and other states,  and are recommended  by  Clemson 
University  for broadleaf weed control in soybeans.  I have provided below some 
information from the recently approved label that should aid you  in  answering 
questions concerning the use of Canopy and Classic.  

CANOPY 

1.  Formulation:  75 DF (64.3% metribuzin, 10.7% chlorimuron)

2.  Application Methods:  PPI* or PRE**
    
     *Incorporate  uniformly  into  the  top  1  to  2  inches of soil prior to 
      planting.  If tank-mixed with Treflan or Dual follow  label  instructions 
      for incorporation of the grass herbicide.  

    **Rainfall required after application for effective control.  If applied to 
      moist soil 0.5 to 1 inch of rain is adequate; if applied to dry soil 1 to 
      2 inches of rain are necessary to ensure adequate weed control.  

3.  Rate*:  Coarse soils (loamy sand, sandy loam) - 6-10 oz/acre
            Medium soils (loam, silty loam, silt) - 8-12 oz/acre
    *Do not use on sands or on soils with less than 0.5% organic matter.

4.  Suggested Grower Price:  $30.00/lb, Cost/Acre:  $15.00 @ 8 oz/acre
                                                    broadcast
5.  Susceptible Varieties: Canopy contains metribuzin and should not be used in 
    fields  where  metribuzin-susceptible soybean varieties (Coker 156,  Asgrow 
    6520, etc.) will be planted.  

6.  Weeds Controlled*:  Cocklebur                Prickly sida
                        Florida beggarweed       Ragweed
                        Hemp sesbania            Sicklepod**
                        Jimsonweed               Smartweed
                        Lambsquarters            Spotted spurge
                        Morningglory species     Velvetleaf
                        Pigweed species

     *Please read section on label concerning  biological  activity  carefully.

    **Sequential  applications  (i.e.  Canopy  PPI  or PRE followed by Classic) 
      needed for adequate control.  

7.  Tank mixes: Canopy generally provides relatively poor grass control.  It is 
    labeled to be tank-mixed with Treflan,  Lasso,  Dual or Prowl for  improved 
    grass control.  

8.  Minimum and No-till Systems: Canopy will provide burndown of existing small 
    annual  grasses  and  broadleaf weeds.  If used as a burndown treatment add 
    0.25%  surfactant (1 qt/100 gal spray solution)  or  1  qt  of   crop   oil 
    concentrate/acre.  

    Tank mixes:  For added postemergence control, especially on grasses, Canopy 
                 can be tank mixed with Roundup, Paraquat or Bronco.

                 For added preemergence grass control, Canopy can be tank-mixed
                 with Dual or Lasso. 

9.  Rotational  Crop  Restrictions:  The  following  crops may be planted after 
    applying canopy.  

    1.  Less than 4 months after application.
                  Soybeans

    2.  4 months after application.
                  Soybeans
                  Wheat 
                  Barley

    3.  18 months after application.
                  Soybeans      Cotton
                  Wheat         Peanuts
                  Barley        Sorghum
                  Corn

These recropping restrictions will not interfere with planting wheat or  barley 
in the fall after soybean harvest.  However, they prohibit rotating to any crop 
other  than  soybeans  the  spring  following  an  application  of Canopy.  The 
restrictions on rotating to corn,  cotton,  and sorghum may be revised  pending 
additional  data  concerning potential residual effects on these crops in South 
Carolina.  

CLASSIC 

1.  Formulation:  25 DF

2.  Application Method:  POT

3.  Rates:  0.5 to 0.75 oz/acre

4.  Suggested Grower Price*:  $20.00/oz.    Cost/Acre:  $10 @ 0.5 oz/acre
                                                        $15 @ 0.75 oz/acre
5.  Weeds Controlled*: Bristly starbur      Smartweed
                       Cocklebur            Morningglory species
                       Hemp sesbania        Sicklepod**
                       Jimsonweed           Pigweed
                       Ragweed              Yellow nutsedge

     *Please refer to label for maximum weed growth stages.

    **Sequential applications (i.e.  Canopy PPI or PRE followed by Classic POT) 
      usually needed for adequate control.  

    Classic will also control or suppress cowpea and velvetleaf.

6.  Tank Mixes:  Classic may be tank-mixed with Blazer

7.  Rotational Crop Restrictions: The following rotational crops may be planted 
                                  after applying Classic.  

    1.  Less than 3 months after application.
                  Soybeans

    2.  3 months after application.
                  Soybeans
                  Wheat
                  Barley
    3.  9 months after applicatin (18 months after application if  Classic  is 
        used following a soil-applied treatment of Canopy or Gemini).  
                  Soybeans      Cotton
                  Wheat         Peanuts
                  Barley        Sorghum       
                  Corn          


























-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COST/ACRE OF NEW SOYBEAN HERBICIDES                      
-DOC-
                      COST/ACRE OF NEW SOYBEAN HERBICIDES
                    E. C. Murdock, Extension Weed Scientist

Canopy 75 DF (DuPont):
     Application Methods:  PPI or PRE
     Recommended Rates:  Coarse-textured soil - 6-10 oz/acre
                         Medium-textured soil - 8-12 oz/acre
     Suggested Grower Price:  $30.00/lb
     Cost/Acre:  $15.00 @ 8 oz/acre broadcast

Classic 25 DF (DuPont)
     Application Method:  POT
     Recommended Rates:  0.5 to 0.75 oz
     Suggested Grower Price:  $20.00/oz
     Cost/Acre:  $10.00 to $15.00 broadcast

Scepter 1.5 E (American Cyanamid)
     Application Methods:  PPI, PRE, POT
     Recommended Rate:  0.67 pt/acre
     Suggested Grower Price:  $146.00/gal
         Cost/Acre:  $12.15 broadcast 

LABELING AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SOYBEAN HERBICIDES

     DuPont recently received full federal registrations for the use of  Canopy 
and  Classic  as  soybean  herbicides.  Both  products  have  been  extensively 
evaluated in South Carolina and other states,  and are recommended  by  Clemson 
University  for broadleaf weed control in soybeans.  I have provided below some 
information from the recently approved label that should aid you  in  answering 
questions concerning the use of Canopy and Classic.  

CANOPY 

1.  Formulation:  75 DF (64.3% metribuzin, 10.7% chlorimuron)

2.  Application Methods:  PPI* or PRE**
    
     *Incorporate  uniformly  into  the  top  1  to  2  inches of soil prior to 
      planting.  If tank-mixed with Treflan or Dual follow  label  instructions 
      for incorporation of the grass herbicide.  

    **Rainfall required after application for effective control.  If applied to 
      moist soil 0.5 to 1 inch of rain is adequate; if applied to dry soil 1 to 
      2 inches of rain are necessary to ensure adequate weed control.  

3.  Rate*:  Coarse soils (loamy sand, sandy loam) - 6-10 oz/acre
            Medium soils (loam, silty loam, silt) - 8-12 oz/acre
    *Do not use on sands or on soils with less than 0.5% organic matter.

4.  Suggested Grower Price:  $30.00/lb, Cost/Acre:  $15.00 @ 8 oz/acre
                                                    broadcast
5.  Susceptible Varieties: Canopy contains metribuzin and should not be used in 
    fields  where  metribuzin-susceptible soybean varieties (Coker 156,  Asgrow 
    6520, etc.) will be planted.  

6.  Weeds Controlled*:  Cocklebur                Prickly sida
                        Florida beggarweed       Ragweed
                        Hemp sesbania            Sicklepod**
                        Jimsonweed               Smartweed
                        Lambsquarters            Spotted spurge
                        Morningglory species     Velvetleaf
                        Pigweed species

     *Please read section on label concerning  biological  activity  carefully.

    **Sequential  applications  (i.e.  Canopy  PPI  or PRE followed by Classic) 
      needed for adequate control.  

7.  Tank mixes: Canopy generally provides relatively poor grass control.  It is 
    labeled to be tank-mixed with Treflan,  Lasso,  Dual or Prowl for  improved 
    grass control.  

8.  Minimum and No-till Systems: Canopy will provide burndown of existing small 
    annual  grasses  and  broadleaf weeds.  If used as a burndown treatment add 
    0.25%  surfactant (1 qt/100 gal spray solution)  or  1  qt  of   crop   oil 
    concentrate/acre.  

    Tank mixes:  For added postemergence control, especially on grasses, Canopy 
                 can be tank mixed with Roundup, Paraquat or Bronco.

                 For added preemergence grass control, Canopy can be tank-mixed
                 with Dual or Lasso. 

9.  Rotational  Crop  Restrictions:  The  following  crops may be planted after 
    applying canopy.  

    1.  Less than 4 months after application.
                  Soybeans

    2.  4 months after application.
                  Soybeans
                  Wheat 
                  Barley

    3.  18 months after application.
                  Soybeans      Cotton
                  Wheat         Peanuts
                  Barley        Sorghum
                  Corn

These recropping restrictions will not interfere with planting wheat or  barley 
in the fall after soybean harvest.  However, they prohibit rotating to any crop 
other  than  soybeans  the  spring  following  an  application  of Canopy.  The 
restrictions on rotating to corn,  cotton,  and sorghum may be revised  pending 
additional  data  concerning potential residual effects on these crops in South 
Carolina.  

CLASSIC 

1.  Formulation:  25 DF

2.  Application Method:  POT

3.  Rates:  0.5 to 0.75 oz/acre

4.  Suggested Grower Price*:  $20.00/oz.    Cost/Acre:  $10 @ 0.5 oz/acre
                                                        $15 @ 0.75 oz/acre
5.  Weeds Controlled*: Bristly starbur      Smartweed
                       Cocklebur            Morningglory species
                       Hemp sesbania        Sicklepod**
                       Jimsonweed           Pigweed
                       Ragweed              Yellow nutsedge

     *Please refer to label for maximum weed growth stages.

    **Sequential applications (i.e.  Canopy PPI or PRE followed by Classic POT) 
      usually needed for adequate control.  

    Classic will also control or suppress cowpea and velvetleaf.

6.  Tank Mixes:  Classic may be tank-mixed with Blazer

7.  Rotational Crop Restrictions: The following rotational crops may be planted 
                                  after applying Classic.  

    1.  Less than 3 months after application.
                  Soybeans

    2.  3 months after application.
                  Soybeans
                  Wheat
                  Barley
    3.  9 months after applicatin (18 months after application if  Classic  is 
        used following a soil-applied treatment of Canopy or Gemini).  
                  Soybeans      Cotton
                  Wheat         Peanuts
                  Barley        Sorghum       
                  Corn          


























-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Combine Adjustments Pay Big Dividends for the Time Spent             
-DOC-
            Combine Adjustments Pay Big Dividends for the Time Spent 
                    Joe Zublena, Extension Agronomist (Corn)	
	
     It's the time of the season that many producers thought would never  come 
while  others can't believe its already here -- corn harvesting time.  For the 
well prepared,  their combines have been lubed,  tuned and field  adjusted  to 
limit  losses  and  increase the pay-off from the fields.  These managers know 
that they can squeeze more yield from their fields with  a  properly  adjusted 
combine and a  skilled operater so they aggressively prepare for it.  Do you ?  
	
     How  did  you  fare  last year?  Did your corn fields look like they were 
reseeded after harvest from the sprouted kernels  left  behind  your  combine?  
Maybe not,  but there were certainly a lot of fields that fit that discription 
both last year and the year before throughout the state.  Some random sampling 
found many fields with losses of 10 or more bushels per acre.  That's a lot of 
corn for the doves and way too much to justify.  Remember that it only takes 2 
kernels per square foot or 1 large ear per 1/1000 acre to equal  a  bushel  of 
lost corn per acre.  
     To improve your combining efficiency keep in mind the following tips: 
     
     -Put your best driver on the combine.  
     
     -Harvest losses are at a minimum at about 21% kernel moisture.  
     
     -Ground speed should not exceed 3 MPH,  especially with low moisture corn 
      and lodged corn.  
      
     -The longer corn stays in the field, the greater the risk of lodging.  

     -Hybrids  have  different  cob  sizes  and  ear  shapes.   Check  combine 
      efficiency between fields with different shaped ears.  

     After  combining,  remember  the job isn't done until the grain is either 
sold or dried to a safe storage level in your bins.  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RECOMMENDED VARIETIES OF RYE                         
-DOC-
                         RECOMMENDED VARIETIES OF RYE
                      W. D. GRAHAM AND D. T. GOODEN, III
                       DEPARTMENT OF AGRONOMY AND SOILS

(P)  Piedmont;  (CP) Entire Coastal Plain;  (UCP) Upper Coastal Plain;  (LCP) 
Lower Coastal Plain;  (Tp) Trial planting;  (Em) Early maturity;  (Mm) Medium 
maturity; (Lm) Late maturity

RYE: 

      Grain  - Athens Abruzzi, Florida 401, N. C. Abruzzi, Wrens Abruzzi   
      Forage  - Paymaster   WR-811,  Athens Abruzzi,  Gurley  G.I.  75,  
                Gurley Grazer 2000,  Florida 401,  Gurley's Abruzzi, N. C. 
                Abruzzi, Vita-Graze, Wintergrazer 70, Wintermore, Wrens Abruzzi
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RECOMMENDED VARIETIES OF OATS                         
-DOC-
                         RECOMMENDED VARIETIES OF OATS
                      W. D. GRAHAM AND D. T. GOODEN, III
                       DEPARTMENT OF AGRONOMY AND SOILS

(P)  Piedmont;  (CP) Entire Coastal Plain;  (UCP) Upper Coastal Plain;  (LCP) 
Lower Coastal Plain;  (Tp) Trial planting;  (Em) Early maturity;  (Mm) Medium 
maturity; (Lm) Late maturity

OATS:     

      Grain  - Brooks, Coker 227 (CP), Coker 716 (P), Coker 820 (Em), Simpson
      Forage  - Brooks,  Century,  Coker 227 (CP),  Coker 716 (P),  Coker 820 
              (Em), Simpson
         
     Century,  Coker  716,  and  Simpson are especially suited to the  Piedmont 
where soil-borne mosaic is a problem.   Century is especially well adapted  for 
hay,  silage,  and  green chop,  but it not for grazing.   Coker 227  has  good 
resistance  to crown rust.   Brooks should not be planted in areas where  soil-
borne  mosaic is known to be a problem.   Brooks and Century have no resistance 
to crown rust.  Brooks has a higher grain protein than other recommended 
varieties.  Coker 820 should not be planted in the mountains.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RECOMMENDED VARIETIES OF WHEAT                        
-DOC-
                        RECOMMENDED VARIETIES OF WHEAT
                      W. D. GRAHAM AND D. T. GOODEN, III
                       DEPARTMENT OF AGRONOMY AND SOILS

                            FIELD CROP VARIETIES
           
(P)  Piedmont;  (CP) Entire Coastal Plain;  (UCP) Upper Coastal Plain;  (LCP) 
Lower Coastal Plain;  (Tp) Trial planting;  (Em) Early maturity;  (Mm) Medium 
maturity; (Lm) Late maturity

WHEAT

Brand/                                 Hessian +     Powdery  Leaf
Variety_____________Maturity*__Area**__Fly_______Mildew___Rust______Septoria

Coker 747                M     P,CP    Poor      Fair     Fair      Fair
Coker 762                M     P,CP    Poor      Fair     Fair      Fair
Coker 797 (1)            E       CP    Poor      Fair     Good      Fair
Coker 916                M     P,CP    Poor      Good     Good      Fair
Coker 983                M     P,CP    Poor      Good     Fair      Fair
Coker 9227 (Tp)          E     P,CP    Poor      Fair     Good      Fair
Coker 9323               M     P,CP    Poor      Fair     Good      Fair
Florida 301 (1)          E     P,CP    Poor      Good     Good      Fair
Florida 302              M     P,CP    Poor      Good     Good      Fair
Hunter  (1)              E     P,CP    Poor      Good     Good      Fair
M c Nair 1003            M     P,CP    Good      Fair     Poor      Fair
Pioneer Brand 2550       L     P,CP    Good      Fair     Good      Fair
Pioneer Brand 2551 (Tp)  L     P,CP    Fair      Fair     Good      Fair
RHS HW 3021 (Tp)         M     P,CP    Fair      Good     Good      Fair
Saluda (Tp)              M     P,CP    Good      Fair     Good      Fair
Southern Belle (1)       E     P,CP    Poor      Fair     Good      Fair
Stacy                    M     P,CP    Good      Good     Good      Fair
Williams                 M     P,CP    Good      Good     Good      Fair
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     * Early=May 25-June 5 harvest date from Nov. 1-15 seeding    
       Medium=June 5-15 harvest date from Nov. 1-15 seeding
       Late=June 15-July 1 harvest date from Nov. 1-15 seeding
    ** P=Piedmont, CP=Coastal Plain 
     + =Hessian fly ratings by J. W. Chapin, Edisto REC
     1 =Especially suited for late seeding

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
[1m                  l988 Recommended Soybean Varieties for S.C.[m
-DOC-
[1m                  l988 Recommended Soybean Varieties for S.C.[m
                     James H. Palmer, Extension Agronomist

What is a recommended variety?

    A recommended variety is one which has been tested  in  South  Carolina  by 
Clemson  University  for  at least 3 years and has performed equal to or better 
than one or more currently recommended varieties in yield  or  other  important 
traits.  A committee meets annually to analyze the current recommended list and 
study  test results to see if new varieties should be added and others deleted.
For soybeans, yield,  disease resistance,  and various agronomic traits such as 
lodging resistance, are considered in the recommendation deliberation.  

    In  the  tables  that  follow,  information  is given about the recommended 
variety's maturity group,  region and planting date adaptation,  and disease  & 
nematode  tolerance.  For further information on disease resistance,  agronomic 
characteristics, and yield performance refer to Extension Circulars 545 and l94 
available in the county Extension offices.  Also, the BEAN-AID computer program 
is available with similar information.  
[1m                  l988 Recommended Soybean Varieties for S.C.[m
[7m
                       -----Region & Planting Date Rec.*-----    Disease and  
 Variety               Mat. Group  Pdmt.   SV   PD   Coastal     Nem. Tol.**  
[m
Deltapine l05              V        E       E    E      E          --
Pioneer Brand 957l         V        E       E    E      E        RiC 3,4  
Hartz 5370                 V        E       E    E      E        RiC 3
Coker 485                  V        E       E    E      E        RiC 3 LaSC
[1m
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
[m
*E=Early or full-season:  May l0-June l0 for Piedmont, Savannah Valley, and
 Pee Dee and May l5-June 30 for Coastal area.
 L = Late or double-crop:  June ll-July l for Piedmont and Pee Dee; June ll-
 July 5 for Savannah Valley
VL=Very late:  July 5-July 25 in Savannah Valley
VL(I)=Very late (irrigation only): After July 5 in Savannah Valley
**indicates tolerance to one or more of the following:  Ri=Rootknot (M. 
incognita); Ra=Rootknot (M. arenaria); C=Soybean cyst, Race 3 or Race 3 and 4 
(H. glycines); La=Lance (H. columbus); SC=stem canker)
[7m (Pdmt. - Piedmont; PD = Pee Dee; SV = Savannah Valley) [m
[1m                  l988 Recommended Soybean Varieties for S.C.[m
[7m
                       -----Region & Planting Date Rec.*-----    Disease and  
 Variety               Mat. Group  Pdmt.   SV   PD   Coastal     Nem. Tol.**  
[m
RA 680                     VI       E       E    E,L    E        RiC 3 SC
Centennial                 VI       -       E    E      E        RiC 3 LaSC
Twiggs                     VI       E       E    E      E        RiRaC 3 SC
Deltapine 566              VI       E       E    E      E        SC
LeFlore                    VI       E       E    E      E        RiC 3,4
Young                      VI       E       E    E      E          --
[1m----------------------------------------------------------------------------
[m*E=Early or full-season:  May l0-June l0 for Piedmont, Savannah Valley,  
 and Pee Dee and May l5-June 30 for Coastal area.
 L = Late or double-crop:  June ll-July l for Piedmont and Pee Dee; June ll-
 July 5 for Savannah Valley
VL=Very late:  July 5-July 25 in Savannah Valley
VL(I)=Very late (irrigation only): After July 5 in Savannah Valley
**indicates tolerance to one or more of the following:  Ri=Rootknot (M. 
incognita); Ra=Rootknot (M. arenaria); C=Soybean cyst, Race 3 or Race 3 and 4 
(H. glycines); La=Lance (H. columbus); SC=stem canker)
[7m (Pdmt. - Piedmont; PD = Pee Dee; SV = Savannah Valley) [m
[1m                 l988 Recommended Soybean Varieties for S.C.[m[7m
                      -----Region & Planting Date Rec.*-----   Disease and   
 Variety               Mat. Group  Pdmt.   SV   PD   Coastal    Nem. Tol.**  [m
Braxton                    VII     E,L     E,L  E,L     E       RiRaSC
GaSoy l7                   VII     E,L     E    E,L     E         --
Gordon                     VII     E,L     E,L  E,L     E       RiRaC 3
Hartz 7l26                 VII     E,L     E,L  E,L     E       C 3
NK's McNair 770            VII     E,L     E,L  E,L     E       C 3
Coker 6727                 VII     E,L     E,L  E,L     E       RiC 3 SC
Hartz 7ll0                 VII     E,L     E,L  E,L     E       RiC 3
Deltapine 417              VII      L       L    L      L       Ri  [1m
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
[m*E=Early or full-season:  May l0-June l0 for Piedmont, Savannah Valley,  
 and Pee Dee and May l5-June 30 for Coastal area.
 L = Late or double-crop:  June ll-July l for Piedmont and Pee Dee; June ll-
 July 5 for Savannah Valley
VL=Very late:  July 5-July 25 in Savannah Valley
VL(I)=Very late (irrigation only): After July 5 in Savannah Valley
**indicates tolerance to one or more of the following:  Ri=Rootknot (M. 
incognita); Ra=Rootknot (M. arenaria); C=Soybean cyst, Race 3 or Race 3 and 4 
(H. glycines); La=Lance (H. columbus); SC=stem canker)
[7m (Pdmt. - Piedmont; PD = Pee Dee; SV = Savannah Valley) [m
[1m                  l988 Recommended Soybean Varieties for S.C.[m
[7m
                       -----Region & Planting Date Rec.*-----   Disease and  
 Variety               Mat. Group  Pdmt.   SV   PD   Coastal    Nem. Tol.**  
[m
Coker 368                  VIII    E,L     E,L  E,L     E        RiCLaSC
Kirby                      VIII    E,L     E,L  E,L    E,L       RiRaC 3 LaSC
Coker 6738                 VIII    E,L     E,L  E,L     E        RiRaC 3 SC
Foster                     VIII    E,L     E,L  E,L    E,L       RiC 3 LaSC
Perrin                     VIII    E,L     E,L  E,L    E,L       RiRaSC[1m
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
[m*E=Early or full-season:  May l0-June l0 for Piedmont, Savannah Valley,  
 and Pee Dee and May l5-June 30 for Coastal area.
 L = Late or double-crop:  June ll-July l for Piedmont and Pee Dee; June ll-
 July 5 for Savannah Valley
VL=Very late:  July 5-July 25 in Savannah Valley
VL(I)=Very late (irrigation only): After July 5 in Savannah Valley
**indicates tolerance to one or more of the following:  Ri=Rootknot (M. 
incognita); Ra=Rootknot (M. arenaria); C=Soybean cyst, Race 3 or Race 3 and 4 
(H. glycines); La=Lance (H. columbus); SC=stem canker)

[7m (Pdmt. - Piedmont; PD = Pee Dee; SV = Savannah Valley) [m
[1m                  l988 Recommended Soybean Varieties for S.C.[m
[7m
                       -----Region & Planting Date Rec.*-----    Disease and  
 Variety               Mat. Group  Pdmt.   SV   PD   Coastal     Nem. Tol.**  
[m
[1mSpecial Use[m
Cobb                       VIII     --     L,VL,  L      L       RiSC
                                           VL(I)
Duocrop                    VII      --     VL(I)  --    --         --[1m
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
[m
*E=Early or full-season:  May l0-June l0 for Piedmont, Savannah Valley, and
 Pee Dee and May l5-June 30 for Coastal area.
 L = Late or double-crop:  June ll-July l for Piedmont and Pee Dee; June ll-
 July 5 for Savannah Valley
VL=Very late:  July 5-July 25 in Savannah Valley
VL(I)=Very late (irrigation only): After July 5 in Savannah Valley
**indicates tolerance to one or more of the following:  Ri=Rootknot (M. 
incognita); Ra=Rootknot (M. arenaria); C=Soybean cyst, Race 3 or Race 3 and 4 
(H. glycines); La=Lance (H. columbus); SC=stem canker)

[7m (Pdmt. - Piedmont; PD = Pee Dee; SV = Savannah Valley) [m
[1mWhen do soybeans mature?[m

In general the maturity groups we plant in South  Carolina  mature  as  follows 
when planted full-season in May.  Add approximately l0 days to these dates when 
planting after June l0 or so.  

          Group V -- Very early (Oct. l-l5)  
          Group VI -- Early (Oct. l0-25)
          Group VII -- Medium (Oct. 20-Nov. 5)
          Group VIII -- Late (Oct. 30-Nov. l5)

[1mWhat about soybean varieties for forage?[m

Adapted, bushy-type, oil-seed varieties, such as Cobb, Kirby, or Deltapine 4l7, 
and  the indeterminate,  oil-seed variety,  Duocrop,  may be planted for forage 
purposes.
Maximum yields and quality for soybeans  used  for  forage  are  obtained  when 
harvested  at  the  pod stage.  In Clemson research,  the greatest leaf to stem 
ratio,  crude protein percentage,  and forage yield was  at  the  R6  stage  of 
growth.  This  can  be  described  as  the  stage  at which the plant has a pod 
containing full-size green 'beans at one of the four  uppermost  nodes  on  the 
main stem.  Leaves arising at the node should have a completely unrolled leaf.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SELECTION OF HYBRIDS TO PLANT SHOULD BE BASED ON AT LEAST 3-YEAR DATA.        
-DOC-
    SELECTION OF HYBRIDS TO PLANT SHOULD BE BASED ON AT LEAST 3-YEAR DATA.    

         IRRIGATED SHORT- AND MID-SEASON HYBRID PERFORMANCE - COASTAL
         PLAIN:  PEE DEE RESEARCH AND EDUCATION CENTER, FLORENCE, S.C.
                    (AVERAGE OF ALL HYBRIDS TESTED 3 YEARS)
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE  HARVEST   TEST    TEST WEIGHT MID
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD     MOISTURE  WEIGHT  MOISTURE    SILK
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)       (PCT)    (LB/BU)  (PCT)    (DAYS)
      1985                     154.2      15.3       62     13.1      80.0
      1986                     152.5      17.1       56     20.0      74.2
      1987                     156.7      19.0       58     15.1      63.4
      3-YEAR                   154.5      17.1       59     16.1      72.4
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                            (3-YEAR AVERAGES, 1985-87)
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE  HARVEST   TEST    TEST WEIGHT MID
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD     MOISTURE  WEIGHT  MOISTURE    SILK
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)       (PCT)    (LB/BU)  (PCT)    (DAYS)
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK789      181.1      18.6       56     16.7      74.6
    MCCURDY         8172       166.7      18.0       59     17.1      75.1
    SUNBELT         1860       163.8      19.0       59     15.6      76.5
    PIONEER         3165       163.2      18.1       59     15.9      74.3
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK689      161.5      16.8       58     15.5      73.6
    SUNBELT         1802       160.5      17.0       59     15.6      71.4
    PIONEER         3382       156.9      16.1       58     15.1      71.4
    FUNK            G-4614     156.8      17.3       60     16.6      73.5
    COKER           21         156.4      17.7       58     16.7      73.3
    FUNK            RA1502     156.4      16.7       59     15.5      71.6
    DELTA PINE      DP5750     154.7      17.5       61     16.2      72.6
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    L.S.D. (.05)                17.0       0.6        1      NSD       0.7
    C.V. (%)                    16.7       5.7        3     11.2       1.6
    STD. ERR. OF ENTRY MEAN      6.1       0.2       0.5     0.6       0.3
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                            (3-YEAR AVERAGES, 1985-87)
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE  HARVEST   TEST    TEST WEIGHT MID
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD     MOISTURE  WEIGHT  MOISTURE    SILK
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)       (PCT)    (LB/BU)  (PCT)    (DAYS)
    NORTHRUP-KING   PX9581     150.9      16.9       60     14.2      70.7
    CARGILL         SX352      146.9      15.8       59     16.1      70.6
    CARGILL         7990       150.9      16.8       57     16.0      71.3
    PIONEER         3389       146.4      17.0       59     16.4      70.1
    PIONEER         3192       146.2      17.1       61     16.3      70.7
    PIONEER         3320       144.1      16.9       58     17.0      71.5
    COKER           8575       139.2      16.2       56     16.4      71.0
    COKER           8601       131.8      16.6       58     16.5      72.7
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    L.S.D. (.05)                17.0       0.6        1      NSD       0.7
    C.V. (%)                    16.7       5.7        3     11.2       1.6
    STD. ERR. OF ENTRY MEAN      6.1       0.2       0.5     0.6       0.3
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SELECTION OF HYBRIDS TO PLANT SHOULD BE BASED ON AT LEAST 3-YEAR DATA.    
-DOC-
    SELECTION OF HYBRIDS TO PLANT SHOULD BE BASED ON AT LEAST 3-YEAR DATA.

         IRRIGATED SHORT- AND MID-SEASON HYBRID PERFORMANCE - COASTAL
         PLAIN:  PEE DEE RESEARCH AND EDUCATION CENTER, FLORENCE, S.C.
                          (2-YEAR AVERAGES, 1986-87)
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE   STANDING     HARVEST     MID
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD      PLANTS       MOISTURE    SILK
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)        (PCT)        (PCT)      (DAYS)
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK789      177.4        97.6         20.0       70.9
    MCCURDY         8172       170.8        95.9         19.1       71.4
    AGRATECH        GK900      167.7        94.6         18.5       68.6
    MCCURDY         7800       162.8        91.9         19.0       69.3
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK689      162.6        96.0         17.8       70.1
    SEEDTEC         ST-7750    162.3        97.5         17.6       69.7
    PIONEER         3110       162.0        98.4         18.6       70.7
    COKER           21         161.6        95.6         18.7       69.7
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                   153.3        94.9         18.1       68.8
    L.S.D. (.05)                17.8         4.1          0.9        0.8
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE   STANDING     HARVEST     MID
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD      PLANTS       MOISTURE    SILK
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)        (PCT)        (PCT)      (DAYS)
    SUNBELT         1860       160.3        91.8         20.1       71.8
    DELTA PINE      DP5750     159.7        98.2         18.1       69.2
    PIONEER         3165       158.6        93.8         19.2       70.8
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK711      157.9        95.0         19.0       69.5
    FUNK            RA1502     156.5        96.0         17.5       67.7
    CARGILL         7990       155.6        94.8         17.7       67.8
    SEEDTEC         2775A      155.4        95.2         19.2       70.3
    AGRATECH        GK750      154.9        96.7         16.6       67.9
    PIONEER         3389       154.7        95.2         17.6       67.0
    AGRATECH        GK850      153.5        94.2         18.4       67.8
    NORTHRUP-KING   PX9581     152.0        94.9         17.6       66.9
    SUNBELT         1802       151.4        94.4         17.8       67.5
    FUNK            G-4614     151.0        95.3         18.2       69.3
    PIONEER         3192       149.3        96.8         17.8       67.4
    PIONEER         3320       149.2        90.3         17.9       68.3
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                   153.3        94.9         18.1       68.8
    L.S.D. (.05)                17.8         4.1          0.9        0.8
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE   STANDING     HARVEST     MID
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD      PLANTS       MOISTURE    SILK
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)        (PCT)        (PCT)      (DAYS)
    COKER           8690       146.6        95.3         18.5       68.4
    PIONEER         3382       145.4        96.0         16.8       67.4
    COKER           8575       144.9        91.0         16.9       67.3
    CARGILL         SX352      143.4        93.5         16.5       66.9
    COKER           8601       133.6        96.1         17.5       69.1
    SUNBELT         5613       131.3        95.7         17.5       67.1
    SUNBELT         5615       131.1        93.5         18.6       69.0
    JACQUES         8350       129.6        93.1         17.1       67.9
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                   153.3        94.9         18.1       68.8
    L.S.D. (.05)                17.8         4.1          0.9        0.8
    C.V. (%)                    14.5         5.1          6.2        1.4
    STD. ERR. OF ENTRY MEAN      6.4         1.6          0.3        0.3
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SELECTION OF HYBRIDS TO PLANT SHOULD BE BASED ON AT LEAST 3-YEAR DATA.    
-DOC-
    SELECTION OF HYBRIDS TO PLANT SHOULD BE BASED ON AT LEAST 3-YEAR DATA.
 
         IRRIGATED SHORT- AND MID-SEASON HYBRID PERFORMANCE - COASTAL
         PLAIN:  PEE DEE RESEARCH AND EDUCATION CENTER, FLORENCE, S.C.
                                  (1987 DATA)
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE   STANDING     HARVEST     MID
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD      PLANTS       MOISTURE    SILK
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)        (PCT)        (PCT)      (DAYS)
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK789      182.6        98.6         21.2       65.7
    SUNBELT         1827       179.2        98.0         20.2       64.5
    DELTA PINE      DPX9986    172.7        98.2         20.7       66.3
    MCCURDY         8172       172.4        97.5         20.2       66.2
    PIONEER         3165       172.2        99.0         20.4       65.5
    FUNK            RA1502     169.7        97.1         18.6       61.8
    FUNK            EXEL6080E  169.7       100.0         18.8       63.7
    NORTHRUP-KING   PX9646     168.4        97.1         19.5       66.3
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                   154.3        98.6         19.0       63.7
    L.S.D. (.05)                21.8         NSD          1.2        1.4
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE   STANDING     HARVEST     MID
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD      PLANTS       MOISTURE    SILK
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)        (PCT)        (PCT)      (DAYS)
    AGRATECH        GK900      168.3        97.6         19.8       63.0
    JACQUES         8210       167.0        98.6         18.9       62.7
    COKER           21         165.5        97.3         19.8       64.2
    SUNBELT         1860       163.8        97.9         21.8       66.2
    SUNBELT         1802       161.1        99.3         18.7       61.8
    FUNK            G-4666     161.0        99.8         19.1       64.2
    AGRATECH        GK850      159.9        99.3         18.7       61.3
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK689      159.0        98.2         18.6       64.7
    COKER           CX5059     157.7        99.1         18.8       63.3
    DELTA PINE      DPX8751    157.1        97.6         19.7       62.5
    CARGILL         7990       157.0        97.4         19.2       62.5
    MCCURDY         7800       156.9        97.8         20.1       63.8
    SUNBELT         5613       156.5        98.8         18.9       61.8
    SEEDTEC         ST-7750    156.3        98.8         18.8       64.7
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                   154.3        98.6         19.0       63.7
    L.S.D. (.05)                21.8         NSD          1.2        1.4
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE   STANDING     HARVEST     MID
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD      PLANTS       MOISTURE    SILK
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)        (PCT)        (PCT)      (DAYS)
    NORTHRUP-KING   PX9581     155.1        98.5         18.2       61.0
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK711      155.0        98.8         20.7       64.3
    PIONEER         3389       154.0        98.6         18.4       61.8
    DELTA PINE      DPX6650    151.7        99.3         17.2       61.8
    FUNK            G-4543     150.9       100.0         16.9       63.3
    DELTA PINE      DP5750     150.9        99.8         19.2       63.2
    PIONEER         3320       150.3        98.0         18.6       62.5
    PIONEER         3192       149.4        99.1         18.7       62.3
    COKER           8690       148.2        99.5         19.4       63.2
    COKER           8575       147.3        99.0         17.5       63.0
    DELTA PINE      DPX7345    146.5        99.1         17.5       65.0
    PIONEER         3110       145.8        99.6         19.4       65.3
    COKER           8601       145.6        98.5         18.6       65.0
    ASGROW/O'SGOLD  RX905      145.4        97.1         18.1       65.3
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                   154.3        98.6         19.0       63.7
    L.S.D. (.05)                21.8         NSD          1.2        1.4
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE   STANDING     HARVEST     MID
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD      PLANTS       MOISTURE    SILK
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)        (PCT)        (PCT)      (DAYS)
    FUNK            G-4614     145.4        98.7         18.7       63.3
    AGRATECH        GK750      141.5        99.1         17.2       63.3
    FUNK            G-4743     140.4        99.3         19.8       65.2
    PIONEER         3382       139.6        99.0         17.5       61.7
    DELTA-PINE      DPX4151    138.0        99.2         17.1       63.7
    SEEDTEC         2775A      137.5        98.4         20.4       65.8
    CARGILL         SX352      137.0        98.5         16.9       61.8
    DELTA PINE      DPX4670    134.4        98.0         17.6       61.7
    SUNBELT         5615       127.5        98.7         20.4       65.0
    JACQUES         8350       127.4        98.8         17.7       63.3
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                   154.3        98.6         19.0       63.7
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    L.S.D. (.05)                21.8         NSD          1.2        1.4
    C.V. (%)                    12.4         1.7          5.7        1.9
    STD. ERR. OF ENTRY MEAN      7.8         0.7          0.4        0.5
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SELECTION OF HYBRIDS TO PLANT SHOULD BE BASED ON AT LEAST 3-YEAR DATA.    
-DOC-
    SELECTION OF HYBRIDS TO PLANT SHOULD BE BASED ON AT LEAST 3-YEAR DATA.

         IRRIGATED SHORT- AND MID-SEASON HYBRID PERFORMANCE - COASTAL
         PLAIN:  PEE DEE RESEARCH AND EDUCATION CENTER, FLORENCE, S.C.
                               (1987 DATA)
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    COMPANY OR                  TEST WT    % TEST        PLANTS/A  HUSK (#)
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID (*)  (LB/BU)    MOISTURE      X1000     COVERAGE
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK789         54          16.4        28.2      3.0
    SUNBELT         1827          57          15.7        26.6      1.7
    DELTA PINE      DPX9986       58          15.5        28.2      2.8
    MCCURDY         8172          59          16.0        27.0      2.7
    PIONEER         3165          57          15.8        28.7      1.8
    FUNK            RA1502        59          14.9        26.2      2.0
    FUNK            EXEL6080E     59          14.4        26.8      1.0
    NORTHRUP-KING   PX9646        58          14.9        27.0      2.5
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                      59          15.0        26.1      2.0
    L.S.D. (.05)                  1.6          0.8         2.5      0.4
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 (*) in order of descending yield; (#) l=long tight husk; 5=short loose husk
    COMPANY OR                  TEST WT    % TEST        PLANTS/A  HUSK (#)
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID (*)  (LB/BU)    MOISTURE      X1000     COVERAGE
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AGRATECH        GK900         61          14.7        26.4      2.7
    JACQUES         8210          60          14.7        26.3      1.5
    COKER           21            59          15.2        22.8      2.0
    SUNBELT         1860          57          16.1        26.3      2.0
    SUNBELT         1802          58          15.6        28.7      1.3
    FUNK            G-4666        60          15.1        26.6      1.0
    AGRATECH        GK850         59          14.7        24.1      1.8
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK689         57          14.8        27.2      2.2
    COKER           CX5059        59          15.5        24.4      1.2
    DELTA PINE      DPX8751       59          15.0        24.9      2.2
    CARGILL         7990          58          14.3        27.4      2.5
    MCCURDY         7800          62          14.8        25.9      2.5
    SUNBELT         5613          58          15.2        23.2      2.0
    SEEDTEC         ST-7750       60          14.5        25.1      1.8
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 
    AVERAGES                      59          15.0        26.1      2.0
    L.S.D. (.05)                  1.6          0.8         2.5      0.4
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 (*) in order of descending yield; (#) l=long tight husk; 5=short loose husk
    COMPANY OR                  TEST WT    % TEST        PLANTS/A  HUSK (#)
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID (*)  (LB/BU)    MOISTURE      X1000     COVERAGE
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    NORTHRUP-KING   PX9581        58          14.8        26.6      1.8
    DEKALB-PFIZER   DK711         61          14.9        28.0      2.0
    PIONEER         3389          60          14.3        25.0      3.2
    DELTA PINE      DPX6650       62          14.3        24.7      2.0
    FUNK            G-4543        62          14.3        27.9      1.3
    DELTA PINE      DP5750        61          14.7        26.6      1.0
    PIONEER         3320          57          15.8        25.9      2.0
    PIONEER         3192          62          14.3        26.2      1.5
    COKER           8690          57          15.7        26.1      3.0
    COKER           8575          57          15.3        26.1      3.0
    DELTA PINE      DPX7345       58          14.1        25.7      2.0
    PIONEER         3110          59          15.1        26.4      2.0
    COKER           8601          58          15.1        26.6      2.0
    ASGROW/O'SGOLD  RX905         58          14.7        28.2      1.7
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                      59          15.0        26.1      2.0
    L.S.D. (.05)                  1.6          0.8         2.5      0.4
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 (*) in order of descending yield; (#) l=long tight husk; 5=short loose husk
    COMPANY OR                  TEST WT    % TEST        PLANTS/A  HUSK (#)
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID (*)  (LB/BU)    MOISTURE      X1000     COVERAGE
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    FUNK            G-4614        60          14.8        21.8      2.3
    AGRATECH        GK750         61          14.6        25.1      1.2
    FUNK            G-4743        59          14.9        25.0      2.0
    PIONEER         3382          57          14.6        24.7      2.0
    DELTA-PINE      DPX4151       61          14.5        27.1      1.7
    SEEDTEC         2775A         57          14.6        25.7      2.2
    CARGILL         SX352         60          14.3        27.0      2.2
    DELTA PINE      DPX4670       59          15.1        25.6      1.7
    SUNBELT         5615          58          15.4        26.2      2.0
    JACQUES         8350          59          14.0        26.3      1.2
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                      59          15.0        26.1      2.0
    L.S.D. (.05)                  1.6          0.8         2.5      0.4
    C.V. (%)                      1.7          3.3         8.4     19.6
    STD. ERR. OF ENTRY MEAN       0.6          0.3         0.9      0.2
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     (*) LISTED IN ORDER OF DESCENDING YIELD
     (#) 1 = LONG TIGHT HUSK; 5 = SHORT LOOSE HUSK

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SELECTION OF HYBRIDS TO PLANT SHOULD BE BASED ON AT LEAST 3-YEAR DATA    
-DOC-
    SELECTION OF HYBRIDS TO PLANT SHOULD BE BASED ON AT LEAST 3-YEAR DATA

               IRRIGATED FULL-SEASON HYBRID PERFORMANCE - 
               COASTAL PLAIN:  PEE DEE RESEARCH AND EDUCATION 
               CENTER FLORENCE, S.C.
                                  (1987 DATA)
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    COMPANY OR                 PER ACRE   HARVEST     TEST      TEST WEIGHT
    BRAND NAME      HYBRID     YIELD      MOISTURE    WEIGHT    MOISTURE
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (BU)        (PCT)      (LB/BU)     (PCT)

    DELTA PINE      DPX9686    151.4       18.8         59        14.6

    SUNBELT         1876       128.2       23.1         53        16.6
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AVERAGES                   139.8       20.9         56        15.6
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    L.S.D. (.05)                 NSD        1.3         1.7       18.7
    C.V. (%)                    16.8        4.1         0.8        3.3
    STD. ERR. OF ENTRY MEAN      9.7        0.4         1.7        0.3
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Yield Response and Soil Selection                       
-DOC-
                       Yield Response and Soil Selection
                       J. H. Palmer, Extension Agronomist

    Clemson research has shown that soybean yields may be increased an  average 
of  10  to  15 bushels per acre with irrigation.  In dry years (e.g.  1986) the 
increase may be 30 to 40 bushels,  while in years of mostly  optimum  rainfall, 
the  increase  may  be  5  bushels  or  less.  Table  1 shows the results of an 
experiment comparing irrigation with no irrigation  for  the  Cobb  and  Ransom 
varieties.   This  research  was  conducted  on  productive  soils  which  have 
potential for producing high yields with good rainfall.  In another  seven-year 
study  at  Blackville,  yields  averaged  34  bushels  for no irrigation and 44 
bushels with irrigation.  Realistic yield goals for  soybean  growers  who  use 
supplemental irrigation are 50 to 55 bushels per acre for full-season plantings 
and 40 to 45 bushels for soybeans planted double-crop behind small grains.  
Table 1.  Yield  (BU/A)  of  Cobb  and  Ransom varieties  of soybeans, 
          irrigation vs.  no irrigation,  1977-78.  Edisto  Experiment 
          Station, Blackville, S.C.  

Variety                   No irrigation                        Irrigation

Ransom                        43.5                                52.4
Cobb                          41.6                                46.1   

Research by:  H. L. Musen and V. L. Quisenberry	
              Department of Agronomy and Soils, Clemson University

    It is very important that well-drained, highly-productive soils be selected 
for  irrigation.  Fields  should  be  mapped  to determine the predominant soil 
types present.  For example, in the Coastal Plain,  a field with mostly Norfolk 
soil  will  be  much more productive with irrigation than one with mostly sandy 
Lakeland or Wagram  soils.  For  good  soils,  irrigation  becomes  a  kind  of 
"insurance  policy"  for  optimizing  soybean  yields.  For more information or 
assistance in mapping fields to determine crop yield potential  or  suitability 
for irrigation, consult the local office of the USDA Soil Conservation Service.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ZINC RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN                         
-DOC-
                         ZINC RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN
              C. L. Parks and J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomists

     Zinc deficiency has been observed on the young corn in cold soil; but with 
warmer  temperatures the corn grows out of it and applications of zinc have not 
produced a yield increase.  Severe zinc deficiencies may occur when deep  sandy 
soils are limed to a pH of 6.5 or higher.	 	 

     Soils  with  the suggested soil pH range (5.8-6.5) will have adequate zinc 
for corn production if the soil test is 1.8 pounds per acre or higher.	 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN ECONOMICS                                 
-DOC-
                                 CORN ECONOMICS
            Charles E. Curtis, Jr., Extension Agricultural Economist

COST OF PRODUCTION

    Producers who follow the practices recommended in this  publication  should 
be able to produce corn at a profit.  The key to knowing how much profit can be 
expected  begins  with constructing a detailed enterprise budget.  Good budgets 
are based on past farm records and careful  study  of  production  and  outlook 
information.	 

    The  budgets  shown  in Table 16 are presented as useful guide-lines.  Each 
budget is constructed by applying a price to the recommended production inputs. 
The budgets are divided into variable and fixed costs.  Variable  costs  change 
with production inputs from year to year,  whereas fixed costs generally remain 
constant each year.  Total costs are the sum of variable  and  fixed  costs.  A 
space is provided for growers to enter their own costs.	 
    In  many years,  income is not adequate to cover total costs of production. 
However, fixed costs can be delayed in the short run (1 or 2 production years).
Thus,  the short-run production decision is that  as  long  as  income  exceeds 
variable  costs,  production  can  be economically justified.  In the long run, 
profits  must  exceed  total  production  costs  if  production  is  to  remain 
economically viable.	 

    One  way  to  estimate profit is to determine the breakeven price needed to 
cover production costs and compare it with  the  expected  selling  price.  The 
breakeven price is calculated by dividing production costs by yield.	 

     The  guideline budgets show the breakeven price per bushel needed to cover 
variable  and  total  costs.   In  the  Piedmont  80-bushel-yield  budget,  the 
breakeven  price  per  bushel needed to cover variable costs is $1.59 and $2.31 
per bushel to cover total costs.  For the Coastal Plains,  the breakeven  price 
needed to cover variable costs is $1.48 and $1.36 per bushel for the 100 bushel 
dryland and 160 bushel irrigated yields,  respectively.  The breakeven price to 
cover total costs is $2.13 and $2.34 for the same respective  yields.  One  way 
to  increase  profits  is  to follow recommended production practices that will 
improve yields and minimize costs.	 
     TABLE 16. ESTIMATED COSTS OF PRODUCTION PER ACRE FOR CORN, 1986.
________________________________________________________________________
                                  Yield per Acre	
                          _______________________________
                           Piedmont      Coastal Plains      My Farm
                           ________     __________________  
                            80 bu       100 bu    160 bu*    _________bu
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Costs:
 
Seed                       $ 18.00     $ 18.00    $ 25.20     _________
Fertilizer and Lime          50.90       56.11      75.35     _________ 
Chemicals                     5.00       15.50      15.50     _________
Tractors, Machinery,
  Equipment                  20.67       21.61      50.06     _________ 
Labor                        13.21       12.59      14.79     _________
Drying                       14.40       17.99      28.80     _________ 
Interest on Operating 
  Capital                     4.98        6.15       8.63     _________
                           _______     _______    _______  
  Total Variable Costs     $127.16     $147.95    $218.33     _________ 
Fixed Costs:

Tractors, Machinery,
  Equipment                $ 27.35     $ 28.42    $ 28.60     _________ 
Land Charge                  20.00       25.00      25.00     _________
Irrigation Machinery          -           -         85.22     _________ 
General Overhead Charge 
  (8% of Variable Costs)     10.17       11.84      17.47     _________
                           _______     _______    _______
  Total Fixed Costs        $ 57.52     $ 65.26    $156.28     _________ 
 
Total Costs                $184.68     $213.21    $374.61     _________
 
Breakeven Price/Bu
  -- Variable Costs        $  1.59     $  1.48    $  1.36     _________ 
 
Breakeven Price/Bu	
  -- Total Costs           $  2.31     $  2.13    $  2.34     _________
________________________________________________________________________
*Irrigated (200-Acre Center Pivot)









	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN MARKETING TIPS                       
-DOC-
                       CORN MARKETING TIPS
     Charles E. Curtis, Jr., Extension Agricultural Economist
	
     Good budgets are basic to successful marketing.  To get top dollar, plan a 
sound marketing strategy based  on  the  budgeted  unit  costs  of  production.
Producers should review net returns over the variable production costs expected 
from  participation  versus  nonparticipation  in  annual  Federal  Feed  Grain 
Programs.  

     Keep up with and study current market information reports  available  from 
USDA,  private  sources,  and Clemson University.  Learn how the futures market 
works and know your local basis - the relationship between  local  cash  prices 
and  the  Chicago futures price.  Determine if storage for later sale is likely 
to be profitable by calculating your total storage and handling costs  and  the 
expected  local  cash  price  for  the month of sale.  Consider using a futures 
market or cash contract to forward price part of the crop and lock in a selling 
price that will  provide  acceptable  returns.  Refer  to  Economics  Extension 
Report,  EER 39,  Corn and Soybean Basis in South Carolina, available from your 
county Extension office,  for additional tips on how to market wisely  and  get 
top dollar for your crop.	 













	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STARTER FERTILIZERS FOR CORN                          
-DOC-
                          STARTER FERTILIZERS FOR CORN
              J. P. Zublena and C. L. Parks, Extension Agronomists

     Research in South Carolina,  Florida,  Alabama, Georgia and North Carolina 
have shown that placement of some fertilizer near the seed at planting  can  be 
an  effective  way to increase corn yields in years with good rainfall or under 
irrigation.  Optimum placement of  the  "starter  fertilizer"  is  still  being 
investigated.  However,  all states have shown placement of fertilizer 2 inches 
to the side and two inches below  the  seed  (2x2)  to  be  one  of  the  best.
Alternative  placement methods are being investigated because of the difficulty 
of setting up the 2x2 system on different planter tool bars.	 	 

     Alternative  starter  fertilizer  placements  that  are  currently   being 
investigated  include:  placement below the seed in the subsoil ripper zone and 
placement over the row in either a band or  dribble  application.  Applications 
over  the  row  have proven as effective as 2x2 placement in Florida.  However, 
research in South Carolina and North Carolina does not currently  support  this 
method  of  application.  Conversely,  placement  below the seed in the subsoil 
ripper zone looks quite effective in both of the Carolinas but not in  Florida.
Success  with  under  the  seed  placement  requires  the insertion of a nozzle 
directed  away  from the subsoil shank that will spray the fertilizer with some 
pressure.  Spray tips such as  K-3  or  K-5  have  proven  effective  in  South 
Carolina.  Depth  of  placement  below  the  seed is also important.  Data from 
South Carolina in 1985 and 1986 has shown placement 2" and 4" below the seed to 
be effective.  Placement of fertilizer at greater depths may result  in  slower 
uptake  of  the nutrients.  Placement of a starter fertilizer in direct contact 
with the seed is not recommended because of potential fertilizer burn.  Optimum 
nutrient combinations and rates for starter  fertilizers  are  currently  being 
investigated.  Most studies agree that some nitrogen and phosphorus are needed.
	 
     General  guidelines  are between 10 to 40 lb/ac of each nutrient.  Use the 
low rate of nitrogen when using a very early N-sidedressing  and  higher  rates 
with  later  N-sidedressings.  Use  the low rate of phosphorus on soils testing 
very high in phosphorus and the higher rates on soils testing medium to low  in 
phosphorus.	 
	 
     Addition of potassium has had  varied  results.  Most  positive  responses 
have  been  on  highly  leachable  soils  when  potassium  was not sidedressed.
Micronutrients or secondary elements should be added on the basis of past plant 
tissue analyses and soil tests  where  applicable.  The  most  commonly  needed 
secondary or micronutrients for corn are sulfur, zinc, and boron.	  
	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BORON AND MANGANESE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN                  
-DOC-
                  BORON AND MANGANESE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN
              C. L. Parks and J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomists

     Soil in the suggested pH range (5.8-6.5) will have adequate manganese  and 
boron for corn production.	 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SULFUR RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN                        
-DOC-
                        SULFUR RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN
              C. L. Parks and J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomists

     Rainfall supplies about 8 pounds of sulfur per acre per year.  Soils  with 
the  clay  layer  within  the root zone will generally have adequate sulfur for 
corn production if culture practices and climate favor root growth to the  clay 
layer.  On  sandy  soils,  apply  some sulfur when phosphorus and potassium are 
applied and/or when starter fertilizer is applied.	 
	 
     Sulfur   deficiency   shows  up  as  yellow  leaves  similar  to  nitrogen 
deficiency.  This usually occurs when there  is  too  much  rainfall  on  young 
plants  shortly  after  planting.  When correcting sulfur deficiency,  band the 
fertilizer containing sulfur near the row.	 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NITROGEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN                       
-DOC-
                       NITROGEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN
               C.L. Parks and J.P. Zublena, Extension Agronomists

     The most  profitable  nitrogen  rate  depends  on  soil,  rainfall,  plant 
population,  and  cultural practices.  The suggested rate for most of the state 
is 120 pounds of nitrogen per acre.  For  very  sandy  soils  where  the  yield 
potential is 80 bushels per acre or less,  100 pounds per acre is adequate.  In 
river bottoms or locations where yields of 130 bushels per  acre  or  more  are 
often produced or when corn is grown for silage, use 150 pounds per acre.  When 
corn  is irrigated,  increase the rate to 200 pounds per acre.  Reduce the rate 
by 20 to 30 pounds per acre when corn follows soybeans or other  legumes  in  a 
rotation.  All  nitrogen sources are equally effective for corn production when 
applied correctly.	 	 

     Apply 30 to 40 pounds of nitrogen at planting.  The best way  is  to  band 
nitrogen  2  inches to the side and 2 inches below the seed or on the surface 2 
inches to the side of the drill row.  Another way is to apply it in a band over 
the row.  If banded over the row, use the lower rate and have the band at least 
8 inches wide,  especially  on  sandy  soil  with  a  low  buffer  capacity.  A 
broadcast  application  immediately  before  or  after planting may be the most 
convenient way to apply nitrogen, but it is the least efficient.	 	 
      The rest of the nitrogen should be applied when the corn is 15-30  inches 
high.  This  will usually be 21 to 30 days after plant emergence.  Moisture and 
nutrient deficiencies after this stage of growth will influence the growth  and 
development  of the ears.  When nitrogen is applied with irrigation water,  the 
additional nitrogen may be applied in two or three applications.	 
	 
     The corn plant takes up two-thirds of its  total  nitrogen  from  2  weeks 
before to 2 weeks after tasseling.  Manage nitrogen applications to ensure that 
adequate nitrogen is in the root zone during this period of growth.	 	 

     When  corn  is deficient in nitrogen,  the entire plant is yellowish-green 
and small with spindly stalks.  V-shaped yellowing from the tips of the  leaves 
shows later, beginning with the bottom leaves.	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LIME RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN                              
-DOC-
                             LIME RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN 
              C. L. Parks and J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomists

         Apply  the  recommended  rate of lime and thoroughly mix with the soil 
before planting.  Lime can be applied any time that is convenient.  If the soil 
test for magnesium is medium or above,  use any source of lime.  Dolomitic lime 
will  supply 80 to 240 pounds of magnesium and 400 to 600 pounds of calcium per 
ton.  Calcitic lime will supply 700 to 800 pounds of calcium and 8-12 pounds of 
magnesium per ton.	 	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN TISSUE ANALYSIS                               
-DOC-
                              CORN TISSUE ANALYSIS 
                      J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomist

     In addition to soil testing,  plant tissue analysis is a new tool to  help 
manage  and monitor the fertility status of a corn crop.  Throughout growth and 
development,  the corn plant requires certain concentrations  of  nutrients  to 
maintain highest productivity.  One element short of the required concentration 
would  limit and reduce the maximum potential of the corn plant.  Most nutrient 
deficiencies show up as foliar symptoms on the  plant  leaves.  When  diagnosed 
early enough,  corrective measures can be made to eliminate the deficiency.  If 
a nutrient deficiency is suspected or if you want  to  monitor  your  fertility 
program throughout the season, plant tissue analysis is the tool for you.	 

     The  following  analyses  are  now  available at Clemson for nominal fees: 
phosphorus (P), potassium (K), calcium (Ca), magnesium (Mg), zinc (Zn),  copper 
(Cu), manganese (Mn), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S) and boron (B). 	 	 
      The  grower  and/or county agent must decide which analyses are needed in 
trouble shooting.  When monitoring your  fertility  program,  have  a  complete 
analysis  run.  The  age  and condition of the plant and the plant part sampled 
are extremely important.  Guidelines and forms are  available  at  your  county 
Extension office.

       TABLE 1. SUFFICIENCY RANGE FOR CORN TISSUE ANALYSIS	
      _____________________________________________________
                       Whole Plant       Leaves Below Whorl	
                        up to 12"       Ear Leaf at Silking	
                       ______________ % ___________________	
	
       Nitrogen (N)        3.50-5.00           2.80-3.20	
       Phosphorus (P)      0.30-0.50           0.25-0.45	
       Potassium (K)       2.40-4.00           1.75-2.25	
       Sulfur (S)          0.20-0.50           0.15-0.50	
       Calcium (Ca)        0.30-0.70           0.25-0.50	
       Magnesium (Mg)      0.15-0.45           0.12-0.30	
          TABLE 1. SUFFICIENCY RANGE FOR CORN TISSUE ANALYSIS
                       _____________ ppm __________________	
	
       Boron (B)              5-25                4-25	
       Zinc (Zn)             20-60               15-60	
       Manganese (Mn)        20-300              15-300	
       Iron (Fe)             50-250              30-200	
       Copper (Cu)            5-20                3-15	 
      _____________________________________________________	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALCIUM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN                        
-DOC-
                        CALCIUM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN
              C. L. Parks and J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomists

     The  required  calcium  is  supplied  with  the  lime.  Deficiency of this 
element will not occur if a favorable pH is maintained.  A soil test  level  of 
300  pounds  per acre or greater will supply adequate calcium for corn.  When a 
young corn plant is deficient in calcium,  the tips of the younger leaves  will 
stick together.	
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POTASSIUM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN                       
-DOC-
                       POTASSIUM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN
              C. L. Parks and J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomists

     Soil test  to  determine  the  rate  of  potassium  to  use.  Since  young 
seedlings do not need much potassium, the required rate may be broadcast before 
planting.	 
	 
     Corn  deficient in potassium will have yellowing and dying of leaf margins 
beginning at the tips of the lower leaves.  The ears will not be filled at  the 
tip and the stalk will be weak with ex-cessive lodging.	 	 

     A  100-bushel  corn  yield will remove 24 pounds of K2O in the grain or 20 
pounds of elemental potassium.  If harvested as  silage,  it  will  remove  100 
pounds of K2O or 83 pounds of elemental potassium.	 

                       POTASSIUM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN
              C. L. Parks and J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomists

     Soil test  to  determine  the  rate  of  potassium  to  use.  Since  young 
seedlings do not need much potassium, the required rate may be broadcast before 
planting.	 
	 
     Corn  deficient in potassium will have yellowing and dying of leaf margins 
beginning at the tips of the lower leaves.  The ears will not be filled at  the 
tip and the stalk will be weak with ex-cessive lodging.	 	 

     A  100-bushel  corn  yield will remove 24 pounds of K2O in the grain or 20 
pounds of elemental potassium.  If harvested as  silage,  it  will  remove  100 
pounds of K2O or 83 pounds of elemental potassium.	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PHOSPHORUS RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN                      
-DOC-
                      PHOSPHORUS RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORN
              C. L. Parks and J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomists

     Determine  how  much  phosphorus  to  apply  by soil testing.  A broadcast 
application is usually satisfactory.  When the soil test for phosphorus is  low 
and corn is planted in a cold soil,  initial growth will be improved if part of 
the phosphorus is banded 2 inches below and 2 inches to the side of  the  seed.
Since there is very little movement of phosphorus, a surface application should 
be mixed with the soil or it will not be readily available to the plant.	 	 

     Purple  leaves during early growth usually indicate phosphorus deficiency.
It may occur in cold weather where soil phosphorus  is  adequate,  but  because 
root  growth  is  slower,  it  cannot  absorb phosphorus at an adequate rate to 
supply the plant's needs.	 	 

     A 100-bushel corn yield will remove 34 pounds of P2O5 in the grain  or  15 
pounds  of  elemental  phosphorus.  If  harvested as silage,  it will remove 45 
pounds of P205 or 20 pounds of elemental phosphorus.	 	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN INSECT CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              CORN INSECT CONTROL
                      D. G. Manley, Extension Entomologist	
 
    As  with  diseases,  many  insect  pests can reduce corn yield and quality.
Insect pests may take a significant portion of the crop each year, because many 
growers are unwilling to spend money for insecticides on  a  crop  with  a  low 
profit  margin.  However,  many  of our corn insects can be controlled by using 
proper cultural control methods.  Consult Circular 601 for more details on corn 
insects.	 
	 
CULTURAL PRACTICES
	 
     The following will help reduce insect problems of corn:	

* USE PROPER RESIDUE AND STALK DESTRUCTION PRACTICES.  Corn stubble provides an 
  ideal site for buildup of over-wintering insect populations, which can create 
  problems for the following year.  Turn under weeds,  crop stubble,  or  cover 
  crops before the last hard freeze of the winter.	 

* TAKE CARE IN SELECTING FIELDS.  Many insect problems may occur by planting in 
  bottom land, pasture land, or other weedy or grassy areas.	 
* PLANT  AS  EARLY  AS PRACTICAL.   Fertilize properly to get the corn off to a 
  quick start.  Many of our most serious corn insects are mid-  to  late-season 
  pests.	 
	
* PLANT RECOMMENDED VARIETIES.  Varieties that  have  long,  tight  husks  help 
  protect the kernels from insect damage.	 
	
* ROTATE CORN WITH BROADLEAF CROPS.  Many insect pests tend  to  build  up  and 
  become more damaging where rotation is not practiced.	 
	
* HARVEST AS SOON AS CORN IS MATURE.  Don't let the crop stay in the field  any 
  longer than necessary.	 
	
NO-TILL OR MINIMUM TILLAGE CORN
	
     More  and  more  growers  are  using  minimum-tillage  practices as energy 
conservation measures.  A trade-off may exist between  increased  savings  from 
reduced  tillage  and  increased  spending  from  greater  insect control being 
required.  Growers should be aware that  many  pests  tend  to  be  of  greater 
importance where minimum tillage is practiced.	 	
CHEMICAL CONTROL	 	 
     The Agricultural Chemical Handbook for South Carolina gives suggestions on 
how to control corn insects.  Be sure to note any precautions and restrictions, 
and always read and follow the pesticide label.	 
	 
     In  areas  where soil insects or billbugs are prevalent,  apply one of the 
recommended granular systemic insecticides at  planting.  These  protect  young 
plants for several weeks and help get the corn off to a good start	 	 

     Determining whether or not to apply a foliar insecticide for pests such as 
corn earworms,  armyworms,  or European corn borers is often difficult.  A rule 
of thumb is to apply an insecticide if the pest is killing 10% of  your  stand.
This  does not mean to treat if you have an infestation of 10%.  Many times you 
may have an insect in every whorl without sustaining much loss in yield.	 

     If  you  decide to apply a foliar spray,  use ground equipment and lots of 
water.  Aerial sprays are usually effective only if  the  larvae  are  exposed, 
feeding  on  the  leaf  surface.  It  is  difficult to control insects that are 
feeding deep in the whorl.  Borers such as  the  European  corn  borer  can  be 
controlled  only  before  they  enter the stalk or ear.  Once inside the plant, 
they cannot be controlled.	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DEPTH TO PLANT CORN                              
-DOC-
                              DEPTH TO PLANT CORN
                      J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomist	 

     The best depth to plant corn is determined by soil type,  temperature  and 
moisture.  The  range  of suggested depths is from 1-3 inches.  The earlier the 
planting,  the shallower the depth should be because  soil  temperature  rather 
than  soil  moisture  is  usually  the  main  problem  at that time.  For early 
plantings,  1.0-1.5 inch depths can be used on  most  soil  types.  Late-season 
plantings  are  usually  in  drier  and warmer soils.  Depths of 2-3 inches are 
suggested on sandy soils and 2-2.5 inches on heavier soils.	 	
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN POPULATION MANAGEMENT                           
-DOC-
                           CORN POPULATION MANAGEMENT
                      J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomist

     Optimum  stands  can  vary  from  farm to farm and sometimes from field to 
field because of different soil properties, fertility,  hybrids,  weed control, 
and planting methods.  In general, low yields are more common in underpopulated 
than  in  overpopulated  fields.  Whenever  possible,  plant at the populations 
recommended  by  the  companies  for  their  hybrids.  If  such  data  are  not 
available, use the populations suggested in Table 5.	 
                  TABLE 5. SUGGESTED PLANT POPULATION	
       ________________________________________________________
                               ---------Plants per Acre--------	
                                   Grain              Silage     	
                               _____________      _____________
       Early-season hybrids    18,000-22,000      20,000-24,000	
       Midseason hybrids       18,000-22,000      20,000-24,000	
       Full-season hybrids     16,000-20,000      18,000-22,000	
       With irrigation         26,000-29,000      29,000-32,000	
       ________________________________________________________	
	
     Choose  the  higher  rate when planting early in the season and lower rate 
when planting later in the  season.  Always  adjust  the  population  for  100% 
germination.  If  the  labeled  germination is 90%,  increase the population by 
10%.  In addition to germination correction,  overplant  the  100%  germination 
population by an additional 10 to 15% when using minimal-tillage.	 

     Planter speed also has a strong influence on kernel spacing and population 
rate.  With  higher  planting  speeds,  the  incidences  of slippage and uneven 
spacings increase.  Some compensation can be made by changing  planting  plates 
from 16- to 24-celled plates.  Best reults can be obtained,  however, by simply 
slowing down.  Most planters operate best at 3-5 mph.	 	 

     Check the population rate while planting to  ensure  a  good  stand.  When 
checking,  uncover  a  section  of  row  and  measure  the distance between the 
kernels.  Using Table 6,  locate  the  average  distance  between  the  kernels 
measured  and  the column representing the row width.  The figure where the two 
columns cross is the planted  population  per  acre.  Check  each  planter  box 
separately to guarantee an even stand--the more measurements you take, the more 
accurate you will be.	 
    At the end of the season,  if the planted population results in plants with 
average ear weights heavier than 0.5  pound  (15.5%)  moisture),  increase  the 
population  next  year.  If the ear weight is less than 0.5 pound or if several 
barren stalks are present,  decrease the population next year.  Try to maintain 
a  yearly  record of plant populations and average ear weights to find the best 
planting rate.	 
       TABLE 6.  CORN PLANT GUIDE - POPULATION PER ACRE	
_______________________________________________________________
  Average                              Row Width	
  Distance            _________________________________________
  Between	
  Kernels                30"        36"        38"        40"
_______________________________________________________________
   5.0"                 41,820     34,850     33,010     31,360	
   5.5"                 38,020     31,680     30,010     28,510	
   6.0"                 34,850     29,040     27,510     26,140	
   6.5"                 32,170     26,800     25,400     24,130	
   7.0"                 29,870     24,890     23,580     22,400	
   7.5"                 27,880     23,230     22,010     20.910	
   8.0"                 26,140     21,780     20,620     19,600	
   8.5"                 24,600     20,500     19,420     18,450	
   9.0                  23,230     19,360     18,340     17,420	
   9.5"                 22,010     18,340     17,380     16,500	
  10.0"                 20,910     17,420     16,510     15,680	
  10.5"                 19,910     16,590     15,720        -	
  11.0"                 19,010     15,840       -           -	
  11.5"                 18,180       -          -           -	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMBINE ADJUSTMENTS FOR CORN                          
-DOC-
                          COMBINE ADJUSTMENTS FOR CORN
                  F. J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer

     The combine must be adjusted properly to keep losses to a  minimum.  Refer 
to  the  owner's  manual  for  initial setup of the combine.  After the initial 
setup, additional fine tuning may be required in the field to minimize losses.	 
	 
CORN HEADER
	 
     The most critical adjustments in  the  header  are  the  stalk  rolls  and 
snapping  plates.  The  stalk  rolls  should  be  adjusted  to  suit  the stalk 
diameters.  Excessive wear of the stalk rolls will result  in  reduced  machine 
efficiency.  Adjust  the  snapping  plates  so  they will snap the ears without 
shelling.  The snapping plates are usually adjusted at about 1 3/8 inches apart 
at the front and 1 1/2 inches apart at the rear.  The plates  should  be  wider 
at the rear to prevent wedging of stalks and ears.	 	 
CYLINDER AND CONCAVE

     The function of the cylinder and concave is to remove all the kernels from 
the cob without damaging them.  If kernels are damaged, you are overthreshing.	 

     In  general,  higher  speed  and close concave settings increase threshing 
aggressiveness.  Reducing cylinder  speed  and  increasing  concave  clearances 
reduce aggressiveness.	 
	 
     As  a  starting  point,  set the concave so that it is slighty less at the 
front than the diameter of the unthreshed ear.  The rear of the concave  should 
be slightly less than the diameter of the cob.  A good way to check the concave 
setting is to examine the threshed cobs.  There will be an occasional whole cob 
behind the combine (unless the combine has a stalk chopper) when the concave is 
set correctly.	 	 

     The  cylinder  speed  should be between 400 and 900 rpm.  Start at 600 rpm 
and adjust for field conditions.  If kernel damage is excessive,  the  cylinder 
speed is probably too high and should be reduced.
CLEANING SECTION 

     Two components of the cleaning section are the air and the sieve.  The air 
should be adjusted to lift the trash from the sieve and blow it out the rear of 
the combine without blowing out sound kernels. 

     Adjust  the  sieve  openings  only  wide enough to allow the grain to flow 
freely through.  A good procedure for setting the  sieve  is  as  follows:  (1) 
Close  the sieve completely.  (2) Throw a handful of grain onto the sieve.  (3) 
Open the bottom sieve until the grain falls through.  The tailings  section  of 
the sieve should be opened slightly more than the forward section.

     A  properly  adjusted combine will harvest nearly all the crop and deliver 
high-quality, clean corn to the grain tank.  Many more adjustments must be made 
to the combine than those discussed here.  Keep the owner's  manual  handy  and 
refer to it often.	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMBINE CALIBRATION FOR CORN                          
-DOC-
                          COMBINE CALIBRATION FOR CORN
                  F.J. Wolak, Extension Agricultural Engineer	

     An easy way to increase yields is to improve harvesting  efficiency.  Many 
growers  lose 10% or more of their crop to poor harvesting techniques.  A bonus 
is there for growers willing to take the  extra  time  needed  to  set  up  and 
operate  their  combines properly.  Harvest losses from a properly adjusted and 
operated combine should not exceed 3%.  Anything  greater  represents  needless 
loss.	 
	 
     A  number  of  factors affect harvester efficiency -- combine adjustments, 
field speed, kernel moisture,  and lodging.  To determine harvester efficiency, 
a  grower  must  measure field losses and be able to separate preharvest losses 
from machine losses.  Total loss includes both ear loss and loose kernel  loss.
	 
     Ear  corn  loss  can be estimated by counting the large ears (3/4 lb) from 
1/100 acre (430 sq ft).  Each ear counted represents 1  bushel  per  acre.  For 
example,  for  a 38-inch row spacing,  you need to gather all the ears from two 
rows 69 feet long.  For other row spacing,  refer to Table 13.  Make counts  in 
front  of  and  behind  the combine and subtract to determine machine loss.  If 
machine loss exceeds 1 or 2 bushels, make adjustments to the corn header.	 

    TABLE 13.  ROW LENGTH IN FEET TO EQUAL 430 FT CHECK AREA	
_______________________________________________________________
  Row Width    One     Two      Three    Four     Six     Eight	
   Inches      Row     Rows     Rows     Rows     Rows    Rows	
_______________________________________________________________
     30        174     87       58       43.6     29       22	
     36        145     72.5     48.3     36.2     24	
     38        138     69       46.0     34.5     23	
     40        131     65.5     43.6     32.7	 _______________________________________________________________
MEASURING KERNEL LOSS
	
     Kernel loss may be unnoticed because  it  is  hidden  by  plant  material.
Clear  several  areas  1  ft square behind the combine.  Count the kernels from 
each 1 foot square and average them.  Two kernels per square foot  represent  1 
bushel  per  acre.  In  this  count  include all kernels remaining on partially 
shelled or broken cobs.  If loose kernel loss exceeds 1 or 2 bushels per  acre, 
find  where  the  loss  is  coming  from and make necessary adjustments.  Loose 
kernels may come from improperly adjusted snapping plates and rolls, incomplete 
threshing (kernels attached to  the  cob),  or  inadequate  separation.  Before 
making adjustments to the machine,  be sure that the losses are not coming from 
a hole in the conveying components.	
MOISTURE CONTENT 
	
     Moisture content of the grain has an effect on  combine  efficiency.  Corn 
can be shelled at a moisture content of 30% or less.  However, field losses are 
at a minimum at about 21%.  
	 
GROUND SPEED
	 
     Excessive  losses  can  be  expected  if the combine is operated too fast.
Ground speed should not exceed 3 MPH.  
	 
LODGING
	 
     Harvest should begin as soon as possible to avoid  excessive  lodging.  If 
the crop becomes lodged, field losses will be rather drastic.  

      Make  every  effort  to  harvest  corn before it becomes lodged.  You can 
minimize losses in lodged corn by:  slowing down (2 to 2.5 MPH);  harvesting as 
soon  as  corn moisture reaches 30%;  lowering the header - but don't break off 
stalks; harvesting in the opposite direction of the lodged corn, if possible.
     If lodging is severe,  purchasing a  mechanical  gathering  aid  might  be 
economical.  Contact  your  local  dealer  for  information about these combine 
header attachments.	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN DISEASE CONTROL                               
-DOC-
                               CORN DISEASE CONTROL
                   Walker Miller, Extension Plant Pathologist

     Corn is subject to a number of diseases that reduce both yield and quality 
of  grain.  Annual  disease  losses  are estimated to be about 5 to 15 percent; 
however,  in certain years,  individual fields may have  much  greater  losses.
Nematodes,  stalk  rots,  viruses,  and moldy grain are among the major disease 
problems of corn in South  Carolina.  To  reduce  or  prevent  disease  losses, 
follow these sound production practices:	 
	 
* PLANT CURRENTLY RECOMMENDED VARIETIES.  These have satisfactory resistance to 
  several common diseases.  Also choose varieties that resist lodging.	 
	
* PLANT  TREATED  SEED  ONLY.  Thiram  (Aarasan)  or  Captan fungicides greatly 
  reduce seed rots and seedling blights.  Most seed is already  treated  before 
  sale.  Check to be certain.	 
	
* TURN   OVERWINTERING  WEEDS  OR  COVER CROPS several weeks before planting to 
  reduce the hazard of seedling rots.	 
* DO NOT EXCEED  THE  RECOMMENDED  NUMBER  OF  PLANTS  PER  ACRE.  This  is  an 
  important factor in reducing stalk rots, lodging, and ear rots.	 
	
* MAINTAIN  CORRECT BALANCE BETWEEN  NITROGEN AND POTASSIUM.  An imbalance with 
  nitrogen exceeding potash can increase stalk lodging.	 
	
* ROTATE WITH OTHER NON-GRASS  CROPS.  Failure  to  rotate  corn  can  lead  to 
  increased   losses  from  several  diseases  including  smuts,   stalk  rots, 
  nematodes, and leaf blights.	 
	
* REDUCE NEMATODE DAMAGE by subsoiling to break hardpans.  This  often  lessens 
  nematode damage to corn,  especially in Coastal Plain soils,  but it will not 
  eliminate the problem.	 
	
     Determining  the kinds and numbers of nematodes by soil assay is extremely 
important in diagnosing and controlling nematode problems.  Proper and accurate 
nematode sampling is essential.  Your county Extension office will tell you how 
to sample accurately for nematodes and  arrange  for  analyzing  the  sampling. 
Keep the results of analysis as field histories to aid in deciding the location 
of corn or other crops as part of your rotation program.	 	 
     The  nematodes  that cause the most damage to corn in the state are sting, 
stubby-root and lesion.  Rootknot, lance, stunt,  dagger,  scuttlenema,  spiral 
and  ring  nematodes  may also cause problems at high population levels.  After 
all management practices have been reevaluated,  a nematicide may be  suggested 
only where sting or high numbers of stubby-root,  lesion, or rootknot nematodes 
are present.	 

* PLANT HYBRIDS WITH VIRUS TOLERANCE in fields where johnsongrass is a problem.
  Control johnsongrass in fields and along edges of fields, since it is a major 
  source of corn viruses.	 
	
* TAKE PRECAUTIONS  TO  REDUCE  MYCOTOXINS.  Mycotoxins  are  toxic  substances 
  produced  by  certian fungi (molds) that may infect corn kernels in the field 
  or in storage.  The most common  mycotoxin  is  aflatoxin,  produced  by  the 
  fungus  Aspergillus  flavus.  These toxins can be very damaging to livestock.
  For details on mycotoxins and their control,  ask your local county Extension 
  agent for Extension Circular 623.  For detailed information on corn diseases, 
  see Circular 601, Diseases and Insects of Corn in South Carolina.	 
            TABLE 11.  SUGGESTED NEMATICIDES FOR CORN. 	
_________________________________________________________________	
Nematicide      Rate (36- in rows)        Comments	
_________________________________________________________________	
Counter 15G         7-14.5 lb/a     Apply Counter on a 7-inch	
                                    band behind planter shoe 	
                                    and in front of press wheel.	 
	
Furadan 15G        11-14.5 lb/a     Apply Furadan in a 7- to 15-	
                                    inch band and Mocap in a 12-	
Mocap 10G          17-22 lb/a       to 15- inch band over the row.	
                                    Incorporate 2-4 inches deep	
Mocap 6 EC        1.1-1.5 qt/a      and plant directly into	
                                    treated soil. DO NOT APPLY	
                                    Mocap directly into seed	
                                    furrow to avoid seedling 	
                                    injury. Follow manufacturer's	
                                    labeled instructions care-	
                                    fully.	 In-furrow methods	
                                    are not recommended. 	
_________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUBSOIL CORN WHERE HARDPANS EXIST                       
-DOC-
                       SUBSOIL CORN WHERE HARDPANS EXIST
                       J. P. Zublean,Extension Agronomist	

     Research over the last  20  years  has  shown  convincing  advantages  for 
subsoiling  corn  wherever soil hardpans exist.  Check the subsoiling depth and 
make sure the hardpan is being completely  penetrated.  Inadequate  penetration 
is a common problem that will not increase yield,  but it will increase loss of 
time, energy, and money.	 

     The following data from the Pee Dee Research and Education Center shows  a 
34%  yield  increase when irrigated corn was subsoiled.  On non-irrigated corn, 
the benefit of subsoiling was greater  and  showed  an  increase  of  41%  over 
nonsubsoiled  plots.  Chisel  plowing  was  found  to  be  less  effective than 
subsoiling in both irrigated and nonirrigated  corn.  However,  chisel  plowing 
did increase yields over the nonsubsoiled-nonchiseled check plot.		
      TABLE 3.  EFFECT OF SUBSOILING AND CHISEL PLOWING ON	
                IRRIGATED AND NONIRRIGATED CORN (1)
   ____________________________________________________________
                                  ----Corn Yields (bu/ac)----	
                                   Irrigated    Non-Irrigated	
   ____________________________________________________________
           Check(2)                    96             51	
           Subsoiling                 129             72	
           Chiseling                  110             66	
   ____________________________________________________________
      (1) G.D. Christenbury and J.B. Davis, Agricultural	
          Engineering Department, Clemson University	
      (2) No subsoiling or chisel plowing	


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DATE OF PLANTING CORN                             
-DOC-
                             DATE OF PLANTING CORN
                      J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomist

     Early corn plantings generally  outyield  late  plantings  throughout  the 
state.  This  is mainly due to reduced pest pressures,  more frequent rainfall, 
and cooler  temperatures  at  pollination.  The  best  guide  for  selecting  a 
planting  date is by using a combination of soil temperature and calendar date.
Local experience is a good source to determine a calendar date.  Some suggested 
dates are listed in Table 4.	 

            TABLE 4. SUGGESTED PLANTING DATES FOR CORN
     _______________________________________________________
                        Early Planting       Late Planting
                        ______________       _____________
      Coastal Plains    March 1-April 1      April 1-April 30
      Piedmont          March 25-April 15    April 15-May 20
     ________________________________________________________

     When planting by temperature,  plant when the 3-day average temperature at 
noon  reaches  55  F  at the 4-inch level.  Temperatures at this level are less 
affected than at a 2-inch level by a single day of  bright  sunshine.  Planting 
with   a   combination   of  these  two  methods  should  guard  against  being 
unrealistically early.	 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO CULTIVATION                              
-DOC-
                              TOBACCO CULTIVATION
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

    Cultivation is essential to build the row  ridge  to  reduce  drowning;  to 
break up hard,  crusted soil;  and to aid in weed and grass control.  Where the 
soil becomes hard around the newly set transplants,  it remains cold and  roots 
cannot penetrate to pick up nutrients.  Cultivate deeply enough to shatter this 
crust  as  early  as  possible  before  root  growth  extends  out to where the 
cultivator may cut roots.  

     Herbicides are used to  control  certain  weeds  and  grasses  along  with 
cultivation.  Avoid  unnecessary  cultivations  since  they  increase  cost  of 
production, spread the mosaic virus and may cut roots which could contribute to 
soil diseases such as Granville wilt and  black  shank.  An  on-farm  test  was 
conducted  in  1986  with  various  cultivations.  Results  are  shown  in  the 
following table:
                        EFFECT OF NUMBER OF CULTIVATIONS

         Number                          Variety
           of               Coker 48                  Coker 176
       Cultivations   Lb/A    $/A     Q.I.       Lb/A    $/A     Q.I.

             1        1949    3271    49         2227    3704    46
             2        1965    3222    44         2403    4057    47
             3        1752    2850    44         2395    3994    47

     All treatments received a herbicide and the  first  cultivation  was  made 
about  two  weeks after transplanting.  Two cultivations consisted of the early 
cultivation plus the second  one  at  layby  (5-6  weeks).  Three  cultivations 
consisted  of the early and layby plus an extra cultivation in between.  Mosaic 
was applied to every fifth plant of the Coker 48 variety  prior  to  the  first 
cultivation  to measure the spread of the disease by cultivation.  Coker 176 is 
resistant to mosaic.  
     The additional layby cultivation of Coker 176 increased yield and value by 
8 to 10 percent  over  the  single  early  cultivation.  The  additional  third 
cultivation between had no positive influence.  Each cultivation results in $9-
$10 increase in cost per acre.

     Yield  and  value  of  Coker  48 did not increase with the addition of the 
layby  cultivation  and  actually  decreased  by  11  percent  with  the  third 
cultivation.  This decrease can be attributed to the effect of mosaic which was 
spread by the second and third cultivation.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO VARIETY SELECTION                           
-DOC-
                           TOBACCO VARIETY SELECTION
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist 

     The choice of varieties should be based on the needs of each field and the 
total production system being used.  No single variety is best for all growers.
A variety may perform well with one grower but may prove  unsatisfactory  to  a 
neighbor.  The  following  table shows the percent of acres planted to the more 
popular varieties grown in South Carolina. 
               VARIETIES PLANTED AND PERCENT OF ACREAGE, 1978-87

    Variety       '78  '79   '80   '81   '82   '83   '84   '85   '86   '87
    K-326          NA   NA    NA    NA    NA    10    24    29    52    55
    Speight G-28   29   34    19    19    18    12    13    10     7     8
    Coker 48       23   15    29    24    23    15    11    10     7     7
    K-394          NA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA     4     8     6
    McNair 944     17   20    15    15    13     9    10     8     8     5
    Speight G-70   NA   NA    17    14    13    14    15     9     4     4
    K-399          NA   NA    NA    NA     6    10     6     4     3     4
    Coker 176      NA   NA    NA    NA    NA     4     3     4     3     2
    Coker 206      NA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA     4     1     1
    Speight 108    NA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA     1
    K-340          NA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA     1
    Coker 319       2    5     3     6     7     4     4     3     2     1
    Coker 347      27   13     9     7     5     3     2     2     2     1
    Coker 371      NA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA     1
    McNair 373     NA   NA    NA     *     *     5     4     1     1     1
    K-317          NA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA     *     1
     In selecting a variety,  growers are advised to  pay  attention  to  those 
disease  problems  present  in a field.  Study carefully the section on disease 
control in this publication.  Other factors to consider are yield  and  quality 
of the cured leaf.  The relative difference in the quality index may serve as a 
guide.   Ground   suckers  and  handling  characteristics  are  important  con-
siderations also.  When trying a variety for  the  first  time,  plant  only  a 
limited  acreage.  Experience  is still the best indication of the best variety 
suitable for each grower.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NEW TOBACCO VARIETIES FOR 1987                         
-DOC-
                         NEW TOBACCO VARIETIES FOR 1987
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

     The following varieties have been tested and have met the standards of the 
Flue-Cured Tobacco Variety Evaluation Committee.  

     K-340  was developed by Northrup King from a cross of McNair 
              944 X NC 82.  

     NC 27 NF was developed by N.  C.  State  University  from  a 
              cross of (Coker 319 X NC TG-21) X Coker 319.  It is 
              a  nonflowering variety and should be topped around 
              18 leaves.  

     NC 60 was developed by N.C.  State University from  a  cross 
              of McNair 944 X Speight G-28.  

     Reams  158  was developed by Reams Seed Company from a cross 
              of McNair 944 X Hicks.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MOSAIC RESISTANT TOBACCO VARIETIES                       
-DOC-
                       MOSAIC RESISTANT TOBACCO VARIETIES
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist
 
     Mosaic,  a virus disease,  continues  to  be  a  problem  on  most  farms.
Rotation  and  a  good  sanitation program can help reduce the losses from this 
"silent" disease.  Growers that continually have problems with mosaic and those 
who cannot rotate may find that a  mosaic  resistant  variety  will  help.  Two 
fairly new varieties available that have proven to have good yields and quality 
are Coker 176 and N.C. 567.  

     An  on-farm  test  was  conducted  in  1986  in  Florence,  Clarendon  and 
Williamsburg counties to show the effect of mosaic  and  nitrogen  rates  on  a 
susceptible  variety,  Coker  48,  along with the two resistant varieties.  The 
results are shown in the following table: 
          EFFECT OF MOSAIC AND NITROGEN ON THREE VARIETIES, 1986
        Variety        N Lb/A       Lb/A            $/A        Q.I.

       Coker 48        Rec. -20     2,013          3,308        40
          With         Rec.         1,965          3,222        44
          Mosaic       Rec. +20     2,112          3,538        44
                       Average      2,030          3,356        43
       - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
        Coker 48       Rec. -20     2,429          4,131        46
          Without      Rec.         2,459          4,135        44
          Mosaic       Rec. +20     2,624          4,440        45
                       Average      2,504          4,235        45
       - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
        Coker 176      Rec. -20     2,317          3,888        48
          Mosaic       Rec.         2,403          4,057        47
          Resistant    Rec. +20     2,368          3,876        40
                       Average      2,363          3,940        45
       - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
        NC 567         Rec. -20     2,272          3,872        52
          Mosaic       Rec.         2,413          4,128        48
          Resistant    Rec. +20     2,468          4,167        43
                       Average      2,384          4,056        48
     Mosaic reduced yield and value per acre of Coker 48  by  20  percent.  The 
two  resistant varieties had comparable yield and value at the recommended rate 
of nitrogen but quality was reduced when nitrogen rates were increased.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO PLANT BED MANAGEMENT                          
-DOC-
                          TOBACCO PLANT BED MANAGEMENT
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

     Producing transplants is an important part of a tobacco production system.
Most  growers find it advantageous to grow their own plants.  When bed failures 
exist or plants are obtained elsewhere,  efforts should be  made  to  get  them 
within  the  state.  Diseases  can  be  introduced  and spread through imported 
plants.  A serious outbreak of a virus disease called vein  banding  caused  by 
potato  virus  Y (PVY) occurred in 1983 and was thought to have been brought in 
on plants from Florida.  This disease was evident again in 1986. 

     Three  big  problems  with  plant  beds  are  poor   drainage,   excessive 
fertilizer, and seeding too early.  The following points are suggested: 

     - Have soil tested and apply lime if suggested.
     - Prepare a good seedbed slightly raised in the center.
     - Apply no more than 50 pounds of 12-6-6 fertilizer per 100 
       square  yards  of  bed  where  plastic  covers  are  used.  
       Incorporate evenly in the top 2-3 inches of soil.  
     - Fumigate with methyl bromide when  the  soil  moisture  is 
       neither  too  wet  nor too dry.  Fumigation is best in the 
       fall when the air temperature is 55oF.  or  higher.  Leave 
       plastic covers on until time for seeding.
     - Punch 1/4-inch holes at least every  1.5-2  inches  before 
       removing cover to seed.  
     - Seed beds 60-70 days ahead of transplanting  date.  Use  1 
       ounce of seed per 600 square yards of bed.  (40 plants per 
       square foot is ideal).  
     - Apply Ridomil @ 1.0 ounce per 150 square  yards  for  blue 
       mold protection.  
     - Apply enide 90W  @  2  ounces  per  100  square  yards  to 
       supplement weed and grass control.  
     - Apply Di-Syston 15G @ 0.6 pound per 100 square yards.
     - Apply a thin layer of  straw  mulch  evenly  over  bed  to 
       support cover.  
     - Irrigate immediately rather than waiting for a rain.  This 
       will  settle  the  seed and incorporate Ridomil and Enide.  
       Cover immediately.  
     - Provide additional drainage between beds  and  around  bed 
       site to remove surface water rapidly.  
     - Remove plastic cover as outside  temperature  reaches  75-
       80oF  to prevent scalding (the temperature should never be 
       allowed to go over 100oF under the  cover)  and  cover  if 
       temperature is expected to go below 45oF.  
     - Provide irrigation as needed and  especially  just  before 
       pulling plants.  
     - Check beds regularly for stand, growth, insects, diseases, 
       or  other  problems.  Plants  that  turn yellow may be the 
       result of (1) nitrogen deficiency,  (2) sulfur deficiency, 
       (3)  heat  injury,  or  (4)  excessive water around roots.  
       Both nitrogen and sulfur are leachable  and  symptoms  are 
       difficult  to  distinguish  without a tissue analysis.  If 
       extra nitrogen is needed,  evenly broadcast 3-5 pounds  of 
       nitrate  of  soda per 100 square yards when the plants are 
       dry  and  irrigate  immediately.   If  sulfur  is  needed, 
       broadcast 5 pounds of Epsom salts (magnesium sulfate) or 3 
       pounds of Sul-Po-Mag per 100 square yards.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREVENT PREMATURE TOBACCO FLOWERING                      
-DOC-
                      PREVENT PREMATURE TOBACCO FLOWERING
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

     Premature flowering was widespread in 1983 and 1984.  Very little occurred 
in  1985  and  1986  partly  because  growers  did not seed beds as early as in 
previous years and because of milder temperatures after transplanting.

     Environmental stress,  especially low temperatures (less than  45oF)  have 
been  shown  to  contribute  to  this problem,  especially after seedlings have 
developed about five leaves.  Avoid seeding beds until the middle  of  January.
If covers are removed because of high temperatures (75-80oF),  be sure they are 
placed back on the beds if night temperatures are expected to  go  below  45oF. 
Some  varieties  such  as  NC  82 are more sensitive to premature flowering and 
should be seeded later than normal.  
     When premature flowering occurs,  the plant should be cut back low  enough 
to  grow  a  good  sucker.  Plowing up the entire crop should be done only as a 
last resort,  especially late in the season.  When less than 10 percent of  the 
plants  are affected,  little yield is lost if nothing is done.  Where a higher 
percent occurs,  it is best to cut the plants back.  Avoid the spread of mosaic 
when cutting plants.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CLIPPING TOBACCO PLANTBEDS                            
-DOC-
                           CLIPPING TOBACCO PLANTBEDS 
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

     Research in Georgia and North Carolina, as well as demonstrations in South 
Carolina  in  1985  and  1986 have shown the following advantages from clipping 
plants in the bed with a lawn mower:  (1) increased uniformity, (2) more plants 
pulled at one time,  (3) larger stem diameter,  (4) less transplant shock,  and 
(5) easier transplanting.  It is estimated that two  percent  of  growers  used 
this practice in 1986 in South Carolina.

     Another  big  advantage is the delay in growth of larger plants.  Clipping 
removes some of the leaf area and allows sunlight to penetrate the canopy which 
helps smaller plants grow and catch up.  Growers have found it advantageous  to 
delay  the  growth  of  plants  sometimes  when weather conditions prevent land 
preparation coinciding with transplant growth.
     Any high suction lawn mower may be modified to allow increases  in  height 
adjustments  from  4  inches  up  to  10 inches with 1 inch increments.  Larger 
diameter wheels will require less energy to push the mower.  A  bag  attachment 
to  catch  the debris may prevent potential disease problems.  Clip plants when 
the larger ones reach about 4" from the soil to the bed.  Mow beds about  every 
5  days  with  the  lawn  mower  set  slightly above the top of the bed.  Avoid 
cutting below the bed since suckers will form.  

     CAUTION:  The spread of mosaic is a potential problem.  Take care to  wash 
thoroughly  the  underside  of  the  mower with chlorine bleach and a phosphate 
detergent mixed 1:1  with  water  immediately  after  each  clipping.  If  this 
practice  is being used for the first time,  mow only a portion of the beds the 
first year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO FERTILIZATION                             
-DOC-
                             TOBACCO FERTILIZATION
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

     Adequate  fertilizer  is  important  in  managing  a  tobacco  crop to get 
adequate yields and the highest possible quality at  the  least  cost.  A  soil 
test  is  an excellent way to help determine the amount of nutrients needed for 
each field.  It also helps to keep the pH near the optimum  of  5.6-6.0.  Never 
add  lime  without  a  soil  test.  High  pH  levels may cause certain nutrient 
deficiencies as well as increase disease problems. 

     Most  tobacco  soils  in  South  Carolina  need  60-80  pounds of nitrogen 
(depending on depth to clay), 40 pounds or less of phosphorus (P205),  and 120-
140  pounds  of  potassium  (K20)  per  acre.  Soil-test summaries show that 96 
percent of tobacco fields tested medium to  very  high  in  phosphorus  and  87 
percent  tested  medium  or  high  in potassium.  Using more nutrients than are 
needed is wasteful,  increases  production  costs  and  decreases  profit.  The 
following  chart  shows  the  average  pounds of N-P-K being used on tobacco in 
South Carolina from fertilizer sales figures.  
     POUNDS PER ACRE OF N-P-K USED ON TOBACCO IN SOUTH CAROLINA, 1976-86

            '76   '77   '78   '79   '80   '81   '82   '83   '84   '85   '86

Nitrogen    119   128   118   114   111   103    99   101    94    90    82
Phosphorus  189   192   177   179   158   146   129   119   118    96    82
Potassium   266   259   240   234   232   251   218   218   284   191   173
        PERCENT COMPLETE FERTILIZER SOLD IN SOUTH CAROLINA, 1975-86

     Analysis  '75  '76  '77  '78  '79  '80  '81  '82  '83  '84  '85  '86

     3-9-9      57   35   34   41   46   29   35   31   29   29   26   23
     4-8-12     20   20   17   14   14   16   10    8    6    3    2    2
     5-10-15     8    9   10    8    9   17    6    -    -    5    4    4
     6-12-18    13   31   35   29   26   21   23   16    8    4    1    -
     6-6-18      -    -    -    4    2   13   16   38   52   56   50   68
     8-16-24     2    5    5    2    2    2    5    7    -    -    -    -
     8-8-24      -    -    -    1    1    3    6    -    5    3    6    4

Complete fertilizer is important  because  it  usually  supplies  some  of  all 
nutrients  required  for  good  tobacco growth.  It is also the most expensive.
The complete fertilizer should be used to  supply  the  needed  phosphorus  and 
potassium  and  some  of  the nitrogen.  Growers who get most of their nitrogen 
needs by using a complete fertilizer are wasting  other  nutrients,  increasing 
fertilizer costs, and reducing profits.  
Efficient Use of Fertilizer Nutrients

     Tobacco growers should strive to get the most out of  every  dollar  spent 
for   fertilizer.   This  may  be  accomplished  by  (1)  using  high  analysis 
fertilizer,  (2) using only  enough  complete  fertilizer  to  get  the  needed 
nutrients,  (3)  applying all fertilizer after transplanting,  and (4) applying 
all nutrients early.  

     Most growers are now using  6-6-18,  a  high  analysis  fertilizer.  These 
growers  have recognized the economic advantage of high analysis as well as the 
reduction in labor and transportation costs.  The  following  chart  shows  the 
percent  of each analysis tobacco fertilizer sold when calculated on a nitrogen 
equivalent basis.  
                        ON-FARM FERTILIZER TEST - 1985-86

Fertilizer Program                    Lb/A    $/A     $/Lb  Q.I.  Cost $/A

(1) 6-6-18 (667 lb) + Soda            2,932   5,234   1.79   56     90.11
(2) All 6-6-18 (Same Nitrogen as 1)   2,848   5,078   1.78   56    126.17
(3) All 6-6-18 (Same Cost as 1)       2,719   4,776   1.76   55     90.11
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
(1) 6-6-18 (667 lb) + Soda            2,772   4,831   1.74   49     90.11
(2) All 3-9-9 (Same Nitrogen as 1)    2,638   4,672   1.77   54    214.13
(3) All 3-9-9 (Same Cost as 1)        2,403   4,137   1.72   51     90.11

     The  table above shows a distinct advantage to using only 667 pounds of 6-
6-18 with enough soda  to  increase  the  nitrogen  to  the  recommended  level 
compared with either all 6-6-18 or all 3-9-9.  When all 6-6-18 or 3-9-9 (2) are 
used  to  give equal amounts of nitrogen as (1),  fertilizer costs are greater.
Yields and  value  would  normally  be  expected  to  be  about  equal.  It  is 
understandable  why all 6-6-18 and 3-9-9 with the same cost as (1)  resulted in 
lower yields and value since less total nitrogen was used because the  complete 
fertilizer is more expensive.  
     Another  efficient way of using fertilizer is to delay application until a 
week after transplanting.  Most South Carolina growers use this practice.  This 
decreases  fertilizer  injury,   lessens  the   chance   of   leaching   before 
transplanting,  and  provides  flexibility  for  the  grower  if  replanting is 
necessary. 

     Research has shown that all nutrients should be applied by  the  third  to 
fourth week after transplanting.  Avoid late applications of nitrogen at layby.
The  results  of  on-farm tests during 1985 and 1986,  shown below,  indicate a 
decrease in yield and value when nitrogen is applied too late  in  the  season. 
Both treatments received the same fertilizer program and rates.  

                       ON-FARM FERTILIZER TEST, 1985 - 86

Time of Sidedressing Application         Lb/A      $/A      $/Lb      Q.I.

2 weeks after transplanting              2,852     5,032    1.76       53
At layby                                 2,729     4,796    1.76       53
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NITROGEN MANAGEMENT IN TOBACCO                         
-DOC-
                         NITROGEN MANAGEMENT IN TOBACCO
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist
 
     Nitrogen has more effect on yield and quality  than  any  other  nutrient.
Too  much  nitrogen  will  increase sucker growth,  delay optimum harvest time, 
increase the severity of some diseases,  lower quality,  and even lower  yields 
sometimes.  

     On-farm tests were conducted in 1985 and 1986 with various nitrogen rates.
The  recommended rate of nitrogen used at each of the six locations varied from 
60 to 80 pounds per acre depending on topsoil depth.  All treatments received a 
base rate of 667 pounds per acre of 6-6-18 with enough nitrate of soda added to 
give the various nitrogen levels.  Yield and value per acre,  price per  pound, 
and quality index are shown in the following table.
                         ON-FARM NITROGEN TEST, 1985-86

                Nitrogen       Lb/A      $/A      $/Lb     Q.I.

                Rec - 20 lb    2,659     4,648    1.75     55
                Recommended    2,852     5,032    1.76     53
                Rec + 20 lb    2,875     5,085    1.77     53
                Rec + 40 lb    2,834     5,006    1.77     50

     Yield  and  value  per  acre  did  not  significantly  increase beyond the 
recommended level of nitrogen.  Highest rates resulted in  a  decrease  in  the 
quality index as well as increased production costs.

     Sucker  pressure  increases  with excessive nitrogen.  The following table 
shows the results of an on-farm test on the effect of an additional  20  pounds 
of  nitrogen.  The  number  of  suckers  increased  by 19 percent and the total 
weight increased by 37 percent.
                 EFFECT OF EXCESSIVE NITROGEN ON SUCKER GROWTH

                                                 Sucker Growth
                 Nitrogen Rate                   No/A     Lb/A

                 Recommended                    11,615    2,271
                 Recommended + 20 lb            13,818    3,113
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ADJUST FOR NITROGEN LEACHING IN TOBACCO                    
-DOC-
                    ADJUST FOR NITROGEN LEACHING IN TOBACCO
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

     Recommended  rates  of  nitrogen range from 60 to 80 pounds per acre under 
most conditions.  When excessive amounts of rainfall occur  from  transplanting 
until  about  the  7th  week,  additional  nitrogen  may  be necessary.  A good 
practice is to have a rain gauge near each field  and  record  rainfall  daily.
Sandy  soils  leach  much  more  readily  than the heavier soils.  DO NOT OVER-
ADJUST!  
                   PERCENT OF NITROGEN (N) TO BE REPLACED 1/

                               Inches of 2/    Weeks after Transplanting
Depth to Clay                  Excess Water    1-3      4-5        6-7
 Less than 12"                         1          0        0          0
(Total N needed = 60 lb)              2         20       10          0
                                      3         30       20          0

12-16"                                1         30       20          0
(Total N needed = 70 lb)              2         45       30         10
                                      3         60       40         15

Over 16"                              1         50       25         15
(Total N needed = 80 lb)              2         75       35         20
                                      3        100       45         25

1/ Apply 1 pound of potassium per pound of nitrogen when adjustments are  made.
2/ Excess water is that amount moving through  the  soil  after  the  soil  has 
   reached  its water-holding capacity.  Subtract the estimated amount of water 
   that runs out of the field from  the  total  rainfall  to  determine  excess 
   water.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO SUCKER CONTROL                             
-DOC-
                             TOBACCO SUCKER CONTROL
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

     Good sucker control is necessary for high yields,  good  quality,  reduced 
labor,  and  efficient  use  of  harvesting  equipment.  Consider the following 
suggestions:


     1.  Do not apply excessive rates of total nitrogen fertilizer (See p 10).  

     2.  Apply first application of contact material when 50% of  plants  reach 
         the  button  stage.  Delaying  beyond  this  stage  may result in many 
         suckers too large to control adequately.  

     3.  Use enough contact material to get the  job  done  thoroughly.  Use  2 
         gallons with 48 gallons of water, and apply 50 gallons of this mix per 
         acre.  It is important to have the right concentration of chemical and 
         water  to ensure proper control of the suckers.  At each leaf axil are 
         three potential suckers.  When  the  right  concentration  is  applied 
         properly, all three suckers in most leaf axils are controlled.  
         CAUTION:  Contacts  (fatty  alcohols) should have continuous agitation 
         when mixed with water.  If the solution is not agitated for  a  length 
         of  time,  it  should  not  be used since damage to tobacco may occur.
         Avoid using cold water.  

     4.  Top all plants that have begun to flower.  Do not wait until all  have 
         flowered.  Top  low enough to ensure normal size leaf.  Suckers in the 
         very top of the plant are hardest to control with contacts, especially 
         when the top leaves are not big enough to catch enough spray  material 
         and  funnel  it to the sucker.  Topping low enough to get 18-22 leaves 
         will elimate many hard-to-kill suckers and provide  equal  yields  and 
         quality with fewer leaves to handle.  

     5.  Apply  second  application of a contact 3-5 days later as described in 
         No. 3 above.  

     6.  Top remaining plants as soon as practical. 
     7.  Apply a systemic material about a week later after last application of 
         contact.  Apply in the morning after dew has dried.  Tobacco should be 
         in a growing stage and not wilted.  During dry weather,  an irrigation 
         1-2   days   before   application   of   systemics  will  improve  its 
         effectiveness.  Avoid excessive use of systemics and apply at least  7 
         days before harvest to reduce residues.  
 New Sucker Control Materials

     Prime  +  introduced  in  1982 is a systemic but is referred to as a local 
systemic or contact systemic.  It is effective only if it contacts the  sucker. 
Prime  +  must  be  applied  precisely  using  the  same  procedure as applying 
contacts.  Most suckers missed are in the top of the plant.  Better results are 
usually obtained if plants are topped around 18-22  leaves.  Suckers  that  are 
missed  with  Prime  + will continue to grow.  Remove these suckers by hand 1-2 
weeks after application.  

     Some  growers  applied Prime + by using a hand-held drop line for each row 
of tobacco.  This method gave much better control of suckers  than  the  normal 
machine  sprayer.  Results of Extension on-farm,  sucker-control tests indicate 
the hand application requires 12 times more labor since a person  is  required.
for each row.  CAUTION:  Prime + is a dinitroaniline common to that  family  of 
herbicides.  Some stunting of small grain and corn have been observed following 
the  use  of  Prime +.  Tobacco following Prime + treated tobacco has also been 
reported to have suffered early season stunting when dinitroaniline  herbicides 
were  used.  Follow  label  directions  carefully,  especially when applying by 
hand.

     Bud Nip,  also introduced in 1982,  has had very limited use and  was  not 
available  during  1986.  Other  new  materials tested included Off Shoot M and 
Fair 2; both are MH formulations.  
                         ON-FARM SUCKER CONTROL TEST, 1986

                              Suckers Pulled by Hand            Labor
                       Yield            No./A                 Hours/Acre
Treatments 1/          Lb/A   2 weeks     4 weeks   Total    2 wk 4 wk Tot

OST/OST/RMH            2,370      820      3,744     4,564    3.5  4.8  8.3
OST/OST/RMH/RMH 2/     2,390      760      1,204     1,964    3.4  2.7  6.1
OST/OST/RMH/BN         2,414      520      1,808     2,328    3.1  3.1  5.2
OST/PRIME +            2,504    1,572      2,084     3,656    4.0  3.3  7.3
OST/PRIME + /3 RMH /4  2,422      984      1,456     2,440    3.5  2.8  6.3
OST/OST/OFM            2,428    1,212      3,692     4,904    3.7  4.6  8.3
F-85/F-85/FAIR-2       2,276    1,224      3,496     4,720    3.5  5.0  8.5
F-85/F-85/FST-7        2,424      608      3,392     4,000    3.0  4.2  7.2
SP/SP/SS               2,364    1,228      3,316     4,544    3.6  4.2  7.8
1/ Chemicals and rates are as follows unless otherwise noted:

     Off Shoot T @ 2.0 gal                  Fair-85 @ 2.0 gal
     Royal MH-30 @ 1.5 gal                  Fair-2 @ 1.125 gal
     Bud Nip @ 1.0 gal                      FST-7 @ 3.0 gal
     Prime + @ 1.0 gal                      Sucker Plucker @ 2.0 gal
  2/ Royal M-H30 @ 0.5 gal                  Off Shoot M @ 1.5 gal
  3/ Prime + @ .75 gal                      Sucker Stuff @ 1.0 gal
  4/ Royal MH-30 @ 1.0 gal
                         SUCKER CONTROL CHEMICALS GUIDE
                                          Pressure             Amt. of Water
Type of Material                 Rate/A     PSI     Nozzles*       Gal/A

CONTACTS (C8-C10)
   (Off-Shoot T, Fair 85                            2-TG3
   Sucker Plucker, etc.)         2.0 gal     20     and               50
                                                    1-TG5
SYSTEMICS (MH)
   1.5 lb/gal (Royal MH-30
     Fair Plus, etc.)            1.5 gal     40     3-TX18         30-50
  2.25 lb/gal (Sucker Stuff)     1.0 gal     40     3-TX18         30-50
  2.0 lb/gal (Fair-2)            1.125 gal   40     3-TX18         30-50
COMBINATION (C10 + MH)                              2-TG3
     FST-7                       3.0 gal     20     and               50
NEW SYSTEMIC MATERIALS (Use on trial basis)	
    Bud Nip                      1.0 lb/gal  30     3-TX18            40
                                                    2-TG3
    Prime Plus                   1.0 lb/gal  20     and               50
                                                    1-TG5
*May use comparable size nozzles.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO WEED CONTROL                              
-DOC-
                              TOBACCO WEED CONTROL
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

                           Max. Broadcast
Preplant Incorporated         Rate/A                    Remarks
       Devrinol 50W           2.0 lb         Apply and incorporate to a depth
       Paarlan EC             1.0 qt         of 2-3 inches.  If disc is used,
       Prowl                  1.5 pt         cut to a depth of 4-6 inches and
       Tillam 6 E             0.55 gal       cross disc to improve 
                                             incorporation.
After Transplanting                          Band over the top after trans- 
       Devrinol 50 W          2.0 lb         planting.  Use irrigation or
       Enide 90W              4.4 lb         shallow cultivation if no rain
                                             occurs within a few days.
At Layby
       Devrinol 50W           2.0 lb         Band spray in row middles
       Enide 90W              4.4 lb         immediately after last 
       Prowl               .0-1.5 pt         cultivation.  Avoid contact
       Surflan 4AS or      .0-2.0 pt         with leaf surface.
               75W        0.67-1.33 lb
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOBACCO ROOT AND STALK DESTRUCTION                        
-DOC-
                       TOBACCO ROOT AND STALK DESTRUCTION 
                      Ben U.Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

     Early destruction of  roots  and  stalks  is  essential  to  help 
control  nine  major  pests  of  tobacco - budworms,  hornworms,  flea 
beetles, nematodes, brown spot, mosaic, PVY,  grasses,  and weeds.  By 
destroying  the stalks and roots early,  these pests can be prohibited 
from further buildup to plague the next year's crop.  A  thorough  job 
of destruction immediately after final harvest will help this old crop 
residue  to decay much quicker while the temperature is higher and the 
stalks are succulent.  

     The following steps are essential:

     (1)  Cut stalks.  A rotary mower is best since it will cut and 
          shred  the stalks into smaller pieces.  A heavy disc will 
          suffice,  but a thorough job means more than just leaning 
          the stalks over.  

     (2)  Dislodge the Root System.  If not killed, the root system 
          will  continue  to  grow.   Suckers  will   develop   and 
          nematodes  will  continue  to multiply.  Plow out or disc 
          the roots to expose them to the hot drying sun.  A  heavy 
          disc  may  be  sufficient to do steps one and two if done 
          properly.  

     (3)  Bury All Crop Residue.  About  2-3  weeks  after step  2, 
          another  discing  will  help  to  kill any remaining live 
          roots and cover  the  old  crop  residue  with  soil  for 
          thorough decomposition.  
 
     For  this  program  to  be  most  effective,  all  tobacco  fields  in the 
neighborhood must be properly disced.  Each grower should remind  neighbors  if 
stalks are still standing.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HARVEST RIPE TOBACCO                              
-DOC-
                              HARVEST RIPE TOBACCO
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

    Ripe tobacco with medium body and an orange color is what most  buyers  say 
they  prefer.  Tobacco  must  be  mature  before  it  can ripen.  Ripeness is a 
naturally occurring process and should not be confused with the use of coloring 
agents.

     Nitrogen  affects  the  ripening  process  more  than  any  other  factor.
Ripeness  does  not take place until the soil nitrogen has been depleted.  Late 
or excessive applications of nitrogen will delay  this  process.  Growers  have 
allowed the tobacco to stay in the field longer in recent years; however, there 
was still a lot of immature and unripe tobacco on the market.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHEMICAL COLORING AGENTS IN TOBACCO                      
-DOC-
                      CHEMICAL COLORING AGENTS IN TOBACCO
                     Ben U. Kittrell, Extension Agronomist

     Two  materials  available  to  aid  in  coloring  tobacco are ETHY-GEN and 
Ethrel.  It is estimated that 16 percent was treated with Ethrel and 10 percent 
with ETHY-GEN in 1986.  Results of growers using these  materials  indicate  an 
inconsistent performance.  Do not expect these materials to solve problems such 
as overfertilization and late-maturing tobacco.
                           COLORING AGENTS AVAILABLE

Chemical        Rate                        Remarks

Ethrel 2-4 qt/A             Use    when    remaining    leaves     are 
                            physiologically  mature.  Test treat a few 
                            plants ahead to determine if chemical will 
                            cause yellowing.  Mix in 40-60  gal  water 
                            and  apply  at  40-60  psi pressure so all 
                            leaves are covered.  Harvest 24 hr  later.  
                            Excessive delay in harvesting could result 
                            in loss of yield and quality and may cause 
                            leaf  drop.  Treat only the amount planned 
                            for harvest at that time.  
  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ETHY-GEN      3-6 qt/barn   Use Tobacco Coloring  Generator  to  apply 
                            into  air  flow  of  curing  barn.  Follow 
                            manufacturer's   suggestions.    Harvested 
                            tobacco  should be physiologically mature.  
                            Use the higher rate for greener tobacco.  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ROTATE CROPS                                   
-DOC-
                                  ROTATE CROPS 
                      J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomist	

     Continued planting  of  corn  to  the  same  soil  site  year  after  year 
(monoculture)  often  encourages the buildup of pests and reduces yields.  When 
corn is rotated,  higher yields are generally achieved  even  when  fertilizer, 
water,  pest control, and soil tilth are optimum.  In a recent national survey, 
corn yield increases due to rotation ranged  from  6  to  30  bu/ac.  The  same 
survey  reported  yields  to  decline  after  2  to  5 years of continuous corn 
production.	 	
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOIL SELECTION FOR CORN                            
-DOC-
                            SOIL SELECTION FOR CORN
                      J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomist

     Good  yields require good soil.  Profitable corn yields cannot be produced 
on soils with marginal or poor production potentials.  Table 2 shows a list  of 
soil  types  best suited for corn production.  For more specific information on 
soil types and their yield potentials, contact your local SCS office.	 
        TABLE 2.  SOUTH CAROLINA SOILS WITH CORN YIELD 	
                  CAPABILITIES OF 100+ BU/AC	
   
        Altavista     Deloss        Kalmia         Persanti	
        Argent        Dothan        Lenoir         Ponzer	
        Aynor         Dunbar        Lumbee         Portsmouth	
        Bayboro       Duplin        Lynchburg      Rains	
        Bethera       Emporia       Marlboro       Red Bay	
        Bladen        Eulonia       Meggett        Shellbluff	
        Brookman      Eunola        Nemours        Stono	
        Byars         Faceville     Noboco         Suffolk	
        Cahaba        Goldsboro     Norfolk        Tomotley	
        Cape Fear     Grady         Ochlockonee    Varina	
        Caroline      Greenville    Ogeechee       Wadmalaw	
        Cartecay      Grifton       Okeetee        Wahee	
        Chewacla      Hobcaw        Olanta         Wickham	
        Clarendon     Hornsville    Onslow         Yauhannah	
        Congaree      Hyde          Orangeburg     Yemassee	
        Coxville      Izagora       Pantego        Yonges	
        Craven        Johns         Paxville	
  ______________________________________________________________	
  B.N. Stuckey, Jr., Assistant State Soil Scientist, SCS

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN ROW WIDTH                                  
-DOC-
                                 CORN ROW WIDTH 
                      J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomist	 

    General trends are toward narrower corn  row  widths.  In  South  Carolina, 
yield  increases of 5-10% have resulted when reducing row widths from 40 and 38 
inches to 30 inches.  Narrower rows maximize land use,  capture  sunlight  more 
effectively, and use soil moisture better, as long as the soil is moist.	 	 

     The  decision  to  change to narrower rows,  however,  is not an easy one.
Economically,  the increased cost from additional planter units and a  narrower 
corn  header  may  not  warrant  the  change.   Additional  time  and  economic 
considerations include: compatibility with other crop equipment, such as cotton 
pickers,  high-boy sprayers and row crop headers and alteration capabilities of 
existing equipment such as cultivators and sprayers.	 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MAGNESIUM  RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR CORN 	                     
-DOC-
                     MAGNESIUM  RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR CORN 	
             C.  L. Parks and J. P. Zublena, Extension Agronomists 

     A good soil test program and using the right source of  lime  will  supply 
adequate magnesium for corn.  If the soil test level for magnesium is 32 pounds 
per acre or greater,  the corn plant will have adequate magnesium.  Corn plants 
deficient in magnesium will be chlorotic between the veins (a  streaked  leaf).
Compact  layers  or  hardpans  and a high rate of potassium or calcium may also 
cause magnesium deficiencies in corn.	 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CURRENT SWINE TEST STATION DATA                       
-DOC-
                       CURRENT SWINE TEST STATION DATA
                 William G. Brown,  Extension Animal Scientist

This is the advance information prior to your receiving the sale catalog.  The 
following pens and pigs have completed the 28th test qualified for the Sale.  
Please note the group sale date and the date of the latest up-date.  You may 
check this page  for up-dates from now to sale.  September farrowed boars have 
started test. This group will be sold on March 16, 1988.  Sale dates for the 
future will be quarterly; March, June, September and December.  This should 
help producers locate superior tested boars periodically as needed.  

      * *  Sale Date  12/16/87  1:00 PM             Update 12/04/87  * *
12/04/87
                         S. C. SWINE EVALUATION CENTER
                                   28th TEST
                          Final - - - Off Test Report
                       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 EAR     BIRTH  #          ON      Off               Adj.   Adj.          Final
NOTCH    DATE  AL BVSPI   TEST    Test    ADG D230     BF    LEA    F/G   Index
 -----   ----- -- -----   ------ -----   ---- ----   ----   ----   ----   -----
** PEN #  4
*  DUROC   RAYMOND CAMPBELL, EASTOVER        SIRE: SUPER COMMANDER 2-2
  1-8    06/06 12   0.0   08/13  10/19   2.57  131   0.70   4.97   2.27   142.0

** PEN #  2
*  YORK    RAYMOND CAMPBELL, EASTOVER        SIRE: 2SV4 HICKORY 5-7
  2-8    06/06 11   0.0   08/10  10/12   2.54  128   0.78   4.61   2.27   134.6
  2-3    06/06 11   0.0   08/10  10/12   2.54  130   0.85   4.63   2.27   129.7
  2-5    06/06 11   0.0   08/10  10/12   2.41  129   0.81   4.61   2.27   124.7

** PEN # 15
*  DUROC   FOX TINDAL, PINEWOOD        SIRE: DW IMPULSE -7
 11-4    06/04 12   0.0   08/24  10/15   2.92  135   0.95   4.99   2.41   135.0
 11-1    06/04 12   0.0   08/24  10/15   2.92  133   1.23   5.72   2.41   115.4

** PEN # 24
*  YORK    ROSS J. DYE, BLACKSTOCK      SIRE: BIGUN 17-9
 11-3    06/30 11 107.4   09/10  11/23   2.35  138   0.73   4.94   2.29   125.2
 11-1    06/30 11 107.4   09/10  11/23   2.30  143   0.70   5.07   2.29   124.3

** PEN #  1
*  YORK    T.A. COVINGTON, NORWAY          SIRE: GDMC5 SUMO 21-3
  6-1    06/17 10 100.7   08/10  10/08   2.78  110   0.96   5.09   2.38   128.1
  6-2    06/17 10 100.7   08/10  10/08   2.54  117   0.92   5.37   2.38   116.5

** PEN # 16
*  DUROC   FOX TINDAL, PINEWOOD        SIRE: DW IMPULSE -7
 11-2    06/04 12   0.0   08/24  10/19   2.75  139   0.93   5.20   2.44   123.9
 11-7    06/04 12   0.0   08/24  10/19   2.71  137   0.95   5.15   2.44   120.1

** PEN # 11
*  YORK     MCCLAM FARM, LYNCHBURG       SIRE: WGW 5T RUFF 54-8
 10-4    06/20 12   0.0   08/27  11/09   2.38  135   0.61   4.94   2.29   132.6
 10-6    06/20 12   0.0   08/27  11/09   2.08  144   0.77   5.49   2.29   106.2

** PEN #  8
*  YORK    JOE M. RAST, ELLOREE         SIRE: JRA5 LAVERNE 9-2
  6-6    06/10 15 105.1   08/24  11/04   2.31  142   0.79   4.54   2.28   119.3
  6-1    06/10 15 105.1   08/24  11/04   2.25  147   0.77   5.46   2.28   117.1

** PEN #  5
*  DUROC   RAYMOND CAMPBELL, EASTOVER        SIRE: SU5 BADGER 1-2
  4-3    06/08 10   0.0   08/17  10/19   2.41  133   0.74   4.86   2.42   118.3
  2-7    06/08 12   0.0   08/17  10/19   2.38  136   0.83   4.94   2.42   110.2

** PEN # 14
*  YORK     BLACK CREST FARM, SUMTER          SIRE: WGW5 C & G 74-4
 27-3    06/08 12 106.2   08/24  11/02   2.40  142   0.77   5.22   2.42   115.6
 28-1    06/09  5  96.5   08/24  11/02   2.14  149   0.77   4.94   2.42   100.0

** PEN # 19
*  YORK     HAMBONE FARM, REEVESVILLE     SIRE: WGW6 WORKOUT
  7-12   06/21 12 104.0   09/03  11/09   2.45  142   0.78   4.86   2.50   111.9
  6-6    06/19  7 101.9   09/03  11/09   2.27  146   0.73   4.68   2.50   104.6
  6-5    06/19  7 101.9   09/03  11/09   2.42  141   0.90   5.09   2.50   101.7

** PEN #  9
*  YORK     BLACK CREST FARM, SUMTER          SIRE: WLM6 POCALLA 7-1
 24-6    06/07  7  99.4   08/17  10/21   2.46  138   0.82   5.25   2.48   111.2
 20-2    06/04  9  98.9   08/17  10/21   2.40  139   0.83   5.20   2.48   106.9
 16-3    06/01  8  98.9   08/17  10/21   2.37  143   0.94   4.97   2.48    97.4

** PEN #  6
*  YORK     MCCLAM FARM, LYNCHBURG       SIRE: WGW6 DYNAMO 11-3
  8-1    06/19 10   0.0   08/17  10/26   2.49  124   0.81   4.97   2.65   101.0

** PEN # 25
*  HAMP    JOE M. RAST, ELLOREE         SIRE: AI LAST LAUGH 30-3
 19-2    06/20 11  99.8   09/10  11/23   2.19  154   0.65   5.63   2.54   102.4
 19-6    06/20 11  99.8   09/10  11/23   2.14  154   0.69   5.66   2.54    96.6

** PEN #  3
*  YORK    RAYMOND CAMPBELL, EASTOVER        SIRE: WS5 TOTO 16-7
  1-6    06/06 10   0.0   08/10  10/19   2.54  126   0.97   4.86   2.52   102.5
  3-1    06/07 12   0.0   08/10  10/19   2.11  140   0.73   4.78   2.52    93.5

** PEN # 20
*  DUROC   CHARLES SHULER & SON, HOLLY HILL      SIRE: CS GERRY 6-6
  5-7    06/17 10   0.0   09/07  11/11   2.49  144   0.97   4.61   2.54    98.0
  5-6    06/17 10   0.0   09/07  11/11   2.49  144   1.00   4.61   2.54    95.9

** PEN # 17
*  LANDRACE HAMBONE FARM, REEVESVILLE     SIRE: HBF6 EQUALIZER
 96-8    06/15 10 103.0   08/31  11/11   2.36  146   0.78   4.86   2.64    96.0

** PEN # 23
*  YORK    ROSS J. DYE, BLACKSTOCK      SIRE: RAM
  9-3    06/17 10  99.2   08/31  11/16   2.05  152   0.73   5.20   2.46    94.4
  9-2    06/17 10  99.2   08/31  11/16   1.95  154   0.65   4.99   2.46    94.0

** PEN #  7
*  YORK     MCCLAM FARM, LYNCHBURG       SIRE: WGW6 DYNAMO 11-3
  7-4    06/19  8   0.0   08/20  11/02   2.46  127   0.90   5.27   2.47   106.4
  7-2    06/19  8   0.0   08/20  11/02   2.08  139   0.83   5.20   2.47    88.5
  7-5    06/19  8   0.0   08/20  11/02   2.08  137   0.85   5.66   2.47    87.1

** PEN # 13
*  DUROC   JOE M. RAST, ELLOREE         SIRE: HP LINE DRIVE
 26-1    06/26  6 100.1   08/31  11/16   2.13  139   0.72   5.29   2.51    96.2
 26-3    06/26  6 100.1   08/31  11/16   2.00  147   0.69   4.78   2.51    90.5

** PEN # 18
*  LANDRACE HAMBONE FARM, REEVESVILLE     SIRE: C6 MASTERPIECE
101-5    06/23 14 100.8   09/03  11/16   2.35  140   0.99   5.49   2.60    83.7
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Average on 42 Sale Boars:   2.38  138   0.82   5.06   2.44   
             Average on 66 Test Boars:   2.27  142   0.83   5.13   2.47

                             --- End of Data ---   12/04/87
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ON-FARM-TEST REPORTS                              
-DOC-
                              ON-FARM-TEST REPORTS
                  William G. Brown, Extension Animal Scientist

The following Purebred Swine breeders are participating  in the official
Clemson On-The-Farm test program and have had boars weighed and scanned during
the six-week period beginning (06/23/87).  The data for boars indexing
over 99.9 are listed for each breeder, with sale availability following.

PIG  #    Brd  SIRE   SEX   Date Bn.   Wt.    D230      ABF      LEA     INDEX
=======   ===  ====   ===   ========   ===    ====     ====     ====     =====
STRICKLAND FARM, NICHOLS       392-3212
                          Boars Weighed 9/24/87
 90-5     L    3      B     04/15/87   224     165     0.62     5.79     132.4
 90-10    L    3      B     04/15/87   224     165     0.77     5.28     120.4
  6-2     L    3      B     04/15/87   224     165     0.77     5.59     120.4
  6-5     L    3      B     04/15/87   220     168     0.84     5.13     109.4
  6-6     L    3      B     04/15/87   210     174     0.78     5.48     103.4
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIG  #    Brd  SIRE   SEX   Date Bn.   Wt.    D230      ABF      LEA     INDEX
=======   ===  ====   ===   ========   ===    ====     ====     ====     =====
JOE RAST, ELLOREE        826-6188
                          Boars Weighed 09/10/87
 35-1     D    21     B     02/25/87   255     181     0.71     4.70     139.8
 41-1     D    21     B     03/17/87   206     193     0.74     5.01     115.8
 40-5     D    21     B     03/16/87   214     188     0.87     5.22     114.4
 29-1     H    10     B     02/17/87   248     193     0.64     5.25     123.8
 39-7     Y    14     B     03/10/87   234     182     0.64     4.65     143.6
 39-1     Y    14     B     03/10/87   225     187     0.82     5.07     120.2
 39-8     Y    14     B     03/10/87   220     191     0.74     4.83     119.4
 36-3     Y    14     B     03/01/87   216     203     0.64     4.88     105.8
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HAMBONE FARM,  CHARLES REEVES, REEVESVILLE     563-4092
                          BOARS Weighed 9/10/87
 51-8     Y    10     B     03/25/87   256     156     0.80     4.78     118.0
 51-6     Y    10     B     03/25/87   242     163     0.76     4.85     108.6
 51-4     Y    10     B     03/25/87   240     164     0.76     4.87     106.8
 52-6     Y    10     B     03/25/87   252     158     0.90     4.92     106.4
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIG  #    Brd  SIRE   SEX   Date Bn.   Wt.    D230      ABF      LEA     INDEX
=======   ===  ====   ===   ========   ===    ====     ====     ====     =====
BLACK CREST FARM,  J. LUCAS,  SUMTER            481-2011
                          Boars Weighed 08/31/87
 28-2     D    23     B     03/15/87   234     167     0.83     5.15     126.1
 28-4     D    23     B     03/15/87   214     179     0.65     4.90     118.9
 28-3     D    23     B     03/15/87   220     175     0.95     5.13     102.1
 94-3     Y    13     B     03/05/87   250     168     0.82     5.23     125.1
104-2     Y    6      B     03/12/87   228     173     0.71     5.33     124.9
103-2     Y    13     B     03/11/87   236     170     0.78     4.43     124.7
101-3     Y    12     B     03/10/87   234     172     0.78     4.95     121.1
115-2     Y    12     B     03/15/87   220     175     0.74     5.34     118.9
 96-4     Y    13     B     03/06/87   240     172     0.81     5.07     118.7
105-1     Y    9      B     03/13/87   228     172     0.86     5.63     114.7
104-1     Y    6      B     03/12/87   214     182     0.65     5.32     113.5
 94-1     Y    13     B     03/05/87   244     171     0.94     5.02     110.1
101-2     Y    12     B     03/10/87   230     174     0.90     5.20     107.9
111-2     Y    11     B     03/14/87   210     183     0.72     4.85     106.1
107-1     Y    12     B     03/14/87   212     181     0.77     5.46     105.7
114-1     Y    12     B     03/15/87   214     179     0.87     5.74     101.3
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIG  #    Brd  SIRE   SEX   Date Bn.   Wt.    D230      ABF      LEA     INDEX
=======   ===  ====   ===   ========   ===    ====     ====     ====     =====
BOJA FARM   R.E. WILLIAMSON, NORWAY    263-4934
                          BOARS Weighed 7/8/87
  8-1     Y    11     B     01/25/87   250     154     0.55     4.94     161.5
  8-3     Y    11     B     01/25/87   250     154     1.00     4.66     125.5
  4-1     Y    11     B     01/20/87   258     155     1.06     4.38     118.9
  5-1     Y    12     B     01/22/87   240     162     0.95     4.78     115.1
  4-2     Y    11     B     01/20/87   234     167     0.88     4.35     111.7
  8-2     Y    11     B     01/25/87   226     166     0.92     4.95     110.3
  6-2     Y    12     B     01/24/87   226     167     1.02     5.25     100.5
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
McClam Farm, Lynchburg      437-2256
                          Boars Weighed   06/23/87
 12-3     Y    3      B     02/25/87   220     122     0.74     4.83     133.7
  5-1     Y    3      B     01/22/87   280     132     0.64     4.34     123.7
  7-12    Y    3      B     01/24/87   256     139     0.62     5.15     112.7
  7-10    Y    3      B     01/24/87   260     137     0.70     5.10     109.9
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIG  #    Brd  SIRE   SEX   Date Bn.   Wt.    D230      ABF      LEA     INDEX
=======   ===  ====   ===   ========   ===    ====     ====     ====     =====
ROSS J. DYE,   BLACKSTOCK          482-3759
                          Boars Weighed  06/03/87
  2-11    H    33     B     12/24/86   232     175     0.59     5.47     114.5
  5-6     S    26     B     01/01/87   232     167     0.69     4.97     120.9
  5-5     S    26     B     01/01/87   230     168     0.70     4.70     118.3
 12-11    Y    30     B     01/03/87   264     150     0.81     4.78     141.9
 12-10    Y    30     B     01/03/87   264     150     0.86     5.24     137.9
 11-9     Y    35     B     01/02/87   262     151     0.86     5.08     136.1
 10-9     Y    29     B     12/29/86   262     155     0.82     5.54     132.1
 16-9     Y    35     B     01/06/87   240     158     0.86     5.07     123.5
 10-12    Y    29     B     12/29/86   236     168     0.68     5.12     119.9
 11-11    Y    35     B     01/02/87   234     165     0.78     5.54     117.3
 13-5     Y    35     B     01/03/87   230     166     0.80     5.20     113.9
 16-10    Y    35     B     01/06/87   218     170     0.74     5.37     111.5
 10-11    Y    29     B     12/29/86   250     160     1.00     5.42     108.7
 11-12    Y    35     B     01/02/87   220     173     0.74     5.75     106.1
 15-10    Y    29     B     01/05/87   216     172     0.80     5.92     103.1
 16-7     Y    35     B     01/06/87   220     169     0.89     5.13     101.3
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           End of Data




-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NUTRIENT REQUIREMENTS OF SWINE--GESTATION,REPLACEMENT GILTS,BOARS	       
-DOC-
       NUTRIENT REQUIREMENTS OF SWINE--GESTATION,REPLACEMENT GILTS,BOARS	
                     John E. Albrecht and William G. Brown	
                          Extension Animal Scientists

   Item                Amoumt           Item                   Amount  	
Crude protein,%       14-16           Lysine,%                    0.55	
Methabolize energy,                   Salt,%                      0.50	
kcal/lb.               1450           Calcium,%                   0.90	
Ca-P ratio                1.14        Phosphorus,%                0.80	
Zinc,ppm                100           Iron,ppm                  100	
Copper,ppm                5           Manganese,ppm              10	
Iodine,ppm                0.14        Selenium,ppm                0.1	
Vitamin A,IU/lb.      2,500           Vitamin D,IU/lb.          400	
Vitamin E,IU/lb.          7.5         Vitamin K,IU/lb.            1.7	
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CURRENT SWINE EVENTS                           
-DOC-
                           CURRENT SWINE EVENTS
                 Carl W. Ackerman, Extention Swine Specialist
 
     Date                 Sale                      Location
  ----------   --------------------------   ------------------------------
  June 17      SC Swine Evaluation Boor     Sandhill Experiment Station
                 Test Sale
  July 12      Ross Dye's Yorkshire,        Farm near Blackstock
                 Hampshire, Spot Sale
END
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FLIMS, VIDEO TAPES AND SLIDE SETS                      
-DOC-
 
                      FLIMS, VIDEO TAPES AND SLIDE SETS
                 Carl W. Ackerman, Extension Swine Specialist
 
FLIMS
Atrophic Rhinitis--How to Identify--15 minutes- Color	
Video Tapes
Atropic Rhinitis--15 mintues	
Early Weaned Swine Nursey Building--28 mintues	
 
 
Slide Sets with Script	
Breeds of Swine and the Development of Today Meat Type Hog--30 
slides	
Fitting and Showing Your 4-H pig--25 slides	
Four-H Swine Nutrition - Learning About Feed--12 slides	
Managing Baby Pigs--24 slides	
Value of Various Feed Grains for Swine - Balancing Ration for 
Protein Content--15 slides	
Video Tapes	
~*UUUUUUUUUUUUUUU/]W
~*UUUUUUUUUUUUUUU/]Wapes	
  Tape 1
   How toBPN.X.ViJ""Z%=oMg+
  Tape 2	
   How to Place a Class--14.5 minutes	
  Tape 3	
   Test Yourself--24.5 minutes	
  Tape 4	
   Abbeville State Champisonship Team  Practice Workout--40 
   minutes	
 
 
END
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SWINE ANNOUNCEMENTS                            
-DOC-
                            SWINE ANNOUNCEMENTS
                 Carl W. Ackerman, Extension Swine Specialist
 
      Date                                Item
   ----------     ---------------------------------------------------------
   June 22        Entry deadline for performance tested barrow show - SC
                    State Fair
 
   July 12        Weigh week for State Fair barrows
END
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FOOD PLOT PLANTINGS	                              
-DOC-
                              FOOD PLOT PLANTINGS	
                     Frederick A. Busch, Wildlife Biologist
	
Many of the agricultural crops that are  commonly  planted  for  wildlife  food 
plots  should  be  planted  soon.  Some  of  the  different  plantings used for 
wildlife are listed below,  along with approximate planting  dates,  techniques 
and rates.	 
	
Use  of  these  crops in conjunction with forest management operations is espe-
cially beneficial to wildlife.  After a timber harvest and before  reestablish-
ing  the  new forest is the best time to plan and install food plots.  Consider 
using a variety of these crops on log decks,  haul-out roads  and  other  areas 
that  have  been  subjected to high degrees of soil disturbance.  Not only will 
you be providing much needed wildlife foods,  but the fast-growing agricultural 
crops will help prevent excessive soil erosion.	 
	
Although these crop plants are listed singly,  you may want  to  plant  several 
different  kinds  on each food plot.  If you can plant only one kind,  however, 
try to stagger planting dates.  Either technique - mixing varieties or stagger-
ing - will provide a longer period of food availability.  On forest  land,  in-
stall  1  acre  of  food plot for every 25 to 35 acres of forest.  Consult your 
county agent for the best variety of each plant for your area and soil type.  
    	
                 PLANTING                       PLANTING            WILDLIFE	
CROP               DATE          RATE           TECHNIQUE              USE
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------	
Corn            March-April     8 lbs        Drill in rows         Fall-winter	
                                per acre	
 
Soybeans        May-July 15     85 lbs       Drill or broadcast    Fall-winter	
                                per acre
	
Grain sorghum   July 15-30      6-8 lbs      Drill in rows         Fall-winter	
                                per acre
	
Cowpeas         May-June        2-3 pecks    Broadcast             Late summer	
                                per acre                           Early fall	
	
Chufa           May 15-July     30 lbs       Broadcast             Fall-winter	
                                per acre	
 
Browntop        April 15 -      20-30 lbs    Broadcast             Summer-fall	
 millet         August 15       per acre
 
Annual game     May-June        25 lbs       Broadcast             Fall-winter	
 bird mix                       per acre	
	
Common Florida  May-June 1      10 lbs       Broadcast             Late fall-	
 beggarweed                     per acre                           winter	
	
Japanese        July 1          20 lbs       Broadcast             Late fall-	
 millet         August 1        per acre                           winter	
 (waterfowl)	
                *Keep water off until plants are 10 inches high
	
Proso millet    April 1         15-20 lbs    Drill in rows         Fall	
                July 1          per acre     or broadcast          Winter	
	
Sunflower       June            5 lbs        Broadcast             Fall-winter	
                                per acre	
______________________________________________________________________________
	
SOURCES:  South Carolina Wildlife & Marine Resources Department	
          Clemson University Agricultural Extension Service	
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Channel Catfish Fingerling Production	                     
-DOC-
                     Channel Catfish Fingerling Production	
             Dr. Tom Schwedler, Extension Aquaculture Specialist
	
     Catfish fingerling production systems range from simple, open-pond rearing 
systems to complex systems where eggs are incubated in troughs.  The complexity 
of the operation depends on its size and the producer's objectives.  	
     Channel catfish fingerlings are raised for commercial food fish 
production, recreational fee-fishing, and home use.  Some producers sell 
fingerlings to other producers, while some limit their operations to supplying 
their own needs.  A careful study of the market should be conducted before 
investing in catfish fingerling production to avoid losing money because of 
poor demand.	 
     Whatever the size or purpose of the operation, certain basic requirements 
must be met to insure success.  Water must be of good quality and the soil and 
topography must be suitable for pond construction.  Check with your county 
agent and Soil Conservation Service for assistance.  	
     You must have healthy, disease-free catfish brood stock, suitable ponds 
for holding brood stock, and in most cases, nursery ponds for rearing finger
lings.  Commercial fingerling producers usually have separate hatching troughs 
or tanks where eggs are incubated and the newly hatched fish, called "fry," are 
trained to feed before they are stocked into nursery ponds.  You need tanks 
supplied with a dependable water supply and aeration if fingerlings are to be 
held or graded before shipment.  You also need seines of suitable mesh size, 
length, and depth and a fish transporter to harvest and transport fry and 
fingerlings.  	
     Catfish fingerling production requires more technical skill and management 
than producing food-size fish from fingerlings.  The fingerling producer must 
manage the reproductive behavior of the catfish brood stock to meet his need 
and then use specific skills to hatch, rear, harvest, inventory, and market the 
fingerlings.  The objective is to produce a given number of fingerlings of a 
certain size by a specified time.  This requires careful planning, a good 
understanding of the catfish reproductive process, along with an understanding 
of the requirements of eggs and young fish.  Most successful operations start 
small and expand as the operator gains experience.	 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
For further information, contact your county agent, or 	
Dept. of Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
Clemson University	
Clemson, SC 29634-0362	
656-3117	
   



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Determination of Catfish Stocking Rates	                    
-DOC-
                    Determination of Catfish Stocking Rates	
             Dr. Tom Schwedler, Extension Aquaculture Specialist
	
     The rate that channel catfish can be stocked in commercial ponds depends 
on three basic factors:  maximum safe feeding rate, size of fish desired at 
harvest and maximum pounds of fish which can be fed at the maximum feeding 
rate.  These factors must be considered carefully to insure that fish in the 
pond grow and convert efficiently and do so in a timely manner.  Culture 
systems can vary from farm to farm and according to the size of the fish.	
     The first task in determining optimal stocking rate is to determine the 
maximum feeding rate that your system will tolerate.  Experience is the best 
way to establish this; however, no system should exceed 100 lbs of feed/-
acre/day*.  Over 100 lbs/acre/day under current management practices causes 
water quality to deteriorate thus limits production.	 
     The second task is to determine the size of fish desired at harvest.  
Marketing considerations must be evaluated whether fingerlings or food fish 
are raised.  The effect of size desired at harvest also has a practical effect 
on the stocking rate in a pond.  For example, if fingerlings of 3" average 
length are desired, a much higher stocking rate can be used than if you desire 
6" average size.	
     From the maximum feeding rate allowable and average size desired at 
harvest, you can estimate maximum poundage/acre at harvest.  The average size 
at harvest will determine approximately what percentage of their body weight 
the fish will consume.  With this percentage, the maximum weight of fish that 
can be fed effectively by the maximum feeding rate you establish can be 
computed.  The object is to have the fish reach this maximum poundage as close 
to harvest time as possible.  If your fish are not of an acceptable average 
size when the maximum feeding rate is achieved, growth, conversion, and 
profits will decrease.  Overstocked ponds with limits on feed give each fish a 
smaller percentage of feed than is optimal for their growth.	 
	
	
	
	
*Only experienced managers with extensive aeration equipment should attemp to 
 feed 100 lbs/acre/day.	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
For further information, or for a list of pertinent publications, contact your 
county agent, or 	
	
Dept. of Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
Clemson University	
Clemson, SC 29634-0362	
656-3117	  


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Harvesting Catfish from Production Ponds	                    
-DOC-
                    Harvesting Catfish from Production Ponds	
              Dr. Tom Schwedler, Extension Aquaculture Specialist
	
     Although modern equipment such as tractors, seine reels, etc., are used in 
removing catfish from a pond, harvesting is done basically as it has been since 
the dawn of recorded history, by seine.  Each farmer must decide whether to do 
his own harvesting or whether to rely on custom harvesters.  There are 
advantages and disadvantages for each choice.  The actual equipment and labor 
required for doing your own harvesting depends on the size and shape of your 
ponds and the size of the farm.	
	
     For more complete information on harvesting catfish, or for a list of 
pertinent literature, contact your county agent, or,	
Dept. of Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife 	
Clemson University	
Clemson, SC 29634-0362	
803-656-3117	
   



































-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Construction of Fish Ponds	                           
-DOC-
                           Construction of Fish Ponds	
                Tom Schwedler, Extension Aquaculture Specialist
	
     Before building fish ponds, it is necessary to determine how may acres are 
to be put into production.  The next consideration is how to break the block of 
land up into separate ponds.  Remember, the larger the pond the more difficult 
it will be to manage, and the smaller the pond, the more costly construction 
will be.  Commercial producers have settled on a pond size of about 17.5 water 
acres on 20 acres of land.	
     After deciding how to lay out the ponds, it is necessary to consider the 
soil characteristics.  The land has to be cored to determine if any sand is 
present.  If sand is present, the seepage will raise pumping costs considerably 
and in extreme cases make fish farming unprofitable.  The Soil Conservation 
Service should be contacted for assistance.	
     Next, consider the lay of the land in relationship to flood waters.  If 
flood waters come up over the levees, the fish will swim out, and the levees 
may actually wash out.  Also make sure levees are high enough to prevent water 
from coming over the top.  Again, if the levees need to be too high, 
construction costs may prohibit a profitable operation.	
	
	
	
	
     After considering the above problems, the lines can be run on the 
prospective ponds.  Make sure the pond bottom is to grade, having a gentle 
slope to the drain.  This will ensure complete draining and will help prevent 
fish from escaping while seining. 	
     Even though it's your land, there are laws that can stop pond construction 
on "wetland" classified land.  Make sure prior to moving any dirt that you are 
not constructing ponds on designated wetlands.	
	
	
	
For further information, contact:	
	
Soil Conservation Service	
1835 Assembly St., Room 950	
Columbia, SC 29201	
803-765-5681,	
	
or your local District Conservation Office.	



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Water Quality in Catfish Ponds	                         
-DOC-
                         Water Quality in Catfish Ponds	
                 Tom Schwedler, Extension Aquaculture Specialist
 
	
     Maintaining good water quality in production ponds is absolutely 
essential.  Failure to do so will result, at best, in poor growth and high feed 
conversions or, at worst, a total loss of all fish in the pond.  Remember that 
the fish in the pond are living in their own wastes.  Thus, the weight of fish 
that can be produced in a pond is limited by the ability of that pond to 
provide adequate oxygen, not only to keep the fish alive but to enable them to 
metabolize their food and grow, and to break down nitrogenous wastes.	
     To achieve production rates in excess of 2,500 pounds per acre per year, 
the farmer must be able to insure that good water quality is maintained 24 
hours a day, 365 days a year.	
     Water is the universal solvent; is essential for all life; does not exist 
in pure state under natural conditions; and is relatively stable both 
chemically and physically.  A fish farmer should be aware of the physical and 
chemical properties of water.	
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LEASING HUNTING RIGHTS                            
-DOC-
                            LEASING HUNTING RIGHTS
                    Frederick A. Busch, Wildlife Biologist
 
Incentives to maintain and enhance wildlife  habitat  on  private  forest  and 
agricultural lands have,  in the past,  been limited to intrinsic values.  The 
potential contribution of wildlife to landowner income has often been neglect-
ed by land managers,  because under American custom and law,  our wildlife  is 
not  traded  openly  as  are  other products of the land.  Wildlife is said to 
belong to society, held in trust by the state and reduced to individual owner-
ship  only  through legal hunting or fishing.  This creates a certain dilemma; 
how can we adequately compensate the landowner  for  his  wildlife  management 
efforts if he cannot legally sell the wildlife that he produces?  Where is the 
incentive  to  intensively manage private properties for wildlife?  Addressing 
this problem, Aldo Leopold once wrote that with rare exceptions, the landowner 
is not yet practicing wildlife management and there are  three  ways  for  the 
state to induce him to do so: 
 
     1.  Buy him out and become the landowner; 	
     2.  Compensate  him  directly or indirectly for producing a game crop and 
         for the privilege of harvesting it; 	
     3.  Cede him the title to the game so that he will own it and can buy and 
         sell it just as he owns, buys and sells his poultry.  
 
The first way is feasible on inexpensive lands but prohibitive elsewhere.  The 
third way is the English system and is incompatible  with  American  tradition 
and thought.  The second is feasible anywhere and is essentially the basis for 
selling  hunting  rights.  This enables the landowner to market a recreational 
experience related to wildlife rather than the animal itself.  
 
The practice of selling hunting rights was started in this country  along  the 
east  coast where waterfowl leases were common in the 1870's.  Hunt leases for 
deer and other big game first proliferated just after WWI when wealthy  indus-
trialists  found  that  hunting  deer  in  Texas  was  superior to hunting the 
depleted northern herds.  Texas ranchers were only too happy to  collect  sub-
stantial  fees  for  the  right  to  hunt on their property.  As sport hunting 
became more popular,  so did the practice of granting hunting rights based  on 
payment of lease fees.  
 
Big and small game lease hunting spread east and north out of Texas  over  the 
next  50  years  but  was  relatively uncommon in the Southeast until about 15 
years ago.  Even then,  average lease prices were  so  low  that  engaging  in 
leasing  was  not  particularly worthwhile for most landowners from the stand-
point of generating significant income.  In the mid-1970's,  however,  the sun 
belt  was  "discovered",  and  the  Southeast  experienced  a  rather dramatic 
increase in human population.  As our population grew,  so did the demand  for 
places  to  hunt;  competition  between sportsmen for hunting rights forced an 
increase in fees and made  leasing  more  attractive  to  landowners.  Average 
lease fees are not yet,  however, high enough to justify converting completely 
to wildlife management;  rather,  most landowners interested in wildlife  must 
make  some considerations for habitat while managing their lands for something 
else, usually forest and agricultural products.  
 
LEASE FEES 
 
The  fees  that a landowner is reasonably able to charge for hunting rights is 
dependent largely upon location.  Average lease fees are higher  in  the  deep 
south  states than in the Southeast,  probably due to an older tradition and a 
better-developed market for hunt leases in the states closer to  Texas  (Table 
1).  In  South  Carolina,  average  lease fees are higher in the Piedmont than 
either the Coastal Plain or the Mountains (Table  2);  within  each  of  these 
regions,  lease  fees  are  most often tied to land management.  Sportsmen are 
more willing to pay premium lease fees for lands in good  condition  than  for 
lands managed with considerations for the needs of wildlife.  
	
	
 
Table 1.  Average hunt lease fees on timber  company  lands  in  the  southern 
states (1984).  	
          _______________________________________________________
          
                                           Average hunt lease fee
               State                        $ per acre per year
          _______________________________________________________
         
          Alabama                                  1.47
          Arkansas                                 1.39
          Florida                                  1.40
          Georgia                                  1.90
          Louisiana                                1.45
          Mississippi                              1.56
          North Carolina                           1.30
          South Carolina                           1.34
          Tennessee                                1.43
          Virginia                                 1.08
         _______________________________________________________  
 
	
	
Table 2.  South Carolina regional average hunt lease fees (1984).
          _______________________________________________________
          	
                                           Average hunt lease fee
               Region                       $ per acre per year
          _______________________________________________________
     
          Coastal Plain                            1.44
          Piedmont                                 1.93
          Mountains (estimated)                    1.00
          _______________________________________________________
 
FEE HUNTING SYSTEMS
 
There  are  several  systems  that  landowners  might choose to market hunting 
rights; the most popular by far is leasing.  Others include: 
 
Permits -  Some  landowners  sell  individually-issued  permits,  usually  for 
hunting  all  game  on  designated  tracts  for  a year.  Permitting gives the 
landowner control over numbers  of  hunters  and  game  harvests,  but  admin-
istrative costs are high and revenues are uncertain; 
	
Cooperative  Wildlife  Management  Areas  (WMA)  - South Carolina Wildlife and 
Marine  Resources  Department  (SCW&MRD)  operates  a  public-access  wildlife 
management  area  program  in  cooperation with private and governmental land-
owners.  Participating landowners are paid a  yearly  per-acre  lease  fee  by 
funds  generated  through  the  sale  of  WMA  access  permits.  In  the past, 
participating landowners have received fees well below  the  market  value  of 
private hunt leases, causing substantial acreage withdrawals from the program.  
Recent  increases  in the price of WMA permits have enabled SCW&MRD to upgrade 
lease payments and become more competitive with private hunt clubs; 
 
Shooting Preserves - Shooting preserves are becoming quite  popular  in  South 
Carolina,  with  over  50  licensed  preserves in operation in 1986.  Preserve 
operators enjoy an expanded hunting season for such species as quail,  turkey, 
pheasant,  and  partridge.  Fees for hunting guests normally range from $50 to 
over $250 per day, depending upon services offered and may be as high as $1500 
per day for an old-time plantation style quail hunt.  Corporations  often  use 
these  preserve  businesses to entertain clients and employees.  Preserves do, 
however,  require intensive management programs,  substantial capital  invest-
ments and often interfere with agricultural and timber production; 
	
	
	
Commercial  Memberships - A relatively rare marketing system is the commercial 
or equity membership.  Under this system,  members buy shares in a  hunt  club 
that  is  administered  and  managed by the landowner.  Memberships in some of 
these clubs can be as high as $100,000 and include a deeded share of the land.  
 
Leasing is the most commonly employed fee hunt  marketing  system  because  it 
provides  a  reliable  annual income with almost no investment and very little 
management effort.  Most landowners engaged in marketing wildlife  view  lease 
hunting  as supplemental income and are unwilling to commit much time or money 
to the enterprise.  
 
In theory,  a hunt lease is simply an agreement  between  a  landowner  and  a 
hunter  or  group  of  hunters that protects certain agreed-upon privileges of 
each party.  In practice,  conflicts often arise due  to  the  incomplete  and 
casual  nature  of  many  lease  agreements.  The  lease should,  for example, 
address subjects pertaining to incidental uses of the  leased  lands  such  as 
camping,  fishing  and  wet  weather  road  use.  It should guarantee that the 
lessee has the exclusive right to use the described property for  the  purpose 
of hunting and it should describe exactly what penalties are to be suffered if 
the  lease  is  broken by either party.  Some essential elements of a properly 
prepared hunting lease are: 
 
     1.  Description of the leased property;
     2.  Duration of the lease agreement and the fee to be paid;
     3.  Lessee and lessor obligations regarding fires, trespassers and damage 
         to the leased property; 
     4.  Held-harmless clauses; 	
     5.  Lease agreement termination procedures; 
 
An example of what to look for in a hunt lease is available from  your  county 
Extension office.  
 
ENHANCING LEASE VALUES
 
"Lands  in  good  condition" can mean many things and is not limited simply to 
good habitat.  The more discriminating lessors - those willing to pay  premium 
lease  fees  - will look at many attributes of land management before deciding 
to lease any particular property.  Some of those attributes may be: 
 
     1.  Landowner policy regarding size and configuration of  timber  harvest 
         cuts; 
     2.  Importance  of  timber  stand  age  class diversity is recognized and 
         planned for to be sure that forage and mast resources  are  sustained 
         over time; 
     3.  Streamside  or  riparian   management   zones   are   observed;   
     4.  Intermediate  thinnings  and  prescribed fire are utilized to enhance 
         wildlife habitat; 
     5.  The tract offered for lease is large enough to maintain a  reasonable 
         hunter density; 
     6.  Food  plots  or  permanent  openings established on the property.  If 
         not, can they be and at what rate: 
     7.  Shooting can be conducted safely on the property;
     8.  Noise from nearby industries or  highways  does  not  compromise  the 
         quality of hunting on the property; 	
     9.  Access  can  be  effectively  controlled  by  posting,   gating  and 
         patrolling; 
    10.  The landowner will negotiate a multi-year lease or agree to grant the 
         lessor the right of first refusal in the future; 
    11.  The annual lease rate increase is reasonably and  predictably  deter-
         mined  (will  the  increase be tied to the consumer price index,  for 
         example); 
    12.  Landowner policy regarding tree stands reasonably protects trees  and 
         recognizes the value of tree stands in harvesting deer; 
    13.  Will the lessee be required to carry liability insurance (if so, what 
         limits); 
 
Many  clubs  actively seek a long-term (more than one year) lease agreement in 
order to guarantee themselves a high-quality place  to  hunt  in  the  future.  
Generally,  a club holding a multi-year lease will keep the leased property in 
good condition,  will contribute time and money to property  improvements  and 
will  protect  the  wildlife  and  land  resources  from undue exploitation or 
damage.  
 
CONSTRAINTS ON LEASING 
 
Leasing of hunting rights is not  an  enterprise  suited  to  all  landowners.  
There  are  some  problems  associated  with leasing that should be considered 
before a landowner enters the hunt lease market.  
 
Credit - Commercial lending institutions are often unwilling to  make  capital 
investment   loans   for  wildlife-based  enterprises.   As  the  methods  for 
appraising wildlife assets improve and the profitability of lease  hunting  is 
more firmly established, wildlife investment loan policies should come more in 
line with that of other agricultural practices.  
 
Taxes  -  Hunt  lease  income  is  taxed  as ordinary income.  Reinvestment of 
profits into production of wildlife is not encouraged through a favorable  tax 
treatment.  
 
Marketing  -  There  exists no orderly market for hunt leases.  This creates a 
difficulty for both producers (landowners) and consumers (hunters) as  neither 
has  a formal means for contacting the other.  Competition for specific leases 
is limited and prices are not controlled entirely by the laws  of  supply  and 
demand.  This  results  in landowners with similar properties in similar areas 
often receiving widely varying lease fees.  
 
Liability  -  The  threat  of  lawsuit for an injury incurred by a lessee is a 
consideration that forces may  landowners  to  abandon  the  idea  of  leasing 
hunting  rights.  Liability  depends  in  part  on  whether  the  visitor is a 
trespasser, licensee or invitee.  In general,  the landowner is not liable for 
harm  to  trespassers caused by his failure to put the land in reasonably safe 
condition for their reception or to conduct activities so as not  to  endanger 
them.  However,  if  the  landowner  discovers  or can foresee the presence of 
trespassers,  especially children,  he is expected to exercise reasonable care 
for  their safety.  A licensee is a person who is privileged to enter upon the 
land by the consent of  the  landowner.  The  landowner  is  expected  to  use 
reasonable  care  to discover the licensee,  avoid injury to him in conducting 
activities on the land and to warn him of any dangerous conditions  which  are 
known  to  the  landowner.  The invitee is a person who is invited to enter or 
remain on land for the purposes of the landowner.  The landowner  is  required 
to exercise reasonable care to warn the invitee,  or to make the premises safe 
for him as to dangerous conditions that he is aware of or should be aware  of.  
Most hunt lessees would be classified as invitees.  
 
The landowner involved in fee or lease hunting should have liability insurance 
which not only provides financial protection but can provide legal representa-
tion as well.  Such insurance protection is,  however,  expensive and hard  to 
find.  Insurance  agents  carrying  "specialty" or odd policies may be able to 
sell such insurance sponsored by the National Rifle  Association  (NRA).  This 
policy  is  reasonably  priced and the landowner can be named as an additional 
insured on the contract for 10% of  the  policy  premium.  The  NRA  sponsored 
insurance does,  however, require that the club be affiliated with the NRA and 
that 50% of the club members belong to the NRA.  A hunting  club  organization 
kit, including information on insurance, may be obtained by writing: 
 
          Hunter  Services  Division,  National  Rifle  Association 
          1600 Rhode Island Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20036 
 
BENEFITS OF LEASING 
 
There are several reasons why so many landowners are engaged in  the  business 
of leasing hunting rights despite these rather serious constraints.  
 
Income  -  Revenues generated by leasing hunting rights can make a significant 
contribution to the profit  potential  of  a  farm  or  forest  enterprise.  A 
reasonable  $1.50  per  acre per year hunt lease can add as much as 10% to the 
Net Present Value (NPV) of a typical forest management investment.  Also, many 
forest and agricultural landowners depend upon the reliable annual  cash  flow 
provided by hunt lease income.  
	
Access  Control - Gaining control of visitor access is often more important to 
landowners than is the income generated through leasing.  Landowners are some-
times reluctant to allow free and  unrestricted  access  to  their  properties 
because of damage caused by unknown and irresponsible visitors.  Entering into 
a properly prepared lease agreement often eliminates this problem.  
 
South Carolina's forest and agricultural landowners are generating substantial 
revenues  by  marketing  incidentally  produced  wildlife through hunt leases.  
Despite the fact that no orderly market  exists,  current  demand  for  leases 
seems to be higher than supply and lease fees will continue to rise,  probably 
at rates greater than the annual inflation  rate  as  landowners  become  more 
aware of wildlife-related recreation opportunities and values.  
 
CONCLUSION
 
For hunters,  leasing is far more economical than purchasing land for hunting.  
As a matter of practice,  good stewardship demonstrated by  gentlemen  hunters 
and  concern  for  hunters'  needs  as  demonstrated by landowners is vital to 
securing long-term  relationships  between  these  two  groups.  Hunters  cite 
safety,  good  quality hunting and fellowship as important reasons for leasing 
while landowners need access control and the additional income.  
 
	
	
	
The preceding article appears in the  Proceedings  of  the  1st  Annual  South 
Carolina White-tailed Deer Management Workshop.  Copies of the Proceedings are 
available  from The Wildlife Society,  South Carolina Chapter,  for $5.00 each 
including postage.  For more information, please contact:	
	
                    Frederick A. Busch, Wildlife Biologist	
                    Dept. Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife	
                    308 Long Hall	
                    Clemson University	
                    Clemson, SC  29634-0362	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
What To Do If Your Fish Get Sick	                       
-DOC-
                       What To Do If Your Fish Get Sick	
              Tom Schwedler, Extension Aquaculture Specialist
	
     Early detection of fish health problems is the key to effective control 
of the problem.  The first task is to recognize the indications that your fish 
are sick.	 
     Clinical signs of sickness (symptoms) may occur long before fish start 
dying and may give you time to solve the problem before it gets too serious.  
A very important sign that fish are sick is a decrease in feeding activity 
(not attributed to cool water, cold fronts, high pressure systems, etc.).  A 
second very significant behavioral sign is seeing fish in unusual settings.  A 
good example is seeing channel catfish around the bank or on the surface.  
Normally catfish are seen only when you stock, use floating feed, or harvest; 
seeing them by the bank is unusual behavior.  The third and possibly most 
dramatic behavioral sign is the fish start dying.	 
     When one of the above behavioral signs show up in your fish, it's 
important to try to find the cause of the problem.  At that time, getting an 
accurate diagnosis of the disease is critical.	 
     The first challenge you will encounter is how to get a good sample of 
fish and water to send to the fish disease laboratory for diagnosis.  The 
water sample collection is easy and straightforward.  A clean plastic or glass 
jar about 1 pint to 1 quart can be filled with water about 1 foot below the 
surface.  Fill jar completely full and cap while under water.	 
     Catching a fish sample is more difficult because you need to catch a fish 
that is sick, about to die, or recently dead.  If a poor fish sample is sent 
to the disease laboratory, an accurate diagnoses cannot be made.	 
	
         POOR SAMPLE                           PROBLEM	
	
   1.  Hook and line caught                (probably healthy)	
   2.  Feeding fish                        (probably healthy)	
   3.  Seined fish                         (potentially healthy)	
   4.  Dead fish                           (may be dead too long to tell why 
                                            it died)	
          GOOD SAMPLE 	
	
   1.  Sick fish dipnet                    (probably good sample)	
   2.  Sick fish hand                      (good sample)	
   3.  Fresh dead*                         (good sample)	
	
   *Fresh dead fish have good shiny appearance, good clear eye color and 
    bright red gills.	 
	
     Once sick fish (about 3 is a good number) are captured and a water sample 
is collected, arrangements for shipment should be made.  Shipping fish alive 
is best for diagnostic purposes but is often not possible.  If the fish are 
likley to die enroute, it is best not to attempt live shipment.  The next best 
and most often used procedure is to ship fish on ice.  The fish are placed in 
a plastic bag with about an ounce of water and sealed.  The bag is placed on 
ice in an ice chest along with the water sample and shipped to the diagnostic 
laboratory.  Samples prepared for iced shipment will be excellent for 
diagnosis for about 24 hours.	
     Samples can also be preserved in 10% formaldehyde for shipment, but the 
laboratory should be contacted prior to preservation since the types of 
diagnostic procedures are limited when samples are preserved.	
     Once the samples are collected and packaged for shipment, the disease lab 
(803-656-2810) should be contacted to arrange receipt of the samples.  It's 
important the fish are received within 24 hours.  Also of significance is that 
you provide as much information as prossible on the submission form; this will 
be very helpful in establishing the cause of the fish disease problem.	
     The Aquaculture, Fisheries & Wildlife Cooperative (Clemson University and 
South Carolina Wildlife and Marine Resources Department cooperating) has a 
fish disease diagnostic laboratory located at Clemson.  For assistance contact 
your county agent, SCW&MRD district fisheries biologist, or T. E. Schwedler 
(803-656-2810).	
     It is very important that you get a diagnosis prior to treating, since 
treatments often cause new problems associated with side effects.	









-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Overview of Fish Diseases	                           
-DOC-
                           Overview of Fish Diseases	
                Tom Schwedler, Extension Aquaculture Specialist
	
     Disease can be defined in many terms, but perhaps the easiest is that 
disease is any process that can cause a fish discomfort and can lead to death.  
Diseases can be broken down into two broad categories, infectious and non-
infectious.	 
	
Infectious - (diseases caused by a living organism):	
	
   -PARASITE.  An organism that lives in or on another at the expense of its 
host is a parasite.  There are many different kinds of parasites, both 
internal and external, ranging from the very small (8/25,000 inch = 8 microns) 
to some that are 5-6 inches long.  Most problems are caused by protozoans 
(single-celled animals) that live on the gills.	 
	
   -BACTERIA.  There are many different kinds that can cause serious losses of 
catfish.  Most are internal, although a few occur on the skin and gills.  
Specialized laboratory techniques are necessary for their isolation and 
identification.  Most are about 3/25,000 inch long (3 microns), though some 
may be 10-12 microns long.	 
	
   -FUNGI.  Fungi are a specific group of plants that lack chlorophyll and are 
mainly secondary invaders of fish.  Usually they can grow only on dead organic 
matter.  Therefore, fungal infections indicate there is something else wrong 
with the fish.	 
	
   -VIRUSES.  Submicroscopic particles that live within the cells of living 
organisms are called viruses.  Sophisticated laboratory techniques are 
required for diagnosis.  Their location makes them almost impossible to treat 
with chemicals or drugs.	 
	
Non-infectious - (diseases caused by other than living organisms)	
	
   -NUTRITIONAL.  Caused by too much or too little food or nutrients.	 
	
   -ENVIRONMENTAL.  Oxygen depletions, gas bubble disease, toxic algae, brown 
blood disease, ammonia, etc.  The environment changes so rapidly or to such a 
degree that the fish are not able to adjust to the changes.	 
	
   -PHYSIOLOGICAL.  A change in blood pH of 0.2 pH point due to overexertion, 
feeding in relation to time of harvest, or a malfunction of the organ systems.	 
	
   -CHEMICAL TOXICANTS.  Pesticides, overtreatment.	 

	




-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Water Quality Terminology	                           
-DOC-
                           Water Quality Terminology	
                 Tom Schwedler, Extension Aquaculture Specialist
	
ACID - A substance that can react with a base to form a salt.  An acid releases 
hydrogen ions when added to water.  Addition of an acid to water will decrease 
the pH.  Common examples of acids are acetic acid (in vinegar), citric acid (in 
lemons) and sulfuric acid (in car batteries).	
	
ACTINOMYCETES - A group of filamentus, fungus-like bacteria common to soils and 
water.  Actinomycetes produce a veriety of volatile compounds including some 
that may contribute to off-flavor in fish.	
	
AEROBIC - Containing oxygen or being carried out in the presence of oxygen.     
	
ALGAE - A diverse group of organisms which carry out an oxygen-evolving type of 
photosynthesis.  These plants may be microscopic and suspended in the water 
(phytoplankton) or large enough to be easily seen and growing in mats or stands 
(filamentous algae).	
	
ALKALINE - Generally means to have a pH greater than 7.	
	
	
	
ALKALINITY - The total concentration of basic substances in water.  In general 
it refers to the sum of the concentrations of bicarbonate, carbonate, and 
hydroxide ions.  Alkalinity is historically expressed as mg/l or ppm or 
equivalent calcium carbonate.  Waters with a high alkalinity are more highly 
buffered than waters of low alkalinity.	
	
AMMONIA - NH3, a gaseous form of nitrogen that is found in pond water.  Ammonia 
is potentially toxic to fish.	
	
AMMONIUM - NH+4, the ion resulting from reactions of ammonia in water.  
Ammonium is not toxic to fish.	
	
ANAEROBIC - Lacking oxygen or being carried out in the absence of oxygen.       
	
BACTERIA - One-celled, microscopic organisms that lack chlorophyll.  Bacteria 
are important in mineral cycling and decomposition processes and some cause 
diseases.	
	
BASE - A substance that reacts with acids to form salts.  A base accepts 
hydrogen ions when added to water.  Addition of a base to water will increase 
the pH.  Also called "alkalis," common examples of bases are sodium bicarbonate 
(baking soda), and calcium carbonate (lime).                     	
	
BENTHIC - Referring to the sediment or mud of a pond.	
	
BICARBONATE - Having the HCO-3 group.  A weak base comprising the alkalinity 
system of waters.	
	
BLOOM - A dense community of phytoplankton.	
	
BLUE-GREEN ALGAE - A major grouping of algae that have characterisitics of 
algae and bacteria.  Blue-green algae may be the cause of off-flavor in 
catfish.	 
	
BUFFERED - Tending to  resist changes in pH when an acid or base is added.      
	
CARBONATE - Having the CO=3 group.  A weak base comprising the alkalinity 
system of waters.	
	
CARBON DIOXIDE - A gas comprising about 0.03% of the atmosphere.  It is used by 
plants in photosynthesis to produce organic matter and released in respiration. 
 
Carbon dioxide (CO2) dissolved in water forms a weakly acidic solution.	 
	
DENITRIFICATION - Loss of nitrogen from a system.  Usually refers to the 
conversion of nitrate to nitrogen gas under anaerobic conditions.  The 
conversion is carried out by bacteria and the nitrogen gas is lost from the 
pond.	
	
DIFFUSION - The movement of molecules from an area of high concentration to an 
area of low concentration.  For example, oxygen will move from the air into 
oxygen-deficient water until the water is saturated with oxygen.	
	
DISSOLVED OXYGEN - Elemental oxygen gas (O2) contained in water.	
	
EQUILIBRIUM - In chemistry, equilibrium is the state where forward and reverse 
reactions occur at equal rates.  A stable system.	
	
FILAMENTOUS ALGAE - Cottony, thread-like algae that grow in clouds or mats.     
	
HARDNESS - Refers to the concentration of calcium plus magnesium in water.  
Historically expressed a mg/l or ppm of equivalent calcium carbonate.	
	
HYDROXIDE - Having the OH- group.  A strong base comprising the alkalinity 
system of waters.	
	
METHEMOGLOBIN - A form of blood hemoglobin that is unable to carry oxygen.  
Methemoglobin is formed when nitrites react with hemoglobin.	
	
NEUTRALIZE - To bring to a pH of 7 such as adding an acid to a basic solution 
to form a salt.	
	
NITRATE - Having the NO-3 group.  Nitrates are a major source of nitrogen for 
plant growth.	
	
NITRITE - Having the NO-2 group.  Nitrites are potentially toxic to fish.       
	
NITRIFICATION - The process of converting ammonium to nitrite and then to 
nitrate.  Nitrification is an aerobic process carried out by bacteria.	
	
OFF-FLAVOR - Having an unusual, bad taste.	
	
OXYGEN DEMAND - The amount of oxygen required for a particular process to 
occur.	
	
pH - A measure of the acidity or basicity of water.  Distilled water has a pH 
of 7, waters that are acid have a pH less than 7, basic water, greater than 7.  
Precisely, pH is the negative logarithm of the hydrogen ion concentration.      
	
PHOTOSYNTHESIS - The process in which green plants convert carbon dioxide and 
water into organic compounds using light energy.  In the process of 
photosynthesis, carbon dioxide is consumed and oxygen is liberated.	
	
PHYTOPLANKTON - Microscopic plants suspended in the water.	
	
PLANKTON - Plant or animals, usually microscopic, suspended in the water.       
	
RESPIRATION - The process of converting organic compounds to carbon dioxide, 
water and energy.  Respiration is the utilization of food by plants and 
animals.  In the process of respiration, carbon dioxide is released and oxygen 
is consumed.	
	
SATURATED - To contain all of a substance that can normally be dissolved under 
a given set of conditions.  Water is saturated with 8.1 mg/l oxygen at 25C and 
760 mm of mercury.	 
	
STRATIFY - To become layered, such as when warm ater overlies cooler, dense 
water.	
	
STRESS - A physiological change induced in fish - caused by suboptimal 
conditions (Stressor).  Resulting in the fish expending extra enery to maintain 
life.	 
	
SUPERSATURATED - Containing more of a substance than can normally be dissolved. 
 
Water is supersaturated with 12 mg/l oxygen at 25C and 760 mm of mercury.       
 
	
TOXICITY, ACUTE - Having a short, relatively severe course usually within 4 
days. 	
	
TOXICITY, CHRONIC - Occurring over a long period of time and having a less 
dramatic effect, usually, weeks or months.	
	
TURBID - Being cloudy or muddy due to sediment or plankton being suspended in 
the water.	
	
UN-IONIZED AMMONIA - NH3	
	
ZOOPLANKTON - Microscopic animals suspended in water.	
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CRP PROGRAM BOOSTS WILDLIFE HABITAT	                      
-DOC-
                      CRP PROGRAM BOOSTS WILDLIFE HABITAT	
                    Frederick A. Busch, Wildlife Biologist	
	
Wildlife habitat on many South Carolina farms can be improved as a  result  of 
the Conservation Reserve Program (CRP).	 
	
The CRP,  part of the Food Security Act of 1985,  was established as an incen-
tive for farmers to remove  highly  erodible  cropland  from  production,  and 
substitute conservation practices such as permanent grass,  trees and wildlife 
plantings.	 
	
Farmers who have erodible land to put into the CRP must sign a  contract  with 
the Federal government agreeing to take the land out of crop production for at 
least  10  years.  In return,  the Federal government will pay the farmer one-
half the cost of planting the land with a vegetative cover,  plus  provide  an 
annual rental payment for the CRP acreage for 10 years.	 
	
Government  cost-sharing  can  be  obtained  for a variety of perennial forage 
plants,  shrubs and trees used  to  improve  wildlife  habitat.  Additionally, 
Washington  has  just approved the use of annual plantings for wildlife on CRP 
lands.  Although cost-sharing is not available for annual wildlife plots,  the 
	
yearly rental payments will still be paid on those acres as long as erosion is 
controlled.  This  new  facet  of the program will allow a farmer to "have his 
cake and eat it too." He could plant food plots for  doves,  deer,  turkey  or 
quail  and  then  market  the  hunting rights.  Wildlife food plots may not be 
harvested, grazed or cut for hay.	 
	
By placing a portion of the CRP acreage in cost-shareable wildlife  management 
practices, a farmer can give wildlife a boost, make his land more valuable and 
increase recreational opportunities for himself and his family.	 
	
It  is  estimated  that South Carolina has more than 400,000 acres of erodible 
land eligible for the CRP.  So far,  about 180,000 acres have  been  enrolled, 
and 80 percent of that will be planted in pine trees.  Reserving 10 percent of 
a  typical  pine  plantation for openings and wildlife food plots will greatly 
improve the area for wildlife.  The ability to use annual planting,  in  addi-
tion  to the permanent shrubs and trees planted for wildlife,  should signifi-
cantly increase the effectiveness of the CRP.	 
	
The CRP is expected to halt 750 million tons per year of soil  erosion  across 
the United States and improve water quality by reducing the amount of sediment 
reaching  streams and other waterways by 211 million tons annually.  Pesticide 
	
use will be reduced by an estimated 60 million pounds.  The CRP will also help 
stabilize the farm economy by decreasing the supply of farm commodities.	 
	
Landowners interested in signing up for  the  CRP  should  contact  the  local 
Agricultural  Stabilization  and Conservation Service or the Soil Conservation 
Service.	 
	
State wildlife department personnel are available to visit farms and assist in 
developing wildlife management plans.  For more information about the program, 
call the state wildlife department's small game project at (803) 734-3886.  
	
                              * * * * * * * * * *	
	
This information was obtained from SCWMRD newsletter,  John  Evans,  Chief  of 
Information.	 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHAT DO HIGH SOMATIC CELL COUNTS MEAN?	                     
-DOC-
                     WHAT DO HIGH SOMATIC CELL COUNTS MEAN?	
                      R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
I.   The Effect of High Somatic Cell Counts	
        A.  Lowered Production	
        B.  Increased Chance of Clinical Mastitis	
        C.  Sometimes a Heartible Condition	
	
II.  Causes of High Somatic Cell Counts	
        A.  Infectious Mastitis	
              1.  Various Organism	
              2.  Improper Milking Procedures	
                    a.  Undermilking	
                    b.  Flooding Milk Claws--Inadequate vac. Reserve	
                    c.  Wet Bedding, Green Sawdust	
                    d.  Milking cows with wet udders	
         B.  Inflammation of the Udder--Cellulitis (Bruising)	
         C.  Faulty Pulsators	
         D.  Stray Voltage	
         E.  Improper Milking Techniques	
               1.  Fright	
               2.  Poor Sanitation	

                           MORE ON SOMATIC CELLS	
	
Dairy Producers often ask, "What is the problem with high somatic cell counts?  
Dr. Hal Schulte field veterinarian for the New York State Mastitis Control 
Program says most people could not discern between two glasses of milk--one 
with a cell count of a million and the other with a cell count of 100,000--
although the differences in composition are obvious.	
	
A high somatic cell count in milk means a significant decrease in the quality 
of milk.  There is a reduction in quality components of milk, such as protein 
levels, casein, butterfat, milk sugars, calcium, phosphorous, magnesium and 
vitamins and there's an increase in the salts, serum protein and two enzymes 
which reduce the quality of the milk.	
	
One of the enzymes is lipase which breaks down fat and increases rancidity, 
which decrease the shelf life of milk.  The other enzyme is plasmin which 
breaks down protein.  This reduces the nutritional value of milk as well as the 
amount of cheese that can be made from the milk.	
	
There are several unusual factors in the way dairy producers treat the problem 
of high sometic cell milk.  Producers have been diligent not to save milk that 
has clumps in it nor milk from fresh cows until the milk has time to clear.  In 
affect both of these conditions reflect high somatic cell counts although there 
are other components such as colostrum that are also present.  On the one hand 
we have been discarding high somatic cell count milk when we could see the 
effect.	
	
Now we are advising you to have your cows checked on a monthly basis for 
somatic cell counts and be equally as diligent in discarding high somatic cell 
count milk even though the cells are not visible as clumps but recognizing that 
the effect is the same.	
	
In addition, the benefits are similar as we get more milk with better quality 
and it is safer health-wise for humans.  It makes good sense to appreciate the 
effect somatic cells have on milk and work to keep the cell counts low in our 
herds.  Then we can continue to boast of the excellent quality of our product.	







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NITRATE TOXICITY                                
-DOC-
                               NITRATE TOXICITY 
                     R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian
                                                         
The drought of 1986 stimulated a lot of interest in nitrate toxicity and we are 
getting some high readings from a few locales.  When we had some rain the 
nitrate danger was not diminished but rather was greater than during the 
drought. The rain caused the plants to renew growth and take up nitrogen 
rapidly.  The plant will then have high levels of nitrate until it can 
assimilate the nitrogen.  It has been estimated that this process should take 
one to two weeks under normal conditions. 
 
The following is a chart taken from a publication from Pennsylvania State 
University that gives the toxic nitrate levels in percentage of nitrate 
nitrogen.  Clemson University Forage Testing Laboratory reports nitrate levels 
as nitrate nitrogen (NO3-N).  The SC Department of Agriculture laboratory 
reports nitrate levels as Nitrate (NO3) so that you have to convert their 
figures by dividing by a factor of 4.4 to get the reading in nitrate-nitrogen.  
This chart also gives the effect of nitrate toxicity over time.  
Level of Nitrate (NO3)
on Dry Matter Basis                Comments
_________________________________________________________________
 
0.0 - 0.10 % (0.0 to 1,000 ppm)    This level is considered safe
                                   to feed under all conditions.
 
0.1 - 0.15% (1000 to 1500 ppm)     This level should be safe 
                                   to feed to non-pregnant animals.
                                   Limit to 50% of the total ration 
                                   in pregnant animals (On a dry
                                   matter basis). 
 
0.15 - 0.20% (1500 to 2000 ppm)    Limit to 50% of the total dry
                                   matter in the ration.
 
0.20 - 0.35% (2000 to 3500 ppm)    Limit to 35-40% of the total
                                   dry matter in the ration. 
                                   Should not be used in pregnant
                                   cows. 
0.35 - 0.40% (3500 to 4000 ppm)    Limit to 25% of the total dry
                                   matter in ration. Do not feed
                                   to pregnant cows.
_________________________________________________________________
 
There may be times you have to make conversions from one system of reporting 
to another; therefore, the following conversion table is given for Nitrogen 
Conversion factors: 
________________________________________________________________ 
Nitrate Nitrogen (N)           1.0 
Nitrite (NO2)                  3.3 
Nitrate (NO3)                  4.4 
Sodium nitrate (NaNO3)         6.1 
Potassium nitrate (KNO3)       7.2      
________________________________________________________________
 
The above values are based on molecular weight and do not agree as well with 
the toxicity values.  This means basically that the toxicity values are 
estimates and no one can give a definite figure for toxicity. We can also get 
an additive effect if there is a high nitrate level in the cow's drinking 
water. The following is a Nebraska table for nitrate in water. 
Water Nitrate Level Significance
________________________________________________________________
45-50 ppm nitrate               Maximum safe level in water. Loss
or 5ppm nitrite                 of production (weight gain & growth)
 
50-300 ppm Nitrate              Severe production loss, reduced
                                disease resistance and abortion
 
300-600 ppm nitrate             Acute toxicity and death.
________________________________________________________________
 
Remember that nitrate is highest in the lower parts of the plant. Be sure and 
get a representative sample of the plant to be fed when you do field tests.  
It doesn't matter that the stalk has 20,000 ppm if it is going to stay in the 
field but if it is to be a part of the silage it must be averaged with the 
leaves and grain to give you an average reading. Cows that are being fed grain 
are less susceptible to nitrate toxicity.  In addition cows build up 
resistance to nitrate. Nitrate is converted in the rumen to nitrite which is 
toxic.    The rate of conversion is the primary factor.  Remember that 
nitrates can be converted to nitrite in nature by letting high nitrate hay get 
wet.  Nitrite is ten times as toxic as nitrate. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MASTITIS AGENTS                             
-DOC-
                             MASTITIS AGENTS
                  R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian

CAUSATIVE AGENT            SOURCE(S)                      COMMENTS

Staphylococcus       1. Found in nasal membranes,   1. Responsible for highest
aureus                  hair follicles, skin and       incidence of mastitis.
                        perineum of warm blooded                                
                        animals, principally man                                
                        and infected mastitic cows.

                     2. Stall bedding               2. Can develop resistance to
                                                       penicillin.

                     3. Feed troughs                3. Antibiotic sensitivity   
                                                       assay essential prior to 
                                                       drug therapy.

                     4. Newly purchased cows.       4. Extremely difficult to   
                                                       eliminate from internal  
                                                       udder infections.
                     
                     5. Surface wounds of teats     5. Can be found in combina- 
                        and udders.                    tion with Streptococcus  
                                                       agalactia.

                     6. Skin surfaces of the cow`s  6. Early detection critical 
                        legs, teats and udder.         for successful treatment 
                                                       and minimizing udder cell 
                                                       damage.

                     7. Teat and udder contact      7. Infection can lead to
                        with sores on milker's         gangrenous quarters.
                        hands.

                     8. Transfer through milk via
                        the pipeline during milking.

Streptococcus        1. Essentially, the major      1. Responsible for second  
agalactiae              source is the infected         highest incidence of
                        cow (s).                       mastitis.

                     2. Transfer through milk       2. Causes 20-40 subclinical
                        via the pineline during        infections for each
                        milking.                       clinical infection.

                     3. Contaminated floors         3. Can be found in comb-
                                                       ination with Staph.
                                                       infection.

                     4. Newly purchased cows.       4. Proper sanitation
                                                       practices and correct    
                                                       milking procedures
                                                       essential to prevent     
                                                       cross infection between  
                                                       infected and noninfected 
                                                       cows.

                     5. Heifer calves suckling      5. Susceptible to penicillin
                        penmates.                      as a rule.

                     6. Milking personnel as
                        carriers.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Streptococcus        1. Cow's skin and lips         1. Most likely new infection
uberis and                                             initiated by animal to
dysgalactia                                            animal contact, with teat
                                                       becoming infected.

                     2. Udder and teat skin         2. New infections appear
                                                       associated with seasonal
                                                       trends (winter), lacta-
                                                       tion cycle (early stage) 
                                                       and older cows.

                     3. Infected milk                3. Correct milking proce-
                                                        dures essential.
                        
                                                     4. Infection originates    
                                                        from mouth of cow.

                                                     5. Can live in vagina; able
                                                        to cause metritis.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Coliform Group       1. Sediment from unclean        1. Unclean herd environment
A. Escherichia          surroundings, flank                
   coli                 and udder.

B. Enterobacter      2. Manure                       2. Not transmitted directly
   aerogenes                                            from cow to cow.

C. Klebsiella        3. Polluted water (barnyard)    3. Infection occurs when
   sp.                                                  aminated material
                                                        contacts canal opening  
                                                        and enter.

                     4. Unclean equipment            4. Antibiotic sensitivity  
                                                        assay essential to good
                                                        treatment results.
                    
                     5. Wet bedding especially       5. Peracute mastitis can   
                        green sawdust.                  lead to death due to    
                                                        endotoxin.    

                     6. Infected quarter of other    6. Infections can occur at
                        cows.                           any stage of lactation; 
                                                        easiest milkers seem to
                                                        be more susceptible.
                                                     
                                                     7. Usually isolated in a   
                                                        pure culture.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pseudomonas          1. Contaminated water used      1. A key to prevention is
sp.                     for udder washing.              practicing good         
                                                        sanitation.

                     2. Soil                         2. Pseudomonas species are
                                                        generally antibiotic 
                     3. Manure                          resistant; antibiotic 
                                                        sensitivity assay       
                     4. Barnyard surfaces.              essential for good      
                                                        therapy.
                     5. Contaminated teat cup
                        inflations (liners).

                     6. Contaminated needles or
                        teat canulas.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corynebacterium      1. Infectious lesions as        1. Rare cause of mastitis.
pyogenes                abscesses.

                     2. Mocous surfaces of the       2. May follow severe teat
                        suckling calf.                  injury.

                     3. Transferred by contact
                        of the teat canal with 
                        skin lesion (abscess)
                        of a human carrier.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mycoplasma sp.       1. Infected cattle serve as     1. Antibiotics not 
A. M. bovirhinis        a reservoir for this org-       effective against 
                        anism; primarily inhabits       Mycoplasma organism.
                        the respiratory tract.
                                                     2. Rare occurrence.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mycoplasma           1. Common habitat is cow's      1. May be responsible for
bovigenitalium          genital tract.                  vaginal infection and
                                                        lowered fertility.

                     2. Can be isolated from the     2. Causes increased
                        udder alveoli with mastitis.    eosinophi leucocyte     
                                                        count.

                                                     3. Infectious process by   
                                                        direct contact with
                                                        infected cow.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mycoplasma           1. Inhabits cow's genital       1. Clinical signs similar
agalactiae              tract.                          to M. bovigenitalium.
subspecies-
bovis.
                                                     2. Infectious process by
                                                        direct contact with
                                                        infected animal.

Clostridium          1. Soil                         1. Wounded or injured
perfringes                                              teats.

                     2. Manure                       2. Often fatal to cows.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adapted from: "Making Leucocytes Count"
Purdue University, DH-127

                     
    
                                                       
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUREBRED DAIRY CATTLE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTH CAROLINA              
-DOC-
              PUREBRED DAIRY CATTLE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTH CAROLINA
                    F. E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	
	
President - Mr. Steve Mills, Route 1, Saluda, SC  29138	
	
Vice President - Mr. Harold Longshore, Nichols & Longshore, Route 1, Saluda, SC 
                 29138	
	
Secretary - Dr. Dwight Vines, 119 Poole Agricultural Center, Clemson 
            University, Clemson, SC   29634-0363	
	
Treasurer - Mr. Thomas Lee Martin, Route 1, Box 1830A, Liberty, SC  29657	
 
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AMERICAN DAIRY ASSOCIATION OF SOUTH CAROLINA                  
-DOC-
                  AMERICAN DAIRY ASSOCIATION OF SOUTH CAROLINA
                    F. E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	
	
President - Mr. Hugh Weathers, Bowman, SC  29018	
	
Vice President - Mr. Jim Dorm, Hickory Hill, Route 2, Box 152, Edgefield, SC  
                 29824	
	
Secretary/Treasurer - Mr. Aubrey Murphy, Route 1, Starr, SC  29684	
	
Manager - Mr. Homer Sink, Suite 105, Koger Bldg., 2306 West Meadowview Rd., 
          Greensboro, NC  29407	
	
Member Executive Committee - Mr. J. P. Butler, Route 2, Saluda, SC  29138	
 
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA FARM BUREAU (DAIRY)	                       
-DOC-
                       SOUTH CAROLINA FARM BUREAU (DAIRY)	
                    F. E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	
	
Chairman - Mr. Bill Butler, Lone Oak Dairy, Starr Route, Lynchburg, SC  29080	
	
Vice Chairman - Mr. Sam McGregor, Laurinton Dairy Farm, Route 4, Hopkins,	
                SC  29061	
	
Coordinator - Mrs. Debbie Cook, P. O. Box 754, Columbia, SC  29202	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA HOLSTEIN-FRIESIAN ASSOCIATION	                
-DOC-
               SOUTH CAROLINA HOLSTEIN-FRIESIAN ASSOCIATION	 
                 F. E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	 
	 
President - Mr. Gerald Milford, Route 4, Abbeville, SC  29620	 
	 
Vice President - Mr. Morris Jones, Route 3, Saluda, SC  29138	 
	 
Secretary/Treasurer - Mr. Lee Ward, Route 2, Box 32, Gray Court, SC  29645	
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA JERSEY CATTLE CLUB	                       
-DOC-
                       SOUTH CAROLINA JERSEY CATTLE CLUB	
                    F. E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	
	
President - Mr. Claude Wheeler, Route 2, Saluda, SC  29138	
	
Vice President - Dr. Jim Ligon, 108 McAdams, Hall, Clemson University, Clemson, 
                 SC  29634	
	
Secretary - Mr. Phil Perry, P. O. Box 246, Saluda, SC  29138	
	
Treasurer - Mr. A. F. Busby, P. O. Box 160, Newberry, SC  29108	
 
 
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA GUERNSEY CATTLE CLUB	                      
-DOC-
                      SOUTH CAROLINA GUERNSEY CATTLE CLUB	
                    F. E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	
	
President - Mr. Perry Hamm, Route 4, Box 109, Newberry, SC  29108	
	
Vice President - Mr. Randy Mitchell, Route 5, Saluda, SC  29138	
	
Secretary/Treasurer - Mrs. Emma Lovelace, Route 7, Box 420-A, Orangeburg, SC  
                      29115	
 
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA DAIRY GOAT ASSOCIATION                     
-DOC-
                     SOUTH CAROLINA DAIRY GOAT ASSOCIATION
                    F. E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	
	
President - Mrs. Dana Silverman, Box 145, Blacksburg, SC  29702	
 
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DAIRY CALENDAR                                      
-DOC-
                                    DAIRY CALENDAR  
                      Fred E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist  
	
	
                        DECEMBER 15, 1987 - JANUARY 22, 1988	
 	
DEC 15-16                      14th Annual Dairy Conference - Ramada Inn, 
                               Clemson, SC	
JAN 7       10:00A - 4:30P     Extension In-Service Training-Financial 
                               Management Dairy, F149 Poole Agricultural 
                               Building - Clemson, SC	
JAN 20                         Dairy Tech Meeting, Mid-Carolina Country Club - 
                               Prosperity, SC	
JAN 22                         Annual Meeting SC Jersey Cattle Club - Columbia, 
                               SC	



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COST OF DART                                 
-DOC-
                                 COST OF DART
                  Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

DART is a very competitive alternative to commercial software when considering
costs.  A ten dollar monthly base fee is charged to DART users.  In addition,
users must pay for telephone connect time and main-frame computer usage time. 
However, software has been developed for microcomputers which allows for
dataentry "off-line".  In other words, the dairy producer enters all herd status
changes onto a floppy disk, then connects to the main-frame computer at the DRPC
at Raleigh and transmits all data at one time.  This greatly reduces telephone
and computer connect time.  In addition, DART can be accessed in the evenings
and on weekends to take advantage of cheaper phone and computer rates.  In fact,
it is possible to prepare DART files and then send the information at a latter
specified time through an auto-call procedure.  The DRPC at Raleigh is currently
testing newly-developed software referred to as "PC Dart" in which a DART user's
file is downloaded monthly to an on-farm computer and all daily DART work will
be done on the farm.  With this program, connection to DRPC's main-frame is
necessary only once a month.  This program is projected to cost about $1,695,
with this price including software maintenance and all updates.
This software package should be available soon.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NATIONAL DHIA                                  
-DOC-
                                  NATIONAL DHIA
                  Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist
                       
National DHIA was formed in 1965 to encourage greater input by dairy farmers in
developing policy for the DHIA program and to encourage dairy farmers to accept
an increasing share of the responsibility for conducting the program. National
DHIA is a federation of 49 state DHIA's, made up exclusively of the 64,000 dairy
farmers enrolled in the DHIA system.  The 13-member board of directors is
comprised of active DHIA dairy farmers elected by delegates representing member
states.

National DHIA coordinates the activities of the state DHIA members, and
represents DHIA dairy farmers on a national basis.  It also has the
responsibility of interpreting and enforcing rules and standards, and monitoring
the quality of programs and services provided by member associations.  National
DHIA has implemented the Quality Certification Service (QCS), which sets minimum
standards that all state members must meet in order for their records to be
classified as official.  DHIA field services, DHIA laboratories, and DHIA
computing centers are evaluated on a yearly basis, and must meet standards set 
forth by QCS(see section on quality certification).  National DHIA also
publishes "DAIRY" magazine which provides current and pertinent information to
all DHIA members.  It also established "DAIRY NET, DHIA's Information Service,"
a computer informational network that dairy producers can access by a remote
computer terminal.  In summary, National DHIA exists to provide services and
information to its members, maintain the integrity of DHIA records, and
coordinate DHIA activities on a national basis.

The address of the national office is:  
National Dairy Herd Improvement Association, Inc.
3021 East Dublin Granville Road
Columbus, Ohio  43229
(614) 8903630
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LOCAL DHIA ASSOCIATIONS                            
-DOC-
                            LOCAL DHIA ASSOCIATIONS
                 Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

Local Dairy Herd Improvement (DHI) associations are formed within the state
consisting of smaller groups of DHI members living in the same area.  Membership
in a local association automatically constitutes membership in the state and
national associations.  

One of the main responsibilities of the local associations is to employ DHI
supervisors.  The supervisors, formerly known as the "milk testers", are the key
persons responsible for assuring that each DHI member receives complete,
accurate, useful and unbiased information.  The supervisor visits the farm once
a month, records milk weights and collects a milk sample from each cow.  In
addition, the supervisor records all herd activity from the previous month, such
as cows that have been turned dry, cows that have calved, cows sold, etc.  All
information is recorded on "barn sheets".  The barn sheets and the milk samples
are sent to the Southeast Dairy Lab in McDonough, Ga., where the samples are
analyzed for milk components.  After the milk component data has been entered on
the barn sheets, they are then sent to the Dairy Records Processing Center
(DRPC) at Raleigh, N.C., where the information is entered into a computer andthe
records processed.  

As DHI services grow and become more technical, the supervisor will become even
more important to the success of the DHI organization.  The supervisor
needs to be well-informed and must be able to help the dairy producers use
the information that is available through DHI records.  Standards set forth
by National DHIA's Quality Certification program ensure that supervisors are
well-trained, so they can effectively carry out their duties.

The local associations operate on assessment money  collected from its members.
The associations decide how much and how often the members will be charged
an assessment.  This money is used to perpetuate the day to day functions of
the organization, such as meter repair, the purchase of meter parts, etc.  

Following is a list of local associations, their presidents (P),
vice-presidents(VP), supervisors (S) and phone numbers:

ASSOCIATION           OFFICERS                    PHONE NUMBERS

Bamberg             Johnny Carter (P)             267-3332
                    Dan Heatwole (VP)             793-4394
                    David Linder (S)              245-4772				

Coastal             Elias Tupper (P)              871-3751
                    Britt Rhodes (VP)
                    David Linder (S)              245-4772

Greenville          Terry Blakely (P)             277-3878
                    George Farris (VP)
                    Richard Brown (S)             682-2471
                    N. B. Williams (S)            859-6641

Newberry-Laurens    Wayne Satterwhite (P)         276-3508
                    Henry Longshore (S)           276-2615
                    Lewis Porterfield (S)         276-5105
				
Orangeburg          Archie Felder (P)             829-2154
                    Glen O'Cain (S)               536-0101
                    Laurie Harmon (S)             531-4575

Pee-Dee             A. L. McCaskill (P)           428-3496
                    Ray Watford (VP)              346-3331
                    Jan Morris (S)	
                    Robert Hilton (S)             481-2417

Saluda              Joel Riley (P)                445-8591
                    Claude Wheeler (VP)           445-3312
                    Richard Von Crawford (S)      445-3773
                    Ralph Schaewe (S)             445-7601

Spartanburg         Kirk McKeown (P)              585-0013
                    Chris Anderson (VP)
                    Kathryn Stanfield (S)        472-9404

Tri-County          Gerald Milford (P)           446-2581
                    N. B. Williams (S)           859-6641
                    Richard Culbreth (S)         446-2671
                    Mitch Bennett (S)            226-0802
				
York-Chester        Herbert Lutz (P)             385-6929
                    Dwight Wood (VP)             366-3698
                    R. Bryan Campbell (S)        789-5687
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DEFINITION OF DHIA                              
-DOC-
                              DEFINITION OF DHIA
                  Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

The DHI organization, formally known as the National Cooperative Dairy
Herd Improvement Program (NCDHIP), is a national industry wide dairy
production testing and record-keeping system.  Its purpose is to provide
production and management information to dairy farmers so that they can make
wise management decisions, breed and herd improvements, and genetic evaluations
of animals.  It also provides information to industry organizations, land-grant
colleges and universities, and governmental agencies for education and genetic
evaluation research programs.

The standard DHI procedure for obtaining herd production performance
information starts with a monthly visit to the farm by a DHI supervisor.  This
person is hired by the local DHI Association and must attend a formal training
session.  The supervisor collects a milk sample from each cow and records her
milk production on "barn sheets".  In addition, the supervisor records all
herd activity for the previous month, such as cows turned dry, cows calved, and
cows bred.  The barn sheets and the milk samples are then sent to a laboratory
which analyzes the samples for milk components, such as milk fat, milk protein,
and somatic cells.  (The samples from South Carolina are analyzed at The
Southeast Dairy Lab in McDonough, Ga.).  Following the analysis of the milk
samples, the completed barn sheets are then sent to the Dairy Records Processing
Center (DRPC), which  is in Raleigh, North Carolina.  There, the information is
entered into the computer, and the records are "processed".  The dairy producer
receives a computer printout 7 to 10 days after the supervisor has visited the
farm, which summarizes the cows' performance on an individual basis and also on
a herd basis.  In addition to the standard reports received each month, the
dairy producer can also  receive "Optional Management Lists".  These reports
are additional herd management tools and include listings of cows to turn dry,
cows to calve, cows in order of test day milk production, monthly graphs of
herd parameters, herd comparison summary, somatic cell summary, culling guide,
and many more (see Section on Optional Management Lists).

The first DHI association was established in Michigan in 1905.  Since that
time, it has progressed and expanded to become what is now one of the
most sophisticated record-keeping systems in all of agriculture.  At the
present time, 46% of all cows in the United States are enrolled in a DHI
testing program.  Cows on test give an average of 4,000 pounds per year more
than their non-tested contemporaries.  In addition, their merchandising value
is considerably higher.  DHIA records take the quesswork out of managing a
dairy herd, because complete records on each individual cow are provided. 
For more information on the DHI program in South Carolina, please contact one
ofthe following persons:

Dr. Jean Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist  656-3231
Mr. Richard Culbreth, SCDHIA Fieldman  446-2671
Mr. George Binnicker, SCDHIA President  263-4645
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BENEFITS OF DART                               
-DOC-
                               BENEFITS OF DART
                   Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

The benefits of using DART as a herd management tool are numerous, such as:

1) Records can be updated daily or weekly, rather than monthly when the tester
is on the farm.

2) Up-to-the minute management reports can be created and printed in the farm
office.  These reports are tailor-made to include any information relevant to
the operation.  These reports can be used to group cows, breed cows, cull cows,
etc.  Reports can also be created which will alert the producer for cows in
heat, cows to turn dry, or cows to calve.

3) Supervisor test-day input through DART provides current milk weights to the
producer before the tester has even left the farm.  DART can sort and group cows
according to any specifications given.

4) The ration program enables the farmer to change or revise his/her ration
quickly using available feeds.  It is strongly recommended that forage samples be analyzed so that actual forage composition values can be used.  This
results in more nutritional and economical rations.

5) The sire summary program aids in the selection of bulls according
to parameters set forth by the dairy producer.  All active AI sires are
maintained on file, so bulls from different AI studs can be compared.

6) Since DART is accessed via a telephone, it is available virtually 24 hours
a day.  DART is maintained by a full-time staff and updates and improvements
are continually being made.  Most changes result from suggestions submitted
by producers enrolled in DART.  For these reasons, DART is a very
competitive alternative to commercial software.  DART subscribers never have to
worry about their software becoming obsolete and having to purchase new
software, as would be the case with commercial software.  The cost of DART is
also very competitive (see section on Cost of DART).

	
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DEFINITION OF DART                             
-DOC-
                             DEFINITION OF DART
                  Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

DART (Direct Access to Records by Telephone) is an optional program offered to
dairy producers whose DHI records are processed through the Dairy Records
Processing Center at Raleigh, North Carolina.  DHI records for herds on DART are
processed in the normal fashion, but DART users have the additional ability to
access their records "on-line" through an on-farm microcomputer or terminal.
DART users input daily herd activities such as cows fresh, dried, sold, bred, or
in heat, as well as results of pregnancy checks, fresh cow checks, and group
changes.  Herd health data and replacement heifer information can also be
entered.  The dairy producer can then print up-to-the-minute management reports
in the farm office.  These reports can consist of a standard format, or, the
farmer can custom-design management reports to include any information relative
to his/her operation.

Herds on DART can have their supervisor input test day milk weights, which
allows the producer to have immediate access to current production information.
Cows can actually be grouped according to milk production or selected to be
culled or dried off even before the supervisor leaves the farm.  DART herds
will, of course, receive their regular DHIA reports in the mail in 7 to 10 days.
In addition to creating management reports, DART can also be used to
balance rations and aid in sire selection.  A least-cost ration program is
available through DART that balances rations according to National Research
Council guidelines for crude protein, energy, crude or acid detergent fiber,
calcium, phosphorus, sodium, magnesium, sulfur and potassium.  Forage to
concentrate ratios and calcium to phosphorus ratios are also considered.  The
latest herd production information is used to determine nutrient requirements. 
These requirements can be changed if desired.  Feedstuffs currently available to
the farmer are used to determine the make-up of the ration.  It is
strongly recommended that all forages be analyzed for nutrient content.  If
actual forage composition values are used versus "book values," resulting
rations will be both economically and nutritionally sound.

The sire selection program provides access to information on active AI sires.
The file has current information on predicted differences for production based
on USDA Sire Summaries; predicted difference for type and breakdown
type categories from Breed Association type summaries; calving ease score
(% difficult first births) from the National Association of Animal Breeders
(NAAB) calving ease summary; and semen prices obtained from each AI
organization.  The sire summary program can be used in two ways.  First of all,
it can be used to simply obtain the most current information on a particular
bull.  Or, it can beused to select a group of bulls based on certain criteria
that is determined by the producer.  The producer then mates his/her cows from
this list of bulls.

In summary, DART is a very useful management tool for producers enrolled in DHI.
DART users have extensive control of their herd management data.  The
only limitation to the combination of information contained in the reports is
the imagination of the user.

For further information on DART, contact:
                         
                 Dr. Jean A. Bertrand
                 Extension Dairy Scientist
                 Clemson University
                 656-3231

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING DART                       
-DOC-
                       REQUIREMENTS FOR USING DART
                Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

In order to successfully use DART, a dairy producer must meet the
following requirements:

1.  Enrollment in the DHI Program
     DART can only be utilized by herds enrolled in DHI whose records
are processed at Raleigh, North Carolina.

2.  DART authorization and password
     DHI herds wishing to enroll in DART must apply for use authorization
and obtain a password.  This is done through the Dairy Extension office at
Clemson. An existing DHI herd can usually be added to the DART file on the same
day requested.

3.  Computer Equipment
     The DART system can be accessed by most standard microcomputer and
ASCII terminals (see section listing microcomputers that are compatible with DRPC
at Raleigh DART software).  The exact protocol is as follows:

          Asynchronous
          Even parity
          Half duplex
          300, 1200, or 2400 baud
          8 level ASCII code (10 bits per character , 7 data bits,
           1 parity bit, 1 start bit, 1 stop bit)
          Teletype 33/35 compatible
          Transmission format character by character
          Minimum 80 character positions per printed line

4.  Telephone Connection
     DART users must have a modem connected to their microcomputer or
terminal which will provide communication with DRPC's mainframe computer via a
telephone. Good telephone service is required for successful use of DART, as
bad connections will distort transmission of data.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOURS DART IS AVAILABLE                             
-DOC-
                             HOURS DART IS AVAILABLE
                    Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

DART is available at all times except 2:00  p.m.  to  2:30  p.m.  and  midnight
to 1:00 a.m.  Eastern time, Monday through Friday.  It is available 24 hours per 
day during weekends and holidays.	
	
On rare occasions a DRPC hardware  or  software  problem  may  cause  the  DART 
system to  be  down  for short periods of time.  If you call and the phone rings
more than four times, you will know the DART system is down temporarily.  Please
call 919/737-2632 if you would  like  to  know  when  DART  is  expected  to  be
available again. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
-END-
-DOC-
-END-


       Facility : St. George Health Care Center, Inc.     
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 187                
                : St. George, SC  29477
       Location : 905 Dukes Street              
                : St. George, SC  29477
          Phone : 563-4602
          Owner : St. George Health Care Ctr. Inc.        
  Administrator : William M. Rogers, Jr.   
 License Number : NCF404
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Dorchester County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Dorchester
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Edgefield County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EDGEFIELD - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               EDGEFIELD - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Plantation House                        
Mailing Address : 122 Court House Sq.      
                : Edgefield, SC  29824
       Location : 122 Court House Sq.           
                : Edgefield, SC  29824
          Phone : 637-3789
          Owner : John F. Hutto, Jr.                 
  Administrator : John F. Hutto, Jr.       
 License Number : 435
    No. of Beds :  13







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EDGEFIELD - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES               
-DOC-
               EDGEFIELD - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Edgefield Health Care                   
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 668                
                : Edgefield, SC  29824
       Location : W.A. Reel Drive               
                : Edgefield, SC  29824
          Phone : 637-5312
          Owner : Southmark/National Heritage Inc.        
  Administrator : Cynthia R. Vann          
 License Number : ICF181
   Beds - Total :   81
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   81

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EDGEFIELD - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   EDGEFIELD - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licenced skilled nursing care facilities in Edgefield
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EDGEFIELD - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                      
-DOC-
                      EDGEFIELD - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Edgefield County Adult Day Care Center            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 510                 
                : Edgefield, SC  29824
       Location : 400 Church St.                
                : Edgefield, SC  29824
          Phone : 637-5326
          Owner : Edgefield Cty. Sen Citizens Council
  Administrator : Fairey English           
 License Number : ADC6  
   Participants :  10








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Edgefield
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Fairfield County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FAIRFIELD - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               FAIRFIELD - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Code Manor Community Care Home          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 653            
                : Winnsboro, SC  29180
       Location : Greenwood Drive, Old Camden Rd
                : Winnsboro, SC  29180
          Phone : 635-1153
          Owner : Hattie C. Perry/Johnnye C. Stewart 
  Administrator : Hattie C. Perry          
 License Number : 40 
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Lambright's Comm. Care Home, Inc. #3    
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 162 Blytwd    
                : Rigwy, SC  29016
       Location : Peach St.                     
                : Rigwy, SC  29130
          Phone : 786-8612
          Owner : Lambright's Comm. Care Home, Inc.  
  Administrator : Eric M. Lambright        
 License Number : 383
    No. of Beds :  27







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FAIRFIELD - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES               
-DOC-
               FAIRFIELD - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Tanglewood Health Care Center           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 68                
                : Ridgeway, SC  29130
       Location : Third Rd.                     
                : Ridgeway, SC  29130
          Phone : 337-3211
          Owner : Tanglewood Limited Partnership          
  Administrator : Melanie W. Smith         
 License Number : ICF124
   Beds - Total :  150
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :  150

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
}i                   FAIRFIELD - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
-DOC-
}i                   FAIRFIELD - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Fairfield Homes                         
Mailing Address : Box 157                     
                : Ridgeway, SC  29130
       Location : Longtown Rd.                  
                : Ridgeway, SC  29130
  %p     Phone : 337-2257
          Owner : Anco, Inc.                              
  Administrator : Annette B. Cooper        
 License Number : NCF451
   Beds - Total :  112
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   68
     Beds - Icf :   44

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Fairfield County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FAIRFIELD - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                FAIRFIELD - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Ruby C. Blair Residence                 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817, Columbia    
                : Blair, SC  29230
       Location : Rt. l (SC-20-31)              
                : Blair, SC  29015
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Fairfield Special Housing, Inc.         
  Administrator : Christine B. Lineback    
 License Number : M1556 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Stuart L. Blair Residence               
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817, Columbia    
                : Blair, SC  29230
       Location : Rt. l, (SC-20-31)             
                : Blair, SC  29015
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Fairfield Special Housing, Inc.         
  Administrator : Christine B. Lineback    
 License Number : M1555 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                              McClenaghan Place
                           500 South Dargan Street
                             Florence, SC  29501
                                (803) 664-3146
                               Florence County

Contact Person:...............................Margaret F. Moran
Proportion of residents from other states:....20%
Residential capacity..........................50
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 44
Description of Units.................. Three story apartment building
Nursing home ......................... Assisted with placement by local
                                       hospital social director
Units purchased or rented............. Life lease
Security provisions .................. Emergency call system, 24hr security
                                       patrol
Safety features of unit............... Handrails, smoke/fire detectors, seat
                                       in shower, phone in elevator,
                                       emergency hall lights, hospital
                                       next door
Handicapped accommodations............ Ramps, some units designed for
                                       wheelchair occupants
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  YES
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Health, income, 62yrs of age and
                                       older
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Established by director of board
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES 
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... No provisions
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Resident/family assumes full
                                       responsibility
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Six months







INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FLORENCE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               FLORENCE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Beard's Residential Care #1             
Mailing Address : 123 N. Warren            
                : Timmonsville, SC  29161
       Location : 123 N. Warren St.             
                : Timmonsville, SC  29161
          Phone : 346-5272
          Owner : Catherine H. Beard                 
  Administrator : Catherine H. Beard       
 License Number : 140
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Beard's Residential Care #2             
Mailing Address : 123 N. Warren            
                : Timmonsville, SC  29161
       Location : 301 N. Orange St.             
                : Timmonsville, SC  29161
          Phone : 346-3962
          Owner : Catherine H. Beard                 
  Administrator : Catherine H. Beard       
 License Number : 82 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Beard's Residential Care III            
Mailing Address : 123 N. Warren            
                : Timmonsville, SC  29161
       Location : 201 Brockington St.           
                : Timmonsville, SC  29161
          Phone : 346-2287
          Owner : Catherine H. Beard                 
  Administrator : Catherine H. Beard       
 License Number : 331
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Florence Cty. Comm. ADA (Halfway House) 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 4881           
                : Florence, SC  29502
       Location : 605 W. Palmetto St.           
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 665-9349
          Owner : Florence Cty. Comm. ADA            
  Administrator : Charles L. Young         
 License Number : 163
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Florence Residential Care               
Mailing Address : 1312 W. Evans St.        
                : Florence, SC  29501
       Location : 1312 W. Evans St.             
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 662-9192
          Owner : Margaret Capel                     
  Administrator : Margaret Capel           
 License Number : 421
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Gabriel's Community Residential Care    
Mailing Address : 107 N. Harrell St.       
                : Florence, SC       
       Location : 107 N. Harrell St.            
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 669-7634
          Owner : Wilahamenia C. Gabriel             
  Administrator : Wilahamenia C. Gabriel   
 License Number : 413
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Gene's Residential Care Facility        
Mailing Address : 607 W. Sumter St.        
                : Florence, SC       
       Location : 607 W. Sumter St.             
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 662-2529
          Owner : Gene Jones                         
  Administrator : Gene Jones               
 License Number : 431
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Kelly's Community Care Home - Unit #l   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 308            
                : Florence, SC  29503
       Location : 611 W. Palmetto St.           
                : Florence, SC  2950l
          Phone : 667-1747
          Owner : Fred & Mary S. Kelly               
  Administrator : Mary L. Kelly            
 License Number : 136
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Kelly's Community Home - Unit #2        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 308            
                : Florence, SC  29503
       Location : 751 West Evans St.            
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 665-9503
          Owner : Mary L. & Fred Kelly               
  Administrator : Mary L. Kelly            
 License Number : 138
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Kelly's Community Home - Unit #3        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 308            
                : Florence, SC  29503
       Location : 601 West Palmetto             
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 665-9503
          Owner : Mary S. & Fred Kelly               
  Administrator : Mary L. Kelly            
 License Number : 139
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Kelly's Community Home - Unit #4        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 308            
                : Scranton, SC  29503
       Location : Hwy. 52                       
                : Scranton, SC  29591
          Phone : 389-9022
          Owner : Mary Kelly                         
  Administrator : Mary L. Kelly            
 License Number : 375
    No. of Beds :  25











       Facility : Manor House Residential Care Facility   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 9              
                : Scranton, SC  29591
       Location : High Hill Rd.                 
                : Scranton, SC  29591
          Phone : 389-9201
          Owner : HCC Assoiates                      
  Administrator : Marie Fleming            
 License Number : 224
    No. of Beds :  30











       Facility : Mills Olanta House, Ltd.                
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 595            
                : Olanta, SC  29114
       Location : Hwy. 30l North                
                : Olanta, SC  29114
          Phone : 665-7890
          Owner : William C. & Virginia M. Mills     
  Administrator : Virginia M. Mills        
 License Number : 35 
    No. of Beds :  48











       Facility : Mills Rest Home                         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 429            
                : Florence, SC       
       Location : 430 W. Cheves St.             
                : Florence, SC  2950l
          Phone : 667-0138
          Owner : Mills Olanta House Ltd.            
  Administrator : Virginia Mills           
 License Number : 20 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Olanta Residential Care Center          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 625            
                : Olanta, SC       
       Location : Augusta St.                   
                : Olanta, SC  29114
          Phone : 396-4444
          Owner : HCC Associates                     
  Administrator : Connie Floyd             
 License Number : 369
    No. of Beds :  80











       Facility : Presbyterian Home of South Carolina     
Mailing Address : 2380 Lucas St.           
                : Florence, SC       
       Location : 2380 Lucas St.                
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 665-2222
          Owner : Presbyterian Home of S. C.         
  Administrator : Peggy Andrews            
 License Number : 242
    No. of Beds :  40











       Facility : Theresa's Rest Home                     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 429            
                : Florence, SC       
       Location : 107 N. Franklin St.           
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 667-1304
          Owner : Mills Olanta House, Ltd.           
  Administrator : Virginia M. Mills        
 License Number : 120
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Woodard's Community Care Home           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 255            
                : Florence, SC  29503
       Location : 615 W. Evans St.              
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 662-0514
          Owner : Marcola Woodard                    
  Administrator : Marcola Woodard          
 License Number : 301
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Woodard's Community Care Home #2        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 255            
                : Florence, SC  29503
       Location : 810 W. Evans St.              
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 665-4928
          Owner : Marcola Woodard                    
  Administrator : Marcola Woodard          
 License Number : 198
    No. of Beds :   8







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FLORENCE - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                FLORENCE - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Florence Convalescent Center            
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 134                
                : Florence, SC  29501
       Location : Route 8                       
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 669-4374
          Owner : Florence Conv. Center, Inc.             
  Administrator : Genevieve M. Lawrence    
 License Number : ICF91 
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   88

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FLORENCE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    FLORENCE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Commander Nursing Center                
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 37               
                : Florence, SC  29501
       Location : Pamplico Hwy.                 
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 669-3502
          Owner : Commander Health Care Facilities, Inc.  
  Administrator : Joe M. Commander         
 License Number : NCF233
   Beds - Total :  133
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  133
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Faith Nursing Home                      
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 690               
                : Florence, SC  29503
       Location : 617 W. Marion St.             
                : Florence, SC  29503
          Phone : 662-5148
          Owner : V and M Corporation                     
  Administrator : Bonnie W. Cockfield      
 License Number : NCF465
   Beds - Total :  148
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :  104





       Facility : Folk Nursing Center                     
Mailing Address : Rt. 9, Box 64               
                : Florence, SC  29501
       Location : Pamplico Hwy.                 
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 669-4403
          Owner : Commander Health Care Facilities, Inc.  
  Administrator : Charles S. Commander     
 License Number : NCF453
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : HealthSouth Rehabilitation Center       
Mailing Address : 722 S. Dargan St.           
                : Florence, SC  29501
       Location : 722 South Dargan Street       
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 669-8891
          Owner : HealthSouth Rehabilitation Center, Inc. 
  Administrator : Robert E. Thomson        
 License Number : NCF438
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   88
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Heritage Home of Florence, Inc.         
Mailing Address : 515 S. Warley St.           
                : Florence, SC  29501
       Location : 515 S. Warley St.             
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 662-4573
          Owner : Heritage Home of Florence, Inc.         
  Administrator : Shewin D. Welch          
 License Number : NCF450
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Honorage Nursing Care                   
Mailing Address : 1207 N. Cashua Rd.          
                : Florence, SC  29501
       Location : 1207 N. Cashua Rd.            
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 665-6172
          Owner : Honorage Nrsing Care of Flor. S.C., Inc 
  Administrator : Howard W. Clark          
 License Number : NCF329
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Lake City-Scranton Convalescent Center  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 9                 
                : Scranton, SC  29591
       Location : 9 Highhill Rd.                
                : Scranton, SC  29591
          Phone : 389-9201
          Owner : Village Green Convalescent Ctr., Inc.   
  Administrator : William W. Mitchell      
 License Number : NCF419
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   74
     Beds - Icf :   14





       Facility : Presbyterian Home of S.C./Florence      
Mailing Address : 2350 Lucas St.              
                : Florence, SC  2950l
       Location : 2350 Lucas St.                
                : Florence, SC  2950l
          Phone : 665-2222
          Owner : Presbyterian Home of S. C.              
  Administrator : Peggy Andrews, RN        
 License Number : NCF420
   Beds - Total :   25
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   25
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FLORENCE - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                       
-DOC-
                       FLORENCE - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Florence General Hospital Senior Resource Center  
Mailing Address : 512 S Irby St.                
                : Florence, SC  29502
       Location : 512 South Irby Street         
                : Florence, SC  29502
          Phone : 667-3200
          Owner : Florence General Hospital          
  Administrator : Fred Schilling           
 License Number : ADC27 
   Participants :  30








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FLORENCE - LICENSED HOSPICES                          
-DOC-
                          FLORENCE - LICENSED HOSPICES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Hospice of the Pee Dee, Inc.                      
Mailing Address : 555 E Cheves St.              
                : Florence, SC  29503
       Location : 555 E. Cheves St.             
                : Florence, SC  29503
          Phone : 667-9312
          Owner : Hospice of the Pee Dee, Inc.       
  Administrator : Betsy Eddy               
 License Number : HOS14 
   Participants :   0







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FLORENCE - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                FLORENCE - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Clyde St. Home                          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3209              
                : Florence, SC  29502
       Location : 509 Clyde St.                 
                : Florence, SC  29502
          Phone : 669-3661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Kenneth Ward             
 License Number : IMR102
   Beds - Total :   20
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   20





       Facility : Mulberry Park 301-307                   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3209              
                : Florence, SC  29502
       Location : 714 National Cemetery Rd.     
                : Florence, SC  29502
          Phone : 669-3661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Ken Ward                 
 License Number : IMR141
   Beds - Total :  112
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :  112





       Facility : Pecan Lane Bldg. 201-205                
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3209              
                : Florence, SC  29502
       Location : 714 National Cemetary Rd.     
                : Florence, SC  29502
          Phone : 669-3661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Kenneth Ward             
 License Number : IMR119
   Beds - Total :  160
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :  160



       Facility : Coit St. Community Residence            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3209              
                : Florence, SC  29502
       Location : 624 S. Coit Street            
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 669-3661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Belinda Calcutt          
 License Number : M15 13
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Florence Community Residence            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3209              
                : Florence, SC  29502
       Location : 511 Clyde St.                 
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 669-3661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Belinda Kaye Calcutt     
 License Number : M1525 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Graham St. Community Residence          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3209              
                : Florence, SC  29502
       Location : 306 Graham St.                
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 669-3661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Belinda Kaye Calcutt     
 License Number : M1526 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Pamplico Road Residence                 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3209              
                : Florence, SC  29502
       Location : 801 Pamplico Road             
                : Florence, SC  29501
          Phone : 669-7661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Belinda Kaye Calcutt     
 License Number : M1512 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Sherwood Community Residence 9A         
Mailing Address : PO Box 3209/Flo             
                : Lake City, SC  29502
       Location : 9 A Sherwood St.              
                : Lake City, SC  29560
          Phone : 669-3661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Belinda Kaye Calcutt     
 License Number : M1557 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Sherwood Community Residence 9B         
Mailing Address : PO Box 3209/Flo             
                : Lake City, SC  29502
       Location : 9 B Sherwood St.              
                : Lake City, SC  29560
          Phone : 669-3661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Belinda Kaye Calcutt     
 License Number : M1558 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Georgetown County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GEORGETOWN - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS              
-DOC-
              GEORGETOWN - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed community residential centers in Georgetown County.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Georgetown County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GEORGETOWN - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   GEORGETOWN - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Winyah Extended Care Center, Inc.       
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 8158              
                : Georgetown, SC  29440
       Location : 2715 South Island Rd.         
                : Georgetown, SC  29440
          Phone : 546-4123
          Owner : Winyah Extended Care Center, Inc.       
  Administrator : Grace B. Jones           
 License Number : NCF335
   Beds - Total :   84
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   42
     Beds - Icf :   42

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GEORGETOWN - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                      
-DOC-
                      GEORGETOWN - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Camp Baskerville Adult Day Care Center            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1188, Code-4        
                : Pawley's Is., SC  29585
       Location : US. 17 North                  
                : Pawley's Is., SC  29585
          Phone : 237-2847
          Owner : Episcopal Outreach of P.I., Inc.   
  Administrator : Antoine Campbell         
 License Number : ADC4  
   Participants :  20








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GEORGETOWN - LICENSED HOSPICES                         
-DOC-
                         GEORGETOWN - LICENSED HOSPICES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Hospice of Georgetown County,Inc.                 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1436                
                : Georgetown, SC  29442
       Location : 615 Huger Dr.                 
                : Georgetown, SC  29442
          Phone : 546-3410
          Owner : Hospice of Georgetown County, Inc. 
  Administrator : Brenda Stroup            
 License Number : HOS9  
   Participants :   0








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Georgetown
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                        Stroud Memorial Sheltered Care
                                 P.O. Box 216
                             Marietta, SC  29661
                                (803) 836-6381
                              Greenville County

Contact Person:...............................Earlene G. Jones, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....None
Residential capacity..........................25
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 3 buildings
Description of Units.................. 14 motel type rooms
Nursing home ......................... YES, Intermediate level
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Fenced-in, 24 hr attendant
Safety features of unit............... Grab bars in bathrooms, call button
Handicapped accommodations............ Accommodates persons with canes, walkers
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Upon request
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 50 yrs old minimum age
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. NO
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Medicaid recipients, straight rate
                                       private pay charges based on costs
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Must make other living arrangements
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pays for days in facility and the days
                                       bed is held
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as rent is paid and a request
                                       is made to hold the bed









INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENVILLE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS              
-DOC-
              GREENVILLE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Autumn Care Taylors                     
Mailing Address : 402 W. Main St.          
                : Taylors, SC       
       Location : 402 West Main St.             
                : Taylors, SC  29687
          Phone : 268-1144
          Owner : Autumn Care Taylors                
  Administrator : Shirley B. Miller        
 License Number : 354
    No. of Beds :  44











       Facility : Bonner Kidd Home (Brick House)          
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 535           
                : Simpsonville, SC  29681
       Location : Standing Springs Rd.          
                : Simpsonville, SC  29681
          Phone : 963-3438
          Owner : Greenville Cty Comm. on ADA        
  Administrator : Ralph C. Tallant         
 License Number : 244
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Bonner Kidd Home (White House)          
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 535           
                : Simpsonville, SC       
       Location : Rt. 3, Box 535                
                : Simpsonville, SC  29681
          Phone : 963-3438
          Owner : Greenville Cty. Comm. on ADA       
  Administrator : Ralph C. Tallant         
 License Number : 414
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Carolina Retirement Center              
Mailing Address : 811 Laurens Rd.          
                : Greenville, SC       
       Location : 811 Laurens Road              
                : Greenville, SC  29607
          Phone : 271-0071
          Owner : Greenville Health Care, Inc.       
  Administrator : Carole K. Waynick        
 License Number : 169
    No. of Beds : 100











       Facility : E. M. Williams Community Care Home #1   
Mailing Address : PO Box 6025 Sta B        
                : Grnvile, SC  29606
       Location : 20 Harris St.                 
                : Grnvile, SC  29606
          Phone : 242-5997
          Owner : Jean Watts                         
  Administrator : Jean Watts               
 License Number : 88 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : E. M. Williams Community Care Home #2   
Mailing Address : PO Box 6025 Sta B        
                : Grnvile, SC  29606
       Location : 16 Howe St.                   
                : Grnvile, SC  29606
          Phone : 23348997
          Owner : Jean Watts & Elizabeth A. Hallums  
  Administrator : Elizabeth A. Hallums     
 License Number : 89 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Fountain Inn Community Residence        
Mailing Address : 105 Old Fairview Rd.     
                : Fountain Inn, SC       
       Location : 105 Old Fairview Rd.          
                : Fountain Inn, SC  29644
          Phone : 862-3206
          Owner : Greenville Assoc. for the Retarded 
  Administrator : Jean M. Knox             
 License Number : 236
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Greenville Community Residence          
Mailing Address : 58 Cavalier Dr.          
                : Greenville, SC       
       Location : 58 Cavalier Dr.               
                : Greenville, SC  29607
          Phone : 277-0584
          Owner : Greenville Assoc. for the Retarded 
  Administrator : Bruce D. Anderson        
 License Number : 73 
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Greenville Cty. Comm. on ADA/Detox Ctr. 
Mailing Address : 3336 Old Buncombe        
                : Grnvil, SC       
       Location : 3336 Old Buncombe Rd.         
                : Grnvil, SC  29609
          Phone : 235-8553
          Owner : Greenville Cty Comm on ADA         
  Administrator : Donella Inabinett        
 License Number : 27 
    No. of Beds :  27











       Facility : Greenville Retirement Center            
Mailing Address : 663 Rutherford Rd.       
                : Greenville, SC       
       Location : 663 Rutherford Rd.            
                : Greenville, SC  29609
          Phone : 233-2672
          Owner : Greenville Retirement Center Inc.  
  Administrator : Agnes D. Roe             
 License Number : 296
    No. of Beds :  74











       Facility : Greer Community Residence               
Mailing Address : 112 S. Bevly Lane        
                : Greer, SC       
       Location : 112 South Beverly Lane        
                : Greer, SC  29651
          Phone : 288-1907
          Owner : Greenville Assoc. for the Retarded 
  Administrator : Donald L. Shockley       
 License Number : 237
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Gregory's Comm. Care Home #3            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 637            
                : Simpsonville, SC  29681
       Location : 1015 Fork Shoals Rd.          
                : Simpsonville, SC  29681
          Phone : 277-2269
          Owner : Joyce C. Gregory                   
  Administrator : Joyce C. Gregory         
 License Number : 433
    No. of Beds :  30











       Facility : Marian Parkins Community Residence      
Mailing Address : 100 Highlawn Ave.        
                : Greenville, SC       
       Location : 100 Highlawn Ave.             
                : Greenville, SC  29611
          Phone : 232-6350
          Owner : Greenville County MR Commission    
  Administrator : Janice Heiple            
 License Number : 234
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : O & J Sherman's Care Center             
Mailing Address : 120 Arlington Ave.       
                : Greenville, SC       
       Location : 120 Arlington Ave.            
                : Greenville, SC  29601
          Phone : 235-4936
          Owner : Mrs. Olise Sherman                 
  Administrator : Olise Sherman            
 License Number : 180
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Pendleton Manor                         
Mailing Address : 414 Summit Dr.           
                : Greenville, SC       
       Location : 414 Summit Dr.                
                : Greenville, SC  29609
          Phone : 271-7562
          Owner : Pendleton Manor, Inc.              
  Administrator : Roscoe E. Pendleton      
 License Number : 2  
    No. of Beds :  98











       Facility : Ridgeview Community Care Home, Inc.     
Mailing Address : 117 Chandler Rd.         
                : Greer, SC  29687
       Location : 117 Chandler Rd.              
                : Greer, SC  29687
          Phone : 877-8599
          Owner : Ridgeview Comm. Care Home, Inc.    
  Administrator : Pat Jewell               
 License Number : 439
    No. of Beds :  40











       Facility : Sherman's Boarding Home                 
Mailing Address : 111 Anderson St.         
                : Greenville, SC       
       Location : 111 Anderson St.              
                : Greenville, SC  29601
          Phone : 232-2524
          Owner : Mr. & Mrs. Jessie Sherman          
  Administrator : Olise Sherman            
 License Number : 361
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Stroud Memorial Sheltered Care (B & C)  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 216            
                : Marietta, SC       
       Location : Hwy. 276                      
                : Marietta, SC  29661
          Phone : 836-6381
          Owner : Stroud Memorial Hosp. Tax District 
  Administrator : Earlene G. Jones         
 License Number : 412
    No. of Beds :  20











       Facility : Wildwood Retreat                        
Mailing Address : 130 Woodville Rd.        
                : Pelzer, SC       
       Location : 130 Woodville Rd.             
                : Pelzer, SC  29669
          Phone : 243-9151
          Owner : Lester C. Caldwell                 
  Administrator : Mr. & Mrs. L. C. Caldwell
 License Number : 97 
    No. of Beds :  10







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENVILLE - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES               
-DOC-
               GREENVILLE - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Fountain Inn Convalescent Home          
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 67                 
                : Fountain Inn, SC  29644
       Location : 501 Gulliver Street           
                : Fountain Inn, SC  29644
          Phone : 862-2554
          Owner : Hughes Enterprises,Inc.                 
  Administrator : Alan L. Hughes           
 License Number : ICF130
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   44





       Facility : Oakmont West                            
Mailing Address : 600 Sulphur Sprgs Rd.       
                : Greenville, SC  29611
       Location : 600 Sulphur Springs Rd.       
                : Greenville, SC  29611
          Phone : 246-2721
          Owner : Health Care & Retirement Corp of America
  Administrator : David S. Harper          
 License Number : ICF174
   Beds - Total :  125
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :  125





       Facility : Palmetto Convalescent Center, Inc.      
Mailing Address : 721 W. Curtis St.           
                : Simpsonville, SC  29681
       Location : 721 W. Curtis St.             
                : Simpsonville, SC  29681
          Phone : 967-7191
          Owner : Palmetto Convalescent Center Inc.       
  Administrator : Joseph D. Schofield      
 License Number : ICF108
   Beds - Total :   42
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   42





       Facility : Stroud Memorial ICF                     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 216               
                : Marietta, SC  29661
       Location : Hwy. 276                      
                : Marietta, SC  29661
          Phone : 836-6381
          Owner : Stroud Memorial Hospital Tax District   
  Administrator : Earline G. Jones         
 License Number : ICF57 
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   44

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENVILLE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   GREENVILLE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Grady H. Hipp Nursing Center            
Mailing Address : 611 Rutherford Rd.          
                : Greenville, SC  29609
       Location : 661 Rutherford Rd.            
                : Greenville, SC  29609
          Phone : 232-2442
          Owner : Grady H. Hipp Nursing Center            
  Administrator : Agnes D. Roe             
 License Number : NCF172
   Beds - Total :  112
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  112
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Greer Health Care Inc.                  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1148              
                : Greer, SC  29652
       Location : Chandler Rd.                  
                : Greer, SC  29652
          Phone : 879-7474
          Owner : Greer Health Care Inc.                  
  Administrator : Nekoda A. McCauley       
 License Number : NCF393
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  132
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Hillhaven Health Care                   
Mailing Address : 411 Ansel St.               
                : Greenville, SC  29601
       Location : 411 Ansel St.                 
                : Greenville, SC  29601
          Phone : 232-5368
          Owner : NHE/South Carolina, Inc.                
  Administrator : Jane B. Owings           
 License Number : NCF319
   Beds - Total :  129
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   78
     Beds - Icf :   51





       Facility : Oakmont East Nursing Center             
Mailing Address : 601 Sulphur Spgs. Rd.       
                : Greenville, SC  29611
       Location : 601 Sulphur Springs Rd.       
                : Greenville, SC  29611
          Phone : 246-2721
          Owner : Health Care & Retirement Corp of America
  Administrator : Michael H. McBride       
 License Number : NCF444
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  132
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Oakmont North Nursing Center            
Mailing Address : 6 Hart St.                  
                : Travelers Rest, SC  29690
       Location : 6 Hart St.                    
                : Travelers Rest, SC  29690
          Phone : 246-2721
          Owner : Health Care & Retirement Corp of America
  Administrator : Christine M. Wechsler    
 License Number : NCF445
   Beds - Total :   22
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   22
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Piedmont Nursing Center Inc.            
Mailing Address : 809 Laurens Rd.             
                : Greenville, SC  29607
       Location : 809 Laurens Rd.               
                : Greenville, SC  29607
          Phone : 232-8196
          Owner : Greenville Health Care Inc.             
  Administrator : Thomas W. Penley         
 License Number : NCF437
   Beds - Total :   79
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :   35





       Facility : Resthaven Geriatric Center Inc.         
Mailing Address : 423 Vardry                  
                : Greenville, SC  29601
       Location : 423 Vardry                    
                : Greenville, SC  29601
          Phone : 242-4730
          Owner : Resthaven Geriatric Center, Inc.        
  Administrator : Joan T. King             
 License Number : NCF156
   Beds - Total :   30
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   30
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Roger Huntington Nursing Center         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1149              
                : Greer, SC  29652
       Location : 313 Memorial Drive            
                : Greer, SC  29652
          Phone : 879-0130
          Owner : Greenville Hospital System              
  Administrator : Michael W. Massey        
 License Number : NCF210
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Rolling Green Health Care Facility      
Mailing Address : 1 Hoke Smith Blvd.          
                : Greenville, SC  29615
       Location : l Hoke Smith Blvd.            
                : Greenville, SC  29615
          Phone : 297-0558
          Owner : The Greenville Baptist Retirement Comm. 
  Administrator : William Derrick Moore    
 License Number : NCF456
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Sentry Care Simpsonville Inc.           
Mailing Address : 807 S. E. Main St.          
                : Simpsonville, SC  29681
       Location : 807 S. E. Main St.            
                : Simpsonville, SC  29681
          Phone : 963-6069
          Owner : Sentry Care Simpsonville, Inc.          
  Administrator : Debbie Lollis            
 License Number : NCF454
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Westside Health Care                    
Mailing Address : 8 N. Texas Ave.             
                : Greenville, SC  29611
       Location : 8 N. Texas Ave.               
                : Greenville, SC  29611
          Phone : 295-1331
          Owner : Westside Health Care, Inc.              
  Administrator : Thelma James             
 License Number : NCF457
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENVILLE - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                      
-DOC-
                      GREENVILLE - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Greenville General Hospital Adult Day Care        
Mailing Address : 701 Grove Rd.                 
                : Greenville, SC  29605
       Location : 100 Mallard St.               
                : Greenville, SC  29605
          Phone : 242-8689
          Owner : Greenville Hospital System         
  Administrator : Maxine Moore             
 License Number : ADC21 
   Participants :  50











       Facility : Greenville Urban League Adult Day Care Center     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 10161               
                : Greenville, SC  29603
       Location : 100 Maloy Street              
                : Greenville, SC  29611
          Phone : 233-3118
          Owner : Greenville Urban League, Inc.      
  Administrator : Jannie P. Cason          
 License Number : ADC7  
   Participants :  28











       Facility : Orchard Park Adult Day Care Center                
Mailing Address : 75A Orchard Pk                
                : Greenville, SC  296l5
       Location : 75 A Orchard Park Drive       
                : Greenville, SC  296l5
          Phone : 297-620l
          Owner : Orchard Park ADC Center, Inc.      
  Administrator : Julie Coates             
 License Number : ADC33 
   Participants :  40








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENVILLE - LICENSED HOSPICES                         
-DOC-
                         GREENVILLE - LICENSED HOSPICES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Greenville Hospital System Hospice                
Mailing Address : 701 Grove Rd.                 
                : Greenville, SC  29605
       Location : 100 Mallard St.               
                : Greenville, SC  29605
          Phone : 242-8020
          Owner : Greenville Memorial Hospital       
  Administrator : Sharon Maynard           
 License Number : HOS5  
   Participants :   0








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENVILLE - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION               
-DOC-
               GREENVILLE - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Ridge Road Residence                    
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 17007-B           
                : Greenville, SC  29606
       Location : Rt. 4 Ridgeroad               
                : Greenville, SC  29606
          Phone : 297-0712
          Owner : Greenville Cty. MR Commission           
  Administrator : Miriam W. Balckwell, RN  
 License Number : IMR147
   Beds - Total :   16
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   16

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                           Greenwood Methodist Home
                              1110 Marshall Road
                             Greenwood, SC  29646
                                (803) 227-1220
                               Greenwood County

Contact Person:...............................Ted R. Morton, Jr., Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....12.5%
Residential capacity..........................158
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 35 Heritage Hills
Description of Units.................. Garden apartments, duplexes, detached
                                       houses
Nursing home ......................... YES, Priority to 102 bed skilled
facility
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. Local police protection, plans for 
                                       fence, future emergency call system
Safety features of unit............... Smoke detectors, fire extinguishers
Handicapped accommodations............ ramps, grab bars in bathrooms, building 
                                       access wheelchairs
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Personal conference
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' Councils

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Be able to live independently
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Based on operating costs
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Funds available to assist residents
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Responsible for the applicable nursing 
                                       care costs
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as they continue to pay monthly 
                                       maintenance fee







INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.





-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENWOOD - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               GREENWOOD - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Brewer Boarding Home                    
Mailing Address : 301 N. Hosp. St.         
                : Greenwood, SC       
       Location : 301 North Hospital St.        
                : Greenwood, SC  29646
          Phone : 223-6741
          Owner : Brewer Boarding Home, Inc.         
  Administrator : David Lewis              
 License Number : 193
    No. of Beds :  28











       Facility : Greenwood Community Residence           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3004           
                : Greenwood, SC  29648
       Location : South Main St.                
                : Greenwood, SC  29646
          Phone : 227-2441
          Owner : Piedmont Multi-County MR Board     
  Administrator : Linda Gault              
 License Number : 199
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Loving Care Community Home              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 285            
                : Greenwood, SC       
       Location : 949 S. Main St.               
                : Greenwood, SC  29646
          Phone : 229-6144
          Owner : Morris & Linda Ranson              
  Administrator : Linda Ranson             
 License Number : 158
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Marion P. Carnell Community Residence   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3004           
                : Ware Shoals, SC       
       Location : 36 Saluda Ave.                
                : Ware Shoals, SC  29646
          Phone : 456-2294
          Owner : Piedmont Multi-County MR Board     
  Administrator : Linda Gault              
 License Number : 55 
    No. of Beds :   9







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Greenwood County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENWOOD - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   GREENWOOD - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Greenwood Nursing Home, Inc.            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3109              
                : Greenwood, SC  29648
       Location : 437 E. Cainbridge Ave.        
                : Greenwood, SC  29648
          Phone : 223-1950
          Owner : Greenwood Nursing Home, Inc.            
  Administrator : Effie N. Dorn            
 License Number : NCF333
   Beds - Total :  108
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   89
     Beds - Icf :   19





       Facility : Nursing Ctr. of Greenwood Methodist Home
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1203              
                : Greenwood, SC  29648
       Location : 1110 Marshall Rd.             
                : Greenwood, SC  29648
          Phone : 227-6655
          Owner : Board of Trust of Greenwood Meth. Home  
  Administrator : Ted R. Morton, Jr.       
 License Number : NCF304
   Beds - Total :  102
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  102
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Greenwood County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENWOOD - LICENSED HOSPICES                         
-DOC-
                         GREENWOOD - LICENSED HOSPICES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Hospice of Greenwood, Inc.                        
Mailing Address : Spring St.                    
                : Greenwood, SC  29646
       Location : Spring St.                    
                : Greenwood, SC  29646
          Phone : 227-4820
          Owner : Hospice of Greenwood, Inc.         
  Administrator : Nancy Garrett            
 License Number : HOS10 
   Participants :   0







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GREENWOOD - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                GREENWOOD - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Dr. Paul Baker Pritchard, Jr. Comm. Res.
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3004              
                : Greenwood, SC  29646
       Location : 53 S. Greenwood Ave.          
                : Greenwood, SC  29692
          Phone : 223-4579
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Thomas F. Kirby, Ph.D.   
 License Number : M15 76
   Beds - Total :   12
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   12





       Facility : J. Felton Burton Community Residence    
Mailing Address : 308 Jenkins Spring Rd.      
                : Greenwood, SC  29646
       Location : 308 Jenkins Spring Rd.        
                : Greenwood, SC  29646
          Phone : 223-8515
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Thomas F. Kirby          
 License Number : M15 72
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Hampton County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HAMPTON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                HAMPTON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Mary Allen Residential Care             
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 187            
                : Brunson, SC  29911
       Location : Baggott St.                   
                : Brunson, SC  29911
          Phone : 632-3009
          Owner : Mary Allen                         
  Administrator : Mary Allen               
 License Number : 83 
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Ruth's Residential Care                 
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 33            
                : Fairfax, SC       
       Location : Rt. 2, Box 33                 
                : Fairfax, SC  29827
          Phone : 632-3884
          Owner : Ruth Johnson                       
  Administrator : Ruth Johnson             
 License Number : 267
    No. of Beds :   5







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HAMPTON - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                HAMPTON - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Stiles M. Harper Convalescent Center    
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 386               
                : Estill, SC  29918
       Location : 301 S. Liberty St.            
                : Estill, SC  29918
          Phone : 625-3852
          Owner : Hampton General Board of Directors      
  Administrator : Athalene B. Mole         
 License Number : ICF65 
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   44

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HAMPTON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    HAMPTON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed skilled nursing care facilities in Hampton
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Hampton County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Hampton
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                               Covenant Towers
                            5001 Little River Road
                           Myrtle Beach, SC  29577
                                (803) 449-2484
                                 Horry County

Contact Person:...............................Mack Brown, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....43%
Residential capacity..........................200
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 160
Description of Units.................. 5 story mid-rise
Nursing home ......................... 31 residential care beds available,
                                       certificate of need submitted for 22
                                       intermediate and skilled beds
Units purchased or rented............. Purchase
Security provisions .................. 24hr security personnel, 24hr licensed
                                       nurses
Safety features of unit............... Intercom, emergency pull in each condo,
                                       sprinkler system, smoke and fire
                                       detectors, bathrooms safety equipped,
Handicapped accommodations............ Elevators, all units and all common 
                                       areas handicap equipped
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Upon request
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident committees/council and
                                       Homeowners' Association
                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Minimum age 55
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES, as specified by Homeowners' Assoc.
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of Directors
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Circumstances reviewed by Board of 
                                       Homeowners' Association
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay a reduced service fee on condo per 
                                       diem for other services
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Indefinite
                              Myrtle Beach Manor
                           9201 North Kings Highway
                           Myrtle Beach, SC  29577
                                (803) 449-5283
                                 Horry County

Contact Person:...............................Juana C. Newber, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....75%
Residential capacity..........................139

                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 60 apartments
Description of Units.................. Two story building
Nursing home ......................... YES, 49 skilled nursing beds, 30 bed 
                                                  residential unit
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Staff 24hrs a day
Safety features of unit............... Hand rails, sprinkler, emergency call
                                       and lights
Handicapped accommodations............ Ramps, wide doors
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  If requested
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Monthly meetings

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Health status
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Based on type of apartment desired
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Other placement is located for
                                       resident
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Responsible for all charges
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as they pay for both










INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HORRY - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                 
-DOC-
                 HORRY - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Bellamy's Community Care Home           
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 32            
                : N. Myrt Bch, SC  29582
       Location : Rt. l, Box 32, Hwy. #9        
                : N. Myrt Bch, SC  29582
          Phone : 399-3993
          Owner : Lela G. Bellamy                    
  Administrator : Lela G. Bellamy          
 License Number : 382
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Countryside Community Care Home         
Mailing Address : P. O.Box 184             
                : Longs, SC  29568
       Location : 800 Hwy. 9 East               
                : Longs, SC  29568
          Phone : 399-6378
          Owner : Helen Reynolds                     
  Administrator : Helen Reynolds           
 License Number : 269
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Myrtle Beach Manor                      
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 7337           
                : Myrtle Beach, SC       
       Location : Hwy. 17 N                     
                : Myrtle Beach, SC  29577
          Phone : 449-5283
          Owner : Forum Health Partners I-A, Ltd.Part
  Administrator : Juana C. Newber          
 License Number : 232
    No. of Beds :  30











       Facility : Pinedale Residential Care               
Mailing Address : 120l Creel St.           
                : Conway, SC       
       Location : 1201 Creel St.                
                : Conway, SC  29526
          Phone : 248-2087
          Owner : We CARP, Inc.                      
  Administrator : Dale Hudson              
 License Number : 278
    No. of Beds :  72











       Facility : Waccamaw Acres Community Care Home      
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 184            
                : Longs, SC  29568
       Location : 620 Hwy. 9 East               
                : Longs, SC  29568
          Phone : 399-6378
          Owner : Helen P. Reynolds                  
  Administrator : Helen P. Reynolds        
 License Number : 323
    No. of Beds :   6







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HORRY - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                 
-DOC-
                 HORRY - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Sandstrom Home, ICF                     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 7187              
                : Myrtle Beach, SC  29577
       Location : 6309-11 Hawthorne Lane        
                : Myrtle Beach, SC  29577
          Phone : 449-5615
          Owner : Conway Hospital Inc.                    
  Administrator : Grace Sandstrom          
 License Number : ICF176
   Beds - Total :   30
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   30

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HORRY - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                     
-DOC-
                     HORRY - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Conway Nursing Center                   
Mailing Address : 3300 Fourth Ave.            
                : Conway, SC  29526
       Location : 3300 Fourth Ave.              
                : Conway, SC  29526
          Phone : 248-5728
          Owner : Conway Nursing Center, Inc.             
  Administrator : Melanie H. Connelly      
 License Number : NCF278
   Beds - Total :  130
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  130
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Covenant Towers Health Care             
Mailing Address : 500l Little River Rd.       
                : Myrtle Beach, SC  29577
       Location : 500l Little River Rd.         
                : Myrtle Beach, SC  29577
          Phone : 449-2484
          Owner : Covenant Towers Homeowners Assoc.       
  Administrator : Mack Brown               
 License Number : NCF469
   Beds - Total :   30
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   30
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Loris Hospital Extended Care Facility   
Mailing Address : 3212 Casey St.              
                : Loris, SC  29569
       Location : 3212 Casey St.                
                : Loris, SC  29569
          Phone : 756-4011
          Owner : Loris Comm. Hosp. Extended Care Facility
  Administrator : Frank M. Watts           
 License Number : NCF207
   Beds - Total :   40
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   40
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Myrtle Beach Manor                      
Mailing Address : 920l N. Kings Hwy.          
                : Myrtle Beach, SC  29577
       Location : 9201 N. Kings Hwy.            
                : Myrtle Beach, SC  29577
          Phone : 449-5283
          Owner : Forum Group, Inc.                       
  Administrator : Juana C. Newber          
 License Number : NCF410
   Beds - Total :   50
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   50
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Horry County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HORRY - LICENSED HOSPICES                           
-DOC-
                           HORRY - LICENSED HOSPICES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Mercy Hospice of Horry County                     
Mailing Address : 1101 5th Ave.                 
                : Conway, SC  29526
       Location : 1101 5th Ave.                 
                : Conway, SC  29526
          Phone : 248-7323
          Owner : Mercy Hospice of Horry Cty, Inc.   
  Administrator : Charles L. Brown         
 License Number : HOS4  
   Participants :   0








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Jasper County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JASPER - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                JASPER - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed community residential centers in Jasper County.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Jasper County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JASPER - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                     
-DOC-
                     JASPER - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Ridgecrest Convalescent Center, Inc.    
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1570              
                : Ridgeland, SC  29936
       Location : Hwy. 278                      
                : Ridgeland, SC  29936
          Phone : 726-5581
          Owner : Ridgecrest Convalescent Center          
  Administrator : Faye C. Cleland          
 License Number : NCF379
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Jasper County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED HOSPICES                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED HOSPICES
   Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed hospices in this county.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Jasper
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Kershaw County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
KERSHAW - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                KERSHAW - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Dekalb Street Community Care            
Mailing Address : 707 Dekalb St.           
                : Camden, SC       
       Location : 707 Dekalb St.                
                : Camden, SC  29020
          Phone : 425-4727
          Owner : Buster & Gail Ledell               
  Administrator : Buster Ledell            
 License Number : 398
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Flowers Residential Care Facility       
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 413           
                : Lugoff, SC       
       Location : Rt. 3, Box 4l3                
                : Lugoff, SC  29078
          Phone : 438-2654
          Owner : Mary Flowers                       
  Administrator : Mary Flowers             
 License Number : 297
    No. of Beds :   2











       Facility : Friendship Community Care Home          
Mailing Address : 298 Doby St.             
                : Camden, SC       
       Location : 298 Doby St.                  
                : Camden, SC  29020
          Phone : 432-5329
          Owner : Shirley Campbell                   
  Administrator : Shirley Campbell         
 License Number : 107
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Wood & Wood Community Res. Care         
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 206           
                : Elgin, SC       
       Location : Rt. 3, Box 206                
                : Elgin, SC  29045
          Phone : 438-3022
          Owner : Johnnie T. & Theresa M. Wood       
  Administrator : Theresa M. Wood          
 License Number : 177
    No. of Beds :  10







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Kershaw County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
KERSHAW - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    KERSHAW - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : A. Sam Karesh Long Term Care Center     
Mailing Address : 1315 Roberts St.            
                : Camden, SC  29020
       Location : 1315 Roberts St.              
                : Camden, SC  29020
          Phone : 432-4311
          Owner : Kershaw County Memorial Hospital        
  Administrator : Linwood H. Young         
 License Number : NCF313
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Kershaw County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
KERSHAW - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                 
-DOC-
                 KERSHAW - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Camden I Group Home                     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817, Cola        
                : Camden, SC  29230
       Location : 975 Wateree Blvd.             
                : Camden, SC  29020
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Kershaw Special Housing Inc.            
  Administrator : Risley E. Linder         
 License Number : M1540 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Camden II Group Home                    
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817, Cola        
                : Camden, SC  29230
       Location : 975 Wateree Blvd.             
                : Camden, SC  29020
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Kershaw Special Housing Inc.            
  Administrator : Risley E. Linder         
 License Number : M1541 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                          Lancaster Manor Apartments
                            201 Chesterfield Ave.
                             Lancaster, SC  29720
                                (803) 286-4453
                               Lancaster County

Contact Person:...............................Terri S. Murrow, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....Information unavailable
Residential capacity..........................66
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 66 apartments
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Security personnel available
Safety features of unit............... Alarm system, smoke detectors,
                                       Sprinkler system, entrance locked
                                       Courtesy emergency alarm
Handicapped accommodations............ Altered closets, appliances, bath
Visitor tour available................ Only with consent of management and
                                       occupant of unit
Financial soundness information shared:  N/A
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Rules and regulations submitted to 
                                       tenant

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Low income, disabled or handicapped
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Based on income less allowable
                                       medical deduction
Refund method outlined in contract.... Information unavailable
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidized housing
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Responsibilities limited to length
                                       of occupancy and damage charges
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Information unavailable









INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LANCASTER - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               LANCASTER - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Fran's Community Care Home              
Mailing Address : 212 E. Barr St.          
                : Lancaster, SC       
       Location : 212 E. Barr St.               
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
          Phone : 285-9645
          Owner : Frances D. Funderburk              
  Administrator : Fran D. Funderburk       
 License Number : 343
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Fran's Residential Care Facility        
Mailing Address : 901 Chestfld Ave.        
                : Lancaster, SC       
       Location : 901 Chesterfield Ave.         
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
          Phone : 285-9900
          Owner : Teresa Hicks                       
  Administrator : Teresa Hicks             
 License Number : 248
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Fran's Residential Care Facility #3     
Mailing Address : 300 Reece Rd.            
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
       Location : 300 Reece Rd.                 
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
          Phone : 286-0804
          Owner : Frances D. Funderburk              
  Administrator : Frances D. Funderburk    
 License Number : 442
    No. of Beds :  24











       Facility : Mildred's Community Care Home           
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 113           
                : Heath Springs, SC       
       Location : Rt. 3, Box 113                
                : Heath Springs, SC  29058
          Phone : 283-8782
          Owner : Mildred M. Fletcher                
  Administrator : Mildred M. Fletcher      
 License Number : 388
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Shannon's Rest Home                     
Mailing Address : 605 Chestfld Ave.        
                : Lancaster, SC       
       Location : 605 Chesterfield Ave.         
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
          Phone : 285-5423
          Owner : J. A. Shannon & G. S. Jenkins      
  Administrator : Gloria S. Jenkins        
 License Number : 112
    No. of Beds :  10







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Lancaster County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LANCASTER - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   LANCASTER - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Lancaster County Care Center            
Mailing Address : Rt. 10, Box 379             
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
       Location : Rt. 10, Box 379               
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
          Phone : 285-7907
          Owner : Lancaster County                        
  Administrator : Donald K. Clary          
 License Number : NCF448
   Beds - Total :  110
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :   66





       Facility : Marion Sims Nursing Center              
Mailing Address : 800 W. Meeting St.          
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
       Location : 800 W. Meeting St.            
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
          Phone : 286-1464
          Owner : Elliott White Springs Hospital, Inc.    
  Administrator : Dace W. Jones, Jr.       
 License Number : NCF412
   Beds - Total :  111
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  111
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Lancaster County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LANCASTER - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                LANCASTER - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : The Nancy J. McConnell Home             
Mailing Address : Plantation Rd.              
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
       Location : Plantation Rd.                
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
          Phone : 286-5727
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Danny Hinson             
 License Number : M15 75
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : The Tom Mangum Home                     
Mailing Address : Plantation Rd.              
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
       Location : Plantation Rd.                
                : Lancaster, SC  29720
          Phone : 286-5771
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Danny Hinson             
 License Number : M15 74
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

              Frampton Hall/Presbyterian Home of South Carolina
                               N. Broad Street
                              Clinton, SC  29325
                                (803) 833-0386
                                Laurens County

Contact Person:...............................Rev. Samuel N. Thomas, Sr, Dir.
Proportion of residents from other states:....Two of total population
Residential capacity..........................100
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 77
Description of Units.................. 41 rooms and 36 apartments
Nursing home ......................... Infirmary care within our system
Units purchased or rented............. Both
Security provisions .................. Maintenance staff during day and
                                       security patrol at night
Safety features of unit............... 2-way intercom with nursing station,
                                       smoke alarms
Handicapped accommodations............ Ground level, ramps
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Individual conferences, info. sessions
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' Council
                                       
                                       

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Able to care for self, 65yrs old, 
                                       member of Presbyterian Church, USA,
                                       ambulatory
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of Trustees via a normal 
                                       budgetary/accounting process
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidized by corporation
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Remains financially responsible to the 
                                       home
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ 30 days

                     Presbyterian Home of South Carolina
                                Hwy. 56 North
                              Clinton, SC  29325
                                (803) 833-5190
                                Laurens County

Contact Person:...............................Joann N. Young, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....Very small percentage
Residential capacity..........................143
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 143
Description of Units.................. 15 detached houses, 71 residential care 
                                       building
Nursing home ......................... YES, 44 beds
Units purchased or rented............. Monthly fee
Security provisions .................. Department of Health and Environmental 
                                       Control standards
Safety features of unit............... Same as above
Handicapped accommodations............ Same as above
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Newsletter, Director Public Relations
                                         Admissions Office
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 65 yrs or older, members of 
                                       Presbyterian Church USA given first
                                       consideration, ambulatory, able to care
                                       for self
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Determined by Board Directors
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Subsidized by endowment
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Daily charge
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Depends on physician's recommendation
                   Martha Franks Baptist Retirement Center
                             1 Martha Franks Dr.
                              Laurens, SC  29360
                                (803) 984-4541
                                Laurens County

Contact Person:...............................J. Thomas Garrett, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....13%
Residential capacity..........................166
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 2 buildings
Description of Units.................. 76 dormitory rooms, 24 apartments
Nursing home ......................... YES, 44 skilled beds
Units purchased or rented............. Both
Security provisions .................. Proper staff/resident ratio
Safety features of unit............... Smoke alarms, sprinklers, meet smoke 
                                       and inflammable requirements
Handicapped accommodations............ Passages wheelchair accessible, 
                                       handicap designed bathrooms
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Private conversation with 
                                         administrator or director
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 65 yrs or older
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of Trustees after finance 
                                       committee reviews
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Re-evaluate residents' financial status 
                                       to determine what he/she is able to pay
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Fees based on what resident is able to 
                                       pay
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Determined by physician's evaluation








INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LAURENS - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                LAURENS - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Beasley's Boarding Home                 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 242            
                : Laurens, SC       
       Location : 108 Beasley St.               
                : Laurens, SC  29360
          Phone : 984-7113
          Owner : C.D. Beasley/L.S. Beasley          
  Administrator : Lucinda S. Beasley       
 License Number : 340
    No. of Beds :  46











       Facility : Bridgeway Community Residential Care    
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 821            
                : Laurens, SC  29360
       Location : Hwy. 221 South                
                : Laurens, SC  29360
          Phone : 682-5882
          Owner : Community Health Services, Inc.    
  Administrator : Mary Serna               
 License Number : 370
    No. of Beds :  24











       Facility : Frampton Hall                           
Mailing Address : N. Broad St.             
                : Clinton, SC       
       Location : N. Broad St.                  
                : Clinton, SC  29325
          Phone : 833-0386
          Owner : Presbyterian Home of S. C., Inc.   
  Administrator : Samuel N. Thomas         
 License Number : 13 
    No. of Beds :  42











       Facility : Laurens Cty Memorial Home for the Aged  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 638            
                : Laurens, SC  29360
       Location : Rt. 2                         
                : Laurens, SC  29360
          Phone : 682-2322
          Owner : Laurens Cty Mem Home for Aged, Inc.
  Administrator : Sharon Luciani           
 License Number : 316
    No. of Beds :  38











       Facility : Martha Franks Baptist Retirement Center 
Mailing Address : 1 Mrtha Frks Dr.         
                : Laurens, SC  29360
       Location : 1 Martha Franks Drive         
                : Laurens, SC  29360
          Phone : 984-4541
          Owner : S. C. Baptist Ministries etc., Inc.
  Administrator : J. Thomas Garrett        
 License Number : 360
    No. of Beds :  82











       Facility : Presbyterian Home of S. C.              
Mailing Address : Hwy. 56 N.               
                : Clinton, SC       
       Location : S. C. Hwy. #56 North          
                : Clinton, SC  29325
          Phone : 833-5190
          Owner : Presbyterian Home of S. C.         
  Administrator : Joan V. Young            
 License Number : 14 
    No. of Beds :  71







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Laurens County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LAURENS - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    LAURENS - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Bailey Nursing Home                     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 976               
                : Clinton, SC  29325
       Location : Jacobs Hwy.                   
                : Clinton, SC  29325
          Phone : 833-2550
          Owner : Laurens Cty Health Care System          
  Administrator : Clem P. Ham              
 License Number : NCF292
   Beds - Total :   43
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   43
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Laurens Nursing Home Inc.               
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1197              
                : Laurens, SC  29360
       Location : 301 Pinehaven St. Ext.        
                : Laurens, SC  29360
          Phone : 894-6584
          Owner : National Health Corp.                   
  Administrator : J. B. Kinney, Jr.        
 License Number : NCF326
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :   44





       Facility : Martha Franks Baptist Retirement Ctr.   
Mailing Address : 1 Martha Franks Dr.         
                : Laurens, SC  29360
       Location : l Martha Franks Dr.           
                : Laurens, SC  29360
          Phone : 984-4541
          Owner : S. C. Baptist Ministries Aging, Inc.    
  Administrator : Joe R. Babb              
 License Number : NCF435
   Beds - Total :   22
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   22
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Presbyterian Home of S.C./Clinton       
Mailing Address : SC Hwy 56 North             
                : Clinton, SC  29325
       Location : S. C. Hwy. 56 North           
                : Clinton, SC  29325
          Phone : 833-5190
          Owner : Presbyterian Home of S. C.              
  Administrator : Joan V. Young            
 License Number : NCF366
   Beds - Total :   66
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   66
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Whitten Center Med A, B, C, & D         
Mailing Address : P. O. Drawer 239            
                : Clinton, SC  29325
       Location : Hwy. 76 East                  
                : Clinton, SC  29325
          Phone : 833-2733
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Paul H. Burgess          
 License Number : NCF411
   Beds - Total :  155
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  111
     Beds - Icf :   44

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Laurens County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LAURENS - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                 
-DOC-
                 LAURENS - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Whitten Center Unit 1                   
Mailing Address : P. O. Drawer 239            
                : Clinton, SC  29325
       Location : Hwy. 76 East                  
                : Clinton, SC  29325
          Phone : 833-2733
          Owner : S. D. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Earl J. Anderson         
 License Number : IMR177
   Beds - Total :   24
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   24





       Facility : Whitten Center Unit 9                   
Mailing Address : P. O. Drawer 239            
                : Clinton, SC  29325
       Location : Hwy. 76 East                  
                : Clinton, SC  29325
          Phone : 833-2733
          Owner : S.C. Dept. of M. R.                     
  Administrator : Earl J. Anderson         
 License Number : IMR170
   Beds - Total :   32
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   32





       Facility : Whitten Center Units 15-24              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 239               
                : Clinton, SC  29325
       Location : Hwy. 76 East                  
                : Clinton, SC  29325
          Phone : 833-2733
          Owner : S.C. Dept. of M. R.                     
  Administrator : Armicia M. Lilley        
 License Number : IMR162
   Beds - Total :  485
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :  485





       Facility : Whitten Center, Webb Area Units 25-29   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 239               
                : Clinton, SC  29325
       Location : Hwy. 76 East                  
                : Clinton, SC  29325
          Phone : 833-2733
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Dianna C. Clements       
 License Number : IMR163
   Beds - Total :  368
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :  368





       Facility : Whitten Ctr, Campus Area Units 5 & 10   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 239               
                : Clinton, SC  29325
       Location : Hwy. 76 East                  
                : Clinton, SC  29325
          Phone : 833-2733
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Earl Anderson            
 License Number : IMR164
   Beds - Total :   50
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   50



       Facility : Oak Grove Community Residence           
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 1070             
                : Laurens, SC  29360
       Location : Old Laurens Rd.               
                : Laurens, SC  29360
          Phone : 682-9734
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Denice Hall              
 License Number : M1527 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Lee County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LEE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                  
-DOC-
                  LEE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Bradley's Residential Care Facility     
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 96X           
                : Elliott, SC       
       Location : Rt. 3, Box 96X                
                : Elliott, SC  290l0
          Phone : 428-5690
          Owner : Mattie C. George                   
  Administrator : Mattie C. George         
 License Number : 379
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Townsend Terrace Annex                  
Mailing Address : 228 S. Heyward           
                : Bishopville, SC       
       Location : 228 S. Heyward St.            
                : Bishopville, SC  290l0
          Phone : 484-6626
          Owner : Mickey T. Shaw                     
  Administrator : Mickey T. Shaw           
 License Number : 195
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Townsend Terrace Retirement Home        
Mailing Address : 230 S. Heyward           
                : Bishopville, SC       
       Location : 230 S. Heyward St.            
                : Bishopville, SC  29010
          Phone : 484-6241
          Owner : Mickey T. Shaw                     
  Administrator : Mickey T. Shaw           
 License Number : 194
    No. of Beds :  10







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Lee County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LEE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                      
-DOC-
                      LEE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed skilled nursing care facilities in Lee County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Lee County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Lee
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                Presbyterian Home of South Carolina - Columbia
                              700 Da Vega Drive
                             Lexington, SC  29072
                                (803) 796-8700
                               Lexington County

Contact Person:...............................Margaret M. Taylor, Administrator
Proportion of residents from other states:....One of seventy-one
Residential capacity..........................73
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 68
Description of Units.................. 30 rooms, 38 apartments
Nursing home ......................... Other Presbyterian Homes provide such
                                       care when needed
Units purchased or rented............. Fee for service, rent
Security provisions .................. Security at night, 24hr staff-duty/call 
Safety features of unit............... Call system, sprinkler, alarm system
Handicapped accommodations............ Grab bars in bathrooms, some handicapped
                                       designed showers, hallway railings
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Must be requested from corp. office
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 65yrs old, ambulatory, member of 
                                       Presbyterian Church USA, able to care
                                       for self
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of Trustees
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Non-Presbyterian residents must prove
                                       ability to pay at admission.  
                                       Presbyterian residents supported by 
                                       endowment
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... If in facility's nursing home, pay 
                                       nursing home charges only.  If in
                                       private nursing, pay for both units
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ 30-90 days

              S.C. Episcopal Retirement Community at Still Hopes
                       7th Street off Knox Abbot Drive
                           West Columbia, SC  29169
                                (803) 796-6490
                               Lexington County

Contact Person:...............................Diana Jones, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....16%
Residential capacity..........................78
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 53
Description of Units.................. 30 rooms, 23 duplexes
Nursing home ......................... YES, 25 skilled beds, additional 19 
                                       under construction
Units purchased or rented............. Donated, Rented
Security provisions .................. Night security patrol
Safety features of unit............... Call system, smoke alarms
Handicapped accommodations............ Wheelchair access, bathroom safety
                                       rails, ramps, trained staff
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Audit available to those interested
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' meetings, open-door policy
                                       with administrator

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 55 yrs or older, income, nursing care 
                                       not required
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Determined by Board of Directors
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Community subsidies
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay for nursing and living unit, or 
                                       percentage of donation used to offset
                                       nursing fees
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Depends on physician's recommendation


                                 Hulon Greene
                             221 Birchwood Court
                           West Columbia, SC  29169
                                (803) 796-3280
                               Lexington County

Contact Person:...............................Paul Harrington, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....16%
Residential capacity..........................270
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 270
Description of Units.................. Duplexes, detached houses, condominiums
Nursing home ......................... Contractual agreement with local 
                                       nursing home
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. Roving security plus security gates
Safety features of unit............... Numerous
Handicapped accommodations............ 36 inch doors
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Information unavailable
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident committee

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 55 yrs of age
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Information unavailable
Refund method outlined in contract.... NO
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... None
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Must pay monthly fees
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Forever











INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SICK DAY CARE                                 
-DOC-
                                 SICK DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                               Spoonful of Sugar
                     (a day care for mildly ill children)
                           #5 Richland Medical Park
                              Columbia, SC  29203
                                (803) 765-7942
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE SOUTH CAROLINA HANDICAPPED SERVUCES INFORMATION SYSTEM           
-DOC-
          THE SOUTH CAROLINA HANDICAPPED SERVUCES INFORMATION SYSTEM 
  Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Specialist

    The South Carolina Handicapped Services Information system (SCHSIS) is a
computerized information and referral system that provides a central source of
information on services available in South Carolina to handicapped citizens. 
This system contains a wide range of detailed information on services available
from state agencies, hospitals, private associations, voluntary organizations,
support groups and many more. By dialing this toll free number, 1-800-922-1107,
or in Columbia, 777-5732, you can reach a trained counselor who will
immediately (over the phone) help you find the service to meet your specific
needs.  This service is available Monday - Friday, 8:30 a.m.- 5:00 p.m.

                                      
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Abbeville County
P. O. Box 128
Abbeville, SC  29620
Phone:  459-5096

Regional Director:  Tommie Oglesby
                    233-2719
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Allendale County
P. O. Box 756
Allendale, SC  29810
Phone:  584-4751

Regional Director:  Tony Dukes
                    744-3381
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Anderson County
Courthouse
P. O. Box 4046
Anderson, SC  29621

Regional Director:  Tommie Oglesby
                    233-2719
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Bamberg/Barnwell Counties
P. O. Box 358
Bamberg, SC  29003
Phone:  245-5184

Regional Director:  Milton Ashford
                    359-2543

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Bamberg/Barnwell Counties
P. O. Box 358
Bamberg, SC  29003
Phone:  245-5184

Regional Director:  Milton Ashford
                    359-2543

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Beaufort County
P. O. Box 1484
Beaufort, SC  29902
Phone:  525-7454

Regional Director:  Tony Dukes
                    744-3381
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Berkeley County
Gulledge Street
Moncks Corner, SC  29461
Phone:  761-8194

Regional Director:  Tony Dukes
                    744-3381
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Berkeley County
Gulledge Street
Moncks Corner, SC  29461
Phone:  761-8194

Regional Director:  Tony Dukes
                    744-3381
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
     Emily S.Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist


          There is no information on this subject for Calhoun County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Charleston County
P. O. Box 395
Charleston, SC  29402
Phone:  727-2060

Regional Director:  Tony Dukes
                    744-3381
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Cherokee County
Box 1386
Gaffney, SC  29342
Phone:  487-2564

Regional Director:  Mary Foster
                    427-8493
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in McCormick County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Chesterfield County
P. O. Box 21
Chesterfield, SC  29709
Phone:  623-2378

Regional Director:  Nancy Benton
                    665-1553
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Clarendon County
P. O. Box 472
Manning, SC  29102
Phone:  435-8587

Regional Director:  Ray Cavanagh
                    737-9113
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Colleton County
P. O. Box 241
Walterboro, SC  29488
Phone:  549-1509

Regional Director:  Tony Dukes
                    744-3381
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Darlington County
P. O. Box 822
Darlington, SC  29532
Phone:  393-5641

Regional Director:  Nancy Benton
                    665-1553
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Dillon County
P. O. Box 1292
Dillon, SC  29536
Phone:  774-4147

Regional Director:  Nancy Benton
                    665-1553
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Dorchester County
P. O. Box 2748
Summerville, SC  29484
Phone:  871-3144

Regional Director:  Milton Ashford
                    359-2543
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Edgefield/McCormick/Saluda Counties
116 W. Church Street
Saluda, SC  29138
Phone:  445-8138

Regional Director:  Milton Ashford
                    359-2543

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in McCormick County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Florence County
180 N. Irby Street
Florence, SC  29501
Phone:  665-3080

Florence County Satellite Office
P. O. Box 1593
Lake City, SC 29560
Phone:  394-2122

Regional Director:  Nancy Benton
                    665-1553
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Georgetown County
P. O. Box 64
Georgetown, SC  29442
Phone:  546-8723

Regional Director:  Nancy Benton
                    665-1553
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Greenville County
P. O. Box 1803
Greenville, SC  29602
Phone:  271-6314

Regional Director:  Tommie Oglesby
                    233-2719
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Greenwood County
Room 202
County Courthouse
Greenwood, SC  29646
Phone:  229-6648

Regional Director:  Tommie Oglesby
                    233-2719
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Hampton County
P. O. Box 162
Hampton, SC  29924
Phone:  943-4296

Regional Director:  Tony Dukes
                    744-3381
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Marion County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Jasper County
P. O. Box 359
Ridgeland, SC  29936
Phone:  726-5666

Regional Director:  Tony Dukes
                    744-3381
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Kershaw County
P. O. Box 797
Camden, SC  29020
Phone:  435-8587

Regional Director:  Ray Cavanagh
                    737-9113
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Lancaster County
P. O. Box 1051
Lancaster, SC  29720
Phone:  285-9447

Regional Director:  Mary Foster
                    427-8493
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Laurens County
P. O. Box 686
201 Garlington Street
Laurens, SC  29360
Phone:  984-2518

Regional Director:  Tommie Oglesby
                    233-2719
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Lee County
Room 108 Lee County Courthouse
Bishopville, SC  29010
Phone:  484-5341

Regional Director:  Ray Cavanagh
                    737-9113
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Lexington County
105 S. Lake Drive
Lexington, SC  29072
Phone:  359-5526

Regional Director:  Milton Ashford
                    359-2543
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Edgefield/McCormick/Saluda Counties
116 W. Church Street
Saluda, SC  29138
Phone:  445-8138

Regional Director:  Milton Ashford
                    359-2543

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Marion County
P. O. Box 1094
Marion, SC  29571
Phone:  423-5140

Regional Director:  Nancy Benton
                    665-1553
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Marlboro County
P. O. Box 453
Bennettsville, SC  29512
Phone:  479-3361

Regional Director:  Nancy Benton
                    665-1553
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Newberry County
Newberry Family Court
P. O. Box 276
Newberry, SC  29108
Phone:  276-8243

Regional Director:  Tommie Oglesby
                    233-2719
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Oconee County
Room 100
County Courthouse Annex
Walhalla, SC  29691
Phone:  638-9537

Regional Director:  Tommie Oglesby
                    233-2719
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Orangeburg County
P. O. Box 929
Orangeburg, SC  29116
Phone:  533-1000

Regional Director:  Milton Ashford
                    359-2543
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Pickens County
Bowen Bldg.
Pendleton Street
Pickens, SC  29671
Phone:  878-7560

Regional Director:  Tommie Oglesby
                    233-2719
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Marlboro County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Edgefield/McCormick/Saluda Counties
116 W. Church Street
Saluda, SC  29138
Phone:  445-8138

Regional Director:  Milton Ashford
                    359-2543

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Spartanburg County
180 Magnolia Street
Spartanburg, SC  29304
Phone:  585-5181

Regional Director:  Mary Foster
                    427-8493
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Sumter County
P. O. Box 1235
Sumter, SC  29151
Phone:  778-2368

Regional Director:  Ray Cavanagh
                    737-9113
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Union County
P. O. Box 547
Union, SC  29379
Phone:  427-1252

Regional Director:  Mary Foster
                    427-8493
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

Williamsburg County
P. O. Box 699
Kingstree, SC  29556
Phone:  354-9143

Regional Director:  Ray Cavanagh
                    737-9113
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT                    
-DOC-
                    JUVENILE SERVICES FOR THE FAMILY COURT
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

York County
P. O. Box 4138 Crs
Rock Hill, SC  29730
Phone:  327-2046

Regional Director:  Mary Foster
                    427-8493
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Marlboro County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Marlboro
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Newberry County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NEWBERRY - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               NEWBERRY - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Butler's Home Care                      
Mailing Address : 425 S. Wheeler           
                : Prosp, SC  29127
       Location : 425 S. Wheeler                
                : Prosp, SC  29127
          Phone : 364-2821
          Owner : Earnest Butler                     
  Administrator : Earnest Butler           
 License Number : 292
    No. of Beds :  30











       Facility : Butler's Home Care                      
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 661           
                : Prosperity, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 661, Leisure Point 
                : Prosperity, SC  29127
          Phone : 364-2120
          Owner : Earnest Butler                     
  Administrator : Earnest Butler           
 License Number : 150
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Mathis Residential Care                 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 85             
                : Whitmire, SC       
       Location : 10 Gary St.                   
                : Whitmire, SC  29178
          Phone : 694-3354
          Owner : Lucy J. Mathis                     
  Administrator : Lucy J. Mathis           
 License Number : 408
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Newberry Cty. Comm. ADA-Care Center     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 738            
                : Newberry, SC       
       Location : 909 College St.               
                : Newberry, SC  29108
          Phone : 276-5690
          Owner : Newberry County Comm. on ADA       
  Administrator : Ken C. Riebe             
 License Number : 66 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Newberry Cty. Comm. on ADA-Detox        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 738            
                : Newberry, SC       
       Location : 909 College St.               
                : Newberry, SC  29108
          Phone : 276-5690
          Owner : Newberry Cty. Comm. on ADA         
  Administrator : Ken C. Riebe             
 License Number : 67 
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Whisperin' Pines Comm Care Ctr., Inc.   
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 131           
                : Prosperity, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 131                
                : Prosperity, SC  29127
          Phone : 364-3829
          Owner : Vassie C. Pugh                     
  Administrator : Vassie C. Pugh           
 License Number : 60 
    No. of Beds :  10







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Newberry County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NEWBERRY - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    NEWBERRY - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : J.F. Hawkins Nursing Home               
Mailing Address : 1330 Kinard St.             
                : Newberry, SC  29108
       Location : 1330 Kinard St.               
                : Newberry, SC  29108
          Phone : 276-2601
          Owner : J. F. Hawkins Bd. of Commissioners      
  Administrator : Fred K. Taylor           
 License Number : NCF234
   Beds - Total :   78
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   78
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Newberry Convalescent Center            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 754               
                : Newberry, SC  29108
       Location : Kinard St.                    
                : Newberry, SC  29108
          Phone : 276-6060
          Owner : White Oak Manor, Inc.                   
  Administrator : Edith C. Goforth         
 License Number : NCF306
   Beds - Total :   62
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :   18

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Newberry County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Newberry
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                                  Keowee Key
                                    Rt. 2
                               Salem, SC  29676
                                (803) 944-2400
                                Oconee County

Contact Person:...............................Fee Stubblefield, Director of 
                                              Marketing
Proportion of residents from other states:....95%
Residential capacity..........................2200 families
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 710
Description of Units.................. Detached house, condominiums
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. 24hr gate and roving  security, 
                                       emergency procedure for fire and medical
Safety features of unit............... Double-wall construction in 
                                       condominiums, smoke detectors
Handicapped accommodations............ Ramps in condominiums and elevators in 
                                       some, cement platforms and bridges
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Financial report available, monthly 
                                       meeting with management
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Suggestion box, regular meetings with 
                                       management

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Financially able and qualified to 
                                       purchase/finance
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Annual maintenance fee for unkeep of 
                                       environment
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Lien filed
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Individual
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as fees and payments are 
                                       current quarterly









INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OCONEE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                OCONEE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Hall House                              
Mailing Address : Rt.-HC-Box 78            
                : Salem, SC       
       Location : Old Shallowford Rd.           
                : Salem, SC  29676
          Phone : 944-0610
          Owner : C. Fay Hall                        
  Administrator : C. Fay Hall              
 License Number : 304
    No. of Beds :  20











       Facility : Lakeview Rest Home, Inc.                
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 181           
                : Walhalla, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 181                
                : Walhalla, SC  29691
          Phone : 638-5212
          Owner : Lakeview Rest Home, Inc.           
  Administrator : Patsy Collins            
 License Number : 86 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Oconee Residential Care                 
Mailing Address : 330 Keowee Sch Rd.       
                : Seneca, SC       
       Location : 330 Keowee School Rd.         
                : Seneca, SC  29678
          Phone : 822-7637
          Owner : Oconee Cty. MR Board               
  Administrator : Vicki A. Thompson        
 License Number : 219
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Seneca Residential Care Center          
Mailing Address : Rt. 6, Box 302           
                : Seneca, SC       
       Location : Rt. 6, Box 302                
                : Seneca, SC  29678
          Phone : 882-7390
          Owner : Seneca Residential Care Center     
  Administrator : Leslie D. Parks          
 License Number : 337
    No. of Beds :  33







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OCONEE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                     
-DOC-
                     OCONEE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Lila Doyle Nursing Care Facility        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 585               
                : Seneca, SC  29678
       Location : Hwy. 123                      
                : Seneca, SC  29678
          Phone : 882-3351
          Owner : Oconee Memorial Hospital Association    
  Administrator : W. H. Hudson             
 License Number : NCF297
   Beds - Total :   79
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   40
     Beds - Icf :   39





       Facility : Oconee Geriatric Center, Inc.           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box l89               
                : Seneca, SC  29678
       Location : Rt. 6, Fairplay Hwy.          
                : Seneca, SC  29678
          Phone : 882-1642
}i          Owner : Oconee Geriatric Center, Inc.           
}i          Owner : Oconee Geriatric Center, Inc.           .ks          
 License Number : NCF394
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :   44

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Oconee County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OCONEE - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                 
-DOC-
                 OCONEE - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Oconee Community Residence              
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 31-A             
                : Seneca, SC  29678
       Location : 330 Keowee School Rd.         
                : Seneca, SC  29678
          Phone : 882-2126
          Owner : S. D. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Vickie Neely Thompson    
 License Number : IMR146
   Beds - Total :   16
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   16

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Pecan Grove Elderly Housing
                            1820 St. Matthews Road
                            Orangeburg, SC  29115
                                (803) 534-0815
                              Orangeburg County

Contact Person:...............................Nona Adkins, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....2%
Residential capacity..........................79
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 75
Description of Units.................. Row apartments
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Maintenance man lives on grounds
Safety features of unit............... Smoke detectors, emergency pull chains 
                                       in bathroom and bedrooms
Handicapped accommodations............ Lower cabinets, wider hallways, 
                                       special made showers
Visitor tour available................ NO
Financial soundness information shared:  N/A
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... None

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs or older, income, able to care 
                                       for one's needs, must be U.S. citizen
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. NO
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. NO
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Based on income
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Government pays
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... None
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ 60 days
                              The Methodist Home
                               P.O. Drawer 327
                            Orangeburg, SC  29116
                                (803) 534-1212
                              Orangeburg County

Contact Person:...............................Rev. Burton Sheffield, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....4.7%
Residential capacity..........................370
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 370
Description of Units.................. Duplexes, apartments
Nursing home ......................... YES, 73 intermediate and 52 skilled
Units purchased or rented............. Both
Security provisions .................. Nightwatchman
Safety features of unit............... Hand rails, smoke detector
Handicapped accommodations............ One story units, wheelchair accessible
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Financial status report provided
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Advisory council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. NO, policy statement only
Eligibility requirements.............. Good health
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Based on costs
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Limited funds provided by Methodist 
                                       Church
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay additional fee
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Until business office is provided with 
                                       a release
                               Bradford Village
                        1 Bradford Boulevard PO Box 70
                              Santee, SC  29142
                                (803) 854-2155
                              Orangeburg County

Contact Person:...............................Johnny Roland, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....70%
Residential capacity..........................1000 homes
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 500 (when completed)
Description of Units.................. Duplexes, detached houses
Nursing home ......................... None at this time, reservations at 
                                       local nursing homes from other owners
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased with some rentals
Security provisions .................. Restricted access gate entrance,
                                       homes enclosed by cyclone fence
Safety features of unit............... Automatic dial emergency phones,
                                       on-site medical center
Handicapped accommodations............ Hand rails in the homes,all homes
                                       on single level, doors access 
                                       wheelchairs
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  YES  Annual and special meetings of
                                       homeowners
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures................Majority vote of residents 
                                       Board of Directors

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. One member must be 50 yrs of age and 
                                       over, no children
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Homeowners Association Review
Refund method outlined in contract.... Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... N/A
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Resident can sell their home
                                       All dues and fees are due from
                                       current owner/estate while title is
                                       held by said person
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Indefinite-Resident owns home, fee 
                                       simple








INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ORANGEBURG - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS              
-DOC-
              ORANGEBURG - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Alexander's Golden Star Comm. Care Home 
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 792           
                : Santee, SC       
       Location : Rt. 2, Box 792                
                : Santee, SC  29142
          Phone : 854-2496
          Owner : Ollie M. Alexander                 
  Administrator : Ollie M. Alexander       
 License Number : 171
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Brian's Residential Care                
Mailing Address : Rt. 1, Box 173-C         
                : Orangeburg, SC  29432
       Location : 1115 Whitman St.              
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 533-1588
          Owner : Albert O. Stokes                   
  Administrator : Albert O. Stokes         
 License Number : 418
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Browder Manor                           
Mailing Address : 1064 Ellis Ave.          
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : 1064 Ellis Ave.               
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 534-4022
          Owner : Peggy Carrigg Browder              
  Administrator : Peggy C. Browder         
 License Number : 63 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Brown's Residential Care Facility       
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 310           
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : Rt. 2, Box 310                
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 534-8771
          Owner : David & Mamie L. Brown             
  Administrator : Mamie L. & David L. Brown
 License Number : 52 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : C D & S Rest Home                       
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 843           
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 843                
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 536-5944
          Owner : Sally Keitt                        
  Administrator : Sally Keitt              
 License Number : 290
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Catherine's Manor                       
Mailing Address : 376 Duncan St.           
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : 376 Duncan St.                
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 531-2088
          Owner : Catherine Carr                     
  Administrator : Catherine Carr           
 License Number : 87 
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Elliott's Home for the Aged #2          
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 126-C         
                : Bowman, SC       
       Location : Rt. 1, Box 126-C              
                : Bowman, SC  29018
          Phone : 829-2127
          Owner : Yvonne Elliott & Glen Elliott, Jr. 
  Administrator : Yvonne Elliott           
 License Number : 272
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Hickson's Residential Care Home         
Mailing Address : Rt. 7, Box 635           
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : Rt. 7, Box 635                
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 534-0263
          Owner : Stanley Hickson                    
  Administrator : Albert Hickson           
 License Number : 81 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Jolly Rest More Community Care Home #2  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1582           
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : 139 Seminole St.              
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 536-0060
          Owner : Lynn P. Smith                      
  Administrator : Lynn P. Smith            
 License Number : 333
    No. of Beds :  14











       Facility : Jolly Rest More Rest Home #1            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1582           
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : 488 Glover St.                
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 531-4386
          Owner : Lynn P. Smith                      
  Administrator : Lynn P. Smith            
 License Number : 332
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Jones Residential Care                  
Mailing Address : Rt. 5, Box 869           
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : Rt. 5, Box 869                
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 534-1629
          Owner : Vertell Jones                      
  Administrator : Vertell Jones            
 License Number : 167
    No. of Beds :   2











       Facility : Shady Lane Residential Care             
Mailing Address : 855 Cook Rd.             
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : 855 Cook Rd.                  
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 534-3286
          Owner : John & Louise Stokes               
  Administrator : John & Louise Stokes     
 License Number : 175
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Smith's Adult Residential Care          
Mailing Address : 997 Russell St.          
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : 997 Russell St.               
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 531-3237
          Owner : Henry Smith                        
  Administrator : Henry Smith              
 License Number : 79 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Summer's Home for the Aged              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 308            
                : Bowman, SC  290l8
       Location : Moss St.                      
                : Bowman, SC  29018
          Phone : 829-3445
          Owner : Helen Summers                      
  Administrator : Helen Summers            
 License Number : 154
    No. of Beds :   2











       Facility : Tri-County Comm. ADA-Detox Unit         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 365            
                : Orangeburg, SC  29116
       Location : 897 Russell St.               
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 536-4900
          Owner : Tri-County Commission on ADA       
  Administrator : Richard S. Fowler        
 License Number : 411
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Tri-County Comm. ADA-Halfway House      
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1365           
                : Orangeburg, SC  29116
       Location : 897 Russell St.               
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 536-4900
          Owner : Tri-County Commission on ADA       
  Administrator : Richard S. Fowler        
 License Number : 403
    No. of Beds :  16











       Facility : Tyler Restmore Home                     
Mailing Address : 471 Glover St.           
                : Orangeburg, SC       
       Location : 471 Glover St.                
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 536-0740
          Owner : Mabel S. Tyler & Emily T. Williams 
  Administrator : Mable S. Tyler           
 License Number : 347
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Utsey's Community Residential Care      
Mailing Address : 496 Lake Edisto          
                : Orgblistrg, SC       
       Location : 496 Lake Edisto Rd.           
                : Orgblistrg, SC  29115
          Phone : 531-2511
          Owner : Sarah Utsey                        
  Administrator : Sarah Utsey              
 License Number : 58 
    No. of Beds :   4







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Orangeburg County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ORANGEBURG - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   ORANGEBURG - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Edisto Convalescent Center              
Mailing Address : 500 Entrp St. SW            
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
       Location : 500 Enterprise St. S.W.       
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 534-7771
          Owner : Orangeburg Convalescent Ctr., Inc.      
  Administrator : Ervin A. Green           
 License Number : NCF337
   Beds - Total :   86
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   43
     Beds - Icf :   43





       Facility : Jolley Acres Nursing Home               
Mailing Address : Drawer 1909                 
                : Orangeburg, SC  29116
       Location : 1180 Wolfe Trail              
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 534-1001
          Owner : J.E.H. and Associates, Inc.             
  Administrator : Deana Houser             
 License Number : NCF389
   Beds - Total :   43
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   43
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Orangeburg Nursing Home, Inc.           
Mailing Address : 755 Whitman, SE             
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
       Location : 755 Whitman SE                
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 534-7036
          Owner : Orangeburg Nursing Home, Inc.           
  Administrator : Catherine D. Young       
 License Number : NCF375
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : The Methodist Home                      
Mailing Address : P. O. Drawer 327            
                : Orangeburg, SC  29116
       Location : Hwy. 21 South                 
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 534-1212
          Owner : The Methodist Home Board of Trustees    
  Administrator : George W. Oerke          
 License Number : NCF9  
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   52
     Beds - Icf :   80
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Orangeburg County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ORANGEBURG - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION               
-DOC-
               ORANGEBURG - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Amelia Community Residence              
Mailing Address : 8301 Farrow Rd., Cola       
                : Orangeburg, SC  29203
       Location : 550 Amelia Street             
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 536-1361
          Owner : S.C. Dept. of M. R.                     
  Administrator : Anita Linder             
 License Number : M153  
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Boulevard Community Residence           
Mailing Address : 830l Farrow Rd., Cola       
                : Orangeburg, SC  29203
       Location : 612 Boulevard Street          
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 536-1361
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Anita Linder             
 License Number : M152  
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Sifly Street Community Residence        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1812              
                : Orangeburg, SC  29116
       Location : 930 Sifly St.                 
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 536-1170
          Owner : Orangeburg Housing, Inc.                
  Administrator : Anita Linder             
 License Number : M1554 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Wannamaker Street Community Residence   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1812              
                : Orangeburg, SC  29116
       Location : 250 Wannamaker St.            
                : Orangeburg, SC  29115
          Phone : 536-1170
          Owner : Orangeburg Housing, Inc.                
  Administrator : Anita Linder             
 License Number : M1553 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                     Clemson Area Retirement Center, Inc.
                                (Clemson Downs)
                                500 Downs Loop
                              Clemson, SC  29631
                                (803) 654-1155
                                Pickens County

Contact Person:...............................Rock A. Reinhart, Administrator
Proportion of residents from other states:....Twenty nine states represented
Residential capacity..........................306
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 96 apartments, 100 homes
Description of Units.................. Apartments and townhouses
Nursing home ......................... YES, 44 bed skilled nursing facility
Units purchased or rented............. Rent apartments, rent or purchase 
                                       townhouses
Security provisions .................. City police patrol streets of the 
                                       Downs, health care center, emergency
                                       medical center 4 mins. away
Safety features of unit............... Fire alarm system, call system in each
                                       apartment, medical hotline 24hrs/day
Handicapped accommodations............ Wide halls and doors, ramps, no stepups
                                       grab bars in bathroom, electric doors
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  YES
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... YES, it is a resident owned facility, 
                                       elect owned directors

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 55 yrs. of age or older, must be mobile,
                                       able to pay for services, insurance
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES, for apartments
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Apartment rates established by Board of 
                                       Directors
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Residents must be capable of paying
                                       for services or vacate residence
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Must be able to pay for services used
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary 
nursing home placement................ As long as monthly payment is received
                                       for both units
                              Country Side Manor
                               706 Pelzer Hwy.
                               Easley,SC  29640
                                (803) 859-0167
                                Pickens County

Contact Person:...............................Rudolph Pick, Administrator
                                          Debra E. Morehead, Resident Counselor
Proportion of residents from other states:....33%
Residential capacity..........................Depends on number of person in  
                                              each apartment
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 115 apartments, 30 resident care homes
Description of Units.................. 1 & 2 bedroom apartments
Nursing home ......................... NO
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Night security guards, locked entrance
Safety features of unit............... Emergency call, grab bars in bathrooms,
                                       smoke alarms, fire alarms
Handicapped accommodations............ No steps, wheelchair access
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  N/A
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Grievance procedures, suggestion box

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Independent living, 55 yrs or older
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. Nominal
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES, housekeeping, linens, meals 
                                       included.  Additional charge for cable
                                       TV, personal laundry, telephone
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Fees depend on size of unit and number
                                       of occupants
Refund method outlined in contract.... N/A
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... No financial subsidy available
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Rent prorated at time of transfer
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Subject to continuance of paying 
                                       monthly fee









INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PICKENS - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                PICKENS - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : April Valley                            
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 401           
                : Pickens, SC  29671
       Location : West Old Farrs Bridge Road    
                : Pickens, SC  29670
          Phone : 855-1871
          Owner : Margaret Flaugher                  
  Administrator : Margaret Flaugher        
 License Number : 17 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Brookway Community Residential Care     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1807           
                : Easley, SC  29641
       Location : 117 Brookway Dr.              
                : Easley, SC  29640
          Phone : 855-1374
          Owner : Community Health Services, Inc.    
  Administrator : Norah Kertis             
 License Number : 23 
    No. of Beds :  26











       Facility : Countryside Manor                       
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1423           
                : Easley, SC  29641
       Location : 706 Pelzer Hwy.               
                : Easley, SC  29640
          Phone : 859-0167
          Owner : Schweiner & Finley, Inc.           
  Administrator : Rudolph Pick             
 License Number : 441
    No. of Beds :  30











       Facility : Easley Retirement Center                
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 736            
                : Easley, SC       
       Location : 102 Dowling St.               
                : Easley, SC  29640
          Phone : 859-3722
          Owner : West End Retirement Center, Inc.   
  Administrator : Bert Owens               
 License Number : 359
    No. of Beds :  28











       Facility : Maggie Manor                            
Mailing Address : 300 S. Fifth St.         
                : Easley, SC       
       Location : 300 S. Fifth St.              
                : Easley, SC  29640
          Phone : 855-3957
          Owner : West End Retirement Center, Inc.   
  Administrator : John W. Owens            
 License Number : 295
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Master Care, Inc.                       
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 517           
                : Liberty, SC       
       Location : Rt. 3, Box 517                
                : Liberty, SC  29657
          Phone : 878-9926
          Owner : Master Care, Inc.                  
  Administrator : Jimmy D. Master          
 License Number : 358
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Six Mile Retirement Center              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box H              
                : Six Mile, SC       
       Location : Main St.                      
                : Six Mile, SC  29682
          Phone : 868-9050
          Owner : Charles Neild                      
  Administrator : Charles Neild            
 License Number : 1  
    No. of Beds :  41











       Facility : West End Retirement Center, Inc.        
Mailing Address : 200 S. 5th St.           
                : Easley, SC       
       Location : 200 S. 5th St.                
                : Easley, SC  29640
          Phone : 859-4370
          Owner : West End Retirement Center, Inc.   
  Administrator : Ellen A. Owens           
 License Number : 204
    No. of Beds :  36







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PICKENS - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                PICKENS - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Blue Ridge Health Care, Inc.            
Mailing Address : 1800 Crestview Rd.          
                : Easley, SC  29640
       Location : 1800 Crestview Rd.            
                : Easley, SC  29640
          Phone : 859-3236
          Owner : Blue Ridge Health Care, Inc.            
  Administrator : Virginia Byrd            
 License Number : ICF178
   Beds - Total :   67
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   67





       Facility : Harveys Love and Care                   
Mailing Address : P. O. Drawer C              
                : Six Mile, SC  29682
       Location : Hwy 183                       
                : Six Mile, SC  29682
          Phone : 868-2307
          Owner : Harveys Love & Care Home, Inc.          
  Administrator : Helen D. Towe            
 License Number : ICF30 
   Beds - Total :   40
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   40





       Facility : McKinney ICF                            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 895               
                : Pickens, SC  29671
       Location : 113 Rosemond St.              
                : Pickens, SC  2967l
          Phone : 878-9620
          Owner : Floyd McDonald                          
  Administrator : Iris L. Robinson         
 License Number : ICF35 
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   44

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
{_                    PICKENS - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
-DOC-
{_                    PICKENS - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Clemson Area Retirement Center          
Mailing Address : 500 Downs Loop              
                : Clemson, SC  29631
       Location : 500 Downs Loop                
                : Clemson, SC  29631
          Phone : 654-1155
          Owner : Clemson Area Retirement Center, Inc.    
  Administrator : Rock Reinhart            
 License Number : NCF391
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   44
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Easley Health Care, Inc.                
Mailing Address : 200 Anne Drive              
                : Easley, SC  29640
       Location : 200 Anne Drive                
                : Easley, SC  29640
          Phone : 859-9754
          Owner : Easley Health Care, Inc.                
  Administrator : Margaret B. Lollis       
 License Number : NCF455
   Beds - Total :  103
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
w3    Beds - Dual :  103
{_     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Laurel Hill Nursing Center, Inc.        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 972               
                : Pickens, SC  29671
       Location : 601 E. Cedar Rock St.         
                : Pickens, SC  29671
          Phone : 878-4739
          Owner : Laurel Hill Nursing Ctr., Inc.          
  Administrator : W. B. Lewis              
 License Number : NCF314
   Beds - Total :   80
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   80
     Beds - Icf :    0
}i
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Pickens County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PICKENS - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                 
-DOC-
                 PICKENS - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Easley Community Residence              
Mailing Address : 406 Olive St.               
                : Easley, SC  29640
       Location : 406 Olive St.                 
                : Easley, SC  29640
          Phone : 859-4411
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Thomas F. Kirby, Ph.D.   
 License Number : M15 61
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                            Woods Edge Apartments
                              109 Hill Pine Rd.
                             Columbia, SC  29212
                                (803) 781-9065
                               Richland County

Contact Person:...............................Mrs. Tommie Haselden
Proportion of residents from other states:....25%
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 130 one bedrm apts.
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... NO
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Telephone security for doors, alarms on 
                                       exits, smoke/heat detector, intercoms
Safety features of unit............... Grab bars in bath, 2 elevators
Handicapped accomodations............. 13 handicap units, ledge seats in 
                                       tub/shower, doors access wheelchairs
Visitor tour available................ By appointment only
Financial soundness information shared:  N/A
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... N/A

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Based on income
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... YES
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Government subsidized
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Termination of lease
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................Required to pay monthly charges
                                 Finlay House
                               2100 Blossom St.
                             Columbia, SC  29205
                                (803) 799-6524
                               Richland County

Contact Person:...............................Carol Reis
Proportion of residents from other states:....25%
Residential capacity..........................203
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 203 apartments
Description of Units.................. High Rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. 24 hr personnel on duty
Safety features of unit............... Smoke alarms, emergency bell
Handicapped accommodations............ Information unavailable
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Never been shared
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 62 yrs and old
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Rent is 30% of monthly income
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Recertifications provided at income
                                       changes once a year
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... None unless we hold apartment for
                                       potential return
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ 3-6 months as long as the individual
                                       continues to pay rent
                              Christopher Towers
                               1805 Devine St.
                             Columbia, SC  29201
                                (803) 799-5876
                               Richland County

Contact Person:...............................A.C. Yost, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....Very minor
Residential capacity..........................225
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 225
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. 24 hr surveilance
Safety features of unit............... Fire walls, smoke alarms, bathroom rails
                                       emergency alarm system
Handicapped accommodations............ Very limited occupancy accepted
Visitor tour available................ YES, by appointment
Financial soundness information shared:  N/A
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Word or mouth, policy booklet furnished

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Moderate income and health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... 30% of adjusted monthly income or base
                                       rent of apartment (whichever is greater)
Refund method outlined in contract.... Only security deposit
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Residents required to move out
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Residents must handle completely
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ No provision
                               The Lowman Home
                             P.O. Box 444 Hwy. 76
                           White Rock, S.C.  29177
                                (803) 732-3000
                               Richland County

Contact Person:...............................Rev. Dr. J. Kenneth Webb, Pres.
Proportion of residents from other states:....10%
Residential capacity..........................307
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 39
Description of Units.................. Duplexes, detached houses
Nursing home ......................... YES, 139 boarding home, 44 
                                       intermediate, 85 skilled and
                                       intermediate
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. Security at night
Safety features of unit............... Information unavailable
Handicapped accommodations............ Units are for self-sustaining residents
                                       with minimal handicaps
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  YES
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident committees

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 60 yrs of age or older
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of Trustees
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Home absorbs cost
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Depends upon assets available
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Until physician determines resident
                                       is unable to return to living unit









INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RICHLAND - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               RICHLAND - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : A & L Community Care Home               
Mailing Address : 715 Wilkes Rd.           
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 715 Wilkes Rd.                
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 786-0441
          Owner : Alice M. Phillips                  
  Administrator : Lester E. Phillips       
 License Number : 29 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Addison's Community Care Home #1        
Mailing Address : 7538 Claudia Dr.         
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 7538 Claudia Dr.              
                : Columbia, SC  29223
          Phone : 788-5373
          Owner : Dorothy Addison                    
  Administrator : Dorothy Addison          
 License Number : 264
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Addison's Community Care Home #2        
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 42099         
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : Rt. 3, Box 42099              
                : Columbia, SC  29206
          Phone : 736-0455
          Owner : Dorothy Addison                    
  Administrator : Dorothy Addison          
 License Number : 402
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Aiken's Community Care Home             
Mailing Address : 216 Cora Dr.             
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 216 Cora Dr.                  
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-4749
          Owner : Charles Aiken                      
  Administrator : Charles Aiken            
 License Number : 121
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Bates Community Care Home #1            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 317l           
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 920 Sandpiper Lane            
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 786-6084
          Owner : Lydia Bates                        
  Administrator : Lydia & Lewis Bates      
 License Number : 28 
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Bates Community Care Home #2            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3171           
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 935 Sandpiper Lane            
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-5541
          Owner : Lydia Bates                        
  Administrator : Lydia & Lewis Bates      
 License Number : 205
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Billye's Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : Apt. A 3026 Park         
                : Columbia, SC  29201
       Location : 3026 Park St.                 
                : Columbia, SC  29201
          Phone : 254-9280
          Owner : Willie L. Jones                    
  Administrator : Willie L. Jones          
 License Number : 68 
    No. of Beds :   3











       Facility : Briggs & Nelson Community Care Home     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3283           
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 4914 Colonial Dr.             
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 786-5930
          Owner : Jessie L. Nelson & Mary P. Briggs  
  Administrator : Mary P. Briggs           
 License Number : 281
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : CHAPS-Columbia Area Recovery Residence  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 50685          
                : Columbia, SC  29250
       Location : 4215 Bethel Church Rd.,Apt H-l
                : Columbia, SC  29206
          Phone : 787-0561
          Owner : CHAPS, Inc.                        
  Administrator : Margaret H. Barksdale    
 License Number : 161
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : CHAPS-Columbia Area Recovery Residence  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 50865          
                : Columbia, SC  29250
       Location : 4215 Bethel Church Rd. Apt H-4
                : Columbia, SC  29206
          Phone : 787-0563
          Owner : CHAPS, Inc.                        
  Administrator : Margaret H. Barksdale    
 License Number : 389
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : CHAPS-Columbia Area Recovery Residence  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 50685          
                : Columbia, SC  29250
       Location : 3400 Covenant Rd., Apt. U-4   
                : Columbia, SC  29205
          Phone : 787-0608
          Owner : CHAPS, Inc.                        
  Administrator : Margaret H. Barksdale    
 License Number : 159
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : CHAPS-Columbia Area Recovery Residence  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 50685          
                : Columbia, SC  29250
       Location : 4215 Bethel Church Rd. Apt H-3
                : Columbia, SC  29206
          Phone : 787-0562
          Owner : CHAPS, Inc.                        
  Administrator : Margaret H. Barksdale    
 License Number : 162
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : CHAPS-Columbia Area Recovery Residence  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 50685          
                : Columbia, SC  29250
       Location : 3400 Covenant Rd., Apt. U-3   
                : Columbia, SC  29205
          Phone : 787-0607
          Owner : CHAPS, Inc.                        
  Administrator : Margaret H. Barksdale    
 License Number : 160
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Casual Community Care Home              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 4092           
                : Columbia, SC  29203
       Location : 263 Goodrich Street           
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 788-2721
          Owner : Lula W. Henry                      
  Administrator : Lula W. Henry            
 License Number : 334
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Corine's Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : 5017 Colonial Dr.        
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 5017 Colonial Drive           
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 735-0372
          Owner : Corine Morris                      
  Administrator : Corine Morris            
 License Number : 218
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Crawford's Boarding Home                
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 256            
                : Blythewood, SC       
       Location : Rt. 2, Trading Post Road      
                : Blythewood, SC  29016
          Phone : 786-9020
          Owner : Crawford's Boarding Home, Inc.     
  Administrator : Martha G. Crawford       
 License Number : 44 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Davis Community Care Home               
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3273           
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 2294 Heyward Brockington Rd.  
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-5677
          Owner : Elijah & Thomasena Davis           
  Administrator : Elijah & Thomasena Davis 
 License Number : 240
    No. of Beds :  19











       Facility : Dowdy's Community Care Home #1          
Mailing Address : 504 Isaac St.            
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 504 Isaac St.                 
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-4325
          Owner : Frank Dowdy                        
  Administrator : Frank Dowdy              
 License Number : 127
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Dowdy's Community Care Home #2          
Mailing Address : 4609 Arlington St.       
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 4609 Arlington St.            
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-4325
          Owner : Frank Dowdy                        
  Administrator : Annie R. Dowdy           
 License Number : 173
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Dowling's Community #1                  
Mailing Address : 2905 River Dr.           
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 2905 River Dr.                
                : Columbia, SC  29201
          Phone : 252-0106
          Owner : O-Five, Inc.                       
  Administrator : Nancy D. Dowling         
 License Number : 362
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Dowling's Community Care Home #2        
Mailing Address : 2905 River Dr.           
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 2905 River Dr.                
                : Columbia, SC  29201
          Phone : 252-0106
          Owner : O-Five, Inc.                       
  Administrator : Nancy D. Dowling         
 License Number : 363
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Elliott's Community Care Home           
Mailing Address : 1216 Hyatt St.           
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 1216 Hyatt St.                
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-5097
          Owner : Felicia Elliott                    
  Administrator : Felicia Elliott          
 License Number : 206
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Flanagan Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : Rt. 5, Box 330           
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : Rt. 5, Box 330                
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-2136
          Owner : Larry C. Sloan                     
  Administrator : Larry C. Sloan           
 License Number : 314
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Flowers Community Residential Care      
Mailing Address : 1930 Chaney St.          
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 1930 Chaney St.               
                : Columbia, SC  29204
          Phone : 735-0920
          Owner : Theodore Flowers                   
  Administrator : Theodore Flowers         
 License Number : 376
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Harris Community Care Home              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3471           
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : Rt. 5, Box 276, Sharpe Rd.    
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-2978
          Owner : Margaret Harris                    
  Administrator : Margaret Harris          
 License Number : 51 
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Hinton Street Community Care            
Mailing Address : P.  O. Box 3283          
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 608 Hinton St.                
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 735-0747
          Owner : Mary E. Briggs & Jessie L. Nelson  
  Administrator : Mary E. Briggs           
 License Number : 399
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Jerry's Boarding Home                   
Mailing Address : 813 Gabriel St.          
                : Columbia, SC  29203
       Location : 6800 Doby Dr.                 
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-6536
          Owner : Geraldine W. Brown                 
  Administrator : Geraldine Brown          
 License Number : 365
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Joanne's Community Care Home #1         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 4740           
                : Columbia, SC  29240
       Location : 511 Ross Rd.                  
                : Columbia, SC  29204
          Phone : 736-4635
          Owner : Charlie & Joanne Caldwell          
  Administrator : Charlie W. Caldwell      
 License Number : 31 
    No. of Beds :  13











       Facility : Joanne's Community Care Home #2         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 4740           
                : Columbia, SC  29240
       Location : 756 Farrowwood Dr.            
                : Columbia, SC  29204
          Phone : 736-3036
          Owner : Charlie & Joanne Caldwell          
  Administrator : Charlie W. Caldwell      
 License Number : 30 
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Kathy's Community Care Home #1          
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 83            
                : Blythewood, SC       
       Location : Hwy. 555                      
                : Blythewood, SC  29016
          Phone : 787-3622
          Owner : Kathy's, Inc.                      
  Administrator : Katherine Thomas         
 License Number : 50 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Kathy's Community Care Home #2          
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 83            
                : Blythewood, SC       
       Location : 420 Toddbranch Dr.            
                : Blythewood, SC  29016
          Phone : 787-3622
          Owner : Katherine Thomas                   
  Administrator : Katherine Thomas         
 License Number : 43 
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Lambright's Community Care Home #1      
Mailing Address : 9917 Wilson Blvd.        
                : Blythewood, SC       
       Location : 9917 Wilson Blvd.             
                : Blythewood, SC  29016
          Phone : 786-8612
          Owner : Lambright's Community Care Home Inc
  Administrator : Mark I. Lambright        
 License Number : 372
    No. of Beds :  20











       Facility : Lambright's Community Care Home #2      
Mailing Address : 9917 Wilson Blvd.        
                : Blythewood, SC       
       Location : 9917 Wilson Blvd.             
                : Blythewood, SC  29016
          Phone : 786-8612
          Owner : Lambright's Comm. Care Home, Inc.  
  Administrator : Mark I. Lambright        
 License Number : 373
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Lexington/Richland ADA Council Unit III 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 50597          
                : Columbia, SC  29250
       Location : 2621 Devine St.               
                : Columbia, SC  29205
          Phone : 256-3100
          Owner : Lexington/Richland ADA Council     
  Administrator : James M. Gillespie       
 License Number : 202
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Lexington/Richland ADA/Detox Unit       
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 50597          
                : Columbia, SC  29250
       Location : 2020 Washington St.           
                : Columbia, SC  29204
          Phone : 256-3100
          Owner : Lexington/Richland ADA             
  Administrator : Kathy Jo Brown           
 License Number : 203
    No. of Beds :  20











       Facility : Lexington/Richland Alcohol Unit I       
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 50597          
                : Columbia, SC  29250
       Location : 2617 Devine St.               
                : Columbia, SC  29205
          Phone : 256-3100
          Owner : Lexington/Richland ADA Council     
  Administrator : James M. Gillespie       
 License Number : 200
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Lowman Home Community Residential Care  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 444            
                : White Rock, SC  29177
       Location : Rt. 76                        
                : White Rock, SC  29177
          Phone : 732-3000
          Owner : Lowman Home Board of Trustees      
  Administrator : J. Kenneth Webb, Rev.    
 License Number : 407
    No. of Beds : 125











       Facility : Mark Lambright Community Care Home      
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 7341           
                : Columbia, SC  29202
       Location : 490 Koon Store Rd.            
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-5403
          Owner : Mark Lambright Comm. Care Home, Inc
  Administrator : Mark Lambright           
 License Number : 268
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Minger's Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : 524 Rockhaven Dr.        
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 524 Rockhaven Dr.             
                : Columbia, SC  29223
          Phone : 788-7395
          Owner : Ruth Minger                        
  Administrator : Ruth Minger              
 License Number : 216
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Mixon's Community Care Home             
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Roof Rd.          
                : Blythewood, SC       
       Location : Rt. 3, Roof Rd.               
                : Blythewood, SC  29016
          Phone : 735-1654
          Owner : James Mixon                        
  Administrator : James Mixon              
 License Number : 24 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Morris Community Care Home              
Mailing Address : 429 Rockhaven Dr.        
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 429 Rockhaven Dr.             
                : Columbia, SC  29223
          Phone : 788-6819
          Owner : Corrine Morris                     
  Administrator : Corrine Morris           
 License Number : 261
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Murry's Community Care Home             
Mailing Address : 5318 N. Main St.         
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 5318 N. Main St.              
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 788-5898
          Owner : Edward Murry                       
  Administrator : Edward & Annie Murry     
 License Number : 208
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Nissen Community Care Home              
Mailing Address : 929 Suber St.            
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 929 Suber St.                 
                : Columbia, SC  29205
          Phone : 782-3571
          Owner : Adolph Nissen                      
  Administrator : Adolph Nissen            
 License Number : 59 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Pinewood Care Home, Inc.                
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 50            
                : Eastover, SC       
       Location : Rt. 2, Box 50                 
                : Eastover, SC  29044
          Phone : 353-2729
          Owner : Pinewood Care Home, Inc.           
  Administrator : Mozell Kelly             
 License Number : 289
    No. of Beds :  30











       Facility : Pondview Community Residential Care     
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 83            
                : Blythewood, SC       
       Location : Hardscrabble Road             
                : Blythewood, SC  29016
          Phone : 735-0420
          Owner : Katherine Thomas                   
  Administrator : Kathy Thomas             
 License Number : 378
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Reese's Community Care Home #1          
Mailing Address : 1203 Muller Ave.         
                : Columbia, SC  29203
       Location : 1203 Muller Ave.              
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 786-1843
          Owner : James Reese                        
  Administrator : James S. Reese           
 License Number : 53 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Reese's Community Care Home #2          
Mailing Address : 717 Cindy Dr.            
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 717 Cindy Dr.                 
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 786-1843
          Owner : James Reese                        
  Administrator : James S. Reese           
 License Number : 54 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : River Drive Community Care Home         
Mailing Address : 2906 River Dr.           
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 2906 River Dr.                
                : Columbia, SC  29201
          Phone : 252-4598
          Owner : Dowling Enterprises, Inc.          
  Administrator : John H. Dowling          
 License Number : 115
    No. of Beds :  15











       Facility : Rose Hill Manor                         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3283           
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : Rt. l, Hwy. 215               
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 786-7720
          Owner :                                    
  Administrator : Briggs & Nelson          
 License Number : 401
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Rouse's Community Care Home #1          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 134, State Pk  
                : Cola, SC  29147
       Location : El Hunter St.                 
                : Cola, SC  29203
          Phone : 788-1753
          Owner : Charlene Rouse                     
  Administrator : Charlene Rouse           
 License Number : 327
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Rouse's Community Care Home #2          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 134, State Pk  
                : Cola, SC  29147
       Location : Rt. 5, Box 92                 
                : Cola, SC  29203
          Phone : 786-9357
          Owner : Charlene Rouse                     
  Administrator : Rudy Wildes              
 License Number : 328
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Rouse's Community Care Home #3          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 134, State Pk  
                : Cola, SC  29147
       Location : Highway 21                    
                : Cola, SC  29202
          Phone : 754-5720
          Owner : George & Charlene Rouse            
  Administrator : Charlie Rouse            
 License Number : 238
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Seasoned Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : 2408 CoCo Dr.            
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 2408 CoCo Dr.                 
                : Columbia, SC  29210
          Phone : 798-0352
          Owner : Bernard Staggers                   
  Administrator : Bernard Staggers         
 License Number : 212
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : Sharpless Boarding Home                 
Mailing Address : 1505 Wynnewood Rd.       
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 1505 Wynnewood Rd.            
                : Columbia, SC  29206
          Phone : 787-7673
          Owner : Elizabeth Sharpless                
  Administrator : Elizabeth Sharpless      
 License Number : 271
    No. of Beds :   2











       Facility : Suber Community Care Home               
Mailing Address : 5412 Middleton St.       
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 5412 Middleton St.            
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-0773
          Owner : Annie B. Suber                     
  Administrator : Annie B. Suber           
 License Number : 228
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Thimoleon's Community Care Home         
Mailing Address : 1518 Cola Col Dr.        
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 1518 Columbia College Dr.     
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 754-6288
          Owner : Jessie M. Thimoleon                
  Administrator : Jessie M. Thimoleon      
 License Number : 114
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Walter's Retirement Home                
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 210095         
                : Columbia, SC  29221
       Location : 821 Duke Ave.                 
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 252-8918
          Owner : Delores W. Johnson                 
  Administrator : Delores W. Johnson       
 License Number : 426
    No. of Beds :  20











       Facility : Westside Home for the Aged              
Mailing Address : 507 Piney Grove          
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 507 Piney Grove Rd.           
                : Columbia, SC  29210
          Phone : 772-2216
          Owner : T. Kenly, T. Able & C. Curry       
  Administrator : Telicious F.Kenly        
 License Number : 246
    No. of Beds :  32











       Facility : Whitaker's Community Care Home          
Mailing Address : 79 Sal Sue Ct            
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 79 Sal Sue Court              
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 786-8561
          Owner : Annie M. W. Murry & Edward Murry   
  Administrator : Annie M. W. Murry        
 License Number : 210
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Williams Community Residential Care     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 90031          
                : Columbia, SC       
       Location : 7705 Richard St.              
                : Columbia, SC  29209
          Phone : 254-6611
          Owner : Charles A. Williams, Sr.           
  Administrator : Charles A. Williams, Sr. 
 License Number : 280
    No. of Beds :   5







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RICHLAND - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                RICHLAND - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Richland Convalescent Center, Inc.      
Mailing Address : P. O. Drawer 4600           
                : Columbia, SC  29240
       Location : 4112 Hartford St.             
                : Columbia, SC  29240
          Phone : 754-4203
          Owner : Richland Convalescent Center, Inc.      
  Administrator : Claudia Waits            
 License Number : ICF105
   Beds - Total :  152
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :  152





       Facility : Stanton Pines Convalescent Home Inc.    
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 241              
                : Hopkins, SC  29061
       Location : 124 Ridge Rd.                 
                : Hopkins, SC  29061
          Phone : 776-3536
          Owner : Stanton Pines Convalescent Home, Inc.   
  Administrator : James E. Stanton         
 License Number : ICF34 
   Beds - Total :   26
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   26





       Facility : Woodrow ICF                             
Mailing Address : 1625 College St.            
                : Columbia, SC  29208
       Location : Green St.                     
                : Columbia, SC  29208
          Phone : 777-6742
          Owner : USC                                     
  Administrator : Dr. Marilyn B. Chassie   
 License Number : ICF166
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RICHLAND - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    RICHLAND - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Brian Center of Nursing Care-Columbia   
Mailing Address : 2451 Forest Dr.             
                : Columbia, SC  29204
       Location : 2451 Forest Dr.               
                : Columbia, SC  29204
          Phone : 254-5960
          Owner : Brian Center of Central Cola., Inc.     
  Administrator : Louise M. Linder         
 License Number : NCF423
   Beds - Total :  257
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  146
     Beds - Icf :  111





       Facility : C. M. Tucker, Jr. Human Resources Ctr.  
Mailing Address : 2200 Harden St.             
                : Columbia, SC  29203
       Location : 2200 Harden St.               
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 737-5302
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. H.                    
  Administrator : Charles N. Still, M.D.   
 License Number : NCF334
   Beds - Total :  608
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :  100
    Beds - Dual :   50
     Beds - Icf :  458





       Facility : Capitol Convalescent Center             
Mailing Address : 300l Beechaven Dr.          
                : Columbia, SC  29204
       Location : 3001 Beechaven Dr.            
                : Columbia, SC  29204
          Phone : 782-4363
          Owner : White Oak Manor, Inc.                   
  Administrator : Anne O. Winn             
 License Number : NCF280
   Beds - Total :  120
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  120
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Dowdy-Gardner Nursing Care Ctr.-Farmer  
Mailing Address : 7901 Farrow Rd.             
                : Columbia, SC  29203
       Location : 7901 Farrow Rd.               
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 737-7802
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. H.                    
  Administrator : Thomas Cordan            
 License Number : NCF424
   Beds - Total :  166
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  166
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Dowdy-Gardner Nursing Care Ctr.-McLendon
Mailing Address : 7901 Farrow Rd.             
                : Columbia, SC  29203
       Location : 7901 Farrow Rd.               
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 737-7802
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. H.                    
  Administrator : Shielda Friendly         
 License Number : NCF428
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  132
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Manor Care - Columbia                   
Mailing Address : 2601 Forest Dr.             
                : Columbia, SC  29204
       Location : 2601 Forest Dr.               
                : Columbia, SC  29204
          Phone : 256-4983
          Owner : Manor Care - Columbia, Inc.             
  Administrator : Joyce M. Pyle            
 License Number : NCF316
   Beds - Total :  118
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   64
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   54





       Facility : Mary E. White Developmental Center      
Mailing Address : 8301 Farrow Rd.             
                : Columbia, SC  29203
       Location : 8301 Farrow Rd.               
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 758-4432
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Alice R. Tollison        
 License Number : NCF383
   Beds - Total :  112
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  112
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : The Lowman Home-Wynne C. Bolick         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 444               
                : White Rock, SC  29177
       Location : P. O. Box 444                 
                : White Rock, SC  29177
          Phone : 732-3000
          Owner : S. C. Synod Luthern Church of America   
  Administrator : Dr. K. J. Webb           
 License Number : NCF339
   Beds - Total :  129
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   85
     Beds - Icf :   44

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Richland County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RICHLAND - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                RICHLAND - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Carter St. Group Home                   
Mailing Address : PO Box 3817, Cola           
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 1203 Carter St.               
                : Columbia, SC  29204
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Babcock Ctr., Inc.                      
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M1547 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

       Facility : Dowdy-Gardner Nursing Care-Bldg. 16     
Mailing Address : 7901 Farrow Rd.             
                : Columbia, SC  29203
       Location : 7901 Farrow Rd.               
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 758-4026
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. H.                    
  Administrator : Willie Cantey            
 License Number : IMR443
   Beds - Total :   80
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   80





       Facility : First Midlands ICMRF                    
Mailing Address : 830l Farrow Rd.             
                : Columbia, SC  29203
       Location : 8301 Farrow Rd.               
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 758-4432
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Dorothea Friday          
 License Number : IMR103
   Beds - Total :  368
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :  368





       Facility : Pine Lake ICMRF                         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817              
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 140 Flora Rd.                 
                : Columbia, SC  29223
          Phone : 788-7872
          Owner : Pine Lake Inc.                          
  Administrator : Katherine H. Bradley     
 License Number : IMR100
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   44





       Facility : Second Midlands ICMRF                   
Mailing Address : 8301 Farrow Rd.             
                : Columbia, SC  29203
       Location : 8301 Farrow Rd.               
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 758-4432
          Owner : S.C. Dept. of M. R.                     
  Administrator : Curtis Murph             
 License Number : IMR109
   Beds - Total :  240
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :  240



       Facility : Archie Drive Group Home                 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817              
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 33 Archie Drive               
                : Columbia, SC  29204
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Babcock Ctr., Inc.                      
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M1536 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Kensington I Group Home                 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817              
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 100 Kensington Rd.            
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Babcock Ctr., Inc.                      
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M1538 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Kensington II Group Home                
Mailing Address : P. O.Box 3817               
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 120 Kensington Rd.            
                : Columbia, SC  29203
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Babcock Ctr., Inc.                      
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M1539 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Timberlane Drive Community Residence    
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817              
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 4246 Timberlane Dr.           
                : Columbia, SC  29205
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Babcock Center, Inc.                    
  Administrator : Jon D. Bradford          
 License Number : M1559 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Woodlawn Group Home                     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817              
                : Columbia, SC  29230
       Location : 1400 Woodlawn Ave.            
                : Columbia, SC  29209
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Babcock Ctr., Inc.                      
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M1537 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Saluda County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SALUDA - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                SALUDA - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Long's Community Care Home #1           
Mailing Address : Rt. 4, Box 154           
                : Saluda, SC       
       Location : Rt. 4, Box 154                
                : Saluda, SC  29138
          Phone : 445-2921
          Owner : Ora MaeLong                        
  Administrator : Janet Long               
 License Number : 95 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Long's Community Care Home #2           
Mailing Address : Rt. 4, Box 154           
                : Saluda, SC       
       Location : Rt. 4, Box 154                
                : Saluda, SC  29138
          Phone : 445-7705
          Owner : Ora Mae Long                       
  Administrator : Janet Long               
 License Number : 96 
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : North Main Community Care #1            
Mailing Address : 414 N. Main St.          
                : Saluda, SC       
       Location : 414 N. Main St.               
                : Saluda, SC  29138
          Phone : 445-2315
          Owner : Kathy Ergle                        
  Administrator : Kathy Ergle              
 License Number : 286
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : North Main Community Care #2            
Mailing Address : 205 Denny Rd.            
                : Saluda, SC       
       Location : 205 Denny Rd.                 
                : Saluda, SC  29138
          Phone : 445-7832
          Owner : Jerry Rogers                       
  Administrator : Kathy Ergle              
 License Number : 410
    No. of Beds :   8







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Saluda County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SALUDA - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                     
-DOC-
                     SALUDA - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Saluda Nursing Center                   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 398               
                : Saluda, SC  29138
       Location : Hwy. 121                      
                : Saluda, SC  29138
          Phone : 445-2146
          Owner : Saluda Nursing Ctr. Board of Directors  
  Administrator : Robert F. Bowles         
 License Number : NCF265
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :   44

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Saluda County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Saluda
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                          Heritage Court Apartments
                           425 South Church Street
                           Spartanburg, S.C.  29301
                                (803) 585-8595
                              Spartanburg County

Contact Person:...............................Hardwick/Elaine Hatcher, Site
                                              Managers
Proportion of residents from other states:....Very small portion
Residential capacity..........................296
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 148 apartments
Description of Units.................. Low rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. No paid security system
Safety features of unit............... Hand rails in halls, bathroom grab bars
                                       smoke alarms, sprinkler system,
                                       emergency buzzers
Handicapped accommodations............ 15 handicapped designed units
Visitor tour available................ Must be accompanied by tenant/manager
Financial soundness information shared:  Literature
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Monthly newsletter, one-on-one basis,
                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Must able to live independently
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... By income
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Determined by circumstances
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... None, unless otherwise covered in lease
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Depends on whether a physician produces 
                                       a statement concerning the temporary 
                                       basis
                              White Oak Estates
                         PO Box 3372, 400 Webber Road
                            Spartanburg, SC  29302
                                (803) 579-7004
                              Spartanburg County

Contact Person:...............................Oliver Cecil, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....Estimated to be greater than
                                              25%
Residential capacity..........................244
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 78
Description of Units.................. Two bedroom apartment units
Nursing home ......................... YES, 88 beds
Units purchased or rented              Rented
Security provisions .................. 24hr security
Safety features of unit............... Nurse call system, grab bars in
                                       bathroom, smoke alarms
Handicapped accommodations............ Ground floor entry, handicap units
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Years company in business
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident association

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Health status
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges................... YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Limited to CPI increases in any
                                       year
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Discharge
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Continue rental fee or release apt.,
                                       10 days free stay per year
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ As long as monthly fee paid
                                 Skylyn Hall
                              1705 Skylyn Drive
                            Spartanburg, SC  29302
                                (803) 582-6838
                              Spartanburg County

Contact Person:...............................Rev. C. Ben Smith
Proportion of residents from other states:....6%
Residential capacity..........................384
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 240
Description of Units.................. One, two, and three bedrooms apartments
Nursing home ......................... YES, 44 skilled & intermediate beds
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Security 24hrs a day
                                       Gate to parking lot monitored
Safety features of unit............... Smoke detector in each apartment
                                       Sprinkler head in each room
                                       Emergency call system to security office
Handicapped accommodations............ Doors access wheelchairs
                                       Twelve apartments for handicapped
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared.private conference
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Weekly meeting is held with all        
                                       residents and representatives
                                       from administration

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 55yrs of age ambulatory/ no need for 
                                         daily physician care
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Pre-determined by a financial          
                                         feasibility study
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... No policy, other than "fee for service"
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... If for long term care, vacate apartment
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ 30 days per year at no additional other 
                                        than monthly charges









INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPARTANBURG - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS              
-DOC-
              SPARTANBURG - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Benchmark Home - Spartanburg            
Mailing Address : 195 Burdette St.         
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
       Location : 450 W. Henry St.              
                : Spartanburg, SC  29301
          Phone : 585-0322
          Owner : Charles Lea Ctr. for Rehab etc.    
  Administrator : Loren Libby              
 License Number : 404
    No. of Beds :  13











       Facility : Camelot II                              
Mailing Address : 124 Knollwood Dr.        
                : Spartanburg, SC       
       Location : 124 Knollwood Drive           
                : Spartanburg, SC  29301
          Phone : 576-8351
          Owner : Murry Medical Manor, Inc.          
  Administrator : Paul E. Murray           
 License Number : 341
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Cannon Manor Boarding Home              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 5348           
                : Spartanburg, SC  29304
       Location : 366 Alexander Avenue          
                : Spartanburg, SC  29301
          Phone : 585-3962
          Owner : Cannon Manor, Inc.                 
  Administrator : John R. Cannon           
 License Number : 225
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Crest Haven Community Care Home         
Mailing Address : 259 Old Spart. Rd.       
                : Lyman, SC       
       Location : 259 Old Spartanburg Road      
                : Lyman, SC  29365
          Phone : 439-8884
          Owner : Alice S. Pearson                   
  Administrator : Alice S. Pearson         
 License Number : 211
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Geneva and Curtis Residential Care Fac. 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 204            
                : Spartanburg, SC       
       Location : 152 Palisade St.              
                : Spartanburg, SC  29304
          Phone : 583-9419
          Owner : Geneva C. Whitmire                 
  Administrator : Geneva C. Whitmire       
 License Number : 215
    No. of Beds :  46











       Facility : Green Acres                             
Mailing Address : 750 Fulton Ave.          
                : Spartanburg, SC  29303
       Location : 750 Fulton Ave.               
                : Spartanburg, SC  29303
          Phone : 583-7759
          Owner : Fratie F. Linzner                  
  Administrator : Fratie F. Linzner        
 License Number : 214
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Hall's Residential Care Facility        
Mailing Address : Rt. 7, Box 422 FF        
                : Spartanburg, SC       
       Location : New Cut Rd.                   
                : Spartanburg, SC  29303
          Phone : 582-6926
          Owner : Doris G. Hall                      
  Administrator : Doris G. Hall            
 License Number : 384
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Inman Boarding Home                     
Mailing Address : 51 N. Main St.           
                : Inman, SC       
       Location : 51 North Main St.             
                : Inman, SC  29349
          Phone : 472-9370
          Owner : Mrs. C. Welton Johnson             
  Administrator : Henry A. Johnson         
 License Number : 226
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Marantha Manor I                        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 2847           
                : Spartanburg, SC  29304
       Location : 2902 E. Main St., Ext.        
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
          Phone : 579-0086
          Owner : Joyce G. Wood & J. Renee Ward      
  Administrator : Joyce G. Ward            
 License Number : 152
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Marantha Manor II                       
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 2847           
                : Spartanburg, SC  29304
       Location : 2902 E. Main St., Ext.        
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
          Phone : 579-4588
          Owner : Joyce G. Ward & J. Renee Ward      
  Administrator : Joyce G. Ward            
 License Number : 45 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Marantha Manor III                      
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 2847           
                : Spartanburg, SC  29304
       Location : 2902 E. Main St., Ext.        
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
          Phone : 579-0086
          Owner : Joyce G. Ward & J. Renee Ward      
  Administrator : Joyce G. Ward            
 License Number : 277
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Midway Adult Res. Care Facility #1A     
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 51            
                : Moore, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 51                 
                : Moore, SC  29369
          Phone : 439-4775
          Owner : Cantrell/Walker/Burnett            
  Administrator : James J. Cantrell        
 License Number : 320
    No. of Beds :  14











       Facility : Midway Adult Res. Care Facility #2      
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 51            
                : Moore, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 51                 
                : Moore, SC  29369
          Phone : 439-4775
          Owner : Cantrell/Walker/Burnett            
  Administrator : James J. Cantrell        
 License Number : 321
    No. of Beds :  25











       Facility : Midway Adult Res. Care Facility #3      
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 51            
                : Moore, SC  29369
       Location : Rt. 1, Box 51                 
                : Moore, SC  29369
          Phone : 439-4775
          Owner : James J. Cantrell                  
  Administrator : James J. Cantrell        
 License Number : 346
    No. of Beds :  19











       Facility : Midway Adult Res. Care Facility #4      
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 51            
                : Moore, SC       
       Location : Rt. 1, Box 51                 
                : Moore, SC  29369
          Phone : 477-4775
          Owner : Cantrell/Burnett/Walker            
  Administrator : James J. Cantrell        
 License Number : 322
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Midway Residential Care Facility #1     
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 51            
                : Moore, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 541                
                : Moore, SC  29369
          Phone : 439-4775
          Owner : Cantrell/Burnett/Walker            
  Administrator : James J. Cantrell        
 License Number : 318
    No. of Beds :  13











       Facility : Oakridge Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : Rt. 6, Box 299           
                : Inman, SC       
       Location : Crompton River Bridge Rd.     
                : Inman, SC  29349
          Phone : 472-6979
          Owner : Oakridge Community Care Home, Inc. 
  Administrator : Robecca Laughter         
 License Number : 241
    No. of Beds :  30











       Facility : Oakridge Community Care Home #2         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 326            
                : Inman, SC  29349
       Location : 35 South Howard St.           
                : Inman, SC  29349
          Phone : 472-6979
          Owner : Oakridge Community Care Home, Inc. 
  Administrator : Rebecca Laughter         
 License Number : 429
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Quite Spot                              
Mailing Address : 729 Fulton Ave.          
                : Spartanburg, SC       
       Location : 729 Fulton Ave.               
                : Spartanburg, SC  29303
          Phone : 583-7759
          Owner : Fratie F. Linzner                  
  Administrator : Fratie F. Linzner        
 License Number : 207
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Reid's Boarding Home #1                 
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 100           
                : Wellford, SC       
       Location : Old Hwy. 29                   
                : Wellford, SC  29385
          Phone : 439-9238
          Owner : David & Betty Reid & Judy Daniel   
  Administrator : Judy C. Daniels          
 License Number : 273
    No. of Beds :  23











       Facility : Reid's Boarding Home #2                 
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 100           
                : Wellford, SC       
       Location : Old Hwy. 29                   
                : Wellford, SC  29385
          Phone : 439-9238
          Owner : David & Betty Reid & Judy Daniels  
  Administrator : Judy C. Daniel           
 License Number : 274
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Rosedale Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 363            
                : Campobello, SC       
       Location : 107 Montgomery St.            
                : Campobello, SC  29322
          Phone : 472-6191
          Owner : John D. Garland                    
  Administrator : John D. Garland          
 License Number : 74 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Shady Oak Boarding Home                 
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Hwy. 150          
                : Pacolet, SC  29372
       Location : Rt. 1, Hwy. 150               
                : Pacolet, SC  29372
          Phone : 474-9556
          Owner : Bonnie Petty and Aughtry Hyatt     
  Administrator : Aughtry Hyatt            
 License Number : 419
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : White Oak Estates, Inc.                 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3372           
                : Spartanburg, SC  29304
       Location : 400 Webber Rd.                
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
          Phone : 582-7503
          Owner : White Oak Estates, Inc.            
  Administrator : Oliver K. Cecil, Jr.     
 License Number : 436
    No. of Beds :  44











       Facility : Winn's Residential Care                 
Mailing Address : 137 Millwood Dr.         
                : Spartanburg, SC       
       Location : 137 Millwood Dr.              
                : Spartanburg, SC  29301
          Phone : 583-8818
          Owner : Barbara W. Winn & Daniel Winn, Jr. 
  Administrator : Barbara W. Winn          
 License Number : 298
    No. of Beds :   8







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPARTANBURG - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES              
-DOC-
              SPARTANBURG - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : C. W. Johnson ICF, Inc.                 
Mailing Address : 82 N. Main St.              
                : Inman, SC  29349
       Location : 82 N. Main St.                
                : Inman, SC  29349
          Phone : 472-6636
          Owner : C. W. Johnson ICF, Inc.                 
  Administrator : Timothy A. Johnson       
 License Number : ICF126
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   44





       Facility : Camp Care, Inc.                         
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 847                
                : Inman, SC  29349
       Location : 84 Blackstock Rd.             
                : Inman, SC  29349
          Phone : 472-2028
          Owner : Camp Care Inc.                          
  Administrator : Carol N. Camp            
 License Number : ICF133
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   88

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPARTANBURG - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                  
-DOC-
                  SPARTANBURG - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Camphaven Nursing Home                  
Mailing Address : Rt 4, Box 1                 
                : Inman, SC  29349
       Location : 63 Blackstock Rd.             
                : Inman, SC  29349
          Phone : 472-9055
          Owner : Service Management, Inc.                
  Administrator : William R. Camp, Jr.     
 License Number : NCF403
   Beds - Total :  176
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  176
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Inman Nursing Home                      
Mailing Address : Post Office Box 266         
                : Inman, SC  29349
       Location : 51 N. Main Street             
                : Inman, SC  29349
          Phone : 472-9370
          Owner : Inman Nursing Facilities, Inc.          
  Administrator : H. Wayne Johnson         
 License Number : NCF195
   Beds - Total :   40
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   40
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Lakeview Nursing Center                 
Mailing Address : Rt. 13, Hwy. 585            
                : Spartanburg, SC  29303
       Location : Smith Road                    
                : Spartanburg, SC  29303
          Phone : 578-2560
          Owner : Kale Health Care Facility. LTD          
  Administrator : Nancy Zahoranski         
 License Number : NCF324
   Beds - Total :   52
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   52
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Mountainview Nursing Home               
Mailing Address : 340 Cedar Sprg Rd.          
                : Spartg, SC  29302
       Location : 340 Cedar Springs Rd.         
                : Spartg, SC  29302
          Phone : 583-4175
          Owner : Community Services for the Aging, Inc.  
  Administrator : Wilson K. Dillard        
 License Number : NCF149
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :   44





       Facility : Pinewood Convalescent Center            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 4l27, Sta B       
                : Spartg, SC  29303
       Location : 375 Serpentine Dr.            
                : Spartg, SC  29303
          Phone : 585-0218
          Owner : Service Management, Inc.                
  Administrator : Geraldine G. Finch       
 License Number : NCF369
   Beds - Total :   95
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   95
~r     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Spartanburg Convalescent Center Inc.    
Mailing Address : 295 E. Pearl St.            
                : Spartanburg, SC  29303
       Location : 295 East Pearl St.            
                : Spartanburg, SC  29303
          Phone : 585-0241
          Owner : White Oak Manor, Inc.                   
  Administrator : Barbara H. Adams         
 License Number : NCF246
   Beds - Total :  192
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  148
     Beds - Icf :   44





       Facility : White Oak Estates                       
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3372              
~r                : Spartanburg, SC  29304
       Location : 400 Webber Rd.                
                : Spartanburg, SC  29304
          Phone : 582-7503
          Owner : White Oak Estates, Inc.                 
  Administrator : B. Terrell Ball          
 License Number : NCF466
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Woodruff Health Care                    
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 879               
                : Woodruff, SC  29388
       Location : Road 50                       
                : Woodruff, SC  29388
          Phone : 476-64l3
          Owner : Cathcart and Associates, Inc.           
  Administrator : Martha G. Cathcart       
 License Number : NCF462
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Spartanburg County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPARTANBURG - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION               
-DOC-
               SPARTANBURG - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Benchmark Homes - Cowpens               
Mailing Address : 195 Burdette St.            
                : Cowpens, SC  29302
       Location : 204 Goforth St.               
                : Cowpens, SC  29330
          Phone : 585-0322
          Owner : Charles Lea Center                      
  Administrator : Roy B. Williams          
 License Number : M15 60
   Beds - Total :   12
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   12





       Facility : J. D. Ferguson Community Residence #1   
Mailing Address : 195 Burdette St.            
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
       Location : 123 Park Place                
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
          Phone : 585-9504
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Roy B. Williams          
 License Number : M15 62
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : J. D. Ferguson Community Residence #2   
Mailing Address : 195 Burdette St.            
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
       Location : 123 Park Place                
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
          Phone : 585-9504
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Roy B. Williams          
 License Number : M15 63
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Spartanburg Community Residence #1      
Mailing Address : 195 Burdette St.            
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
       Location : 29 Long Dr.                   
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
          Phone : 585-0322
          Owner : Charles Lea Ctr Rehab & Spec. Ed., Inc. 
  Administrator : Loren L. Libby           
 License Number : M1517 
   Beds - Total :   15
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   15





       Facility : Spartanburg Community Residence #2      
Mailing Address : 195 Burdette St.            
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
       Location : 29 Long Dr.                   
                : Spartanburg, SC  29302
          Phone : 585-0322
          Owner : Charles Lea Ctr Rehab & Spec. Ed., Inc. 
  Administrator : Loren L. Libby           
 License Number : M1518 
   Beds - Total :   15
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   15

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Sumter County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUMTER - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                SUMTER - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Atkinson East Community Residence       
Mailing Address : 13 Kendrick St.          
                : Sumter, SC  29150
       Location : 13 Kendrick St.               
                : Sumter, SC  29150
          Phone : 775-9466
          Owner : Sumter Cty. MR Board               
  Administrator : Marie D. McDaniel        
 License Number : 99 
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Atkinson West Community Residence       
Mailing Address : 162 Community St.        
                : Sumter, SC  29150
       Location : 162 Community St.             
                : Sumter, SC  29150
          Phone : 775-9466
          Owner : Sumter Cty. MR Board               
  Administrator : Marie D. McDaniel        
 License Number : 104
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Brown's Rest Home                       
Mailing Address : 1009 Collins             
                : Sumter, SC       
       Location : 1009 Collins St.              
                : Sumter, SC  29150
          Phone : 775-4194
          Owner : Lucy Brown                         
  Administrator : Lucy Brown               
 License Number : 178
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : H & H Moses Residential Care Facility   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 54             
                : Borden, SC  29150
       Location : Highway 76                    
                : Borden, SC  29017
          Phone : 499-4762
          Owner : Henrietta Moses                    
  Administrator : Henrietta Moses          
 License Number : 72 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Johnson's Community Care Home           
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 101 B         
                : Rembert, SC  29128
       Location : Route 2                       
                : Rembert, SC       
          Phone : 499-4570
          Owner : Pauline Johnson                    
  Administrator : Pauline Johnson          
 License Number : 342
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Liberty House                           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 39             
                : Sumter, SC       
       Location : 221 West Liberty St.          
                : Sumter, SC  29150
          Phone : 775-6815
          Owner : Sumter County Commission on ADA    
  Administrator : Donald R. Walters        
 License Number : 395
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : McElveen's Family Care Home             
Mailing Address : Rt. 8, Box 370           
                : Sumter, SC       
       Location : Rt. 8, Box 370                
                : Sumter, SC  29150
          Phone : 773-5397
          Owner : Rosa L. McElveen & Randolph Hennix 
  Administrator : Randolph Hennix          
 License Number : 377
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Rhames Home for the Elderly             
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 979           
                : Pinewood, SC       
       Location : Rt. 2, Box 979                
                : Pinewood, SC  29125
          Phone : 452-5734
          Owner : Theresa W. Rhames                  
  Administrator : Theresa W. Rhames        
 License Number : 21 
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Samuel's Residential Care Facility      
Mailing Address : 936 Samuels St.          
                : Sumter, SC       
       Location : 936 Samuels St.               
                : Sumter, SC  29150
          Phone : 775-4165
          Owner : Bertha Samuel                      
  Administrator : Bertha Samuel            
 License Number : 262
    No. of Beds :  30











       Facility : Wilson Residential Care Facility        
Mailing Address : Rt. 2, Box 81 B          
                : Rembert, SC       
       Location : Rt. 2, Box 81 B               
                : Rembert, SC  29128
          Phone : 499-3025
          Owner : Gertrude Wilson                    
  Administrator : Gertrude Wilson          
 License Number : 168
    No. of Beds :   2







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUMTER - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                 
-DOC-
                 SUMTER - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Community ICF                           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 6051              
                : Sumter, SC  29150
       Location : 703 Broad Street              
                : Sumter, SC  29150
          Phone : 773-6525
          Owner : Community ICF, Inc.                     
  Administrator : Harold Hallums           
 License Number : ICF3  
   Beds - Total :   20
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   20





       Facility : Hopewell Healthcare Center              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 818               
                : Sumter, SC  29151
       Location : 1761 Pinewood Rd.             
                : Sumter, SC  29l50
          Phone : 481-8591
          Owner : National Healthcare Ctr. of Sumter, Inc.
  Administrator : Mayes P. Warr            
 License Number : ICF175
   Beds - Total :   96
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   96

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUMTER - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                     
-DOC-
                     SUMTER - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Cypress Nursing Facility                
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 1526               
                : Sumter, SC  29151
       Location : Carolina Ave.                 
                : Sumter, SC  29151
          Phone : 775-5394
          Owner : Cypress Nursing Facility, Inc.          
  Administrator : Linda Charpentier        
 License Number : NCF360
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   88
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Hampton Nursing Center, Inc.            
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 1568               
                : Sumter, SC  29151
       Location : Miller Road                   
                : Sumter, SC  29151
          Phone : 775-8376
          Owner : Hampton Nursing Center, Inc.            
  Administrator : Danny Charpentier        
 License Number : NCF305
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : National Health Care of Sumter          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1524              
                : Sumter, SC  29151
       Location : 1018 N. Guignard Dr.          
                : Sumter, SC  29150
          Phone : 773-5567
          Owner : National Health Care Ctr. of Sumter Inc.
  Administrator : Mayes P. Warr            
 License Number : NCF446
   Beds - Total :  100
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  100
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Sumter County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUMTER - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                 
-DOC-
                 SUMTER - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Thomas Drive Community Residence        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3209              
                : Sumter, SC  29502
       Location : 4 Thomas Drive                
                : Sumter, SC  29150
          Phone : 669-3661
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Fred Fuller              
 License Number : M15 73
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Union County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
UNION - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                 
-DOC-
                 UNION - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed community residential centers in Union County.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Union County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
}i                     UNION - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
-DOC-
}i                     UNION - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Ellen Sagar Nursing Home                
Mailing Address : Route 4, Highway 176        
                : Union, SC  29379
       Location : Hwy 176 North Rt.4            
                : Union, SC  29379
          Phone : 427-9533
          Owner : Union Hospital District Board           
  Administrator : Leo M. Newton            
 License Number : NCF217
   Beds - Total :   64
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   64
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Oakmont of Union                        
Mailing Address : 201 Rice St. Ext.           
                : Union, SC  29379
       Location : 201 Rice St. Ext.             
                : Union, SC  29379
          Phone : 427-0306
          Owner : Health Care & Retirement Corp of America
  Administrator : Frances A. Harvey        
 License Number : NCF443
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :   44

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Union County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Union
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Williamsburg County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WILLIAMSBURG - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS             
-DOC-
             WILLIAMSBURG - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Gordon Residential Care #2              
Mailing Address : Rt. 4                    
                : Cades, SC       
       Location : Rt. 4                         
                : Cades, SC  29518
          Phone : 354-6214
          Owner : Susie M. & Rev. B. J. Gordon, Jr.  
  Administrator : Susie M. Gordon          
 License Number : 325
    No. of Beds :   5











       Facility : Gordon's Residential Care #1            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 147            
                : Salters, SC       
       Location : Hwy. 521                      
                : Salters, SC  29590
          Phone : 387-6322
          Owner : Susie M. & Rev. B. J. Gordon, Jr.  
  Administrator : Rev. B. J. Gordon        
 License Number : 16 
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Kingstree Residential Care Facility     
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 359            
                : Kingstree, SC       
       Location : 209 Academy St.               
                : Kingstree, SC  29556
          Phone : 354-6116
          Owner : Carlyle Cooke                      
  Administrator : Carlyle Cooke            
 License Number : 308
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Sarah's Adult Care Facility             
Mailing Address : 727 Wheeler St.          
                : Kingstree, SC       
       Location : 727 Wheeler St.               
                : Kingstree, SC  29556
          Phone : 354-7917
          Owner : Lillie Rivers                      
  Administrator : Lillie Rivers            
 License Number : 117
    No. of Beds :   4











       Facility : Sunny Pines Community Residential Care  
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 317-F         
                : Andrews, SC       
       Location : Rt. 3, Box 317-F              
                : Andrews, SC  29510
          Phone : 221-7436
          Owner : Mattie H. Durousseau               
  Administrator : Mattie H. Durousseau     
 License Number : 98 
    No. of Beds :  18











       Facility : Williamsburg Residential Care Facility  
Mailing Address : 612 Adams St.            
                : Kingstree, SC       
       Location : 612 Adams St.                 
                : Kingstree, SC  29556
          Phone : 354-6214
          Owner : Rev. B. J. & Susie M. Gordon       
  Administrator : Rev. B. J. Gordon        
 License Number : 38 
    No. of Beds :  24







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Williamsburg County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WILLIAMSBURG - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                  
-DOC-
                  WILLIAMSBURG - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Kingstree Nursing Facility, Inc.        
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 359                
                : Kingstree, SC  29556
       Location : 110 Mill Street               
                : Kingstree, SC  29556
          Phone : 354-6116
          Owner : Kingstree Nursing Fac., Inc.            
  Administrator : Carlyle Cooke            
 License Number : NCF398
   Beds - Total :   70
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :   26
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Williamsburg County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WILLIAMSBURG - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION              
-DOC-
              WILLIAMSBURG - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Kingstree Community Residence           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 820               
                : Kingstree, SC  29556
       Location : Frierson Homes-Lexington      
                : Kingstree, SC  29556
          Phone : 354-9670
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Brent Koyle              
 License Number : M1520 
   Beds - Total :   14
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   14

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                              Westminister Towers
                               751 McDow Drive
                             Rock Hill, SC  29731
                                (803) 329-5121
                                 York County

Contact Person:...............................Bobby Sumner, Marketing Dir.
Proportion of residents from other states:....11%

                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 153
Description of Units.................. High rise (6 story bldg)
Nursing home ......................... YES, has certificate of need for 44 bed 
                                       skilled nursing unit, 11 assisted
                                       living apts.
Units purchased or rented............. Residency fee (life use of apt.)
                                       90% Refundable
Security provisions .................. Security/nurses station 24 hrs/day
Safety features of unit............... Emergency pulls in baths & kitchens, 
                                       smoke detectors, elevators, grab bars
                                       in tub/shower
Handicapped accomodations............. All apts. wheelchair accessible, 
                                       8 fully equipped handicap apts.
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  YES
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident Association

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Youngest person must be 62 yrs old
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. Residency fee must be paid in full when 
                                       community opens and resident takes
                                       occupancy; presently 10% of fee is paid
                                       at the time application is filed
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... At present, based on projected revenues 
                                       and expenses. Future will be be based
                                       on actual operating costs
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Contingent on Board of Dir. decision
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... 15 days per year at no additional 
                                       charge not cumulative; after 15 days,
                                       fee increases to amount set by Board of
                                       Directors.
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Resident's discretion









INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
YORK - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                 
-DOC-
                 YORK - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Bolin's Home for the Aged               
Mailing Address : 334 Hampton St.          
                : Rock Hill, SC       
       Location : 334 Hampton St.               
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 329-1455
          Owner : Dorothy B. Bolin                   
  Administrator : Dorthy B. Bolin          
 License Number : 85 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Catawba Community Care Home             
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 65             
                : Catawba, SC  29704
       Location : Rt. 1, Rowell's Road          
                : Catawba, SC  29704
          Phone : 329-3377
          Owner : Max Jordan & Maxine Giles          
  Administrator : Max Jordan/Maxine Giles  
 License Number : 213
    No. of Beds :  75











       Facility : Ebenezer Residential Care               
Mailing Address : 111 Sedgewood Dr.        
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
       Location : 111 Sedgewood Dr.             
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 329-6565
          Owner : Ebenezer Nursing Home Inc.         
  Administrator : Jack Fallaw              
 License Number : 430
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Fallaw Residential Care                 
Mailing Address : 305 N. Confed.           
                : Rock Hill, SC       
       Location : 305 N. Confederate Ave.       
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 328-1185
          Owner : FRC, Inc.                          
  Administrator : Cheryl H. Fallaw         
 License Number : 294
    No. of Beds :  38











       Facility : Greenwood Community Care Home           
Mailing Address : Rt. 3, Box 132           
                : Rock Hill, SC       
       Location : Rt. 3, Box 132                
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 329-4913
          Owner : Sylvia J. Wright & James E. Wright 
  Administrator : Sylvia J. Wright         
 License Number : 19 
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Keystone Detoxification Center          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 4437           
                : Rock Hill, SC  29731
       Location : 101 Sedgewood Dr.             
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 324-1800
          Owner : York Cty. Commission on ADA        
  Administrator : Bonnie B. Gladden        
 License Number : 420
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Lola Home                               
Mailing Address : 421 Hutchison St.        
                : Rock Hill, SC       
       Location : 421 Hutchison St.             
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 328-0902
          Owner : Janice W. Roberts                  
  Administrator : Janice W. Roberts        
 License Number : 12 
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Lucas Street Community Residence        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 10820          
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
       Location : 729 Lucas St.                 
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 324-5161
          Owner : York County MR/DD Board            
  Administrator : Danny L. Hinson          
 License Number : 105
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Rabun Circle Community Residence        
Mailing Address : 558 Rabun Circle         
                : Rock Hill, SC       
       Location : 558 Rabun Circle              
                : Rock Hill, SC  29731
          Phone : 324-5161
          Owner : York County MR/DD Board            
  Administrator : Danny L. Hinson          
 License Number : 189
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Sonshine Village, Inc.                  
Mailing Address : 1765 India Hook          
                : Rock Hill, SC       
       Location : 1765 India Hook Rd.           
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 366-9572
          Owner : Sonshine Village, Inc.             
  Administrator : Patricia A. Dietrich     
 License Number : 265
    No. of Beds :  10







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
YORK - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                  
-DOC-
                  YORK - LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Magnolia Manor North                    
Mailing Address : 127 Murrah Dr.              
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
       Location : 127 Murrah Dr.                
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 324-7591
          Owner : Service Management Incorporated         
  Administrator : J. David Niday           
 License Number : ICF143
   Beds - Total :   62
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :   62

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
YORK - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                      
-DOC-
                      YORK - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Divine Savior Nursing Home              
Mailing Address : Post Off. Box 629           
                : York, SC  29745
       Location : 111 S. Congress Street        
                : York, SC  29745
          Phone : 684-4231
          Owner : Divine Savior Hospital                  
  Administrator : John W. Bailey           
 License Number : NCF211
   Beds - Total :   51
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   51
     Beds - Icf :    0
}i




       Facility : Dowdy Gardner Nursing Care Ctr.         
Mailing Address : 101 Sedgewood Dr.           
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
       Location : 10l Sedgewood Dr.             
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 329-6500
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. H.                    
  Administrator : Doug L. Shuman           
 License Number : NCF463
   Beds - Total :  220
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :  132





       Facility : Ebenezer Nursing Home                   
Mailing Address : 111 Sedgewood Dr.           
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
       Location : 111 Sedgewood Dr.             
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 329-6565
          Owner : Ebenezer Nursing Home, Inc.             
  Administrator : Jack Fallaw              
 License Number : NCF464
   Beds - Total :   37
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
q     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   37
     Beds - Icf :    0





       Facility : Meadow Haven Nursing Center             
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 4478 CRS          
                : Rock Hill, SC  29731
       Location : 205 S. Herlong Ave.           
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 366-7133
          Owner : Beverly Enterprises - S. C., Inc.       
  Administrator : James J. Burke           
 License Number : NCF374
   Beds - Total :  132
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :   88





       Facility : Rock Hill Convalescent Center, Inc.     
Mailing Address : 1915 Ebenezer Rd.           
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
       Location : 1915 Ebenezer Rd.             
                : Rock Hill, SC  29730
          Phone : 366-8155
          Owner : White Oak Manor, Inc.                   
  Administrator : Stephani G. Johnson      
 License Number : NCF318
   Beds - Total :  141
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  141
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in York County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in York
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES                        
-DOC-
                        ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE SERVICES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                         Mr. John J. Fontana, Director
             Abbeville County Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse
                                 P.O. Box 921
                              111 South Main St.
                             Abbeville, SC  29620
                                   459-9661
                                   459-9662

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Program Assistance Line (PAL)                         
-DOC-
                         Program Assistance Line (PAL)
      Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Spec.

    PAL is the statewide information and referral service, established in 1979
under the Lieutenant Governor.  It was set up to help people find the state
agency to best meet their needs.  Housing assistance for the poor and elderly,
job training, health and counseling services for pregnant teens are examples of
the kinds of information available.  A data base on license requirements and
sources of technical assistance for persons starting a small business has
recently been added.  To access PAL call 1-800-922-2221.  From columbia you may
call 734-2050,734-2072, or 734-1864.  If you forget the numbers, the "800"
number is listed in the front of every telephone book in South Carolina.


Source:

    Maria Romero, Director
    PAL
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE SOUTH CAROLINA HANDICAPPED SERVUCES INFORMATION SYSTEM           
-DOC-
          THE SOUTH CAROLINA HANDICAPPED SERVUCES INFORMATION SYSTEM 
  Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life and Human Development Specialist

    The South Carolina Handicapped Services Information system (SCHSIS) is a
computerized information and referral system that provides a central source of
information on services available in South Carolina to handicapped citizens. 
This system contains a wide range of detailed information on services available
from state agencies, hospitals, private associations, voluntary organizations,
support groups and many more. By dialing this toll free number, 1-800-922-1107,
or in Columbia, 777-5732, you can reach a trained counselor who will
immediately (over the phone) help you find the service to meet your specific
needs.  This service is available Monday - Friday, 8:30 a.m.- 5:00 p.m.

                                      
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                               
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist
  
                        Due West Retirement Center
                                 P.O. Box 307
                             Due West, SC  29639
                                (803) 379-2570
                               Abbeville County

Contact Person:...............................Dr. Betty W. Berrios, Dir.
Proportion of residents from other states:....34%
Residential capacity..........................42

                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 42 apartments
Description of Units.................. 12 cluster cottages, 2 duplexes, 3 
                                       detached houses
Nursing home ......................... Contractual agreement with local nursing
                                       home
Units purchased or rented............. Life lease
Security provisions .................. No security personnel, 24 hr live-in 
                                       director
Safety features of unit............... Panic alarms, smoke alarms
Handicapped accommodations............ No steps, handrails, but not 
                                       specifically designed for handicap
                                       persons
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Annual audit shared upon request
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' Council


                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 60 yrs and over, able to care for self,
                                       financially able to pay for services, 
                                       one supplementary policy to medicare
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Recommendations by the Director to the
                                       Board
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... NONE
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay for services/care received
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Temporary basis


This information provided by the JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE, 
Representative Patrick B. Harris, Chairman.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Abbeville County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Abbeville County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Abbeville 
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                               
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS 
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist 
 
                            The Ledges Apartments 
                                  Sikes Hill
                           North Augusta, SC  29841
                                (803) 279-1776
                                 Aiken County

Contact Person:...............................Barbara Foos
Proportion of residents from other states:....Information unavailable
Residential capacity..........................84
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 84
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. Dead bolt locks, entrance/exit locked  
                                       at night, manager resides on side of
                                       facility
Safety features of unit............... Smoke alarm, 2 pull emerg. alarms,
                                       safety bars in tub
Handicapped accommodations............ 4 units w/ lowered shelves, 4 units 
                                       with roll-in showers, all 8 units w/low
                                       light switches and kitchen sink
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Shared as needed
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident meetings, newsletter

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Able to care for self,, over 62 or 
                                       handicapped, income per HUD
                                       requirements - Section 8
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Per HUD regulations
Refund method outlined in contract.... Information unavailable
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... In accordance w/ HUD reg. for Sec. 8
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Resident may cancel lease  w/ 30 day 
                                       notice
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Temporary absences are allowed


/$
                              Croft House, Inc. 
                            356 York Street, N.E.
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                                (803) 648-0771
                                 Aiken County

Contact Person:...............................Elaine Jackson, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....50%
Residential capacity..........................64
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 60 apartments
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. 24 hr security
Safety features of unit............... 2 emergency cords, handrails, 
                                       smoke alarms
Handicapped accommodations............ 8 apartments for handicapped persons
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Resident meeting or notices
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Monthly newsletters, posting notices

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Age, health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Income
Refund method outlined in contract.... No refund w/o 30 day notice
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Rent based on income
Residents financial responsibility 
should he/she be transferred to a 
nursing facility...................... Family's decision 
Length of time living unit will be 
maintained in the event of 
temporary nursing home placement...... 3 months 

                                Kalmia Landing 
                                125 Gregg Ave.
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                                (803) 649-5391
                                 Aiken County

Contact Person:...............................Carol Poore
Proportion of residents from other states:....50%
Residential capacity..........................233 upon completion
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 45
Description of Units.................. Condos, patio homes, villas (one level)
Nursing home ......................... NO (Contractual agreement Aiken Nursing
                                       Home)
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. 24 hr secured entrance, electronic gate
                                       same for condo
Safety features of unit............... 24hr life line system, 3 ft. wide 
                                       doorways, buddy system with neighbors
Handicapped accommodations............ No steps
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Upon request
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Homeowner's Association (Corporation 
                                       serves on committee), Resident Advisory
                                       Board

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES, when 90% developed
Eligibility requirements.............. 50+
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. In protective covenant
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... YES
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Lien against
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay both charges
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Owner's/family's discretion
 
                              Croft House, Inc. 
                            356 York Street, N.E.
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                                (803) 648-0771
                                 Aiken County

Contact Person:...............................Elaine Jackson, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....50%
Residential capacity..........................64
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 60 apartments
Description of Units.................. High rise
Nursing home ......................... None
Units purchased or rented............. Rented
Security provisions .................. 24 hr security
Safety features of unit............... 2 emergency cords, handrails, 
                                       smoke alarms
Handicapped accommodations............ 8 apartments for handicapped persons
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Resident meeting or notices
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Monthly newsletters, posting notices

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. Age, health status
Government subsidized................. YES
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Income
Refund method outlined in contract.... No refund w/o 30 day notice
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Rent based on income
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Family's decision
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary 
nursing home placement................ 3 months 
                                Kalmia Landing 
                                125 Gregg Ave.
                               Aiken, SC  29801
                                (803) 649-5391
                                 Aiken County

Contact Person:...............................Carol Poore
Proportion of residents from other states:....50%
Residential capacity..........................233 upon completion
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 45
Description of Units.................. Condos, patio homes, villas (one level)
Nursing home ......................... NO (Contractual agreement Aiken Nursing
                                       Home)
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. 24 hr secured entrance, electronic gate
                                       same for condo
Safety features of unit............... 24hr life line system, 3 ft. wide 
                                       doorways, buddy system with neighbors
Handicapped accommodations............ No steps
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Upon request
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Homeowner's Association (Corporation 
                                       serves on committee), Resident Advisory
                                       Board

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES, when 90% developed
Eligibility requirements.............. 50+
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. In protective covenant
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... YES
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Lien against
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay both charges
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Owner's/family's discretion









INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING, 
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN. 
 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Aiken County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no retirement centers in Allendale County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALLENDALE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               ALLENDALE - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Oakhurst Community Care #2              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 327            
                : Allendale, SC  29810
       Location : 88 Belle St.                  
                : Allendale, SC  29810
          Phone : 584-4090
          Owner : Woodrow Daniels, Sr.               
  Administrator : Woodrow Daniels, Jr.     
 License Number : 423
    No. of Beds :  20







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Allendale County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ALLENDALE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   ALLENDALE - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : John Edward Harter Nursing Center       
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 218                
                : Fairfax, SC  29827
       Location : Hwy 278 W                     
                : Fairfax, SC  29827
          Phone : 632-3311
          Owner : Allendale Hosp. Bd. of Trustees         
  Administrator : M.K. Hiatt               
 License Number : NCF259
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Allendale County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Allendale
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                                Anderson Place
                                 P.O. Box 123
                              Anderson, SC  29622
                                (803) 231-6264
                                Anderson County

Contact Person:...............................Lesley Parks, Exec. Dir.
Proportion of residents from other states:....25%
Residential capacity..........................100
                               SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 70
Description of Units.................. Condominiums
Nursing home ......................... YES
Units purchased or rented............. Life leased
Security provisions .................. 24hr security, one entrance/exit
Safety features of unit............... No steps, fenced areas, smoke alarms,
                                       grab bars, emergency call
Handicapped accommodations............ Doors access wheelchairs 2 units with
                                       ramps
Visitor tour available................ YES, by appointment
Financial soundness information shared:  Information unavailable
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents'Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 60 yrs of age or older, income,
                                       no communicable disease
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of Directors
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Vacate unit
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Information unavailable
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Information unavailable








INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ANDERSON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               ANDERSON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Alexander's Residential Care Facility   
Mailing Address : 1302 S. McDuffie         
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 1302 S. McDuffie St.          
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 225-6901
          Owner : Robbie Alexander                   
  Administrator : Robbie Alexander         
 License Number : 233
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Connie's Residential Care               
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3744           
                : Anderson, SC  29621
       Location : 303 Hampton Street            
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 226-3797
          Owner : Connie S. McCurry                  
  Administrator : Connie S. McCurry        
 License Number : 276
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Fitzgerald's Residential Care Fac. #2   
Mailing Address : 813 S. McDuffie          
                : Andrsn, SC       
       Location : 813 S. McDuffie St.           
                : Andrsn, SC  29621
          Phone : 226-0028
          Owner : Doris Fitzgerald                   
  Administrator : Doris Fitzgerald         
 License Number : 338
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Fitzgerald's Residential Care Facility  
Mailing Address : 8l7 S. McDuffie          
                : Andrsn, SC       
       Location : 817 S. McDuffie St.           
                : Andrsn, SC  29621
          Phone : 226-8852
          Owner : Doris Fitzgerald                   
  Administrator : Doris Fitzgerald         
 License Number : 93 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Kathleen's Community Care Home          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3408           
                : Anderson, SC  29621
       Location : 1115 East River St.           
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 231-7024
          Owner : Kathleen M. Sanders                
  Administrator : Kathleen Sanders         
 License Number : 305
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Pepper's Community Home                 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3378           
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 1111 White St.                
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 225-9921
          Owner : Deborah Jean Pepper                
  Administrator : Deborah J. Pepper        
 License Number : 209
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Sanders Community Care Home #2          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3408           
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 1105 East River St.           
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 231-7024
          Owner : Kathleen M. Sanders                
  Administrator : Kathleen Sanders         
 License Number : 306
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Sanders Community Care Home #3          
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3408           
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 111 E. River St.              
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 231-7024
          Owner : Kathleen M. Sanders                
  Administrator : Kathleen Sanders         
 License Number : 307
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Sanders Residential Care Home           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3408           
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 428 Williamston Rd.           
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 231-7024
          Owner : Kathleen M. Sanders                
  Administrator : Kathleen M. Sanders      
 License Number : 15 
    No. of Beds :  23











       Facility : Senior Citizens Boarding Home           
Mailing Address : 710 Delia St.            
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 710 Delia St.                 
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 226-8630
          Owner : Beatrice Wideman                   
  Administrator : Beatrice Wideman         
 License Number : 303
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Starlite Residential Home #1            
Mailing Address : 211 E. Franklin          
                : Anderson, SC  29624
       Location : 211 E. Franklin St.           
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 224-0922
          Owner : Omah D. Franks & Ken D. Nichols    
  Administrator : Omah D. Franks           
 License Number : 196
    No. of Beds :  15











       Facility : Starlite Residential Home #2            
Mailing Address : 701 Elizabeth            
                : Anderson, SC  29624
       Location : 701 Elizabeth St.             
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 224-1207
          Owner : Omah D. Franks & Kenneth D. Nichols
  Administrator : Omah D. Franks           
 License Number : 197
    No. of Beds :  13











       Facility : Wideman's Community Care Center         
Mailing Address : 2206 Bellhaven           
                : Anderson, SC       
       Location : 2206 Bellhaven Rd.            
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 225-0930
          Owner : Beatrice Wideman                   
  Administrator : Beatrice Wideman         
 License Number : 319
    No. of Beds :   7







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ANDERSON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    ANDERSON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Anderson Health Care Center             
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 989                
                : Anderson, SC  29622
       Location : 1501 E. Greenville Street     
                : Anderson, SC  29622
          Phone : 226-8356
          Owner : National Health Care                    
  Administrator : Betty Finley             
 License Number : NCF332
   Beds - Total :  202
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  146
     Beds - Icf :   56




{_
       Facility : Ellenburg Nursing Center, Inc.          
Mailing Address : 611 E. Hampton St.          
                : Anderson, SC  29624
       Location : 611 E. Hampton St.            
                : Anderson, SC  29624
          Phone : 226-5054
          Owner : Ellenburg Nursing Center, Inc.          
  Administrator : M.L. Ellenburg           
 License Number : NCF231
   Beds - Total :  176
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   88
     Beds - Icf :   88





       Facility : Latham Nursing Home                     
Mailing Address : 208 James St.               
                : Anderson, SC  29621
       Location : 208 James St.                 
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 226-3427
          Owner : Latham Inc.                             
  Administrator : Loneta L. Dunn           
 License Number : NCF192
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :   44
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ANDERSON - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                       
-DOC-
                       ANDERSON - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Anderson County Adult Day Care Center             
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 103                  
                : Anderson, SC  29622
       Location : 4200 Liberty Hwy.             
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 225-6525
          Owner : Anderson-Oconee Council on Aging   
  Administrator : Sandra F. Norris         
 License Number : ADC2  
   Participants :  20








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ANDERSON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                ANDERSON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Anderson Community Residence            
Mailing Address : 1705 Holly St.              
                : Anderson, SC  29621
       Location : 1705 Holly Street             
                : Anderson, SC  29621
          Phone : 225-9941
          Owner : S. C. Dept. of M. R.                    
  Administrator : Vicki Neely Thompson     
 License Number : M1530 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                                  
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS    
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Bamberg County.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BAMBERG - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                BAMBERG - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Carrigg Manor                           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 124            
                : Bamberg, SC  29003
       Location : Hwy. 301                      
                : Bamberg, SC  29003
          Phone : 245-5404
          Owner : Virginia Carrigg/Peggy Browder     
  Administrator : Virginia H. Carrigg      
 License Number : 47 
    No. of Beds :  22











       Facility : Carrigg Manor II                        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 124            
                : Bamberg, SC  29003
       Location : Hwy. 301 South                
                : Bamberg, SC  29003
          Phone : 245-2552
          Owner : Virginia Carrigg/Peggy Browder     
  Administrator : Virginia H. Carrigg      
 License Number : 222
    No. of Beds :  10







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Bamberg County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BAMBERG - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    BAMBERG - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Bamberg Co. Memorial Nursing Center     
Mailing Address : P.O. Drawer 507             
                : Bamberg, SC  29003
       Location : North McGee Streets           
                : Bamberg, SC  29003
          Phone : 245-4321
          Owner : Bamberg Co. Memorial Nursing Center     
  Administrator : Charles V. Morgan        
 License Number : NCF322
   Beds - Total :   22
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   22
     Beds - Icf :    0

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Bamberg County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Bamberg
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                                  
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS    
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Barnwell County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Abbeville County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

                Presbyterian Home of South Carolina - Columbia
                              700 Da Vega Drive
                             Lexington, SC  29072
                                (803) 796-8700
                               Lexington County

Contact Person:...............................Margaret M. Taylor, Administrator
Proportion of residents from other states:....One of seventy-one
Residential capacity..........................73
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 68
Description of Units.................. 30 rooms, 38 apartments
Nursing home ......................... Other Presbyterian Homes provide such
                                       care when needed
Units purchased or rented............. Fee for service, rent
Security provisions .................. Security at night, 24hr staff-duty/call 
Safety features of unit............... Call system, sprinkler, alarm system
Handicapped accommodations............ Grab bars in bathrooms, some handicapped
                                       designed showers, hallway railings
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Must be requested from corp. office
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' Council

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 65yrs old, ambulatory, member of 
                                       Presbyterian Church USA, able to care
                                       for self
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Board of Trustees
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Non-Presbyterian residents must prove
                                       ability to pay at admission.  
                                       Presbyterian residents supported by 
                                       endowment
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... If in facility's nursing home, pay 
                                       nursing home charges only.  If in
                                       private nursing, pay for both units
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ 30-90 days

              S.C. Episcopal Retirement Community at Still Hopes
                       7th Street off Knox Abbot Drive
                           West Columbia, SC  29169
                                (803) 796-6490
                               Lexington County

Contact Person:...............................Diana Jones, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....16%
Residential capacity..........................78
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 53
Description of Units.................. 30 rooms, 23 duplexes
Nursing home ......................... YES, 25 skilled beds, additional 19 
                                       under construction
Units purchased or rented............. Donated, Rented
Security provisions .................. Night security patrol
Safety features of unit............... Call system, smoke alarms
Handicapped accommodations............ Wheelchair access, bathroom safety
                                       rails, ramps, trained staff
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Audit available to those interested
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Residents' meetings, open-door policy
                                       with administrator

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 55 yrs or older, income, nursing care 
                                       not required
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. YES
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Determined by Board of Directors
Refund method outlined in contract.... YES
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... Community subsidies
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Pay for nursing and living unit, or 
                                       percentage of donation used to offset
                                       nursing fees
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Depends on physician's recommendation


                                 Hulon Greene
                             221 Birchwood Court
                           West Columbia, SC  29169
                                (803) 796-3280
                               Lexington County

Contact Person:...............................Paul Harrington, Director
Proportion of residents from other states:....16%
Residential capacity..........................270
                             SERVICES PROVIDED

Number of Units....................... 270
Description of Units.................. Duplexes, detached houses, condominiums
Nursing home ......................... Contractual agreement with local 
                                       nursing home
Units purchased or rented............. Purchased
Security provisions .................. Roving security plus security gates
Safety features of unit............... Numerous
Handicapped accommodations............ 36 inch doors
Visitor tour available................ YES
Financial soundness information shared:  Information unavailable
Residents' participation in developing
policies and procedures............... Resident committee

                                  CONTRACT

Contractual agreement................. YES
Eligibility requirements.............. 55 yrs of age
Government subsidized................. NO
Entrance/Deposit required............. NO
Procedures for increases and
decreases in charges.................. YES
Specifies services included in monthly
charges and those which require
 additional charges .................. YES
Method for determining monthly
charges............................... Information unavailable
Refund method outlined in contract.... NO
Policy regarding residents who
 become insolvent..................... None
Residents financial responsibility
should he/she be transferred to
a nursing facility.................... Must pay monthly fees
Length of time living unit will be
maintained in the event of temporary
nursing home placement................ Forever











INFORMATION PROVIDED BY JOINT LEGISLATIVE STUDY COMMITTEE ON AGING,
REPRESENTATIVE PATRICK B. HARRIS, CHAIRMAN.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LEXINGTON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               LEXINGTON - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : B & J Community Care Home               
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 178 M         
                : Lit Mt., SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 178 M              
                : Lit Mt., SC  29075
          Phone : 945-7967
          Owner : Jasper O. Bowers                   
  Administrator : Jasper O. Bowers         
 License Number : 33 
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Cedar Acres                             
Mailing Address : 2091 Sams Elbow Rd.      
                : W. Cola, SC  29169
       Location : 2091 Sams Elbow               
                : W. Cola, SC  29169
          Phone : 755-3093
          Owner : Sarah M. Kitts                     
  Administrator : Sarah M. Kitts           
 License Number : 352
    No. of Beds :  12











       Facility : Emme Arbor 4                            
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 531            
                : Batesburg, SC  29006
       Location : 209 E. Columbia Ave.          
                : Batesburg, SC  29006
          Phone : 532-2377
          Owner : Emme Arbor, Inc.                   
  Administrator : Ann M. Rogers            
 License Number : 406
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Emme Arbor Retirement Home #1           
Mailing Address : 2l7 Line St.             
                : Batesburg, SC       
       Location : 217 Line St.                  
                : Batesburg, SC  29006
          Phone : 532-4343
          Owner : Ann M. Rogers                      
  Administrator : Ann M. Rogers            
 License Number : 7  
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Emme Arbor Retirement Home #2           
Mailing Address : 217 Line St.             
                : Batesburg, SC       
       Location : 217 Line St.                  
                : Batesburg, SC  29006
          Phone : 532-4343
          Owner : Anne M. Rogers                     
  Administrator : Anne M. Rogers           
 License Number : 8  
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Emme Arbor Retirement Home #III         
Mailing Address : 213 Line St.             
                : Batesburg, SC       
       Location : 213 Line St.                  
                : Batesburg, SC  29006
          Phone : 532-4343
          Owner : Ann M. Rogers                      
  Administrator : Ann M. Rogers            
 License Number :   9
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Lakeside Boarding Home                  
Mailing Address : 815 Old Cherokee         
                : Lex, SC       
       Location : 815 Old Cherokee Road         
                : Lex, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-5181
          Owner : Health Investment Group, Inc.      
  Administrator : J. Melvin Ellis          
 License Number : 110
    No. of Beds :  44











       Facility : Lakeside Boarding Home Annex            
Mailing Address : 815 Old Cherokee         
                : Lex, SC       
       Location : 815 Old Cherokee Road         
                : Lex, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-5181
          Owner : Health Investment Group, Inc.      
  Administrator : J. Melvin Ellis          
 License Number : 109
    No. of Beds :  18











       Facility : Presbyterian Home of S.C./Columbia Home 
Mailing Address : 700 DaVega Dr.           
                : Lexington, SC       
       Location : 700 DaVega Dr.                
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 796-8700
          Owner : Presbyterian Home of S. C.         
  Administrator : Margaret M. Taylor       
 License Number : 387
    No. of Beds :  30











       Facility : SC Epis. Home/Still Hopes               
Mailing Address : 7th St. Ext.             
                : W. Cola, SC       
       Location : 7th St. Extension             
                : W. Cola, SC  29169
          Phone : 796-6490
          Owner : S.C. Episcopal Home Still Hopes Inc
  Administrator : Diana B. Jones           
 License Number : 144
    No. of Beds :  49











       Facility : Sarah Community Care Home               
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 745            
                : Leesville, SC       
       Location : 101 S. Lee St.                
                : Leesville, SC  29070
          Phone : 532-5057
          Owner : Sarah Ann Merriweather             
  Administrator : Sarah Merriweather       
 License Number : 335
    No. of Beds :  15











       Facility : Southern Heritage Inc.                  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1364           
                : W. Columbia, SC       
       Location : 770 Hoffman Dr.               
                : W. Columbia, SC  29072
          Phone : 796-3113
          Owner : Southern Heritage, Inc.            
  Administrator : Claudia B. Waits         
 License Number : 409
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Southern Heritage Inc., Annex           
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1364           
                : W. Columbia, SC       
       Location : 1713 Charleston Hwy.          
                : W. Columbia, SC  29072
          Phone : 755-1171
          Owner : Southern Heritage, Inc.            
  Administrator : Claudia B. Waits         
 License Number : 131
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Sunset Community Care Home              
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 7453           
                : W. Columbia, SC       
       Location : 1810 Sunset Blvd.             
                : W. Columbia, SC  29169
          Phone : 796-7881
          Owner : Clara & Lloyd Prevette             
  Administrator : Clara Prevette           
 License Number : 353
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : Twilite Manor Boarding Home #1          
Mailing Address : 2306 Forrest Rd.         
                : Cayce, SC       
       Location : 2306 Forrest Rd.              
                : Cayce, SC  29033
          Phone : 794-7561
          Owner : Twilite Manor, Inc.                
  Administrator : Margaret R. Clark        
 License Number : 124
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Twilite Manor Boarding Home #2          
Mailing Address : 2308 Forrest Rd.         
                : Cayce, SC       
       Location : 2308 Forrest Rd.              
                : Cayce, SC  29033
          Phone : 794-7561
          Owner : Twilite Manor, Inc.                
  Administrator : Margaret R. Clark        
 License Number : 125
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Victoria Community Care Home            
Mailing Address : 120 Addy Lane            
                : Lexington, SC       
       Location : 120 Addy Lane                 
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-7510
          Owner : Chris Heron                        
  Administrator : Chris H. White           
 License Number : 417
    No. of Beds :  18











       Facility : White's Community Residential Care      
Mailing Address : Rt. l, Box 164           
                : Lit Mt., SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 164                
                : Lit Mt., SC  29075
          Phone : 345-3117
          Owner : Paul White, Sr.                    
  Administrator : Paul White, Sr.          
 License Number : 336
    No. of Beds :  20







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Lexington County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LEXINGTON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                   
-DOC-
                   LEXINGTON - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Brian Ctr. of Nursing Care/St. Andrews  
Mailing Address : 3514 Sidney Rd.             
                : Lexington, SC  29210
       Location : 3514 Sidney Rd.               
                : Lexington, SC  29210
          Phone : 798-9715
          Owner : D. C. Beaver, T. W. Cecil, R. J. Marsh  
  Administrator : Dorothea C. Moody        
 License Number : NCF377
   Beds - Total :  120
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   60
     Beds - Icf :   60





       Facility : Manor Care of Lexington, Inc.           
Mailing Address : 2416 Sunset Blvd.           
                : W. Columbia, SC  29169
       Location : 2416 Sunset Blvd.             
                : W. Columbia, SC  29169
          Phone : 796-8024
          Owner : Manor Care of Lexington, Inc.           
  Administrator : Melvin H. Stepp          
 License Number : NCF353
   Beds - Total :  120
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   82
     Beds - Icf :   38





       Facility : Rikard Nursing Homes                    
Mailing Address : 815 Old Cherokee Rd.        
                : Lexington, SC  29072
       Location : 815 Old Cherokee Rd.          
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-5181
          Owner : Health Investment Group Inc.            
  Administrator : J. Melvin Ellis          
 License Number : NCF387
   Beds - Total :  319
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :  275
     Beds - Icf :   44





       Facility : S.C. Episcopal Home at Still Hopes      
Mailing Address : 7th St.                     
                : West Columbia, SC  29169
       Location : 7th St. off Knox Abbott Dr.   
                : West Columbia, SC  29169
          Phone : 796-6490
          Owner : S.C. Episcopal Home at Still Hopes      
  Administrator : Dianna Jones             
 License Number : NCF392
   Beds - Total :   44
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   44
     Beds - Icf :    0
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LEXINGTON - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                      
-DOC-
                      LEXINGTON - LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Helping Hands Adult Day Care                      
Mailing Address : 20l0 State St.                
                : Cayce, SC  29033
       Location : 2010 State Street             
                : Cayce, SC  29033
          Phone : 796-5192
          Owner : Barbara Wright                     
  Administrator : Barbara Wright           
 License Number : ADC15 
   Participants :  20








-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LEXINGTON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION                
-DOC-
                LEXINGTON - INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Bruton Smith Rd. Group Home             
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817, Cola        
                : Lexington, SC  29230
       Location : 139 Bruton Smith Rd.          
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Babcock Ctr., Inc.                      
  Administrator : Ralph E. Courtney        
 License Number : M1546 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Clusters of Lexington-Building A        
Mailing Address : P. O.Box 38l7, Cola         
                : Lexington, SC  29230
       Location : 20l Duffie Drive              
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-5018
          Owner : Babcock Center, Inc.                    
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M15 66
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Clusters of Lexington-Building B        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817, Cola        
                : Lexington, SC  29230
       Location : 201 Duffie Dr.                
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-5018
          Owner : Babcock Center, Inc.                    
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M15 67
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Clusters of Lexington-Building C        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817, Cola        
                : Lexington, SC  29230
       Location : 201 Duffie Drive              
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-5018
          Owner : Babcock Center, Inc.                    
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M15 68
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Clusters of Lexington-Building D        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817, Cola        
                : Lexington, SC  29230
       Location : 20l Duffie Drive              
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-5018
          Owner : Babcock Center, Inc.                    
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M15 69
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Clusters of Lexington-Building E        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817, Cola        
                : Lexington, SC  29230
       Location : 20l Duffie Drive              
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-5018
          Owner : Babcock Center, Inc.                    
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M15 70
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Clusters of Lexington-Building F        
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 3817, Cola        
                : Lexington, SC  29230
       Location : 20l Duffie Drive              
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-5018
          Owner : Babcock Center, Inc.                    
  Administrator : Jon Bradford             
 License Number : M15 71
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Hendrix St. Group Home                  
Mailing Address : PO Box 3817, Cola           
                : Lexington, SC  29230
       Location : 425 Hendrix St.               
                : Lexington, SC  29072
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Babcock Ctr., Inc.                      
  Administrator : Ralph E. Courtney        
 License Number : M1545 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8





       Facility : Lex. West, Inc., Batesburg Group Home   
Mailing Address : PO Box 3817, Cola           
                : Batesburg, SC  29230
       Location : 99 David St.                  
                : Batesburg, SC  29006
          Phone : 359-9717
          Owner : Babcock Ctr., Inc.                      
  Administrator : Ralph E. Courtney        
 License Number : M1523 
   Beds - Total :    8
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :    0
     Beds - Icf :    8

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in McCormick County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MCCORMICK - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               MCCORMICK - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed community residential centers in McCormick County.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in McCormick County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MCCORMICK - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                      
-DOC-
                      MCCORMICK - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

     There are no licensed skilled nursing care facilities in McCormick
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in McCormick County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in McCormick
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Marion County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MARION - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS                
-DOC-
                MARION - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Jenkins Boarding Home                   
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1133           
                : Marion, SC  29571
       Location : 125 W. Liberty St.            
                : Marion, SC  29571
          Phone : 423-7841
          Owner : Simon M. & Flora P. Jenkins        
  Administrator : Simon M. Jenkins         
 License Number : 324
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Love Residential Care Center #1         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 316            
                : Mullins, SC       
       Location : 605 Seaboard Ave.             
                : Mullins, SC  29574
          Phone : 464-2435
          Owner : Annie Abram & Simon Jenkins        
  Administrator : Annie M. J. Abram        
 License Number : 349
    No. of Beds :   9











       Facility : M & M Community Residential Care Center 
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 1064           
                : Marion, SC  29571
       Location : 408 Holiday St.               
                : Marion, SC  29571
          Phone : 423-6136
          Owner : Geneva H. McNeil                   
  Administrator : Geneva H. McNeil         
 License Number : 84 
    No. of Beds :   8











       Facility : Springbranch Residential Center         
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 10ll           
                : Marion, SC       
       Location : Rt. l, Box 329                
                : Marion, SC  29571
          Phone : 423-5610
          Owner : Marion Cty. Commission on ADA      
  Administrator : William T. O'Connor      
 License Number : 282
    No. of Beds :   7







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Marion County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MARION - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                     
-DOC-
                     MARION - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Jenkins Nursing Home, Inc.              
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 917                
                : Marion, SC  29571
       Location : 401 Murray St.                
                : Marion, SC  29571
          Phone : 423-6947
          Owner : Jenkins Nursing Home Inc.               
  Administrator : Simon M. Jenkins         
 License Number : NCF169
   Beds - Total :   58
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   42
     Beds - Icf :   16





       Facility : Marion County Convalescent Center       
Mailing Address : P. O. Drawer 1106           
                : Marion, SC  29571
       Location : Hwy. 501                      
                : Marion, SC  29570
          Phone : 423-2601
          Owner : Henderson Management Group Inc.         
  Administrator : Crystal H. Isom          
 License Number : NCF350
   Beds - Total :   88
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   62
     Beds - Icf :   26

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE                            
-DOC-
                            LICENSED ADULT DAY CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed adult day care facilities in Marion County.

 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES                
-DOC-
                INTERMEDIATE CARE MENTAL RETARDATION FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Intermediate Care Mental Retardation Facilities in Marion
County.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RETIREMENT CENTERS                              
-DOC-
                              RETIREMENT CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no Retirement Centers in Marlboro County.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MARLBORO - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS               
-DOC-
               MARLBORO - LICENSED COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL CENTERS
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : B.T.U. Rest Home, Inc.                  
Mailing Address : P. O. Box 352            
                : Bennettsville, SC  29512
       Location : 113 Ellison St.               
                : Bennettsville, SC  29512
          Phone : 479-9053
          Owner : B.T.U. Rest Home, Inc.             
  Administrator : Rosa Lee Miller          
 License Number : 235
    No. of Beds :  80











       Facility : Maggie L. Wright Home                   
Mailing Address : 121 Cheraw St.           
                : Bennettsville, SC       
       Location : 121 Cheraw St.                
                : Bennettsville, SC  29512
          Phone : 479-7824
          Owner : Julian B. Wright                   
  Administrator : Julian B. Wright         
 License Number : 165
    No. of Beds :   7











       Facility : N. Marlboro CRC Fac.                    
Mailing Address : 302 N. Marlboro          
                : McColl, SC       
       Location : 302 North Marlboro St.        
                : McColl, SC  29570
          Phone : 523-5781
          Owner : Winnie Jane Hall                   
  Administrator : Winnie J. Hall           
 License Number : 310
    No. of Beds :  10











       Facility : Pat's Residential Care Facility         
Mailing Address : 115 Moore St.            
                : Bennettsville, SC       
       Location : 115 Moore St.                 
                : Bennettsville, SC  29512
          Phone : 479-8433
          Owner : Patricia Blue                      
  Administrator : Patricia Blue            
 License Number : 293
    No. of Beds :   6











       Facility : Suncrest Residential Center             
Mailing Address : 100 W Main/Bntsvil       
                : Wallace, SC  29512
       Location : Rt. l, Box 827                
                : Wallace, SC  29596
          Phone : 537-7385
          Owner : Marlboro Cty. Comm. on ADA         
  Administrator : William M. Harrington    
 License Number : 153
    No. of Beds :  13







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES                     
-DOC-
                     LICENSED INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

There are no licensed intermediate care facilities in Marlboro County. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MARLBORO - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE                    
-DOC-
                    MARLBORO - LICENSED SKILLED NURSING CARE
    Emily S. Wiggins - Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

       Facility : Dundee Nursing Home                     
Mailing Address : P.O. Box 858                
                : Bennettsville, SC  29512
       Location : Hwy l5-40l Bypass             
                : Bennettsville, SC  29512
          Phone : 479-6251
          Owner : Branton Enterprises, Inc.               
  Administrator : Harold D. Branton        
 License Number : NCF206
   Beds - Total :  111
     Beds - Gen :    0
     Beds - Psy :    0
     Beds - Oth :    0
     Beds - Ncf :    0
    Beds - Dual :   87
     Beds - Icf :   24

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHITE INFANT MORTALITY BY RATE (RESIDENCE DATA)                
-DOC-
                WHITE INFANT MORTALITY BY RATE (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                     1980       1981       1982       1983       1984      1985

Abbeville             0          0         10.1       10.4       10.9
Aiken                10.1       10.6        7.9        7.1       10.0
Allendale            22.7       57.7        0         52.6       20.4
Anderson             12.5       17.8       13.0       16.8        6.6
Bamberg              10.5       29.7        0          0         18.5
Barnwell             12.3       23.1       13.9       13.9        0
Beaufort             11.5        8.4       14.0       17.0       15.4
Berkeley             10.2       11.9       15.9        6.6        8.6
Calhoun               0         38.5       13.0        0         13.0
Charleston           12.5        8.6        8.0        8.7        8.6
Cherokee             14.5       10.0        7.4        5.0       10.7
Chester              17.1        3.9       23.3        4.2       19.6
Chesterfield          2.8       16.6       12.5       28.6       33.3
Clarendon            18.9        7.8       12.0       21.4        0
Colleton             15.2        0          4.1       12.9       16.1
Darlington           15.2        8.7       12.4       16.4        4.5
Dillon                7.9       28.7       16.3       16.9        0
Dorchester            6.9       13.0       10.2        8.7       16.5
Edgefield             0         14.4       34.5        7.6       15.9
Fairfield            19.6        0          0          0         41.2
Florence             13.8        9.3       11.9        9.6       15.7
Georgetown            9.1       18.5        3.1       10.8        6.3
Greenville            9.4       13.9       11.1        9.5       14.2
Greenwood             8.0       24.8       12.2       13.3        4.1
Hampton              19.2       28.8        0          0         30.9
Horry                 6.4       14.5       13.8       13.3       10.3
Jasper               34.9       16.8       36.4       32.6       10.6
Kershaw              13.7        8.2       11.9       11.0       12.5
Lancaster            15.1       15.4       13.4       13.5        8.5
Laurens              16.3       29.7        8.6       11.0       12.8
Lee                  13.2       24.4       25.6       23.8        0
Lexington             8.2        8.2        7.5        9.9       10.5
McCormick             0         32.3        0         25.6        0
Marion               13.6       29.1        9.4       10.5       11.0
Marlboro              8.4       33.3       23.4       26.4       15.8
Newberry             13.0        3.6       12.2        8.4        0
Oconee                7.6        8.4       11.0       11.9       13.7
Orangeburg           14.7       16.0       19.1        0         11.9
Pickens              10.7       11.8       18.0       15.9       12.4
Richland              9.8        8.7        9.2       10.7        7.1
Saluda               25.2        7.9       30.5        7.5        7.8
Spartanburg           9.3        9.0       13.2       15.6       13.3
Sumter                8.1       13.1       12.2       11.5       10.6
Union                27.6       16.4       23.3       11.9        4.8
Williamsburg         13.6        6.3        5.0        6.3        0
York                 11.0       12.4       18.5       10.6       12.6

TOTAL (State)        10.8       12.4       12.0       11.3       11.1

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.  Rate 1000 per live births.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AVAILABILITY OF FOODS                             
-DOC-
                             AVAILABILITY OF FOODS
            Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food-Nutrition Specialist

Consumer food market outlook for November, 1987 reports the following:

BEEF......Expect features on chuck cuts, sirloin steaks and other loin or
round cuts early in the month.

PORK......Pork loin prices are lower than they have been for several months
due to good supplies.  There should be good buys on loin chops, roasts and
country-style ribs this month.  Expect to see heavy bacon features in the near
future because of ample supply and lower prices.  Hams probably will not be
heavily promoted until December.

CHICKEN...Prices are steady with supplies good.  Slower demand is expected
until after the holidays, so prices should remain stable.

TURKEY....is the major promotion before Thanksgiving.  Supplies are excellent
and prices are expected to be lower than a year ago.



FISH AND SEAFOOD....FROZEN COD supplies are readily available, with prices
down a few cents per pound.  Because of larger supplies, prices of farm-raised
CATFISH are down a bit from last year.  Higher prices have been announced for
some brands of CANNED PINK and CHUM SALMON.

FRESH FRUITS...APPLES, CRANBERRIES, PEARS and TABLE GRAPES are plentiful this
month.  Supplies of GRAPEFRUIT and NAVAL ORANGES will increase.  The short
season for PERSIMMONS and POMEGRANATES has begun, with supplies continuing
through December.  

FRESH VEGETABLES....CARROTS, POTATOES, SWEET POTATOES, ONIONS, CAULIFLOWER,
BROCCOLI, CELERY, PEPPERS, CUCUMBERS AND LETTUCE are in good supply.  

PROCESSED FRUITS AND VEGETABLES....Even with the 1987 pack completed, supplies
of CLING PEACHES are tight with current supplies down 19% from last year and
at the second lowest level in a decade.  The supply of FRUIT COCKTAIL is
similar.  While PEAR supplies are greater than last year, short supplies of
cling peaches and fruit cocktail have increased demand for pears.  Expect
APRICOT prices to stay firm, because of limited supplies.  There are lots of
RED TART CHERRIES available, along with APPLESAUCE and PURPLE PLUMS.  Prices
of FROZEN CONCENTRATED ORANGE JUICE may increase a bit.  In CANNED VEGETABLES,
CORN may be in tight supply this year, along with some can sizes in PEAS. 
GREEN BEAN prices are firm or moving up.  TOMATO supplies appear to be
adequate.  Major FROZEN VEGETABLES  are in good supply.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ECONOMIC INDICATORS                              
-DOC-
                              ECONOMIC INDICATORS
      Glennis M. Couchman, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

Economic Indicators                   Current Month     Previous Month
                                           %                 %
   Prime Rate                             9.00              8.75
   Consumer Price Index (CPI)             4.27              4.3
   Housing Affordability Index          114.4             111.8
   Gross National Product Growth*        +4.1              +3.8
   Unemployment Rate                      5.9               5.8
   Retail Sales                          -0.1              -0.4

Interest Rates                               National Averages
                                      Current Month     Previous Month
                                            %                 %
   Home Mortgages
      30 Year Fixed                       11.59            11.13
      15 Year Fixed                       11.19            10.72
      ARM                                  8.42             8.01

* Reported on quarterly basis

Interest Rates                               National Averages
                                      Current Month     Previous Month
                                           %                 %
   Home-equity Loans                     10.5             10.46
   Unsecured Personal Loans              14.58             14.53
   Auto Loans                            10.53             10.4
   Revolving Credit Cards                18.83             18.83
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COST OF FOOD AT HOME                             
-DOC-
                             COST OF FOOD AT HOME
      Glennis M. Couchman, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

                                                 Cost for 1 week (1)

           Sex-age group              Thrifty   Low-cost   Moderate-    Liberal
                                      plan      plan       cost plan    plan

FAMILIES

Family of 2:
   20-50 years                        $39.90    $50.50     $ 62.50      $ 77.60
   51 years and over                   38.10     48.40       59.80        71.70
Family of 4:
   Couple, 20-50 years and children
      1-2 and 3-5 years                58.10     72.50       88.80       109.10
      6-8 and 9-11 years               66.70     85.30      107.00       128.80

(1) Assumes that food for all meals and snacks is purchased at the store and
    prepared at home.


                                                Cost for 1 week (1)

           Sex-age group              Thrifty   Low-cost   Moderate-    Liberal
                                      plan      plan       cost plan    plan

INDIVIDUALS (2)

Child:   1-2 years                    $10.50    $12.70      $14.80       $17.90
         3-5 years                     11.30     13.90       17.20        20.70
         6-8 years                     13.90     18.40       23.20        27.00
         9-11 years                    16.50     21.00       27.00        31.30
Male:    12-14 years                   17.20     23.80       29.80        34.90
         15-19 years                   17.90     24.70       30.70        35.50
         20-50 years                   19.10     24.40       30.70        37.10
         51 years and over             17.50     23.20       28.60        34.40
Female:  12-19 years                   17.20     20.60       25.00        30.30
         20-50 years                   17.20     21.50       26.10        33.40
         51 years and over             17.10     20.80       25.80        30.80




(2) The costs given are for individuals in 4-person families.  For individuals
    in other size families, the following adjustments are suggested:  1-person
    add 20 percent; 2-person add 10 percent; 3-person add 5 percent; 5- or 6-
    person subtract 5 percent; 7- or more-person subtract 10 percent.


Source:  Family Economics Review, No. 3, 1987
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INVESTMENT AND SAVINGS                            
-DOC-
                            INVESTMENT AND SAVINGS
     Glennis M. Couchman, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

Investment and Savings                 Current Month         Previous Month
 
   Dow Jones Industrial Average            1766.64              1959.05
   Best Performing Industry            Electric companies    Gold mining       
   Worst Performing Industry           Toys                  Retail  
                                                              specialties
   Industries to watch                 Telephone             Miscellaneous 
                                        property/casualty     metals & shoes
                                        insurers
   Money Market Accounts                   5.82%                5.69%
   1 year CDs                              7.74%                7.42%
   2 1/2 year CDs                          8.19%                7.86%
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SEASONAL STAINS                                
-DOC-
                                SEASONAL STAINS
          Judith S. Kline, Extension Clothing and Textiles Specialist

The following stain removal methods apply to washable fabrics only.  Fabrics
that are "dry clean only" should be taken to the cleaners for spot and stain
removal. The stains included are: GUM, GRASS, MILDEW, MUSTARD, BLOOD AND 
SUNTAN LOTION.

GUM
 
     Apply ice to harden stain.  Scrape off excess.  Place stain face down on  
     absorbent paper towel or clean cloth.  Sponge with non-flammable dry-     
     cleaning solvent.  Change towel as it picks up stain.  Let dry. Launder.









GRASS

     Work liquid dish washing detergent or laundry detergent into the stain    
     and rinse well with water.  If any stain remains, presoak in an enzyme    
     detergent.  Rinse thoroughly  and launder as soon as possible. 
     If any stain remains, test for color-fastness in an inconspicuous place,  
     then use a  mild non-chlorine bleach.  Thoroughly rinse with clear water, 
     then launder as usual.












MILDEW

     Old mildew stains are almost impossible to remove.  Treat stains as       
     quickly as possible as mildew can weaken or rot fabrics.  Brush off mildew 
     out-of-doors.  For washable fabrics, pretreat with liquid detergent, a    
     paste of laundry detergent and water or a prewash product.  Launder using 
     detergent, water as hot as the fabric will allow and bleach, if safe for  
     the fabric.

     An alternative bleach is to apply a paste of salt and lemon juice and     
     place in sun.  Test on an inconspicuous area of the garment before using. 
     Rinse and launder.
    
     To bleach cotton and linen, make a paste of an oxygen type bleach, water  
     and a few drops of ammonia.  Cover stain with paste and allow it to stand 
     15 to 30 minutes.  Flush thoroughly with water and launder again.  CAUTION 
     never mix chlorine bleach and ammonia as a poisonous gas is produced. 
  
     Dry cleaning solvents are often effective on mildew stains.  Items can be 
     taken to your dry cleaners for treatment or it can be used at home.       
     Follow instructions found on dry cleaning product.

MUSTARD

     Treat immediately or it may be impossible to remove.  Scrape off any      
     excess mustard.  Flush with dry cleaning solvent.  If the stain remains   
     sponge with water and work in a liquid detergent and a few drops of       
     vinegar.  Flush with water.  If stain persists, moisten area with 3%      
     hydrogen peroxide and add a drop of ammonia (except on silk and wool).    
     Leave for no longer than 15 minutes and flush with water.

BLOOD

     Quick action is essential.  Blood stains are set by heat or hot water.
     Wash fresh stains in cold water and detergent.  If stain remains soak 
     in 1 quart of warm, 1/2 tsp. liquid detergent and 1 Tbs. ammonia for 
     about 15 minutes.  If the fabric will allow, scrub the stained area.
     If stain persist, rinse thoroughly to remove all traces of ammonia and    
     soak in an enzyme presoak or detergent. Do not dry garment in the dryer   
     until all traces of the stain are removed.



SUNTAN LOTION

     Remove any excess lotion.  Moisten the spot with water and apply a mixture
     of 1 Tbs. enzyme presoaks and one cup of warm water.  Let the stain soak 
     for 30 minutes.  Flush with water and launder. If an enzyme presoak is not
     available use an enzyme detergent.  Look at the list of ingredients on a  
     box of detergent to determine if it has enzymes.
     
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EFNEP BULLETIN BOARD                             
-DOC-
                             EFNEP BULLETIN BOARD

               Ruby H. Cox, Extension Program Coordinator-EFNEP

NAMES IN THE NEWS:

A sincere welcome is extended to Georgia Thomas who joined the Abbeville staff
as EFNEP Program Assistant in January, 1987. Her name was inadvertently omitted
from the "welcome" list in March.

We extend hearty congratulations to Susan Kahl (Supervising Agent, Spartanburg)
and husband, Bill, in their adoption of a beautiful, newborn baby boy. Don't
they have some exciting times to look forward too! 

Heartfelt sympathy is extended to Mrs. Pernettia Rowell, EFNEP Program
Assistant in York County, in the recent death of her husband. Please remember
her in this time of sorrow.

RECORDS AND REPORTS UPDATE:

The State EFNEP Office has received Participation Reports and Aide's List of
Families from the majority of counties. I will be analyzing these soon and will
give you a brief report of our status in the EFNEP Bulletin Board in early May. 
I know each of the EFNEP secretaries worked very hard to get rid of errors and
to make sure the reports were correct. Your hard work is greatly appreciated.

I have still received no word from the computer programer at Cornell who is
working on the new compiled, floppy disk version of the EFNEP computerized
reporting system. Therefore, we will continue to hold off on training
secretaries in the remaining 22 counties to enter data on youth, volunteers,
and referrals on the computer.

Supervising Agents are asked to be sure to review the Program Assistant's
Itinerary and Weekly Report before the PAs leave the office on Monday morning.
Also, you need to keep a xerox copy in the office. It is important that PAs
plan a sufficient number of visits so that their time will be used as
efficiently as possible. If there are problems with homemakers frequently not
being at home, perhaps over-scheduling on planned visits will insure that PAs
are able to make a desired number of teaching contacts each day.
 
Program Assistants are reminded to put the "race" on the Itinerary and Weekly
Report beside the names of homemakers contacted in an effort to enroll.  This
is very important for Civil Rights documentation.
 \$
A NOTE ABOUT COMPUTERS - Computers with hard disk drives have been ordered for
10 counties. EFNEP is continuing the offer to share the cost with counties who
can get funds to pay for 1/2 of the cost of a new computer.  The use of a hard
disk drive makes our EFNEP computer record system work much more smoothly.
If interested in buying a computer, County Chairmen should contact their
District Chairman or me.

We have already received from Cornell the compiled hard disk drive version of
the program and it works much, much better than the floppy version. Soon after,
the new computers are delivered to the 10 counties, I will be coming to show
the EFNEP secretary how to enter the EFNEP information on the hard disk drive.

WORDS TO LIVE BY:

Marital conflict can be constructive - if you follow sound basic rules. Avoid
fights over trivial differences or external frustrations...Never hold a grudge
...Communicate both by expressing yourself and by listening actively... Meet
your spouse more than halfway. (from "Til Death Do Us Part" by Jeanette and
Robert Lauer, Havorth Press)                             April 14, 1987
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FOOD SAFETY QUESTIONS & ANSWERS                        
-DOC-
                        FOOD SAFETY QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
          Elizabeth H. Hoyle, Extension Food and Nutrition Specialist

SALMONELLA UPDATE

Much attention has recently been given to salmonella.  Some consumers are
worried about the safety of eating chicken.  The following questions and
answers will ease any concerns you may have.  PROPER COOKING WILL DESTROY
SALMONELLA BACTERIA.

Q:  What is salmonella?

A:  Salmonella are bacteria that are widely prevalent in the environment.  They
    are found primarily in the intestinal tracts of humans and all other
    animals and birds, and also in water and soil.  Because of its prevalence
    in nature, salmonella may sometimes be found in raw foods such as meat,
    fish, poultry, eggs, unpasteurized milk, and raw vegetables.  Salmonella
    can cause salmonellosis, an illness which results in flu-like symptoms.



/$
Q:  How can I tell if food is contaminated with salmonella?

A:  You can't.  Since you cannot see, smell, or otherwise detect the presence
    of salmonella by ordinary methods, it's best to cook and handle ALL food
    properly to avoid problems.

Q:  Should I be concerned?

A:  Since salmonella is easily destroyed by heat, the consumer can eliminate
    potential health problems by cooking foods to recommended temperatures and
    by following other good food-handling practices.  The three important
    factors in proper handling of raw poultry are:  (1) cooking, (2) kitchen
    sanitation, and (3) storage.

Q:  Should I avoid eating favorite foods, such as chicken?

A:  No.  While chicken, like any meat, may contain salmonella bacteria, PROPER
    COOKING WILL DESTROY SALMONELLA.  Because chicken is not usually eaten raw
    or even rare, it is less frequently a source of salmonellosis than are
    other meats.

/$
SUMMARY:  Cooking food properly and using good food handling practices can
eliminate potential health problems from the presence of salmonella in raw
food products.  PROPER COOKING WILL DESTROY SALMONELLA BACTERIA.










NOTE:  For additional answers to questions about the safety of meat and
       poultry, consumers may telephone the FREE HOTLINE number of the
       USDA's Food Safety and Inspection Service:  (800) 535-4555.

       Help is also available from your County Extension Office.  Home
       Economists there can answer specific questions and provide printed
       material on safe food handling. ASK EXTENSION!

    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SAFETY - APPLIANCES                              
-DOC-
                              SAFETY - APPLIANCES
     Joyce H. Christenbury, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

Safety starts with accident prevention.  The first step in assuring safety with
major home appliances is to install them correctly.  Make sure your major home
appliances are:
   - installed by a qualified person according to manufacturer's instructions
     and local and national codes;
   - installed and leveled on a floor strong enough to support them;
   - protected from the weather and freezing or overheating;
   - correctly connected to electricity, gas, water, drain, exhaust, etc., and
     are electrically grounded; and
   - not used by young children or anyone unable to operate them properly.

Understanding and following a few safety precautions can help prevent
accidents.

  ALWAYS use a separate, grounded electrical circuit for each major home
  appliance (including a microwave oven).
  NEVER use an extension cord for a major home appliance.
  ALWAYS turn off gas and unplug power cords (or turn off power) before doing
  any maintenance, extensive cleaning, or servicing of the appliance.
  NEVER modify the power cord, plug, wiring, or any other component of an
  appliance.  Such actions can create safety hazards.
  READ and follow all instructions packed with the appliance.
  BE SURE appliances meet safety standards...
  ...on ELECTRIC appliances, look for the UL label from the Underwriters
     Laboratories signifying the item meets specific safety standards.
  ...on GAS appliances, look for the Blue Star Certification Seal of the
     American Gas Association denoting the product is safe.

If you have questions about the safe operation of an appliance, contact the
following agencies or organizations with your concerns:

   U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission
   Washington, DC 20207
   1-800-638-CPSC (2772)

   Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
   333 Pfingsten Road
   Northbrook, IL 60062
   312-272-8800


   American Gas Association
   1515 Wilson Boulevard
   Arlington, VA 22209
   703-841-8501

   Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers
   20 North Wacker Drive
   Chicago, IL 60606
   312-984-5858

   National Safety Council
   444 North Michigan Avenue
   Chicago, IL 60611
   312-527-4800
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ASSOCIATION OF HOME APPLIANCE MANUFACTURERS (AHAM)               
-DOC-
              ASSOCIATION OF HOME APPLIANCE MANUFACTURERS (AHAM) 
    Joyce H. Christenbury, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist 
 
The Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers is an international non-profit 
organization of companies manufacturing major and portable appliances.  AHAM 
has four major function areas: 
 
1.  Product Standards and Certification - AHAM develops and updates appliance 
    performance standards and sponsors certification programs on room air 
    conditioners, refrigerators and freezers, and humidifiers and 
    dehumidifiers. 
 
2.  Government Relations - AHAM relates industry views on legislation and 
    regulations and works closely with all levels of government. 
 
3.  Consumer Affairs and Communications - AHAM provides educational materials 
    and programs to consumers and educators. 
 
4.  Statistical Reports - AHAM compiles and releases industry sales and monthly
    factory shipment figures, annual totals, forecasts, and various special 
    studies such as wage and benefit surveys. 
 
Contact this trade association by writing: 
     Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers 
     20 North Wacker Drive 
     Chicago, Illinois 60606 
     312/984-5858
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MACAP                                     
-DOC-
                                     MACAP
     Joyce H. Christenbury, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

MACAP - the Major Appliance Consumer Action Panel - is a group of independent
consumer experts voicing consumer views at the highest levels of the major
appliance industry.  The Panel is sponsored by the Association of Home
Appliance Manufacturers, the Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association, and the
National Retail Merchants Association.

MACAP receives comments and complaints from appliance owners, studies industry
practice, and advises industry of ways to improve its service to consumers.  It
also reports to consumers and recommends ways to get the best performance from
their appliances.

MACAP handles problems with the following types of appliances:

        Compactors                        Ranges and Microwave Ovens
        Dehumidifiers                     Refrigerators and Freezers
        Dishwashers                       Room Air Conditioners
        Disposers                         Water Heaters
        Home Laundry Equipment

Before MACAP will accept a consumer complaint, the consumer must first contact
the appliance manufacturer and request help in resolving the complaint.  If the
complaint is unresolved, the consumer can then contact MACAP for assistance.

When directing a complaint to MACAP, send:

   1.  Your name, address, and daytime telephone number
   2.  The type of appliance, brand name, model and serial numbers
   3.  Date of purchase and purchase price
   4.  Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of local dealer and/or service
       agency
   5.  A clear description of the problem, service required, and any service
       history along with copies of receipts and previous correspondence
       concerning the complaint
   6.  A statement of what action you are seeking through MACAP

Keep a copy of the above correspondence and mail the requested information to:

          The Major Appliance Consumer Action Panel
          20 North Wacker Drive
          Chicago, Illinois 60606
          312/984-5858
MACAP does have a toll-free number which describes its purpose and function. 
For such information, call 1-800-621-0477.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LABELING                                   
-DOC-
                                   LABELING
     Joyce H. Christenbury, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

Shopping for a new major home appliance?  If so, look for the yellow and black
EnergyGuide labels.  These labels can help you save money.

An EnergyGuide label shows the yearly energy cost of operating an appliance. 
The information provided allows you to compare the energy cost of competing
brands and models of a similar size appliance with similar features.  When
considered along with the purchase price, this information will help you
determine which appliance is less expensive to own and operate over the long
run.

EnergyGuide labels are required by federal law on the following major
appliances:  Furnaces
             Refrigerators and refrigerator freezers
             Freezers
             Water heaters
             Clothes washers
             Dishwashers
             Room air conditioners

EnergyGuide labels are not required on other major appliances such as ranges,
ovens, microwave ovens, clothes dryers, humidifiers, dehumidifiers, television
sets, or home heating units other than furnaces as these appliances have less
differences in operating costs between brands and models.  Labeling information
would offer little help in selecting an energy efficient unit since units are
so similar in energy consumption.

EnergyGuide labels are not required on small kitchen appliances such as
toasters, blenders, coffeemakers, mixers, etc., because they require relatively
little energy to operate.

To learn more about EnergyGuide labels and how they can help you, discuss the
label information with sales personnel as you comparison shop for new
appliances.  Contact your local utility company for assistance if you have
questions on the cost of electricity in your area.  Contact the local Clemson
University Cooperative Extension Service office and ask for a copy of HHE
Leaflet 19, "EnergyGuide - Compare Before You Buy".





For additional information on EnergyGuide labeling contact:

   Federal Trade Commission
   6th and Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
   Room 692
   Washington, DC 20580
   202-326-3650

   U.S. Department of Energy
   Technical Information Center
   PO Box 62
   Oak Ridge, TN 37830
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AUTO SAFETY HOTLINE                              
-DOC-
                              AUTO SAFETY HOTLINE
     Joyce H. Christenbury, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

The Auto Safety Hotline is a toll-free telephone service operated by the
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, an agency of the U.S.
Department of Transportation.  Hotline operators provide callers with
information on motor vehicle safety recalls, safety defect investigations, new
car crash test results, and other safety topics.

Operators also take consumer complaints about possible safety defects and
assist callers who are having difficulty obtaining repair work on an existing
safety recall.

Safety literature can also be obtained from the hotline.

Operators are available from 8 AM to 4 PM Eastern Standard Time.  An answering
machine is on after hours to record calls and requests.

The Auto Safety Hotline number is 1-800-424-9393.



For additional information, write:
     National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
     Auto Safety Hotline - NEF-11-HL
     400 Seventh Street, S.W.
     Washington, D.C. 20590
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INSURANCE                                   
-DOC-
                                   INSURANCE
     Joyce H. Christenbury, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

Direct questions related to insurance to

          South Carolina Department of Insurance
          PO Box 100105
          1612 Marion Street
          Columbia, SC 29202-3105
          737-6160


For general information on insurance contact

          Insurance Information Institute
          110 William Street
          New York, NY 10038
          1-800-221-4954
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORPORATE CONTACTS                              
-DOC-
                              CORPORATE CONTACTS
     Joyce H. Christenbury, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

If you have a problem with your vehicle:
   * first, try to work it out with dealer
   * if not successful, contact the manufacturer's zone representative (many
     are listed here)

American Honda Motor Company, Inc.
Consumer Relations Department
Mid-Atlantic Zone
209 Perry Parkway, Suite 10
Gaithersburg, MD 20877
(301) 869-8982








American Motors Sales Corporation, Jeep and Renault
Owner Relations Department
Mid-Atlantic Regional Office
1751 Old Meadow Road
PO Drawer AA
Westgate Research Park
McLean, VA 22101
(703) 790-3088, 89, 90

Audi
Regional Service Manager
Southern Region
Suite 170
1770 The Exchange
Atlanta, GA 30339
(404) 955-9000






BMW of North America, Inc.
Customer Relations Manager
Southeast Region
6160 Peachtree - Dunwoody Road
Suite A-100
Atlanta, GA 30328
(404) 399-0060

Chrysler Corporation
Customer Relations Manager
Atlanta Zone Office
1100 Circle 75 Parkway
Suite 850
Lenox Square Station
Atlanta, GA 30339
(404) 953-8880






Fiat Motors of North America, Inc.
National Service Operations Manager
Corporate Office
777 Terrace Avenue
Hasbrouck Heights, NJ 07604
(201) 393-4049/4053

Ford Motor Company (also Lincoln/Mercury)
Owner Relations Manager
Charlotte District Office
PO Box 220307
Charlotte, NC 28222-0307
(704) 554-4501

General Motors Corporation

   Buick Motor Division, GMC
   Customer Assistance Center
   902 East Hamilton Avenue
   Flint, MI 48550
   (313) 766-1240

   Cadillac Motor Car Division, GMC
   Consumer Relations
   2860 Clark Street
   Detroit, MI 48232
   (313) 554-5536

   Chevrolet Motor Division, GMC
   Customer Assistance Department
   Warren, MI 48090
   (313) 492-5500

   GMC Truck and Coach Operation
   Customer Service Department
   31 Judson Street
   Pontiac, MI 48058
   (313) 456-4547

   Oldsmobile Division - GMC
   Customer Service Department
   PO Box 30095
   Lansing, MI 48909
   (517) 377-5546
   Pontiac Motor Division - GMC
   Customer Service Department
   One Pontiac Plaza
   Pontiac, MI 48053
   (313) 857-1316

Mazda Motors of America, Inc.
Customer Relations Manager
8313 Baycenter Road
Jacksonville, FL 32216
(904) 731-4010

Mercedes-Benz of North America, Inc.
Owner Service Manager
Jacksonville Zone
8813 Western Way
PO Box 17604
Jacksonville, FL 32245
(904) 731-4040



Nissan Motor Corporation in USA (Datsun)
Customer Relations Manager
Jacksonville Regional Office
8743 Western Way
Jacksonville, FL 32217
(904) 737-7100

Peugeot Motors of America, Inc.
Customer Relations
Eastern Auto Distributors, Inc.
833 East Little Creek Road
Norfolk, VA 23518
(804) 588-1334

Saab-Scania of America
Customer Relations Manager
Eastern Region
Saab Drive
PO Box 697
Orange, CT 06477
(203) 795-5671

Subaru of America, Inc.
Customer Relations Manager
Southeast Subaru, Inc.
PO Box 3007
West Palm Beach, FL 33402
(305) 683-3066

Toyota Motor Sales, USA
Customer Relations Department
Southeast Toyota Distributors, Inc.
1751 Talleyrand Drive
PO Box 5287
Jacksonville, FL 32201
(904) 358-3634

Volkswagen of America, Inc.
Regional Service Manager
Atlanta Region
1940 The Exchange
Atlanta, GA 30339
(404) 955-3484

Volvo North America
Consumer Affairs Manager
PO Box 913
Rockleigh, NJ 07647
(201) 768-7300
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
AUTOCAP                                    
-DOC-
                                    AUTOCAP
     Joyce H. Christenbury, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

AUTOCAP - Automotive Consumer Action Program - is a free, easy-to-use public
service that can help you if you have a problem that involves a participating
new car or truck dealer.

If you have a problem with a new car or truck, try to work out the problem at
the dealership.  Talk with the appropriate person such as service manager,
sales manager, or the owner of the dealership.  If you can't come to an
agreement and the dealership is a member of a local or state dealer association
sponsoring AUTOCAP, contact AUTOCAP.

When you contact AUTOCAP, you will have to complete a form providing the
following information:
   - Vehicle year, make, model, serial (VIN) number, mileage, date of purchase
   - Nature of your complaint - service, warranty, new or used car or truck
     purchase, advertising, etc.
   - Brief description of the problem
   - What remedy or action you think is appropriate


Once your complaint is received by AUTOCAP, staff review it and forward it to
the dealer involved.  If the case is not resolved in 10 days, it goes to the
AUTOCAP panel for review.  The panel reviews the complaint and makes a decision
which is binding on the participating dealership (the dealership must abide by
the decision), but the consumer can seek other action if not satisfied with the
decision.  This process takes about one month.

AUTOCAP cannot be effective in cases where:
   1.  legal action has already begun;
   2.  the consumer has already hired a lawyer, unless the lawyer agrees to
       participate in AUTOCAP; or
   3.  the problem involves a dealership or business which is not a member of
       the state or local dealer association sponsoring AUTOCAP.

For more information on AUTOCAP in South Carolina or to file a complaint
contact:
          South Carolina AUTOCAP
          South Carolina Automobile and Truck Dealers Association
          1517 Laurel Street
          Columbia, SC 29201
          254-4040
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOLL FREE NUMBERS                               
-DOC-
                               TOLL FREE NUMBERS
    Joyce H. Christenbury, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

Several appliance manufacturers provide toll-free 800 numbers for locating
parts and service for their products.  In addition to service help, some
hotlines also handle consumer inquiries about the company's products, plus
general questions on appliance selection, use and care.  (All numbers listed
here are for "service information only," unless noted otherwise.)

ADMIRAL HOME APPLIANCES                            800/447-8371
 Product information                               800-FAST ICE

CARRIER CORPORATION                                800/227-7437

CUISINARTS, INC.                                   800/243-8540

EMERSON QUIET KOOL CORPORATION                     800/447-4700

FEDDERS - USA                                      800/621-5199

GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY                           800/626-2000
 Product information                               800/626-2000
HAMILTON BEACH DIVISION/SCOVILL INC.               800/334-2785

KELVINATOR APPLIANCE COMPANY                       800/245-0600

PATTON ELECTRIC COMPANY                            800/348-1930

ROPER CORPORATION                                  800/447-6737

TAPPAN COMPANY                                     800/447-2882

WHIRLPOOL CORPORATION                              800/253-1301
 Product information                               800/253-1301

WHITE-WESTINGHOUSE APPLIANCE COMPANY               800/245-0600

To see if these numbers are correct (numbers change from time to time) or if a
company not listed has a toll-free number, dial 1-800-555-1212 and give the
company name in question.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FISH OIL SUPPLEMENTS	                              
-DOC-
                              FISH OIL SUPPLEMENTS	
             Rose J. Davis, Extension Food and Nutrition Specialist	
	
What are the latest buzz words in nutrition - fish oil pills!  The drug 
manufacturers have jumped on the band wagon and are turning these out by the 
thousands.	
	
What makes fish oil so special?  While studying the Eskimos's low incidence of 
cardiovascular disease, researchers discovered that they ate fish containing a 
polyunsaturated fatty acid called omega-3.  When the omega-3 fatty acid is 
present, it seems the blood is less likely to clot in the coronary arteries 
causing a heart attack.  It appears to be more effective than the other 
polyunsaturated fatty acids in lowering the total cholesterol and triglyceride 
levels in the blood.	
	
Other claims have been made for fish oil supplements including relief from 
migraine headaches, arthritis, psoriasis, allergic asthma, and perhaps some 
types of cancer.  All of these claims need to be investigated by long-term 
human studies.	 
	
Many questions remain unanswered concerning the fish oil supplements.  How many 
pills do you need to take?  Recommendations range from 3 to 20 capsules a day!	
The American Heart Association states, "the limited information available 
at present does not justify specific quantitative recommendations". No one 
knows what an adequate and/or safe dose of fish oil is.	 
	
What are the effects of using fish oil supplements for long periods of time?  
Is it only the omega-3 fatty acid in the fish or is this substance acting with 
something else in the fish to help lower the total cholesterol level?	
	
What do we recommend?  Until more is known, eat fish rather than taking the 
fish oil supplements.  Fish is a good source of protein, B-vitamins, iron 
and other nutrients.  Two or three servings of fish a week should be enough.	
	
What fish should you choose? All fish have some omega-3, but dark flesh fish 
are usually higher in this fatty acid.  Salmon, mackerel, herring, sardines, 
lake trout, fresh tuna, whitefish, and anchovies are the best choices.  Good 
selections with a moderate content would be, halibut, bluefish, rainbow and sea 
trout, ocean perch, bass, and mullet.  Oysters have a fair amount of omega-3.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON NUTRITION	                       
-DOC-
                       QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON NUTRITION	
          Rose J. Davis, Extension Food and Nutrition Specialist	
	
Consumers are bombarded by nutrition information daily.  Many consumers have 
questions.  To help clear up some of the confusion, this section will answer 
some of the questions asked to Clemson Extension Service staff members.  If you 
have a question, contact Rose Davis at Clemson University Extension Service.	 
	
Dear Rose:	
	
I noticed the initials R.D. after your name on a letter I received from you.	
Does that stand for Rose Davis?
	
R.E., Clemson	
	
Good pun, R.E.!  The initials R.D. after my name stand for Registered 
Dietetian.  These initials are used by persons who have completed a college 
and/or graduate program in foods and nutrition approved by the American 
Dietetic Association and have successfully passed an examination given by the 
Commission on Dietetic Registration.  Each registered dietetian must complete 
75 hours of further training every five years to maintain certification.  If a 
person has R.D. after their name, it indicates that they are a reliable source 
of nutrition information.	
	
Dear Rose:	
	
Please settle an argument between my wife and I.  I say butter has more 
calories than maragine. Who is right?	
	
J.W., Beaufort	
	
Sorry, J W., you lose!  Butter and margarine both have 35 calories per 
teaspoon.	
	
Dear Rose:	
	
How much cholesterol do pecans contain?	
	
D.M., Sumter	
	
Pecans contain no cholesterol.  Cholesterol is contained only in animal 
products.  Plant foods do not contain cholesterol.  The next time the 100% corn 
oil advertisement comes on television and says it contains no cholesterol - 
LAUGH!  Anyone in "the know" knows plants cannot contain cholesterol!  
 
 
 
    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                    
-DOC-
                    TOTAL LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville           318        355        331        341        311
Aiken              1689       1830       1741       1716       1741
Allendale           226        226        198        208        197
Anderson           1944       1931       1819       1778       1779
Bamberg             295        288        312        304        283
Barnwell            344        356        317        319        305
Beaufort           1320       1399       1440       1429       1394
Berkeley           1990       2017       2036       2147       2159
Calhoun             215        188        231        171        179
Charleston         4996       5089       5328       5566       5476
Cherokee            634        583        611        576        546
Chester             595        564        543        501        517
Chesterfield        639        614        556        526        529
Clarendon           509        468        499        446        446
Colleton            510        542        546        521        544
Darlington          936        955        919        856        851
Dillon              599        577        547        548        542
Dorchester         1052       1097       1126       1144       1254
Edgefield           300        316        291        293        288
Fairfield           340        316        315        322        323
Florence           1990       1897       1856       1745       1801
Georgetown          800        766        757        764        728
Greenville         4400       4393       4389       4278       4218
Greenwood           870        834        857        819        812
Hampton             344        373        353        376        303
Horry              1895       1755       1863       1854       1896
Jasper              308        308        281        309        267
Kershaw             614        624        580        588        633
Lancaster           832        795        809        726        725
Laurens             787        765        758        741        759
Lee                 317        338        291        306        317
Lexington          2010       2066       2066       2160       2137
McCormick           158        143        133        120        118
Marion              641        625        620        553        553
Marlboro            591        556        517        497        478
Newberry            456        497        457        454        447
Oconee              748        683        711        660        676
Orangeburg         1502       1561       1488       1413       1333
Pickens            1044       1019        985        894        979
Richland           4032       4201       4239       4178       4072
Saluda              247        258        279        264        252
Spartanburg        3128       3064       3030       2888       2939
Sumter             1773       1755       1756       1750       1774
Union               482        444        417        401        355
Williamsburg        768        674        724        639        616
York               1720       1640       1632       1642       1709

TOTAL (State)     51908      51745      51554      50731      50561

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics. Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL MALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                  
-DOC-
                  TOTAL MALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville           154        189        163        172        167
Aiken               869        933        887        906        899
Allendale           123        114        109        110        101
Anderson           1029       1005        944        902        874
Bamberg             149        150        154        141        131
Barnwell            169        186        158        143        167
Beaufort            690        696        718        715        671
Berkeley           1034       1054       1013       1104       1132
Calhoun             123         94        104         90         91
Charleston         2572       2591       2671       2815       2772
Cherokee            305        298        333        293        285
Chester             286        316        273        251        269
Chesterfield        330        296        290        259        271
Clarendon           244        232        244        239        232
Colleton            247        273        287        272        285
Darlington          486        485        460        453        425
Dillon              321        284        294        265        269
Dorchester          546        545        573        571        641
Edgefield           147        152        139        162        136
Fairfield           186        141        157        162        167
Florence           1031        967        957        892        909
Georgetown          387        391        365        388        363
Greenville         2218       2240       2218       2148       2171
Greenwood           422        418        435        438        417
Hampton             174        178        190        198        146
Horry               991        915        904        990        954
Jasper              162        153        149        157        120
Kershaw             316        306        296        316        313
Lancaster           428        401        418        346        346
Laurens             405        402        384        409        369
Lee                 157        167        147        153        174
Lexington          1054       1003       1058       1093       1045
McCormick            81         72         67         59         53
Marion              306        306        307        278        271
Marlboro            279        278        288        263        265
Newberry            238        266        214        224        236
Oconee              396        339        369        325        364
Orangeburg          785        792        759        725        686
Pickens             536        522        485        467        529
Richland           2063       2138       2187       2096       2069
Saluda              113        130        129        140        138
Spartanburg        1582       1542       1522       1494       1502
Sumter              927        869        904        851        889
Union               245        214        222        191        173
Williamsburg        403        361        373        312        323
York                886        826        851        809        833

TOTAL (State)     26595      26230      26169      25787      25643

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL FEMALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                  
-DOC-
                  TOTAL FEMALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville           164        166        168        169        144
Aiken               820        897        854        810        842
Allendale           103        112         89         98         96
Anderson            915        926        875        876        905
Bamberg             146        138        158        163        152
Barnwell            175        170        159        176        138
Beaufort            630        703        722        714        723
Berkeley            956        963       1023       1043       1027
Calhoun              92         94        127         81         88
Charleston         2424       2498       2657       2751       2704
Cherokee            329        285        278        283        261
Chester             309        248        270        250        248
Chesterfield        309        318        266        267        258
Clarendon           265        236        255        207        214
Colleton            263        269        259        249        259
Darlington          450        470        459        403        426
Dillon              278        293        253        283        273
Dorchester          506        552        553        573        613
Edgefield           153        164        152        131        152
Fairfield           154        175        158        160        156
Florence            959        930        899        853        892
Georgetown          413        375        392        376        365
Greenville         2182       2153       2171       2130       2047
Greenwood           448        416        422        381        395
Hampton             170        195        163        178        157
Horry               904        840        959        864        942
Jasper              146        155        132        152        147
Kershaw             298        318        284        272        320
Lancaster           404        394        391        380        379
Laurens             382        363        374        332        390
Lee                 160        171        144        153        143
Lexington           956       1063       1008       1067       1092
McCormick            77         71         66         61         65
Marion              335        319        313        275        282
Marlboro            312        278        229        234        213
Newberry            218        231        243        230        211
Oconee              352        344        342        335        312
Orangeburg          717        769        729        688        647
Pickens             508        497        500        427        450
Richland           1969       2063       2052       2082       2003
Saluda              134        128        150        124        114
Spartanburg        1546       1522       1508       1394       1437
Sumter              846        886        852        899        885
Union               237        230        195        210        182
Williamsburg        365        313        351        327        293
York                834        814        781        833        876

TOTAL (State)     25313      25515      25385      24944      24918

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL WHITE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                   
-DOC-
                   TOTAL WHITE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville           185        203        198        192        183
Aiken              1094       1222       1134       1129       1197
Allendale            44         52         56         38         49
Anderson           1516       1459       1381       1369       1363
Bamberg              95        101        106         94        108
Barnwell            162        173        144        144        170
Beaufort            781        828        859        881        843
Berkeley           1371       1342       1381       1518       1512
Calhoun              66         52         77         62         77
Charleston         2730       2793       2998       3121       3034
Cherokee            414        400        408        399        375
Chester             293        259        258        237        255
Chesterfield        357        361        320        315        300
Clarendon           159        129        167        140        125
Colleton            197        231        242        233        248
Darlington          461        458        484        426        447
Dillon              252        244        245        236        214
Dorchester          723        771        787        808        907
Edgefield           108        139        116        131        126
Fairfield           102         95         95         89         97
Florence           1012        971        921        837        894
Georgetown          330        324        318        371        316
Greenville         3304       3381       3334       3264       3249
Greenwood           503        483        493        451        482
Hampton             104        104        110        125         97
Horry              1247       1238       1303       1282       1360
Jasper               86        119        110         92         94
Kershaw             364        364        336        365        401
Lancaster           529        518        521        446        468
Laurens             490        505        465        456        468
Lee                  76         82         78         84         77
Lexington          1709       1710       1727       1817       1811
McCormick            42         31         31         39         41
Marion              220        206        213        190        182
Marlboro            239        210        214        227        190
Newberry            231        279        245        239        236
Oconee              658        598        635        587        586
Orangeburg          475        501        470        485        419
Pickens             938        933        889        816        885
Richland           1948       1957       1962       2054       1975
Saluda              119        127        131        134        129
Spartanburg        2270       2220       2201       2116       2110
Sumter              866        839        898        870        943
Union               290        244        257        252        210
Williamsburg        220        158        201        159        160
York               1179       1128       1133       1128       1194

TOTAL State       30559      30542      30652      30448      30607

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL WHITE MALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)               
-DOC-
               TOTAL WHITE MALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            81        107         97        101        105
Aiken               562        631        581        594        624
Allendale            23         22         34         18         29
Anderson            812        769        720        691        678
Bamberg              58         57         47         38         50
Barnwell             79         85         74         69         97
Beaufort            409        420        434        452        407
Berkeley            716        700        712        783        796
Calhoun              37         30         34         33         44
Charleston         1428       1452       1513       1600       1561
Cherokee            194        210        224        211        193
Chester             138        142        115        121        132
Chesterfield        193        169        166        160        158
Clarendon            93         69         94         77         67
Colleton             95        113        129        121        131
Darlington          243        244        233        220        226
Dillon              142        119        134        112        117
Dorchester          381        386        394        416        478
Edgefield            54         68         52         72         61
Fairfield            52         38         43         49         51
Florence            543        498        481        445        460
Georgetown          160        170        161        192        156
Greenville         1710       1729       1718       1646       1677
Greenwood           245        243        253        233        241
Hampton              53         51         55         70         57
Horry               649        660        639        698        700
Jasper               40         58         60         44         40
Kershaw             187        184        182        195        210
Lancaster           269        277        259        213        224
Laurens             246        260        243        257        224
Lee                  37         37         41         47         38
Lexington           897        830        872        919        885
McCormick            22         15         14         21         16
Marion               95        102         98         96         82
Marlboro            107        114        112        123        115
Newberry            128        156        110        111        122
Oconee              348        296        326        290        320
Orangeburg          256        252        240        263        216
Pickens             486        477        437        431        483
Richland            962       1003        993       1044       1003
Saluda               52         62         63         72         70
Spartanburg        1237       1114       1086       1102       1077
Sumter              448        427        460        422        460
Union               148        119        136        110        104
Williamsburg        103         85        106         76         90
York                605        582        592        554        589

TOTAL (State)     15723      15632      15567      15612      15664

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL WHITE FEMALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)              
-DOC-
              TOTAL WHITE FEMALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville           104         96        101         91         78
Aiken               532        591        553        535        573
Allendale            21         30         22         20         20
Anderson            704        690        661        678        685
Bamberg              37         44         59         56         58
Barnwell             83         88         70         75         73
Beaufort            372        408        425        429        436
Berkeley            655        642        669        735        716
Calhoun              29         22         43         29         33
Charleston         1302       1341       1485       1521       1473
Cherokee            220        190        184        188        182
Chester             155        117        143        116        123
Chesterfield        164        192        154        155        142
Clarendon            66         60         73         63         58
Colleton            102        118        113        112        117
Darlington          218        214        251        206        221
Dillon              110        125        111        124         97
Dorchester          342        385        393        392        429
Edgefield            54         71         64         59         65
Fairfield            50         57         52         40         46
Florence            469        473        440        392        434
Georgetown          170        154        157        179        160
Greenville         1594       1652       1616       1618       1572
Greenwood           258        240        240        218        241
Hampton              51         53         55         55         40
Horry               598        578        664        584        660
Jasper               46         61         50         48         54
Kershaw             177        180        154        170        191
Lancaster           260        241        262        233        244
Laurens             244        245        222        199        244
Lee                  39         45         37         37         39
Lexington           812        880        855        898        926
McCormick            20         16         17         18         25
Marion              125        104        115         94        100
Marlboro            132         96        102        104         75
Newberry            103        123        135        128        114
Oconee              310        302        309        297        266
Orangeburg          219        249        230        222        203
Pickens             452        456        452        385        402
Richland            986        954        969       1010        972
Saluda               67         65         68         62         59
Spartanburg        1133       1106       1115       1014       1033
Sumter              418        412        438        448        483
Union               142        125        121        142        106
Williamsburg        117         73         95         83         70
York                574        546        541        574        605

TOTAL (State)     14836      14910      15085      14836      14943

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL NONWHITE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                
-DOC-
                TOTAL NONWHITE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville           133        152        133        149        128
Aiken               595        608        607        587        544
Allendale           182        174        142        170        148
Anderson            428        472        438        409        416
Bamberg             200        187        206        210        175
Barnwell            182        183        173        175        135
Beaufort            539        571        581        548        551
Berkeley            619        675        655        629        647
Calhoun             149        136        154        109        102
Charleston         2266       2296       2330       2445       2442
Cherokee            220        183        203        177        171
Chester             302        305        285        264        262
Chesterfield        282        253        236        211        229
Clarendon           350        339        332        306        321
Colleton            313        311        304        288        296
Darlington          475        497        435        430        404
Dillon              347        333        302        312        328
Dorchester          329        326        339        336        347
Edgefield           192        177        175        162        162
Fairfield           238        221        220        233        226
Florence            978        926        935        908        907
Georgetown          470        442        439        393        412
Greenville         1096       1012       1055       1014        969
Greenwood           367        351        364        368        330
Hampton             240        269        243        251        206
Horry               648        517        560        572        536
Jasper              222        189        171        217        173
Kershaw             250        260        244        223        232
Lancaster           303        277        288        280        257
Laurens             297        260        293        285        291
Lee                 241        256        213        222        240
Lexington           301        356        339        343        326
McCormick           116        112        102         81         77
Marion              421        419        407        363        371
Marlboro            352        346        303        270        288
Newberry            225        218        212        215        211
Oconee               90         85         76         73         90
Orangeburg         1027       1060       1018        928        914
Pickens             106         86         96         78         94
Richland           2084       2244       2277       2124       2097
Saluda              128        131        148        130        123
Spartanburg         858        844        829        772        829
Sumter              907        916        858        880        831
Union               192        200        160        149        145
Williamsburg        548        516        523        480        456
York                541        512        499        514        515

TOTAL (State)     21349      21203      20902      20283      19954

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL NONWHITE MALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)               
-DOC-
               TOTAL NONWHITE MALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            73         82         66         71         62
Aiken               307        302        306        312        275
Allendale           100         92         75         92         72
Anderson            217        236        224        211        196
Bamberg              91         93        107        103         81
Barnwell             90        101         84         74         70
Beaufort            281        276        284        263        264
Berkeley            318        354        301        321        336
Calhoun              86         64         70         57         47
Charleston         1144       1139       1158       1215       1211
Cherokee            111         88        109         82         92
Chester             148        174        158        130        137
Chesterfield        137        127        124         99        113
Clarendon           151        163        150        162        165
Colleton            152        160        158        151        154
Darlington          243        241        227        233        199
Dillon              179        165        160        153        152
Dorchester          165        159        179        155        163
Edgefield            93         84         87         90         75
Fairfield           134        103        114        113        116
Florence            488        469        476        447        449
Georgetown          227        221        204        196        207
Greenville          508        511        500        502        494
Greenwood           177        175        182        205        176
Hampton             121        127        135        128         89
Horry               342        255        265        292        254
Jasper              122         95         89        113         80
Kershaw             129        122        114        121        103
Lancaster           159        124        159        133        122
Laurens             159        142        141        152        145
Lee                 120        130        106        106        136
Lexington           157        173        186        174        160
McCormick            59         57         53         38         37
Marion              211        204        209        182        189
Marlboro            172        164        176        140        150
Newberry            110        110        104        113        114
Oconee               48         43         43         35         44
Orangeburg          529        540        519        462        470
Pickens              50         45         48         36         46
Richland           1101       1135       1194       1052       1066
Saluda               61         68         66         68         68
Spartanburg         445        428        436        392        425
Sumter              479        442        444        429        429
Union                97         95         86         81         69
Williamsburg        300        276        267        236        233
York                281        244        259        255        244

TOTAL (State)     10872      10598      10602      10175       9979

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL NONWHITE FEMALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)             
-DOC-
             TOTAL NONWHITE FEMALE LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            60         70         67         78         66
Aiken               288        306        301        275        269
Allendale            82         82         67         78         76
Anderson            211        236        214        198        220
Bamberg             109         94         99        107         94
Barnwell             92         82         89        101         65
Beaufort            258        295        297        285        287
Berkeley            301        321        354        308        311
Calhoun              63         72         84         52         55
Charleston         1122       1157       1172       1230       1231
Cherokee            109         95         94         95         79
Chester             154        131        127        134        125
Chesterfield        145        126        112        112        116
Clarendon           199        176        182        144        156
Colleton            161        151        146        137        142
Darlington          232        256        208        197        205
Dillon              168        168        142        159        176
Dorchester          164        167        160        181        184
Edgefield            99         93         88         72         87
Fairfield           104        118        106        120        110
Florence            490        457        459        461        458
Georgetown          243        221        235        197        205
Greenville          588        501        555        512        475
Greenwood           190        176        182        163        154
Hampton             119        142        108        123        117
Horry               306        262        295        280        282
Jasper              100         94         82        104         93
Kershaw             121        138        130        102        129
Lancaster           144        153        129        147        135
Laurens             138        118        152        133        146
Lee                 121        126        107        116        104
Lexington           144        183        153        169        166
McCormick            57         55         49         43         40
Marion              210        215        198        181        182
Marlboro            180        182        127        130        138
Newberry            115        108        108        102         97
Oconee               42         42         33         38         46
Orangeburg          498        520        499        466        444
Pickens              56         41         48         42         48
Richland            983       1109       1083       1072       1031
Saluda               67         63         82         62         55
Spartanburg         413        416        393        380        404
Sumter              428        474        414        451        402
Union                95        105         74         68         76
Williamsburg        248        240        256        244        223
York                260        268        240        259        271

TOTAL (State)     10477      10605      10300      10108       9975

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LIVE BIRTHS WITH NUMBER OF REPORTED CONGENITAL MALFORMATIONS* (RESIDENCE DATA)
-DOC-
LIVE BIRTHS WITH NUMBER OF REPORTED CONGENITAL MALFORMATIONS* (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville             5          -          -          3          2
Aiken                16         10         12         21         13
Allendale             4          1          -          4          2
Anderson              6          9         16         16          8
Bamberg               2          6          5          8          5
Barnwell              4          3          1          4          -
Beaufort             19         18         12         18         11
Berkeley             16         26         16         17         14
Calhoun               1          2          3          2          2
Charleston           30         71         45         59         46
Cherokee              5         10          3          3          2
Chester               7          5         13          9          5
Chesterfield          8         11          9          8          6
Clarendon             2          5          2          6          3
Colleton             10          6          5          4          9
Darlington            9         17         12          6          9
Dillon               33         41         27         19          4
Dorchester            8         10         12         13          7
Edgefield             5          6          3          8          2
Fairfield             1          4          -          2          7
Florence             12          8          2          1          6
Georgetown            3          8          3          6          7
Greenville           12         17         16         29         12
Greenwood             5          5          2          2          -
Hampton               1          1          2          5          2
Horry                15         12         16         14         16
Jasper                3          4          -          6          -
Kershaw               4          8          6          5          6
Lancaster            12          9          5          8          5
Laurens               8          9         13          3          2
Lee                   3          3          -          2          3
Lexington            14         11          4         13          6
McCormick             1          1          -          1          -
Marion                5          3          4          6          2
Marlboro             11          9          4          2          8
Newberry              4          4          4         11          4
Oconee                7          9          7          3         12
Orangeburg           17         19         10         20          8
Pickens               6         10         10         12         17
Richland             20         45         36         42         26
Saluda                2          1          5          1          1
Spartanburg          17         17         15         12         10
Sumter               13         13         13         18         21
Union                 4          5          2          2          2
Williamsburg          3          3          4          7          5
York                 15         14         23          5          8

TOTAL (State)       408        509        402        466        346

*Classified & coded according to the International Classification of
Diseases, (ICD) Ninth Revision 740-759.

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1982, 1983, 1985). South
Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South Carolina.  All data
are based on the calendar year. Data for 1981, 1982 & 1983 came from the
1983 publication;  data for 1980 came from the 1982 publication.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL LOW WEIGHT* LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)               
-DOC-
               TOTAL LOW WEIGHT* LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            17         25         21         29         24
Aiken               132        176        156        141        138
Allendale            21         25         33         28         24
Anderson            144        174        140        137        121
Bamberg              37         28         31         27         27
Barnwell             26         26         34         38         28
Beaufort            106        112        114        119        100
Berkeley            150        167        157        127        146
Calhoun              16         22         24         10         15
Charleston          478        450        256        473        477
Cherokee             51         51         50         63         52
Chester              57         46         46         55         49
Chesterfield         58         75         55         55         51
Clarendon            67         47         55         59         58
Colleton             46         38         57         49         49
Darlington           86         96         85         89         87
Dillon               70         59         54         63         58
Dorchester           86         89         84         87         84
Edgefield            29         29         32         30         31
Fairfield            37         42         37         33         34
Florence            166        169        182        157        204
Georgetown           67         72         75         64         73
Greenville          371        339        358        338        379
Greenwood            75         73         90         72         60
Hampton              35         36         30         31         25
Horry               145        134        146        149        154
Jasper               34         30         31         36         21
Kershaw              49         35         44         50         49
Lancaster            80         77         79         70         69
Laurens              71         75         67         54         80
Lee                  46         45         34         29         38
Lexington           120        154        138        147        142
McCormick            11         13         10         12         12
Marion               66         72         63         55         69
Marlboro             63         75         47         58         48
Newberry             47         36         38         43         43
Oconee               52         45         49         53         52
Orangeburg          131        172        174        143        132
Pickens              61         62         65         69         68
Richland            395        366        431        380        379
Saluda               16         32         39         17         27
Spartanburg         263        271        253        242        243
Sumter              164        154        150        173        160
Union                35         37         40         35         43
Williamsburg         64         78         90         58         65
York                152        153        136        148        143

TOTAL (State)      4493       4582       4580       4395       4431

*Live birth weighing 2500 grams or less (1980).  Live birth weighing less
than 2500 grams (1981, 1982, 1983, 1984).

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL WHITE LOW WEIGHT* LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)           
-DOC-
           TOTAL WHITE LOW WEIGHT* LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville             8          9         10         16         10
Aiken                57         75         69         68         72
Allendale             3          5          6          2          4
Anderson             97        103         84         88         80
Bamberg               7          4          6          2          7
Barnwell              5          6          6          9          9
Beaufort             32         40         41         57         37
Berkeley             82         90         91         69         76
Calhoun               3          1          3          3          1
Charleston          186        158        151        176        178
Cherokee             31         25         31         35         29
Chester              21         18         12         13         16
Chesterfield         15         32         17         23         20
Clarendon            14          7         14         15          7
Colleton             11          7         15         14         13
Darlington           26         27         33         24         32
Dillon               18         16         17         23         10
Dorchester           41         49         41         51         44
Edgefield             8         11          7         15         12
Fairfield             6          4          7          7         10
Florence             56         43         57         36         69
Georgetown           19         19         16         14         24
Greenville          208        208        210        201        234
Greenwood            26         35         42         24         27
Hampton               3         10          7          5          7
Horry                65         64         76         78         83
Jasper                4          9         12          5          8
Kershaw              15         21         16         31         23
Lancaster            39         49         37         35         35
Laurens              34         40         39         21         34
Lee                   4          8          3          5          5
Lexington            91         98        100        102        107
McCormick             3          1          2          2          2
Marion               13         14          9          8          7
Marlboro             22         19         13         20         17
Newberry             20         19         11         12         16
Oconee               45         33         42         41         43
Orangeburg           23         35         31         27         21
Pickens              52         53         53         59         59
Richland            100        101        129        124        122
Saluda                4          8         16          6          9
Spartanburg         160        141        152        130        146
Sumter               46         48         47         57         56
Union                19         18         17         20         20
Williamsburg         12         11         14          7          5
York                 82         84         72         84         70

TOTAL (State)      1836       1876       1884       1864       1916

*Low birth weighing less than 2500 grams.

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL NONWHITE LOW WEIGHT* LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)            
-DOC-
            TOTAL NONWHITE LOW WEIGHT* LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville             9         16         11         13         14
Aiken                75        101         87         73         66
Allendale            18         20         27         26         20
Anderson             47         71         56         49         41
Bamberg              30         24         25         25         20
Barnwell             21         20         28         29         19
Beaufort             74         72         73         62         63
Berkeley             68         77         66         58         70
Calhoun              13         21         21          7         14
Charleston          292        292        305        297        299
Cherokee             20         26         19         28         23
Chester              36         28         34         42         33
Chesterfield         43         43         38         32         31
Clarendon            53         40         41         44         51
Colleton             35         31         42         35         36
Darlington           61         69         52         65         55
Dillon               52         43         37         40         48
Dorchester           45         40         43         36         40
Edgefield            21         18         25         15         19
Fairfield            31         38         30         26         24
Florence            109        126        125        121        135
Georgetown           48         53         59         50         49
Greenville          163        131        148        137        145
Greenwood            49         38         48         48         33
Hampton              32         26         23         26         18
Horry                80         70         70         71         71
Jasper               30         21         19         31         13
Kershaw              34         14         28         19         26
Lancaster            41         28         42         35         34
Laurens              37         35         28         33         46
Lee                  42         37         31         24         33
Lexington            29         56         38         45         35
McCormick             8         12          8         10         10
Marion               53         58         54         47         62
Marlboro             41         56         34         38         31
Newberry             27         17         27         31         27
Oconee                7         12          7         12          9
Orangeburg          108        137        143        116        111
Pickens               9          9         12         10          9
Richland            295        265        302        256        257
Saluda               12         24         23         11         18
Spartanburg         103        130        101        112         97
Sumter              118        106        103        116        104
Union                16         19         23         15         23
Williamsburg         52         67         76         51         60
York                 70         69         64         64         73

TOTAL (State)      2657       2706       2696       2531       2515

*Low birth weighing less than 2500 grams.

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PERCENT OF TOTAL LIVE BIRTHS THAT WERE LOW WEIGHT* (RESIDENCE DATA)     
-DOC-
     PERCENT OF TOTAL LIVE BIRTHS THAT WERE LOW WEIGHT* (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                     1980       1981       1982       1983       1984      1985

Abbeville             5.3        7.0        6.3        8.5        7.7
Aiken                 7.8        9.6        9.0        8.2        7.9
Allendale             9.3       11.1       16.7       13.5       12.2
Anderson              7.4        9.0        7.7        7.7        6.8
Bamberg              12.5        9.7        9.9        8.9        9.5
Barnwell              7.6        7.3       10.7       11.9        9.2
Beaufort              8.0        8.0        7.9        8.3        7.2
Berkeley              7.5        8.3        7.7        5.9        6.8
Calhoun               7.4       11.7       10.4        5.8        8.4
Charleston            9.6        8.8        8.6        8.5        8.7
Cherokee              8.0        8.7        8.2       10.9        9.5
Chester               9.6        8.2        8.5       11.0        9.5
Chesterfield          9.1       12.2        9.9       10.5        9.6
Clarendon            13.2       10.0       11.0       13.2       13.0
Colleton              9.0        7.0       10.4        9.4        9.0
Darlington            9.2       10.1        9.2       10.4       12.0
Dillon               11.7       10.2        9.9       11.5       10.7
Dorchester            8.2        8.1        7.5        7.6        6.7
Edgefield             9.7        9.2       11.0       10.2       10.8
Fairfield            10.9       13.3       11.7       10.2       10.5
Florence              8.3        8.9        9.8        9.0       11.3
Georgetown            8.4        9.4        9.9        8.4       10.0
Greenville            8.4        7.7        8.2        7.9        9.0
Greenwood             8.6        8.8       10.5        8.8        7.4
Hampton              10.2        9.7        8.5        8.2        8.2
Horry                 7.7        7.6        7.8        8.0        8.1
Jasper               11.0        9.7       11.0       11.7        7.9
Kershaw               8.0        5.6        7.6        8.5        7.7
Lancaster             9.6        9.7        9.8        9.6        9.5
Laurens               9.0        9.8        8.8        7.3       10.5
Lee                  14.5       13.3       11.7        9.5       12.0
Lexington             6.0        7.5        6.7        6.8        6.6
McCormick             7.0        9.1        7.5       10.0       10.2
Marion               10.3       11.5       10.2        9.9       12.5
Marlboro             10.7       13.5        9.1       11.7       10.0
Newberry             10.3        7.2        8.3        9.5        9.6
Oconee                7.0        6.6        6.9        8.0        7.7
Orangeburg            8.7       11.0       11.7       10.1        9.9
Pickens               5.8        6.1        6.6        7.7        6.9
Richland              9.8        8.7       10.2        9.1        9.3
Saluda                6.5       12.4       14.0        6.4       10.7
Spartanburg           8.4        8.8        8.3        8.4        8.3
Sumter                9.2        8.8        8.5        9.9        9.0
Union                 7.3        8.3        9.6        8.7       12.1
Williamsburg          8.3       11.6       12.4        9.1       10.6
York                  8.8        9.3        8.3        9.0        8.4

TOTAL (State)         8.7        8.9        8.9        8.7        8.8

*Low birth weighing less than 2500 grams.

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PERCENT OF WHITE LIVE BIRTHS THAT WERE LOW WEIGHT* (RESIDENCE DATA)     
-DOC-
     PERCENT OF WHITE LIVE BIRTHS THAT WERE LOW WEIGHT* (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                     1980       1981       1982       1983       1984      1985

Abbeville             4.3        4.4        5.1        8.3        5.5
Aiken                 5.2        6.1        6.1        6.0        6.0
Allendale             6.8        9.6       10.7        5.3        8.2
Anderson              6.4        7.1        6.1        6.4        5.9
Bamberg               7.4        4.0        5.7        2.1        6.5
Barnwell              3.1        3.5        4.2        6.3        5.3
Beaufort              4.1        4.8        4.8        6.5        4.4
Berkeley              6.0        6.7        6.6        4.5        5.0
Calhoun               4.5        1.9        3.9        4.8        1.3
Charleston            6.8        5.7        5.0        5.6        5.9
Cherokee              7.5        6.3        7.6        8.8        7.7
Chester               7.2        6.9        4.7        5.5        6.3
Chesterfield          4.2        8.9        5.3        7.3        6.7
Clarendon             8.8        5.4        8.4       10.7        5.6
Colleton              5.6        3.0        6.2        6.0        5.2
Darlington            5.6        5.9        6.8        5.6        7.2
Dillon                7.1        6.6        6.9        9.7        4.7
Dorchester            5.7        6.4        5.2        6.3        4.9
Edgefield             7.4        7.9        6.0       11.5        9.5
Fairfield             5.9        4.2        7.4        7.9       10.3
Florence              5.5        4.4        6.2        4.3        7.7
Georgetown            5.8        5.9        5.0        3.8        7.6
Greenville            6.3        6.2        6.3        6.2        7.2
Greenwood             5.2        7.2        8.5        5.3        5.6
Hampton               2.9        9.6        6.4        4.0        7.2
Horry                 5.2        5.2        5.8        6.1        6.1
Jasper                4.7        7.6       10.9        5.4        8.5
Kershaw               4.1        5.8        4.8        8.5        5.7
Lancaster             7.4        9.5        7.1        7.8        7.5
Laurens               6.9        7.9        8.4        4.6        7.3
Lee                   5.3        9.8        3.8        6.0        6.5
Lexington             5.3        5.7        5.8        5.6        5.9
McCormick             7.1        3.2        6.5        5.1        4.9
Marion                5.9        6.8        4.2        4.2        3.8
Marlboro              9.2        9.0        6.1        8.8        8.9
Newberry              8.7        6.8        4.5        5.0        6.8
Oconee                6.8        5.5        6.6        7.0        7.3
Orangeburg            4.8        7.0        6.6        5.6        5.0
Pickens               5.5        5.7        6.0        7.2        6.7
Richland              5.1        5.2        6.6        6.0        6.2
Saluda                3.4        6.3       12.2        4.5        7.0
Spartanburg           7.0        6.4        6.9        6.1        6.9
Sumter                5.3        5.7        5.2        6.6        5.9
Union                 6.6        7.4        6.6        7.9        9.5
Williamsburg          5.5        7.0        7.0        4.4        3.1
York                  7.0        7.4        6.4        7.4        5.9

TOTAL (State)         6.0        6.1        6.1        6.1        6.3

*Low birth weighing less than 2500 grams.

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PERCENT NONWHITE LIVE BIRTHS THAT WERE LOW WEIGHT* (RESIDENCE DATA)     
-DOC-
     PERCENT NONWHITE LIVE BIRTHS THAT WERE LOW WEIGHT* (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                     1980       1981       1982       1983       1984      1985

Abbeville             6.8       10.5        8.3        8.7       10.9
Aiken                12.6       16.6       14.3       12.4       12.1
Allendale             9.9       11.5       19.0       15.3       13.5
Anderson             11.0       15.0       12.8       12.0        9.9
Bamberg              15.0       12.8       12.1       11.9       11.4
Barnwell             11.5       10.9       16.2       16.6       14.1
Beaufort             13.7       12.6       12.6       11.3       11.4
Berkeley             11.0       11.4       10.1        9.2       10.8
Calhoun               8.7       15.4       13.6        6.4       13.7
Charleston           12.9       12.7       13.1       12.1       12.2
Cherokee              9.1       14.2        9.4       15.8       13.4
Chester              11.9        9.2       11.9       15.9       12.6
Chesterfield         15.2       17.0       16.1       15.2       13.5
Clarendon            15.1       11.8       12.3       14.4       15.9
Colleton             11.2       10.0       13.8       12.2       12.2
Darlington           12.8       13.9       12.0       15.1       13.6
Dillon               15.0       12.9       12.3       12.8       14.6
Dorchester           13.7       12.3       12.7       10.7        3.2
Edgefield            10.9       10.2       14.3        9.3       11.7
Fairfield            13.0       17.2       13.6       11.2       10.6
Florence             11.1       13.6       13.4       13.3       14.9
Georgetown           10.2       12.0       13.4       12.7       11.9
Greenville           14.9       12.9       14.0       13.5       15.0
Greenwood            13.4       10.8       13.2       13.0       10.0
Hampton              13.3        9.7        9.5       10.4        8.7
Horry                12.3       13.5       12.5       12.4       13.2
Jasper               13.5       11.1       11.1       14.3        7.5
Kershaw              13.6        5.4       11.5        8.5       11.2
Lancaster            13.5       10.1       14.6       12.5       13.2
Laurens              12.5       13.5        9.6       11.6       15.8
Lee                  17.4       14.5       14.6       10.8       13.8
Lexington             9.6       15.7       11.2       13.1       10.7
McCormick             6.9       10.7        7.8       12.3       13.0
Marion               12.6       13.8       13.3       12.9       16.7
Marlboro             11.6       16.2       11.2       14.1       10.8
Newberry             12.0        7.8       12.7       14.4       12.8
Oconee                7.8       14.1        9.2       16.4       10.0
Orangeburg           10.5       12.9       14.0       12.5       12.1
Pickens               8.5       10.5       12.5       12.8        9.6
Richland             14.2       11.8       13.3       12.1       12.2
Saluda                9.4       18.3       15.5        8.5       14.6
Spartanburg          12.0       15.4       12.2       14.5       11.7
Sumter               13.0       11.6       12.0       13.2       12.5
Union                 8.3        9.5       14.4       10.1       15.9
Williamsburg          9.5       13.0       14.5       10.6       13.2
York                 12.9       13.5       12.8       12.5       14.2

TOTAL (State)        12.4       12.8       12.9       12.5       12.6

*Low birth weighing less than 2500 grams.

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL OUT-OF-WEDLOCK LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)             
-DOC-
             TOTAL OUT-OF-WEDLOCK LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            73        102         85        114         85
Aiken               315        312        341        332        327
Allendale            90         94         66         88         71
Anderson            280        303        306        312        323
Bamberg              95         96         96        103         95
Barnwell             94         94         93        114         78
Beaufort            263        235        263        239        222
Berkeley            274        268        240        283        283
Calhoun              78         67         81         54         57
Charleston         1225       1224       1363       1518       1493
Cherokee            147        135        145        157        147
Chester             168        148        155        154        156
Chesterfield        139        125        120        141        151
Clarendon           172        161        157        153        168
Colleton            146        148        152        145        152
Darlington          248        281        269        243        241
Dillon              219        210        190        207        221
Dorchester          135        133        147        174        166
Edgefield            75         89         92         75         88
Fairfield           108        103        113        108        112
Florence            478        468        510        502        505
Georgetown          222        199        213        189        196
Greenville          723        718        749        787        769
Greenwood           186        198        210        208        207
Hampton             100        102         95        124         94
Horry               361        312        366        373        367
Jasper              115        110        101        125         97
Kershaw             116        139        135        130        126
Lancaster           165        154        164        167        150
Laurens             186        178        213        217        215
Lee                 113        145         94        113        139
Lexington           191        245        238        238        270
McCormick            54         59         46         46         51
Marion              202        212        203        210        205
Marlboro            211        208        191        189        221
Newberry            115        122        128        106        117
Oconee               70         66         57         64         78
Orangeburg          501        551        525        503        477
Pickens              92         77        100         88        111
Richland            889        986       1013        976       1009
Saluda               64         54         82         68         71
Spartanburg         621        603        618        617        674
Sumter              389        410        413        429        400
Union                93        121         89        110        107
Williamsburg        225        204        224        211        211
York                365        370        375        404        413

TOTAL (State)     11191      11339      11626      11908      11916

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PERCENT OF TOTAL LIVE BIRTHS OUT-OF-WEDLOCK (RESIDENCE DATA)         
-DOC-
         PERCENT OF TOTAL LIVE BIRTHS OUT-OF-WEDLOCK (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                     1980       1981       1982       1983       1984      1985

Abbeville            23.0       28.7       25.7       33.4       27.3
Aiken                18.7       17.0       19.6       19.3       18.8
Allendale            39.8       41.6       33.3       42.3       36.0
Anderson             14.4       15.7       16.8       17.5       18.2
Bamberg              32.2       33.3       30.8       33.9       33.6
Barnwell             27.3       26.4       29.3       35.7       25.6
Beaufort             19.9       16.8       18.3       16.7       15.9
Berkeley             13.8       13.3       11.8       13.2       13.1
Calhoun              36.3       35.6       35.1       31.6       31.8
Charleston           24.5       24.1       25.6       27.3       27.3
Cherokee             23.2       23.2       23.7       27.3       26.9
Chester              28.2       26.2       28.5       30.7       30.2
Chesterfield         21.8       20.4       21.6       26.8       28.5
Clarendon            33.8       34.4       31.5       34.3       37.7
Colleton             28.6       27.3       27.8       27.8       27.9
Darlington           26.6       29.4       29.3       28.4       28.3
Dillon               36.6       36.4       34.7       37.8       40.8
Dorchester           12.8       12.1       13.1       15.2       13.2
Edgefield            25.0       28.2       31.6       25.6       30.6
Fairfield            31.8       32.6       35.6       33.5       34.7
Florence             24.0       24.7       27.5       28.8       28.0
Georgetown           27.8       26.0       28.1       24.7       26.9
Greenville           16.4       16.3       17.1       18.4       18.2
Greenwood            21.4       23.7       24.5       25.4       25.5
Hampton              29.1       27.3       26.9       33.0       31.0
Horry                19.1       17.8       19.6       20.1       19.4
Jasper               37.3       35.7       35.9       40.5       36.3
Kershaw              18.9       22.3       23.3       22.1       19.9
Lancaster            19.8       19.4       20.3       23.0       20.7
Laurens              23.6       23.3       28.1       29.3       28.3
Lee                  35.6       42.9       32.3       36.9       43.8
Lexington             9.5       11.9       11.5       11.0       12.6
McCormick            34.2       41.3       34.6       38.3       43.2
Marion               31.5       33.9       32.7       38.0       37.1
Marlboro             35.7       37.4       36.9       38.0       46.2
Newberry             25.2       24.5       28.0       23.3       26.2
Oconee                9.4        9.7        8.0        9.7       11.5
Orangeburg           33.4       35.3       35.3       35.6       35.8
Pickens               8.8        7.6       10.2        9.8       11.3
Richland             22.0       23.5       23.9       23.4       24.8
Saluda               25.9       20.9       29.4       25.8       28.2
Spartanburg          19.9       19.7       20.4       21.4       22.9
Sumter               21.9       23.4       23.5       24.5       22.5
Union                19.3       27.3       21.3       27.4       30.1
Williamsburg         29.3       30.3       30.9       33.0       34.3
York                 21.2       22.6       23.0       24.6       24.2

TOTAL (State)        21.6       21.9       22.6       23.5       23.6

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL WHITE OUT-OF-WEDLOCK LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)           
-DOC-
           TOTAL WHITE OUT-OF-WEDLOCK LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville             6          9         11         14         11
Aiken                76         81         82         83         93
Allendale             4          1          3          4          3
Anderson             87         77         92         86         99
Bamberg               8          6          4          3         10
Barnwell             11         14         12         13         11
Beaufort             34         22         39         42         28
Berkeley             60         50         77         74         80
Calhoun               1          2          5          2          2
Charleston          173        172        245        269        243
Cherokee             24         26         32         44         36
Chester              20          8         20         13         17
Chesterfield         17         12         25         32         21
Clarendon            10          7         11          6         10
Colleton             13         14         16         18         11
Darlington           19         17         33         22         31
Dillon               19         25         34         32         23
Dorchester           36         41         34         53         45
Edgefield             4          8          1          4          3
Fairfield             7          5          8          4          8
Florence             46         50         57         46         62
Georgetown           19         17         16         20         14
Greenville          216        189        197        224        219
Greenwood            24         33         31         29         42
Hampton               6          2          8         10          5
Horry                65         71         91         90        110
Jasper                8          9          4          4          9
Kershaw              20         17         23         22         21
Lancaster            29         36         33         31         28
Laurens              32         36         42         39         40
Lee                   1          2          2          3          5
Lexington            73         95         93         99        128
McCormick             1          -          2          -          2
Marion               20         16         15         20         14
Marlboro             36         34         28         40         39
Newberry              6         13         11          5         10
Oconee               31         36         32         43         38
Orangeburg           25         37         31         34         19
Pickens              40         43         60         51         74
Richland            104        102        115        111        125
Saluda                5          5          7          5          4
Spartanburg         163        143        158        189        171
Sumter               53         50         51         51         45
Union                11         20         21         26         18
Williamsburg         12          4          6          4          5
York                 72         78         95         91         97

TOTAL (State)      1747       1735       2013       2105       2129

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PERCENT OF WHITE LIVE BIRTHS OUT-OF-WEDLOCK (RESIDENCE DATA)        
-DOC-
        PERCENT OF WHITE LIVE BIRTHS OUT-OF-WEDLOCK (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                     1980       1981       1982       1983       1984      1985

Abbeville             3.2        4.4        5.6        7.3        6.0
Aiken                 6.9        6.6        7.2        7.4        7.8
Allendale             9.1        1.9        5.4       10.5        6.1
Anderson              5.7        5.3        6.7        6.3        7.3
Bamberg               8.4        5.9        3.8        3.2        9.3
Barnwell              6.8        8.1        8.3        9.0        6.5
Beaufort              4.4        2.7        4.5        4.8        3.3
Berkeley              4.4        3.7        5.6        4.9        5.3
Calhoun               1.5        3.8        6.5        3.2        2.6
Charleston            6.3        6.2        8.2        8.6        8.0
Cherokee              5.8        6.5        7.8       11.0        9.6
Chester               6.8        3.1        7.8        5.5        6.7
Chesterfield          4.8        3.3        7.8       10.2        7.0
Clarendon             6.3        5.4        6.6        4.3        8.0
Colleton              6.6        6.1        6.6        7.7        4.4
Darlington            4.1        3.7        6.8        5.2        6.9
Dillon                7.5       10.2       13.9       13.6       10.7
Dorchester            5.0        5.3        4.3        6.6        5.0
Edgefield             3.7        5.8        0.9        3.1        2.4
Fairfield             6.9        5.3        8.4        4.5        8.2
Florence              4.5        5.1        6.2        5.5        6.9
Georgetown            5.8        5.2        5.0        5.4        4.4
Greenville            6.5        5.6        5.9        6.9        6.7
Greenwood             4.8        6.8        6.3        6.4        8.7
Hampton               5.8        1.9        7.3        8.0        5.2
Horry                 5.2        5.7        7.0        7.0        8.1
Jasper                9.3        7.6        3.6        4.3        9.6
Kershaw               5.5        4.7        6.8        6.0        5.2
Lancaster             5.5        6.9        6.3        7.0        6.0
Laurens               6.5        7.1        9.0        8.6        8.5
Lee                   1.3        2.4        2.6        3.6        6.5
Lexington             4.3        5.6        5.4        5.4        7.1
McCormick             2.4        0          6.5        0          4.9
Marion                9.1        7.8        7.0       10.5        7.7
Marlboro             15.1       16.2       13.1       17.6       20.5
Newberry              2.6        4.7        4.5        2.1        4.2
Oconee                4.7        6.0        5.0        7.3        6.5
Orangeburg            5.3        7.4        6.6        7.0        4.5
Pickens               4.3        4.6        6.7        6.3        8.4
Richland              5.3        5.2        5.9        5.4        6.3
Saluda                4.2        3.9        5.3        3.7        3.1
Spartanburg           7.2        6.4        7.2        8.9        8.1
Sumter                6.1        6.0        5.7        5.9        4.8
Union                 3.8        8.2        8.2       10.3        8.6
Williamsburg          5.5        2.5        3.0        2.5        3.1
York                  6.1        6.9        8.4        8.1        8.1

TOTAL (State)         5.7        5.7        6.6        6.9        7.0

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL NONWHITE OUT-OF-WEDLOCK LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)          
-DOC-
          TOTAL NONWHITE OUT-OF-WEDLOCK LIVE BIRTHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            67         93         74        100         74
Aiken               239        231        259        249        234
Allendale            86         93         63         84         68
Anderson            193        226        214        226        224
Bamberg              87         90         92        100         85
Barnwell             83         80         81        101         67
Beaufort            229        213        224        197        194
Berkeley            214        218        163        209        203
Calhoun              77         65         76         52         55
Charleston         1052       1052       1118       1249       1250
Cherokee            123        109        113        113        111
Chester             148        140        135        141        139
Chesterfield        122        113         95        109        130
Clarendon           162        154        146        147        158
Colleton            133        134        136        127        141
Darlington          229        264        236        221        210
Dillon              200        185        156        175        198
Dorchester           99         92        113        121        121
Edgefield            71         81         91         71         85
Fairfield           101         98        105        104        104
Florence            432        418        453        456        443
Georgetown          203        182        197        169        182
Greenville          507        529        552        563        550
Greenwood           162        165        179        179        165
Hampton              94        100         87        114         89
Horry               296        241        275        283        257
Jasper              107        101         97        121         88
Kershaw              96        122        112        108        105
Lancaster           136        118        131        136        122
Laurens             154        142        171        178        175
Lee                 112        143         92        110        134
Lexington           118        150        145        139        142
McCormick            53         59         44         46         49
Marion              182        196        188        190        191
Marlboro            175        174        163        149        182
Newberry            109        109        117        101        107
Oconee               39         30         25         21         40
Orangeburg          476        514        494        469        458
Pickens              52         34         40         37         37
Richland            785        884        898        865        884
Saluda               59         49         75         63         67
Spartanburg         458        490        460        428        503
Sumter              336        360        362        378        355
Union                82        101         68         84         89
Williamsburg        213        200        218        207        206
York                293        292        280        313        316

TOTAL (State)      9444       9604       9613       9803       9787

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PERCENT OF NONWHITE LIVE BIRTHS OUT-OF-WEDLOCK (RESIDENCE DATA)       
-DOC-
       PERCENT OF NONWHITE LIVE BIRTHS OUT-OF-WEDLOCK (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                     1980       1981       1982       1983       1984      1985

Abbeville            50.4       61.2       55.6       67.1       57.8
Aiken                40.2       38.0       42.7       42.4       43.0
Allendale            47.3       53.4       44.4       49.4       45.9
Anderson             45.1       47.9       48.9       55.3       53.8
Bamberg              43.5       48.1       44.7       47.6       48.6
Barnwell             45.6       43.7       46.8       57.7       49.6
Beaufort             42.5       37.3       38.6       35.9       35.2
Berkeley             34.6       32.3       24.9       33.2       31.4
Calhoun              51.7       47.8       49.4       47.7       53.9
Charleston           46.4       45.8       48.0       51.1       51.2
Cherokee             55.9       59.6       55.7       63.8       64.9
Chester              49.0       45.9       47.4       53.4       53.1
Chesterfield         43.3       44.7       40.3       51.7       56.8
Clarendon            46.3       45.4       44.0       48.0       49.2
Colleton             42.5       43.1       44.7       44.1       47.6
Darlington           48.3       53.1       54.3       51.4       52.0
Dillon               57.6       55.6       51.7       56.1       60.4
Dorchester           30.1       28.2       33.3       36.0       34.9
Edgefield            37.0       45.8       52.0       43.8       52.5
Fairfield            42.4       44.3       47.7       44.6       46.0
Florence             44.1       45.1       48.4       50.2       48.8
Georgetown           43.2       41.2       44.9       43.0       44.2
Greenville           46.3       52.3       52.3       55.5       56.8
Greenwood            44.1       47.0       49.2       48.6       50.0
Hampton              39.2       37.2       35.8       45.4       43.2
Horry                45.7       46.6       49.1       49.5       47.9
Jasper               48.2       53.4       56.7       55.8       50.9
Kershaw              38.4       46.9       45.9       48.4       45.3
Lancaster            44.9       42.6       45.5       48.6       47.5
Laurens              51.9       54.6       58.4       62.5       60.1
Lee                  46.5       55.9       43.2       49.5       55.8
Lexington            39.2       42.1       42.8       40.5       43.6
McCormick            45.7       52.7       43.1       56.8       63.6
Marion               43.2       46.8       46.2       52.3       51.5
Marlboro             49.7       50.3       53.8       55.2       63.2
Newberry             48.4       50.0       55.2       47.0       50.7
Oconee               43.3       35.3       32.9       28.8       44.4
Orangeburg           46.3       48.5       48.5       50.5       50.1
Pickens              49.1       39.5       41.7       47.4       39.4
Richland             37.7       39.4       39.4       40.7       42.2
Saluda               46.1       37.4       50.7       48.5       54.5
Spartanburg          53.4       54.5       55.5       55.4       60.7
Sumter               37.0       39.3       42.2       43.0       42.7
Union                42.7       50.5       42.5       56.4       61.4
Williamsburg         38.9       38.8       41.7       43.1       45.2
York                 54.2       57.0       56.1       60.9       61.4

TOTAL (State)        44.2       45.3       46.0       48.3       49.0

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL NUMBER OF DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                     
-DOC-
                     TOTAL NUMBER OF DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville           206        208        210        196        204
Aiken               851        882        914        933        950
Allendale           116        117        116        113        115
Anderson           1141       1123       1102       1160       1133
Bamberg             165        159        132        147        195
Barnwell            170        178        182        188        191
Beaufort            407        443        447        498        427
Berkeley            397        487        495        528        563
Calhoun             108        102        108        106        120
Charleston         1962       1887       1939       2007       2049
Cherokee            362        372        365        345        334
Chester             292        326        285        291        284
Chesterfield        341        346        349        373        375
Clarendon           225        264        237        250        243
Colleton            339        317        310        325        407
Darlington          560        565        585        573        521
Dillon              260        276        294        273        319
Dorchester          386        374        420        418        399
Edgefield           154        149        157        157        162
Fairfield           211        202        203        221        226
Florence            922        960        880       1021       1012
Georgetown          318        380        362        336        355
Greenville         2265       2271       2191       2301       2345
Greenwood           515        533        523        490        531
Hampton             169        185        154        151        175
Horry               841        842        827        941        908
Jasper              141        145        141        111        151
Kershaw             335        365        314        300        313
Lancaster           436        423        401        420        435
Laurens             517        552        460        500        519
Lee                 169        135        143        151        155
Lexington           885        869        885        981        915
McCormick            72         66         52         59         81
Marion              315        325        303        352        328
Marlboro            300        321        310        308        311
Newberry            282        370        312        327        343
Oconee              414        464        435        464        414
Orangeburg          817        739        722        764        750
Pickens             501        510        548        585        559
Richland           2149       2158       2192       2250       2261
Saluda              161        147        164        152        170
Spartanburg        1801       1744       1720       1818       1905
Sumter              677        679        644        697        642
Union               288        286        330        332        316
Williamsburg        347        316        305        334        370
York                848        848        898        883        882

TOTAL (State)     25138      25410      25066      26130      26363

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL MALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                      
-DOC-
                      TOTAL MALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville           117        105        113        113        100
Aiken               456        504        483        519        491
Allendale            59         70         65         59         51
Anderson            661        602        616        631        646
Bamberg              89         83         80         79         94
Barnwell             90         96         97         94         95
Beaufort            237        240        253        264        234
Berkeley            249        295        282        331        304
Calhoun              66         53         58         53         78
Charleston         1061       1033       1037       1086       1114
Cherokee            215        206        200        190        186
Chester             163        185        159        158        167
Chesterfield        204        215        181        203        218
Clarendon           132        149        132        132        143
Colleton            190        176        154        176        218
Darlington          290        293        291        300        271
Dillon              142        141        155        166        178
Dorchester          244        207        229        233        224
Edgefield            85         73         95         81         95
Fairfield           120        110        118        121        130
Florence            520        518        478        550        538
Georgetown          194        236        219        190        207
Greenville         1229       1217       1180       1195       1257
Greenwood           296        277        291        272        263
Hampton             105        101         85         86         93
Horry               499        492        475        560        508
Jasper               69         74         78         60         87
Kershaw             190        194        172        175        164
Lancaster           259        233        229        246        240
Laurens             296        311        244        289        291
Lee                  95         81         87         88         90
Lexington           493        493        503        526        488
McCormick            49         46         26         32         42
Marion              167        182        176        194        182
Marlboro            161        175        173        179        172
Newberry            167        206        161        176        192
Oconee              219        278        247        265        204
Orangeburg          441        367        391        409        407
Pickens             283        268        309        320        309
Richland           1184       1190       1175       1142       1157
Saluda               93         76         88         89         82
Spartanburg        1003        952        964        982       1040
Sumter              390        352        356        367        356
Union               161        145        177        196        171
Williamsburg        176        174        170        171        190
York                483        463        481        482        490

TOTAL (State)     14092      13937     13,733      14230      14257

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL FEMALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                   
-DOC-
                   TOTAL FEMALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            89        103         97         83        104
Aiken               395        378        431        414        459
Allendale            57         47         51         54         64
Anderson            480        521        486        529        487
Bamberg              76         76         52         68        101
Barnwell             80         82         85         94         96
Beaufort            170        203        194        234        193
Berkeley            148        192        213        197        259
Calhoun              42         49         50         53         42
Charleston          901        854        902        921        935
Cherokee            147        166        165        155        148
Chester             129        141        126        133        117
Chesterfield        137        131        168        170        157
Clarendon            93        115        105        118        100
Colleton            149        141        156        149        189
Darlington          270        272        294        273        250
Dillon              118        135        139        107        141
Dorchester          142        167        191        185        175
Edgefield            69         76         62         76         67
Fairfield            91         92         85        100         96
Florence            402        442        402        471        474
Georgetown          124        144        143        146        148
Greenville         1036       1054       1011       1106       1088
Greenwood           219        256        232        218        268
Hampton              64         84         69         65         82
Horry               342        350        352        381        400
Jasper               72         71         63         51         64
Kershaw             145        171        142        125        149
Lancaster           177        190        172        174        195
Laurens             221        241        216        211        228
Lee                  74         54         56         63         65
Lexington           392        376        382        455        427
McCormick            23         20         26         27         39
Marion              148        143        127        158        146
Marlboro            139        146        137        129        139
Newberry            115        164        151        151        151
Oconee              195        186        188        199        210
Orangeburg          376        372        331        355        343
Pickens             218        242        239        265        250
Richland            965        968       1017       1108       1104
Saluda               68         71         76         63         88
Spartanburg         798        792        756        836        865
Sumter              287        327        288        330        286
Union               127        141        153        136        145
Williamsburg        171        142        135        163        180
York                365        385        417        401        392

TOTAL (State)     11046      11473      11333      11900      12106

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL WHITE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                      
-DOC-
                      TOTAL WHITE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville           147        139        141        125        140
Aiken               620        639        648        686        676
Allendale            49         48         41         38         51
Anderson            927        940        918        942        919
Bamberg              74         79         70         76         93
Barnwell             94         97         95         98        104
Beaufort            241        268        249        302        268
Berkeley            250        311        322        335        346
Calhoun              46         40         39         49         49
Charleston         1179       1124       1149       1200       1217
Cherokee            286        279        281        284        276
Chester             185        220        191        195        184
Chesterfield        242        245        246        267        257
Clarendon            95        115        104         96        107
Colleton            196        180        168        182        224
Darlington          336        355        366        363        338
Dillon              166        163        184        163        202
Dorchester          253        247        243        284        264
Edgefield            83         74         91         80         81
Fairfield            95         91         96         93        113
Florence            516        561        490        580        578
Georgetown          179        199        186        184        194
Greenville         1837       1856       1791       1874       1899
Greenwood           371        378        355        340        358
Hampton              75         89         71         70         78
Horry               643        673        648        745        737
Jasper               53         70         62         36         60
Kershaw             206        226        201        185        213
Lancaster           316        330        291        308        324
Laurens             376        413        332        357        376
Lee                  67         56         58         71         62
Lexington           762        763        767        854        815
McCormick            27         30         19         30         39
Marion              140        156        133        149        150
Marlboro            160        175        173        187        176
Newberry            166        247        219        223        227
Oconee              359        419        379        409        365
Orangeburg          405        380        357        383        376
Pickens             443        464        487        530        508
Richland           1316       1337       1311       1407       1389
Saluda              113         98        122        115        112
Spartanburg        1410       1349       1353       1430       1501
Sumter              312        329        338        369        317
Union               201        201        240        226        236
Williamsburg        137        117        110        124        152
York                627        629        688        673        664

TOTAL (State)     16781      17199      16823      17717      17815

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL WHITE MALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                   
-DOC-
                   TOTAL WHITE MALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            83         70         76         73         63
Aiken               327        364        343        389        360
Allendale            24         29         26         20         22
Anderson            547        502        514        511        523
Bamberg              38         41         43         39         48
Barnwell             51         52         59         48         54
Beaufort            141        154        140        166        157
Berkeley            158        187        182        203        181
Calhoun              31         20         21         26         31
Charleston          640        606        614        648        637
Cherokee            173        159        152        163        153
Chester             105        120        103        104        106
Chesterfield        146        155        125        146        151
Clarendon            58         65         51         55         58
Colleton            112         99         82        107        110
Darlington          179        185        179        184        169
Dillon               87         78         97        101        111
Dorchester          150        133        137        158        145
Edgefield            42         35         54         40         49
Fairfield            50         50         52         48         60
Florence            295        306        280        315        303
Georgetown          119        137        118        112        123
Greenville          983        995        974        976       1021
Greenwood           211        194        199        191        182
Hampton              46         48         42         40         43
Horry               383        387        372        451        418
Jasper               29         31         28         19         32
Kershaw             122        122        109        108        115
Lancaster           194        186        162        184        176
Laurens             218        235        174        215        205
Lee                  42         33         35         45         38
Lexington           428        434        435        462        440
McCormick            19         22          9         17         17
Marion               70         91         82         84         93
Marlboro             93         95         93        104        108
Newberry            101        143        111        116        135
Oconee              190        252        215        237        185
Orangeburg          208        181        196        204        207
Pickens             258        240        272        292        277
Richland            724        736        673        696        708
Saluda               64         50         64         67         57
Spartanburg         780        729        745        782        805
Sumter              178        166        193        193        171
Union               116        101        129        131        124
Williamsburg         76         69         66         60         78
York                355        343        370        372        388

TOTAL (State)      9444       9430       9196       9702       9637

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL WHITE FEMALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                  
-DOC-
                  TOTAL WHITE FEMALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            64         69         65         52         77
Aiken               293        275        305        297        316
Allendale            25         19         15         18         29
Anderson            380        438        404        431        396
Bamberg              36         38         27         37         45
Barnwell             43         45         36         50         50
Beaufort            100        114        109        136        111
Berkeley             92        124        140        132        165
Calhoun              15         20         18         23         18
Charleston          539        518        535        552        580
Cherokee            113        120        129        121        123
Chester              80        100         88         91         78
Chesterfield         96         90        121        121        106
Clarendon            37         50         53         41         49
Colleton             84         81         86         75        114
Darlington          157        170        187        179        169
Dillon               79         85         87         62         91
Dorchester          103        114        106        126        119
Edgefield            41         39         37         40         32
Fairfield            45         41         44         45         53
Florence            221        255        210        265        275
Georgetown           60         62         68         72         71
Greenville          854        861        817        898        878
Greenwood           160        184        156        149        176
Hampton              29         41         29         30         35
Horry               260        286        276        294        319
Jasper               24         39         34         17         28
Kershaw              84        104         92         77         98
Lancaster           122        144        129        124        148
Laurens             158        178        158        142        171
Lee                  25         23         23         26         24
Lexington           334        329        332        392        375
McCormick             8          8         10         13         22
Marion               70         65         51         65         57
Marlboro             67         80         80         83         68
Newberry             65        104        108        107         92
Oconee              169        167        164        172        180
Orangeburg          197        199        161        179        169
Pickens             185        224        215        238        231
Richland            592        601        638        711        681
Saluda               49         48         58         48         55
Spartanburg         630        620        608        648        696
Sumter              134        163        145        176        146
Union                85        100        111         95        112
Williamsburg         61         48         44         64         74
York                272        286        318        301        276

TOTAL (State)      7337       7769       7627       8015       8178

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL NONWHITE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                   
-DOC-
                   TOTAL NONWHITE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            59         69         69         71         64
Aiken               231        243        266        247        274
Allendale            67         69         75         75         64
Anderson            214        183        184        218        214
Bamberg              91         80         62         71        102
Barnwell             76         81         87         90         87
Beaufort            166        175        198        196        159
Berkeley            147        176        173        193        217
Calhoun              62         62         69         57         71
Charleston          783        763        790        807        832
Cherokee             76         93         84         61         58
Chester             107        106         94         96        100
Chesterfield         99        101        103        106        118
Clarendon           130        149        133        154        136
Colleton            143        137        142        143        183
Darlington          224        210        219        210        183
Dillon               94        113        110        110        117
Dorchester          133        127        177        134        135
Edgefield            71         75         66         77         81
Fairfield           116        111        107        128        113
Florence            406        399        390        441        434
Georgetown          139        181        176        152        161
Greenville          428        415        400        427        446
Greenwood           144        155        168        150        173
Hampton              94         96         83         81         97
Horry               198        169        179        196        171
Jasper               88         75         79         75         91
Kershaw             129        139        113        115        100
Lancaster           120         93        110        112        111
Laurens             141        139        128        143        143
Lee                 102         79         85         80         93
Lexington           123        106        118        127        100
McCormick            45         36         33         29         42
Marion              175        169        170        203        178
Marlboro            140        146        137        121        135
Newberry            116        123         93        104        116
Oconee               55         45         56         55         49
Orangeburg          412        359        365        381        374
Pickens              58         46         61         55         51
Richland            833        821        881        843        872
Saluda               48         49         42         37         58
Spartanburg         391        395        367        388        404
Sumter              365        350        306        328        325
Union                87         85         90        106         80
Williamsburg        210        199        195        210        218
York                221        219        210        210        218

TOTAL (State)      8357       8211       8243       8413       8548

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL NONWHITE MALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                  
-DOC-
                  TOTAL NONWHITE MALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            34         35         37         40         37
Aiken               129        140        140        130        131
Allendale            35         41         39         39         29
Anderson            114        100        102        120        123
Bamberg              51         42         37         40         46
Barnwell             39         44         38         46         41
Beaufort             96         86        113         98         77
Berkeley             91        108        100        128        123
Calhoun              35         33         37         27         47
Charleston          421        427        423        438        477
Cherokee             42         47         48         27         33
Chester              58         65         56         54         61
Chesterfield         58         60         56         57         67
Clarendon            74         84         81         77         85
Colleton             78         77         72         69        108
Darlington          111        108        112        116        102
Dillon               55         63         58         65         67
Dorchester           94         74         92         75         79
Edgefield            43         38         41         41         46
Fairfield            70         60         66         73         70
Florence            225        212        198        235        235
Georgetown           75         99        101         78         84
Greenville          246        222        206        219        236
Greenwood            85         83         92         81         81
Hampton              59         53         43         46         50
Horry               116        105        103        109         90
Jasper               40         43         50         41         55
Kershaw              68         72         63         67         49
Lancaster            65         47         67         62         64
Laurens              78         76         70         74         86
Lee                  53         48         52         43         52
Lexington            65         59         68         64         48
McCormick            30         24         17         15         25
Marion               97         91         94        110         89
Marlboro             68         80         80         75         64
Newberry             66         63         50         60         57
Oconee               29         26         32         28         19
Orangeburg          233        186        195        205        200
Pickens              25         28         37         28         32
Richland            460        454        502        446        449
Saluda               29         26         24         22         25
Spartanburg         223        223        219        200        235
Sumter              212        186        163        174        185
Union                45         44         48         65         47
Williamsburg        100        105        104        111        112
York                128        120        111        110        102

TOTAL (State)      4648       4507       4537       4528       4620

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL NONWHITE FEMALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)              
-DOC-
              TOTAL NONWHITE FEMALE DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville            25         34         32         31         27
Aiken               102        103        126        117        143
Allendale            32         28         36         36         35
Anderson            100         83         82         98         91
Bamberg              40         38         25         31         56
Barnwell             37         37         49         44         46
Beaufort             70         89         85         98         82
Berkeley             56         68         73         65         94
Calhoun              27         29         32         30         24
Charleston          362        336        367        369        355
Cherokee             34         46         36         34         25
Chester              49         41         38         42         39
Chesterfield         41         41         47         49         51
Clarendon            56         65         52         77         51
Colleton             65         60         70         74         75
Darlington          113        102        107         94         81
Dillon               39         50         52         45         50
Dorchester           39         53         85         59         56
Edgefield            28         37         25         36         35
Fairfield            46         51         41         55         43
Florence            181        187        192        206        199
Georgetown           64         82         75         74         77
Greenville          182        193        194        208        210
Greenwood            59         72         76         69         92
Hampton              35         43         40         35         47
Horry                82         64         76         87         81
Jasper               48         32         29         34         36
Kershaw              61         67         50         48         51
Lancaster            55         46         43         50         47
Laurens              63         63         58         69         57
Lee                  49         31         33         37         41
Lexington            58         47         50         63         52
McCormick            15         12         16         14         17
Marion               78         78         76         93         89
Marlboro             72         66         57         46         71
Newberry             50         60         43         44         59
Oconee               26         19         24         27         30
Orangeburg          179        173        170        176        174
Pickens              33         18         24         27         19
Richland            373        367        379        397        423
Saluda               19         23         18         15         33
Spartanburg         168        172        148        188        169
Sumter              153        164        143        154        140
Union                42         41         42         41         33
Williamsburg        110         94         91         99        106
York                 93         99         99        100        116

TOTAL (State)      3709       3704       3706       3885       3928

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL INFANT DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                   
-DOC-
                   TOTAL INFANT DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville             1          8          4          4          3
Aiken                22         25         21         14         26
Allendale             9          6          5          7          4
Anderson             21         37         31         35         21
Bamberg               8          5          3          3          7
Barnwell              6          8          6          7          2
Beaufort             20         13         27         24         24
Berkeley             25         39         33         22         22
Calhoun               1          6          3          1          3
Charleston           83         65         80         65         79
Cherokee             10         12         12          2          5
Chester               9          5         16          8         10
Chesterfield         16         13         13         13         15
Clarendon            11          8          8         15          5
Colleton             14          2          8         12          8
Darlington           20         20         19         19          5
Dillon               10         13         10         12          3
Dorchester           14         23         21         16         19
Edgefield             3          5         10          2          5
Fairfield            12          6          2          3         11
Florence             35         26         31         29         40
Georgetown           11         24         11         12         13
Greenville           52         71         55         53         67
Greenwood            13         20         13         15          8
Hampton              11          8          5          8          8
Horry                26         30         29         26         20
Jasper                9          4         10          3          3
Kershaw               9          6          6          6          8
Lancaster            14         16         10          8          8
Laurens              16         18         11         12         10
Lee                  12          8          9          8          8
Lexington            17         22         20         31         23
McCormick             2          7          2          1          4
Marion               12         16          7         14         17
Marlboro             10         19         13         11          6
Newberry              7          9          6         14          2
Oconee                7          7         10         11          9
Orangeburg           25         19         24         19         16
Pickens              12         14         16         16         12
Richland             70         56         62         55         66
Saluda                3          6          6          3          2
Spartanburg          42         33         46         55         45
Sumter               31         31         31         28         32
Union                10          7         16          6          4
Williamsburg         13         19         18          6         11
York                 25         21         33         26         24

TOTAL (State)       809        836        832        760        743

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL INFANT MORTALITY RATE (RESIDENCE DATA)                  
-DOC-
                  TOTAL INFANT MORTALITY RATE (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                     1980       1981       1982       1983       1984      1985

Abbeville             3.1       22.5       12.1       11.7        9.6
Aiken                13.0       13.7       12.1        8.2       14.9
Allendale            39.8       26.5       25.3       33.7       20.3
Anderson             10.8       19.2       17.0       19.7       11.8
Bamberg              27.1       17.4        9.6        9.9       24.7
Barnwell             17.4       22.5       18.9       21.9        6.6
Beaufort             15.2        9.3       18.8       16.8       17.2
Berkeley             12.6       19.3       16.2       10.2       10.2
Calhoun               4.7       31.9       13.0        5.8       16.8
Charleston           16.6       12.8       15.0       11.7       14.4
Cherokee             15.8       20.6       19.6        3.5        9.2
Chester              15.1        8.9       29.5       16.0       19.3
Chesterfield         25.0       21.2       23.4       24.7       28.4
Clarendon            21.6       17.1       16.0       33.6       11.2
Colleton             27.5        3.7       14.7       23.0       14.7
Darlington           21.4       20.9       20.7       22.2        5.9
Dillon               16.7       22.5       18.3       21.9        5.5
Dorchester           13.3       21.0       18.7       14.0       15.2
Edgefield            10.0       15.8       34.4        6.8       17.4
Fairfield            35.3       19.0        6.3        9.3       34.1
Florence             17.6       13.7       16.7       16.6       22.2
Georgetown           13.8       31.3       14.5       15.7       17.9
Greenville           11.8       16.2       12.5       12.4       15.9
Greenwood            14.9       24.0       15.2       18.3        9.9
Hampton              32.0       21.4       14.2       21.3       26.4
Horry                13.7       17.1       15.6       14.0       10.5
Jasper               29.2       13.0       35.6        9.7       11.2
Kershaw              14.7        9.6       10.3       10.2       12.6
Lancaster            16.8       20.1       12.4       11.0       11.0
Laurens              20.3       23.5       14.5       16.2       13.2
Lee                  37.9       23.7       30.9       26.1       25.2
Lexington             8.5       10.6        9.7       14.4       10.8
McCormick            12.7       49.0       15.0        8.3       33.9
Marion               18.7       25.6       11.3       25.3       30.7
Marlboro             16.9       34.2       25.1       22.1       12.6
Newberry             15.4       18.1       13.1       30.8        4.5
Oconee                9.4       10.2       14.1       16.7       13.3
Orangeburg           16.6       12.2       16.1       13.4       12.0
Pickens              11.5       13.7       16.2       17.9       12.3
Richland             17.4       13.3       14.6       13.2       16.2
Saluda               12.1       23.3       21.5       11.4        7.9
Spartanburg          13.4       10.8       15.2       19.0       15.3
Sumter               17.5       17.7       17.7       16.0       18.0
Union                20.7       15.8       38.4       15.0       11.3
Williamsburg         16.9       28.2       24.9        9.4       17.9
York                 14.5       12.8       20.2       15.8       14.0

TOTAL (State)        15.6       16.2       16.1       15.0       14.7

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.  Rate per 1000 live births.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHITE INFANT DEATHS BY NUMBER (RESIDENCE DATA)                  
-DOC-
                  WHITE INFANT DEATHS BY NUMBER (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville             -          -          2          2          2
Aiken                11         13          9          8         12
Allendale             1          3          -          2          1
Anderson             19         26         18         23          9
Bamberg               1          3          -          -          2
Barnwell              2          4          2          2          -
Beaufort              9          7         12         15         13
Berkeley             14         16         22         10         13
Calhoun               -          2          1          -          1
Charleston           34         24         24         27         26
Cherokee              6          4          3          2          4
Chester               5          1          6          1          5
Chesterfield          1          6          4          9         10
Clarendon             3          1          2          3          -
Colleton              3          -          1          3          4
Darlington            7          4          6          7          2
Dillon                2          7          4          4          -
Dorchester            5         10          8          7         15
Edgefield             -          2          4          1          2
Fairfield             2          -          -          -          4
Florence             14          9         11          8         14
Georgetown            3          6          1          4          2
Greenville           31         47         37         31         46
Greenwood             4         12          6          6          2
Hampton               2          3          -          -          3
Horry                 8         18         18         17         14
Jasper                3          2          4          3          1
Kershaw               5          3          4          4          5
Lancaster             8          8          7          6          4
Laurens               8         15          4          5          6
Lee                   1          2          2          2          -
Lexington            14         14         13         18         19
McCormick             -          1          -          1          -
Marion                3          6          2          2          2
Marlboro              2          7          5          6          3
Newberry              3          1          3          2          -
Oconee                5          5          7          7          8
Orangeburg            7          8          9          -          5
Pickens              10         11         16         13         11
Richland             19         17         18         22         14
Saluda                3          1          4          1          1
Spartanburg          21         20         29         33         28
Sumter                7         11         11         10         10
Union                 8          4          6          3          1
Williamsburg          3          1          1          1          -
York                 13         14         21         12         15

TOTAL (State)       330        379        367        343        339

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHITE INFANT MORTALITY BY RATE (RESIDENCE DATA)                
-DOC-
                WHITE INFANT MORTALITY BY RATE (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                     1980       1981       1982       1983       1984      1985

Abbeville             0          0         10.1       10.4       10.9
Aiken                10.1       10.6        7.9        7.1       10.0
Allendale            22.7       57.7        0         52.6       20.4
Anderson             12.5       17.8       13.0       16.8        6.6
Bamberg              10.5       29.7        0          0         18.5
Barnwell             12.3       23.1       13.9       13.9        0
Beaufort             11.5        8.4       14.0       17.0       15.4
Berkeley             10.2       11.9       15.9        6.6        8.6
Calhoun               0         38.5       13.0        0         13.0
Charleston           12.5        8.6        8.0        8.7        8.6
Cherokee             14.5       10.0        7.4        5.0       10.7
Chester              17.1        3.9       23.3        4.2       19.6
Chesterfield          2.8       16.6       12.5       28.6       33.3
Clarendon            18.9        7.8       12.0       21.4        0
Colleton             15.2        0          4.1       12.9       16.1
Darlington           15.2        8.7       12.4       16.4        4.5
Dillon                7.9       28.7       16.3       16.9        0
Dorchester            6.9       13.0       10.2        8.7       16.5
Edgefield             0         14.4       34.5        7.6       15.9
Fairfield            19.6        0          0          0         41.2
Florence             13.8        9.3       11.9        9.6       15.7
Georgetown            9.1       18.5        3.1       10.8        6.3
Greenville            9.4       13.9       11.1        9.5       14.2
Greenwood             8.0       24.8       12.2       13.3        4.1
Hampton              19.2       28.8        0          0         30.9
Horry                 6.4       14.5       13.8       13.3       10.3
Jasper               34.9       16.8       36.4       32.6       10.6
Kershaw              13.7        8.2       11.9       11.0       12.5
Lancaster            15.1       15.4       13.4       13.5        8.5
Laurens              16.3       29.7        8.6       11.0       12.8
Lee                  13.2       24.4       25.6       23.8        0
Lexington             8.2        8.2        7.5        9.9       10.5
McCormick             0         32.3        0         25.6        0
Marion               13.6       29.1        9.4       10.5       11.0
Marlboro              8.4       33.3       23.4       26.4       15.8
Newberry             13.0        3.6       12.2        8.4        0
Oconee                7.6        8.4       11.0       11.9       13.7
Orangeburg           14.7       16.0       19.1        0         11.9
Pickens              10.7       11.8       18.0       15.9       12.4
Richland              9.8        8.7        9.2       10.7        7.1
Saluda               25.2        7.9       30.5        7.5        7.8
Spartanburg           9.3        9.0       13.2       15.6       13.3
Sumter                8.1       13.1       12.2       11.5       10.6
Union                27.6       16.4       23.3       11.9        4.8
Williamsburg         13.6        6.3        5.0        6.3        0
York                 11.0       12.4       18.5       10.6       12.6

TOTAL (State)        10.8       12.4       12.0       11.3       11.1

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.  Rate 1000 per live births.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOTAL NONWHITE INFANT DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)                  
-DOC-
                  TOTAL NONWHITE INFANT DEATHS (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                   1980       1981       1982       1983       1984       1985

Abbeville             1          8          2          2          1
Aiken                11         12         12          6         14
Allendale             8          3          5          5          3
Anderson              2         11         13         12         12
Bamberg               7          2          3          3          5
Barnwell              4          4          4          5          2
Beaufort             11          6         15          9         11
Berkeley             11         23         11         12          9
Calhoun               1          4          2          1          2
Charleston           49         41         56         38         53
Cherokee              4          8          9          -          1
Chester               4          4         10          7          5
Chesterfield         15          7          9          4          5
Clarendon             8          7          6         12          5
Colleton             11          2          7          9          4
Darlington           13         16         13         12          3
Dillon                8          6          6          8          3
Dorchester            9         13         13          9          4
Edgefield             3          3          6          1          3
Fairfield            10          6          2          3          7
Florence             21         17         20         21         26
Georgetown            8         18         10          8         11
Greenville           21         24         18         22         21
Greenwood             9          8          7          9          6
Hampton               9          5          5          8          5
Horry                18         12         11          9          6
Jasper                6          2          6          -          2
Kershaw               4          3          2          2          3
Lancaster             6          8          3          2          4
Laurens               8          3          7          7          4
Lee                  11          6          7          6          8
Lexington             3          8          7         13          4
McCormick             2          6          2          -          4
Marion                9         10          5         12         15
Marlboro              8         12          8          5          3
Newberry              4          8          3         12          2
Oconee                2          2          3          4          1
Orangeburg           18         11         15         19         11
Pickens               2          3          -          3          1
Richland             51         39         44         33         52
Saluda                -          5          2          2          1
Spartanburg          21         13         17         22         17
Sumter               24         20         20         18         22
Union                 2          3         10          3          3
Williamsburg         10         18         17          5         11
York                 12          7         12         14          9

TOTAL (State)       479        457        465        417        404

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NONWHITE INFANT MORTALITY RATES (RESIDENCE DATA)               
-DOC-
               NONWHITE INFANT MORTALITY RATES (RESIDENCE DATA)
    Emily Wiggins, Extension Family Life And Human Development Specialist

                     1980       1981       1982       1983       1984      1985

Abbeville             7.5       52.6       15.0       13.4        7.8
Aiken                18.5       19.7       19.8       10.2       25.7
Allendale            44.0       17.2       35.2       29.4       20.3
Anderson              4.7       23.3       29.7       29.3       28.8
Bamberg              35.0       10.7       14.6       14.3       28.6
Barnwell             22.0       21.9       23.1       28.6       14.8
Beaufort             20.4       10.5       25.8       16.4       20.0
Berkeley             17.8       34.1       16.8       19.1       13.9
Calhoun               6.7       29.4       13.0        9.2       19.6
Charleston           21.6       17.9       24.0       15.5       21.7
Cherokee             18.2       43.7       44.3        0          5.8
Chester              13.2       13.1       35.1       26.5       19.1
Chesterfield         53.2       27.7       38.1       19.0       21.8
Clarendon            22.9       20.6       18.1       39.2       15.6
Colleton             35.1        6.4       23.0       31.3       13.5
Darlington           27.4       32.2       29.9       27.9        7.4
Dillon               23.1       18.0       19.9       25.6        9.1
Dorchester           27.4       39.9       38.3       26.8       11.5
Edgefield            15.6       16.9       34.3        6.2       18.5
Fairfield            42.0       27.1        9.1       12.9       31.0
Florence             21.5       18.4       21.4       23.1       28.7
Georgetown           17.0       40.7       22.8       20.4       26.7
Greenville           19.2       23.7       17.1       21.7       21.7
Greenwood            24.5       22.8       19.2       24.5       18.2
Hampton              37.5       18.6       20.6       31.9       24.3
Horry                27.8       23.2       19.6       15.7       11.2
Jasper               27.0       10.6       35.1        0         11.6
Kershaw              16.0       11.5        8.2        9.0       12.9
Lancaster            19.8       28.9       10.4        7.1       15.6
Laurens              26.9       11.5       23.9       24.6       13.7
Lee                  45.6       23.4       32.9       27.0       33.3
Lexington            10.0       22.5       20.6       37.9       12.3
McCormick            17.2       53.6       19.6        0         51.9
Marion               21.4       23.9       12.3       33.1       40.4
Marlboro             22.7       34.7       26.4       18.5       10.4
Newberry             17.8       36.7       14.2       55.8        9.5
Oconee               22.2       23.5       39.5       54.8       11.1
Orangeburg           17.5       10.4       14.7       20.5       12.0
Pickens              18.9       34.9        0         38.5       10.6
Richland             24.5       17.4       19.3       15.5       24.8
Saluda                0         38.2       13.5       15.4        8.1
Spartanburg          24.5       15.4       20.5       28.5       20.5
Sumter               26.5       21.8       23.3       20.5       26.5
Union                10.4       15.0       62.5       20.1       20.7
Williamsburg         18.2       34.9       32.5       10.4       24.1
York                 22.2       13.7       24.0       27.2       17.5

TOTAL (State)        22.4       21.6       22.2       20.6       20.2

Source: Dept. of Health & Environmental Control. (1980, 1981, 1982, 1983,
1984, 1985). South Carolina vital & morbidity statistics, Columbia, South
Carolina.  All data are based on the calendar year.  Rate 1000 per live births.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MANUFACTURED HOUSING INFORMATION                      
-DOC-
                      MANUFACTURED HOUSING INFORMATION
          Linda L. Gardner, Extension Residential Housing Specialist

S. C. Manufactured Housing Board
Program Administrator
300 Gervais Street
Columbia, SC  29201
Phone:  758-5378

S.C.'s state administrative agency, part of the administrative structure of
the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Manufactured
Housing Construction and Safety Standards Program.  The Board handles consumer
complaints, makes HUD-code enforcement-related determinations, conducts
hearing regarding HUD-code homes.  The Board is made up of consumers,
retailers, manufacturers, insurance and finance experts, and home fire safety
specialists.

A consumer with a complaint about a manufactured/mobile home should try to
resolve it by contacting the retailer or service company involved.  If unable
to resolve the complaint that way, contact the manufacturer of the home.  If
still unable to resolve the complaint, contact this state agency and ask for
information on complaint resolution.
Manufactured Housing Institute of S.C., Inc.
1103 "B" Avenue
P.O. Box 5885
West Columbia, SC  29171
Phone:  794-5570
President:  Mr. Thomas W. Lloyd

The Institute is a trade association of retailers, park owners/developers,
service/supplier members, and manufacturers.  It is a source of current
information on all aspects of manufactured/mobile housing, including
legislation, zoning, community development, and other related issues.

The Institute directory lists businesses that provide products or services to
the S.C. industry.  Call the Institute for names and addresses of member
companies.




-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RESIDENTIAL HOME BUILDERS INFORMATION                   
-DOC-
                   RESIDENTIAL HOME BUILDERS INFORMATION
          Linda L. Gardner, Extension Residential Housing Specialist

S. C. Residential Builders Commission
2221 Devine St., Suite 312
Columbia, SC  29205
Phone:  758-7091

This is the licensing agency for contractors who build family residences in
S.C.  Commission special investigators can be called upon to help resolve
consumer-builder disputes regarding home construction problems if the builder
is a licensed builder.  In unresolved disputes between a non-licensed builder
and consumer, the investigator may serve as an expert witness in a civil
action.

The investigators are trained in building codes and can tell by examining a
home whether various aspects of the construction meet building code
requirements.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PATTERNS OF U.S. HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURES -- 1984 CONSUMER EXPENDITURE SURVEY  
-DOC-
  PATTERNS OF U.S. HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURES -- 1984 CONSUMER EXPENDITURE SURVEY
      Glennis M. Couchman, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

                        Lower Income       Moderate Income      Higher Income
                      ($10,800 average)   ($19,300 average)   ($30,400 average)

Food                        17.6%               16.2%               12.6%
Housing (1)                 32.1                30.4                24.2
Transportation              19.9                20.7                17.4
Clothing                     4.8                 5.1                 4.2
Personal Care                1.0                 1.0                 0.7
Medical Care                 6.1                 4.6                 3.0
Recreation                   3.8                 4.3                 4.2
Other Consumption (2)        5.1                 5.1                 3.4
Other Items (3)              7.9                10.3                12.9
Taxes                        1.7                 2.3                17.4

(1) Housing costs reflects rent or mortgage, property taxes and insurance,
    water and refuse disposal, heating, gas, electricity, maintenance and
    repair.
(2) Reading, tobacco, alcohol, and miscellaneous.
(3) Gifts, contributions, life insurance, pensions, social security.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ECONOMIC UPDATE - DECEMBER 1987                        
-DOC-
                        ECONOMIC UPDATE - DECEMBER 1987
      Glennis M. Couchman, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

     Economic Update provides information of economic trends -- statewide,
nationally, and internationally -- that directly or indirectly impact South
Carolina families.  The synopsis of each topic will, in effect, keep you
abreast of the latest demographics, facts, and issues in the economic
environment of the United States.


SELECTED QUOTATION FOR DECEMBER:

Rich Miller, CFP, Denver, Colorado

     "People do not plan to fail; they fail to plan."


                           CONSUMER PRICES INCREASE

     The Consumer Price Index (CPI) for the three months ending in October rose
at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 4.2%.  Price increase by category:

                           CPI August-October 1987

                                               % Increase
                      Transportation              10.0
                      Medical Care                 5.4
                      Entertainment                4.7
                      Food, Beverages              4.2
                      Housing                      3.6
                      Apparel                      3.2

Source:  Bureau of Labor Statistics, USA TODAY, November 23, 1987.


                          SLIGHTLY HIGHER CPI IN 1988

     Expect slightly faster gains in the CPI in the future months.  Increase
from December 1986 through December 1987 is expected to be 4.7%, up from 1.1%
last year.  For budgeting purposes, figure on a 5% increase in 1988.




    Increase in Consumer Price Index-U from December to December, 1965-1988

     1965    1.9%    1971     3.4%    1977     6.8%    1983    3.8%
     1966    3.4%    1972     3.4%    1978     9.0%    1984    4.0%
     1967    3.0%    1973     8.8%    1979    13.3%    1985    3.8%
     1968    4.7%    1974    12.2%    1980    12.4%    1986    1.1%
     1969    6.1%    1975     7.0%    1981     8.9%    1987    4.7% (est.)
     1970    5.5%    1976     4.8%    1982     3.9%    1988    5.0% (est.)

Source:  THE KIPLINGER WASHINGTON LETTER, November 13, 1987.

                        IRS RULING FOR THE HANDICAPPED

     The costs of modifying a home to suit the handicapped are deductible as
medical expenses.  Internal Revenue Service has issued this ruling at direction
of the Congress.  Costs that are deductible include:  widening doorways and
hallways, wheelchair ramps, lowering kitchen cabinets, adding handrails, and
grading yards for better access to the house.  Also, installation of elevators
if the cost exceeds added value of the house is deductible.

Source:  THE KIPLINGER WASHINGTON LETTER, November 13, 1987.

                                  RURAL POOR

     According to an article in the May 24, 1987, Washington Post, rural areas
contain one-fourth of the U.S. population, they have 67 percent of the sub-
standard housing, 32 percent of the nation's poverty, and 9.2 percent of the
unemployment.  Real per capita income in farm counties fell from 91 percent of
the metropolitan level in 1973 to 76 percent in 1984.


                          HOUSING AFFORDABILITY INDEX

     In 1986, homes in the U.S. were more affordable than they had been since
1978.  The housing affordability index was 105.7 compared to 111.9 in 1978. 
This means that a family earning a median annual income in 1986 of $29,200 had
110.5% of the income required to meet minimum qualification standards for a
mortgage of 80% of the median-priced home ($80,300).

     The primary reason for the index improvement was lower interest rates. 
The interest rate to compute the index was 10.25% in 1986.  When the interest
rates soared to all point high of 16% during 1981, the index went to an all
time low of 63.9.

Housing Affordability Index

        Median-
         priced   Average   Monthly  Payment  Median
        existing  mortgage   P & I    as %    family  Qualifying  Affordability
          home      rate*   payment  income   income   income**     index***
1981     66,400     15.12     677     36.3    22,388    32,485        68.9
1982     67,800     15.38     702     35.9    23,433    33,713        69.5
1983     70,300     12.85     616     30.1    24,580    29,546        83.2
1984     72,400     12.49     618     28.2    26,433    29,650        89.1
1985     75,500     11.74     609     26.2    27,735    29,243        94.8
1986     80,300     10.25     576     23.7    29,200    27,631       105.7
1987
Jan <p>  82,400      9.62     560     22.9    29,308    26,883       109.0

<p> Preliminary
*   Effective rate on loans closed on existing homes--Federal Home Loan Bank
    Board.
**  Based on the current lending requirements of the Federal National Mortgage
    Association using a 20% down payment.
*** Index equals 100 when median family income equals qualifying income.
Source:  Consumers Research, Vol. 70, No. 4, p. 33, April 1987.
                       MONTHLY EARNINGS OF SOUTH CAROLINA
                      MANUFACTURING WORKERS, OCTOBER 1987

                          South Carolina                       U.S.
                    October 1987      Year Ago      October 1987      Year Ago
Average Hourly
   Earnings            $  8.14         $  7.97         $  9.94         $  9.72

Average Weekly
   Earnings            $340.25         $329.16         $408.53         $395.60

Source:  SC EMPLOYMENT TRENDS, October 1987.










                             SOUTH CAROLINA DATA:
           SOCIAL INSURANCE RECIPIENT RANKINGS AMONG STATES FOR 1985

                                 Unit of      South     Rank in      U.S.
                                 Measure    Carolina     U.S.      Average

   Social Security recipients
   per 1,000 population           Rate        144         36         151

   AFDC and SSI as
   percent of population         Percent        6.2       14           6.2

   Food stamp recipients
   per 1,000 population           Rate        105.5        6          80.2

Source:  SOUTH CAROLINA STATE DATA CENTER NEWSLETTER, Spring 1987.






                             HOW MUCH DO YOU OWE?

     The federal debt is now well over $2.3 trillion...$2,300,000,000,000. 
That comes to $9,474 for each man, woman, and child in the U.S.  The debt is
growing rapidly.  Last year the per person federal debt was $8,524; five years
ago it was $4,898.  On the average it has been rising about $600 per year per
person.

     To whom do we owe the debt?  We should know our creditors.

     Federal Reserve -- 9%.  The FR buys and sells government securities to
regulate the growth of money and repays interest earned to U.S. Treasury. 
Government accounts such as Social Security and federal pension funds make up
19% of your debt share.

     Foreigners own almost 12% of the total.  This means each of us owe them
$1,107.  This is fast-growing private investments and reserves at central
banks.  In the 1960s, foreigners held less than 3% of the debt.  Currently, 20%
of the feds new borrowing has been from foreigners.  U.S. investors are owed
the balance of the debt...about 60% of the total.  This includes banks; 
individuals; partnerships and trusts; state and local governments, savings and
loans, corporations and private pension funds.
     So what?  How does the debt effect you?  There are less dollars for
economic growth.  Interest rates are higher than if government borrowed less. 
Financing the federal debt can bring on inflation because the Federal Reserve
feels pressure to make borrowing easier by pumping more money into the economy
and increasing credit.

Source:  THE KIPLINGER WASHINGTON LETTER, August 28, 1987.















                    FASTEST AND SLOWEST GROWING INDUSTRIES

     Among the fastest and slowest growing U.S. industries in regard to
available jobs are these:

      Industry              Employment Change, 1986-2000        Annual % Change
Business Services                    +3,340,000                      +3.9%
Health Services                      +3,223,000                      +2.9
Hotels                               +  570,000                      +2.5
Finance, Insurance,
  Real Estate                        +1,620,000                      +1.7
Manufacturing                        -  834,000                      -0.3
Apparel & Textiles                   -  182,000                      -1.3

Source:  RESEARCH RECOMMENDATIONS, National Institute of Business Management,
         July 3, 1987.
                            





Did You Know...

     ...that your risk of an Internal Revenue Service audit depends on where
you live?  South Carolina residents face one of the lowest risks of being
audited--0.9%--of all individual taxpayers.  Other nearby states with a similar
low rate are North Carolina and Kentucky.  The IRS audits 1.1% of all
individual taxpayers.  The highest risk states are Nevada, Arizona, California,
Hawaii, Oklahoma, and Texas.  Source:  BOTTOM LINE, December 15, 1987.

     ...the top baby names in the South are Jessica and Robert?

     ...Alaska is the only state that levies neither state personal income tax
nor a state sales tax?


Demographic Tidbits

     Seven out of ten U.S. families with children under age 18 own their homes;
90% of these homes are single-family detached units.  Nearly 50% were built
since 1970.


     More than 1 out of 4 homeowners with children have a house with eight or
more rooms, compared to only 5% of renters with children.

     U.S. homeowners--with or without children--spend the same amount on home
furnishings and appliances (about $1,200 per year).  Households with children
spend $500 a year on household operations, such as cleaning services.  Home-
owners without children spend only $250 a year on such services.

Source:  FAMILY ECONOMICS REVIEW, July 1987.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HOUSING FOR THE HANDICAPPED AND ELDERLY                   
-DOC-
                   HOUSING FOR THE HANDICAPPED AND ELDERLY
         Linda L. Gardner, Extension Residential Housing Specialist

Independent Living Skills Center
S.C. Department of Vocational Rehabilitation
1410 Boston Avenue
West Columbia, S.C.  29169
Phone:  743-4313

A center to train Vocational Rehabilitation clients to live independently
following training.  Facilities include a manufactured home (double-wide) with
kitchen features appropriate for wheel chair users and people with other
limitations, as well as a 2 bedroom, site built fully accessible home.

Many features in both units are excellent ideas to make housing easy to live
in for people of all ages, in all stages of the life cycle, for people with or
without physical limitations.





S.C. Board for Barrier-Free Design
300 Gervais Street
Columbia, SC  29201
Phone:  737-2120

S.C.'s body is responsible for assisting builders to make construction
accessible to all individuals, regardless of physical ability or physical
handicap.  The Board's 1980 illustrated manual includes State Rules and
Regulations and the Design Standard as approved by the Legislature.  The
manual has drawings and specifications to be used in designing and building
barrier free homes and public facilities.










American Association of Retired Persons
Consumer Affairs Program Department
1909 K Street, N.W.
Washington, DC  20049
Phone:  (202) 872-4700

A non-profit, nonpartisan organization with over 22 million members, AARP is
an organization of over-50 aged Americans.  They provide legislative
representation at both federal and state levels, educational and community
service programs, and direct membership benefits.  One of their publications
is "The Do-Able, Renewable Home," which describes physical abilities of the
aging body, concepts of housing accessibility and adaptability, and excellent
examples of how to adapt a home so an aging occupant can remain in the home. 
Examples include written descriptions as well as graphics.  The AARP is a
source for numerous printed items as well as visuals for group use.






American National Standards Institute, Inc.
1430 Broadway
New York, NY  10018

A national organization that provides a process for interested organizations
to develop standards for various purposes.  Their publication, "American
National Standard for Buildings and Facilities--Providing Accessibility and
Usability for Physically Handicapped People," ANSI A117.1-1986 is a
compilation of written explanations and diagrams (with measurements)
recommended for buildings and facilities easily accessible by people in
wheelchairs or with other limiting conditions.

The ANSI A117.1-1986 standard is a voluntary standard which can be adopted by
city, county, or state bodies as part of a building code.  South Carolina has
based its "Illustrated Manual of Barrier Free Design" on the ANSI standard.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ESTIMATED COST OF RAISING A CHILD -- SOUTHERN REGION, JUNE 1987        
-DOC-
       ESTIMATED COST OF RAISING A CHILD -- SOUTHERN REGION, JUNE 1987 
      Glennis M. Couchman, Extension Family Resource Management Specialist

                   Age of Child           Total Yearly Cost
                     (years)            (moderate cost level)

                                          Urban       Rural
                      Under 1            $5,117      $5,151
                         1                5,257       5,291
                        2-3               4,931       5,054
                        4-5               5,172       5,355
                         6                5,513       5,774
                        7-9               5,681       5,942
                       10-11              5,905       6,194
                         12               6,285       6,561
                       13-15              6,454       6,730
                       16-17              6,919       7,308

For breakdown of costs by type of expenditure (food, clothing, etc.) contact
your local county Extension office.

Source:  Family Economics Review, No. 2, 1987
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STATUS OF S.C. BILLS RELATED TO CHILDREN                   
-DOC-
                   STATUS OF S.C. BILLS RELATED TO CHILDREN
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

June l, l987

                                   ADOPTION

H.2ll3 - S.l44 - A Concurrent Resolution approving the Transition Plan for
merging the Children's Bureau into the Adoption Unit of the Department of
Social Services.
Author: H.2ll3 - House 3M  Committee
        S.l44  - Senate Medical Affairs Committee
Status: H.2ll3 - Adopted 2/25/87
        S.l44  - Tabled

S.34l - Revises procedures relating to the issuance and filing of amended birth
certificates in adoptions including procedures for foreign born 
children.
Authors:  Senators Giese, Bryan and Thomas


Status :  Enacted, Act #87, Effective 7/1/87

H.2685 - S.625 - Establishes an adoption exchange within the Department of
Social Services to enhance recruitment methods and facilitate placement of
children awaiting adoption.
Authors: H.2685 - Reps. Evatt, Beasley and Hayes
         S. 625 - Senators Hayes, N. Smith & Moore
Status : H.2685 - Referred to House 3M Committee
         S. 625 - Referred to House 3M Committee

H.2598 - Allows a retroactive tax deduction for persons who have adopted a
special needs child to be taken for tax year l985.  Due to an oversight this
income tax deduction was deleted from the Code in l985 and was reinstated in
l986.
Authors:  Reps. Derrick and Evatt
Status :  Referred to Senate Finance Committee

H.309l - S.748 - Provides that adoptions in which consent was taken prior to
the effective date of the SC Adoption Act do not have to comply with the
requirements of that Act but rather can proceed under the former adoption laws.

Authors:  H.309l - Reps. Beasley and Wilkins
          S. 748 - Senator Bryan
Status :  H.309l - Tabled in House Judiciary 
          S. 748 - Enacted, Act 125, Effective 6/3/87

H.3203 - S.787 - Establishes the requirements and procedures for certified
investigators for the purpose of obtaining consents and conducting homestudies
in adoptions.
Authors:  H.3203 - House 3M Committee
          S. 787 - Senate Medical Affairs Committee
Status:   H.3203 - Up for Second Reading in House
          S. 787 - Up for Third Reading in House

                            CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT

H.2487 - S.422 - Provides for the Foster Care Review Board to review cases of
children residing in public foster care for a period of more than four
consecutive months and less than every six months.
Authors:  H.2487 - Reps. Evatt, Beasley and Hayes
          S. 422 - Senators Nell Smith and Hayes

Status :  H.2487 - Tabled
          S. 422 - Enacted, Act #39, Effective 
                   4/l3/87

H.2395 - Provides for hearsay testimony and revised standards to determine the
competency of child witnesses in the prosecution of child sexual abuse cases.
Authors:  Representatives Evatt, Beasley, R. W. Hayes and Huff
Status :  Referred to House Judiciary Committee


H.2878 - Provides for expedited proceedings and the following techniques for
the introduction of evidence in the prosecution of child sexual abuse cases: 
closed-circuit television and videotaped testimony.
Authors:  House Judiciary Committee Bill
Status :  Referred to Senate Judiciary Committee

H.2072 - Provides more protection to children who are sexually exploited for
the purpose of pornography by the following: creating additional offenses and
penalties; increasing certain penalties from misdemeanor to felonies; providing
for forfeiture of property used in connection with such pornography; and 

requiring film developers to report those requesting development of child
pornography.
Authors:  Fair, Beasley, Hayes, et al.
Status:   Enacted, Act #168, Effective 10/1/87

S.60 - Revises penalties for dissemination of obscene material to minors.
Authors:  Senators J. Verne Smith, Nell W. Smith, Theodore, Pope and Long
Status:   Referred to Senate Judiciary Committee

H.206l - Provides for courts to use videotape testimony of victims and
witnesses under l6 years of age in abuse cases.
Author:  Rep. Aydlette
Status:  Tabled

H.2962 - S.685 - Amends Child Protection Act by deleting language which allows
a person to delegate the responsibility to report suspected abuse to the
Department of Social Services.
Authors:  H.2962 - Reps. Evatt, Beasley and Hayes
          S. 685 - Senators N. Smith, Hayes & Moore
Status :  H.2962 - Referred to Senate Judiciary 
          S. 685 - Referred to Senate Judiciary 
H.2790 - Provides that proof of one's abuse of a child is admissible regarding
that person's alleged abuse of another child.
Authors:  Reps. Moss, J. Bradley, T. Rogers, O. Phillips and Petty
Status :  Referred to House Judiciary Committee

H.2999 - Provides that DSS is responsible for attorneys fees when it takes a
child into protective custody without parents consent and the parents regain
custody.
Author:  Rep. Kohn
Status:  Referred to House 3M Committee

H.3000 - Requires DSS to obtain a court order prior to taking a child into
protective custody.
Author:  Rep. Kohn
Status:  Referred to House 3M Committee

                   CHILD SUPPORT ENFORCEMENT AND VISITATION

H.2463 - S.498 - Provides for only prospective modification of child support
orders in the Family Court as mandated by Federal Child Support 

Amendments to the Social Security Act.
Authors:  H.2463 - Reps. Evatt, Beasley and Hayes
          S. 498 - Senators Nell Smith and Hayes
Status :  H.2463 - Enacted, Act #198, Effective 7/1/87
          S. 498 - Referred to Senate Judiciary 

H.2046 - Provides for ex parte contempt procedures if non-custodial parent is
denied visitation, requires family court to provide forms for use in initiating
an action, and allows "pro se" representation.
Authors:  Reps. M.O. Alexander, Altman, Blackwell, Holt, Klapman, Koon, L.     
          Martin, Mattos, Rice, White, Williams, McLellan, T.C. Alexander, Kay, 
          Shelton, Fair and P. Bradley
Status :  Referred to House Judiciary Committee

H.2009 - Limits amount of child support that can be ordered to 30% of pay and
provides for credit of in kind payments to be monitored by DSS.
Author:  Rep. Ferguson
Status:  Tabled in House Judiciary Committee

H.2963 - S.686 - Requires payment of federal fiscal incentives for child 
support collection to clerks of court for the exclusive use of collection
activities.
Authors:  H.2963 - Reps. Evatt, Beasley and Hayes
          S. 686 - Senators N. Smith, Hayes & Moore
Status :  H.2963 - Referred to Senate Judiciary 
          S. 686 - Referred to Senate Judiciary 

                                   DAY CARE

H.2l64 - Allows employers a tax credit when they provide fully-paid, on-site
day care for employees.
Author:  Rep. Aydlette
Status:  Referred to House Ways & Means Committee

H.20l4 - Removes venue from Circuit Court and places it with Family Court in
regard to injunctions by DSS against child day care facilities.
Authors:  Reps. Wilkins & P. Bradley
Status :  Referred to Senate Medical Affairs 




                                   EDUCATION

H.2494 - Provides that each employee or applicant of a school district, as a
condition of employment, must submit to a criminal background investigation and
provides for regulations of same.
Author:  Rep. McAbee
Status:  Referred to House Education & Public Works Committee

                                 FAMILY COURT

H.2603 - Requires that the Supreme Court, by court rule, provide for the use of
mediation in the Family Court in cases involving divorce and separation.
Author:  Rep. Koon
Status:  Tabled

H.2945 - S.654 - Provides statutory authority for the South Carolina Guardian
ad Litem Program and provides immunity from liability for volunteer guardians
under the program.
Authors:  H.2945 - Reps. Evatt, Beasley, Hayes, 
                   McAbee and Mattos

          S. 654 - Senators Lindsay, Moore, Hayes 
                   and N. Smith
Status :  H.2945 - Referred to House 3M Committee
          S. 654 - Referred to Senate Finance 

                                    HEALTH

H.2555 - Prohibits public elementary and secondary schools from distributing
any contraceptive device or medication.
Author:  House Education and Public Works Committee
Status:  Enacted, Act #167, Effective 6/8/87

H.2095 - Prohibits distribution of contraceptives in public schools and state
supported colleges and universities.
Authors:  Reps. Fair and Beasley
Status :  Referred to Committee on Education & Public Works

H.2369 - Prohibits schools from offering sex education until legislation is
enacted regulating this subject.
Authors:  Reps. Felder, Fair and Beasley
Status :  Referred to Committee on Education & Public Works
H.2370 - Prohibits DHEC from participating in sex education instruction in the
public schools until legislation is enacted regulating this subject.
Authors:  Reps. Felder, Fair, Beasley and Townsend
Status :  Referred to Committee on Education & Public Works

S.2l4 - Prohibits any proposed regulations regarding sex education from being
introduced in the Senate or House unless it has been submitted to all school
districts.
Author:  Senator Powell
Status:  Referred to Senate Education

H.2709 - Requires each school district to attain certain ratios between
registered school nurses and students.
Author:  Rep. Harvin
Status:  Referred to House 3M Committee

H.27l0 - Provides consent requirements when performing an abortion on a minor
including requirements for self-consent.
Authors:  Reps. Hayes, Fair, Felder, McCain, Haskins and Toal


Status :  House Contested Calendar

H.2822 - Mandates that sex education be taught in public schools as a part of a
comprehensive health education program and provides for the manner and
conditions under which it will be accomplished.  Parental permission is
required for students to participate.
Author:  Rep. Fair
Status:  Referred to House Education & Public Works Committee

H.2734 - S.546 - Establishes a comprehensive health education program for
instruction of good health attitudes and practices which would include
reproductive health education starting in grade six.  Family life education and
pregnancy prevention would be taught at the discretion of the local school
board.
Authors:  H.2734 - Reps. Keyserling, et al.
          S. 546 - Senators N. Smith, et al.
Status :  H.2734 - House Education & Public Works 
          S. 546 - Up for Second Reading in Senate

H.26l5 - Extensive revision of SC abortion laws to provide, among other things,
criteria for a minor to obtain an abortion.
Authors:  Reps. Fair and Hayes
Status :  Referred to House 3M Committee

                               JUVENILE JUSTICE

H.2329 - Requires information regarding juveniles convicted of certain crimes
to be reported to SLED & deems such information admissible for sentencing
purposes upon petition to family court.
Authors:  Reps. Huff, Sheheen, Toal and Hayes
Status :  Referred to House Judiciary Committee

H.2580 - Provides for notification of parents if a minor violates any law, even
if not taken into custody.
Authors:  Reps. Corning, E.B. McLeod, McCain & Mappus
Status :  Referred to House 3M Committee

H.2939 - S.650 - Allows a first-time nonviolent juvenile offender to petition
the Family Court for an order authorizing the destruction of his nonviolent
juvenile criminal record.
Authors:  H.2939 - Reps. Evatt, et al.
          S. 650 - Senator Nell Smith, et al.
Status :  H.2939 - Tabled in House Judiciary 
          S. 650 - Enacted, Act #108, Effective 5/26/87


                                 MENTAL HEALTH

H.2l38 - S.259 - Provides procedures specific to children in need of mental
health treatment so that appropriate treatment can be rendered on a voluntary,
emergency, or involuntary, in-patient or out-patient basis.
Authors:  H.2l38 - Reps. P. Harris, J. Harris & Helmly
          S.259  - Senators T. Smith, Hayes & Bryan
Status:   H.2l38 - Referred to House 3M Committee
          S.259  - Referred to Senate Medical Affairs

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

H.2l87 - Increases marriage license fee by $5.00 which is to be directed to DSS
for use in Battered Spouse and Family Violence Programs.
Authors:  Reps. Keyserling, Evatt, T. Rogers, et al.
Status :  House Contested Calendar

H.27l6 - Creates a criminal offense for giving any person under 2l any
alcoholic liquors.
Author:  Rep. Evatt
Status:  Referred to House Judiciary Committee

S.l84 - Gives the court-appointed Guardian ad Litem responsibility for
monitoring medication to be given to an abused or neglected child during the
pendency of the case in the Family Court.
Author:  Senator McConnell
Status:  Referred to Senate Judiciary Committee

H.2650 - S.5l9 - Provides procedures for registration of twenty-four hour
residential facilities for children.
Authors:  H.2650 - Reps. Evatt, et al.
          S. 5l9 - Senators N. Smith, Moore, Garrison and Lindsay
Status :  H.2650 - House Contested Calendar/Unfavorable Minority Report from
                   House 3M Committee
          S. 5l9 - Referred to Senate Judiciary 

H.2868 - S.678 - Expands the Children's Trust Fund "check-off" to all state
income tax forms, including corporate forms.

Authors:  H.2868 - Reps. Evatt, Beasley and Hayes
          S. 678 - Senators N. Smith, Hayes & Moore
Status :  H.2868 - Enacted, Act #137, Effective 6/3/87
          S. 678 - Referred to Senate Finance 

FOR DAILY INFORMATION ON THE STATUS OF STATE LEGISLATION, YOU MAY CALL SC
LEGISLATIVE INFORMATION SYSTEMS AT l-800-922-l539.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STATUS OF SC LEGISLATURE CONCERNING ADULTS                
-DOC-
                STATUS OF SC LEGISLATURE CONCERNING ADULTS
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

                    Legislation Pending Consideration 1987


Long Term Care Insurance Act  - H.2673, S.603

    Status:  House Labor, Commerce and Industry Subcommittee - J. Bradley,
             Subcomm. Chmn. - adjourned debate.  Wants to study during the
             interim - establish standards --- is key area to study.



Repeal Of Mandatory Retirement - S.379

    Status:  Passed Senate and received 3rd reading in House but was
             reconsidered  and committed to House Ways and Means.  Will resume
             action January 1988.


State Board of Denistry- S.315 

    Status:  Up for 3rd reading when they reconvene in January.

    Allows dental hygienists to extend services to institutions.



                      Legislation Enacted 1987


Nursing Home Licensing Act Of 1987 - S.251

    Status:  Passed.  Enrolled for ratification June 25

    Provides that DHEC assess the number of Medicaid eligible days and allows
    the nursing facility providers to contract for number of Medicaid eligible
    days, therefore freeing days to other providers.

    Directs all applications for admission to nursing homes must contain a
    notice signed by applicant informing the applicant of Medicaid eligibility
    requirements and recommend that persons be assessed prior to admission. 
    This assessment will provide information about the level of care and
    available community services.  Section 5, in which this information is
    contained, will take effect July 1, 1988.



Aging Programs By Agencies - S.252

    Status:  Passed. Effective date 6/10/87

    Requires Commission on Aging with cooperation of Long Term Care Council and
    Dept. of Insurance to develop programs and educate citizens concerning:

    -availability of long term care services
    -lifetime risk of spending time in a nursing home
    -coverage available for long term care through Medicare, 
     Medicaid, private policies with limitations of coverage.
    -availability of home equity conversion alternatives


This program will be part of the Pre-Retirement Education Program of S.C.
Retirement System.

    -Also study costs and benefits of establishing statewide, computer-based
     volunteer services credit program to report July 1, 1988.

    -Study life care retirement communities.  Report January 1, 1988.
     Recommendations that can be accomplished through regulations must be
     implemented as soon as possible.  Legislative action must be included
     in the report.

Long Term Care Council - S.253

    Status:  Enrolled for ratification June 25

    Creates Long Term Care Council.  Membership includes the governor, human
    service agency heads, governor's appointees:  consumer, insurance,
    provider.  The Chairmen of the Joint Committee on Aging and Health Care 



    Planning and Oversite Committee will serve as ex-officio members.  The
    Council must report to General Assembly before January of each year with
    recommendations.



Elderly Home-Meals Exempt From Sales Tax-- H.2607

    Status:  Act. 161  Effective date 6/10/87

    Exempts from sales tax foodstuff provided at home to elderly or disabled
    persons to or by nonprofit organizations that receive charitable
    contributions for the purpose of providing meals.



Emergency Admission to Mental Health Facility-- H.2102

    Status:  Act No. 158  Effective date 6/8/87

    Requires complete physical examination results for person 55 or older 
    applying for emergency admission to a mental health facility.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GENERAL INFORMATION                              
-DOC-
                              GENERAL INFORMATION
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

As a parent, you know more about your child than any other person.  By
carefully looking into available care and matching up services with your
child's individual needs, you will be able to select the best situation for
your child.  You will find it well worth the extra time to choose carefully,
because if your child is receiving happy and secure care, you and the rest of
the family will find your lives enriched as well.

There are four different kinds of care you might choose:

    1) A child care center
    2) A group day care home
    3) A family day care home
    4) An individual sitter in your home or sitter's home

As you make out a list of child care possibilities, keep these four thoughts in
mind.  You will need to find care that is affordable.  Cost and quality do not
always go hand in hand.  The most expensive is not necessarily the best.  On 
the other hand, it may be better to spend a few more dollars to get superior 
care.  Remember to consider hidden costs, like extra gasoline to get to a
center clear across town.

Accessibility is the second factor to keep in mind.  If you have to leave home
an hour early and fight traffic to get to the center, your emotional energy as
well as your gasoline may be in short supply.

A third factor is reliability.  Will the care be available when you need it? 
Will you be able to trust the sitter or staff with your child's well-being?

The fourth and last factor is consistency.  It is important for your child's
sense of security to have at least one consistent caregiver, someone that you
and your child can count on.  Will this be a place where your child will
receive consistent care with a minimum of problems and a maximum of
opportunities for growth and development?

When you have narrowed your list, be sure to visit, using the checklists which
follow.  Ask questions, find out how the center, home, or sitter feels to you,
and get references wherever possible.


Sources:

Sally Kees, State Extension Specialist, Nevada
Child Care Connection, 701 Shipley St., Wilmington, Delaware  19801
South Carolina Department of Social Services Licensing Department

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TYPES OF DAY CARE IN SOUTH CAROLINA                      
-DOC-
                      TYPES OF DAY CARE IN SOUTH CAROLINA
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

In South Carolina the Department of Social Services regulates three types of
child day care facilities:  Child Day Care Center, including church operated
(CDCC); Group Day Care Home (GDCH); and Family Day Care Home (FDCH).

The Child Day Care Center is the largest of the three types of facilities and
must have 13 or more children.  Frequently parents utilize centers rather than
Group or Family Day Care Homes because they feel that their children will
experience more planned learning activities and have opportunity for
interaction with a greater number of children and staff.  The center must be
licensed/approved by SC Department of Social Services staff.  The
licensing/approval process includes inspections by the licensing staff of the
SC Department of Social Services, local health department, and the appropriate
fire authority.  Centers must comply with more stringent regulations than the
Group Day Care Homes or Family Day Care Home. 

A Group Day Care Home generally is located in someone's home.  It provides care
for at least 7 children and no more than 12 children. Like the FDCH, the GDCH
offers an individualized environment for each child.  Depending on the ages and
number of children actually enrolled, there may be one to two caregivers
provided.  When enrollment reaches 9 or when 4 or more of the children are
under two years of age, there must be an additional care giver.  GDCH's must be
licensed/approved by the SC Department of Social Services and comply with
specific regulations for GDCH's.  The licensing/approval process includes
inspections by staff of the Department of Social Services, local health
department, and the appropriate fire authority.

A Family Day Care Home must be located in the home of the provider.  With no
more than six children enrolled, the FDCH may provide more individual
interaction.  Frequently these children form close bonds with the provider
since this is the only adult with whom they deal during the day.  The small,
familiar home environment usually offers comfort to the children.  A good
Family Day Care Home will offer a variety of activities and experiences. 
*Family Day Care Homes must be registered with the SC Department of Social
Services.  This registration process requires only that once a year the
provider:  complete and sign the required number of application forms; read the
suggested standards for family day care homes; furnish parents of each child
enrolled in the facilitiy with copies of the standards; secure a signed
statement from each parent verifying that they have received the suggested
standards; and send required copies of completed and signed application, three 
signed reference statements, (three references for original applicants only)
and all signed statements from parents to the county Department of Social
Services.  Since the registration process for Family Day Care Homes is
relatively simple, The Department of Social Services depends greatly on the
consumer to inform our department of any concerns.  Involved parents can
actually improve the quality of the services being offered.

* Family Day Care Homes receiving public monies are required to be
licensed/approved.

DEFINITIONS

Child Day Care Facility means any facility which provides care, supervision or
guidance for any minor child who is not related by blood, marriage or adoption
to the owner or operator of such a facility whether or not the facility is
operated for profit and whether or not the facility makes a charge for services
offered by it.

Child Day Care Center means any facility which regularly receives thirteen or
more children for day care.

Group Day Care Home means any facility generally within a dwelling unit, which 
regularly provides child day care for at least seven but not more than twelve
children, including the operator's own or related children, under the age of 12
unattended by a parent or a legal guardian.

Family Day Care Home means an occupied residence in which child day care is
regularly provided for no more than six children, unattended by a parent or
legal guardian, including those children living in the home and children under
12 received for day care who are related to the resident caregiver.

Provider means the operator of the day care facility.


Source:  South Carolina Department of Social Services Licensing Department
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TYPES OF DAY CARE IN SOUTH CAROLINA                      
-DOC-
                      TYPES OF DAY CARE IN SOUTH CAROLINA
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

In South Carolina the Department of Social Services regulates three types of
child day care facilities:  Child Day Care Center, including church operated
(CDCC); Group Day Care Home (GDCH); and Family Day Care Home (FDCH).

The Child Day Care Center is the largest of the three types of facilities and
must have 13 or more children.  Frequently parents utilize centers rather than
Group or Family Day Care Homes because they feel that their children will
experience more planned learning activities and have opportunity for
interaction with a greater number of children and staff.  The center must be
licensed/approved by SC Department of Social Services staff.  The
licensing/approval process includes inspections by the licensing staff of the
SC Department of Social Services, local health department, and the appropriate
fire authority.  Centers must comply with more stringent regulations than the
Group Day Care Homes or Family Day Care Home. 

A Group Day Care Home generally is located in someone's home.  It provides care
for at least 7 children and no more than 12 children. Like the FDCH, the GDCH
offers an individualized environment for each child.  Depending on the ages and
number of children actually enrolled, there may be one to two caregivers
provided.  When enrollment reaches 9 or when 4 or more of the children are
under two years of age, there must be an additional care giver.  GDCH's must be
licensed/approved by the SC Department of Social Services and comply with
specific regulations for GDCH's.  The licensing/approval process includes
inspections by staff of the Department of Social Services, local health
department, and the appropriate fire authority.

A Family Day Care Home must be located in the home of the provider.  With no
more than six children enrolled, the FDCH may provide more individual
interaction.  Frequently these children form close bonds with the provider
since this is the only adult with whom they deal during the day.  The small,
familiar home environment usually offers comfort to the children.  A good
Family Day Care Home will offer a variety of activities and experiences. 
*Family Day Care Homes must be registered with the SC Department of Social
Services.  This registration process requires only that once a year the
provider:  complete and sign the required number of application forms; read the
suggested standards for family day care homes; furnish parents of each child
enrolled in the facilitiy with copies of the standards; secure a signed
statement from each parent verifying that they have received the suggested
standards; and send required copies of completed and signed application, three 
signed reference statements, (three references for original applicants only)
and all signed statements from parents to the county Department of Social
Services.  Since the registration process for Family Day Care Homes is
relatively simple, The Department of Social Services depends greatly on the
consumer to inform our department of any concerns.  Involved parents can
actually improve the quality of the services being offered.

* Family Day Care Homes receiving public monies are required to be
licensed/approved.

DEFINITIONS

Child Day Care Facility means any facility which provides care, supervision or
guidance for any minor child who is not related by blood, marriage or adoption
to the owner or operator of such a facility whether or not the facility is
operated for profit and whether or not the facility makes a charge for services
offered by it.

Child Day Care Center means any facility which regularly receives thirteen or
more children for day care.

Group Day Care Home means any facility generally within a dwelling unit, which 
regularly provides child day care for at least seven but not more than twelve
children, including the operator's own or related children, under the age of 12
unattended by a parent or a legal guardian.

Family Day Care Home means an occupied residence in which child day care is
regularly provided for no more than six children, unattended by a parent or
legal guardian, including those children living in the home and children under
12 received for day care who are related to the resident caregiver.

Provider means the operator of the day care facility.


Source:  South Carolina Department of Social Services Licensing Department
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
REGULATIONS FOR DAY CARE FACILITIES IN SOUTH CAROLINA             
-DOC-
             REGULATIONS FOR DAY CARE FACILITIES IN SOUTH CAROLINA
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

The current statute, Act 184 (s 20-7-2700 et seq, S.C. Code, 1976, as amended),
indicates which child day care facilities are exempt from regulation and which
facilities are subject to licensing, approval, or registration by the
Department of Social Services.

FACILITIES EXEMPT UNDER ACT 184 - Any private or public educational facility
which operates solely for educational purposes in grades one or above; five-
year-old kindergarten programs operated by public school systems; kindergartens
or nursery schools or other daytime programs operating no more than four hours
a day; drop-in programs which operate more than four hours a day where the same
children are cared for less than four hours a day and not on a regular basis as
defined in Act 184; summer resident or day camps for children; Bible schools
normally conducted during vacation periods; facilities for the mentally
retarded; facilities for the mentally ill.




TYPES OF REGULATORY PERMITS ISSUED

    Licensing.  Private child day care centers and group day care homes
    which operate more than four hours a day and more than two days a week.

    Approval.  Public child day care centers and group day care homes which
    operate more than four hours a day and more than two days a week.

    Registration.  Church-sponsored child day care centers and group day
    care homes which operate more than four hours a day and more than two
    days a week; Private-for-profit family day care homes operating more
    than four hours a day and more than two days a week which care for
    children from at least two unrelated families.  NOTE:  Some church
    operated facilities and some family day care homes opt for licensing.

REMEMBER!  FACILITIES SUBJECT TO REGULATION CANNOT BEGIN TO OPERATE UNTIL THEY
ARE EITHER LICENSED, APPROVED, OR REGISTERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL
SERVICES.


Source:  South Carolina Department of Social Services Licensing Department
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VISITING DAY CARE FACILITIES                          
-DOC-
                         VISITING DAY CARE FACILITIES 
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist 
 
It is a good idea to visit several family day care homes, group day care homes,
and/or child day care centers. 
Before your visit, read and be familiar with the items on the checklist.  Phone
the homes to see if you are welcome to visit and set up an appointment, 
allowing 20-30 minutes per home.  Tell the caregiver how old your children are 
and what hours you will need care.  If the caregiver doesn't have an opening 
which meets your needs, she/he may anticipate one in the future or may be able 
to refer you to another caregiver. 
 
Sometimes it's more convenient to visit without a child.  Should you take your 
child along, however, note if and how the caregiver greets the child and 
whether the child finds the home attractive and friendly. 
 
Remember, if you are visiting a family care home, that the caregiver will 
probably be alone with the children.  You might say, "I know that you are busy 
with the children.  I would appreciate just being able to sit quietly and watch
how the children are playing together.  Then if you have some time, I might 

have a few questions to ask."  You wouldn't want your child in a home where the
caregiver would ignore the children and devote full attention to visitors and 
other adults for long periods. Go back to the previous menu by pressing f3 to
see a checklist to use when visiting child care centers, group day care homes,
and family day care homes.


Source:

Sally Kees, State Extension Specialist, Nevada
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PREPARING THE CHILD                              
-DOC-
                              PREPARING THE CHILD
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

Once you have selected care, begin to prepare your child for this new
experience.  You might say, "Soon we will be leaving right after breakfast.  I
will go to my new job, and you get to go to your new school where there will be
lots of fun things to do.  You will even get to eat lunch there.  Then I will
pick you up before dinner."

If possible, go with your child to visit and meet the caregiver.  Start leaving
your child an hour or so before you have to leave your child all day.  A
skilled staff will help your child make this transition.

Take an extra pair of underwear and play pants in a bag marked with your
child's name.  Also be sure to leave your work number and an emergency number
of a friend or relative to call in case you can't be reached.

Don't panic at the first problem.  Talk over your concerns with the caregiver
and don't be surprised if it takes your child several weeks to get used to the
new situation.

If your child is happy and looks forward to going to the place of child care,
you know you've made a good choice.  You can also check by asking the staff how
your child is doing, what she/he likes the most or doesn't like, and whether
there is a new friend to invite over to play on the weekend.

You might also tell the staff about experiences your child is having at home so
that the caregiver understands your child as an individual.  If, for any
reason, the situation is not working out for you or your child after a few
weeks, let the caregiver know about the problems.  Then look elsewhere for an
alternative.  If the problems don't go away, and you do decide to move your
child, be sure to let the caregiver know and explain the reasons for the move.




Sources:  Sally Kees, State Extension Specialist, Nevada

          Child Care Connection, 701 Shipley St., Wilmington, Delaware, 19801
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DAY CARE - A PARENT'S CHECKLIST                        
-DOC-
                        DAY CARE - A PARENT'S CHECKLIST
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

HOW TO EVALUATE THE QUALITY OF A CHILD CARE PROGRAM

There are three areas to look at when you visit a child care program:

    1. The Relationship Between the Provider and the Children
    2. The Program
    3. Physical Aspects, Health/Nutrition, and Safety

Continue by pressing the return key to discover specific items to check under
each of the three areas.  Place a check mark by the items present in each place
of day care you visit.  You may wish to make several copies of "Day Care - A
Parent's Checklist" to have one for each place you visit.





                                                              (screen 1 of 19) 
RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THE PROVIDER AND THE CHILDREN

It is essential that you feel happy and confident about the provider you
choose.  You may want to consider:

    * Does the caregiver appear to be warm, friendly, calm, and patient, and  
      have a sense of humor?
    * Does the caregiver listen to what children have to say?
    * Does the caregiver have child-rearing attitudes that are similar to your 
      own?
    * Are difficult children handled in a manner you approve?
    * Is each child treated as a special person?
    * Does the caregiver understand what children can do and want to do at
      different stages of growth?
    * Are children allowed to make choices?
    * Does the caregiver talk to the children and encourage them to express
      themselves through words and creative activities?
    * Does the caregiver hold and touch the children in a caring manner?
    * Are children encouraged to resolve conflicts between themselves in an
      acceptable manner?
                                                               (screen 2 of 19)
    * Do children seem to feel good about themselves?
    * Does the caregiver use a positive reinforcement approach when
      disciplining and guiding children?
    * Are children encouraged to learn to get along with and to respect other
      people?
    * Is enough attention given to all the children?
    * Does the caregiver have previous experience or training in working with
      children?
    * Is the caregiver someone with whom you can develop a relaxed, sharing
      relationship?
    * Does the caregiver like the children?
    * Do the children like the caregiver?
    * How many different caregivers will be with your child during the course
      of the day?  Are there different shifts of caregivers?
    * How frequent is staff turnover?  Can you expect the same person to care
      for your child for the next year?
    * Does the caregiver encourage children to do some things for themselves,
      patiently giving time, help, and praise so that the child can learn to
      master the skill, such as getting a drink, washing hands, putting away a 
      toy?
                                                             (screen 3 of 19)
    * Does the caregiver hold infants when feeding them rather than propping up
      their bottles?
    * Does the caregiver talk to infants, cuddle, and play with them during the
      day.  Are infants not left alone for long periods?
    * Is the caregiver a person you would like your child to copy or imitate? 
      In other words, children are apt to "do as the caregiver does, more than 
      what she/he says."
    * Can you see the caregiver praising the children?  For example, saying,
      "You did a good job hanging up your coat."
    * Can you see the caregiver communicating effectively with the children,
      explaining in clear steps what she/he wants the children to do, answering
      children's questions patiently, frequently bending or kneeling down to
      the child's level when talking?
    * Do the children appear happy, confortable, and relaxed - laughing,
      smiling, involved in play?
    * Do the children enjoy one another - smile at each other, hold hands, hug,
      help each other more than they fight or argue?
    * Does the caregiver use the children's first names or nicknames when
      talking to or about them?  Does she/he avoid referring to the children by
      unpleasant names, such as "smarty," or "brat," etc.?
                                                               (screen 4 of 19)
    * If a child does not like a certain food being served, do you agree with
      the caregiver's methods of handling the situation?


















                                                               (screen 5 of 19)
THE PROGRAM

Find out what type of program is followed.  Is there a daily schedule?  Does
the daily schedule include experiences you consider important?  Some aspects of
the center/home you may want to look at include:

    * Do the activities encourage the children to think things through?
    * Is there time for children to work as a group?
    * Is there time to play alone and also to interact with friends?
    * Is there a posted, written schedule that is flexible?
    * Does the schedule show active and quiet times througout the day?
    * Do the children experience success frequently?
    * Is there enough staff to give individual attention?
    * Is the cost within your budget?
    * Will the caregiver or center allow you to visit at any time?
    * Are the values of the program compatible with your values?
    * Are parents involved in the program?
    * What is the educational program and philosophy?
    * Does the facility close for vacations or holidays?
    * What is included in the fee? (For example lunch, snacks, diapers.)
                                                               (screen 6 of 19)
    * Are attractive and well-written story and picture books available for the
      children?
    * Does the caregiver encourage listening and talking through planned
      activities like story-telling, word games, doll playing?
    * Does the home or center have materials for quiet play, such as puzzles,
      and active play, such as riding toys?
    * Can the children get at least some materials for themselves, and are they
      encouraged to take care of the materials and put them away when finished?
    * Are there enough toys and materials so that each child can play without
      having to wait more than a few minutes?
    * Does the caregiver encourage both boys and girls to play with all the
      materials - such as riding toys, dress-up clothes, dolls, cars and
      trucks?  Do caregivers avoid giving children the idea that a certain
      activity is only for boys or only for girls?
    * Can children sometimes use creative materials, such as crayons, big blank
      pieces of paper rather than coloring books where they have to try to
      color in the lines?
    * Can three or more of the following toys be available for the children's
      use:  large and small riding toys, pull toys, poundings toys, beads for 
      stringing, puzzles, small and large blocks, nested toys, small building 
      toys like Tinkertoys?                                    (screen 7 of 19)
    * May children watch only appropriate television programs and are they not
      forced or encouraged to sit in front of the TV for long periods?
    * Does the caregiver plan at least one activity for the children each day
      which your child would enjoy?
















                                                               (screen 8 of 19)
PHYSICAL ASPECTS, HEALTH, NUTRITION, AND SAFETY

Look around the center/home to make sure it is a safe, healthy environment and
that appropriate physical space exists.  Be sure to look for and ask about:

    * Is there an up-to-date license posted?
    * Is the facility attractive, clean, and well-lit with safety in mind?
    * Are there enough equipment and materials?
    * Can children reach materials and supplies?
    * Is the equipment safe, suitable, in good repair, and appropriate for the
      age of your child?
    * Is there a place for a child to be alone?
    * Is there an opportunity for children to play on the floor?
    * Is there enough space indoors and outdoors so all the children can move
      freely and safely?
    * Is there a place for a child's own belongings?
    * Is there a proper sleeping place for nap time?
    * Are there first aid supplies and fire extinguishers?
    * Are there emergency numbers and a telephone conveniently located?
    * Is the facility free from safety hazards?
                                                              (screen 9 of 19)
    * Are the bathroom and diapering areas clean?
    * Is the toilet easy for the child to get to?
    * What happens if a child becomes ill or hurt while in care?
    * Are parents notified about communicable diseases to which their children
      have been exposed?
    * Is the menu posted?
    * Is the kitchen clean and safe?
    * Are the meals nutritious?
    * Are the number of meals and snacks served appropriate for the time spent
      in the program?
    * Does the caregiver give children supervision and security, while
      understanding their growing need for independence?
    * Does the caregiver listen to children's problems and experiences?
    * Does the care giver help children follow through on projects, homework,
      and suggest interesting things to do?
    * Are children's ideas, values, and opinions respected?
    * Is there time for children to be with their own friends, practice skills,
      and experience a variety of activities?
    * Is there a time and place to be alone?
    * Is there an outdoor play area?
                                                              (screen 10 of 19)
    * Does the outdoor play area have both a hard surface for riding toys and a
      soft surface like sand or grass for playing?
    * Do adults refrain from smoking in the same room with the children?
    * Do you NOT see any children with soiled diapers or training pants?
    * Is there at least one adult in the center who has had first-aid training?
    * Is the outdoor play area fenced?  If only one caregiver, can she/he see
      all areas of the play area easily?













                                                              (screen 11 of 19)
OTHER CONSIDERATIONS IF CHILD IS AN INFANT OR TODDLER



    * Is feeding and diapering done in a loving, patient manner?
    * Is there time spent holding, playing, and talking with your baby?
    * Is the infant kept clean?
    * Is the setting "child proof" so that your toddler can crawl or walk
      safely?
    * Are there a variety of activities and materials that are age-appropriate?
    * Does the infant/toddler spend time outdoors?
    * Is there a written or other effective feedback mechanism to give parents
      accurate information about daily eating sleeping, and elimination?
    * Will the caregiver feed according to your directions?






                                                              (screen 12 of 19)
OTHER CONSIDERATIONS IF YOUR CHILD IS A PRE-SCHOOLER



    * Does the program offer a variey of activities?
    * Does the caregiver join in the activities?
    * Are there consistent age-appropriate limits?
    * Are children encouraged to be creative and to make choices?
    * Are children allowed to do things for themselves?











                                                              (screen 13 of 19)
OTHER CONSIDERATIONS IF YOUR CHILD IS SCHOOL AGE -



    * Does the caregiver give children supervision and security, while
      understanding their growing need for independence?
    * Does the caregiver listen to children's problems and experiences?
    * Does the caregiver help children follow through on projects, homework,
      and suggest interesting things to do?
    * Are children's ideas, values, and opinions respected?
    * Is there a room available in which to do homework?
    * Is there time for children to be with their own friends, practice skills,
      and experience a variety of activities?
    * Is there a time and place to be alone?
    * Are there physical activities available geared to school-age children?
    * Is there an outdoor play area?
    * Is there a place for personal belongings?
    * Is it possible for a child to attend outside activities and clubs?


                                                              (screen 14 of 19)
SEVEN KEY POINTS

Research on how to evaluate the quality of a child care center/home came up
with seven key points recommended for parents' use:

Arrival and Departure:  If you are able to see children arriving for the day or
leaving at the end of the day, you can see how other parents and the staff
relate to each other.  You will also be able to see how other children feel
about coming to the home/center and leaving.  Are teachers/caregivers taking
time to talk to parents and to greet each child?  Do teachers/caregivers invite
children into the classroom activities as they arrive?  When a child is upset
about a parent's departure, do teachers/caregivers comfort the child and try to
introduce him or her to something interesting?

Mealtime and Snacks:  Watching the children at mealtime in a center is
important for several reasons.  Notice whether children are allowed to sit
where they want, whether they are a part of serving the meal and clean-up, and
whether teachers/caregivers sit with the children.  Mealtime should be a chance
for children to have a pleasant social time with each other and with their
teachers, and to take part in the choices and tasks involved.
                                                              (screen 15 of 19)
Indoor Activities (reading, storytelling, quiet projects, nap, etc.):  This is
an opportunity to note how teachers/caregivers manage their classroom and how
the staff coordinates itself.  Is there a variety of activities and learning
opportunities, allowing the children to make choices?  Is there a balance
between structured group activities and free play?  Does each child get some
individual attention during the day?  Do children seem involved in the
activities, or are they forced to participate against their will?

Discipline:  Notice how the staff handles problems in behavior.  What do they
do about a lonely or crying child, fighting children, or accidents?  Does there
seem to be a consistency in handling problems?  What kinds of behavior do they
see as "problem behavior?"  Are withdrawn or extremely quiet children ignored?

Consoling and Comforting:  How is the hurt or unhappy child handled?  After an
incident involving two or more children, are all of them handled
satisfactorily, the "wrongdoers" as well as the "victims?"

Active Group Play:  Is running around, jumping, and "letting off steam"
tolerated?  Is there indoor space where this can happen when the weather is
bad?  Is there a full range of activities provided for both boys and girls?    
                                                           (screen 16 of 19)
Are both boys and girls encouraged to be active?  Do teachers/caregivers
recognize when children need active play, and initiate active games?  Is
outdoor play a part of the daily schedule, weather permitting?

Transitions:  Transitions from one activity to another are important.  Are
children allowed to finish what they are doing before they are expected to go
on to something else?  Do they get clear cues and signals about what's coming
next or what's expected of them?  Are children bored and restless between
activities?  Are they kept waiting?









                                                              (screen 17 of 19)


YOUR COMMENTS AND THOUGHTS

Overall, how do you feel about this home?










Overall, how would your child feel about this home?






                                                             (screen 18 of 19)
You will probably want to look elsewhere if any of the items you think are
important are missing or are poor.

Above all, trust your own judgement and feelings about a home or center.  You
know your child best and can tell which will be right for your family.


Sources:

Sally Kees, State Extension Specialist, Nevada
Child Care Connection, 701 Shipley St., Wilmington, Delaware, 19801




                                                             (screen 19 of 19)
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SELECTING A SITTER                              
-DOC-
                              SELECTING A SITTER
              Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life Specialist

Finding a reliable sitter to come to your home is probably the most difficult
kind of child care to arrange.  However, if you feel that having a sitter is
the best arrangement for you and your child, then this checklist can help you
select a suitable person.

An individual sitter is often a good first step for those children who will be
away from their parents for the first time.  Or it may be a helpful solution in
a case where a child needs some extra time to make the transition from home to
child care, especially for children who have never been with large groups of
children before.  An individual sitter is also helpful when you work at night. 
Then the child's sleep is not disrupted and you don't have to drive around town
in the dark.  Furthermore, if you have several children including an infant, it
may be desirable for the children to stay together in their own home.

Make an appointment to interview the sitter.  If she/he is to have the children
in your home, invite the applicant to come there.  If you are to take your
children to her/his home, ask to come over for the interview and use the
checklist for family day care as well as this one.
CHECKLIST

Directions for checklist:

Make a copy for each applicant.  Place a "Y" for yes and an "N" for no by each
question.

 1.  Discuss what fees the sitter expects to make and what you expect to pay.
 2.  Discuss the ages of your children.  Ask about the sitter's previous
     experience with children of the same age.
 3.  Discuss what hours you need care for your children.
 4.  Discuss what arrangement could be made if a child or the sitter were to 
     get sick.
 5.  Would the sitter be able to provide her/his own transportation?  If so, 
     would you reimburse the mileage between your home and the sitter's?
 6.  Discuss exactly what the duties of the sitter will be, such as preparing
     meals or snacks for the children, providing activities, reading stories,
     bathing, etc.
 7.  Ask for and check references carefully.  Was the sitter reliable,
     pleasant, well organized, good with the children?  Would the former
     employer hire the sitter again?
Introduce the sitter to the children.
 8.  Does the sitter demonstrate an interest in your child by asking questions
     such as, "What does your son enjoy doing in the morning?"
 9.  Does the sitter smile and act friendly toward the children?
10.  Does the sitter listen carefully when you describe the child's normal
     routine and your expectations for the sitter?

If you find a sitter that seems to meet your needs, it is a good idea to have
the sitter come to your home on several occasions before you leave her/him
alone with your child.  Not only does this give you an opportunity to show the
sitter where everything is located, it also gives your child a chance to get to
know the sitter gradually.  As soon as possible, encourage the sitter to carry
on as if you were not there.  In this way, you can observe how well the sitter
is doing.  Look for the following points.

SITTER COMPETENCIES

 1.  You can see the sitter praising your children.  For example, saying, "You
     did a good job putting away the blocks."


 2.  You can see the sitter communicating effectively with children -
     explaining in clear steps what the sitter wants the children to do,
     answering the children's questions patiently, frequently kneeling down to
     the child's eye level when talking.
 3.  Your children appear happy, comfortable, and relaxed - laughing, smiling,
     involved in play.
 4.  The sitter seems warm and affectionate with the children, smiling,
     cuddling, speaking pleasantly.
 5.  The sitter works and plays with the children more than standing back and
     ordering them around.
 6.  The sitter spends more time with the children than on the telephone or
     watching TV.
 7.  The sitter uses the children's first names and nicknames when talking to
     or about them.  The sitter does not refer to children by unpleasant names,
     such as "smarty" or "brat," etc.
 8.  The sitter knows where each child is and what the child is doing at all
     times.
 9.  The sitter holds your infant while feeding rather than propping the
     bottle.
10.  The sitter smiles at, talks to, and cuddles your infant rather than
     letting the infant lie in the crib.
11.  Diapers or training pants are changed frequently, as needed.
12.  The sitter allows the children to watch only TV programs that you approve
     and does not encourage or force children to sit in front of the TV for
     long periods.
13.  The caregiver is safety-conscious, putting sharp objects, medicines, or
     other safety hazards out of reach.
14.  The caregiver encourages your children to put toys away after use and
     helps keep the house in order.
15.  The sitter follows your directions carefully, asking questions when she/he
     doesn't understand something.
16.  The sitter is a person you would like your child to copy or imitate.  In
     other words, children are apt to "do as sitters do, more than as they
     say."
17.  The sitter uses guidance or discipline methods similar to your own and
     asks for your advice of a problem comes up.
18.  The sitter tells you what your children did during the day.
19.  The sitter plans several activities, such as cutting and pasting, playing
     a game, making playdough, etc. that your children would enjoy each day.
20.  Your sitter avoids comparing one of your children with another, or your
     child with another child the sitter has cared for before.  For example,
     the sitter DOES NOT say, "See what a big girl Janey is, she doesn't make a
     mess.  Now you be a big boy and don't make a mess."
After you have left the sitter alone with the children for a week or so, you
might stop and think about the following:

21.  Do you sense that your children are happy with the sitter?
22.  Do you sense that the sitter has things under control, the house is picked
     up, the children are playing, etc. when you arrive home?
23.  Does the sitter seem to like the children and feel comfortable in your
     home and with you?
24.  Are you able to talk openly about any concerns you or the sitter have and
     work through solutions together?

If you can answer yes to most of the questions on the checklist, then you are
lucky to have found a good sitter.  Be certain to leave your sitter all the
phone numbers that she/he may need, such as the child's doctor, your work phone
number, and a relative or friend to call in an emergency when you can't be
reached.




As time goes on, trust your own judgement and feeling about a sitter.  You know
your children best and can tell better than any other person whether your child
care situation is working out satisfactorily.




Adapted from Salley Kees, Nevada Extension Service.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DSS LICENSING OFFICES                             
-DOC-
                             DSS LICENSING OFFICES
    Emily S. Wiggins, Extension Family Life & Human Development Specialist

DIRECTOR & ADDRESS                 LOCATION                   TELEPHONE
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                 ~~~~~~~~                   ~~~~~~~~~

Ms. Margaret R. Harrison     County Courthouse           459-5481         
Abbeville County DSS         Court Square
P. O. Box 189                Abbeville
Abbeville  29620
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INFORMATION AVAILABLE IN THE HERD SUMMARY (DHI-202)            
-DOC-
            INFORMATION AVAILABLE IN THE HERD SUMMARY (DHI-202)
                Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

The Herd Summary DHI-202 provides a comprehensive herd analysis and management
report including production, reproduction, genetics, udder health and feed cost
information.  All compiled data result from a) input on the DHI-213 (Herd and
New Cow Data and DHI-201 (Barn Sheet) forms submitted by the supervisor or b)
input submitted through DART.  

The DHI-202 is calculated for the herd each test day.  If the herd is enrolled
in the "Permanent Strings" option, a DHI-202 is also prepared for each string.
In multiple breed herds, all cows of each breed can be in separate "Permanent
Strings" and their yearly averages are considered official.  

Following is a summary of the information appearing in the DHI-202:

1- Type of record, herd code number, scheduling date, date tested, name and
address are listed.  Also reported are the association and supervisor numbers,
and the dates information was received at and sent from the lab and DRPC.

2- Production, income, and feed cost summary.  This section reports information
for this test day on a per cow basis and a rolling herd average basis.  Included
in the production information is the number of total cows,
number of cows in milk, pounds of milk, pounds of butterfat and fat %, pounds of
protein and protein %, and pounds of milk (milking cows only).  Feed intake
information includes pounds of silage, other succulents, dry forage, pasture,
concentrates and other feeds consumed and their TDN values.  Income information
includes the value of product, cost of concentrates, total feed costs, income
over feed costs, and feed cost per hundredweight of milk.  Also reported is the
milk blend price and the fat differential currently being paid.

3- Summary of current breeding herd.  This section includes cows in the herd
that have not been bred, have been bred but currently are diagnosed open, or
whose last breeding date is too recent for assumed or confirmed pregnancy. 
Reported is the producer's desired number of days open before breeding.  Also
included is the total number of cows in the breeding herd, the average number of
breedings for cows open over 100 days at last breeding, the % possible breedings
that were serviced, average days to first breeding and the number of cows
diagnosed open and pregnant this test period.  A section including only cows
with no breeding dates or diagnosed open reports the number of cows and the % of
the total herd. a) open fewer than 60 days; b) open 60-100 days; c) open 101-140
days; d)open over 140 days, and; e) bred but diagnosed open.  Another section
includes either: a) cows bred 60 days prior to current test or b) cows bred but
not diagnosed pregnant.  The later option is for herds that are routinely
pregnancy checked. Days open as of last breeding categorizes both the number and
percentage of cows  a) open fewer than 60 days; b) open 60-100 days; c) open
101-140 days; d) open over 140 days, and; e) bred 3 or more times.

4- Reproductive summary of total herd.  This section includes all cows in
the herd on test day.  Listed is the number of cows and the percentage of the
total herd a) open fewer than 50 days; b) open 50-80 days; c) open 81-100; and
d) open over 100 days at first breeding.  Also included is the average days to
first breeding, percentage of possible breedings that were serviced, and a
break down of the number of cows with breeding or heat intervals a) less than 18
days; b)18 to 24 days; and c) greater than 24 days.  The percentage of problem
cows, the projected minimum calving interval, average days open, total number of
pregnant cows, and the average number of breedings for pregnant cows is also
reported. In addition, the number of service sires with PD$$ and their average
PD$$ is reported.  A section which includes breedings in the last twelve months
reports the number of breedings, the % successful, the number of breedings
per conception, and the conception rate of the first breeding.

5- General management information.  This section provides the dairy producer
with a comprehensive summary of production by stage of lactation, cows to be
milking and dry in the next six months, and a dry cow profile.  In addition,
a comparison of first lactation heifers and second and later lactation cows
is provided.

A chart is provided which separates cows from heifers and breaks them down
into the following stages of lactation:  a) 306 days and greater; b) 200-305
days; c)100-199 days; and d) fewer than 100 days in milk.  Listed are the number
of heifers and cows in each stage, the percentage of the milking herd,
average daily milk production, and the average somatic sell count score. 
Another chart lists the number of cows to be milking, number dry, number of cows
to calve, and the number of heifers to calve for the next six months.  A dry cow
profile reports the number of dry periods, average days dry, and the number of
cows dry  a) fewer than 40 days; b) 40-70 days; and c) over 70 days.  

A section on general information reports the breed of the herd, average
body weight, the sum of test day milk weights in pounds, the daily bulk tank
weight in pounds, and the times the herd is milked.

Another entire section reports information for first calf heifers, second
and later lactation cows, and all lactations combined. Reported are the number
of cows, average age, average peak test day production, projected 305 day ME
for milk and fat, percentage of cows with sire ID, and the average PD$$ of sires
of cows.  The number of cows with somatic cell count scores falling into
the following categories is also reported:  a) 0, 1, 2, and 3; b) 4 and 5; c) 6;
and  d) 7, 8, and 9.  A yearly summary of cows entering and leaving the herd
reports the number and percentage of cows that have entered and that have left
the herd.  Also reported is the number of cows that have left the herd for dairy
purposes, low production, reproductive problems, disease or injury, died,
mastitis or other udder problems, and feet and legs.

6- Yearly Production and Mastitis Summary.  This section is designed to provide
acurrent, up-to-date review of herd information for the past year. 
Information from the current test in addition to the previous twelve tests is
reported.  An average value of all variables is also calculated.  Included is
the number of days in the test period, the number of cows in the herd on test
day, average days in milk and daily milk production for cows in milk, and the
test period persistency index.  All cows in the herd are included in the
calculation of test day averages which include the percentage of cows in milk,
average daily milk production, % fat, and % protein.  The rolling herd average
for milk, fat, and protein is reported.  And finally, the number of cows falling
into the somatic cell count score groups of a) 0, 1, 2, and 3; b) 4 and 5; c) 6;
and d) 7, 8, and 9 is reported, along with an average somatic cell count score.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMPARISON OF MONTHLY REPORTS (DHI 200 & DHI 210)                  
-DOC-
                  COMPARISON OF MONTHLY REPORTS (DHI 200 & DHI 210)
                    Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

The Monthly Reports, the DHI-200 and the DHI-210, are the core for the entire
DHI record system.  All production and management information for each
individual cow is reported on these forms.  In addition, this information is
used to generate most of the data reported on the Herd Summary (DHI-202).  The
DHI-200 was the original Monthly Report form.  The DHI-210 was developed in
response to specific requests from DHI members and the majority of herds now use
the DHI-210.

The DHI-200 and the DHI-210 have the same general arrangement, with the main
body of both reports arranged in rows and columns.  All information on one line
across either report pertains to the same cow.  Each column presents a specific
item of information for all the cows listed.

The following chart compares the information appearing in both reports.  Reports
differ for items no. 14, 16, 18, 22, 25, 26, 27, 29, 30, and 31.
               DHI-200                            DHI-210
                        
 1. Type of record and code.      1. Type of record and code.
 2. Herd code.  	          2. Herd code.
 3. Scheduling date.	          3. Scheduling date.
 4. Date tested.	          4. Date tested.
 5. Page no.		          5. Page no.
 6. Name and address.	          6. Name and address.
 7. Assoc. No.		          7. Assoc. No.
 8. Supervisor No.                8. Supervisor No.
 9. Dates received and mailed by  9. Dates received and mailed    
    DRPC.                            DRPC.
10. Dates of test period.        10. Dates of test period.
11. Breed.		         11. Breed.
12. Sire identification.         12. Sire identification.
13. Cow identification.          13. Cow identification.
14. Test day data - milk wts.    14. Test day data -  SCCS, milk 
    (this test and last), %fat,      wts., % prot., % fat (this
    % prot., lbs. conc. fed, lb.     test), SCCS and milk wts.			
    conc. needed, SCCS (this test    for previous 9 tests.
    and last).	
15. Date of status change and    15. Date of status change and
    code.                            code.
16. Not reported.                16. Lactation no. 
17. Age in mo. at calving.       17. Age in mo. at calving.
18. Barn name.                   18. Index no./Barn name.
19. Days in milk.                19. Days in milk.
20. Condition Affecting Record.  20. Condition Affecting Record.
21. Lactation to date info.:     21. Lactation to date info.:
    a. lbs. of milk                  a. lbs. of milk
    b. % prot. and % fat             b. % prot. and % fat
    c. prot. and fat yield.          c. prot. and fat yield.
22. Projected 305 d ME milk,     22. Projected 305 d ME milk and
    fat, and prot.                   fat.
23. Rating.                      23. Rating.
24. Income over feed costs.      24. Income over feed costs.
25. Value of product.            25. Not reported.
26. Not reported.                26. ERPA.
27. Repro code, service sire ID, 27. Repro code and breeding or
    breeding or heat date, date      heat date (this month and     
    due.                             last), service sire ID, date
                                     due, interval days.
28. Number of days dry/open.     28. Number of days dry/open.
29. Breeding Action Code.        29. Not reported.
30. Persistency of Lactation.    30. Not reported.
31. Body weight.                 31. Not reported.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMPUTERS COMPATIBLE WITH DART                     
-DOC-
                     COMPUTERS COMPATIBLE WITH DART
                  Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

The following computers were able to execute DRPC at Raleigh programs with no
modifications:

     AT&T PC Model 6300
     Columbia MPC 1600-1, Columbia VP-Portable 
     Corona Desktop PC, Corona Portable PC
     Compaq Deskpro, Compaq Portable PC
     Epson QX10 with QXPCIT Titan
     IBM PC, IBM PC Portable
     IBM PC-XT
     IBM PC-AT
     Kaypro 16
     Leading Edge PC
     NCR Personal Computer Model 4
     Panasonic Sr. Partner
     Tandy 1000, (256K version recommended)
     Tandy HD 1200
     Zenith Z150 PC

The following computers were unable to execute DRPC at Raleigh programs without
some hardware or software modifications:

     Data General One
     IBM PC-JR
     Mindset PC
     Sanyo MBC-550-2
     Seequa Chameleon Plus
     Tandy 2000
     Texas Instruments Professional
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BY-LAWS OF STATE DHIA                              
-DOC-
                              BY-LAWS OF STATE DHIA
                     Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

                              Article I-Organization
A.  These By-Laws shall serve the South Carolina Dairy Improvement
Association, Inc., which hereafter shall be referred to as the corporation.

B.  These By-Laws shall serve the area or county dairy improvement associations,
and shall hereafter be referred to as the association.

C.  The corporation shall be the policy-making and governing body of the
South Carolina Dairy Improvement Association, Inc.

D.  The association shall be responsible for employing area or county
personnel and for conducting business on an area or county basis.  The
association shall be responsible to the corporation for the fiscal affairs of
the area or county association.

E.  For purposes of clarification in the By-Laws, the word organization
shall hereafter refer to both the corporation and the association.

F.  These By-Laws shall serve both the corporation and the association unless
so stated otherwise.

                              Article II-Fiscal Year
The fiscal year shall begin January 1 and end December 31, unless otherwise
fixed by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

                              Article III-Purpose
The specific purposes of the organization shall be:

1.  To improve the dairy cattle of the State of South Carolina; to associate
its member together for their mutual benefit as dairy farmers, milk producers,
and breeders of registered cattle; to cooperate with Clemson University College
of Agriculture through its research in dairy cattle and its Extension Services
in Dairy Science and County Cooperative Extension Services; to cooperate with
the national and state breed organizations, the Purebred Dairy Cattle
Association, and agencies for any purpose for which this organization is formed;
to assist its members without profit in promoting the sale and demand for their
dairy cattle through advertising, promotional work with dairymen, dairy
organizations, dealers, and others; and to perform any related activities not
in consistent withthe law that may affect the improvements of the dairy herds of
the state.

2.  To maintain a uniform system of production record keeping on dairy cattle
in the State of South Carolina, to guide its members, dairymen and other
interested persons in the improvement of dairy cattle and programs of all
purposes related there to, including educational, research, breeding and
commercial.

3.  To maintain a high standard of integrity in the DHI record keeping program
to give reliability and stability to their use for whatever purposes may
seem desirable and necessary.

4.  To provide an organization for the supervision of the DHI record
keeping system in the State of South Carolina.  Supervision shall embrace
the enforcement of the rules and regulations for DHI testing, including
procedures for dealing with infractions of the rules, regulations and
procedures.

5.  To supply information to the Extension personnel of Clemson University
for study and analysis and, further to supply similar information to U.S.
Department of Agriculture for the preparation of performance summaries of both
males and females.

6.  To employ and provide to members the services of qualified personnel.

7.  To carry out its responsibilities, the corporation shall enter into
such written agreement between itself and proper representatives of
Clemson University as may be approved by its Board of Directors for
financing, administration and supervision of these dairy record programs.

8.  To operate in such a manner that no earning or net income of this
non-profit organization may accrue or inure to the benefits of any member
whatsoever, but shall be held in common for the mutual benefit of the members.

To further the foregoing purposes, the operations of this organization shall
be conducted in accordance with an agreement between this organization and
the Cooperative Extension Service, Clemson University, consistent with
the Memorandum of Understanding between the Federal Extension Service and
the Agricultural Research Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture and
the Cooperative Extension Service, Clemson University.

                            Article IV-Rules & Regulations
*Section 1.*
The rules and regulations governing the conduct of production testing
programs for this organization shall be the rules and regulations for DHI
testing as recommended and adopted by the Coordinating Group for the National
DHIA Programor as they may be amended authoritatively from time to time.  A copy
of these rules is attached hereto and becomes part of these by-laws, with the
latest revision of said rules and regulations always to be considered
automatically apart of these by-laws.

*Section 2.*
Additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with Article IV, Section
1, may be adopted by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

                                  Article V-Membership
*Section 1. Admission*
a.  Any person, partnership or corporation owning or leasing one or more
dairy animals may apply for membership.  Each applicant for membership on the
form prescribed by the corporation shall become a member upon acceptance of
the application for membership by the Directors of the Association. 
Each Association shall be a member of the corporation; therefore, any member of
the Association shall also be a member of the corporation.

b.  If membership in the Association is terminated and lapses over one (1)
year, re-admission to membership shall require a new membership fee.

*Section 2. Transfer of Membership*
Membership shall not be transferable except as it may relate to the continuation
of an estate of a deceased member.

*Section 3. Termination*
a.  When a member has ceased to own or lease dairy animals and to use the
services of the Association for a period of one (1) year, his membership shall
be terminated.

b.  Members shall give a 30-day written notice of his intention to terminate
membership to the Directors of the Association.

c.  Whenever the Association deems it to be in its interest to terminate its
services to a member because of inability to give service or because a member
has violated provisions of the by-laws and the rules and regulations of this
organization of his membership agreement, his membership shall be terminated.

*Section 4. Explusion and/or Censure of a Member; Cancellation of Records*
Any member of the Association who violates its by-laws or rules or regulations,
including, but not limited to, the rules and regulations for the conduct of DHI
production testing as referred to in ARTICLE IV, or any member whose practices
in the conduct of such production testing programs or whose use of the
services of the Association or whose use of the records produced under its
supervision are such as to impair the reliability of such records may be
censured, suspended, or expelled, and the herd or lactation records may be
cancelled by the Board of Directors of the Association after notice and a
hearing, if requested, as herein after provided.

*Section 5. Charges Against Members*
Upon receipt of information concerning the conduct of a member adverse to
the interest of the Association by any officer, it shall be the duty of such
officer to investigate the same or cause to be investigated and report his
finding to the Board of Directors.  If the Board of Directors with written
concurrence ofthe President of the Association should take cognizance of,
charges shall be reduced to writing.  The President of the Association shall
then advise said member of the charges along with a notice of time and place of
the hearing thereof not less than 30 days prior to said hearing.  Such notice
shall contain a statement of the purpose and scope of the hearing and the action
which the Association Board of Directors has power to take.  Such notice shall
further advise said member that he may appear in person or, by counsel, produce
witness, affidavits, documentary or other evidence in his behalf.  Whenever, in
the judgement of the Association Board, the best interests of the Association
require it, a member's records and privileges may be suspended until a
decision upon the charges is final.

*Section 6. Hearings*
At the hearing upon said charges, both the member against when they have
been preferred any aggrieved person shall have the rights to be heard in person
or by counsel and to produce whatever witnesses, affidavits, documentary, or
other evidence they may desire to produce.  At the close of said hearing or not
later than 30 days thereafter, the Association Board of Directors shall make
its findings as to the truth or falsity of such charges and render its
decision thereon either censuring, suspending, or excelling said member,
and/or cancelling records or dismissing the charges; and upon dismissal of the
charges restoring him to the privileges in the Association, in case they have
been suspended pending the hearing.

*Section 7. Appeal*
The decision of the Association Board of Directors shall be subject to an
appeal to the corporation Directors by the accused or by any two members of
the corporation Board itself.  Unless the member against whom the charges have
been preferred, or unless two such members of the Board of the corporation
shall within 15 days after written notice of said decision file with the
corporation a notice of appeal, the decision of the Association Board shall
stand as the decision of the corporation Directors.  If an appeal is taken from
the decision of the Association Directors, its decision shall remain in force
until reversed or modified by the corporation Directors.  If an appeal is taken
to the corporation Board, the Association Directors shall transmit to the
corporation Directors the record the proceeding had before it.  The corporation
Directors shall review the proceedings presented, and the hearing upon said
appeal and the decision of the corporation Directors shall be based upon the
record of proceedings before the Association.  At the close of the hearing
before the corporation Board or within 30 days thereafter, the corporation Board
shall render such decision upon said charges as right and justice require,
either affirming, reversing, or revising the decision of the Association Board
with discretionary power in the corporation Board to make any penalty imposed
upon the member either more or less severe or ordering a rehearing of said
charges, and shall file its decision with the corporation, and shall give notice
thereof of the member involved and to the party preferring the charges.

*Section 8. Liability*
While acting upon charges, hearings and appeals, neither the Board of
the Association nor the Board of the corporation nor any of their members, nor
any officer or employee of this organization, nor any employee of the
Clemson University Extension Service shall become liable for decisions rendered
or put into effect as provided for in the by-laws, nor for any action pertaining
to the same.

                                Article VI-Meetings
a.  The Annual Membership Meeting of the corporation shall be held with 90
days after the end of the fiscal year at a place designated by the Board of
the corporation for the transaction of such business as may lawfully come
before this meeting.
b.  The Annual Membership Meeting of the Associations shall be held at a time
and place designated by the Directors of the Association within 60 days after
the end of each fiscal year for the transaction of such business as may
lawfully come before the Meeting.

*Section 2. Special Meetings*
Special meetings of the members of the Association or corporation may be
called at any time by order of the Directors and shall be called at any time
upon the written request of at least 20% of the members.  The notice shall state
the time, place and purpose of the meeting.

*Section 3. Notice of the Meeting*
Written notice of the time and place of the Annual Meeting shall be given not
less than 10 days prior to the date of the Meeting.

*Section 4. Quorum*
The members present shall constitute a quorum.

*Section 5. Voting*
Each member present is entitled to one vote on each question.  Voting by
proxy shall not be permitted.

*Section 6. Order of Business*
In so far as possible the order of business at the Annual and all other
meetings of the members shall be:
     1. Registration of member
     2. Proof of notice of meeting
     3. Reading or disposal of all unapproved minutes
     4. Annual reports of officers and committees
     5. Election of Directors
     6. Unfinished business
     7. New business
     8. Adjournment

                         Article VII-Board of Directors
*Section 1. Qualifications*
Only active members in good standing may be nominated and elected as Directors.
A Director's duties shall terminate at the next Board Meeting when he ceases
to own or lease dairy cattle or use the services of this organization.

*Section 2. Directors*
a.  For the purpose of electing Directors, the corporation shall divide the
state into area or county Associations.  Each Association is entitled to at
least one (1) Director in the corporation.  Each Association is entitled to
an additional Director(s) for each 25 herds or major portion thereof beyond
the initial 25 herds.  The initial division of the South Carolina Dairy
Improvement Association, Inc., into area or county Associations shall be that
which is approved by the majority of the present membership of each proposed
Association. Any subsequent division shall be at the discretion of the Board of
corporation. The Directors of the corporation shall each year determine the
number of herds on test during the months of September with each area or county
Association being notified as to the number of corporation Directors they will
be eligible to have for the coming year.

b.  All Directors of the corporation shall be members of the Board of
Directors of their Association.

c.  Each Association shall have a minimum of three (3) Directors.

*Section 3. Election of Directors*
At the first Annual Meeting, onethird of the Directors shall be elected for
a three year term, onethird for a twoyear term with the remaining
Directors elected for a oneyear term, and thereafter, each Director shall be
elected for a three-year term.  Corporation and Association Directors shall be
elected by the members at the Annual Association Membership Meeting.  Each
Director shall hold office for their term for which he is elected and until his
successor is elected and enters upon his duties.  Directors cannot succeed
themselves after serving two consecutive terms.

*Section 4. Advisors*
The County Agent Leaders and/or Area Dairy Agents may serve as Advisors to
the Board of Directors of the Association.

The Extension Dairy Science Specialists shall serve as Advisors to the Board
of Directors of the corporation.

*Section 5. Vacancies*
Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board of Directors other than through
expiration of the term of office, the remaining Directors shall appoint a
member to fill the vacancy until his successor can be duly elected at the next
Annual Meeting.

*Section 6. Duties*
a.  The Directors of the corporation shall control the business and affairs
of the corporation and make the necessary rules, regulations, and policies
not inconsistent with the law of the State of South Carolina or with these
By-laws or with rules, regulations, and policies for DHI testing which are a
part of these By-laws as set forth in ARTICLE IV for the management of business
of the affairs, employees, and agents of the corporation.  It may employ or
dismiss corporation employees and fix the minimum compensation policies or
employment.

b.  The Association Directors shall control the business and affairs of
the Association not inconsistent with the corporation.

*Section 7. Compensation*
Officers, Directors and committee members of the corporation may be
compensated for time spent in carrying out their respective duties set forth
herein at such rate as may be established by the Directors and approved by the
members at any Annual Meeting or special meeting called for this purpose.
They may be reimbursed for mileage and for other expenses incurred in
attending duly called meetings and carrying out other duties and
responsibilities duly assigned to them as individuals by the Board of Directors
of the corporation.

*Section 8. Meetings*
a.  The Directors of the corporation shall meet at least semi-annually,
the Executive Committee handling affairs needing attention between
Directors' Meetings.  The Directors of the Association shall meet at least
semi-annually.

b.  Time.  The Directors shall hold their first meeting immediately after
(the same day) as the Annual Membership Meeting.  The President may call
an additional meeting at any time and shall do so on the request of a majority
of the Directors.

c. Notice of Board Meeting.  Notice of a Directors' Meeting shall be mailed
to each Director at least three (3) days prior to the time of such meeting.

d.  Quorum.  A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum to
exercise the responsibilities of the Board of Directors.
*Section 9. Executive Committee*
The Executive Committee shall consist of 1)the immediately past President, 2)the
current President, Vice President and Secretary of the corporation; and 3)the
NDHIA Director, when a State member is one the NDHIA Board.  All Executive
Committee members shall be ExOfficio members of the corporation, if not elected
members.

                             Article VIII-Officers
*Section 1. Election of Officers*
The Officers of SC Dairy Improvement Association, Inc., shall consist of a
President, a Vice President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The Officers shall be
elected annually be the Directors at an organizational meeting immediately
following the Annual Meetings of the organization.  The President and Vice
President shall be elected from among the Directors.

The Secretary and the Treasurer may or may not be members of the Board of
Directors.  The same person may be Secretary and Treasurer.

*Section 2. Duties of Officers*
The Officers shall have the usual functions of such officers but may be assigned
other duties and responsibilities by action of the Board of Directors.
a.  President.  The President shall:
    1. Preside over all meetings.
    2. Sign as President, with the Secretary, all membership certificates,
contracts, and legal instruments.

b.  Vice President.  In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice
President shall preside and perform the duties of the President.

c.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall:
   1. Keep a complete record of meetings.
   2. Sign as Secretary with the President all membership certificates,
contracts and legal instruments.
   3. Submit to the Annual Meeting of the members a complete and detailed report
of the current year's business.
   4. Serve all notices required by law.
   5. Perform such other duties pertaining to his office as may be required by
the Directors.

d.  Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall:
   1. Receive and disburse all funds.
   2. Keep an accurate account of all monies received and disbursed and proper
vouchers for monies disbursed.
   3. Submit to the Annual Meeting of the members a complete financial report.
   4. Perform such other duties pertaining to his office as may be required by
the Directors.

*Section 3. Bonding of Officers and Employees*
The Directors shall provide an adequate bond for any employee or officer of this
organization handling funds for the faithful performance of their duties,
responsibilities and obligations.

*Section 4. Removal of Directors or Officer*
Any Director or officer may be removed from office by a vote of not less than
three-fourths of the members present at any duly called Annual or special
Meeting.  Notice of the time, place and object of any such contemplated action
shall be given in the manner prescribed in these By-laws to the members and to
the Officer and/or Director against whom such action is directed.  Such Director
and/or Officer shall at the same time be informed in writing of such
contemplated action and at such meeting shall have an opportunity to be heard in
person and/or by counsel and to produce and examine witnesses.

                           Article IX-Capital and Fees
New members shall pay a membership fee.  The amount of the fee shall be fixed by
the Directors.

*Section 2. Operation Expenses*
The Directors will determine the necessary operating expenses which shall be
submitted in the form of an operating budget.

*Section 3. Audit*
As soon as practical after the close of each fiscal year, the books and accounts
shall be audited.  A report of the audit for the fiscal year, together with a
statement of its financial condition, shall be submitted at the Annual Meeting
of members.

The audit of the financial condition of the corporation shall be made by an
independent public account or auditing firm employed for this purposed by the
Directors.

                           Article X-Dissolution
The South Carolina Dairy Improvement Association, Inc., at any regular meeting
or at any special meeting called for the purpose, for which due notice of the
time, place and object of such meeting shall be given as prescribed in the By-
Laws, by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members voting thereon, may
discontinue its operation and conclude its affairs.  In such event, if the
assets exceed the liabilities to creditors, such excess or balance shall accrue
to Clemson University for allocation to Cooperative Extension work in dairying.

                           Article XI-Amendments
These By-laws may be amended, when recommended by the corporation Board, by two-
thirds vote of the members present at the Annual Meeting or at a special meeting
called for the purpose, provided a copy of the proposed amendments is enclosed
with the call of the meeting.

These By-laws were adopted by the original members and the first Board of
Directors of the SC Dairy Improvement Association, Inc.

__________________________________,19_____      ______________________________
                                                           President

                                                ______________________________
                                                           Secretary


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EXAMPLE OF DART MANAGEMENT REPORT                            
-DOC-
                       EXAMPLE OF DART MANAGEMENT REPORT     
                  Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist 
 

Following is an example of a management report created through DART.  Listed  
are cow that should be bred; it includes all cows that have been in milk 60 or  
more days and have not been serviced.  Included is the cow's barn name, daily  
milk production, fresh date, and her sixtieth day in milk.   
 
 
               REFERENCE DATE 050887    PAGE  1 
02 - COWS TO BREED -- IN MILK 60 OR MORE DAYS & NOT SERVICED 
     BARN LBS.  FRESH    60TH  
     NAME MILK MO-DA-Y    DAY                                                   

        3  88   2-16-87  4-16 
        4  52   2-16-87  4-16 
        5  46   2-18-87  4-18 
       69  92   1-19-87  3-19 
       75 D Y   2-08-85  4-08               
       94  97   2-17-87  4-17 
       98 104   2-09-87  4-09 
      302  55  11-13-86  1-11 
      310  82   9-16-86 11-14 
      313 108   2-21-87  4-21 
      315  66   1-31-87  3-31 
      319  97   1-25-87  3-25 
      322  67   2-21-87  4-21 
      326  75   1-18-87  3-18 
      335  76   2-01-87  4-01 
      337  96  12-15-86  2-12 
      348  39  11-13-86  1-11 
      360  95  12-14-86  2-11 
      363  60   3-05-87  5-03 
      368  38   8-08-86 10-06 
      376  64   9-16-86 11-14 
      385  94   1-24-87  3-24 
      398 131   2-06-87  4-06 
      416  77  12-18-86  2-15 
    24 COWS LISTED 
Management reports can be created which are tailored to meet the producer's  
need.  Up to 16 different report items (such as cow name, days in milk, daily  
milk production) can be included in each report.  A total of 105 different  
report items are available.   
 
The producer also has the flexibility to include only the cows of his/her  
choice.  For instance, the report above lists only cows that are:  1) at least  
60 days in milk; and 2) have not been bred.  These are referred to as selector  
controls.  There are a total of 65 different selector controls that can be  
used.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PC-DART                                     
-DOC-
                                    PC-DART 
                  Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist 
 
PC-DART is very similar to DART (Direct Access to Records by Telephone) in 
that is allows the dairy producer to access his/her DHIA records to use 
for management purposes.  When a dairy producer is enrolled in the DART 
program, he/she accesses the records by calling the mainframe computer in 
Raleigh through a computer modem.  With PC-DART, however, the records are stored
on the producer's computer and he/she must call the computer at Raleigh only to 
upload new test day and herd activity data and to download the new processed 
data after each test.  This greatly reduces the number of long-distance phone 
calls one must make and also the computer charges which are assessed each time 
the mainframe computer is accessed. 
 
Since all the herd records are stored on the producer's computer, a more 
powerful computer is required for PC-DART than for DART.  The minimum 
equipment required to properly operate PC-DART includes an IBM-PC compatible 
computer with 256K of memory, one floppy disk drive and a 10 megabyte hard disk 
drive. Computers more powerful than this will provide improved performance for 
larger herds.  A printer and 1200 baud Hayes compatible modem are also required.

The same kinds of management lists available through DART are also 
available through PC-DART.  The commands and operational procedures are also 
very similar. All of the time-sensitive parameters such as date due, date 
expected in heat, date to turn dry and cows to pregnancy check are done on the 
farm computer. Calculations that are made in Raleigh include the lactation 
totals, mature equivalent projections, lifetime totals, ERPA's and life 
histories. 
 
The up-front cost of PC-DART is higher than DART because of the program 
purchase and additional hardware for those herds who choose to upgrade their 
computer system.  The overall costs should be less, particularly for the larger 
herds since connect time and telephone costs will be greatly reduced with 
PC-DART. The program is available for $1695 which includes a $300 fee to set up 
the master data file and DRPC interface for one herd.  This price includes 
any updates or revisions that are made. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DEFINITION OF STATE DHIA                              
-DOC-
                              DEFINITION OF STATE DHIA
                    Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

South Carolina DHIA (SCDHIA) is the organization within the state that
is responsible for DHI services, and for enforcement of the National
Cooperative Dairy Herd Improvement Program (NCDHIP) rules, policies and
quality certification standards.  The State DHIA will:

1) Cooperate with all appropriate parties to implement the rules, policies
and standards of the NCDHIP Policy Board;
2) Take responsibility on a state basis to ensure a high level of performance
of DHI services including organizational management, business procedures and
day-to-day administration of NCDHIP;
3) Take responsibility on a state basis to certify that NCDHIP is conducted
in each area in accordance with NCDHIP rules, policies and the
quality certification standards of National DHIA;
4) Work with each local DHIA to ensure each dairy farmer participating in
NCDHIP signs an agreement to abide by the rules, policies and standards of
NCDHIP;
5) Take responsibility on a state basis for enforcing NCDHIP rules, policies
and standards, and for appropriate hearing procedures as needed at local and
state levels;
6) Contract with an approved Dairy Records Processing Center (DRPC) for
data processing of the state's DHI records and assume responsibility to
certify NCDHIP policies and the Official DHI Records are followed;
7) Make the program available to all dairy producers who meet its membership
requirements; and
8) Keep the Extension Service informed about problems or conditions of mutual
concern.

Officers for the SCDHIA are as follows:

President:       George Binnicker
                 Route 1
                 Norway, South Carolina  29113      
                 Phone:  263-4645

Vice President:  Joel Riley
                 Route 1
                 Saluda, South Carolina  29138 
                 Phone:  445-8591

Secretary:       Dr. Jean Bertrand
                 119 P & A Building
                 Clemson University
                 Clemson, South Carolina  29634-0363
                 Phone:  656-3231

Treasurer:       Harold Longshore
                 Route 1
                 Saluda, South Carolina  29138    
                 Phone:  445-8359

Past President:  Glenn Easter
                 RFD 2, Box 812
                 Laurens, South Carolina  29630

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
DESCRIPTIONS OF RECORD PLANS                           
-DOC-
                           DESCRIPTIONS OF RECORD PLANS
                  Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist

NCDHIP makes available several different  record  plans  which  vary  according 
to the  needs  of  the  DHI  member.  These  are  classified as Official Record 
or Management Records.  Plans with Dairy Records Processing Center (DRPC)  codes
00 to  29  are  considered  official  if  all  DHI  rules are followed,  and the
weighing and sampling of each cow's  milk  is  carried  out  by  a  trained  an 
approved DHIA supervisor.  All other plans are considered unofficial because not
all  DHI  rules have been followed,  or the owner recorded the milk weights,  or
samples were not taken for component testing.  Reports are  received  from  DRP 
under  all  plans and the same information in available for management decisions
whether the records are official  or  unofficial.

Dairy  producers  should  decide whether   official  records  are  important  to 
them  for the  sale  of  stock, advertising and publication of herd  averages 
and  individual cow  records.  If not,  the  unofficial  programs  may  meet
management needs at a lower cost.  Of course,  official records are important to
the industry  for genetic  evaluation programs  as  well  as  research.    

Owner-sampler   programs   generally   are   less  expensive  since  the  dairy 
producer provides the labor for weighing and sampling the milk  from  each  cow. 
Milk  only programs  will  save  the  cost  of testing milk samples at a central
laboratory.  AP (AM/PM) programs are less expensive than non-AP plans since only
one milking is weighed and sampled.     
   
Following is a list and description of record plans available  through  DRPC  a 
Raleigh   
     
DRPC       DRP      
code       tag          DHI record plan description    
                        Official Records (00-29)  
                        All Official Rules Apply  

00         DHI          (Dairy Herd Improvement).  The DHI  
                        Supervisor visits the farm for each milking   
                        in a 24 hour period.  Milk weights and   
                        samples are obtained  at  each milking.
      
01       DHI-APT         (Dairy Herd Improvement AM-PM with Time 
                         monitor).  For herds milked twice daily,     
                         milk weights and samples are obtained   
                         alternately at AM and PM milkings for        
                         consecutive test periods.  The time monitor  
                         verifies the time of the second milking.
                         For herds in which every cow is milked  
                         three times daily, two consecutive milkings  
                         are weighed, one or two sampled (optional)   
                         and they are rotated among the milkings on   
                         subsequent test day.  Appropriate adjustment
                         factors are applied to each cow's  
                         production to determine the 24 hour total.   
                  
02       DHI-APCS        (Dairy Herd Improvement with alternate AM-   
                         PM Component Sampling).  For herds milked    
                         twice daily, milk weights are obtained at    
                         both AM and PM milkings but samples are      
                         taken at alternate AM or PM milkings on      
                         alternate test days.  For herds milking 
                         twice daily, milk weights are obtained       
                         from all three milkings, but samples are     
                         taken from one or two milkings, (optional)   
                         that are rotated among all three milkings    
                         on consecutive test days.  Appropriate  
                         adjustment factors are applied at determine  
                         the component percentage.
     
20  DHIR                 (Dairy  Herd  Improvement  Registry).  In    
                         addition  to meeting all official DHI rules,      
                         additional requirements of the appropriate   
                         national breed registry organization must    
                         be met.  The dairy producer must receive a   
                         permit from  the  registry  organization     
                         before DHIR status can be obtained.     
     
21    DHIR-APT           (Dairy Herd Improvement Registry AM-PM with  
                         Time monitor).  These records  are the  same      
                         as  code  01 except the herd must have  
                         DHIR status (see code 20).  This record is   
                         not accepted by the Holstein Association or  
                         the American  Goat Association.    
     
22    DHIR-APCS           (Dairy  Herd Improvement Registry with      
                          Alternate AM-PM Component Sampling).  These      
                          records are the same as code  02  except  the    
                          herd  must have DHIR status (see code 20).       
                          This record is not accepted by the Holstein      
                          Association or the American Goat  
                          Association.

            
                           Management Records (30-39))
                          All Official Rules Apply Except as Noted

31    DHI-AP              (Dairy Herd Improvement AM-PM without Time  
                          Monitor).  These records are the same as    
                          code 01 except no time monitor is required.      
                          The records are used in USDA sire summaries      
                          but no USDA cow index values are                      
                          calculated.   
     
33    DHI-MO              (Dairy Herd Improvement Milk Only).  These       
                          records are the same as code 00 without     
                          component sampling. 
     
34   DHI-MO-AP            (Dairy Herd Improvement Milk Only AM-PM).   
                          These records are the same as code 01       
                          without component sampling.  

                           Management Records (40-99))
                           Official Rules Do Not Applyy

40   OS                   (Owner Sampler).  Milk weights and samples  
                          are obtained from each milking in a 24 hour           
                          period.  The dairy producer or someone else           
                          other than the supervisor is responsible              
                          for taking the milk weights and samples.   
     
41  OS-AP                  (Owner Sampler AM-PM).  These records are       
                           the same as code 31 except the dairy       
                           producer or someone else other than the    
                           supervisor is responsible for taking the   
                           milk weights and samples.  The records are      
                           not used in USDA sire summaries..

42  OS-APCS                (Owner Sampler with alternate AM-PM   
                           Component Sampling).  These records are the     
                           same as code 02 except the dairy producer  
                           or someone else other than the supervisor  
                           is responsible for taking the milk weights 
                           and samples.

43  OS-MO                  (Owner Sampler Milk Only).  Milk weights   
                           are taken for all milkings in a 24 hour    
                           period but no samples are taken.  The 
                           dairyman or someone else other than the    
                           supervisor is responsible for taking the        
                           milk weights..

44  OS-MO-AP              (Owner Sampler Milk Only AM-PM).  The  
                          dairy producer or someone else other than   
                          the supervisor takes the milk weights for   
                          only one milking in a 24 hour period.

45  OS-BA                 (Owner Sampler with Breed Average fat  
                          test).  The dairy producer or someone else  
                          other than supervisor takes the milk   
                          weights for all milkings in a 24 hour  
                          period.  No samples are taken and the breed      
                          average fat test is applied to each    
                          individual cow.    

46  OS-AP-PT              (Owner Sampler AM-PM with Plant fat test).  
                          These records are the same as code 44  
                          except the herd's plant fat test is applied 
                          to each milking cow in the herd.  

49  OS-PT                 (Owner Sampler with Plant Test).  These     
                          records are the same as code 45 except the       
                          herd's plant fat test rather than the breed 
                          average is applied to each milking cow in   
                          the herd.     
     
50  OS-AP-BA              (Owner Sampler AM-PM with Breed Average fat 
                          test).  These records are the same as code  
                          44 except the breed average fat test is     
                          applied to each milking cow in the herd..

70  SS                    (Supervisor Sampled).  These records are    
                          the same as code 40 except the DHI     
                          Supervisor takes the milk weights and  
                          samples.

71  SS-AP                 (Supervisor Sampled AM-PM).  The supervisor 
                          obtains milk weights and samples from one        
                          milking only.  The milking weighed and 
                          sampled is to be rotated among test    
                          periods.      
 
72  SS-APCS               (Supervisor Sampled with alternate AM-PM    
                          Component Sampling).  The supervisor   
                          obtains milk weights from each milking in a 
                          24 hour period but samples only one.  The   
                          milking sampled is to be rotated among test      
                          periods. 
     
73  SS-MO                 (Supervisor Sampled Milk Only).  The   
                          supervisor obtains milk weights from each   
                          milking in a 24 hour period but takes no    
                          samples. 
     
74  SS-MO-AP              (Supervisor Sampled Milk Only AM-PM).  The  
                          supervisor obtains milk weights from one    
                          milking only.  No samples are taken.   







-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE POMACE	                                  
-DOC-
                                  APPLE POMACE	
                   Fred E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	
	
Apple pomace is a by-product of apples which have been crushed for cider, 
vinegar, or wine.  It is a very palatable feed for cattle and can be fed fresh, 
ensiled, or dry.  The dry matter content of apple pomace is about 20%.
Table 1 Apple Pomace.	
1)    DM    CP    Fat    CF     ADF     Ca     P      TDN        NEL	

      %     %      %     %      %       %      %       %      Mcal/100 lbs	
      100   7.6    4.8   21   47.0    .10    .10      69         71.2	
	
In some areas of the country rice hulls are added to the apple pomace at the 
processing plant.  Rice hulls have very little nutritional value, and the 
feeding value of the apple pomace will be decreased according to the amount of 
rice hulls added. 	
Table 2 Rice Hulls and Table 3 Apple Pomace 50% + 50% Rice Hulls.	
2)    DM    CP    Fat    CF     ADF     Ca     P      TDN        NEL	

      %     %      %     %      %       %      %       %      Mcal/100 lbs	
      100   7.6    4.8   21.4   47.0    .10    .10    71.4       73.9	


3)    DM    CP    Fat    CF     ADF     Ca     P      TDN        NEL	

      %     %      %     %      %       %      %       %      Mcal/100 lbs	
      100   5.4    2.9   32     60    .10    .09       40        3.9	

Apple pomace should not be fed in a ration containing non-protein nitrogen 
sources such as urea or anhydrous ammonia, as this practice can lead to serious 
reproduction problems. 	
	
Apple pomace is occasionally contaminated with pesticide residues.  Care should 
be taken to test the pomace from each supplier for prohibited residues.	
	
Apple pomace can be fed to lactating cows at a rate of up to 30 pounds (5.6 
pounds DM) per head per day.	














-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA DAIRY HERD IMPROVEMENT ASSOCIATION	                  
-DOC-
                  SOUTH CAROLINA DAIRY HERD IMPROVEMENT ASSOCIATION	
                     Jean A. Bertrand, Extension Dairy Scientist	
	
President - Mr. George Binnicker, Route 1, Norway, SC  29113	
	
Vice President - Dr. Joel Riley, Route 1, Saluda, SC  29138	
	
Secretary - Dr. Jean A. Bertrand, 119 Poole Agricultural Center, Clemson 
            University, Clemson, SC  29634-0363	
	
Treasurer - Mr. Harold Longshore, Route 1, Saluda, SC  29138	
	
Fieldman - Mr. Richard Culbreth, Route 4, Abbeville, SC  29620	


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WHOLE COTTONSEED	                                
-DOC-
                                WHOLE COTTONSEED	
                   Fred E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	

         DM    CP    FAT    CF    ADF    Ca    P    TDN          NEL	

          %     %      %     %      %     %     %     %      Mcal/100 lbs	
         100   22.6  18.3   25.8  33.1    .15  .73   97.8       101.2	
	
Whole cottonseed is high in protein, fat, fiber, and energy.  This combination 
of nutrients in one feedstuff is unusual.  Whole cottonseed with the lint still 
attached is white and fuzzy in appearance, is sometimes called "fuzzy seed," 
and has the analysis shown above.  Whole cottonseed from which the lint has 
been removed is called delinted seed, is black and smooth in appearance, and 
tends to be slightly higher in protein and fat than the fuzzy seed.	
	
Research at the Universities of California and Pennsylvania has show that 
feeding whole cottonseed to lactating cows can stimulate higher milk fat test 
and help maintain milk persistency.  It should be fed at the rate of four to 
seven pounds per cow per day.  Levels higher than seven pounds per cow per day 
give no further improvement in milk quality or persistency.  Mechanically 
delinted seed has the same effect as fuzzy seed.	
	
Whole cottonseeds do not need to be crushed or processed in any way before 
feeding.	
	
                               COTTONSEED HULLS	
	
          DM    CP    FAT    CF    ADF    Ca    P    TDN         NEL	

          %     %      %     %      %     %     %     %      Mcal/100 lbs	
         100   22.6  18.3   25.8  33.1    .15  .73   97.8       101.2	
	
Cottonseed hulls are used mostly in the southern area of the United States.  
They are low in protein, calcium, phosphorus and energy and high in fiber.  
Cottonseed hulls are palatable and are used as a roughage for cattle, 
especially in areas where good quality forages are scarce.  For example, in 
Florida cottonseed hulls may make up 20 to 30 percent of the ration dry matter.  
They are occasionally included in grain mixtures to increase the bulk density 
and crude fiber content.  They can be helpful in supporting fat test in low 
fiber or low roughage rations.	




-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEAN HULLS	                               
-DOC-
                               SOYBEAN HULLS	
                  Fred E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	

       DM     CP     Fat     CF     ADF     Ca     P     TDN      NEL	

       %      %       %      %       %      %      %      %    Mcal/100 lbs	
      100    11.0    2.2    39.6   50.0     .49   .18   78.0      81.2	
	
Soybean hulls are a by-product of soybean processing for oil and meal 
production.  Soybean hulls have urease activity which can be a problem in 
rations containing urea.  Heat treatment destroys and urease activity.  Soybean 
hulls which have been heat treated are referred to as soybean mill run.	
	
Soybean hulls run is a palatable feedstuff for cows and calves.  It contains a 
high level of very digestible fiber.  It has slightly more TDN than beet pulp 
and oats, 93 percent of the TDN value of barley, and 88 percent of the TDN 
value of corn.	
	
Soybean hulls run may be included in the grain mixture at a rate of up to 45 
percent or fed at a rate of up to 14 pounds per cow per day.  Because of its 
bulky texture, caution should be taken when feeding over 12 pounds per cow per 
day.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COTTONSEED HULLS	                                 
-DOC-
                                 COTTONSEED HULLS	
                   Fred E. Pardue, Extension Dairy Scientist	
	
          DM     CP     FAT     CF     ADF     Ca     P     TDN     NEL	
	
          %      %       %      %       %      %      %      %   Mcal/100 lbs	
         100    4.1     1.6    48.3    73.0    .11   .11   43.9     44.4	
	
Cottonseed hulls are used mostly in the southern area of the United States.  
They are low in protein, calcium, phosphorus and energy and high in fiber.  
Cottonseed hulls are palatable and are used as a roughage for cattle, 
especially in areas where good quality forages are scarce.  For example, in 
Florida cottonseed hulls may make up 20 to 30 percent of the ration dry matter.
They are occasionally included in grain mixtures to increase the bulk density 
and crude fiber content.  They can be helpful in supporting fat test in low 
fiber or low roughage rations.	



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BLUE-GREEN ALGAE POISONING	                             
-DOC-
                             BLUE-GREEN ALGAE POISONING	
                       R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
A common sight between June and November is green colored scum on lakes and 
ponds, particularly those that are shallow and subject ao agricultural run off 
from pastures and grain fields.  Some of these algae and plant growths are 
caused by toxic species of blue green algae, the most common of which is 
Mycrocystia aeruginosa and Anabena flos-aquae.  Both contain a blue pigment 
readily visible upon drying and potent toxins that affect the neuromuscular 
function primarily and the liver.  Hepatotoxicity with subsequent 
photosensitization is a prominent sign in animals that survive the initial 
effects of the toxins of green algae on the nervous system.	
	
Toxic blue green algal blooms usually occur after a period of hot, dry 
cloudless weather associated with steady southerly or southwesterly winds which 
result in accumulation of the algal growth on the lee shore.  Grossly, the 
surface of the water appears to be covered with paint having a pea-soup color.  
From a distance, algal growths may not be visible; therefore shoreside 
inspection is mandatory.  The presence of green colored colonies in water does 
not mean that toxic algae are always present.  There are many not toxic species 
of algae, as well as multicellular chlorophyll containing plants which could be 
confused with toxic algae.  When you suspect algae poinsoning send a 
refrigerated sample of the growth to the Clemson Diagnostic Laboratory for 
examination.	
	
Typical symptoms are hyperexcetability and sometimes aggressiveness.  Trembling 
and ataxia are common with death following in a few hours after ingestion of 
the toxic fungus.	
	
There is no specific antidote for blue-green algae poisoning.  However, 
activated charcoal has the property of adsorbing algae toxins in vitro.  Death 
may occur within 10 minutes in case of massive intoxication of a highly toxic 
variety of algae.  The toxic material is probably a cyclic polypeptide.	
	
When the weather cools, growth will slow down and the algae will be dispersed 
in the pond where it is no longer in toxic levels.	

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MAJOR PARASITES OF SWINE                            
-DOC-
                            MAJOR PARASITES OF SWINE
                      R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian	
	
Swine Parasite:   Intestinal threadworm (Strongyloides ransomi)	
	
Description:      Adults are hair-like, measuring up to 4-5 cm long.	
	
Symptom/Site	
  of Disease:     Poor appetite; anemic; emaciation; diarrhea; vomiting.  Lives 
                  in the mucous of the small intestine, but infested pigs and 
                  sows weakened from nursing may die from larval damage to the 
                  heart, brain, spinal cord or other organs.	

Geographic area:  Most commonly found in the South and Southeast.	

Prevention:       Clean farrowing quarters with hot lye water; wash sow; 
                  maintenance worming program.	
	
Miscellaneous:    The only parasitic adult form is a parthenogenic female.  
                  Migrating larvae may infect nursing piglets through the 
                  colostrom or milk.  Mortaility in baby pigs may approach 50%.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	

Swine Parasite:   Kidney worm (Stephanurus dentatus)	
	
Description:      Adult is stout-bodied, measuring 2 to 4 cm long.  Internal 
                  organs show through body wall for a mottled appearance.	
	
Symptom/Site	
  of Disease:     Emaciation; poor growth and feed utilization; pus in urine; 
                  muscle stiffness; ascites.  Damage is done by migrating 
                  larvae causes lesions, abscess, and necrosis of liver and 
                  perirenal tissues.  Can travel to psoas muscles, spinal cord 
                  and lungs.	
	
Geographic area:  Serious in Southern States.  Thrives in tropical and 
                  subtropical climates.	
	
Prevention:       Limit the breeding herd to gilts.  Institute strict 
                  sanitation procedures.	
	
Miscellaneous:    Can enter through the skin or oral route.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
	
Swine Parasite:   Lungworms (Metastrongylus spp)	
	
Description:      Adult is slendor, white and up to 6 cm long; each egg 
                  contains a larvae when laid.	
	
Symptom/Site	
  of Disease:     Coughing; difficult breathing; anorexia; weakness.  Heavy 
                  infections may result in localized pneumonia.	
	
Geographic area:  Heavier in Southern States.	
	
Prevention:       Ring pigs to prevent rooting; free lots of boards, etc. under 
                  which earthworms may live.	
	
Miscellaneous:    Lungworms can carry the swine flu and hog cholera viruses.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
	
Swine Parasite:   Nodular worms (Oesophagostomum spp)	
	
Description:      Adults are 8 to 14 mm long; white in color and have a shallow 
                  buccal capsule.	
	
Symptom/Site	
  of Disease:     General weakness and emaciation; digestive disturbances.  
                  Larvae entering the gut wall produces pus-filled nodules that 
                  interfere with nutrient absorption.	
	
Geographic area:  Heaviest in Southeastern States.	
	
Prevention:       Strict sanitation.  Rotate pastures.  Repeated anthelmintic 
                  treatments are necessary as larvae in nodules are not 
                  affected with treatment.	
	
Miscellaneous:    Associated with "thin sow" syndrome.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
	
Swine Parasite:   Red stomach worm (Hyostrongylus rubidus)	
	
Description:      Adults are 0.5 to 1 cm long; bright red in color results from 
                  bloodsucking.	
	
Symptom/Site	
  of Disease:     Anemia; anorexia; generalized weakness; increased thirst.	
	
Geographic area:  Primarily found in the South, but some infestations have been 
                  seen in the North.	
	
Prevention:       Strict sanitation and pasture management.  Sows should be 
                  treated prior to farrowing.  Treat young pigs at 8 weeks of
                  age.	
	
Miscellaneous:    Only harmful when worms are present in large numbers and host 
                  conditions are reduced by poor nutrition.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
	
Swine Parasite:   Roundworms (Ascaris spp)	
	
Description:      Adult is large (15-40 cm) and white to yellow in color.	
	
Symptom/Site	
  of Disease:     Poor growth and lowered resistance to disease in young pigs; 
                  respiratory signs appear if verminous pneumonia develops 
                  ("thumps").	
	
Geographic area:  Universal	
	
Prevention:       Worm and wash sows prior to farrowing housing to prevent 
                  ingestion of eggs.  Strict housekeeping.	
	
Miscellaneous:    USDA ranks ascariasis as the internal parasite causing 
                  greatest economic loss in the swine industry.  Pigs up to 5 
                  months are most severely affected.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
	
Swine Parasite:   Thick stomach worms (Ascarops strongylina, Physocephalus 
                  sexaltus)	
	
Description:      Adult males are 10-15 mm long, females 16-22 mm; red colored 
                  with a narrow cuticular wing on left side.	
	
Symptom/Site	
  of Disease:     Unthriftiness, anorexia.  Only the mucous of the stomach is 
                  affected.	
	
Geographic area:  Throughout the U. S.	
	
Prevention:       Most general parasite control programs will effectively 
                  control infestation.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
	
Swine Parasite:   Thorn-headed worms (Macracanthorynchus hirodenaceus)	
	
Description:      Adults are 10 to 35 cm long with redish transversely wrinkled 
                  bodies, proboscis anchors the worm to the intestinal wall.	
	
Symptom/Site	
  of Disease:     General unthriftiness.  Pea-like nodules form.	
	
Geographic area:  Southern States.	
	
Prevention:       Good pasture management.  Ring pigs to prevent rooting.  Keep 
                  hogs off lots having June bug grubs.	
	
Miscellaneous:    Condition generally not recognized until necropsy.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
	
Swine Parasite:   Trichina (Trichinella spiralis)	
	
Description:      Adults are tiny nematodes, 2 to 4 mm long.	
	
Symptom/Site	
  of Disease:     Seldom symptoms in living hogs, but hogs may move stiffly.  
                  Larvae enter muscles and form cysts.  Primary skeletal 
                  muscles are affected.	
	
Geographic area:  Universal	
	
Prevention:       Avoid feeding of garbage.  Free area of rats.	
	
Miscellaneous:    Poses health concerns in humans.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	
	
Swine Parasite:   Whipworms (Tricharis suis)	
	
Description:      Anterior two-thirds slender and threadlike, posterior third 
                  is thicker.  Male has a coiled tail, female is straight.  
                  Adult up to 5 cm long.	
	
Symptom/Site	
  of Disease:     Diarrhea; weight loss; anorexia.  Lives with its head deeply 
                  imbedded in the lining of the large intestine.	
	
Geographic area:  Throughout the entire U. S. but heaviest in the Southeast.	
	
Prevention:       Keep areas dry.  Separate mature and young animals.	
	
Miscellaneous:    Mortality in newly weaned pigs can be high.	
_____________________________________________________________________________	



-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NITRATE TOXICITY                                
-DOC-
                               NITRATE TOXICITY 
                     R. E. Wright, Extension Veterinarian
                                                         
The drought of 1986 stimulated a lot of interest in nitrate toxicity and we are 
getting some high readings from a few locales.  When we had some rain the 
nitrate danger was not diminished but rather was greater than during the 
drought. The rain caused the plants to renew growth and take up nitrogen 
rapidly.  The plant will then have high levels of nitrate until it can 
assimilate the nitrogen.  It has been estimated that this process should take 
one to two weeks under normal conditions. 
 
The following is a chart taken from a publication from Pennsylvania State 
University that gives the toxic nitrate levels in percentage of nitrate 
nitrogen.  Clemson University Forage Testing Laboratory reports nitrate levels 
as nitrate nitrogen (NO3-N).  The SC Department of Agriculture laboratory 
reports nitrate levels as Nitrate (NO3) so that you have to convert their 
figures by dividing by a factor of 4.4 to get the reading in nitrate-nitrogen.  
This chart also gives the effect of nitrate toxicity over time.  
Level of Nitrate (NO3)
on Dry Matter Basis                Comments
_________________________________________________________________
 
0.0 - 0.10 % (0.0 to 1,000 ppm)    This level is considered safe
                                   to feed under all conditions.
 
0.1 - 0.15% (1000 to 1500 ppm)     This level should be safe 
                                   to feed to non-pregnant animals.
                                   Limit to 50% of the total ration 
                                   in pregnant animals (On a dry
                                   matter basis). 
 
0.15 - 0.20% (1500 to 2000 ppm)    Limit to 50% of the total dry
                                   matter in the ration.
 
0.20 - 0.35% (2000 to 3500 ppm)    Limit to 35-40% of the total
                                   dry matter in the ration. 
                                   Should not be used in pregnant
                                   cows. 
0.35 - 0.40% (3500 to 4000 ppm)    Limit to 25% of the total dry
                                   matter in ration. Do not feed
                                   to pregnant cows.
_________________________________________________________________
 
There may be times you have to make conversions from one system of reporting 
to another; therefore, the following conversion table is given for Nitrogen 
Conversion factors: 
________________________________________________________________ 
Nitrate Nitrogen (N)           1.0 
Nitrite (NO2)                  3.3 
Nitrate (NO3)                  4.4 
Sodium nitrate (NaNO3)         6.1 
Potassium nitrate (KNO3)       7.2      
________________________________________________________________
 
The above values are based on molecular weight and do not agree as well with 
the toxicity values.  This means basically that the toxicity values are 
estimates and no one can give a definite figure for toxicity. We can also get 
an additive effect if there is a high nitrate level in the cow's drinking 
water. The following is a Nebraska table for nitrate in water. 
Water Nitrate Level Significance
________________________________________________________________
45-50 ppm nitrate               Maximum safe level in water. Loss
or 5ppm nitrite                 of production (weight gain & growth)
 
50-300 ppm Nitrate              Severe production loss, reduced
                                disease resistance and abortion
 
300-600 ppm nitrate             Acute toxicity and death.
________________________________________________________________
 
Remember that nitrate is highest in the lower parts of the plant. Be sure and 
get a representative sample of the plant to be fed when you do field tests.  
It doesn't matter that the stalk has 20,000 ppm if it is going to stay in the 
field but if it is to be a part of the silage it must be averaged with the 
leaves and grain to give you an average reading. Cows that are being fed grain 
are less susceptible to nitrate toxicity.  In addition cows build up 
resistance to nitrate. Nitrate is converted in the rumen to nitrite which is 
toxic.    The rate of conversion is the primary factor.  Remember that 
nitrates can be converted to nitrite in nature by letting high nitrate hay get 
wet.  Nitrite is ten times as toxic as nitrate. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
INSECT UPDATE                                
-DOC-
                                INSECT UPDATE
                             Extension Entomology          

         *********  THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE  *********
                    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
STINK BUGS ON COTTON, CORN AND SOYBEAN--------------------------page 365001A
FOLLOW UP ON "FISH HOOK CORN" PROBLEMS--------------------------page 365001C
HOW CAN YOU DO ANYTHING ABOUT STINK BUG DAMAGE TO CORN----------page 365001G
POSSIBLE CANCELATION OF CHLORDIMEFORM (GALECRON, FUNDAL)--------page 365001I
NEW EFFORT TO AMEND FIFRA DURING 1987---------------------------page 365001J
KELTHANE CANCELLATION-------------------------------------------page 365001M
NEW INSECTICIDE LABELS------------------------------------------page 365001N
ALFALFA LEAFHOPPERS INFESTING ALFALFA---------------------------page 365001O
INSECT MANAGEMENT IN GRAIN STORAGE BINS-------------------------page 365001P
PESTICIDE EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION CENTER-----------------page 365001R



To select a given page use the key sequence F1 7 and then type in the page
number.
                   STINK BUGS ON COTTON, CORN AND SOYBEAN
                   Jay W. Chapin, Extension Entomologist

CORN: Beginning in early July, we started getting complaints of deformed 
(crook-shaped) ears on field corn.  The damage ranges from just an occaisional 
ear to 90 % of the ears being affected.  So far we've seen it from Allendale, 
Barnwell and Bamberg Counties. Johnny Brewer and Frank McAlhaney have reported 
a lot of this damage from their counties.  The only probable cause we can come 
up with so far is early stink bug damage.  Boron deficiency has been suggested 
as a possible cause but is unlikely across the acreage with the problem.  
Severely stunted ears I've examined have multiple stink bug puncture wounds.  
All  of the fields we've looked at have some green and brown stink bugs but in 
most cases not high numbers.  We're still looking for other possible explana-
tions but I'm sure stink bugs are the culprit.  We may have to begin checking 
corn prior to silking for stink bugs.  Research conducted at L. S. U. indicates 
that in order to cause these "fish hook" ears, feeding occurs when the devel-
oping ear is only 1" long.  Treatment should be applied when 10% of plants have 
stink bugs just prior to ear shoot formation.  
COTTON:  Stink bugs have started entering a few cotton fields as the fruit
load increases.  They usually aren't a problem in cotton because Heliothis 
treatments keep them knocked back.  They can begin to build up during a lull 
between Heliothis generations at this time of year.  If a biological Heliothis 
program is being totally relied on stink bugs can sneak up on a grower and 
cause a great deal of yield loss.  Most of the pyrethroids aren't too hot on a 
heavy stink bug infestation.  Scout at 1 gal/19 acres does a good job.  Methyl 
parathion at .5 lb. A.I./acre is the most economical treatment.

SOYBEANS:  Green stink bugs are being found in bean fields but are no threat
until the first small pods form.  The treatment threshold is 1 per row foot.
                   FOLLOW UP ON "FISH HOOK CORN" PROBLEMS
                   Jay W. Chapin, Extension Entomologist

There have been a lot more calls on deformed corn.  The following are some of
the more common questions. 
 
There are varietal differences, and some of the Pioneer varieties have been 
hit hard.  There are several possible explanations including differences in 
maturity when stink bugs were present, differences in attractiveness, and 
differences in susceptibility to injury of the embryonic ear.  The first 
explanation is probably most likely.

Why is it worst in the lower part of the state?  Stink bug populations are
known to be more severe in the Southern Coastal Plain due to better over-
wintering conditions.  

If it's insect damage, why do the ears always bend out from the plant?
The outer surface of the embryonic ear is the only area the bug can
get access to with its mouthparts.
Couldn't it be herbicide, fertility, or environmentally related injury?
I don't think so.  If you check the field carefully you will find a
consistent pattern of more severe dammage on the edges which contradicts
the above explanations.  It is worst along wheat fields which are a good
source of stink bug infestation.

Should we spray for them?  Not now.  Any out there are feeding on individual
kernels at this point.  Control must be applied early, just prior to ear
development.  The threshold is 1 stink bug per 10 plants.

Will they be a problem next year?  Probably not nearly as severe as this 
year but if I was growing corn in the Lower Coastal Plain I'd sure check
the field edges next year.

Can I treat only the edges?  Yes, this has worked in large fields.  The 
border acts as a trap crop where the bugs can be eliminated early in the
year.
Additional information collected by Joe Zublena is as follows:
Last week, I spent alot of time in corn fields around the state looking
at damaged plants. The predominant damage was cresent shaped ears or
crooked shaped ears as described by Jay Chapin as stink bug damage. I
agreed with Jay that this is definately stink bug damage. In every field
that I saw with cresent shaped ears you could disect the ear and see
puncture marks in the shuck. This was particularly true in late planted
fields. The most convincing evidence that I saw was with Skip Younce in
Berkeley County. Skip and I went to a field that had two late planted
hybrids. One was at silking and the other was pre-silk. We saw damage
to the shucks of most plants. At this stage the ears are not large enough
to be visibly cresent shaped, however, the shuck damage corresponded to 
kernel damage when you shucked each ear. We also examined some plants that
did not have a visible ear on them. These plants had an ear shoot that
was about 1 inch long but still hidden by the ear leaf. When we disected 
these ears again, even the embryonic shucks had visible damage and the
small ear too. One ear had at least 4 puncture marks.
So what's the bottom line? Most of the damage we are seeing as cresent shaped 
ears are due to stink bug damage. The damage, however, is caused before we 
really see the ear shoot. As the ear increases in size, the degree of damage 
decreases because fewer kernel parts are damaged with each puncture. Early 
damage is like putting a mark on a balloon it doesn't look like much until it 
expands. When its full size its very obvious, but its a long way from the 
actual incidence. I talked to Julian Dixon from Pioneer Seed Co., he mentioned 
that they have had problems with stink bug at their Tifto Ga. Research Station 
for the last two years and have had to spray to control them. They have used 
one spray at early tassel emergence, and a second 7 to 10 days earlier. The 
importance of this is not the spray schedule to me, but that they recognize the
stage of development as being much earlier then we initially thought. Of the 
fields that I saw the degree of affected ears varied dramatically. Few fields 
ran as high as the 80 to 90 % that were being talked about. The edges in many 
fields were that bad or worse in some cases, however when you take the entire 
field into account, the actual incidence was closer to a max of 50 to 60 %. 
While the figures are high this does not mean that yields will be 50 to 60 % 
lower in these fields. The actual stink bug damage to yields is small. The key 
problem is the affect of secondary pests to the exposed ear that was caused by 
stink bugs. Secondary pests include all the ear rots and molds including A. 
flavus.  Next year we wiil definately have to keep our eyes open for the stink 
bug from pretassel through silking. 
           HOW CAN YOU DO ANYTHING ABOUT STINK BUG DAMAGE TO CORN
                   Jay W. Chapin, Extension Entomolgist

Once growers accept that stink bugs caused the corn deformity "fish hooking"
we have seen this year, their attitude seems to be that they couldn't afford to
do anything about it anyway.  This isn't so.

The most important thing to stress is that the worst injury occurs when the 
embryonic ear is less than 1" long.  In fact they must feed at this stage to 
cause significant injury.  Research has shown that you can put 6 stink bugs 
on a single ear without significant yield loss once silking begins.  Yet a 
single feeding puncture can cause severe damage at the vulnerable stage.  So 
if treatment is applied it must be done early as I stressed in a previous 
newsletter.  
 
Counties which had significant injury this year should stress checking
border rows two weeks prior to silking.  The most pratical guideline is to 
spot check fields once just prior to tassel emergence.

Treat immediately those areas which have 1 stink bug per 10 plants.  
In large fields only the borders (10 - 40 rows) will probably require an
insecticide.

What will it cost?  Methyl parathion .25 - .5 AI costs about .60 - $ 1.20 
per treated acre plus aerial application equals a total of about $ 4.00 per 
treated acre.  

In summary, even though corn profits are marginal or worse, stink bugs can 
be very economically managed. The biggest hurdles are convincing growers
what caused the damage, when it occurs, and getting those in high risk 
counties (Southern Coastal Plain) to spend an hour spot checking next year.
         POSSIBLE CANCELATION OF CHLORDIMEFORM (GALECRON, FUNDAL)
                 P. M. Horton, Extension Entomologist

EPA is considering canceling the registration of chlordimeform based on a
study that links bladder cancer in plant workers with the pesticide. An EPA
official did note that a clear-cut cause and effect were not established
since the workers were exposed to other chemicals in the plant. Chlordimeform
is registered under the trade names GALECRON and FUNDAL.
               	  NEW EFFORT TO AMEND FIFRA DURING 1987.
                   P. M. Horton, Extension Entomologist

At the closing minutes of last year's congress, attempts to amend the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) fell through. Early in this
year's session, capital hill speculation was that no effort would be made to
reintroduce similar legislation for 1987. However, on May 19, HR2463 was intro-
duced by Rep. Kika de la Garza (D-Texas) to amend FIFRA. FIFRA is the national 
law which regulates pesticides. HR2463 would extend the authority for EPA to
enforce FIFRA through 1992 and would make substantial changes in the currently
implemented version. Specific new areas addressed by this proposed legislation
are groundwater protection provisions, a clarification of procedures for state
registrations under special local needs, requirements for the identification
of potentially hazardous INERT ingredients, a strengthening  of the safeguards 
on the storage of canceled and suspended pesticides; and much broadened rules
on the training of pesticide users (to include mixers, handlers and others as
well as the primary applicators). A major new provision will direct EPA to
expedite the reregistration for all pesticides registered beforeNov.1,1984.
A major new provision will direct EPA to expedite the reregistration for all 
pesticides registered before Nov.1,1984.  The amendment will require all 
companies seeking reregistration for their products to pay a one-time fee of 
as much as $150,000, so we can expect to see the cost of pesticides continue 
to climb.

This amendment is likely to be favorably influenced by the recently released
NAS(Nat'l. Acad. of Sciences) report on pesticides in food. That report
strongly recommended that the DeLaney Amendment be eliminated in favor
of what is called a "negligible risk standard". The DeLaney clause requires
a zero tolerance (zero residue) for any pesticide (or other chemical) that is 
a suspected carcinogen (tumor producing chemical).  The negligible risk 
standard recommends EPA approval for any pesticide that causes no more than one
tumor per one million persons exposed. According to the NAS study, the DeLaney 
Clause only eliminates 50% of the cancer risk while impacting on the 
availability of new pesticides, whereas the negligible risk provision would 
eliminate 98% of the risk and at the same time allow more new products into the 
market. Both the National Agricultural Chemicals Association and the National 
Food Processors Association, as well as the National Farm Bureau Federation 
have endorsed the NAS Study and recommendation.
It is particularly interesting to note that the media has reacted to this
study by claiming that it reported that our food supply was at risk.  The
Chairmen of the NAS team who conducted the study stated "Consequently, our
findings do not show any food is unsafe, nor should they (the results) prompt
consumers to change teir eating habits."
                             KELTHANE CANCELLATION
                    Clyde S. Gorsuch, Extension Entomologist

Effective immediately, all dicofol products manufactured by the Rohm and Haas
Company under the trade name KELTHANE, and products formulated by other 
companies using KELTHANE, are cancelled.  USE, DISTRIBUTION, AND SALE OF THESE
PRODUCTS IS NOW PROHIBITED.

KELTHANE, in quantities of 1 gallon or more, must be disposed of at a licensed
hazardous waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal (TSD) facility.  These are 
listed in a commercial telephone directory under a heading such as "Waste
Reduction, Disposal, and Recycling Service--Industrial."

Homeowners having products labeled for household use in quantities of less than
1 gallon may dispose of the material by wrapping it in paper and placing it in
the trash.
                             NEW INSECTICIDE LABELS
                    Clyde S. Gorsuch, Extension Entomologist 


VECTOBAC-AS and VECTOBAC-12AS are labeled for fungus gnat control on greenhouse 
grown ornamental plants.  VECTOBAC is a biological insecticide (B.t. H-14) and 
is extremely safe.  See label for specific directions.
                      POTATO LEAFHOPPERS INFESTING ALFALFA
                   Randall P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist

Several Upstate Counties have reported damaging infestations of POTATO 
LEAFHOPPERS in alfalfa.  This tiny light green insect which jumps when 
disturbed is a common cause of alfalfa yellowing.  The nymph or immature stage 
is light yellow and characteristically walks sideways.  Feeding by these 
insects causes severe stunting of the plants and yellowing or reddening of the 
foliage.  Leafhopper damage starts in a wedge-shaped area at the tip of the 
leaf.  The first cutting is not usually affected, but subsequent cuttings can 
be severely damaged.

Alfalfa growers in South Carolina may not be very familiar with potato 
leafhoppers since they have only been sporadic pests in the past.  If control 
is warranted, Lorsban 4E at 1 pint/acre is labeled for leafhopper control.  
There is a 14 day preharvest interval for Lorsban on alfalfa.
                    INSECT MANAGEMENT IN GRAIN STORAGE BINS
                      P. M. Horton, Extension Entomologist

Before storing this years wheat crop, farmers should make a special effort to 
prepare their storage bins properly. Basically this involves carefully cleaning 
out their bins and treating them with an appropriate insecticide. 

All trash and litter, including any leftover stored products from previous 
years, should be removed from the storage areas. The walls, floors, and if 
possible even the ceilings should be swept down. False and perforated floors 
should be removed if possible, and the space exposed  should be thoroughly 
cleaned. Particular attention should be given to cracks, crevices, and ledges 
as these are places stored product insects prefer to hide in. 

After cleaning thoroughly, bins should be sprayed to the point of runoff using 
one of the following insecticides: 

                 methoxychlor 50WP - 1#/3 gal water/1000 sq.ft.
                 methoxychlor 25EC - 1 qt/3 gal water/1000 sq.ft.
                 RELDAN 4E - 1/2 pt/6.5 gal water/6500 sq.ft.
The commodity being stored should be clean, not cracked, and with a low 
(preferably 12% or less) moisture content. 

A protectant should be applied as the grain is being put into the storage. It 
is very difficult to properly apply an insecticide after a grain bin is filled.
The following protectants are recommended for wheat: 

                 malathion 57% EC - 1 pt/2-5 gal water/1000 bu
                 RELDAN 4E - 11.5 oz/1-5 gal water/1000 bu
                 malathion 1% dust - 60 #/1000 bu.
                 (NOTE THAT DUST CAN CAUSE PRICE DOWNGRADING)!

Throughout the storage period, the grain should be inspected weekly for 
problems such as insects, fungi, and excess moisture.  Particular attention 
should be given to aeration and cooling of the grain, both to prevent insect 
and spoilage problems as well as to avoid moisture problems.
                PESTICIDE EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION CENTER
                      P. M. Horton, Extension Entomologist

NACA has discontinued its pesticide safety team network in order to 
avoid duplicating the work of CHEMTREC which is sponsered by the Chemical
Manufacturers Assn. CHEMTREC provides a 24 hour emergency response infor-
mation center. help in handling chemical spills and other accidental chemical
releases can be obtained by anyone by calling CHEMTREC at: 

                           1-800-424-9300.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CABBAGE LOOPER                                 
-DOC-
                                 CABBAGE LOOPER
                   Randall P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
 
DESCRIPTION:  Adult moths are a general grayish-brown color, about an inch 
long, with a wingspan of nearly 1 1/2 inches.  The mottled brownish front wings 
have a small silvery spot near the middle, somewhat resembling a figure 8.  The 
larvae are greenish and approximately one inch long.  The body tapers to the 
head.  There is a thin but conspicuous white line along each side of the body 
and two others near the middle line of the back.  The larvae has two pair of 
abdominal prolegs.  The eggs are round, greenish white, and laid singly on the 
upper surface of leaves.  The pupae stage is greenish to brown, nearly 3/4 inch 
long, and wrapped in a delicate cocoon of white tangled threads attached by one 
side usually to a leaf of the plant on which the larvae fed. 
 
HOSTS:  Cabbage loopers attack all members of the cabbage family - broccoli, 
Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower, collards, kale, kohlrabi, mustard, 
radish, and turnips.  They also feed on beet, celery, lettuce, parsley, pea, 
potato, spinach, and tomato.
INJURY:  All injury is by the larval or caterpillar stage of this insect.  The 
first-formed leaves of cabbage and related plants are usually riddled with 
large holes of irregular shape and size.  If the leaves are parted, masses of 
greenish to brown pellets (the excrement of the worms) are found caught in the 
angles of the leaves.  So much of the leaf tissue is generally devoured by 
these worms that the growth of the plants is seriously interfered with.
 
LIFE HISTORY:  The cabbage looper overwinters as a pupa.  These pupae transform 
in the spring to the adult moth.  The adults are nocturnal and much less 
conspicuous about the fields than other butterflies.  The females lay between 
275 to 350 eggs.  The larvae feed from 2-4 weeks and pupate.  The adults emerge 
from the cocoons in about 2 weeks.  There may be 3 or more generations per
year, the number of worms usually increasing with each generation.
 
CONTROL:  Microbial insecticides containing Bacillus thuringiensis are very 
effective in controlling cabbage loopers.  They are also susceptible to 
naturally occuring pathogenic diseases that usually occur during periods of 
wet, humid weather.  Consult the Clemson University Agricultural Chemicals 
Handbook for specific control recommendations.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STINK BUGS                                    
-DOC-
                                   STINK BUGS 
                   Randall P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
 
DESCRIPTION:  Adults of both the Green and Southern Green Stink Bugs are large, 
shield shaped, bright green bugs.  They are approximately 5/8 inch long.  
Nymphs are similar to adults but they lack wings.  Eggs are pinkish, barrel 
shaped and laid in clusters on the underside of leaves on the host plant.  
Stink bugs have piercing, sucking mouth parts.  They also can emit a very 
disagreeable odor.
 
HOSTS:  Stink bugs are found on many vegetable crops.  Adults are active fliers 
and readily move into vegetable crops from other hosts.  Their host range 
includes cucurbits, cole crops, legumes (beans, etc.), potatoes, sweet 
potatoes, tomatoes, eggplant, peppers, okra, and corn.  Stink bugs possibly 
prefer snap or lima beans or tomatoes to any other vegetable crop.
INJURY: Stink bugs attack all plant parts, but particularly young tender growth 
and fruit.  Injury to snap or lima beans causes pods to fall from the plants or 
causes severely distorted and shriveled seeds.  Injury to maturing tomatoes 
cause small whitish spots on and under the skin of the fruit.  Many vegetables 
are severely distorted, with hard calluses formed around the feeding punctures.
 
LIFE HISTORY:  Stink bugs overwinter in the adult stage, usually in well 
drained, sunny locations.  During the spring and early summer, they occur on 
wild hosts as well as some early vegetable crops.  Later populations cause most 
of the damage where adults and nymphs feed extensively.  Populations reach 
their highest levels during September and early October.  Overwintered adults 
begin laying eggs usually in April and there are from 2-4 generations per year 
with each generation lasting approximately 35-38 days.
CONTROL:  Cleaning up weeds around the vegetables may be an important cultural 
control method.  Treatment should only be applied to those crops listed on the 
pesticide label.  The nymph stage of this insect is easier to control than the 
adult.  Consult the Clemson University Agricultural Chemicals Handbook for 
specific control recommendations.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MEXICAN BEAN BEETLE                               
-DOC-
                              MEXICAN BEAN BEETLE 
                   Randall P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
 
DESCRIPTION AND LIFE HISTORY:  This insect passes the winter only in the adult 
stage, occurring on the ground among leaves and other rubbish, sometimes in 
groups, especially in woodland and hedgerows, near the fields where beans were 
grown.  The beetles are from 1/4 to 1/3 inch long, very convex, short ovate in 
outline, and from yellow to coppery-brown in color.  Each wing cover has eight 
small black spots that form three rows across the body when the wings are at 
rest.  The general appearance is similar to that of our common beneficial lady 
beetles but it is larger than most of them.  Some of the beetles appear in 
gardens and fields of beans about the time the earliest garden beans are coming 
up from the seed, while others continue to straggle out of winter quarters for 
nearly 2 months.  After feeding a week or two on the beans, the adults deposit 
eggs on the underside of the leaves.  These are about 1/20 inch long, orange- 
yellow in color, and fastened on end in close groups of 40 or 50 or more.  The 
eggs hatch in 5 to 14 days, depending on the temperature, and the larvae feed 
from 2 to 5 weeks.  When full-grown, they are 1/3 inch or more in length by 
half as broad, are oval, are yellow, and have their backs protected by six rows 
of long branching black-tipped spines.  
When growth is completed, the larvae cement the hinder part of their bodies to 
the underside of uninjured leaves of beans or other plants, often gathering in 
groups.  The pupa pushes out of the larval skin crowding it back to the tip of 
the abdomen, which remains covered with this spiny wrinkled skin.  The exposed 
part of the pupa is nearly bare, smooth, orange-yellow, and rounded in front.  
The adult emerges in about 10 days and may lay eggs for the second generation 
within 2 weeks more.  From egg to adult occupies about a month.  There may be 
three or even four partial generations per year. 
 
HOSTS:  All kinds of garden beans and cowpeas, soybeans, and beggar-tick.  It 
has been most injurious to garden and field beans and occasionally to soybeans 
and cowpeas.  In cases of extreme infestation, alfalfa, clovers, vetch, and 
some grasses and weeds are fed upon.  
INJURY:  This insect is a serious enemy of all kinds of snap beans and lima 
beans.  It varies greatly in the same area according to weather and other 
factors affecting it.  It may cause heavy damage one season and be very 
difficult to find the next year.  Both larvae and adults feed on the leaves, 
usually on the undersurface.  They eat out somewhat regular areas, leaving 
slender parallel strips of untouched leaf between them, giving the plants a 
characteristic lace-like skeletonized appearance.  The plants may be shredded 
and dried out so that they die within a month after the attack begins, often 
before any crop is matured.
 
CONTROL:  Mexican bean beetles are parasitized by a tiny wasp called Pediobius 
foveolatus.  They can be very efficient in keeping the beetles under control.  
If an insecticide is needed, consult the Clemson University Agricultural 
Chemicals Handbook for control recommendations.
    
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN EARWORM                                 
-DOC-
                                 CORN EARWORM
                  Randall P. Griffin, Extension Entomologist
 
DESCRIPTION AND LIFE HISTORY:  In S.C. this insect passes the winter in the 
form of a brown pupa, which will be found from 2 to 6 inches below the surface 
of the soil.  In the spring and early summer, moths emerge from these pupae and 
crawl up exit holes which the larvae prepared before pupating.  The moths have 
a wing expanse of about 1 1/2 inches.  They vary in color, the average having 
the front wings of a light grayish brown, marked with dark-gray irregular 
lines and with a dark area near the tip of the wing.  The irregular lines 
often shade into an olive-green.  The hind wings are white with some dark 
spots or irregular dark markings.
The moths fly during warm cloudy days, but mainly at dusk of the evening.  
They feed on the nectar of many flowers and, during the warm evenings, 
deposit their eggs on the plants in which the larvae feed.  Each moth will lay 
from 500 to as many as 3,000 eggs, the average being probably over 1,000.  
These eggs are laid singly and are of a hemispherical shape with ridges along 
their sides resembling very much a peeled orange.  They are whitish, about 
half as large as a common pinhead.  The early generations feed in the whorl of 
young corn plants and on tomatoes, cotton, tobacco, beans, and legumes.  Fresh 
corn silk is one of the favorite places for egg-laying of the moths of the 
later generations.  The eggs hatch in three days.  The worms vary greatly in 
color from a light green or pink to brown or nearly black and are lighter on 
the underparts.  They are marked with alternating light and dark stripes 
running lengthwise on the body.  The stripes are not always the same on 
different individuals, but there is usually a double mid-dorsal dark line the 
length of the body.  The head is yellow and unspotted, and the legs are dark or 
nearly black.  The skin of the insect is somewhat coarse and, when looked at 
under a magnifying glass, shows many small thorn-like projections.  They feed 
for 2 to 4 weeks, molting 5 times.  
On becoming full-grown the larvae crawl down the plant or drop to the ground, 
into which they burrow and excavate a small smooth-walled cell, commonly 3 to 5 
inches deep, where they pupate, coming out as moths again after another period 
of 10 to 25 days, although this period may be prolonged during cold weather.  
They are cannibalistic and usually only one full-grown worm is found in each 
ear of fruit.  There are from two to three generations of the insect each 
season. 
 
HOSTS:  The corn earworm is a very general feeder, attacking many cultivated 
crops and weeds.  It is seriously injurious to sweet corn as well as field 
corn, tomato, beans, okra, cole crops, and on occasion many other vegetable 
crops.  It also is a serious pest of tobacco and cotton.  It has been given the 
name corn earworm, tomato fruitworm, cotton bollworm, and soybean podworm.
INJURY:  Corn attacked by the corn earworm will show the ears with masses of 
moist castings at the end, and the kernels, especially about the tip of the 
ear, eaten down to the cob by the larvae.  The presence of the worms in ears of 
sweet corn is most repulsive to consumers and very troublesome to commercial 
canners.  The injured tips of the sweet corn can be cut off of corn grown for 
home use.  Corn earworms typically gnaw their way into the fruit of tomatoes, 
eggplants, etc. or into the pods of lima or snap beans or okra.  Corn earworms 
are the most damaging insects that feed on vegetable or field crops in S.C.
 
CONTROL:  Consult the Clemson University Agricultural Chemicals Handbook for 
specific control recommendations.    
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SULFITE LEVELS IN FOODS                            
-DOC-
                            SULFITE LEVELS IN FOODS
                    John G. Surak, Extension Food Scientist 

Sulfiting agents (sodium sulfite, sodium and potassium bisulfite, sodium and 
potassium metabisulfite, or sulfur dioxide) are widely use in processed food 
because they prevent spoilage, prevent growth of harmful bacteria, and 
maintain nutritional value. 

Concern has been raised about the use of sulfite compounds in foods.  Currently 
in the United States, there are about 9,000,000 asthmatics.  Out of this group 
20% or about 1,800,000 individuals must use steroids to control the asthma.  
Studies at the University of Wisconsin indicate that 8.5% of the steroid 
dependent asthmatics and 0.8% of the non-steroid dependent asthmatics are 
sensitive to sulfites.  Therefore, there may be about 208,000 sulfite sensitive 
individuals in the United States.  
The amount of sulfite which can trigger as asthmatic reaction in a sulfite 
sensitive individual varies from person-to-person.  Very sensitive individuals 
may react after eating 3 mg of FREE sulfite (or eating 2.1 oz of a food which 
contains 50 parts per million of FREE sulfite).  In contrast, a sulfite 
sensitive individual with a high tolerance to sulfites may not experience a 
reaction until aftereating 120 mg of FREE sulfites (or 5.3 lbs of a food 
containing 50 parts per million of FREE sulfites).  A physician must determine 
the level of sensitivity in any sulfite sensitive individual.  

Sulfite-sensitive asthmatics need to be concerned about the sulfite levels in 
foods.  Foods which contain high levels of sulfites include dried fruit 
(excluding dark raisins and prunes), non-frozen lemon and lime juice, wine, 
molasses, and sauerkraut.  The following tables list typical sulfite levels in 
foods (Table 1)  Table 2 lists foods which contain moderate levels of sulfites 
and Table 3 lists foods which contain low levels of sulfites.  

Note: 1 ppm is one part in one million which is equlivant to1 drop of water in 
16 gallons.	 Source of information: Assoc. Food Drug Quart. Bull. 49: 185 
(1985).  
                                    Table 1
         Foods Which Typically Contain More Than 100 ppm Total Sulfite
                                                      Total Sulfite in ppm
Dried fruit, excluding dark raisins and prunes                  1200
Non-frozen lemon juice                                          800
Non-frozen lime juice                                           160
Wine                                                            150
Molasses                                                        125
Sauerkraut juice                                                100
                                    Table 2
       Foods Which Typically Contain Between 11 and 99 ppm Total Sulfite  
                                                      Total Sulfite in ppm
Dried potatoes                                               35 - 90
Grape juice                                                     85
Wine vinegar                                                    75
Gravies and sauces                                              75
Fruit topping                                                   60
Maraschino cherries                                             50
Pectin                                                      <10 - 50
Fresh shrimp                                                <10 - 40
Corn syrup                                                      30
Sauerkraut                                                      30
Pickled peppers                                                 30
Pickled cocktail onions                                         30
Pickles and  relish                                             30
Corn starch                                                     20
Hominy                                                          20
Frozen potatoes                                                 20
Maple syrup                                                     20
Imported jellies and jams                                       14
                                    Table 3
          Foods Which Typically Contain Less Than 11 ppm Total Sulfite  
                                                      Total Sulfite in ppm
Malt vinegar                                                    10
Dried cod                                                       10
Canned potatoes                                                 10
Beer                                                            10
Dry soup mix                                                   <10
Soft drinks                                                    <10
Instant tea                                                    <10
Frozen pizza dough                                             <10
Pie dough                                                      <10
Sugar                                                            7
Gelatin                                                          6.6
Coconut                                                          5
Domestic jams and jellies                                        5
Crackers                                                         5
Cookies                                                          5
Grapes                                                         1 - 5
High fructose corn syrup                                         3

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SULFITE LABELING IN MEAT AND POULTRY PRODUCTS                  
-DOC-
                 SULFITE LABELING IN MEAT AND POULTRY PRODUCTS 
                    John G. Surak, Extension Food Scientist 

Processed foods which contains meat and/or poultry are regulated by the U. S. 
Department of Agriculture, or Clemson University Meat and Poultry Inspection 
Division.  Federal and South Carolina regulations prohibit the direct addition 
of sulfites to processed meat and poultry products.  Therefore, the only way 
sulfites can gain access to these products is indirectly through an addition of 
a non-meat or non-poultry ingredient.  

After July 9, l987, the labels of all processed meat or poultry item must 
contain a sulfite label declaration if the sulfite concentration in the final 
product is 10 parts per million or greater.  When the product is comprised of 
multiple-separable components; e.g., TV-type dinners, sulfite labeling will be 
required if any separable component has a sulfite level of 10 parts per million 
or more.  

The label must contain the specific chemical name of the sulfiting agent or the 
term "sulfiting agent" or "sulfiting agents."  The declaration must appear in 
the ingredient statement in order of prominence or at the end of the ingredient 
statement.  If the sulfites are labeled at the end of the ingredient list the 
following statement must be used:  "This product contains sulfiting agents (or 
the specific chemical name or names)."  





-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN FOOD SCIENCE                      
-DOC-
                      CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN FOOD SCIENCE
           Woodie P. Williams, Jr., Head, Department of Food Science

YOUR PLACE IN FOOD SCIENCE

If you enjoy science and are good at it, there are many opportunities for you 
in a career in food science.  Food science graduates are important participants 
in the world's largest industry, the food industry.  They apply the principles 
of chemistry, microbiology, engineering, nutrition, economics and other basic 
and applied sciences to the production, processing, evaluation and distribution 
of foods.  

Food scientists address a variety of problems.  In less developed countries 
they may work to decrease food shortages, to improve the nutritional level of 
diets, and to increase food production.  In technically developed nations, they 
may apply their scientific skills to provide a variety of new and improved food 
products.  In addition, they continually monitor the safety and quality of food 
products.  The world population continues to grow, and the need for food and 
food scientists will be even more critical.	 
THE FOOD INDUSTRY IN SOUTH CAROLINA	

Food is big business in South Carolina; even more opportunities may be found 
nationwide. and worldwide.  The annual value of the food industry to South 
Carolina is over a billion dollars.  The food manufacturing component includes 
over 350 companies that process and package a wide variety of products from 
seafood, meats, eggs and poultry products to candy, wines, and military 
rations.  In addition,  the food industry in South Carolina includes a large 
food distribution and marketing network, as well as a major food service 
industry. 

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES FOR GRADUATES IN FOOD SCIENCE

A degree in food science can open doors to many careers.  Food industries, 
educational institutions, analytical laboratories, and government agencies 
employ graduates who also provide the major technical support in the food 
processing industry.  No one is more directly concerned with the industry's 
high standards of quality, new manufacturing methods, new preservation 
techniques, and new packaging materials.  Application of this knowledge in 
chemistry, microbiology, engineering and other basic and applied sciences 
plays an important part is ensuring the flavor, color, texture, nutritional 
value and safety of foods.	
The various branches of the federal government offer numerous job opportunities 
for the food technologists.  Positions exist in many different areas including 
chemical, microbiological, food safety, and basic food research at technical 
and administrative levels.

THE CURRICULUM IN FOOD SCIENCE

Clemson University offers the only Bachelor of Science degree program in Food 
Science in South Carolina.  During the first two years of the program students 
complete courses in biology, chemistry, physics, mathematics and English.  To 
broaden their education, courses in history, fine arts, humanities and social 
sciences must be completed.  Food science courses comprise 30 of the 134 
semester hours required for graduation.  Taken by juniors and seniors in the 
curriculum, these courses include food engineering, and food packaging.  
Required additional courses include food and dairy microbiology, statistics, 
economics and nutrition.  Food science majors select a minor (fifteen hours of 
course work) in business, enviromental science, international agricultural 
science or a second department in the College of Agricultural Sciences which 
are compatible with their career goals and interests.	 
CONTACT

Dr. Woodie P. Williams, Jr., Head
Department of Food Science
223 Poole Agricultural Center
Clemson University
Clemson, SC 29634-0371

(803) 656-3397






-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN PACKAGING SCIENCE                   
-DOC-
                   CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN PACKAGING SCIENCE
           Woodie P. Williams, Jr., Head, Department of Food Science

YOUR PLACE IN PACKAGING SCIENCE

If you have an interest in applying basic principles of science and engineering 
to solving problems encountered in daily life, and you are a creative person 
with imagination and drive, there are many career opportunities awaiting you in 
packaging.  Packaging scientists play an important role in the ever increasing 
packaging industry, the third largest industry in the USA.

Packaging scientists apply principles of chemistry, physics, mathematics, 
microbiology, engineering, machines, marketing/business management, computer 
science, and art and design.  They design, develop, manufacture, test and 
evaluate, and market packages for food, pharmaceutical, cosmetic, 
electronics and other industrial products.
Packaging scientists address a variety of problems related to protection, 
preservation, distribution and marketing of nearly every product.  Packaging is 
making possible the incredible distribution system that makes so many products 
available throughout the world today.  In many developing countries, where 
hunger is a severe problem, a large percentage of the crops harvested decay or 
otherwise spoil before the foodstuffs can reach the public because of a lack of 
food processing and packaging techniques.  Challenges and a variety of careers 
await the individual with an undergraduate degree in Packaging Science.	 

THE PACKAGING INDUSTRY IN SOUTH CAROLINA

South Carolina has a large packaging industry composed of packaging suppliers, 
and packaging users.  The suppliers produce plastic films, pouches, bottles, 
and jars, glass containers, metal containers, composite containers and 
corrugated shipping containers.  The user are the food processors, drug and 
cosmetic manufactures, automotive and electronic industries, and many others 
who must package the products they produce.  One of the largest users of 
packaging materials is the food industry.  The annual volume of packaging 
materials produced in South Carolina is well over 2 billion dollars with food 
packaging being a large segment of the total.  The annual value of packaged 
foods in South Carolina is estimated to be in excess of 1 billion dollars.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES FOR GRADUATES IN PACKAGING SCIENCE

A degree in packaging science can open doors to many career opportunities.  
Packaging suppliers, including industries that manufacture food, 
pharmaceuticals, industrial goods, and military supplies are primary employers 
of packaging science graduates.  Employment opportunities in packaging science 
have been excellent for many years and are predicted to be excellent in the 
future.  One reason for this is the fact that packaging is a very broad field, 
there are many different types of jobs.  The person with a broad packaging 
education, complemented with science (chemistry, physics, mathematics, food 
science, mircobiology, computer science), engineering, business, and graphic 
arts can fine employment in virtually any industry in the United States and 
abroad in all sizes of companies, from small family-owned meat packaging 
plants to multinational corporations.

THE CURRICULUM IN PACKAGING SCIENCE

During the first two years of the program, students complete courses in 
chemistry, mathematics, physics, biology, and English as well as introductory 
courses in packaging science.  To broaden their education, courses in history, 
fine arts, humanities, and social sciences are also required.
The program is interdisciplinary in nature, utilizing existing courses is the 
sciences, engineering, architecture, food science, business, graphics 
communications and others.  Students have a choice of two areas of emphasis:  
food packaging and general packaging.  Emphasis in food packaging contains some 
food science courses in addition to the packaging science courses and 
background courses.  The emphasis in general packaging has fewer food science 
courses and more engineering, business and graphic communication courses.  Both 
have a common first year and available electives, allowing students to take 
courses in other departments to fulfill their career goals and interests.
                                                                         
CONTACT

Dr. Woodie P. Williams, Jr., Head
Department of Food Science
223 Poole Agricultural Center
Clemson University
Clemson, SC 29634-0371

(803) 656-3397

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SULFITE LABELING IN PROCESSED FOODS                       
-DOC-
                      SULFITE LABELING IN PROCESSED FOODS 
                    John G. Surak, Extension Food Scientist 

The Food And Drug Administration further defined regulations (Federal 
Regulations 51 (131) 25012 (1986)) governing the labeling of sulfites (sulfur 
dioxide, sodium sulfite, sodium bisulfite, potassium bisulfite, sodium 
metabisulfite or potassium metabisulfite) in processed foods.  

All regulations requiring label declaration of sulfiting agents when the 
compound is added as a direct food additive or when the compound is added 
indirectly and has a functional effect have NOT changed 
	
The FDA requires a label declaration of "sulfiting agents" or the name of the 
actual sulfiting agent when the following occur:
     1.  The sulfiting agent is added indirectly to the product.
     2.  The sulfiting agent does not have a functional effect in the food.
     3.  The level of total sulfites is less than or equal to 10 parts per	
         million as measured by the modified Monier-Williams assay (Federal 
         Register 51 (131) 25017.
When  choosing  term  the "sulfiting  agent," the processor must be able to 
defend to the FDA that the sulfiting agent  does  NOT have a functional effect 
in the finished product. 
A label declaration is not required when the sulfites are added to fresh fruits 
and vegetables which will be sold to another food processor, if the following 
occurs: 
     1.  The produce is to be processed, labeled, or repackaged 
     2.  Written documents exist between the supplier and receiver which 
         provide the necessary information for proper labeling.
However, the manufacturer of the final product is legally responsible for the 
accuracy of the label.

A label declaration is not required when the preservative is added to the 
processed food and the total sulfite level is less than 10 parts per million in 
the final packaged food as measured by the modified Monier-Williams assay.  
This is provided that the preservative does not have a functional effect in 
the food. 

A label declaration is not required when the sulfites are added to fresh fruits 
and vegetables which will be sold to another food processor to be processed, 
labeled or repackaged.  The following must occur.  Written documents exist  
between the supplier and the receiver which provide all necessary information 
for proper labeling.  However, the manufacturer of the final product is legally 
responsible for the accuracy of the label.  
If a product contains both a sulfite which has a functional effect in the
food and a sulfite which does not have a functional effect in the food, the FDA 
requires only a label declaration of the name of the actual sulfite compound 
which has the  functional effect in the food.  In this case, the term 
"sulfiting agent" does not have to appear on the label.  

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SULFITE LABELING IN WINE AND BEER                       
-DOC-
                       SULFITE LABELING IN WINE AND BEER
                    John G. Surak. Extension Food Scientist 

The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms (BATF) issued the following 
regulations (Federal Regulations 51 (250) 47240 (1986)) governing sulfite 
labeling in wine and beer: 

    1.  All labels submitted for approval must comply with the sulfite
        labeling regulations.
    2.  Products bottled after July 9, 1987, must comply with the sulfite
        labeling regulations.
    3.  Products which are shipped from the manufacture's premises after
        January 9, 1988, must comply with the sulfite labeling regulations.

Any alcoholic beverage which contains at least 10 parts per million sulfites 
must carry one of the following statements:  "contains sulfites," "contains 
sulfiting agents," or "contains a sulfiting agent."  The sulfite declaration 
can appear on a neck label, strip label, or a back label. The labeling of the 
free sulfite level is permitted if it is proceeded by the total sulfite level.  
The levels declared are the levels measured just before bottling. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FOOD SCIENCE EXTENSION PUBLICATION                       
-DOC-
                       FOOD SCIENCE EXTENSION PUBLICATION
                  John G. Surak, Extension Food Scientist and
                    Terry C. Titus, Extension Food Scientist 

BULLETINS AVAILABLE THROUGH THE COUNTY EXTENSION OFFICE OR THROUGH PUBLIC 
SERVICE PUBLICATIONS, DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL COMMUNICATIONS (BULLETIN
ROOM)

BULLETINS
  SB 620
  Tasty Apple Chips Production by the Osmosis-Dehydration and Oven-Drying 
  Process.
  J. C. Jen and E. S. Halpin

CIRCULARS

  EC 591
  Emergency Preparedness: Three-Day Meal Kit.  (revised).
  T. C. Titus, and R. J. Dafler.
  EC 552
  Making and Preserving Sauerkraut at Home.    
  T. C. Titus, C. M. Cody and S. F. Barefoot.  
FN LEAFLETS	

  FNL 41
  Home canning Pressure Method:  Time Table for 15 Lbs. Pressure.  
  R. J. Davis, and T. C. Titus.    

INFORMATION LEAFLETS

  Info. L. 23
  FRIFC FACTS:  Commerically Canning Pickled Foods (Acidified Foods).
  T. C. Titus.

  Info. L. 24
  FRIFC FACTS:  Commerically Canning Low-Acid Foods (Vegetables and Seafoods).
  T. C. Titus.          
  Info. L. 25 
  FRIFC FACTS:  Commerically Canning Acid Foods (Fruits, Jams, Jellies, 
  Preserves, Dressings and Sauces).
  T. C. Titus.


EXTENSION BULLETINS AVAILABLE THROUGH THE DEPARTMENT OF FOOD SCIENCE	
Contact either:
    John G. Surak,  (803) 656-2786
                   or
    Terry C. Titus, (803) 656-3399

TRAINING MANUALS

  The Handlers. Cooperative Extension Service Sanitation Training Manual.	  
  T. C. Titus.
MISCELLANEOUS SERIES 

  Number 5
  Model:  Product Recall Program for Food Processors. 
  T. C. Titus, and R. J. Dafler.

  Number 6
  Potential for Commercial Production, Marketing and Canned/Frozen Processing 
  in South Carolina.
  D. O. Ezell, P. J. Rathwell, and T. C. Titus.

  Number 7
  A Survey of Utilization and Specification of Fresh (unprocessed) Fruit and 
  Vegetable Commodities and Pre-processed Food Commodities of Importance to the 
  South Carolina Food Processing Industry.  
  T. C. Titus.

  Number 8
  Control of Listeria in the Dairy Plant.
  J. G. Surak, and S. F. Barefoot.
  Number 9
  Sulfites in Foods.
  J. G. Surak.

FOOD SCIENCE INFORMATION LEAFLETS	

  Number 1
  Labeling of Sulfites in Processed Foods.
  J. G. Surak, and T. C. Titus.

  Number 2
  Sulfite Replacement for Salad Bar Items.
  J. G. Surak.

  Number 3
  Use and Typical Levels of Sulfites in Food.
  J. G. Surak.

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SULFITES - BAN FOR THE USE ON FRESH FRUITS AND VEGETABLES           
-DOC-
           SULFITES - BAN FOR THE USE ON FRESH FRUITS AND VEGETABLES
                    John G. Surak, Extension Food Scientist 

The Food And Drug Administration issued regulations (Federal Regulations 51 
(131) 25021 (1986)) banning the use of sulfiting agents (sulfur dioxide, sodium 
sulfite, sodium bisulfite, potassium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, potassium 
metabisulfite) on fresh fruits and vegetables which will be served, sold or 
presented directly to consumers.  

Food Service operators are prohibited from using sulfiting agents to treat 
fresh cut fruits and vegetables.  In addition, frozen or fresh fruits or 
vegetables such as guacamole can not be treated with sulfites.  However, 
implementation of this ban does not have to result in the rapid wilting and 
browning of salad bar items.  Food Service operators can replace the sulfiting 
agents in dip solutions with either food grade mixtures of citric acid and 
ascorbic acid of citric acid and erythrobic acid.  When used according to 
manufactures directions, the compounds can effectively inhibit browning and 
wilting of salad bar items.  

Table 1 (on the next four) provides a list of sulfite substitutes. 
                                  TABLE 1 
                              SULFITE SUBSTITUTES

CE-101-P and CE-51-S
    Pfizer Chemical Division, Groton, CT 06340 
    203-441-5100

CRISP'N FRESH
    Sugar Foods Corp., New York, NY 10006-2998
    212-425-3900

FLAVOR BRITE
    Batterlite-Whitlock, Springfield, IL 62708
    217-528-5621	

FRESH WAY
    Disco, Inc., Atlanta, Ga 30316	
    404-758-0096	

FRUIT-FRESH
    Beecham Products, Pittsburg, PA 15230-1467
    412-928-1050
                              TABLE 1, Contd
POTATO FRESH
Arga-Research, West Lafayette, IN 47906
317-463-2883

POTATO WHITNER
    Flavorite Laboratories, Inc. Memphis, TN 38101
    601-393-3610	

PRODUCE FRESHENER
    Diamond Crystal Salt Co., Wilmington, MA 01887
    800-225-0592

SALAD CRISP
    First Food Co. Dallas, TX 75247
    800-527-1866 or 214-637-0214

SALAD FRESH
    CFS Continental, Inc., Chicago, IL 60614
    312-477-7600
                                 TABLE 1, Contd
SALAD FRESH
    Spice & Seasoning Div., Ingredient Technology Corp., Detroit, MI 48234
    313-365-4900

STAY FRESH (WITHOUT SULFITES)
    Creasent Manufacturing Co., Seattle, WA 98124
    800-426-0690 or 202-623-7140

STA-WHITE, SULFITE FREE
    Farmers Brothers, Torrance, CA 90502
    213-320-1212

VEG-O-READY TYPE II
    Nugget Food Distribution, Inc.
    through Dean Distributors, Burlingame, CA 94010  
    800-227-3112 or 415-340-3112
                                 TABLE 1, Contd
WHITEN-ALL No. 2
    The Langlois Co., Los Angeles, CA 90040
    213-685-7440

SOURCE: National Restaurant Association, Washington, DC, June 1, 1986.

NOTE:  This information is supplied with the understanding that no 
discrimination is intended or no product endorsement by the Clemson University 
Extension Service is implied.


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APPLE FERTILIZATION                            
-DOC-
                            APPLE FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     FERTILIZATION (PER TREE) - The following amounts are suggested for the 
first 5 years:
 
     First Year          1 lb 10-10-10 and 1/8 lb ammonium nitrate
 
     Second Year         2 lb 10-10-10 and 1/4 lb ammonium nitrate
 
     Third Year          3 lb 10-10-10 and 3/8 lb ammonium nitrate
 
     Fourth Year         4 lb 10-10-10 and 1/2 lb ammonium nitrate
 
     Fifth Year          5 lb 10-10-10 and 3/4 lb ammonium nitrate
     After trees reach bearing age, apply only a complete fertilizer, 10-10-
10.  Usually 2 to 3 pounds of fertilizer per inch of diameter of the tree 
just above the soil line is adequate.  However, the best determination of 
the fertilizer needs of the tree is indicated by the terminal growth and the 
number and size of the leaves on a bearing spur.  The terminal growth should 
be maintained at an average of 15 to 18 inches in length and there should be 
a minimum of eight good leaves on each bearing spur.
 
     On nonbearing trees, apply fertilizer in a circle at least 1 foot away 
from the trunk of the tree.  On bearing trees, fertilizer can be broadcast; 
however, on individual trees broadcast the fertilizer under and just beyond 
the limbspread of the tree.  
 
     Take soil samples every 2 or 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
     Certain minor elements are not present in adequate quantities in soils 
in which trees are planted.  The most common of these minor elements are 
magnesium and boron.  If a good liming program is practiced to maintain pH 
to an optimum, magnesium deficiency is usually no problem.  However, borax 
should be applied every other year at the rate of 1 ounce per inch of 
diameter of the tree trunk.  An adequate level of boron in the soil can also 
be maintained through the annual use of fertilizer containing as much as 12 
to 15 pounds of borax per ton.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TURF NURSERIES                               
-DOC-
                               TURF NURSERIES
           Landon C. Miller, Professor and Extension Horticulturist
 
          In South Carolina, there are now slightly over 2000 acres 
     of centipede in production plus 100 acres of turf-type tall fescue 
     and over 3000 acres of other cultivars for a statewide total of 
     approximately 5600 acres.  The centipede market may be saturated.  
     The fescue market and production can be expanded, especially in the 
     I-85 corridor from Charlotte to Atlanta and I-26 corridor west into 
     Knoxville. 
 
          Centipedegrass sod growers should order seed early for planting 
     next spring and summer.  Fescue sod growers need to order seed for 
     planting in September.
 
          Sod plugs are beginning to become popular at garden centers for 
     do-it-yourself gardeners.  One nursery in South Carolina is producing 
     sod plugs.  Many plugs are coming into South Carolina from Florida.
          Many of the present sod farms are expanding acreage in spring 
     and summer 1987.  These include 3M Turf, Palmetto Turf, Nimmer Turf 
     Farm, Ravenswood Plantation, and Super Sod Carolina in South 
     Carolina.  Carolina Turf is expanding into South Carolina with 300 
     acres in Kingstree.  Plantersville Sod Nursery (new), Georgetown, is 
     growing 300 acres of three grasses.  A new bermuda nursery in Santee 
     is planting 110 acres in mid-summer 1987 for marketing in Atlanta.
     
          With the combination of present and expanded acreage this 
     summer, there will be at least 6000 acres in production by the end of 
     the summer.  Centipede will cover at least 2000 acres of the total.  
 
          New producers are strongly encouraged to investigate and 
     establish a market before planting.  Over production could be 
     disastrous.  Let us not destroy the goose that laid the golden egg. 
                                                        Revised 12/14/87
 
                                 TURF NURSERIES 
 
SOUTH CAROLINA
 
ARANT NURSERIES                   (803)  672-2180        Centipede
Pageland, SC  29728
Contact:  Juanita Arant
 
BRUNSONS NURSERY                  (803)  495-2391        Centipede
Route 1, Box 284                         495-8080        St. Augustine
Alcolu, SC  29001
Contact:  John Brunson
 
CAROLINA FRESH                    Farm:                  Centipede
P.O. Box 120                      (803)  263-4637
Neeses, SC  29107                 Sales at State Farmers
Contact:  John A. Fogle           Mkt: (803)  797-5844     
CAROLINA TURF FARMS               (803)  426-4040        Emerald Zoysia
Route 2, Box 42                                          Raleigh St. Augustine
Greeleyville, SC  29056                                  Turf Type fescue
Contact:  Billy Bruorton                                 Tifway bermuda
                                                         Tifgreen bermuda
                                                         Tifway II bermuda
                                                         Tifgreen II bermuda
                                                         Centipede
 
COASTAL SOD NURSERY               (803)  347-4478        Tifgreen (328)
Route 6, Box 310                                         Tifdwarf
Conway, SC  29526                                        Tifway (419)
Contact:  Jim Barnette, Owner
                                                                     
FRIERSON LANDSCAPE CONTRACTING    (803)  356-2588        Centipede
Route 1, Box 130
Lexington, SC  29072
Contact:  John Fierson
          Bobby Frierson
GREEN BLADE TURF GRASS, INC.      (803)  284-2616        Tifgreen (328)
P. O. Box 395                                            Tifgreen II
Blackville, SC  29817                                    Tifway (419)
Contact:  Winfred McDonald                               Tifway II
                                                         Centipede
                                                         Meyer zoysia
                                                         Emerald zoysia
                                                         Raleigh St. Augustine
                                                         Tifgreen w/Perennial
                                                          ryegrass
 
GRESSETTE TURF NURSERY            (803)  669-3132        Meyer zoysia
P. O. Box 12260                                          Centipede
Florence, SC  29504                                      Tifway bermuda (419)
Contact:  Tom P. Gressette
HIGH TECH TURF FARM               (803)  651-8352        Centipede
Grand Strand Water & Sewer          (Main Office)        Tifway
   Authority                             651-8494        Tifgreen
P. O. Box 1537                         (Sod Farm)           
Contact:  Jack Jordon
          Supervisor, Sod Farm
          Don Brewer
          Supervisor, Sewer Authority
 
HENRY FARMS                       (803)  838-2762        Centipede
Charles Henry                                            Raleigh St. Augustine
Route 2, Box 485                                         Tifway II
Frogmore, SC  29920                                      Tifway 417
Contact:  Charles Henry                                  Tifgreen II
          Craig Henry    
MASON'S TREE & TURF FARM          (803)  827-0331        Centipede
905 Sanbar Ferry                                         Meyer zoysia
Beech Island                                             Floratam St. Augustine
N. Augusta, SC  29841                                    Tifgreen II
Contact:  Jack D. Mason                                  Tifway bermuda
                                                         Tifway II                                                                  
 
MERRITT BROS. LANDSCAPING         (803)  859-4189        Clemfine fescue sod
3M TURF                                                  Rebel/Falcon fescue
Route 13, Box 222                                         sod
Easley, SC  29640                                        Ky 31 fescue sod
Contact:  Chris McDonald                                 Ky 31/Baron bluegrass 
          Bob & Gene Merritt                              sod         
                                                         Tifway bermuda  
                                                         Tifgreen bermuda
 
NEVILLE AND COWAN TURF            (803)  638-2531        Clemfine Tall Fescue 
P.O. Box 398                                              Sod
Walhalla, SC  29691
Contact:  Jess Neville
          Robert Cowan
NIMMER TURF FARM                  (803)  726-8685        Centipede
P. O. Box 279                                            St. Augustine
Ridgeland, SC  29936                                     Bermuda Hybrids
 
PALMETTO TURF FARM                (803)  665-1088        Centipede
P. O. Box 749                                            Centipede overseeded
Effingham, SC  29541                                      w/perennial ryegrass
Contact:  Craven Jones                                   Tifgreen bermuda      
                                                         Tifway II bermuda     
                                                         Meyer zoysia          
                                                         Emerald zoysia        
                                                         Bentgrass sod for     
                                                          greens
                                                         Raleigh St. Augustine
                                                         Turf-Type Tall Fescue
                                                           Blend of Olympic,
                                                           Bonanza & Apache
PLANTERSVILLE SOD NURSERY         (803)  651-1944        Centipede
Star Route 1                                             Tifway bermuda
Georgetown, SC  29440                                    Raleigh St. Augustine
Contact:  Jean Crouch                                    (all above being
          Mark Johnson                                   planted July, 1986)
 
RAVENSWOOD PLANTATION             (803)  889-3332        Centipede
P. O. Box 331                            559-9335        Tifway II
Johns Island, SC  29455                                  Tifway II overseeded
Contact:  Ben Sumrell                                     w/Medalist
          Joe Minshew                                    Tifgreen
                                                         Raleigh St. Augustine
                                                         Floratam St. Augustine
                                                         Meyer zoysia
SUPER SOD CAROLINA, DIV. OF       (803)  531-4494        Centipede
PATTEN SEED & TURFGRASS CO.                (Home)        Tifgreen II
Route 2, Box 150                         531-4449        Tifway II
Hwy. 301 North                           (Office)        Raleigh St. Augustine
Orangeburg, SC  29116                                    Emerald zoysia
Contact:  Jim Roquemore                                  Meyer zoysia
                                                         Tifway II w/common
                                                          ryegrass
                                                         Tifgreen II w/common
                                                          ryegrass
 
ROUND TREE FARMS                  (803)  359-5081        Centipede
460 Barr Road
Lexington, SC  29072
Contact:  Gene Roundtree
 
WALPOLE & LEGARE                  (803)  559-9183        Floratam St. Augustine
P. O. Box 395                                            Centipede
Johns Island, SC  29455                                  Tifgreen bermuda
Contact:  Legare Walpole                                 Tifway bermuda
WILLSHIRE FARM                    (803)  496-5257        Tifway bermuda
Route 1, Box 287                                          Available spring 
Santee, SC  29142                                         1988
Contact:  William T. Bull
                                                             
NORTH CAROLINA
 
Mrs. Amelia Bidgle                (919)  791-4399        Emerald zoysia
5050 Carolina Beach Road                                 Meyer zoysia
Wilmington, NC  28405
 
BURGAW CREEK NURSERY              (919)  259-4788        Tifgreen
P. O. Box 972                                            Tifway
Burgaw, NC  28425                                        Vamont
Contact:  Dave Howard                                    Centipede
CAROLINA TURF CO., INC.           (919)  875-6141        Tifway
Route 1                                                  Tifway II
P. O. Box 850                                            Tifdwarf
Raeford, NC  28376                                       Pee Dee (102)
Contact:  William L. Poole, Jr.          875-2601        Emerald zoysia
          Joe Poole                                      Centipede
                                                         Tifgreen
                                                         Raleigh St. Augustine
                                                         Rebel fescue sod
 
DUNN'S ROCK TURF FARM, INC.       (704)  743-5148        Available May '88:
Route 1, Box 292-A                (704)  885-2331        Baron/Nassau Ky blue
Brevard, NC  28712                                       Falcon tall fescue
Contact:  Steve Okula
          Roy Orr
CURRITUCK TURF FARMS, INC.        (919)  491-2602        Tifdwarf
D/B/A United Turf                                        Tifgreen
P. O. Box 278                                            Tifway
Powells Point, NC  27966                                 Tifway II
Contact:  Keith Hall                                     Vamont
                                                         Meyer zoysia
                                                         Galway Tall fescue 
 
HANCOCK GRASS & TURF              (919)  483-7865        Tifgreen
P. O. Box 207                                            Tifway
Stedman, NC  28391                                       Common
Contact:  K. E. Hancock                                  Centipede
                                                         Emerald zoysia
 
NUTRI-TURF, INC.                  (919)  795-5123        Tifway II
P.O. Box 238                                             Vamont
Robersonville, NC  27871                                 Fescue
Contact:  Wayne Williams             
OAKLAND PLANTATION                (919)  669-2991        Tifgreen
202 Edgemont Drive                                       Tifgreen II
Kings Mountain, NC  28086                                Vamont bermuda
Contact:  Paul Mauney             (704)  739-4583        Tifway
          Lou Ballew                                     Tifway II
          Rick Neisler                                   Tifgreen "short cut"
                                                          for greens
                                                         Centipede
                                                         Raleigh St. Augustine
 
SANDHILL TURF, INC.                                      Rebel fescue/blue-
Sales Office:                     (919)  887-3726         grass blend
P. O. Box 6658                                           Tifway II
Highpoint, NC  27262                                     Tifgreen
Farm:                             (919)  974-7524        Tifgreen II
P. O. Box 546                                            Centipede
Candor, NC  27229                                        Zoysia
TARHEEL TURFGRASS COMPANY         (919)  936-1141        Tifway bermuda
Route 1, Box 208                                         Tifgreen bermuda
Princeton, NC  27569                                     Centipede
Contact:  Al or Susie Newberry                           Vamont bermuda
 
UNITED TURF, INC.                 (919)  496-4054        Tifdwarf
P. O. Box 729                                            Tifgreen
Louisburg, NC  27549                                     Tifgreen II
                                                         Tifway
                                                         Tifway II
                                                         Vamont bermuda
                                                         Raleigh St. Augustine
                                                         Centipede
                                                         Emerald zoysia
                                                         Meyer zoysia
                                                         Rebel fescue
                                                         Falcon fescue
                                                         Galway fescue
TRI-STATE TURF                    (919)  567-2625        Available spring '88:
P.O. Box 527                                               centipede
Newton Grove, NC  28366                                  Rebel 2 + Kenblue
Contact:  Clark Wooten
 
W & W SOD FARM                    (919)  658-2967(night) Penncross bentgrass
Route 1, Box 290                  (919)  658-4521(night)  (sod for putting
Mt. Olive, NC  28365              (919)  778-3575(day)     greens) 
                                                                    
GEORGIA
 
GLEN OAK'S TURF                   (912)  336-7783        Fescue
Route 1                                                  Tifway/Medalist
Oak Drive                                                Adalayd saltgrass
Camilla, GA  31730                                       Tifway bermuda
Contact:  Lewis Flynn family                             Tifway II bermuda
          Susan Taylor                                   Tifgreen bermuda
                                                         Tifgreen II bermuda
                                                         Tifdwarf bermuda
                                                         Centipede
                                                         Zoysia:  Emerald &
                                                          Meyer
                                                         Raleigh St. Augustine
                                                         Floratam St. Augustine
GRASSINGS UNLIMITED, INC.         (912)  382-8464        Tifdwarf bermuda
Route 2, Box 760G                                        Tifgreen bermuda
Tifton, GA  31794                                        Tifway II bermuda 
                                                                  
GREEN BLADE TURF GRASS, INC.      (404)  628-4293        Tifton (328)
P. O. Box 305                                            Tifway (419)
Hamilton, GA  31811                                      Centipede
Contact:  Ralph O. Walton, Jr.                           Zoysia 
 
H. E. HART                        (912)  728-3380        Tifgreen bermuda
Route 1, Box 408 
Guyton, GA  31312  
 
MILLHAVEN COMPANY, INC.           (912)  829-3252        Tifway II bermuda
Route 1, Box 355
Sylvania, GA  30467 
 
NORTH GEORGIA TURF & SOD          (404)  854-8249        Tifway II bermuda
Route 2, Box 270
Franklin, GA  30217 
PATTEN SEED & TURFGRASS CO.       (912)  482-3131        Centipede
119 Murrell Avenue                                       Tifgreen bermuda
Lakeland, GA  31635                                      Emerald zoysia
Contact:  Bill Roquemore                                 St. Augustine
          Ben Copeland                                   Raleigh St. Augustine
                                                         Tifdwarf bermuda
                                                         Tifway bermuda
                                                         Tifway II bermuda 
 
SOUTHERN TURF NURSERIES           (912)  382-5655        Centipede
P. O. Box 369                                            Meyer zoysia
Tifton, GA  31993                                        Emerald zoysia
Contact:  Steve Gibson,           (800)  772-8873        Tifway
             Gen. Mgr.               (in GA only)        Tifway II
          Turner Gibson,          (800)  841-6413        Tifgreen
             Vice Pres.,                                 Tifgreen II
             Athletic Fields      (800)  522-7333        Tifdwarf
          Tommy Nalls, Sales         (all over SE)       Midiron bermuda 
TIFTON TURF FARMS                 (912)  386-8061        Centipede
P. O. Box 1912                    (800)  841-6645        Tifway & overseeded
Tifton, GA  31794                   (all over SE)        Tifway II
Contact:  Charles Rainey          (800)  521-1276        Tifgreen & overseeded
          Paul Massey               (GA WATS)            Tifgreen II
          Mac Wilder                                     Tifdwarf
                                                         Emerald zoysia
                                                         Midiron bermuda 
 
 
VIRGINIA
 
KIDWELL TURF FARMS                (703)  825-1151        Fescue (Ky 31) 
Route 3, Box 16A                                          mixtures
Culpeper, VA  22701                                      Bluegrass blends    
Contact:  Jack Kidwell                                   Meyer zoysia        
                                                         Tifway bermuda      
                                                         Tifgreen bermuda    
                                                         Midiron bermuda     
                                                         Tufcote bermuda     
KIDWELL TURF FARMS                (804)  689-2863        Fescue (Ky 31)       
Route 1, Box 140                                          mixtures
Bakerville, VA  23915                                    Bluegrass blends
                                                         Meyer zoysia
                                                         Tifway bermuda
                                                         Tifgreen bermuda
                                                         Midiron bermuda
                                                         Tufcote bermuda 
 
ALABAMA
 
BECK'S TURF NURSERY               (205)  821-0969        Centipede
P. O. Box 752                                            Zoysia
Auburn, AL  36830                                        Bermuda hybrid 
 
 
FLORIDA
 
PURSLEY TURF FARMS                                       Seville (dwarf) St.
Route 1, Box 402X                                         Augustine (patented)
Palmetto, FL  33561                              
NUTRI-TURF, INC.                  (904)  764-7100        St. Augustine 
16163 Lem Turner Road                                     Floratam
Jacksonville, FL  32218-1550                             St. Augustine Raleigh
Contact:  Scott Heckler, Farm Manager                    St. Augustine Delmar
          Charles Peacock, Senior Agronomist             Tifway 419
          Jay McCord, Marketing Rep.                     Tifway II
                                                         Tifgreen 328
                                                         Tifdwarf
                                                         Emerald Zoysia
 
TENNESSEE
 
NUTRI-TURF, INC.                  (615)  795-5123        Tifway 419
P.O. Box 758                                             Tifway II
Fayetteville, TN  37334                                  Vamont
Contact:  Charles Williams, Farm Manager                 Tifgreen 328
                                                         Mid Iron
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SMALL FRUIT NURSERY STOCK                           
-DOC-
                           SMALL FRUIT NURSERY STOCK
                 G. Ansel King, Jr., Extension Horticulturist
 
BLUEBERRIES
 
     W. F. Allen Co., 481 Berry St., Salisbury, MD  21801
     A. G. Ammon Nursery, Box 488, Chatsworth, NJ  08019
     Bountiful Ridge Nurseries, Inc., P. O. Box 250, Princess Anne,
       MD  21853
     C & O Nursery Co., Box 116, Wenatchee, WA  98801
     DeGrandchamp Blueberry Farm, RR #13, 14th Ave., S. Haven, MI  49090
     Dean Foster Nurseries, AFG-807, Hartford, MI  49057
     Finch Blueberry Nursery, Bailey, NC  27807
     Hawthorne Nurseries, Rt. #9, Ringgold, GA  30736
     Kelly Brothers Nurseries, 934 Maple St., Dansville, NY  14437
     Lewis Taylor Farms, P. O. Box 822, Tifton, GA  31794
     Waynesboro Nurseries, P. O. Box 987, Waynesboro, VA  22980
     Zike Brothers Nursery, P. O. Box 8, Baroda, MI  49101
     Rose Creek Plantation, Rt. 3, Box 358, Watkinsville, GA  30677
 
 
 
BRAMBLES
 
     W. F. Allen Co., 481 Berry St., Salisbury, MD  21801
     Brittle's Nursery (Commanche, Cheyenne Blackberries), Tehlequah, OK
        74464
     Bountiful Ridge Nurseries, Inc., P. O. Box 250, Princess Anne, MD
        21853
     C & O Nursery Co., Box 116, Wenatchee, WA  98801
     Dean Foster Nurseries, AFG-807, Hartford, MI  49057
     Mr. Kirby Fisher (Cherokee Blackberry), Rt. 2, Tehlequah, OK  74464
     Gardens Beautiful, Willard, NC  28778
     Kelly Brothers Nurseries, 934 Maple St., Dansville, NY  14437
     McCormick Fruit Tree Co., Inc. 1315 Fruitvale Blvd., Yakima, WA
        98902
     Waynesboro Nurseries, P. O. Box 987, Waynesboro, VA  22980
     Zike Brothers Nursery, P. O. Box 8, Baroda, MI  49101
     Rose Creek Plantation, Rt. 3, Box 358, Watkinsville, GA  30677
     Sunshine Berry Farm, RR 1, Box 92, Macon, MS  39341
 
 
 
 
GRAPES
 
     W. F. Allen Co., 481 Berry St., Salisbury, MD  21801
     Boordy Nursery, Box 38, Riderwood, MD  21139
     Bountiful Ridge Nurseries, Inc., P. O. Box 250, Princess Anne,
        MD  21853
     Culver Nursery, P. O. Box 93, Farmersville, CA  93223
     Dean Foster Nurseries, AFG-807, Hartford, MI  49057
     Ison's Nursery and Vineyard, Brooks, GA  30205
     Kelly Brothers Nurseries, 934 Maple St., Dansville, NY  14437
     McCormick Fruit Tree Co., Inc. 1315 Fruitvale Blvd., Yakima, WA
        98902
     Owens' Vineyard and Nursery, Gay, GA  30218
     Waynesboro Nurseries, P. O. Box 987, Waynesboro, VA  22980
     Zike Brothers Nursery, P. O. Box 8, Baroda, MI  49101
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SOURCES OF UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS GRAPE RELEASES (PLUS OTHER CULTIVARS)
 
     Alpine Nursery, Rt. 1, Box 9, Altus, AR  72821
     Blossomberry Nursery, Rt. 2, Box 158A, Clarksvile, AR  72830
     Boston Mountain Nurseries, Rt. 2, Mountainburg, AR  72946
     Evergreen Nursery Co., Inc., 5027 County Trunk TT, Sturgeon Bay,
        WI  54235
     Fincastle Berries, Rt. 2, Box 169, LaRue, TX  75770
     Forrest Keeling Nursery, Elsberry, MO  63343
     Foster Nursery Co., Inc., Fredonia, NY  14063
     Grayson Farms/Nursery, P. O. Box 699, Bald Knob, AR  72010
     Lon Rombough Nursery, 4285 Portland Rd., NE, Salem, OR  97303
     M & A Vineyard, Star Route, Box 61, Cave City, AR  72521
     Stephenville Vineyard and Nursery, P. O. Box 1197, Stephenville, TX
        76401
     Steve Miller Nursery, Rt. 2, Box 656, Judsonia, AR  72081
     Willie Booker Nursery, P. O. Box 268, Hamburg, AR  71646
 
 
 
 
 
STRAWBERRIES
 
     Ahrens Strawberry Nursery, Huntingburg, IN  47542
     W. F. Allen Co., 481 Berry St., Salisbury, MD  21801
     Bountiful Ridge Nurseries, Inc., P. O. Box 250, Princess
        Anne, MD  21853
     Buntings' Nurseries, Inc., P. O. Box 306, Selbyville, DE  19975,
        Phone:  302-436-8231 (Tissue Culture Plants)
     Carolina Blueberry Coop. Assn., Box 547, Burgaw, NC  82425
     Conner Brothers Co., P. O. Box 534, Augusta, AR  72006
     DBA Mac Farms (W. R. McLeod), 303 Ridgeway St., Clinton, NC  29328
     Dean Foster Nurseries, AFG-807, Hartford, MI  49057
     John Goodson Nursery, Rt. 1, Box 111, Mt. Olive, NC  28365
[B     Kelly Brothers Nurseries, 934 Maple St., Dansville, NY  14437
     William Krohne Plant Farm, Box AFG-817, RR #6, Dowagiac, MI  49047
     Lewis Strawberry Nursery Inc., P. O. Box 24, Rocky Point, NC  28457
     Mullins Plant Farm, 410 Brookfield Ave., Chattanooga, TN  37411
     Nor-Cal Nursery & Sales, P. O. Box 135, Watsonville, CA  95077
     Rayner Brothers Inc., Salisbury, MD  21801
     Waynesboro Nurseries, P. O. Box 987, Waynesboro, VA  22980
     Joseph W. Woodward, Jr., Rt. 1, Box 338, Spring Hope, NC  27882
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
1987-88 CALENDAR OF SPECIAL ACTIVITIES                    
-DOC-
                    1987-88 CALENDAR OF SPECIAL ACTIVITIES
                          DEPARTMENT OF HORTICULTURE
 
MAY 1987
 
   21-22                MEETING OF PARTICIPANTS IN THE TRI-STATE PROJECT,
                        "AGRICULTURAL ADJUSTMENT IN THE SOUTHEAST THROUGH
                        ALTERNATIVE CROPPING SYSTEMS" - Charleston, SC.
                        (Contact:  Prof. Tom Garrett, Hort. Dept., 656-3403)
 
      26                VEGETABLE FIELD DAY - Coastal REC, Charleston, SC;
                        begins at 10:00 am.
                        (Contact:  Dr. Wilton Cook, Coastal REC, 766-3252)
 
JUNE 1987
 
    8-10                BASIC GREENHOUSE AND NURSERY MANAGEMENT WORKSHOP
                        - Sandhill REC, Pontiac, SC; co-sponsored by the
                        SC Greenhouse Growers Association and the Clemson
                        University Cooperative Extension Service.
                        (Contact:  Dr. John Kelly, Hort. Dept., 656-2565)
JUNE 1987 (cont'd.)
 
      16                VEGETABLE FIELD DAY - Sandhill REC, Pontiac, SC;
                        begins at 1:30 pm.
                        (Contact:  Dr. Wilton Cook, Coastal REC, 766-3252)
 
      23                VEGETABLE FIELD DAY - Pee Dee REC, Florence, SC;
                        begins at 1:30 pm.
                        (Contact:  Dr. Wilton Cook, Coastal REC, 766-3252)
 
 
JULY 1987
 
       9                VEGETABLE FIELD DAY - Edisto REC, Blackville, SC.
                        begins at 10:00 am.
                        (Contact:  Dr. Wilton Cook, Coastal REC, 766-3252)
 
   10-19                1987 SOUTH CAROLINA PEACH FESTIVAL, Gaffney, SC;
                        open to the public.
                        (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
JULY 1987 (cont'd.)
   16-19                1987 GEORGIA/SOUTH CAROLINA COMMERCIAL FLOWER GROWERS
                        SHORT COURSE AND TRADE SHOW - the Hyatt Regency,
                        Greenville, SC; co-sponsored by the GA Commercial
                        Flower Growers Association, Inc., the SC Commercial
                        Greenhouse Growers Association, and the University
                        of GA and Clemson University Cooperative Extension
                        Services.
                        (Contact:  Dr. John Kelly, Hort. Dept., 656-2565)
 
      25 (9 am-4 pm)    FLOWER DAY 1987 - Clemson University Botanical 
                        Garden, Campus; co-sponsored by the Department of 
                        Horticulture and the Garden Club of South Carolina;
                        open to the public.
                        (Contact:  Dr. David Bradshaw, Hort. Dept., 656-3403)
 
OCTOBER 1987
 
  (Date TBA)            THE STONE FRUIT DECLINE WORKSHOP, Ramada Inn, Clemson,
                        SC.
                        (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
OCTOBER 1987 (cont'd.)
 
  (Date TBA)            THE SOUTHEASTERN PROFESSIONAL PEACH WORKERS 
                        CONFERENCE, Ramada Inn, Clemson, SC.
                        (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
 
 
NOVEMBER 1987
 
    3-4                THE FOURTH ANNUAL SOUTH CAROLINA HORTICULTURE SOCIETY
                       CONVENTION - the Sheraton-NW, Columbia, SC.
                       (Contact:  Dr. Ansel King, Hort. Dept., 656-2789)
 
    6-12               THE 84TH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR 
                       HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE (ASHS) JOINTLY WITH THE
                       INTER-AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TROPICAL HORTICULTURE
                       (formerly the ASHS Tropical Region) - Hyatt Orlando
                       Hotel, Orlando, FL.  Horticulture and sightseeing
                       tours will be featured.
NOVEMBER 1987 (cont'd.)
 
   10-11               THE 21ST ANNUAL CLEMSON TURFGRASS CONFERENCE - the
                       Myrtle Beach Hilton, Myrtle Beach, SC; co-sponsored by 
                       Clemson University and the Department of Horticulture 
                       in cooperation with the Carolinas Golf Course 
                       Superintendents Association; open to all turfgrass 
                       managers, consultants, equipment and supplies 
                       distributors, county agents, students, designers and
                       architects, sod growers, superintendents, green 
                       committees, etc.
                       (Contact:  Dr. Landon Miller, Hort. Dept., 656-2565)
 
 
   18-20               THE CUMBERLAND-SHENANDOAH FRUIT WORKERS CONFERENCE
                       - Harpers Ferry, WV.
                       (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
DECEMBER 1987
 
    2-3                THE GEORGIA/SOUTH CAROLINA WINTER APPLE MEETING 
                       - the Holiday Inn, Gainesville, GA; co-sponsored by
                       the Georgia Marketing Authority, the SC Apple Growers
                       Association, and the University of GA and Clemson 
                       University Cooperative Extension Services.
                       (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
 
 
JANUARY 1988
 
    6-8                THE NORTH CAROLINA APPLE MEETING - Asheville, NC.
                       (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
   14-16               THE GEORGIA/SOUTH CAROLINA NURSERYMEN'S SHORT COURSE
                       - Savannah, GA; co-sponsored by the GA/SC Nurserymen's
                       Association in cooperation with the Clemson University
                       and University of GA Cooperative Extension Services.
                       (Contact:  Prof. John Kelly, Hort. Dept., 656-2565)
JANUARY 1988 (cont'd.)
 
 (Jan. or Feb.,        THE SOUTHEASTERN PEACH CONVENTION - Charleston, SC.
 date TBA)             (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
   30-31               THE SWEET POTATO COLLABORATORS CONFERENCE (in
                       connection with ASHS-SR Meetings) - New Orleans, LA.
                       (Contact:  Hort. Dept. Head's Office, 656-4964)
 
    31                 PECAN RESEARCH AND EXTENSION GROUP MEETING
                       (in connection with ASHS-SR Meetings) - New
                       Orleans, LA.
                       (Contact:  Hort. Dept. Head's Office, 656-4964)
 
 31-Feb. 2             THE 48TH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR
                       HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE, SOUTHERN REGION - New Orleans,
                       LA.
                       (Contact:  Hort. Dept. Head's Office, 656-4964)
 
FEBRUARY 1988
 
    9-12               THE NATIONAL PEACH COUNCIL CONVENTION -  Atlantic City,
                       NJ.
                       (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
(Date & location TBA)  THE SOUTH CAROLINA GROUNDS MAINTENANCE CONFERENCE,
                       co-sponsored by the Department of Horticulture and 
                       the SC Landscape and Turfgrass Association.
                       (Contact:  Dr. Bob Mazur or Dr. Don Wagner, Hort. 
                       Dept., 656-2454 or 2459)
 
 
JUNE 1988
 
   19-22               THE SECOND INTERNATIONAL PEACH SYMPOSIUM - Clemson
                       University Campus; co-sponsored by Clemson University 
                       and the International Society for Horticultural 
                       Science, in conjunction with Clemson University's 
                       Centennial. 
                       (Contact:  Dr. D.C. Coston, Hort. Dept., 656-3403)
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RASPBERRY FERTILIZATION                          
-DOC-
                          RASPBERRY FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Two weeks after planting, apply 1 1/4 pounds 10-10-10 per 50' row or 
1/2 cup per plant.  In June in year of planting, apply 1/8 pound of ammonium 
nitrate per plant.  March of second year, apply 2 1/2 - 5 pounds of 10-10-10 
per 50' row or 1 - 1 1/2 cup per plant.  June of second year, apply 
1/4 - 1/2 pounds ammonium nitrate per 50' row or 2/3 cup per plant.  
At bloom of third year and proceeding years, apply 5 - 10 pounds of 10-10-10 
per 50' row or 3 cups per plant.  After harvest of third year and 
proceeding years, apply 1/4 - 1/2 pounds ammonium nitrate per 50' row or 2/3 
cup per plant.
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
KIWIFRUIT FERTILIZATION                          
-DOC-
                          KIWIFRUIT FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     The following fertilization schedule is recommended:
 
     Nonbearing vines    Apply 1 pound of 10-10-10 fertilizer per vine 
                         before growth starts in the spring and apply 1/8 
                         pound of ammonium nitrate per vine when the new 
                         growth is about 6 inches long.  Broadcast 
                         fertilizer applications in a band alongside the 
                         plant and at least 1 foot away.
 
     Bearing vines       Apply 1 1/2 pounds of 10-10-10 fertilizer per plant 
                         as follows:  3/4 pound per plant before growth 
                         starts in the spring and the second 3/4 pound about 
                         the time the new canes are about 6 inches long.  
                         Apply as recommended for 1-year plants.
 
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BUNCH GRAPE FERTILIZATION                         
-DOC-
                         BUNCH GRAPE FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     The following fertilization schedule is recommended:
 
     Nonbearing vines    Apply 1 pound of 10-10-10 fertilizer per vine 
                         before growth starts in the spring and apply 1/8 
                         pound of ammonium nitrate per vine when the new 
                         growth is about 6 inches long.  Broadcast 
                         fertilizer applications in a band alongside the 
                         plant and at least 1 foot away.
 
     Bearing vines       Apply 1 1/2 pounds of 10-10-10 fertilizer per plant 
                         as follows:  3/4 pound per plant before growth 
                         starts in the spring and the second 3/4 pound about 
                         the time the new canes are about 6 inches long.  
                         Apply as recommended for 1 year plants.
 
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
APRICOT FERTILIZATION                             
-DOC-
                             APRICOT FERTILIZATION
                   John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     FERTILIZATION (PER TREE) - Fertilize as follows:
 
     First Year:         1 pound of complete fertilizer, 10-10-10
                         1/8 pound ammonium nitrate or equivalent
 
     Second Year:        2 pounds of complete fertilizer, 10-10-10
                         1/4 pound ammonium nitrate or equivalent
 
     Third Year:         4 pounds of complete fertilizer, 5-10-10
                         
     Apply half of the above amount in late February and the remaining half 
in late April.  An additional application of nitrogen may be made in early 
June if trees indicate nitrogen deficiency.
 
     For mature or bearing trees, fertilize at the rate of 1 to 1 1/2 pounds 
of a complete fertilizer per year of age until trees are 8-10 years old.  
Then apply 8-10 pounds per tree thereafter - use a 5-10-10 fertilizer.
 
 
     On trees less than 3 years old, broadcast fertilizer under the spread 
of branches, keeping fertilizer at least 1 foot from the trunk.  On mature 
trees, apply fertilizer broadcast over all soil surface.
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BLACKBERRY FERTILIZATION                         
-DOC-
                         BLACKBERRY FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Two weeks after planting, apply 1 1/4 pounds 10-10-10 per 50' row or 
1/2 cup per plant.  In June in year of planting, apply 1/8 pound of ammonium 
nitrate per plant.  March of second year, apply 2 1/2 - 5 pounds of 10-10-10 
per 50' row or 1 - 1 1/2 cup per plant.  June of second year, apply 
1/4 - 1/2 pounds ammonium nitrate per 50' row or 2/3 cup per plant.  
At bloom of third year and proceeding years, apply 5 - 10 pounds of 10-10-10 
per 50' row or 3 cups per plant.  After harvest of third year and 
proceeding years, apply 1/4 - 1/2 pounds ammonium nitrate per 50' row or 2/3 
cup per plant.
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PECAN FERTILIZATION                            
-DOC-
                            PECAN FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
 
     Nonbearing          A newly transplanted tree should NOT be fertilized 
                         at the time of planting but should receive 2 to 3 
                         pounds of 10-10-10 containing at least two units of 
                         zinc per tree in May the year it is transplanted.  
                         Then each succeeding year until the tree begins 
                         production, apply 4 pounds of 10-10-10 plus zinc 
                         in late February or early March for each inch of 
                         trunk diameter measured one foot above the soil 
                         surface.  
 
                         Strive for an average terminal growth of about 3 
                         feet annually.  If the growth is shorter than this, 
                         apply additional nitrogen at the rate of 1/2 to 1 
                         pound of ammonium nitrate or an equivalent amount 
                         of nitrogen from another source of quickly 
                         available nitrogen.
 
     Bearing             The recommended fertilizer program is to apply 6 
                         pounds of 10-10-10 fertilizer per inch of trunk 
                         diameter measured 4 feet above the soil line.  
                         Apply fertilizer in late February or early March.  
                         On sandy soils split application can be made - the 
                         first half being applied in late February or early 
                         March and the second near blooming time in May.  To 
                         prevent zinc deficiency, the fertilizer listed 
                         above should contain 1 to 2 percent zinc.  Lack of 
                         enough zinc and nitrogen reduces production more 
                         than any other factor.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEAR FERTILIZATION                             
-DOC-
                             PEAR FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Pears should be fertilized sparingly.  If you desire to use fertilizer 
every year, the following is suggested:
 
     FERTILIZATION (PER TREE) - The following amounts are suggested for the 
first 5 years:
 
     First Year          1 lb 10-10-10 and 1/8 lb ammonium nitrate
 
     Second Year         2 lb 10-10-10 and 1/4 lb ammonium nitrate
 
     Third Year          3 lb 10-10-10 and 3/8 lb ammonium nitrate
 
     Fourth Year         4 lb 10-10-10 and 1/2 lb ammonium nitrate
 
     Fifth Year          5 lb 10-10-10 and 3/4 lb ammonium nitrate
 
 
 
 
     After trees reach bearing age, apply only a complete fertilizer, 
10-10-10.  Usually 2 to 3 pounds of fertilizer per inch of diameter of the 
tree just above the soil line is adequate.  However, the best determination 
of the fertilizer needs of the tree is indicated by the terminal growth and 
the number and size of the leaves on a bearing spur.  The terminal growth 
should be maintained at an average of 15 to 18 inches in length and there 
should be a minimum of eight good leaves on each bearing spur.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEACH FERTILIZATION                            
-DOC-
                            PEACH FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     FERTILIZATION (PER TREE) - Fertilize as follows:
 
     First Year:         1 pound of complete fertilizer, 10-10-10
                         1/8 pound ammonium nitrate or equivalent
 
     Second Year:        2 pounds of complete fertilizer, 10-10-10
                         1/4 pound ammonium nitrate or equivalent
 
     Third Year:         4 pounds of complete fertilizer, 5-10-10
                         
     Apply half of the above amount in late February and the remaining half 
in late April.  An additional application of nitrogen may be made in early 
June if trees indicate nitrogen deficiency.
 
     For mature or bearing trees, fertilize at the rate of 1 to 1 1/2 pounds 
of a complete fertilizer per year of age until trees are 8-10 years old.  
Then apply 8-10 pounds per tree thereafter - use a 5-10-10 fertilizer.
 
 
     On trees less than 3 years old, broadcast fertilizer under the spread 
of branches, keeping fertilizer at least 1 foot from the trunk.  On mature 
trees, apply fertilizer broadcast over all soil surface.
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FIG FERTILIZATION                             
-DOC-
                             FIG FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Use 1 pound of 10-10-10 per foot of height of the bush.  Broadcast 
uniformly under the spread of the branches and apply in 3 applications:  1/3 
in late winter, 1/3 in early June and 1/3 in late July.  For example, if a 
fig bush is 9 feet, 3 pounds of 10-10-10 should be applied in early March, 3 
pounds in early June and 3 pounds in late July.
 
     Fig trees require only moderate applications of fertilizer.  If growth 
is below normal, make a moderate application in the spring of a low nitrogen 
mixed fertilizer.  Fig trees are easily stimulated to make rank leaf growth 
at the expense of fruiting.
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PLUM FERTILIZATION                             
-DOC-
                             PLUM FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     FERTILIZATION (PER TREE) - Fertilize as follows:
 
     First Year:         1 pound of complete fertilizer, 10-10-10
                         1/8 pound ammonium nitrate or equivalent
 
     Second Year:        2 pounds of complete fertilizer, 10-10-10
                         1/4 pound ammonium nitrate or equivalent
 
     Third Year:         4 pounds of complete fertilizer, 5-10-10
                         
     Apply half of the above amount in late February and the remaining half 
in late April.  An additional application of nitrogen may be made in early 
June if trees indicate nitrogen deficiency.
 
     For mature or bearing trees, fertilize at the rate of 1 to 1 1/2 pounds 
of a complete fertilizer per year of age until trees are 8-10 years old.  
Then apply 8-10 pounds per tree thereafter - use a 5-10-10 fertilizer.
 
 
     On trees less than 3 years old, broadcast fertilizer under the spread 
of branches, keeping fertilizer at least 1 foot from the trunk.  On mature 
trees, apply fertilizer broadcast over all soil surface.
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
NECTARINE FERTILIZATION                          
-DOC-
                          NECTARINE FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     FERTILIZATION (PER TREE) - Fertilize as follows:
 
     First Year:         1 pound of complete fertilizer, 10-10-10
                         1/8 pound ammonium nitrate or equivalent
 
     Second Year:        2 pounds of complete fertilizer, 10-10-10
                         1/4 pound ammonium nitrate or equivalent
 
     Third Year:         4 pounds of complete fertilizer, 5-10-10
                         
     Apply half of the above amount in late February and the remaining half 
in late April.  An additional application of nitrogen may be made in early 
June if trees indicate nitrogen deficiency.
 
     For mature or bearing trees, fertilize at the rate of 1 to 1 1/2 pounds 
of a complete fertilizer per year of age until trees are 8-10 years old.  
Then apply 8-10 pounds per tree thereafter - use a 5-10-10 fertilizer.
 
 
     On trees less than 3 years old, broadcast fertilizer under the spread 
of branches, keeping fertilizer at least 1 foot from the trunk.  On mature 
trees, apply fertilizer broadcast over all soil surface.
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CHERRY FERTILIZATION                            
-DOC-
                            CHERRY FERTILIZATION
                  John D. Ridley, Extension Horticulturist
 
     FERTILIZATION (PER TREE) - Fertilize as follows:
 
     First Year:         1 pound of complete fertilizer, 10-10-10
                         1/8 pound ammonium nitrate or equivalent
 
     Second Year:        2 pounds of complete fertilizer, 10-10-10
                         1/4 pound ammonium nitrate or equivalent
 
     Third Year:         4 pounds of complete fertilizer, 5-10-10
                         
     Apply half of the above amount in late February and the remaining half 
in late April.  An additional application of nitrogen may be made in early 
June if trees indicate nitrogen deficiency.
 
     For mature or bearing trees, fertilize at the rate of 1 to 1 1/2 pounds 
of a complete fertilizer per year of age until trees are 8-10 years old.  
Then apply 8-10 pounds per tree thereafter - use a 5-10-10 fertilizer.
 
 
     On trees less than 3 years old, broadcast fertilizer under the spread 
of branches, keeping fertilizer at least 1 foot from the trunk.  On mature 
trees, apply fertilizer broadcast over all soil surface.
 
     Take soil samples every 2 to 3 years and apply limestone as indicated 
to maintain a soil pH of 5.5 to 6.5.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TALL FESCUE VARIETIES                             
-DOC-
                             TALL FESCUE VARIETIES
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
CLEMFINE is a medium textured, turf-type tall fescue that provides greater 
density and darker color than most currently available varieties.  It has 
superior heat and drought tolerance when compared to Kentucky 31 and most other
cultivars.  Clemfine has moderately good resistance to brown patch disease and 
fair resistance to Helminthosporium blight.
 
FALCON is a leafy, moderately low-growing, turf-type cultivar with a pleasing 
medium green color.  It can produce an attractive, more persistent turf with 
finer texture and higher density than most of the standard, commercially 
available cultivars of tall fescue.  Improved disease resistance to brown patch
and netblotch means a more attractive lawn of improved density and overall 
quality.
 
KENHY, a pasture-type grass adapted for lawn use, was selected for plant vigor,
soft lax leaves and high moisture content of green foliage during drought 
stress.  It also has greener foliar color and less leaf-roll than Kentucky 31 
during summer drought stress.
 
 
KENTUCKY 31 tall fescue has a wide range of plant types, with leaves having 
medium to narrow width, tending to roll.  A moderate amount of wax on the leaf 
surfaces gives the foliage a matte green texture.  It is resistant to stem and 
leaf rust and more resistant to crown rust than several of the older varieties.
Although Kentucky 31 has been the preferred variety for many years, several 
varieties have been tested and introduced which are superior to Kentucky 31.
 
KENWELL is a pasture-type grass used for turf purposes.  It is considered 
satisfactory although it is less robust and competitive than Kentucky 31.  
Kenwell has greater tolerance to some leaf diseases and consequently, maintains
better color during dry periods and into winter.
 
REBEL tall fescue produces a leafy, persistent turf of greater density, finer 
texture and a slower rate of growth than the standard commercially available 
varieties.  Rebel produces a medium low maintenance lawn in either full sun or 
moderate shade.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TIME OF ESTABLISHMENT FOR COOL SEASON GRASSES                 
-DOC-
                 TIME OF ESTABLISHMENT FOR COOL SEASON GRASSES
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist

     Cool-season grasses should be planted in late summer or early fall (mid-
September through mid-October) since high daytime temperatures and low 
nighttime temperatures provide the ideal environment for seed germination.  
Daytime temperature should be no higher than 70 degrees F and nighttime 
temperature should be no lower than 50 degrees F for optimum germination.  In 
addition, this same temperature range greatly reduces the chance of seedling 
diseases.

     Cool-season grasses need to become well established during the cool fall 
weather before winter and during the following cool spring weather so that a 
solid ground cover and extensive root system develop before severe summer 
heat.  Fall also provides less competition from weeds so that grasses get a 
headstart on weeds such as spring/summer crabgrass and others.

     Winter seeding can also be successful if temperatures are mild.  Spring 
and early summer seedings generally result in failure with as much as 50 
percent loss during the heat of summer because the root system has not had a 
chance to develop properly.  The grass may be replanted the following fall to 
improve the stand.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SEEDING/VEGETATIVE PLANTING                          
-DOC-
                          SEEDING/VEGETATIVE PLANTING
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist

     All cool-season grasses can be started by seeding which is the most 
economical way to establish a lawn.  Tall fescue does not spread rapidly like 
bermudagrass or centipede which means it will not invade shrub and flowers 
borders if the seed is kept out during seeding.

     Seeding rates are directly correlated to seed size as shown in the 
following table.  The more seeds per pound, the smaller the seeds and the less 
endosperm or available stored energy for germination and early growth.  Larger 
seeds have more stored energy and more vigorous young seedlings can be 
expected.









                     SEEDING RATES OF COOL-SEASON GRASSES
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Pounds
     Grass                 Seeds per pound         per 1,000 square feet
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tall fescue                    230,000                       5-10
Red fescue                     500,000                       3-5
Kentucky bluegrass           2,200,000                       2-3
Colonial bentgrass           8,000,000                       1-2
Annual ryegrass                230,000                       5-10
Perennial ryegrass             230,000                       5-10
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Seeding a lawn correctly is not easy and will take planning.  To avoid 
wasting seed, use a box-type applicator that drops the seed across its full 
width between the wheels.  Seeding by hand or with a rotary spreader results in 
waste and uneven spreading.  Some seeds will also be thrown into plant borders 
or shrub beds where they will cause a weed problem.



     The spreader must be calibrated accurately to deliver the desired seeding 
rate.  Use a concrete driveway or garage floor where the seed can be swept up 
and weighed or make a calibration pan to fit the bottom of the spreader and 
catch the seed.  The pan can be made from cardboard or a 4-inch pipe (aluminum 
or PVC) cut in half lengthwise with the ends closed.  Attach strings and S 
hooks for quick connection to the spreader.

     The following calibration procedure is suggested:

1.   Measure an area in length that, multiplied by the spreader width,
     will add up to 100 square feet if gone over one or several times.
     Example:  Spreader width  - 2 feet, measure 25 feet, go over
               two times - 2 x 25 x 2 = 100 square feet

2.   Place seed in the spreader and set the opening to the point          
     that you feel enough seed are dropping out.  Then cover the
     distance twice.





3.   Sweep the seeds up and weigh or weigh the seeds in the
     calibration pan.  The weight should be about 1/10 of 
     the actual seeding rate per 1,000 square feet.  If the
     recommended seeding rate is 5 pounds per 1,000 square
     feet, the spreader should have delivered 0.5 pound.

4.   If necessary, repeat steps 2 and 3 until the desired
     is reached, each time adjusting the spreader opening.

NOTE:  This same procedure should be used when the spreader is calibrated
       for fertilizer applications.

     With the spreader set at the correct opening, the outside perimeter of the 
lawn area, 2 to 4 feet wide, should be covered first.  This will outline the 
area to be seeded.  Seed in a counter-clockwise direction because the drive 
wheel of the spreader is on the right side.

     Continue seeding by going back and forth across the area, shutting the 
spreader off before each end turn and taking care that wheel tracks of box-type 
spreaders overlap about 3 to 4 inches.  This will distribute the seed 
accurately and uniformly.

     Another method of seeding an area is to calibrate the spreader to deliver 
one-half the desired amount of seed.  Then go over the area twice, applying the 
second half of seed at right angles to the first.

COVERING THE SEED

     For uniform seed germination, rake the area after seeding to mix the seed 
with the top 1/4 inch of soil.  Grass seeds germinate much better in close 
contact with moist soil.  Following this raking, roll the area again with a 
roller half filled with water.  This gives good soil-seed contact and better 
germination.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SITE SELECTION                                   
-DOC-
                                SITE SELECTION   
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Geraniums are commonly displayed in ground beds, window boxes, hanging 
baskets, and as specimen plants in containers at entryways.  They also make 
excellent gift items for Easter and Mother's Day.  The zonal geraniums bloom 
from early spring to frost.  They need full sun to produce the best flowers, 
but late afternoon shade may increase flowering in the heat of midsummer.  A 
minimum of 6 hours of sunlight is usually required for high quality plants. 
They tend to produce better flowers in spring and fall than in midsummer.   
The Ivy Leaf geraniums flower best in early spring and should be protected 
from the south midsummer sun and heat for continued success.  They can be 
grown in full sun until around mid-June and then should be moved into partial 
shade.  All geraniums need protection from high winds.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VARIETY SELECTION                                 
-DOC-
                               VARIETY SELECTION  
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Geraniums are one of the most popular flowering plants for Southern 
gardens.  Flower colors of red, pink, white, salmon and coral are available.  
They are relatively easy to grow, give spectacular summer color, and can be 
used in a wide variety of plantings.  There are several types of geraniums 
which are suitable for planting in southern gardens.  Zonal Geraniums - This 
is the common bedding plant geranium which is available each spring.  The 
species is Pelargonium hortorum and it comes in a multitude of varieties and 
colors.  They are referred to as zonals because they often have a darker 
zone (ring) on the leaves when grown under optimal conditions.  Ivy Leaf 
Geraniums - There has been increasing interest in recent years in the Ivy Leaf 
Geraniums which are botanically known as Pelargonium peltatum.  Their leaves 
resemble that of the woody vine English Ivy.  Ivy Leaf Geraniums make 
excellent hanging baskets and window box plants because of their trailing 
growth habit.  These geraniums tend to do best in shadier locations than the 
zonal types.  Scented Geraniums (Pelargonium sp.) are grown for their fragrant 
leaves.  Scents of peppermint, lemon, nutmeg, apple, etc. are available.  The 
flowers of the scented geraniums are not particularly showy.  Martha 
Washington geraniums (Pelargonium domesticum) is an outstanding large-flowered 
geranium.  They do best under cooler conditions.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PLANTING                                     
-DOC-
                                   PLANTING  
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Geraniums should be planted outdoors after all danger of frost has 
passed.  Well-grown plants should be purchased from a reputable retailer.  The 
geranium must have well-drained soil for best performance.  The heavy clay 
soils of parts of the southeast can be modified with perlite or organic matter 
to improve drainage and soil aeration.  Peat moss, leaf mold, compost, well- 
rotted manure, and pine bark are good sources of organic matter.  Three inches 
of the organic matter should be spread evenly over the area to be planted.  
The area should then be tilled or worked with a spade to a depth of 8-10 
inches until all soil additives are equally mixed with the native soil.  In 
soil that drains too well (extremely sandy soil), organic matter incorporation 
will improve the water holding capacity of the soil and produce better 
geraniums.  It is a good idea to incorporate fertilizer and lime at the time 
the bed is to be tilled.  Plants should be spaced from 12-15 inches apart when 
planting. Plant geraniums no deeper in the soil than they were in the pots 
that they're being transplanted from.  
 
     If planting geraniums in containers, a commercial potting mix can be used 
or a blend of 1/3 well-drained soil, 1/3 peat, and 1/3 bark or perlite can be 
mixed.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FERTILIZATION                                   
-DOC-
                                 FERTILIZATION  
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Before planting a soil test will tell how much lime and fertilizer should 
be added to properly adjust the pH and give the correct fertility.  If no soil 
test is run, a 10-10-10 fertilizer can be incorporated at a rate of 1-1 1/2 
pounds per 100 square feet.  Although only a soil test can determine the need 
for adjusting soil pH with lime, the addition of 2 pounds per 100 square feet 
will be suitable for most soils.  To maintain high quality, flowering plants 
throughout the summer geraniums should be fertilized once a month.  A 10-10-10 
fertilizer application at the rate of 1 1/2 pounds per 100 square feet should 
be applied and watered in.  Care must be taken not to get the fertilizer on 
the stems or foliage of the plants or burn may occur.  Liquid fertilizers may 
also be applied at the rate indicated on the package.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATER MANAGEMENT                                
-DOC-
                               WATER MANAGEMENT 
                     John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturs
 
     Potted geraniums should be watered so that the entire root system is 
thoroughly wet.  Plants placed in ground beds should be thoroughly watered at 
transplanting.  Established plants should be watered as needed taking care not 
to keep the soil too wet.  Plants should not be allowed to wilt between 
waterings.  When watering established plants, the soil should be irrigated to 
a depth of 10-12 inches.  Watering should be done early enough in the day to 
allow foliage to dry before night or disease problems may occur.  It is best 
if water is applied to the ground and not allowed to get on the foliage.  A 
mulch around the base of the plants will reduce weed problems, keep soil 
temperature lower and reduce watering needs.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PROPAGATION                                   
-DOC-
                                  PROPAGATION 
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Geraniums can be started from cuttings 3 inches long taken from the end 
of the stems.  One or two leaves should be left on the top of the cutting and 
the lower leaves can be removed.  They will develop roots when placed on sand 
or a sand:peat moss mixture (no more than 50% peat moss).  The cuttings can be 
rooted in a flat or directly in a pot.  The bottom of the cutting should be 
placed 1-1 1/2 inches deep in the rooting medium.  The cuttings will root in 
3-4 weeks if they are placed in an east or north facing window and kept moist 
without being excessively wet.  After the cuttings are rooted, they should be 
transplanted to a small pot (2" to 4" pot) and placed in bright light to allow 
further root development before planting outdoors.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRUNING                                     
-DOC-
                                    PRUNING 
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
     Plants can be encouraged to develop more compact growth and more flowers 
by carefully cutting back 1/3 to 1/2 of the stems in late summer.  This 
pruning will result in better fall flowers.  If better branching is needed any 
time during the growing season, the stems should be pinched just above a node 
on the stem.  Removing faded or dried flower heads as soon as possible will 
make plants more attractive as well as encourage better flowering.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TURFGRASS VARIETY RECOMMENDATIONS SUMMARY                   
-DOC-
                   TURFGRASS VARIETY RECOMMENDATIONS SUMMARY
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
(P) Piedmont; (UP) Upper Piedmont; (CP) Entire Coastal Plain; (SH) Sandhills; 
(Af) Athletic field; (Gg) Golf greens only; (Wc) Overseeding for winter cover; 
(Hm) High maintenance; (Sh) Shade only; (Sp) Sprigged or plugged; (Se) Seed; 
(So) Sod; (Wh) Winter hardy.
 
BAHIAGRASS (Roadsides, Parks, SH, CP, Se):  Pensacola
 
BENTGRASS (Gg, Se):  Penncross, Penneagle
 
BERMUDAGRASS (So, Sp): Common (Af, Se), Midiron (Wh, Sp, So, Af), Pee Dee 102 
     (Hm, Gg), Tifdwarf (Hm, Gg), Tifgreen (Hm, Gg), Tifgreen II (Hm), Tiflawn 
     (Af), Tifway, Tifway II, Tufcote (Sp, So, Af, Wh), U3 (Wh, Sp, So, Af), 
     Vamont (Wh, Sp, So, Af) 
 
CARPETGRASS (moist areas, Se):
 
CENTIPEDE (P, SH, CP, So, Sp):  common (Se), Oklawn, Tennessee Hardy (Wh)
RED FESCUE (Wc, UP, Se, Sh):  Barfalla, common, Jamestown, Dawson, Pennlawn
 
TALL FESCUE (P, Se):  Clemfine, Falcon, Finelawn I, Kenwell, Kenhy, Ky. 31, 
     Rebel
 
KENTUCKY BLUEGRASS (UP, Se, So):  Adelphi, Baron, Bonnie Blue, Vantage, Victa
 
RYEGRASS (Wc, Se):
 
     Perennial - Derby, Manhattan, Pennfine, Yorktown
     Annual - common
     Intermediate - Oregreen
 
SEASHORE PASPALUM - Adalayd (Sp)
 
ST. AUGUSTINE (Charleston grass) (CP, SH, Sp, So):  Floratine, Floratam,
                                                    Raleigh (Wh), Texas 
                                                    common, Seville
 
ZOYSIA (Hm, So, Sp):  Emerald, Matrella, Meyer
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SITE SELECTION                                     
-DOC-
                                SITE SELECTION     
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Petunias are effectively used in border plantings, window boxes, patio planter 
boxes and hanging baskets.  A site which gets at least a half day of sun is 
essential for effective flowering.  In the heat of the southeast summers, 
petunias suffer greatly and protection from afternoon sun and heat will extend 
the flowering season.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VARIETY SELECTIONS                               
-DOC-
                              VARIETY SELECTIONS 
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Petunias (Petunia hybrida) are free-flowering annuals featuring a wide range 
of flower colors.  There are over 500 varieties of petunia ranging from 6-18 
inches tall and trailing (cascading) as well as compact forms. 
 
There are several grouping of petunias based on flower type.  The multifloras 
have an abundance of flowers and are quite showy.  There are single and double 
flowered forms of multiflora.  The double flowered types do not hold up as 
well as singles in the landscape because of wind and rain.  Grandiflora, as 
the name suggests, single types have larger flowers than the multifloras.  
They often have flowers in excess of 3 inches across and may have ruffled 
edges.  Grandiflora doubles do not hold up well in the southeast heat.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PLANTING                                      
-DOC-
                                   PLANTING   
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Buy only high quality, healthy plants from a reputable retailer.   Petunias 
should be planted after all danger from frost has passed.  In poor soils a 3-4 
inch layer of organic material should be thoroughly worked into the upper 8 
inches of soil before planting.  Fertilizer and lime should be incorporated  
into the soil at planting.  Soil must be well drained for optimal growth and 
flowering of petunias.  Remove the petunia plants from their container 
carefully, but do not pull on the stem or roots may be injured. Care must be 
taken not to plant the petunias too deeply.  They should be planted at the 
same depth that they were in the container.  The soil should be gently firmed 
around the root system after planting and the plants should then be thoroughly 
watered in.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FERTILIZATION                                   
-DOC-
                                 FERTILIZATION  
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
To accurately apply lime and fertilizer, a soil test should be run.  If no 
soil test is run, 1 to 2 pounds of 10-10-10 fertilizer can be incorporated 
into each 100 square feet of bed area.  Fertilize petunias every month with 1 
pound of 10-10-10 per 100 square feet.  The fertilizer should be sprinkled 
evenly on top of the soil with care being taken not to get it on the foliage.  
The fertilizer should then be watered into the soil.  It is a good idea to 
fertilize just after pruning plants to promote more lush growth.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATER MANAGEMENT                                 
-DOC-
                               WATER MANAGEMENT  
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Petunias should not be overwatered.  The soil should be allowed to dry 
slightly between waterings, but the plants should not be allowed to wilt. 
Watering will be more frequent during the midsummer.  Care should be taken not 
to allow water to get on the foliage when irrigating and watering should take 
place early in the day if possible.  If a 2 -3 inch mulch is applied watering 
and weeding will be reduce.  Mulching also reduces soil temperature in the 
summer and allows for better plant performance.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PROPAGATION                                     
-DOC-
                                  PROPAGATION   
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Petunias are grown from seed.  It takes about 10 weeks to produce a flowering 
plant from seed.  The seed are very small and difficult for the hobbyist to 
handle.  Plants can be obtained from cuttings but this method is not common.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRUNING                                      
-DOC-
                                    PRUNING  
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
If plants are poorly branched at planting time, they should have the terminal 
1/2 inch of growth pinched out.  If occassional pruning of long stems is 
practiced, the petunia will be more compact in its growth and will produce 
more and better flowers.  When pruning approximately 1/2 of the original stem 
length should be removed.  Removal of old flowers will promote better future 
flowering.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TURF PUBLICATIONS                               
-DOC-
                               TURF PUBLICATIONS
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
CLEMSON UNIVERSITY EXTENSION SERVICE
 
     EC 528  Cool-Season Grasses for S.C. Piedmont Lawns, Rep. April 1985, 
             21p.
 
     EC 547  Warm-Season Lawn Grasses for S.C., Rep. October 1986, 24p.
 
     EC 583  Centipedegrass and Its Problems, Rev. August 1986, 13p.
 
     EC 582  Prevent Lawn Mower Accidents, Rep. April 1983, 5p.
 
     IC 122  Turfgrass Disease Control Guide, Rev. July 1985, 10p.
 
     EC 477  1987 Recommended Varieties for South Carolina, Rev. August 1986, 
             15p.  See pages 13-14.
 
     EC 580  Irrigating Your Lawn and Garden
TURF BOOKS
 
     BEAUTIFUL LAWN
     James B. Beard  1975
     Intertec Publishing Corporation
     Kansas City, MO
 
     THE LAWN BOOK
     L.N. Wise  1961
     W.R. Thompson
     Box 279
     State College, MS
 
     LAWNS AND GROUND COVERS
     By the Sunset Editorial Staff  1964
     A Sunset Book
     Lane Books
     Menlo Park, CA
     DISEASES OF TURFGRASSES
     Houston B. Couch  1973
     Robert E. Krieger Publishing Co., Inc.
     Box 542
     Huntington, NY  11973
 
     WEED CONTROL AS A SCIENCE
     G.C. Klingman  1961
     John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
     New York, NY
 
     DESTRUCTIVE TURF INSECTS
     Dr. Harry Niemczyk
     Entomologist  1981
     The Gray Printing Co.
     Fostoria, OH  44830
     TURFGRASS MANAGEMENT
     Dr. A.J. Turgeon  1980
     Reston Publishing Co.
     A Prentice-Hall Co.
     Reston, VA  22090
 
     INFORMATION MANUAL FOR LAWNS,  1979
     The O.M. Scott & Sons Co.
     Marysville, OH  43041
 
JOURNAL ARTICLES
 
     Centipedegrass Tolerance to Postemergence Grass Herbicides.  L.B. 
     McCarty, J.M. Higgins, L.C. Miller, and T. Whitwell. Department of 
     Horticulture, Clemson University, Clemson, SC 29634  HortScience 21 
     (6):1405-1407.  1986. 
 
     Bentgrass and Bermudagrass Putting Green Turf Tolerance to Postemergence 
     Herbicides.  J.M. Higgins, L.B. McCarty, T. Whitwell, and L.C. Miller, 
     Department of Horticulture, Clemson University, Clemson, SC 29634.  
     HortScience 22(2):248-250.  1987.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PRUNING                                    
-DOC-
                                    PRUNING
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Faded flowers should be pinched off to encourage more flowers and to improve 
plant appearance.  Any discolored or damaged foliage should also be removed.  
Plants may be staked to prevent stem breakage in summer winds.  Leggy plants 
can be cut back 1/3 to 1/2 of their height to encourage better growth.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PROPAGATION                                  
-DOC-
                                  PROPAGATION
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Tuberous begonias can be grown from seed but the seed are so tiny that 
germination is usually poor for the hobbyist.  While the easiest way to 
increase plants is to buy more tubers or finished plants, they can also be 
vegetatively propagated.  Take cuttings and place them in a 50:50 peat:perlite 
soil mix and cover with a clear plastic bag or glass jar.  Keep the cuttings 
in a bright light location but out of any direct sunlight until they are 
rooted. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATER MANAGEMENT                               
-DOC-
                               WATER MANAGEMENT
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Plants should be watered when the soil begins to dry.  The tubers will rot if 
they are overwatered.  Watering should take place in the morning if possible 
so that any water which gets on the foliage will have time to dry before 
evening.  Wet foliage increases the chance of disease.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FERTILIZATION                                 
-DOC-
                                 FERTILIZATION
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
A soil test should be run to determine the pH and fertility of your particular 
site.  If no soil test is run, the general recommendations for fertilizaton of 
tuberous begonias is to incorporate 10-10-10 or another general purpose 
fertilizer at the rate of 1 pound per 100 square feet at planting.  The plants 
should then be fertilized with a surface application once a month at the rate 
of 1 pound per 100 square feet.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PLANTING                                   
-DOC-
                                   PLANTING
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Purchase only high quality, firm tubers.  Tubers can be started early indoors 
1 month before the frost free date for your area by planting them in flats or 
pots filled with a 50:50 mixture of moist peat moss and perlite.  The 
depressed side of the tuber should be facing up.  The tubers should be 
sprouted at 70 degrees in the dark.  As soon as the shoots develop, cover the 
tubers with more peat moss and move the plants to a bright location such as a 
sunny window.  The young plants should not be transplanted outdoors until all 
danger of frost has passed.  Before planting outdoors, the soil should be 
thoroughly prepared.  Organic matter such as peatmoss or compost should be 
incorporated into the upper 8-10 inches of poor soils to improve plant 
performance.  Good drainage is essential for success with this crop.  After 
the frost free date, plants or unsprouted tubers should be planted directly 
into the landscape.  When planting, the tuber should be just slightly below 
the soil line because they rot easily when planted too deep.  A minimum 18 
inch spacing is recommended to allow the plant to fill out properly.  After 
planting, do not cultivate around the root system or fibrous roots will be 
damaged. 
After the first fall frost, the tubers should be dug and the foliage removed.  
Dry the tubers for a few days and store them overwinter by placing them in 
dry peat moss or sawdust in a paper bag at about 50 degrees.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VARIETY SELECTION                                
-DOC-
                               VARIETY SELECTION 
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Tuberous begonias (Begonia x tuberhybrida) are outstanding summer flowering 
plants which come in shades of white, pink, red, yellow, orange, salmon and 
bicolors.  The large flowers are usually double and may be 6 inches or more in 
diameter.  Plants generally grow 12-18 inches tall and bloom throughout the 
summer.  The foliage is glossy and attractive.  There are camellia, ruffled 
camellia and rosebud type flowers as well as a pendulus hanging basket form.  
The hanging basket form has smaller more numerous flowers than the more erect 
types.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SITE SELECTION                                
-DOC-
                                SITE SELECTION
                    John W. Kelly, Extension Horticulturist
 
Tuberous begonias do best in a location that is partial to full shade.  In 
the southeastern part of the U.S. direct sun will ruin this plant.  They must 
have well drained soil to thrive in the landscape.  They make excellent patio 
plants in containers, and there are some outstanding hanging basket types.  
Tuberous begonias do not perform well in high heat areas during the summer.  
They should be placed in a cool, shady location.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
VARIETY SELECTION FOR ZOYSIA                         
-DOC-
                         VARIETY SELECTION FOR ZOYSIA
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
Zoysia japonica is the only zoysia that can be seeded.  It can also be 
sprigged, plugged, or sodded; however, vegetative stock is not readily 
available.  It has the coarsest leaf of the commercially available zoysias, 
has a deep green color, and is considered to be drought-and cold-resistant.  
Late winter (January-February) seeding is preferred since the seed require 
approximately 45-90 days to germinate.  Vegetative planting is preferred to 
seeding as seed germination is erratic.  If seeded, the seedbed should be 
mulched to prevent loss of seed during heavy rains.
 
Zoysia matrella is one of the most beautiful lawn grasses suitable for South 
Carolina soils and climate.  Like all other zoysias, it is dormant and brown 
during the winter.  It is intermediate in cold hardiness; better than Emerald 
but less hardy than Z. japonica and Meyer.  It has a fine leaf blade, is dark 
green in color, and must be established by sprigs, plugs, or sod.  It is no
longer available at turfgrass nurseries.
Zoysia japonica var. Meyer is a selected strain of Zoysia japonica.  As with 
Matrella and Emerald, Meyer must be established by sprigs, plugs, or sod.  Of 
all zoysias, Meyer is perhaps the most easily maintained.  It retains color 
longer than Emerald or Matrella when cold weather arrives and will regain 
color earlier in the spring.  Leaf texture is intermediate between Emerald and 
Z. japonica.  Meyer is available at many S.C. turfgrass nurseries.
 
Emerald (Selection from Zoysia tenuifolia x Z. japonica) has the finest leaf 
texture and the most striking color of all zoysias.  Because of its extremely 
dense habit of growth, it is more trouble to maintain.  Emerald is available 
at a few S.C. turfgrass nurseries.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ST. AUGUSTINEGRASS VARIETIES                         
-DOC-
                         ST. AUGUSTINEGRASS VARIETIES
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
The variety Bitter Blue was selected over 25 years ago by tradespeople in 
Florida for improved characteristics over common St. Augustinegrass.  Bitter 
Blue has shroter internodes; shorter, more narrow leaves; greater leaf 
density; and closer growing habit than common type.  It has an attractive 
bluegreen color, good shade tolerance, and frost resistance.  It does not 
tolerate continuous wear by traffic.
 
Variety Floratine was released by the Florida Agricultural Experiment Station 
in 1959.  It was selected for fine texture, low growth, and attractive 
bluegreen color as improvements over Bitter Blue.  Floratine is tolerant (not 
resistant) to damaged by chinch bugs.
 
Floratam St. Augustinegrass is a newer variety available.  Its two most 
important characteristics are resistance to St. Augustine decline virus 
disease and high resistance to chinch bug injury.  Floratam was released 
jointly in 1973 by both Florida and Texas Agricultural Experiment Stations.  
Under average fertilization the color of Floratam is not quite as good as 
Bitter Blue or Floratine but is better than common.  Stems of newly planted 
Floratam will be purplish red, but as a thicker sod is formed, the wide leaves 
will cover the stolons and red color will not be evident.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BULLETIN BOARD                                
-DOC-
 
                                BULLETIN BOARD
                 G. Ansel King, Jr., Extension Horticulturist
                          
 
WHAT'S THE WEATHER BEEN LIKE IN ............................ 375112.00001
"GREEN THUMB COMPANION LETTER".............................. 375112.00002
ALL ABOUT GARDEN ORNAMENTS.................................. 375112.00003
HUGE PLASTIC POTS........................................... 375112.00004
GUTTER GROWING.............................................. 375112.00005
GINKGO LOVERS, UNITE!....................................... 375112.00006
A WOOD PRESERVATIVE FOR USE AROUND PLANTS .................. 375112.00007
 
 
To view specific subject matter, press F1 7; then enter page number.
 
 
 
 
                      WHAT'S THE WEATHER BEEN LIKE IN ...
 
... most any town in the U.S.?  You can find out by checking the "Weekly 
Weather and Crop Bulletin," published jointly by the U.S. Department of 
Agriculture and the U.S. Department of Commerce.  Other features include a 
monthly agricultural summary and a national weather and crop summary.  An 
annual subscription costs $25 (make checks payable to the U.S. Department of 
Commerce) from WWCB, NOAA/USDA Joint Agricultural Weather Facility, USDA South 
Building, Room 5844, Washington, DC  20250.
 
 
                        "GREEN THUMB COMPANION LETTER"
 
 
This is a new bimonthly for houseplant growers.  Each issue has articles on 
growing specific plants, general cultural tips, a "Plant Pen Pals" column, and 
a directory of suppliers.  For a one-year subscription, send $12.75 to:  GTC, 
P.O. Box 67, Prescott, IA  50859.
 
 
                          ALL ABOUT GARDEN ORNAMENTS
 
The latest Brooklyn Botanic Garden Handbook, Garden Ornaments, is filled with 
advice on choosing useful and decorative objects for gardens of every 
description.  For a copy, send $4.75 to Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1000 
Washington Ave., Brooklyn, NY  11225.  Ask for Handbook #113.
 
 
                               HUGE PLASTIC POTS
 
Molded black polyethylene growing containers in sizes from 20 to 200 (!!) 
gallons are available from Chem-Tainer Industries, Inc., 361 Neptune Ave., 
North Babylon, NY  11704.  Send for a free price list.
 
 
                                GUTTER GROWING
 
A commercial flower grower in Illinois has discovered that aluminum gutters 
(available at hardware and lumber stores) make great inexpensive overhead 
holders for plants in 4" pots, saving valuable main bench space.  The gutters 
can easily be suspended from greenhouse rafters or framing, and they can also 
be pop-riveted together to make double trays.
 
 
                             GINKGO LOVERS, UNITE!
 
If your appreciation of ginkgo trees goes beyond mere fondness, contact the 
Golden Fossil Society, 201 West Graham, Lombard, IL  60148.  There is even a 
Ginkgo Hunter of the Year award for finding out-of-the-way specimens.
 
 
                   A WOOD PRESERVATIVE FOR USE AROUND PLANTS
 
"CNS" and "ZNS" napthenate wood preservatives are made specifically for 
greenhouse use.  The manufacturer claims that they are "not harmful to plant 
or animal life," but repel insects and bacteria and inhibit mildew and wood 
rot fungi.  For more information, contact:  Continental Products Co., 1150 E. 
222nd St., Euclid, OH  44117.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MUSTARD, PLANTING	                               
-DOC-
                               MUSTARD, PLANTING	
              Jon R. Johnson, Assistant Professor of Horticulture	
      	
                                    Planting Date
                             Spring               Fall	
      Piedmont          Feb. 1-March 15       Aug. 15 - Sept.15	
      Central           Jan. 15-Feb. 25       Aug. 15-Oct. 1	
      Coastal           Jan. 1-Feb.25         Aug. 15-Oct. 1	
      	
Space mustard rows 30 inches apart with 2 inches between plants in the row.  
Plant seed at the rate of 0.5 oz/100 ft of row.  Plant seed 0.5 inches deep. 	
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BERMUDAGRASSES                                
-DOC-
                                BERMUDAGRASSES
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
Common Bermuda (Cynodon dactylon) is one of the most widely used lawn grasses 
in South Carolina.  It is drought resistant and thrives and spreads on most 
soil types.  Common bermuda does not grow well in shade or partial shade; it 
becomes dormant in winter and will spread to flower beds if not controlled.  
Common bermuda lawns may be established by seeding, sprigging, plugging, or 
sodding.  Under controlled fertilization, irrigation, and mowing, common 
bermuda does well as a lawn and athletic field grass.
 
Hybrid Bermudas - These are superior to common bermuda as a lawn grass.  But, 
like common bermuda, they are adapted only to sunny locations.  They produce 
no viable seed and must be sprigged, plugged, or sodded.  To insure coverage, 
sprig as early as possible after the last killing frost.  To insure against 
winter killing, do not attempt sprigging after August 15 in the Piedmont and 
September 1 in the lower part of South Carolina.  The hybrid bermudas are 
considered high maintenance grasses; this means you must fertilize, mow, 
irrigate, and control weeds and insects periodically to justify choosing such 
a grass.
Following is a brief description of these hybrid bermudas.
 
Tifgreen:  A hybrid between a superior clone from a golf green at Charlotte, 
N.C., Country Club, and Cynodon transvaalensis from East Lakes Golf Course in 
Atlanta, Ga.  It is an excellent grass for golf greens, where high maintenance 
is a daily routine.  If you are willing to follow the high maintenance 
procedures, then Tifgreen is a good choice for home lawns.  Some of these 
procedures include high fertilization, frequent mowing, periodic thinning, and 
aeration.  Tifgreen has a fine texture, dark green color, and is a fast-
growing grass.
 
Tiflawn:  A hybrid of two selections of bermudagrass with desirable turf 
qualities from pasture breeding research at Georgia Coastal Plain Experiment 
Station.  This is an aggressive, disease-resistant hybrid particularly 
recommended for areas of excessive wear, such as playgrounds, football and 
athletic fields.  It is not as fine-textured as Texturf 10, Tifgreen, or 
Sunturf, but it does make a beautiful dense turf and requires less 
fertilization.
Tifway:  A hybrid between Cynodon dactylon and C. transvallensis.  Although 
this grass was primarily intended for golf courses fairways and tees, it makes 
a good lawn grass.  It is slightly coarser than Tifgreen, has a dark green 
color and has disease and weed resistance.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SPECIAL STATEMENT ON CENTIPEDEGRASS FERTILIZATION               
-DOC-
               SPECIAL STATEMENT ON CENTIPEDEGRASS FERTILIZATION
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
Because centipedegrass responds to more acid soil conditions than most of the 
other popular lawn grasses, take care not to overlime it.  If the soil becomes 
alkaline in reaction, centipdegrass will be among the first grasses to show a 
yellowish chlorotic condition - a result of iron deficiency.  This can be 
corrected temporarily by spraying the turf with a solution containing 1 
tablespoonful of iron sulfate in 2 gallons of water per 50 square feet (3 oz. 
per 1,000 sq.ft.).  New chelated iron compounds are showing great promise in 
correcting iron deficiencies.  Iron deficiency is sometimes confused with 
nitrogen deficiency.  Adjusting the soil pH is the best method to correct iron 
deficiency.
 
Centipedegrass thrives on light fertilization.  High phosphorous levels in the 
soil are harmful.  Therefore, use fertilizers high in nitrogen and low in 
phosphorous.  Repeatedly using 1-2-2 and 1-3-3 ratio fertilizers will lead to 
high phosphorous levels and minor element problems.
Recent research indicates that centipedegrass should be sparingly fertilized 
with nitrogen.  Use just enough nitrogen to maintain a light green color.  To 
fertilize at rates used on grasses such as bermuda or zoysia promotes too much 
growth.  And after several years the centipedegrass begins dying in patches 
because of excessive thatch accumulation.  Broadcast only one-half pound of 
actual nitrogen per 1,000 square feet or 3 to 4 pounds 16-4-8 (50% slowly 
soluble nitrogen) per 1,000 square feet in the spring after new growth begins.  
Avoid late summer fertilization.  The complete fertilizer 16-4-8 has a 4-1-2 
ratio that is appropriate for all turf grasses.  However, 16-4-8 is not 
available at all garden outlets in S.C.  A comparable ratio, such as 3-1-2, 3-
3-1-1, or 5-1-2, can also be used.
 
                     CARE OF ESTABLISHED WARM-SEASON GRASS LAWNS
 
As a general rule, you can consider your lawn "established" when you no longer 
see the soil through the grass blades.  Then use the maintenance procedures in 
this section to keep your lawn healthy. 
TAKING SOIL SAMPLES    
 
The following instructions apply for turf soils, lawns, athletic fields, golf 
courses, parks and cemeteries:
 
1.  Get soil sample box and record sheet from your local county Extension 
agent's office.
2.  Using a tube, auger, shovel, or trowel and a clean pail, take cores, thin 
slices, or borings from 10 to 15 places in the lawn.  Sample to a 3-inch soil 
depth.  Place soil in the pail and mix thoroughly.  Do not include thatch on 
top of the soil.  Fill the soil sample box with the soil mixture and discard 
the remainder.
Follow the diagram below to locate the individual samples.
 
        XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
        X                                                       X
        X     X              X              X             X     X
        X                                                       X
        X             X              X            X             X
        X                                                       X
        X     X              X              X             X     X
        X                                                       X
        XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
 
3.  Number and label the soil samples.  Each box should be plainly marked as 
to area or field number samples.
4.  If the lawn varies in soil type, previous fertilizer or lime treatments, 
sample each area separately.  Only one composite sample representative of the 
entire area is needed per individual lawn.
5.  Fill in the information required on record sheet and mail or take the 
record sheet and soil sample to your local county Extension agent.
6.  To avoid delay in getting soil-test results by return mail from your local 
county Extension agent, submit lawn soil samples in summer and early fall 
months.
 
FERTILIZING AND LIMING
 
To maintain your lawn properly, apply all fertilizer and lime according to 
soil test results.
 
Follow the soil-sampling instructions and take or mail the samples to your 
local county agent for analyses and subsequent fertilizer and/or liming 
recommendations.  Soil samples should be taken at least once a year.  By 
submitting the samples before January for analysis, results and recommendations 
can be made so that fertilization and liming may be carried out in the early 
spring.
If soil samples are not taken, the general suggestions in the following table 
"Fertilizing Established Warm-Season* Grass Lawns" may be considered.  Make 
fall application no later than the following dates:
 
                        September 15  -  Piedmont Area
                        October 1     -  Sandhill Area
                        October 15    -  Coastal Area
                                     TABLE
               FERTILIZING ESTABLISHED WARM-SEASON* GRASS LAWNS
______________________________________________________________________________                                             
 
                                                 Application per 1,000 sq. ft.
                                                 _____________________________
                                                                     Amount of            
Time               Material                      Rate of N            material
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                 Pounds               Pounds
Spring             16-4-8 (50 to 60% S.A.N.)+    2 to 2.5             12 to 15
Early summer       16-4-8 (50 to 60% S.A.N.)     2 to 2.5             12 to 15
                    or nitrogen source
                   (Ammonium nitrate)              1                     3
Late summer        16-4-8 (50 to 50% S.A.N.)     2 to 2.5             12 to 15
_______________________________________________________________________________
*For centipedegrass and carpetgrass use only one-fourth the maintenance rate 
 of 16-4-8.  Do not apply in late summer.
+Any grade with a 4-1-2 or comparable ratio may be used if the rate is 
 adjusted proportionately and it contains 50 to 60% slowly available nitrogen 
 (S.A.N.).
You may need to apply additional nitrogen in some cases.  For proper color and 
vigor, nitrogen is probably the most important fertilizer element.  Lack of 
proper levels of phosphorus and potassium in the soil will be less evident.  
For this reason make at least two of the fertilizer applications with a 
complete fertilizer such as 16-4-8.  The optimum pH for centipedegrass and 
carpetgrass is 5.5 and 6.0.  All other warm-season grasses require a pH of 
approximately 6.5.  Soil-test results will indicate the pH of your soil. 
 
Agricultural or dolomitic limestone is used to maintain the pH in the proper 
range and furnish needed calcium and magnesium for the grass.  Limestone is 
normally applied at rates from 25 to 100 pounds per 1,000 square feet.  
However, don't guess; soil test.  Know the soil pH and proper rate of 
limestone to broadcast to adjust the acidity.
 
If the grass does not respond to nitrogen fertilizer and limestone, there 
could be other nutrient deficiencies.
 
Many sandy soils do not retain sufficient iron.
 
IRON DEFICIENCY
Iron-deficient grass will be light green to yellow.  Applying 3 ounces of iron 
sulfate in 3 to 5 gallons of water per 1,000 square feet will correct iron 
deficiency symptoms.
 
WATERING
 
Discontinue the practice of light, daily application of water.  Less frequent 
but deeper watering is in order after the grass is established to develop and 
maintain a deep-rooted lawn.  Daily sprinkling encourages a shallow root 
system, which suffers during periods of low rainfall.
 
When to water is something that each homeowner must determine because of local 
rainfall, type of soil, and type of grass.  Wilting of the grass during the 
hot part of day is a good indication that water is needed.  On heavier soils 
apply water slowly to prevent runoff and to insure deep penetration of 4-6 
inches.  This may require 8 hours or more of continuous watering in certain 
areas of the state.  Under average summer conditions, such irrigation may be 
required but once or twice during the summer.  Those areas characterized by 
sandy soils will not require as much water or time to reach the same depth, 
but more frequent applications may be necessary.
For additional information on watering and irrigation system design, consult 
Circular 580, Irrigating Your Lawn and Garden, Clemson University Extension 
Service.
 
MOWING
 
Proper mowing can mean the difference between an attractive and an ordinary 
lawn.  Even though the lawn is watered and fertilized correctly, improper 
cutting can cause a poor appearance and in many cases weaken the stand of 
grass.
 
In general, the finer the leaf texture the closer the grass can be mowed.  
Even though a fine-textured grass is mowed closely, there will be enough leaf 
blades left to manufacture food.  This would not hold true for grasses such as 
centipede and St. Augustine, which are medium- to coarse-textured as most of 
the leaf surface would be removed if grass were cut low.  In this case, too 
much of the food-manufacturing surface would be cut away, and the grass would 
recover slowly because of low food reserves.  Recommended cutting heights of 
individual grasses are given in the following table:
                                     TABLE
                       CUTTING HEIGHTS FOR LAWN GRASSES
______________________________________________________________________________
                       Height                                        Height
Grass                  (inches)                Grass                 (inches)            
______________________________________________________________________________
Bermudagrasses         0.5-1.0           St. Augustinegrass           1.5-2.5
  Common               0.5-1.0           Zoysia grasses
  Tifgreen             0.5-1.0                Emerald                 0.5-1.0
  Tiflawn              0.5-1.0                Meyer                   0.5-1.0
  Tifway               0.5-1.0                Z. matrella             0.5-1.0
Carpetgrass            1.0-1.5                Z. japonica             0.5-1.0
Centipedegrass         1.0-1.5
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
The most damaging mowing practice is extreme and sudden reduction of height.  
A sudden and severe change in height upsets the balance between leaf and root 
growth.  As a result injury usually occurs.  Extreme reduction in height also 
results in a scalped appearance.  If the lawn grass becomes too tall, reduce 
the height gradually until the recommended height is reached.
Mow grasses in the shade higher than normally suggested.
 
MOWING FREQUENCY
 
Frequency of mowing depends on the rate of growth of the individual grass.  If 
a 1 inch height is maintained, mow when the grass reaches a height of 1.5 
inch.  Generally never remove more grass than is left.
 
When mowing established lawns, collect the clippings.  By eliminating thatch 
and/or mat (accumulation of dead organic material at the soil level), you will 
reduce the possibility of disease and insect problems.  And fertilizer and 
water can penetrate more readily into the root zone. 
 
ROTARY MOWER
 
It is important to keep the cutting blades sharp.  Rotary mower blades are 
easily removed and sharpened with a grinding stone or file.  The blade should 
be inspected and possibly sharpened before each use.  A sharp blade will make 
a clean, smooth cut.  A dull blade will tear the grass blades and leave rough, 
ragged edges that turn brown after drying.  A lawn mowed with a dull blade 
will have a tan to brown cast over the surface a few days later.
REEL MOWER
 
Reel mowers cut with a scissors-type action.  When the bed knife is smooth and 
reel blades are sharp, a clean cut will result.  Dull blades crush and tear 
the grass leaves resulting in a brownish cast over the lawn.
 
Many older bermuda and zoysia lawns show a tan cast following each mowing as a 
result of being mowed at the same height for several years.  The grass leaves 
are cut back to brown stems each time.  Slightly varying the mowing height 
will help correct this.
 
In the spring lower the mowing height by 1/4 to 1/2 inch for the first time 
over.  Then raise the height for subsequent mowing.  If the brown stubble 
appears later in the summer, repeat the process of varying the mowing height.
 
Well-fertilized older lawns will have accumulated a layer of mat or thatch 
over the years.  Mower wheels sink into the soft mat.  The mowing height is 
effectively lowered below green leaves exposing brown stems.  When this 
occurs, it is definitely time to remove the excess thatch accumulation  (See 
following section on removing thatch.)
REMOVING THATCH
 
Thatch or mat is the accumulation of dead leaves, stems, stolons, or rhizomes 
at or just beneath the soil level.  This condition is caused by over-
fertilization, improper mowing height, excess use of pesticides, and/or 
failure to collect clippings.  Exess thatch is highly undesirable because it 
reduces water, lime, fertilizer, and pesticide penetration into the soil.  
Also insects and disease-producing organisms thrive in thatch or mat.  
Eliminate such an accumulation from your lawn.  Thatch in excess of 1/4 inch 
thick is considered undesirable. 
 
Before thinning, mow the lawn to the proper height.  Thatch removal (thinning) 
is best accomplished with a power-driven mower that uses vertically mounted 
blades.  The depth of blade penetration into the soil is manually adjustable; 
so thatch or mat may be removed efficiently without serious injury to the 
lawn.
 
Another way to remove thatch is with a stiff rake.  But use a rake only as a 
last resort or where the area involved is small.
Bermudagrass may be thinned from dormancy (February-March) through summer (no 
later than mid-August).  If thinnned in April or May, avoid severe thinning.  
Do not thin after mid-August because the new growth is likely to be tender and 
therefore more susceptible to winter injury.  If the thatch problem is 
exceptionally bad, run the thinning machine in two or more directions.
 
Because of the slow rate of recovery from thinning operations, thin the 
zoysias early in the season, certainly no later than mid-July.  They may be 
thinned during dormancy (February-March); and, if the thatch or mat is dense, 
thin the lawn in two or three directions.
 
From information presently available, thin centipede, carpet and St. Augustine 
only after they have recovered fully from dormancy.  Until further information 
becomes available, confine thinning in one direction only.  And do not thin 
after the first of July.
 
After thatch has been removed, it is important to provide plenty of water and 
proper fertility to promote recovery of healthy turf.  Follow fertilizer 
recommendations based on a soil test or suggestions in the table, Fertilizing 
Established Warm-Season Lawns.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ASPARAGUS, VARIETY SELECTION	                          
-DOC-
                          ASPARAGUS, VARIETY SELECTION	
              Jon R. Johnson, Assistant Professor of Horticulture	
	
Mary Washington is the recommended variety.  This variety produces large, tight 
tips that are light green with a purple overcast.  It is resistant to fusarium 
rust and tolerant to fusarium wilt.  This variety is suitable for canning and 
freezing.	 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HORTICULTURAL DIGEST                             
-DOC-
 
                             HORTICULTURAL DIGEST
                 G. Ansel King, Jr., Extension Horticulturist
 
KEEP PRODUCE UPRIGHT FOR BEST STORAGE............................ 375210.00001
YES, THERE ARE SOME ALMOST DISEASE-FREE LANDSCAPE TREES!......... 375210.00002
YOU CAN USE ROW COVERS UNWISELY.................................. 375210.00005
LOW GERMINATION TEMPERATURES AND EARLY LETTUCE BOLTING........... 375210.00008
"SWEETHEART" SOAP TO DETER DEER BROWSING ON TREES................ 375210.00009
MORE ON MERCURY IN PAINTS AND INTERIOR PLANT PROBLEMS............ 375210.00010
PERENNIALS FOR THE DEEP SOUTH.................................... 375210.00011
PINE AS A HEDGE.................................................. 375210.00013
INFRARED INSECT MONITORS BEING TESTED............................ 375210.00014
U-PICK OPERATIONS MAY WORK BEST IN THE SUBURBS................... 375210.00015
TO AID ROOTING OF ROSE CUTTINGS.................................. 375210.00016
EARLIER FLOWERING FROM SALTY PUMPKIN SEEDS....................... 375210.00017
"...PART OF THE YUPPIE IMAGE..."................................. 375210.00018
 
 
To view specific subject matter, press F1 7; then enter page number.
 
                     KEEP PRODUCE UPRIGHT FOR BEST STORAGE
 
Japanese researchers stored asparagus spears, spinach leaves tied in bundles, 
and corn-on-the-cob in either vertical or horizontal orientations (the former 
approximated the "natural" orientation while growing), and they stored apples 
either with their stems up, with their stems down, or alternating between the 
two orientations at weekly intervals.  In general, produce quality was 
retained best when kept in the "normal" orientation.
 
Reference:  Abstract 5581, Horticultural Abstracts 57(7), 586.
 
 
           YES, THERE ARE SOME ALMOST DISEASE-FREE LANDSCAPE TREES!
 
Here's a list compiled by Dr. Balakrishna Rao, Director of Lawn Care Technical 
Resources for the Davey Tree Company, Kent, Ohio.  Note that some of these 
species may not be disease-prone, but are susceptible to insect damage or may 
have other problems.  Caution clients to check with their local extension 
agent regarding overall desirability of any of them for their location.
 
        Ailanthus alissima, tree-of-heaven
        Asimina triloba, pawpaw
        Carpinus caroliniana, American hornbeam
        Cedrela sinensis, Chinese cedrela
        Cedrus atlantica, atlas cedar
        Cedrus libani, cedar-of-lebanon
        Cephalotaxus Harringtonia var. drupacea, Japanese plum yew
        Cercidiphyllum japonicum, katsura tree
        Cladrastis lutea, yellowwood
        Corylus Colurna, Turkish filbert
        Cunninghamia lanceolata, China fir
        Davidia involucrata, dove tree
        Diospyros virginiana, American persimmon
        Eucommia ulmoides, eucommia
        Fagus gradifolia, American beech
        Fagus sylvatica, European beech
        Firmiana simplex, Chinese parasol tree
        Franklinia Alatamaha, Franklin tree
        Ginkgo biloba, ginkgo
        Gleditsia triacanthos, honeylocust
        Gymnocladus dioica, Kentucky coffee tree
        Halesia monticola, silver-bell
        Hovenia dulcis, Japanese raisin tree
        Kalopanax pictus, kalopanax
        Larix decidua, European larch
        Ligustrum lucidum, glossy privet
        Liquidambar Styraciflua, sweet gum
        Magnolia species, magnolias
        Nyssa sylvatica, tupelo
        Ostrya virginiana, American hop hornbeam
        Oxydendrum arboreum, sourwood
        Parrotia persica, parrotia
        Phellodendron species, cork trees
        Pseudolarix Kaempferi, golden larch
        Sassafras albidum, sassafras
        Sciadopitys verticillata, umbrella pine
        Stewartia species, stewartias
        Styrax species, snowbells
        Taxodium disticum var. distichum, bald cypress
        Taxus species, yews
        Torreya nucifera, kaya
 
Reference:  Balakrishna Rao, "Disease-Free Plants," Landscape Management 
96(9), September 1987, 96.  (Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Publications, 7500 Old 
Oak Blvd., Cleveland, OH  44130.)
 
 
                        YOU CAN USE ROW COVERS UNWISELY
 
 
... and end up with poorer results than if you hadn't used the covers at all, 
says Dr. Doug Sanders, Extension Horticultural Specialist at North Carolina 
State University.  Depending on whether you're using row covers to protect 
against frost, boost growing temperatures, or both, some of the wrong ways to 
use them can include putting them on too late in the season, leaving them on 
too long, and taking them off too early.  But timing isn't all you need to get 
right; the most important factor is picking the correct cover material and 
design for your situation -- and that's not easy when there are literally 
dozens of kinds of covers available!  The major types are listed below, with 
comments by Sanders on the advantages or disadvantages of each.
 
Clear Polyethylene, Hooped:  cheap and widely available; quite warm (can 
become too hot in some cases); labor-intensive installation and removal; poor 
frost protection.
 
Clear Polyethylene, Floating:  quite warm (can become too hot in some cases); 
less labor-intensive then hoop designs; poor frost protection.
Clear Polyethylene with Slits, Hooped or Floating:  as above, depending on 
design (hooped or floating), but with reduced chance of overheating; hard to 
install.
 
Perforated Clear Polyethylene, Hooped or Floating:  more chance or overheating 
than polyethylene with slits, but easier to install.
 
Spunbound Polyester, Floating:  easy installation and removal; low chance of 
overheating; can be abrasive to plants; expensive.
 
Spunbound Polypropylene, Floating:   low chance of overheating; good frost 
protection; not very abrasive to plants; expensive.
 
Extended Polypropylene, Floating:  available in very wide widths; easy to 
install; tears spread easily; poor frost protection.
 
Photodegradable polyethylene:  available with or without vents and hooped or 
floating; no removal necessary; can degrade too slowly or too quickly, 
depending on weather conditions.
The perfect row cover for all conditions (or even for most conditions) is yet 
to be designed.  We recommend that you talk with nearby growers who have had 
personal experience with various row covers before you decide which is for 
you.  And (especially the first season you use covers) be alert to high-
temperature conditions reuqiring you to remove the covers to avoid damage 
to the plants.
 
Reference:  Doug Sanders, "The Challenge of Row Covers," American Vegetable 
Grower 35(9), September 1987, 24-26.  (Meister Publishing Co., 37841 Euclid 
Ave., Willoughby, OH  44094.)
 
 
            LOW GERMINATION TEMPERATURES AND EARLY LETTUCE BOLTING        
 
 
In West Germany, a researcher has found that several lettuce cultivars tend to 
bolt early -- after reaching weights of only 0.4 to 0.8 pounds -- after being 
exposed to temperatures below 50 degrees F during the three-week period 
following sowing.  In general, the plants were most sensitive to low 
temperatures immediately after sowing, and they were relatively insensitive 
once they reached the one- to three-leaf seedling stage.
 
Reference:  Abstract 5455, Horticultural Abstracts 57(7), July 1987, 572.
 
               "SWEETHEART" SOAP TO DETER DEER BROWSING ON TREES
 
The idea of hanging soap in fruit trees to reduce deer browsing, based on its 
effectiveness, has become sufficiently institutionalized among commercial 
orchardists in Michigan so that it is now sold by Peach Ridge Orchard Supply, 
8405 Fruitridge Ave., Sparta, MI  49345.  The brand which works best, 
according to commercial orchardists, is "Sweetheart."  Good results have been 
achieved with various kinds of "deodorant" soaps (though groundhogs like to 
eat the bars).
 
Reference:  George V. Wescott, "Letters," MNGA News 39(3), September 1987, 4.  
(Michigan Nut Growers Association, c/o Michael O'Conner, 3250 Kingsbrooke Dr., 
Apt. 701, Jackson, MI  49202.)
 
             MORE ON MERCURY IN PAINTS AND INTERIOR PLANT PROBLEMS
 
Last year, horticulturists at the Univeristy of Florida Agricultural Research 
and Education Center, Apopka, discovered that certain interior foliage plants 
(notably Ficus and Dieffenbachia) are susceptible to mercury vapors released 
by some wall paints.  (Mercury, which is used to prevent mildew, is usually 
found only in paints which are locally marketed.  Nationally distributed 
paints are unlikely to contain mercury.)  In subsequent reserach, it has 
been determined that defoliation of Ficus can occur long after a mercury-
containing paint has been used.  One locally marketed paint was found to 
produce an initial mercury vapor concentration of 0.03 milligrams per cubic 
meter, which diminished slowly.  About 0.01 milligrams per cubic meter of 
mercury can cause plant damage.  Mercury vapor monitors are available from 
safety equipment suppliers such as 3M Co., Occupational Health and Safety 
Products Division, Bldg. 230-B, St. Paul, MN  55133.
 
Reference:  Anonymous, "Damaging Mercury Levels Outlined," Interior 
Landscaping Industry 4(9), September 1987, 18.  (American Nurseryman 
Publishing Co., 111 N. Canal St., Suite 545, Chicago, IL  60606.)
 
                         PERENNIALS FOR THE DEEP SOUTH
 
There aren't many perennials which are well suited to searing Gulf Coast 
temperatures.  Horticulturists at the University of Georgia have evaluated 
about 75 candidates over several seasons, giving them ratings based on their 
heat tolerance, floral display, and foliage attractiveness.  Here are the 
species given highest ratings: 
 
Aquilegia alpina (columbine) -- deep blue flowers produced for up to two 
months in the spring; height about 1.5 feet; few problems with insects and 
diseases.
 
Aster x Frikartii (wonder-of-staffal) -- violet-blue daisy-shaped flowers with 
yellow centers; height about 2.5 feet; for full sun.
 
Aster novae-angliae (New England aster) -- purple flowers; height about 3 
feet.
Iberis sempervirens (edging candytuft) -- evergreen subshrub with small white 
flowers; height about 1 foot; sometimes used as a groundcover.
 
Reference:  Janie Smith Choice, "Some Like it Hot," National Gardening 10(10), 
October 1987, 22-27, 43.  (National Gardening Association, 180 Flynn Ave., 
Burlington, VT  05401.)
 
 
                                PINE AS A HEDGE
 
Unusual, but lovely.  The white pine (Pinus Strobus) hedge at the North 
Carolina State University Arboretum is sheared once a year when the new growth 
is about half expanded to keep it shaped.  Another species to consider for 
hedging in the Southeast is scrub pine (Pinus virginiana).
 
Reference:  J.C. Raulston, "Is It Possible to Use Sheared White Pine as a 
Hedge?"  Garden Clinic, September 11, 1987, 2.  (Department of Agricultural 
Communications, North Carolina State University, Box 5037, Raleigh, NC  
27650.)
 
                     INFRARED INSECT MONITORS BEING TESTED
 
U.S. Department of Agriculture researchers in Texas are conducting in-field 
experiments with portable infrared sensors that signal activities of insects 
attracted by sex pheromone lures.  Such sensors, with pheromones appropriate 
for particular pest insects, might someday replace human scouts in integrated 
pest management programs.  The idea is to connect the sensors to personal 
computers for "real time" monitoring of insect populations.
 
Reference:  Anonymous, "Counting on a High-Tech Pest Patrol," Science News 
132, September 5, 1987, 158.
 
 
                U-PICK OPERATIONS MAY WORK BEST IN THE SUBURBS
 
Better think twice before establishing a pick-your-own enterprise out in the 
"boonies."  A recent Illinois study of U-pick strawberry farms has shown that 
about 350 customers are needed to pick an acre with average yields.  A four-
acre operation thus needs about 1400 customers, or participation of 20 to 30% 
of all households in an area with 10,000 people.  And a 10-acre operation 
needs a population base of about 30,000 people, assuming no competition.  The 
point is that pick-your-own businesses in general (the customer requirements 
probably aren's much different with other crops besides strawberries) aren't 
well suited to areas with low population densities.  
 
Reference:  Anonymous, "Illinois Pick-Your-Own Study," Great Lakes Fruit 
Growers News 26(9), September 1987, 5.  (P.O. Box 128, Sparta, MI  49345.)
 
 
                      TO AID ROOTING OF ROSE CUTTINGS...
 
...stick them in the refrigerator!  That's the advice of Washington rosarian 
Joseph Petta.  Rose hardwood cuttings form callus, from which new roots can 
develop, at low temperatures (around 40 degrees F).  By cooling the cuttings 
while callus forms, metabolism is slowed and the chances for drying out are 
reduced.  Put cuttings in plastic bags and refrigerate for two weeks to a 
month or so (watch out for mold!).  Then pot in a warm high-humidity 
environment (use of rooting hormones is advisable).  Leaves should appear 
within a month.  Don't forget to harden-off the new plants before transferring 
them to the garden!
 
Reference:  Joseph Petta, "A Hint on Rooting Cuttings," The Yellow Rose 4(4), 
September 1987, 18.  (Dallas Area Historical Rose Group, 2119 Oak Brook, 
Richardson, TX  75081.)
 
 
                  EARLIER FLOWERING FROM SALTY PUMPKIN SEEDS
 
Horticulturists in India report significantly reduced times to flowering 
(almost two weeks earlier) after soaking pumpkin seeds in salt water (about 
0.2 ounces of sodium chloride per quart of water) for six hours.  The 
treatment also increased plant leaf area relative to that of untreated plants.
 
Reference:  Abstract 5494, Horticultural Abstracts 57(7), July 1987, 576-577.
 
 
                       "...PART OF THE YUPPIE IMAGE..."
 
David J. Beattie, professor of horticulture at Penn State, says that the 
current growth of the horticultural services industry has a lot to do with 
"conspicuous consumption."  He says that "It is part of the yuppie image, 
having a beautiful garden along with an expensive car and a swimming pool."  
(And hired specialists to take care of the car, the pool, and the garden.)  
Dr. Lawrence Chimerline, who has worked for the U.S. Department of Commerce 
and the Bureau of Labor Statistics, agrees that "do-it-yourself" gardening is 
losing popularity.  Now the trend is toward paying somebody else to do your 
gardening for you.
 
Reference:  Jerry Roche, Heide Aungst, and Jeff Sobul, "News/Trends," 
Landscape Management 26(9), September 1987, 6. (Harcourt Brace Jovanovich 
Publications, 7500 Old Oak Blvd., Cleveland, OH  44130.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WEED CONTROL IN CENTIPEDEGRASS WITH POAST HERBICIDE              
-DOC-
              WEED CONTROL IN CENTIPEDEGRASS WITH POAST HERBICIDE
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
USE OF SETHOXYDIM (POAST) FOR WEED CONTROL IN CENTIPEDEGRASS TURF
 
Established Grass:  Centipedegrass
 
Chemical:  sethoxydim
 
Rate: 1.5 pints of POAST plus 2 pints oil concentrate (crop oil) per acre, or 
      1/2 fl.oz. of POAST plus 3/4 fl.oz. oil concentrate (crop oil) per 1,000 
      sq.ft. 
 
Trade Name                                Formulation
  POAST                                18% (1.5 lb ai/gal.)
 
Weeds Controlled:  large crabgrass, smooth crabgrass, goosegrass.
 
Remarks:  Apply Poast no sooner than 3 weeks after spring green-up of 
centipede turf.  Apply before annual grasses become too large and mature.  
Poast does not control sedges or broadleaf weeds.  Do not apply Poast to any 
desirable turfgrass other than centipedegrass.  Control symptoms exhibited by 
the weeds progress from a slowing or stopping of growth, to reddening of the 
leaves, and to leaf tip burn, followed by browning of the foliage.  Symptoms 
generally observed within 3 weeks depending on weather.  Do not mow within 7 
days before and after application. 
 
Do not apply to grass under moisture, temperature, or injury stress.  Apply to 
actively growing grasses.  Poast should dry on the grass foliage to be 
effective.  See Supplemental Label, For Use on Centipedegrass in Turf, Lawns 
and Rights of Way, for additional details.
 
USE OF SETHOXYDIM (POAST) FOR BAHIAGRASS CONTROL IN CENTIPEDEGRASS TURF
 
Established Grass:  Centipedegrass
 
Chemical:  sethoxydim
 
Rate:  First application:  1.5 pints of Poast plus 2 pints oil concentrate
       Up to 4 inches.     per acre, or 1/2 fl.oz. of Poast plus 3/4 fl.oz. 
                           oil concentrate per 1,000 sq.ft.
       Second application: 1.5 pints of Poast plus 2 pints oil concentrate per 
       Less than 4 inches  acre, or 1/2 fl.oz. of Poast plus 3/4 fl.oz. oil 
       of re-growth.       concentrate per 1,000 sq.ft.
 
Trade Name                                 Formulation
  POAST                                18% (1.5 lb ai/gal)
 
Weed Controlled:  bahiagrass
 
Remarks:  Do not mow within 7 days before application or within 14 days after 
application for best control of bahiagrass.  Established bahiagrass is very 
difficult to control.  One application will burn down the bahiagrass but many 
plants will regrow.  The regrowth is weak and seedheads will generally be 
suppressed for 40 days after the first application.
 
A second application of Poast will be necessary for bahiagrass control.  Under 
optimum conditions this second application should be made as soon as 10 to 14 
days after the first.  The second application should be made when the 
bahiagrass re-growth is young, actively growing and before it has reached 4 
inches in height.  
Complete control of bahiagrass may require continued treatments into the 
following year.  See Supplemental Label on Centipedegrass for additional 
details. 
 
USE OF SETHOXYDIM (POAST) FOR WEED CONTROL IN SEEDLING CENTIPEDEGRASS
 
Seedling Grass:  seedling centipedegrass
 
Chemical:  sethoxydim
 
Rate:  1 pint of Poast plus 2 pints oil concentrate per acre, or 3/8 fl.oz. of 
       Poast plus 3/4 fl.oz. oil cencentrate per 1,000 sq.ft..
 
Trade Name                               Formulation
  POAST                               18% (1.5 lb ai/gal)
 
Weeds Controlled:  large crabgrass, smooth crabgrass, goosegrass.
 
Remarks:  On seedling centipedegrass do not apply more than 1 pint per acre 
          per application or a total of 2 pints per season.  See Supplemental 
          Label on Centipedegrass for more important details.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ASPARAGUS, SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION	                   
-DOC-
                   ASPARAGUS, SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION	
              Jon R. Johnson, Assistant Professor of Horticulture	
	
Gardens should be located in full sun.  Sites that receive less than one-half 
day sun will result in lower crop yields.  Materials such as sand, finely 
ground bark or vermiculite shoud be added to clay soils to improve soil 
condition and provide better air space for roots.  Sandy soils benefit from 
addition of organic compost or manure through improved water and nutrient 
holding capacity.  Apply up to 2000 lbs. rotted compost/1000 sq. ft..  Growing 
a cover crop such as rye or winter peas in the winter or millet in the summer 
is also beneficial.  Plow down the cover crop 1 month before planting the 
garden.	
	 
Plow the garden in the fall to give old crop debris more time to decay.  This 
will also reduce insect and disease carryover.  Clay soils will require plowing 
6 to 8 inches deep at least every other year.  Sandy soils can be plowed with a 
rotary tiller.  Till the garden to break up clods and rake smooth to develop a 
uniform seedbed.  Coastal gardens should be ridged to prevent drowning during 
heavy rains.	 
 
Asparagus grows best on a well drained sandy soil.  Do not plant on heavy clay 
soils.	 
	
 
	
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ASPARAGUS, FERTILIZATION                            
-DOC-
                            ASPARAGUS, FERTILIZATION
              Jon R. Johnson, Assistant Professor of Horticulture
 
Base lime and fertilizer application on soil test recommendations.  Take a 
sample from the 6 to 12 inch depth of soil from several areas in the garden and 
combine this soil into one sample. Take one pint of this soil sample to the 
County Extension Agent's office.  The sample will be sent to Clemson, and later 
you will be given the results and a recommendation.	
	
If a soil test has not been taken apply ten pounds of a complete fertilizer per 
100 ft. of row and thoroughly mix into the top 12 inches of soil prior to 
planting.  In succeeding years apply 9 pounds of 5-10-10 per 1000 sq. ft.  in 
January and a second application of 9 pounds of 5-10-10 per 1000 sq. ft. at the 
end of harvest.	 
    
                 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ENDIVE, PLANTING	                                
-DOC-
                                ENDIVE, PLANTING	
              Jon R. Johnson, Assistant Professor of Horticulture	
	
                            Planting Date	
                                  Spring                   Fall     
               Piedmont          March 1-15            Aug. 15-25	
               Central           Feb. 1-28             Aug. 15-25	
               Coastal           Dec. 20-Feb. 5        Aug. 15-25	
	
Space endive rows 30 inches apart with 12 inches between plants in the row.  
Plant seed at the rate of 1/8 oz/100 ft of row.  Plant seed 0.25 inches deep.	 
	      
 
 
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LEEKS, GREEN; VARIETY SELECTION                        
-DOC-
                        LEEKS, GREEN; VARIETY SELECTION
              Jon R. Johnson, Assistant Professor of Horticulture
 
Large American Flag, Conqueror and Electra are the recommended varieties.  
Large American Flag is the standard variety for use in the home garden.  This 
variety produces long thick white stems with blue-green leaves.  Conqueror is 
hardy and is late in maturation.  Electra is somewhat earlier than Conqueror.  
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RADISHES, VARIETY SELECTION                           
-DOC-
                           RADISHES, VARIETY SELECTION
                       Jon R. Johnson, Assistant Professor
 
Scarlet Globe, Red Prince, Champion, Novired and Chinese Winter are the 
recommended red varieties.  Red Prince has short tops with globe shaped bright 
red roots.  Champion has large tops with large globe shaped deep red roots.  
This is a relatively long-standing variety.  Scarlet Globe has large tops with 
globe shaped roots.  White Icicle is the recommended white variety.  This 
variety has medium short tops with long tapered roots that are clear white and 
pungent.  
 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CARE OF ESTABLISHED WARM-SEASON GRASS LAWNS                     
-DOC-
                     CARE OF ESTABLISHED WARM-SEASON GRASS LAWNS
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
As a general rule, you can consider your lawn "established" when you no longer 
see the soil through the grass blades.  Then use the maintenance procedures in 
this section to keep your lawn healthy. 
 
TAKING SOIL SAMPLES    
 
The following instructions apply for turf soils, lawns, athletic fields, golf 
courses, parks and cemeteries:
 
1.  Get soil sample box and record sheet from your local county Extension 
agent's office.
2.  Using a tube, auger, shovel, or trowel and a clean pail, take cores, thin 
slices, or borings from 10 to 15 places in the lawn.  Sample to a 3-inch soil 
depth.  Place soil in the pail and mix thoroughly.  Do not include thatch on 
top of the soil.  Fill the soil sample box with the soil mixture and discard 
the remainder.
Follow the diagram below to locate the individual samples.
 
        XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
        X                                                       X
        X     X              X              X             X     X
        X                                                       X
        X             X              X            X             X
        X                                                       X
        X     X              X              X             X     X
        X                                                       X
        XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
 
3.  Number and label the soil samples.  Each box should be plainly marked as 
to area or field number samples.
4.  If the lawn varies in soil type, previous fertilizer or lime treatments, 
sample each area separately.  Only one composite sample representative of the 
entire area is needed per individual lawn.
5.  Fill in the information required on record sheet and mail or take the 
record sheet and soil sample to your local county Extension agent.
6.  To avoid delay in getting soil-test results by return mail from your local 
county Extension agent, submit lawn soil samples in summer and early fall 
months.
 
FERTILIZING AND LIMING
 
To maintain your lawn properly, apply all fertilizer and lime according to 
soil test results.
 
Follow the soil-sampling instructions and take or mail the samples to your 
local county agent for analyses and subsequent fertilizer and/or liming 
recommendations.  Soil samples should be taken at least once a year.  By 
submitting the samples before January for analysis, results and recommendations 
can be made so that fertilization and liming may be carried out in the early 
spring.
If soil samples are not taken, the general suggestions in the following table 
"Fertilizing Established Warm-Season* Grass Lawns" may be considered.  Make 
fall application no later than the following dates:
 
                        September 15  -  Piedmont Area
                        October 1     -  Sandhill Area
                        October 15    -  Coastal Area
                                     TABLE
               FERTILIZING ESTABLISHED WARM-SEASON* GRASS LAWNS
______________________________________________________________________________                                             
                                                 Application per 1,000 sq. ft.
                                                 _____________________________
                                                                     Amount of            
Time               Material                      Rate of N            material
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                 Pounds               Pounds
Spring             16-4-8 (50 to 60% S.A.N.)+    2 to 2.5             12 to 15
Early summer       16-4-8 (50 to 60% S.A.N.)     2 to 2.5             12 to 15
                    or nitrogen source
                   (Ammonium nitrate)              1                     3
Late summer        16-4-8 (50 to 50% S.A.N.)     2 to 2.5             12 to 15
_______________________________________________________________________________
*For centipedegrass and carpetgrass use only one-fourth the maintenance rate 
 of 16-4-8.  Do not apply in late summer.
+Any grade with a 4-1-2 or comparable ratio may be used if the rate is 
 adjusted proportionately and it contains 50 to 60% slowly available nitrogen 
 (S.A.N.).
You may need to apply additional nitrogen in some cases.  For proper color and 
vigor, nitrogen is probably the most important fertilizer element.  Lack of 
proper levels of phosphorus and potassium in the soil will be less evident.  
For this reason make at least two of the fertilizer applications with a 
complete fertilizer such as 16-4-8.  The optimum pH for centipedegrass and 
carpetgrass is 5.5 and 6.0.  All other warm-season grasses require a pH of 
approximately 6.5.  Soil-test results will indicate the pH of your soil. 
 
Agricultural or dolomitic limestone is used to maintain the pH in the proper 
range and furnish needed calcium and magnesium for the grass.  Limestone is 
normally applied at rates from 25 to 100 pounds per 1,000 square feet.  
However, don't guess; soil test.  Know the soil pH and proper rate of 
limestone to broadcast to adjust the acidity.
 
If the grass does not respond to nitrogen fertilizer and limestone, there 
could be other nutrient deficiencies.
 
Many sandy soils do not retain sufficient iron.
IRON DEFICIENCY
 
Iron-deficient grass will be light green to yellow.  Applying 3 ounces of iron 
sulfate in 3 to 5 gallons of water per 1,000 square feet will correct iron 
deficiency symptoms.
 
WATERING
 
Discontinue the practice of light, daily application of water.  Less frequent 
but deeper watering is in order after the grass is established to develop and 
maintain a deep-rooted lawn.  Daily sprinkling encourages a shallow root 
system, which suffers during periods of low rainfall.
 
When to water is something that each homeowner must determine because of local 
rainfall, type of soil, and type of grass.  Wilting of the grass during the 
hot part of day is a good indication that water is needed.  On heavier soils 
apply water slowly to prevent runoff and to insure deep penetration of 4-6 
inches.  This may require 8 hours or more of continuous watering in certain 
areas of the state.  Under average summer conditions, such irrigation may be 
required but once or twice during the summer.  Those areas characterized by 
sandy soils will not require as much water or time to reach the same depth, 
but more frequent applications may be necessary.
For additional information on watering and irrigation system design, consult 
Circular 580, Irrigating Your Lawn and Garden, Clemson University Extension 
Service.
 
MOWING
 
Proper mowing can mean the difference between an attractive and an ordinary 
lawn.  Even though the lawn is watered and fertilized correctly, improper 
cutting can cause a poor appearance and in many cases weaken the stand of 
grass.
 
In general, the finer the leaf texture the closer the grass can be mowed.  
Even though a fine-textured grass is mowed closely, there will be enough leaf 
blades left to manufacture food.  This would not hold true for grasses such as 
centipede and St. Augustine, which are medium- to coarse-textured as most of 
the leaf surface would be removed if grass were cut low.  In this case, too 
much of the food-manufacturing surface would be cut away, and the grass would 
recover slowly because of low food reserves.  Recommended cutting heights of 
individual grasses are given in the following table:
                                     TABLE
                       CUTTING HEIGHTS FOR LAWN GRASSES
______________________________________________________________________________
                       Height                                        Height
Grass                  (inches)                Grass                 (inches)            
______________________________________________________________________________
Bermudagrasses         0.5-1.0           St. Augustinegrass           1.5-2.5
  Common               0.5-1.0           Zoysia grasses
  Tifgreen             0.5-1.0                Emerald                 0.5-1.0
  Tiflawn              0.5-1.0                Meyer                   0.5-1.0
  Tifway               0.5-1.0                Z. matrella             0.5-1.0
Carpetgrass            1.0-1.5                Z. japonica             0.5-1.0
Centipedegrass         1.0-1.5
_______________________________________________________________________________
 
The most damaging mowing practice is extreme and sudden reduction of height.  
A sudden and severe change in height upsets the balance between leaf and root 
growth.  As a result injury usually occurs.  Extreme reduction in height also 
results in a scalped appearance.  If the lawn grass becomes too tall, reduce 
the height gradually until the recommended height is reached.
Mow grasses in the shade higher than normally suggested.
 
MOWING FREQUENCY
 
Frequency of mowing depends on the rate of growth of the individual grass.  If 
a 1 inch height is maintained, mow when the grass reaches a height of 1.5 
inch.  Generally never remove more grass than is left.
 
When mowing established lawns, collect the clippings.  By eliminating thatch 
and/or mat (accumulation of dead organic material at the soil level), you will 
reduce the possibility of disease and insect problems.  And fertilizer and 
water can penetrate more readily into the root zone. 
 
ROTARY MOWER
 
It is important to keep the cutting blades sharp.  Rotary mower blades are 
easily removed and sharpened with a grinding stone or file.  The blade should 
be inspected and possibly sharpened before each use.  A sharp blade will make 
a clean, smooth cut.  A dull blade will tear the grass blades and leave rough, 
ragged edges that turn brown after drying.  A lawn mowed with a dull blade 
will have a tan to brown cast over the surface a few days later.
REEL MOWER
 
Reel mowers cut with a scissors-type action.  When the bed knife is smooth and 
reel blades are sharp, a clean cut will result.  Dull blades crush and tear 
the grass leaves resulting in a brownish cast over the lawn.
 
Many older bermuda and zoysia lawns show a tan cast following each mowing as a 
result of being mowed at the same height for several years.  The grass leaves 
are cut back to brown stems each time.  Slightly varying the mowing height 
will help correct this.
 
In the spring lower the mowing height by 1/4 to 1/2 inch for the first time 
over.  Then raise the height for subsequent mowing.  If the brown stubble 
appears later in the summer, repeat the process of varying the mowing height.
 
Well-fertilized older lawns will have accumulated a layer of mat or thatch 
over the years.  Mower wheels sink into the soft mat.  The mowing height is 
effectively lowered below green leaves exposing brown stems.  When this 
occurs, it is definitely time to remove the excess thatch accumulation  (See 
following section on removing thatch.)
REMOVING THATCH
 
Thatch or mat is the accumulation of dead leaves, stems, stolons, or rhizomes 
at or just beneath the soil level.  This condition is caused by over-
fertilization, improper mowing height, excess use of pesticides, and/or 
failure to collect clippings.  Exess thatch is highly undesirable because it 
reduces water, lime, fertilizer, and pesticide penetration into the soil.  
Also insects and disease-producing organisms thrive in thatch or mat.  
Eliminate such an accumulation from your lawn.  Thatch in excess of 1/4 inch 
thick is considered undesirable. 
 
Before thinning, mow the lawn to the proper height.  Thatch removal (thinning) 
is best accomplished with a power-driven mower that uses vertically mounted 
blades.  The depth of blade penetration into the soil is manually adjustable; 
so thatch or mat may be removed efficiently without serious injury to the 
lawn.
 
Another way to remove thatch is with a stiff rake.  But use a rake only as a 
last resort or where the area involved is small.
Bermudagrass may be thinned from dormancy (February-March) through summer (no 
later than mid-August).  If thinnned in April or May, avoid severe thinning.  
Do not thin after mid-August because the new growth is likely to be tender and 
therefore more susceptible to winter injury.  If the thatch problem is 
exceptionally bad, run the thinning machine in two or more directions.
 
Because of the slow rate of recovery from thinning operations, thin the 
zoysias early in the season, certainly no later than mid-July.  They may be 
thinned during dormancy (February-March); and, if the thatch or mat is dense, 
thin the lawn in two or three directions.
 
From information presently available, thin centipede, carpet and St. Augustine 
only after they have recovered fully from dormancy.  Until further information 
becomes available, confine thinning in one direction only.  And do not thin 
after the first of July.
 
After thatch has been removed, it is important to provide plenty of water and 
proper fertility to promote recovery of healthy turf.  Follow fertilizer 
recommendations based on a soil test or suggestions in the table, Fertilizing 
Established Warm-Season Lawns.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CARE OF THE NEW COOL-SEASON GRASS LAWN                    
-DOC-
                    CARE OF THE NEW COOL-SEASON GRASS LAWN
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
Diligent care of the young lawn during the first 2 or 3 months is important 
for its overall success.
 
WATERING
 
Not providing the newly seeded lawn with enough moisture is one of the main 
reasons for failure.  Water should be supplied frequently (quantity is less a 
factor now) so that soil surrounding the seed is never allowed to dry out.  
Supplying water two or three times a day in small quantities during the 
critical seed germination period will pay big dividends.  Irrigate daily 
during the first 2 weeks after planting.  A sprinkler covering a large area 
with slow application rate is best.  Be sure to maintain adequate pressure by 
using a water hose of correct size: up to 50 feet long, not less than 1/2-inch 
diameter; for longer lengths, 5/8- or 3/4-inch diameter.
Once the lawn is up, waterings should be spaced further apart.  Apply water as 
infrequently as the lawn condition permits and in sufficient quantity to 
moisten to a depth of 8 to 10 inches.  Young grass will root better if the 
soil is not kept too wet.  In the fall, rain may often be sufficient, but, in 
the absence of rain, you must supply water to prevent drought.
 
FERTILIZATION
 
Fertilization is often neglected.  The young grass needs ample nutrients to 
develop into a sturdy sod as quickly as possible.  Cool-season grasses should 
not lose their green color during the winter.  They need to be kept vigorous 
by adequate fertilization.  Clemson University recommends using properly 
balanced, complete fertilizers.  No one program will be right for all 
situations, but the following table can serve as a guideline.
           A FERTILIZATION GUIDE FOR ESTABLISHING A TALL FESUCE LAWN
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                          Application rate/
Time                               Fertilizer             1,000 square feet
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                                               (pounds)
3-4 weeks                   16-4-8 (50 to 60% org. N)          15 to 20
after seeding                          or
(October)                   33-0-0 (Ammonium nitrate)           3 to 4
_____________________________________________________________________________
Late November               16-4-8 (50 to 60% org. N)          15 to 20
or early                               or
December                    33-0-0 (Ammonium nitrate)           3 to 4
_____________________________________________________________________________
Late January                16-4-8 (50 to 60% org. N)          15 to 20
or early                               or
February                    33-0-0 (Ammonium nitrate)           3 to 4
_____________________________________________________________________________
Note:  At least one application should be with a complete fertilizer (16-4-8).
Fertilizing later than February is usually not recommended.  This causes 
grasses to be too succulent when hot weather comes, and large areas could be 
killed by diseases.  Wash all fertilizer applications off the foliage by 
irrigation as quickly as possible to avoid fertilizer "burn" on the grass.
 
MOWING
 
Use a sharp push-type rotary mower for early mowing of young grass.  Because 
young grass is soft, the power-driven wheels of a reel mower would leave a 
trail of injured plants.  Mowing should start as soon as the grass is 2- to 3-
inches high and it should be done often.  Frequent mowing encourages grass to 
spread and form sturdy sod more quickly.  Adjust the mowing height according 
to the time of year and to fit each grass species as listed in the following 
table.
                  BEST CUTTING HEIGHT FOR COOL-SEASON GRASSES
______________________________________________________________________________
                                          Cutting height in inches
                                 _________________________________________
Grass                            Winter                             Summer
______________________________________________________________________________
Tall fescue                      2 to 2-1/2                         3 to 3-1/2
Red fescue                       1-1/2 to 2                         2-1/2 to 3
Kentucky bluegrass               1-1/2 to 2                         2-1/2 to 3
Ryegrass                         1 to 2-1/2                         2-1/2 to 3
Bentgrass                        1/2 to 1                           1 to 1-1/2
______________________________________________________________________________
 
There is no need to remove clippings on young lawns if mowing is done often 
enough so that clippings do not clump and smother the grass below.
                   CARE OF THE ESTABLISHED COOL-SEASON LAWN
 
By the time a cool-season lawn has gone through the first winter and the soil 
is fully covered with grass and firm sod has developed, the lawn will be well 
established.
 
MOWING
 
Mow with either a reel or rotary mower.  In addition to the correct cutting 
height, sharpness of the mower blades and mowing frequency are important.  
When blades are not sharp, grass will have frazzled and bruised tips after 
mowing.  These injured tips die back and give an unattractive, gray cast to 
the lawn.  Sharp blades sever the grass cleanly without lasting injury.  
Sharpening the blades before each mowing is a good practice.
 
Generally, the more frequently a lawn is cut, the better its appearance.  
Infrequent cutting removes too much leaf surface at one time, causes color 
loss, decreases density, and requires removing the heavy clippings separately.  
A good rule of thumb is the following:
"Cut the lawn when the grass is twice as high as the mower setting."
 
This means that mowing intervals should be geared to the growth rate of the 
grass rather than to the day of the week.  For instance, if you are cutting at 
2 1/2 inches, you should mow the lawn whenever the tallest grass blades are 5 
inches.  Avoid lowering the cutting height drastically.  If you reduce the 
mowing level, do it gradually at intervals of about 1/4 inch each mowing until 
you reach the desired level.
 
CLIPPING REMOVAL
 
If proper mowing intervals are maintained, clipping removal should not be 
necessary on cool-season grasses.  Clippings do no harm if quantities are not 
excessive and actually return a few nutrients to the soil as they decompose.  
If clippings are heavy and tend to remain on top of the cut grass for several 
days, they should be taken off.
FERTILIZATION
 
Fertilization programs for annual maintenance will vary according to how 
vigorous a lawn the homeowner desires.  Fertilizer, especially nitrogen, 
influences color, vigor, and density of the lawn.  Also, the more fertilizer 
applied, the shorter the mowing schedule will need to be.
 
Fertilization is a management tool that should be used carefully.  Gauge 
application rates by the amount of nitrogen in the fertilizer used.  You will 
need 4 to 6 pounds of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet each year.  Apply this 
amount in three to four applications during the year.
 
Nitrogen applications will correct poor color and vigor quickly, but the need 
for phosphorus and potassium is not as obvious.  These two elements should be 
supplied at least once or twice a year in a complete fertilizer, such as 16-4-
8.  Check phosphorus and potassium levels at least once each fall by having a 
soil sample analyzed.
Fertilizing cool-season grasses during late spring and summer can be harmful.  
This encourages leaf and stem growth at the expense of carbohydrates stored in 
the root system.  A weak root system will predispose the grass to heat and 
drought stress as well as diseases.  For better survival, growth of cool-
season grasses should be very slow during hot weather.  The following table 
gives a typical fertilizer program for a cool-season grass lawn.
              A TYPICAL FERTILIZER SCHEDULE FOR COOL-SEASON LAWNS
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                Application/1,000 square feet
                                              ________________________________
Month                   Material              Rate of N       Rate of Material
______________________________________________________________________________
                                               (pounds)           (pounds)
Late September   16-4-8 (50 to 60% org. N)     1 to 1-1/2       6-1/2 to 9-1/2
_______________________________________________________________________________
Late November    (33-0-0) Ammonium nitrate     2 to 3           6 to 9
                 or 16-4-8                                     13 to 19
_______________________________________________________________________________
January          (33-0-0) Ammonium nitrate       1                3
                 or 16-4-8                                       6-1/2
_______________________________________________________________________________
February         16-4-8                          1               6-1/2
_______________________________________________________________________________
Note:  For late fall and winter applications, use fertilizers with all-soluble 
       nitrogen.
If this program is used with 4 pounds of nitrogen per year, omit the February 
treatment.  Young lawns up to 3 years old may need all four applications in a 
year.  Older lawns with an accumulated fertilizer reserve may not need the 
fourth application.
 
LIMING
 
Just as you need an annual soil sample to check for phosphorus and potassium, 
you also need to check closely on soil acidity.  This factor, reported as pH 
by the soil laboratory, is important for plant growth.  Low values, between 
4.0 to 5.5, mean that the soil is too acidic.  High pH values, above 7.5, are 
very rare in South Carolina and mean that the soil is too basic.  Piedmont 
soils are generally acid and require lime.
 
Most grasses grow best at pH values between 6.0 and 7.0.  If a pH value of 
less than 6.0 is reported, lime is required.  Lime can be applied at any time 
during the year, but fall is best.
 
Your county Extension agent will recommend the quantity of lime to be applied 
on the basis of your soil analysis.  If you have not had your soil tested, 
apply 50 pounds per 1,000 square feet biennally.  This is usually enough to 
maintain a favorable pH.  
Apply with a drop-type spreader.  Lime will bridge in the hopper of a rotary-
type spreader and will not be evenly distributed unless pelletized lime is 
used. 
 
WATERING
 
Watering an established lawn is seldom necessary with normal rainfall, but 
lawns can suffer during extended dry periods.  Most lawns have certain 
"indicator spots" where the grass always shows signs of drought first.  Growth 
will slow down, grass will lose its fresh, green color, and it will look dull 
and bluish during hot days.  Every homeowner should locate these "indicator 
spots" in the lawn and begin watering when they show signs of wilt.
 
Dry soils are usually hard and accept water slowly.  The high clay content of 
Piedmont soils adds to the problem.  Water at a slow rate so that the rate of 
application does not exceed the infiltration rate or water will run off and be 
wasted.
Most inexpensive sprinklers apply water too rapidly on a small area with poor 
results.  Instead of soaking into the soil, the water will soon begin to run 
off.  The best type of sprinkler should cover a large area, apply water 
slowly, be easily adjustable to fit almost any situation, and still distribute 
water uniformly throughout the pattern of coverage.
 
Water thoroughly when needed.  The soil should be moist throughout when the 
job is completed so that no layer of dry soil remains in the root zone.  
Applying too little water is poor economy and produces shallow-rooted turf 
because roots will not penetrate dry soil layers.  Once the lawn becomes 
shallow rooted, it is even more susceptible to drought and it will not develop 
a deep root system again until cool temperatures and adequate moisture 
conditions in the fall.
 
RESEEDING
 
Sometimes you will need to reseed damaged areas where desirable grasses have 
died out from drought, disease, insects, or other reasons.  Do not reseed just 
to thicken the stand; applying fertilizer and lime properly and using correct 
mowing height and frequency are more effective.
Reseed in September or October when lawn establishment normally would be done.  
Loosen the soil in small bare areas with a shovel, then rake smooth.  Sprinkle 
seed into the spots and cover lightly (1/4 inch) with soil.  Old grass 
clippings or straw makes a good mulch to hold moisture and prevent soil and 
seed from washing away.  Water in the same way described to hasten germination 
in a new lawn.  Extra fertilization is not needed since the entire lawn should 
receive a routine fertilizer application during this time.
 
A common mistake in reseeding is distributing too much seed in the bare areas.  
Use the seed sparingly!  Crowded seedlings are weak and tend to remain weak 
until they are killed by poor conditions in the summer.
 
SHADE
 
In dense shade the reduced light intensity limits carbohydrate reserves and 
development of roots, rhizomes, and stolons.  The longer dew period, higher 
humidity, reduced wind movement, and lower evapotranspiration rate encourage 
disease development.  Also, tree roots often compete with turfgrass roots for 
soil moisture and nutrients.
Both tall fescue and Kentucky bluegrass and red fescue exhibit good shade 
tolerance in the Piedmont region.
 
Under dense shade conditions turf quality can be improved by:
 
    -  Raising the height of cut.  A taller mowing height will allow the grass 
       to keep more leaf surface for food manufacture and health of the grass.
    -  Avoiding excessive nitrogen applications but maintaining high soil 
       fertility.  Tree roots will use part of the applied fertilizer.  
       Excessive nitrogen promotes tender growth and, combined with high 
       humidity and reduced wind movement to dry moisture on leaves, stems, 
       and soil surface, predisposes the grass to some diseases.
    -  Judicious control of traffic.  Grass growing in shade will be tender 
       and more easily damaged by traffic.
    -  Additional irrigation when rainfall is inadequate.  Tree canopies 
       intercept light showers and part of heavier rainfall.  Also during hot, 
       dry weather, the extensive root systems of the trees use most of the 
       water in the soil and grass suffers from lack of adequate moisture.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
KENTUCKY BLUEGRASS                              
-DOC-
                              KENTUCKY BLUEGRASS
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis L.) is available in two distinct types - 
common and improved.  Avoid the common types, such as 'Kenblue,' 'Park,' 
'Delta,' or 'South Dakota Certified'; they are highly disease susceptible and 
generally are not satisfactory for South Carolina conditions.  Improved types, 
including 'Adelphi,' 'Baron,' 'Bonnieblue,' 'Vantage,' and 'Victa,' can 
produce an attractive year-round lawn of medium texture, especially in partial 
shade.  These improved types provide good wear tolerance, grow a dense, weed-
resistant turf, and possess better disease resistance on cool sites.  In open 
sun, diseases and insects can sometimes be problems.  These grasses may be 
used as companion grasses to tall fescue where it tends to thin out in partial 
shade. 
 
Kentucky bluegrass prefers fertile soil with a pH of 6.0 to 7.5.  Irrigation 
is needed to keep it attractive during summer heat.  Numerous experimental 
cultivars are under test at several Experiment Stations, so more disease-
resistant and better adapted varieties may be available in the future.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
RED FESCUE                                  
-DOC-
                                  RED FESCUE
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
Red fescue (Festuca rubra L.) varieties such as 'Barfalla,' common, 
'Jamestown,' 'Dawson,' and 'Pennlawn' are adapted only to shaded places in 
cool areas with adequate moisture.  Here they form a fine-textured, year-round 
cover.  Red fescue will tolerate more shade than any cool-season grass.  In 
sunny locations these varieties will not last through the summer and have to 
be reseeded each fall.  In areas where they survive, they are excellent 
companion grasses to Kentucky bluegrass.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATERING NEWLY SEEDED COOL-SEASON TURF GRASS                 
-DOC-
                 WATERING NEWLY SEEDED COOL-SEASON TURF GRASS
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
Watering
 
Not providing the newly seeded lawn with enough moisture is one of the main 
reasons for failure.  Water should be supplied frequently (quantity is less a 
factor now) so that soil surrounding the seed is never allowed to dry out.  
Supplying water two or three times a day in small quantities during the 
critical seed germination period will pay big dividends.  Irrigate daily 
during the first 2 weeks after planting.  A sprinkler covering a large area 
with slow application rate is best.  Be sure to maintain adequate pressure by 
using a water hose of correct size:up to 50 feet long, not less than 1/2-inch 
diameter; for longer lengths, 5/8- or 3/4-inch diameter.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOIL PREPARATION                               
-DOC-
                               SOIL PREPARATION
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
Thorough preparation of the soil is important.  Unfortunately soil preparation 
often is done hastily and without planning.  A lawn is not like a field that 
will be plowed every year to loosen the soil.  Once the lawn has been 
established, mistakes are hard to correct.  Therefore, be sure to prepare the 
soil so that it does not become so hard and compact that grasses cannot grow 
properly.
 
Here are steps to follow in preparing soil:
 
 Soil Sampling:  Before you do any ground work, take two or three soil samples 
at random.  The Clemson University Soils Laboratory will analyze these free of 
charge to determine how much phosphorus, potassium, and lime need to be added 
to the soil for good grass growth.  Contact your county Extension agent for 
instructions and sample containers.
 Rough Grading and Debris Removal:  Debris accumulates around new houses and 
can easily be covered.  Avoid burying lumber scraps, paper trash, bricks, 
cement, plasterboard, stumps, and other debris.  Instead, pick up and discard 
these.  Topsoil should be stockpiled by the contractor.  Establish the 
subgrade so that the slopes are gentle and water will drain away from the 
house.  Then return the topsoil and spread uniformly over the entire area.
 
 Adding Fertilizer, Lime, and Soil Conditioners:
 
Apply fertilizer and lime uniformly according to the recommendations made by 
your county agent on the basis of your soil samples.  This is also a good time 
to add soil conditioners such as sphagnum moss, old sawdust, rooted manure, or 
bark dust.  Conditioners must be added in large amounts (3 to 4 inches deep) 
to be helpful.  They will improve soil structure and help reduce compaction.  
On heavy clay soils incorporating a 3- to 5-inch layer of washed sand will 
make the soil more workable.
 
(Note:  In the absence of a soil test, apply the following amounts of 
fertilizer and lime: 20 to 30 pounds of 10-10-10 (or similar) fertilizer per 
1,000 square feet and 100 to 150 pounds of limestone per 1,000 square feet.)
 Deep Tillage.  Till topsoil, fertilizer, lime, and soil conditioners into the 
soil to a depth of about 8 inches.  You will need a power-driven rotary 
tiller.  Till in several directions to mix all materials properly to the 
desired depth.
 
(Note:  If bermudagrass, zoyzia, or nutsedge are in the topsoil, fumigate with 
methyl bromide or other soil fumigants.) 
 
 Heavy Rolling:  Compress the loose soil immediately after tillage for a 
uniformly firm seedbed and to reduce erosion.  Use a heavy, water-filled 
roller.
 
 Final Grading:  Several tools can be used for the final grading - rake, spike 
harrow, drag.  Have the final surface as smooth as possible, without pockets 
or high areas.  You will mow over your lawn for many years, and the better the 
grading, the better the lawn will look and the easier each mowing will be.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ESTABLISHING THE WARM-SEASON LAWN                       
-DOC-
                       ESTABLISHING THE WARM-SEASON LAWN
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
GRADING AND SOIL PREPARATION
 
Take soil samples from the topsoil and subsoil 3-5 weeks before preparing 
soil.  Submit the two groups of soil samples to your local county office for 
analysis.  Agents will recommend fertilization and/or liming needed.  Soil 
testing is the only way to determine accurately the amount of fertilizer 
and/or lime needed.
 
Grade the subsoil to the proper contour to insure drainage.  If drain tile is 
necessary, install it at this time, cover, and re-establish the subgrade 
contour.
 
When these procedures have been completed, apply the recommended amounts of 
fertilizer and/or lime to the topsoil.  If for some good reason a soil sample
has not been analyzed and the area being prepared has not been cropped in 
recent years, broadcast 20 pounds of 10-10-10 or 25 pounds of 8-8-8 fertilizer 
and 100 pounds of dolomitic limestone per 1,000 square feet of lawn area 
before tilling.
If centipedegrass is to be planted, use only one-half the above amount of 
fertilizer and no lime.  If organic matter and/or sand is necessary, apply at 
this time (see Soil Conditioners).  Mix these materials thoroughly into the 
soil with disc harrow or other mechanical means such as a rototiller.  Top 
soil, fertilizer, lime, and soil conditioner should be tilled at least 8 
inches deep.  Make the final grade so that water will drain away from the 
house and eliminate any pockets or depressions.  The soil surface should be as 
smooth as possible before planting.  This is the surface over which the mower 
wheels will be rolling for many years.
 
Fumigating the soil with methyl bromide or other soil fumigants before 
planting will prevent many future lawn problems.  (Objectionable grasses, most 
weeds, certain disease-causing soil organisms, nematodes, and certain soil 
insects will be controlled.)  Use soil fumigants according to the 
manufacturer's directions.  Do not use these fumigants around trees or other 
valuable plants.
A firm, mellow planting area is essential.  The soil below the surface should 
be firm but not hard and compact.  If the soil is too loose, it will dry out 
quickly and the grass will more likely winter kill.  Do not seed, sprig, plug, 
or sod a lawn until the right kind of seedbed is obtained.  Often it is 
necessary to firm the seed bed with a roller before seeding or planting.  
Following seeding, use a mulch, such as pine needles or straw, to decrease 
erosion during establishment.  One 60- to 80-pound bale of straw will cover 
1,000 square feet with three to five straws intermeshed.
 
SOIL CONDITIONERS
 
Adequate amounts of organic matter should be present in the soil for good turf 
development.  If the soil is sandy and low in organic matter, adjust the 
organic content to 10-15 percent by volume.  To obtain this figure, 3 to 5 
bales spagnum peat moss (6 cu. ft./bale) per 1,000 square feet of area are 
required.  Rotted sawdust (3 to 4 inches deep) or other organic materials may 
be substituted; however, sphagnum peat moss is more desirable because of its 
longer lasting quality.
Add coarse sand or manufactured soil conditioners, such as calcined clay, to 
heavy clay soils to make the soils more porous and prevent compaction.  In 
extremely heavy clay soils, adding sand is more important than adding organic 
matter.  In general, heavy clay soils will need 5 cubic yards of coarse sand 
added or 500-1,000 pounds of calcined clay per 1,000 square feet.  Regardless 
of which material is used, thoroughly mix with the upper 6-8 inches of soil.
 
PLANTING
 
Seeding. - Divide equally the quantity of seed to be planted and sow in two 
directions to get even distribution.  After seeding, rake lightly and roll 
with a light lawnroller or cultipacker.  Raking will help cover the seed with 
soil, and rolling will help firm the soil.  Watering with a fine spray will 
help seed to germinate, but take care to prevent washing or puddling.  
Frequent watering is essential until the seedlings become established.
 
For best results seed warm-season grasses in the spring and early summer 
months.  For seeding rates see the following table.
                  SEEDING RATES FOR WARM-SEASON LAWN GRASSES
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Amount per 1,000
Grass                             Best time to seed             square feet
_____________________________________________________________________________
Carpetgrass                           April-July                   2-4 pounds
 
Centipedegrass                        April-July                   4-8 ounces
 
Common bermudagrass
    Hulled                            April-July                   2-3 pounds
    Unhulled                             Fall                      3-5 pounds
 
Zoysia japonica                       May-July                     1-2 pounds
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Vegetative Planting. - Bermuda, zoysia, centipede, and St. Augustine are 
commonly established by sodding, plugging, sprigging, or stolonizing.
If sufficient grass sod is available, blocks about 12 to 18 inches wide and as 
long as can be handled conveniently may be used for sodding.  Before laying 
sod, have the soil as smooth as possible.  Smooth small areas with a finetooth 
garden rake as sod is being laid.  Join the sod blocks as closely as possible, 
alternating blocks like bricks in a wall and filling the open joints with 
sand.  To settle the sod blocks firmly in contact with the soil, roll with a 
heavy, 200-pound, water-filled roller and irrigate well to wet both sod and 
soil under sod.
 
As a rule, sprigging is more economical than sodding.  Bermuda sprigs are 
usually planted in 1-foot rows about 6 to 12 inches apart in the row.  Closer 
spacing will provide quicker coverage.  Sprig zoysia, centipede, and St. 
Augustine on 6- to 8-inch centers since they are slow growing.  Set sprigs or 
plugs firmly in the soil and then roll and water.  Grass used for sprigging 
should not be higher than 1.5 inches.
 
It is more economical to use individual sprigs than sod plugs.  This is 
especially true when sod of the more expensive grasses must be purchased for 
large lawn areas.  When properly managed, individual sprigs will cover the 
soil more quickly than sod plugs.  See the following table for amount of 
sprigs need for planting.
          QUANTITY OF GRASS NEEDED FOR SPRIGGING WARM-SEASON GRASSES
______________________________________________________________________________
 
Grass                                Plant material per 1,000 square feet
______________________________________________________________________________
 
Bermudagrass                         0.5-1 square yard sod or
                                     0.5-1 bushel sprigs (1,000-2,000 sprigs)
 
Carpetgrass                          1 square yard sod or
                                     1 bushel sprigs
 
Centipedegrass                       1.5-2 square yards sod or
                                     1.5-2 bushels sprigs (500-750 sprigs)
 
St. Augustine                        1.5-2 square yards sod or
                                     1.5-2 bushels sprigs (500-750)
 
Zoysia                               1 square yard sod or
                                     1 bushel sprigs (1,000-2,000 sprigs)
______________________________________________________________________________
Stolonizing requires more vegetative material for planting than sprigging or 
plugging but is a quicker method to establish a complete cover of grass 
without sodding.
 
Stolons (aboveground stems) are gathered by "verticutting" an existing stand 
of grass not containing excess dead thatch with a mower container vertical 
blades.  The vertical blades pull out and cut off horizontal live stolons from 
the sod.
 
The fresh stolons are raked or swept and transported to the prepared planting 
site.  The stolons are broadcast on the soil surface and rolled with a water 
filled lawn roller or pressed into the soil in several different directions 
with a stolon planter followed immediately by irrigation to prevent 
desiccation and encourage rooting.  Daily, light watering during the warmest 
part of the day is required until the stolons form a root system. 
                         CARE OF NEW WARM-SEASON LAWNS
 
FERTILIZING
 
Semi-monthly application of nitrogen at the rate of 0.5-1 pound of actual 
nitrogen per 1,000 square feet will hasten rate of coverage.  (See following 
table.)  Start these applications 2-3 weeks after sprigging or plugging.  For 
seeded grasses, wait until seedlings are about 1.5 inches tall.  Stop nitrogen 
applications by August 15 in the Piedmont and by September 1 in the lower part 
of the state.
                        SOURCES OF NITROGEN FERTILIZER
______________________________________________________________________________
                                Percent of       Pounds of nitrogen material
Nitrogen material                nitrogen       required per 1,000 square feet
______________________________________________________________________________
                                                  For 1/2 lb.       For 1 lb.
                                                   actual N          actual N
Ammonium nitrate                    33.5             1.50              3.00
Ammonium nitrate limestone          20.5             2.50              5.00
Ammonium sulfate                    21.0             2.50              5.00
Sodium nitrate                      16.0             3.12              6.25
Calcium nitrate                     15.5             3.22              6.45
Urea formaldehyde                   38.0             1.32              2.63
Urea                                45.0             1.11              2.22
IBDU                                32.0             1.56              3.12
______________________________________________________________________________
WATERING
 
Your lawn grass must have adequate moisture in the upper 0.5 to 1 inch of soil 
during the first 3-4 weeks, regardless of planting method.  This means that 
daily light waterings are necessary during periods of no rainfall.  
Carelessness during this period can greatly affect the rate of coverage or 
even result in complete kill of large areas of the lawn.
 
Daily watering during the middle of the day to early afternoon is most 
appropriate.  Continue daily, light irrigation until all seeds have germinated 
or sprigs have rooted.  Keep the soil surface moist at all times during the 
germinating period.  Sprigs with limited root systems need plenty of soil 
moisture.  Length of time required for daily irrigation will vary with soil 
temperature and type of grass planted.  Two weeks should be sufficient for 
most grasses planted in late spring and early summer.
 
MOWING
 
Begin mowing sprigged or plugged grasses when new growth is evident.  For 
bermudas and zoysias, set the mower to cut 1-1.5 inches; for centipede or St. 
Augustine a 2-inch height is recommended.  As the grass becomes better 
established, gradually reduce the height of cut.  
Reduce clipping height by 1/8 inch per week until the desired clipping height 
is reached.  Frequent mowing will encourage horizontal spread rather than 
upright growth. 
 
On seeded grasses, start mowing only after the seedlings have reached 1 inch 
in height.  Raise or lower the height of cut approximately 1/8-1/4 inch at 
each successive mowing until the recommended height is attained.
 
Regardless of the method of planting (seed, sprigs, or plugs), it is not 
necessary to collect the clippings during the period of establishment.  Use 
a sharp, well-adjusted, reel-type mower on the young lawn.  If a rotary mower 
is used, be sure the cutting edges are as sharp as possible at each mowing.
 
SMOOTHING AN UNEVEN LAWN
 
If the lawn surface becomes bumpy and uneven during planting or because of 
washing during a heavy rain, start smoothing operations about the time of 
first mowing.  Topdress with a loamy soil or a mixture of sand, soil, sawdust, 
and/or peat moss.  Apply topdress to low spots in the lawn in light 
applications (up to 1 inch deep) to produce a smooth surface.  
Bermuda, centipede, or St. Augustine leaf blades may be covered lightly, but 
Zoysia leaf blades must be left partially exposed.  The smoother the surface, 
the easier the maintenance and the more manicured the lawn will be.
 
                        OVERSEEDING AND TEMPORARY LAWNS
 
Annual ryegrass (Lolium multiflorum) has customarily been widely used to 
overseed summer lawns to provide green color in the winter.  Perennial 
ryegrass (Lolium perene) is similar to annual ryegrass, and some of the seed 
are found in practically all lots of annual ryegrass.
 
Annual ryegrass can be distinguished from perennial ryegrass by anatomy of 
leaves in the bud.  Annual ryegrass is rolled in the bud.  Perennial ryegrass 
leaves are folded in the bud.
 
Neither of these ryegrasses is recommended as a permanent lawn grass in the 
South.  They are affected by stem and leaf rusts.  They usually die in late 
spring and must be reseeded the following fall.  Annual ryegrass is more 
susceptible to diseases than some of the improved varieties of perennial 
ryegrass.
New, fine-textured varieties of perennial ryegrass, such as 'Manhattan,' 
'Pennfine,' or 'Pelo,' are attractive and may survive several years in cooler 
locations.  Their use should be limited to overseeding warm-season lawns in 
the fall.
 
The term "perennial" refers to the grass species.  It does not mean the grass 
remains green year round in most of South Carolina's climate.  Neither does it 
mean the same grass plants will grow again during the following cool months.
 
For best survival it is important for the seeds to be in direct contact with 
soil.  In some lawns this may require thatch removal before overseeding.  Seed 
lying in damp thatch may germinate and grow during warmer periods.  However, 
dry, freezing periods may kill the seedlings.  This may be one reason heavily 
thatched, overseeded bermudagrass and zoysia lawns look good in the fall but 
by spring have deteriorated to patches or very sparse cover of green ryegrass.
 
Overseeding with ryegrass should not be done before cool weather comes in the 
fall.  An average date for overseeding in the Piedmont area of South Carolina 
is October 1.  Under normal weather conditions daytime high temperature should 
be 70 degrees F with cooler nights.  In central and coastal South Carolina 
overseeding can be started at a later date in October and November.  
Temperatures above 70 degrees F with high humidity or frequent rains promote 
seedling diseases which result in loss of overseeded grass.  Amount of seed 
required for overseeding is approximately 5 to 10 pounds per 1,000 square 
feet.
 
Those who complete building a house in the fall when it is too late to 
establish a warm-season grass lawn can plant ryegrass as a temporary cover for 
the winter.  If the land is sloping and subject to erosion during the winter, 
ryegrass will help hold the soil in place.  Five pounds of seed per 1,000 
square feet will be sufficient to produce enough for erosion control.  If the 
permanent lawn is to be common bermuda, unhulled common bermuda seed can be 
broadcast in fall and winter with ryegrass seed.  Common bermuda seed will 
germinate the following spring.  During spring months when ryegrass is growing 
rapidly, it should be mowed often to avoid competition with the warm-season 
grass.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TALL FESCUE                                  
-DOC-
                                  TALL FESCUE
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
'Kentucky 31' has been the preferred variety for many years; however, several 
varieties superior to Kentucky 31 have been tested and introduced recently.  
Varieties with desirable characteristics include 'Clemfine,' 'Falcon,' 
'Kenwell,' 'Kenhy,' and 'Rebel.'  The variety 'Alta' is not recommended 
because it is less heat and disease tolerant.
 
Kentucky 31 tall fescue has a wide range of plant types, with leaves having 
medium to narrow width, tending to roll.  A moderate amount of wax on the leaf 
surfaces gives the foliage a matte green texture.  It is resistant to stem and 
leaf rust and more resistant to crown rust than several of the poor varieties.
 
Kentucky 31 is an ecotype collected in 1931 on the mountain farm of William M. 
Suiter in Menifee County, Kentucky.  The population was under natural 
selection when he purchased the farm around 1875 and presumably traces to seed 
purchased in Virginia.  Local farmers regarded it highly for pasture and 
erosion control, and it is widely adapted for turf and conservation use 
through the Piedmont at the present time.
Clemfine is a medium textured, turf-type tall fescue that provides greater 
density and darker color than most currently available varieties.  It has 
superior heat and drought tolerance when compared to Kentucky 31 and most 
other cultivars.  Clemfine has moderately good resistance to brown patch 
disease and fair resistance to Helminthosporium blight.  It was developed from 
parental clones collected in Wilmington, N.C., Sumter, S.C., and Greenwood, 
S.C.
 
Falcon is a leafy, moderately low-growing, turf-type cultivar with a pleasing 
medium green color.  It can produce an attractive, more persistent turf with 
finer texture and higher density than most of the standard, commercially 
available cultivars of tall fescue.  Improved disease resistance to brown 
patch and netblotch means a more attractive lawn of improved density and 
overall quality.
 
Kenwell, a pasture-type used for turf purposes, is considered satisfactory 
although it is less robust and competitive than Kentucky 31.  It has greater 
tolerance to some leaf diseases and, consequently, maintains better color 
during dry periods and into winter.
Kenhy, a pasture-type adapted for lawn use, was selected for plant vigor, soft 
lax leaves, and high moisture content of green foliage during drought stress.  
It also has greener foliar color and less leaf-roll than Kentucky 31 during 
summer drought stress.
 
Rebel tall fescue, an attractive turf-type, produces a leafy, persistent turf 
of greater density, finer texture, and a slower rate of vertical growth than 
the standard commercially available varieties.  Rebel produces a medium low 
maintenance lawn in either full sun or moderate shade.  It was selected in 
turf trials for persistence, attractiveness, disease resistance, and 
performance when mowed frequently to 3/4 inch, although mowing heights of 2 to 
3 inches are preferred.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SUSCEPTIBILITY OF BROADLEAF WEEDS IN TURFGRASS TO HERBICIDES         
-DOC-
         SUSCEPTIBILITY OF BROADLEAF WEEDS IN TURFGRASS TO HERBICIDES
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Bindweed  
 Convolvulus arvensis               S                S-I                 S
Bittercress
 Cardamine hirsuta                  S                 I                  S
Black medic
 Medicago lupulina                  R                 I                  S
Buttercup
 Ranunculus repens                 S-I                I                  S
Carpetweed
 Mollugo verticillata               S                 S                  S
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Chickweed, common
 Stellaria media                    R                S-I                 S
 mouse-ear
  Cerastium vulgatum               I-R               S-I                 S
Chicory
 Cichorium intybus                  S                 S                  S
Cinquefoil, common
 Potentilla canadensis             S-I               S-I                S-I
Clover, crimson                     
 Trifolium incarnatum               S                 S                  S
  hop
   Trifolium agrarium               I                 S                  S
  white
   Trifolium repens                 I                 S                  S
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Cranesbill
 Geranium carolinianum              S                S-I                 S
Daisy, English
 Bellis perennis                    R                 I                  S
Daisy, oxeye
 Chrysanthemum leucanthemum         I                 I                  I
Dandelion
 Taraxacum spp.                     S                 S                  S
Dock
 Rumex obtusifolius                 I                I-R                 S
Dogfennel
 Eupatorium capillifolium           I                 I                  S
Garlic, wild
 Allium vineale                    S-I                R                 S-I
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
Ground ivy
 Glechoma hederacea                I-R                I                 S-I
Hawkweed
 Hieracium pilosella               S-I                R                 S-I
Healall
 Prunnella vulgaris                S-I               S-I                 S
Henbit
 Lamium amplexicaule                I                 I                  S
Knapweed, spotted
 Centaurea maculosa                 I                 I                  S
Knawel
 Scleranthus annuus                 R                 I                  S
Knotweed
 Polygonum aviculare                R                 I                  S
Lambsquarter
 Chenopodium album                  S                 S                  S
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Lespedeza
 Lespedeza striata                 I-R                S                  S
Mallow, roundleaf
 Malva rotundifolia                I-R                I                 S-I
Mugwort
 Artemesia vulgaris                 I                I-R                S-I
Mustards
 Brassica spp.                      S                 I                  S
Nutsedge
 Cyperus spp.                       I                 R                  R
Onion, wild
 Allium canadense                   I                 R                 S-I
Ornamental plants                  S-I               S-I                 S
Parsley piert
 Alchemilla microcarpa              R                I-R                S-I
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Pearlwort, birdseye
 Sagina procumbens                 I-R                S                  S
Pennycress
 Thalaspi arvense                   S                 I                  S
Pennywort, lawn
 Hydrocotyl sibthorpioides         S-I               S-I                --
Pepperweed
 Lepidium campestri                 S                S-I                 S
Pigweed
 Amaranthus spp.                    S                 S                  S
Pineappleweed
 Matricaria matricarioides         I-R                I                  I
Plantains
 Plantago spp.                      S                I-R                I-R
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Poison ivy
 Rhus spp.                          I                 R                 S-I
Pony foot
 Dichondra spp.                     S                 I                 S-I
Prostrate spurge
 Euphorbia supina                   I                 I                  S
Purslane
 Portulaca oleracea                 I                 R                  S
Red sorrel
 Rumex acetosella                   R                 R                  S
Shepherdspurse
 Capsella bursa-pastoria            S                S-I                 S
Speedwell
 Veronica spp.                     I-R               I-R                I-R
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Spotted spurge
 Euphorbia maculata                I-R               S-I                S-I
Spurrey, corn
 Spergula arvensis                  R                --                  S
Spurweed
 Soliva pterosperma                 R                S-I                S-I
Thistle, musk, curl
 Cirsium spp., Carduus spp.         S                 I                  S
Thistle, Canada
 Salsola kali var. tenuifolia       I                 I                  S
Vegetables                          S                 S                  S
Wild carrot
 Daucus carota                      S                S-I                 S
Wild strawberry
 Fragaria vesca                     R                 R                 S-I
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                         Postemergence herbicides
                               ______________________________________________               
                                                   Mecoprop
Weed                              2,4-D             (MCPP)            Dicamba
_____________________________________________________________________________
 
Wild violet
 Viola spp.                        I-R               I-R                I-R
Woodsorrel
 Oxalis stricta                     R                 R                  I
Yarrow
 Achillea millefolium               I                I-R                 S
Yellow rocket
 Barbarea vulgaris                 S-I                I                 S-I
______________________________________________________________________________
 
S = weed susceptible.
I = intermediate, good control at times with high rates, sometimes poor, 
    usually require more than one treatment.
R = resistant weeds in most instances.
______________________________________________________________________________
  Broadleaf weeds are most easily controlled with postemergence herbicides 
when young and tender.
   Apply postemergence herbicies on winter broadleaf weeds in fall, warm 
periods of winter, and very early spring.
  On summer broadleaf weeds apply postemergence herbicides in spring and early 
summer.
  Repeat applications at 1- to 2-week intervals are usually necessary for 
complete control.
  Many of the broadleaf weeds, especially annuals, can be controlled with a 
preemergence herbicide which kills the germinating seed.  Apply a preemergence 
herb before seed germination.
  To control winter broadleaf weeds from seed, apply a preemergence herbicide 
in late summer (mid-August).
  To control summer broadleaf weeds from seed, apply a preemergence herbicide 
in early spring (March).
  The preceeding herbicides are available under a number of different trade 
names at garden centers, farm supply stores, turf supply dealers, and hard 
ware stores.  Some are available in granular formulations with turf 
fertilizers.  Most are available in liquid formulation for spray application.  
There are a few two-way and three-way combination products for broader spectrum 
broadleaf weed control.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ARTICHOKES, GLOBE; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                
-DOC-
               ARTICHOKES, GLOBE; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
                                                                       
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Globe artichokes grow well on most soil types but prefer soils with some 
clay in them. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ARTICHOKES, GLOBE; VARIETY SELECTION                       
-DOC-
                      ARTICHOKES, GLOBE; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Green Globe and Grande Beurre are the recommended varieties. Green Globe 
should be grown from rooted stem cuttings since seed often produce plants that 
fail to produce eatable buds. The  Grande Beurre variety usually produces 
edible buds when grown from seed. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ARTICHOKE, GLOBE;PLANTING                             
-DOC-
                            ARTICHOKE, GLOBE;PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                   
                                         Planting Date 
        
        Piedmont                        Mar. 20- Apr. 20
        Central                         Feb. 25- Mar. 30
        Coastal                         Feb. 15- Mar. 15 
 
   Globe artichokes will withstand light frost and if heavily mulched will 
survive the winter. Space cuttings 4 feet apart in rows 6 feet apart. Plant 
seed thicker and thin to 4 feet. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ARTICHOKE, GLOBE: FERTILIZATION                        
-DOC-
                        ARTICHOKE, GLOBE: FERTILIZATION
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture
 
   All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results.  
Annual sampling is recommended.  Take a composite sample from several 
locations in the garden site.  Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil 
and mix well so that the sample is representative of entire garden.  A pint 
of this soil should be taken to the local county Extension office.  The sample 
will be sent to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be 
returned to you. 
   Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area.  Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row.  The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants.  Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
   If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year.  Do not apply additional lime 
without a new test.  Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor 
growth.
   If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10 applied 
at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested.  This initial application 
will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed by most 
garden vegetables.  On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may 
be required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs.  This should be applied 
at the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row.
   Nitrogen sidedressings should be applied every 45 days.  Apply calcium 
nitrate or 15-0-14 at the rate of 2 lb. per 100 ft. of row (1/4 cup per 
plant).
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ARTICHOKE, GLOBE; WATER MANAGEMENT                        
-DOC-
                       ARTICHOKE, GLOBE; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Globe artichokes are fairly drought tolerant and do nicely if they miss an 
occasional watering.       
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ARTICHOKES, JERUSALEM; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION              
-DOC-
             ARTICHOKES, JERUSALEM; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Jerusalem artichokes require well drained soils to prevent excessive tuber 
rot. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ARTICHOKE, JERUSALEM; VARIETY SELECTION                     
-DOC-
                    ARTICHOKE, JERUSALEM; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
            There are no named varieties of Jerusalem Artichoke. Propogation is 
by planting tubers. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ARTICHOKE, JERUSALEM;PLANTING                          
-DOC-
                         ARTICHOKE, JERUSALEM;PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                   
                               Planting Date 
        
                  Piedmont                        Mar. 15-30 
                  Central                         Feb. 20- Mar. 10
                  Coastal                         Feb. 1-15 
 
   If all tubers are not harvested Jerusalem artichoke can become a perennial 
and even a weed. Space tubers 12-18 inches in the row. Plant tubers 4 in. deep 
in rows spaced at least 3 feet apart. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ARTICHOKE, JERUSALEM; FERTILIZATION                       
-DOC-
                      ARTICHOKE, JERUSALEM; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
   Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
   If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
   If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  applied 
at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial application 
will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed by most garden 
vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be 
required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at 
the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
   Sidedress Jerusalem artichokes with 2 lb. of 15% nitrogen 30 days after 
emergence and again in early September. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
ARTICHOKES, JERUSALEM; WATER MANAGEMENT                     
-DOC-
                    ARTICHOKES, JERUSALEM; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   If soil type will allow deep root penetration, irrigation can be reduced. 
Perennial artichokes have very deep root systems and can with stand periods of 
dry weather. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEAN, LIMA; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                    
-DOC-
                   BEAN, LIMA; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Lima beans will produce under a wide range of soil conditions but prefer 
fertile well drained loamy soils. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LIMA BEANS; VARIETAL SELECTION                          
-DOC-
                         LIMA BEANS; VARIETAL SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Cangreen, Nemagreen, Early Thorogreen and Bridgeton are the recommended 
small seeded varieties with green seed coats. Henderson  is a small seeded 
variety with a white seed coat. There is very little difference in any of these 
varieties and selection can be made on seed availability. Fordhook 242 is a 
large seeded variety with a white seed coat. Jackson Wonder is a very 
productive small seeded variety with a mottled dark brown seed coat. Dixie 
Butterpea and Speckled Dixie Butterpea seed are not as flat as the standard 
lima beans. The butterpeas have a more delicate  flavor that many find very 
pleasent. All of the above varities have a bush type growth habit. Carolina 
Seiva and Florida Butter are both pole type limas with white and mottled seed 
coats  respectively. They require some type of support to prevent their falling 
over. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEANS, LIMA;PLANTING                                
-DOC-
                               BEANS, LIMA;PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                   
                                          Planting Date 
                              Spring                          Fall 
 
        Piedmont            May  1-15                       July 1-15 
        Central             Apr. 5-20                       July 15-20 
        Coastal             Mar. 20-30                      Aug. 1-10 
 
   Plant lima beans 1 in. deep in 3 foot rows. Space seed 3 inches apart. This 
will require approximately 3/4 of a pound of seed per 100 foot of row.  
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEANS, LIMA; FERTILIZATION                           
-DOC-
                          BEANS, LIMA; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
   Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
   If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
   If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  applied 
at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial application 
will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed by most garden 
vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be 
required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at 
the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
   Lima beans should be sidedressed with nitrogen when approximately 6 inches 
tall. Apply calcium nitrate or 15-0-14 at the rate of 2 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
Ammonium nitrate can also be used at the rate of 1 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEAN, LIMA; WATER MANAGEMENT                           
-DOC-
                          BEAN, LIMA; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Adequate water is necessary for stand establishment and is very critical 
during bloom and pod fill. Lack of water during bloom will result in loss of 
blossoms and small pods resulting in low yields. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CANTALOUPE; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                    
-DOC-
                   CANTALOUPE; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Cantaloupes will produce on most soil types but soils with some clay in them 
will produce the highest quality fruit. Avoid wet spots and sandy knolls. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CANTALOUPES; VARIETY SELECTION                          
-DOC-
                         CANTALOUPES; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Ambrosia, Classic and Summit are the recommended varieties for large 
fruited, orange flesh, eastern sutured type melons. Under good growing 
conditions they produce high yields of good quality melons. Their chief fault 
lies in their short shelf life. Hiline, Magnum 45 and Mainstream are western 
shipping type melons. They tend to be smaller and if they have sutures, the 
sutures are shallow and indistinct. Netting on the western type is normally 
heavy and covers the entire fruit. Shelf life of the western types is much 
better than the shelf life of the eastern types. Disease resistance is also 
usually higher with the western types. Yields of the two types are usually 
similar but the  western types normally produce greater numbers of smaller 
fruit. All of the recommended varieties except Mainstream are hybrids and seed 
cost are higher than with the non hybrids. 
   Green Ice and Earli-Dew are green fleshed varieties similar to the green 
fleshed honeydews offered in food stores. Unlike true honeydews both of these 
varieties detach easily from the vine when mature. Earli-Dew is a hybrid while 
Mainstream is an open pollenated variety. Maturity of both is similar to the 
standard cantaloupes and is approximately 85 days from seeding under good 
growing conditions. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CANTALOUPES;PLANTING                               
-DOC-
                              CANTALOUPES;PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                   
                                         Planting Date 
                              Spring                        Fall 
   
          Piedmont         Apr. 15- May 15               June 15-30 
          Central          Apr. 1-15                     July 1-20
          Coastal          Mar. 20- Apr. 20              July 15-30 
   
   Space cantaloupe 18-24 inches apart in 5 foot rows. At this spacing 
approximately 1 oz of seed will be required to plant 100 feet of row. Plant 
seed 3/4 to 1 inch deep.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CANTALOUPES:FERTILIZATION                            
-DOC-
                           CANTALOUPES:FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-
10 may be required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be 
applied at the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Sidedress cantaloupes with nitrogen or a nitrogen-potash mixture just 
before the plants start to vine. Apply 15% nitrogen or 15-0-14 at the rate of 
2 lb. per 100 of row. Keep fertilizer materials off of the foliage to prevent 
burning. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CANTALOUPES; WATER MANAGEMENT                          
-DOC-
                         CANTALOUPES; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Adequate water is necessary for stand establishment. A lack of water during 
bloom will result in abortion of the young fruit. While sufficient water is 
necessary for fruit sizing, excess water will reduce quality and may increase 
disease problems. If possible do not wet foliage when irrigating. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CELERY; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                      
-DOC-
                     CELERY; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Celery grows best on muck but will grow satisfactorly on most mineral soils 
if fertilized heavily. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CELERY, VARIETY SELECTION                            
-DOC-
                           CELERY, VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Due to the long growing season required and the high probability of adverse 
weather, celery is not normally planted in South Carolina. Florida 683 appears 
to be a consistent performer under a wide range of conditions and should 
perform well in the garden. Utah 52-70 or one of the Pascal strains should also 
be satisfactory. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CELERY; PLANTING                                 
-DOC-
                                CELERY; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
   Celery requires approximately 90 days from transplanting to maturity. As 
much as 90 days are required to grow the  transplants. This long growing season 
makes it extremely difficult to grow celery in the home garden. Transplant at 
last frost date in your area for the spring crop. Plant seed bed for fall crop 
75 days prior to anticipated transplanting date. Transplant in mid July in the 
piedmont and by Aug. 10 along the coast.           
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CELERY; FERTILIZATION                             
-DOC-
                             CELERY; FERTILIZATION
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire den area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. If 
a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  applied at 
the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial application 
will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed by most 
garden vegetables. 
    On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be required if 
heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at the rate of 5 
lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Celery requires large amounts of nitrogen. Sidedress ever 4 weeks with 
calcium nitrate at the rate of 2 lb. per 100 ft. of row. Make the first 
application 2 weeks after transplanting. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CELERY; WATER MANAGEMENT                              
-DOC-
                             CELERY; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Celery requires a constant supply of moisture during the entire growing 
season. Inadequate soil moisture will result in small size and tough stringy 
petioles. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN, SWEET; SITE SELECTION AND PREPERATION                   
-DOC-
                  CORN, SWEET; SITE SELECTION AND PREPERATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptible 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Sweet corn will grow satisfactorily on most soil types. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN, SWEET; VARIETY SELECTION                          
-DOC-
                         CORN, SWEET; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Golden Queen, Calmuet, Commanche, Commander, Long Chief, Merit, Seneca 
Chief, and Sugar Loaf are the recommended standard yellow sweet corn varieties. 
Numerous new supersweet varieties (sh2 gene) are being offered each year by the 
seed companies. Most of these are very sweet and hold their sweetness much 
longer than the standard varieties. The supersweets do not have the milky 
texture of standard varieties and may have a crispness that some may find 
objectional. To maintain the genetic ability to produce extra sweet ears they 
must be separated from standard varieties by distance or maturity differences. 
As a group the supersweets lack seed vigor and do not perform well under cold 
soil conditions. 
   Silver Queen is the standard by which sweet corn varieties are judged and is 
highly recommended as a standard white variety. Comet is suggested as an early 
white variety for the lower coastal plains. How Sweet It Is (white) is an 
excellent quality  supersweet variety but does require separation. Snowbelle 
and Silverado are two new high sugar varieties that retain the thin pericarp 
and texture of the standard varieties. The increased sweetness obtained with 
these varieties is due to a sugar extender gene (se). Separation is not 
necessary but does insure highest quality. 
   Calico is the recommended standard bicolor variety. New varieties with the 
sugar extender or sh2 genes are being developed annually and may be added to 
the recommendations as testing permits. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN, SWEET; PLANTING                               
-DOC-
                              CORN, SWEET; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
 
                                         Planting Date 
                              Spring                        Fall 
 
        Piedmont            Apr. 15-30                   -----------
        Central             Mar. 20-Apr. 30              -----------
        Coastal             Mar. 10-Apr. 30              -----------
        
   Sweet corn can withstand some cool weather and can be one of the first warm 
season crops planted in the spring. Plant sweet corn in 3 foot rows and space 
seed 10 inches apart in the row. Plant seed 1 inch deep. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN, SWEET; FERTILIZATION                           
-DOC-
                          CORN, SWEET; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. 
   On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be required if 
heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at the rate of 5 
lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Sweet corn should be sidedressed with nitrogen at least 2 times after 
emergence. The first application should be applied when the plants are 6 in. 
tall. The second application should be applied when they are 18 in. tall. A 
third application can be made 2 weeks later if plant spacing allows. Sidedress 
with calcium nitrate (15% N) or 15-0-14 at the rate of 2 lb. per 100 ft. of 
row or ammonium nitrate at the rate 1 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CORN, SWEET; WATER MANAGEMENT                          
-DOC-
                         CORN, SWEET; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   The most critical period in the development of sweet corn is  the 2 week 
period between silking and harvest maturity. Maintain a high level of soil 
moisture during this period. Inadequate moisture during this period will result 
in small ears with poor fill. A condition known as dry back, where developing 
kernels loose moisture and shrivel,is caused by inadequate water during this 
stage of development. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CUCUMBERS, PICKLING; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION               
-DOC-
              CUCUMBERS, PICKLING; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Pickling cucumbers grow satisfactorily on any well drained soil. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CUCUMBER, PICKLING; VARIETY SELECTION                      
-DOC-
                     CUCUMBER, PICKLING; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Witlon P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Calypso, Carolina, Explorer, and Triplemech are the recommended hybrid 
pickle cucumber varieties. They are all gynoecious hybrids which means that 
they produce female flowers at each leaf axil. Under normal growing conditions 
they do not produce any male flowers and must be pollenated by a monoecious 
variety which produces both male and female flowers. The seed companies take 
care of the pollenation situition by blending approximately 15 percent of a 
male parent in with the gynoecious female parent. Since the gynoecious hybrids 
produce so many female flowers they have the potential to produce very high 
yields in a short period of time. With a heavy fruit load there is a greater 
potential for stress resulting in mishapen fruit. Plant the gynoecious hybrids 
to a stand and do not thin. 
     
   Chipper and Pixie are the recommended standard or monocious varieties. While 
not quite as productive as the gynoecious hybrids they bear fruit over a longer 
period of time and are less susceptible to stress conditions. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CUCUMBER, PICKLING; PLANTING                            
-DOC-
                           CUCUMBER, PICKLING; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                   
                                         Planting Date
                              Spring                        Fall
 
        Piedmont           Apr. 15-May 15                July 1-15
        Central            Apr. 1-15                     Aug. 1-10
        Coastal            Mar. 20-30                    Aug. 1-20
 
   Plant cucumbers 1 inch deep in 4-6 foot rows. Plants should be spaced 9-12
inches apart. At this spacing 1 ounce of seed will plant 100 feet of row. Do 
not plant cucumbers until the soil temperature is higher than 60 degrees at the 
4 inch level. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CUCUMBER, PICKLING; FERTILIZATION                        
-DOC-
                       CUCUMBER, PICKLING; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. 
    On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be required if
heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at the rate of 5 
lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Sidedress cucumbers with nitrogen just as they begin to vine. Place the 
nitrogen 6 in from the base of the plant. Apply at the rate of 2 lb. of 
calcium nitrate per 100 ft. of row.  
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CUCUMBERS, PICKLING; WATER MANAGEMENT                      
-DOC-
                     CUCUMBERS, PICKLING; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Adequate water is very important during fruiting. Moisture stress during 
this period will result in low yields and misshapen cucumbers. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CUCUMBERS,SLICING; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                
-DOC-
               CUCUMBERS,SLICING; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Slicing cucumbers grow satisfactorily on most well drained soils. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CUCUMBERS, SLICING; VARIETY SELECTION                      
-DOC-
                     CUCUMBERS, SLICING; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Ashley, Poinsett, and Poinsett 76 are the recommended standard or monoecious 
varieties. Ashley does not have quite as much disease resistance as the other 
two varieties but is still a good highly productive variety. Sprint, Dasher II, 
and Centurian are very productive gynoecious hybrids that produce female 
flowers at each node. Since they do not normally produce male flowers, they 
must be pollenated by a standard monoecious variety. The seed companies take 
care of pollenation by blending seed of a standard variety in with the hybrid 
seed. Gynoecious hybrids should be planted to a stand and not thinned since the 
less vigorous non hybrids are often removed leaving only the female plants. 
   Burpless and Sweet Slice are non bitter varieties that can be eaten by 
people who can normally not eat cucumbers. Both varieties are hybrids and 
produce parthenocarpic fruit. This means that fruit are produced without 
pollination and that the seed do not mature. Since most digestive problems 
associated with eating cucumbers are due to components in the developing seed, 
these varieties can be eaten without digestive upset. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CUCUMBER, SLICING; PLANTING                           
-DOC-
                          CUCUMBER, SLICING; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                   
                                         Planting Date 
                              Spring                        Fall 
 
         Piedmont           Apr. 15-May 15                July 1-15
         Central            Apr. 1-15                     Aug. 1-10
         Coastal            Mar. 20-30                    Aug. 1-20
    
   Plant cucumbers 1 inch deep in 4-6 foot rows. Plants should be spaced 9-12
inches apart. At this spacing 1 ounce of seed will plant 100 feet of row. Do 
not plant cucumbers until the soil temperature is higher than 60 degrees at the 
4 inch level. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CUCUMBER, SLICING; FERTILIZATION                        
-DOC-
                       CUCUMBER, SLICING; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. 
    On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be required if
heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at the rate of 5 
lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Sidedress cucumbers with nitrogen just as they begin to vine. Place the 
nitrogen 6 in from the base of the plant. Apply at the rate of 2 lb. of 
calcium nitrate per 100 ft. of row.  
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CUCUMBERS, SLICING; WATER MANAGEMENT                       
-DOC-
                      CUCUMBERS, SLICING; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Adequate water is very important during fruiting. Moisture stress during 
this period will result in low yields and misshapen cucumbers. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EGGPLANT; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                     
-DOC-
                    EGGPLANT; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Eggplants grow satisfactorily on most garden sites. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EGGPLANT, VARIETY SELECTION                           
-DOC-
                          EGGPLANT, VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Florida Market 10 and Gator are the recommended open pollenated varieties . 
Dusky and Classic are the recommended hybrids. As a general rule hybrids are 
earlier and more productive than non hybrids. The non hybrids often produce 
fruit over a longer period of time. Florida Market 10 is noted for season long 
production but hot weather may prevent production during the middle of summer. 
Dusky is the earliest of the varieties. Unusual types include  White Egg which 
produces as the name implies small white egg shaped fruit. Oriental type 
eggplant varieties are long and slender. Tycoon, a new hybrid appears to be a 
good choice to try if this type eggplant is desired. All of these varieties 
with the exception of White Egg are dark purple in color. All of the varieties 
are suitable for any eggplant usage including freezing.     
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EGGPLANT; PLANTING                                
-DOC-
                               EGGPLANT; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                   
                                        Planting Date * 
                             Spring                        Fall 
 
        Piedmont           May 1-15                      July 1-15
        Central            Apr. 10-25                    July 10-20
        Coastal            Mar. 25-Apr. 10               July 10-25
        
        *Transplant plants
 
Eggplants should be planted in rows 3-5 feet wide with an in-row spacing of 18 
inches. Set transplants slightly deeper than originally grown.  
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EGGPLANT; FERTILIZATION                             
-DOC-
                            EGGPLANT; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. 
    On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be required if 
heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at the rate of 5
lb. per 100 ft. of row.
    Sidedress eggplants with nitrogen twice during the growing season. The 
first application should be applied 2 weeks after transplanting. Apply the 
second sidedressing 4 weeks after the first application. If production from a 
spring planting is to be extended into the fall, prune the bushes back and 
sidedress with nitrogen or a complete fertilizer. Sidedress a second time 4
weeks later. All sidedressings should be applied at the rate of 2 lb. of 15%
nitrogen per 100 ft. of row or equivalent. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
EGGPLANT; WATER MANAGEMENT                            
-DOC-
                           EGGPLANT; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Water thoroughly at transplanting. Moisture is very important during fruit 
set and development. Inadequate water during this period will result in reduced 
fruit set, small size and reduced quality. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GINGER; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                      
-DOC-
                     GINGER; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Ginger will grow on most soils and is well adapted to growing in containers. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GINGER, VARIETY SELECTION                            
-DOC-
                           GINGER, VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
     
   Ginger has not been separated into varieties. Purchase tubers through normal 
seed suppliers. Tubers can also be purchased in food stores. Choose only sound 
disease free tubers. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GINGER;PLANTING                                 
-DOC-
                                GINGER;PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
   Plant ginger after the soil has reached at least 65 degrees at the 4 in 
depth. This will normally be after May 1 in the piedmont, mid April in the 
center of the state, and early April along the coast. Space ginger 12 inches 
apart in 3 ft rows. Plant the tubers 2-3 inches deep. Large tuber can be cut 
into smaller pieces. Ginger is easily grown in containers. Use any well drained 
potting soil or fertile top soil. Plant 2-3 tubers in each container and cover 
with 2-3 of additional soil. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GINGER; FERTILIZATION                              
-DOC-
                             GINGER; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. 
    On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be required if 
heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at the rate of 5 
lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    If ginger is grown in containers it should be fertilized with a water 
soluble fertilizer once a month following the recommendations for that 
particular fertilizer material. If grown in the garden, it should be 
sidedressed with nitrogen 30 days after planting and again in early August. 
Apply nitrogen (15% N) at the rate of 2 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 

-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
GINGER; WATER MANAGEMENT                             
-DOC-
                            GINGER; WATER MANAGEMENT 
              Wilton P. Cook, Associate Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Ginger grown in containers should be kept moderately dry. Water thoroughly 
and allow soil to become dry before watering again. Do not allow the soil to 
become water logged or rotting may result. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HONEYDEW; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                     
-DOC-
                    HONEYDEW; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Honeydew melons will grow on most soil types but prefer some clay in the 
soil. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HONEYDEW MELONS, VARIETY SELECTION                        
-DOC-
                       HONEYDEW MELONS, VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   True honey dew melons are extremely difficult to grow in South Carolina. New 
developments in plant breeding have led to the release of green flesh 
cantaloupes that are of excellent quality. Refer to cantaluopes for information 
on these varieties. Green Flesh Honeydew is the the standard variety. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HONEYDEW; PLANTING                                
-DOC-
                               HONEYDEW; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
 
                                         Planting Date 
                              Spring                        Fall
   
        Piedmont           Apr. 15- May 15               June 15-30
        Central            Apr. 1-15                     July 1-20
        Coastal            Mar. 20- Apr. 20              July 15-30
 
   Space honeydew melons 18-24 inches apart in 5 foot rows. At this spacing 
approximately 1 oz of seed will be required to plant 100 feet of row. Plant see 
3/4 to 1 inch deep. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HONEYDEW; FERTILIZATION                             
-DOC-
                            HONEYDEW; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-
10 may be required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be 
applied at the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Sidedress honeydew melons with nitrogen or a nitrogen-potash mixture just 
before the plants start to vine. Apply 15% nitrogen or 15-0-14 at the rate of 
2 lb. per 100 of row. Keep fertilizer materials off of the foliage to prevent 
burning. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
HONEYDEW; WATER MANAGEMENT                            
-DOC-
                           HONEYDEW; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Adequate water is necessary for stand establishment. A lack of water during 
bloom will result in abortion of the young fruit. While sufficient water is 
necessary for fruit sizing, excess water will reduce quality and may increase 
disease problems. If possible do not wet foliage when irrigating. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MUSHROOM, SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                     
-DOC-
                    MUSHROOM, SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                    Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Soil requirements for mushrooms are very exacting. Purchase sterilized soil
from mushroom supply dealers. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MUSHROOMS; WATER MANAGEMENT                           
-DOC-
                          MUSHROOMS; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Growing media should be keep moist at all times but must not be allowed to 
become water logged. High humidity is also necessary in the growing chamber 
during formation of the mushrooms  or the mushrooms will lose moisture and 
shrivel. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
COMPARATIVE CHART OF PRINCIPAL WARM-SEASON GRASSES (SOUTH CAROLINA)      
-DOC-
      COMPARATIVE CHART OF PRINCIPAL WARM-SEASON GRASSES (SOUTH CAROLINA)
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
_____________________________________________________________________________
                Area best          How            When           Rate of
Grass           adapted        established    established        spread
_____________________________________________________________________________
Common                            Sprigs or
 Bermuda            All           seed          Spring           Very fast  
_____________________________________________________________________________
Tiflawn
 Bermuda            All           Sprigs        Spring           Very fast
_____________________________________________________________________________
Tifway
 Bermuda            All           Sprigs        Spring           Very fast
_____________________________________________________________________________
Tifgreen
 Bermuda            All           Sprigs        Spring           Very fast
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                  Sprigs or
Centipede           All           seed          Spring           Moderate
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
St. Augustine       Coast         Sprigs        Spring           Moderate
______________________________________________________________________________                                                                             
Zoysia         
 matrella           All           Sprigs        Spring           Slow
______________________________________________________________________________
Meyer
 Zoysia             All           Sprigs        Spring           Slow
______________________________________________________________________________
Emerald
 Zoysia             All           Sprigs        Spring           Slow
______________________________________________________________________________
Zoysia                            Seed or       Winter
 japonica                         Sprigs        Spring           Slow
______________________________________________________________________________
Carpetgrass         Coast         Seed          Spring           Slow
______________________________________________________________________________
 COMPARATIVE CHART OF PRINCIPAL WARM-SEASON GRASSES (SOUTH CAROLINA) cont'd
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                     Shade           Sun           Traffic                
Grass              Texture         Tolerance      Tolerance       Tolerance
_____________________________________________________________________________
Common              
 Bermuda            Medium fine    Very poor      Very good       Very good
_____________________________________________________________________________
Tiflawn
 Bermuda            Medium fine    Very poor      Very good       Very good 
_____________________________________________________________________________
Tifway
 Bermuda            Medium fine    Very poor      Very good       Very good
_____________________________________________________________________________
Tifgreen
 Bermuda            Very fine      Very poor      Very good       Good
_____________________________________________________________________________
Centipede           Medium coarse  Medium         Good            Fair
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
_____________________________________________________________________________                                                                             
St. Augustine       Coarse         Very good      Good            Fair
_____________________________________________________________________________
Zoysia         
 matrella           Very fine      Good           Good            Very good
_____________________________________________________________________________
Meyer
 Zoysia             Medium         Good           Good            Very good
_____________________________________________________________________________
Emerald
 Zoysia             Very fine      Good           Good            Very good
_____________________________________________________________________________
Zoysia
 japonica           Coarse         Good           Good            Very good
_____________________________________________________________________________
Carpetgrass         Medium         Medium         Good            Fair
_____________________________________________________________________________
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OKRA, VARIETY SELECTION                              
-DOC-
                            OKRA, VARIETY SELECTION  
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Clemson Spineless, Emerald and Lee are the recommended standard okra
varieties. Clemson Spineless is the standard by which other varieties are
judged. It is very productive with pods that are ridged and angular. Emerald
has round slender pods that are longer and darker green than Clemson Spineless.
Lee produces star shaped pods on a smaller bush than the other varieties. Annie 
Oakley is a new hybrid okra similiar in appearance to Clemson Spineless but 
with a higher yield potential. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OKRA;PLANTING                                   
-DOC-
                                  OKRA;PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                      
                                         Planting Date 
                              Spring                        Fall
      
        Piedmont            May 1-15                      June 15-30
        Central             Apr. 10-30                    June 15-30
        Coastal             Apr. 1-20                     June 15-30
      
          Stand establishment can be a problem if okra is planted too early. 
Allow soil to warm to at least 65 degrees before planting. Okra should be 
planted in 3 ft rows with 9 in between plants. At this spacing 1 oz of seed 
will plant 100 ft of row. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OKRA; FERTILIZATION                               
-DOC-
                              OKRA; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. 
    On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be required if
heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at the rate of 5
lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Care should be taken not to over fertilize okra. Do not sidedress unless 
plants appear to be suffering from a lack of fertilizer. If a sidedressing is 
indicated use a complete fertilizer at the rate 2 lb. per 100 ft. of row.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OKRA; WATER MANAGEMENT                              
-DOC-
                             OKRA; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   A shortage of water will slow plant growth and reduce yields. Quality will 
also be reduced due to increased fiber development. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
OKRA; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                       
-DOC-
                      OKRA; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Okra will grow satisfactorily on most soil types. Avoid very fertile sites to 
reduce excessive vegetative growth. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEAS, SOUTHERN; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                  
-DOC-
                 PEAS, SOUTHERN; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Southern peas grow well on most soil types but production is higher if 
fertility levels are not excessively high. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEAS, SOUTHERN; VARIETY SELECTION                        
-DOC-
                       PEAS, SOUTHERN; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   There are many different varieties of southern peas. Most of them are 
suitable for home garden use and varietal selection can normally be based on 
personal preference. The following varieties have performed well in the past 
and are recommended for those who do not have a favorite variety. Knuckle 
Purple Hulled Crowder, Mississippi Silver, Purple Tip Crowder, Big Boy, Purple 
Hull Pink Eye, Colossus 80, Mississippi Purple, Dixielee, and Hercules. 
   Mississippi Silver is a heavy yielding cream fleshed pea with excellent 
flavor that freezes well. Purple Hull Pink Eye is a standard variety for 
commercial canning. Colossus 80 and Hercules are both large seeded varieties 
with high yield potential. Hercules is 2 weeks later in maturity than Colossus 
80 so the two varieties can be planted at the same time for an extended harvest 
period.    
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEAS, SOUTHERN; PLANTING                            
-DOC-
                           PEAS, SOUTHERN; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
   
                                         Planting Date 
                               Spring                        Fall
      
        Piedmont            May 1-30                      June 1-30
        Central             Apr. 10-30                    July 20-30
        Coastal             Mar. 25- Apr. 10              Aug. 1-10
     
   Space southern peas 4 in apart in 3 ft rows. At this spacing 1/2 pound of 
seed will plant 100 feet of row. Seed should be planted 1 in deep. Do not plant 
into cold soil. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEAS, SOUTHERN; FERTILIZATION                          
-DOC-
                         PEAS, SOUTHERN; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
   Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
   If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
   If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  applied 
at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial application 
will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed by most 
garden vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be 
required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at 
the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
   Southern peas normally do not need to be sidedressed with nitrogen. They 
are legumes and make their own nitrogen. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEAS, SOUTHERN; WATER MANAGEMENT                         
-DOC-
                        PEAS, SOUTHERN; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Southern peas are fairly drought tolerant. Extended drought during flowering 
and pod fill will result in reduced set and poor pod fill. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPER, HOT; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                   
-DOC-
                  PEPPER, HOT; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Hot pepper will grow satisfactorily on most soil types. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPER, HOT; VARIETY SELECTION                          
-DOC-
                         PEPPER, HOT; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   There are many varieties of hot pepper that are adapted for use in South 
Carolina and selection of variety depends on intended use and degree of hotness 
desired. Carolina cayenne is a new variety developed from the old variety 
Carolina Hot. Carolina Cayenne pods are slender and approximately 4" long with 
thin walls. Mature pods are bright red and the pungency matches its color. 
Carolina Cayenne is very hot and has resistance to root knot nematode. Long 
Thin Cayenne is longer and has thinner walls than Carolina Cayenne. It is also 
not as pungent and does not have nematode resistance. Green Leaf Tabasco is a 
smaller tabasco type pepper that is also very hot. Numerous varieties of 
Jalapeno peppers are available. All Jalapeno peppers have relatively thick 
walls and are much shorter and thicker than the cayennes. Jalapeno peppers vary 
in pungency from very hot to mild. For those who like yellow fleshed pepper the 
variety Hungarian Yellow Wax is recommended. This variety is relatively hot and 
can be distinguished from the variety Sweet Banana which it resembles,   by the 
upright growth habit of the fruit. Red Chili is the recommended variety of 
chili pepper. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPER, HOT; PLANTING                               
-DOC-
                              PEPPER, HOT; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                               
                                         Planting Date *
                              Spring                        Fall
      
        Piedmont            May 1- 30                     July 1-15 
        Central             Apr. 5-25                     July 10-20
        Coastal             Mar. 25- Apr.10               July 15-25
        
        *Transplants
      
Space transplants 12-18 in apart in 36 in rows. Set transplants slightly deeper 
than they were originally grown. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPER, HOT; FERTILIZATION                           
-DOC-
                          PEPPER, HOT; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. 
    On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be required if 
heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at the rate of 5 
lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Sidedress pepper with 2 lb. of calcium nitrate (15% N) 2 weeks after 
planting and again 4 weeks later. If the plants are carried through the summer 
they should be sidedressed every 4 weeks.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPER, HOT; WATER MANAGEMENT                          
-DOC-
                         PEPPER, HOT; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Water thoroughly when transplanting. Hot pepper is fairly tolerant of 
moisture stress but extended drought will reduce yields. Peppers grown under 
dry conditions will be more pungent than peppers grown with adequate moisture. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPER, SWEET; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                  
-DOC-
                 PEPPER, SWEET; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full dun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Sweet peppers will grow satisfactorily on most soil types. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPERS, SWEET; VARIETY SELECTION                        
-DOC-
                       PEPPERS, SWEET; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Yolo Wonder L, Keystone Resistant Giant 3, Pip, and Jupiter  are the 
recommended varieties of standard type bell peppers. These varieties are all 
blocky in shape, dark green in color and have 3-4 lobes. They turn red when 
mature. Marengo is a new very productive hybrid that looks like all other bell 
types until it reaches maturity. When mature Marengo is bright yellow in color. 
Gypsy is a sweet pepper in a class by itself. Gypsy is slightly smaller in 
diameter than standard bell types and is  approximately twice as long as it is 
thick. The most intresting thing about Gypsy is its light yellow color that 
turns red when mature. Trueheart is the recommended pimento variety. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPER, SWEET; PLANTING                              
-DOC-
                             PEPPER, SWEET; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
 
                                         Planting Date *
                              Spring                        Fall
 
        Piedmont            May 1- 30                     July 1-15 
        Central             Apr. 5-25                     July 10-20
        Coastal             Mar. 25- Apr.10               July 15-25
        
        *Transplants
   
Space transplants 12-18 in apart in 36 in rows. Set transplants slightly deeper 
than they were originally grown. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPER, SWEET; FERTILIZATION                          
-DOC-
                         PEPPER, SWEET; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. 
    On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be required if 
heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at the rate of 5 
lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Sidedress pepper with 2 lb. of calcium nitrate (15% N) 2 weeks after 
planting and again 4 weeks later. If the plants are carried through the summer 
they should be sidedressed every 4 weeks. The use of calcium nitrate as the 
sidedressing material will help prevent losses to blossom end rot.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PEPPER, SWEET; WATER MANAGEMENT                         
-DOC-
                        PEPPER, SWEET; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Water pepper plants thoroughly when transplanting. Moisture stress is 
related to a number of pepper production problems. Sun scald on pepper fruit is 
usually associated with a lack of water. Blossom end rot is often a result of 
uneven soil moisture and may result from either an excess or a lack of water. 
An even soil moisture supply will help eliminate these problems. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POTATO, SWEET; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                  
-DOC-
                 POTATO, SWEET; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Sweet potatoes will grow on most soil types but the smoothest best shaped 
roots are produced on sandy soils low in organic matter. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POTATOES, SWEET; VARIETY SELECTION                        
-DOC-
                       POTATOES, SWEET; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Centennial, Cherokee, Jewel, and Regal are the recommended varieties of 
orange fleshed sweetpotatoes. All are well suited for home garden use. Jewel is 
the standard variety for commercial production. Regal is a new release that is 
similar to Jewel but Regal has resistance to a number of soil insects that feed 
on sweetpotatoes. This insect resistance makes Regal an excellent variety for 
the home garden since good quality potatoes can be grown with out using soil 
insecticides. Sumor is a new white flesh variety that does not have the high 
sugar content normally found in sweetpotatoes. It is intended as a substitute 
for Irish potatoes and can be used in recipes calling for Irish potatoes. Sumor 
also has the same high level of insect resistance as Regal. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POTATOES, SWEET; PLANTING                            
-DOC-
                           POTATOES, SWEET; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
   Sweet potatoes should not be planted until the soil is well above 65 
degrees. This will usually not occur until mid to late April along the coast 
and early to mid may in the midlands and piedmont. Space sweet potatoes 8 in. 
apart in 36 in. rows. Transplants should be planted at least 4 in. deep and 
have at least 2 nodes in the soil. Sweet potatoes require approximately 120 
days to reach maturity.                       
                                      
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POTATOES, SWEET; FERTILIZATION                          
-DOC-
                         POTATOES, SWEET; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent to 
Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to you. 
   Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the plants. 
Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and not place 
it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the row. 
   If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without a 
new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
   If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  applied 
at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial application 
will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed by most garden 
vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be required 
if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at the rate of 
5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
   Sidedress sweet potatoes with 4 pounds of 5-10-10 as the vines begin to mat 
the row. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POTATO, SWEET; WATER MANAGEMENT                         
-DOC-
                        POTATO, SWEET; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Water transplants thoroughly immediately after setting. Inadequate soil 
moisture will reduce yields. Extended drought followed by irrigation or 
rainfall will result in cracking of the enlarging roots. Excess moisture will 
cause rotting and poor quality. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUMPKIN; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                     
-DOC-
                    PUMPKIN; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Pumpkins grow well on most soil types. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUMPKIN, VARIETY SELECTION                            
-DOC-
                           PUMPKIN, VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Funny Face and Jack O'Lantern are standard type pumpkins suitable for cooking 
or carving. Spirit and Jackpot are similiar sized hybrids. All of these 
varieties are yellow-orange to orange in color and average 8-10 pounds in 
weight. Spirit produces the smallest fruit of the group and requires the 
smallest area for growth. Spirit does not vine but grows as a bush. Jackpot 
does vine but requires less space than standard pumpkins. As a rule the hybrids 
are more productive than standard varieties. Small Sugar is recommended if 
cooking is the only intended use for the fruit. 
   Howden is the recommended variety if a larger dual purpose pumpkin is 
desired. It is deep orange in color and will weigh 20-30 pounds. Big Max and 
Big Moon produce very large pumpkins for novelty use but require a lot of space 
and are not as good for cooking purposes as the smaller type varieties. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUMPKIN; PLANTING                                
-DOC-
                               PUMPKIN; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
   Pumpkin can of course be planted in the spring like all of the other vine 
crops. If planted in the spring wait until the danger of frost is past. 
Cucumber planting dates should be followed for spring planting. Most pumpkins 
are planted for use in the fall at Halloween or Thanksgiving. Planting dates 
for fall depend more on variety than on frost dates. Fall planted pumpkins 
should mature by early October. Most varieties require between 90 and 110 days 
from planting to maturity in the spring. In the fall they will mature about 10 
days earlier. Plant 90 day maturity varieties by July 10. Varieties with 110 
day maturities should be planted in mid to late June. 
   Space pumpkins 6 feet apart in the row. Rows should be 6-8 feet apart. Plant 
several seed and thin to 1 plant per hill. Fall planted pumpkins are very 
susceptible to both insects and diseases and a spray program must be followed 
if they are to be grown successfully. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUMPKINS; FERTILIZATION                             
-DOC-
                            PUMPKINS; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fetilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-
10 may be required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be 
applied at the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Sidedress pumpkins with nitrogen or a nitrogen-potash mixture just before 
the plants start to vine. Apply 15% nitrogen or 15-0-14 at the rate of 2 lb. 
per 100 of row. Keep fertilizer materials off of the foliage to prevent 
burning. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUMPKIN; WATER MANAGEMENT                            
-DOC-
                           PUMPKIN; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Pumpkins are fairly drought tolerant. Yields and size will be reduced if 
extended periods of drought occur during fruit development. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SQUASH, SUMMER; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                  
-DOC-
                 SQUASH, SUMMER; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Summer squash prefer well drained sites. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SQUASH, SUMMER; VARIETY SELECTION                        
-DOC-
                       SQUASH, SUMMER; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Yellow Crookneck, Dixie, and Ranger are the recommended varieties of 
crookneck squash. Dixie is a hybrid while the other two varieties are non 
hybrids. Because of the extremely high yield potential, earliness, excellent 
color and smoothness, Dixie has become the predominant crookneck variety. Early 
Prolific, Multipic, and Lemondrop L are the recommended straightneck squash 
varieties. Since Lemondrop L and Multipic are hybrids they  tend  to be earlier 
than the non hybrid Early Prolific. Yield potential is also higher with the 
hybrids. Multipic maintains its yellow color and resists greening better when 
attacked by certain viruses than the other recommended varieties. Seneca 
Zucchini and Senator are the recommended zucchini varieties. Both are hybrids 
and are very prolific and produce high yields of excellent quality fruit. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SQUASH, SUMMER; PLANTING                            
-DOC-
                           SQUASH, SUMMER; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
   
                                         Planting Date 
                              Spring                        Fall
 
        Piedmont           Apr. 15-May 15                July 1-20
        Central            Apr. 1-20                     Aug. 1-15
        Coastal            Mar. 20-Apr. 10               Aug. 10-25
        
   Plant summer squash 1 inch deep in 36 inch rows. Plants should be spaced 15 
inches apart. At this spacing 1 ounce of seed will plant 100 feet of row. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SQUASH, SUMMER; FERTILIZATION                          
-DOC-
                         SQUASH, SUMMER; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
   Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
   If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
   If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  applied 
at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial application 
will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed by most garden 
vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be 
required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at 
the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
   Sidedress summer squash with nitrogen or a nitrogen-potash mixture when the 
plants are 6 inches tall. Apply 15% nitrogen or 15-0-14 at the rate of 2 
lb. per 100 of row. Keep fertilizer materials off of the foliage to prevent 
burning. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SQUASH, SUMMER; WATER MANAGEMENT                         
-DOC-
                        SQUASH, SUMMER; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Adequate moisture is necessary for stand establishment. Drought during 
flowering will result in poor fruit set and reduced yields. Do not water squash 
in the morning since water can collect in the blossoms and prevent pollenation. 
After mid afternoon all pollenation will have been completed and irrigation can 
be applied as needed. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SQUASH, WINTER; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                  
-DOC-
                 SQUASH, WINTER; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Winter squash prefer moderately fertile well drained sites. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SQUASH, WINTER; VARIETY SELECTION                        
-DOC-
                       SQUASH, WINTER; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Buttercup, Butternut, Royal Acorn, and Table Ace are the recommended 
varieties of winter squash. Buttercup is a turban type squash that is very 
uniform in size and shape and produces excellent quality fruit. Butternut fruit 
are light tan in color, straight and form a bulb around the seed cavity. Royal 
Acorn is a large fruited acorn type squash. Table Ace is a smaller more refined 
acorn variety that is very productive and produces excellent quality fruit. 
Numerous new winter squash hybrid varieties are being developed by the seed 
companies. Most of them are improvements over the old standard types and are 
worthy of trial plantings. All of the winter squash store well and can be 
succesfully canned or frozen. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SQUASH, WINTER; PLANTING                              
-DOC-
                             SQUASH, WINTER; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                      
                                         Planting Date 
                              Spring                        Fall
 
        Piedmont           Apr. 20-May 15                  ------
        Central            Apr. 15-30                      ------
        Coastal            Mar. 20-Apr. 10                 Aug. 1-10
 
   Plant winter squash 1 inch deep in 4-6 foot rows.  Plants should be spaced 
36-48 inches apart. At this spacing 1/2 ounce of seed will plant 100 feet of 
row. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SQUASH, WINTER; FERTILIZATION                          
-DOC-
                         SQUASH, WINTER; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
   Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
   If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
   If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  applied 
at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial application 
will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed by most garden 
vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be 
required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at 
the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
   Sidedress winter squash with nitrogen or a nitrogen-potash mixture when the 
plants are 6 inches tall or just before vining. Apply 15% nitrogen or 15-0-14 
at the rate of 2 lb. per 100 of row. Keep fertilizer materials off of the
foliage to prevent burning. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SQUASH, WINTER; WATER MANAGEMENT                         
-DOC-
                        SQUASH, WINTER; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Adequate moisture is necessary for stand establishment. Drought during 
flowering will result in poor fruit set and reduced yields. Do not water squash 
in the morning since water can collect in the blossoms and prevent pollenation. 
After mid afternoon all pollenation will have been completed and irrigation can 
be applied as needed. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOMATO; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                      
-DOC-
                     TOMATO; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Tomatoes grow best on fertile well drained soils high in organic matter but 
will grow satisfactorily on most soils types. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOMATO, VARIETY SELECTION                            
-DOC-
                           TOMATO, VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Floradel, Manapal, and Tropic are strong indeterminate non hybrid varieties. 
They produce large plants and medium to large fruit. Tropic produces deeper and 
even larger fruit than the other two varieties. All have good foliage disease 
resistance and are resistant to one or more races of fusarium wilt. Marion is a 
slightly smaller fruited variety, but has excellent disease resistance. 
   Better Boy, Parks Whopper, Terrific, Celebrity, Floramerica, and Mountain 
Pride are all hybrids with good disease resistance, high productivity and 
excellent size. Celebrity is an outstanding home garden variety with excellent 
disease resistance. Fruit are large, deep globe shaped, smooth and crack 
resistant. Parks Whopper tends to perform better than Better Boy along the 
coast  while the reverse is true in the piedmont. Terrific has slightly smaller 
fruit than the other hybrids but holds its' size well through the growing 
season. It may also be more susceptible to  blossom end rot than the others if 
not watered properly. Better Boy and Parks Whopper are indeterminate varieties 
and grow very large. The other varieties are determinate and while they vary in 
plant size, none of them grow as large as Better Boy and Parks Whopper. 
   Small Fry, Sweet 100, and Cherry Grande are the recommended small fruited 
cherry types. Small Fry has a very determinate growth habit and seldom get over 
3 feet tall. Sweet 100 is an indeterminate variety and could potentially grow 
20 feet tall. Cherry Grande is a larger determinate that may reach 6 feet in 
height. Cherry Grande produces fruit that are slightly larger than the other 
two varieties. Sweet 100 is extremely productive and often produces hundreds of 
small cherry tomatoes.  
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOMATO; PLANTING                                
-DOC-
                               TOMATO; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
 
                                          Planting Date *
                                Spring                        Fall
 
        Piedmont            Apr. 15- May 15                July 1-20
        Central             Apr. 1-20                      July 10-20
        Coastal             Mar. 20-Apr. 10                July 20-30
 
        *Transplants
 
   Space tomato plants 18-24 in. apart in rows 48-60 in. wide rows. Set 
transplants 4 in. deep. Remove or crack open peat pots to improve root 
penetration of the soil. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOMATO; FERTILIZATION                              
-DOC-
                             TOMATO; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you.
   Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row.
   If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
   If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  applied 
at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial application 
will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed by most garden 
vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be 
required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at 
the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
   Sidedress tomatoes with 2 lb. of calcium nitrate (15% N) 2 weeks after 
planting and again 4 weeks later. If the plants are carried through the summer 
they should be sidedressed every 4 weeks. The use of calcium nitrate as the 
sidedressing material will insure an adaquate supply of calcium and help 
prevent losses to blossom end rot. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TOMATO; WATER MANAGEMENT                             
-DOC-
                            TOMATO; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. Thoroughly water plants soon after transplanting. 
   Maintaining an even supply of soil moisture will reduce growth cracks and
help prevent losses to blossom end rot. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATERMELON, VARIETY SELECTION                          
-DOC-
                         WATERMELON, VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Charleston Gray, Crimson Sweet, Jubilee, Dixielee, and Sugarlee are the 
recommended standard varieties of watermelons. Charleston Gray is a long melon 
that averages 22-25 pounds in weight. It has a gray rind color with good 
interior color. For years Charleston Gray has been a favorite for both home and 
commercial use. Jubilee is a large (25-35 pounds) melon with a light green rind 
with darker green stripes. Flesh color and eating quality are good. Crimson 
Sweet is a round fruited melon with darker green stripes over a light green 
base color. Size is similar to slightly smaller than Charleston Gray but 
interior color and flavor are often superior. Dixielee and Sugarlee are both 
round striped melons averaging about 25 pounds in weight. Both have excellent 
interior color. 
   Royal Sweet and Mirage are both new blocky shaped hybrids. Similar in 
external color to Crimson Sweet, both are capable of producing very high 
yields. Interior color and eating quality are excellent. For those that prefer 
the smaller icebox melons, Mickeylee and Minilee are recommended. The round 
melons are gray in color and average 10-12 pounds in size. Eating quality is 
far superior to most icebox types and is very similar to the standard sized 
melons. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATERMELON; PLANTING                              
-DOC-
                             WATERMELON; PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                      
                                         Planting Date 
                               Spring                        Fall
    
        Piedmont           Apr. 20-June 30                 ------
        Central            Apr. 1-30                      June 15-30
        Coastal            Mar. 20-Apr. 20                July 5-20
    
   Plant watermelons 1 inch deep in 5-6 foot rows.  Plants should be spaced 60 
inches apart. At this spacing 1/2 ounce of seed will plant 100 feet of row. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATERMELON; FERTILIZATION                            
-DOC-
                           WATERMELON; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
   Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
   If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime with out 
a new test. Over liming can result in nutrient defeciencies and poor growth. 
   If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  applied 
at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sg. ft. is suggested. This initial application 
will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed by most garden 
vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-10 may be 
required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be applied at 
the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
   Sidedress watermelons with 2 lb. of calcium nitrate per 100 ft. of row just 
before the plants start to vine. The use of calcium nitrate as the sidedressing 
material will help reduce losses to blossom end rot.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATERMELON; WATER MANAGEMENT                           
-DOC-
                          WATERMELON; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required total. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Watermelons can withstand short periods of drought stress and still produce 
good yields. Extended drought will result in small melon size and reduced 
yields. Blossom end rot is also more of a problem if moisture levels fluctuate 
badly. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
WATERMELON; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                    
-DOC-
                   WATERMELON; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Watermelons require well drained sites and produce most heavily on medium 
fertility sandy loams. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PUBLICATIONS                                 
-DOC-
                                 PUBLICATIONS
                  Wilton. P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture
 
   For more information on this crop refer to Clemson University Cooperative 
Extension Service Circular 570, HOME VEGETABLE GARDENING.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEAN, POLE; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION                    
-DOC-
                   BEAN, POLE; SITE SELECTION AND PREPARATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   The garden site should be located in full sun. Sites that receive less than 
one-half day full sun will be less productive and more susceptible to disease 
than those receiving full sun. Avoid low areas subject to flooding and steep 
hillsides that would be susceptible to erosion. Sloping sites are acceptable 
but rows and terraces (if needed) should follow the contour of the slope to 
prevent erosion. 
   If possible heavy clay and very sandy sites should be avoided since they 
present special management problems. The addition of sand, rotted sawdust, 
finely ground bark, compost, perlite or vermiculite to clay soils will improve 
the structure of the soil and make it easier to manage while increasing plant 
growth and yields. The addition of organic matter to sandy soils will improve 
nutrient and water holding capacity. Composted organic matter or well rotted 
sawdust should be applied every year. Well rotted materials can be applied at 
rates up to 2000 pounds per 1000 square feet. Winter cover crops of rye or 
winter peas will add organic matter and reduce weed growth. Plow down any cover 
crop 1 month before planting the garden. 
   Plowing the garden in the fall allows time for old crop residue to decay and 
reduces insect and disease carryover. Soil conditions are often more favorable 
for fall plowing since wet soils are often a problem in the spring. Gardens 
should be plowed to a depth of 6 to 8 inches each year. All clods should be 
broken up and the soil raked smooth to prepare a smooth seed bed. Level garden 
sites should be ridged to prevent drowning during heavy rains. 
   Pole beans prefer fertile well drained soils high in organic matter. 
    
 
                 
         
       
         
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEANS, POLE; VARIETY SELECTION                          
-DOC-
                         BEANS, POLE; VARIETY SELECTION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Blue Lake, Dade and Kentucky Wonder 191 are the recommended varieties of 
pole beans. Blue Lake is an excellent tasting bean with the distinctive blue 
lake flavor. Dade is also a high quality variety well suited to the home 
garden. Kentucky Wonder 191 is a heavy producer often grown commercially for 
shipping. All are suitable for canning or fresh use but do not freeze very 
well. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEANS, POLE;PLANTING                               
-DOC-

                              BEANS, POLE;PLANTING 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Proper planting date and proper spacing are very important if optimum yields 
are to be obtained. The following guidelines have proven successful over the 
years. Local conditions can have a major effect on planting dates. Management 
intensity can also affect spacing. Use these guidelines as starting points and 
adapt them to fit your specific conditions. 
                                   
                                          Planting Date 
                              Spring                          Fall 
 
        Piedmont            Apr. 15-30                      July 15-25 
        Central             Apr.  5-20                      July 20-30 
        Coastal             Mar. 20-30                      Aug.  1-10 
    
 
   Plant pole beans 1 in. deep in 3 foot rows. Space seed 4 inches apart. This 
will require approximately 1/2 of a pound of seed per 100 foot of row.  
      
       
           
         
 
 
 
 
         
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEANS, POLE; FERTILIZATION                           
-DOC-

                          BEANS, POLE; FERTILIZATION 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
    All lime and fertilizer applications should be based on soil test results. 
Annual sampling is recommended. Take a composite sample from several locations 
in the garden site. Take the sample from the top 6 inches of soil and mix well 
so that the sample is representative of entire garden. A pint of this soil 
should be taken to the local county Extension office. The sample will be sent 
to Clemson for analysis and results and recommendations will be returned to 
you. 
    Broadcast lime and fertilizer over the entire garden area. Do not place 
fertilizer directly in the row. The fertilizer will burn the roots of the 
germinating seedlings and transplants and may result in the death of the 
plants. Gardeners who insist on banding fertilizer should be very careful and 
not place it any closer than 3 inches below and 3 inches to the side of the 
row. 
    If a soil sample was taken last year but not for the current season, apply 
fertilizer at the same rate as last year. Do not apply additional lime without 
a new test. Overliming can result in nutrient deficiencies and poor growth. 
    If a soil test is not available, a preplant application of 5-10-10  
applied at the rate of 30 lb. per 1000 sq. ft. is suggested. This initial 
application will normally supply all of the phosphorous and potassium needed 
by most garden vegetables. On sandy soils a further sidedressing of the 5-10-
10 may be required if heavy (over 3 inches) rainfall occurs. This should be 
applied at the rate of 5 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
    Pole beans should be sidedressed once with nitrogen when approximately 6 
inches tall and again 3 weeks later. Apply calcium nitrate or 15-0-14 at the 
rate of 2 lb. per 100 ft. of row at each application. Ammonium nitrate can 
also be used at the rate of 1 lb. per 100 ft. of row. 
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BEANS, POLE; WATER MANAGEMENT                          
-DOC-
                         BEANS, POLE; WATER MANAGEMENT 
                   Wilton P. Cook, Professor of Horticulture 
 
   Early in the season when the plants are small, 1 inch of water per week is 
required for good plant growth. As the plants grow and temperatures increase, 
water requirements also increase. With temperatures above 90 degrees and the 
crop reaching maturity, an inch of water will be required every 5 days. If this 
amount of rainfall does not occur, the garden should be irrigated. Add water 
through irrigation until the total from rainfall and irrigation meets the 
required 1 inch. When irrigating be sure to thoroughly wet the soil. Light 
sprinkling of water every day only wet the soil surface and encourages shallow 
root development which is undesirable. Light sandy soils will require more 
frequent watering since they have less water holding capacity than clays or 
loamy soils. Water the garden early enough in the day for plants to dry 
thoroughly before dark. 
   Adequate water is necessary for stand establishment. The period from full 
bloom to maturity is very critical and adequate water must be available for the 
plant or poor set and low quality will be a problem. Pole beans bear over an 
extended period of time if conditions are favorable. Adequate water is required 
throughout the bearing period. 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
THE RELATIVE SALINITY TOLERANCE OF ELEVEN COMMONLY USED TURFGRASSES      
-DOC-
      THE RELATIVE SALINITY TOLERANCE OF ELEVEN COMMONLY USED TURFGRASSES
                  Landon C. Miller, Extension Horticulturist
 
_____________________________________________________________________________
                                 Electrical*
Relative salinity               conductivity            Turfgrass
    tolerance                     ECe x (.001)
_____________________________________________________________________________
     Good                          8-16**               Bermudagrass
                                                        Zoysiagrass
                                                        Creeping bentgrass
                                                        St. Augustinegrass
     Medium                        4-8                  Tall fesuce
                                                        Perennial ryegrass
     Poor                          < 4                  Meadow fescue
                                                        Red fescue
                                                        Kentucky bluegrass
                                                        Colonial bentgrass
                                                        Centipedegrass
_____________________________________________________________________________
 *Electrical conductivity of the saturation extract in millimhos per 
  centimeter at 25 degrees C (77 degrees F).
**Multiply the conductivity number by 640 to convert to parts per million (PPM). 
(1)  Reference:  Beard, James B.  1973.  Turfgrass 
                 Science and Culture.  P. 347.
                 Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood
                 Cliff, N.J.  658 pp.
 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STATE POULTRY ORGANIZATIONS                          
-DOC-
                          STATE POULTRY ORGANIZATIONS
                                 E. L. Nichols

               Carolinas Feed Industry Association
                    Contact - Owen Robertson
                              2116 N. Shoreline Drive
                              Sanford, NC 27330
     
               National Broiler Council
                    Local Contact - Albin Johnson
                              Columbia Farms, Inc.
                              P. O. Box 577
                              Leesville, SC 29070
                              (803) 532-4488

               Northwestern South Carolina Poultry Growers Association
                    Contact - Derrill Ables
                              Route 2
                              Westminster, SC 29693                   
                              (803) 972-9451

               South Carolina Department of Agriculture
                    Contact - D. Leslie Tindal, Commissioner
                              P. O. Box 11280
                              Columbia, SC 29211
                              (803) 758-2426
     
               South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control
                    Contact - Mr. Henry E. Gibson, Manager
                              NPDES Administration and 
                              Agricultural Wastewater
                              2600 Bull Street
                              Columbia, SC 29201
                              (803) 758-5483

               South Carolina Egg Board
                    Contact - Ms. Betsy Sheehan 
                              P. O. Box 11280
                              Columbia, SC 29211
                              (803) 734-2477

               South Carolina Poultry Health Association
                    Contact - Dr. Peter Skewes
                              Clemson Livestock and Poultry Laboratory
                              P. O. Box 218
                              Elgin, SC 29045
                              (803) 788-2260

               South Carolina Poultry Improvement Association
                    Contact - Mr. John Welter
                              Poultry Science Department
                              131 P and AS Building
                              Clemson University
                              Clemson, SC 29634-0379
                              (803) 656-4029

               South Carolina Livestock and Poultry Health
                    Contact - Dr. Carl Boyd
                              Clemson Livestock and Poultry Laboratory
                              P. O. Box 218
                              Elgin, SC 29045
                              (803) 788-2260     

               South Carolina Turkey Federation
                    Contact - Charlie Risher
                              930 Hawthorne Lane Extension
                              Rockhill, SC 29730
                              (803) 327-6037
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEAN FROGEYE LEAF SPOT                          
-DOC-
                          SOYBEAN FROGEYE LEAF SPOT
                    C. E. Drye, Extension Plant Pathologist
                    F. H. Smith, Extension Plant Pathologist

CAUSE:  The fungus, Cercospora sojina.

IMPORTANCE AND DISTRIBUTION:  With good resistance in many soybean varieties,
this disease is currently of minor importance in South Carolina, but it poses
a threat over the entire state.  Occurs worldwide.

HOST RANGE:  Primarily a disease of soybeans.  There are several races of the
fungus.

SYMPTOMS:  Primarily a disease of leaves, but also produces dark lesions, less
conspicuous on stems and pods.  On leaves, numerous irregular to circular gray
spots with dark borders develop.  Heavily damaged leaves may wither and fall.

SOURCE:  Infected seed and infected soybean debris.  The fungus is not free
living in the soil and is not windborne except for short distances.
MEANS OF SPREAD:  Initial infections come from infected seed or from old
soybean residue when soybeans are planted back into it.  Seed germination
can be reduced slightly.  The fungus is favored by warm, wet weather and 
usually is not conspicuous until plants are in pod set stage.  Spores are
airborne short distances and are also spread by splashing or windblown rain.
Late season infections cause less harm.

NONCHEMICAL CONTROL:  

     1.  Use varieties with listed resistance to the disease.
     2.  Crop rotation of 1 to 2 years is of value where the disease presents
         a problem.
     3.  Use high quality, high germination seed.


CHEMICAL CONTROL:  

     1.  Treat seed with a recommended fungicide.
     2.  Use of foliar fungicides for control of this disease not considered
         practical but may be of value for seed production. See Clemson
         University Agricultural Chemicals Handbook for recommendations.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOYBEAN SOUTHERN STEM BLIGHT                        
-DOC-
                        SOYBEAN SOUTHERN STEM BLIGHT
                    C. E. Drye, Extension Plant Pathologist
                    F. H. Smith, Extension Plant Pathologist

CAUSE:  The fungus, Sclerotium rolfsii.

IMPORTANCE AND DISTRIBUTION:  Very common and causes much concern, but seldom
causes economic losses to soybeans in South Carolina.  The fungus occurs
primarily in warmer climates of the world where it is widespread.

HOST RANGE:  The fungus has a very wide host range of mostly broadleaf-type
plants.  It is usually not a problem on grain and grass-type plants, but it
can survive on dead organic debris of these plants.

SYMPTOMS:  First symptoms are spots or hills of wilted and dying soybean plants
scattered about in a field of soybeans.  These usually occur in June, July or
August, since hot weather favors the fungus.  Roots and the lower stems are
killed rapidly.  Usually a copious white mold containing small, rounded 
fruiting bodies (sclerotia) develops on the stem at the soil surface.  After 
several weeks, these fungus symptoms become less obvious.
SOURCE:  The fungus can survive in the soil in the form of small, round
sclerotial fungus bodies and on undecayed crop debris of any kind.  It is
common in many cultivated soils, particularly sandier soils low in nitrogen.
It does not produce true spores and is not seed-borne.

NONCHEMICAL CONTROL:  

     1.  Rotations with grain or grass-type crops aid in reducing losses.
     2.  Plow under crop residues and use trash-covering attachments to bury
         the residues several inches deep in fields where the disease is a
         persistent problem.
     3.  Do not throw soil to plant, covering surface litter, when cultivating.

CHEMICAL CONTROL:  None for soybeans.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
CALENDAR OF POULTRY EVENTS                          
-DOC-
                          CALENDAR OF POULTRY EVENTS
                                E. L. Nichols

Nov 9, 1987  - SC Poultry Health Assn, Bates Inn, Batesburg, SC 6:30 PM

Nov 12, 1987 - Turkey Cooking Demonstration Charleston, SC

Nov 17-20, 1987 - National 4-H Judging Contest, Louisville, KY

Nov 17, 1987 - Sumter County Poultry Night

Nov 18, 1987 - Turkey Cooking Demonstration, Colleton County, SC

Nov 19, 1987 - Turkey Cooking Demonstration, Florence,SC

Nov 24, 1987 - National Turkey Day

Dec 2, 1987  - Carolinas Feed Industry Assn Nutrition Conference, Charlotte, 
     NC, Adam's Mark Hotel
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
TURKEY PATHOLOGY                                                                
-DOC-
                               TURKEY PATHOLOGY                                  
                                 W. T. Derieux

The Clemson University Diagnostic Laboratory is located at Elgin, SC.  
Phone - 803-788-2260.  
Mailing address - P.O. Box 218 Elgin, SC 29045.
The Laboratory receives samples from 8 am - 8 pm Monday - Friday and 8 am - 4 
pm on Saturday and Sunday.  

Contacts are:

Dr. William T. Derieux, Poultry Pathologist (Diagnostician)
Dr. Tommy E. Eleazer, Poultry Field Veterinarian

    Services - The Laboratory is equipped to isolate and/or identify most 
poultry pathogens.  It can quantify serum antibodies for diagnostic, 
surveillance, or vaccination response purposes.  Post mortem examination is 
used for diagnosis of infectious diseases and abnormalities due to improper 
nutrition.  Feed samples are submitted to other laboratories for assay or 
toxicology studies.
    Specimens - Fresh dead birds (4 to 6 or more chicks) and morbid birds 
showing typical signs desirable for disease diagnosis.  For production
problems, 4 to 6 abnormal and normal birds are best.  Blood should be 
submitted in tubes or vials .

Turkey Diseases - (0-4 weeks of age)
    Arizona paracolon infection - Silver eyes (opaque cornea) and nervous
symptoms.	
    Encephalomalacia (crazy chick) - Vitamin E deficiency.  Usually abnormal 
head position.
    Epidemic Tremor (infectious encephalomyelitis) - Poults seem to tremble or 
"vibrate"  Indicates infection of parent flock.        
    Gasping - (1) Mold growth in respiratory tissues (brooder pneumonia), 
(2) excessuve fumigation, (3) improper spray vaccination. 
    Omphalitis and infected yolks - usually reflects poor egg or hatchery 
sanitation.
    Rickets - Rubbery bones and beaks; unwilling to stand.  Vitamin D 
deficiency.
    Starveouts - birds that fail to eat because of weakness, unavailability of 
feed and water, or improper temperatures.
 
Turkey Diseases (4-20 weeks of age)
    Alcaligenes rhinotracheitis (ART) - Wet eyes and respiratory symptoms
caused by overgrowth of Bordetella avium in trachea.  Leads to other 
respiratory infections.
    Blackhead - Protozoal infection of liver and ceca causing depression, 
sulfa colored droppings, and scars on liver.  Usual source of infection for 
turkeys is backyard chicken flocks.
    Botulism - Paralysis of legs, progressing to neck.  Sleepy eyes, loose 
feathers.  Toxin may be produced inside the intestine of broilers.  Turkeys 
and older chickens consume the toxin in maggots or decaying organic material.  
Flush birds (epsom salts or molasses) and remove toxin source.  
    Coccidiosis - Ruffled feathers, chilled appearance and blood sometimes 
present in droppings.
    E. coli - Respiratory symptoms with mortality.  White exudate around 
heart, and over liver.
    Erysipelas - Seen most frequently on farms that also have pigs.  Turkeys
show depression and red heads.  Muscle tissues and organs are red. 
    Fowl cholera - Rapid increase in mortality, breeder hens dead on nest.  
Turkeys show solid lungs and friable livers.
    Hemmorrhagic enteritis - Mortality increases for 7 days, blood in 
droppings, blood in duodenal loop of intestines and such enlarges spleen.
There is no effective treatment, but losses usually mild.  
    Leg weakness - Abnormal growth plates in long bones of 10% of fast growing 
birds.  Local infection and pain cuases symptoms.
    Malabsorption (pale bird, helicopter wing, brittle bone) - Indigestion, 
often caused by virus, with undigested feed passed, poor feed consumption, and 
nutritional deficiencies.  Give vitamins in water and flush with epsom salts 
(1# to 20 gal of water for 1/2 day) or molasses (1 quart to 20 gal water) for 
several days.  Get birds back on feed. 
    Mycoplasmosis - Respiratory disease made apparent by respiratory virus 
vaccination or exposure.  Respiratory symptoms mild to severe including swollen 
sinuses.  Heavy condemnations due to airsacculitis.  
    Newcastle Disease - Viral respiratory disease, nervous symptoms occur 
occasionally.  Controlled by vaccination. 
    Pox - Sores on comb or around eyes.  Wet form causes lesions in mouth and 
plugs in trachea.  Prevented by vaccination.
    Worms - Can build up rapidly on litter, or on wire.  Birds are unthrifty 
and worms are observed in the intestines.














 
                                                                              

     
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
REGIONAL POULTRY ORGANIZATIONS                        
-DOC-
                        REGIONAL POULTRY ORGANIZATIONS
                                 E. L. Nichols

               American Association of Avian Pathologists
                    CONTACT - Dr. Robert J. Eckroade
                              U. of PA, New Bottom Center
                              Kennett Square, PA 19348-1692 

               American Feed Industry Association
                    Contact - Oakley Ray
                              1701 N. Fort Myer Drive
                              Arlington, VA 22209
                              (703)524-0810
 
               American Institute of Nutrition
                    Contact - Mrs. Maria Robinson
                              9650 Rockville Pike
                              Bethsada, MD 20814
                              (301) 530-7050

               Carolinas Feed Industry Association
                    Contact - Owen Robertson
                              2116 N. Shoreline Drive
                              Sanford, NC 27330

               Egg Nutrition Center
                    Contact - 2501 M St. NW. #410
                              Washington, DC 20037
                              (202) 833-8850
          
               Food Research Institute
                    Contact - Dr. Michael Doyle
                              University of Wisconsin - Madison
                              Madison, WI 53706 

               Food Safety Inspection Service
                              (202) 447-4929

               Meat and Poultry Inspection - Technical Assistance
                    Contact - Dr. Cook
                              (202) 447-3219

               National Broiler Council
                    Contact - George B. Watts, President
                              The Madison Building
                              Suite 614
                              1155-15th St. NW
                              Washington, DC 20005
                              (202) 296-2622

               National Poultry Improvement Plan
                    Contact - Dr. Irvin L. Peterson
                              USDA, APHIS, VS
                              Room 828
                              Federal Building
                              Hyattsville, MD 20782
                              (301) 436-5140

               North American Game Bird Association
                    Contact - Mr. Walter Walker
                              P. O. Box 2805
                              Cayce-West Columbia, SC 29171
                              (803) 796-8163

               Poultry Microbiology
                    Contact - Dr. James Bailey
                              Dr. Roy Blankenship
                              Dr. Nelson Cox
                              USDA-ARS
                              R. B. Russell Agricultural Center
                              P. O. Box 5677
                              Athens, GA 30613
                              (404) 546-3493
                              
               Poultry Products Development
                    Contact - Dr. Catharina Ang 
                              Dr. Brenda Lyon                     
                              Dr. Claude E. Lyon 
                              USDA-ARS
                              R. B. Russell Agricultural Center
                              P. O. Box 5677
                              Athens, GA 30613
                              (404) 546-3493
     
               Poultry Science Association
                    Contact - Mr. Carl Johnson
                              309 West Clark Street
                              Champaign, Ill 61820
                              (217) 356-3182

               Southeastern Game Breeder and Hunting Preserve Association
                    Contact - Dr. Tommy Eleazer
                              Clemson Poultry and Livestock Laboratory
                              P. O. Box 218
                              Elgin, SC 29045
                              (803) 788-2260

               Southeastern Poultry and Egg Association
                    Contact - Mr. Harold Ford
                              Southeastern Poultry and Egg Association
                              1456 Church Street
                              Decatur, Georgia 30030
                              (404) 377-6465

               Southern Poultry Science Society
                    Contact - Dr. Milton Y. Dendy
                              4 Towers Building
                              University of Georgia
                              Athens, Gerogia 30602
                              (404) 542-1325  

               The National Turkey Federation
                    Contact - G. L. Walts, Executive Vice President
                              11319 Sunset Hills Rd.
                              Reston, Virginia 22090
                              (703) 435-7206

               The American Egg Board
                    Contact - Mr. Connor H. Kennett, Jr.
                              Dir Poultry Division
                              Agricultural Marketing Service
                              USDA
                              3132 South Agricultural Building
                              Washington, DC 20250
                              (202) 447-4476

               USDA Animal and Plant Health Inspection Services-Veterinary 
                              Services 
                    Contact - Dr. Carlos H. Miranda
                              Area Veterinarian in Charge
                              1835 Assembly Street - Room 561
                              Columbia, SC 29201
                              (803) 765-5612

               USDA Poultry Hotline
                              Meat and Poultry Hotline
                              USDA-Food Safey & Inspection Service
                              Rm 1163 South Agricultural Building
                              Washington, DC 20250
                              1-800-535-4555
                              (M-F, 10 am - 4 pm EST)  
               
               World Poultry Science Association                         
                    Contact - Dr. Irvin L. Peterson
                              USDA, APHIS, VS
                              Room 828
                              Federal Building
                              Hyattsville, MD 20782
                              (301) 436-5140






-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
LIME ROASTED CHICKEN                             
-DOC-
                             LIME ROASTED CHICKEN
                                 E. L. Nichols

1   whole broiler-fryer chicken    2   carrots, cooked, cut in lengthwise 
1/4 cup fresh lime juice               strips
1/4 cup cooking oil                3   boiled potatoes, peeled, cut in wedges
1/2 teaspoon salt                  2   leeks, green and white parts included, 
1/8 teaspoon pepper                    cut lengthwise
1   tablespoon chopped parsley     1/2 pound fresh mushrooms, halved
1   tablespoon capers
     
     In bowl, mix together lime juice, cooking oil, salt, pepper, parsley and 
capers.  Place chicken in roasting pan; pour lime juice mixture over chicken 
and inside cavity.  Allow to marinate about 1 hour, turning often.  Place in 
400 0F. oven for 20 minutes; turn and baste; bake 20 minutes more.  Turn and 
baste again; then add carrots, potatoes, leeks and mushrooms.  Bake 20 minutes 
more or until fork can be inserted in chicked with ease.  Garnish with lime 
slices.  Carve chicken and serve with vegetables, spooning juices over all.  
Makes 4 servings.   - The Chicken Cookbook:36th National Chicken Cooking 
Contest Recipes                                                                                
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
North Carolina Grilled Chicken                        
-DOC-
                        North Carolina Grilled Chicken
                                 E. L. Nichols

2   whole broiler-fryer chickens,     1 1/2 teaspoons lemon juice
    quartered                         1     tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
4   tablespoons margarine             1/4   teaspoon bottled red pepper sauce
1/3 cup vinegar                       1     cup catsup
1/4 cup sugar

     In small saucepan, place margarine, vinegar, catsup, sugar, lemon juice, 
Worcestershire sauce and red pepper sauce.  Over medium temperature, bring to 
boil.  Reduce temperature to low and simmer 10 minutes.  Place chicken on 
prepared grill, skin side down.  Grill about 10 minutes, or until browned.  
Turn chicken and grill about 10 minutes more.  Brush chicken liberally with 
sauce and continue to grill, turning and adding more sauce, about 20 minutes 
longer or until fork can be inserted with ease.  Makes 8 servings.
   - The Chicken Cookbook:36th National Chicken Cooking Contest Recipes
 


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FRIED CHICKEN                                 
-DOC-
                                 FRIED CHICKEN
                                 E. L. Nichols

1   broiler-fryer chicken cut in parts     1   teaspoon salt
1/2 cyo flour                              1/4 teaspoon pepper
                                           1/2 cup cooking oil

     In paper or plastic bag, mix together flour, salt and pepper.  Add 
chicken, a few pieces at a time, and shake to coat thoroughly.  In large 
frypan, place oil and heat to high temperature.  Add chicken, skin side down; 
cook about 10 minutes, turning to brown on all sides.  Reduce heat to medium 
low, cover and cook about 20 minutes or until fork can be inserted in chicken 
with ease.  Makes 4 servings.
  - The Chicken Cookbook:36th National Chicken Cooking Contest Recipes
  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
MICROWAVED CHICKEN LEMON FILET                                                
-DOC-
                        MICROWAVED CHICKEN LEMON FILET                        
                                 E. L. Nichols

4   broiler-fryer chicken breast        2    tablespoons chopped onion
    halves, skinned and boned           1/4  teaspoon freshly ground pepper
1   teaspoon light sesame oil           1/8  teaspoon salt
1   tablespoon parsley flakes           1/2  teaspoon fresh lemon juice
1/2 teaspoon instant minced garlic      1    teaspoon honey
1/8 teaspoon fennel seed, freshly       1/16 teaspoon paprike lemon wedges
    ground                                   lemon wedges
1   teaspoon salt-free lemon                 parsley sprigs
    seasoning   

     In large shallow microwave dish lined with double-folded plastic wrap, 
place chicken.  Drizzle sesame oil over chicken; sprinkle evenly with parsley 
flakes, minced garlic, fennel seed, salt-free seasoning, onion and pepper.  
Cover loosely with double-folded plastic wrap and microwave on HIGH for 5 
minutes.  Allow to stand for 4 minutes; return to oven for additional cooking 
if fork cannot be inserted in chicken with ease when testing for doneness.  
Place chicken on large platter; pour juice from cooking over all and sprinkle 
with salt.  Mix together lemon juice and honey; drizzle over chicken.  Sprinkle 
with paprika and garnish wih lemon wedges and parsley.  Makes 4 servings.
   - The Chicken Cookbook : 36th National Chicken Cooking Contest Recipes  
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
FIESTA CHICKEN WITH CHILI SAUCE                        
-DOC-
                        FIESTA CHICKEN WITH CHILI SAUCE
                                 E. L. Nichols

4 broiler-fryer chicken thighs       1/4 cup yellow corn meal
4 broiler-fryer chicken drumsticks   1   envelope (1 1/4 oz) chili seasoning 
2 tablespoons butter                     mix, divided
1 medium green pepper, chopped       1/2 teaspoon salt 
1 medium onion, chopped              1/2 teaspoon pepper
2 tablespoons chopped green chilies  1/4 cup corn oil
1 garlic clove, minced               1   cup chicken broth
1 cup shredded cheddar cheese        1/4 cup chopped pimiento-stuffed olives

     In small frypan, place butter and melt over medium heat.  Add green 
pepper, onion, chilies and garlic; saute about 3 minutes or until soft.  Set 
aside.  In shallow bowl, mix together cornmeal, 1/2 of the chili seasoning 
mix, salt and pepper; add chicken, one piece at a time, dredging to coat.  In 
deep frypan, heat oil to medium temperature.  Add chicken, skin side down, and 
cook about 6 minutes or until brown; turn and cook 5 minutes more.  Drain oil 
and discard.  In small bowl, mix together remaining chili seasoning mix, 
chicken broth and green pepper mixture.  Pour over chicken, cover and simmer 
about 30 minutes or until fork can be inserted in chicken with ease.  Place 
chicken on warm platter, pour 1 cup of sauce from pan over chicken and 
sprinkle  with cheese and olives.  Serve remaining sauce in sauceboat.  Makes
4 servings. - The Chicken Cookbook:36th National Chicken Cooking Contest 
Recipes 
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
STATE POULTRY ORGANIZATIONS                          
-DOC-
                          STATE POULTRY ORGANIZATIONS
                                 E. L. Nichols

               Carolinas Feed Industry Association
                    Contact - Owen Robertson
                              2116 N. Shoreline Drive
                              Sanford, NC 27330
     
               National Broiler Council
                    Local Contact - Albin Johnson
                              Columbia Farms, Inc.
                              P. O. Box 577
                              Leesville, SC 29070
                              (803) 532-4488

               Northwestern South Carolina Poultry Growers Association
                    Contact - Derrill Ables
                              Route 2
                              Westminster, SC 29693                   
                              (803) 972-9451

               South Carolina Department of Agriculture
                    Contact - D. Leslie Tindal, Commissioner
                              P. O. Box 11280
                              Columbia, SC 29211
                              (803) 758-2426
     
               South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control
                    Contact - Mr. Henry E. Gibson, Manager
                              NPDES Administration and 
                              Agricultural Wastewater
                              2600 Bull Street
                              Columbia, SC 29201
                              (803) 758-5483

               South Carolina Egg Board
                    Contact - Ms. Betsy Sheehan 
                              P. O. Box 11280
                              Columbia, SC 29211
                              (803) 734-2477

               South Carolina Poultry Health Association
                    Contact - Dr. Peter Skewes
                              Clemson Livestock and Poultry Laboratory
                              P. O. Box 218
                              Elgin, SC 29045
                              (803) 788-2260

               South Carolina Poultry Improvement Association
                    Contact - Mr. John Welter
                              Poultry Science Department
                              131 P and AS Building
                              Clemson University
                              Clemson, SC 29634-0379
                              (803) 656-4029

               South Carolina Livestock and Poultry Health
                    Contact - Dr. Carl Boyd
                              Clemson Livestock and Poultry Laboratory
                              P. O. Box 218
                              Elgin, SC 29045
                              (803) 788-2260     

               South Carolina Turkey Federation
                    Contact - Charlie Risher
                              930 Hawthorne Lane Extension
                              Rockhill, SC 29730
                              (803) 327-6037
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
BROILER PROJECTIONS                              
-DOC-
                              BROILER PROJECTIONS
                                 J. F. Welter

     The commercial broiler business in South Carolina is a highly integrated 
industry where all segments of the production chain are owned and operated by 
one company, partnership or individual.  Integrated units provide the birds, 
feed, management information and market, paying the on farm producer a contract 
price for growing facilities, energy and labor contributions.

     Estimated economic projections for contract broiler production:

                     PRODUCER INPUTS - ANNUAL PROJECTIONS
Flock size            20,000                  Contract pay      $16,200         
Flocks/year                6                  Utility costs       2,400
House & equip        $64,000                  Taxes and insurance   400
Interest rate            10%                  Clean out and litter  600
Contract pay/1000 head   135                  Debt service        10,080
Net for labor and mgt  2,720
                     Multiple house units are recommended.        
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
POULTRY INDUSTRY IN SOUTH CAROLINA                     
-DOC-
                     POULTRY INDUSTRY IN SOUTH CAROLINA
                                 J. F. Welter

     The commercial poultry industry in South Carolina is a highly integrated 
network of contract production.  In a given poultry enterprise nearly all 
segments of the production chain are owned by one company, partnership, or 
individual called an integrator.  Integrators usually supply the birds, feed, 
mmanagement supervision, and markets for production.  On farm producers supply 
buildings, equipment, labor, and energy in return for a predetermined contract 
payment.  Production is usually concentrated within a 35 mile radius of the 
integrator's feed mill, processing plant, or headquarters.                                                                                 

     Once the decision is made to go with contract poultry production there are 
some logical steps to be taken:
1.  Contact local contracting companies in the area.  Find out if they are 
    interested in contracting with new producers.
2.  Get copies of company specifications for buildings, equipment, bird 
    placement, contracts and average settlements with producers.
3.  Visit with producers currently on contract.  Ask questions.
4.  Assess land availability for buildings and manure disposal.  Contact DHEC 
    for regulations and neighbors for public sentiment.
5.  Plan for waste use as fertilizer on pasture or crop land.
6.  Contact financial agencies for detailed information related to financing.
7.  Contact your local county extension agent for information about the 
    feasibility of the enterprise.  He may bring in a specialist to help 
    evaluate the situation.
8.  Refer to CUFAN enterprise projections under broilers, eggs and turkeys.

TYPE PRODUCTION UNIT       COMPANY                    COUNTY  
Egg                        G & B Enterprise           Pickens         
Egg                        Gold Kist                  Richland  
Egg                        Ise America                Newberry
Egg                        The Egg and I              Darlington
Broiler                    Amick Poultry Farms        Saluda
Broiler                    Campbell Soup              Sumter 
                           (Herider Farms)
Broiler                    Columbia Farms             Lexington
Broiler                    Gentry Poultry             Saluda
Broiler                    Whitworth Feed Mill        Oconee
                                                      (Office-Lavonia, GA)
Turkeys                    Campbell Soup              Sumter
                           (Herider Farms)       
Turkeys                    Cuddy Farms                Chesterfield
                                                      (Office-Marshville, NC)
Turkeys                    Gimco Farms                Chesterfield
                                                      (Office-Marshville, NC)
Turkeys                    Louis Rich                 Newberry         
Turkeys                    Stout Enterprises          York, Cherokee, Dillon,
                                                      and Dillon 





add 329020
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA RABBIT PROCESSING PLANTS                    
-DOC-
                    SOUTH CAROLINA RABBIT PROCESSING PLANTS
                                 P. A. Skewes

                         Blue Chip Farms, Inc.
                         Route 3
                         Fountain Inn, SC 29644
                         (803) 862-5026

                         Imperial Rabbit Processing, Inc.
                         P. O. Box 155
                         Pageland, SC 29728
                         (803) 672-6190

                         Speciality Meats
                         Route 2  Box 153
                         Warrenville, SC 29851
                         (803) 663-9777


-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
Distribution of Poultry in South Carolina in 1985               
-DOC-
               Distribution of Poultry in South Carolina in 1985
                                 E. L. Nichols

       County                 Eggs       Broilers       Eggs + Broilers
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        1. Lexington      $4,532,000   $20,681,000       $25,213,000  
        2. Newberry       19,751,000       337,000        20,088,000 *
        3. Sumter             --        10,940,000        10,940,000 *
        4. Saluda          2,210,000     7,719,000         9,929,000 *
        5. Aiken              --         9,865,000         9,865,000
        6. Darlington      4,467,000       892,000         5,359,000
        7. Oconee          3,057,000     2,284,000         5,341,000
        8. Clarendon       2,082,000     2,870,000         4,952,000 * 
        9. Lee                --         4,893,000         4,893,000
       10. Greenwood       4,066,000         --            4,066,000
       11. Laurens         3,206,000         --            3,206,000
       12. Florence          530,000     2,199,000         2,729,000
       13. Abbeville       2,108,000         --            2,108,000
       14. Richland        1,736,000         --            1,736,000
       15. Edgefield       1,201,000       331,000         1,532,000
       16. Anderson        1,300,000         --            1,300,000
       17. Dorchester        385,000       573,000           958,000
       18. Pickens           915,000         --              915,000  
       19. Williamsburg                    892,000           892,000
       20. Chesterfield      530,000         --              530,000 *
       21. Chester           522,000         --              522,000 
       22. Kershaw                         510,000           510,000 *      
       23. Orangeburg         94,000       391,000           485,000
       24. Beaufort          475,000         --              475,000
       25. McCormick         445,000         --              445,000
       26. Bamberg           440,000         --              440,000
       27. Cherokee          201,000         --              201,000 *
       28. Greenville        192,000         --              192,000
       29. York              184,000         --              184,000 *
       30. Spartan           154,000         --              154,000
           Other Counties 12,463,000                      12,463,000
       *   Turkeys (Primarily Cherokee, Chesterfield,     41,279,000
             Cherokee, Lancaster, Lee, Newberry, Saluda, 
             Sumter, and York Counties)   

       Quail, Squab, and other poultry                     11,634,000
     -----------------------------------------------------------------
        Total SC Poultry   67,246,000     71,377.000      185,536,000     

        Source:South Carolina Agricultural Statistics Service - Cash Receipts
        From Farm Marketing, AE 443, OCT, 1986.
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
SOUTH CAROLINA RABBIT ASSOCIATIONS                      
-DOC-
                      SOUTH CAROLINA RABBIT ASSOCIATIONS
                                 P. A. Skewes

            Horry-Georgetown Rabbit Growers Cooperative Association
	    Kenneth Womer, President
            Box 121A
	    Conway, SC 29526
	    (803) 365-1312

	    South Carolina Commercial Rabbit Breeders Association
	    Walter Heckle, President
	    Route 4, Box 430
	    St. Matthews, SC 29135
	    (803) 874-1360

	    South Carolina Rabbit Growers Association
	    John Ragsdale
            309 Longsview Street
	    Lexington, SC 29072
	    (803) 755-9370

	    Upper Carolina Commercial Rabbit Breeders Association
	    Larry Owens, President
	    Route 1, Cox Mill Road
	    Taylors, SC 29687

		
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
PATHOLOGY                                   
-DOC-
                                   PATHOLOGY
                                 W. T. Derieux

The Clemson University Diagnostic Laboratory is located at Elgin, SC.  
Phone - 803-788-2260.  
Mailing address - P.O. Box 218 Elgin, SC 29045.
The Laboratory receives samples from 8 am - 8 pm Monday - Friday and 8 am - 4 
pm on Saturday and Sunday.  

Contacts are:

Dr. William T. Derieux, Poultry Pathologist (Diagnostician)
Dr. Tommy E. Eleazer, Poultry Field Veterinarian

    Services - The Laboratory is equipped to isolate and/or identify most 
poultry pathogens.  It can quantify serum antibodies for diagnostic, 
surveillance, or vaccination response purposes.  Post mortem examination is 
used for diagnosis of infectious diseases and abnormalities due to improper 
nutrition.  Feed samples are submitted to other laboratories for assay or 
toxicology studies.
    Specimens - Fresh dead birds (4 to 6 or more chicks) and morbid birds 
showing typical signs desirable for disease diagnosis.  For production
problems, 4 to 6 abnormal and normal birds are best.  Blood should be 
submitted in tubes or vials .

Broiler Diseases - (0-4 weeks of age)
    Encephalomalacia (crazy chick) - Vitamin E deficiency.  Usually abnormal 
head position.
    Epidemic Tremor (infectious encephalomyelitis) - chicks seem to tremble or 
"vibrate"  Indicates infection of parent flock.        
    Gasping - (1) Mold growth in respiratory tissues (brooder pneumonia), 
(2) excessuve fumigation, (3) improper spray vaccination. 
    Omphalitis and infected yolks - usually reflects poor egg or hatchery 
sanitation.
    Rickets - Rubbery bones and beaks; unwilling to stand.  Vitamin D 
deficiency.
    Starveouts - birds that fail to eat because of weakness, unavailability of 
feed and water, or improper temperatures.
 
Broiler Diseases (4-8 weeks of age)
    Botulism - Paralysis of legs, progressing to neck.  Sleepy eyes, loose 
feathers.  Toxin may be produced inside the intestine of broilers.  Turkeys and 
older chickens consume the toxin in maggots or decaying organic material.  
Flush birds (epsom salts or molasses) and remove toxin source.  
    Coccidiosis - Ruffled feathers, chilled appearance and blood sometimes 
present in droppings.
    E. coli - Respiratory symptoms with mortality.  White exudate around heart, 
and over liver.
    Fowl cholera - Rapid increase in mortality, breeder hens dead on nest.  
Broiler breeders show swollen waddles and cooked appearance of developing ova.
    Gangrenous Dermatitis - gas under skin, green legs, Frequently responds to 
selenium.
    Gumboro (bursal disease) - A viral disease of one of the major organs of 
disease resistance (immunity).  Inapparent form occurs in very young chicks, 
permanently damaging the immune system, leaving the birds highly susceptible to 
diseases later.  The clinical form occurs later with dehydration and swollen 
cloacal bursa.  Immune system may recover from clinical form.
    Infectious Bronchitis - Depressed with respiratory "rattle".  Controlled by 
vaccination. 
    Laryngotrachitis - Viral disease of trachea, severe respiratory distress, 
birds may sling blood from mouth.  Flock should be quarantined, and vaccination 
requires permission of the SC State Veterinarian.
    Leg weakness - Abnormal growth plates in long bones of 10% of fast growing 
birds.  Local infection and pain cuases symptoms.
    Malabsorption (pale bird, helicopter wing, brittle bone) - Indigestion, 
often caused by virus, with undigested feed passed, poor feed consumption, and 
nutritional deficiencies.  Give vitamins in water and flush with epsom salts 
(1# to 20 gal of water for 1/2 day) or molasses (1 quart to 20 gal water) for 
several days.  Get birds back on feed. 
    Marek's Disease - Death due to tumors or high leucosis condemnation.  
Prevented by day old vaccination.
    Mycoplasmosis - Respiratory disease made apparent by respiratory virus 
vaccination or exposure.  Respiratory symptoms mild to severe including swollen 
sinuses.  Heavy condemnations due to airsacculitis.  
    Necrotic Enteritis (quail disease) - "Terry cloth" intestinal lining falls 
away from intestinal wall.
    Newcastle Disease - Viral respiratory disease, nervous symptoms occur 
occasionally.  Controlled by vaccination. 
    Pox - Sores on comb or around eyes.  Wet form causes lesions in mouth and 
plugs in trachea.  Prevented by vaccination.
    Worms - Can build up rapidly on litter, or on wire.  Birds are unthrifty 
and worms are observed in the intestines.














 
                                                                              

     
-END-
-State-
South Carolina, SC
-Region-
Southern, S
-Title-
1987-88 CALENDAR OF SPECIAL ACTIVITIES                    
-DOC-
                    1987-88 CALENDAR OF SPECIAL ACTIVITIES
                          DEPARTMENT OF HORTICULTURE
 
MAY 1987
 
   21-22                MEETING OF PARTICIPANTS IN THE TRI-STATE PROJECT,
                        "AGRICULTURAL ADJUSTMENT IN THE SOUTHEAST THROUGH
                        ALTERNATIVE CROPPING SYSTEMS" - Charleston, SC.
                        (Contact:  Prof. Tom Garrett, Hort. Dept., 656-3403)
 
      26                VEGETABLE FIELD DAY - Coastal REC, Charleston, SC;
                        begins at 10:00 am.
                        (Contact:  Dr. Wilton Cook, Coastal REC, 766-3252)
 
JUNE 1987
 
    8-10                BASIC GREENHOUSE AND NURSERY MANAGEMENT WORKSHOP
                        - Sandhill REC, Pontiac, SC; co-sponsored by the
                        SC Greenhouse Growers Association and the Clemson
                        University Cooperative Extension Service.
                        (Contact:  Dr. John Kelly, Hort. Dept., 656-2565)
JUNE 1987 (cont'd.)
 
      16                VEGETABLE FIELD DAY - Sandhill REC, Pontiac, SC;
                        begins at 1:30 pm.
                        (Contact:  Dr. Wilton Cook, Coastal REC, 766-3252)
 
      23                VEGETABLE FIELD DAY - Pee Dee REC, Florence, SC;
                        begins at 1:30 pm.
                        (Contact:  Dr. Wilton Cook, Coastal REC, 766-3252)
 
 
JULY 1987
 
       9                VEGETABLE FIELD DAY - Edisto REC, Blackville, SC.
                        begins at 10:00 am.
                        (Contact:  Dr. Wilton Cook, Coastal REC, 766-3252)
 
   10-19                1987 SOUTH CAROLINA PEACH FESTIVAL, Gaffney, SC;
                        open to the public.
                        (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
JULY 1987 (cont'd.)
   16-19                1987 GEORGIA/SOUTH CAROLINA COMMERCIAL FLOWER GROWERS
                        SHORT COURSE AND TRADE SHOW - the Hyatt Regency,
                        Greenville, SC; co-sponsored by the GA Commercial
                        Flower Growers Association, Inc., the SC Commercial
                        Greenhouse Growers Association, and the University
                        of GA and Clemson University Cooperative Extension
                        Services.
                        (Contact:  Dr. John Kelly, Hort. Dept., 656-2565)
 
      25 (9 am-4 pm)    FLOWER DAY 1987 - Clemson University Botanical 
                        Garden, Campus; co-sponsored by the Department of 
                        Horticulture and the Garden Club of South Carolina;
                        open to the public.
                        (Contact:  Dr. David Bradshaw, Hort. Dept., 656-3403)
 
OCTOBER 1987
 
  (Date TBA)            THE STONE FRUIT DECLINE WORKSHOP, Ramada Inn, Clemson,
                        SC.
                        (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
OCTOBER 1987 (cont'd.)
 
  (Date TBA)            THE SOUTHEASTERN PROFESSIONAL PEACH WORKERS 
                        CONFERENCE, Ramada Inn, Clemson, SC.
                        (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
 
 
NOVEMBER 1987
 
    3-4                THE FOURTH ANNUAL SOUTH CAROLINA HORTICULTURE SOCIETY
                       CONVENTION - the Sheraton-NW, Columbia, SC.
                       (Contact:  Dr. Ansel King, Hort. Dept., 656-2789)
 
    6-12               THE 84TH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR 
                       HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE (ASHS) JOINTLY WITH THE
                       INTER-AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TROPICAL HORTICULTURE
                       (formerly the ASHS Tropical Region) - Hyatt Orlando
                       Hotel, Orlando, FL.  Horticulture and sightseeing
                       tours will be featured.
NOVEMBER 1987 (cont'd.)
 
   10-11               THE 21ST ANNUAL CLEMSON TURFGRASS CONFERENCE - the
                       Myrtle Beach Hilton, Myrtle Beach, SC; co-sponsored by 
                       Clemson University and the Department of Horticulture 
                       in cooperation with the Carolinas Golf Course 
                       Superintendents Association; open to all turfgrass 
                       managers, consultants, equipment and supplies 
                       distributors, county agents, students, designers and
                       architects, sod growers, superintendents, green 
                       committees, etc.
                       (Contact:  Dr. Landon Miller, Hort. Dept., 656-2565)
 
 
   18-20               THE CUMBERLAND-SHENANDOAH FRUIT WORKERS CONFERENCE
                       - Harpers Ferry, WV.
                       (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
DECEMBER 1987
 
    2-3                THE GEORGIA/SOUTH CAROLINA WINTER APPLE MEETING 
                       - the Holiday Inn, Gainesville, GA; co-sponsored by
                       the Georgia Marketing Authority, the SC Apple Growers
                       Association, and the University of GA and Clemson 
                       University Cooperative Extension Services.
                       (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
 
 
JANUARY 1988
 
    6-8                THE NORTH CAROLINA APPLE MEETING - Asheville, NC.
                       (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
   14-16               THE GEORGIA/SOUTH CAROLINA NURSERYMEN'S SHORT COURSE
                       - Savannah, GA; co-sponsored by the GA/SC Nurserymen's
                       Association in cooperation with the Clemson University
                       and University of GA Cooperative Extension Services.
                       (Contact:  Prof. John Kelly, Hort. Dept., 656-2565)
JANUARY 1988 (cont'd.)
 
 (Jan. or Feb.,        THE SOUTHEASTERN PEACH CONVENTION - Charleston, SC.
 date TBA)             (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
   30-31               THE SWEET POTATO COLLABORATORS CONFERENCE (in
                       connection with ASHS-SR Meetings) - New Orleans, LA.
                       (Contact:  Hort. Dept. Head's Office, 656-4964)
 
    31                 PECAN RESEARCH AND EXTENSION GROUP MEETING
                       (in connection with ASHS-SR Meetings) - New
                       Orleans, LA.
                       (Contact:  Hort. Dept. Head's Office, 656-4964)
 
 31-Feb. 2             THE 48TH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR
                       HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE, SOUTHERN REGION - New Orleans,
                       LA.
                       (Contact:  Hort. Dept. Head's Office, 656-4964)
 
FEBRUARY 1988
 
    9-12               THE NATIONAL PEACH COUNCIL CONVENTION -  Atlantic City,
                       NJ.
                       (Contact:  Prof. John Ridley, Hort. Dept., 656-3412)
 
(Date & location TBA)  THE SOUTH CAROLINA GROUNDS MAINTENANCE CONFERENCE,
                       co-sponsored by the Department of Horticulture and 
                       the SC Landscape and Turfgrass Association.
                       (Contact:  Dr. Bob Mazur or Dr. Don Wagner, Hort. 
                       Dept., 656-2454 or 2459)
 
 
JUNE 1988
 
   19-22               THE SECOND INTERNATIONAL PEACH SYMPOSIUM - Clemson
                       University Campus; co-sponsored by Clemson University 
                       and the International Society for Horticultural 
                       Science, in conjunction with Clemson University's 
                       Centennial. 
                       (Contact:  Dr. D.C. Coston, Hort. Dept., 656-3403)
 
